summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf/doc/info
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf/doc/info')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/asy-faq.info1671
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/asymptote.info9963
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/dir69
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/dvipng.info1211
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/dvips.info4802
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/eplain.info8187
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/epspdf.infobin22867 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/fontname.info16120
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/kpathsea.info4763
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/latex2e-es.info8019
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/latex2e.info7503
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/latex2man.info1055
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/mf2pt1.info714
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/tds.info1714
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/texdraw.info2429
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/web2c.info4515
16 files changed, 0 insertions, 72735 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/asy-faq.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/asy-faq.info
deleted file mode 100644
index ce35b88fc2b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/asy-faq.info
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1671 +0,0 @@
-Info file: asy-faq.info, -*-Text-*-
-produced by bfnnconv.pl from the Bizarre Format With No Name.
-
-INFO-DIR-SECTION Languages
-START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* asymptote FAQ: (asy-faq). Asymptote Frequently Asked Questions.
-END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Top, Next: Question 1.1, Up: (dir)
-
- ASYMPTOTE FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
- 30 May 2012
-
-This is the list of Frequently Asked Questions about Asymptote (asy).
-
-Index
-
-* Menu:
-* Section 1:: About Asymptote
-* Section 2:: Questions about installation and setup
-* Section 3:: Questions about paths
-* Section 4:: Questions about labels
-* Section 5:: Questions about arrows
-* Section 6:: Questions about 2D graphs
-* Section 7:: Questions about programming
-* Section 8:: Questions about differences between Asymptote and
- MetaPost
-* Section 9:: Questions about output
-
-Section 1, About Asymptote
-* Question 1.1:: What is Asymptote?
-* Question 1.2:: How do I obtain Asymptote?
-* Question 1.3:: Where can I ask questions about Asymptote?
-* Question 1.4:: Why was the name Asymptote chosen?
-* Question 1.5:: In the internal Asymptote source code, what does the
- name camp refer to?
-
-Section 2, Questions about installation and setup
-* Question 2.1:: Is it possible to install Asymptote on Mac OS X?
-* Question 2.2:: Why do I get the error Bad CPU type in executable on
- installing Asymptote from the MAC OS binary?
-* Question 2.3:: What do I do if I get the error: Error: pdfetex (file
- pdftex.cfg): cannot open config file...texinfo.tex
- appears to be broken?
-* Question 2.4:: What do I do if I get the error: ! Undefined control
- sequence. l.6 @copying?
-* Question 2.5:: Is it possible to integrate Asymptote into LaTeX?
-* Question 2.6:: Is it possible to integrate Asymptote into latex or
- pdflatex?
-* Question 2.7:: Do I need the tkinter package to install an Asymptote
- rpm binary?
-* Question 2.8:: What does the path %USERPROFILE%\.asy\config.asy mean?
-* Question 2.9:: Why do I get the error "string not terminated" when I
- try to set settings.dir="C:\asymptote\";?
-* Question 2.10:: How do I change environment variables in Microsoft
- Windows, for example, in order to change the default
- PostScript viewer?
-* Question 2.11:: Under Microsoft Windows XP, why do I get an error like
- "Invalid Parameter - 432x432"?
-* Question 2.12:: Why does Asymptote freeze upon trying to draw a label
- with my MikTex installation under Microsoft Windows?
-
-Section 3, Questions about paths
-* Question 3.1:: Why do I get a syntax error message when I specify an
- integer value for the path tension?
-* Question 3.2:: Shouldn't dots always be the same size?
-
-Section 4, Questions about labels
-* Question 4.1:: How do I get Greek letters like omega to show up in my
- labels?
-* Question 4.2:: Can Asymptote use matrices as labels?
-* Question 4.3:: How do I tell Asymptote to load a particular LaTeX
- package, like mathptmx?
-* Question 4.4:: How can I use international fonts in Asymptote labels?
-* Question 4.5:: How can I use Fourier fonts?
-* Question 4.6:: Is there any way to change the default appearance of
- the decimal separator, using a comma instead of a dot?
-* Question 4.7:: How can I get a rotated label with the filled box
- rotated as well so that it fits the text?
-* Question 4.8:: How can I rotate labels in a 3D figure?
-* Question 4.9:: How can I draw some squares and circles of a fixed
- size and put a label in the middle of them?
-* Question 4.10:: The binary operator * can be used to scale the color
- of a pen by a real number. Does this scaling factor
- have to be less than 1?
-* Question 4.11:: Why is the space after the comma decimal separator in
- my locale so large?
-* Question 4.12:: How can I prevent
- texpreamble("\usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}") from
- changing the page size?
-
-Section 5, Questions about arrows
-* Question 5.1:: How do I draw two arrows at arbitrary positions along
- a path?
-* Question 5.2:: How do I reverse the direction of an arrowhead?
-* Question 5.3:: How do I change the size of all arrows?
-* Question 5.4:: Can I create other arrowhead styles?
-
-Section 6, Questions about 2D graphs
-* Question 6.1:: How can I draw x axis ticks on the right side, with
- the tick labels on the left side (relative to the axis
- path)?
-* Question 6.2:: How can I reposition the x axis label to
- three-quarters along the axis length?
-* Question 6.3:: How can I move the x axis label down 10bp?
-* Question 6.4:: Can I use different pens for the axis, the axis label,
- and the tick labels?
-* Question 6.5:: How can I change the font type of the axes label?
-* Question 6.6:: How can I change the font type of the tick labels on
- an axis?
-* Question 6.7:: How can I prevent axes tick labels from rendering on
- top of each other?
-* Question 6.8:: How do I make the plot region of a graph, ignoring
- labels and legends, have a fixed size?
-* Question 6.9:: How can I plot a function f(x) within [0,1]x[0,2]
- without explicitly calculating the x values for which
- f(x) hits the boundary?
-* Question 6.10:: Is it possible to define customized palettes?
-* Question 6.11:: Is there an easy way to graph factorial functions
- nicely?
-* Question 6.12:: How do I indicate that a certain length should be
- exactly the size I prescribe with no rescaling, within
- a picture which has its own size?
-* Question 6.13:: How can I make the y axis display base-2 logarithmic
- values?
-* Question 6.14:: How can I align the x axes of two graphs on the same
- figure?
-* Question 6.15:: How can I change the direction of the y-axis, such
- that negatives values are on the upper y-axis?
-* Question 6.16:: How can I fill a path with a function that defines the
- color of each location?
-* Question 6.17:: Is there a way to draw a function that is not
- explicitly given, such as (y - 2)^2 = x - 1 ?
-* Question 6.18:: Is it possible to reverse or stretch an axis?
-* Question 6.19:: Why can't I use the UnFill option to draw graphs with
- empty markers?
-* Question 6.20:: How can I force several images to use the same palette
- range (e.g. the entire 0-255 grayscale range)?
-
-Section 7, Questions about programming
-* Question 7.1:: Is Asymptote an interpreter or a compiler?
-* Question 7.2:: What is the difference between a frame and a picture?
-* Question 7.3:: What is the difference between a path and a guide?
-* Question 7.4:: What is a convenient way to declare and initialize an
- array of pictures?
-* Question 7.5:: Is there a way to define functions that act on arrays
- in general (i.e. work for arrays of any type)?
-* Question 7.6:: Is there any way to declare structures ahead of their
- definition, e.g. where struct A performs some
- operation on struct B, but B contains an A member?
-* Question 7.7:: Where are static variables in for loops allocated?
-* Question 7.8:: Is there a debugger for asy?
-* Question 7.9:: Do you accept patches for Asymptote?
-
-Section 8, Questions about differences between Asymptote and
- MetaPost
-* Question 8.1:: What is the equivalent of the MetaPost c[a,b]
- interpolation operator?
-* Question 8.2:: How does picture scaling differ in Asymptote and
- MetaPost?
-* Question 8.3:: How can I avoid automatic scaling of a picture?
-* Question 8.4:: What is the equivalent of MetaPost ... command?
-* Question 8.5:: What is the equivalent of the MetaPost pickup command?
-* Question 8.6:: What is the equivalent of the MetaPost whatever
- command?
-* Question 8.7:: What is the equivalent for the MetaPost command for
- lray - horiz*v - verti*u = whatever*(LightSource - R),
- a system of three linear equations for three unknowns:
- horiz, verti, whatever?
-* Question 8.8:: In MetaPost, it is possible to have a drawing remain
- the same size in different pictures by defining a unit
- u and explicitly multiply all the coordinates by u. Is
- there a better way to do this in Asymptote?
-* Question 8.9:: In MetaPost, one could produce tiling pictures by
- generating a picture, and then clipping the picture to
- a rectangle of fixed dimensions around the center of
- the picture. How is that done in Asymptote?
-
-Section 9, Questions about output
-* Question 9.1:: How can I disable automatic invocation of the PS
- viewer after an asy file is done processing?
-* Question 9.2:: How do I output jpeg images?
-* Question 9.3:: Can I embed bitmaps (photos) into my drawings and
- position and scale them?
-* Question 9.4:: Does Asymptote support direct PDF output?
-* Question 9.5:: How to I produce large pictures of high quality in
- raster format (e.g. png, giff etc).
-* Question 9.6:: Is it possible to produce multi-page documents with
- asymptote?
-
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Section 1, Next: Section 2, Previous: Top, Up: Top
-
-About Asymptote
-
-* Menu:
-* Question 1.1:: What is Asymptote?
-* Question 1.2:: How do I obtain Asymptote?
-* Question 1.3:: Where can I ask questions about Asymptote?
-* Question 1.4:: Why was the name Asymptote chosen?
-* Question 1.5:: In the internal Asymptote source code, what does the
- name camp refer to?
-
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 1.1, Next: Question 1.2, Previous: Top, Up: Section 1
-
-Question 1.1. What is Asymptote?
-
-Asymptote is a vector graphics language designed for technical graphics,
-inspired by MetaPost but with IEEE floating-point numerics, native
-three-dimensional graphics, Grayscale/RGB/CMYK colourspaces, and a
-C++-like syntax. Unlike MetaPost, it natively supports multiple-segment
-paths (and hence regions other than simply connected ones), tiling
-patterns, Gouraud shading, tensor patch shading, and PostScript images.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 1.2, Next: Question 1.3, Previous: Question 1.1, Up: Section 1
-
-Question 1.2. How do I obtain Asymptote?
-
-Binary releases are available for Linux, MacOS X, and Microsoft Windows
-platforms, in addition to full source code, from the website
-http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/. Many Linux distributions (such as
-RedHat and Debian) now include an Asymptote package (check your
-distribution's documentation for further information about this).
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 1.3, Next: Question 1.4, Previous: Question 1.2, Up: Section 1
-
-Question 1.3. Where can I ask questions about Asymptote?
-
-If you have a question, please try to find an answer in this FAQ, in the
-extensive Asymptote documentation at
-http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/doc/, or search the forum:
-http://sourceforge.net/forum/forum.php?forum_id=409349.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 1.4, Next: Question 1.5, Previous: Question 1.3, Up: Section 1
-
-Question 1.4. Why was the name Asymptote chosen?
-
-Well, it isn't the perfect graphics package, but we do think it is getting
-there asymptotically...
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 1.5, Next: Question 2.1, Previous: Question 1.4, Up: Section 1
-
-Question 1.5. In the internal Asymptote source code, what does the name camp refer to?
-
-That was our original tentative name for this project, which stood for
-"C's Answer to MetaPost" (the language that inspired Asymptote). However,
-we eventually decided that the name Asymptote better emphasizes the
-mathematical and graphical nature of this language.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Section 2, Next: Section 3, Previous: Section 1, Up: Top
-
-Questions about installation and setup
-
-* Menu:
-* Question 2.1:: Is it possible to install Asymptote on Mac OS X?
-* Question 2.2:: Why do I get the error Bad CPU type in executable on
- installing Asymptote from the MAC OS binary?
-* Question 2.3:: What do I do if I get the error: Error: pdfetex (file
- pdftex.cfg): cannot open config file...texinfo.tex
- appears to be broken?
-* Question 2.4:: What do I do if I get the error: ! Undefined control
- sequence. l.6 @copying?
-* Question 2.5:: Is it possible to integrate Asymptote into LaTeX?
-* Question 2.6:: Is it possible to integrate Asymptote into latex or
- pdflatex?
-* Question 2.7:: Do I need the tkinter package to install an Asymptote
- rpm binary?
-* Question 2.8:: What does the path %USERPROFILE%\.asy\config.asy mean?
-* Question 2.9:: Why do I get the error "string not terminated" when I
- try to set settings.dir="C:\asymptote\";?
-* Question 2.10:: How do I change environment variables in Microsoft
- Windows, for example, in order to change the default
- PostScript viewer?
-* Question 2.11:: Under Microsoft Windows XP, why do I get an error like
- "Invalid Parameter - 432x432"?
-* Question 2.12:: Why does Asymptote freeze upon trying to draw a label
- with my MikTex installation under Microsoft Windows?
-
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 2.1, Next: Question 2.2, Previous: Question 1.5, Up: Section 2
-
-Question 2.1. Is it possible to install Asymptote on Mac OS X?
-
-It is easy to compile Asymptote directly from the source code at
-http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=120000 We recommend
-first upgrading to the latest GNU readline library, unless you don't care
-about interactive readline support (in which case configure will
-automatically detect and disable obsolete versions of the readline
-library). Marius Schamschula also maintains a binary package for various
-MacOS X platforms
-http://www.hmug.org/pub/MacOS_X/X/Applications/Publishing/asymptote.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 2.2, Next: Question 2.3, Previous: Question 2.1, Up: Section 2
-
-Question 2.2. Why do I get the error Bad CPU type in executable on installing Asymptote from the MAC OS binary?
-
-This means either that you have a binary distribution for another MAC
-architecture, or (according to Marius Schamschula) that you may have a
-missing library. The simplest solution is to compile Asymptote directly
-from the official source:
-http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=120000.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 2.3, Next: Question 2.4, Previous: Question 2.2, Up: Section 2
-
-Question 2.3. What do I do if I get the error: Error: pdfetex (file pdftex.cfg): cannot open config file...texinfo.tex appears to be broken?
-
-Simply put http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/asymptote.pdf in the directory
-doc and repeat the command make all. Or, if you don't want to build a
-local copy of the documentation, simply proceed with make install-asy.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 2.4, Next: Question 2.5, Previous: Question 2.3, Up: Section 2
-
-Question 2.4. What do I do if I get the error: ! Undefined control sequence. l.6 @copying?
-
-Either upgrade your texinfo package or follow one of the easy work arounds
-in *Note Question 2.3:: `What do I do if I get the error: Error: pdfetex
-(file pdftex.cfg): cannot open config file...texinfo.tex appears to be
-broken?'.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 2.5, Next: Question 2.6, Previous: Question 2.4, Up: Section 2
-
-Question 2.5. Is it possible to integrate Asymptote into LaTeX?
-
-Yes, see the example latexusage.tex. Dario Teixeira has also written a
-detailed guide on the topic. You can download it from
-http://dario.dse.nl/projects/asylatex/.
-
-Philippe Ivaldi has contributed an Asymptote mode for Emacs users
-http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/doc/Editing-modes.html, which includes a
-lasy-mode that allows one to compile and view the output of one
-\begin{asy}...\end{asy} section at a time.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 2.6, Next: Question 2.7, Previous: Question 2.5, Up: Section 2
-
-Question 2.6. Is it possible to integrate Asymptote into latex or pdflatex?
-
-Yes, as of version 1.14, Asymptote supports latex and pdflatex (both in
-EPS/PDF and inline mode), as illustrated by the example latexusage.tex:
-
-pdflatex latexusage
-asy latexusage
-pdflatex latexusage
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 2.7, Next: Question 2.8, Previous: Question 2.6, Up: Section 2
-
-Question 2.7. Do I need the tkinter package to install an Asymptote rpm binary?
-
-No, you don't need tkinter unless you want to try out the GUI xasy. Try
-
-rpm -Uvh --nodeps asymptote-x.xx-1.i386.rpm
-where x.xx represents the version number.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 2.8, Next: Question 2.9, Previous: Question 2.7, Up: Section 2
-
-Question 2.8. What does the path %USERPROFILE%\.asy\config.asy mean?
-
-That is the way that Microsoft Windows refers to the user profile
-directory. There's nothing really to understand here, just put your
-configuration commands in the file config.asy in a new folder
-%USERPROFILE%\.asy.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 2.9, Next: Question 2.10, Previous: Question 2.8, Up: Section 2
-
-Question 2.9. Why do I get the error "string not terminated" when I try to set settings.dir="C:\asymptote\";?
-
-The backslash is an escape character here, so \" is interpreted as a
-verbatim quotation mark, leaving the string without a terminating
-quotation mark. Fortunately, this is the only escaped character in
-double-quoted strings. A final backslash isn't needed here anyway, but
-should you really want one somewhere, you can say:
-settings.dir="C:\asymptote"+'\\';.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 2.10, Next: Question 2.11, Previous: Question 2.9, Up: Section 2
-
-Question 2.10. How do I change environment variables in Microsoft Windows, for example, in order to change the default PostScript viewer?
-
-While it is easier to set the corresponding Asymptote configuration
-variable in your config.asy file, here is the procedure for changing
-Microsoft Windows environment variables:
-
-Click on the [Start] button
-
-* RIGHT-click on 'My Computer'
-
-* Choose 'Properties' from the popup menu
-
-* Click the 'Advanced' tab
-
-* Click the 'Environment Variables' button.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 2.11, Next: Question 2.12, Previous: Question 2.10, Up: Section 2
-
-Question 2.11. Under Microsoft Windows XP, why do I get an error like "Invalid Parameter - 432x432"?
-
-This means that ImageMagick wasn't properly installed and you are using
-the MSDOS convert program rather than the ImageMagick one. Or you may have
-installed ImageMagick but ran Asymptote from an existing MSDOS window. In
-that case, simply open a new window and try again. If that doesn't work,
-check that
-
-convert --version
-returns something like
-
-Version: ImageMagick 6.2.8 06/27/06 Q16 http://www.imagemagick.org
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 2.12, Next: Question 3.1, Previous: Question 2.11, Up: Section 2
-
-Question 2.12. Why does Asymptote freeze upon trying to draw a label with my MikTex installation under Microsoft Windows?
-
-Likely, this means that latex and dvips are not in your default path. Try
-adding the appropriate paths in your config.asy file, for example:
-
-import settings;
-latex="C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.7\miktex\bin\latex.exe";
-dvips="C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.7\miktex\bin\dvips.exe";
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Section 3, Next: Section 4, Previous: Section 2, Up: Top
-
-Questions about paths
-
-* Menu:
-* Question 3.1:: Why do I get a syntax error message when I specify an
- integer value for the path tension?
-* Question 3.2:: Shouldn't dots always be the same size?
-
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 3.1, Next: Question 3.2, Previous: Question 2.12, Up: Section 3
-
-Question 3.1. Why do I get a syntax error message when I specify an integer value for the path tension?
-
-What is happening here is that
-
-draw((0,0)..tension 2..(0,50)..(100,100));
-is read as
-
-draw((0,0)..tension 2. .(0,50)..(100,100));
-So the first . after the two is treated as a decimal point. Just put a
-space after the integer tension value:
-
-draw((0,0)..tension 2 ..(0,50)..(100,100));
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 3.2, Next: Question 4.1, Previous: Question 3.1, Up: Section 3
-
-Question 3.2. Shouldn't dots always be the same size?
-
-From the documentation:
-
-"The dot command defined in the module plain draws a dot having a diameter
-equal to an explicit pen linewidth or the default linewidth magnified by
-dotfactor (6 by default)."
-
-Thus, when you use the default pen, the dot will have size 6*linewidth,
-but when you give a pen with an explicit width specified, you will have a
-dot of size linewidth. If you want the first case to behave like the
-second, you may set dotfactor=1.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Section 4, Next: Section 5, Previous: Section 3, Up: Top
-
-Questions about labels
-
-* Menu:
-* Question 4.1:: How do I get Greek letters like omega to show up in my
- labels?
-* Question 4.2:: Can Asymptote use matrices as labels?
-* Question 4.3:: How do I tell Asymptote to load a particular LaTeX
- package, like mathptmx?
-* Question 4.4:: How can I use international fonts in Asymptote labels?
-* Question 4.5:: How can I use Fourier fonts?
-* Question 4.6:: Is there any way to change the default appearance of
- the decimal separator, using a comma instead of a dot?
-* Question 4.7:: How can I get a rotated label with the filled box
- rotated as well so that it fits the text?
-* Question 4.8:: How can I rotate labels in a 3D figure?
-* Question 4.9:: How can I draw some squares and circles of a fixed
- size and put a label in the middle of them?
-* Question 4.10:: The binary operator * can be used to scale the color
- of a pen by a real number. Does this scaling factor
- have to be less than 1?
-* Question 4.11:: Why is the space after the comma decimal separator in
- my locale so large?
-* Question 4.12:: How can I prevent
- texpreamble("\usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}") from
- changing the page size?
-
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 4.1, Next: Question 4.2, Previous: Question 3.2, Up: Section 4
-
-Question 4.1. How do I get Greek letters like omega to show up in my labels?
-
-In (La)TeX, Greek letters can be obtained in math mode by prepending a
-backslash to the letter name. So for a omega symbol, use "$\omega$".
-Everything between the dollar signs is considered to be a math formula.
-Uppercase Greek letters can be used by capitalizing the first letter of
-the name:
-
-label("$\omega$",(0,0));
-label("$\Omega$",(20,0));
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 4.2, Next: Question 4.3, Previous: Question 4.1, Up: Section 4
-
-Question 4.2. Can Asymptote use matrices as labels?
-
-Yes:
-usepackage("amsmath");
-label("$\begin{matrix} 1 & 2 \\\ 1 & 1 \end{matrix}$",(0,0));
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 4.3, Next: Question 4.4, Previous: Question 4.2, Up: Section 4
-
-Question 4.3. How do I tell Asymptote to load a particular LaTeX package, like mathptmx?
-
-Put
-
-usepackage("mathptmx");
-at the beginning of your file. Note: to enable the Adobe Times Roman font
-for text, you will also need to say:
-defaultpen(TimesRoman());
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 4.4, Next: Question 4.5, Previous: Question 4.3, Up: Section 4
-
-Question 4.4. How can I use international fonts in Asymptote labels?
-
-See http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/doc/unicode.html.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 4.5, Next: Question 4.6, Previous: Question 4.4, Up: Section 4
-
-Question 4.5. How can I use Fourier fonts?
-
-usepackage("fourier");
-defaultpen(font("T1","fut\textfamilyextension","m","n"));
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 4.6, Next: Question 4.7, Previous: Question 4.5, Up: Section 4
-
-Question 4.6. Is there any way to change the default appearance of the decimal separator, using a comma instead of a dot?
-
-Just set your locale appropriately:
-
-locale("it_IT");
-usepackage("icomma");
-label(format(0.5));
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 4.7, Next: Question 4.8, Previous: Question 4.6, Up: Section 4
-
-Question 4.7. How can I get a rotated label with the filled box rotated as well so that it fits the text?
-
-frame f;
-label(f,"This is some text",white,Fill(blue));
-add(rotate(65)*f);
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 4.8, Next: Question 4.9, Previous: Question 4.7, Up: Section 4
-
-Question 4.8. How can I rotate labels in a 3D figure?
-
-You need to first project the triple to a pair like this:
-
-import three;
-size(100,100);
-
-draw(rotate(90,project(Z))*"A",O--X);
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 4.9, Next: Question 4.10, Previous: Question 4.8, Up: Section 4
-
-Question 4.9. How can I draw some squares and circles of a fixed size and put a label in the middle of them?
-
-Fixed-size objects should be drawn on a separate picture and then added to
-currentpicture. Here is one way (see also
-http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/gallery/subpictures.asy and
-http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/gallery/mosquito.asy):
-
-real u=2cm;
-
-picture square;
-draw(square,scale(u)*shift(-0.5,-0.5)*unitsquare);
-
-picture circle;
-draw(circle,scale(0.5u)*unitcircle);
-
-void add(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L, picture object, pair z) {
-add(pic,object,z);
-label(pic,L,z);
-}
-
-add("square",square,(0,0));
-add("circle",circle,(5cm,0));
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 4.10, Next: Question 4.11, Previous: Question 4.9, Up: Section 4
-
-Question 4.10. The binary operator * can be used to scale the color of a pen by a real number. Does this scaling factor have to be less than 1?
-
-The scaling factor can be greater than 1. But keep in mind that the rgb
-color components saturate at 1.
-
-Try
-write(cyan); write(0.8*cyan); write(1.5*cyan);
-and you will quickly see what is going on.
-
-To get a lighter cyan you can say white+cyan, which yields rgb(0.5,1,1).
-If you want something even lighter specify the rgb colors directly, for
-example, rgb(0.9,1,1).
-
-Alternatively, work in cmyk colour space, which is nicer in that it
-handles saturation separately from hue:
-
-0.1*Cyan is light and 0.9*Cyan is dark. You can also say 0.1*cmyk(red).
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 4.11, Next: Question 4.12, Previous: Question 4.10, Up: Section 4
-
-Question 4.11. Why is the space after the comma decimal separator in my locale so large?
-
-LaTeX is treating the comma as punctuation and not as a decimal separator.
-The solution is to load the icomma package near the beginning of your
-file:
-usepackage("icomma");
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 4.12, Next: Question 5.1, Previous: Question 4.11, Up: Section 4
-
-Question 4.12. How can I prevent texpreamble("\usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}") from changing the page size?
-
-texpreamble("\usepackage[pdftex,setpagesize=false]{hyperref}");
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Section 5, Next: Section 6, Previous: Section 4, Up: Top
-
-Questions about arrows
-
-* Menu:
-* Question 5.1:: How do I draw two arrows at arbitrary positions along
- a path?
-* Question 5.2:: How do I reverse the direction of an arrowhead?
-* Question 5.3:: How do I change the size of all arrows?
-* Question 5.4:: Can I create other arrowhead styles?
-
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 5.1, Next: Question 5.2, Previous: Question 4.12, Up: Section 5
-
-Question 5.1. How do I draw two arrows at arbitrary positions along a path?
-
-Assuming that at least one of the arrowheads is to be filled, you can do
-this:
-
-size(200);
-path g = (0,0)..(1,3)..(3,0);
-draw(g,Arrow(Relative(0.9)));
-add(arrow(g,invisible,FillDraw(black),Relative(0.5)));
-add(arrow(reverse(g),invisible,FillDraw(white,black),Relative(0.9)));
-If both of the arrowheads are to be drawn with filltype NoFill, one will
-need to create a specialized version of the arrow routine in
-plain_arrows.asy:
-
-void arrow(frame f, arrowhead arrowhead=DefaultHead,
- path g, pen p=currentpen, real size=0,
- real angle=arrowangle, filltype filltype=arrowhead.defaultfilltype,
- position position=EndPoint, bool forwards=true,
- margin margin=NoMargin, bool center=false);
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 5.2, Next: Question 5.3, Previous: Question 5.1, Up: Section 5
-
-Question 5.2. How do I reverse the direction of an arrowhead?
-
-Simply reverse the direction of the path.
-
-path g=((0,0)--(5cm,0));
-draw(reverse(g),Arrow(Relative(0.55)));
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 5.3, Next: Question 5.4, Previous: Question 5.2, Up: Section 5
-
-Question 5.3. How do I change the size of all arrows?
-
-To override the arrowsize you can give every Arrow drawing attribute a
-real size argument. If you want to do this globally, you can override the
-pen-dependent arrowsize function like this:
-
-arrowsize=new real(pen p=currentpen) {return 2mm;};
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 5.4, Next: Question 6.1, Previous: Question 5.3, Up: Section 5
-
-Question 5.4. Can I create other arrowhead styles?
-
-Yes, you can build custom arrowheads like this (see the predefined
-arrowhead styles in plain_arrows.asy for further examples):
-
-arrowhead DotHead;
-DotHead.head=new path(path g, position position=EndPoint, pen p=currentpen,
- real size=0, real angle=arrowangle) {
- if(size == 0) size=DotHead.size(p);
- bool relative=position.relative;
- real position=position.position.x;
- if(relative) position=reltime(g,position);
- path r=subpath(g,position,0);
- pair x=point(r,0);
- real t=arctime(r,size);
- pair y=point(r,t);
- return circle(0.5(x+y),0.5size);
-};
-
-size(100);
-draw((0,0)..(1,1)..(2,0),Arrow(DotHead));
-dot((2,0),red);
-If you submit your alternate arrowheads to the Forum or the Patch
-Tracking System, we'll consider including them in a future release.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Section 6, Next: Section 7, Previous: Section 5, Up: Top
-
-Questions about 2D graphs
-
-* Menu:
-* Question 6.1:: How can I draw x axis ticks on the right side, with
- the tick labels on the left side (relative to the axis
- path)?
-* Question 6.2:: How can I reposition the x axis label to
- three-quarters along the axis length?
-* Question 6.3:: How can I move the x axis label down 10bp?
-* Question 6.4:: Can I use different pens for the axis, the axis label,
- and the tick labels?
-* Question 6.5:: How can I change the font type of the axes label?
-* Question 6.6:: How can I change the font type of the tick labels on
- an axis?
-* Question 6.7:: How can I prevent axes tick labels from rendering on
- top of each other?
-* Question 6.8:: How do I make the plot region of a graph, ignoring
- labels and legends, have a fixed size?
-* Question 6.9:: How can I plot a function f(x) within [0,1]x[0,2]
- without explicitly calculating the x values for which
- f(x) hits the boundary?
-* Question 6.10:: Is it possible to define customized palettes?
-* Question 6.11:: Is there an easy way to graph factorial functions
- nicely?
-* Question 6.12:: How do I indicate that a certain length should be
- exactly the size I prescribe with no rescaling, within
- a picture which has its own size?
-* Question 6.13:: How can I make the y axis display base-2 logarithmic
- values?
-* Question 6.14:: How can I align the x axes of two graphs on the same
- figure?
-* Question 6.15:: How can I change the direction of the y-axis, such
- that negatives values are on the upper y-axis?
-* Question 6.16:: How can I fill a path with a function that defines the
- color of each location?
-* Question 6.17:: Is there a way to draw a function that is not
- explicitly given, such as (y - 2)^2 = x - 1 ?
-* Question 6.18:: Is it possible to reverse or stretch an axis?
-* Question 6.19:: Why can't I use the UnFill option to draw graphs with
- empty markers?
-* Question 6.20:: How can I force several images to use the same palette
- range (e.g. the entire 0-255 grayscale range)?
-
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.1, Next: Question 6.2, Previous: Question 5.4, Up: Section 6
-
-Question 6.1. How can I draw x axis ticks on the right side, with the tick labels on the left side (relative to the axis path)?
-
-import graph;
-
-size(250,200,IgnoreAspect);
-
-draw(graph(exp,-1,1),red);
-
-xaxis("$x$",RightTicks(Label(align=left)));
-yaxis("$y$",RightTicks);
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.2, Next: Question 6.3, Previous: Question 6.1, Up: Section 6
-
-Question 6.2. How can I reposition the x axis label to three-quarters along the axis length?
-
-import graph;
-
-size(250,200,IgnoreAspect);
-
-draw(graph(exp,-1,1),red);
-
-xaxis(Label("$x$",0.75),LeftTicks);
-yaxis("$y$",RightTicks);
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.3, Next: Question 6.4, Previous: Question 6.2, Up: Section 6
-
-Question 6.3. How can I move the x axis label down 10bp?
-
-import graph;
-size(250,200,IgnoreAspect);
-
-draw(graph(exp,-1,1),red);
-
-xaxis(shift(0,-10)*"$x$",LeftTicks);
-yaxis("$y$",RightTicks);
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.4, Next: Question 6.5, Previous: Question 6.3, Up: Section 6
-
-Question 6.4. Can I use different pens for the axis, the axis label, and the tick labels?
-
-Yes:
-
-import graph;
-size(300,200,IgnoreAspect);
-
-xlimits(-50,50);
-ylimits(0,100);
-
-xaxis(Label("$x$",MidPoint,red),Bottom,blue,LeftTicks(green));
-yaxis("$y$",Left,RightTicks);
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.5, Next: Question 6.6, Previous: Question 6.4, Up: Section 6
-
-Question 6.5. How can I change the font type of the axes label?
-
-import graph;
-size(300,200,IgnoreAspect);
-
-xlimits(-50,50);
-ylimits(0,100);
-
-xaxis("x",Bottom,Courier("m","n"),LeftTicks);
-yaxis("$y$",Left,RightTicks);
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.6, Next: Question 6.7, Previous: Question 6.5, Up: Section 6
-
-Question 6.6. How can I change the font type of the tick labels on an axis?
-
-Tick labels are by default typeset in (TeX) math mode, so to use other
-fonts you need to override the default tick format:
-
-import graph;
-size(300,200,IgnoreAspect);
-
-xlimits(-50,50);
-ylimits(0,100);
-
-xaxis("$x$",Bottom,LeftTicks("%.4g",Courier("m","n")+fontsize(12)));
-yaxis("$y$",Left,RightTicks);
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.7, Next: Question 6.8, Previous: Question 6.6, Up: Section 6
-
-Question 6.7. How can I prevent axes tick labels from rendering on top of each other?
-
-Either:
-
-(i) give LeftTicks/RightTicks/Ticks the arguments beginlabel=false and/or
-endlabel=false;
-
-(ii) explicitly remove specific ticks and their labels (drawing them
-manually; see
-http://asymptote.svn.sourceforge.net/viewvc/asymptote/trunk/asymptote/base/graph.asy
-for the definition of NoZero):
-
-import graph;
-
-size(10cm);
-
-real f(real x) {return x^2;}
-
-draw(graph(f,-2,2));
-
-xaxis(Ticks(NoZero));
-yaxis(Ticks(NoZero));
-
-label("$0$",(0,0),SW);
-(iii) explicitly remove specific tick labels and draw them manually (see
-http://asymptote.svn.sourceforge.net/viewvc/asymptote/trunk/asymptote/base/graph.asy
-for the definition of NoZeroFormat):
-
-import graph;
-
-size(10cm);
-
-real f(real x) {return x^2;}
-
-draw(graph(f,-2,2));
-
-xaxis(Ticks(NoZeroFormat));
-yaxis(Ticks(NoZeroFormat));
-
-label("$0$",(0,0),SW);
-(iv) use the xasy GUI to move overlapping labels;
-
-(v) change the Label argument of LeftTicks, RightTicks, or Ticks to:
-
-Label(currentpen+overwrite(Move))
-Solution (v) will move labels that might otherwise overwrite a previous
-label. Other possible overwrite arguments are Allow (allows overlapping
-labels; the default), Suppress (an overlapping label will not be written
-at all), SuppressQuiet, and MoveQuiet. The last two achieve the same
-result as the non-quiet types, but will not notify you which labels are
-overlapping. See: http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/doc/Pens.html.
-
-In the case of a user-specified tick array, you can change which labels
-get suppressed/moved by changing the order of array entries.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.8, Next: Question 6.9, Previous: Question 6.7, Up: Section 6
-
-Question 6.8. How do I make the plot region of a graph, ignoring labels and legends, have a fixed size?
-
-Either:
-
-i) Specify an explicit unitsize, which overrides any call to size:
-unitsize(x=1cm,y=2cm);
-ii) Explicitly tell Asymptote to map the plot region to a specific size:
-import graph;
-real[] x={0,1,2,3};
-real[] y=x^2;
-draw(graph(x,y),red);
-xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
-yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks);
-
-size(5cm,5cm,point(SW),point(NE));
-
-label("$f_\mathrm{T}$",point(N),2N);
-iii) Specify the points in user coordinates that should correspond to a
-given picture size:
-
-import graph;
-
-size(250,200,IgnoreAspect);
-
-draw(graph(exp,-1,1),red);
-
-xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
-yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks);
-
-fixedscaling((-1.5,-0.5),(1.5,3.5));
-In this example, the user coordinate (-1.5,-0.5) will end up being the
-lower left corner of the figure and (1.5,3.5) will be the upper right
-corner. You can use this option to ensure multiple figures have the same
-scaling and same resulting figure size (just ensure the two coordinates
-given to fixedscaling() leaves room for any labels).
-
-See also http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/doc/Frames-and-pictures.html.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.9, Next: Question 6.10, Previous: Question 6.8, Up: Section 6
-
-Question 6.9. How can I plot a function f(x) within [0,1]x[0,2] without explicitly calculating the x values for which f(x) hits the boundary?
-
-Call limits with the Crop option before drawing the graph:
-import graph;
-
-size(250,200,IgnoreAspect);
-
-draw(graph(exp,-1,1),red);
-
-limits((0,0),(1,2),Crop);
-
-xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
-yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks);
-See also http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/doc/graph.html.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.10, Next: Question 6.11, Previous: Question 6.9, Up: Section 6
-
-Question 6.10. Is it possible to define customized palettes?
-
-Yes, you may generate your own pen[] array. For example:
-
-int NColors=32768;
-pen[] MyPalette=new pen[NColors];
-real step=1/(NColors-1.0);
-// Start at black: rgb(0,0,0)
-// End at yellow: rgb(1,1,0)
-for(int i=0; i < NColors; ++i) {
- real rgval=i*step;
- MyPalette[i]=rgb(rgval,rgval,0.0);
-}
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.11, Next: Question 6.12, Previous: Question 6.10, Up: Section 6
-
-Question 6.11. Is there an easy way to graph factorial functions nicely?
-
-The example below shows a continuous function and two methods for placing
-markers at integer values of x:
-
-import graph;
-
-size(200,200,IgnoreAspect);
-
-real factorial(real t) {return gamma(t+1);}
-
-scale(Linear,Log);
-
-// Graph the factorial function.
-draw(graph(factorial,0,10));
-
-// Method 1: Draw nodes, but hide line
-pair F(int t) {return (t,factorial(t));}
-// Graph of factorial function from 0 to 10
-pair[] z=sequence(F,11);
-draw(graph(z),invisible,marker(scale(0.8mm)*unitcircle,blue,Fill));
-
-// Method 2: Nongraphing routines require explicit scaling:
-pair dotloc(int t) {return Scale(F(t));}
-pair[] dotlocs=sequence(dotloc,11);
-dot(dotlocs);
-
-xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
-yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks);
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.12, Next: Question 6.13, Previous: Question 6.11, Up: Section 6
-
-Question 6.12. How do I indicate that a certain length should be exactly the size I prescribe with no rescaling, within a picture which has its own size?
-
-Here's an easy way to do this.
-
-size(12cm,0);
-
-void distance(picture pic=currentpicture, pair A, pair B, Label L="", real n=0,
- pen p=currentpen)
-{
- real d=3mm;
- path g=A--B;
- transform T=shift(-n*d*unit(B-A)*I);
- pic.add(new void(frame f, transform t) {
- picture opic;
- path G=T*t*g;
- draw(opic,Label(L,Center,UnFill(1)),G,p,Arrows(NoFill),Bars,PenMargins);
- add(f,opic.fit());
- });
- pic.addBox(min(g),max(g),T*min(p),T*max(p));
-}
-
-pair A=(0,0), B=(3,3);
-
-dot(A);
-dot(B);
-
-distance(A,B,"$\ell$",1);
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.13, Next: Question 6.14, Previous: Question 6.12, Up: Section 6
-
-Question 6.13. How can I make the y axis display base-2 logarithmic values?
-
-See the example http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/gallery/2D
-graphs/log2graph.asy.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.14, Next: Question 6.15, Previous: Question 6.13, Up: Section 6
-
-Question 6.14. How can I align the x axes of two graphs on the same figure?
-
-An easy way to do this, if the axes to be aligned have the same scaling
-and size, is illustrated in the example
-http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/gallery/2D graphs/alignedaxis.asy.
-
-Here is a more general solution to the problem of aligning two arbitrary
-axes. One fits the second picture to a frame based on the horizontal
-scaling for the first picture:
-
-import graph;
-
-real width=15cm;
-real aspect=0.3;
-
-picture pic1,pic2;
-
-size(pic1,width,aspect*width,IgnoreAspect);
-size(pic2,width,aspect*width,IgnoreAspect);
-
-scale(pic1,false);
-scale(pic2,false);
-
-real xmin1=6;
-real xmax1=9;
-real xmin2=8;
-real xmax2=16;
-
-real a1=1;
-real a2=0.001;
-
-real f1(real x) {return a1*sin(x/2*pi);}
-real f2(real x) {return a2*sin(x/4*pi);}
-
-draw(pic1,graph(pic1,f1,xmin1,xmax1));
-draw(pic2,graph(pic2,f2,xmin2,xmax2));
-
-xaxis(pic1,Bottom,LeftTicks());
-yaxis(pic1,"$f_1(x)$",Left,RightTicks);
-
-xaxis(pic2,"$x$",Bottom,LeftTicks(Step=4));
-yaxis(pic2,"$f_2(x)$",Left,RightTicks);
-
-yequals(pic1,0,Dotted);
-yequals(pic2,0,Dotted);
-
-pair min1=point(pic1,SW);
-pair max1=point(pic1,NE);
-
-pair min2=point(pic2,SW);
-pair max2=point(pic2,NE);
-
-real scale=(max1.x-min1.x)/(max2.x-min2.x);
-real shift=min1.x/scale-min2.x;
-
-transform t1=pic1.calculateTransform();
-transform t2=pic2.calculateTransform();
-transform T=xscale(scale*t1.xx)*yscale(t2.yy);
-
-add(pic1.fit());
-real height=truepoint(N,user=false).y-truepoint(S,user=false).y;
-add(shift(0,-height)*(shift(shift)*pic2).fit(T));
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.15, Next: Question 6.16, Previous: Question 6.14, Up: Section 6
-
-Question 6.15. How can I change the direction of the y-axis, such that negatives values are on the upper y-axis?
-
-Here is a simple example (see also the example
-http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/gallery/2D graphs/diatom.asy or the
-discussion of Linear(-1) in the documentation):
-
-import graph;
-size(250,200,IgnoreAspect);
-
-scale(Linear,Linear(-1));
-
-draw(graph(log,0.1,10),red);
-
-xaxis("$x$",LeftTicks);
-yaxis("$y$",RightTicks);
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.16, Next: Question 6.17, Previous: Question 6.15, Up: Section 6
-
-Question 6.16. How can I fill a path with a function that defines the color of each location?
-
-Use functionshade with a PDF tex engine, as illustrated by the example
-{functionshading.asy}.
-
-If you want to produce PostScript output, an approximate solution for now
-would be to superimpose a fine grid and specify colors to latticeshade
-that depend on position as a single pen[][] lattice. Alternatively, it may
-be more efficient to use tensorshade}.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.17, Next: Question 6.18, Previous: Question 6.16, Up: Section 6
-
-Question 6.17. Is there a way to draw a function that is not explicitly given, such as (y - 2)^2 = x - 1 ?
-
-Yes, use the parametric form
-
-y=t
-x=(t-2)^2+1
-See the example http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/gallery/2D
-graphs/parametricgraph.asy.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.18, Next: Question 6.19, Previous: Question 6.17, Up: Section 6
-
-Question 6.18. Is it possible to reverse or stretch an axis?
-
-The real scaling argument to Linear is used to stretch (or reverse) the
-axis. To see the effect of axis stretching, be sure not to specify
-IgnoreAspect in the picture size command.
-
-A secondary axis has the same length as the primary axis, so stretching
-cannot have any effect. But one can still reverse the axis, with
-Linear(-1).
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.19, Next: Question 6.20, Previous: Question 6.18, Up: Section 6
-
-Question 6.19. Why can't I use the UnFill option to draw graphs with empty markers?
-
-UnFill won't work here because it only affects the local frame the markers
-are initially drawn on, before being added to currentpicture. Here is a
-way of achieving the desired effect (assuming a white background):
-
-import graph;
-size(10cm,0);
-pair[] z={(0,0),(0.5,0.5),(1,1)};
-path g=graph(z);
-
-draw(shift(0,.5)*g,marker(scale(5)*unitcircle,FillDraw(white)));
-
-xaxis(BottomTop,LeftTicks);
-yaxis(LeftRight,RightTicks);
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.20, Next: Question 7.1, Previous: Question 6.19, Up: Section 6
-
-Question 6.20. How can I force several images to use the same palette range (e.g. the entire 0-255 grayscale range)?
-
-The palette color space corresponds to a range of values specified by the
-argument range, which can be Full, Automatic or an explicit range
-Range(pair min, pair max). Here Full} specifies a range varying from the
-minimum to maximum values of the function over the sampling interval,
-while Automatic selects "nice" limits.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Section 7, Next: Section 8, Previous: Section 6, Up: Top
-
-Questions about programming
-
-* Menu:
-* Question 7.1:: Is Asymptote an interpreter or a compiler?
-* Question 7.2:: What is the difference between a frame and a picture?
-* Question 7.3:: What is the difference between a path and a guide?
-* Question 7.4:: What is a convenient way to declare and initialize an
- array of pictures?
-* Question 7.5:: Is there a way to define functions that act on arrays
- in general (i.e. work for arrays of any type)?
-* Question 7.6:: Is there any way to declare structures ahead of their
- definition, e.g. where struct A performs some
- operation on struct B, but B contains an A member?
-* Question 7.7:: Where are static variables in for loops allocated?
-* Question 7.8:: Is there a debugger for asy?
-* Question 7.9:: Do you accept patches for Asymptote?
-
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 7.1, Next: Question 7.2, Previous: Question 6.20, Up: Section 7
-
-Question 7.1. Is Asymptote an interpreter or a compiler?
-
-Asymptote compiles Asymptote commands into its own virtual machine code.
-It then runs this pseudocode on a virtual machine to produce PostScript
-code.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 7.2, Next: Question 7.3, Previous: Question 7.1, Up: Section 7
-
-Question 7.2. What is the difference between a frame and a picture?
-
-Frames are canvases for drawing in PostScript coordinates. While working
-with frames directly is occasionally necessary for constructing deferred
-drawing routines, pictures are usually more convenient to work with. See
-*Note Question 8.8:: `In MetaPost, it is possible to have a drawing remain
-the same size in different pictures by defining a unit u and explicitly
-multiply all the coordinates by u. Is there a better way to do this in
-Asymptote?'.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 7.3, Next: Question 7.4, Previous: Question 7.2, Up: Section 7
-
-Question 7.3. What is the difference between a path and a guide?
-
-A path is a cubic spline with fixed endpoint conditions.
-
-A guide is an unresolved cubic spline (list of cubic-spline nodes and
-control points). A guide is like a path except that the computation of the
-cubic spline is deferred until drawing time (when it is resolved into a
-path); this allows two guides with free endpoint conditions to be joined
-together smoothly.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 7.4, Next: Question 7.5, Previous: Question 7.3, Up: Section 7
-
-Question 7.4. What is a convenient way to declare and initialize an array of pictures?
-
-You could write yourself a routine such as:
-picture[] picture(int n) {
- picture[] pic;
- for(int i=0; i < n; ++i) {
- pic[i]=new picture;
- size(pic[i],19cm,0);
- }
- return pic;
-}
-
-picture[] pic=picture(6);
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 7.5, Next: Question 7.6, Previous: Question 7.4, Up: Section 7
-
-Question 7.5. Is there a way to define functions that act on arrays in general (i.e. work for arrays of any type)?
-
-Generic types aren't yet implemented.
-
-But for now you can at least say
-typedef string T;
-include F;
-
-typedef real T;
-include F;
-where F.asy contains some type-dependent code like
-T[] operator $(T A, T B) {return new T[] {A,B};}
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 7.6, Next: Question 7.7, Previous: Question 7.5, Up: Section 7
-
-Question 7.6. Is there any way to declare structures ahead of their definition, e.g. where struct A performs some operation on struct B, but B contains an A member?
-
-Asymptote does not support forward declaration of types. You can, however,
-nest structures, so that both types are visible for parts of the bodies of
-both structure definitions. For example:
-
-struct B {
- typedef void someroutine(B b);
-
- static struct A {
- someroutine routine;
- void operator init(someroutine routine) {
- this.routine=routine;
- }
- }
-
- string test="Testing";
-}
-
-typedef B.A A;
-
-A a=B.A(new void(B b){write(b.test);});
-
-B b;
-a.routine(b);
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 7.7, Next: Question 7.8, Previous: Question 7.6, Up: Section 7
-
-Question 7.7. Where are static variables in for loops allocated?
-
-In the example
-
-void f() {
- for(int i=0; i < 3; ++i) {
- static int n;
- ++n;
- write(n);
- }
-}
-
-f(); // Writes 1, 2, 3
-the static qualifier means that n is allocated not just outside of the for
-loop, but also outside the function. This is clear if you call f multiple
-times; there is still only one instance of n.
-
-The "level" of a variable (where it is allocated) has nothing to do with
-the "scope" of a variable (how long it can be referred to by name). The
-curly braces enclosing a block affect only a variable's scope, not its
-level.
-
-Static modifiers are meaningless at the top level; they generate a warning
-and are simply ignored:
-
-for(int i=0; i < 3; ++i) {
- static int n;
- ++n;
- write(n);
-}
-// Writes warning about top-level static modifier and then 1, 1, 1
-Since version 1.22, non-static variables allocated in a loop body are
-allocated anew every iteration. This is only noticable in obscure cases
-where a variable in a loop is accessed in the closure of a function
-defined in the loop:
-
-int f();
-
-for(int i=0; i < 10; ++i) {
- int j=10*i;
- if(i == 5)
- f=new int() {return j;};
-}
-
-write(f()); // Writes 50
-Variables in the body of a loop last as long as that iteration of the
-loop, unless they are kept alive by a function closure as in the example
-above. In a function body, variables will last at least as long as the
-function call, though because of closures and garbage collection, they may
-last longer than that. If defined at the top level of a file or at the
-interactive prompt, they will last at least until the end of the file or
-prompt's run.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 7.8, Next: Question 7.9, Previous: Question 7.7, Up: Section 7
-
-Question 7.8. Is there a debugger for asy?
-
-Yes, Asymptote includes a line-based debugger:
-
-http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/doc/Debugger.html
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 7.9, Next: Question 8.1, Previous: Question 7.8, Up: Section 7
-
-Question 7.9. Do you accept patches for Asymptote?
-
-Yes, in fact we would prefer that users submit patches for customized
-features (to http://sourceforge.net/tracker/?atid=685685&group_id=120000)
-instead of relying on us to do all of the coding. Development will proceed
-faster that way.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Section 8, Next: Section 9, Previous: Section 7, Up: Top
-
-Questions about differences between Asymptote and MetaPost
-
-* Menu:
-* Question 8.1:: What is the equivalent of the MetaPost c[a,b]
- interpolation operator?
-* Question 8.2:: How does picture scaling differ in Asymptote and
- MetaPost?
-* Question 8.3:: How can I avoid automatic scaling of a picture?
-* Question 8.4:: What is the equivalent of MetaPost ... command?
-* Question 8.5:: What is the equivalent of the MetaPost pickup command?
-* Question 8.6:: What is the equivalent of the MetaPost whatever
- command?
-* Question 8.7:: What is the equivalent for the MetaPost command for
- lray - horiz*v - verti*u = whatever*(LightSource - R),
- a system of three linear equations for three unknowns:
- horiz, verti, whatever?
-* Question 8.8:: In MetaPost, it is possible to have a drawing remain
- the same size in different pictures by defining a unit
- u and explicitly multiply all the coordinates by u. Is
- there a better way to do this in Asymptote?
-* Question 8.9:: In MetaPost, one could produce tiling pictures by
- generating a picture, and then clipping the picture to
- a rectangle of fixed dimensions around the center of
- the picture. How is that done in Asymptote?
-
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 8.1, Next: Question 8.2, Previous: Question 7.9, Up: Section 8
-
-Question 8.1. What is the equivalent of the MetaPost c[a,b] interpolation operator?
-
-interp(a,b,c);
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 8.2, Next: Question 8.3, Previous: Question 8.1, Up: Section 8
-
-Question 8.2. How does picture scaling differ in Asymptote and MetaPost?
-
-Asymptote includes an optional facility to do automatic scaling of
-pictures to achieve a given overall picture size, whereas Metapost only
-supports manual scaling. Asymptote defers drawing of objects drawn to
-pictures and distinguishes between true-size objects and objects that
-should scale with the picture size. The resulting linear programming
-problem is solved via the Simplex method.
-
-See the http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/gallery/dimension.asy example for
-an example of how deferred drawing is used to accomodate both user and
-true-size (PostScript) coordinates.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 8.3, Next: Question 8.4, Previous: Question 8.2, Up: Section 8
-
-Question 8.3. How can I avoid automatic scaling of a picture?
-
-If you really like Metapost-style manual (hard-wired) scaling either:
-
-(i) use the default size(0,0) for the entire picture and do all of the
-scaling by hand, just like in MetaPost;
-
-(ii) draw to a separate picture pic and add(pic.fit());
-
-(iii) use frames.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 8.4, Next: Question 8.5, Previous: Question 8.3, Up: Section 8
-
-Question 8.4. What is the equivalent of MetaPost ... command?
-
-The connector :: is a macro for tension atleast 1:
-
-size(100);
-pair z0=(0,0);
-pair z1=(1,0.25);
-pair z2=(2,0);
-draw(z0{up}::z1{right}::z2{down});
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 8.5, Next: Question 8.6, Previous: Question 8.4, Up: Section 8
-
-Question 8.5. What is the equivalent of the MetaPost pickup command?
-
-Just say, for example:
-
-currentpen=red;
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 8.6, Next: Question 8.7, Previous: Question 8.5, Up: Section 8
-
-Question 8.6. What is the equivalent of the MetaPost whatever command?
-
-Asymptote does not implicitly solve linear equations and therefore does
-not have the notion of a whatever unknown. Such a facility could certainly
-be added (perhaps using the notation ?= since = means assignment).
-However, the most common uses of whatever in MetaPost are covered by
-functions like extension in math.asy:
-pair extension(pair P, pair Q, pair p, pair q);
-this returns the intersection point of the extensions of the line segments
-PQ and pq. We find using routines like extension more explicit and less
-confusing to new users. But we could be persuaded to add something similar
-if someone can justify the need. In the meantime, one can always use the
-explicit built-in linear solver solve (see
-http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/doc/solve.html), which uses LU
-decomposition.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 8.7, Next: Question 8.8, Previous: Question 8.6, Up: Section 8
-
-Question 8.7. What is the equivalent for the MetaPost command for lray - horiz*v - verti*u = whatever*(LightSource - R), a system of three linear equations for three unknowns: horiz, verti, whatever?
-
-Since horiz*v+verti*u spans a plane, you could use
-real intersect(vector P, vector Q, vector n, vector Z);
-to find the intersection time for the line lray-whatever*(LightSource -
-R) and then extract the three desired values from there. (You'll still
-need to use the built-in explicit linear solver to solve a 2x2 system to
-get horiz and verti.)
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 8.8, Next: Question 8.9, Previous: Question 8.7, Up: Section 8
-
-Question 8.8. In MetaPost, it is possible to have a drawing remain the same size in different pictures by defining a unit u and explicitly multiply all the coordinates by u. Is there a better way to do this in Asymptote?
-
-Yes, Asymptote has a better way: you definitely don't want to manually
-scale all of your coordinates. To make the user coordinates represent
-multiples of exactly 1cm:
-
-unitsize(1cm);
-draw(unitsquare);
-One can also specify different x and y unit sizes:
-
-unitsize(x=1cm,y=2cm);
-draw(unitsquare);
-Another way is to draw your fixed size object to a frame and add it to
-currentpicture like this:
-
-path p=(0,0)--(1,0);
-frame object;
-draw(object,scale(100)*p);
-
-add(object);
-add(object,(0,-10));
-To understand the difference between frames and pictures, try this:
-
-size(300,300);
-
-path p=(0,0)--(1,0);
-picture object;
-draw(object,scale(100)*p);
-
-add(object);
-add(object,(0,-10)); // Adds truesize object to currentpicture
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 8.9, Next: Question 9.1, Previous: Question 8.8, Up: Section 8
-
-Question 8.9. In MetaPost, one could produce tiling pictures by generating a picture, and then clipping the picture to a rectangle of fixed dimensions around the center of the picture. How is that done in Asymptote?
-
-If you are using currentpicture the way one would in MetaPost (drawing in
-raw PostScript coordinates), you can simply do something like:
-
-fill((0,0)--(100,100)--(200,0)--cycle);
-
-pair center(picture pic=currentpicture) {return 0.5*(pic.min()+pic.max());}
-
-real height=100;
-real width=100;
-pair delta=0.5(width,height);
-pair c=center();
-clip(box(c-delta,c+delta));
-However, drawing in PostScript coordinates is often inconvenient. Here's
-the Asymptote way of doing the same thing, using deferred drawing:
-
-size(200,100);
-fill((0,0)--(1,1)--(2,0)--cycle);
-
-void clip(picture pic=currentpicture, real width, real height)
-{
- pic.clip(new void (frame f, transform) {
- pair center=0.5(min(f)+max(f));
- pair delta=0.5(width,height);
- clip(f,box(center-delta,center+delta));
- });
-}
-
-clip(100,100);
-See also the discussion of tilings in the documentation:
-http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/doc/Pens.html.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Section 9, Previous: Section 8, Up: Top
-
-Questions about output
-
-* Menu:
-* Question 9.1:: How can I disable automatic invocation of the PS
- viewer after an asy file is done processing?
-* Question 9.2:: How do I output jpeg images?
-* Question 9.3:: Can I embed bitmaps (photos) into my drawings and
- position and scale them?
-* Question 9.4:: Does Asymptote support direct PDF output?
-* Question 9.5:: How to I produce large pictures of high quality in
- raster format (e.g. png, giff etc).
-* Question 9.6:: Is it possible to produce multi-page documents with
- asymptote?
-
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 9.1, Next: Question 9.2, Previous: Question 8.9, Up: Section 9
-
-Question 9.1. How can I disable automatic invocation of the PS viewer after an asy file is done processing?
-
-It's actually not on by default, unless you happen to be using Microsoft
-Windows (because that is what most Microsoft Windows users expect).
-Microsoft Windows users can turn this feature off with the command-line
-option -noV or by putting
-
-import settings;
-interactiveView=false;
-batchView=false;
-in their config.asy file. See
-http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/doc/Options.html.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 9.2, Next: Question 9.3, Previous: Question 9.1, Up: Section 9
-
-Question 9.2. How do I output jpeg images?
-
-If you have the ImageMagick convert program installed, simply type
-
-asy -f jpg test.asy
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 9.3, Next: Question 9.4, Previous: Question 9.2, Up: Section 9
-
-Question 9.3. Can I embed bitmaps (photos) into my drawings and position and scale them?
-
-Convert them to eps format and use the graphic(string) function just like
-a Label:
-
-label(graphic("file"),(0,0));
-See the example http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/gallery/orthocenter.asy
-and http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/doc/label.html.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 9.4, Next: Question 9.5, Previous: Question 9.3, Up: Section 9
-
-Question 9.4. Does Asymptote support direct PDF output?
-
-Yes, PDF output can be produced by the -f pdf option or -tex pdflatex
-option. This supports transparency, annotations, embedded movies, and
-U3D/PRC content.
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 9.5, Next: Question 9.6, Previous: Question 9.4, Up: Section 9
-
-Question 9.5. How to I produce large pictures of high quality in raster format (e.g. png, giff etc).
-
-Try using some of the options to convert, mainly -geometry and -density.
-For example:
-convert -geometry 1000x3000 example.eps example.png
-You can also change the default resolution of the image with:
-convert -geometry 1000x3000 -density 300 -units PixelsPerInch example.eps example.png
-This does not change the number of pixels in the image, but just gives a
-hint as to how large each pixel should be displayed.
-
-If you include the -density option without the -geometry option, convert
-will keep the image size constant (so a 4cm x 3cm eps figure will
-generate a 4cm x 3cm png image).
-
-
-File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 9.6, Previous: Question 9.5, Up: Section 9
-
-Question 9.6. Is it possible to produce multi-page documents with asymptote?
-
-Yes, simply call the newpage() function. This is used by the slide.asy
-package to produce high-quality slide presentations (easier to use than
-Prosper).
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/asymptote.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/asymptote.info
deleted file mode 100644
index ee7d4f40b51..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/asymptote.info
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9963 +0,0 @@
-This is asymptote.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.13 from
-../asymptote.texi.
-
-This file documents `Asymptote', version 2.16.
-
- `http://asymptote.sourceforge.net'
-
- Copyright (C) 2004-11 Andy Hammerlindl, John Bowman, and Tom Prince.
-
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
- document under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- (see the file LICENSE in the top-level source directory).
-
-
-INFO-DIR-SECTION Languages
-START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* asymptote: (asymptote/asymptote). Vector graphics language.
-END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Top, Next: Description, Up: (dir)
-
-Asymptote
-*********
-
-This file documents `Asymptote', version 2.16.
-
- `http://asymptote.sourceforge.net'
-
- Copyright (C) 2004-11 Andy Hammerlindl, John Bowman, and Tom Prince.
-
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
- document under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- (see the file LICENSE in the top-level source directory).
-
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Description:: What is `Asymptote'?
-* Installation:: Downloading and installing
-* Tutorial:: Getting started
-* Drawing commands:: Four primitive graphics commands
-* Bezier curves:: Path connectors and direction specifiers
-* Programming:: The `Asymptote' vector graphics language
-* LaTeX usage:: Embedding `Asymptote' commands within `LaTeX'
-* Base modules:: Base modules shipped with `Asymptote'
-* Options:: Command-line options
-* Interactive mode:: Typing `Asymptote' commands interactively
-* GUI:: Graphical user interface
-* PostScript to Asymptote:: `Asymptote' backend to `pstoedit'
-* Help:: Where to get help and submit bug reports
-* Debugger:: Squish those bugs!
-* Credits:: Contributions and acknowledgments
-* Index:: General index
-
- --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
-
-Installation
-
-* UNIX binary distributions:: Prebuilt `UNIX' binaries
-* MacOS X binary distributions:: Prebuilt `MacOS X' binaries
-* Microsoft Windows:: Prebuilt `Microsoft Windows' binary
-* Configuring:: Configuring `Asymptote' for your system
-* Search paths:: Where `Asymptote' looks for your files
-* Compiling from UNIX source:: Building `Asymptote' from scratch
-* Editing modes:: Convenient `emacs' and `vim' modes
-* Subversion:: Getting the latest development source
-* Uninstall:: Goodbye, `Asymptote'!
-
-Drawing commands
-
-* draw:: Draw a path on a picture or frame
-* fill:: Fill a cyclic path on a picture or frame
-* clip:: Clip a picture or frame to a cyclic path
-* label:: Label a point on a picture
-
-Programming
-
-* Data types:: void, bool, int, real, pair, triple, string
-* Paths and guides::
-* Pens:: Colors, line types, line widths, font sizes
-* Transforms:: Affine transforms
-* Frames and pictures:: Canvases for immediate and deferred drawing
-* Files:: Reading and writing your data
-* Variable initializers:: Initialize your variables
-* Structures:: Organize your data
-* Operators:: Arithmetic and logical operators
-* Implicit scaling:: Avoiding those ugly *s
-* Functions:: Traditional and high-order functions
-* Arrays:: Dynamic vectors
-* Casts:: Implicit and explicit casts
-* Import:: Importing external `Asymptote' modules
-* Static:: Where to allocate your variable?
-
-Operators
-
-* Arithmetic & logical:: Basic mathematical operators
-* Self & prefix operators:: Increment and decrement
-* User-defined operators:: Overloading operators
-
-Functions
-
-* Default arguments:: Default values can appear anywhere
-* Named arguments:: Assigning function arguments by keyword
-* Rest arguments:: Functions with a variable number of arguments
-* Mathematical functions:: Standard libm functions
-
-
-Arrays
-
-* Slices:: Python-style array slices
-
-Base modules
-
-* plain:: Default `Asymptote' base file
-* simplex:: Linear programming: simplex method
-* math:: Extend `Asymptote''s math capabilities
-* interpolate:: Interpolation routines
-* geometry:: Geometry routines
-* trembling:: Wavy lines
-* stats:: Statistics routines and histograms
-* patterns:: Custom fill and draw patterns
-* markers:: Custom path marker routines
-* tree:: Dynamic binary search tree
-* binarytree:: Binary tree drawing module
-* drawtree:: Tree drawing module
-* syzygy:: Syzygy and braid drawing module
-* feynman:: Feynman diagrams
-* roundedpath:: Round the sharp corners of paths
-* animation:: Embedded PDF and MPEG movies
-* embed:: Embedding movies, sounds, and 3D objects
-* slide:: Making presentations with `Asymptote'
-* MetaPost:: `MetaPost' compatibility routines
-* unicode:: Accept `unicode' (UTF-8) characters
-* latin1:: Accept `ISO 8859-1' characters
-* babel:: Interface to `LaTeX' `babel' package
-* labelpath:: Drawing curved labels
-* labelpath3:: Drawing curved labels in 3D
-* annotate:: Annotate your PDF files
-* CAD:: 2D CAD pen and measurement functions (DIN 15)
-* graph:: 2D linear & logarithmic graphs
-* palette:: Color density images and palettes
-* three:: 3D vector graphics
-* obj:: 3D obj files
-* graph3:: 3D linear & logarithmic graphs
-* grid3:: 3D grids
-* solids:: 3D solid geometry
-* tube:: 3D rotation minimizing tubes
-* flowchart:: Flowchart drawing routines
-* contour:: Contour lines
-* contour3:: Contour surfaces
-* slopefield:: Slope fields
-* ode:: Ordinary differential equations
-
-Graphical User Interface
-
-* GUI installation:: Installing `xasy'
-* GUI usage::
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Description, Next: Installation, Prev: Top, Up: Top
-
-1 Description
-*************
-
-`Asymptote' is a powerful descriptive vector graphics language that
-provides a mathematical coordinate-based framework for technical
-drawings. Labels and equations are typeset with `LaTeX', for overall
-document consistency, yielding the same high-quality level of
-typesetting that `LaTeX' provides for scientific text. By default it
-produces `PostScript' output, but it can also generate any format that
-the `ImageMagick' package can produce.
-
- A major advantage of `Asymptote' over other graphics packages is
-that it is a high-level programming language, as opposed to just a
-graphics program: it can therefore exploit the best features of the
-script (command-driven) and graphical-user-interface (GUI) methods for
-producing figures. The rudimentary GUI `xasy' included with the package
-allows one to move script-generated objects around. To make `Asymptote'
-accessible to the average user, this GUI is currently being developed
-into a full-fledged interface that can generate objects directly.
-However, the script portion of the language is now ready for general
-use by users who are willing to learn a few simple `Asymptote' graphics
-commands (*note Drawing commands::).
-
- `Asymptote' is mathematically oriented (e.g. one can use complex
-multiplication to rotate a vector) and uses `LaTeX' to do the
-typesetting of labels. This is an important feature for scientific
-applications. It was inspired by an earlier drawing program (with a
-weaker syntax and capabilities) called `MetaPost'.
-
- The `Asymptote' vector graphics language provides:
-
- * a standard for typesetting mathematical figures, just as
- TeX/`LaTeX' is the de-facto standard for typesetting equations.
-
- * `LaTeX' typesetting of labels, for overall document consistency;
-
- * the ability to generate and embed 3D vector PRC graphics within
- PDF files;
-
- * a natural coordinate-based framework for technical drawings,
- inspired by `MetaPost', with a much cleaner, powerful C++-like
- programming syntax;
-
- * compilation of figures into virtual machine code for speed, without
- sacrificing portability;
-
- * the power of a script-based language coupled to the convenience of
- a GUI;
-
- * customization using its own C++-like graphics programming language;
-
- * sensible defaults for graphical features, with the ability to
- override;
-
- * a high-level mathematically oriented interface to the `PostScript'
- language for vector graphics, including affine transforms and
- complex variables;
-
- * functions that can create new (anonymous) functions;
-
- * deferred drawing that uses the simplex method to solve overall size
- constraint issues between fixed-sized objects (labels and
- arrowheads) and objects that should scale with figure size;
-
-
- Many of the features of `Asymptote' are written in the `Asymptote'
-language itself. While the stock version of `Asymptote' is designed for
-mathematics typesetting needs, one can write `Asymptote' modules that
-tailor it to specific applications. A scientific graphing module has
-already been written (*note graph::). Examples of `Asymptote' code and
-output, including animations, are available at
-
- `http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/gallery/'.
- Links to many external resources, including an excellent user-written
-`Asymptote' tutorial can be found at
-
- `http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/links.html'.
- A quick reference card for `Asymptote' is available at
-
- `http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/asyRefCard.pdf'.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Installation, Next: Tutorial, Prev: Description, Up: Top
-
-2 Installation
-**************
-
-* Menu:
-
-* UNIX binary distributions:: Prebuilt `UNIX' binaries
-* MacOS X binary distributions:: Prebuilt `MacOS X' binaries
-* Microsoft Windows:: Prebuilt `Microsoft Windows' binary
-* Configuring:: Configuring `Asymptote' for your system
-* Search paths:: Where `Asymptote' looks for your files
-* Compiling from UNIX source:: Building `Asymptote' from scratch
-* Editing modes:: Convenient `emacs' and `vim' modes
-* Subversion:: Getting the latest development source
-* Uninstall:: Goodbye, `Asymptote'!
-
- After following the instructions for your specific distribution,
-please see also *note Configuring::.
-
-We recommend subscribing to new release announcements at
-
- `http://freshmeat.net/projects/asy'
- Users may also wish to monitor the `Asymptote' forum:
-
- `http://sourceforge.net/projects/asymptote/forums/forum/409349'
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: UNIX binary distributions, Next: MacOS X binary distributions, Up: Installation
-
-2.1 UNIX binary distributions
-=============================
-
-We release both `tgz' and RPM binary distributions of `Asymptote'. The
-root user can install the `Linux i386' `tgz' distribution of version
-`x.xx' of `Asymptote' with the commands:
-tar -C / -zxf asymptote-x.xx.i386.tgz
-texhash
- The `texhash' command, which installs LaTeX style files, is optional.
-The executable file will be `/usr/local/bin/asy') and example code will
-be installed by default in `/usr/local/share/doc/asymptote/examples'.
-
-Fedora users can easily install the most recent version of `Asymptote'
-with the command
-yum --enablerepo=rawhide install asymptote
-
-To install the latest version of `Asymptote' on a Debian-based
-distribution (e.g. Ubuntu, Mepis, Linspire) follow the instructions for
-compiling from `UNIX' source (*note Compiling from UNIX source::).
-Alternatively, Debian users can install one of Hubert Chan's prebuilt
-`Asymptote' binaries from
-
- `http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/a/asymptote'
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: MacOS X binary distributions, Next: Microsoft Windows, Prev: UNIX binary distributions, Up: Installation
-
-2.2 MacOS X binary distributions
-================================
-
-`MacOS X' users can either compile the `UNIX' source code (*note
-Compiling from UNIX source::) or install the contributed `Asymptote'
-binary available at
-
-`http://www.hmug.org/pub/MacOS_X/X/Applications/Publishing/asymptote/'
-
-Because these preconfigured binary distributions have strict
-architecture and library dependencies that many installations do not
-satisfy, we recommend installing `Asymptote' directly from the official
-source:
-
- `http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=120000'
-
-Note that many `MacOS X' (and FreeBSD) systems lack the GNU `readline'
-library. For full interactive functionality, GNU `readline' version 4.3
-or later must be installed.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Microsoft Windows, Next: Configuring, Prev: MacOS X binary distributions, Up: Installation
-
-2.3 Microsoft Windows
-=====================
-
-Users of the `Microsoft Windows' operating system can install the
-self-extracting `Asymptote' executable `asymptote-x.xx-setup.exe',
-where `x.xx' denotes the latest version.
-
- A working TeX implementation (such as the one available at
-`http://www.miktex.org') will be required to typeset labels. You will
-also need to install `GPL Ghostscript' from
-`http://sourceforge.net/projects/ghostscript/'.
-
- To view the default `PostScript' output, you can install the program
-`gsview' available from `http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/gsview/'. A
-better (and free) `PostScript' viewer available at
-`http://psview.sourceforge.net/' (which in particular works properly in
-interactive mode) unfortunately currently requires some manual
-configuration. Specifically, if version `x.xx' of `psview' is extracted
-to the directory `c:\Program Files' one needs to put
-import settings;
-psviewer="c:\Program Files\psview-x.xx\psv.exe";
- in the optional `Asymptote' configuration file; *note configuration
-file::).
-
- The `ImageMagick' package from
-
- `http://www.imagemagick.org/script/binary-releases.php'
-
-is required to support output formats other than EPS, PDF, SVG, and PNG
-(*note convert::). The `Python' interpreter from
-`http://www.python.org' is only required if you wish to try out the
-graphical user interface (*note GUI::).
-
-Example code will be installed by default in the `examples'
-subdirectory of the installation directory (by default, `C:\Program
-Files\Asymptote').
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Configuring, Next: Search paths, Prev: Microsoft Windows, Up: Installation
-
-2.4 Configuring
-===============
-
-In interactive mode, or when given the `-V' option (the default when
-running `Asymptote' on a single file under `MSDOS'), `Asymptote' will
-automatically invoke the `PostScript' viewer `gv' (under `UNIX') or
-`gsview' (under `MSDOS' to display graphical output. These defaults may
-be overridden with the configuration variable `psviewer'. The
-`PostScript' viewer should be capable of automatically redrawing
-whenever the output file is updated. The default `UNIX' `PostScript'
-viewer `gv' supports this (via a `SIGHUP' signal). Version `gv-3.6.3'
-or later (from `http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gv/') is required for
-interactive mode to work properly. Users of `ggv' will need to enable
-`Watch file' under `Edit/Postscript Viewer Preferences'. Users of
-`gsview' will need to enable `Options/Auto Redisplay' (however, under
-`MSDOS' it is still necessary to click on the `gsview' window; under
-`UNIX' one must manually redisplay by pressing the `r' key). A better
-(and free) multiplatform alternative to `gsview' is `psview' (*note
-psview::).
-
- Configuration variables are most easily set as `Asymptote' variables
-in an optional configuration file `config.asy' *note configuration
-file::). Here are the default values of several important configuration
-variables under `UNIX':
-
-
-import settings;
-psviewer="gv";
-pdfviewer="acroread";
-gs="gs";
-
-Under `MSDOS', the (installation-dependent) default values of these
-configuration variables are determined automatically from the
-`Microsoft Windows' registry. Viewer settings (such as `psviewer' and
-`pdfviewer') can be set to the string `cmd' to request the application
-normally associated with the corresponding file type.
-
- For PDF format output, the `gs' setting specifies the location of
-the `PostScript'-to-PDF processor `Ghostscript', available from
-`http://sourceforge.net/projects/ghostscript/'.
-
- The setting `pdfviewer' specifies the location of the PDF viewer. On
-`UNIX' systems, to support automatic document reloading in `Adobe
-Reader', we recommend copying the file `reload.js' from the `Asymptote'
-system directory (by default, `/usr/local/share/asymptote' under `UNIX'
-to `~/.adobe/Acrobat/x.x/JavaScripts/', where `x.x' represents the
-appropriate `Adobe Reader' version number. The automatic document
-reload feature must then be explicitly enabled by putting
-import settings;
-pdfreload=true;
-pdfreloadOptions="-tempFile";
- in the `Asymptote' configuration file. This reload feature is not
-useful under `MSDOS' since the document cannot be updated anyway on
-that operating system until it is first closed by `Adobe Reader'.
-
- The configuration variable `dir' can be used to adjust the search
-path (*note Search paths::).
-
- By default, `Asymptote' attempts to center the figure on the page,
-assuming that the paper type is `letter'. The default paper type may be
-changed to `a4' with the configuration variable `papertype'. Alignment
-to other paper sizes can be obtained by setting the configuration
-variables `paperwidth' and `paperheight'.
-
- The following configuration variables normally do not require
-adjustment:
-texpath
-texcommand
-dvips
-dvisvgm
-convert
-display
-animate
- Warnings (such as "writeoverloaded") may be enabled or disabled with
-the functions
-warn(string s);
-nowarn(string s);
- or by directly modifying the string array `settings.suppress', which
-lists all disabled warnings.
-
- Configuration variables may also be set or overwritten with a
-command-line option:
-asy -psviewer=gsview -V venn
-
- Alternatively, system environment versions of the above configuration
-variables may be set in the conventional way. The corresponding
-environment variable name is obtained by converting the configuration
-variable name to upper case and prepending `ASYMPTOTE_': for example,
-to set the environment variable
-ASYMPTOTE_PSVIEWER="C:\Program Files\Ghostgum\gsview\gsview32.exe";
- under `Microsoft Windows XP':
- 1. Click on the `Start' button;
-
- 2. Right-click on `My Computer';
-
- 3. Choose `View system information';
-
- 4. Click the `Advanced' tab;
-
- 5. Click the `Environment Variables' button.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Search paths, Next: Compiling from UNIX source, Prev: Configuring, Up: Installation
-
-2.5 Search paths
-================
-
-In looking for `Asymptote' system files, `asy' will search the
-following paths, in the order listed:
- 1. The current directory;
-
- 2. A list of one or more directories specified by the configuration
- variable `dir' or environment variable `ASYMPTOTE_DIR' (separated
- by `:' under UNIX and `;' under `MSDOS');
-
- 3. The directory specified by the environment variable
- `ASYMPTOTE_HOME'; if this variable is not set, the directory
- `.asy' in the user's home directory (`%USERPROFILE%\.asy' under
- `MSDOS') is used;
-
- 4. The `Asymptote' system directory (by default,
- `/usr/local/share/asymptote' under `UNIX' and `C:\Program
- Files\Asymptote' under `MSDOS').
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Compiling from UNIX source, Next: Editing modes, Prev: Search paths, Up: Installation
-
-2.6 Compiling from UNIX source
-==============================
-
-To compile and install a `UNIX' executable from a source release
-`x.xx', first execute the commands:
-gunzip asymptote-x.xx.src.tgz
-tar -xf asymptote-x.xx.src.tar
-cd asymptote-x.xx
- By default the system version of the Boehm garbage collector will be
-used; if it is old we recommend first putting
-`http://www.hpl.hp.com/personal/Hans_Boehm/gc/gc_source/gc-7.2b.tar.gz'
-in the `Asymptote' source directory.
-
-If your graphics card supports multisampling, we recommend using version
-`2.6.0' of `freeglut' to support antialiasing in `Asymptote''s adaptive
-`OpenGL' 3D renderer (`MacOS X' users can skip this step since
-`Asymptote' is configured to use the native glut library on that
-platform). Download
-
- `http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/freeglut/freeglut-2.6.0.tar.gz'
- and type (as the root user):
-tar -zxf freeglut-2.6.0.tar.gz
-cd freeglut-2.6.0
-./configure --prefix=/usr
-make install
-cd ..
- Then compile `Asymptote' with the commands
-./configure
-make all
-make install
- Be sure to use GNU `make' (on non-GNU systems this command may be
-called `gmake'). To build the documentation, you may need to install
-the `texinfo-tex' package. If you get errors from a broken `texinfo' or
-`pdftex' installation, simply put
-
- `http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/asymptote.pdf'
- in the directory `doc' and repeat the command `make all'.
-
-For a (default) system-wide installation, the last command should be
-done as the root user. To install without root privileges, change the
-`./configure' command to
-./configure --prefix=$HOME/asymptote
- One can disable use of the Boehm garbage collector by configuring with
-`./configure --disable-gc'. For a list of other configuration options,
-say `./configure --help'. For example, one can tell configure to look
-for header files and libraries in nonstandard locations:
-./configure CFLAGS=-I/opt/usr/include LDFLAGS=-L/opt/usr/lib
-
- If you are compiling `Asymptote' with `gcc', you will need a
-relatively recent version (e.g. 3.4.4 or later). For full interactive
-functionality, you will need version 4.3 or later of the GNU `readline'
-library. The file `gcc3.3.2curses.patch' in the `patches' directory can
-be used to patch the broken curses.h header file (or a local copy
-thereof in the current directory) on some `AIX' and `IRIX' systems.
-
- The `FFTW' library is only required if you want `Asymptote' to be
-able to take Fourier transforms of data (say, to compute an audio power
-spectrum). The `GSL' library is only required if you require the
-special functions that it supports.
-
- If you don't want to install `Asymptote' system wide, just make sure
-the compiled binary `asy' and GUI script `xasy' are in your path and
-set the configuration variable `dir' to point to the directory `base'
-(in the top level directory of the `Asymptote' source code).
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Editing modes, Next: Subversion, Prev: Compiling from UNIX source, Up: Installation
-
-2.7 Editing modes
-=================
-
-Users of `emacs' can edit `Asymptote' code with the mode `asy-mode',
-after enabling it by putting the following lines in their `.emacs'
-initialization file, replacing `ASYDIR' with the location of the
-`Asymptote' system directory (by default, `/usr/local/share/asymptote'
-or `C:\Program Files\Asymptote' under `MSDOS'):
-(add-to-list 'load-path "ASYDIR")
-(autoload 'asy-mode "asy-mode.el" "Asymptote major mode." t)
-(autoload 'lasy-mode "asy-mode.el" "hybrid Asymptote/Latex major mode." t)
-(autoload 'asy-insinuate-latex "asy-mode.el" "Asymptote insinuate LaTeX." t)
-(add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.asy$" . asy-mode))
-
- Particularly useful key bindings in this mode are `C-c C-c', which
-compiles and displays the current buffer, and the key binding `C-c ?',
-which shows the available function prototypes for the command at the
-cursor. For full functionality you should also install the Apache
-Software Foundation package `two-mode-mode':
-
- `http://www.dedasys.com/freesoftware/files/two-mode-mode.el'
- Once installed, you can use the hybrid mode `lasy-mode' to edit a
-LaTeX file containing embedded `Asymptote' code (*note LaTeX usage::).
-This mode can be enabled within `latex-mode' with the key sequence `M-x
-lasy-mode <RET>'. On `UNIX' systems, additional keywords will be
-generated from all `asy' files in the space-separated list of
-directories specified by the environment variable `ASYMPTOTE_SITEDIR'.
-Further documentation of `asy-mode' is available within `emacs' by
-pressing the sequence keys `C-h f asy-mode <RET>'.
-
- Fans of `vim' can customize `vim' for `Asymptote' with
-
-`cp /usr/local/share/asymptote/asy.vim ~/.vim/syntax/asy.vim'
-
-and add the following to their `~/.vimrc' file:
-augroup filetypedetect
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.asy setf asy
-augroup END
-filetype plugin on
-
- If any of these directories or files don't exist, just create them.
-To set `vim' up to run the current asymptote script using `:make' just
-add to `~/.vim/ftplugin/asy.vim':
-setlocal makeprg=asy\ %
-setlocal errorformat=%f:\ %l.%c:\ %m
-
- Syntax highlighting support for the KDE editor `Kate' can be enabled
-by running `asy-kate.sh' in the `/usr/local/share/asymptote' directory
-and putting the generated `asymptote.xml' file in
-`~/.kde/share/apps/katepart/syntax/'.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Subversion, Next: Uninstall, Prev: Editing modes, Up: Installation
-
-2.8 Subversion (SVN)
-====================
-
-The following commands are needed to install the latest development
-version of `Asymptote' using `Subversion':
-svn co http://asymptote.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/asymptote/trunk/asymptote
-cd asymptote
-./autogen.sh
-./configure
-make all
-make install
-
-To compile without optimization, use the command `make CFLAGS=-g'.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Uninstall, Prev: Subversion, Up: Installation
-
-2.9 Uninstall
-=============
-
-To uninstall an `Linux i386' binary distribution, use the commands
-tar -zxvf asymptote-x.xx.i386.tgz | xargs --replace=% rm /%
-texhash
-
-To uninstall all `Asymptote' files installed from a source
-distribution, use the command
-make uninstall
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Tutorial, Next: Drawing commands, Prev: Installation, Up: Top
-
-3 Tutorial
-**********
-
-3.1 Drawing in batch mode
-=========================
-
-To draw a line from coordinate (0,0) to coordinate (100,100), create a
-text file `test.asy' containing
-
-draw((0,0)--(100,100));
- Then execute the command
-asy -V test
- Alternatively, `MSDOS' users can drag and drop `test.asy' onto the
-Desktop `asy' icon (or make `Asymptote' the default application for the
-extension `asy').
-
-This method, known as _batch mode_, outputs a `PostScript' file
-`test.eps'. If you prefer PDF output, use the command line
-asy -V -f pdf test
- In either case, the `-V' option opens up a viewer window so you can
-immediately view the result:
-
-
-Here, the `--' connector joins the two points `(0,0)' and `(100,100)'
-with a line segment.
-
-3.2 Drawing in interactive mode
-===============================
-
-Another method is _interactive mode_, where `Asymptote' reads
-individual commands as they are entered by the user. To try this out,
-enter `Asymptote''s interactive mode by clicking on the `Asymptote'
-icon or typing the command `asy'. Then type
-draw((0,0)--(100,100));
- followed by `Enter', to obtain the above image. At this point you can
-type further `draw' commands, which will be added to the displayed
-figure, `erase' to clear the canvas,
-input test;
- to execute all of the commands contained in the file `test.asy', or
-`quit' to exit interactive mode. You can use the arrow keys in
-interactive mode to edit previous lines. The tab key will
-automatically complete unambiguous words; otherwise, hitting tab again
-will show the possible choices. Further commands specific to
-interactive mode are described in *note Interactive mode::.
-
-3.3 Figure size
-===============
-
-In `Asymptote', coordinates like `(0,0)' and `(100,100)', called
-_pairs_, are expressed in `PostScript' "big points" (1 `bp' = 1/72
-`inch') and the default line width is `0.5bp'. However, it is often
-inconvenient to work directly in `PostScript' coordinates. The next
-example produces identical output to the previous example, by scaling
-the line `(0,0)--(1,1)' to fit a rectangle of width `100.5 bp' and
-height `100.5 bp' (the extra `0.5bp' accounts for the line width):
-size(100.5,100.5);
-draw((0,0)--(1,1));
-
-
-
-One can also specify the size in `pt' (1 `pt' = 1/72.27 `inch'), `cm',
-`mm', or `inches'. Two nonzero size arguments (or a single size
-argument) restrict the size in both directions, preserving the aspect
-ratio. If 0 is given as a size argument, no restriction is made in
-that direction; the overall scaling will be determined by the other
-direction (*note size::):
-
-size(0,100.5);
-draw((0,0)--(2,1),Arrow);
-
-
-
-To connect several points and create a cyclic path, use the `cycle'
-keyword:
-
-size(3cm);
-draw((0,0)--(1,0)--(1,1)--(0,1)--cycle);
-
-
-For convenience, the path `(0,0)--(1,0)--(1,1)--(0,1)--cycle' may be
-replaced with the predefined variable `unitsquare', or equivalently,
-`box((0,0),(1,1))'.
-
- To make the user coordinates represent multiples of exactly `1cm':
-unitsize(1cm);
-draw(unitsquare);
-
-3.4 Labels
-==========
-
-Adding labels is easy in `Asymptote'; one specifies the label as a
-double-quoted `LaTeX' string, a coordinate, and an optional alignment
-direction:
-
-size(3cm);
-draw(unitsquare);
-label("$A$",(0,0),SW);
-label("$B$",(1,0),SE);
-label("$C$",(1,1),NE);
-label("$D$",(0,1),NW);
-
-
-
-`Asymptote' uses the standard compass directions `E=(1,0)', `N=(0,1)',
-`NE=unit(N+E)', and `ENE=unit(E+NE)', etc., which along with the
-directions `up', `down', `right', and `left' are defined as pairs in
-the `Asymptote' base module `plain' (a user who has a local variable
-named `E' may access the compass direction `E' by prefixing it with the
-name of the module where it is defined: `plain.E').
-
-3.5 Paths
-=========
-
-This example draws a path that approximates a quarter circle,
-terminated with an arrowhead:
-
-size(100,0);
-draw((1,0){up}..{left}(0,1),Arrow);
-
-
-Here the directions `up' and `left' in braces specify the incoming and
-outgoing directions at the points `(1,0)' and `(0,1)', respectively.
-
- In general, a path is specified as a list of points (or other paths)
-interconnected with `--', which denotes a straight line segment, or
-`..', which denotes a cubic spline (*note Bezier curves::). Specifying
-a final `..cycle' creates a cyclic path that connects smoothly back to
-the initial node, as in this approximation (accurate to within 0.06%)
-of a unit circle:
-path unitcircle=E..N..W..S..cycle;
-
-An `Asymptote' path, being connected, is equivalent to a `Postscript
-subpath'. The `^^' binary operator, which requests that the pen be
-moved (without drawing or affecting endpoint curvatures) from the final
-point of the left-hand path to the initial point of the right-hand
-path, may be used to group several `Asymptote' paths into a `path[]'
-array (equivalent to a `PostScript' path):
-
-size(0,100);
-path unitcircle=E..N..W..S..cycle;
-path g=scale(2)*unitcircle;
-filldraw(unitcircle^^g,evenodd+yellow,black);
-
-
-
-The `PostScript' even-odd fill rule here specifies that only the region
-bounded between the two unit circles is filled (*note fillrule::). In
-this example, the same effect can be achieved by using the default zero
-winding number fill rule, if one is careful to alternate the
-orientation of the paths:
-filldraw(unitcircle^^reverse(g),yellow,black);
-
- The `^^' operator is used by the `box(triple, triple)' function in
-the module `three.asy' to construct the edges of a cube `unitbox'
-without retracing steps (*note three::):
-
-import three;
-
-currentprojection=orthographic(5,4,2,center=true);
-
-size(5cm);
-size3(3cm,5cm,8cm);
-
-draw(unitbox);
-
-dot(unitbox,red);
-
-label("$O$",(0,0,0),NW);
-label("(1,0,0)",(1,0,0),S);
-label("(0,1,0)",(0,1,0),E);
-label("(0,0,1)",(0,0,1),Z);
-
-
-
-See section *note graph:: (or the online `Asymptote' gallery and
-external links posted at `http://asymptote.sourceforge.net') for
-further examples, including two-dimensional and interactive
-three-dimensional scientific graphs. Additional examples have been
-posted by Philippe Ivaldi at `http://www.piprime.fr/asymptote'. A
-user-written `Asymptote' tutorial is available at
-http://www.artofproblemsolving.com/Wiki/index.php/Asymptote:_Basics
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Drawing commands, Next: Bezier curves, Prev: Tutorial, Up: Top
-
-4 Drawing commands
-******************
-
-All of `Asymptote''s graphical capabilities are based on four primitive
-commands. The three `PostScript' drawing commands `draw', `fill', and
-`clip' add objects to a picture in the order in which they are
-executed, with the most recently drawn object appearing on top. The
-labeling command `label' can be used to add text labels and external
-EPS images, which will appear on top of the `PostScript' objects (since
-this is normally what one wants), but again in the relative order in
-which they were executed. After drawing objects on a picture, the
-picture can be output with the `shipout' function (*note shipout::).
-
- If you wish to draw `PostScript' objects on top of labels (or
-verbatim `tex' commands; *note tex::), the `layer' command may be used
-to start a new `PostScript/LaTeX' layer:
-void layer(picture pic=currentpicture);
-
- The `layer' function gives one full control over the order in which
-objects are drawn. Layers are drawn sequentially, with the most recent
-layer appearing on top. Within each layer, labels, images, and verbatim
-`tex' commands are always drawn after the `PostScript' objects in that
-layer.
-
- While some of these drawing commands take many options, they all
-have sensible default values (for example, the picture argument
-defaults to currentpicture).
-
-* Menu:
-
-* draw:: Draw a path on a picture or frame
-* fill:: Fill a cyclic path on a picture or frame
-* clip:: Clip a picture or frame to a cyclic path
-* label:: Label a point on a picture
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: draw, Next: fill, Up: Drawing commands
-
-4.1 draw
-========
-
-void draw(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", path g,
- align align=NoAlign, pen p=currentpen,
- arrowbar arrow=None, arrowbar bar=None, margin margin=NoMargin,
- Label legend="", marker marker=nomarker);
-
-Draw the path `g' on the picture `pic' using pen `p' for drawing, with
-optional drawing attributes (Label `L', explicit label alignment
-`align', arrows and bars `arrow' and `bar', margins `margin', legend,
-and markers `marker'). Only one parameter, the path, is required. For
-convenience, the arguments `arrow' and `bar' may be specified in either
-order. The argument `legend' is a Label to use in constructing an
-optional legend entry.
-
- Bars are useful for indicating dimensions. The possible values of
-`bar' are `None', `BeginBar', `EndBar' (or equivalently `Bar'), and
-`Bars' (which draws a bar at both ends of the path). Each of these bar
-specifiers (except for `None') will accept an optional real argument
-that denotes the length of the bar in `PostScript' coordinates. The
-default bar length is `barsize(pen)'.
-
- The possible values of `arrow' are `None', `Blank' (which draws no
-arrows or path), `BeginArrow', `MidArrow', `EndArrow' (or equivalently
-`Arrow'), and `Arrows' (which draws an arrow at both ends of the path).
-All of the arrow specifiers except for `None' and `Blank' may be given
-the optional arguments arrowhead `arrowhead' (one of the predefined
-arrowhead styles `DefaultHead', `SimpleHead', `HookHead', `TeXHead'),
-real `size' (arrowhead size in `PostScript' coordinates), real `angle'
-(arrowhead angle in degrees), filltype `filltype' (one of `FillDraw',
-`Fill', `NoFill', `UnFill', `Draw') and (except for `MidArrow' and
-`Arrows') a real `position' (in the sense of `point(path p, real t)')
-along the path where the tip of the arrow should be placed. The default
-arrowhead size when drawn with a pen `p' is `arrowsize(p)'. There are
-also arrow versions with slightly modified default values of `size' and
-`angle' suitable for curved arrows: `BeginArcArrow', `EndArcArrow' (or
-equivalently `ArcArrow'), `MidArcArrow', and `ArcArrows'.
-
- Margins can be used to shrink the visible portion of a path by
-`labelmargin(p)' to avoid overlap with other drawn objects. Typical
-values of `margin' are `NoMargin', `BeginMargin', `EndMargin' (or
-equivalently `Margin'), and `Margins' (which leaves a margin at both
-ends of the path). One may use `Margin(real begin, real end)' to
-specify the size of the beginning and ending margin, respectively, in
-multiples of the units `labelmargin(p)' used for aligning labels.
-Alternatively, `BeginPenMargin', `EndPenMargin' (or equivalently
-`PenMargin'), `PenMargins', `PenMargin(real begin, real end)' specify a
-margin in units of the pen line width, taking account of the pen line
-width when drawing the path or arrow. For example, use `DotMargin', an
-abbreviation for `PenMargin(-0.5*dotfactor,0.5*dotfactor)', to draw
-from the usual beginning point just up to the boundary of an end dot of
-width `dotfactor*linewidth(p)'. The qualifiers `BeginDotMargin',
-`EndDotMargin', and `DotMargins' work similarly. The qualifier
-`TrueMargin(real begin, real end)' allows one to specify a margin
-directly in `PostScript' units, independent of the pen line width.
-
- The use of arrows, bars, and margins is illustrated by the examples
-`Pythagoras.asy', `sqrtx01.asy', and `triads.asy'.
-
- The legend for a picture `pic' can be fit and aligned to a frame
-with the routine:
-frame legend(picture pic=currentpicture, int perline=1,
- real xmargin=legendmargin, real ymargin=xmargin,
- real linelength=legendlinelength,
- real hskip=legendhskip, real vskip=legendvskip,
- real maxwidth=0, real maxheight=0,
- bool hstretch=false, bool vstretch=false, pen p=currentpen);
- Here `xmargin' and `ymargin' specify the surrounding x and y margins,
-`perline' specifies the number of entries per line (default 1; 0 means
-choose this number automatically), `linelength' specifies the length of
-the path lines, `hskip' and `vskip' specify the line skip (as a
-multiple of the legend entry size), `maxwidth' and `maxheight' specify
-optional upper limits on the width and height of the resulting legend
-(0 means unlimited), `hstretch' and `vstretch' allow the legend to
-stretch horizontally or vertically, and `p' specifies the pen used to
-draw the bounding box. The legend frame can then be added and aligned
-about a point on a picture `dest' using `add' or `attach' (*note add
-about::).
-
- To draw a dot, simply draw a path containing a single point. The
-`dot' command defined in the module `plain' draws a dot having a
-diameter equal to an explicit pen line width or the default line width
-magnified by `dotfactor' (6 by default), using the specified filltype
-(*note filltype::):
-void dot(picture pic=currentpicture, pair z, pen p=currentpen,
- filltype filltype=Fill);
-void dot(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L, pair z, align align=NoAlign,
- string format=defaultformat, pen p=currentpen, filltype filltype=Fill);
-void dot(picture pic=currentpicture, Label[] L=new Label[], pair[] z,
- align align=NoAlign, string format=defaultformat, pen p=currentpen,
- filltype filltype=Fill)
-void dot(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L, pen p=currentpen,
- filltype filltype=Fill);
-
- If the variable `Label' is given as the `Label' argument to the
-second routine, the `format' argument will be used to format a string
-based on the dot location (here `defaultformat' is `"$%.4g$"'). The
-third routine draws a dot at every point of a pair array `z'. One can
-also draw a dot at every node of a path:
-void dot(picture pic=currentpicture, Label[] L=new Label[],
- path g, align align=RightSide, string format=defaultformat,
- pen p=currentpen, filltype filltype=Fill);
- See *note pathmarkers:: and *note markers:: for more general methods
-for marking path nodes.
-
- To draw a fixed-sized object (in `PostScript' coordinates) about the
-user coordinate `origin', use the routine
-void draw(pair origin, picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", path g,
- align align=NoAlign, pen p=currentpen, arrowbar arrow=None,
- arrowbar bar=None, margin margin=NoMargin, Label legend="",
- marker marker=nomarker);
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: fill, Next: clip, Prev: draw, Up: Drawing commands
-
-4.2 fill
-========
-
-void fill(picture pic=currentpicture, path g, pen p=currentpen);
-
-Fill the interior region bounded by the cyclic path `g' on the picture
-`pic', using the pen `p'.
-
- There is also a convenient `filldraw' command, which fills the path
-and then draws in the boundary. One can specify separate pens for each
-operation:
-void filldraw(picture pic=currentpicture, path g, pen fillpen=currentpen,
- pen drawpen=currentpen);
-
- This fixed-size version of `fill' allows one to fill an object
-described in `PostScript' coordinates about the user coordinate
-`origin':
-void fill(pair origin, picture pic=currentpicture, path g, pen p=currentpen);
-
-This is just a convenient abbreviation for the commands:
-picture opic;
-fill(opic,g,p);
-add(pic,opic,origin);
-
- The routine
-void filloutside(picture pic=currentpicture, path g, pen p=currentpen);
- fills the region exterior to the path `g', out to the current boundary
-of picture `pic'.
-
- Lattice gradient shading varying smoothly over a two-dimensional
-array of pens `p', using fill rule `fillrule', can be produced with
-void latticeshade(picture pic=currentpicture, path g, bool stroke=false,
- pen fillrule=currentpen, pen[][] p)
- If `stroke=true', the region filled is the same as the region that
-would be drawn by `draw(pic,g,fillrule+zerowinding)'; in this case the
-path `g' need not be cyclic. The pens in `p' must belong to the same
-color space. One can use the functions `rgb(pen)' or `cmyk(pen)' to
-promote pens to a higher color space, as illustrated in the example file
-`latticeshading.asy'.
-
- Axial gradient shading varying smoothly from `pena' to `penb' in the
-direction of the line segment `a--b' can be achieved with
-void axialshade(picture pic=currentpicture, path g, bool stroke=false,
- pen pena, pair a,
- pen penb, pair b);
-
- Radial gradient shading varying smoothly from `pena' on the circle
-with center `a' and radius `ra' to `penb' on the circle with center `b'
-and radius `rb' is similar:
-void radialshade(picture pic=currentpicture, path g, bool stroke=false,
- pen pena, pair a, real ra,
- pen penb, pair b, real rb);
- Illustrations of radial shading are provided in the example files
-`shade.asy', `ring.asy', and `shadestroke.asy'.
-
- Gouraud shading using fill rule `fillrule' and the vertex colors in
-the pen array `p' on a triangular lattice defined by the vertices `z'
-and edge flags `edges' is implemented with
-void gouraudshade(picture pic=currentpicture, path g, bool stroke=false,
- pen fillrule=currentpen, pen[] p, pair[] z,
- int[] edges);
-void gouraudshade(picture pic=currentpicture, path g, bool stroke=false,
- pen fillrule=currentpen, pen[] p, int[] edges);
- In the second form, the elements of `z' are taken to be successive
-nodes of path `g'. The pens in `p' must belong to the same color space.
-Illustrations of Gouraud shading are provided in the example file
-`Gouraud.asy' and in the solid geometry module `solids.asy'. The edge
-flags used in Gouraud shading are documented here:
-
- `http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/ps/sdk/TN5600.SmoothShading.pdf'.
-
- Tensor product shading using fill rule `fillrule' on patches bounded
-by the n cyclic paths of length 4 in path array `b', using the vertex
-colors specified in the n \times 4 pen array `p' and internal control
-points in the n \times 4 array `z', is implemented with
-void tensorshade(picture pic=currentpicture, path g, bool stroke=false,
- pen fillrule=currentpen, pen[][] p, path[] b=g,
- pair[][] z=new pair[][]);
- If the array `z' is empty, Coons shading, in which the color control
-points are calculated automatically, is used. The pens in `p' must
-belong to the same color space. A simpler interface for the case of a
-single patch (n=1) is also available:
-void tensorshade(picture pic=currentpicture, path g, bool stroke=false,
- pen fillrule=currentpen, pen[] p, path b=g,
- pair[] z=new pair[]);
- One can also smoothly shade the regions between consecutive paths of a
-sequence using a given array of pens:
-void draw(picture pic=currentpicture, pen fillrule=currentpen, path[] g,
- pen[] p);
- Illustrations of tensor product and Coons shading are provided in the
-example files `tensor.asy', `Coons.asy', `BezierSurface.asy', and
-`rainbow.asy'.
-
- More general shading possibilities are available with the `pdflatex',
-`context', and `pdftex' TeX engines: the routine
-void functionshade(picture pic=currentpicture, path[] g, bool stroke=false,
- pen fillrule=currentpen, string shader);
- shades on picture `pic' the interior of path `g' according to fill
-rule `fillrule' using the `PostScript' calculator routine specified by
-the string `shader'; this routine takes 2 arguments, each in [0,1], and
-returns `colors(fillrule).length' color components. Function shading
-is illustrated in the example `functionshading.asy'.
-
- The following routine uses `evenodd' clipping together with the `^^'
-operator to unfill a region:
-
-void unfill(picture pic=currentpicture, path g);
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: clip, Next: label, Prev: fill, Up: Drawing commands
-
-4.3 clip
-========
-
-void clip(picture pic=currentpicture, path g, stroke=false,
- pen fillrule=currentpen);
-
-Clip the current contents of picture `pic' to the region bounded by the
-path `g', using fill rule `fillrule' (*note fillrule::). If
-`stroke=true', the clipped portion is the same as the region that would
-be drawn with `draw(pic,g,fillrule+zerowinding)'; in this case the path
-`g' need not be cyclic. For an illustration of picture clipping, see
-the first example in *note LaTeX usage::.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: label, Prev: clip, Up: Drawing commands
-
-4.4 label
-=========
-
-void label(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L, pair position,
- align align=NoAlign, pen p=currentpen, filltype filltype=NoFill)
-
-Draw Label `L' on picture `pic' using pen `p'. If `align' is `NoAlign',
-the label will be centered at user coordinate `position'; otherwise it
-will be aligned in the direction of `align' and displaced from
-`position' by the `PostScript' offset `align*labelmargin(p)'. The
-constant `Align' can be used to align the bottom-left corner of the
-label at `position'. The Label `L' can either be a string or the
-structure obtained by calling one of the functions
-Label Label(string s="", pair position, align align=NoAlign,
- pen p=nullpen, embed embed=Rotate, filltype filltype=NoFill);
-Label Label(string s="", align align=NoAlign,
- pen p=nullpen, embed embed=Rotate, filltype filltype=NoFill);
-Label Label(Label L, pair position, align align=NoAlign,
- pen p=nullpen, embed embed=L.embed, filltype filltype=NoFill);
-Label Label(Label L, align align=NoAlign,
- pen p=nullpen, embed embed=L.embed, filltype filltype=NoFill);
- The text of a Label can be scaled, slanted, rotated, or shifted by
-multiplying it on the left by an affine transform (*note Transforms::).
-For example, `rotate(45)*xscale(2)*L' first scales `L' in the x
-direction and then rotates it counterclockwise by 45 degrees. The final
-position of a Label can also be shifted by a `PostScript' coordinate
-translation: `shift(10,0)*L'. An explicit pen specified within the
-Label overrides other pen arguments. The `embed' argument determines
-how the Label should transform with the embedding picture:
-`Shift'
- only shift with embedding picture;
-
-`Rotate'
- only shift and rotate with embedding picture (default);
-
-`Rotate(pair z)'
- rotate with (picture-transformed) vector `z'.
-
-`Slant'
- only shift, rotate, slant, and reflect with embedding picture;
-
-`Scale'
- shift, rotate, slant, reflect, and scale with embedding picture.
-
-
- To add a label to a path, use
-void label(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L, path g, align align=NoAlign,
- pen p=currentpen, filltype filltype=NoFill);
- By default the label will be positioned at the midpoint of the path.
-An alternative label position (in the sense of `point(path p, real t)')
-may be specified as a real value for `position' in constructing the
-Label. The position `Relative(real)' specifies a location relative to
-the total arclength of the path. These convenient abbreviations are
-predefined:
-position BeginPoint=Relative(0);
-position MidPoint=Relative(0.5);
-position EndPoint=Relative(1);
-
- Path labels are aligned in the direction `align', which may be
-specified as an absolute compass direction (pair) or a direction
-`Relative(pair)' measured relative to a north axis in the local
-direction of the path. For convenience `LeftSide', `Center', and
-`RightSide' are defined as `Relative(W)', `Relative((0,0))', and
-`Relative(E)', respectively. Multiplying `LeftSide', `Center',
-`RightSide' on the left by a real scaling factor will move the label
-further away from or closer to the path.
-
- A label with a fixed-size arrow of length `arrowlength' pointing to
-`b' from direction `dir' can be produced with the routine
-void arrow(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", pair b, pair dir,
- real length=arrowlength, align align=NoAlign,
- pen p=currentpen, arrowbar arrow=Arrow, margin margin=EndMargin);
- If no alignment is specified (either in the Label or as an explicit
-argument), the optional Label will be aligned in the direction `dir',
-using margin `margin'.
-
- The function `string graphic(string name, string options="")'
-returns a string that can be used to include an encapsulated
-`PostScript' (EPS) file. Here, `name' is the name of the file to
-include and `options' is a string containing a comma-separated list of
-optional bounding box (`bb=llx lly urx ury'), width (`width=value'),
-height (`height=value'), rotation (`angle=value'), scaling
-(`scale=factor'), clipping (`clip=bool'), and draft mode (`draft=bool')
-parameters. The `layer()' function can be used to force future objects
-to be drawn on top of the included image:
-label(graphic("file.eps","width=1cm"),(0,0),NE);
-layer();
-
- The `string baseline(string s, string template="\strut")' function
-can be used to enlarge the bounding box of labels to match a given
-template, so that their baselines will be typeset on a horizontal line.
-See `Pythagoras.asy' for an example.
-
- One can prevent labels from overwriting one another with the
-`overwrite' pen attribute (*note overwrite::).
-
- The structure `object' defined in `plain_Label.asy' allows Labels
-and frames to be treated in a uniform manner. A group of objects may
-be packed together into single frame with the routine
-frame pack(pair align=2S ... object inset[]);
- To draw or fill a box (or ellipse or other path) around a Label and
-return the bounding object, use one of the routines
-object draw(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L, envelope e,
- real xmargin=0, real ymargin=xmargin, pen p=currentpen,
- filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=true);
-object draw(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L, envelope e, pair position,
- real xmargin=0, real ymargin=xmargin, pen p=currentpen,
- filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=true);
- Here `envelope' is a boundary-drawing routine such as `box',
-`roundbox', or `ellipse' defined in `plain_boxes.asy' (*note
-envelope::).
-
- The function `path[] texpath(Label L)' returns the path array that
-TeX would fill to draw the Label `L'.
-
- The `string minipage(string s, width=100pt)' function can be used to
-format string `s' into a paragraph of width `width'. This example uses
-`minipage', `clip', and `graphic' to produce a CD label:
-
-
-size(11.7cm,11.7cm);
-asy(nativeformat(),"logo");
-fill(unitcircle^^(scale(2/11.7)*unitcircle),
- evenodd+rgb(124/255,205/255,124/255));
-label(scale(1.1)*minipage(
-"\centering\scriptsize \textbf{\LARGE {\tt Asymptote}\\
-\smallskip
-\small The Vector Graphics Language}\\
-\smallskip
-\textsc{Andy Hammerlindl, John Bowman, and Tom Prince}
-http://asymptote.sourceforge.net\\
-",8cm),(0,0.6));
-label(graphic("logo."+nativeformat(),"height=7cm"),(0,-0.22));
-clip(unitcircle^^(scale(2/11.7)*unitcircle),evenodd);
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Bezier curves, Next: Programming, Prev: Drawing commands, Up: Top
-
-5 Bezier curves
-***************
-
-Each interior node of a cubic spline may be given a direction prefix or
-suffix `{dir}': the direction of the pair `dir' specifies the direction
-of the incoming or outgoing tangent, respectively, to the curve at that
-node. Exterior nodes may be given direction specifiers only on their
-interior side.
-
- A cubic spline between the node z_0, with postcontrol point c_0, and
-the node z_1, with precontrol point c_1, is computed as the Bezier curve
-
-
-
-As illustrated in the diagram below, the third-order midpoint (m_5)
-constructed from two endpoints z_0 and z_1 and two control points c_0
-and c_1, is the point corresponding to t=1/2 on the Bezier curve formed
-by the quadruple (z_0, c_0, c_1, z_1). This allows one to recursively
-construct the desired curve, by using the newly extracted third-order
-midpoint as an endpoint and the respective second- and first-order
-midpoints as control points:
-
-
-
-Here m_0, m_1 and m_2 are the first-order midpoints, m_3 and m_4 are
-the second-order midpoints, and m_5 is the third-order midpoint. The
-curve is then constructed by recursively applying the algorithm to
-(z_0, m_0, m_3, m_5) and (m_5, m_4, m_2, z_1).
-
- In fact, an analogous property holds for points located at any
-fraction t in [0,1] of each segment, not just for midpoints (t=1/2).
-
- The Bezier curve constructed in this manner has the following
-properties:
- * It is entirely contained in the convex hull of the given four
- points.
-
- * It starts heading from the first endpoint to the first control
- point and finishes heading from the second control point to the
- second endpoint.
-
-
- The user can specify explicit control points between two nodes like
-this:
-draw((0,0)..controls (0,100) and (100,100)..(100,0));
-
- However, it is usually more convenient to just use the `..'
-operator, which tells `Asymptote' to choose its own control points
-using the algorithms described in Donald Knuth's monograph, The
-MetaFontbook, Chapter 14. The user can still customize the guide (or
-path) by specifying direction, tension, and curl values.
-
- The higher the tension, the straighter the curve is, and the more it
-approximates a straight line. One can change the spline tension from
-its default value of 1 to any real value greater than or equal to 0.75
-(cf. John D. Hobby, Discrete and Computational Geometry 1, 1986):
-draw((100,0)..tension 2 ..(100,100)..(0,100));
-draw((100,0)..tension 2 and 1 ..(100,100)..(0,100));
-draw((100,0)..tension atleast 1 ..(100,100)..(0,100));
-
- The curl parameter specifies the curvature at the endpoints of a path
-(0 means straight; the default value of 1 means approximately circular):
-draw((100,0){curl 0}..(100,100)..{curl 0}(0,100));
-
- The `MetaPost ...' path connector, which requests, when possible, an
-inflection-free curve confined to a triangle defined by the endpoints
-and directions, is implemented in `Asymptote' as the convenient
-abbreviation `::' for `..tension atleast 1 ..' (the ellipsis `...' is
-used in `Asymptote' to indicate a variable number of arguments; *note
-Rest arguments::). For example, compare
-
-draw((0,0){up}..(100,25){right}..(200,0){down});
-
-
-with
-
-draw((0,0){up}::(100,25){right}::(200,0){down});
-
-
-
-The `---' connector is an abbreviation for `..tension atleast
-infinity..' and the `&' connector concatenates two paths, after first
-stripping off the last node of the first path (which normally should
-coincide with the first node of the second path).
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Programming, Next: LaTeX usage, Prev: Bezier curves, Up: Top
-
-6 Programming
-*************
-
-Here is a short introductory example to the `Asymptote' programming
-language that highlights the similarity of its control structures with
-those of C, C++, and Java:
-// This is a comment.
-
-// Declaration: Declare x to be a real variable;
-real x;
-
-// Assignment: Assign the real variable x the value 1.
-x=1.0;
-
-// Conditional: Test if x equals 1 or not.
-if(x == 1.0) {
- write("x equals 1.0");
-} else {
- write("x is not equal to 1.0");
-}
-
-// Loop: iterate 10 times
-for(int i=0; i < 10; ++i) {
- write(i);
-}
-
- `Asymptote' supports `while', `do', `break', and `continue'
-statements just as in C/C++. It also supports the Java-style shorthand
-for iterating over all elements of an array:
-
-// Iterate over an array
-int[] array={1,1,2,3,5};
-for(int k : array) {
- write(k);
-}
- In addition, it supports many features beyond the ones found in those
-languages.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Data types:: void, bool, int, real, pair, triple, string
-* Paths and guides::
-* Pens:: Colors, line types, line widths, font sizes
-* Transforms:: Affine transforms
-* Frames and pictures:: Canvases for immediate and deferred drawing
-* Files:: Reading and writing your data
-* Variable initializers:: Initialize your variables
-* Structures:: Organize your data
-* Operators:: Arithmetic and logical operators
-* Implicit scaling:: Avoiding those ugly *s
-* Functions:: Traditional and high-order functions
-* Arrays:: Dynamic vectors
-* Casts:: Implicit and explicit casts
-* Import:: Importing external `Asymptote' modules
-* Static:: Where to allocate your variable?
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Data types, Next: Paths and guides, Up: Programming
-
-6.1 Data types
-==============
-
-`Asymptote' supports the following data types (in addition to
-user-defined types):
-
-`void'
- The void type is used only by functions that take or return no
- arguments.
-
-`bool'
- a boolean type that can only take on the values `true' or `false'.
- For example: bool b=true;
-
- defines a boolean variable `b' and initializes it to the value
- `true'. If no initializer is given: bool b;
-
- the value `false' is assumed.
-
-`bool3'
- an extended boolean type that can take on the values `true',
- `default', or `false'. A bool3 type can be cast to or from a bool.
- The default initializer for bool3 is `default'.
-
-`int'
- an integer type; if no initializer is given, the implicit value `0'
- is assumed. The minimum allowed value of an integer is `intMin'
- and the maximum value is `intMax'.
-
-`real'
- a real number; this should be set to the highest-precision native
- floating-point type on the architecture. The implicit initializer
- for reals is `0.0'. Real numbers have precision `realEpsilon',
- with `realDigits' significant digits. The smallest positive real
- number is `realMin' and the largest positive real number is
- `realMax'. The variable `inf' and function `bool isnan(real x)'
- are useful when floating-point exceptions are masked with the
- `-mask' command-line option (the default in interactive mode).
-
-`pair'
- complex number, that is, an ordered pair of real components
- `(x,y)'. The real and imaginary parts of a pair `z' can read as
- `z.x' and `z.y'. We say that `x' and `y' are virtual members of
- the data element pair; they cannot be directly modified, however.
- The implicit initializer for pairs is `(0.0,0.0)'.
-
- There are a number of ways to take the complex conjugate of a pair:
- pair z=(3,4);
- z=(z.x,-z.y);
- z=z.x-I*z.y;
- z=conj(z);
-
- Here `I' is the pair `(0,1)'. A number of built-in functions are
- defined for pairs:
-
- `pair conj(pair z)'
- returns the conjugate of `z';
-
- `real length(pair z)'
- returns the complex modulus `|z|' of its argument `z'. For
- example,
- pair z=(3,4);
- length(z);
- returns the result 5. A synonym for `length(pair)' is
- `abs(pair)';
-
- `real angle(pair z, bool warn=true)'
- returns the angle of `z' in radians in the interval
- [-`pi',`pi'] or `0' if `warn' is `false' and `z=(0,0)'
- (rather than producing an error);
-
- `real degrees(pair z, bool warn=true)'
- returns the angle of `z' in degrees in the interval [0,360)
- or `0' if `warn' is `false' and `z=(0,0)' (rather than
- producing an error);
-
- `pair unit(pair z)'
- returns a unit vector in the direction of the pair `z';
-
- `pair expi(real angle)'
- returns a unit vector in the direction `angle' measured in
- radians;
-
- `pair dir(real degrees)'
- returns a unit vector in the direction `degrees' measured in
- degrees;
-
- `real xpart(pair z)'
- returns `z.x';
-
- `real ypart(pair z)'
- returns `z.y';
-
- `pair realmult(pair z, pair w)'
- returns the element-by-element product `(z.x*w.x,z.y*w.y)';
-
- `real dot(explicit pair z, explicit pair w)'
- returns the dot product `z.x*w.x+z.y*w.y';
-
- `pair minbound(pair z, pair w)'
- returns `(min(z.x,w.x),min(z.y,w.y))';
-
- `pair maxbound(pair z, pair w)'
- returns `(max(z.x,w.x),max(z.y,w.y))'.
-
-
-`triple'
- an ordered triple of real components `(x,y,z)' used for
- three-dimensional drawings. The respective components of a triple
- `v' can read as `v.x', `v.y', and `v.z'. The implicit initializer
- for triples is `(0.0,0.0,0.0)'.
-
- Here are the built-in functions for triples:
- `real length(triple v)'
- returns the length `|v|' of the vector `v'. A synonym for
- `length(triple)' is `abs(triple)';
-
- `real polar(triple v, bool warn=true)'
- returns the colatitude of `v' measured from the z axis in
- radians or `0' if `warn' is `false' and `v=O' (rather than
- producing an error);
-
- `real azimuth(triple v, bool warn=true)'
- returns the longitude of `v' measured from the x axis in
- radians or `0' if `warn' is `false' and `v.x=v.y=0' (rather
- than producing an error);
-
- `real colatitude(triple v, bool warn=true)'
- returns the colatitude of `v' measured from the z axis in
- degrees or `0' if `warn' is `false' and `v=O' (rather than
- producing an error);
-
- `real latitude(triple v, bool warn=true)'
- returns the latitude of `v' measured from the xy plane in
- degrees or `0' if `warn' is `false' and `v=O' (rather than
- producing an error);
-
- `real longitude(triple v, bool warn=true)'
- returns the longitude of `v' measured from the x axis in
- degrees or `0' if `warn' is `false' and `v.x=v.y=0' (rather
- than producing an error);
-
- `triple unit(triple v)'
- returns a unit triple in the direction of the triple `v';
-
- `triple expi(real polar, real azimuth)'
- returns a unit triple in the direction `(polar,azimuth)'
- measured in radians;
-
- `triple dir(real colatitude, real longitude)'
- returns a unit triple in the direction
- `(colatitude,longitude)' measured in degrees;
-
- `real xpart(triple v)'
- returns `v.x';
-
- `real ypart(triple v)'
- returns `v.y';
-
- `real zpart(triple v)'
- returns `v.z';
-
- `real dot(triple u, triple v)'
- returns the dot product `u.x*v.x+u.y*v.y+u.z*v.z';
-
- `triple cross(triple u, triple v)'
- returns the cross product
-
- `(u.y*v.z-u.z*v.y,u.z*v.x-u.x*v.z,u.x*v.y-v.x*u.y)';
-
- `triple minbound(triple u, triple v)'
- returns `(min(u.x,v.x),min(u.y,v.y),min(u.z,v.z))';
-
- `triple maxbound(triple u, triple v)'
- returns `(max(u.x,v.x),max(u.y,v.y),max(u.z,v.z)').
-
-
-`string'
- a character string, implemented using the STL `string' class.
-
- Strings delimited by double quotes (`"') are subject to the
- following mappings to allow the use of double quotes in TeX (e.g.
- for using the `babel' package, *note babel::):
-
- * \" maps to "
-
- * \\ maps to \\
-
- Strings delimited by single quotes (`'') have the same mappings as
- character strings in ANSI `C':
-
- * \' maps to '
-
- * \" maps to "
-
- * \? maps to ?
-
- * \\ maps to backslash
-
- * \a maps to alert
-
- * \b maps to backspace
-
- * \f maps to form feed
-
- * \n maps to newline
-
- * \r maps to carriage return
-
- * \t maps to tab
-
- * \v maps to vertical tab
-
- * \0-\377 map to corresponding octal byte
-
- * \x0-\xFF map to corresponding hexadecimal byte
-
- The implicit initializer for strings is the empty string `""'.
- Strings may be concatenated with the `+' operator. In the following
- string functions, position `0' denotes the start of the string:
- `int length(string s)'
- returns the length of the string `s';
-
- `int find(string s, string t, int pos=0)'
- returns the position of the first occurrence of string `t' in
- string `s' at or after position `pos', or -1 if `t' is not a
- substring of `s';
-
- `int rfind(string s, string t, int pos=-1)'
- returns the position of the last occurrence of string `t' in
- string `s' at or before position `pos' (if `pos'=-1, at the
- end of the string `s'), or -1 if `t' is not a substring of
- `s';
-
- `string insert(string s, int pos, string t)'
- returns the string formed by inserting string `t' at position
- `pos' in `s';
-
- `string erase(string s, int pos, int n)'
- returns the string formed by erasing the string of length `n'
- (if `n'=-1, to the end of the string `s') at position `pos'
- in `s';
-
- `string substr(string s, int pos, int n=-1)'
- returns the substring of `s' starting at position `pos' and
- of length `n' (if `n'=-1, until the end of the string `s');
-
- `string reverse(string s)'
- returns the string formed by reversing string `s';
-
- `string replace(string s, string before, string after)'
- returns a string with all occurrences of the string `before'
- in the string `s' changed to the string `after';
-
- `string replace(string s, string[][] table)'
- returns a string constructed by translating in string `s' all
- occurrences of the string `before' in an array `table' of
- string pairs {`before',`after'} to the corresponding string
- `after';
-
- `string[] split(string s, string delimiter="")'
- returns an array of strings obtained by splitting `s' into
- substrings delimited by `delimiter' (an empty delimiter
- signifies a space, but with duplicate delimiters discarded);
-
- `string format(string s, int n, string locale="")'
- returns a string containing `n' formatted according to the
- C-style format string `s' using locale `locale' (or the
- current locale if an empty string is specified);
-
- `string format(string s=defaultformat, string s=defaultseparator, real x, string locale="")'
- returns a string containing `x' formatted according to the
- C-style format string `s' using locale `locale' (or the
- current locale if an empty string is specified), following
- the behaviour of the C function `fprintf'), except that only
- one data field is allowed, trailing zeros are removed by
- default (unless `#' is specified), and (if the format string
- specifies math mode) TeX is used to typeset scientific
- notation using the `defaultseparator="\!\times\!";';
-
- `int hex(string s);'
- casts a hexidecimal string `s' to an integer;
-
- `int ascii(string s);'
- returns the ASCII code for the first character of string `s';
-
- `string string(real x, int digits=realDigits)'
- casts `x' to a string using precision `digits' and the C
- locale;
-
- `string locale(string s="")'
- sets the locale to the given string, if nonempty, and returns
- the current locale;
-
- `string time(string format="%a %b %d %T %Z %Y")'
- returns the current time formatted by the ANSI C routine
- `strftime' according to the string `format' using the current
- locale. Thus time();
- time("%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Z %Y");
-
- are equivalent ways of returning the current time in the
- default format used by the `UNIX' `date' command;
-
- `int seconds(string t="", string format="")'
- returns the time measured in seconds after the Epoch (Thu Jan
- 01 00:00:00 UTC 1970) as determined by the ANSI C routine
- `strptime' according to the string `format' using the current
- locale, or the current time if `t' is the empty string. Note
- that the `"%Z"' extension to the POSIX `strptime'
- specification is ignored by the current GNU C Library. If an
- error occurs, the value -1 is returned. Here are some
- examples: seconds("Mar 02 11:12:36 AM PST 2007","%b %d %r PST %Y");
- seconds(time("%b %d %r %z %Y"),"%b %d %r %z %Y");
- seconds(time("%b %d %r %Z %Y"),"%b %d %r "+time("%Z")+" %Y");
- 1+(seconds()-seconds("Jan 1","%b %d"))/(24*60*60);
- The last example returns today's ordinal date, measured from
- the beginning of the year.
-
- `string time(int seconds, string format="%a %b %d %T %Z %Y")'
- returns the time corresponding to `seconds' seconds after the
- Epoch (Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 UTC 1970) formatted by the ANSI C
- routine `strftime' according to the string `format' using the
- current locale. For example, to return the date corresponding
- to 24 hours ago: time(seconds()-24*60*60);
-
- `int system(string s)'
-
- `int system(string[] s)'
- if the setting `safe' is false, call the arbitrary system
- command `s';
-
- `void asy(string format, bool overwrite=false ... string[] s)'
- conditionally process each file name in array `s' in a new
- environment, using format `format', overwriting the output
- file only if `overwrite' is true;
-
- `void abort(string s="")'
- aborts execution (with a non-zero return code in batch mode);
- if string `s' is nonempty, a diagnostic message constructed
- from the source file, line number, and `s' is printed;
-
- `void assert(bool b, string s="")'
- aborts execution with an error message constructed from `s' if
- `b=false';
-
- `void exit()'
- exits (with a zero error return code in batch mode);
-
- `void sleep(int seconds)'
- pauses for the given number of seconds;
-
- `void usleep(int microseconds)'
- pauses for the given number of microseconds;
-
- `void beep()'
- produces a beep on the console;
-
-
-
- As in C/C++, complicated types may be abbreviated with `typedef'
-(see the example in *note Functions::).
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Paths and guides, Next: Pens, Prev: Data types, Up: Programming
-
-6.2 Paths and guides
-====================
-
-`path'
- a cubic spline resolved into a fixed path. The implicit
- initializer for paths is `nullpath'.
-
- For example, the routine `circle(pair c, real r)', which returns a
- Bezier curve approximating a circle of radius `r' centered on `c',
- is based on `unitcircle' (*note unitcircle::): path circle(pair c, real r)
- {
- return shift(c)*scale(r)*unitcircle;
- }
- If high accuracy is needed, a true circle may be produced with the
- routine `Circle' defined in the module `graph.asy': import graph;
- path Circle(pair c, real r, int n=nCircle);
-
- A circular arc consistent with `circle' centered on `c' with
- radius `r' from `angle1' to `angle2' degrees, drawing
- counterclockwise if `angle2 >= angle1', can be constructed with path arc(pair c, real r, real angle1, real angle2);
- One may also specify the direction explicitly: path arc(pair c, real r, real angle1, real angle2, bool direction);
- Here the direction can be specified as CCW (counter-clockwise) or
- CW (clockwise). For convenience, an arc centered at `c' from pair
- `z1' to `z2' (assuming `|z2-c|=|z1-c|') in the may also be
- constructed with path arc(pair c, explicit pair z1, explicit pair z2,
- bool direction=CCW)
-
- If high accuracy is needed, true arcs may be produced with routines
- in the module `graph.asy' that produce Bezier curves with `n'
- control points: import graph;
- path Arc(pair c, real r, real angle1, real angle2, bool direction,
- int n=nCircle);
- path Arc(pair c, real r, real angle1, real angle2, int n=nCircle);
- path Arc(pair c, explicit pair z1, explicit pair z2,
- bool direction=CCW, int n=nCircle);
-
- An ellipse can be drawn with the routine path ellipse(pair c, real a, real b)
- {
- return shift(c)*scale(a,b)*unitcircle;
- }
-
- This example illustrates the use of all five guide connectors
- discussed in *note Tutorial:: and *note Bezier curves::: size(300,0);
- pair[] z=new pair[10];
-
- z[0]=(0,100); z[1]=(50,0); z[2]=(180,0);
-
- for(int n=3; n <= 9; ++n)
- z[n]=z[n-3]+(200,0);
-
- path p=z[0]..z[1]---z[2]::{up}z[3]
- &z[3]..z[4]--z[5]::{up}z[6]
- &z[6]::z[7]---z[8]..{up}z[9];
-
- draw(p,grey+linewidth(4mm));
-
- dot(z);
-
-
-
- Here are some useful functions for paths:
-
- `int length(path p);'
- This is the number of (linear or cubic) segments in path `p'.
- If `p' is cyclic, this is the same as the number of nodes in
- `p'.
-
- `int size(path p);'
- This is the number of nodes in the path `p'. If `p' is
- cyclic, this is the same as `length(p)'.
-
- `bool cyclic(path p);'
- returns `true' iff path `p' is cyclic.
-
- `bool straight(path p, int i);'
- returns `true' iff the segment of path `p' between node `i'
- and node `i+1' is straight.
-
- `bool piecewisestraight(path p)'
- returns `true' iff the path `p' is piecewise straight.
-
- `pair point(path p, int t);'
- If `p' is cyclic, return the coordinates of node `t' mod
- `length(p)'. Otherwise, return the coordinates of node `t',
- unless `t' < 0 (in which case `point(0)' is returned) or `t'
- > `length(p)' (in which case `point(length(p))' is returned).
-
- `pair point(path p, real t);'
- This returns the coordinates of the point between node
- `floor(t)' and `floor(t)+1' corresponding to the cubic spline
- parameter `t-floor(t)' (*note Bezier curves::). If `t' lies
- outside the range [0,`length(p)'], it is first reduced modulo
- `length(p)' in the case where `p' is cyclic or else converted
- to the corresponding endpoint of `p'.
-
- `pair dir(path p, int t, int sign=0, bool normalize=true);'
- If `sign < 0', return the direction (as a pair) of the
- incoming tangent to path `p' at node `t'; if `sign > 0',
- return the direction of the outgoing tangent. If `sign=0',
- the mean of these two directions is returned.
-
- `pair dir(path p, real t, bool normalize=true);'
- returns the direction of the tangent to path `p' at the point
- between node `floor(t)' and `floor(t)+1' corresponding to the
- cubic spline parameter `t-floor(t)' (*note Bezier curves::).
-
- `pair dir(path p)'
- returns dir(p,length(p)).
-
- `pair dir(path p, path q)'
- returns unit(dir(p)+dir(q)).
-
- `pair accel(path p, int t, int sign=0);'
- If `sign < 0', return the acceleration of the incoming path
- `p' at node `t'; if `sign > 0', return the acceleration of
- the outgoing path. If `sign=0', the mean of these two
- accelerations is returned.
-
- `pair accel(path p, real t);'
- returns the acceleration of the path `p' at the point `t'.
-
- `real radius(path p, real t);'
- returns the radius of curvature of the path `p' at the point
- `t'.
-
- `pair precontrol(path p, int t);'
- returns the precontrol point of `p' at node `t'.
-
- `pair precontrol(path p, real t);'
- returns the effective precontrol point of `p' at parameter
- `t'.
-
- `pair postcontrol(path p, int t);'
- returns the postcontrol point of `p' at node `t'.
-
- `pair postcontrol(path p, real t);'
- returns the effective postcontrol point of `p' at parameter
- `t'.
-
- `real arclength(path p);'
- returns the length (in user coordinates) of the piecewise
- linear or cubic curve that path `p' represents.
-
- `real arctime(path p, real L);'
- returns the path "time", a real number between 0 and the
- length of the path in the sense of `point(path p, real t)',
- at which the cumulative arclength (measured from the
- beginning of the path) equals `L'.
-
- `real arcpoint(path p, real L);'
- returns `point(p,arctime(p,L))'.
-
- `real dirtime(path p, pair z);'
- returns the first "time", a real number between 0 and the
- length of the path in the sense of `point(path, real)', at
- which the tangent to the path has the direction of pair `z',
- or -1 if this never happens.
-
- `real reltime(path p, real l);'
- returns the time on path `p' at the relative fraction `l' of
- its arclength.
-
- `pair relpoint(path p, real l);'
- returns the point on path `p' at the relative fraction `l' of
- its arclength.
-
- `pair midpoint(path p);'
- returns the point on path `p' at half of its arclength.
-
- `path reverse(path p);'
- returns a path running backwards along `p'.
-
- `path subpath(path p, int a, int b);'
- returns the subpath of `p' running from node `a' to node `b'.
- If `a' < `b', the direction of the subpath is reversed.
-
- `path subpath(path p, real a, real b);'
- returns the subpath of `p' running from path time `a' to path
- time `b', in the sense of `point(path, real)'. If `a' < `b',
- the direction of the subpath is reversed.
-
- `real[] intersect(path p, path q, real fuzz=-1);'
- If `p' and `q' have at least one intersection point, return a
- real array of length 2 containing the times representing the
- respective path times along `p' and `q', in the sense of
- `point(path, real)', for one such intersection point (as
- chosen by the algorithm described on page 137 of `The
- MetaFontbook'). The computations are performed to the
- absolute error specified by `fuzz', or if `fuzz < 0', to
- machine precision. If the paths do not intersect, return a
- real array of length 0.
-
- `real[][] intersections(path p, path q, real fuzz=-1);'
- Return all (unless there are infinitely many) intersection
- times of paths `p' and `q' as a sorted array of real arrays
- of length 2 (*note sort::). The computations are performed to
- the absolute error specified by `fuzz', or if `fuzz < 0', to
- machine precision.
-
- `real[] intersections(path p, explicit pair a, explicit pair b, real fuzz=-1);'
- Return all (unless there are infinitely many) intersection
- times of path `p' with the (infinite) line through points `a'
- and `b' as a sorted array. The intersections returned are
- guaranteed to be correct to within the absolute error
- specified by `fuzz', or if `fuzz < 0', to machine precision.
-
- `real[] times(path p, real x)'
- returns all intersection times of path `p' with the vertical
- line through `(x,0)'.
-
- `real[] times(path p, explicit pair z)'
- returns all intersection times of path `p' with the
- horizontal line through `(0,z.y)'.
-
- `real[] mintimes(path p)'
- returns an array of length 2 containing times at which path
- `p' reaches its minimal horizontal and vertical extents,
- respectively.
-
- `real[] maxtimes(path p)'
- returns an array of length 2 containing the times at which
- path `p' reaches its maximal horizontal and vertical extents,
- respectively.
-
- `pair intersectionpoint(path p, path q, real fuzz=-1);'
- returns the intersection point
- `point(p,intersect(p,q,fuzz)[0])'.
-
- `pair[] intersectionpoints(path p, path q, real fuzz=-1);'
- returns an array containing all intersection points of the
- paths `p' and `q'.
-
- `pair extension(pair P, pair Q, pair p, pair q);'
- returns the intersection point of the extensions of the line
- segments `P--Q' and `p--q', or if the lines are parallel,
- `(infinity,infinity)'.
-
- `slice cut(path p, path knife, int n);'
- returns the portions of path `p' before and after the `n'th
- intersection of `p' with path `knife' as a structure `slice'
- (if no intersection exist is found, the entire path is
- considered to be `before' the intersection): struct slice {
- path before,after;
- }
- The argument `n' is treated as modulo the number of
- intersections.
-
- `slice firstcut(path p, path knife);'
- equivalent to `cut(p,knife,0);' Note that `firstcut.after'
- plays the role of the `MetaPost cutbefore' command.
-
- `slice lastcut(path p, path knife);'
- equivalent to `cut(p,knife,-1);' Note that `lastcut.before'
- plays the role of the `MetaPost cutafter' command.
-
- `path buildcycle(... path[] p);'
- This returns the path surrounding a region bounded by a list
- of two or more consecutively intersecting paths, following
- the behaviour of the `MetaPost buildcycle' command.
-
- `pair min(path p);'
- returns the pair (left,bottom) for the path bounding box of
- path `p'.
-
- `pair max(path p);'
- returns the pair (right,top) for the path bounding box of
- path `p'.
-
- `int windingnumber(path p, pair z);'
- returns the winding number of the cyclic path `p' relative to
- the point `z'. The winding number is positive if the path
- encircles `z' in the counterclockwise direction. If `z' lies
- on `p' the constant `undefined' (defined to be the largest
- odd integer) is returned.
-
- `bool interior(int windingnumber, pen fillrule)'
- returns true if `windingnumber' corresponds to an interior
- point according to `fillrule'.
-
- `bool inside(path p, pair z, pen fillrule=currentpen);'
- returns `true' iff the point `z' lies inside or on the edge of
- the region bounded by the cyclic path `p' according to the
- fill rule `fillrule' (*note fillrule::).
-
- `int inside(path p, path q, pen fillrule=currentpen);'
- returns `1' if the cyclic path `p' strictly contains `q'
- according to the fill rule `fillrule' (*note fillrule::), `-1'
- if the cyclic path `q' strictly contains `p', and `0'
- otherwise.
-
- `pair inside(path p, pen fillrule=currentpen);'
- returns an arbitrary point strictly inside a cyclic path `p'
- according to the fill rule `fillrule' (*note fillrule::).
-
- `path[] strokepath(path g, pen p=currentpen);'
- returns the path array that `PostScript' would fill in
- drawing path `g' with pen `p'.
-
-
-`guide'
- an unresolved cubic spline (list of cubic-spline nodes and control
- points). The implicit initializer for a guide is `nullpath'; this
- is useful for building up a guide within a loop.
-
- A guide is similar to a path except that the computation of the
- cubic spline is deferred until drawing time (when it is resolved
- into a path); this allows two guides with free endpoint conditions
- to be joined together smoothly. The solid curve in the following
- example is built up incrementally as a guide, but only resolved at
- drawing time; the dashed curve is incrementally resolved at each
- iteration, before the entire set of nodes (shown in red) is known:
-
- size(200);
-
- real mexican(real x) {return (1-8x^2)*exp(-(4x^2));}
-
- int n=30;
- real a=1.5;
- real width=2a/n;
-
- guide hat;
- path solved;
-
- for(int i=0; i < n; ++i) {
- real t=-a+i*width;
- pair z=(t,mexican(t));
- hat=hat..z;
- solved=solved..z;
- }
-
- draw(hat);
- dot(hat,red);
- draw(solved,dashed);
-
-
-
- We point out an efficiency distinction in the use of guides and
- paths: guide g;
- for(int i=0; i < 10; ++i)
- g=g--(i,i);
- path p=g;
-
- runs in linear time, whereas path p;
- for(int i=0; i < 10; ++i)
- p=p--(i,i);
-
- runs in quadratic time, as the entire path up to that point is
- copied at each step of the iteration.
-
- The following routines can be used to examine the individual
- elements of a guide without actually resolving the guide to a
- fixed path (except for internal cycles, which are resolved):
-
- `int size(guide g);'
- Analogous to `size(path p)'.
-
- `int length(guide g);'
- Analogous to `length(path p)'.
-
- `bool cyclic(path p);'
- Analogous to `cyclic(path p)'.
-
- `pair point(guide g, int t);'
- Analogous to `point(path p, int t)'.
-
- `guide reverse(guide g);'
- Analogous to `reverse(path p)'. If `g' is cyclic and also
- contains a secondary cycle, it is first solved to a path,
- then reversed. If `g' is not cyclic but contains an internal
- cycle, only the internal cycle is solved before reversal. If
- there are no internal cycles, the guide is reversed but not
- solved to a path.
-
- `pair[] dirSpecifier(guide g, int i);'
- This returns a pair array of length 2 containing the outgoing
- (in element 0) and incoming (in element 1) direction
- specifiers (or `(0,0)' if none specified) for the segment of
- guide `g' between nodes `i' and `i+1'.
-
- `pair[] controlSpecifier(guide g, int i);'
- If the segment of guide `g' between nodes `i' and `i+1' has
- explicit outgoing and incoming control points, they are
- returned as elements 0 and 1, respectively, of a two-element
- array. Otherwise, an empty array is returned.
-
- `tensionSpecifier tensionSpecifier(guide g, int i);'
- This returns the tension specifier for the segment of guide
- `g' between nodes `i' and `i+1'. The individual components of
- the `tensionSpecifier' type can be accessed as the virtual
- members `in', `out', and `atLeast'.
-
- `real[] curlSpecifier(guide g);'
- This returns an array containing the initial curl specifier
- (in element 0) and final curl specifier (in element 1) for
- guide `g'.
-
-
- As a technical detail we note that a direction specifier given to
- `nullpath' modifies the node on the other side: the guides a..{up}nullpath..b;
- c..nullpath{up}..d;
- e..{up}nullpath{down}..f;
- are respectively equivalent to a..nullpath..{up}b;
- c{up}..nullpath..d;
- e{down}..nullpath..{up}f;
-
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Pens, Next: Transforms, Prev: Paths and guides, Up: Programming
-
-6.3 Pens
-========
-
-In `Asymptote', pens provide a context for the four basic drawing
-commands (*note Drawing commands::). They are used to specify the
-following drawing attributes: color, line type, line width, line cap,
-line join, fill rule, text alignment, font, font size, pattern,
-overwrite mode, and calligraphic transforms on the pen nib. The default
-pen used by the drawing routines is called `currentpen'. This provides
-the same functionality as the `MetaPost' command `pickup'. The
-implicit initializer for pens is `defaultpen'.
-
- Pens may be added together with the nonassociative binary operator
-`+'. This will add the colors of the two pens. All other non-default
-attributes of the rightmost pen will override those of the leftmost
-pen. Thus, one can obtain a yellow dashed pen by saying
-`dashed+red+green' or `red+green+dashed' or `red+dashed+green'. The
-binary operator `*' can be used to scale the color of a pen by a real
-number, until it saturates with one or more color components equal to 1.
-
- * Colors are specified using one of the following colorspaces:
- `pen gray(real g);'
- This produces a grayscale color, where the intensity `g' lies
- in the interval [0,1], with 0.0 denoting black and 1.0
- denoting white.
-
- `pen rgb(real r, real g, real b);'
- This produces an RGB color, where each of the red, green, and
- blue intensities `r', `g', `b', lies in the interval [0,1].
-
- `pen cmyk(real c, real m, real y, real k);'
- This produces a CMYK color, where each of the cyan, magenta,
- yellow, and black intensities `c', `m', `y', `k', lies in the
- interval [0,1].
-
- `pen invisible;'
- This special pen writes in invisible ink, but adjusts the
- bounding box as if something had been drawn (like the
- `\phantom' command in TeX). The function `bool
- invisible(pen)' can be used to test whether a pen is
- invisible.
-
-
- The default color is `black'; this may be changed with the routine
- `defaultpen(pen)'. The function `colorspace(pen p)' returns the
- colorspace of pen `p' as a string (`"gray"', `"rgb"', `"cmyk"', or
- `""').
-
- The function `real[] colors(pen)' returns the color components of
- a pen. The functions `pen gray(pen)', `pen rgb(pen)', and `pen
- cmyk(pen)' return new pens obtained by converting their arguments
- to the respective color spaces. The function
- `colorless(pen=currentpen)' returns a copy of its argument with
- the color attributes stripped (to avoid color mixing).
-
- A 6-character RGB hexidecimal string can be converted to a pen with
- the routine pen rgb(string s);
- A pen can be converted to a hexidecimal string with
-
- * string hex(pen p);
-
- Various shades and mixtures of the grayscale primary colors
- `black' and `white', RGB primary colors `red', `green', and
- `blue', and RGB secondary colors `cyan', `magenta', and `yellow'
- are defined as named colors, along with the CMYK primary colors
- `Cyan', `Magenta', `Yellow', and `Black', in the module `plain':
-
-
-
- The standard 140 RGB `X11' colors can be imported with the command import x11colors;
- and the standard 68 CMYK TeX colors can be imported with the
- command import texcolors;
- Note that there is some overlap between these two standards and
- the definitions of some colors (e.g. `Green') actually disagree.
-
- `Asymptote' also comes with a `asycolors.sty' `LaTeX' package that
- defines to `LaTeX' CMYK versions of `Asymptote''s predefined
- colors, so that they can be used directly within `LaTeX' strings.
- Normally, such colors are passed to `LaTeX' via a pen argument;
- however, to change the color of only a portion of a string, say
- for a slide presentation, (*note slide::) it may be desirable to
- specify the color directly to `LaTeX'. This file can be passed to
- `LaTeX' with the `Asymptote' command usepackage("asycolors");
-
- The structure `hsv' defined in `plain_pens.asy' may be used to
- convert between HSV and RGB spaces, where the hue `h' is an angle
- in [0,360) and the saturation `s' and value `v' lie in `[0,1]': pen p=hsv(180,0.5,0.75);
- write(p); // ([default], red=0.375, green=0.75, blue=0.75)
- hsv q=p;
- write(q.h,q.s,q.v); // 180 0.5 0.75
-
- * Line types are specified with the function `pen linetype(real[] a,
- real offset=0, bool scale=true, bool adjust=true)', where `a' is
- an array of real array numbers. The optional parameter `offset'
- specifies where in the pattern to begin. The first number
- specifies how far (if `scale' is `true', in units of the pen line
- width; otherwise in `PostScript' units) to draw with the pen on,
- the second number specifies how far to draw with the pen off, and
- so on. If `adjust' is `true', these spacings are automatically
- adjusted by `Asymptote' to fit the arclength of the path. Here are
- the predefined line types: pen solid=linetype(new real[]);
- pen dotted=linetype(new real[] {0,4});
- pen dashed=linetype(new real[] {8,8});
- pen longdashed=linetype(new real[] {24,8});
- pen dashdotted=linetype(new real[] {8,8,0,8});
- pen longdashdotted=linetype(new real[] {24,8,0,8});
- pen Dotted(pen p=currentpen) {return linetype(new real[] {0,3})+2*linewidth(p);}
- pen Dotted=Dotted();
-
-
-
- The default line type is `solid'; this may be changed with
- `defaultpen(pen)'. The line type of a pen can be determined with
- the functions `real[] linetype(pen p=currentpen)', `real
- offset(pen p)', `bool scale(pen p)', and `bool adjust(pen p)'.
-
- * The pen line width is specified in `PostScript' units with `pen
- linewidth(real)'. The default line width is 0.5 bp; this value may
- be changed with `defaultpen(pen)'. The line width of a pen is
- returned by `real linewidth(pen p=currentpen)'. For convenience,
- in the module `plain_pens' we define void defaultpen(real w) {defaultpen(linewidth(w));}
- pen operator +(pen p, real w) {return p+linewidth(w);}
- pen operator +(real w, pen p) {return linewidth(w)+p;}
- so that one may set the line width like this: defaultpen(2);
- pen p=red+0.5;
-
- * A pen with a specific `PostScript' line cap is returned on calling
- `linecap' with an integer argument: pen squarecap=linecap(0);
- pen roundcap=linecap(1);
- pen extendcap=linecap(2);
-
- The default line cap, `roundcap', may be changed with
- `defaultpen(pen)'. The line cap of a pen is returned by `int
- linecap(pen p=currentpen)'.
-
- * A pen with a specific `PostScript' join style is returned on
- calling `linejoin' with an integer argument: pen miterjoin=linejoin(0);
- pen roundjoin=linejoin(1);
- pen beveljoin=linejoin(2);
-
- The default join style, `roundjoin', may be changed with
- `defaultpen(pen)'.The join style of a pen is returned by `int
- linejoin(pen p=currentpen)'.
-
- * A pen with a specific `PostScript' miter limit is returned by
- calling `miterlimit(real)'. The default miterlimit, `10.0', may
- be changed with `defaultpen(pen)'. The miter limit of a pen is
- returned by `real miterlimit(pen p=currentpen)'.
-
- * A pen with a specific `PostScript' fill rule is returned on
- calling `fillrule' with an integer argument: pen zerowinding=fillrule(0);
- pen evenodd=fillrule(1);
-
- The fill rule, which identifies the algorithm used to determine the
- insideness of a path or array of paths, only affects the `clip',
- `fill', and `inside' functions. For the `zerowinding' fill rule, a
- point `z' is outside the region bounded by a path if the number of
- upward intersections of the path with the horizontal line
- `z--z+infinity' minus the number of downward intersections is
- zero. For the `evenodd' fill rule, `z' is considered to be outside
- the region if the total number of such intersections is even. The
- default fill rule, `zerowinding', may be changed with
- `defaultpen(pen)'. The fill rule of a pen is returned by `int
- fillrule(pen p=currentpen)'.
-
- * A pen with a specific text alignment setting is returned on
- calling `basealign' with an integer argument: pen nobasealign=basealign(0);
- pen basealign=basealign(1);
-
- The default setting, `nobasealign',which may be changed with
- `defaultpen(pen)', causes the label alignment routines to use the
- full label bounding box for alignment. In contrast, `basealign'
- requests that the TeX baseline be respected. The base align
- setting of a pen is returned by `int basealigin(pen p=currentpen)'.
-
- * The font size is specified in TeX points (1 pt = 1/72.27 inches)
- with the function `pen fontsize(real size, real
- lineskip=1.2*size)'. The default font size, 12pt, may be changed
- with `defaultpen(pen)'. Nonstandard font sizes may require
- inserting import fontsize;
- at the beginning of the file (this requires the `type1cm' package
- available from
-
- `http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/type1cm/'
- and included in recent `LaTeX' distributions). The font size and
- line skip of a pen can be examined with the routines `real
- fontsize(pen p=currentpen)' and `real lineskip(pen p=currentpen)',
- respectively.
-
- * A pen using a specific `LaTeX' `NFSS' font is returned by calling
- the function `pen font(string encoding, string family, string
- series, string shape)'. The default setting,
- `font("OT1","cmr","m","n")', corresponds to 12pt Computer Modern
- Roman; this may be changed with `defaultpen(pen)'. The font
- setting of a pen is returned by `string font(pen p=currentpen)'.
- Support for standardized international characters is provided by
- the `unicode' package (*note unicode::).
-
- Alternatively, one may select a fixed-size TeX font (on which
- `fontsize' has no effect) like `"cmr12"' (12pt Computer Modern
- Roman) or `"pcrr"' (Courier) using the function `pen font(string
- name)'. An optional size argument can also be given to scale the
- font to the requested size: `pen font(string name, real size)'.
-
- A nonstandard font command can be generated with `pen
- fontcommand(string)'.
-
- A convenient interface to the following standard `PostScript'
- fonts is also provided: pen AvantGarde(string series="m", string shape="n");
- pen Bookman(string series="m", string shape="n");
- pen Courier(string series="m", string shape="n");
- pen Helvetica(string series="m", string shape="n");
- pen NewCenturySchoolBook(string series="m", string shape="n");
- pen Palatino(string series="m", string shape="n");
- pen TimesRoman(string series="m", string shape="n");
- pen ZapfChancery(string series="m", string shape="n");
- pen Symbol(string series="m", string shape="n");
- pen ZapfDingbats(string series="m", string shape="n");
-
- * The transparency of a pen can be changed with the command: pen opacity(real opacity=1, string blend="Compatible");
- The opacity can be varied from `0' (fully transparent) to the
- default value of `1' (opaque), and `blend' specifies one of the
- following foreground-background blending operations: "Compatible","Normal","Multiply","Screen","Overlay","SoftLight",
- "HardLight","ColorDodge","ColorBurn","Darken","Lighten","Difference",
- "Exclusion","Hue","Saturation","Color","Luminosity",
- as described in
-
- `http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/pdf/PDFReference16.pdf'.
- Since `PostScript' does not support transparency, this feature is
- only effective with the `-f pdf' output format option; other
- formats can be produced from the resulting PDF file with the
- `ImageMagick' `convert' program. Labels are always drawn with an
- `opacity' of 1. A simple example of transparent filling is
- provided in the example file `transparency.asy'.
-
- * `PostScript' commands within a `picture' may be used to create a
- tiling pattern, identified by the string `name', for `fill' and
- `draw' operations by adding it to the global `PostScript' frame
- `currentpatterns', with optional left-bottom margin `lb' and
- right-top margin `rt'. import patterns;
- void add(string name, picture pic, pair lb=0, pair rt=0);
-
- To `fill' or `draw' using pattern `name', use the pen
- `pattern("name")'. For example, rectangular tilings can be
- constructed using the routines `picture tile(real Hx=5mm, real
- Hy=0, pen p=currentpen, filltype filltype=NoFill)', `picture
- checker(real Hx=5mm, real Hy=0, pen p=currentpen)', and `picture
- brick(real Hx=5mm, real Hy=0, pen p=currentpen)' defined in
- `patterns.asy': size(0,90);
- import patterns;
-
- add("tile",tile());
- add("filledtilewithmargin",tile(6mm,4mm,red,Fill),(1mm,1mm),(1mm,1mm));
- add("checker",checker());
- add("brick",brick());
-
- real s=2.5;
- filldraw(unitcircle,pattern("tile"));
- filldraw(shift(s,0)*unitcircle,pattern("filledtilewithmargin"));
- filldraw(shift(2s,0)*unitcircle,pattern("checker"));
- filldraw(shift(3s,0)*unitcircle,pattern("brick"));
-
-
-
- Hatch patterns can be generated with the routines `picture
- hatch(real H=5mm, pair dir=NE, pen p=currentpen)', `picture
- crosshatch(real H=5mm, pen p=currentpen)': size(0,100);
- import patterns;
-
- add("hatch",hatch());
- add("hatchback",hatch(NW));
- add("crosshatch",crosshatch(3mm));
-
- real s=1.25;
- filldraw(unitsquare,pattern("hatch"));
- filldraw(shift(s,0)*unitsquare,pattern("hatchback"));
- filldraw(shift(2s,0)*unitsquare,pattern("crosshatch"));
-
-
-
- You may need to turn off aliasing in your `PostScript' viewer for
- patterns to appear correctly. Custom patterns can easily be
- constructed, following the examples in `patterns.asy'. The tiled
- pattern can even incorporate shading (*note gradient shading::),
- as illustrated in this example (not included in the manual because
- not all printers support `PostScript' 3): size(0,100);
- import patterns;
-
- real d=4mm;
- picture tiling;
- path square=scale(d)*unitsquare;
- axialshade(tiling,square,white,(0,0),black,(d,d));
- fill(tiling,shift(d,d)*square,blue);
- add("shadedtiling",tiling);
-
- filldraw(unitcircle,pattern("shadedtiling"));
-
-
-
- * One can specify a custom pen nib as an arbitrary polygonal path
- with `pen makepen(path)'; this path represents the mark to be
- drawn for paths containing a single point. This pen nib path can be
- recovered from a pen with `path nib(pen)'. Unlike in `MetaPost',
- the path need not be convex:
-
- size(200);
- pen convex=makepen(scale(10)*polygon(8))+grey;
- draw((1,0.4),convex);
- draw((0,0)---(1,1)..(2,0)--cycle,convex);
-
- pen nonconvex=scale(10)*
- makepen((0,0)--(0.25,-1)--(0.5,0.25)--(1,0)--(0.5,1.25)--cycle)+red;
- draw((0.5,-1.5),nonconvex);
- draw((0,-1.5)..(1,-0.5)..(2,-1.5),nonconvex);
-
-
-
- The value `nullpath' represents a circular pen nib (the default);
- an elliptical pen can be achieved simply by multiplying the pen by
- a transform: `yscale(2)*currentpen'.
-
- * One can prevent labels from overwriting one another by using the
- pen attribute `overwrite', which takes a single argument:
-
- `Allow'
- Allow labels to overwrite one another. This is the default
- behaviour (unless overridden with `defaultpen(pen)'.
-
- `Suppress'
- Suppress, with a warning, each label that would overwrite
- another label.
-
- `SuppressQuiet'
- Suppress, without warning, each label that would overwrite
- another label.
-
- `Move'
- Move a label that would overwrite another out of the way and
- issue a warning. As this adjustment is during the final
- output phase (in `PostScript' coordinates) it could result in
- a larger figure than requested.
-
- `MoveQuiet'
- Move a label that would overwrite another out of the way,
- without warning. As this adjustment is during the final
- output phase (in `PostScript' coordinates) it could result in
- a larger figure than requested.
-
-
-
- The routine `defaultpen()' returns the current default pen
-attributes. Calling the routine `resetdefaultpen()' resets all pen
-default attributes to their initial values.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Transforms, Next: Frames and pictures, Prev: Pens, Up: Programming
-
-6.4 Transforms
-==============
-
-`Asymptote' makes extensive use of affine transforms. A pair `(x,y)' is
-transformed by the transform `t=(t.x,t.y,t.xx,t.xy,t.yx,t.yy)' to
-`(x',y')', where
-x' = t.x + t.xx * x + t.xy * y
-y' = t.y + t.yx * x + t.yy * y
- This is equivalent to the `PostScript' transformation `[t.xx t.yx t.xy
-t.yy t.x t.y]'.
-
- Transforms can be applied to pairs, guides, paths, pens, strings,
-transforms, frames, and pictures by multiplication (via the binary
-operator `*') on the left (*note circle:: for an example). Transforms
-can be composed with one another and inverted with the function
-`transform inverse(transform t)'; they can also be raised to any
-integer power with the `^' operator.
-
- The built-in transforms are:
-
-`transform identity();'
- the identity transform;
-
-`transform shift(pair z);'
- translates by the pair `z';
-
-`transform shift(real x, real y);'
- translates by the pair `(x,y)';
-
-`transform xscale(real x);'
- scales by `x' in the x direction;
-
-`transform yscale(real y);'
- scales by `y' in the y direction;
-
-`transform scale(real s);'
- scale by `s' in both x and y directions;
-
-`transform scale(real x, real y);'
- scale by `x' in the x direction and by `y' in the y direction;
-
-`transform slant(real s);'
- maps `(x,y)' -> `(x+s*y,y)';
-
-`transform rotate(real angle, pair z=(0,0));'
- rotates by `angle' in degrees about `z';
-
-`transform reflect(pair a, pair b);'
- reflects about the line `a--b'.
-
- The implicit initializer for transforms is `identity()'. The
-routines `shift(transform t)' and `shiftless(transform t)' return the
-transforms `(t.x,t.y,0,0,0,0)' and `(0,0,t.xx,t.xy,t.yx,t.yy)'
-respectively.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Frames and pictures, Next: Files, Prev: Transforms, Up: Programming
-
-6.5 Frames and pictures
-=======================
-
-`frame'
- Frames are canvases for drawing in `PostScript' coordinates. While
- working with frames directly is occasionally necessary for
- constructing deferred drawing routines, pictures are usually more
- convenient to work with. The implicit initializer for frames is
- `newframe'. The function `bool empty(frame f)' returns `true' only
- if the frame `f' is empty. A frame may be erased with the
- `erase(frame)' routine. The functions `pair min(frame)' and `pair
- max(frame)' return the (left,bottom) and (right,top) coordinates
- of the frame bounding box, respectively. The contents of frame
- `src' may be appended to frame `dest' with the command void add(frame dest, frame src);
- or prepended with void prepend(frame dest, frame src);
- A frame obtained by aligning frame `f' in the direction `align',
- in a manner analogous to the `align' argument of `label' (*note
- label::), is returned by frame align(frame f, pair align);
-
- To draw or fill a box or ellipse around a label or frame and
- return the boundary as a path, use one of the predefined
- `envelope' routines path box(frame f, Label L="", real xmargin=0,
- real ymargin=xmargin, pen p=currentpen,
- filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=true);
- path roundbox(frame f, Label L="", real xmargin=0,
- real ymargin=xmargin, pen p=currentpen,
- filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=true);
- path ellipse(frame f, Label L="", real xmargin=0,
- real ymargin=xmargin, pen p=currentpen,
- filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=true);
-
-`picture'
- Pictures are high-level structures (*note Structures::) defined in
- the module `plain' that provide canvases for drawing in user
- coordinates. The default picture is called `currentpicture'. A
- new picture can be created like this: picture pic;
- Anonymous pictures can be made by the expression `new picture'.
-
- The `size' routine specifies the dimensions of the desired picture:
-
- void size(picture pic=currentpicture, real x, real y=x,
- bool keepAspect=Aspect);
-
- If the `x' and `y' sizes are both 0, user coordinates will be
- interpreted as `PostScript' coordinates. In this case, the
- transform mapping `pic' to the final output frame is `identity()'.
-
- If exactly one of `x' or `y' is 0, no size restriction is imposed
- in that direction; it will be scaled the same as the other
- direction.
-
- If `keepAspect' is set to `Aspect' or `true', the picture will be
- scaled with its aspect ratio preserved such that the final width
- is no more than `x' and the final height is no more than `y'.
-
- If `keepAspect' is set to `IgnoreAspect' or `false', the picture
- will be scaled in both directions so that the final width is `x'
- and the height is `y'.
-
- To make the user coordinates of picture `pic' represent multiples
- of `x' units in the x direction and `y' units in the y direction,
- use void unitsize(picture pic=currentpicture, real x, real y=x);
- When nonzero, these `x' and `y' values override the corresponding
- size parameters of picture `pic'.
-
- The routine void size(picture pic=currentpicture, real xsize, real ysize,
- pair min, pair max);
- forces the final picture scaling to map the user coordinates
- `box(min,max)' to a region of width `xsize' and height `ysize'
- (when these parameters are nonzero).
-
- Alternatively, calling the routine transform fixedscaling(picture pic=currentpicture, pair min,
- pair max, pen p=nullpen, bool warn=false);
- will cause picture `pic' to use a fixed scaling to map user
- coordinates in `box(min,max)' to the (already specified) picture
- size, taking account of the width of pen `p'. A warning will be
- issued if the final picture exceeds the specified size.
-
- A picture `pic' can be fit to a frame and output to a file
- `prefix'.`format' using image format `format' by calling the
- `shipout' function: void shipout(string prefix=defaultfilename, picture pic=currentpicture,
- orientation orientation=orientation,
- string format="", bool wait=false, bool view=true,
- string options="", string script="",
- light light=currentlight, projection P=currentprojection)
- The default output format, `PostScript', may be changed with the
- `-f' or `-tex' command-line options. The `options', `script', and
- `projection' parameters are only relevant for 3D pictures. If
- `defaultfilename' is an empty string, the prefix `outprefix()'
- will be used.
-
- A `shipout()' command is added implicitly at file exit if no
- previous `shipout' commands have been executed. The default page
- orientation is `Portrait'; this may be modified by changing the
- variable `orientation'. To output in landscape mode, simply set
- the variable `orientation=Landscape' or issue the command shipout(Landscape);
-
- To rotate the page by -90 degrees, use the orientation `Seascape'. The
- orientation `UpsideDown' rotates the page by 180 degrees.
-
- A picture `pic' can be explicitly fit to a frame by calling frame pic.fit(real xsize=pic.xsize, real ysize=pic.ysize,
- bool keepAspect=pic.keepAspect);
- The default size and aspect ratio settings are those given to the
- `size' command (which default to `0', `0', and `true',
- respectively). The transformation that would currently be used to
- fit a picture `pic' to a frame is returned by the member function
- `pic.calculateTransform()'.
-
- In certain cases (e.g. 2D graphs) where only an approximate size
- estimate for `pic' is available, the picture fitting routine frame pic.scale(real xsize=this.xsize, real ysize=this.ysize,
- bool keepAspect=this.keepAspect);
- (which scales the resulting frame, including labels and fixed-size
- objects) will enforce perfect compliance with the requested size
- specification, but should not normally be required.
-
- To draw a bounding box with margins around a picture, fit the
- picture to a frame using the function frame bbox(picture pic=currentpicture, real xmargin=0,
- real ymargin=xmargin, pen p=currentpen,
- filltype filltype=NoFill);
- Here `filltype' specifies one of the following fill types:
- `FillDraw'
- Fill the interior and draw the boundary.
-
- `FillDraw(real xmargin=0, real ymargin=xmargin, pen fillpen=nullpen,'
- `pen drawpen=nullpen)' If `fillpen' is `nullpen', fill with
- the drawing pen; otherwise fill with pen `fillpen'. If
- `drawpen' is `nullpen', draw the boundary with `fillpen';
- otherwise with `drawpen'. An optional margin of `xmargin' and
- `ymargin' can be specified.
-
- `Fill'
- Fill the interior.
-
- `Fill(real xmargin=0, real ymargin=xmargin, pen p=nullpen)'
- If `p' is `nullpen', fill with the drawing pen; otherwise
- fill with pen `p'. An optional margin of `xmargin' and
- `ymargin' can be specified.
-
- `NoFill'
- Do not fill.
-
- `Draw'
- Draw only the boundary.
-
- `Draw(real xmargin=0, real ymargin=xmargin, pen p=nullpen)'
- If `p' is `nullpen', draw the boundary with the drawing pen;
- otherwise draw with pen `p'. An optional margin of `xmargin'
- and `ymargin' can be specified.
-
- `UnFill'
- Clip the region.
-
- `UnFill(real xmargin=0, real ymargin=xmargin)'
- Clip the region and surrounding margins `xmargin' and
- `ymargin'.
-
- `RadialShade(pen penc, pen penr)'
- Fill varying radially from `penc' at the center of the
- bounding box to `penr' at the edge.
-
- `RadialShadeDraw(real xmargin=0, real ymargin=xmargin, pen penc,'
- `pen penr, pen drawpen=nullpen)' Fill with RadialShade and
- draw the boundary.
-
-
- For example, to draw a bounding box around a picture with a 0.25 cm
- margin and output the resulting frame, use the command: shipout(bbox(0.25cm));
- A `picture' may be fit to a frame with the background color pen
- `p', using the function `bbox(p,Fill)'.
-
- The functions pair min(picture pic, user=false);
- pair max(picture pic, user=false);
- pair size(picture pic, user=false);
- calculate the bounds that picture `pic' would have if it were
- currently fit to a frame using its default size specification. If
- `user' is `false' the returned value is in `PostScript'
- coordinates, otherwise it is in user coordinates.
-
- The function pair point(picture pic=currentpicture, pair dir, bool user=true);
- is a convenient way of determining the point on the bounding box
- of `pic' in the direction `dir' relative to its center, ignoring
- the contributions from fixed-size objects (such as labels and
- arrowheads). If `user' is `true' the returned value is in user
- coordinates, otherwise it is in `PostScript' coordinates.
-
- The function pair truepoint(picture pic=currentpicture, pair dir, bool user=true);
- is identical to `point', except that it also accounts for
- fixed-size objects, using the scaling transform that picture `pic'
- would have if currently fit to a frame using its default size
- specification. If `user' is `true' the returned value is in user
- coordinates, otherwise it is in `PostScript' coordinates.
-
- Sometimes it is useful to draw objects on separate pictures and
- add one picture to another using the `add' function: void add(picture src, bool group=true,
- filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=true);
- void add(picture dest, picture src, bool group=true,
- filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=true);
- The first example adds `src' to `currentpicture'; the second one
- adds `src' to `dest'. The `group' option specifies whether or not
- the graphical user interface `xasy' should treat all of the
- elements of `src' as a single entity (*note GUI::), `filltype'
- requests optional background filling or clipping, and `above'
- specifies whether to add `src' above or below existing objects.
-
- There are also routines to add a picture or frame `src' specified
- in postscript coordinates to another picture `dest' (or
- `currentpicture') about the user coordinate `position': void add(picture src, pair position, bool group=true,
- filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=true);
- void add(picture dest, picture src, pair position,
- bool group=true, filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=true);
- void add(picture dest=currentpicture, frame src, pair position=0,
- bool group=true, filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=true);
- void add(picture dest=currentpicture, frame src, pair position,
- pair align, bool group=true, filltype filltype=NoFill,
- bool above=true);
-
- The optional `align' argument in the last form specifies a
- direction to use for aligning the frame, in a manner analogous to
- the `align' argument of `label' (*note label::). However, one key
- difference is that when `align' is not specified, labels are
- centered, whereas frames and pictures are aligned so that their
- origin is at `position'. Illustrations of frame alignment can be
- found in the examples *note errorbars:: and *note image::. If you
- want to align three or more subpictures, group them two at a time:
-
- picture pic1;
- real size=50;
- size(pic1,size);
- fill(pic1,(0,0)--(50,100)--(100,0)--cycle,red);
-
- picture pic2;
- size(pic2,size);
- fill(pic2,unitcircle,green);
-
- picture pic3;
- size(pic3,size);
- fill(pic3,unitsquare,blue);
-
- picture pic;
- add(pic,pic1.fit(),(0,0),N);
- add(pic,pic2.fit(),(0,0),10S);
-
- add(pic.fit(),(0,0),N);
- add(pic3.fit(),(0,0),10S);
-
-
-
- Alternatively, one can use `attach' to automatically increase the
- size of picture `dest' to accommodate adding a frame `src' about
- the user coordinate `position': void attach(picture dest=currentpicture, frame src,
- pair position=0, bool group=true,
- filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=true);
- void attach(picture dest=currentpicture, frame src,
- pair position, pair align, bool group=true,
- filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=true);
-
- To erase the contents of a picture (but not the size
- specification), use the function void erase(picture pic=currentpicture);
-
- To save a snapshot of `currentpicture', `currentpen', and
- `currentprojection', use the function `save()'.
-
- To restore a snapshot of `currentpicture', `currentpen', and
- `currentprojection', use the function `restore()'.
-
- Many further examples of picture and frame operations are provided
- in the base module `plain'.
-
- It is possible to insert verbatim `PostScript' commands in a
- picture with one of the routines void postscript(picture pic=currentpicture, string s);
- void postscript(picture pic=currentpicture, string s, pair min,
- pair max)
- Here `min' and `max' can be used to specify explicit bounds
- associated with the resulting `PostScript' code.
-
- Verbatim TeX commands can be inserted in the intermediate `LaTeX'
- output file with one of the functions void tex(picture pic=currentpicture, string s);
- void tex(picture pic=currentpicture, string s, pair min, pair max)
- Here `min' and `max' can be used to specify explicit bounds
- associated with the resulting TeX code.
-
- To issue a global TeX command (such as a TeX macro definition) in
- the TeX preamble (valid for the remainder of the top-level module)
- use: void texpreamble(string s);
-
- The TeX environment can be reset to its initial state, clearing all
- macro definitions, with the function void texreset();
-
- The routine void usepackage(string s, string options="");
- provides a convenient abbreviation for texpreamble("\usepackage["+options+"]{"+s+"}");
- that can be used for importing `LaTeX' packages.
-
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Files, Next: Variable initializers, Prev: Frames and pictures, Up: Programming
-
-6.6 Files
-=========
-
-`Asymptote' can read and write text files (including comma-separated
-value) files and portable XDR (External Data Representation) binary
-files.
-
- An input file must first be opened with
-input(string name="", bool check=true, string comment="#", string mode="");
- reading is then done by assignment:
-file fin=input("test.txt");
-real a=fin;
-
- If the optional boolean argument `check' is `false', no check will
-be made that the file exists. If the file does not exist or is not
-readable, the function `bool error(file)' will return `true'. The
-first character of the string `comment' specifies a comment character.
-If this character is encountered in a data file, the remainder of the
-line is ignored. When reading strings, a comment character followed
-immediately by another comment character is treated as a single literal
-comment character.
-
- One can change the current working directory for read operations to
-the contents of the string `s' with the function `string cd(string s)',
-which returns the new working directory. If `string s' is empty, the
-path is reset to the value it had at program startup.
-
- When reading pairs, the enclosing parenthesis are optional. Strings
-are also read by assignment, by reading characters up to but not
-including a newline. In addition, `Asymptote' provides the function
-`string getc(file)' to read the next character (treating the comment
-character as an ordinary character) and return it as a string.
-
- A file named `name' can be open for output with
-file output(string name="", bool update=false, string comment="#", string mode="");
- If `update=false', any existing data in the file will be erased and
-only write operations can be used on the file. If `update=true', any
-existing data will be preserved, the position will be set to the
-end-of-file, and both reading and writing operations will be enabled.
-For security reasons, writing to files in directories other than the
-current directory is allowed only if the `-globalwrite' (or `-nosafe')
-command-line option is specified. The function `string mktemp(string
-s)' may be used to create and return the name of a unique temporary
-file in the current directory based on the string `s'.
-
- There are two special files: `stdin', which reads from the keyboard,
-and `stdout', which writes to the terminal. The implicit initializer
-for files is `null'.
-
- Data of a built-in type `T' can be written to an output file by
-calling one of the functions
-write(string s="", T x, suffix suffix=endl ... T[]);
-write(file file, string s="", T x, suffix suffix=none ... T[]);
-write(file file=stdout, string s="", explicit T[] x ... T[][]);
-write(file file=stdout, T[][]);
-write(file file=stdout, T[][][]);
-write(suffix suffix=endl);
-write(file file, suffix suffix=none);
- If `file' is not specified, `stdout' is used and terminated by default
-with a newline. If specified, the optional identifying string `s' is
-written before the data `x'. An arbitrary number of data values may be
-listed when writing scalars or one-dimensional arrays. The `suffix' may
-be one of the following: `none' (do nothing), `flush' (output buffered
-data), `endl' (terminate with a newline and flush), `newl' (terminate
-with a newline), `DOSendl' (terminate with a DOS newline and flush),
-`DOSnewl' (terminate with a DOS newline), `tab' (terminate with a tab),
-or `comma' (terminate with a comma). Here are some simple examples of
-data output:
-file fout=output("test.txt");
-write(fout,1); // Writes "1"
-write(fout); // Writes a new line
-write(fout,"List: ",1,2,3); // Writes "List: 1 2 3"
- A file may be opened with `mode="xdr"', to read or write double
-precision (64-bit) reals and single precision (32-bit) integers in Sun
-Microsystem's XDR (External Data Representation) portable binary format
-(available on all `UNIX' platforms). Alternatively, a file may also be
-opened with `mode="binary"' to read or write double precision reals and
-single precision integers in the native (nonportable) machine binary
-format. The virtual member functions `file singlereal(bool b=true)'
-and `file singleint(bool b=true)' be used to change the precision of
-real and integer I/O operations, respectively, for an XDR or binary
-file `f'. Similarly, the function `file signedint(bool b=true)' can be
-used to modify the signedness of integer reads and writes for an XDR or
-binary file `f'.
-
- The virtual members `name', `mode', `singlereal', `singleint', and
-`signedint' may be used to query the respective parameters for a given
-file.
-
- One can test a file for end-of-file with the boolean function
-`eof(file)', end-of-line with `eol(file)', and for I/O errors with
-`error(file)'. One can flush the output buffers with `flush(file)',
-clear a previous I/O error with `clear(file)', and close the file with
-`close(file)'. The function `int precision(file file=stdout, int
-digits=0)' sets the number of digits of output precision for `file' to
-`digits', provided `digits' is nonzero, and returns the previous
-precision setting. The function `int tell(file)' returns the current
-position in a file relative to the beginning. The routine `seek(file
-file, int pos)' can be used to change this position, where a negative
-value for the position `pos' is interpreted as relative to the
-end-of-file. For example, one can rewind a file `file' with the command
-`seek(file,0)' and position to the final character in the file with
-`seek(file,-1)'. The command `seekeof(file)' sets the position to the
-end of the file.
-
- Assigning `settings.scroll=n' for a positive integer `n' requests a
-pause after every `n' output lines to `stdout'. One may then press
-`Enter' to continue to the next `n' output lines, `s' followed by
-`Enter' to scroll without further interruption, or `q' followed by
-`Enter' to quit the current output operation. If `n' is negative, the
-output scrolls a page at a time (i.e. by one less than the current
-number of display lines). The default value, `settings.scroll=0',
-specifies continuous scrolling.
-
- The routines
-string getstring(string name="", string default="", string prompt="",
- bool store=true);
-int getint(string name="", int default=0, string prompt="",
- bool store=true);
-real getreal(string name="", real default=0, string prompt="",
- bool store=true);
-pair getpair(string name="", pair default=0, string prompt="",
- bool store=true);
-triple gettriple(string name="", triple default=(0,0,0), string prompt="",
- bool store=true);
- defined in the module `plain' may be used to prompt for a value from
-`stdin' using the GNU `readline' library. If `store=true', the history
-of values for `name' is stored in the file `".asy_history_"+name'
-(*note history::). The most recent value in the history will be used to
-provide a default value for subsequent runs. The default value
-(initially `default') is displayed after `prompt'. These functions are
-based on the internal routines
-string readline(string prompt="", string name="", bool tabcompletion=false);
-void saveline(string name, string value, bool store=true);
- Here, `readline' prompts the user with the default value formatted
-according to `prompt', while `saveline' is used to save the string
-`value' in a local history named `name', optionally storing the local
-history in a file `".asy_history_"+name'.
-
- The routine `history(string name, int n=1)' can be used to look up
-the `n' most recent values (or all values up to `historylines' if
-`n=0') entered for string `name'. The routine `history(int n=0)'
-returns the interactive history. For example,
-write(output("transcript.asy"),history());
- outputs the interactive history to the file `transcript.asy'.
-
- The function `int delete(string s)' deletes the file named by the
-string `s'. Unless the `-globalwrite' (or `-nosafe') option is enabled,
-the file must reside in the current directory. The function `int
-rename(string from, string to)' may be used to rename file `from' to
-file `to'. Unless the `-globalwrite' (or `-nosafe') option is enabled,
-this operation is restricted to the current directory. The functions
-int convert(string args="", string file="", string format="");
-int animate(string args="", string file="", string format="");
- call the `ImageMagick' commands `convert' and `animate', respectively,
-with the arguments `args' and the file name constructed from the
-strings `file' and `format'.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Variable initializers, Next: Structures, Prev: Files, Up: Programming
-
-6.7 Variable initializers
-=========================
-
-A variable can be assigned a value when it is declared, as in `int
-x=3;' where the variable `x' is assigned the value `3'. As well as
-literal constants such as `3', arbitary expressions can be used as
-initializers, as in `real x=2*sin(pi/2);'.
-
- A variable is not added to the namespace until after the initializer
-is evaluated, so for example, in
-int x=2;
-int x=5*x;
- the `x' in the initializer on the second line refers to the variable
-`x' declared on the first line. The second line, then, declares a
-variable `x' shadowing the original `x' and initializes it to the value
-`10'.
-
- Variables of most types can be declared without an explicit
-initializer and they will be initialized by the default initializer of
-that type:
-
- * Variables of the numeric types `int', `real', and `pair' are all
- initialized to zero; variables of type `triple' are initialized to
- `O=(0,0,0)'.
-
- * `boolean' variables are initialized to `false'.
-
- * `string' variables are initialized to the empty string.
-
- * `transform' variables are initialized to the identity
- transformation.
-
- * `path' and `guide' variables are initialized to `nullpath'.
-
- * `pen' variables are initialized to the default pen.
-
- * `frame' and `picture' variables are initialized to empty frames
- and pictures, respectively.
-
- * `file' variables are initialized to `null'.
-
- The default initializers for user-defined array, structure, and
-function types are explained in their respective sections. Some types,
-such as `code', do not have default initializers. When a variable of
-such a type is introduced, the user must initialize it by explicitly
-giving it a value.
-
- The default initializer for any type `T' can be redeclared by
-defining the function `T operator init()'. For instance, `int'
-variables are usually initialized to zero, but in
-int operator init() {
- return 3;
-}
-int y;
-
-the variable `y' is initialized to `3'. This example was given for
-illustrative purposes; redeclaring the initializers of built-in types
-is not recommended. Typically, `operator init' is used to define
-sensible defaults for user-defined types.
-
- The special type `var' may be used to infer the type of a variable
-from its initializer. If the initializer is an expression of a unique
-type, then the variable will be defined with that type. For instance,
-var x=5;
-var y=4.3;
-var reddash=red+dashed;
- is equivalent to
-int x=5;
-real y=4.3;
-pen reddash=red+dashed;
-
- `var' may also be used with the extended `for' loop syntax.
-
-int[] a = {1,2,3};
-for (var x : a)
- write(x);
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Structures, Next: Operators, Prev: Variable initializers, Up: Programming
-
-6.8 Structures
-==============
-
-Users may also define their own data types as structures, along with
-user-defined operators, much as in C++. By default, structure members
-are `public' (may be read and modified anywhere in the code), but may be
-optionally declared `restricted' (readable anywhere but writeable only
-inside the structure where they are defined) or `private' (readable and
-writable only inside the structure). In a structure definition, the
-keyword `this' can be used as an expression to refer to the enclosing
-structure. Any code at the top-level scope within the structure is
-executed on initialization.
-
- Variables hold references to structures. That is, in the example:
-struct T {
- int x;
-}
-
-T foo=new T;
-T bar=foo;
-bar.x=5;
-
- The variable `foo' holds a reference to an instance of the structure
-`T'. When `bar' is assigned the value of `foo', it too now holds a
-reference to the same instance as `foo' does. The assignment `bar.x=5'
-changes the value of the field `x' in that instance, so that `foo.x'
-will also be equal to `5'.
-
- The expression `new T' creates a new instance of the structure `T'
-and returns a reference to that instance. In creating the new
-instance, any code in the body of the record definition is executed.
-For example:
-int Tcount=0;
-struct T {
- int x;
- ++Tcount;
-}
-
-T foo=new T;
-
- Here, the expression `new T' will produce a new instance of the
-class, but will also cause `Tcount' to be incremented, so that it keeps
-track of the number of instances produced.
-
- The expression `null' can be cast to any structure type to yield a
-null reference, a reference that does not actually refer to any
-instance of the structure. Trying to use a field of a null reference
-will cause an error.
-
- The function `bool alias(T,T)' checks to see if two structure
-references refer to the same instance of the structure (or both to
-`null'). For example, in the example code at the start of the section,
-`alias(foo,bar)' would return true, but `alias(foo,new T)' would return
-false, as `new T' creates a new instance of the structure `T'. The
-boolean operators `==' and `!=' are by default equivalent to `alias' and
-`!alias' respectively, but may be overwritten for a particular type
-(for example, to do a deep comparison).
-
- After the definition of a structure `T', a variable of type `T' is
-initialized to a new instance (`new T') by default. During the
-definition of the structure, however, variables of type `T' are
-initialized to `null' by default. This special behaviour is to avoid
-infinite recursion of creating new instances in code such as
-struct tree {
- int value;
- tree left;
- tree right;
-}
-
- Here is a simple example that illustrates the use of structures:
-struct S {
- real a=1;
- real f(real a) {return a+this.a;}
-}
-
-S s; // Initializes s with new S;
-
-write(s.f(2)); // Outputs 3
-
-S operator + (S s1, S s2)
-{
- S result;
- result.a=s1.a+s2.a;
- return result;
-}
-
-write((s+s).f(0)); // Outputs 2
-
- It is often convenient to have functions that construct new
-instances of a structure. Say we have a `Person' structure:
-struct Person {
- string firstname;
- string lastname;
-}
-
-Person joe=new Person;
-joe.firstname="Joe";
-joe.lastname="Jones";
- Creating a new Person is a chore; it takes three lines to create a new
-instance and to initialize its fields (that's still considerably less
-effort than creating a new person in real life, though).
-
- We can reduce the work by defining a constructor function
-`Person(string,string)':
-struct Person {
- string firstname;
- string lastname;
-
- static Person Person(string firstname, string lastname) {
- Person p=new Person;
- p.firstname=firstname;
- p.lastname=lastname;
- return p;
- }
-}
-
-Person joe=Person.Person("Joe", "Jones");
-
- While it is now easier than before to create a new instance, we still
-have to refer to the constructor by the qualified name `Person.Person'.
-If we add the line
-from Person unravel Person;
- immediately after the structure definition, then the constructor can
-be used without qualification: `Person joe=Person("Joe", "Jones");'.
-
- The constructor is now easy to use, but it is quite a hassle to
-define. If you write a lot of constructors, you will find that you are
-repeating a lot of code in each of them. Fortunately, your friendly
-neighbourhood Asymptote developers have devised a way to automate much
-of the process.
-
- If, in the body of a structure, Asymptote encounters the definition
-of a function of the form `void operator init(ARGS)', it implicitly
-defines a constructor function of the arguments `ARGS' that uses the
-`void operator init' function to initialize a new instance of the
-structure. That is, it essentially defines the following constructor
-(assuming the structure is called `Foo'):
-
- static Foo Foo(ARGS) {
- Foo instance=new Foo;
- instance.operator init(ARGS);
- return instance;
- }
-
- This constructor is also implicitly copied to the enclosing scope
-after the end of the structure definition, so that it can used
-subsequently without qualifying it by the structure name. Our `Person'
-example can thus be implemented as:
-struct Person {
- string firstname;
- string lastname;
-
- void operator init(string firstname, string lastname) {
- this.firstname=firstname;
- this.lastname=lastname;
- }
-}
-
-Person joe=Person("Joe", "Jones");
-
- The use of `operator init' to implicitly define constructors should
-not be confused with its use to define default values for variables
-(*note Variable initializers::). Indeed, in the first case, the return
-type of the `operator init' must be `void' while in the second, it must
-be the (non-`void') type of the variable.
-
- The function `cputime()' returns a structure `cputime' with
-cumulative CPU times broken down into the fields `parent.user',
-`parent.system', `child.user', and `child.system'. For convenience, the
-incremental fields `change.user' and `change.system' indicate the
-change in the corresponding total parent and child CPU times since the
-last call to `cputime()'. The function
-void write(file file=stdout, string s="", cputime c,
- string format=cputimeformat, suffix suffix=none);
- displays the incremental user cputime followed by "u", the incremental
-system cputime followed by "s", the total user cputime followed by "U",
-and the total system cputime followed by "S".
-
- Much like in C++, casting (*note Casts::) provides for an elegant
-implementation of structure inheritance, including virtual functions:
-struct parent {
- real x;
- void operator init(int x) {this.x=x;}
- void virtual(int) {write(0);}
- void f() {virtual(1);}
-}
-
-void write(parent p) {write(p.x);}
-
-struct child {
- parent parent;
- real y=3;
- void operator init(int x) {parent.operator init(x);}
- void virtual(int x) {write(x);}
- parent.virtual=virtual;
- void f()=parent.f;
-}
-
-parent operator cast(child child) {return child.parent;}
-
-parent p=parent(1);
-child c=child(2);
-
-write(c); // Outputs 2;
-
-p.f(); // Outputs 0;
-c.f(); // Outputs 1;
-
-write(c.parent.x); // Outputs 2;
-write(c.y); // Outputs 3;
-
- For further examples of structures, see `Legend' and `picture' in
-the `Asymptote' base module `plain'.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Operators, Next: Implicit scaling, Prev: Structures, Up: Programming
-
-6.9 Operators
-=============
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Arithmetic & logical:: Basic mathematical operators
-* Self & prefix operators:: Increment and decrement
-* User-defined operators:: Overloading operators
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Arithmetic & logical, Next: Self & prefix operators, Up: Operators
-
-6.9.1 Arithmetic & logical operators
-------------------------------------
-
-`Asymptote' uses the standard binary arithmetic operators. However,
-when one integer is divided by another, both arguments are converted to
-real values before dividing and a real quotient is returned (since this
-is usually what is intended). The function `int quotient(int x, int y)'
-returns the greatest integer less than or equal to `x/y'. In all other
-cases both operands are promoted to the same type, which will also be
-the type of the result:
-`+'
- addition
-
-`-'
- subtraction
-
-`*'
- multiplication
-
-`/'
- division
-
-`%'
- modulo; the result always has the same sign as the divisor. In
- particular, this makes `q*quotient(p,q)+p%q == p' for all integers
- `p' and nonzero integers `q'.
-
-`^'
- power; if the exponent (second argument) is an int, recursive
- multiplication is used; otherwise, logarithms and exponentials are
- used (`**' is a synonym for `^').
-
-
- The usual boolean operators are also defined:
-`=='
- equals
-
-`!='
- not equals
-
-`<'
- less than
-
-`<='
- less than or equals
-
-`>='
- greater than or equals
-
-`>'
- greater than
-
-`&&'
- and (with conditional evaluation of right-hand argument)
-
-`&'
- and
-
-`||'
- or (with conditional evaluation of right-hand argument)
-
-`|'
- or
-
-`^'
- xor
-
-`!'
- not
-
- `Asymptote' also supports the C-like conditional syntax:
-bool positive=(pi > 0) ? true : false;
-
- The function `T interp(T a, T b, real t)' returns `(1-t)*a+t*b' for
-nonintegral built-in arithmetic types `T'. If `a' and `b' are pens,
-they are first promoted to the same color space.
-
- `Asymptote' also defines bitwise functions `int AND(int,int)', `int
-OR(int,int)', `int XOR(int,int)', `int NOT(int)', `int CLZ(int)' (count
-leading zeros), and `int CTZ(int)' (count trailing zeros).
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Self & prefix operators, Next: User-defined operators, Prev: Arithmetic & logical, Up: Operators
-
-6.9.2 Self & prefix operators
------------------------------
-
-As in C, each of the arithmetic operators `+', `-', `*', `/', `%', and
-`^' can be used as a self operator. The prefix operators `++'
-(increment by one) and `--' (decrement by one) are also defined. For
-example,
-int i=1;
-i += 2;
-int j=++i;
-
-is equivalent to the code
-int i=1;
-i=i+2;
-int j=i=i+1;
-
- However, postfix operators like `i++' and `i--' are not defined
-(because of the inherent ambiguities that would arise with the `--'
-path-joining operator). In the rare instances where `i++' and `i--' are
-really needed, one can substitute the expressions `(++i-1)' and
-`(--i+1)', respectively.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: User-defined operators, Prev: Self & prefix operators, Up: Operators
-
-6.9.3 User-defined operators
-----------------------------
-
-The following symbols may be used with `operator' to define or redefine
-operators on structures and built-in types:
-- + * / % ^ ! < > == != <= >= & | ^^ .. :: -- --- ++
-<< >> $ $$ @ @@
- The operators on the second line have precedence one higher than the
-boolean operators `<', `>', `<=', and `>='.
-
- Guide operators like `..' may be overloaded, say, to write a user
-function that produces a new guide from a given guide:
-guide dots(... guide[] g)=operator ..;
-
-guide operator ..(... guide[] g) {
- guide G;
- if(g.length > 0) {
- write(g[0]);
- G=g[0];
- }
- for(int i=1; i < g.length; ++i) {
- write(g[i]);
- write();
- G=dots(G,g[i]);
- }
- return G;
-}
-
-guide g=(0,0){up}..{SW}(100,100){NE}..{curl 3}(50,50)..(10,10);
-write("g=",g);
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Implicit scaling, Next: Functions, Prev: Operators, Up: Programming
-
-6.10 Implicit scaling
-=====================
-
-If a numeric literal is in front of certain types of expressions, then
-the two are multiplied:
-int x=2;
-real y=2.0;
-real cm=72/2.540005;
-
-write(3x);
-write(2.5x);
-write(3y);
-write(-1.602e-19 y);
-write(0.5(x,y));
-write(2x^2);
-write(3x+2y);
-write(3(x+2y));
-write(3sin(x));
-write(3(sin(x))^2);
-write(10cm);
-
- This produces the output
-6
-5
-6
--3.204e-19
-(1,1)
-8
-10
-18
-2.72789228047704
-2.48046543129542
-283.464008929116
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Functions, Next: Arrays, Prev: Implicit scaling, Up: Programming
-
-6.11 Functions
-==============
-
-`Asymptote' functions are treated as variables with a signature
-(non-function variables have null signatures). Variables with the same
-name are allowed, so long as they have distinct signatures.
-
- Functions arguments are passed by value. To pass an argument by
-reference, simply enclose it in a structure (*note Structures::).
-
- Here are some significant features of `Asymptote' functions:
-
- 1. Variables with signatures (functions) and without signatures
- (nonfunction variables) are distinct: int x, x();
- x=5;
- x=new int() {return 17;};
- x=x(); // calls x() and puts the result, 17, in the scalar x
-
- 2. Traditional function definitions are allowed: int sqr(int x)
- {
- return x*x;
- }
- sqr=null; // but the function is still just a variable.
-
- 3. Casting can be used to resolve ambiguities: int a, a(), b, b(); // Valid: creates four variables.
- a=b; // Invalid: assignment is ambiguous.
- a=(int) b; // Valid: resolves ambiguity.
- (int) (a=b); // Valid: resolves ambiguity.
- (int) a=b; // Invalid: cast expressions cannot be L-values.
-
- int c();
- c=a; // Valid: only one possible assignment.
-
- 4. Anonymous (so-called "high-order") functions are also allowed: typedef int intop(int);
- intop adder(int m)
- {
- return new int(int n) {return m+n;};
- }
- intop addby7=adder(7);
- write(addby7(1)); // Writes 8.
-
- 5. One may redefine a function `f', even for calls to `f' in
- previously declared functions, by assigning another (anonymous or
- named) function to it. However, if `f' is overloaded by a new
- function definition, previous calls will still access the original
- version of `f', as illustrated in this example: void f() {
- write("hi");
- }
-
- void g() {
- f();
- }
-
- g(); // writes "hi"
-
- f=new void() {write("bye");};
-
- g(); // writes "bye"
-
- void f() {write("overloaded");};
-
- f(); // writes "overloaded"
- g(); // writes "bye"
-
- 6. Anonymous functions can be used to redefine a function variable
- that has been declared (and implicitly initialized to the null
- function) but not yet explicitly defined: void f(bool b);
-
- void g(bool b) {
- if(b) f(b);
- else write(b);
- }
-
- f=new void(bool b) {
- write(b);
- g(false);
- };
-
- g(true); // Writes true, then writes false.
-
-
- `Asymptote' is the only language we know of that treats functions as
-variables, but allows overloading by distinguishing variables based on
-their signatures.
-
- Functions are allowed to call themselves recursively. As in C++,
-infinite nested recursion will generate a stack overflow (reported as a
-segmentation fault, unless a fully working version of the GNU library
-`libsigsegv' (e.g. 2.4 or later) is installed at configuration time).
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Default arguments:: Default values can appear anywhere
-* Named arguments:: Assigning function arguments by keyword
-* Rest arguments:: Functions with a variable number of arguments
-* Mathematical functions:: Standard libm functions
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Default arguments, Next: Named arguments, Up: Functions
-
-6.11.1 Default arguments
-------------------------
-
-`Asymptote' supports a more flexible mechanism for default function
-arguments than C++: they may appear anywhere in the function prototype.
-Because certain data types are implicitly cast to more sophisticated
-types (*note Casts::) one can often avoid ambiguities by ordering
-function arguments from the simplest to the most complicated. For
-example, given
-real f(int a=1, real b=0) {return a+b;}
- then `f(1)' returns 1.0, but `f(1.0)' returns 2.0.
-
- The value of a default argument is determined by evaluating the
-given `Asymptote' expression in the scope where the called function is
-defined.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Named arguments, Next: Rest arguments, Prev: Default arguments, Up: Functions
-
-6.11.2 Named arguments
-----------------------
-
-It is sometimes difficult to remember the order in which arguments
-appear in a function declaration. Named (keyword) arguments make calling
-functions with multiple arguments easier. Unlike in the C and C++
-languages, an assignment in a function argument is interpreted as an
-assignment to a parameter of the same name in the function signature,
-_not within the local scope_. The command-line option `-d' may be used
-to check `Asymptote' code for cases where a named argument may be
-mistaken for a local assignment.
-
- When matching arguments to signatures, first all of the keywords are
-matched, then the arguments without names are matched against the
-unmatched formals as usual. For example,
-int f(int x, int y) {
- return 10x+y;
-}
-write(f(4,x=3));
- outputs 34, as `x' is already matched when we try to match the unnamed
-argument `4', so it gets matched to the next item, `y'.
-
- For the rare occasions where it is desirable to assign a value to
-local variable within a function argument (generally _not_ a good
-programming practice), simply enclose the assignment in parentheses.
-For example, given the definition of `f' in the previous example,
-int x;
-write(f(4,(x=3)));
- is equivalent to the statements
-int x;
-x=3;
-write(f(4,3));
- and outputs 43.
-
- Parameters can be specified as "keyword-only" by putting `keyword'
-immediately before the parameter name, as in `int f(int keyword x)' or
-`int f(int keyword x=77)'. This forces the caller of the function to
-use a named argument to give a value for this parameter. That is,
-`f(x=42)' is legal, but `f(25)' is not. Keyword-only parameters must
-be listed after normal parameters in a function definition.
-
- As a technical detail, we point out that, since variables of the same
-name but different signatures are allowed in the same scope, the code
-int f(int x, int x()) {
- return x+x();
-}
-int seven() {return 7;}
- is legal in `Asymptote', with `f(2,seven)' returning 9. A named
-argument matches the first unmatched formal of the same name, so
-`f(x=2,x=seven)' is an equivalent call, but `f(x=seven,2)' is not, as
-the first argument is matched to the first formal, and `int ()' cannot
-be implicitly cast to `int'. Default arguments do not affect which
-formal a named argument is matched to, so if `f' were defined as
-int f(int x=3, int x()) {
- return x+x();
-}
- then `f(x=seven)' would be illegal, even though `f(seven)' obviously
-would be allowed.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Rest arguments, Next: Mathematical functions, Prev: Named arguments, Up: Functions
-
-6.11.3 Rest arguments
----------------------
-
-Rest arguments allow one to write functions that take a variable number
-of arguments:
-// This function sums its arguments.
-int sum(... int[] nums) {
- int total=0;
- for(int i=0; i < nums.length; ++i)
- total += nums[i];
- return total;
-}
-
-sum(1,2,3,4); // returns 10
-sum(); // returns 0
-
-// This function subtracts subsequent arguments from the first.
-int subtract(int start ... int[] subs) {
- for(int i=0; i < subs.length; ++i)
- start -= subs[i];
- return start;
-}
-
-subtract(10,1,2); // returns 7
-subtract(10); // returns 10
-subtract(); // illegal
-
- Putting an argument into a rest array is called _packing_. One can
-give an explicit list of arguments for the rest argument, so `subtract'
-could alternatively be implemented as
-int subtract(int start ... int[] subs) {
- return start - sum(... subs);
-}
-
- One can even combine normal arguments with rest arguments:
-sum(1,2,3 ... new int[] {4,5,6}); // returns 21
- This builds a new six-element array that is passed to `sum' as `nums'.
-The opposite operation, _unpacking_, is not allowed:
-subtract(... new int[] {10, 1, 2});
- is illegal, as the start formal is not matched.
-
- If no arguments are packed, then a zero-length array (as opposed to
-`null') is bound to the rest parameter. Note that default arguments are
-ignored for rest formals and the rest argument is not bound to a
-keyword.
-
- In some cases, keyword-only parameters are helpful to avoid
-arguments intended for the rest parameter to be assigned to other
-parameters. For example, here the use of `keyword' is to avoid
-`pnorm(1.0,2.0,0.3)' matching `1.0' to `p'.
-real pnorm(real keyword p=2.0 ... real[] v)
-{
- return sum(v^p)^(1/p);
-}
-
- The overloading resolution in `Asymptote' is similar to the function
-matching rules used in C++. Every argument match is given a score.
-Exact matches score better than matches with casting, and matches with
-formals (regardless of casting) score better than packing an argument
-into the rest array. A candidate is maximal if all of the arguments
-score as well in it as with any other candidate. If there is one
-unique maximal candidate, it is chosen; otherwise, there is an
-ambiguity error.
-
-int f(path g);
-int f(guide g);
-f((0,0)--(100,100)); // matches the second; the argument is a guide
-
-int g(int x, real y);
-int g(real x, int x);
-
-g(3,4); // ambiguous; the first candidate is better for the first argument,
- // but the second candidate is better for the second argument
-
-int h(... int[] rest);
-int h(real x ... int[] rest);
-
-h(1,2); // the second definition matches, even though there is a cast,
- // because casting is preferred over packing
-
-int i(int x ... int[] rest);
-int i(real x, real y ... int[] rest);
-
-i(3,4); // ambiguous; the first candidate is better for the first argument,
- // but the second candidate is better for the second one
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Mathematical functions, Prev: Rest arguments, Up: Functions
-
-6.11.4 Mathematical functions
------------------------------
-
-`Asymptote' has built-in versions of the standard `libm' mathematical
-real(real) functions `sin', `cos', `tan', `asin', `acos', `atan',
-`exp', `log', `pow10', `log10', `sinh', `cosh', `tanh', `asinh',
-`acosh', `atanh', `sqrt', `cbrt', `fabs', `expm1', `log1p', as well as
-the identity function `identity'. `Asymptote' also defines the order
-`n' Bessel functions of the first kind `Jn(int n, real)' and second kind
-`Yn(int n, real)', as well as the gamma function `gamma', the error
-function `erf', and the complementary error function `erfc'. The
-standard real(real, real) functions `atan2', `hypot', `fmod',
-`remainder' are also included.
-
- The functions `degrees(real radians)' and `radians(real degrees)'
-can be used to convert between radians and degrees. The function
-`Degrees(real radians)' returns the angle in degrees in the interval
-[0,360). For convenience, `Asymptote' defines variants `Sin', `Cos',
-`Tan', `aSin', `aCos', and `aTan' of the standard trigonometric
-functions that use degrees rather than radians. We also define complex
-versions of the `sqrt', `sin', `cos', `exp', `log', and `gamma'
-functions.
-
- The functions `floor', `ceil', and `round' differ from their usual
-definitions in that they all return an int value rather than a real
-(since that is normally what one wants). The functions `Floor',
-`Ceil', and `Round' are respectively similar, except that if the result
-cannot be converted to a valid int, they return `intMax' for positive
-arguments and `intMin' for negative arguments, rather than generating
-an integer overflow. We also define a function `sgn', which returns
-the sign of its real argument as an integer (-1, 0, or 1).
-
- There is an `abs(int)' function, as well as an `abs(real)' function
-(equivalent to `fabs(real)'), an `abs(pair)' function (equivalent to
-`length(pair)').
-
- Random numbers can be seeded with `srand(int)' and generated with
-the `int rand()' function, which returns a random integer between 0 and
-the integer `randMax'. The `unitrand()' function returns a random
-number uniformly distributed in the interval [0,1]. A Gaussian random
-number generator `Gaussrand' and a collection of statistics routines,
-including `histogram', are provided in the base file `stats.asy'. The
-functions `factorial(int n)', which returns n!, and `choose(int n, int
-k)', which returns n!/(k!(n-k)!), are also defined.
-
- When configured with the GNU Scientific Library (GSL), available from
-`http://www.gnu.org/software/gsl/', `Asymptote' contains an internal
-module `gsl' that defines the airy functions `Ai(real)', `Bi(real)',
-`Ai_deriv(real)', `Bi_deriv(real)', `zero_Ai(int)', `zero_Bi(int)',
-`zero_Ai_deriv(int)', `zero_Bi_deriv(int)', the Bessel functions
-`I(int, real)', `K(int, real)', `j(int, real)', `y(int, real)',
-`i_scaled(int, real)', `k_scaled(int, real)', `J(real, real)', `Y(real,
-real)', `I(real, real)', `K(real, real)', `zero_J(real, int)', the
-elliptic functions `F(real, real)', `E(real, real)', and `P(real,
-real)', the Jacobi elliptic functions `real[] sndncn(real,real)', the
-exponential/trigonometric integrals `Ei', `Si', and `Ci', the Legendre
-polynomials `Pl(int, real)', and the Riemann zeta function
-`zeta(real)'. For example, to compute the sine integral `Si' of 1.0:
-import gsl;
-write(Si(1.0));
-
- `Asymptote' also provides a few general purpose numerical routines:
-
-``real newton(int iterations=100, real f(real), real fprime(real), real x, bool verbose=false);''
- Use Newton-Raphson iteration to solve for a root of a real-valued
- differentiable function `f', given its derivative `fprime' and an
- initial guess `x'. Diagnostics for each iteration are printed if
- `verbose=true'. If the iteration fails after the maximum allowed
- number of loops (`iterations'), `realMax' is returned.
-
-``real newton(int iterations=100, real f(real), real fprime(real), real x1, real x2, bool verbose=false);''
- Use bracketed Newton-Raphson bisection to solve for a root of a
- real-valued differentiable function `f' within an interval
- [`x1',`x2'] (on which the endpoint values of `f' have opposite
- signs), given its derivative `fprime'. Diagnostics for each
- iteration are printed if `verbose=true'. If the iteration fails
- after the maximum allowed number of loops (`iterations'),
- `realMax' is returned.
-
-``real simpson(real f(real), real a, real b, real acc=realEpsilon, real dxmax=b-a)''
- returns the integral of `f' from `a' to `b' using adaptive Simpson
- integration.
-
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Arrays, Next: Casts, Prev: Functions, Up: Programming
-
-6.12 Arrays
-===========
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Slices:: Python-style array slices
-
- Appending `[]' to a built-in or user-defined type yields an array.
-The array element `i' of an array `A' can be accessed as `A[i]'. By
-default, attempts to access or assign to an array element using a
-negative index generates an error. Reading an array element with an
-index beyond the length of the array also generates an error; however,
-assignment to an element beyond the length of the array causes the
-array to be resized to accommodate the new element. One can also index
-an array `A' with an integer array `B': the array `A[B]' is formed by
-indexing array `A' with successive elements of array `B'. A convenient
-Java-style shorthand exists for iterating over all elements of an
-array; see *note array iteration::.
-
- The declaration
-real[] A;
-
-initializes `A' to be an empty (zero-length) array. Empty arrays should
-be distinguished from null arrays. If we say
-real[] A=null;
-
-then `A' cannot be dereferenced at all (null arrays have no length and
-cannot be read from or assigned to).
-
- Arrays can be explicitly initialized like this:
-real[] A={0,1,2};
-
- Array assignment in `Asymptote' does a shallow copy: only the
-pointer is copied (if one copy if modified, the other will be too).
-The `copy' function listed below provides a deep copy of an array.
-
- Every array `A' of type `T[]' has the virtual members
- * `int length',
-
- * `int cyclic',
-
- * `int[] keys',
-
- * `T push(T x)',
-
- * `void append(T[] a)',
-
- * `T pop()',
-
- * `void insert(int i ... T[] x)',
-
- * `void delete(int i, int j=i)',
-
- * `void delete()', and
-
- * `bool initialized(int n)'.
-
- The member `A.length' evaluates to the length of the array. Setting
-`A.cyclic=true' signifies that array indices should be reduced modulo
-the current array length. Reading from or writing to a nonempty cyclic
-array never leads to out-of-bounds errors or array resizing.
-
- The member `A.keys' evaluates to an array of integers containing the
-indices of initialized entries in the array in ascending order. Hence,
-for an array of length `n' with all entries initialized, `A.keys'
-evaluates to `{0,1,...,n-1}'. A new keys array is produced each time
-`A.keys' is evaluated.
-
- The functions `A.push' and `A.append' append their arguments onto
-the end of the array, while `A.insert(int i ... T[] x)' inserts `x'
-into the array at index `i'. For convenience `A.push' returns the
-pushed item. The function `A.pop()' pops and returns the last element,
-while `A.delete(int i, int j=i)' deletes elements with indices in the
-range [`i',`j'], shifting the position of all higher-indexed elements
-down. If no arguments are given, `A.delete()' provides a convenient way
-of deleting all elements of `A'. The routine `A.initialized(int n)' can
-be used to examine whether the element at index `n' is initialized.
-Like all `Asymptote' functions, `push', `append', `pop', `insert',
-`delete', and `initialized' can be "pulled off" of the array and used
-on their own. For example,
-int[] A={1};
-A.push(2); // A now contains {1,2}.
-A.append(A); // A now contains {1,2,1,2}.
-int f(int)=A.push;
-f(3); // A now contains {1,2,1,2,3}.
-int g()=A.pop;
-write(g()); // Outputs 3.
-A.delete(0); // A now contains {2,1,2}.
-A.delete(0,1); // A now contains {2}.
-A.insert(1,3); // A now contains {2,3}.
-A.insert(1 ... A); // A now contains {2,2,3,3}
-A.insert(2,4,5); // A now contains {2,2,4,5,3,3}.
-
- The `[]' suffix can also appear after the variable name; this is
-sometimes convenient for declaring a list of variables and arrays of
-the same type:
-real a,A[];
- This declares `a' to be `real' and implicitly declares `A' to be of
-type `real[]'.
-
- In the following list of built-in array functions, `T' represents a
-generic type. Note that the internal functions `alias', `array',
-`copy', `concat', `sequence', `map', and `transpose', which depend on
-type `T[]', are defined only after the first declaration of a variable
-of type `T[]'.
-
-`new T[]'
- returns a new empty array of type `T[]';
-
-`new T[] {list}'
- returns a new array of type `T[]' initialized with `list' (a comma
- delimited list of elements).
-
-`new T[n]'
- returns a new array of `n' elements of type `T[]'. These `n'
- array elements are not initialized unless they are arrays
- themselves (in which case they are each initialized to empty
- arrays).
-
-`T[] array(int n, T value, int depth=intMax)'
- returns an array consisting of `n' copies of `value'. If `value'
- is itself an array, a deep copy of `value' is made for each entry.
- If `depth' is specified, this deep copying only recurses to the
- specified number of levels.
-
-`int[] sequence(int n)'
- if `n >= 1' returns the array `{0,1,...,n-1}' (otherwise returns a
- null array);
-
-`int[] sequence(int n, int m)'
- if `m >= n' returns an array `{n,n+1,...,m}' (otherwise returns a
- null array);
-
-`T[] sequence(T f(int), int n)'
- if `n >= 1' returns the sequence `{f_i :i=0,1,...n-1}' given a
- function `T f(int)' and integer `int n' (otherwise returns a null
- array);
-
-`T[] map(T f(T), T[] a)'
- returns the array obtained by applying the function `f' to each
- element of the array `a'. This is equivalent to `sequence(new
- T(int i) {return f(a[i]);},a.length)'.
-
-`int[] reverse(int n)'
- if `n >= 1' returns the array `{n-1,n-2,...,0}' (otherwise returns
- a null array);
-
-`int[] complement(int[] a, int n)'
- returns the complement of the integer array `a' in
- `{0,1,2,...,n-1}', so that `b[complement(a,b.length)]' yields the
- complement of `b[a]'.
-
-`real[] uniform(real a, real b, int n)'
- if `n >= 1' returns a uniform partition of `[a,b]' into `n'
- subintervals (otherwise returns a null array);
-
-`int find(bool[], int n=1)'
- returns the index of the `n'th `true' value or -1 if not found.
- If `n' is negative, search backwards from the end of the array for
- the `-n'th value;
-
-`int search(T[] a, T key)'
- For built-in ordered types `T', searches a sorted array `a' of `n'
- elements for k, returning the index `i' if `a[i] <= key < a[i+1]',
- `-1' if `key' is less than all elements of `a', or `n-1' if `key'
- is greater than or equal to the last element of `a'.
-
-`int search(T[] a, T key, bool less(T i, T j))'
- searches an array `a' sorted in ascending order such that element
- `i' precedes element `j' if `less(i,j)' is true;
-
-`T[] copy(T[] a)'
- returns a deep copy of the array `a';
-
-`T[] concat(... T[][] a)'
- returns a new array formed by concatenating the given
- one-dimensional arrays given as arguments;
-
-`bool alias(T[] a, T[] b)'
- returns `true' if the arrays `a' and `b' are identical;
-
-`T[] sort(T[] a)'
- For built-in ordered types `T', returns a copy of `a' sorted in
- ascending order;
-
-`T[][] sort(T[][] a)'
- For built-in ordered types `T', returns a copy of `a' with the rows
- sorted by the first column, breaking ties with successively higher
- columns. For example: string[][] a={{"bob","9"},{"alice","5"},{"pete","7"},
- {"alice","4"}};
- // Row sort (by column 0, using column 1 to break ties):
- write(sort(a));
-
- produces alice 4
- alice 5
- bob 9
- pete 7
-
-`T[] sort(T[] a, bool less(T i, T j))'
- returns a copy of `a' stably sorted in ascending order such that
- element `i' precedes element `j' if `less(i,j)' is true.
-
-`T[][] transpose(T[][] a)'
- returns the transpose of `a'.
-
-`T[][][] transpose(T[][][] a, int[] perm)'
- returns the 3D transpose of `a' obtained by applying the
- permutation `perm' of `new int[]{0,1,2}' to the indices of each
- entry.
-
-`T sum(T[] a)'
- For arithmetic types `T', returns the sum of `a'. In the case
- where `T' is `bool', the number of true elements in `a' is
- returned.
-
-`T min(T[] a)'
-
-`T min(T[][] a)'
-
-`T min(T[][][] a)'
- For built-in ordered types `T', returns the minimum element of `a'.
-
-`T max(T[] a)'
-
-`T max(T[][] a)'
-
-`T max(T[][][] a)'
- For built-in ordered types `T', returns the maximum element of `a'.
-
-`T[] min(T[] a, T[] b)'
- For built-in ordered types `T', and arrays `a' and `b' of the same
- length, returns an array composed of the minimum of the
- corresponding elements of `a' and `b'.
-
-`T[] max(T[] a, T[] b)'
- For built-in ordered types `T', and arrays `a' and `b' of the same
- length, returns an array composed of the maximum of the
- corresponding elements of `a' and `b'.
-
-`pair[] pairs(real[] x, real[] y);'
- For arrays `x' and `y' of the same length, returns the pair array
- `sequence(new pair(int i) {return (x[i],y[i]);},x.length)'.
-
-`pair[] fft(pair[] a, int sign=1)'
- returns the Fast Fourier Transform of `a' (if the optional `FFTW'
- package is installed), using the given `sign'. Here is a simple
- example: int n=4;
- pair[] f=sequence(n);
- write(f);
- pair[] g=fft(f,-1);
- write();
- write(g);
- f=fft(g,1);
- write();
- write(f/n);
-
-`real dot(real[] a, real[] b)'
- returns the dot product of the vectors `a' and `b'.
-
-`pair dot(pair[] a, pair[] b)'
- returns the complex dot product `sum(a*conj(b))' of the vectors
- `a' and `b'.
-
-`real[] tridiagonal(real[] a, real[] b, real[] c, real[] f);'
- Solve the periodic tridiagonal problem L`x'=`f' and return the
- solution `x', where `f' is an n vector and L is the n \times n
- matrix [ b[0] c[0] a[0] ]
- [ a[1] b[1] c[1] ]
- [ a[2] b[2] c[2] ]
- [ ... ]
- [ c[n-1] a[n-1] b[n-1] ]
- For Dirichlet boundary conditions (denoted here by `u[-1]' and
- `u[n]'), replace `f[0]' by `f[0]-a[0]u[-1]' and
- `f[n-1]-c[n-1]u[n]'; then set `a[0]=c[n-1]=0'.
-
-`real[] solve(real[][] a, real[] b, bool warn=true)'
- Solve the linear equation `a'x=`b' by LU decomposition and return
- the solution x, where `a' is an n \times n matrix and `b' is an
- array of length n. For example: import math;
- real[][] a={{1,-2,3,0},{4,-5,6,2},{-7,-8,10,5},{1,50,1,-2}};
- real[] b={7,19,33,3};
- real[] x=solve(a,b);
- write(a); write();
- write(b); write();
- write(x); write();
- write(a*x);
- If `a' is a singular matrix and `warn' is `false', return an
- empty array. If the matrix `a' is tridiagonal, the routine
- `tridiagonal' provides a more efficient algorithm (*note
- tridiagonal::).
-
-`real[][] solve(real[][] a, real[][] b, bool warn=true)'
- Solve the linear equation `a'x=`b' and return the solution x,
- where `a' is an n \times n matrix and `b' is an n \times m matrix.
- If `a' is a singular matrix and `warn' is `false', return an empty
- matrix.
-
-`real[][] identity(int n);'
- returns the n \times n identity matrix.
-
-`real[][] diagonal(... real[] a)'
- returns the diagonal matrix with diagonal entries given by a.
-
-`real[][] inverse(real[][] a)'
- returns the inverse of a square matrix `a'.
-
-``real[] quadraticroots(real a, real b, real c);''
- This numerically robust solver returns the real roots of the
- quadratic equation ax^2+bx+c=0, in ascending order. Multiple roots
- are listed separately.
-
-``pair[] quadraticroots(explicit pair a, explicit pair b, explicit pair c);''
- This numerically robust solver returns the complex roots of the
- quadratic equation ax^2+bx+c=0.
-
-``real[] cubicroots(real a, real b, real c, real d);''
- This numerically robust solver returns the real roots of the cubic
- equation ax^3+bx^2+cx+d=0. Multiple roots are listed separately.
-
-
- `Asymptote' includes a full set of vectorized array instructions for
-arithmetic (including self) and logical operations. These
-element-by-element instructions are implemented in C++ code for speed.
-Given
-real[] a={1,2};
-real[] b={3,2};
- then `a == b' and `a >= 2' both evaluate to the vector `{false, true}'. To
-test whether all components of `a' and `b' agree, use the boolean
-function `all(a == b)'. One can also use conditionals like `(a >= 2) ?
-a : b', which returns the array `{3,2}', or `write((a >= 2) ? a :
-null', which returns the array `{2}'.
-
- All of the standard built-in `libm' functions of signature
-`real(real)' also take a real array as an argument, effectively like an
-implicit call to `map'.
-
- As with other built-in types, arrays of the basic data types can be
-read in by assignment. In this example, the code
-file fin=input("test.txt");
-real[] A=fin;
-
-reads real values into `A' until the end-of-file is reached (or an I/O
-error occurs).
-
- The virtual members `dimension', `line', `csv', `word', and `read'
-of a file are useful for reading arrays. For example, if line mode is
-set with `file line(bool b=true)', then reading will stop once the end
-of the line is reached instead
-file fin=input("test.txt");
-real[] A=fin.line();
-
- Since string reads by default read up to the end of line anyway,
-line mode normally has no effect on string array reads. However, there
-is a white-space delimiter mode for reading strings, `file word(bool
-b=true)', which causes string reads to respect white-space delimiters,
-instead of the default end-of-line delimiter:
-file fin=input("test.txt").line().word();
-real[] A=fin;
-
- Another useful mode is comma-separated-value mode, `file csv(bool
-b=true)', which causes reads to respect comma delimiters:
-file fin=csv(input("test.txt"));
-real[] A=fin;
-
- To restrict the number of values read, use the `file dimension(int)'
-function:
-file fin=input("test.txt");
-real[] A=dimension(fin,10);
-
- This reads 10 values into A, unless end-of-file (or end-of-line in
-line mode) occurs first. Attempting to read beyond the end of the file
-will produce a runtime error message. Specifying a value of 0 for the
-integer limit is equivalent to the previous example of reading until
-end-of-file (or end-of-line in line mode) is encountered.
-
- Two- and three-dimensional arrays of the basic data types can be read
-in like this:
-file fin=input("test.txt");
-real[][] A=fin.dimension(2,3);
-real[][][] B=fin.dimension(2,3,4);
- Again, an integer limit of zero means no restriction.
-
- Sometimes the array dimensions are stored with the data as integer
-fields at the beginning of an array. Such 1, 2, or 3 dimensional arrays
-can be read in with the virtual member functions `read(1)', `read(2)',
-or `read(3)', respectively:
-file fin=input("test.txt");
-real[] A=fin.read(1);
-real[][] B=fin.read(2);
-real[][][] C=fin.read(3);
-
- One, two, and three-dimensional arrays of the basic data types can be
-output with the functions `write(file,T[])', `write(file,T[][])',
-`write(file,T[][][])', respectively.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Slices, Up: Arrays
-
-6.12.1 Slices
--------------
-
-Asymptote allows a section of an array to be addressed as a slice using
-a Python-like syntax. If `A' is an array, the expression `A[m:n]'
-returns a new array consisting of the elements of `A' with indices from
-`m' up to but not including `n'. For example,
-int[] x={0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9};
-int[] y=x[2:6]; // y={2,3,4,5};
-int[] z=x[5:10]; // z={5,6,7,8,9};
-
- If the left index is omitted, it is taken be `0'. If the right
-index is omitted it is taken to be the length of the array. If both
-are omitted, the slice then goes from the start of the array to the
-end, producing a non-cyclic deep copy of the array. For example:
-int[] x={0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9};
-int[] y=x[:4]; // y={0,1,2,3}
-int[] z=x[5:]; // z={5,6,7,8,9}
-int[] w=x[:]; // w={0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9}, distinct from array x.
-
- If A is a non-cyclic array, it is illegal to use negative values for
-either of the indices. If the indices exceed the length of the array,
-however, they are politely truncated to that length.
-
- For cyclic arrays, the slice `A[m:n]' still consists of the cells
-with indices in the set [`m',`n'), but now negative values and values
-beyond the length of the array are allowed. The indices simply wrap
-around. For example:
-
-int[] x={0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9};
-x.cyclic=true;
-int[] y=x[8:15]; // y={8,9,0,1,2,3,4}.
-int[] z=x[-5:5]; // z={5,6,7,8,9,0,1,2,3,4}
-int[] w=x[-3:17]; // w={7,8,9,0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,0,1,2,3,4,5,6}
-
- Notice that with cyclic arrays, it is possible to include the same
-element of the original array multiple times within a slice.
-Regardless of the original array, arrays produced by slices are always
-non-cyclic.
-
- If the left and right indices of a slice are the same, the result is
-an empty array. If the array being sliced is empty, the result is an
-empty array. Any slice with a left index greater than its right index
-will yield an error.
-
- Slices can also be assigned to, changing the value of the original
-array. If the array being assigned to the slice has a different length
-than the slice itself, elements will be inserted or removed from the
-array to accommodate it. For instance:
-string[] toppings={"mayo", "salt", "ham", "lettuce"};
-toppings[0:2]=new string[] {"mustard", "pepper"};
- // Now toppings={"mustard", "pepper", "ham", "lettuce"}
-toppings[2:3]=new string[] {"turkey", "bacon" };
- // Now toppings={"mustard", "pepper", "turkey", "bacon", "lettuce"}
-toppings[0:3]=new string[] {"tomato"};
- // Now toppings={"tomato", "bacon", "lettuce"}
-
- If an array is assigned to a slice of itself, a copy of the original
-array is assigned to the slice. That is, code such as `x[m:n]=x' is
-equivalent to `x[m:n]=copy(x)'. One can use the shorthand `x[m:m]=y'
-to insert the contents of the array `y' into the array `x' starting at
-the location just before `x[m]'.
-
- For a cyclic array, a slice is bridging if it addresses cells up to
-the end of the array and then continues on to address cells at the
-start of the array. For instance, if `A' is a cyclic array of length
-10, `A[8:12]', `A[-3:1]', and `A[5:25]' are bridging slices whereas
-`A[3:7]', `A[7:10]', `A[-3:0]' and `A[103:107]' are not. Bridging
-slices can only be assigned to if the number of elements in the slice
-is exactly equal to the number of elements we are assigning to it.
-Otherwise, there is no clear way to decide which of the new entries
-should be `A[0]' and an error is reported. Non-bridging slices may be
-assigned an array of any length.
-
- For a cyclic array `A' an expression of the form
-`A[A.length:A.length]' is equivalent to the expression `A[0:0]' and so
-assigning to this slice will insert values at the start of the array.
-`A.append()' can be used to insert values at the end of the array.
-
- It is illegal to assign to a slice of a cyclic array that repeats
-any of the cells.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Casts, Next: Import, Prev: Arrays, Up: Programming
-
-6.13 Casts
-==========
-
-`Asymptote' implicitly casts `int' to `real', `int' to `pair', `real'
-to `pair', `pair' to `path', `pair' to `guide', `path' to `guide',
-`guide' to `path', `real' to `pen', `pair[]' to `guide[]', `pair[]' to
-`path[]', `path' to `path[]', and `guide' to `path[]', along with
-various three-dimensional casts defined in `three.asy'. Implicit casts
-are automatically attempted on assignment and when trying to match
-function calls with possible function signatures. Implicit casting can
-be inhibited by declaring individual arguments `explicit' in the
-function signature, say to avoid an ambiguous function call in the
-following example, which outputs 0:
-int f(pair a) {return 0;}
-int f(explicit real x) {return 1;}
-
-write(f(0));
-
- Other conversions, say `real' to `int' or `real' to `string',
-require an explicit cast:
-int i=(int) 2.5;
-string s=(string) 2.5;
-
-real[] a={2.5,-3.5};
-int[] b=(int []) a;
-write(stdout,b); // Outputs 2,-3
-
- Casting to user-defined types is also possible using `operator cast':
-struct rpair {
- real radius;
- real angle;
-}
-
-pair operator cast(rpair x) {
- return (x.radius*cos(x.angle),x.radius*sin(x.angle));
-}
-
-rpair x;
-x.radius=1;
-x.angle=pi/6;
-
-write(x); // Outputs (0.866025403784439,0.5)
-
- One must use care when defining new cast operators. Suppose that in
-some code one wants all integers to represent multiples of 100. To
-convert them to reals, one would first want to multiply them by 100.
-However, the straightforward implementation
-real operator cast(int x) {return x*100;}
- is equivalent to an infinite recursion, since the result `x*100' needs
-itself to be cast from an integer to a real. Instead, we want to use
-the standard conversion of int to real:
-real convert(int x) {return x*100;}
-real operator cast(int x)=convert;
-
- Explicit casts are implemented similarly, with `operator ecast'.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Import, Next: Static, Prev: Casts, Up: Programming
-
-6.14 Import
-===========
-
-While `Asymptote' provides many features by default, some applications
-require specialized features contained in external `Asymptote' modules.
-For instance, the lines
-access graph;
-graph.axes();
- draw x and y axes on a two-dimensional graph. Here, the command looks
-up the module under the name `graph' in a global dictionary of modules
-and puts it in a new variable named `graph'. The module is a
-structure, and we can refer to its fields as we usually would with a
-structure.
-
- Often, one wants to use module functions without having to specify
-the module name. The code
-from graph access axes;
- adds the `axes' field of `graph' into the local name space, so that
-subsequently, one can just write `axes()'. If the given name is
-overloaded, all types and variables of that name are added. To add
-more than one name, just use a comma-separated list:
-from graph access axes, xaxis, yaxis;
- Wild card notation can be used to add all non-private fields and types
-of a module to the local name space:
-
-from graph access *;
-
- Similarly, one can add the non-private fields and types of a
-structure to the local environment with the `unravel' keyword:
-struct matrix {
- real a,b,c,d;
-}
-
-real det(matrix m) {
- unravel m;
- return a*d-b*c;
-}
- Alternatively, one can unravel selective fields:
-real det(matrix m) {
- from m unravel a,b,c as C,d;
- return a*d-b*C;
-}
-
- The command
-import graph;
- is a convenient abbreviation for the commands
-access graph;
-unravel graph;
- That is, `import graph' first loads a module into a structure called
-`graph' and then adds its non-private fields and types to the local
-environment. This way, if a member variable (or function) is
-overwritten with a local variable (or function of the same signature),
-the original one can still be accessed by qualifying it with the module
-name.
-
- Wild card importing will work fine in most cases, but one does not
-usually know all of the internal types and variables of a module, which
-can also change as the module writer adds or changes features of the
-module. As such, it is prudent to add `import' commands at the start
-of an `Asymptote' file, so that imported names won't shadow locally
-defined functions. Still, imported names may shadow other imported
-names, depending on the order in which they were imported, and imported
-functions may cause overloading resolution problems if they have the
-same name as local functions defined later.
-
- To rename modules or fields when adding them to the local
-environment, use `as':
-access graph as graph2d;
-from graph access xaxis as xline, yaxis as yline;
-
- The command
-import graph as graph2d;
- is a convenient abbreviation for the commands
-access graph as graph2d;
-unravel graph2d;
-
- Except for a few built-in modules, such as `settings', all modules
-are implemented as `Asymptote' files. When looking up a module that
-has not yet been loaded, `Asymptote' searches the standard search paths
-(*note Search paths::) for the matching file. The file corresponding
-to that name is read and the code within it is interpreted as the body
-of a structure defining the module.
-
- If the file name contains nonalphanumeric characters, enclose it
-with quotation marks:
-
-`access "/usr/local/share/asymptote/graph.asy" as graph;'
-
-`from "/usr/local/share/asymptote/graph.asy" access axes;'
-
-`import "/usr/local/share/asymptote/graph.asy" as graph;'
-
- It is an error if modules import themselves (or each other in a
-cycle). The module name to be imported must be known at compile time.
-
- However, you can import an `Asymptote' module determined by the
-string `s' at runtime like this:
-eval("import "+s,true);
-
- To conditionally execute an array of asy files, use
-void asy(string format, bool overwrite ... string[] s);
- The file will only be processed, using output format `format', if
-overwrite is `true' or the output file is missing.
-
- One can evaluate an `Asymptote' expression (without any return
-value, however) contained in the string `s' with:
-void eval(string s, bool embedded=false);
- It is not necessary to terminate the string `s' with a semicolon. If
-`embedded' is `true', the string will be evaluated at the top level of
-the current environment. If `embedded' is `false' (the default), the
-string will be evaluated in an independent environment, sharing the same
-`settings' module (*note settings::).
-
- One can evaluate arbitrary `Asymptote' code (which may contain
-unescaped quotation marks) with the command
-void eval(code s, bool embedded=false);
- Here `code' is a special type used with `quote {}' to enclose
-`Asymptote code' like this:
-real a=1;
-code s=quote {
- write(a);
-};
-eval(s,true); // Outputs 1
-
- To include the contents of an existing file `graph' verbatim (as if
-the contents of the file were inserted at that point), use one of the
-forms:
-include graph;
-
-`include "/usr/local/share/asymptote/graph.asy";'
-
- To list all global functions and variables defined in a module named
-by the contents of the string `s', use the function
-void list(string s, bool imports=false);
- Imported global functions and variables are also listed if `imports'
-is `true'.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Static, Prev: Import, Up: Programming
-
-6.15 Static
-===========
-
-Static qualifiers allocate the memory address of a variable in a higher
-enclosing level.
-
- For a function body, the variable is allocated in the block where the
-function is defined; so in the code
-struct s {
- int count() {
- static int c=0;
- ++c;
- return c;
- }
-}
-
-there is one instance of the variable `c' for each object `s' (as
-opposed to each call of `count').
-
- Similarly, in
-int factorial(int n) {
- int helper(int k) {
- static int x=1;
- x *= k;
- return k == 1 ? x : helper(k-1);
- }
- return helper(n);
-}
-
-there is one instance of `x' for every call to `factorial' (and not for
-every call to `helper'), so this is a correct, but ugly, implementation
-of factorial.
-
- Similarly, a static variable declared within a structure is
-allocated in the block where the structure is defined. Thus,
-struct A {
- struct B {
- static pair z;
- }
-}
-
-creates one object `z' for each object of type `A' created.
-
- In this example,
-int pow(int n, int k) {
- struct A {
- static int x=1;
- void helper() {
- x *= n;
- }
- }
- for(int i=0; i < k; ++i) {
- A a;
- a.helper();
- }
- return A.x;
-}
-
-there is one instance of `x' for each call to `pow', so this is an ugly
-implementation of exponentiation.
-
- Loop constructs allocate a new frame in every iteration. This is so
-that higher-order functions can refer to variables of a specific
-iteration of a loop:
-void f();
-for(int i=0; i < 10; ++i) {
- int x=i;
- if(x==5) {
- f=new void () { write(x); }
- }
-}
-f();
-
- Here, every iteration of the loop has its own variable `x', so `f()'
-will write `5'. If a variable in a loop is declared static, it will be
-allocated where the enclosing function or structure was defined (just
-as if it were declared static outside of the loop). For instance, in:
-void f() {
- static int x;
- for(int i=0; i < 10; ++i) {
- static int y;
- }
-}
- both `x' and `y' will be allocated in the same place, which is also
-where `f' is also allocated.
-
- Statements may also be declared static, in which case they are run
-at the place where the enclosing function or structure is defined.
-Declarations or statements not enclosed in a function or structure
-definition are already at the top level, so static modifiers are
-meaningless. A warning is given in such a case.
-
- Since structures can have static fields, it is not always clear for
-a qualified name whether the qualifier is a variable or a type. For
-instance, in:
-
-struct A {
- static int x;
-}
-pair A;
-
-int y=A.x;
- does the `A' in `A.x' refer to the structure or to the pair variable.
-It is the convention in Asymptote that, if there is a non-function
-variable with the same name as the qualifier, the qualifier refers to
-that variable, and not to the type. This is regardless of what fields
-the variable actually possesses.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: LaTeX usage, Next: Base modules, Prev: Programming, Up: Top
-
-7 `LaTeX' usage
-***************
-
-`Asymptote' comes with a convenient `LaTeX' style file `asymptote.sty'
-that makes `LaTeX' `Asymptote'-aware. Entering `Asymptote' code
-directly into the `LaTeX' source file, at the point where it is needed,
-keeps figures organized and avoids the need to invent new file names
-for each figure. Simply add the line `\usepackage{asymptote}' at the
-beginning of your file and enclose your `Asymptote' code within a
-`\begin{asy}...\end{asy}' environment. As with the `LaTeX' `comment'
-environment, the `\end{asy}' command must appear on a line by itself,
-with no trailing commands/comments. A blank line is not allowed after
-`\begin{asy}'.
-
- The sample `LaTeX' file below, named `latexusage.tex', can be run as
-follows:
-latex latexusage
-asy latexusage-*.asy
-latex latexusage
-
-or
-pdflatex latexusage
-asy latexusage-*.asy
-pdflatex latexusage
- To switch between using inline Asymptote code with `latex' and
-`pdflatex' you may first need to remove the files `latexusage-*.tex'.
-
- An even better method for processing a `LaTeX' file with embedded
-`Asymptote' code is to use the `latexmk' utility from
-
- `http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/latexmk/'
- after putting the contents of
-`http://asymptote.svn.sourceforge.net/viewvc/asymptote/trunk/asymptote/doc/latexmkrc'
-in a file `latexmkrc' in the same directory. The command
-latexmk -pdf latexusage
- will then call `Asymptote' automatically, recompiling only the figures
-that have changed. Since each figure is compiled in a separate system
-process, this method also tends to use less memory. To store the
-figures in a separate directory named `asy', one can define
-\def\asydir{asy}
- in `latexusage.tex' and put the contents of
-`http://asymptote.svn.sourceforge.net/viewvc/asymptote/trunk/asymptote/doc/latexmkrc_asydir'
-in a file `latexmkrc' in the same directory. External `Asymptote' code
-in `filename.asy' should be included with
-\asyinclude[<options>]{<filename.asy>}
- so that `latexmk' will recognize when the code is changed. Note that
-`latemk' requires `perl', available from `http://www.perl.org/'.
-
- One can specify `width', `height', `keepAspect', `viewportwidth',
-`viewportheight', `attach', and `inline'. `keyval'-style options to
-the `asy' and `asyinclude' environments. Three-dimensional PRC files
-may either be embedded within the page (the default) or attached as
-annotated (but printable) attachments, using the `attach' option and
-the `attachfile2' (or older `attachfile') `LaTeX' package. The
-`inline' option generates inline `LaTeX' code instead of EPS or PDF
-files. This makes 2D LaTeX symbols visible to the
-`\begin{asy}...\end{asy}' environment. In this mode, Asymptote
-correctly aligns 2D LaTeX symbols defined outside of
-`\begin{asy}...\end{asy}', but treats their size as zero; an optional
-second string can be given to `Label' to provide an estimate of the
-unknown label size.
-
- Note that if the `latex' TeX engine is used with the `inline'
-option, labels might not show up in DVI viewers that cannot handle raw
-`PostScript' code. One can use `dvips'/`dvipdf' to produce
-`PostScript'/PDF output (we recommend using the modified version of
-`dvipdf' in the `Asymptote' patches directory, which accepts the `dvips
--z' hyperdvi option).
-
- Here now is `latexusage.tex':
-
-\documentclass[12pt]{article}
-
-% Use this form to include EPS (latex) or PDF (pdflatex) files:
-\usepackage{asymptote}
-
-% Use this form with latex or pdflatex to include inline LaTeX code by default:
-%\usepackage[inline]{asymptote}
-
-% Use this form with latex or pdflatex to create PDF attachments by default:
-%\usepackage[attach]{asymptote}
-
-% Enable this line to support the attach option:
-%\usepackage[dvips]{attachfile2}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-% Optional subdirectory for asy files (no spaces):
-\def\asydir{}
-
-\begin{asydef}
-// Global Asymptote definitions can be put here.
-import three;
-usepackage("bm");
-texpreamble("\def\V#1{\bm{#1}}");
-// One can globally override the default toolbar settings here:
-// settings.toolbar=true;
-\end{asydef}
-
-Here is a venn diagram produced with Asymptote, drawn to width 4cm:
-
-\def\A{A}
-\def\B{\V{B}}
-
-%\begin{figure}
-\begin{center}
-\begin{asy}
-size(4cm,0);
-pen colour1=red;
-pen colour2=green;
-
-pair z0=(0,0);
-pair z1=(-1,0);
-pair z2=(1,0);
-real r=1.5;
-path c1=circle(z1,r);
-path c2=circle(z2,r);
-fill(c1,colour1);
-fill(c2,colour2);
-
-picture intersection=new picture;
-fill(intersection,c1,colour1+colour2);
-clip(intersection,c2);
-
-add(intersection);
-
-draw(c1);
-draw(c2);
-
-//draw("$\A$",box,z1); // Requires [inline] package option.
-//draw(Label("$\B$","$B$"),box,z2); // Requires [inline] package option.
-draw("$A$",box,z1);
-draw("$\V{B}$",box,z2);
-
-pair z=(0,-2);
-real m=3;
-margin BigMargin=Margin(0,m*dot(unit(z1-z),unit(z0-z)));
-
-draw(Label("$A\cap B$",0),conj(z)--z0,Arrow,BigMargin);
-draw(Label("$A\cup B$",0),z--z0,Arrow,BigMargin);
-draw(z--z1,Arrow,Margin(0,m));
-draw(z--z2,Arrow,Margin(0,m));
-
-shipout(bbox(0.25cm));
-\end{asy}
-%\caption{Venn diagram}\label{venn}
-\end{center}
-%\end{figure}
-
-Each graph is drawn in its own environment. One can specify the width
-and height to \LaTeX\ explicitly. This 3D example can be viewed
-interactively either with Adobe Reader or Asymptote's fast OpenGL-based
-renderer. To support {\tt latexmk}, 3D figures should specify
-\verb+inline=true+. It is sometimes desirable to embed 3D files as annotated
-attachments; this requires the \verb+attach=true+ option as well as the
-\verb+attachfile2+ \LaTeX\ package.
-\begin{center}
-\begin{asy}[height=4cm,inline=true,attach=false,viewportwidth=\linewidth]
-currentprojection=orthographic(5,4,2);
-draw(unitcube,blue);
-label("$V-E+F=2$",(0,1,0.5),3Y,blue+fontsize(17pt));
-\end{asy}
-\end{center}
-
-One can also scale the figure to the full line width:
-\begin{center}
-\begin{asy}[width=\the\linewidth,inline=true]
-pair z0=(0,0);
-pair z1=(2,0);
-pair z2=(5,0);
-pair zf=z1+0.75*(z2-z1);
-
-draw(z1--z2);
-dot(z1,red+0.15cm);
-dot(z2,darkgreen+0.3cm);
-label("$m$",z1,1.2N,red);
-label("$M$",z2,1.5N,darkgreen);
-label("$\hat{\ }$",zf,0.2*S,fontsize(24pt)+blue);
-
-pair s=-0.2*I;
-draw("$x$",z0+s--z1+s,N,red,Arrows,Bars,PenMargins);
-s=-0.5*I;
-draw("$\bar{x}$",z0+s--zf+s,blue,Arrows,Bars,PenMargins);
-s=-0.95*I;
-draw("$X$",z0+s--z2+s,darkgreen,Arrows,Bars,PenMargins);
-\end{asy}
-\end{center}
-\end{document}
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Base modules, Next: Options, Prev: LaTeX usage, Up: Top
-
-8 Base modules
-**************
-
-`Asymptote' currently ships with the following base modules:
-
-* Menu:
-
-* plain:: Default `Asymptote' base file
-* simplex:: Linear programming: simplex method
-* math:: Extend `Asymptote''s math capabilities
-* interpolate:: Interpolation routines
-* geometry:: Geometry routines
-* trembling:: Wavy lines
-* stats:: Statistics routines and histograms
-* patterns:: Custom fill and draw patterns
-* markers:: Custom path marker routines
-* tree:: Dynamic binary search tree
-* binarytree:: Binary tree drawing module
-* drawtree:: Tree drawing module
-* syzygy:: Syzygy and braid drawing module
-* feynman:: Feynman diagrams
-* roundedpath:: Round the sharp corners of paths
-* animation:: Embedded PDF and MPEG movies
-* embed:: Embedding movies, sounds, and 3D objects
-* slide:: Making presentations with `Asymptote'
-* MetaPost:: `MetaPost' compatibility routines
-* unicode:: Accept `unicode' (UTF-8) characters
-* latin1:: Accept `ISO 8859-1' characters
-* babel:: Interface to `LaTeX' `babel' package
-* labelpath:: Drawing curved labels
-* labelpath3:: Drawing curved labels in 3D
-* annotate:: Annotate your PDF files
-* CAD:: 2D CAD pen and measurement functions (DIN 15)
-* graph:: 2D linear & logarithmic graphs
-* palette:: Color density images and palettes
-* three:: 3D vector graphics
-* obj:: 3D obj files
-* graph3:: 3D linear & logarithmic graphs
-* grid3:: 3D grids
-* solids:: 3D solid geometry
-* tube:: 3D rotation minimizing tubes
-* flowchart:: Flowchart drawing routines
-* contour:: Contour lines
-* contour3:: Contour surfaces
-* slopefield:: Slope fields
-* ode:: Ordinary differential equations
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: plain, Next: simplex, Up: Base modules
-
-8.1 `plain'
-===========
-
-This is the default `Asymptote' base file, which defines key parts of
-the drawing language (such as the `picture' structure).
-
- By default, an implicit `private import plain;' occurs before
-translating a file and before the first command given in interactive
-mode. This also applies when translating files for module definitions
-(except when translating `plain', of course). This means that the
-types and functions defined in `plain' are accessible in almost all
-`Asymptote' code. Use the `-noautoplain' command-line option to disable
-this feature.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: simplex, Next: math, Prev: plain, Up: Base modules
-
-8.2 `simplex'
-=============
-
-This package solves the two-variable linear programming problem using
-the simplex method. It is used by the module `plain' for automatic
-sizing of pictures.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: math, Next: interpolate, Prev: simplex, Up: Base modules
-
-8.3 `math'
-==========
-
-This package extends `Asymptote''s mathematical capabilities with
-useful functions such as
-
-`void drawline(picture pic=currentpicture, pair P, pair Q, pen p=currentpen);'
- draw the visible portion of the (infinite) line going through `P'
- and `Q', without altering the size of picture `pic', using pen `p'.
-
-`real intersect(triple P, triple Q, triple n, triple Z);'
- returns the intersection time of the extension of the line segment
- `PQ' with the plane perpendicular to `n' and passing through `Z'.
-
-`triple intersectionpoint(triple n0, triple P0, triple n1, triple P1);'
- Return any point on the intersection of the two planes with normals
- `n0' and `n1' passing through points `P0' and `P1', respectively.
- If the planes are parallel, return `(infinity,infinity,infinity)'.
-
-`pair[] quarticroots(real a, real b, real c, real d, real e);'
- returns the four complex roots of the quartic equation
- ax^4+bx^3+cx^2+dx+e=0.
-
-`pair[][] fft(pair[][] a, int sign=1)'
- returns the two-dimensional Fourier transform of a using the given
- `sign'.
-
-`real time(path g, real x, int n=0)'
- returns the `n'th intersection time of path `g' with the vertical
- line through x.
-
-`real time(path g, explicit pair z, int n=0)'
- returns the `n'th intersection time of path `g' with the horizontal
- line through `(0,z.y)'.
-
-`real value(path g, real x, int n=0)'
- returns the `n'th `y' value of `g' at `x'.
-
-`real value(path g, real x, int n=0)'
- returns the `n'th `x' value of `g' at `y=z.y'.
-
-`real slope(path g, real x, int n=0)'
- returns the `n'th slope of `g' at `x'.
-
-`real slope(path g, explicit pair z, int n=0)'
- returns the `n'th slope of `g' at `y=z.y'.
-
- int[][] segment(bool[] b) returns the indices of consecutive
- true-element segments of bool[] `b'.
-
-`real[] partialsum(real[] a)'
- returns the partial sums of a real array `a'.
-
-`real[] partialsum(real[] a, real[] dx)'
- returns the partial `dx'-weighted sums of a real array `a'.
-
-`bool increasing(real[] a, bool strict=false)'
- returns, if `strict=false', whether `i > j' implies `a[i] >=
- a[j]', or if `strict=true', whether `i > j' implies implies `a[i]
- > a[j]'.
-
-`int unique(real[] a, real x)'
- if the sorted array `a' does not contain `x', insert it
- sequentially, returning the index of `x' in the resulting array.
-
-`bool lexorder(pair a, pair b)'
- returns the strict lexicographical partial order of `a' and `b'.
-
-`bool lexorder(triple a, triple b)'
- returns the strict lexicographical partial order of `a' and `b'.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: interpolate, Next: geometry, Prev: math, Up: Base modules
-
-8.4 `interpolate'
-=================
-
-This module implements Lagrange, Hermite, and standard cubic spline
-interpolation in `Asymptote', as illustrated in the example
-`interpolate1.asy'.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: geometry, Next: trembling, Prev: interpolate, Up: Base modules
-
-8.5 `geometry'
-==============
-
-This module, written by Philippe Ivaldi, provides an extensive set of
-geometry routines, including `perpendicular' symbols and a `triangle'
-structure. Link to the documentation for the `geometry' module are
-posted here: `http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/links.html', including
-an extensive set of examples,
-`http://www.piprime.fr/files/asymptote/geometry/', and an index:
-
- `http://www.piprime.fr/files/asymptote/geometry/modules/geometry.asy.index.type.html'
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: trembling, Next: stats, Prev: geometry, Up: Base modules
-
-8.6 `trembling'
-===============
-
-This module, written by Philippe Ivaldi and illustrated in the example
-`floatingdisk.asy', allows one to draw wavy lines, as if drawn by hand.
-Further examples are posted at
-`http://www.piprime.fr/files/asymptote/trembling/'
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: stats, Next: patterns, Prev: trembling, Up: Base modules
-
-8.7 `stats'
-===========
-
-This package implements a Gaussian random number generator and a
-collection of statistics routines, including `histogram' and
-`leastsquares'.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: patterns, Next: markers, Prev: stats, Up: Base modules
-
-8.8 `patterns'
-==============
-
-This package implements `Postscript' tiling patterns and includes
-several convenient pattern generation routines.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: markers, Next: tree, Prev: patterns, Up: Base modules
-
-8.9 `markers'
-=============
-
-This package implements specialized routines for marking paths and
-angles. The principal mark routine provided by this package is
-markroutine markinterval(int n=1, frame f, bool rotated=false);
- which centers `n' copies of frame `f' within uniformly space intervals
-in arclength along the path, optionally rotated by the angle of the
-local tangent.
-
- The `marker' (*note marker::) routine can be used to construct new
-markers from these predefined frames:
-
-frame stickframe(int n=1, real size=0, pair space=0, real angle=0,
- pair offset=0, pen p=currentpen);
-
-frame circlebarframe(int n=1, real barsize=0,
- real radius=0,real angle=0,
- pair offset=0, pen p=currentpen,
- filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=false);
-
-frame crossframe(int n=3, real size=0, pair space=0,
- real angle=0, pair offset=0, pen p=currentpen);
-
-frame tildeframe(int n=1, real size=0, pair space=0,
- real angle=0, pair offset=0, pen p=currentpen);
-
- For convenience, this module also constructs the markers
-`StickIntervalMarker', `CrossIntervalMarker',
-`CircleBarIntervalMarker', and `TildeIntervalMarker' from the above
-frames. The example `markers1.asy' illustrates the use of these markers:
-
-
-
-
-This package also provides a routine for marking an angle AOB:
-void markangle(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="",
- int n=1, real radius=0, real space=0,
- pair A, pair O, pair B, arrowbar arrow=None,
- pen p=currentpen, margin margin=NoMargin,
- marker marker=nomarker);
- as illustrated in the example `markers2.asy'.
-
-
-
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: tree, Next: binarytree, Prev: markers, Up: Base modules
-
-8.10 `tree'
-===========
-
-This package implements an example of a dynamic binary search tree.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: binarytree, Next: drawtree, Prev: tree, Up: Base modules
-
-8.11 `binarytree'
-=================
-
-This module can be used to draw an arbitrary binary tree and includes an
-input routine for the special case of a binary search tree, as
-illustrated in the example `binarytreetest.asy':
-
-import binarytree;
-
-picture pic,pic2;
-
-binarytree bt=binarytree(1,2,4,nil,5,nil,nil,0,nil,nil,3,6,nil,nil,7);
-draw(pic,bt);
-
-binarytree st=searchtree(10,5,2,1,3,4,7,6,8,9,15,13,12,11,14,17,16,18,19);
-draw(pic2,st,blue);
-
-add(pic.fit(),(0,0),10N);
-add(pic2.fit(),(0,0),10S);
-
-
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: drawtree, Next: syzygy, Prev: binarytree, Up: Base modules
-
-8.12 `drawtree'
-===============
-
-This is a simple tree drawing module used by the example `treetest.asy'.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: syzygy, Next: feynman, Prev: drawtree, Up: Base modules
-
-8.13 `syzygy'
-=============
-
-This module automates the drawing of braids, relations, and syzygies,
-along with the corresponding equations, as illustrated in the example
-`knots.asy'.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: feynman, Next: roundedpath, Prev: syzygy, Up: Base modules
-
-8.14 `feynman'
-==============
-
-This package, contributed by Martin Wiebusch, is useful for drawing
-Feynman diagrams, as illustrated by the examples `eetomumu.asy' and
-`fermi.asy'.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: roundedpath, Next: animation, Prev: feynman, Up: Base modules
-
-8.15 `roundedpath'
-==================
-
-This package, contributed by Stefan Knorr, is useful for rounding the
-sharp corners of paths, as illustrated in the example file
-`roundpath.asy'.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: animation, Next: embed, Prev: roundedpath, Up: Base modules
-
-8.16 `animation'
-================
-
-This module allows one to generate animations, as illustrated by the
-files `wheel.asy', `wavepacket.asy', and `cube.asy' in the `animations'
-subdirectory of the examples directory. These animations use the
-`ImageMagick' `convert' program to merge multiple images into a GIF or
-MPEG movie.
-
- The related `animate' module, derived from the `animation' module,
-generates higher-quality portable clickable PDF movies, with optional
-controls. This requires installing the package
-
- `http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/animate/animate.sty'
- (version 2007/11/30 or later) in a new directory `animate' in the
-local `LaTeX' directory (for example, in
-`/usr/local/share/texmf/tex/latex/animate'). On `UNIX' systems, one
-must then execute the command `texhash'.
-
- The example `pdfmovie.asy' in the `animations' directory, along with
-the slide presentations `slidemovies.asy' and `intro.asy', illustrate
-the use of embedded PDF movies. The examples `inlinemovie.tex' and
-`inlinemovie3.tex' show how to generate and embed PDF movies directly
-within a `LaTeX' file (*note LaTeX usage::). The member function
-string pdf(fit fit=NoBox, real delay=animationdelay, string options="",
- bool keep=settings.keep, bool multipage=true);
- of the `animate' structure accepts any of the `animate.sty' options,
-as described here:
-
- `http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/animate/doc/animate.pdf'
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: embed, Next: slide, Prev: animation, Up: Base modules
-
-8.17 `embed'
-============
-
-This module provides an interface to the `LaTeX' package (included with
-`MikTeX')
-
- `http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/movie15'
- for embedding movies, sounds, and 3D objects into a PDF document. However,
-`XeLaTeX' users need to rename the modified version
-`movie15_dvipdfmx.sty' from
-
- `http://asymptote.svn.sourceforge.net/viewvc/asymptote/trunk/asymptote/patches/'
- to `movie15.sty' and place it in their `LaTeX' path.
-
- The latest version of the `movie15' package requires both `pdflatex'
-version 1.20 or later and the file
-
- `http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifdraft.dtx'
- which can be installed by placing it in a directory `ifdraft' in the
-local `LaTeX' directory (e.g.
-`/usr/local/share/texmf/tex/latex/ifdraft') and executing in that
-directory the commands:
-tex ifdraft.dtx
-texhash
-
- A more portable method for embedding movie files, which should work
-on any platform and does not require the `movie15' or `ifdraft'
-packages, is provided by using the `external' module instead of
-`embed'. An example of these interfaces is provided in the file
-`embeddedmovie.asy' and `externalmovie.asy' in the `animations'
-subdirectory of the examples directory. For a higher quality movie
-generated directly by `Asymptote', use the `animate' module along with
-the `animate.sty' package to embed a portable PDF animation (*note
-animate::).
-
- An example of embedding `U3D' code is provided in the file
-`embeddedu3d.asy'.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: slide, Next: MetaPost, Prev: embed, Up: Base modules
-
-8.18 `slide'
-============
-
-This package provides a simple yet high-quality facility for making
-presentation slides, including portable embedded PDF animations (see
-the file `slidemovies.asy'). A simple example is provided in the file
-`slidedemo.asy'.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: MetaPost, Next: unicode, Prev: slide, Up: Base modules
-
-8.19 `MetaPost'
-===============
-
-This package provides some useful routines to help `MetaPost' users
-migrate old `MetaPost' code to `Asymptote'. Further contributions here
-are welcome.
-
- Unlike `MetaPost', `Asymptote' does not implicitly solve linear
-equations and therefore does not have the notion of a `whatever'
-unknown. The routine `extension' (*note extension::) provides a useful
-replacement for a common use of `whatever': finding the intersection
-point of the lines through `P', `Q' and `p', `q'. For less common
-occurrences of `whatever', one can use the built-in explicit linear
-equation solver `solve' instead.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: unicode, Next: latin1, Prev: MetaPost, Up: Base modules
-
-8.20 `unicode'
-==============
-
-Import this package at the beginning of the file to instruct `LaTeX' to
-accept `unicode' (UTF-8) standardized international characters. To use
-Cyrillic fonts, you will need to change the font encoding:
-import unicode;
-texpreamble("\usepackage{mathtext}\usepackage[russian]{babel}");
-defaultpen(font("T2A","cmr","m","n"));
- Support for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean fonts is provided by the CJK
-package:
-
- `http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/languages/chinese/CJK/'
- The following commands enable the CJK song family (within a label,
-you can also temporarily switch to another family, say kai, by
-prepending `"\CJKfamily{kai}"' to the label string):
-texpreamble("\usepackage{CJK}
-\AtBeginDocument{\begin{CJK*}{GBK}{song}}
-\AtEndDocument{\clearpage\end{CJK*}}");
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: latin1, Next: babel, Prev: unicode, Up: Base modules
-
-8.21 `latin1'
-=============
-
-If you don't have `LaTeX' support for `unicode' installed, you can
-enable support for Western European languages (ISO 8859-1) by importing
-the module `latin1'. This module can be used as a template for
-providing support for other ISO 8859 alphabets.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: babel, Next: labelpath, Prev: latin1, Up: Base modules
-
-8.22 `babel'
-============
-
-This module implements the `LaTeX' `babel' package in `Asymptote'. For
-example:
-import babel;
-babel("german");
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: labelpath, Next: labelpath3, Prev: babel, Up: Base modules
-
-8.23 `labelpath'
-================
-
-This module uses the `PSTricks' `pstextpath' macro to fit labels along
-a path (properly kerned, as illustrated in the example file
-`curvedlabel.asy'), using the command
-void labelpath(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L, path g,
- string justify=Centered, pen p=currentpen);
- Here `justify' is one of `LeftJustified', `Centered', or
-`RightJustified'. The x component of a shift transform applied to the
-Label is interpreted as a shift along the curve, whereas the y
-component is interpreted as a shift away from the curve. All other
-Label transforms are ignored. This package requires the `latex' tex
-engine and inherits the limitations of the `PSTricks' `\pstextpath'
-macro.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: labelpath3, Next: annotate, Prev: labelpath, Up: Base modules
-
-8.24 `labelpath3'
-=================
-
-This module, contributed by Jens Schwaiger, implements a 3D version of
-`labelpath' that does not require the `PSTricks' package. An example
-is provided in `curvedlabel3.asy'.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: annotate, Next: CAD, Prev: labelpath3, Up: Base modules
-
-8.25 `annotate'
-===============
-
-This module supports PDF annotations for viewing with `Adobe Reader',
-via the function
-void annotate(picture pic=currentpicture, string title, string text,
- pair position);
- Annotations are illustrated in the example file `annotation.asy'.
-Currently, annotations are only implemented for the `latex' (default)
-and `tex' TeX engines.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: CAD, Next: graph, Prev: annotate, Up: Base modules
-
-8.26 `CAD'
-==========
-
-This package, contributed by Mark Henning, provides basic pen
-definitions and measurement functions for simple 2D CAD drawings
-according to DIN 15. It is documented separately, in the file `CAD.pdf'.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: graph, Next: palette, Prev: CAD, Up: Base modules
-
-8.27 `graph'
-============
-
-This package implements two-dimensional linear and logarithmic graphs,
-including automatic scale and tick selection (with the ability to
-override manually). A graph is a `guide' (that can be drawn with the
-draw command, with an optional legend) constructed with one of the
-following routines:
-
- * guide graph(picture pic=currentpicture, real f(real), real a, real b,
- int n=ngraph, real T(real)=identity,
- interpolate join=operator --);
- guide[] graph(picture pic=currentpicture, real f(real), real a, real b,
- int n=ngraph, real T(real)=identity, bool3 cond(real),
- interpolate join=operator --);
-
- Returns a graph using the scaling information for picture `pic'
- (*note automatic scaling::) of the function `f' on the interval
- [`T'(`a'),`T'(`b')], sampling at `n' points evenly spaced in
- [`a',`b'], optionally restricted by the bool3 function `cond' on
- [`a',`b']. If `cond' is:
- * `true', the point is added to the existing guide;
-
- * `default', the point is added to a new guide;
-
- * `false', the point is omitted and a new guide is begun.
- The points are connected using the interpolation specified by
- `join':
- * `operator --' (linear interpolation; the abbreviation
- `Straight' is also accepted);
-
- * `operator ..' (piecewise Bezier cubic spline interpolation;
- the abbreviation `Spline' is also accepted);
-
- * `Hermite' (standard cubic spline interpolation using boundary
- condition `notaknot', `natural', `periodic', `clamped(real
- slopea, real slopeb)'), or `monotonic'. The abbreviation
- `Hermite' is equivalent to `Hermite(notaknot)' for
- nonperiodic data and `Hermite(periodic)' for periodic data).
-
-
- * guide graph(picture pic=currentpicture, real x(real), real y(real),
- real a, real b, int n=ngraph, real T(real)=identity,
- interpolate join=operator --);
- guide[] graph(picture pic=currentpicture, real x(real), real y(real),
- real a, real b, int n=ngraph, real T(real)=identity,
- bool3 cond(real), interpolate join=operator --);
-
- Returns a graph using the scaling information for picture `pic' of
- the parametrized function (`x'(t),`y'(t)) for t in the interval
- [`T'(`a'),`T'(`b')], sampling at `n' points evenly spaced in
- [`a',`b'], optionally restricted by the bool3 function `cond' on
- [`a',`b'], using the given interpolation type.
-
- * guide graph(picture pic=currentpicture, pair z(real), real a, real b,
- int n=ngraph, real T(real)=identity,
- interpolate join=operator --);
- guide[] graph(picture pic=currentpicture, pair z(real), real a, real b,
- int n=ngraph, real T(real)=identity, bool3 cond(real),
- interpolate join=operator --);
-
- Returns a graph using the scaling information for picture `pic' of
- the parametrized function `z'(t) for t in the interval
- [`T'(`a'),`T'(`b')], sampling at `n' points evenly spaced in
- [`a',`b'], optionally restricted by the bool3 function `cond' on
- [`a',`b'], using the given interpolation type.
-
- * guide graph(picture pic=currentpicture, pair[] z,
- interpolate join=operator --);
- guide[] graph(picture pic=currentpicture, pair[] z, bool3[] cond,
- interpolate join=operator --);
-
- Returns a graph using the scaling information for picture `pic' of
- the elements of the array `z', optionally restricted to those
- indices for which the elements of the boolean array `cond' are
- `true', using the given interpolation type.
-
- * guide graph(picture pic=currentpicture, real[] x, real[] y,
- interpolate join=operator --);
- guide[] graph(picture pic=currentpicture, real[] x, real[] y,
- bool3[] cond, interpolate join=operator --);
-
- Returns a graph using the scaling information for picture `pic' of
- the elements of the arrays (`x',`y'), optionally restricted to
- those indices for which the elements of the boolean array `cond'
- are `true', using the given interpolation type.
-
- * guide polargraph(picture pic=currentpicture, real f(real), real a,
- real b, int n=ngraph, interpolate join=operator --);
-
- Returns a polar-coordinate graph using the scaling information for
- picture `pic' of the function `f' on the interval [`a',`b'],
- sampling at `n' evenly spaced points, with the given interpolation
- type.
-
- * guide polargraph(picture pic=currentpicture, real[] r, real[] theta,
- interpolate join=operator--);
- Returns a polar-coordinate graph using the scaling information for
- picture `pic' of the elements of the arrays (`r',`theta'), using
- the given interpolation type.
-
-
-
-
- An axis can be drawn on a picture with one of the following commands:
-
- * void xaxis(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", axis axis=YZero,
- real xmin=-infinity, real xmax=infinity, pen p=currentpen,
- ticks ticks=NoTicks, arrowbar arrow=None, bool above=false);
-
- Draw an x axis on picture `pic' from x=`xmin' to x=`xmax' using
- pen `p', optionally labelling it with Label `L'. The relative
- label location along the axis (a real number from [0,1]) defaults
- to 1 (*note Label::), so that the label is drawn at the end of the
- axis. An infinite value of `xmin' or `xmax' specifies that the
- corresponding axis limit will be automatically determined from the
- picture limits. The optional `arrow' argument takes the same
- values as in the `draw' command (*note arrows::). The axis is
- drawn before any existing objects in `pic' unless `above=true'.
- The axis placement is determined by one of the following `axis'
- types:
-
- `YZero(bool extend=true)'
- Request an x axis at y=0 (or y=1 on a logarithmic axis)
- extending to the full dimensions of the picture, unless
- `extend'=false.
-
- `YEquals(real Y, bool extend=true)'
- Request an x axis at y=`Y' extending to the full dimensions
- of the picture, unless `extend'=false.
-
- `Bottom(bool extend=false)'
- Request a bottom axis.
-
- `Top(bool extend=false)'
- Request a top axis.
-
- `BottomTop(bool extend=false)'
- Request a bottom and top axis.
-
-
- Custom axis types can be created by following the examples in
- `graph.asy'. One can easily override the default values for the
- standard axis types: import graph;
-
- YZero=new axis(bool extend=true) {
- return new void(picture pic, axisT axis) {
- real y=pic.scale.x.scale.logarithmic ? 1 : 0;
- axis.value=I*pic.scale.y.T(y);
- axis.position=1;
- axis.side=right;
- axis.align=2.5E;
- axis.value2=Infinity;
- axis.extend=extend;
- };
- };
- YZero=YZero();
-
- The default tick option is `NoTicks'. The options `LeftTicks',
- `RightTicks', or `Ticks' can be used to draw ticks on the left,
- right, or both sides of the path, relative to the direction in
- which the path is drawn. These tick routines accept a number of
- optional arguments: ticks LeftTicks(Label format="", ticklabel ticklabel=null,
- bool beginlabel=true, bool endlabel=true,
- int N=0, int n=0, real Step=0, real step=0,
- bool begin=true, bool end=true, tickmodifier modify=None,
- real Size=0, real size=0, bool extend=false,
- pen pTick=nullpen, pen ptick=nullpen);
-
- If any of these parameters are omitted, reasonable defaults will
- be chosen:
- `Label format'
- override the default tick label format (`defaultformat',
- initially "$%.4g$"), rotation, pen, and alignment (for
- example, `LeftSide', `Center', or `RightSide') relative to
- the axis. To enable `LaTeX' math mode fonts, the format
- string should begin and end with `$' *note format::. If the
- format string is `trailingzero', trailing zeros will be added
- to the tick labels; if the format string is `"%"', the tick
- label will be suppressed;
-
- `ticklabel'
- is a function `string(real x)' returning the label (by
- default, format(format.s,x)) for each major tick value `x';
-
- `bool beginlabel'
- include the first label;
-
- `bool endlabel'
- include the last label;
-
- `int N'
- when automatic scaling is enabled (the default; *note
- automatic scaling::), divide a linear axis evenly into this
- many intervals, separated by major ticks; for a logarithmic
- axis, this is the number of decades between labelled ticks;
-
- `int n'
- divide each interval into this many subintervals, separated
- by minor ticks;
-
- `real Step'
- the tick value spacing between major ticks (if `N'=`0');
-
- `real step'
- the tick value spacing between minor ticks (if `n'=`0');
-
- `bool begin'
- include the first major tick;
-
- `bool end'
- include the last major tick;
-
- `tickmodifier modify;'
- an optional function that takes and returns a `tickvalue'
- structure having real[] members `major' and `minor'
- consisting of the tick values (to allow modification of the
- automatically generated tick values);
-
- `real Size'
- the size of the major ticks (in `PostScript' coordinates);
-
- `real size'
- the size of the minor ticks (in `PostScript' coordinates);
-
- `bool extend;'
- extend the ticks between two axes (useful for drawing a grid
- on the graph);
-
- `pen pTick'
- an optional pen used to draw the major ticks;
-
- `pen ptick'
- an optional pen used to draw the minor ticks.
-
-
- For convenience, the predefined tickmodifiers `OmitTick(... real[]
- x)', `OmitTickInterval(real a, real b)', and
- `OmitTickIntervals(real[] a, real[] b)' can be used to remove
- specific auto-generated ticks and their labels. The
- `OmitFormat(string s=defaultformat ... real[] x)' ticklabel can be
- used to remove specific tick labels but not the corresponding
- ticks. The tickmodifier `NoZero' is an abbreviation for
- `OmitTick(0)' and the ticklabel `NoZeroFormat' is an abbrevation
- for `OmitFormat(0)'.
-
- It is also possible to specify custom tick locations with
- `LeftTicks', `RightTicks', and `Ticks' by passing explicit real
- arrays `Ticks' and (optionally) `ticks' containing the locations
- of the major and minor ticks, respectively: ticks LeftTicks(Label format="", ticklabel ticklabel=null,
- bool beginlabel=true, bool endlabel=true,
- real[] Ticks, real[] ticks=new real[],
- real Size=0, real size=0, bool extend=false,
- pen pTick=nullpen, pen ptick=nullpen)
-
- * void yaxis(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", axis axis=XZero,
- real ymin=-infinity, real ymax=infinity, pen p=currentpen,
- ticks ticks=NoTicks, arrowbar arrow=None, bool above=false,
- bool autorotate=true);
-
- Draw a y axis on picture `pic' from y=`ymin' to y=`ymax' using pen
- `p', optionally labelling it with a Label `L' that is autorotated
- unless `autorotate=false'. The relative location of the label (a
- real number from [0,1]) defaults to 1 (*note Label::). An infinite
- value of `ymin' or `ymax' specifies that the corresponding axis
- limit will be automatically determined from the picture limits.
- The optional `arrow' argument takes the same values as in the
- `draw' command (*note arrows::). The axis is drawn before any
- existing objects in `pic' unless `above=true'. The tick type is
- specified by `ticks' and the axis placement is determined by one
- of the following `axis' types:
-
- `XZero(bool extend=true)'
- Request a y axis at x=0 (or x=1 on a logarithmic axis)
- extending to the full dimensions of the picture, unless
- `extend'=false.
-
- `XEquals(real X, bool extend=true)'
- Request a y axis at x=`X' extending to the full dimensions of
- the picture, unless `extend'=false.
-
- `Left(bool extend=false)'
- Request a left axis.
-
- `Right(bool extend=false)'
- Request a right axis.
-
- `LeftRight(bool extend=false)'
- Request a left and right axis.
-
-
- * For convenience, the functions void xequals(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", real x,
- bool extend=false, real ymin=-infinity, real ymax=infinity,
- pen p=currentpen, ticks ticks=NoTicks, bool above=true,
- arrowbar arrow=None);
- and void yequals(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", real y,
- bool extend=false, real xmin=-infinity, real xmax=infinity,
- pen p=currentpen, ticks ticks=NoTicks, bool above=true,
- arrowbar arrow=None);
- can be respectively used to call `yaxis' and `xaxis' with the
- appropriate axis types `XEquals(x,extend)' and
- `YEquals(y,extend)'. This is the recommended way of drawing
- vertical or horizontal lines and axes at arbitrary locations.
-
- * void axes(picture pic=currentpicture, Label xlabel="", Label ylabel="",
- pair min=(-infinity,-infinity), pair max=(infinity,infinity),
- pen p=currentpen, arrowbar arrow=None, bool above=false);
- This convenience routine draws both x and y axes on picture `pic'
- from `min' to `max', with optional labels `xlabel' and `ylabel'
- and any arrows specified by `arrow'. The axes are drawn on top of
- existing objects in `pic' only if `above=true'.
-
- * void axis(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", path g,
- pen p=currentpen, ticks ticks, ticklocate locate,
- arrowbar arrow=None, int[] divisor=new int[],
- bool above=false, bool opposite=false);
-
- This routine can be used to draw on picture `pic' a general axis
- based on an arbitrary path `g', using pen `p'. One can optionally
- label the axis with Label `L' and add an arrow `arrow'. The tick
- type is given by `ticks'. The optional integer array `divisor'
- specifies what tick divisors to try in the attempt to produce
- uncrowded tick labels. A `true' value for the flag `opposite'
- identifies an unlabelled secondary axis (typically drawn opposite
- a primary axis). The axis is drawn before any existing objects in
- `pic' unless `above=true'. The tick locator `ticklocate' is
- constructed by the routine ticklocate ticklocate(real a, real b, autoscaleT S=defaultS,
- real tickmin=-infinity, real tickmax=infinity,
- real time(real)=null, pair dir(real)=zero);
- where `a' and `b' specify the respective tick values at
- `point(g,0)' and `point(g,length(g))', `S' specifies the
- autoscaling transformation, the function `real time(real v)'
- returns the time corresponding to the value `v', and `pair
- dir(real t)' returns the absolute tick direction as a function of
- `t' (zero means draw the tick perpendicular to the axis).
-
- * These routines are useful for manually putting ticks and labels on
- axes (if the variable `Label' is given as the `Label' argument,
- the `format' argument will be used to format a string based on the
- tick location): void xtick(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", explicit pair z,
- pair dir=N, string format="",
- real size=Ticksize, pen p=currentpen);
- void xtick(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", real x,
- pair dir=N, string format="",
- real size=Ticksize, pen p=currentpen);
- void ytick(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", explicit pair z,
- pair dir=E, string format="",
- real size=Ticksize, pen p=currentpen);
- void ytick(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", real y,
- pair dir=E, string format="",
- real size=Ticksize, pen p=currentpen);
- void tick(picture pic=currentpicture, pair z,
- pair dir, real size=Ticksize, pen p=currentpen);
- void labelx(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", explicit pair z,
- align align=S, string format="", pen p=currentpen);
- void labelx(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", real x,
- align align=S, string format="", pen p=currentpen);
- void labelx(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L,
- string format="", explicit pen p=currentpen);
- void labely(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", explicit pair z,
- align align=W, string format="", pen p=currentpen);
- void labely(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", real y,
- align align=W, string format="", pen p=currentpen);
- void labely(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L,
- string format="", explicit pen p=currentpen);
-
- Here are some simple examples of two-dimensional graphs:
-
- 1. This example draws a textbook-style graph of y= exp(x), with the y
- axis starting at y=0: import graph;
- size(150,0);
-
- real f(real x) {return exp(x);}
- pair F(real x) {return (x,f(x));}
-
- xaxis("$x$");
- yaxis("$y$",0);
-
- draw(graph(f,-4,2,operator ..),red);
-
- labely(1,E);
- label("$e^x$",F(1),SE);
-
-
-
- 2. The next example draws a scientific-style graph with a legend.
- The position of the legend can be adjusted either explicitly or by
- using the graphical user interface `xasy' (*note GUI::). If an
- `UnFill(real xmargin=0, real ymargin=xmargin)' or `Fill(pen)'
- option is specified to `add', the legend will obscure any
- underlying objects. Here we illustrate how to clip the portion of
- the picture covered by a label:
-
- import graph;
-
- size(400,200,IgnoreAspect);
-
- real Sin(real t) {return sin(2pi*t);}
- real Cos(real t) {return cos(2pi*t);}
-
- draw(graph(Sin,0,1),red,"$\sin(2\pi x)$");
- draw(graph(Cos,0,1),blue,"$\cos(2\pi x)$");
-
- xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
- yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks(trailingzero));
-
- label("LABEL",point(0),UnFill(1mm));
-
- add(legend(),point(E),20E,UnFill);
-
-
-
- To specify a fixed size for the graph proper, use `attach': import graph;
-
- size(250,200,IgnoreAspect);
-
- real Sin(real t) {return sin(2pi*t);}
- real Cos(real t) {return cos(2pi*t);}
-
- draw(graph(Sin,0,1),red,"$\sin(2\pi x)$");
- draw(graph(Cos,0,1),blue,"$\cos(2\pi x)$");
-
- xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
- yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks(trailingzero));
-
- label("LABEL",point(0),UnFill(1mm));
-
- attach(legend(),truepoint(E),20E,UnFill);
- A legend can have multiple entries per line: import graph;
- size(8cm,6cm,IgnoreAspect);
-
- typedef real realfcn(real);
- realfcn F(real p) {
- return new real(real x) {return sin(p*x);};
- };
-
- for(int i=1; i < 5; ++i)
- draw(graph(F(i*pi),0,1),Pen(i),
- "$\sin("+(i == 1 ? "" : (string) i)+"\pi x)$");
- xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
- yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks(trailingzero));
-
- attach(legend(2),(point(S).x,truepoint(S).y),10S,UnFill);
-
-
-
- 3. This example draws a graph of one array versus another (both of
- the same size) using custom tick locations and a smaller font size
- for the tick labels on the y axis. import graph;
-
- size(200,150,IgnoreAspect);
-
- real[] x={0,1,2,3};
- real[] y=x^2;
-
- draw(graph(x,y),red);
-
- xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
- yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,
- RightTicks(Label(fontsize(8pt)),new real[]{0,4,9}));
-
-
-
- 4. This example shows how to graph columns of data read from a file. import graph;
-
- size(200,150,IgnoreAspect);
-
- file in=input("filegraph.dat").line();
- real[][] a=in.dimension(0,0);
- a=transpose(a);
-
- real[] x=a[0];
- real[] y=a[1];
-
- draw(graph(x,y),red);
-
- xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
- yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks);
-
-
-
- 5. The next example draws two graphs of an array of coordinate pairs,
- using frame alignment and data markers. In the left-hand graph, the
- markers, constructed with marker marker(path g, markroutine markroutine=marknodes,
- pen p=currentpen, filltype filltype=NoFill,
- bool above=true);
- using the path `unitcircle' (*note filltype::), are drawn below
- each node. Any frame can be converted to a marker, using marker marker(frame f, markroutine markroutine=marknodes,
- bool above=true);
- In the right-hand graph, the unit n-sided regular polygon
- `polygon(int n)' and the unit n-point cyclic cross `cross(int n,
- bool round=true, real r=0)' (where `r' is an optional "inner"
- radius) are used to build a custom marker frame. Here
- `markuniform(bool centered=false, int n, bool rotated=false)' adds
- this frame at `n' uniformly spaced points along the arclength of
- the path, optionally rotated by the angle of the local tangent to
- the path (if centered is true, the frames will be centered within
- `n' evenly spaced arclength intervals). Alternatively, one can use
- markroutine `marknodes' to request that the marks be placed at each
- Bezier node of the path, or markroutine `markuniform(pair z(real
- t), real a, real b, int n)' to place marks at points `z(t)' for n
- evenly spaced values of `t' in `[a,b]'.
-
- These markers are predefined: marker[] Mark={
- marker(scale(circlescale)*unitcircle),
- marker(polygon(3)),marker(polygon(4)),
- marker(polygon(5)),marker(invert*polygon(3)),
- marker(cross(4)),marker(cross(6))
- };
-
- marker[] MarkFill={
- marker(scale(circlescale)*unitcircle,Fill),marker(polygon(3),Fill),
- marker(polygon(4),Fill),marker(polygon(5),Fill),
- marker(invert*polygon(3),Fill)
- };
-
- The example also illustrates the `errorbar' routines:
-
- void errorbars(picture pic=currentpicture, pair[] z, pair[] dp,
- pair[] dm={}, bool[] cond={}, pen p=currentpen,
- real size=0);
-
- void errorbars(picture pic=currentpicture, real[] x, real[] y,
- real[] dpx, real[] dpy, real[] dmx={}, real[] dmy={},
- bool[] cond={}, pen p=currentpen, real size=0);
-
- Here, the positive and negative extents of the error are given by
- the absolute values of the elements of the pair array `dp' and the
- optional pair array `dm'. If `dm' is not specified, the positive
- and negative extents of the error are assumed to be equal. import graph;
-
- picture pic;
- real xsize=200, ysize=140;
- size(pic,xsize,ysize,IgnoreAspect);
-
- pair[] f={(5,5),(50,20),(90,90)};
- pair[] df={(0,0),(5,7),(0,5)};
-
- errorbars(pic,f,df,red);
- draw(pic,graph(pic,f),"legend",
- marker(scale(0.8mm)*unitcircle,red,FillDraw(blue),above=false));
-
- scale(pic,true);
-
- xaxis(pic,"$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
- yaxis(pic,"$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks);
- add(pic,legend(pic),point(pic,NW),20SE,UnFill);
-
- picture pic2;
- size(pic2,xsize,ysize,IgnoreAspect);
-
- frame mark;
- filldraw(mark,scale(0.8mm)*polygon(6),green,green);
- draw(mark,scale(0.8mm)*cross(6),blue);
-
- draw(pic2,graph(pic2,f),marker(mark,markuniform(5)));
-
- scale(pic2,true);
-
- xaxis(pic2,"$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
- yaxis(pic2,"$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks);
-
- yequals(pic2,55.0,red+Dotted);
- xequals(pic2,70.0,red+Dotted);
-
- // Fit pic to W of origin:
- add(pic.fit(),(0,0),W);
-
- // Fit pic2 to E of (5mm,0):
- add(pic2.fit(),(5mm,0),E);
-
-
-
- 6. A custom mark routine can be also be specified: import graph;
-
- size(200,100,IgnoreAspect);
-
- markroutine marks() {
- return new void(picture pic=currentpicture, frame f, path g) {
- path p=scale(1mm)*unitcircle;
- for(int i=0; i <= length(g); ++i) {
- pair z=point(g,i);
- frame f;
- if(i % 4 == 0) {
- fill(f,p);
- add(pic,f,z);
- } else {
- if(z.y > 50) {
- pic.add(new void(frame F, transform t) {
- path q=shift(t*z)*p;
- unfill(F,q);
- draw(F,q);
- });
- } else {
- draw(f,p);
- add(pic,f,z);
- }
- }
- }
- };
- }
-
- pair[] f={(5,5),(40,20),(55,51),(90,30)};
-
- draw(graph(f),marker(marks()));
-
- scale(true);
-
- xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
- yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks);
-
-
-
- 7. This example shows how to label an axis with arbitrary strings. import graph;
-
- size(400,150,IgnoreAspect);
-
- real[] x=sequence(12);
- real[] y=sin(2pi*x/12);
-
- scale(false);
-
- string[] month={"Jan","Feb","Mar","Apr","May","Jun",
- "Jul","Aug","Sep","Oct","Nov","Dec"};
-
- draw(graph(x,y),red,MarkFill[0]);
-
- xaxis(BottomTop,LeftTicks(new string(real x) {
- return month[round(x % 12)];}));
- yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks(4));
-
-
-
- 8. The next example draws a graph of a parametrized curve. The calls
- to xlimits(picture pic=currentpicture, real min=-infinity,
- real max=infinity, bool crop=NoCrop);
- and the analogous function `ylimits' can be uncommented to set
- the respective axes limits for picture `pic' to the specified
- `min' and `max' values. Alternatively, the function void limits(picture pic=currentpicture, pair min, pair max, bool crop=NoCrop);
- can be used to limit the axes to the box having opposite vertices
- at the given pairs). Existing objects in picture `pic' will be
- cropped to lie within the given limits if `crop'=`Crop'. The
- function `crop(picture pic)' can be used to crop a graph to the
- current graph limits. import graph;
-
- size(0,200);
-
- real x(real t) {return cos(2pi*t);}
- real y(real t) {return sin(2pi*t);}
-
- draw(graph(x,y,0,1));
-
- //xlimits(0,1,Crop);
- //ylimits(-1,0,Crop);
-
- xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
- yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks(trailingzero));
-
-
-
- The next example illustrates how one can extract a common axis
- scaling factor. import graph;
-
- axiscoverage=0.9;
- size(200,IgnoreAspect);
-
- real[] x={-1e-11,1e-11};
- real[] y={0,1e6};
-
- real xscale=round(log10(max(x)));
- real yscale=round(log10(max(y)))-1;
-
- draw(graph(x*10^(-xscale),y*10^(-yscale)),red);
-
- xaxis("$x/10^{"+(string) xscale+"}$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
- yaxis("$y/10^{"+(string) yscale+"}$",LeftRight,RightTicks(trailingzero));
-
-
-
- Axis scaling can be requested and/or automatic selection of the
- axis limits can be inhibited with one of these `scale' routines: void scale(picture pic=currentpicture, scaleT x, scaleT y);
-
- void scale(picture pic=currentpicture, bool xautoscale=true,
- bool yautoscale=xautoscale, bool zautoscale=yautoscale);
-
- This sets the scalings for picture `pic'. The `graph' routines
- accept an optional `picture' argument for determining the
- appropriate scalings to use; if none is given, it uses those set
- for `currentpicture'.
-
- Two frequently used scaling routines `Linear' and `Log' are
- predefined in `graph'.
-
- All picture coordinates (including those in paths and those given
- to the `label' and `limits' functions) are always treated as linear
- (post-scaled) coordinates. Use pair Scale(picture pic=currentpicture, pair z);
- to convert a graph coordinate into a scaled picture coordinate.
-
- The x and y components can be individually scaled using the
- analogous routines real ScaleX(picture pic=currentpicture, real x);
- real ScaleY(picture pic=currentpicture, real y);
-
- The predefined scaling routines can be given two optional boolean
- arguments: `automin=false' and `automax=automin'. These default to
- `false' but can be respectively set to `true' to enable automatic
- selection of "nice" axis minimum and maximum values. The `Linear'
- scaling can also take as optional final arguments a multiplicative
- scaling factor and intercept (e.g. for a depth axis, `Linear(-1)'
- requests axis reversal).
-
- For example, to draw a log/log graph of a function, use
- `scale(Log,Log)': import graph;
-
- size(200,200,IgnoreAspect);
-
- real f(real t) {return 1/t;}
-
- scale(Log,Log);
-
- draw(graph(f,0.1,10));
-
- //xlimits(1,10,Crop);
- //ylimits(0.1,1,Crop);
-
- dot(Label("(3,5)",align=S),Scale((3,5)));
-
- xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
- yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks);
-
-
-
- By extending the ticks, one can easily produce a logarithmic grid: import graph;
- size(200,200,IgnoreAspect);
-
- real f(real t) {return 1/t;}
-
- scale(Log,Log);
- draw(graph(f,0.1,10),red);
- pen thin=linewidth(0.5*linewidth());
- xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks(begin=false,end=false,extend=true,
- ptick=thin));
- yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks(begin=false,end=false,extend=true,
- ptick=thin));
-
-
-
- One can also specify custom tick locations and formats for
- logarithmic axes: import graph;
-
- size(300,175,IgnoreAspect);
- scale(Log,Log);
- draw(graph(identity,5,20));
- xlimits(5,20);
- ylimits(1,100);
- xaxis("$M/M_\odot$",BottomTop,LeftTicks(DefaultFormat,
- new real[] {6,10,12,14,16,18}));
- yaxis("$\nu_{\rm upp}$ [Hz]",LeftRight,RightTicks(DefaultFormat));
-
-
-
- It is easy to draw logarithmic graphs with respect to other bases: import graph;
- size(200,IgnoreAspect);
-
- // Base-2 logarithmic scale on y-axis:
-
- real log2(real x) {static real log2=log(2); return log(x)/log2;}
- real pow2(real x) {return 2^x;}
-
- scaleT yscale=scaleT(log2,pow2,logarithmic=true);
- scale(Linear,yscale);
-
- real f(real x) {return 1+x^2;}
-
- draw(graph(f,-4,4));
-
- yaxis("$y$",ymin=1,ymax=f(5),RightTicks(Label(Fill(white))),EndArrow);
- xaxis("$x$",xmin=-5,xmax=5,LeftTicks,EndArrow);
-
-
-
- Here is an example of "broken" linear x and logarithmic y axes
- that omit the segments [3,8] and [100,1000], respectively. In the
- case of a logarithmic axis, the break endpoints are automatically
- rounded to the nearest integral power of the base. import graph;
-
- size(200,150,IgnoreAspect);
-
- // Break the x axis at 3; restart at 8:
- real a=3, b=8;
-
- // Break the y axis at 100; restart at 1000:
- real c=100, d=1000;
-
- scale(Broken(a,b),BrokenLog(c,d));
-
- real[] x={1,2,4,6,10};
- real[] y=x^4;
-
- draw(graph(x,y),red,MarkFill[0]);
-
- xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks(Break(a,b)));
- yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks(Break(c,d)));
-
- label(rotate(90)*Break,(a,point(S).y));
- label(rotate(90)*Break,(a,point(N).y));
- label(Break,(point(W).x,ScaleY(c)));
- label(Break,(point(E).x,ScaleY(c)));
-
-
-
- 9. `Asymptote' can draw secondary axes with the routines picture secondaryX(picture primary=currentpicture, void f(picture));
- picture secondaryY(picture primary=currentpicture, void f(picture));
-
- In this example, `secondaryY' is used to draw a secondary linear y
- axis against a primary logarithmic y axis: import graph;
- texpreamble("\def\Arg{\mathop {\rm Arg}\nolimits}");
-
- size(10cm,5cm,IgnoreAspect);
-
- real ampl(real x) {return 2.5/(1+x^2);}
- real phas(real x) {return -atan(x)/pi;}
-
- scale(Log,Log);
- draw(graph(ampl,0.01,10));
- ylimits(0.001,100);
-
- xaxis("$\omega\tau_0$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
- yaxis("$|G(\omega\tau_0)|$",Left,RightTicks);
-
- picture q=secondaryY(new void(picture pic) {
- scale(pic,Log,Linear);
- draw(pic,graph(pic,phas,0.01,10),red);
- ylimits(pic,-1.0,1.5);
- yaxis(pic,"$\Arg G/\pi$",Right,red,
- LeftTicks("$% #.1f$",
- begin=false,end=false));
- yequals(pic,1,Dotted);
- });
- label(q,"(1,0)",Scale(q,(1,0)),red);
- add(q);
-
-
-
- A secondary logarithmic y axis can be drawn like this: import graph;
-
- size(9cm,6cm,IgnoreAspect);
- string data="secondaryaxis.csv";
-
- file in=input(data).line().csv();
-
- string[] titlelabel=in;
- string[] columnlabel=in;
-
- real[][] a=in.dimension(0,0);
- a=transpose(a);
- real[] t=a[0], susceptible=a[1], infectious=a[2], dead=a[3], larvae=a[4];
- real[] susceptibleM=a[5], exposed=a[6],infectiousM=a[7];
-
- scale(true);
-
- draw(graph(t,susceptible,t >= 10 & t <= 15));
- draw(graph(t,dead,t >= 10 & t <= 15),dashed);
-
- xaxis("Time ($\tau$)",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
- yaxis(Left,RightTicks);
-
- picture secondary=secondaryY(new void(picture pic) {
- scale(pic,Linear(true),Log(true));
- draw(pic,graph(pic,t,infectious,t >= 10 & t <= 15),red);
- yaxis(pic,Right,red,LeftTicks(begin=false,end=false));
- });
-
- add(secondary);
- label(shift(5mm*N)*"Proportion of crows",point(NW),E);
-
-
-
- 10. Here is a histogram example, which uses the `stats' module. import graph;
- import stats;
-
- size(400,200,IgnoreAspect);
-
- int n=10000;
- real[] a=new real[n];
- for(int i=0; i < n; ++i) a[i]=Gaussrand();
-
- draw(graph(Gaussian,min(a),max(a)),blue);
-
- // Optionally calculate "optimal" number of bins a la Shimazaki and Shinomoto.
- int N=bins(a);
-
- histogram(a,min(a),max(a),N,normalize=true,low=0,lightred,black,bars=false);
-
- xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
- yaxis("$dP/dx$",LeftRight,RightTicks(trailingzero));
-
-
-
- 11. Here is an example of reading column data in from a file and a
- least-squares fit, using the `stats' module. size(400,200,IgnoreAspect);
-
- import graph;
- import stats;
-
- file fin=input("leastsquares.dat").line();
-
- real[][] a=fin.dimension(0,0);
- a=transpose(a);
-
- real[] t=a[0], rho=a[1];
-
- // Read in parameters from the keyboard:
- //real first=getreal("first");
- //real step=getreal("step");
- //real last=getreal("last");
-
- real first=100;
- real step=50;
- real last=700;
-
- // Remove negative or zero values of rho:
- t=rho > 0 ? t : null;
- rho=rho > 0 ? rho : null;
-
- scale(Log(true),Linear(true));
-
- int n=step > 0 ? ceil((last-first)/step) : 0;
-
- real[] T,xi,dxi;
-
- for(int i=0; i <= n; ++i) {
- real first=first+i*step;
- real[] logrho=(t >= first & t <= last) ? log(rho) : null;
- real[] logt=(t >= first & t <= last) ? -log(t) : null;
-
- if(logt.length < 2) break;
-
- // Fit to the line logt=L.m*logrho+L.b:
- linefit L=leastsquares(logt,logrho);
-
- T.push(first);
- xi.push(L.m);
- dxi.push(L.dm);
- }
-
- draw(graph(T,xi),blue);
- errorbars(T,xi,dxi,red);
-
- crop();
-
- ylimits(0);
-
- xaxis("$T$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
- yaxis("$\xi$",LeftRight,RightTicks);
-
-
-
- 12. Here is an example that illustrates the general `axis' routine. import graph;
- size(0,100);
-
- path g=ellipse((0,0),1,2);
-
- scale(true);
-
- axis(Label("C",align=10W),g,LeftTicks(endlabel=false,8,end=false),
- ticklocate(0,360,new real(real v) {
- path h=(0,0)--max(abs(max(g)),abs(min(g)))*dir(v);
- return intersect(g,h)[0];}));
-
-
-
- 13. To draw a vector field of `n' arrows evenly spaced along the
- arclength of a path, use the routine picture vectorfield(path vector(real), path g, int n, bool truesize=false,
- pen p=currentpen, arrowbar arrow=Arrow);
- as illustrated in this simple example of a flow field: import graph;
- defaultpen(1.0);
-
- size(0,150,IgnoreAspect);
-
- real arrowsize=4mm;
- real arrowlength=2arrowsize;
-
- typedef path vector(real);
-
- // Return a vector interpolated linearly between a and b.
- vector vector(pair a, pair b) {
- return new path(real x) {
- return (0,0)--arrowlength*interp(a,b,x);
- };
- }
-
- real f(real x) {return 1/x;}
-
- real epsilon=0.5;
- path g=graph(f,epsilon,1/epsilon);
-
- int n=3;
- draw(g);
- xaxis("$x$");
- yaxis("$y$");
-
- add(vectorfield(vector(W,W),g,n,true));
- add(vectorfield(vector(NE,NW),(0,0)--(point(E).x,0),n,true));
- add(vectorfield(vector(NE,NE),(0,0)--(0,point(N).y),n,true));
-
-
-
- 14. To draw a vector field of `nx'\times`ny' arrows in `box(a,b)', use
- the routine picture vectorfield(path vector(pair), pair a, pair b,
- int nx=nmesh, int ny=nx, bool truesize=false,
- real maxlength=truesize ? 0 : maxlength(a,b,nx,ny),
- bool cond(pair z)=null, pen p=currentpen,
- arrowbar arrow=Arrow, margin margin=PenMargin)
- as illustrated in this example: import graph;
- size(100);
-
- pair a=(0,0);
- pair b=(2pi,2pi);
-
- path vector(pair z) {return (0,0)--(sin(z.x),cos(z.y));}
-
- add(vectorfield(vector,a,b));
-
-
-
- 15. The following scientific graphs, which illustrate many features of
- `Asymptote''s graphics routines, were generated from the examples
- `diatom.asy' and `westnile.asy', using the comma-separated data in
- `diatom.csv' and `westnile.csv'.
-
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: palette, Next: three, Prev: graph, Up: Base modules
-
-8.28 `palette'
-==============
-
-`Asymptote' can also generate color density images and palettes. The
-following palettes are predefined in `palette.asy':
-
-`pen[] Grayscale(int NColors=256)'
- a grayscale palette;
-
-`pen[] Rainbow(int NColors=32766)'
- a rainbow spectrum;
-
-`pen[] BWRainbow(int NColors=32761)'
- a rainbow spectrum tapering off to black/white at the ends;
-
-`pen[] BWRainbow2(int NColors=32761)'
- a double rainbow palette tapering off to black/white at the ends,
- with a linearly scaled intensity.
-
-`pen[] Wheel(int NColors=32766)'
- a full color wheel palette;
-
-`pen[] Gradient(int NColors=256 ... pen[] p)'
- a palette varying linearly over the specified array of pens, using
- NColors in each interpolation interval;
-
-
- The function `cmyk(pen[] Palette)' may be used to convert any of
-these palettes to the CMYK colorspace.
-
- A color density plot using palette `palette' can be generated from a
-function `f'(x,y) and added to a picture `pic':
-bounds image(picture pic=currentpicture, real f(real, real),
- range range=Full, pair initial, pair final,
- int nx=ngraph, int ny=nx, pen[] palette, bool antialias=false)
- The function `f' will be sampled at `nx' and `ny' evenly spaced points
-over a rectangle defined by the points `initial' and `final',
-respecting the current graphical scaling of `pic'. The color space is
-scaled according to the z axis scaling (*note automatic scaling::). A
-bounds structure for the function values is returned:
-struct bounds {
- real min;
- real max;
- // Possible tick intervals:
- int[] divisor;
-}
- This information can be used for generating an optional palette bar.
-The palette color space corresponds to a range of values specified by
-the argument `range', which can be `Full', `Automatic', or an explicit
-range `Range(real min, real max)'. Here `Full' specifies a range
-varying from the minimum to maximum values of the function over the
-sampling interval, while `Automatic' selects "nice" limits. The
-example `imagecontour.asy' illustrates how level sets (contour lines)
-can be drawn on a color density plot (*note contour::).
-
- A color density plot can also be generated from an explicit real[][]
-array `data':
-bounds image(picture pic=currentpicture, real[][] f, range range=Full,
- pair initial, pair final, pen[] palette,
- bool transpose=(initial.x < final.x && initial.y < final.y),
- bool copy=true, bool antialias=false);
- If the initial point is to the left and below the final point, by
-default the array indices are interpreted according to the Cartesian
-convention (first index: x, second index: y) rather than the usual
-matrix convention (first index: -y, second index: x).
-
- To construct an image from an array of irregularly spaced points and
-an array of values `f' at these points, use one of the routines
-bounds image(picture pic=currentpicture, pair[] z, real[] f,
- range range=Full, pen[] palette)
-bounds image(picture pic=currentpicture, real[] x, real[] y, real[] f,
- range range=Full, pen[] palette)
-
- An optionally labelled palette bar may be generated with the routine
-void palette(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", bounds bounds,
- pair initial, pair final, axis axis=Right, pen[] palette,
- pen p=currentpen, paletteticks ticks=PaletteTicks,
- bool copy=true, bool antialias=false);
- The color space of `palette' is taken to be over bounds `bounds' with
-scaling given by the z scaling of `pic'. The palette orientation is
-specified by `axis', which may be one of `Right', `Left', `Top', or
-`Bottom'. The bar is drawn over the rectangle from `initial' to
-`final'. The argument `paletteticks' is a special tick type (*note
-ticks::) that takes the following arguments:
-paletteticks PaletteTicks(Label format="", ticklabel ticklabel=null,
- bool beginlabel=true, bool endlabel=true,
- int N=0, int n=0, real Step=0, real step=0,
- pen pTick=nullpen, pen ptick=nullpen);
-
- The image and palette bar can be fit to a frame and added and
-optionally aligned to a picture at the desired location:
-
-size(12cm,12cm);
-
-import graph;
-import palette;
-
-int n=256;
-real ninv=2pi/n;
-real[][] v=new real[n][n];
-
-for(int i=0; i < n; ++i)
- for(int j=0; j < n; ++j)
- v[i][j]=sin(i*ninv)*cos(j*ninv);
-
-pen[] Palette=BWRainbow();
-
-picture bar;
-
-bounds range=image(v,(0,0),(1,1),Palette);
-palette(bar,"$A$",range,(0,0),(0.5cm,8cm),Right,Palette,
- PaletteTicks("$%+#.1f$"));
-add(bar.fit(),point(E),30E);
-
-
-
-Here is an example that uses logarithmic scaling of the function values:
-
-import graph;
-import palette;
-
-size(10cm,10cm,IgnoreAspect);
-
-real f(real x, real y) {
- return 0.9*pow10(2*sin(x/5+2*y^0.25)) + 0.1*(1+cos(10*log(y)));
-}
-
-scale(Linear,Log,Log);
-
-pen[] Palette=BWRainbow();
-
-bounds range=image(f,Automatic,(0,1),(100,100),nx=200,Palette);
-
-xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks,above=true);
-yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks,above=true);
-
-palette("$f(x,y)$",range,(0,200),(100,250),Top,Palette,
- PaletteTicks(ptick=linewidth(0.5*linewidth())));
-
-
-
-One can also draw an image directly from a two-dimensional pen array or
-a function `pen f(int, int)':
-void image(picture pic=currentpicture, pen[][] data,
- pair initial, pair final,
- bool transpose=(initial.x < final.x && initial.y < final.y),
- bool copy=true, bool antialias=false);
-void image(picture pic=currentpicture, pen f(int, int), int width, int height,
- pair initial, pair final,
- bool transpose=(initial.x < final.x && initial.y < final.y),
- bool antialias=false);
- as illustrated in the following examples:
-
-size(200);
-
-import palette;
-
-int n=256;
-real ninv=2pi/n;
-pen[][] v=new pen[n][n];
-
-for(int i=0; i < n; ++i)
- for(int j=0; j < n; ++j)
- v[i][j]=rgb(0.5*(1+sin(i*ninv)),0.5*(1+cos(j*ninv)),0);
-
-image(v,(0,0),(1,1));
-
-
-
-import palette;
-
-size(200);
-
-real fracpart(real x) {return (x-floor(x));}
-
-pair pws(pair z) {
- pair w=(z+exp(pi*I/5)/0.9)/(1+z/0.9*exp(-pi*I/5));
- return exp(w)*(w^3-0.5*I);
-}
-
-int N=512;
-
-pair a=(-1,-1);
-pair b=(0.5,0.5);
-real dx=(b-a).x/N;
-real dy=(b-a).y/N;
-
-pen f(int u, int v) {
- pair z=a+(u*dx,v*dy);
- pair w=pws(z);
- real phase=degrees(w,warn=false);
- real modulus=w == 0 ? 0: fracpart(log(abs(w)));
- return hsv(phase,1,sqrt(modulus));
-}
-
-image(f,N,N,(0,0),(300,300),antialias=true);
-
-
-
-For convenience, the module `palette' also defines functions that may
-be used to construct a pen array from a given function and palette:
-pen[] palette(real[] f, pen[] palette);
-pen[][] palette(real[][] f, pen[] palette);
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: three, Next: obj, Prev: palette, Up: Base modules
-
-8.29 `three'
-============
-
-This module fully extends the notion of guides and paths in `Asymptote'
-to three dimensions. It introduces the new types guide3, path3, and
-surface. Guides in three dimensions are specified with the same syntax
-as in two dimensions except that triples `(x,y,z)' are used in place of
-pairs `(x,y)' for the nodes and direction specifiers. This
-generalization of John Hobby's spline algorithm is shape-invariant under
-three-dimensional rotation, scaling, and shifting, and reduces in the
-planar case to the two-dimensional algorithm used in `Asymptote',
-`MetaPost', and `MetaFont' [cf. J. C. Bowman, Proceedings in Applied
-Mathematics and Mechanics, 7:1, 2010021-2010022 (2007)].
-
- For example, a unit circle in the XY plane may be filled and drawn
-like this:
-
-import three;
-
-size(100);
-
-path3 g=(1,0,0)..(0,1,0)..(-1,0,0)..(0,-1,0)..cycle;
-draw(g);
-draw(O--Z,red+dashed,Arrow3);
-draw(((-1,-1,0)--(1,-1,0)--(1,1,0)--(-1,1,0)--cycle));
-dot(g,red);
-
-
-and then distorted into a saddle:
-
-import three;
-
-size(100,0);
-path3 g=(1,0,0)..(0,1,1)..(-1,0,0)..(0,-1,1)..cycle;
-draw(g);
-draw(((-1,-1,0)--(1,-1,0)--(1,1,0)--(-1,1,0)--cycle));
-dot(g,red);
-
-
-Module `three' provides constructors for converting two-dimensional
-paths to three-dimensional ones, and vice-versa:
-path3 path3(path p, triple plane(pair)=XYplane);
-path path(path3 p, pair P(triple)=xypart);
-
- A Bezier surface, the natural two-dimensional generalization of
-Bezier curves, is defined in `three_surface.asy' as a structure
-containing an array of Bezier patches. Surfaces may drawn with one of
-the routines
-void draw(picture pic=currentpicture, surface s, int nu=1, int nv=1,
- material surfacepen=currentpen, pen meshpen=nullpen,
- light light=currentlight, light meshlight=light, string name="",
- render render=defaultrender);
-void draw(picture pic=currentpicture, surface s, int nu=1, int nv=1,
- material[] surfacepen, pen meshpen,
- light light=currentlight, light meshlight=light, string name="",
- render render=defaultrender);
-void draw(picture pic=currentpicture, surface s, int nu=1, int nv=1,
- material[] surfacepen, pen[] meshpen=nullpens,
- light light=currentlight, light meshlight=light, string name="",
- render render=defaultrender);
-
- The parameters `nu' and `nv' specify the number of subdivisions for
-drawing optional mesh lines for each Bezier patch. The optional `name'
-parameter is used as a prefix for naming the surface patches in the PRC
-model tree. Here material is a structure defined in `three_light.asy':
-struct material {
- pen[] p; // diffusepen,ambientpen,emissivepen,specularpen
- real opacity;
- real shininess;
-...
-}
- These material properties are used to implement `OpenGL'-style
-lighting, based on the Phong-Blinn specular model. Sample Bezier
-surfaces are contained in the example files `BezierSurface.asy',
-`teapot.asy', and `parametricsurface.asy'. The structure `render'
-contains specialized rendering options documented at the beginning of
-module `three.asy'.
-
- The examples `elevation.asy' and `sphericalharmonic.asy' illustrate
-how to draw a surface with patch-dependent colors. The examples
-`vertexshading' and `smoothelevation' illustrate vertex-dependent
-colors, which is supported for both `Asymptote''s native `OpenGL'
-renderer and two-dimensional projections. Since the PRC output format
-does not currently support vertex shading of Bezier surfaces, PRC
-patches are shaded with the mean of the four vertex colors.
-
- A surface can be constructed from a cyclic `path3' with the
-constructor
-surface surface(path3 external, triple[] internal=new triple[],
- triple[] normals=new triple[], pen[] colors=new pen[],
- bool3 planar=default);
- and then filled:
-draw(surface(path3(polygon(5))),red,nolight);
-draw(surface(unitcircle3),red,nolight);
-draw(surface(unitcircle3,new pen[] {red,green,blue,black}),nolight);
- The last example constructs a patch with vertex-specific colors. A
-three-dimensional planar surface in the plane `plane' can be
-constructed from a two-dimensional cyclic path `g' with the constructor
-surface surface(path p, triple plane(pair)=XYplane);
- and then filled:
-draw(surface((0,0)--E+2N--2E--E+N..0.2E..cycle),red);
- Planar Bezier surfaces patches are constructed using Orest Shardt's
-`bezulate' routine, which decomposes (possibly nonsimply connected)
-regions bounded (according to the `zerowinding' fill rule) by simple
-cyclic paths (intersecting only at the endpoints) into subregions
-bounded by cyclic paths of length `4' or less.
-
- Arbitrary thick three-dimensional curves and line caps (which the
-`OpenGL' standard does not require implementations to provide) are
-constructed with
-tube tube(path3 p, real width, render render=defaultrender);
- this returns a tube structure representing a tube of diameter `width'
-centered approximately on `g'. The tube structure consists of a surface
-`s' and the actual tube center, path3 `center'. Drawing thick lines as
-tubes can be slow to render, especially with the `Adobe Reader'
-renderer. The setting `thick=false' can be used to disable this feature
-and force all lines to be drawn with `linewidth(0)' (one pixel wide,
-regardless of the resolution). By default, mesh and contour lines in
-three-dimensions are always drawn thin, unless an explicit line width
-is given in the pen parameter or the setting `thin' is set to `false'.
-The pens `thin()' and `thick()' defined in plain_pens.asy can also be
-used to override these defaults for specific draw commands.
-
-There are four choices for viewing 3D `Asymptote' output:
- 1. Use the native `Asymptote' adaptive `OpenGL'-based renderer (with
- the command-line option `-V' and the default settings
- `outformat=""' and `render=-1'). If you encounter warnings from
- your graphics card driver, try specifying `-glOptions=-indirect'
- on the command line. On `UNIX' systems with graphics support for
- multisampling, we recommend installing the latest SVN (antialiased)
- version of the `freeglut' library (*note multisampling::); the
- sample width can be controlled with the setting `multisample'. An
- initial screen position can be specified with the pair setting
- `position', where negative values are interpreted as relative to
- the corresponding maximum screen dimension. The default settings import settings;
- leftbutton=new string[] {"rotate","zoom","shift","pan"};
- middlebutton=new string[] {"menu"};
- rightbutton=new string[] {"zoom/menu","rotateX","rotateY","rotateZ"};
- wheelup=new string[] {"zoomin"};
- wheeldown=new string[] {"zoomout"};
- bind the mouse buttons as follows:
- * Left: rotate
-
- * Shift Left: zoom
-
- * Ctrl Left: shift viewport
-
- * Alt Left: pan
-
- * Middle: menu (must be unmodified; ignores Shift, Ctrl, and
- Alt)
-
- * Wheel Up: zoom in
-
- * Wheel Down: zoom out
-
- * Right: zoom/menu (must be unmodified)
-
- * Right double click: menu
-
- * Shift Right: rotate about the X axis
-
- * Ctrl Right: rotate about the Y axis
-
- * Alt Right: rotate about the Z axis
-
- The keyboard shortcuts are:
- * h: home
-
- * f: toggle fitscreen
-
- * x: spin about the X axis
-
- * y: spin about the Y axis
-
- * z: spin about the Z axis
-
- * s: stop spinning
-
- * m: rendering mode (solid/mesh/patch)
-
- * e: export
-
- * c: show camera parameters
-
- * p: play animation
-
- * r: reverse animation
-
- * : step animation
-
- * +: expand
-
- * =: expand
-
- * >: expand
-
- * -: shrink
-
- * _: shrink
-
- * <: shrink
-
- * q: exit
-
- * Ctrl-q: exit
-
- 2. Render the scene to a specified rasterized format `outformat' at
- the resolution of `n' pixels per `bp', as specified by the setting
- `render=n'. A negative value of `n' is interpreted as `|2n|' for
- EPS and PDF formats and `|n|' for other formats. The default value
- of `render' is -1. By default, the scene is internally rendered
- at twice the specified resolution; this can be disabled by setting
- `antialias=1'. High resolution rendering is done by tiling the
- image. If your graphics card allows it, the rendering can be made
- more efficient by increasing the maximum tile size `maxtile' to
- your screen dimensions (indicated by `maxtile=(0,0)'. If your
- video card generates unwanted black stripes in the output, try
- setting the horizontal and vertical components of `maxtiles' to
- something less than your screen dimensions. The tile size is also
- limited by the setting `maxviewport', which restricts the maximum
- width and height of the viewport. On `UNIX' systems some graphics
- drivers support batch mode (`-noV') rendering in an iconified
- window; this can be enabled with the setting `iconify=true'. Some
- (broken) `UNIX' graphics drivers may require the command line
- setting `-glOptions=-indirect', which requests (slower) indirect
- rendering.
-
- 3. Embed the 3D PRC format in a PDF file and view the resulting PDF
- file with version `9.0' or later of `Adobe Reader'. In addition
- to the default `settings.prc=true', this requires
- `settings.outformat="pdf"', which can be specified by the command
- line option `-f pdf', put in the `Asymptote' configuration file
- (*note configuration file::), or specified in the script before
- `three.asy' (or `graph3.asy') is imported. Version 2008/10/08 or
- later of the `movie15' package is also required (*note embed::).
- The example `pdb.asy' illustrates how one can generate a list of
- predefined views (see `100d.views'). A stationary preview image
- with a resolution of `n' pixels per `bp' can be embedded with the
- setting `render=n'; this allows the file to be viewed with other
- `PDF' viewers. Alternatively, the file `externalprc.tex'
- illustrates how the resulting PRC and rendered image files can be
- extracted and processed in a separate `LaTeX' file. However, see
- *note LaTeX usage:: for an easier way to embed three-dimensional
- `Asymptote' pictures within `LaTeX'. The open-source PRC
- specification is available from
- `http://livedocs.adobe.com/acrobat_sdk/9/Acrobat9_HTMLHelp/API_References/PRCReference/PRC_Format_Specification/'.
-
- 4. Project the scene to a two-dimensional vector (EPS or PDF) format
- with `render=0'. Only limited hidden surface removal facilities
- are currently available with this approach (*note PostScript3D::).
-
-
- Automatic picture sizing in three dimensions is accomplished with
-double deferred drawing. The maximal desired dimensions of the scene in
-each of the three dimensions can optionally be specified with the
-routine
-void size3(picture pic=currentpicture, real x, real y=x, real z=y,
- bool keepAspect=pic.keepAspect);
- The resulting simplex linear programming problem is then solved to
-produce a 3D version of a frame (actually implemented as a 3D picture).
-The result is then fit with another application of deferred drawing to
-the viewport dimensions corresponding to the usual two-dimensional
-picture `size' parameters. The global pair `viewportmargin' may be used
-to add horizontal and vertical margins to the viewport dimensions.
-Alternatively, a minimum `viewportsize' may be specified. A 3D picture
-`pic' can be explicitly fit to a 3D frame by calling
-frame pic.fit3(projection P=currentprojection);
- and then added to picture `dest' about `position' with
-void add(picture dest=currentpicture, frame src, triple position=(0,0,0));
-
- For convenience, the `three' module defines `O=(0,0,0)',
-`X=(1,0,0)', `Y=(0,1,0)', and `Z=(0,0,1)', along with a unitcircle in
-the XY plane:
-path3 unitcircle3=X..Y..-X..-Y..cycle;
-
- A general (approximate) circle can be drawn perpendicular to the
-direction `normal' with the routine
-path3 circle(triple c, real r, triple normal=Z);
-
- A circular arc centered at `c' with radius `r' from
-`c+r*dir(theta1,phi1)' to `c+r*dir(theta2,phi2)', drawing
-counterclockwise relative to the normal vector
-`cross(dir(theta1,phi1),dir(theta2,phi2))' if `theta2 > theta1' or if
-`theta2 == theta1' and `phi2 >= phi1', can be constructed with
-path3 arc(triple c, real r, real theta1, real phi1, real theta2, real phi2,
- triple normal=O);
- The normal must be explicitly specified if `c' and the endpoints are
-colinear. If `r' < 0, the complementary arc of radius `|r|' is
-constructed. For convenience, an arc centered at `c' from triple `v1'
-to `v2' (assuming `|v2-c|=|v1-c|') in the direction CCW
-(counter-clockwise) or CW (clockwise) may also be constructed with
-path3 arc(triple c, triple v1, triple v2, triple normal=O,
- bool direction=CCW);
- When high accuracy is needed, the routines `Circle' and `Arc' defined
-in `graph3' may be used instead. See *note GaussianSurface:: for an
-example of a three-dimensional circular arc.
-
- The representation `O--O+u--O+u+v--O+v--cycle' of the plane passing
-through point `O' with normal `cross(u,v)' is returned by
-path3 plane(triple u, triple v, triple O=O);
- A three-dimensional box with opposite vertices at triples `v1' and
-`v2' may be drawn with the function
-path3[] box(triple v1, triple v2);
- For example, a unit box is predefined as
-path3[] unitbox=box(O,(1,1,1));
- `Asymptote' also provides optimized definitions for the
-three-dimensional paths `unitsquare3' and `unitcircle3', along with the
-surfaces `unitdisk', `unitplane', `unitcube', `unitcylinder',
-`unitcone', `unitsolidcone', `unitfrustum(real t1, real t2)',
-`unitsphere', and `unithemisphere'.
-
-These projections to two dimensions are predefined:
-`oblique'
-
-`oblique(real angle)'
- The point `(x,y,z)' is projected to `(x-0.5z,y-0.5z)'. If an
- optional real argument is given, the negative z axis is drawn at
- this angle in degrees. The projection `obliqueZ' is a synonym for
- `oblique'.
-
-`obliqueX'
-
-`obliqueX(real angle)'
- The point `(x,y,z)' is projected to `(y-0.5x,z-0.5x)'. If an
- optional real argument is given, the negative x axis is drawn at
- this angle in degrees.
-
-`obliqueY'
-
-`obliqueY(real angle)'
- The point `(x,y,z)' is projected to `(x+0.5y,z+0.5y)'. If an
- optional real argument is given, the positive y axis is drawn at
- this angle in degrees.
-
-`orthographic(triple camera, triple up=Z, triple target=O,
- real zoom=1, pair viewportshift=0, bool showtarget=true,
- bool center=false)'
- This projects from three to two dimensions using the view as seen
- at a point infinitely far away in the direction `unit(camera)',
- orienting the camera so that, if possible, the vector `up' points
- upwards. Parallel lines are projected to parallel lines. The
- bounding volume is expanded to include `target' if
- `showtarget=true'. If `center=true', the target will be adjusted
- to the center of the bounding volume.
-
-`orthographic(real x, real y, real z, triple up=Z, triple target=O,
- real zoom=1, pair viewportshift=0, bool showtarget=true,
- bool center=false)'
- This is equivalent to orthographic((x,y,z),up,target,zoom,viewportshift,showtarget,center)
-
- The routine triple camera(real alpha, real beta);
- can be used to compute the camera position with the x axis below
- the horizontal at angle `alpha', the y axis below the horizontal
- at angle `beta', and the z axis up.
-
-`perspective(triple camera, triple up=Z, triple target=O,
- real zoom=1, real angle=0, pair viewportshift=0,
- bool showtarget=true, bool autoadjust=true,
- bool center=autoadjust)'
- This projects from three to two dimensions, taking account of
- perspective, as seen from the location `camera' looking at
- `target', orienting the camera so that, if possible, the vector
- `up' points upwards. If `render=0', projection of
- three-dimensional cubic Bezier splines is implemented by
- approximating a two-dimensional nonuniform rational B-spline
- (NURBS) with a two-dimensional Bezier curve containing additional
- nodes and control points. If `autoadjust=true', the camera will
- automatically be adjusted to lie outside the bounding volume for
- all possible interactive rotations about `target'. If
- `center=true', the target will be adjusted to the center of the
- bounding volume.
-
-`perspective(real x, real y, real z, triple up=Z, triple target=O,
- real zoom=1, real angle=0, pair viewportshift=0,
- bool showtarget=true, bool autoadjust=true,
- bool center=autoadjust)'
- This is equivalent to perspective((x,y,z),up,target,zoom,angle,viewportshift,showtarget,
- autoadjust,center)
-
-The default projection, `currentprojection', is initially set to
-`perspective(5,4,2)'.
-
- We also define standard orthographic views used in technical drawing:
-projection LeftView=orthographic(-X,showtarget=true);
-projection RightView=orthographic(X,showtarget=true);
-projection FrontView=orthographic(-Y,showtarget=true);
-projection BackView=orthographic(Y,showtarget=true);
-projection BottomView=orthographic(-Z,showtarget=true);
-projection TopView=orthographic(Z,showtarget=true);
- The function
-void addViews(picture dest=currentpicture, picture src,
- projection[][] views=SixViewsUS,
- bool group=true, filltype filltype=NoFill);
- adds to picture `dest' an array of views of picture `src' using the
-layout projection[][] `views'. The default layout `SixViewsUS' aligns
-the projection `FrontView' below `TopView' and above `BottomView', to
-the right of `LeftView' and left of `RightView' and `BackView'. The
-predefined layouts are:
-projection[][] ThreeViewsUS={{TopView},
- {FrontView,RightView}};
-
-projection[][] SixViewsUS={{null,TopView},
- {LeftView,FrontView,RightView,BackView},
- {null,BottomView}};
-
-projection[][] ThreeViewsFR={{RightView,FrontView},
- {null,TopView}};
-
-projection[][] SixViewsFR={{null,BottomView},
- {RightView,FrontView,LeftView,BackView},
- {null,TopView}};
-
-projection[][] ThreeViews={{FrontView,TopView,RightView}};
-
-projection[][] SixViews={{FrontView,TopView,RightView},
- {BackView,BottomView,LeftView}};
-
- A triple or path3 can be projected to a pair or path, with
-`project(triple, projection P=currentprojection)' or `project(path3,
-projection P=currentprojection)'.
-
- It is occasionally useful to be able to invert a projection, sending
-a pair `z' onto the plane perpendicular to `normal' and passing through
-`point':
-triple invert(pair z, triple normal, triple point,
- projection P=currentprojection);
- A pair `z' on the projection plane can be inverted to a triple with
-the routine
-triple invert(pair z, projection P=currentprojection);
- A pair direction `dir' on the projection plane can be inverted to a
-triple direction relative to a point `v' with the routine
-triple invert(pair dir, triple v, projection P=currentprojection).
-
- Three-dimensional objects may be transformed with one of the
-following built-in transform3 types (the identity transformation is
-`identity4'):
-
-`shift(triple v)'
- translates by the triple `v';
-
-`xscale3(real x)'
- scales by `x' in the x direction;
-
-`yscale3(real y)'
- scales by `y' in the y direction;
-
-`zscale3(real z)'
- scales by `z' in the z direction;
-
-`scale3(real s)'
- scales by `s' in the x, y, and z directions;
-
-`scale(real x, real y, real z)'
- scales by `x' in the x direction, by `y' in the y direction, and
- by `z' in the z direction;
-
-`rotate(real angle, triple v)'
- rotates by `angle' in degrees about an axis `v' through the origin;
-
-`rotate(real angle, triple u, triple v)'
- rotates by `angle' in degrees about the axis `u--v';
-
-`reflect(triple u, triple v, triple w)'
- reflects about the plane through `u', `v', and `w'.
-
- When not multiplied on the left by a transform3, three-dimensional
-TeX Labels are drawn as Bezier surfaces directly on the projection
-plane:
-void label(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L, triple position,
- align align=NoAlign, pen p=currentpen,
- light light=nolight, string name="",
- render render=defaultrender, interaction interaction=
- settings.autobillboard ? Billboard : Embedded)
- The optional `name' parameter is used as a prefix for naming the label
-patches in the PRC model tree. The default interaction is `Billboard',
-which means that labels are rotated interactively so that they always
-face the camera. The interaction `Embedded' means that the label
-interacts as a normal `3D' surface, as illustrated in the example
-`billboard.asy'. Alternatively, a label can be transformed from the
-`XY' plane by an explicit transform3 or mapped to a specified
-two-dimensional plane with the predefined transform3 types `XY', `YZ',
-`ZX', `YX', `ZY', `ZX'. There are also modified versions of these
-transforms that take an optional argument `projection
-P=currentprojection' that rotate and/or flip the label so that it is
-more readable from the initial viewpoint.
-
- A transform3 that projects in the direction `dir' onto the plane
-with normal `n' through point `O' is returned by
-transform3 planeproject(triple n, triple O=O, triple dir=n);
- One can use
-triple normal(path3 p);
- to find the unit normal vector to a planar three-dimensional path `p'.
-As illustrated in the example `planeproject.asy', a transform3 that
-projects in the direction `dir' onto the plane defined by a planar path
-`p' is returned by
-transform3 planeproject(path3 p, triple dir=normal(p));
-
- The functions
-surface extrude(path p, triple axis=Z);
-surface extrude(Label L, triple axis=Z);
- return the surface obtained by extruding path `p' or Label `L' along
-`axis'.
-
- Three-dimensional versions of the path functions `length', `size',
-`point', `dir', `accel', `radius', `precontrol', `postcontrol',
-`arclength', `arctime', `reverse', `subpath', `intersect',
-`intersections', `intersectionpoint', `intersectionpoints', `min',
-`max', `cyclic', and `straight' are also defined.
-
- The routine
-real[][] intersections(path3 p, surface s, real fuzz=-1);
- returns the intersection times of a path `p' with a surface `s' as a
-sorted array of real arrays of length 2, and
-triple[] intersectionpoints(path3 p, surface s, real fuzz=-1);
- returns the corresponding intersection points. Here, the computations
-are performed to the absolute error specified by `fuzz', or if `fuzz <
-0', to machine precision.
-
- Here is an example showing all five guide3 connectors:
-
-import graph3;
-
-size(200);
-
-currentprojection=orthographic(500,-500,500);
-
-triple[] z=new triple[10];
-
-z[0]=(0,100,0); z[1]=(50,0,0); z[2]=(180,0,0);
-
-for(int n=3; n <= 9; ++n)
- z[n]=z[n-3]+(200,0,0);
-
-path3 p=z[0]..z[1]---z[2]::{Y}z[3]
-&z[3]..z[4]--z[5]::{Y}z[6]
-&z[6]::z[7]---z[8]..{Y}z[9];
-
-draw(p,grey+linewidth(4mm),currentlight);
-
-xaxis3(Label(XY()*"$x$",align=-3Y),red,above=true);
-yaxis3(Label(XY()*"$y$",align=-3X),red,above=true);
-
-
-
-Three-dimensional versions of bars or arrows can be drawn with one of
-the specifiers `None', `Blank', `BeginBar3', `EndBar3' (or equivalently
-`Bar3'), `Bars3', `BeginArrow3', `MidArrow3', `EndArrow3' (or
-equivalently `Arrow3'), `Arrows3', `BeginArcArrow3', `EndArcArrow3' (or
-equivalently `ArcArrow3'), `MidArcArrow3', and `ArcArrows3'.
-Three-dimensional bars accept the optional arguments `(real size=0,
-triple dir=O)'. If `size=O', the default bar length is used; if
-`dir=O', the bar is drawn perpendicular to the path and the initial
-viewing direction. The predefined three-dimensional arrowhead styles
-are `DefaultHead3', `HookHead3', `TeXHead3'. Versions of the
-two-dimensional arrowheads lifted to three-dimensional space and
-aligned according to the initial viewpoint (or an optionally specified
-`normal' vector) are also defined: `DefaultHead2(triple normal=O)',
-`HookHead2(triple normal=O)', `TeXHead2(triple normal=O)'. These are
-illustrated in the example `arrows3.asy'.
-
- Module `three' also defines the three-dimensional margins
-`NoMargin3', `BeginMargin3', `EndMargin3', `Margin3', `Margins3',
-`BeginPenMargin2', `EndPenMargin2', `PenMargin2', `PenMargins2',
-`BeginPenMargin3', `EndPenMargin3', `PenMargin3', `PenMargins3',
-`BeginDotMargin3', `EndDotMargin3', `DotMargin3', `DotMargins3',
-`Margin3', and `TrueMargin3'.
-
- The routine
-void pixel(picture pic=currentpicture, triple v, pen p=currentpen,
- real width=1);
- can be used to draw on picture `pic' a pixel of width `width' at
-position `v' using pen `p'.
-
- Further three-dimensional examples are provided in the files
-`near_earth.asy', `conicurv.asy', and (in the `animations'
-subdirectory) `cube.asy'.
-
- Limited support for projected vector graphics (effectively
-three-dimensional nonrendered `PostScript') is available with the
-setting `render=0'. This currently only works for piecewise planar
-surfaces, such as those produced by the parametric `surface' routines
-in the `graph3' module. Surfaces produced by the `solids' package will
-also be properly rendered if the parameter `nslices' is sufficiently
-large.
-
- In the module `bsp', hidden surface removal of planar pictures is
-implemented using a binary space partition and picture clipping. A
-planar path is first converted to a structure `face' derived from
-`picture'. A `face' may be given to a two-dimensional drawing routine
-in place of any `picture' argument. An array of such faces may then be
-drawn, removing hidden surfaces:
-void add(picture pic=currentpicture, face[] faces,
- projection P=currentprojection);
- Labels may be projected to two dimensions, using projection `P', onto
-the plane passing through point `O' with normal `cross(u,v)' by
-multiplying it on the left by the transform
-transform transform(triple u, triple v, triple O=O,
- projection P=currentprojection);
-
- Here is an example that shows how a binary space partition may be
-used to draw a two-dimensional vector graphics projection of three
-orthogonal intersecting planes:
-
-size(6cm,0);
-import bsp;
-
-real u=2.5;
-real v=1;
-
-currentprojection=oblique;
-
-path3 y=plane((2u,0,0),(0,2v,0),(-u,-v,0));
-path3 l=rotate(90,Z)*rotate(90,Y)*y;
-path3 g=rotate(90,X)*rotate(90,Y)*y;
-
-face[] faces;
-filldraw(faces.push(y),project(y),yellow);
-filldraw(faces.push(l),project(l),lightgrey);
-filldraw(faces.push(g),project(g),green);
-
-add(faces);
-
-
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: obj, Next: graph3, Prev: three, Up: Base modules
-
-8.30 `obj'
-==========
-
-This module allows one to construct surfaces from simple obj files, as
-illustrated in the example files `galleon.asy' and `triceratops.asy'.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: graph3, Next: grid3, Prev: obj, Up: Base modules
-
-8.31 `graph3'
-=============
-
-This module implements three-dimensional versions of the functions in
-`graph.asy'. To draw an x axis in three dimensions, use the routine
-void xaxis3(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", axis axis=YZZero,
- real xmin=-infinity, real xmax=infinity, pen p=currentpen,
- ticks3 ticks=NoTicks3, arrowbar3 arrow=None, bool above=false);
- Analogous routines `yaxis' and `zaxis' can be used to draw y and z
-axes in three dimensions. There is also a routine for drawing all
-three axis:
-void axes3(picture pic=currentpicture,
- Label xlabel="", Label ylabel="", Label zlabel="",
- triple min=(-infinity,-infinity,-infinity),
- triple max=(infinity,infinity,infinity),
- pen p=currentpen, arrowbar3 arrow=None);
-
-The predefined three-dimensional axis types are
-axis YZEquals(real y, real z, triple align=O, bool extend=false);
-axis XZEquals(real x, real z, triple align=O, bool extend=false);
-axis XYEquals(real x, real y, triple align=O, bool extend=false);
-axis YZZero(triple align=O, bool extend=false);
-axis XZZero(triple align=O, bool extend=false);
-axis XYZero(triple align=O, bool extend=false);
-axis Bounds(int type=Both, int type2=Both, triple align=O, bool extend=false);
- The optional `align' parameter to these routines can be used to
-specify the default axis and tick label alignments. The `Bounds' axis
-accepts two type parameters, each of which must be one of `Min', `Max',
-or `Both'. These parameters specify which of the four possible
-three-dimensional bounding box edges should be drawn.
-
- The three-dimensional tick options are `NoTicks3', `InTicks',
-`OutTicks', and `InOutTicks'. These specify the tick directions for the
-`Bounds' axis type; other axis types inherit the direction that would
-be used for the `Bounds(Min,Min)' axis.
-
- Here is an example of a helix and bounding box axes with ticks and
-axis labels, using orthographic projection:
-
-import graph3;
-
-size(0,200);
-size3(200,IgnoreAspect);
-
-currentprojection=orthographic(4,6,3);
-
-real x(real t) {return cos(2pi*t);}
-real y(real t) {return sin(2pi*t);}
-real z(real t) {return t;}
-
-path3 p=graph(x,y,z,0,2.7,operator ..);
-
-draw(p,Arrow3);
-
-scale(true);
-
-xaxis3(XZ()*"$x$",Bounds,red,InTicks(Label,2,2));
-yaxis3(YZ()*"$y$",Bounds,red,InTicks(beginlabel=false,Label,2,2));
-zaxis3(XZ()*"$z$",Bounds,red,InTicks);
-
-
-
-The next example illustrates three-dimensional x, y, and z axes,
-without autoscaling of the axis limits:
-
-import graph3;
-
-size(0,200);
-size3(200,IgnoreAspect);
-
-currentprojection=perspective(5,2,2);
-
-scale(Linear,Linear,Log);
-
-xaxis3("$x$",0,1,red,OutTicks(2,2));
-yaxis3("$y$",0,1,red,OutTicks(2,2));
-zaxis3("$z$",1,30,red,OutTicks(beginlabel=false));
-
-
-
-One can also place ticks along a general three-dimensional axis:
-
-import graph3;
-
-size(0,100);
-
-path3 g=yscale3(2)*unitcircle3;
-currentprojection=perspective(10,10,10);
-
-axis(Label("C",position=0,align=15X),g,InTicks(endlabel=false,8,end=false),
- ticklocate(0,360,new real(real v) {
- path3 h=O--max(abs(max(g)),abs(min(g)))*dir(90,v);
- return intersect(g,h)[0];},
- new triple(real t) {return cross(dir(g,t),Z);}));
-
-
-
-Surface plots of matrices and functions over the region `box(a,b)' in
-the XY plane are also implemented:
-surface surface(real[][] f, pair a, pair b, bool[][] cond={});
-surface surface(real[][] f, pair a, pair b, splinetype xsplinetype,
- splinetype ysplinetype=xsplinetype, bool[][] cond={});
-surface surface(real[][] f, real[] x, real[] y,
- splinetype xsplinetype=null, splinetype ysplinetype=xsplinetype,
- bool[][] cond={})
-surface surface(triple[][] f, bool[][] cond={});
-surface surface(real f(pair z), pair a, pair b, int nx=nmesh, int ny=nx,
- bool cond(pair z)=null);
-surface surface(real f(pair z), pair a, pair b, int nx=nmesh, int ny=nx,
- splinetype xsplinetype, splinetype ysplinetype=xsplinetype,
- bool cond(pair z)=null);
-surface surface(triple f(pair z), real[] u, real[] v,
- splinetype[] usplinetype, splinetype[] vsplinetype=Spline,
- bool cond(pair z)=null);
-surface surface(triple f(pair z), pair a, pair b, int nu=nmesh, int nv=nu,
- bool cond(pair z)=null);
-surface surface(triple f(pair z), pair a, pair b, int nu=nmesh, int nv=nu,
- splinetype[] usplinetype, splinetype[] vsplinetype=Spline,
- bool cond(pair z)=null);
- The final two versions draw parametric surfaces for a function f(u,v)
-over the parameter space `box(a,b)', as illustrated in the example
-`parametricsurface.asy'. An optional splinetype `Spline' may be
-specified. The boolean array or function `cond' can be used to control
-which surface mesh cells are actually drawn (by default all mesh cells
-over `box(a,b)' are drawn). Surface lighting is illustrated in the
-example files `parametricsurface.asy' and `sinc.asy'. Lighting can be
-disabled by setting `light=nolight', as in this example of a Gaussian
-surface:
-
-import graph3;
-
-size(200,0);
-
-currentprojection=perspective(10,8,4);
-
-real f(pair z) {return 0.5+exp(-abs(z)^2);}
-
-draw((-1,-1,0)--(1,-1,0)--(1,1,0)--(-1,1,0)--cycle);
-
-draw(arc(0.12Z,0.2,90,60,90,25),ArcArrow3);
-
-surface s=surface(f,(-1,-1),(1,1),nx=5,Spline);
-
-xaxis3(Label("$x$"),red,Arrow3);
-yaxis3(Label("$y$"),red,Arrow3);
-zaxis3(XYZero(extend=true),red,Arrow3);
-
-draw(s,lightgray,meshpen=black+thick(),nolight,render(merge=true));
-
-label("$O$",O,-Z+Y,red);
-
-
-A mesh can be drawn without surface filling by specifying `nullpen' for
-the surfacepen.
-
- A vector field of `nu'\times`nv' arrows on a parametric surface `f'
-over `box(a,b)' can be drawn with the routine
-picture vectorfield(path3 vector(pair v), triple f(pair z), pair a, pair b,
- int nu=nmesh, int nv=nu, bool truesize=false,
- real maxlength=truesize ? 0 : maxlength(f,a,b,nu,nv),
- bool cond(pair z)=null, pen p=currentpen,
- arrowbar3 arrow=Arrow3, margin3 margin=PenMargin3)
- as illustrated in the examples `vectorfield3.asy' and
-`vectorfieldsphere.asy'.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: grid3, Next: solids, Prev: graph3, Up: Base modules
-
-8.32 `grid3'
-============
-
-This module, contributed by Philippe Ivaldi, can be used for drawing 3D
-grids. Here is an example (further examples can be found in `grid3.asy'
-and at `http://www.piprime.fr/files/asymptote/grid3/'):
-
-import grid3;
-
-size(8cm,0,IgnoreAspect);
-currentprojection=orthographic(0.5,1,0.5);
-
-scale(Linear, Linear, Log);
-
-limits((-2,-2,1),(0,2,100));
-
-grid3(XYZgrid);
-
-xaxis3(Label("$x$",position=EndPoint,align=S),Bounds(Min,Min),
- OutTicks());
-yaxis3(Label("$y$",position=EndPoint,align=S),Bounds(Min,Min),OutTicks());
-zaxis3(Label("$z$",position=EndPoint,align=(-1,0.5)),Bounds(Min,Min),
- OutTicks(beginlabel=false));
-
-
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: solids, Next: tube, Prev: grid3, Up: Base modules
-
-8.33 `solids'
-=============
-
-This solid geometry package defines a structure `revolution' that can
-be used to fill and draw surfaces of revolution. The following example
-uses it to display the outline of a circular cylinder of radius 1 with
-axis `O--1.5unit(Y+Z)' with perspective projection:
-
-import solids;
-
-size(0,100);
-
-revolution r=cylinder(O,1,1.5,Y+Z);
-draw(r,heavygreen);
-
-
-
-Further illustrations are provided in the example files `cylinder.asy',
-`cones.asy', `hyperboloid.asy', and `torus.asy'.
-
- The structure `skeleton' contains the three-dimensional wireframe
-used to visualize a volume of revolution:
-struct skeleton {
- struct curve {
- path3[] front;
- path3[] back;
- }
- // transverse skeleton (perpendicular to axis of revolution)
- curve transverse;
- // longitudinal skeleton (parallel to axis of revolution)
- curve longitudinal;
-}
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: tube, Next: flowchart, Prev: solids, Up: Base modules
-
-8.34 `tube'
-===========
-
-This package extends the `tube' surfaces constructed in
-`three_arrows.asy' to arbitrary cross sections, colors, and spine
-transformations. The routine
-surface tube(path3 g, coloredpath section,
- transform T(real)=new transform(real t) {return identity();},
- real corner=1, real relstep=0);
- draws a tube along `g' with cross section `section', after applying
-the transformation `T(t)' at `relpoint(g,t)'. The parameter `corner'
-controls the number of elementary tubes at the angular points of `g'. A
-nonzero value of `relstep' specifies a fixed relative time step (in the
-sense of `relpoint(g,t)') to use in constructing elementary tubes along
-`g'. The type `coloredpath' is a generalization of `path' to which a
-`path' can be cast:
-struct coloredpath
-{
- path p;
- pen[] pens(real);
- int colortype=coloredSegments;
-}
- Here `p' defines the cross section and the method `pens(real t)'
-returns an array of pens (interpreted as a cyclic array) used for
-shading the tube patches at `relpoint(g,t)'. If
-`colortype=coloredSegments', the tube patches are filled as if each
-segment of the section was colored with the pen returned by `pens(t)',
-whereas if `colortype=coloredNodes', the tube components are vertex
-shaded as if the nodes of the section were colored.
-
- A `coloredpath' can be constructed with one of the routines:
-coloredpath coloredpath(path p, pen[] pens(real),
- int colortype=coloredSegments);
-coloredpath coloredpath(path p, pen[] pens=new pen[] {currentpen},
- int colortype=coloredSegments);
-coloredpath coloredpath(path p, pen pen(real));
- In the second case, the pens are independent of the relative time. In
-the third case, the array of pens contains only one pen, which depends
-of the relative time.
-
- The casting of `path' to `coloredpath' allows the use of a `path'
-instead of a `coloredpath'; in this case the shading behaviour is the
-default shading behavior for a surface.
-
- An example of `tube' is provided in the file `trefoilknot.asy'.
-Further examples can be found at
-`http://www.piprime.fr/files/asymptote/tube/'.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: flowchart, Next: contour, Prev: tube, Up: Base modules
-
-8.35 `flowchart'
-================
-
-This package provides routines for drawing flowcharts. The primary
-structure is a `block', which represents a single block on the
-flowchart. The following eight functions return a position on the
-appropriate edge of the block, given picture transform `t':
-
-pair block.top(transform t=identity());
-pair block.left(transform t=identity());
-pair block.right(transform t=identity());
-pair block.bottom(transform t=identity());
-pair block.topleft(transform t=identity());
-pair block.topright(transform t=identity());
-pair block.bottomleft(transform t=identity());
-pair block.bottomright(transform t=identity());
-
-
-To obtain an arbitrary position along the boundary of the block in user
-coordinates, use:
-pair block.position(real x, transform t=identity());
-
-
-The center of the block in user coordinates is stored in `block.center'
-and the block size in `PostScript' coordinates is given by `block.size'.
-
-A frame containing the block is returned by
-frame block.draw(pen p=currentpen);
-
-
- The following block generation routines accept a Label, string, or
-frame for their object argument:
-
-"rectangular block with an optional header (and padding `dx' around header and body):"
- block rectangle(object header, object body, pair center=(0,0),
- pen headerpen=mediumgray, pen bodypen=invisible,
- pen drawpen=currentpen,
- real dx=3, real minheaderwidth=minblockwidth,
- real minheaderheight=minblockwidth,
- real minbodywidth=minblockheight,
- real minbodyheight=minblockheight);
- block rectangle(object body, pair center=(0,0),
- pen fillpen=invisible, pen drawpen=currentpen,
- real dx=3, real minwidth=minblockwidth,
- real minheight=minblockheight);
-
-"parallelogram block:"
- block parallelogram(object body, pair center=(0,0),
- pen fillpen=invisible, pen drawpen=currentpen,
- real dx=3, real slope=2,
- real minwidth=minblockwidth,
- real minheight=minblockheight);
-
-"diamond-shaped block:"
- block diamond(object body, pair center=(0,0),
- pen fillpen=invisible, pen drawpen=currentpen,
- real ds=5, real dw=1,
- real height=20, real minwidth=minblockwidth,
- real minheight=minblockheight);
-
-"circular block:"
- block circle(object body, pair center=(0,0), pen fillpen=invisible,
- pen drawpen=currentpen, real dr=3,
- real mindiameter=mincirclediameter);
-
-"rectangular block with rounded corners:"
- block roundrectangle(object body, pair center=(0,0),
- pen fillpen=invisible, pen drawpen=currentpen,
- real ds=5, real dw=0, real minwidth=minblockwidth,
- real minheight=minblockheight);
-
-"rectangular block with beveled edges:"
- block bevel(object body, pair center=(0,0), pen fillpen=invisible,
- pen drawpen=currentpen, real dh=5, real dw=5,
- real minwidth=minblockwidth, real minheight=minblockheight);
-
-
- To draw paths joining the pairs in `point' with right-angled lines,
-use the routine:
-path path(pair point[] ... flowdir dir[]);
- The entries in `dir' identify whether successive segments between the
-pairs specified by `point' should be drawn in the `Horizontal' or
-`Vertical' direction.
-
- Here is a simple flowchart example (see also the example
-`controlsystem.asy'):
-
-size(0,300);
-
-import flowchart;
-
-block block1=rectangle(Label("Example",magenta),
- pack(Label("Start:",heavygreen),"",Label("$A:=0$",blue),
- "$B:=1$"),(-0.5,3),palegreen,paleblue,red);
-block block2=diamond(Label("Choice?",blue),(0,2),palegreen,red);
-block block3=roundrectangle("Do something",(-1,1));
-block block4=bevel("Don't do something",(1,1));
-block block5=circle("End",(0,0));
-
-draw(block1);
-draw(block2);
-draw(block3);
-draw(block4);
-draw(block5);
-
-add(new void(picture pic, transform t) {
- blockconnector operator --=blockconnector(pic,t);
- // draw(pic,block1.right(t)--block2.top(t));
- block1--Right--Down--Arrow--block2;
- block2--Label("Yes",0.5,NW)--Left--Down--Arrow--block3;
- block2--Right--Label("No",0.5,NE)--Down--Arrow--block4;
- block4--Down--Left--Arrow--block5;
- block3--Down--Right--Arrow--block5;
- });
-
-
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: contour, Next: contour3, Prev: flowchart, Up: Base modules
-
-8.36 `contour'
-==============
-
-This package draws contour lines. To construct contours corresponding
-to the values in a real array `c' for a function `f' on `box(a,b)', use
-the routine
-guide[][] contour(real f(real, real), pair a, pair b,
- real[] c, int nx=ngraph, int ny=nx,
- interpolate join=operator --, int subsample=1);
- The integers `nx' and `ny' define the resolution. The default
-resolution, `ngraph x ngraph' (here `ngraph' defaults to `100') can be
-increased for greater accuracy. The default interpolation operator is
-`operator --' (linear). Spline interpolation (`operator ..') may
-produce smoother contours but it can also lead to overshooting. The
-`subsample' parameter indicates the number of interior points that
-should be used to sample contours within each `1 x 1' box; the default
-value of `1' is usually sufficient.
-
- To construct contours for an array of data values on a uniform
-two-dimensional lattice on `box(a,b)', use
-guide[][] contour(real[][] f, pair a, pair b, real[] c,
- interpolate join=operator --, int subsample=1);
-
- To construct contours for an array of data values on a nonoverlapping
-regular mesh specified by the two-dimensional array `z',
-guide[][] contour(pair[][] z, real[][] f, real[] c,
- interpolate join=operator --, int subsample=1);
-
- To construct contours for an array of values `f' specified at
-irregularly positioned points `z', use the routine
-guide[][] contour(pair[] z, real[] f, real[] c,
- interpolate join=operator --, int subsample=1);
- The contours themselves can be drawn with one of the routines
-void draw(picture pic=currentpicture, Label[] L=new Label[],
- guide[][] g, pen p=currentpen);
-
-void draw(picture pic=currentpicture, Label[] L=new Label[],
- guide[][] g, pen[] p);
-
- The following simple example draws the contour at value `1' for the
-function z=x^2+y^2, which is a unit circle:
-
-import contour;
-size(75);
-
-real f(real a, real b) {return a^2+b^2;}
-draw(contour(f,(-1,-1),(1,1),new real[] {1}));
-
-
-
-The next example draws and labels multiple contours for the function
-z=x^2-y^2 with the resolution `100 x 100', using a dashed pen for
-negative contours and a solid pen for positive (and zero) contours:
-
-import contour;
-
-size(200);
-
-real f(real x, real y) {return x^2-y^2;}
-int n=10;
-real[] c=new real[n];
-for(int i=0; i < n; ++i) c[i]=(i-n/2)/n;
-
-pen[] p=sequence(new pen(int i) {
- return (c[i] >= 0 ? solid : dashed)+fontsize(6pt);
- },c.length);
-
-Label[] Labels=sequence(new Label(int i) {
- return Label(c[i] != 0 ? (string) c[i] : "",Relative(unitrand()),(0,0),
- UnFill(1bp));
- },c.length);
-
-draw(Labels,contour(f,(-1,-1),(1,1),c),p);
-
-
-
-The next example illustrates how contour lines can be drawn on color
-density images:
-
-import graph;
-import palette;
-import contour;
-
-size(10cm,10cm,IgnoreAspect);
-
-pair a=(0,0);
-pair b=(2pi,2pi);
-
-real f(real x, real y) {return cos(x)*sin(y);}
-
-int N=200;
-int Divs=10;
-int divs=2;
-
-defaultpen(1bp);
-pen Tickpen=black;
-pen tickpen=gray+0.5*linewidth(currentpen);
-pen[] Palette=BWRainbow();
-
-bounds range=image(f,Automatic,a,b,N,Palette);
-
-// Major contours
-
-real[] Cvals=uniform(range.min,range.max,Divs);
-draw(contour(f,a,b,Cvals,N,operator --),Tickpen);
-
-// Minor contours
-real[] cvals;
-for(int i=0; i < Cvals.length-1; ++i)
- cvals.append(uniform(Cvals[i],Cvals[i+1],divs)[1:divs]);
-draw(contour(f,a,b,cvals,N,operator --),tickpen);
-
-xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks,above=true);
-yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks,above=true);
-
-palette("$f(x,y)$",range,point(NW)+(0,0.5),point(NE)+(0,1),Top,Palette,
- PaletteTicks(N=Divs,n=divs,Tickpen,tickpen));
-
-
-
-Finally, here is an example that illustrates the construction of
-contours from irregularly spaced data:
-
-import contour;
-
-size(200);
-
-int n=100;
-
-real f(real a, real b) {return a^2+b^2;}
-
-srand(1);
-
-real r() {return 1.1*(rand()/randMax*2-1);}
-
-pair[] points=new pair[n];
-real[] values=new real[n];
-
-for(int i=0; i < n; ++i) {
- points[i]=(r(),r());
- values[i]=f(points[i].x,points[i].y);
-}
-
-draw(contour(points,values,new real[]{0.25,0.5,1},operator ..),blue);
-
-
-
-In the above example, the contours of irregularly spaced data are
-constructed by first creating a triangular mesh from an array `z' of
-pairs:
-
-int[][] triangulate(pair[] z);
-
-size(200);
-int np=100;
-pair[] points;
-
-real r() {return 1.2*(rand()/randMax*2-1);}
-
-for(int i=0; i < np; ++i)
- points.push((r(),r()));
-
-int[][] trn=triangulate(points);
-
-for(int i=0; i < trn.length; ++i) {
- draw(points[trn[i][0]]--points[trn[i][1]]);
- draw(points[trn[i][1]]--points[trn[i][2]]);
- draw(points[trn[i][2]]--points[trn[i][0]]);
-}
-
-for(int i=0; i < np; ++i)
- dot(points[i],red);
-
-
-
-The example `Gouraudcontour' illustrates how to produce color density
-images over such irregular triangular meshes. `Asymptote' uses a
-robust version of Paul Bourke's Delaunay triangulation algorithm based
-on the public-domain exact arithmetic predicates written by Jonathan
-Shewchuk.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: contour3, Next: slopefield, Prev: contour, Up: Base modules
-
-8.37 `contour3'
-===============
-
-This package draws surfaces described as the null space of real-valued
-functions of (x,y,z) or real[][][] matrices. Its usage is illustrated
-in the example file `magnetic.asy'.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: slopefield, Next: ode, Prev: contour3, Up: Base modules
-
-8.38 `slopefield'
-=================
-
-To draw a slope field for the differential equation dy/dx=f(x,y) (or
-dy/dx=f(x)), use:
-picture slopefield(real f(real,real), pair a, pair b,
- int nx=nmesh, int ny=nx,
- real tickfactor=0.5, pen p=currentpen,
- arrowbar arrow=None);
- Here, the points `a' and `b' are the lower left and upper right
-corners of the rectangle in which the slope field is to be drawn, `nx'
-and `ny' are the respective number of ticks in the x and y directions,
-`tickfactor' is the fraction of the minimum cell dimension to use for
-drawing ticks, and `p' is the pen to use for drawing the slope fields.
-The return value is a picture that can be added to `currentpicture' via
-the `add(picture)' command.
-
- The function
-path curve(pair c, real f(real,real), pair a, pair b);
- takes a point (`c') and a slope field-defining function `f' and
-returns, as a path, the curve passing through that point. The points
-`a' and `b' represent the rectangular boundaries over which the curve
-is interpolated.
-
- Both `slopefield' and `curve' alternatively accept a function `real
-f(real)' that depends on x only, as seen in this example:
-
-import slopefield;
-
-size(200);
-
-real func(real x) {return 2x;}
-add(slopefield(func,(-3,-3),(3,3),20,Arrow));
-draw(curve((0,0),func,(-3,-3),(3,3)),red);
-
-
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: ode, Prev: slopefield, Up: Base modules
-
-8.39 `ode'
-==========
-
-The `ode' module, illustrated in the example `odetest.asy', implements
-a number of explicit numerical integration schemes for ordinary
-differential equations.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Options, Next: Interactive mode, Prev: Base modules, Up: Top
-
-9 Command-line options
-**********************
-
-Type `asy -h' to see the full list of command-line options supported by
-`Asymptote':
-
-Usage: ../asy [options] [file ...]
-
-Options (negate by replacing - with -no):
-
--V,-View View output; command-line only
--a,-align C|B|T|Z Center, Bottom, Top, or Zero page alignment [C]
--antialias n Antialiasing width for rasterized output [2]
--arcballradius pixels Arcball radius [750]
--auto3D Automatically activate 3D scene [true]
--autobillboard 3D labels always face viewer by default [true]
--autoimport string Module to automatically import
--autoplain Enable automatic importing of plain [true]
--autoplay Autoplay 3D animations [false]
--autorotate Enable automatic PDF page rotation [false]
--batchMask Mask fpu exceptions in batch mode [false]
--batchView View output in batch mode [false]
--bw Convert all colors to black and white [false]
--cd directory Set current directory; command-line only
--cmyk Convert rgb colors to cmyk [false]
--c,-command string Command to autoexecute
--compact Conserve memory at the expense of speed [false]
--d,-debug Enable debugging messages [false]
--divisor n Garbage collect using purge(divisor=n) [2]
--doubleclick ms Emulated double-click timeout [200]
--embed Embed rendered preview image [true]
--exitonEOF Exit interactive mode on EOF [true]
--fitscreen Fit rendered image to screen [true]
--framedelay ms Additional frame delay [0]
--framerate frames/s Animation speed [30]
--globalwrite Allow write to other directory [false]
--gray Convert all colors to grayscale [false]
--h,-help Show summary of options; command-line only
--historylines n Retain n lines of history [1000]
--iconify Iconify rendering window [false]
--inlineimage Generate inline embedded image [false]
--inlinetex Generate inline TeX code [false]
--interactiveMask Mask fpu exceptions in interactive mode [true]
--interactiveView View output in interactive mode [true]
--interactiveWrite Write expressions entered at the prompt to stdout [true]
--k,-keep Keep intermediate files [false]
--keepaux Keep intermediate LaTeX .aux files [false]
--level n Postscript level [3]
--l,-listvariables List available global functions and variables [false]
--localhistory Use a local interactive history file [false]
--loop Loop 3D animations [false]
--m,-mask Mask fpu exceptions; command-line only
--maxtile pair Maximum rendering tile size [(1024,768)]
--maxviewport pair Maximum viewport size [(2048,2048)]
--multiline Input code over multiple lines at the prompt [false]
--multipleView View output from multiple batch-mode files [false]
--multisample n Multisampling width for screen images [4]
--offscreen Use offscreen rendering [false]
--O,-offset pair PostScript offset [(0,0)]
--f,-outformat format Convert each output file to specified format
--o,-outname name Alternative output directory/filename
--p,-parseonly Parse file [false]
--pdfreload Automatically reload document in pdfviewer [false]
--pdfreloaddelay usec Delay before attempting initial pdf reload [750000]
--position pair Initial 3D rendering screen position [(0,0)]
--prc Embed 3D PRC graphics in PDF output [true]
--prompt string Prompt [> ]
--prompt2 string Continuation prompt for multiline input [..]
--q,-quiet Suppress welcome message [false]
--render n Render 3D graphics using n pixels per bp (-1=auto) [-1]
--resizestep step Resize step [1.2]
--reverse reverse 3D animations [false]
--rgb Convert cmyk colors to rgb [false]
--safe Disable system call [true]
--scroll n Scroll standard output n lines at a time [0]
--spinstep deg/s Spin speed [60]
--svgemulation Emulate unimplemented SVG shading [false]
--tabcompletion Interactive prompt auto-completion [true]
--tex engine latex|pdflatex|xelatex|tex|pdftex|context|none [latex]
--thick Render thick 3D lines [true]
--thin Render thin 3D lines [true]
--threads Use POSIX threads for 3D rendering [true]
--toolbar Show 3D toolbar in PDF output [true]
--s,-translate Show translated virtual machine code [false]
--twice Run LaTeX twice (to resolve references) [false]
--twosided Use two-sided 3D lighting model for rendering [true]
--u,-user string General purpose user string
--v,-verbose Increase verbosity level (can specify multiple times) [0]
--version Show version; command-line only
--wait Wait for child processes to finish before exiting [false]
--warn string Enable warning; command-line only
--where Show where listed variables are declared [false]
--zoomfactor factor Zoom step factor [1.05]
--zoomstep step Mouse motion zoom step [0.1]
-
- All boolean options can be negated by prepending `no' to the option
-name.
-
- If no arguments are given, `Asymptote' runs in interactive mode
-(*note Interactive mode::). In this case, the default output file is
-`out.eps'.
-
- If `-' is given as the file argument, `Asymptote' reads from
-standard input.
-
- If multiple files are specified, they are treated as separate
-`Asymptote' runs.
-
- If the string `autoimport' is nonempty, a module with this name is
-automatically imported for each run as the final step in loading module
-`plain'.
-
- Default option values may be entered as `Asymptote' code in a
-configuration file named `config.asy' (or the file specified by the
-environment variable `ASYMPTOTE_CONFIG' or `-config' option).
-`Asymptote' will look for this file in its usual search path (*note
-Search paths::). Typically the configuration file is placed in the
-`.asy' directory in the user's home directory (`%USERPROFILE%\.asy'
-under `MSDOS'). Configuration variables are accessed using the long
-form of the option names:
-import settings;
-outformat="pdf";
-batchView=false;
-interactiveView=true;
-batchMask=false;
-interactiveMask=true;
- Command-line options override these defaults. Most configuration
-variables may also be changed at runtime. The advanced configuration
-variables `dvipsOptions', `hyperrefOptions', `convertOptions',
-`gsOptions', `psviewerOptions', `pdfviewerOptions', and `glOptions'
-allow specialized options to be passed as a string to the respective
-applications or libraries. The default value of `hyperrefOptions' is
-`setpagesize=false,unicode,pdfborder=0 0 0'.
-
- If you insert
-import plain;
-settings.autoplain=true;
- at the beginning of the configuration file, it can contain arbitrary
-`Asymptote' code.
-
- The default output format is EPS for the (default) `latex' and `tex'
-tex engine and PDF for the `pdflatex', `xelatex', and `context' tex
-engines. Alternative output formats may be produced using the `-f'
-option (or `outformat' setting). To produce SVG output, first install
-`dvisvgm' (version 0.8.7 or later) from
-`http://dvisvgm.sourceforge.net/down.html' and be sure to use the
-`latex' or `tex' tex engine.
-
- `Asymptote' can also produce any output format supported by the
-`ImageMagick' `convert' program (version 6.3.5 or later recommended; an
-`Invalid Parameter' error message indicates that the `MSDOS' utility
-`convert' is being used instead of the one that comes with
-`ImageMagick'). The optional setting `-render n' requests an output
-resolution of `n' pixels per `bp'. Antialiasing is controlled by the
-parameter `antialias', which by default specifies a sampling width of 2
-pixels. To give other options to `convert', use the `convertOptions'
-setting or call convert manually. This example emulates how `Asymptote'
-produces antialiased `tiff' output at one pixel per `bp':
-asy -o - venn | convert -alpha Off -density 144x144 -geometry 50%x eps:- venn.tiff
-
- If the option `-nosafe' is given, `Asymptote' runs in unsafe mode.
-This enables the `int system(string s)' and `int system(string[] s)'
-calls, allowing one to execute arbitrary shell commands. The default
-mode, `-safe', disables this call.
-
- A `PostScript' offset may be specified as a pair (in `bp' units)
-with the `-O' option:
-asy -O 0,0 file
- The default offset is zero. The default value of the page alignment
-setting `align' is `Center'.
-
- The `-c' (`command') option may be used to execute arbitrary
-`Asymptote' code on the command line as a string. It is not necessary
-to terminate the string with a semicolon. Multiple `-c' options are
-executed in the order they are given. For example
-asy -c 2+2 -c "sin(1)" -c "size(100); draw(unitsquare)"
- produces the output
-4
-0.841470984807897
- and draws a unitsquare of size `100'.
-
- The `-u' (`user') option may be used to specify arbitrary
-`Asymptote' settings on the command line as a string. It is not
-necessary to terminate the string with a semicolon. Multiple `-u'
-options are executed in the order they are given. Command-line code like
-`-u x=sqrt(2)' can be executed within a module like this:
-real x;
-usersetting();
-write(x);
-
- When the `-l' (`listvariables') option is used with file arguments,
-only global functions and variables defined in the specified file(s)
-are listed.
-
- Additional debugging output is produced with each additional `-v'
-option:
-`-v'
- Display top-level module and final output file names.
-
-`-vv'
- Also display imported and included module names and final `LaTeX'
- and `dvips' processing information.
-
-`-vvv'
- Also output `LaTeX' bidirectional pipe diagnostics.
-
-`-vvvv'
- Also output knot guide solver diagnostics.
-
-`-vvvvv'
- Also output `Asymptote' traceback diagnostics.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Interactive mode, Next: GUI, Prev: Options, Up: Top
-
-10 Interactive mode
-*******************
-
-Interactive mode is entered by executing the command `asy' with no file
-arguments. When the `-multiline' option is disabled (the default), each
-line must be a complete `Asymptote' statement (unless explicitly
-continued by a final backslash character `\'); it is not necessary to
-terminate input lines with a semicolon. If one assigns
-`settings.multiline=true', interactive code can be entered over
-multiple lines; in this mode, the automatic termination of interactive
-input lines by a semicolon is inhibited. Multiline mode is useful for
-cutting and pasting `Asymptote' code directly into the interactive
-input buffer.
-
- Interactive mode can be conveniently used as a calculator:
-expressions entered at the interactive prompt (for which a
-corresponding `write' function exists) are automatically evaluated and
-written to `stdout'. If the expression is non-writable, its type
-signature will be printed out instead. In either case, the expression
-can be referred to using the symbol `%' in the next line input at the
-prompt. For example:
-> 2+3
-5
-> %*4
-20
-> 1/%
-0.05
-> sin(%)
-0.0499791692706783
-> currentpicture
-<picture currentpicture>
-> %.size(200,0)
->
-
- The `%' symbol, when used as a variable, is shorthand for the
-identifier `operator answer', which is set by the prompt after each
-written expression evaluation.
-
- The following special commands are supported only in interactive mode
-and must be entered immediately after the prompt:
-
-`help'
- view the manual;
-
-`erase'
- erase `currentpicture';
-
-`reset'
- reset the `Asymptote' environment to its initial state, except for
- changes to the settings module (*note settings::), the current
- directory (*note cd::), and breakpoints (*note Debugger::);
-
-`input FILE'
- does an interactive reset, followed by the command `include FILE'.
- If the file name `FILE' contains nonalphanumeric characters,
- enclose it with quotation marks. A trailing semi-colon followed
- by optional `Asymptote' commands may be entered on the same line.
-
-`quit'
- exit interactive mode (`exit' is a synonym; the abbreviation `q'
- is also accepted unless there exists a top-level variable named
- `q'). A history of the most recent 1000 (this number can be
- changed with the `historylines' configuration variable) previous
- commands will be retained in the file `.asy/history' in the user's
- home directory (unless the command-line option `-localhistory' was
- specified, in which case the history will be stored in the file
- `.asy_history' in the current directory).
-
-
- Typing `ctrl-C' interrupts the execution of `Asymptote' code and
-returns control to the interactive prompt.
-
- Interactive mode is implemented with the GNU `readline' library,
-with command history and auto-completion. To customize the key
-bindings, see:
-`http://cnswww.cns.cwru.edu/php/chet/readline/readline.html'
-
- The file `asymptote.py' in the `Asymptote' system directory provides
-an alternative way of entering `Asymptote' commands interactively,
-coupled with the full power of `Python'. Copy this file to your `Python
-path' and then execute from within `Python' the commands
-from asymptote import *
-g=asy()
-g.size(200)
-g.draw("unitcircle")
-g.send("draw(unitsquare)")
-g.fill("unitsquare, blue")
-g.clip("unitcircle")
-g.label("\"$O$\", (0,0), SW")
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: GUI, Next: PostScript to Asymptote, Prev: Interactive mode, Up: Top
-
-11 Graphical User Interface
-***************************
-
-In the event that adjustments to the final figure are required, the
-preliminary Graphical User Interface (GUI) `xasy' included with
-`Asymptote' allows you to move graphical objects and draw new ones.
-The modified figure can then be saved as a normal `Asymptote' file.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* GUI installation:: Installing `xasy'
-* GUI usage::
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: GUI installation, Next: GUI usage, Up: GUI
-
-11.1 GUI installation
-=====================
-
-As `xasy' is written in the interactive scripting language `Python/TK',
-it requires `Python' (`http://www.python.org'), the `Python Imaging
-Library' (`http://www.pythonware.com/products/pil/'), and the `tkinter'
-package (included with `Python' under `Microsoft Windows') be
-installed. `Fedora Linux' users can either install `tkinter' with the
-commands
-yum install tkinter
-yum install tk-devel
- or manually install the `tkinter', `tix', `tk', and `tk-devel'
-packages.
-
- Pictures are deconstructed into the PNG image format, which supports
-full alpha channel transparency. Under `Microsoft Windows', this
-requires `Python 2.7.3' and the `Python Imaging Library':
-
- `http://www.python.org/ftp/python/2.7.3/python-2.7.3.msi'
-
- `http://effbot.org/downloads/PIL-1.1.7.win32-py2.7.exe'.
- On `UNIX' systems, place
-`http://effbot.org/downloads/Imaging-1.1.7.tar.gz' in the `Asymptote'
-source directory, and type (as the root user):
-tar -zxf Imaging-1.1.7.tar.gz
-cd Imaging-1.1.7
-python setup.py install
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: GUI usage, Prev: GUI installation, Up: GUI
-
-11.2 GUI usage
-==============
-
-A wheel mouse is convenient for raising and lowering objects within
-`xasy', to expose the object to be moved. If a wheel mouse is not
-available, mouse `Button-2' can be used to repeatedly lower an object
-instead. When run from the command line, `xasy' accepts a command line
-option `-x n', which sets the initial magnification to `n'.
-
- Deconstruction of compound objects (such as arrows) can be prevented
-by enclosing them within the commands
-void begingroup(picture pic=currentpicture);
-void endgroup(picture pic=currentpicture);
- By default, the elements of a picture or frame will be grouped
-together on adding them to a picture. However, the elements of a frame
-added to another frame are not grouped together by default: their
-elements will be individually deconstructed (*note add::).
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: PostScript to Asymptote, Next: Help, Prev: GUI, Up: Top
-
-12 `PostScript' to `Asymptote'
-******************************
-
-The excellent `PostScript' editor `pstoedit' (version 3.50 or later;
-available from `http://sourceforge.net/projects/pstoedit/') includes an
-`Asymptote' backend. Unlike virtually all other `pstoedit' backends,
-this driver includes native clipping, even-odd fill rule, `PostScript'
-subpath, and full image support. Here is an example: `asy -V
-/usr/local/share/doc/asymptote/examples/venn.asy'
-pstoedit -f asy venn.eps test.asy
-asy -V test
-
-If the line widths aren't quite correct, try giving `pstoedit' the
-`-dis' option. If the fonts aren't typeset correctly, try giving
-`pstoedit' the `-dt' option.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Help, Next: Debugger, Prev: PostScript to Asymptote, Up: Top
-
-13 Help
-*******
-
-A list of frequently asked questions (FAQ) is maintained at
-
- `http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/FAQ'
- Questions on installing and using `Asymptote' that are not addressed
-in the FAQ should be sent to the `Asymptote' forum:
-
- `http://sourceforge.net/projects/asymptote/forums/forum/409349'
- Including an example that illustrates what you are trying to do will
-help you get useful feedback. `LaTeX' problems can often be diagnosed
-with the `-vv' or `-vvv' command-line options. Contributions in the
-form of patches or `Asymptote' modules can be posted here:
-
- `http://sourceforge.net/tracker/?atid=685685&group_id=120000'
- To receive announcements of upcoming releases, please subscribe to
-`Asymptote' at
-
- `http://freshmeat.net/projects/asy'
- If you find a bug in `Asymptote', please check (if possible) whether
-the bug is still present in the latest `Subversion' developmental code
-(*note Subversion::) before submitting a bug report. New bugs can be
-submitted using the Bug Tracking System at
-
- `http://sourceforge.net/projects/asymptote'
- To see if the bug has already been fixed, check bugs with Status
-`Closed' and recent lines in
-
- `http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/ChangeLog'
- `Asymptote' can be configured with the optional GNU library
-`libsigsegv', available from `http://libsigsegv.sourceforge.net', which
-allows one to distinguish user-generated `Asymptote' stack overflows
-(*note stack overflow::) from true segmentation faults (due to internal
-C++ programming errors; please submit the `Asymptote' code that
-generates such segmentation faults along with your bug report).
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Debugger, Next: Credits, Prev: Help, Up: Top
-
-14 Debugger
-***********
-
-Asymptote now includes a line-based (as opposed to code-based) debugger
-that can assist the user in following flow control. To set a break
-point in file `file' at line `line', use the command
-
-void stop(string file, int line, code s=quote{});
- The optional argument `s' may be used to conditionally set the variable
-`ignore' in `plain_debugger.asy' to `true'. For example, the first 10
-instances of this breakpoint will be ignored (the variable `int
-count=0' is defined in `plain_debugger.asy'):
-stop("test",2,quote{ignore=(++count <= 10);});
-
- To set a break point in file `file' at the first line containing the
-string `text', use
-
-void stop(string file, string text, code s=quote{});
- To list all breakpoints, use:
-void breakpoints();
- To clear a breakpoint, use:
-void clear(string file, int line);
- To clear all breakpoints, use:
-void clear();
-
- The following commands may be entered at the debugging prompt:
-
-``h''
- help;
-
-``c''
- continue execution;
-
-``i''
- step to the next instruction;
-
-``s''
- step to the next executable line;
-
-``n''
- step to the next executable line in the current file;
-
-``f''
- step to the next file;
-
-``r''
- return to the file associated with the most recent breakpoint;
-
-``t''
- toggle tracing (`-vvvvv') mode;
-
-``q''
- quit debugging and end execution;
-
-``x''
- exit the debugger and run to completion.
-
- Arbitrary `Asymptote' code may also be entered at the debugging
-prompt; however, since the debugger is implemented with `eval',
-currently only top-level (global) variables can be displayed or
-modified.
-
- The debugging prompt may be entered manually with the call
-void breakpoint(code s=quote{});
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Credits, Next: Index, Prev: Debugger, Up: Top
-
-15 Acknowledgments
-******************
-
-Financial support for the development of `Asymptote' was generously
-provided by the Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of
-Canada, the Pacific Institute for Mathematical Sciences, and the
-University of Alberta Faculty of Science.
-
- We also would like to acknowledge the previous work of John D. Hobby,
-author of the program `MetaPost' that inspired the development of
-`Asymptote', and Donald E. Knuth, author of TeX and `MetaFont' (on
-which `MetaPost' is based).
-
- The authors of `Asymptote' are Andy Hammerlindl, John Bowman, and
-Tom Prince. Sean Healy designed the `Asymptote' logo. Other
-contributors include Michail Vidiassov, Radoslav Marinov, Orest Shardt,
-Chris Savage, Philippe Ivaldi, Olivier Guibe', Jacques Pienaar, Mark
-Henning, Steve Melenchuk, Martin Wiebusch, and Stefan Knorr.
-
-
-File: asymptote.info, Node: Index, Prev: Credits, Up: Top
-
-Index
-*****
-
-
-* Menu:
-
-* !: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 68)
-* != <1>: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 38)
-* !=: Structures. (line 52)
-* % <1>: Interactive mode. (line 17)
-* %: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 23)
-* %=: Self & prefix operators.
- (line 6)
-* & <1>: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 56)
-* &: Bezier curves. (line 83)
-* &&: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 53)
-* * <1>: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 17)
-* *: Pens. (line 15)
-* **: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 31)
-* *=: Self & prefix operators.
- (line 6)
-* + <1>: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 13)
-* +: Pens. (line 15)
-* ++: Self & prefix operators.
- (line 6)
-* +=: Self & prefix operators.
- (line 6)
-* -: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 14)
-* -- <1>: Self & prefix operators.
- (line 6)
-* --: Tutorial. (line 127)
-* ---: Bezier curves. (line 83)
-* -=: Self & prefix operators.
- (line 6)
-* -c: Options. (line 174)
-* -l: Options. (line 193)
-* -u: Options. (line 184)
-* -V <1>: Tutorial. (line 19)
-* -V: Configuring. (line 6)
-* ..: Tutorial. (line 127)
-* .asy: Search paths. (line 14)
-* /: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 20)
-* /=: Self & prefix operators.
- (line 6)
-* 2D graphs: graph. (line 6)
-* 3D graphs: graph3. (line 6)
-* 3D grids: grid3. (line 6)
-* 3D PostScript: three. (line 581)
-* 3D rendering: Compiling from UNIX source.
- (line 16)
-* :: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 73)
-* ::: Bezier curves. (line 67)
-* <: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 41)
-* <=: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 44)
-* == <1>: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 37)
-* ==: Structures. (line 52)
-* >: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 50)
-* >=: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 47)
-* ?: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 73)
-* ^: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 28)
-* ^=: Self & prefix operators.
- (line 6)
-* ^^: Tutorial. (line 134)
-* a4: Configuring. (line 61)
-* abort: Data types. (line 339)
-* abs <1>: Mathematical functions.
- (line 35)
-* abs: Data types. (line 62)
-* accel <1>: three. (line 507)
-* accel: Paths and guides. (line 115)
-* access: Import. (line 6)
-* acknowledgments: Credits. (line 6)
-* aCos: Mathematical functions.
- (line 20)
-* acos: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* acosh: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* add <1>: three. (line 271)
-* add: Frames and pictures. (line 196)
-* addViews: three. (line 393)
-* adjust: Pens. (line 115)
-* Ai: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* Ai_deriv: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* Airy: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* alias <1>: Arrays. (line 181)
-* alias: Structures. (line 52)
-* align: Options. (line 168)
-* Align: label. (line 12)
-* all: Arrays. (line 329)
-* Allow: Pens. (line 327)
-* AND: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 80)
-* and: Bezier curves. (line 56)
-* angle: Data types. (line 70)
-* animate <1>: animation. (line 12)
-* animate <2>: Files. (line 154)
-* animate: Configuring. (line 67)
-* animation: animation. (line 6)
-* annotate: annotate. (line 6)
-* antialias <1>: Options. (line 143)
-* antialias: three. (line 210)
-* antialiasing: Compiling from UNIX source.
- (line 16)
-* append <1>: Arrays. (line 39)
-* append: Files. (line 36)
-* arc: three. (line 283)
-* Arc: Paths and guides. (line 32)
-* arc: Paths and guides. (line 22)
-* ArcArrow: draw. (line 26)
-* ArcArrow3: three. (line 548)
-* ArcArrows: draw. (line 26)
-* ArcArrows3: three. (line 548)
-* arclength <1>: three. (line 507)
-* arclength: Paths and guides. (line 142)
-* arcpoint: Paths and guides. (line 152)
-* arctime <1>: three. (line 507)
-* arctime: Paths and guides. (line 146)
-* arguments: Default arguments. (line 6)
-* arithmetic operators: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 6)
-* array: Arrays. (line 122)
-* array iteration: Programming. (line 33)
-* arrays: Arrays. (line 6)
-* arrow: label. (line 71)
-* Arrow: draw. (line 26)
-* arrow: Drawing commands. (line 31)
-* arrow keys: Tutorial. (line 37)
-* Arrow3: three. (line 548)
-* Arrows: draw. (line 26)
-* arrows: draw. (line 26)
-* Arrows3: three. (line 548)
-* as: Import. (line 68)
-* ascii: Data types. (line 286)
-* aSin: Mathematical functions.
- (line 20)
-* asin: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* asinh: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* Aspect: Frames and pictures. (line 54)
-* assert: Data types. (line 344)
-* assignment: Programming. (line 8)
-* asy <1>: Import. (line 102)
-* asy: Data types. (line 334)
-* asy-mode: Editing modes. (line 6)
-* asy.vim: Editing modes. (line 33)
-* asyinclude: LaTeX usage. (line 46)
-* asymptote.sty: LaTeX usage. (line 6)
-* asymptote.xml: Editing modes. (line 49)
-* ASYMPTOTE_CONFIG: Options. (line 115)
-* aTan: Mathematical functions.
- (line 20)
-* atan: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* atan2: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* atanh: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* atleast: Bezier curves. (line 56)
-* attach <1>: graph. (line 415)
-* attach: LaTeX usage. (line 51)
-* autoadjust: three. (line 359)
-* autoimport: Options. (line 111)
-* automatic scaling: graph. (line 682)
-* axialshade: fill. (line 43)
-* axis <1>: graph3. (line 66)
-* axis: graph. (line 880)
-* azimuth: Data types. (line 126)
-* babel: babel. (line 6)
-* background color: Frames and pictures. (line 168)
-* BackView: three. (line 386)
-* Bar: draw. (line 19)
-* Bar3: three. (line 548)
-* Bars: draw. (line 19)
-* Bars3: three. (line 548)
-* barsize: draw. (line 19)
-* base modules: Base modules. (line 6)
-* basealign: Pens. (line 168)
-* baseline: label. (line 91)
-* batch mode: Tutorial. (line 6)
-* beep: Data types. (line 357)
-* BeginArcArrow: draw. (line 26)
-* BeginArcArrow3: three. (line 548)
-* BeginArrow: draw. (line 26)
-* BeginArrow3: three. (line 548)
-* BeginBar: draw. (line 19)
-* BeginBar3: three. (line 548)
-* BeginDotMargin: draw. (line 42)
-* BeginDotMargin3: three. (line 564)
-* BeginMargin: draw. (line 42)
-* BeginMargin3: three. (line 564)
-* BeginPenMargin: draw. (line 42)
-* BeginPenMargin2: three. (line 564)
-* BeginPenMargin3: three. (line 564)
-* BeginPoint: label. (line 56)
-* Bessel: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* bevel: flowchart. (line 75)
-* beveljoin: Pens. (line 138)
-* Bezier curves: Bezier curves. (line 6)
-* bezulate: three. (line 104)
-* Bi: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* Bi_deriv: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* Billboard: three. (line 477)
-* binary: Files. (line 75)
-* binary format: Files. (line 75)
-* binary operators: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 6)
-* binarytree: binarytree. (line 6)
-* black stripes: three. (line 210)
-* Blank: draw. (line 26)
-* block.bottom: flowchart. (line 19)
-* block.bottomleft: flowchart. (line 19)
-* block.bottomright: flowchart. (line 19)
-* block.center: flowchart. (line 26)
-* block.draw: flowchart. (line 31)
-* block.left: flowchart. (line 19)
-* block.position: flowchart. (line 24)
-* block.right: flowchart. (line 19)
-* block.top: flowchart. (line 19)
-* block.topleft: flowchart. (line 19)
-* block.topright: flowchart. (line 19)
-* bool: Data types. (line 14)
-* bool3: Data types. (line 23)
-* boolean operators: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 6)
-* Bottom: graph. (line 134)
-* BottomTop: graph. (line 140)
-* BottomView: three. (line 386)
-* bounding box: Frames and pictures. (line 168)
-* Bounds: graph3. (line 20)
-* box <1>: three. (line 305)
-* box: Frames and pictures. (line 22)
-* bp: Tutorial. (line 26)
-* break: Programming. (line 29)
-* breakpoints: Debugger. (line 21)
-* brick: Pens. (line 251)
-* broken axis: graph. (line 783)
-* bug reports: Help. (line 23)
-* buildcycle: Paths and guides. (line 258)
-* Button-1: GUI. (line 6)
-* Button-2: GUI. (line 6)
-* BWRainbow: palette. (line 15)
-* BWRainbow2: palette. (line 18)
-* C string: Data types. (line 191)
-* CAD: CAD. (line 6)
-* calculateTransform: Frames and pictures. (line 107)
-* camera: three. (line 354)
-* casts: Casts. (line 6)
-* cbrt: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* cd: Files. (line 25)
-* ceil: Mathematical functions.
- (line 26)
-* center: three. (line 338)
-* Center: label. (line 61)
-* checker: Pens. (line 251)
-* Chinese: unicode. (line 12)
-* choose: Mathematical functions.
- (line 39)
-* Ci: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* circle <1>: flowchart. (line 64)
-* circle: three. (line 279)
-* Circle: Paths and guides. (line 17)
-* circle: Paths and guides. (line 10)
-* circlebarframe: markers. (line 18)
-* CJK: unicode. (line 12)
-* clamped: graph. (line 37)
-* clear <1>: Debugger. (line 23)
-* clear: Files. (line 92)
-* clip: fill. (line 111)
-* CLZ: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 80)
-* cm: Tutorial. (line 63)
-* cmd: Configuring. (line 34)
-* cmyk: Pens. (line 34)
-* colatitude: Data types. (line 131)
-* color: Pens. (line 23)
-* coloredNodes: tube. (line 25)
-* coloredpath: tube. (line 18)
-* coloredSegments: tube. (line 25)
-* colorless: Pens. (line 54)
-* colors: Pens. (line 51)
-* comma: Files. (line 61)
-* comma-separated-value mode: Arrays. (line 362)
-* command-line options <1>: Options. (line 6)
-* command-line options: Configuring. (line 83)
-* comment character: Files. (line 16)
-* compass directions: Tutorial. (line 106)
-* Compiling from UNIX source: Compiling from UNIX source.
- (line 6)
-* complement: Arrays. (line 150)
-* concat: Arrays. (line 177)
-* conditional <1>: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 73)
-* conditional: Programming. (line 8)
-* config: Options. (line 115)
-* configuration file <1>: Options. (line 115)
-* configuration file: Configuring. (line 23)
-* configuring: Configuring. (line 6)
-* conj: Data types. (line 59)
-* constructors: Structures. (line 91)
-* context: Options. (line 143)
-* continue <1>: Debugger. (line 31)
-* continue: Programming. (line 29)
-* contour: contour. (line 9)
-* contour3: contour3. (line 6)
-* controls <1>: three. (line 6)
-* controls: Bezier curves. (line 45)
-* controlSpecifier: Paths and guides. (line 382)
-* convert <1>: Options. (line 143)
-* convert <2>: animation. (line 6)
-* convert <3>: Files. (line 154)
-* convert: Configuring. (line 67)
-* convertOptions: Options. (line 130)
-* Coons shading: fill. (line 74)
-* copy: Arrays. (line 174)
-* Cos: Mathematical functions.
- (line 20)
-* cos: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* cosh: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* cputime: Structures. (line 169)
-* crop: graph. (line 636)
-* cropping graphs: graph. (line 636)
-* cross <1>: graph. (line 484)
-* cross: Data types. (line 169)
-* crossframe: markers. (line 23)
-* crosshatch: Pens. (line 267)
-* csv: Arrays. (line 362)
-* CTZ: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 80)
-* cubicroots: Arrays. (line 318)
-* curl <1>: three. (line 6)
-* curl: Bezier curves. (line 63)
-* curlSpecifier: Paths and guides. (line 394)
-* currentpen: Pens. (line 6)
-* currentprojection: three. (line 383)
-* curve: slopefield. (line 20)
-* custom axis types: graph. (line 144)
-* custom mark routine: graph. (line 576)
-* custom tick locations: graph. (line 249)
-* cut: Paths and guides. (line 240)
-* cycle <1>: three. (line 6)
-* cycle: Tutorial. (line 75)
-* cyclic <1>: three. (line 507)
-* cyclic <2>: Arrays. (line 39)
-* cyclic: Paths and guides. (line 74)
-* Cyrillic: unicode. (line 7)
-* dashdotted: Pens. (line 95)
-* dashed: Pens. (line 95)
-* data types: Data types. (line 6)
-* date: Data types. (line 298)
-* Debian: UNIX binary distributions.
- (line 19)
-* debugger: Debugger. (line 6)
-* declaration: Programming. (line 8)
-* deconstruct: GUI usage. (line 6)
-* default arguments: Default arguments. (line 6)
-* defaultformat: graph. (line 175)
-* DefaultHead: draw. (line 26)
-* DefaultHead3: three. (line 548)
-* defaultpen: Pens. (line 46)
-* defaultrender: three. (line 47)
-* deferred drawing: simplex. (line 6)
-* Degrees: Mathematical functions.
- (line 17)
-* degrees <1>: Mathematical functions.
- (line 17)
-* degrees: Data types. (line 75)
-* delete <1>: Arrays. (line 39)
-* delete: Files. (line 149)
-* description: Description. (line 6)
-* diagonal: Arrays. (line 303)
-* diamond: flowchart. (line 57)
-* dimension: Arrays. (line 367)
-* dir <1>: three. (line 507)
-* dir <2>: Paths and guides. (line 98)
-* dir <3>: Data types. (line 87)
-* dir: Search paths. (line 10)
-* direction specifier: Bezier curves. (line 6)
-* directory: Files. (line 25)
-* dirSpecifier: Paths and guides. (line 376)
-* dirtime: Paths and guides. (line 155)
-* display: Configuring. (line 67)
-* do: Programming. (line 29)
-* DOSendl: Files. (line 61)
-* DOSnewl: Files. (line 61)
-* dot <1>: Arrays. (line 259)
-* dot <2>: Data types. (line 100)
-* dot: draw. (line 83)
-* DotMargin: draw. (line 42)
-* DotMargin3: three. (line 564)
-* DotMargins: draw. (line 42)
-* DotMargins3: three. (line 564)
-* dotted: Pens. (line 95)
-* double deferred drawing: three. (line 256)
-* double precision: Files. (line 75)
-* Draw: Frames and pictures. (line 147)
-* draw: draw. (line 110)
-* Draw: draw. (line 26)
-* draw: Drawing commands. (line 31)
-* drawing commands: Drawing commands. (line 6)
-* drawline: math. (line 9)
-* drawtree: drawtree. (line 9)
-* dvips: Configuring. (line 67)
-* dvipsOptions: Options. (line 130)
-* dvisvgm: Configuring. (line 67)
-* E <1>: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* E: Tutorial. (line 106)
-* Editing modes: Editing modes. (line 6)
-* Ei: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* ellipse <1>: Frames and pictures. (line 22)
-* ellipse: Paths and guides. (line 39)
-* elliptic functions: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* else: Programming. (line 8)
-* emacs: Editing modes. (line 6)
-* embed: embed. (line 6)
-* Embedded: three. (line 477)
-* empty: Frames and pictures. (line 7)
-* EndArcArrow: draw. (line 26)
-* EndArcArrow3: three. (line 548)
-* EndArrow: draw. (line 26)
-* EndArrow3: three. (line 548)
-* EndBar: draw. (line 19)
-* EndBar3: three. (line 548)
-* EndDotMargin: draw. (line 42)
-* EndDotMargin3: three. (line 564)
-* endl: Files. (line 61)
-* EndMargin: draw. (line 42)
-* EndMargin3: three. (line 564)
-* EndPenMargin: draw. (line 42)
-* EndPenMargin2: three. (line 564)
-* EndPenMargin3: three. (line 564)
-* EndPoint: label. (line 56)
-* envelope: Frames and pictures. (line 22)
-* environment variables: Configuring. (line 87)
-* eof <1>: Arrays. (line 344)
-* eof: Files. (line 92)
-* eol <1>: Arrays. (line 344)
-* eol: Files. (line 92)
-* EPS <1>: Options. (line 143)
-* EPS: label. (line 79)
-* erase <1>: Frames and pictures. (line 7)
-* erase <2>: Data types. (line 241)
-* erase: Tutorial. (line 37)
-* erf: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* erfc: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* error: Files. (line 16)
-* error bars: graph. (line 532)
-* errorbars: graph. (line 484)
-* eval: Import. (line 98)
-* evenodd <1>: Pens. (line 152)
-* evenodd: Tutorial. (line 148)
-* exit <1>: Debugger. (line 57)
-* exit <2>: Interactive mode. (line 59)
-* exit: Data types. (line 348)
-* exp: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* expi: Data types. (line 83)
-* explicit: Casts. (line 6)
-* explicit casts: Casts. (line 21)
-* expm1: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* exponential integral: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* extendcap: Pens. (line 129)
-* extension <1>: MetaPost. (line 10)
-* extension: Paths and guides. (line 235)
-* external: embed. (line 28)
-* extrude: three. (line 501)
-* F: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* fabs: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* face: three. (line 589)
-* factorial: Mathematical functions.
- (line 39)
-* Fedora: UNIX binary distributions.
- (line 15)
-* feynman: feynman. (line 6)
-* fft <1>: math. (line 26)
-* fft: Arrays. (line 246)
-* FFTW: Compiling from UNIX source.
- (line 58)
-* file <1>: Debugger. (line 45)
-* file: Files. (line 6)
-* Fill: Frames and pictures. (line 133)
-* fill <1>: fill. (line 17)
-* fill: draw. (line 116)
-* Fill: draw. (line 26)
-* FillDraw: Frames and pictures. (line 123)
-* filldraw: fill. (line 11)
-* FillDraw: draw. (line 26)
-* filloutside: fill. (line 27)
-* fillrule: Pens. (line 152)
-* find <1>: Arrays. (line 159)
-* find: Data types. (line 226)
-* firstcut: Paths and guides. (line 250)
-* fit: Frames and pictures. (line 103)
-* fit3: three. (line 269)
-* fixedscaling: Frames and pictures. (line 74)
-* floor: Mathematical functions.
- (line 26)
-* flowchart: flowchart. (line 6)
-* flush: Files. (line 61)
-* fmod: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* font: Pens. (line 192)
-* font command: Pens. (line 192)
-* fontcommand: Pens. (line 207)
-* fontsize: Pens. (line 178)
-* for: Programming. (line 8)
-* format <1>: Options. (line 143)
-* format: Data types. (line 269)
-* forum: Help. (line 6)
-* frame: Frames and pictures. (line 7)
-* freeglut: Compiling from UNIX source.
- (line 16)
-* from: Import. (line 17)
-* FrontView: three. (line 386)
-* function declarations: Functions. (line 67)
-* function shading: fill. (line 96)
-* Function shading: fill. (line 96)
-* functions <1>: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* functions: Functions. (line 6)
-* functionshade: fill. (line 96)
-* gamma: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* Gaussrand: Mathematical functions.
- (line 39)
-* geometry: geometry. (line 6)
-* getc: Files. (line 30)
-* getpair: Files. (line 117)
-* getreal: Files. (line 117)
-* getstring: Files. (line 117)
-* gettriple: Files. (line 117)
-* glOptions <1>: Options. (line 130)
-* glOptions: three. (line 210)
-* GNU Scientific Library: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* gouraudshade: fill. (line 58)
-* Gradient: palette. (line 25)
-* gradient shading: fill. (line 32)
-* graph: graph. (line 6)
-* graph3: graph3. (line 6)
-* graphic: label. (line 79)
-* graphical user interface: GUI. (line 6)
-* gray: Pens. (line 25)
-* Grayscale: palette. (line 9)
-* grayscale: Pens. (line 25)
-* grid <1>: graph. (line 734)
-* grid: Pens. (line 251)
-* grid3: grid3. (line 6)
-* gs: Configuring. (line 6)
-* gsl: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* GSL: Compiling from UNIX source.
- (line 58)
-* gsOptions: Options. (line 130)
-* GUI: GUI. (line 6)
-* GUI installation: GUI installation. (line 6)
-* GUI usage: GUI usage. (line 6)
-* guide: Paths and guides. (line 303)
-* guide3: three. (line 6)
-* hatch: Pens. (line 267)
-* height: LaTeX usage. (line 51)
-* help <1>: Debugger. (line 30)
-* help <2>: Help. (line 6)
-* help: Interactive mode. (line 44)
-* Hermite: graph. (line 37)
-* Hermite(splinetype splinetype: graph. (line 37)
-* hex <1>: Pens. (line 60)
-* hex: Data types. (line 283)
-* hexidecimal <1>: Pens. (line 59)
-* hexidecimal: Data types. (line 283)
-* hidden surface removal: three. (line 589)
-* histogram: Mathematical functions.
- (line 39)
-* history <1>: Interactive mode. (line 59)
-* history: Files. (line 142)
-* historylines: Interactive mode. (line 64)
-* HookHead: draw. (line 26)
-* HookHead3: three. (line 548)
-* Horizontal: flowchart. (line 81)
-* hyperrefOptions: Options. (line 130)
-* hypot: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* I: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* i_scaled: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* iconic: three. (line 210)
-* identity <1>: Arrays. (line 300)
-* identity <2>: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* identity: Transforms. (line 24)
-* identity4: three. (line 437)
-* if: Programming. (line 8)
-* IgnoreAspect: Frames and pictures. (line 58)
-* image: palette. (line 34)
-* ImageMagick <1>: Options. (line 143)
-* ImageMagick <2>: animation. (line 6)
-* ImageMagick: Configuring. (line 67)
-* images: palette. (line 6)
-* implicit casts: Casts. (line 6)
-* implicit linear solver: MetaPost. (line 10)
-* implicit scaling: Implicit scaling. (line 6)
-* import: Import. (line 46)
-* inches: Tutorial. (line 63)
-* include: Import. (line 127)
-* including images: label. (line 79)
-* increasing: math. (line 59)
-* inf: Data types. (line 33)
-* inheritance: Structures. (line 181)
-* initialized: Arrays. (line 39)
-* initializers: Variable initializers.
- (line 6)
-* inline: LaTeX usage. (line 51)
-* InOutTicks: graph3. (line 34)
-* input <1>: Interactive mode. (line 48)
-* input: Files. (line 10)
-* insert <1>: Arrays. (line 39)
-* insert: Data types. (line 237)
-* inside: Paths and guides. (line 282)
-* inst: Debugger. (line 36)
-* installation: Installation. (line 6)
-* int: Data types. (line 28)
-* integer division: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 6)
-* interactive mode: Interactive mode. (line 6)
-* interior: Paths and guides. (line 278)
-* international characters: unicode. (line 6)
-* interp: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 76)
-* interpolate: interpolate. (line 6)
-* intersect <1>: three. (line 507)
-* intersect <2>: math. (line 13)
-* intersect: Paths and guides. (line 184)
-* intersectionpoint <1>: three. (line 507)
-* intersectionpoint <2>: math. (line 17)
-* intersectionpoint: Paths and guides. (line 227)
-* intersectionpoints <1>: three. (line 507)
-* intersectionpoints: Paths and guides. (line 231)
-* intersections <1>: three. (line 507)
-* intersections: Paths and guides. (line 195)
-* InTicks: graph3. (line 34)
-* intMax: Data types. (line 28)
-* intMin: Data types. (line 28)
-* inverse <1>: Arrays. (line 306)
-* inverse: Transforms. (line 16)
-* invert: three. (line 427)
-* invisible: Pens. (line 39)
-* isnan: Data types. (line 33)
-* J: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* Japanese: unicode. (line 12)
-* K: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* k_scaled: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* Kate: Editing modes. (line 49)
-* KDE editor: Editing modes. (line 49)
-* keepAspect <1>: LaTeX usage. (line 51)
-* keepAspect: Frames and pictures. (line 54)
-* keyboard bindings:: three. (line 169)
-* keys: Arrays. (line 39)
-* keyword: Named arguments. (line 37)
-* keyword-only: Named arguments. (line 37)
-* keywords: Named arguments. (line 6)
-* Korean: unicode. (line 12)
-* label: three. (line 471)
-* Label <1>: graph. (line 342)
-* Label: label. (line 14)
-* label: clip. (line 16)
-* Label: draw. (line 98)
-* labelpath: labelpath. (line 6)
-* labelpath3: labelpath3. (line 6)
-* labelx: graph. (line 342)
-* labely: graph. (line 342)
-* Landscape: Frames and pictures. (line 95)
-* lastcut: Paths and guides. (line 254)
-* lasy-mode: Editing modes. (line 6)
-* latex: Options. (line 143)
-* LaTeX fonts: Pens. (line 192)
-* LaTeX usage: LaTeX usage. (line 6)
-* latexmk: LaTeX usage. (line 30)
-* latin1: latin1. (line 6)
-* latitude: Data types. (line 136)
-* latticeshade: fill. (line 32)
-* layer: Drawing commands. (line 16)
-* leastsquares <1>: graph. (line 902)
-* leastsquares: stats. (line 6)
-* Left: graph. (line 284)
-* LeftRight: graph. (line 290)
-* LeftSide: label. (line 61)
-* LeftTicks: graph. (line 161)
-* LeftView: three. (line 386)
-* legend <1>: graph. (line 431)
-* legend <2>: draw. (line 64)
-* legend: Drawing commands. (line 31)
-* Legendre: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* length <1>: three. (line 507)
-* length <2>: Arrays. (line 39)
-* length <3>: Paths and guides. (line 65)
-* length: Data types. (line 62)
-* letter: Configuring. (line 61)
-* lexorder: math. (line 68)
-* libm routines: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* libsigsegv <1>: Help. (line 33)
-* libsigsegv: Functions. (line 88)
-* limits: graph. (line 636)
-* line: Arrays. (line 344)
-* line mode: Arrays. (line 344)
-* Linear: graph. (line 682)
-* linecap: Pens. (line 129)
-* linejoin: Pens. (line 138)
-* lineskip: Pens. (line 178)
-* linetype: Pens. (line 115)
-* linewidth: Pens. (line 119)
-* locale: Data types. (line 293)
-* Log: graph. (line 682)
-* log: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* log-log graph: graph. (line 713)
-* log10: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* log1p: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* log2 graph: graph. (line 763)
-* logarithmic graph: graph. (line 713)
-* logical operators: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 6)
-* longdashdotted: Pens. (line 95)
-* longdashed: Pens. (line 95)
-* longitude: Data types. (line 141)
-* loop: Programming. (line 8)
-* MacOS X binary distributions: MacOS X binary distributions.
- (line 6)
-* makepen: Pens. (line 300)
-* map: Arrays. (line 141)
-* Margin: draw. (line 42)
-* Margin3: three. (line 564)
-* margins: three. (line 262)
-* Margins: draw. (line 42)
-* Margins3: three. (line 564)
-* mark: graph. (line 484)
-* markangle: markers. (line 38)
-* marker: graph. (line 484)
-* markers: markers. (line 6)
-* marknodes: graph. (line 484)
-* markuniform: graph. (line 484)
-* mask: Data types. (line 33)
-* math: math. (line 6)
-* mathematical functions: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* max <1>: three. (line 507)
-* max <2>: Arrays. (line 225)
-* max <3>: Frames and pictures. (line 7)
-* max: Paths and guides. (line 267)
-* maxbound: Data types. (line 106)
-* maxtile: three. (line 210)
-* maxtimes: Paths and guides. (line 222)
-* maxviewport: three. (line 210)
-* MetaPost: MetaPost. (line 6)
-* MetaPost ... : Bezier curves. (line 67)
-* MetaPost cutafter: Paths and guides. (line 255)
-* MetaPost cutbefore: Paths and guides. (line 251)
-* MetaPost pickup: Pens. (line 6)
-* MetaPost whatever: MetaPost. (line 10)
-* Microsoft Windows: Microsoft Windows. (line 6)
-* MidArcArrow: draw. (line 26)
-* MidArcArrow3: three. (line 548)
-* MidArrow: draw. (line 26)
-* MidArrow3: three. (line 548)
-* midpoint: Paths and guides. (line 169)
-* MidPoint: label. (line 56)
-* min <1>: three. (line 507)
-* min <2>: Arrays. (line 218)
-* min <3>: Frames and pictures. (line 7)
-* min: Paths and guides. (line 263)
-* minbound: Data types. (line 103)
-* minipage: label. (line 118)
-* mintimes: Paths and guides. (line 217)
-* miterjoin: Pens. (line 138)
-* miterlimit: Pens. (line 147)
-* mktemp: Files. (line 44)
-* mm: Tutorial. (line 63)
-* mode: Files. (line 75)
-* monotonic: graph. (line 37)
-* mouse: GUI. (line 6)
-* mouse bindings: three. (line 137)
-* Move: Pens. (line 339)
-* MoveQuiet: Pens. (line 345)
-* multisample: three. (line 127)
-* multisampling: Compiling from UNIX source.
- (line 16)
-* N: Tutorial. (line 106)
-* name: Files. (line 88)
-* named arguments: Named arguments. (line 6)
-* natural: graph. (line 37)
-* new <1>: Arrays. (line 109)
-* new: Structures. (line 6)
-* newframe: Frames and pictures. (line 7)
-* newl: Files. (line 61)
-* newton: Mathematical functions.
- (line 66)
-* next: Debugger. (line 42)
-* NFSS: Pens. (line 192)
-* nobasealign: Pens. (line 168)
-* NoFill <1>: Frames and pictures. (line 141)
-* NoFill: draw. (line 26)
-* NoMargin: draw. (line 42)
-* NoMargin3: three. (line 564)
-* none: Files. (line 61)
-* None: draw. (line 19)
-* normal: three. (line 493)
-* nosafe: Options. (line 163)
-* NOT: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 80)
-* notaknot: graph. (line 37)
-* NoTicks: graph. (line 161)
-* NoTicks3: graph3. (line 34)
-* null: Structures. (line 6)
-* nullpen <1>: Frames and pictures. (line 127)
-* nullpen: label. (line 14)
-* NURBS: three. (line 363)
-* O: three. (line 274)
-* obj: obj. (line 9)
-* oblique: three. (line 319)
-* obliqueX: three. (line 327)
-* obliqueY: three. (line 334)
-* obliqueZ: three. (line 319)
-* ode: ode. (line 9)
-* offset <1>: Options. (line 168)
-* offset: Pens. (line 115)
-* OmitTick: graph. (line 239)
-* OmitTickInterval: graph. (line 239)
-* OmitTickIntervals: graph. (line 239)
-* opacity: Pens. (line 222)
-* open: Files. (line 12)
-* OpenGL: three. (line 127)
-* operator: User-defined operators.
- (line 6)
-* operator --: graph. (line 31)
-* operator ..: graph. (line 34)
-* operator answer: Interactive mode. (line 37)
-* operator cast: Casts. (line 30)
-* operator ecast: Casts. (line 57)
-* operator init <1>: Structures. (line 134)
-* operator init: Variable initializers.
- (line 6)
-* operators: Operators. (line 6)
-* options: Options. (line 6)
-* OR: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 80)
-* orientation: Frames and pictures. (line 95)
-* orthographic: three. (line 338)
-* outformat: three. (line 127)
-* outprefix: Frames and pictures. (line 83)
-* output <1>: Options. (line 143)
-* output: Files. (line 36)
-* OutTicks: graph3. (line 34)
-* overloading functions: Functions. (line 44)
-* overwrite: Pens. (line 324)
-* P: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* pack: label. (line 101)
-* packing: Rest arguments. (line 30)
-* pair <1>: Data types. (line 43)
-* pair: Tutorial. (line 51)
-* pairs: Arrays. (line 242)
-* paperheight: Configuring. (line 61)
-* papertype: Configuring. (line 61)
-* paperwidth: Configuring. (line 61)
-* parallelogram: flowchart. (line 50)
-* parametric surface: graph3. (line 100)
-* parametrized curve: graph. (line 636)
-* partialsum: math. (line 53)
-* patch-dependent colors: three. (line 81)
-* path <1>: flowchart. (line 81)
-* path <2>: three. (line 43)
-* path: Paths and guides. (line 7)
-* path markers: graph. (line 484)
-* path3: three. (line 6)
-* path[]: Tutorial. (line 134)
-* patterns <1>: patterns. (line 6)
-* patterns: Pens. (line 238)
-* PDF: Options. (line 143)
-* pdflatex: Options. (line 143)
-* pdfviewer: Configuring. (line 6)
-* pdfviewerOptions: Options. (line 130)
-* pen: Pens. (line 6)
-* PenMargin: draw. (line 42)
-* PenMargin2: three. (line 564)
-* PenMargin3: three. (line 564)
-* PenMargins: draw. (line 42)
-* PenMargins2: three. (line 564)
-* PenMargins3: three. (line 564)
-* periodic: graph. (line 37)
-* perl: LaTeX usage. (line 30)
-* perpendicular: geometry. (line 6)
-* perspective: three. (line 363)
-* picture: Frames and pictures. (line 35)
-* picture alignment: Frames and pictures. (line 209)
-* piecewisestraight: Paths and guides. (line 81)
-* pixel: three. (line 571)
-* Pl: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* plain: plain. (line 6)
-* planar: three. (line 89)
-* plane: three. (line 301)
-* planeproject: three. (line 490)
-* point <1>: three. (line 507)
-* point: Paths and guides. (line 84)
-* polar: Data types. (line 121)
-* polargraph: graph. (line 90)
-* polygon: graph. (line 484)
-* pop: Arrays. (line 39)
-* Portrait: Frames and pictures. (line 95)
-* postcontrol <1>: three. (line 507)
-* postcontrol: Paths and guides. (line 135)
-* postfix operators: Self & prefix operators.
- (line 19)
-* postscript: Frames and pictures. (line 271)
-* PostScript fonts: Pens. (line 210)
-* PostScript subpath: Tutorial. (line 134)
-* pow10: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* prc: three. (line 231)
-* precision: Files. (line 92)
-* precontrol <1>: three. (line 507)
-* precontrol: Paths and guides. (line 128)
-* prefix operators: Self & prefix operators.
- (line 6)
-* private: Structures. (line 6)
-* programming: Programming. (line 6)
-* pstoedit: PostScript to Asymptote.
- (line 6)
-* psview: Microsoft Windows. (line 16)
-* psviewer: Configuring. (line 6)
-* psviewerOptions: Options. (line 130)
-* pt: Tutorial. (line 63)
-* public: Structures. (line 6)
-* push: Arrays. (line 39)
-* Python usage: Interactive mode. (line 80)
-* quadraticroots: Arrays. (line 309)
-* quarticroots: math. (line 22)
-* quick reference: Description. (line 80)
-* quit <1>: Debugger. (line 54)
-* quit <2>: Interactive mode. (line 59)
-* quit: Tutorial. (line 37)
-* quote: Import. (line 116)
-* quotient: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 6)
-* RadialShade: Frames and pictures. (line 159)
-* radialshade: fill. (line 49)
-* RadialShadeDraw: Frames and pictures. (line 163)
-* radians: Mathematical functions.
- (line 17)
-* radius <1>: three. (line 507)
-* radius: Paths and guides. (line 124)
-* Rainbow: palette. (line 12)
-* rand: Mathematical functions.
- (line 39)
-* randMax: Mathematical functions.
- (line 39)
-* read: Arrays. (line 385)
-* reading: Files. (line 12)
-* reading string arrays: Arrays. (line 354)
-* readline: Files. (line 134)
-* real: Data types. (line 33)
-* realDigits: Data types. (line 33)
-* realEpsilon: Data types. (line 33)
-* realMax: Data types. (line 33)
-* realMin: Data types. (line 33)
-* realmult: Data types. (line 97)
-* rectangle: flowchart. (line 37)
-* recursion: Functions. (line 88)
-* reference: Description. (line 80)
-* reflect: Transforms. (line 51)
-* Relative: label. (line 51)
-* relpoint: Paths and guides. (line 165)
-* reltime: Paths and guides. (line 161)
-* remainder: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* rename: Files. (line 151)
-* render <1>: Options. (line 143)
-* render: three. (line 47)
-* replace: Data types. (line 254)
-* resetdefaultpen: Pens. (line 353)
-* rest arguments: Rest arguments. (line 6)
-* restore: Frames and pictures. (line 265)
-* restricted: Structures. (line 6)
-* return: Debugger. (line 48)
-* reverse <1>: three. (line 507)
-* reverse <2>: Arrays. (line 146)
-* reverse <3>: Paths and guides. (line 172)
-* reverse: Data types. (line 250)
-* rewind: Files. (line 92)
-* rfind: Data types. (line 231)
-* rgb: Pens. (line 30)
-* Riemann zeta function: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* Right: graph. (line 287)
-* RightSide: label. (line 61)
-* RightTicks: graph. (line 161)
-* RightView: three. (line 386)
-* rotate: three. (line 458)
-* Rotate: label. (line 36)
-* Rotate(pair z): label. (line 39)
-* round: Mathematical functions.
- (line 26)
-* roundcap: Pens. (line 129)
-* roundedpath: roundedpath. (line 6)
-* roundjoin: Pens. (line 138)
-* roundrectangle: flowchart. (line 69)
-* RPM: UNIX binary distributions.
- (line 6)
-* runtime imports: Import. (line 98)
-* Russian: unicode. (line 7)
-* S: Tutorial. (line 106)
-* safe: Options. (line 163)
-* save: Frames and pictures. (line 262)
-* saveline: Files. (line 134)
-* scale: three. (line 457)
-* Scale: graph. (line 698)
-* scale <1>: graph. (line 682)
-* scale <2>: Transforms. (line 39)
-* scale: Pens. (line 115)
-* Scale: label. (line 45)
-* scale3: three. (line 454)
-* scaled graph: graph. (line 663)
-* scientific graph: graph. (line 396)
-* scroll: Files. (line 108)
-* search: Arrays. (line 164)
-* search paths: Search paths. (line 6)
-* Seascape: Frames and pictures. (line 100)
-* secondary axis: graph. (line 813)
-* secondaryX: graph. (line 813)
-* secondaryY: graph. (line 813)
-* seconds: Data types. (line 306)
-* seek: Files. (line 92)
-* seekeof: Files. (line 92)
-* segment: math. (line 50)
-* segmentation fault: Help. (line 33)
-* self operators: Self & prefix operators.
- (line 6)
-* sequence: Arrays. (line 128)
-* settings <1>: Options. (line 115)
-* settings: Configuring. (line 23)
-* sgn: Mathematical functions.
- (line 26)
-* shading: fill. (line 32)
-* shift <1>: three. (line 442)
-* shift: Transforms. (line 27)
-* Shift: label. (line 33)
-* shiftless: Transforms. (line 53)
-* shipout: Frames and pictures. (line 83)
-* showtarget: three. (line 338)
-* Si: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* signedint: Files. (line 75)
-* SimpleHead: draw. (line 26)
-* simplex: simplex. (line 6)
-* simpson: Mathematical functions.
- (line 82)
-* Sin: Mathematical functions.
- (line 20)
-* sin: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* single precision: Files. (line 75)
-* singleint: Files. (line 75)
-* singlereal: Files. (line 75)
-* sinh: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* SixViews: three. (line 401)
-* SixViewsFR: three. (line 401)
-* SixViewsUS: three. (line 401)
-* size <1>: Options. (line 143)
-* size <2>: three. (line 507)
-* size <3>: Frames and pictures. (line 43)
-* size: Paths and guides. (line 70)
-* size3: three. (line 259)
-* slant: Transforms. (line 45)
-* Slant: label. (line 42)
-* sleep: Data types. (line 351)
-* slice: Paths and guides. (line 240)
-* slices: Slices. (line 6)
-* slide: slide. (line 6)
-* slope: math. (line 44)
-* slopefield: slopefield. (line 6)
-* sndncn: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* solid: Pens. (line 95)
-* solids: solids. (line 9)
-* solve: Arrays. (line 278)
-* sort: Arrays. (line 184)
-* Spline <1>: graph3. (line 100)
-* Spline: graph. (line 34)
-* split: Data types. (line 263)
-* sqrt: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* squarecap: Pens. (line 129)
-* srand: Mathematical functions.
- (line 39)
-* stack overflow <1>: Help. (line 33)
-* stack overflow: Functions. (line 88)
-* static: Static. (line 6)
-* stats: stats. (line 6)
-* stdin: Files. (line 48)
-* stdout: Files. (line 48)
-* step: Debugger. (line 39)
-* stickframe: markers. (line 16)
-* stop: Debugger. (line 10)
-* straight: three. (line 507)
-* Straight: graph. (line 31)
-* straight: Paths and guides. (line 77)
-* strftime: Data types. (line 298)
-* string: Data types. (line 181)
-* stroke: fill. (line 36)
-* strokepath: Paths and guides. (line 297)
-* strptime: Data types. (line 306)
-* struct: Structures. (line 6)
-* structures: Structures. (line 6)
-* subpath <1>: three. (line 507)
-* subpath: Paths and guides. (line 175)
-* subpictures: Frames and pictures. (line 103)
-* substr: Data types. (line 246)
-* Subversion: Subversion. (line 6)
-* sum: Arrays. (line 213)
-* superpath: Tutorial. (line 134)
-* Suppress: Pens. (line 331)
-* SuppressQuiet: Pens. (line 335)
-* surface <1>: graph3. (line 100)
-* surface: three. (line 47)
-* SVG: Options. (line 143)
-* SVN: Subversion. (line 6)
-* system <1>: Options. (line 163)
-* system: Data types. (line 328)
-* syzygy: syzygy. (line 6)
-* tab: Files. (line 61)
-* tab completion: Tutorial. (line 37)
-* Tan: Mathematical functions.
- (line 20)
-* tan: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* tanh: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* target: three. (line 338)
-* tell: Files. (line 92)
-* tension <1>: three. (line 6)
-* tension: Bezier curves. (line 56)
-* tensionSpecifier: Paths and guides. (line 388)
-* tensor product shading: fill. (line 74)
-* tensorshade: fill. (line 74)
-* tex <1>: Options. (line 143)
-* tex: Frames and pictures. (line 278)
-* TeX fonts: Pens. (line 201)
-* TeX string: Data types. (line 181)
-* texcommand: Configuring. (line 67)
-* TeXHead: draw. (line 26)
-* TeXHead3: three. (line 548)
-* texpath <1>: label. (line 115)
-* texpath: Configuring. (line 67)
-* texpreamble: Frames and pictures. (line 286)
-* texreset: Frames and pictures. (line 289)
-* textbook graph: graph. (line 371)
-* tgz: UNIX binary distributions.
- (line 6)
-* thick: three. (line 110)
-* thin: three. (line 110)
-* this: Structures. (line 6)
-* three: three. (line 6)
-* ThreeViews: three. (line 401)
-* ThreeViewsFR: three. (line 401)
-* ThreeViewsUS: three. (line 401)
-* tick: graph. (line 342)
-* Ticks: graph. (line 161)
-* ticks: graph. (line 161)
-* tildeframe: markers. (line 26)
-* tile: Pens. (line 251)
-* tilings: Pens. (line 238)
-* time <1>: math. (line 30)
-* time: Data types. (line 298)
-* times: Paths and guides. (line 209)
-* Top: graph. (line 137)
-* TopView: three. (line 386)
-* trace: Debugger. (line 51)
-* trailingzero: graph. (line 175)
-* transform <1>: three. (line 482)
-* transform: Transforms. (line 6)
-* transform3: three. (line 437)
-* transparency: Pens. (line 222)
-* transpose: Arrays. (line 205)
-* tree: tree. (line 9)
-* trembling: trembling. (line 6)
-* triangle: geometry. (line 6)
-* triangulate: contour. (line 157)
-* tridiagonal: Arrays. (line 266)
-* trigonometric integrals: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* triple: Data types. (line 110)
-* TrueMargin: draw. (line 42)
-* TrueMargin3: three. (line 564)
-* tube <1>: tube. (line 6)
-* tube: three. (line 110)
-* tutorial: Tutorial. (line 6)
-* type1cm: Pens. (line 178)
-* typedef <1>: Functions. (line 36)
-* typedef: Data types. (line 361)
-* U3D: embed. (line 38)
-* undefined: Paths and guides. (line 271)
-* UnFill: Frames and pictures. (line 152)
-* unfill: fill. (line 106)
-* UnFill: draw. (line 26)
-* unicode: unicode. (line 6)
-* uniform: Arrays. (line 155)
-* Uninstall: Uninstall. (line 6)
-* unique: math. (line 64)
-* unit: Data types. (line 80)
-* unitbox <1>: three. (line 307)
-* unitbox: Tutorial. (line 155)
-* unitcircle <1>: three. (line 274)
-* unitcircle: Tutorial. (line 128)
-* unitrand: Mathematical functions.
- (line 39)
-* unitsize <1>: Frames and pictures. (line 64)
-* unitsize: Tutorial. (line 86)
-* UNIX binary distributions: UNIX binary distributions.
- (line 6)
-* unpacking: Rest arguments. (line 39)
-* unravel: Import. (line 30)
-* up: three. (line 338)
-* update: Files. (line 36)
-* UpsideDown: Frames and pictures. (line 95)
-* usepackage: Frames and pictures. (line 291)
-* user coordinates: Tutorial. (line 86)
-* user-defined operators: User-defined operators.
- (line 6)
-* usleep: Data types. (line 354)
-* value: math. (line 38)
-* var: Variable initializers.
- (line 63)
-* variable initializers: Variable initializers.
- (line 6)
-* vectorfield: graph. (line 975)
-* vectorfield3: graph3. (line 159)
-* vectorization: Arrays. (line 323)
-* verbatim: Frames and pictures. (line 271)
-* vertex-dependent colors: three. (line 81)
-* Vertical: flowchart. (line 81)
-* viewportheight: LaTeX usage. (line 51)
-* viewportmargin: three. (line 262)
-* viewportsize: three. (line 262)
-* viewportwidth: LaTeX usage. (line 51)
-* views: three. (line 231)
-* vim: Editing modes. (line 33)
-* virtual functions: Structures. (line 181)
-* void: Data types. (line 10)
-* W: Tutorial. (line 106)
-* whatever: Paths and guides. (line 235)
-* Wheel: palette. (line 22)
-* wheel mouse: GUI. (line 6)
-* while: Programming. (line 29)
-* white-space string delimiter mode: Arrays. (line 354)
-* width: LaTeX usage. (line 51)
-* windingnumber: Paths and guides. (line 271)
-* word: Arrays. (line 354)
-* write <1>: Arrays. (line 394)
-* write: Files. (line 53)
-* X: three. (line 274)
-* xasy: GUI. (line 6)
-* xaxis3: graph3. (line 7)
-* xdr: Files. (line 75)
-* xelatex <1>: Options. (line 143)
-* xelatex: embed. (line 10)
-* xequals: graph. (line 294)
-* XEquals: graph. (line 280)
-* xlimits: graph. (line 636)
-* XOR: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 80)
-* xpart: Data types. (line 91)
-* xscale: Transforms. (line 33)
-* xscale3: three. (line 445)
-* xtick: graph. (line 342)
-* XY: three. (line 467)
-* XYEquals: graph3. (line 20)
-* XYZero: graph3. (line 20)
-* XZEquals: graph3. (line 20)
-* XZero: graph. (line 275)
-* XZZero: graph3. (line 20)
-* Y <1>: three. (line 274)
-* Y: Mathematical functions.
- (line 6)
-* yaxis3: graph3. (line 7)
-* yequals: graph. (line 294)
-* YEquals: graph. (line 130)
-* ylimits: graph. (line 636)
-* ypart: Data types. (line 94)
-* yscale: Transforms. (line 36)
-* yscale3: three. (line 448)
-* ytick: graph. (line 342)
-* YX: three. (line 482)
-* YZ: three. (line 482)
-* YZEquals: graph3. (line 20)
-* YZero: graph. (line 125)
-* YZZero: graph3. (line 20)
-* Z: three. (line 274)
-* zaxis3: graph3. (line 7)
-* zero_Ai: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* zero_Ai_deriv: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* zero_Bi: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* zero_Bi_deriv: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* zero_J: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* zerowinding: Pens. (line 152)
-* zeta: Mathematical functions.
- (line 48)
-* zpart: Data types. (line 163)
-* zscale3: three. (line 451)
-* ZX: three. (line 482)
-* ZY: three. (line 482)
-* |: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 62)
-* ||: Arithmetic & logical.
- (line 59)
-
-
-
-Tag Table:
-Node: Top575
-Node: Description6834
-Node: Installation10450
-Node: UNIX binary distributions11503
-Node: MacOS X binary distributions12609
-Node: Microsoft Windows13493
-Ref: psview14203
-Node: Configuring15135
-Node: Search paths19349
-Node: Compiling from UNIX source20191
-Ref: multisampling20781
-Node: Editing modes23176
-Node: Subversion25608
-Node: Uninstall26071
-Node: Tutorial26421
-Ref: unitcircle30719
-Node: Drawing commands32655
-Node: draw34366
-Ref: arrows35514
-Node: fill40757
-Ref: gradient shading41801
-Node: clip46029
-Node: label46621
-Ref: Label47219
-Node: Bezier curves53022
-Node: Programming56599
-Ref: array iteration57413
-Node: Data types58494
-Ref: format67691
-Node: Paths and guides71944
-Ref: circle72198
-Ref: extension81622
-Node: Pens88305
-Ref: fillrule95673
-Ref: basealign96570
-Ref: transparency99396
-Ref: makepen102839
-Ref: overwrite103677
-Node: Transforms104887
-Node: Frames and pictures106678
-Ref: envelope107819
-Ref: size108902
-Ref: unitsize109889
-Ref: shipout110949
-Ref: filltype113282
-Ref: add116419
-Ref: add about117365
-Ref: tex120303
-Node: Files121177
-Ref: cd122160
-Ref: scroll126834
-Node: Variable initializers129749
-Node: Structures132474
-Node: Operators139918
-Node: Arithmetic & logical140232
-Node: Self & prefix operators142205
-Node: User-defined operators142993
-Node: Implicit scaling143904
-Node: Functions144467
-Ref: stack overflow147220
-Node: Default arguments147784
-Node: Named arguments148523
-Node: Rest arguments151094
-Node: Mathematical functions154215
-Node: Arrays158880
-Ref: sort165869
-Ref: tridiagonal168273
-Ref: solve169501
-Node: Slices173694
-Node: Casts177584
-Node: Import179549
-Node: Static184786
-Node: LaTeX usage187680
-Node: Base modules194092
-Node: plain196592
-Node: simplex197244
-Node: math197517
-Node: interpolate200222
-Node: geometry200501
-Node: trembling201095
-Node: stats201446
-Node: patterns201706
-Node: markers201942
-Node: tree203725
-Node: binarytree203913
-Node: drawtree204502
-Node: syzygy204706
-Node: feynman204980
-Node: roundedpath205255
-Node: animation205538
-Ref: animate205958
-Node: embed207097
-Node: slide208700
-Node: MetaPost209040
-Node: unicode209756
-Node: latin1210644
-Node: babel211012
-Node: labelpath211241
-Node: labelpath3212061
-Node: annotate212372
-Node: CAD212843
-Node: graph213153
-Ref: ticks220282
-Ref: pathmarkers233576
-Ref: marker234041
-Ref: markuniform234392
-Ref: errorbars236183
-Ref: automatic scaling240239
-Node: palette250885
-Ref: images251003
-Ref: image255175
-Ref: logimage255653
-Ref: penimage256714
-Ref: penfunctionimage256935
-Node: three257659
-Ref: PostScript3D282639
-Node: obj284331
-Node: graph3284583
-Ref: GaussianSurface289708
-Node: grid3290812
-Node: solids291552
-Node: tube292500
-Node: flowchart294735
-Node: contour299304
-Node: contour3304429
-Node: slopefield304736
-Node: ode306173
-Node: Options306433
-Ref: configuration file312421
-Ref: settings312421
-Ref: convert313622
-Node: Interactive mode316589
-Ref: history318742
-Node: GUI320047
-Node: GUI installation320550
-Node: GUI usage321680
-Node: PostScript to Asymptote322583
-Node: Help323339
-Node: Debugger325075
-Node: Credits326860
-Node: Index327792
-
-End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/dir b/Master/texmf/doc/info/dir
deleted file mode 100644
index 9132b9981a3..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/dir
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-This is the file .../info/dir, which contains the
-topmost node of the Info hierarchy, called (dir)Top.
-The first time you invoke Info you start off looking at this node.
-
-File: dir, Node: Top This is the top of the INFO tree
-
- This (the Directory node) gives a menu of major topics.
- Typing "q" exits, "?" lists all Info commands, "d" returns here,
- "h" gives a primer for first-timers,
- "mEmacs<Return>" visits the Emacs manual, etc.
-
- In Emacs, you can click mouse button 2 on a menu item or cross reference
- to select it.
-
-* Menu:
-
-Science
-* Asymptote: (asymptote). Vector graphics language.
-* Asymptote FAQ: (asy-faq). FAQ for Asymptote.
-
-TeX
-* Dvipng: (dvipng). DVI to Portable Network Graphics (PNG).
-* Dvips: (dvips). Translating TeX DVI files to PostScript.
-* Eplain: (eplain). Expanding on plain TeX.
-* EpsPDF: (epspdf). Portable GUI&cmdline EPS/PS/PDF conversion.
-* Kpathsea: (kpathsea). File lookup along search paths.
-* LaTeX2e: (latex2e). LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual.
-* LaTeX2e-es: (latex2e-es). Spanish translation of LaTeX2e.
-* Mf2pt1: (mf2pt1). Make PostScript Type 1 fonts from Metafont.
-* Naming TeX fonts: (fontname). Filenames for TeX fonts.
-* TDS: (tds). Standard TeX directory structure.
-* TeXDraw: (texdraw). Drawing PostScript diagrams within TeX.
-* Web2C: (web2c). TeX, Metafont, and companion programs.
-
-Individual utilities
-* afm2tfm: (dvips)Invoking afm2tfm. Adobe to TeX font metrics.
-* bibtex: (web2c)bibtex invocation. Managing bibliographies.
-* dmp: (web2c)dmp invocation. Troff->MPX (MetaPost pictures).
-* dvicopy: (web2c)dvicopy invocation. Virtual font expansion.
-* dvitomp: (web2c)dvitomp invocation. DVI to MPX (MetaPost pictures).
-* dvitype: (web2c)dvitype invocation. DVI to human-readable text.
-* gftodvi: (web2c)gftodvi invocation. Generic font proofsheets.
-* gftopk: (web2c)gftopk invocation. Generic to packed fonts.
-* gftype: (web2c)gftype invocation. GF to human-readable text.
-* kpsewhich: (kpathsea)Invoking kpsewhich. TeX file searching.
-* latex2man: (latex2man)Top. Convert man pages in LaTeX.
-* makempx: (web2c)makempx invocation. MetaPost label typesetting.
-* mf: (web2c)mf invocation. Creating typeface families.
-* mft: (web2c)mft invocation. Prettyprinting Metafont source.
-* mktexlsr: (kpathsea)Filename database. Update ls-R.
-* mktexmf: (kpathsea)mktex scripts. MF source generation.
-* mktexpk: (kpathsea)mktex scripts. PK bitmap generation.
-* mktextex: (kpathsea)mktex scripts. TeX source generation.
-* mktextfm: (kpathsea)mktex scripts. TeX font metric generation.
-* mltex: (web2c)MLTeX. Multi-lingual TeX.
-* mpost: (web2c)mpost invocation. Creating technical diagrams.
-* mpto: (web2c)mpto invocation. MetaPost label extraction.
-* newer: (web2c)newer invocation. Compare modification times.
-* patgen: (web2c)patgen invocation. Creating hyphenation patterns.
-* pktogf: (web2c)pktogf invocation. Packed to generic fonts.
-* pktype: (web2c)pktype invocation. PK to human-readable text.
-* pltotf: (web2c)pltotf invocation. Property list to TFM.
-* pooltype: (web2c)pooltype invocation. Display WEB pool files.
-* tangle: (web2c)tangle invocation. WEB to Pascal.
-* tex: (web2c)tex invocation. Typesetting.
-* tftopl: (web2c)tftopl invocation. TFM -> property list.
-* vftovp: (web2c)vftovp invocation. Virtual font -> virtual pl.
-* vptovf: (web2c)vptovf invocation. Virtual pl -> virtual font.
-* weave: (web2c)weave invocation. WEB to TeX.
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/dvipng.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/dvipng.info
deleted file mode 100644
index 62d070278ad..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/dvipng.info
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1211 +0,0 @@
-This is dvipng.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.13 from dvipng.texi.
-
-INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
-START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* DVI-to-PNG: (dvipng). Translating TeX DVI files to Portable Network Graphics (PNG).
-* dvipng: (dvipng). A DVI-to-PNG translator.
-END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-
-
-File: dvipng.info, Node: Top, Next: Introduction, Up: (dir)
-
-dvipng
-******
-
-This manual documents dvipng, a program to translate a DVI (DeVice
-Independent) file into PNG (Portable Network Graphics).
-
- This file documents dvipng version 1.14
-
- Corrections or perhaps rewrites of sections are _very welcome_.
-
- Jan-AAke Larsson
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Introduction:: Introduction
-* Installation:: How to compile and install dvipng
-* Basic usage:: First things first
-* Command-line options:: Advanced usage
-* Graphics:: Including PostScript and/or bitmaps
-* Color:: Using color with dvipng
-* Diagnosing problems:: Problems?
-* Credits:: People who have contributed
-* Copying:: GNU Lesser General Public License
-* Index:: General index
-
-
-File: dvipng.info, Node: Introduction, Next: Installation, Prev: Top, Up: Top
-
-1 Introduction
-**************
-
-This program makes PNG and/or GIF graphics from DVI files as obtained
-from TeX and its relatives.
-
- If GIF support is enabled, GIF output is chosen by using the
-`dvigif' binary or with the `--gif' option.
-
- It is intended to produce anti-aliased screen-resolution images as
-fast as is possible. The target audience is people who need to generate
-and regenerate many images again and again. The primary target is the
-preview-latex (X)Emacs package, a package to preview formulas from
-within (X)Emacs. Yes, you get to see your formulas in the (X)Emacs
-buffer, see `http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/preview-latex.html'.
-
- Another example is WeBWorK, an internet-based method for delivering
-homework problems to students over the internet, giving students
-instant feedback as to whether or not their answers are correct, see
-`http://webwork.math.rochester.edu'.
-
- A more recent addition to the dvipng-using applications out there is
-MediaWiki, the software behind Wikipedia and many other wikis out
-there. Dvipng is used to render mathematical formulae from version
-1.8.0 of MediaWiki, see `http://www.mediawiki.org'.
-
- Other applications may also benefit, like web applications as
-latex2html and WYSIWYG editors like LyX.
-
- The benefits of `dvipng'/`dvigif' include
-
- * Speed. It is a very fast bitmap-rendering code for DVI files, which
- makes it suitable for generating large amounts of images
- on-the-fly, as needed in preview-latex, WeBWorK and others.
-
- * It does not read the postamble, so it can be started before TeX
- finishes. There is a `--follow' switch that makes dvipng wait at
- end-of-file for further output, unless it finds the POST marker
- that indicates the end of the DVI.
-
- * Interactive query of options. dvipng can read options interactively
- through stdin, and all options are usable. It is even possible to
- change the input file through this interface.
-
- * Supports PK, VF, PostScript Type1, and TrueType fonts, subfonts
- (i.e., as used in CJK-LaTeX), color specials, and inclusion of
- PostScript, PNG, JPEG or GIF images.
-
- * and more...
-
-
-
-File: dvipng.info, Node: Installation, Next: Basic usage, Prev: Introduction, Up: Top
-
-2 Installation
-**************
-
-Installing dvipng should be simple: merely `./configure', `make', and
-`make install'.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Prerequisites::
-* Configure::
-* Build/install::
-* Installation outside the texmf tree::
-* Advice for non-privileged users::
-
-
-File: dvipng.info, Node: Prerequisites, Next: Configure, Up: Installation
-
-2.1 Prerequisites
-=================
-
- * The GD Graphics Draw library, libgd
-
- The drawing library `libgd' is necessary, and is downloadable at
- `http://www.boutell.com/gd', and there are binary packages for
- most operating systems from their respective distributors. In any
- case, the latest version of the library installs using `autoconf'
- so it should not be difficult for you to install it from source,
- and then proceed with installing dvipng.
-
- * The path-searching library kpathsea
-
- Kpathsea is most likely included in your LaTeX installation, but it
- may happen that ./configure does not find it; see below. If you do
- not have it, download it from `http://www.ctan.org' and compile it.
- I have no experience with this, so I cannot help much here.
-
- * The font-rendering library FreeType 2
-
- While not strictly necessary, a recent FreeType 2 is recommended
- since dvipng currently will produce better-quality images when
- this library is available. To take advantage of this, you should
- have at least FreeType 2.1.9.
-
- FreeType 2 will enable direct support for PostScript and TrueType
- fonts, so that dvipng will not need to generate bitmapped variants
- on disk of the TeX fonts since modern TeX distributions include
- PostScript versions of them. Then, you can render images at
- different (and unusual) resolutions without cluttering the disk
- with lots of bitmapped fonts.
-
- Finally, it will enable subfont support in dvipng. That is, if you
- want to render CJK-LaTeX characters, you must have FreeType 2
- installed.
-
- * The font-rendering library T1lib
-
- An alternative to FreeType 2 is T1lib, but this will enable only
- PostScript fonts in dvipng and will not include subfont support.
- Also here, you can render images at different (and unusual)
- resolutions without cluttering the disk with lots of bitmapped
- fonts. If both FreeType 2 and T1lib are present, FreeType will be
- internally preferred by dvipng but T1lib can be chosen at runtime.
-
- * libpng and libz
-
- To be able to compress and write PNG files to disk, dvipng (or
- really libgd) uses libpng which in turn uses libz. These should be
- available on any modern system, if not, download them and install
- them.
-
- * The `texinfo' package
-
- This is needed for building the documentation.
-
-
-File: dvipng.info, Node: Configure, Next: Build/install, Prev: Prerequisites, Up: Installation
-
-2.2 Configure
-=============
-
-The first step is to configure the source code, telling it where
-various files will be. To do so, run
-
- ./configure OPTIONS
-
- (Note: if you have fetched dvipng from CVS rather than a regular
-release, you will have to first generate `./configure' by running
-`autoconf' 2.53 or later.)
-
- On many machines, you will not need to specify any options, but if
-`configure' cannot determine something on its own, you'll need to help
-it out. For a list of the options type
-
- ./configure --help
-
- On some machines, the libraries will be installed in directories that
-are not in the linker's search path. This will generate an error when
-running `./configure', indicating that it cannot find libgd or
-libkpathsea (most likely). You then need to specify the path to the
-respective library's object files. They are typically called e.g.,
-`libgd.a' or `libgd.so'. If they are located in e.g., `/sw/local/lib',
-do
-
- ./configure LDFLAGS=-L/sw/local/lib
-
- If the library is available as a shared object file (`.so'), the
-runtime linker may also need to be told where to find the library, then
-use
-
- ./configure LDFLAGS='-L/sw/local/lib -R/sw/local/lib'
-
- When either of these is necessary, it is likely that the C header
-files are also installed in directories that are not in the C
-preprocessor's search path. This will also generate an error when
-running `./configure', indicating that it cannot find e.g., `gd.h' or
-`kpathsea.h' (most likely). You then need to specify the path to the
-respective library's C header files. If they are located in e.g.,
-`/sw/local/include', do
-
- ./configure CPPFLAGS=-I/sw/local/include
-
- On my SUN Solaris workstation, I had to combine this into
-
- ./configure CPPFLAGS='-I/sw/local/include -I/sw/tex/teTeX/1.0/include'\
- LDFLAGS='-L/sw/local/lib -R/sw/local/lib -L/sw/tex/teTeX/1.0/lib/'
-
-where the backslash denotes a continuation of the line.
-
-
-File: dvipng.info, Node: Build/install, Next: Installation outside the texmf tree, Prev: Configure, Up: Installation
-
-2.3 Build/install
-=================
-
-Once `configure' has been run, simply enter
-
- make
-
-at the prompt to compile the C code, and build the documentation files.
-To install the files into the locations chosen earlier, type
-
- make install
-
-You may need special privileges to install, e.g., if you are installing
-into system directories.
-
-
-File: dvipng.info, Node: Installation outside the texmf tree, Next: Advice for non-privileged users, Prev: Build/install, Up: Installation
-
-2.4 Installation outside the texmf tree
-=======================================
-
-In some cases, a dvipng binary installed outside the texmf tree will
-not be able to find virtual fonts, or the PostScript font maps
-(normally used by dvips). This may be because _only_ $SELFAUTOLOC,
-$SELFAUTODIR, and $SELFAUTOPARENT are used in the texmf tree
-configuration file `texmf.cnf'. If so, give the switch
-`--enable-selfauto-set' to `./configure'. This will make dvipng adjust
-these three internally so that kpathsea thinks that dvipng _is_
-installed in the texmf tree.
-
-
-File: dvipng.info, Node: Advice for non-privileged users, Prev: Installation outside the texmf tree, Up: Installation
-
-2.5 Installation for non-privileged users
-=========================================
-
-Often people without system administration privileges want to install
-software for their private use. In that case you need to specify more
-options to the `configure' script, usually this is done by using the
-`--prefix' option to the `configure' script, and let it point to the
-personal home directory. In that way, resulting binaries will be
-installed under the `bin' subdirectory of your home directory, manual
-pages under `man' and so on. That way, it is reasonably easy to
-maintain a bunch of additional packages, since the prefix argument is
-supported by most `configure' scripts.
-
- You'll have to add something like `/home/myself/bin' to your `PATH'
-shell variable, if it isn't there already, and similarly set the
-`INFOPATH' and `MANPATH' variables to be able to access the
-documentation.
-
-
-File: dvipng.info, Node: Basic usage, Next: Command-line options, Prev: Installation, Up: Top
-
-3 Basic usage of dvipng
-***********************
-
-To use dvipng at its simplest, simply type
-
- dvipng foo
-
-where `foo.dvi' is the output of TeX that you want to convert to PNG
-format. If there are four pages in `foo.dvi', those pages will be
-output as `foo1.png', `foo2.png', `foo3.png', and `foo4.png',
-respectively.
-
- If you have enabled the PostScript font support (via FreeType or
-T1lib), fonts will be rendered as they are needed. Otherwise, dvipng
-will use bitmapped (PK) fonts, and if you use PK fonts that have not
-been used on your system before, they may be automatically generated;
-this process can take a few minutes, so progress reports appear by
-default. The next time the same font is used, it will have been saved
-on disk, so rendering will go much faster. (If dvipng tries to
-endlessly generate the same fonts over and over again, something is
-wrong. *Note Unable to generate fonts: (kpathsea)Unable to generate
-fonts.)
-
- Many options are available (see the next section). For a brief
-summary of available options, just type
-
- dvipng --help
-
-
-File: dvipng.info, Node: Command-line options, Next: Graphics, Prev: Basic usage, Up: Top
-
-4 Command-line options
-**********************
-
-dvipng has a plethora of command line options. Reading through this
-section will give a good idea of the capabilities of the driver.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Option summary:: Quick listing, from dvipng --help.
-* Option details:: More information about each option.
-
-
-File: dvipng.info, Node: Option summary, Next: Option details, Up: Command-line options
-
-4.1 Option summary
-==================
-
-Here is a handy summary of the options; it is printed out when you run
-dvipng with no arguments or with the standard `--help' option.
-
- This is ./dvipng 1.14 Copyright 2002-2010 Jan-Ake Larsson
-
- Usage: ./dvipng [OPTION]... FILENAME[.dvi]
- Options are chosen to be similar to dvips' options where possible:
- -d # Debug (# is the debug bitmap, 1 if not given)
- -D # Output resolution
- -l # Last page to be output
- -o f Output file, '%d' is pagenumber
- -O c Image offset
- -p # First page to be output
- -pp #,#.. Page list to be output
- -q* Quiet operation
- -T c Image size (also accepts '-T bbox' and '-T tight')
- -v* Verbose operation
- - Interactive query of options
-
- These do not correspond to dvips options:
- -bd # Transparent border width in dots
- -bd s Transparent border fallback color (TeX-style color)
- -bg s Background color (TeX-style color or 'Transparent')
- --depth* Output the image depth on stdout
- --dvinum* Use TeX page numbers in output filenames
- -fg s Foreground color (TeX-style color)
- --follow* Wait for data at end-of-file
- --freetype* FreeType font rendering (preferred, default on)
- --gamma # Control color interpolation
- --gif Output GIF images (dvigif default)
- --height* Output the image height on stdout
- --nogs* Don't use ghostscript for PostScript specials
- --nogssafer* Don't use -dSAFER in ghostscript calls
- --norawps* Don't convert raw PostScript specials
- --palette* Force palette output
- --picky When a warning occurs, don't output image
- --png Output PNG images (dvipng default)
- --strict When a warning occurs, exit
- --t1lib* T1lib font rendering (default on)
- --truecolor* Truecolor output
- -Q # Quality (T1lib and PK subsampling)
- --width* Output the image width on stdout
- -z # PNG compression level
-
- # = number f = file s = string * = suffix, '0' to turn off
- c = comma-separated dimension pair (e.g., 3.2in,-32.1cm)
-
-
-File: dvipng.info, Node: Option details, Prev: Option summary, Up: Command-line options
-
-4.2 Option details
-==================
-
-Many of the parameterless options listed here can be turned off by
-suffixing the option with a zero (`0'); for instance, to turn off page
-reversal, use `-r0'. Such options are marked with a trailing `*'.
-
-`-'
- Read additional options from standard input after processing the
- command line.
-
-`--help'
- Print a usage message and exit.
-
-`--version'
- Print the version number and exit.
-
-`-bd NUM'
-
-`-bd COLOR_SPEC'
-
-`-bd 'NUM COLOR_SPEC''
- Set the pixel width of the transparent border (default 0). Using
- this option will make the image edges transparent, but it only
- affects pixels with the background color. Giving a COLOR_SPEC will
- set the fallback color, to be used in viewers that cannot handle
- transparency (the default is the background color). The color spec
- should be in TeX color \special syntax, e.g., 'rgb 1.0 0.0 0.0'.
- Setting the fallback color makes the default border width 1 px.
- *Note Color::.
-
-`--bdpi NUM'
- This option only has an effect when using bitmapped (PK) fonts. The
- option sets the base (Metafont) resolution, both horizontal and
- vertical, to NUM dpi (dots per inch). This option is necessary
- when manually selecting Metafont mode with the -mode option (see
- below).
-
-`-bg COLOR_SPEC'
- Choose background color for the images. This option will be
- ignored if there is a background color \special in the DVI. The
- color spec should be in TeX color \special syntax, e.g., 'rgb 1.0
- 0.0 0.0'. You can also specify 'Transparent' or 'transparent'
- which will give you a transparent background with the normal
- background as a fallback color. A capitalized 'Transparent' will
- give a full-alpha transparency, while an all-lowercase
- 'transparent' will give a simple fully transparent background with
- non-transparent antialiased pixels. The latter would be suitable
- for viewers who cannot cope with a true alpha channel. GIF images
- do not support full alpha transparency, so in case of GIF output,
- both variants will use the latter behaviour. *Note Color::.
-
-`-d NUM'
- Set the debug flags, showing what dvipng (thinks it) is doing.
- This will work unless dvipng has been compiled without the `DEBUG'
- option (not recommended). Set the flags as you need them, use `-d
- -1' as the first option for maximum output. *Note Debug options::.
-
-`-D NUM'
- Set the output resolution, both horizontal and vertical, to NUM
- dpi (dots per inch).
-
- One may want to adjust this to fit a certain text font size (e.g.,
- on a web page), and for a text font height of FONT_PX pixels (in
- Mozilla) the correct formula is
- DPI = FONT_PX * 72.27 / 10 [px * TeXpt/in / TeXpt]
- The last division by ten is due to the standard font height 10pt in
- your document, if you use 12pt, divide by 12. Unfortunately, some
- proprietary browsers have font height in pt (points), not pixels.
- You have to rescale that to pixels, using the screen resolution
- (default is usually 96 dpi) which means the formula is
- FONT_PX = FONT_PT * 96 / 72 [pt * px/in / (pt/in)]
- On some high-res screens, the value is instead 120 dpi. Good luck!
-
-`--depth*'
- Report the depth of the image. This only works reliably when the
- LaTeX style `preview.sty' from preview-latex is used with the
- `active' option. It reports the number of pixels from the bottom
- of the image to the baseline of the image. This can be used for
- vertical positioning of the image in, e.g., web documents, where
- one would use (Cascading StyleSheets 1)
- <IMG SRC="FILENAME.PNG" STYLE="vertical-align: -DEPTHpx">
- The depth is a negative offset in this case, so the minus sign is
- necessary, and the unit is pixels (px).
-
-`--dvinum*'
- Set this option to make the output page number be the TeX page
- numbers rather than the physical page number. See the `-o' switch.
-
-`-fg COLOR_SPEC'
- Choose foreground color for the images. This option will be
- ignored if there is a foreground color \special in the DVI. The
- color spec should be in TeX color \special syntax, e.g., 'rgb 1.0
- 0.0 0.0'. *Note Color::.
-
-`--follow*'
- Wait for data at end-of-file. One of the benefits of dvipng is
- that it does not read the postamble, so it can be started before
- TeX finishes. This switch makes dvipng wait at end-of-file for
- further output, unless it finds the POST marker that indicates the
- end of the DVI. This is similar to `tail -f' but for DVI-to-PNG
- conversion.
-
-`--freetype*'
- Enable/disable FreeType font rendering (default on). This option is
- available if the FreeType2 font library was present at compilation
- time. If this is the case, dvipng will have direct support for
- PostScript Type1 and TrueType fonts internally, rather than using
- `gsftopk' for rendering the fonts. If you have PostScript versions
- of Computer Modern installed, there will be no need to generate
- bitmapped (PK) variants on disk of these. Then, you can render
- images at different (and unusual) resolutions without cluttering
- the disk with lots of bitmapped fonts. Note that if you have both
- FreeType and T1lib on your system, FreeType will be preferred by
- dvipng. If you for some reason would want to use T1lib rendering,
- use this option.
-
-`--gamma NUM'
- Control the interpolation of colors in the greyscale anti-aliasing
- color palette. Default value is 1.0. For 0 < NUM < 1, the fonts
- will be lighter (more like the background), and for NUM > 1, the
- fonts will be darker (more like the foreground).
-
-`--gif*'
- The images are output in the GIF format, if GIF support is enabled.
- This is the default for the `dvigif' binary, which only will be
- available when GIF support is enabled. GIF images are palette
- images (see the `--palette' option) and does not support true alpha
- channels (see the `--bg' option). See also the `--png' option.
-
-`--height*'
- Report the height of the image. This only works reliably when the
- LaTeX style `preview.sty' from preview-latex is used with the
- `active' option. It reports the number of pixels from the top of
- the image to the baseline of the image. The total height of the
- image is obtained as the sum of the values reported from
- `--height' and `--depth'.
-
-`-l [=]NUM'
- The last page printed will be the first one numbered NUM. Default
- is the last page in the document. If NUM is prefixed by an equals
- sign, then it (and the argument to the `-p' option, if specified)
- is treated as a physical (absolute) page number, rather than a
- value to compare with the TeX `\count0' values stored in the DVI
- file. Thus, using `-l =9' will end with the ninth page of the
- document, no matter what the pages are actually numbered.
-
-`--mode MODE'
- This option only has an effect when using bitmapped (PK) fonts. Use
- MODE as the Metafont device name for the PK fonts (both for path
- searching and font generation). This needs to be augmented with
- the base device resolution, given with the `--bdpi' option. See
- the file `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/modes.mf' for a list of
- resolutions and mode names for most devices. *Note Unable to
- generate fonts: (kpathsea)Unable to generate fonts.
-
-`-M*'
- This option only has an effect when using bitmapped (PK) fonts. It
- turns off automatic PK font generation (`mktexpk').
-
-`--nogs*'
- This switch prohibits the internal call to GhostScript for
- displaying PostScript specials. `--nogs0' turns the call back on.
-
-`--nogssafer*'
- Normally, if GhostScript is used to render PostScript specials, the
- GhostScript interpreter is run with the option `-dSAFER'. The
- `--nogssafer' option runs GhostScript without `-dSAFER'. The
- `-dSAFER' option in Ghostscript disables PostScript operators such
- as deletefile, to prevent possibly malicious PostScript programs
- from having any effect.
-
-`--norawps*'
- Some packages generate raw PostScript specials, even non-rendering
- such specials. This switch turns off the internal call to
- GhostScript intended to display these raw PostScript specials.
- `--norawps0' turns the call back on.
-
-`-o NAME'
- Send output to the file NAME. A single occurrence of `%d' or
- `%01d', ..., `%09d' will be exchanged for the physical page number
- (this can be changed, see the `--dvinum' switch). The default
- output filename is `FILE%d.png' where the input DVI file was
- `FILE.dvi'.
-
-`-O X-OFFSET,Y-OFFSET'
- Move the origin by X-OFFSET,Y-OFFSET, a comma-separated pair of
- dimensions such as `.1in,-.3cm'. The origin of the page is
- shifted from the default position (of one inch down, one inch to
- the right from the upper left corner of the paper) by this amount.
-
-`-p [=]NUM'
- The first page printed will be the first one numbered NUM. Default
- is the first page in the document. If NUM is prefixed by an
- equals sign, then it (and the argument to the `-l' option, if
- specified) is treated as a physical (absolute) page number, rather
- than a value to compare with the TeX `\count0' values stored in the
- DVI file. Thus, using `-p =3' will start with the third page of
- the document, no matter what the pages are actually numbered.
-
-`--palette*'
- When an external image is included, `dvipng' will automatically
- switch to truecolor mode, to avoid unnecessary delay and quality
- reduction, and enable the EPS translator to draw on a transparent
- background and outside of the boundingbox. This switch will force
- palette (256-color) output and make `dvipng' revert to opaque
- clipped image inclusion. This will also override the `--truecolor'
- switch if present.
-
-`--picky*'
- No images are output when a warning occurs. Normally, dvipng will
- output an image in spite of a warning, but there may be something
- missing in this image. One reason to use this option would be if
- you have a more complete but slower fallback converter. Mainly,
- this is useful for failed figure inclusion and unknown \special
- occurrences, but warnings will also occur for missing or unknown
- color specs and missing PK fonts.
-
-`--png*'
- The images are output in the PNG format. This is the default for
- the `dvipng' binary. See also the `--gif' option.
-
-`-pp FIRSTPAGE-LASTPAGE'
- Print pages FIRSTPAGE through LASTPAGE; but not quite equivalent
- to `-p FIRSTPAGE -l LASTPAGE'. For example, when rendering a book,
- there may be several instances of a page in the DVI file (one in
- `\frontmatter', one in `\mainmatter', and one in `\backmatter').
- In case of several pages matching, `-pp FIRSTPAGE-LASTPAGE' will
- render _all_ pages that matches the specified range, while `-p
- FIRSTPAGE -l LASTPAGE' will render the pages from the _first_
- occurrence of FIRSTPAGE to the _first_ occurrence of LASTPAGE.
- This is the (undocumented) behaviour of dvips. In dvipng you can
- give both kinds of options, in which case you get all pages that
- matches the range in `-pp' between the pages from `-p' to `-l'.
- Also multiple `-pp' options accumulate, unlike `-p' and `-l'. The
- `-' separator can also be `:'. Note that `-pp -1' will be
- interpreted as "all pages up to and including 1", if you want a
- page numbered -1 (only the table of contents, say) put `-pp -1--1',
- or more readable, `-pp -1:-1'.
-
-`-q*'
- Run quietly. Don't chatter about pages converted, etc. to standard
- output; report no warnings (only errors) to standard error.
-
-`-Q NUM'
- Set the quality to NUM. That is, choose the number of antialiasing
- levels for bitmapped fonts (PK) and fonts rendered using T1lib, to
- be NUM*NUM+1. The default value is 4 which gives 17 levels of
- antialiasing for antialiased fonts from these two. If FreeType is
- available, its rendering is unaffected by this option.
-
-`-r*'
- Toggle output of pages in reverse/forward order. By default, the
- first page in the DVI is output first.
-
-`--strict*'
- The program exits when a warning occurs. Normally, dvipng will
- output an image in spite of a warning, but there may be something
- missing in this image. One reason to use this option would be if
- you have a more complete but slower fallback converter. See the
- `--picky' option above for a list of when warnings occur.
-
-`-T IMAGE_SIZE'
- Set the image size to IMAGE_SIZE which can be either of `bbox',
- `tight', or a comma-separated pair of dimensions HSIZE,VSIZE such
- as `.1in,.3cm'. The default is `bbox' which produces a PNG that
- includes all ink put on the page and in addition the DVI origin,
- located 1in from the top and 1in from the left edge of the paper.
- This usually gives whitespace above and to the left in the
- produced image. The value `tight' will make dvipng only include
- all ink put on the page, producing neat images.
-
-`--t1lib*'
- Enable T1lib font rendering (default on). This option is available
- if the T1lib font library was present at compilation time. If this
- is the case, dvipng will have direct support for PostScript Type1
- fonts internally, rather than using `gsftopk' for rendering the
- fonts. If you have PostScript versions of Computer Modern
- installed, there will be no need to generate bitmapped variants on
- disk of these. Then, you can render images at different (and
- unusual) resolutions without cluttering the disk with lots of
- bitmapped fonts. Note that if you have both FreeType and T1lib on
- your system, FreeType will be preferred by dvipng, and if you for
- some reason rather want to use T1lib, give the option
- `--freetype0' (see above).
-
-`--truecolor*'
- This will make `dvipng' generate truecolor output. Note that
- truecolor output is automatic if you include an external image in
- your DVI, e.g., via a PostScript special (i.e., the `graphics' or
- `graphicx' package). This switch is overridden by the `--palette'
- switch.
-
-`-v*'
- Enable verbose operation. This will currently indicate what fonts
- is used, in addition to the usual output.
-
-`--width*'
- Report the width of the image. See also `--height' and `--depth'.
-
-`-x NUM'
- This option is deprecated; it should not be used. It is much
- better to select the output resolution directly with the `-D'
- option. This option sets the magnification ratio to NUM/1000 and
- overrides the magnification specified in the DVI file. Must be
- between 10 and 100000. It is recommended that you use standard
- magstep values (1095, 1200, 1440, 1728, 2074, 2488, 2986, and so
- on) to help reduce the total number of PK files generated. NUM
- may be a real number, not an integer, for increased precision.
-
-`-z NUM'
- Set the PNG compression level to NUM. This option is enabled if
- your `libgd' is new enough. The default compression level is 1,
- which selects maximum speed at the price of slightly larger PNGs.
- For an older `libgd', the hard-soldered value 5 is used. The
- include file `png.h' says
-
- Currently, valid values range from 0 - 9, corresponding
- directly to the zlib compression levels 0 - 9 (0 - no
- compression, 9 - "maximal" compression). Note that tests have
- shown that zlib compression levels 3-6 usually perform as
- well as level 9 for PNG images, and do considerably fewer
- calculations. In the future, these values may not correspond
- directly to the zlib compression levels.
-
-
-File: dvipng.info, Node: Graphics, Next: Color, Prev: Command-line options, Up: Top
-
-5 Graphics
-**********
-
-`dvipng' attempts to handle graphics as included by the `graphicx' and
-`graphics' packages, without the need of specifying a driver to these
-packages. This means that it recognizes the encapsulated postscript
-inclusion meant for `dvips', but is also able (from version 1.8) to
-include bitmapped graphics. It also tries to handle some of the raw
-PostScript that is output from various packages. Some of the
-possibilities and problems are mentioned below.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Encapsulated PostScript:: An internal call to GhostScript
-* Bitmapped graphics:: PNG, JPEG and GIF
-* Raw PostScript:: Ignore or give to GhostScript
-
-
-File: dvipng.info, Node: Encapsulated PostScript, Next: Bitmapped graphics, Up: Graphics
-
-5.1 Encapsulated PostScript
-===========================
-
-When an EPS file is included, a call to GhostScript is performed to
-produce a bitmapped image that can be included. The default is to
-produce an image with transparent background, at the same size as the
-DVI page currently being converted to PNG, and include that as
-foreground on the PNG. Of course, if the image is to be cropped, that
-is done. The included image will be a truecolor image, so for maximum
-performance the output PNG will be in truecolor mode as well.
-
- This conversion needs the `pngalpha' output device to be present in
-your copy of GhostScript. If that device is not present, or you use the
-`--palette' switch or request GIF output, the fallback is to use the
-`png16m' device to produce a cropped opaque image for inclusion. Other
-relevant switches are `--noghostscript' and `--nogssafer'. *Note Option
-details::.
-
- The most common problem with including graphics is an incorrect
-bounding box. Complain to whoever wrote the software that generated the
-file if the bounding box is indeed incorrect. An adjusted boundingbox
-can be specified in the `\includegraphics' call, as in this example
-(using `graphicx'):
-
- \includegraphics[bb=10 20 100 200]{imagename.eps}
-
-
-File: dvipng.info, Node: Bitmapped graphics, Next: Raw PostScript, Prev: Encapsulated PostScript, Up: Graphics
-
-5.2 Bitmapped graphics
-======================
-
-dvipng can include PNG, JPEG and GIF graphics. When including such
-images via `\includegraphics' you need to specify the bounding box
-since TeX itself cannot read them from the files in question. The
-bounding box size should be given as `0 0 w h' in pixels, e.g., if the
-file `imagename.png' is 300x400 pixels, the inclusion would read
-
- \includegraphics[bb=0 0 300 400]{imagename.png}
-
- The default size is the image size in bp ("big points" in TeX
-nomenclature or PostScript points as other people have it, 72 per inch).
-That is, default resolution will be 72 dpi for included bitmaps, which
-is the default size in the few other bitmap-capable drivers that are
-known to me (dvipdfm and PDFLaTeX).
-
- If you want 100 dpi you need to specify the width accordingly. You
-just divide your image width by 100: a 135 pixel wide image at 100 dpi
-will take up 1.35 inches. If you want 200 dpi you divide by 200, and so
-on. Simple, eh? The example above at 200 dpi would be 1.5 inches wide:
-
- \includegraphics[bb=0 0 300 400,witdh=1.5in]{imagename.png}
-
-
-File: dvipng.info, Node: Raw PostScript, Prev: Bitmapped graphics, Up: Graphics
-
-5.3 Raw PostScript
-==================
-
-dvipng attempts to handle raw PostScript. Rendering raw PostScript
-specials is done on top of the page by including a transparent image
-generated by the `pngalpha' device in GhostScript (automatically
-selecting `truecolor' mode in dvipng).
-
- Included PostScript headers are respected, and if the header
-`tex.pro' is included, dvipng also throws in `color.pro' and
-`special.pro'. The package `xcolor' includes its own headers with color
-names, and this is not only kept as a PostScript header, but is also
-read and interpreted by dvipng itself. An attempt is also made to
-respect the PGF header. The non-rendering specials from `hyperref' are
-handled via some heuristics and do not give an error.
-
- Really rendering and moving things with raw PostScript specials is
-more troublesome. The \rotatebox macro serves as a good example. The
-dvips driver of the graphicx package surrounds DVI glyphs with
-PostScript code so that after conversion by dvips, the glyphs (now
-themselves in PostScript) will be rotated in the desired way. dvipng
-does not handle this, at present. An attempt has been made to handle
-the rendering specials output by PGF (tikz), and also PSTricks. Some
-things work, but others do not. This is especially clear when mixing
-PostScript and DVI rendering commands such as glyphs. dvipng cannot at
-present detect if PostScript code moves `currentpoint' or rotates the
-frame since GhostScript does not return such information. A
-recommendation would be to produce images from these packages as EPS
-files and include them into your document in the standard manner.
-
- Another way to handle this would be to use a slower fallback (with
-dvips and gs, for example). If you want to disable raw PostScript
-handling in dvipng, use the switch `--norawps'. This switch turns off
-the internal call to GhostScript intended to display these raw
-PostScript specials. Further, when dvipng encounters raw PostScript and
-the gs call is turned off, it gives a warning. It is now possible to
-use the switch `--picky' to disable page rendering of pages with
-warnings, and use the slower fallback for these pages.
-
-
-File: dvipng.info, Node: Color, Next: Diagnosing problems, Prev: Graphics, Up: Top
-
-6 Color
-*******
-
-To support color, dvipng recognizes a certain set of specials as
-generated by the `color' and `xcolor' style files. These specials start
-with the keyword `color' or the keyword `background', followed by a
-color specification.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Color specifications::
-* Color specials::
-
-
-File: dvipng.info, Node: Color specifications, Next: Color specials, Up: Color
-
-6.1 Color specifications
-========================
-
-The color specification supported by dvipng is by-value or by-name. The
-by-value spec starts with the name of a color model (one of `rgb',
-`hsb', `cmy', `cmyk', or `gray') followed by the appropriate number of
-parameters. Thus, the color specification `rgb 0.3 0.4 0.5' would
-correspond to the color that is `0.3 0.4 0.5' in its red, blue and
-green values. The color model used internally in dvipng is `RGB'
-(discretized to 256 levels), for details on the formulas used in
-conversion, see the `xcolor' documentation.
-
- By-name color specifications are single (case-dependent) words and
-are compared with color names defined in `dvipsnam.def' (from the
-`graphics' bundle), `svgnam.def' and `xcolor.sty' (from the `xcolor'
-bundle). See the `xcolor' documentation for a list of names and the
-corresponding colors.
-
- On the command-line, the name `Transparent' can also be used as an
-argument to `--bg' to choose transparent background. *Note Option
-details::.
-
-
-File: dvipng.info, Node: Color specials, Prev: Color specifications, Up: Color
-
-6.2 Color specials
-==================
-
-We will describe `background' first, since it is the simplest. The
-`background' keyword must be followed by a color specification. That
-color specification is used as a fill color for the background. The
-last `background' special on a page is the one that gets used, and is
-used for the whole of the page image. (This is possible because the
-prescan phase of dvipng notices all of the color specials so that the
-appropriate information can be written out during the second phase.)
-
- The `color' special itself has three forms. The first is just
-`color' followed by a color specification. In this case, the current
-global color is set to that color; the color stack must be empty when
-such a command is executed.
-
- The second form is `color push' followed by a color specification.
-This saves the current color on the color stack and sets the color to be
-that given by the color specification. This is the most common way to
-set a color.
-
- The final form of the `color' special is just `color pop', with no
-color specification; this says to pop the color last pushed on the
-color stack from the color stack and set the current color to be that
-color.
-
- dvipng correctly handles these color specials across pages, even when
-the pages are rendered repeatedly or in reverse order.
-
-
-File: dvipng.info, Node: Diagnosing problems, Next: Credits, Prev: Color, Up: Top
-
-7 Diagnosing problems
-*********************
-
-You've gone through all the trouble of installing dvipng, carefully read
-all the instructions in this manual, and still can't get something to
-work. The following sections provide some helpful hints if you find
-yourself in such a situation.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Contact information:: Who to ask.
-* Debug options:: Getting diagnostics.
-
-
-File: dvipng.info, Node: Contact information, Next: Debug options, Up: Diagnosing problems
-
-7.1 Contact information
-=======================
-
-Bug reports should be sent to <dvipng@nongnu.org>.
-
- Questions, suggestions for new features, pleas for help, and/or
-praise should go to <dvipng@nongnu.org>. For more information on this
-mailing list, send a message with just the word `help' as subject or
-body to <dvipng-request@nongnu.org> or look at
-`http://lists.nongnu.org/mailman/listinfo/dvipng'.
-
- Offers to support further development will be appreciated. For
-developer access, ask on <dvipng@nongnu.org>.
-
- For details on the TeX path-searching library, and `mktexpk'
-problems, *note Common problems: (kpathsea)Common problems.
-
-
-File: dvipng.info, Node: Debug options, Prev: Contact information, Up: Diagnosing problems
-
-7.2 Debug options
-=================
-
-The `-d' flag to dvipng helps in tracking down certain errors. The
-parameter to this flag is an integer that tells what errors are
-currently being tracked. To track a certain class of debug messages,
-simply provide the appropriate number given below; if you wish to track
-multiple classes, sum the numbers of the classes you wish to track. To
-track all classes, you can use `-1'.
-
- Some of these debugging options are actually provided by Kpathsea
-(*note Debugging: (kpathsea)Debugging.).
-
- The classes are:
-1
- Normal dvi op-codes
-
-2
- Virtual fonts
-
-4
- PK fonts
-
-8
- TFM files
-
-16
- Glyph rendering
-
-32
- FreeType calls
-
-64
- Encoding loads
-
-128
- Color specials
-
-256
- GhostScript specials
-
-512
- T1lib calls
-
-1024
- Kpathsea `stat' calls
-
-2048
- Kpathsea hash table lookups
-
-4096
- Kpathsea path element expansion
-
-8192
- Kpathsea path searches
-
-
-
-File: dvipng.info, Node: Credits, Next: Copying, Prev: Diagnosing problems, Up: Top
-
-8 Credits
-*********
-
-A number of persons have contributed, if I forget to mention someone, I
-apologize. First and foremost we have David Kastrup whose preview-latex
-project provided the incentive to write this program. There is also a
-number of people who have contributed by reporting bugs and suggesting
-improvements as the thing has evolved. These include but is perhaps not
-limited to (in semi-random order): Thomas Esser (teTeX), Christian
-Schenk (MIKTeX), Brian R Furry (debian package), Angus Leeming (LyX),
-Thomas Boutell (libgd), John Jones (first user report), Uwe Kern
-(xcolor), Karl Berry and Peter Breitenlohner (TeX Live), David Harvey
-(hinting in Freetype), Neal Harmon, Alan Shutko, Reiner Stieb, Nick
-Alcock, Adam Buchbinder, Svend Tollak Munkejord, James Longstreet,
-Bernhard Simon, Bob McElrath, Georg Schwarz, Jason Farmer, Brian V.
-Smith, Samuel Hathaway, Thomas R. Shemanske, Stephen Gibson, Christian
-Ridderstro"m, Ezra Peisach, William H Wheeler, Thomas Klausner, Harald
-Koenig, Adrian Bunk, Kevin Smith, Jason Riedy, Wolfram Krause, Reinhard
-Kotucha, Takeshi Abe, and Waldeck Schutzer.
-
- Use of the `gd' library requires inclusion of the following
-copyright notice, which applies to the `gd' library:
-
- Portions copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
- 2002, 2003, 2004 by Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory. Funded under
- Grant P41-RR02188 by the National Institutes of Health.
-
- Portions copyright 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
- 2004 by Boutell.Com, Inc.
-
- Portions relating to GD2 format copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
- 2003, 2004 Philip Warner.
-
- Portions relating to PNG copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
- 2004 Greg Roelofs.
-
- Portions relating to gdttf.c copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
- 2003, 2004 John Ellson (ellson@graphviz.org).
-
- Portions relating to gdft.c copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 John
- Ellson (ellson@graphviz.org).
-
- Portions relating to JPEG and to color quantization copyright
- 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, Doug Becker and copyright (C) 1994,
- 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Thomas
- G. Lane. This software is based in part on the work of the
- Independent JPEG Group. See the file README-JPEG.TXT for more
- information.
-
- Portions relating to GIF compression copyright 1989 by Jef
- Poskanzer and David Rowley, with modifications for thread safety
- by Thomas Boutell.
-
- Portions relating to GIF decompression copyright 1990, 1991, 1993
- by David Koblas, with modifications for thread safety by Thomas
- Boutell.
-
- Portions relating to WBMP copyright 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004
- Maurice Szmurlo and Johan Van den Brande.
-
- Portions relating to GIF animations copyright 2004 Jaakko
- Hyva"dtti (jaakko.hyvatti@iki.fi)
-
- Permission has been granted to copy, distribute and modify gd in
- any context without fee, including a commercial application,
- provided that this notice is present in user-accessible supporting
- documentation.
-
- This does not affect your ownership of the derived work itself,
- and the intent is to assure proper credit for the authors of gd,
- not to interfere with your productive use of gd. If you have
- questions, ask. "Derived works" includes all programs that utilize
- the library. Credit must be given in user-accessible documentation.
-
- This software is provided "AS IS." The copyright holders disclaim
- all warranties, either express or implied, including but not
- limited to implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a
- particular purpose, with respect to this code and accompanying
- documentation.
-
- Although their code does not appear in the current release, the
- authors also wish to thank Hutchison Avenue Software Corporation
- for their prior contributions.
-
-
-File: dvipng.info, Node: Copying, Next: Index, Prev: Credits, Up: Top
-
-9 Copying
-*********
-
-This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
-by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser
-General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
-License along with this program. If not, see
-<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-
-
-Copyright (C) 2002-2010 Jan-AAke Larsson
-
-
-File: dvipng.info, Node: Index, Prev: Copying, Up: Top
-
-Index
-*****
-
-
-* Menu:
-
-* -dSAFER: Option details. (line 168)
-* absolute page number, and -l: Option details. (line 142)
-* absolute page number, and -p: Option details. (line 195)
-* antialiasing levels, number of: Option details. (line 248)
-* background color (option): Option details. (line 42)
-* base resolution, setting: Option details. (line 35)
-* baseline reporting: Option details. (line 78)
-* color specifications: Color specifications.
- (line 6)
-* command-line options: Command-line options.
- (line 6)
-* compilation: Installation. (line 6)
-* compression: Option details. (line 314)
-* configuration, of dvipng: Installation. (line 6)
-* dark fonts: Option details. (line 121)
-* debugging <1>: Diagnosing problems. (line 6)
-* debugging: Option details. (line 56)
-* depth reporting: Option details. (line 78)
-* exit on erroneous images: Option details. (line 259)
-* first page printed: Option details. (line 195)
-* follow mode: Option details. (line 99)
-* font generation, avoiding: Option details. (line 160)
-* forcing palette output: Option details. (line 204)
-* foreground color (option): Option details. (line 93)
-* FreeType font rendering: Option details. (line 107)
-* fuzzy images: Option details. (line 121)
-* gamma: Option details. (line 121)
-* GhostScript and -dSAFER: Option details. (line 168)
-* GhostScript, turning off: Option details. (line 164)
-* GIF image format: Option details. (line 127)
-* height reporting: Option details. (line 134)
-* installation, of dvipng: Installation. (line 6)
-* invoking dvipng: Basic usage. (line 6)
-* last page printed: Option details. (line 142)
-* light fonts: Option details. (line 121)
-* magnification, overriding DVI: Option details. (line 304)
-* Metafont mode, specifying: Option details. (line 151)
-* mktexpk, avoiding: Option details. (line 160)
-* mode name, specifying: Option details. (line 151)
-* no erroneous images: Option details. (line 213)
-* offset pages: Option details. (line 189)
-* option, details of: Option details. (line 6)
-* options, dvipng: Command-line options.
- (line 6)
-* options, reading from standard input: Option details. (line 11)
-* options, summary: Option summary. (line 6)
-* output resolution, setting: Option details. (line 62)
-* output, redirecting: Option details. (line 182)
-* page range: Option details. (line 226)
-* page, first printed: Option details. (line 195)
-* page, last printed: Option details. (line 142)
-* physical page number, and -l: Option details. (line 142)
-* physical page number, and -p: Option details. (line 195)
-* PNG image format: Option details. (line 222)
-* PostScript inclusion problems: Encapsulated PostScript.
- (line 21)
-* PostScript, turning off raw PostScript specials: Option details.
- (line 176)
-* problems: Diagnosing problems. (line 6)
-* quality: Option details. (line 248)
-* quiet operation: Option details. (line 244)
-* reverse pagination: Option details. (line 255)
-* silent operation: Option details. (line 244)
-* standard input, reading options from: Option details. (line 11)
-* standard output, output to: Option details. (line 182)
-* T1lib font rendering: Option details. (line 276)
-* transparent border fallback color: Option details. (line 25)
-* transparent border width: Option details. (line 25)
-* trouble: Diagnosing problems. (line 6)
-* truecolor output: Option details. (line 290)
-* warnings, suppressing: Option details. (line 244)
-* width reporting: Option details. (line 301)
-
-
-
-Tag Table:
-Node: Top297
-Node: Introduction1192
-Node: Installation3431
-Node: Prerequisites3778
-Node: Configure6268
-Node: Build/install8307
-Node: Installation outside the texmf tree8775
-Node: Advice for non-privileged users9482
-Node: Basic usage10490
-Node: Command-line options11662
-Node: Option summary12086
-Node: Option details14512
-Node: Graphics30430
-Node: Encapsulated PostScript31182
-Node: Bitmapped graphics32525
-Node: Raw PostScript33748
-Node: Color35987
-Node: Color specifications36375
-Node: Color specials37474
-Node: Diagnosing problems38886
-Node: Contact information39369
-Node: Debug options40110
-Node: Credits41145
-Node: Copying45146
-Node: Index45926
-
-End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/dvips.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/dvips.info
deleted file mode 100644
index fd8b2fac5ee..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/dvips.info
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4802 +0,0 @@
-This is ../../../texk/dvipsk/dvips.info, produced by makeinfo version
-4.13 from ../../../texk/dvipsk/dvips.texi.
-
-This manual documents Dvips version 5.992 (May 2012), a program to
-translate a DVI file into PostScript. You may freely use, modify
-and/or distribute this file.
-
-INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
-START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* DVI-to-Postscript: (dvips). Translating TeX DVI files to PostScript.
-* afm2tfm: (dvips)Invoking afm2tfm. Making Type 1 fonts available to TeX.
-* dvips: (dvips)Invoking Dvips. DVI-to-PostScript translator.
-END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Top, Next: Why Dvips, Up: (dir)
-
-Dvips
-*****
-
-This manual documents Dvips version 5.992 (May 2012), a program to
-translate a DVI file into PostScript. You may freely use, modify
-and/or distribute this file.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Why Dvips:: Why use Dvips?
-* Installation:: How to compile and install Dvips.
-* Invoking Dvips:: Command-line options, configuration files, etc.
-* Paper size and landscape:: Changing the paper dimensions.
-* Interaction with PostScript:: TeX meets Dvips meets PostScript.
-* PostScript fonts:: Installing and using PostScript fonts.
-* Color:: Using color with Dvips.
-* Index:: General index.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Why Dvips, Next: Installation, Prev: Top, Up: Top
-
-1 Why use Dvips?
-****************
-
-The Dvips program has a number of features that set it apart from other
-PostScript drivers for TeX. This rather long section describes the
-advantages of using Dvips, and may be skipped if you are just
-interested in learning how to use the program. *Note Installation::,
-for details of compilation and installation.
-
- The Dvips driver generates excellent, standard PostScript, that can
-be included in other documents as figures or printed through a variety
-of spoolers. The generated PostScript requires very little printer
-memory, so very complex documents with a lot of fonts can easily be
-printed even on PostScript printers without much memory, such as the
-original Apple LaserWriter. The PostScript output is also compact,
-requiring less disk space to store and making it feasible as a transfer
-format.
-
- Even those documents that are too complex to print in their entirety
-on a particular printer can be printed, since Dvips will automatically
-split such documents into pieces, reclaiming the printer memory between
-each piece.
-
- The Dvips program supports graphics in a natural way, allowing
-PostScript graphics to be included and automatically scaled and
-positioned in a variety of ways.
-
- Printers with any resolution are supported, even if they have
-different resolutions in the horizontal and vertical directions. High
-resolution output is supported for typesetters, including an option
-that compresses the bitmap fonts so that typesetter virtual memory is
-not exhausted. This option also significantly reduces the size of the
-PostScript file and decoding in the printer is very fast.
-
- Missing fonts can be automatically generated if Metafont exists on
-the system, or fonts can be converted from GF to PK format on demand.
-If a font cannot be generated, a scaled version of the same font at a
-different size can be used instead, although Dvips will complain loudly
-about the poor aesthetics of the resulting output.
-
- Users will appreciate features such as collated copies and support
-for `tpic', `psfig', `emtex', and `METAPOST'; system administrators
-will love the support for multiple printers, each with their own
-configuration file, and the ability to pipe the output directly to a
-program such as `lpr'. Support for MS-DOS, OS/2, and VMS in addition
-to Unix is provided in the standard distribution, and porting to other
-systems is easy.
-
- One of the most important features is the support of virtual fonts,
-which add an entirely new level of flexibility to TeX. Virtual fonts
-are used to give Dvips its excellent PostScript font support, handling
-all the font remapping in a natural, portable, elegant, and extensible
-way. Dvips even comes with its own Afm2tfm program that creates the
-necessary virtual fonts and TeX font metric files automatically from
-the Adobe font metric files.
-
- Source is provided and freely distributable, so adding a
-site-specific feature is possible. Adding such features is made easier
-by the highly modular structure of the program.
-
- There is really no reason to use another driver, and the more people
-use Dvips, the less time will be spent fighting with PostScript and the
-more time will be available to create beautiful documents. So if you
-don't use Dvips on your system, get it today.
-
- Tom Rokicki wrote and maintains the original Dvips program.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Installation, Next: Invoking Dvips, Prev: Why Dvips, Up: Top
-
-2 Installation
-**************
-
-Installing Dvips is mostly the same as installing any Kpathsea-using
-program. Therefore, for the basic steps involved, *note Installation:
-(kpathsea)Installation.
-
- For solutions to common installation problems and information on how
-to report a bug, see the file `kpathsea/BUGS' (*note Bugs:
-(kpathsea)Bugs.). For solutions to Dvips-specific problems, *note
-Debug options::. Also see the Dvips home page at
-`http://www.radicaleye.com/dvips'.
-
- Dvips does require some additional installation, detailed in the
-sections below. Also, to configure color devices, *note Color device
-configuration::.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* config.ps installation:: Printer and site Dvips configuration.
-* PostScript font installation:: Many PostScript fonts are freely available.
-* Ghostscript installation:: A free PostScript interpreter.
-* Diagnosing problems:: Some common runtime difficulties.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: config.ps installation, Next: PostScript font installation, Up: Installation
-
-2.1 `config.ps' installation
-============================
-
-Dvips has its own configuration files: a file `config.ps' for sitewide
-defaults, and a file `config.PRINTER' for each printer (output device).
-Since these are site-specific, `make install' does not create them; you
-must create them yourself.
-
- (These Dvips configuration files are independent of the Kpathsea
-configuration file `texmf.cnf' (*note Config files: (kpathsea)Config
-files.).
-
- Dvips configuration files contents and searching are described fully
-in *note Config files::. The simplest way to create a new
-configuration file is to copy and modify the file
-`dvipsk/contrib/config.proto', seasoning with options to your taste
-from *note Config files::. Here is `config.proto' for your reading
-pleasure:
- % Prototype Dvips configuration file. (Public domain.)
-
- % How to print, maybe with lp instead lpr, etc.
- o |lpr
-
- % Default resolution of this device, in dots per inch.
- D 600
-
- % Metafont mode. (This is completely different from the -M command-line
- % option, which controls whether MakeTeXPK is invoked.) Get
- % `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/modes.mf' for a list of mode names. This mode
- % and the D number above must agree, or MakeTeXPK will get confused.
- M ljfour
-
- % Memory available. Download the three-line PostScript file:
- % %! Hey, we're PostScript
- % /Times-Roman findfont 30 scalefont setfont 144 432 moveto
- % vmstatus exch sub 40 string cvs show pop showpage
- % to determine this number. (It will be the only thing printed.)
- m 3500000
-
- % Correct printer offset. You can use testpage.tex from the LaTeX
- % distribution to find these numbers. Print testpage.dvi more than once.
- O 0pt,0pt
-
- % Partially download Type 1 fonts by default. Only reason not to do
- % this is if you encounter bugs. (Please report them to
- % <tex-k@tug.org> if you do.)
- j
-
- % Also look for fonts at these resolutions.
- R 300 600
-
- % With a high resolution and a RISC cpu, better to compress the bitmaps.
- Z
-
- % Uncomment these if you have and want to use PostScript versions of the
- % fonts.
- %p +cmfonts.map
- %p +lafonts.map
- %p +cyrfonts.map
- %p +eufonts.map
-
- % To include another configuration file here.
- %c FILENAME
-
- % You will also want definitions for alternative paper sizes -- A4,
- % legal, and such. Examples in `contrib/papersize.level2' and
- % `contrib/papersize.simple'.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: PostScript font installation, Next: Ghostscript installation, Prev: config.ps installation, Up: Installation
-
-2.2 PostScript font installation
-================================
-
-To use PostScript fonts with TeX and Dvips, you need both metric files
-(`.tfm' and `.vf') and the outlines (`.pfa' or `.pfb'). *Note Font
-concepts::.
-
- To support the basic PostScript font set, the recommended (and
-simplest) approach is to install the files at
-`http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/psfonts/lw35nfsx.zip'. This
-archive contains metrics, outlines, and bitmaps (for previewing) for
-the 35 de facto standard fonts donated by URW and the additional
-high-quality freely available PostScript fonts donated by Adobe,
-Bitstream, and URW, including geometrically-created variants such as
-oblique and small caps.
-
- `CTAN:/fonts/psfonts' contains support for many additional fonts for
-which you must buy outlines (Adobe, Bigelow & Holmes, Monotype,
-Softkey, Y&Y). (For CTAN info, *note unixtex.ftp:
-(kpathsea)unixtex.ftp.; a copy is in the top-level file `INSTALL'.)
-
- If you have additional PostScript fonts, you can make them available
-to Dvips by (1) giving them with appropriate filenames; and (2) running
-Afm2tfm (*note Making a font available::) to make TFM and VF metrics for
-TeX and Dvips to use. Also add them to `psfonts.map' if necessary
-(*note psfonts.map::); it contains everything contained in
-`lw35nfsx.zip' and most fonts that come with Unix systems.
-
- Following are locations for vendor-supplied fonts. Please mail
-<tex-k@tug.org> if you find fonts elsewhere on your system.
-
-DEC Ultrix
- /usr/lib/DPS/outline/decwin
-
-DEC Digital Unix
- /usr/lib/X11/fonts/Type1Adobe
-
-HP HP-UX 9, 10
- /usr/lib/X11/fonts/type1.st/typefaces
-
-IBM AIX
- /usr/lpp/DPS/fonts/outlines
- /usr/lpp/X11/lib/X11/fonts/Type1
- /usr/lpp/X11/lib/X11/fonts/Type1/DPS
-
-NeXT
- /NextLibrary/Fonts/outline
-
-SGI IRIX
- /usr/lib/DPS/outline/base /usr/lib/X11/fonts/Type1
-
-Sun SunOS 4.x
- (NeWSprint only)
- newsprint_2.5/SUNWsteNP/reloc/$BASEDIR/
- NeWSprint/small_openwin/lib/fonts
- /usr/openwin/lib/X11/fonts/Type1/outline
-
-Sun Solaris 2
- /usr/openwin/lib/X11/fonts/Type1/outline
-
-VMS
- SYS$COMMON:[SYSFONT.XDPS.OUTLINE]
-
-The NeXT system supplies more fonts than any others, but there's a lot
-of overlap.
-
- Finally, if you have an Hewlett-Packard printer, you should be able
-to get Type 1 font files for the standard 35 fonts from HP, if the
-freely available URW Type 1's do not satisfy for whatever reason. The
-phone number for HP Printer Drivers is (in the United States)
-303-339-7009. The driver set to ask for is Adobe Type Manager 2.51,
-and the disk set number is `MP210en3'. Mentioning anything other than
-Microsoft Windows when you ask for the driver set will likely lead to
-great confusion on the other end.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Ghostscript installation, Next: Diagnosing problems, Prev: PostScript font installation, Up: Installation
-
-2.3 Ghostscript installation
-============================
-
-Ghostscript is a PostScript interpreter freely available to end-users,
-written by Peter Deutsch. It can read the PostScript produced by Dvips
-and render it on your monitor, or for another device (e.g., an Epson
-printer) that does not support PostScript, or in PDF format. The latest
-version is available via `http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/index.html' and
-`ftp://ftp.cs.wisc.edu/pub/ghost/aladdin/'.
-
- A somewhat older version of Ghostscript is available under the GNU
-General Public License, free to everyone. You can get that from
-`ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu/'.
-
- The program Ghostview, written by Tim Theisen, provides typical
-previewing capabilities (next page/previous page, magnification, etc.).
-It requires Ghostscript to run, and files in structured Postscript,
-specifically with `%%Page' comments (no `N' in `config.ps'). You can
-get Ghostview from the same places as Ghostscript.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Diagnosing problems, Prev: Ghostscript installation, Up: Installation
-
-2.4 Diagnosing problems
-=======================
-
-You've gone through all the trouble of installing Dvips, carefully read
-all the instructions in this manual, and still can't get something to
-work. The following sections provide some helpful hints if you find
-yourself in such a situation.
-
- For details on effective bug reporting, common installation problems,
-and `mktexpk' problems, *note Bugs: (kpathsea)Bugs.
-
- A good first debugging operation is to set the environment variable
-`DVIPSDEBUG', which will display any configuration and map files read
-by Dvips. This way you can be sure it's finding the files and settings
-you expect.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Debug options:: Getting diagnostics.
-* No output:: No output at all.
-* Small or inverted:: Output too small or inverted.
-* Printer errors:: The printer sends back errors.
-* Long documents fail:: Long documents fail to print.
-* Including graphics fails:: Figures don't work.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Debug options, Next: No output, Up: Diagnosing problems
-
-2.4.1 Debug options
--------------------
-
-The `-d' flag to Dvips helps in tracking down certain errors. The
-parameter to this flag is an integer that tells what errors are
-currently being tracked. To track a certain class of debug messages,
-specify the appropriate number given below; if you wish to track
-multiple classes, sum the numbers of the classes you wish to track. To
-track all classes, you can use `-1'.
-
- You can also set the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' instead
-of using `-d'. Some of these debugging options are actually provided
-by Kpathsea (*note Debugging: (kpathsea)Debugging.).
-
- The classes are:
-
-1
- specials
-
-2
- paths
-
-4
- fonts
-
-8
- pages
-
-16
- headers
-
-32
- font compression
-
-64
- files
-
-128
- (omitted)
-
-256
- config files
-
-512
- Kpathsea `stat' calls
-
-1024
- Kpathsea hash table lookups
-
-2048
- Kpathsea path element expansion
-
-4096
- Kpathsea path searches
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: No output, Next: Small or inverted, Prev: Debug options, Up: Diagnosing problems
-
-2.4.2 No output at all
-----------------------
-
-If you are not getting any output at all, even from the simplest
-one-character file (for instance, `\ \bye'), then something is very
-wrong. Practically any file sent to a PostScript laser printer should
-generate some output, at the very least a page detailing what error
-occurred, if any. Talk to your system administrator about downloading a
-PostScript error handler. (Adobe distributes a good one called
-`ehandler.ps'.)
-
- It is possible, especially if you are using non-Adobe PostScript,
-that your PostScript interpreter is broken. Even then it should
-generate an error message. Dvips tries to work around as many bugs as
-possible in common non-Adobe PostScript interpreters, but doubtless it
-misses a few. PowerPage Revision 1, Interpreter Version 20001.001, on
-a Mitsubishi Shinko CHC-S446i color thermal dye sublimation printer is
-known to be unable to print with any but builtin fonts.
-
- If Dvips gives any strange error messages, or compilation on your
-machine generated a lot of warnings, perhaps the Dvips program itself is
-broken. Try using the debug options to determine where the error
-occurred (*note Debug options::).
-
- It is possible your spooler is broken and is misinterpreting the
-structured comments. Try the `-N' flag to turn off structured comments
-and see what happens.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Small or inverted, Next: Printer errors, Prev: No output, Up: Diagnosing problems
-
-2.4.3 Output too small or inverted
-----------------------------------
-
-If some documents come out inverted or too small, probably your spooler
-is not supplying an end of job indicator at the end of each file. (This
-commonly happens on small machines that don't have spoolers.) You can
-force Dvips to do this with the `-F' flag (or `F' config file option),
-but this generates files with a terminating binary character
-(control-D). You can also try using the `-s' flag (or `s' config file
-option) to enclose the entire job in a save/restore pair. *Note
-Command-line options::, and *note Config files::.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Printer errors, Next: Long documents fail, Prev: Small or inverted, Up: Diagnosing problems
-
-2.4.4 Error messages from printer
----------------------------------
-
-If your printer returns error messages, the error message gives very
-good information on what might be going wrong. One of the most common
-error messages is `bop undefined'. This is caused by old versions of
-Transcript and other spoolers that do not properly parse the setup
-section of the PostScript. To fix this, turn off structured comments
-with the `-N' option, but it'd be best to get your spooling software
-updated.
-
- Another error message is `VM exhausted'. Some printers indicate
-this error by locking up, others quietly reset. This is caused by Dvips
-thinking that the printer has more memory than it actually does, and
-then printing a complicated document. To fix this, try lowering the
-`m' parameter in the configuration file; use the debug option to make
-sure you adjust the correct file.
-
- Other errors may indicate you are trying to include graphics that
-don't nest properly in other PostScript documents, among other things.
-Try the PostScript file on a QMS PS-810 or other Adobe PostScript
-printer if you have one, or Ghostscript (*note Ghostscript
-installation::); it might be a problem with the printer itself.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Long documents fail, Next: Including graphics fails, Prev: Printer errors, Up: Diagnosing problems
-
-2.4.5 Long documents fail to print
-----------------------------------
-
-This is usually caused by incorrectly specifying the amount of memory
-the printer has in the configuration file; see the previous section.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Including graphics fails, Prev: Long documents fail, Up: Diagnosing problems
-
-2.4.6 Including graphics fails
-------------------------------
-
-The most common problem with including graphics is an incorrect bounding
-box (*note Bounding box::). Complain to whoever wrote the software that
-generated the file if the bounding box is indeed incorrect.
-
- Another possible problem is that the figure you are trying to include
-does not nest properly; there are certain rules PostScript applications
-must follow when generating files to be included. The Dvips program
-includes work-arounds for such errors in Adobe Illustrator and other
-programs, but there are certainly applications that haven't been tested.
-
- One possible thing to try is the `-K' flag which strips the comments
-from an included figure. This might be necessary if the PostScript
-spooling software does not read the structured comments correctly. Use
-of this flag will break graphics from some applications, though, since
-some applications read the PostScript file from the input stream,
-looking for a particular comment.
-
- Any application which generates graphics output containing raw binary
-(not ASCII hex) will probably fail with Dvips.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Invoking Dvips, Next: Paper size and landscape, Prev: Installation, Up: Top
-
-3 Invoking Dvips
-****************
-
-Dvips reads a DVI file as output by (for example) TeX, and converts it
-to PostScript, taking care of builtin or downloaded PostScript fonts,
-font reencoding, color, etc. These features are described in other
-chapters in this document.
-
- There many ways to control Dvips' behavior: configuration files,
-environment variables, and command-line options.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Basic usage::
-* Command-line options::
-* Environment variables::
-* Config files::
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Basic usage, Next: Command-line options, Up: Invoking Dvips
-
-3.1 Basic usage of Dvips
-========================
-
-To use Dvips at its simplest, simply type
-
- dvips foo
-
-where `foo.dvi' is the output of TeX that you want to print. The
-default output is to a corresponding file `foo.ps'; Dvips may also have
-been locally configured to output directly to a printer by default.
-
- If you use fonts that have not been used on your system before, they
-may be automatically generated; this process can take a few minutes, so
-progress reports appear by default. The next time that document is
-printed, these fonts will have been saved in the proper directories, so
-printing will go much faster. (If Dvips tries to endlessly generate the
-same fonts over and over again, it hasn't been installed properly.
-*Note Unable to generate fonts: (kpathsea)Unable to generate fonts.)
-
- Many options are available (see the next section). For a brief
-summary of available options, just type
-
- dvips --help
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Command-line options, Next: Environment variables, Prev: Basic usage, Up: Invoking Dvips
-
-3.2 Command-line options
-========================
-
-Dvips has a plethora of command line options. Reading through this
-section will give a good idea of the capabilities of the driver.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Option summary:: Quick listing, from Dvips --help.
-* Option details:: More information about each option.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Option summary, Next: Option details, Up: Command-line options
-
-3.2.1 Option summary
---------------------
-
-Here is a handy summary of the options; it is printed out when you run
-Dvips with no arguments or with the standard `--help' option.
-
-Usage: dvips [OPTION]... FILENAME[.dvi]
-Convert DVI input files to PostScript.
-See http://tug.org/dvips/ for the full manual and other information.
-
-Options:
--a* Conserve memory, not time -A Print only odd (TeX) pages
--b # Page copies, for posters e.g. -B Print only even (TeX) pages
--c # Uncollated copies -C # Collated copies
--d # Debugging -D # Resolution
--e # Maxdrift value -E* Try to create EPSF
--f* Run as filter -F* Send control-D at end
- -G* Shift low chars to higher pos.
--h f Add header file
--i* Separate file per section
--j* Download fonts partially
--k* Print crop marks -K* Pull comments from inclusions
--l # Last page
--m* Manual feed -M* Don't make fonts
--mode s Metafont device name
--n # Maximum number of pages -N* No structured comments
--noomega Disable Omega extensions
--noptex Disable pTeX extensions
--o f Output file -O c Set/change paper offset
--p # First page -P s Load config.$s
--pp l Print only pages listed
--q* Run quietly
--r* Reverse order of pages -R* Run securely
--s* Enclose output in save/restore -S # Max section size in pages
--t s Paper format -T c Specify desired page size
--u s PS mapfile -U* Disable string param trick
--v Print version number and quit -V* Send downloadable PS fonts as PK
--x # Override dvi magnification -X # Horizontal resolution
--y # Multiply by dvi magnification -Y # Vertical resolution
--z* Hyper PS -Z* Compress bitmap fonts
- # = number f = file s = string * = suffix, `0' to turn off
- c = comma-separated dimension pair (e.g., 3.2in,-32.1cm)
- l = comma-separated list of page ranges (e.g., 1-4,7-9)
-
-Email bug reports to tex-k@mail.tug.org.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Option details, Prev: Option summary, Up: Command-line options
-
-3.2.2 Option details
---------------------
-
-Many of the parameterless options listed here can be turned off by
-suffixing the option with a zero (`0'); for instance, to turn off page
-reversal, use `-r0'. Such options are marked with a trailing `*'.
-
-`-'
- Read additional options from standard input after processing the
- command line.
-
-`--help'
- Print a usage message and exit.
-
-`--version'
- Print the version number and exit.
-
-`-a*'
- Conserve memory by making three passes over the DVI file instead
- of two and only loading those characters actually used. Generally
- only useful on machines with a very limited amount of memory, like
- some PCs.
-
-`-A'
- Print only the odd pages. This option uses TeX page numbers, not
- physical page numbers.
-
-`-b NUM'
- Generate NUM copies of each page, but duplicating the page body
- rather than using the `/#copies' PostScript variable. This can be
- useful in conjunction with a header file setting `bop-hook' to do
- color separations or other neat tricks.
-
-`-B'
- Print only the even pages. This option uses TeX page numbers, not
- physical page numbers.
-
-`-c NUM'
- Generate NUM consecutive copies of every page, i.e., the output is
- uncollated. This merely sets the builtin PostScript variable
- `/#copies'.
-
-`-C NUM'
- Generate NUM copies, but collated (by replicating the data in the
- PostScript file). Slower than the `-c' option, but easier on the
- hands, and faster than resubmitting the same PostScript file
- multiple times.
-
-`-d NUM'
- Set the debug flags, showing what Dvips (thinks it) is doing.
- This will work unless Dvips has been compiled without the `DEBUG'
- option (not recommended). *Note Debug options::, for the possible
- values of NUM. Use `-d -1' as the first option for maximum output.
-
-`-D NUM'
- Set both the horizontal and vertical resolution to NUM, given in
- dpi (dots per inch). This affects the choice of bitmap fonts that
- are loaded and also the positioning of letters in resident
- PostScript fonts. Must be between 10 and 10000. This affects both
- the horizontal and vertical resolution. If a high resolution
- (something greater than 400 dpi, say) is selected, the `-Z' flag
- should probably also be used. If you are using fonts made with
- Metafont, such as Computer Modern, `mktexpk' needs to know about
- the value for NUM that you use or Metafont will fail. See the file
- `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/modes.mf' for a list of resolutions and mode
- names for most devices.
-
-`-e NUM'
- Maximum drift in pixels of each character from its `true'
- resolution-independent position on the page. The default value of
- this parameter is resolution dependent (it is the number of
- entries in the list [100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 800, 1000,
- 1200, 1600, 2000, 2400, 2800, 3200, ...] that are less than or
- equal to the resolution in dots per inch). Allowing individual
- characters to `drift' from their correctly rounded positions by a
- few pixels, while regaining the true position at the beginning of
- each new word, improves the spacing of letters in words.
-
-`-E*'
- Generate an EPSF file with a tight bounding box. This only looks
- at marks made by characters and rules, not by any included
- graphics. In addition, it gets the glyph metrics from the TFM
- file, so characters that print outside their enclosing TFM box may
- confuse it. In addition, the bounding box might be a bit too
- loose if the character glyph has significant left or right side
- bearings. Nonetheless, this option works well enough for creating
- small EPSF files for equations or tables or the like. (Of course,
- Dvips output, especially when using bitmap fonts, is
- resolution-dependent and thus does not make very good EPSF files,
- especially if the images are to be scaled; use these EPSF files
- with care.) For multiple page input files, also specify `-i' to
- get each page as a separate EPSF file; otherwise, all the pages
- are overlaid in the single output file.
-
-`-f*'
- Run as a filter. Read the DVI file from standard input and write
- the PostScript to standard output. The standard input must be
- seekable, so it cannot be a pipe. If your input must be a pipe,
- write a shell script that copies the pipe output to a temporary
- file and then points Dvips at this file. This option also
- disables the automatic reading of the `PRINTER' environment
- variable; use `-P$PRINTER' after the `-f' to read it anyway. It
- also turns off the automatic sending of control-D if it was turned
- on with the `-F' option or in the configuration file; use `-F'
- after the `-f' to send it anyway.
-
-`-F*'
- Write control-D (ASCII code 4) as the very last character of the
- PostScript file. This is useful when Dvips is driving the printer
- directly instead of working through a spooler, as is common on
- personal systems. On systems shared by more than one person, this
- is not recommended.
-
-`-G*'
- Shift non-printing characters (ASCII 0-32, 127) to higher-numbered
- positions. This was useful to work around bugs in old versions of
- Adobe's PDF reader. It's more likely to cause problems nowadays.
-
-`-h NAME'
- Prepend NAME as an additional header file, or, if NAME is `-',
- suppress all header files. Any definitions in the header file get
- added to the PostScript `userdict'.
-
-`-i*'
- Make each section be a separate file; a "section" is a part of the
- document processed independently, most often created to avoid
- memory overflow. The filenames are created replacing the suffix
- of the supplied output file name by a three-digit sequence number.
- This option is most often used in conjunction with the `-S' option
- which sets the maximum section length in pages; if `-i' is
- specified and `-S' is not, each page is output as a separate file.
- For instance, some phototypesetters cannot print more than ten or
- so consecutive pages before running out of steam; these options
- can be used to automatically split a book into ten-page sections,
- each to its own file.
-
-`-j*'
- Download only needed characters from Type 1 fonts. This is the
- default in the current release. Some debugging flags trace this
- operation (*note Debug options::). You can also control partial
- downloading on a per-font basis (*note psfonts.map::).
-
-`-k*'
- Print crop marks. This option increases the paper size (which
- should be specified, either with a paper size special or with the
- `-T' option) by a half inch in each dimension. It translates each
- page by a quarter inch and draws cross-style crop marks. It is
- mostly useful with typesetters that can set the page size
- automatically. This works by downloading `crop.pro'.
-
-`-K*'
- Remove comments in included PostScript graphics, font files, and
- headers; only necessary to get around bugs in spoolers or
- PostScript post-processing programs. Specifically, the `%%Page'
- comments, when left in, often cause difficulties. Use of this
- flag can cause other graphics to fail, however, since the
- PostScript header macros from some software packages read portion
- the input stream line by line, searching for a particular comment.
-
-`-l [=]NUM'
- The last page printed will be the first one numbered NUM. Default
- is the last page in the document. If NUM is prefixed by an equals
- sign, then it (and the argument to the `-p' option, if specified)
- is treated as a physical (absolute) page number, rather than a
- value to compare with the TeX `\count0' values stored in the DVI
- file. Thus, using `-l =9' will end with the ninth page of the
- document, no matter what the pages are actually numbered.
-
-`-m*'
- Specify manual feed, if supported by the output device.
-
-`-mode MODE'
- Use MODE as the Metafont device name for path searching and font
- generation. This overrides any value from configuration files.
- With the default paths, explicitly specifying the mode also makes
- the program assume the fonts are in a subdirectory named MODE.
- *Note TeX directory structure: (kpathsea)TeX directory structure.
- If Metafont does not understand the MODE name, see *note Unable to
- generate fonts: (kpathsea)Unable to generate fonts.
-
-`-M*'
- Turns off automatic font generation (`mktexpk'). If `mktexpk',
- the invocation is appended to a file `missfont.log' (by default)
- in the current directory. You can then execute the log file to
- create the missing files after fixing the problem. If the current
- directory is not writable and the environment variable or
- configuration file value `TEXMFOUTPUT' is set, its value is used.
- Otherwise, nothing is written. The name `missfont.log' is
- overridden by the `MISSFONT_LOG' environment variable or
- configuration file value.
-
-`-n NUM'
- Print at most NUM pages. Default is 100000.
-
-`-N*'
- Turns off generation of structured comments such as `%%Page'; this
- may be necessary on some systems that try to interpret PostScript
- comments in weird ways, or on some PostScript printers. Old
- versions of TranScript in particular cannot handle modern
- Encapsulated PostScript. Beware: This also disables page
- movement, etc., in PostScript viewers such as Ghostview.
-
-`-noomega'
- Disable the use of Omega extensions when interpreting DVI files.
- By default, the additional opcodes `129' and `134' are recognized
- by Dvips as Omega or pTeX extensions and interpreted as requests
- to set 2-byte characters.
-
-`-noptex'
- Disable the use of pTeX extensions when interpreting DVI files. By
- default, the additional opcodes `130' and `135' are recognized by
- Dvips as Omega extensions and interpreted as requests to set
- 3-byte characters, and `255' as request to change the typesetting
- direction.
-
- The only drawback is that the virtual font array will (at least
- temporarily) require 65536 or more positions instead of the default
- 256 positions, i.e., the memory requirements of Dvips will be
- somewhat larger. If you find this unacceptable or encounter
- another problem with the Omega or pTeX extensions, you can switch
- off the pTeX extension by using `-noptex', or both by using
- `-noomega' (but please do send a bug report if you find such
- problems, *note Bugs: (kpathsea)Bugs.).
-
-`-o NAME'
- Send output to the file NAME. If `-o' is specified without NAME
- (i.e., it is the last thing on the command line), the default is
- `FILE.ps' where the input DVI file was `FILE.dvi'. If `-o' isn't
- given at all, the configuration file default is used.
-
- If NAME is `-', output goes to standard output. If the first
- character of NAME is `!' or `|', then the remainder will be used
- as an argument to `popen'; thus, specifying `|lpr' as the output
- file will automatically queue the file for printing as usual.
- (The MS-DOS version will print to the local printer device `PRN'
- when NAME is `|lpr' and a program by that name cannot be found.)
-
- `-o' disables the automatic reading of the `PRINTER' environment
- variable, and turns off the automatic sending of control-D. See
- the `-f' option for how to override this.
-
-`-O X-OFFSET,Y-OFFSET'
- Move the origin by X-OFFSET,Y-OFFSET, a comma-separated pair of
- dimensions such as `.1in,-.3cm' (*note papersize special::). The
- origin of the page is shifted from the default position (of one
- inch down, one inch to the right from the upper left corner of the
- paper) by this amount. This is usually best specified in the
- printer-specific configuration file.
-
- This is useful for a printer that consistently offsets output
- pages by a certain amount. You can use the file `testpage.tex' to
- determine the correct value for your printer. Be sure to do
- several runs with the same `O' value--some printers vary widely
- from run to run.
-
- If your printer offsets every other page consistently, instead of
- every page, your best recourse is to use `bop-hook' (*note
- PostScript hooks::).
-
-`-p [=]NUM'
- The first page printed will be the first one numbered NUM. Default
- is the first page in the document. If NUM is prefixed by an
- equals sign, then it (and the argument to the `-l' option, if
- specified) is treated as a physical (absolute) page number, rather
- than a value to compare with the TeX `\count0' values stored in the
- DVI file. Thus, using `-p =3' will start with the third page of
- the document, no matter what the pages are actually numbered.
-
-`-pp FIRST-LAST'
- Print pages FIRST through LAST; equivalent to `-p FIRST -l LAST',
- except that multiple `-pp' options accumulate, unlike `-p' and
- `-l'. The `-' separator can also be `:'.
-
-`-P PRINTER'
- Read the configuration file `config.PRINTER' (`PRINTER.cfg' on
- MS-DOS), which can set the output name (most likely `o |lpr
- -PPRINTER'), resolution, Metafont mode, and perhaps font paths and
- other printer-specific defaults. It works best to put sitewide
- defaults in the one master `config.ps' file and only things that
- vary printer to printer in the `config.PRINTER' files; `config.ps'
- is read before `config.PRINTER'.
-
- A configuration file for creating Adobe PDF files is provided in
- `config.pdf' and can be loaded with `-Ppdf', it will try to
- include Type1 outline fonts into the PostScript file (*note
- Hypertext caveats::).
-
- If no `-P' or `-o' is given, the environment variable `PRINTER' is
- checked. If that variable exists, and a corresponding
- `config.PRINTER' (`PRINTER.cfg' on MS-DOS) file exists, it is read.
- *Note Configuration file searching::.
-
-`-q*'
- Run quietly. Don't chatter about pages converted, etc. to standard
- output; report no warnings (only errors) to standard error.
-
-`-r*'
- Output pages in reverse order. By default, page 1 is output first.
-
-`-R'
- Run securely. `-R2' disables both shell command execution in
- `\special' (via ``', *note Dynamic creation of graphics::) and
- config files (via the `E' option, *note Configuration file
- commands::) and opening of any absolute or `..'-relative
- filenames. `-R1', the default, forbids shell escapes but allows
- absolute filenames. `-R0' allows both.
-
-`-s*'
- Enclose the output in a global save/restore pair. This causes the
- file to not be truly conformant, and is thus not recommended, but
- is useful if you are driving a deficient printer directly and thus
- don't care too much about the portability of the output to other
- environments.
-
-`-S NUM'
- Set the maximum number of pages in each `section'. This option is
- most commonly used with the `-i' option; see its description above
- for more information.
-
-`-t PAPERTYPE'
- Set the paper type to PAPERTYPE, usually defined in one of the
- configuration files, along with the appropriate PostScript code to
- select it (*note Config file paper sizes::).
- - You can also specify a PAPERTYPE of `landscape', which
- rotates a document by 90 degrees.
-
- - To rotate a document whose paper type is not the default, you
- can use the `-t' option twice, once for the paper type, and
- once for `landscape'.
-
- - In general, you should not use any `-t' option when using a
- `papersize' special, which some LaTeX packages (e.g.,
- `hyperref') insert.
-
- - One exception is when using a nonstandard paper size that is
- not already defined in `config.ps'; in this case, you need to
- specify `-t unknown'.
-
- - Another exception is when producing multi-page files for
- further processing; use `-t nopaper' to omit any paper size
- information in the output. (If you just have a single page
- document, you can use `-E' to get pure EPSF output.)
-
-`-T HSIZE,VSIZE'
- Set the paper size to (HSIZE,VSIZE), a comma-separated pair of
- dimensions such as `.1in,-.3cm' (*note papersize special::). It
- overrides any paper size special in the DVI file. Be careful, as
- the paper size will stick to a predefined size if there is one
- close enough. To disable this behavior, use `-tunknown'.
-
-`-u PSMAPFILE'
- Set PSMAPFILE to be the file that dvips uses for looking up
- PostScript font aliases. If PSMAPFILE begins with a `+'
- character, then the rest of the name is used as the name of the
- map file, and the map file is appended to the list of map files
- (instead of replacing the list). In either case, if the name has
- no extension, then `.map' is added at the end.
-
-`-U*'
- Disable a PostScript virtual memory-saving optimization that
- stores the character metric information in the same string that is
- used to store the bitmap information. This is only necessary when
- driving the Xerox 4045 PostScript interpreter, which has a bug
- that puts garbage on the bottom of each character. Not
- recommended unless you must drive this printer.
-
-`-v'
- Print the dvips version number and exit.
-
-`-V*'
- Download non-resident PostScript fonts as bitmaps. This requires
- use of `mtpk' or `gsftopk' or `pstopk' or some combination thereof
- to generate the required bitmap fonts; these programs are supplied
- with Dvips. The bitmap must be put into `psfonts.map' as the
- downloadable file for that font. This is useful only for those
- fonts for which you do not have real outlines, being downloaded to
- printers that have no resident fonts, i.e., very rarely.
-
-`-x NUM'
- Set the magnification ratio to NUM/1000. Overrides the
- magnification specified in the DVI file. Must be between 10 and
- 100000. It is recommended that you use standard magstep values
- (1095, 1200, 1440, 1728, 2074, 2488, 2986, and so on) to help
- reduce the total number of PK files generated. NUM may be a real
- number, not an integer, for increased precision.
-
-`-X NUM'
- Set the horizontal resolution in dots per inch to NUM.
-
-`-y NUM'
- Set the magnification ratio to NUM/1000 times the magnification
- specified in the DVI file. See `-x' above.
-
-`-Y NUM'
- Set the vertical resolution in dots per inch to NUM.
-
-`-z*'
- Pass `html' hyperdvi specials through to the output for eventual
- distillation into PDF. This is not enabled by default to avoid
- including the header files unnecessarily, and use of temporary
- files in creating the output. *Note Hypertext::.
-
-`-Z*'
- Compress bitmap fonts in the output file, thereby reducing the
- size of what gets downloaded. Especially useful at high
- resolutions or when very large fonts are used. May slow down
- printing, especially on early 68000-based PostScript printers.
- Generally recommend today, and can be enabled in the configuration
- file (*note Configuration file commands::).
-
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Environment variables, Next: Config files, Prev: Command-line options, Up: Invoking Dvips
-
-3.3 Environment variables
-=========================
-
-Dvips looks for many environment variables, to define search paths and
-other things. The path variables are read as needed, after all
-configuration files are read, so they override values in the
-configuration files. (Except for `TEXCONFIG', which defines where the
-configuration files themselves are found.)
-
- *Note Path specifications: (kpathsea)Path specifications, for
-details of interpretation of path and other environment variables
-common to all Kpathsea-using programs. Only the environment variables
-specific to Dvips are mentioned here.
-
-`DVIPSDEBUG'
- Write the absolute path names of any configuration or map files to
- standard output, for debugging. This isn't done by default because
- these files are read even before the banner is printed. For
- voluminous additional debugging, set the environment variable
- `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' (*note Debugging: (kpathsea)Debugging.).
- (If `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' is set to any value, it automatically turns
- on `DVIPSDEBUG'.)
-
-`DVIPSFONTS'
- Default path to search for all fonts. Overrides all the font path
- config file options and other environment variables (*note
- Supported file formats: (kpathsea)Supported file formats.).
-
-`DVIPSHEADERS'
- Default path to search for PostScript header files. Overrides the
- `H' config file option (*note Configuration file commands::).
-
-`DVIPSMAKEPK'
- Overrides `mktexpk' as the name of the program to invoke to create
- missing PK fonts. You can change the arguments passed to the
- `mktexpk' program with the `MAKETEXPK' environment variable; *note
- MakeTeX script arguments: (kpathsea)MakeTeX script arguments.
-
-`DVIPSRC'
- Specifies the name of the startup file (*note Configuration file
- searching::) which is read after `config.ps' but before any
- printer-specific configuration files.
-
-`DVIPSSIZES'
- Last-resort sizes for scaling of unfound fonts. Overrides the `R'
- definition in config files (*note Configuration file commands::).
-
-`PRINTER'
- Determine the default printer configuration file. (Dvips itself
- does not use `PRINTER' to determine the output destination in any
- way.)
-
-`TEXCONFIG'
- Path to search for Dvips' `config.PRINTER' configuration files,
- including the base `config.ps'. Using this single environment
- variable, you can override everything else. (The printer-specific
- configuration files are called `PRINTER.cfg' on MS-DOS, but
- `config.ps' is called by that name on all platforms.)
-
-`TEXPICTS'
- Path to search for included graphics files. Overrides the `S'
- config file option (*note Configuration file commands::). If not
- set, `TEXINPUTS' is looked for. *Note Supported file formats:
- (kpathsea)Supported file formats.
-
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Config files, Prev: Environment variables, Up: Invoking Dvips
-
-3.4 Dvips configuration files
-=============================
-
-This section describes in detail the Dvips-specific `config.*' device
-configuration files (called `*.cfg' on MS-DOS), which override the
-`texmf.cnf' configuration files generic to Kpathsea which Dvips also
-reads (*note Config files: (kpathsea)Config files.).
-
- For information about installing these files, including a prototype
-file you can copy, *note config.ps installation::.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Configuration file searching:: Where config.* files are searched for.
-* Configuration file commands:: What can go in a config.* file.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Configuration file searching, Next: Configuration file commands, Up: Config files
-
-3.4.1 Configuration file searching
-----------------------------------
-
-The Dvips program loads many different configuration files, so that
-parameters can be set globally across the system, on a per-device basis,
-or individually by each user.
-
- 1. Dvips first reads (if it exists) `config.ps'; it is searched for
- along the path for Dvips configuration files, as described in
- *note Supported file formats: (kpathsea)Supported file formats.
-
- 2. A user-specific startup file is loaded, so individual users can
- override any options set in the global file. The environment
- variable `DVIPSRC', if defined, is used as the specification of
- the startup file. If this variable is undefined, Dvips uses a
- platform-specific default name. On Unix Dvips looks for the
- default startup file under the name `$HOME/.dvipsrc', which is in
- the user's home directory. On MS-DOS and MS-Windows, where users
- generally don't have their private directories, the startup file
- is called `dvips.ini' and it is searched for along the path for
- Dvips configuration files (as described in *note Supported file
- formats: (kpathsea)Supported file formats.); users are expected to
- set this path as they see fit for their taste.
-
- 3. The command line is read and parsed: if the `-PDEVICE' option is
- encountered, at that point `config.DEVICE' is loaded. Thus, the
- printer configuration file can override anything in the site-wide
- or user configuration file, and it can also override options in
- the command line up to the point that the `-P' option was
- encountered. (On MS-DOS, the printer configuration files are
- called `DEVICE.cfg', since DOS doesn't allow more than 3 characters
- after the dot in filenames.)
-
- 4. If no `-P' option was specified, and also the `-o' and `-f'
- command line options were not used, Dvips checks the environment
- variable `PRINTER'. If it exists, then `config.$PRINTER'
- (`$PRINTER.cfg' on MS-DOS) is loaded (if it exists).
-
-
- Because the `.dvipsrc' file is read before the printer-specific
-configuration files, individual users cannot override settings in the
-latter. On the other hand, the `TEXCONFIG' path usually includes the
-current directory, and can in any case be set to anything, so the users
-can always define their own printer-specific configuration files to be
-found before the system's.
-
- A few command-line options are treated specially, in that they are
-not overridden by configuration files:
-
-`-D'
- As well as setting the resolution, this unsets the mode, if the
- mode was previously set from a configuration file. If
- `config.$PRINTER' is read, however, any `D' or `M' lines from
- there will take effect.
-
-`-mode'
- This overrides any mode setting (`M' line) in configuration files.
- `-mode' does not affect the resolution.
-
-`-o'
- This overrides any output setting (`o' line) in configuration
- files.
-
-
- The purpose of these special cases is to (1) minimize the chance of
-having a mismatched mode and resolution (which `mktexpk' cannot
-resolve), and (2) let command-line options override config files where
-possible.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Configuration file commands, Prev: Configuration file searching, Up: Config files
-
-3.4.2 Configuration file commands
----------------------------------
-
-Most of the configuration file commands are similar to corresponding
-command line options, but there are a few exceptions. When they are the
-same, we omit the description here.
-
- As with command line options, many may be turned off by suffixing the
-letter with a zero (`0').
-
- Within a configuration file, empty lines, and lines starting with a
-space, asterisk, equal sign, percent sign, or pound sign are ignored.
-There is no provision for continuation lines.
-
-`@ NAME HSIZE VSIZE'
- Define paper sizes. *Note Config file paper sizes::.
-
-`a*'
- Memory conservation. Same as `-a', *note Option details::.
-
-`b #COPIES'
- Multiple copies. Same as `-b', *note Option details::.
-
-`c FILENAME'
- Include FILENAME as an additional configuration file, read
- immediately.
-
-`D DPI'
- Output resolution. Same as `-D', *note Option details::.
-
-`e NUM'
- Max drift. Same as `-e', *note Option details::.
-
-`E COMMAND'
- Executes the command listed with `system'(3); can be used to get
- the current date into a header file for inclusion, for instance.
- Possibly dangerous; this may be disabled, in which case a warning
- will be printed if the option is used (and warnings are not
- suppressed).
-
-`f*'
-`F'
- Run as a filter. Same as `-f', *note Option details::.
-
-`G*'
- Shift low-numbered characters; obsolete. Same as `-G', *note
- Option details::.
-
-`h HEADER'
- Prepend HEADER to output. Same as `h-', *note Option details::.
-
-`H PATH'
- Use PATH to search for PostScript header files. The environment
- variable `DVIPSHEADERS' overrides this.
-
-`i N'
- Make multiple output files. Same as `-i -S N', *note Option
- details::.
-
-`j*'
- Partially download Type 1 fonts. Same as `-j', *note Option
- details::.
-
-`K*'
- Remove comments from included PostScript files. Same as `-K',
- *note Option details::.
-
-`m NUM'
- Declare NUM as the memory available for fonts and strings in the
- printer. Default is 180000. This value must be accurate if memory
- conservation and document splitting is to work correctly. To
- determine this value, send the following file to the printer:
-
- %! Hey, we're PostScript
- /Times-Roman findfont 30 scalefont setfont 144 432 moveto
- vmstatus exch sub 40 string cvs show pop showpage
-
- The number printed by this file is the total memory free; it is
- usually best to tell Dvips that the printer has slightly less
- memory, because many programs download permanent macros that can
- reduce the memory in the printer. Some systems or printers can
- dynamically increase the memory available to a PostScript
- interpreter, in which case this file might return a ridiculously
- low number; for example, the NeXT computer and Ghostscript. In
- these cases, a value of one million works fine.
-
-`M MODE'
- Metafont mode. Same as `-mode', *note Option details::.
-
-`N*'
- Disable structured comments. Beware: This also turns off
- displaying page numbers or changing to specific pagenumbers in
- PostScript viewers. Same as `-N', *note Option details::.
-
-`o NAME'
- Send output to NAME. Same as `-o', *note Option details::. In
- the file `config.foo', a setting like this is probably appropriate:
- o |lpr -Pfoo
- The MS-DOS version will emulate spooling to `lpr' by printing to
- the local printer device `PRN' if it doesn't find an executable
- program by that name in the current directory or along the `PATH'.
-
-`O XOFF,YOFF'
- Origin offset. Same as `-O', *note Option details::.
-
-`p [+]NAME'
- Examine NAME for PostScript font aliases. Default is
- `psfonts.map'. This option allows you to specify different
- resident fonts that different printers may have. If NAME starts
- with a `+' character, then the rest of the name (after any leading
- spaces) is used as an additional map file; thus, it is possible to
- have local map files pointed to by local configuration files that
- append to the global map file. This can be used for font families.
-
-`P PATH'
- Use PATH to search for bitmap PK font files is PATH. The
- `PKFONTS', `TEXPKS', `GLYPHFONTS', and `TEXFONTS' environment
- variables override this. *Note Supported file formats:
- (kpathsea)Supported file formats.
-
-`q*'
-`Q'
- Run quietly. Same as `-q', *note Option details::.
-
-`r*'
- Page reversal. Same as `-r', *note Option details::.
-
-`R NUM1 NUM2 ...'
- Define the list of default resolutions for PK fonts. If a font
- size actually used in a document is not available and cannot be
- created, Dvips will scale the font found at the closest of these
- resolutions to the requested size, using PostScript scaling. The
- resulting output may be ugly, and thus a warning is issued. To
- turn this last-resort scaling off, use a line with just the `R'
- and no numbers.
-
- The given numbers must be sorted in increasing order; any number
- smaller than the preceding one is ignored. This is because it is
- better to scale a font up than down; scaling down can obliterate
- small features in the character shape.
-
- The environment and config file values `DVIPSSIZES' or `TEXSIZES'
- override this configuration file setting.
-
- If no `R' settings or environment variables are specified, a list
- compiled in during installation is used. This default list is
- defined by the Makefile variable `default_texsizes', defined in
- the file `make/paths.make'.
-
-`s*'
- Output global save/restore. Same as `-s', *note Option details::.
-
-`S PATH'
- Use PATH to search for special illustrations (Encapsulated
- PostScript files or psfiles). The `TEXPICTS' and then `TEXINPUTS'
- environment variables override this.
-
-`T PATH'
- Use PATH to search for TFM files. The `TFMFONTS' and then
- `TEXFONTS' environment variables overrides this. This path is used
- for resident fonts and fonts that can't otherwise be found.
-
-`U*'
- Work around bug in Xerox 4045 printer. Same as `-U', *note Option
- details::.
-
-`V PATH'
- Use PATH to search for virtual font files. This may be
- device-dependent if you use virtual fonts to simulate actual fonts
- on different devices.
-
-`W [STRING]'
- If STRING is supplied, write it to standard error after reading
- all the configuration files; with no STRING, cancel any previous
- `W' message. This is useful in the default configuration file to
- remind users to specify a printer, for instance, or to notify users
- about special characteristics of a particular printer.
-
-`X NUM'
- Horizontal resolution. Same as `-X' (*note Option details::).
-
-`Y NUM'
- Vertical resolution. Same as `-Y' (*note Option details::).
-
-`Z*'
- Compress bitmap fonts. Same as `-Z' (*note Option details::).
-
-`z*'
- Disables execution of system commands, like `-R' (*note Option
- details::). If `-R' is specified on the command line, that takes
- precedence.
-
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Paper size and landscape, Next: Interaction with PostScript, Prev: Invoking Dvips, Up: Top
-
-4 Paper size and landscape orientation
-**************************************
-
-Most TeX documents at a particular site are designed to use the local
-standard paper size (letter size in the United States, A4 in Europe).
-The Dvips program can be customized either sitewide or for a particular
-printer.
-
- But many documents are designed for other paper sizes. For instance,
-you may want to design a document that has the long edge of the paper
-horizontal. This can be useful when typesetting booklets, brochures,
-complex tables, or many other documents. This type of paper orientation
-is called "landscape" orientation (the default orientation is
-"portrait"). Alternatively, a document might be designed for ledger or
-A3 paper.
-
- Since the intended paper size in these cases is a document design
-decision, not a printing decision, such information should be given in
-the TeX file and not on the Dvips command line. For this reason, Dvips
-supports a `papersize' special. It is hoped that this special will
-become standard over time for TeX previewers and other printer drivers.
-
- Some LaTeX packages, e.g., `hyperref.sty', write a `papersize'
-special into the DVI file. In this case, you need not and should not
-attempt to override it manually.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* papersize special:: Specifying the paper size in TeX.
-* Config file paper sizes:: Specifying printer- and site-specific sizes.
-* Paper trays:: Changing paper trays automatically.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: papersize special, Next: Config file paper sizes, Up: Paper size and landscape
-
-4.1 `papersize' special
-=======================
-
-The format of the `papersize' special is
-
- \special{papersize=WIDTH,HEIGHT}
-
-WIDTH is the horizontal size of the page, and HEIGHT is the vertical
-size. The dimensions supported are the same as for TeX; namely, in
-(inches), cm (centimeters), mm (millimeters), pt (points), sp (scaled
-points), bp (big points, the same as the default PostScript unit), pc
-(picas), dd (didot points), and cc (ciceros).
-
- For a US letter size landscape document, the `papersize' would be:
- \special{papersize=11in,8.5in}
-
-An alternate specification of `landscape':
- \special{landscape}
-
-This is supported for backward compatibility, but it is hoped that
-reventually the `papersize' comment will dominate.
-
- Of course, such a `\special' only informs Dvips of the desired paper
-size; you must also adjust `\hsize' and `\vsize' in your TeX document
-typeset to those dimensions.
-
- When using the `papersize' special, you generally should not also
-specify `-t' on the command line (*note Option details::). The
-exception is when using a nonstandard paper size that isn't predefined;
-in this case, use `-t unknown'.
-
- The `papersize' special must occur somewhere on the first page of
-the document. Some packages, notably `hyperref', insert this special.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Config file paper sizes, Next: Paper trays, Prev: papersize special, Up: Paper size and landscape
-
-4.2 Configuration file paper size command
-=========================================
-
-The `@' command in a configuration file sets the paper size defaults
-and options. The first `@' command defines the default paper size. It
-has three possible parameters:
-
- @ [NAME [HSIZE VSIZE]]
-
- If `@' is specified on a line by itself, with no parameters, it
-instructs Dvips to discard all previous paper size information (possibly
-from another configuration file).
-
- If three parameters are given, with the first parameter being a name
-and the second and third being a dimension (as in `8.5in' or `3.2cc',
-just like in the `papersize' special), then the option is interpreted
-as starting a new paper size description, where NAME is the name and
-HSIZE and VSIZE define the horizontal and vertical size of the sheet of
-paper, respectively. For example:
-
- @ letterSize 8.5in 11in
-
- If both HSIZE and VSIZE are zero (you must still specify units!)
-then any page size will match. If the `@' character is immediately
-followed by a `+' sign, then the remainder of the line (after skipping
-any leading blanks) is treated as PostScript code to send to the
-printer, presumably to select that particular paper size:
-
- @ letter 8.5in 11in
- @+ %%BeginPaperSize: Letter
- @+ letter
- @+ %%EndPaperSize
-
- After all that, if the first character of the line is an exclamation
-point, then the line is put in the initial comments section of the final
-output file; else, it is put in the setup section of the output file.
-For example:
-
- @ legal 8.5in 14in
- @+ ! %%DocumentPaperSizes: Legal
- @+ %%BeginPaperSize: Legal
- @+ legal
- @+ %%EndPaperSize
-
- When Dvips has a paper format name given on the command line, it
-looks for a match by the NAME; when it has a `papersize' special, it
-looks for a match by dimensions. The best match found (from the paper
-size information in the configuration file) is used. The dimensions
-must match within 5bp.
-
- If nothing matches, a warning is printed and the first paper size
-with zero dimensions is used; this should be the `unknown' paper size
-definition mentioned below, resulting in the actual dimensions being
-used.
-
- Landscape mode for all paper sizes is automatically supported.
-
- If your printer has a command to set a special paper size, then give
-dimensions of `0in 0in'; the PostScript code that sets the paper size
-can refer to the dimensions the user requested as `hsize' and `vsize';
-these will be macros defined in the PostScript that return the
-requested size in default PostScript units. Also, some printers want
-`BeginPaperSize' comments and paper size setting commands; others (such
-as the NeXT) want `PaperSize' comments and they will handle setting the
-paper size. So paper size entries should typically specify both.
-
- When using a paper size that is not already defined in `config.ps',
-you probably want to say `-t unknown' on the command line; the
-`unknown' paper size definition in `config.ps' has the requisite
-PostScript incantation to set the PostScript page size, as just
-described.
-
- If you want no paper size information in the output at all, use
-`-t nopaper'. This is useful with multi-page output that will be
-processed further. If you just have a single page document, you can
-use `-E' to get pure EPSF output.
-
- The Perl 5 script `contrib/configs/mkdvipspapers' in the
-distribution directory may help in determining appropriate paper size
-definitions.
-
- Notwithstanding the above, the default `letter' and `a4' paper size
-definitions in `config.ps' execute the `setpagedevice' operator if it
-exists (it was defined in PostScript Level 2), or the `letter' or `a4'
-operator if they exist (they are nonstandard and thus perhaps cause
-failures on certain (unknown) printers). Not executing any page size
-definition at all confuses PostScript conversion programs such as
-`ps2pdf', so we want to execute one if we can.
-
- The `letterSize' and `A4Size' paper size definitions are now
-synonyms for `letter' and `a4'.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Paper trays, Prev: Config file paper sizes, Up: Paper size and landscape
-
-4.3 Paper trays
-===============
-
-Some printers, such as the Hewlett-Packard HP4si, have multiple paper
-trays. You can set up Dvips to take advantage of this using the
-`bop-hook' PostScript variable (*note PostScript hooks::).
-
- For example, suppose you have an alternate tray stocked with
-letterhead paper; the usual tray has the usual paper. You have a
-document where you want the first page printed on letterhead, and the
-remaining pages on the usual paper. You can create a header file, say
-`firstletterhead.PS', with the following (PostScript) code (`bop-hook'
-is passed the current physical page number, which starts at zero):
-
- /bop-hook { dup 0 eq { ALTERNATETRAY } { NORMALTRAY } ifelse } def
-
-where ALTERNATETRAY and NORMALTRAY are the appropriate commands to
-select the paper trays. On the 4SI, ALTERNATETRAY is `statusdict begin
-1 setpapertray end' and NORMALTRAY is `statusdict begin 0 setpapertray
-end'.
-
- Then, include the file with either
- * the `-h' command-line option (*note Option details::); or
-
- * the `h' config file option (*note Configuration file commands::);
- or
-
- * `\special{header=FILE}' in your TeX document (*note Including
- headers from TeX: Including headers from TeX.).
-
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Interaction with PostScript, Next: PostScript fonts, Prev: Paper size and landscape, Up: Top
-
-5 Interaction with PostScript
-*****************************
-
-Dvips supports inclusion of PostScript figure files (e.g., Encapsulated
-PostScript), downloading other header files (e.g., fonts), including
-literal PostScript code, and hypertext.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* PostScript figures:: Including an Encapsulated PostScript figure.
-* Header files:: Downloading extra definitions.
-* Literal PS:: Writing literal PostScript code.
-* Hypertext:: Producing HyperPostScript to make PDF.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: PostScript figures, Next: Header files, Up: Interaction with PostScript
-
-5.1 PostScript figures
-======================
-
-Scaling and including PostScript graphics is a breeze--if the PostScript
-file is correctly formed. Even if it is not, however, the file can
-usually be accommodated with just a little more work.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Bounding box:: The %%BoundingBox EPS comment.
-* \includegraphics:: The LaTeX \includegraphics macro.
-* EPSF macros:: Including the file in TeX.
-* psfile special:: The basic special.
-* Dynamic creation of graphics:: Handling compressed or generated figures.
-* Fonts in figures:: The %*Font comment.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Bounding box, Next: \includegraphics, Up: PostScript figures
-
-5.1.1 The bounding box comment
-------------------------------
-
-The most important feature of a good PostScript file from the standpoint
-of including it in another document is an accurate bounding box comment.
-Every well-formed PostScript file has a comment describing where on the
-page the graphic is located, and how big that graphic is.
-
- This information is given as the lower left and upper right corners
-of the box just enclosing the graphic, and is thus referred to as the
-"bounding box". These coordinates are given in the default PostScript
-units (there are precisely 72 PostScript units to the inch, like TeX
-big points) with respect to the lower left corner of the sheet of paper.
-
- To see if a PostScript file has a bounding box comment, just look at
-the first few lines of the file. PostScript files are standard ASCII,
-so you can use any text editor to do this. If within the first few
-dozen lines there is a line like
-
- %%BoundingBox: 25 50 400 300
-
-(with any reasonable numbers), chances are very good that the file is
-Encapsulated PostScript and will work easily with Dvips. If the file
-contains instead a line like
-
- %%BoundingBox: (atend)
-
-the file is still probably Encapsulated PostScript, but the bounding box
-is given at the end of the file. Dvips needs it at the beginning. You
-can move it with that same text editor, or a simple script. (The
-bounding box is given in this way when the program that generated the
-PostScript couldn't know the size in advance, or was too lazy to compute
-it.)
-
- If the document lacks a `%%BoundingBox:' altogether, you can
-determine one in a couple of ways. One is to use the `bbfig' program
-distributed with Dvips in the `contrib' directory. This can usually
-find the correct bounding box automatically; it works best with
-Ghostscript.
-
- If the comment looks like this:
- %%BoundingBox: 0 0 612 792
-
-the graphic claims to take up an entire sheet of paper. This is
-usually a symptom of a bug in the program that generated it.
-
- The other is to do it yourself: print the file. Now, take a ruler,
-and make the following measurements (in PostScript units, so measure in
-inches and multiply by 72): From the left edge of the paper to the
-leftmost mark on the paper is LLX, the first number. From the bottom
-edge of the paper to the bottommost mark on the paper is LLY, the
-second number. From the left edge of the paper to the rightmost mark
-on the paper is URX, the third number. The fourth and final number,
-URY, is the distance from the bottom of the page to the uppermost mark
-on the paper.
-
- Once you have the numbers, add a comment of the following form as the
-second line of the document. (The first line should already be a line
-starting with the two characters `%!'; if it is not, the file probably
-isn't PostScript.)
-
- %%BoundingBox: LLX LLY URX URY
-
-Or, if you don't want to modify the file, you can simply write these
-numbers down in a convenient place and give them in your TeX document
-when you import the graphic, as described in the next section.
-
- If the document does not have such a bounding box, or if the bounding
-box is given at the end of the document, or the bounding box is wrong,
-please complain to the authors of the software package that generated
-the file.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: \includegraphics, Next: EPSF macros, Prev: Bounding box, Up: PostScript figures
-
-5.1.2 The \includegraphics macro for LaTeX
-------------------------------------------
-
-Once the figure file has a bounding box comment (see the previous
-section) you are ready to import the graphic into a LaTeX document. For
-LaTeX 2e, you can use the epsf, graphics or graphicx packages, but the
-last is recommended--it has the most flexible syntax, and is briefly
-described here. Further information can be found in `grfguide' or
-`epslatex', which should be included in your LaTeX distribution in DVI,
-PDF, or other formats. (If you are still using LaTeX 2.09, use
-epsf.sty).
-
- Just put the following command into your preamble:
-
- \usepackage[dvips]{graphicx}
-
- Depending on your system, a suitable driver setup may already be
-present, so that LaTeX automatically produces DVI files suitable for
-Dvips. In this case you can leave out the `[dvips]' parameter.
-
- Now, at the point you want to include a file `foo.eps', enter a line
-such as:
-
- \includegraphics{foo.eps}
-
- However, it is usually best to omit the file extension and only use
-
- \includegraphics{foo}
-
-because then you can process the same LaTeX file with different TeX
-engines or DVI converters if you also provide suitable graphics files
-for them, e.g., `foo.pdf' or `foo.png'.
-
- The \includegraphics command has many options, specified in
-`key=value' syntax, to allow you to resize, rotate or trim the included
-graphic--see `grfguide' or `epslatex'. If your file does not have a
-bounding box comment, you can supply the numbers as determined in the
-previous section, in the same order they would have been in a normal
-bounding box comment:
-
- \includegraphics[bb=100 100 500 500]{foo.ps}
-
-Now, save your changes and run LaTeX and Dvips; the output should have
-your graphic positioned at precisely the point you indicated, occupying
-the proper amount of space.
-
- PostScript graphics have their origin in the lower left corner.
-Therefore, in TeX, a graphic will occupy a box that extends far above
-the line where it is put in, but has depth zero below it. Combining
-`\includegraphics' with `\parbox' commands or minipages can sometimes
-be confusing when this is not taken into account.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: EPSF macros, Next: psfile special, Prev: \includegraphics, Up: PostScript figures
-
-5.1.3 Using the EPSF macros
----------------------------
-
-If you are using LaTeX 2e, use the `graphics' or `graphicx' package.
-*Note \includegraphics::.
-
- If you are using plain TeX or LaTeX 2.09, you need `epsf.tex' (for
-plain TeX) and `epsf.sty' (for LaTeX). For plain TeX, add a line like
-this near the top of your input file:
-
- \input epsf
-
-If you are using LaTeX 2.09, add the `epsf' style option, as in:
-
- \documentstyle[12pt,epsf]{article}
-
-In any case, the above only needs to be done once, no matter how many
-figures you plan to include.
-
- Now, at the point you want to include a file, enter a line such as:
-
- \epsffile{foo.eps}
-
- If you are using LaTeX, you may need to add `\leavevmode'
-immediately before the `\epsffile' command to get certain environments
-to work correctly. If your file does not have a bounding box comment,
-you can supply the numbers as determined in the previous section, in
-the same order they would have been in a normal bounding box comment:
-
- \epsffile[100 100 500 500]{foo.ps}
-
-Now, save your changes and run TeX and Dvips; the output should have
-your graphic positioned at precisely the point you indicated, occupying
-the proper amount of space.
-
- The `\epsffile' macro typesets the figure as a TeX `\vbox' at the
-point of the page that the command is executed. By default, the
-graphic will have its `natural' width (namely, the width of its bounding
-box). The TeX box will have depth zero and its natural height. By
-default, the graphic will be scaled by any DVI magnification in effect,
-just as is everything else in your document. See the next section for
-more information on scaling.
-
- If you want TeX to report the size of the figure as a message on your
-terminal when it processes each figure, give the command:
-
- \epsfverbosetrue
-
-* Menu:
-
-* EPSF scaling::
-* EPSF clipping::
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: EPSF scaling, Next: EPSF clipping, Up: EPSF macros
-
-5.1.3.1 EPSF scaling
-....................
-
-Usually, you will want to scale an EPSF figure to some size appropriate
-for your document, since its natural size is determined by the creator
-of the EPS file.
-
- The best way to do this is to assign the desired size to the TeX
-`\epsfxsize' or `\epsfysize' variables, whichever is more convenient
-for you. That is, put
-
- \epsfxsize=DIMEN
-
-right before the call to `\epsffile'. Then the width of the TeX box
-will be DIMEN and its height will be scaled proportionately.
-Similarly, you can set the vertical size with
-
- \epsfysize=DIMEN
-
-in which case the height will be set and the width scaled
-proportionally.
-
- If you set both, both will be honored, but the aspect ratio of the
-included graphic may necessarily be distorted, i.e., its contents
-stretched in one direction or the other.
-
- You can resize graphics in a more general way by redefining the
-`\epsfsize' macro. `\epsffile' calls this with two parameters: the
-natural horizontal and vertical sizes of the PostScript graphic.
-`\epsfsize' must expand to the desired horizontal size, that is, the
-width of the `\vbox'. Schematically:
-
- \def\epsfsize#1#2{BODY}
-
- Some useful definitions of BODY:
-
-`\epsfxsize'
- This definition (the default) enables the default features listed
- above, by setting `\epsfxsize' to the same value it had before the
- macro was called.
-
-`#1'
- Force the natural size by returning the first parameter (the
- original width).
-
-`0pt'
- A special case, equivalent to `#1'.
-
-`0.5#1'
- Scale to half the natural size.
-
-`\hsize'
- Scale to the current `\hsize'. (In LaTeX, use `\textwidth'
- instead of `\hsize'.)
-
-`\ifnum#1>\hsize\hsize\else#1\fi'
- If the natural width is greater than the current `\hsize', scale to
- `\hsize', otherwise use the natural width.
-
-
- For compatibility with other PostScript drivers, it is possible to
-turn off the default scaling of included figures by the DVI
-magnification with the following TeX command:
-
- \special{! /magscale false def}
-
-Use of this command is not recommended because it will make the
-`\epsffile' graphics the "wrong" size if global magnification is being
-used, and it will cause any PostScript graphics to appear improperly
-scaled and out of position if a DVI to DVI program is used to scale or
-otherwise modify the document.
-
- DVI magnification is not applied to any output from code you write in
-`bop-hook' or its ilk (*note PostScript hooks::),
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: EPSF clipping, Prev: EPSF scaling, Up: EPSF macros
-
-5.1.3.2 EPSF clipping
-.....................
-
-By default, clipping is disabled for included EPSF images. This is
-because clipping to the bounding box dimensions often cuts off a small
-portion of the figure, due to slightly inaccurate bounding box
-arguments. The problem might be subtle; lines around the boundary of
-the image might be half their intended width, or the tops or bottoms of
-some text annotations might be sliced off. If you want to turn
-clipping on, just use the command
-
- \epsfclipon
-
-and to turn clipping back off, use
-
- \epsfclipoff
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: psfile special, Next: Dynamic creation of graphics, Prev: EPSF macros, Up: PostScript figures
-
-5.1.4 `psfile' special
-----------------------
-
-The basic special for file inclusion is as follows:
-
- \special{psfile=FILENAME.ps [KEY=VALUE] ... }
-
-This downloads the PostScript file `FILENAME.ps' such that the current
-point will be the origin of the PostScript coordinate system. The
-optional KEY=VALUE assignments allow you to specify transformations on
-the PostScript.
-
- The possible KEYs are:
-
-`hoffset'
- The horizontal offset (default 0).
-
-`voffset'
- The vertical offset (default 0).
-
-`hsize'
- The horizontal clipping size (default 612).
-
-`vsize'
- The vertical clipping size (default 792).
-
-`hscale'
- The horizontal scaling factor, as a percentage (default 100).
-
-`vscale'
- The vertical scaling factor, as a percentage (default 100).
-
-`angle'
- The rotation, in degrees (default 0).
-
-`clip'
- Enable clipping to the bounding box (default disabled).
-
-`llx, lly, urx, ury'
- Bounding box of the included image, just as in a `%%BoundingBox'
- comment. Values are in big points, and may be fractional.
-
-`rhi, rwi'
- Desired width and height of the resulting figure in the output, in
- tenths of big points (720 to the inch); may be fractional.
-
- If both `rwi' and `rhi' are nonzero, the picture is scaled,
- possibly losing aspect ratio. If only one of `rwi' and `rhi' is
- nonzero, the picture is scaled, preserving aspect ratio.
-
-
- The offsets and sizes are given in PostScript units (big points).
-Thus, for example:
-
- \special{psfile=foo.ps hoffset=72 hscale=90 vscale=90}
-
-will shift the graphics produced by file `foo.ps' right by one inch and
-will draw it at 0.9 times normal size. Offsets are given relative to
-the point of the special command, and are unaffected by scaling or
-rotation. Rotation is counterclockwise about the origin. The order of
-operations is to rotate the figure, scale it, then offset it.
-
- For compatibility with older PostScript drivers, it is possible to
-change the units that `hscale' and `vscale' are given in. This can be
-done by redefining `@scaleunit' in `SDict' by a TeX command such as
-
- \special{! /@scaleunit 1 def}
-
-The `@scaleunit' variable, which is by default 100, is what `hscale'
-and `vscale' are divided by to yield an absolute scale factor.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Dynamic creation of graphics, Next: Fonts in figures, Prev: psfile special, Up: PostScript figures
-
-5.1.5 Dynamic creation of PostScript graphics files
----------------------------------------------------
-
-PostScript is an excellent page description language--but it does tend
-to be rather verbose. Compressing PostScript graphics files can reduce
-them by factor of five or more. For this reason, if the name of an
-included PostScript file ends with `.Z' or `.gz', Dvips automatically
-runs `gzip -d'. For example:
-
- \epsffile[72 72 540 720]{foo.ps.gz}
-
-Since the results of such a command are not accessible to TeX, if you
-use this facility with the `epsf' macros, you need to supply the
-bounding box parameter yourself, as shown.
-
- More generally, if the filename parameter to one of the graphics
-inclusion techniques starts with a left quote (``'), the parameter is
-instead interpreted as a command to execute that will send the actual
-file to standard output. For example:
-
- \special{psfile="`gnuplot foo"}
-
-to include the file `foo'. Of course, the command to be executed can
-be anything, including using a file conversion utility such as `tek2ps'
-or whatever is appropriate. This feature can be disabled with the `-R'
-command-line option or `R' configuration option.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Fonts in figures, Prev: Dynamic creation of graphics, Up: PostScript figures
-
-5.1.6 Fonts in figures
-----------------------
-
-You can use any font available to TeX and Dvips within a graphics file
-by putting a `%*Font:' line in the leading commentary of the file.
-Schematically, this looks like:
-
- %*Font: TFMNAME SCALEDBP DESIGNBP HEX-START:HEX-BITSTRING
-
- Here is the meaning of each of these elements:
-
-TFMNAME
- The TeX TFM filename, e.g., `cmr10'. You can give the same
- TFMNAME on more than one `%*Font' line; this is useful when the
- number of characters from the font used needs a longer
- HEX-BITSTRING (see item below) than conveniently fits on one line.
-
-SCALEDBP
- The size at which you are using the font, in PostScript points (TeX
- big points). 72bp = 72.27pt = 1in.
-
-DESIGNBP
- The designsize of the font, again in PostScript points. This
- should match the value in the TFM file TFMNAME. Thus, for `cmr10',
- it should be `9.96265'.
-
-HEX-START
- The character code of the first character used from the font,
- specified as two ASCII hexadecimal characters, e.g., `4b' or `4B'
- for `K'.
-
-HEX-BITSTRING
- An arbitrary number of ASCII hexadecimal digits specifying which
- characters following (and including) HEX-START are used. This is
- treated as a bitmap. For example, if your figure used the single
- letter `K', you would use `4b:8' for HEX-START and HEX-BITSTRING.
- If it used `KLMNP', you would use `4b:f4'.
-
-
- MetaPost's output figures contain lines like this for bitmap fonts
-used in a MetaPost label (*note MetaPost: (web2c)MetaPost.).
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Header files, Next: Literal PS, Prev: PostScript figures, Up: Interaction with PostScript
-
-5.2 PostScript header files
-===========================
-
-"Header files" are bits of PostScript included in the output file;
-generally they provide support for special features, rather than
-producing any printed output themselves. You can explicitly request
-downloading header files if necessary for some figure, or to achieve
-some special effect.
-
- Dvips includes some headers on its own initiative, to implement
-features such as PostScript font reencoding, bitmap font downloading,
-handling of `\special''s, and so on. These standard headers are the
-`.pro' files (for "prologue") in the installation directory
-`$(psheaderdir)'; they are created from the `.lpro' ("long prologue")
-files in the distribution by stripping comments, squeezing blank lines,
-etc., for maximum efficiency. If you want to peruse one of the
-standard header files, read the `.lpro' version.
-
- The PostScript dictionary stack will be at the `userdict' level when
-header files are included.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Including headers from TeX::
-* Including headers from the command line::
-* Headers and memory usage::
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Including headers from TeX, Next: Including headers from the command line, Up: Header files
-
-5.2.1 Including headers from TeX
---------------------------------
-
-In order to get a particular graphic file to work, a certain font or
-header file might need to be sent first. The Dvips program provides
-support for this with the `header' `\special'. For instance, to ensure
-that `foo.ps' gets downloaded:
-
- \special{header=foo.ps}
-
- As another example, if you have some PostScript code that uses a
-PostScript font not built into your printer, you must download it to the
-printer. If the font isn't used elsewhere in the document, Dvips can't
-know you've used it, so you must include it in the same way, as in:
-
- \special{header=putr.pfa}
-
-to include the font definition file for Adobe Utopia Roman.
-
- The `header' also special allows for specifying some additional code
-that should be inserted into the PostScript document before and after
-the file itself, as follows:
-
- \special{header={foo.ps} pre={pre code} post={post code}}
-
- This will insert `pre code' just before `foo.ps' and `post code'
-just after. It is required to use the (balanced) braces in _all_ of
-the arguments, including the `header', when using this extended syntax.
-
- This allows, for instance, dynamic headers, where some of the content
-depends on settings from the user in (La)TeX. Another application is
-the inclusion of graphics inside the PostScript header, so that they
-can be reused throughout the document, as with logs. That avoids
-including the same graphic several times. This is implemented in the
-`graphics/graphicx-psmin' package.
-
- This extended syntax has one additional feature. When Dvips finds the
-extended syntax, it will also look in the installed `tex/' tree(s) for
-the header file (`foo.ps' in our example), and not only in the current
-directory and dvips tree as the original syntax does. This is because
-common graphics may well come with packages which are installed in the
-`tex/' tree.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Including headers from the command line, Next: Headers and memory usage, Prev: Including headers from TeX, Up: Header files
-
-5.2.2 Including headers from the command line
----------------------------------------------
-
-You can include headers when you run Dvips, as well as from your
-document (see the previous section). To do this, run Dvips with the
-option `-P HEADER'; this will read the file `config.HEADER', which in
-turn can specify a header file to be downloaded with the `h' option.
-*Note Configuration file commands::. These files are called
-`HEADER.cfg' on MS-DOS.
-
- You can arrange for the same file to serve as a `-P' config file and
-the downloadable header file, by starting the lines of PostScript code
-with a space, leaving only the `h' line and any comments starting in
-the first column. As an example, see `contrib/volker/config.*'
-(`contrib/volker/*.cfg' on MS-DOS). (These files also perform useful
-functions: controlling duplex/simplex mode on duplex printers, and
-setting various screen frequencies; `contrib/volker/README' explains
-further.)
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Headers and memory usage, Prev: Including headers from the command line, Up: Header files
-
-5.2.3 Headers and memory usage
-------------------------------
-
-Dvips tries to avoid overflowing the printer's memory by splitting the
-output files into "sections" (see the `-i' option in *note Option
-details::). Therefore, for all header files, Dvips debits the printer
-VM budget by some value. If the header file has, in its leading
-commentary a line of the form
-
- %%VMusage: MIN MAX
-
-then MAX is used. If there is no `%%VMusage' line, then the size (in
-bytes) of the header file is used as an approximation.
-
- Illustrations (figure files) are also checked for `%%VMusage' line.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Literal PS, Next: Hypertext, Prev: Header files, Up: Interaction with PostScript
-
-5.3 Literal PostScript
-======================
-
-You can include literal PostScript code in your document in several
-ways.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* " special:: To include inline PostScript code.
-* ps special:: Inline PostScript without save/restore.
-* PostScript hooks:: Specifying code to run in the PS interpreter.
-* Literal headers:: Literal PostScript for the whole document.
-* Literal examples:: Neat example.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: " special, Next: ps special, Up: Literal PS
-
-5.3.1 `"' special: Literal PostScript
--------------------------------------
-
-For simple graphics, or just for experimentation, literal PostScript
-code can be included. Simply use a `\special' beginning with a double
-quote character `"'; there is no matching closing `"'.
-
- For instance, the following (simple) graphic:
-
- [ picture of a grey triangle ]
-
-was created by typing:
-
- \vbox to 100bp{\vss % a bp is the same as a PostScript unit
- \special{" newpath 0 0 moveto 100 100 lineto 394 0 lineto
- closepath gsave 0.8 setgray fill grestore stroke}}
-
- You are responsible for leaving space for such literal graphics, as
-with the `\vbox' above.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: ps special, Next: PostScript hooks, Prev: " special, Up: Literal PS
-
-5.3.2 `ps' special
-------------------
-
-Generally, Dvips encloses specials in a PostScript save/restore pair,
-guaranteeing that the special will have no effect on the rest of the
-document. The `ps' special, however, allows you to insert literal
-PostScript instructions without this protective shield; you should
-understand what you're doing (and you shouldn't change the PostScript
-graphics state unless you are willing to take the consequences). This
-command can take many forms because it has had a torturous history; any
-of the following will work:
-
- \special{ps:TEXT}
- \special{ps::TEXT}
- \special{ps::[begin]TEXT}
- \special{ps::[end]TEXT}
- \special{ps::[nobreak]TEXT}
-
-(with longer forms taking precedence over shorter forms, when they are
-present). `ps::' and `ps::[end]' do no positioning, so they can be
-used to continue PostScript literals started with `ps:' or
-`ps::[begin]'.
-
- Literal PostScript instructions after `ps::[nobreak]' are _not_
-broken into lines. This feature may be used to include PostScript
-comments, for example.
-
- In addition, the variant
-
- \special{ps: plotfile FILENAME}
-
-inserts the contents of FILENAME verbatim into the output (except for
-omitting lines that begin with %). An example of the proper use of
-literal specials can be found in the file `rotate.tex', which makes it
-easy to typeset text turned in multiples of 90 degrees.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Literal headers, Next: Literal examples, Prev: PostScript hooks, Up: Literal PS
-
-5.3.3 Literal headers: `!' `\special'
--------------------------------------
-
-You can download literal PostScript header code in your TeX document,
-for use with (for example) literal graphics code that you include later.
-The text of a `\special' beginning with an `!' is copied into the
-output file. A dictionary `SDict' will be current when this code is
-executed; Dvips arranges for `SDict' to be first on the dictionary
-stack when any PostScript graphic is included, whether literally (the
-`"' special) or through macros (e.g., `epsf.tex').
-
- For example:
-
- \special{! /reset { 0 0 moveto} def}
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: PostScript hooks, Next: Literal headers, Prev: ps special, Up: Literal PS
-
-5.3.4 PostScript hooks
-----------------------
-
-Besides including literal PostScript at a particular place in your
-document (as described in the previous section), you can also arrange to
-execute arbitrary PostScript code at particular times while the
-PostScript is printing.
-
- If any of the PostScript names `bop-hook', `eop-hook', `start-hook',
-or `end-hook' are defined in `userdict', they will be executed at the
-beginning of a page, end of a page, start of the document, and end of a
-document, respectively.
-
- When these macros are executed, the default PostScript coordinate
-system and origin is in effect. Such macros can be defined in headers
-added by the `-h' option or the `header=' special, and might be useful
-for writing, for instance, `DRAFT' across the entire page, or, with the
-aid of a shell script, dating the document. These macros are executed
-outside of the save/restore context of the individual pages, so it is
-possible for them to accumulate information, but if a document must be
-divided into sections because of memory constraints, such added
-information will be lost across section breaks.
-
- The single argument to `bop-hook' is the physical page number; the
-first page gets zero, the second one, etc. `bop-hook' must leave this
-number on the stack. None of the other hooks are passed arguments.
-
- As an example of what can be done, the following special will write
-a light grey `DRAFT' across each page in the document:
-
- \special{!userdict begin /bop-hook{gsave 200 30 translate
- 65 rotate /Times-Roman findfont 216 scalefont setfont
- 0 0 moveto 0.7 setgray (DRAFT) show grestore}def end}
-
- Using `bop-hook' or `eop-hook' to preserve information across pages
-breaks compliance with the Adobe document structuring conventions, so
-if you use any such tricks, you may also want to use the `-N' option to
-turn off structured comments (such as `%%Page'). Otherwise, programs
-that read your file will assume its pages are independent.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Literal examples, Prev: Literal headers, Up: Literal PS
-
-5.3.5 Literal examples
-----------------------
-
-To finish off this section, the following examples of literal PostScript
-are presented without explanation:
-
- \def\rotninety{\special{ps:currentpoint currentpoint translate 90
- rotate neg exch neg exch translate}}\font\huge=cmbx10 at 14.4truept
- \setbox0=\hbox to0pt{\huge A\hss}\vskip16truept\centerline{\copy0
- \special{ps:gsave}\rotninety\copy0\rotninety\copy0\rotninety
- \box0\special{ps:grestore}}\vskip16truept
-
- [ There are 4 `A' characters, each rotated 90 degrees about a
-common center point ]
-
- \vbox to 2truein{\special{ps:gsave 0.3 setgray}\hrule height 2in
- width\hsize\vskip-2in\special{ps:grestore}\font\big=cminch\big
- \vss\special{ps:gsave 1 setgray}\vbox to 0pt{\vskip2pt
- \line{\hss\hskip4pt NEAT\hss}\vss}\special{ps:0 setgray}%
- \hbox{\raise2pt\line{\hss NEAT\hss}\special{ps:grestore}}\vss}
-
- [ There is a big gray box with the word `NEAT' inside in big letters
-]
-
- Some caveats are in order, however. Make sure that each `gsave' is
-matched with a `grestore' on the same page. Do not use `save' and
-`restore'; they can interact with the PostScript generated by Dvips if
-care is not taken. Try to understand what the above macros are doing
-before writing your own. The `\rotninety' macro especially has a
-useful trick that appears again and again.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Hypertext, Prev: Literal PS, Up: Interaction with PostScript
-
-5.4 HyperTeXt
-=============
-
-Dvips has support for producing hypertext PostScript documents. If you
-specify the `-z' option, the `html:' specials described below will be
-converted into `pdfmark' PostScript operators to specify links.
-Without `-z', `html:' specials are ignored.
-
- The resulting PostScript can then be processed by a distiller
-program to make a PDF file. (It can still be handled by ordinary
-PostScript interpreters as well.) Various versions of both PC and Unix
-distillers are supported; Ghostscript includes limited distiller support
-(*note Ghostscript installation::).
-
- Macros you can use in your TeX document to insert the specials in the
-first place are available from `CTAN:/support/hypertex'. For CTAN
-info, *note unixtex.ftp: (kpathsea)unixtex.ftp.
-
- This hypertext support (and original form of the documentation) was
-written by Mark Doyle and Tanmoy Bhattacharya as the `dvihps' program.
-You can retrieve their software and additional documentation via the
-CTAN reference above. You may also be interested in the Java previewer
-IDVI, available at `http://www.win.tue.nl/~dickie/idvi', and/or in
-`http://www.emrg.com/texpdf.html', which describes the process of
-making PDF files from TeX files in more detail.
-
- Mail archives for the original project are at
-`http://math.albany.edu:8800/hm/ht/'.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Hypertext caveats:: Font quality, missing character psi.
-* Hypertext specials:: The details on the specials.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Hypertext caveats, Next: Hypertext specials, Up: Hypertext
-
-5.4.1 Hypertext caveats
------------------------
-
-If you intend to go all the way to PDF, you may want to use the standard
-35 PostScript fonts exclusively, since other fonts are embedded as
-bitmaps by default. The Adobe PDF readers are extremely slow when
-dealing with bitmap fonts and the results look terrible on the screen.
-Printouts will probably look fine, but may not take full advantage of a
-high-resolution printer. Alternatively, you can have your fonts
-embedded as Type 1 scalable outlines. The resulting PostScript files
-may be larger, but can be effectively rasterized at any resolution.
-They can also be converted to PDF files that can be used effectively at
-any screen or printer resolution.
-
- To get the TeX fonts embedded in the PostScript file as Type 1 fonts,
-add `-Ppdf' to the dvips command line switches. The printout for a run
-should look something like this:
-
- dvips report -Ppdf -o report.ps
- This is dvips(k) 5.86 Copyright 1999 Radical Eye Software (www.radicaleye.com)
- ' TeX output 2001.06.15:0837' -> report.ps
- <tex.pro><alt-rule.pro><texc.pro><texps.pro><special.pro>.
- <cmbx9.pfb><cmsy6.pfb><cmsy7.pfb><cmr5.pfb><cmex10.pfb><cmr9.pfb>
- <cmmi7.pfb><cmsy10.pfb><cmmib10.pfb><cmmi10.pfb><cmti10.pfb>
- <cmr7.pfb><cmbx10.pfb><cmr10.pfb><cmti9.pfb><cmr12.pfb><cmbx12.pfb>
- [1] [2<mean1.ps>] [3<bounce1-00.ps>] [4]
-
- An entry like "<cmr10.pfb>" indicates success: dvips found the
-Computer Modern Roman 10 point font in a PostScript Font Binary file,
-translated it to an ASCII encoding, and embedded it. You can confirm
-this by examining the PostScript output file, looking for the section
-starting `%%BeginFont: CMR10' followed by an entry `/FontType 1 def'.
-
- The `-Ppdf' option requires that the relevant outline (`.pfa' or
-`.pfb') files be installed (*note Font concepts::). For example, the
-`cmr10' file might be in
-`/usr/share/texmf/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmr10.pfb'. Your TeX
-distribution may make those fonts available in a separate optional
-package (e.g., `tetex-extra' in Debian). Failing that, commercial
-versions of the Computer Modern fonts are available from Blue Sky;
-public domain versions - in particular, the lm fonts, and the cm-super
-fonts, are available from CTAN sites (for CTAN info, *note unixtex.ftp:
-(kpathsea)unixtex.ftp.).
-
- You can convert a PostScript file to PDF using `distill', which
-comes with Adobe Acrobat, or `ps2pdf', which comes with Ghostscript.
-The `ps2pdf' that comes with `Ghostscript' version 6.0 or earlier will
-not embed Type 1 fonts. Current recommendations are GNU Ghostscript
-6.51 or Aladdin Ghostscript 7.0. You can check the fonts in a PDF file
-with Acrobat Reader by selecting the menu entries `File|Document
-Info|Fonts'.
-
- Also, the Adobe distillers prior to 2.1 drop trailing space
-characters (character code 32) from strings. Unfortunately, the
-PostScript fonts use this character code for characters other than
-space (notably the Greek letter psi in the `Symbol' font), and so these
-characters are dropped. This bug is fixed in version 2.1.
-
- If you can't upgrade, One workaround is to change all the trailing
-blanks in strings to a character code that isn't in the font. This works
-because the default behavior is to substitute a blank for a missing
-character, i.e., the distiller is fooled into substituting the right
-character. For instance, with the Blue Sky fonts, you can globally
-replace ` )' with `\200)' (with `sed', for example) and get the desired
-result. With the public domain fonts, you will probably have to use a
-character code in the range 128 to 191 since these fonts duplicate the
-first 32 characters starting at 192 to avoid MS-DOS problems.
-
- For more information on the use of TeX to produce PDF files, see the
-article "Creating quality Adobe PDF files from TeX with DVIPS" by
-Kendall Whitehouse of Adobe. Adobe seems not to offer the article any
-more, but copies are available elsewhere:
- `http://www.math.hawaii.edu/~ralph/MathOnWeb/TeXPDF.html'
- `http://www.utdallas.edu/~cantrell/online/543e.html'
-
- You may also want to check "Notes on converting (La)TeX documents to
-robust PDF using Rokicki's dvips and Acrobat Distiller" by Timothy P.
-Van Zandt:
-`http://www.emrg.com/texpdf.htmlhttp://zandtwerk.insead.fr/tex2pdf.html'.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Hypertext specials, Prev: Hypertext caveats, Up: Hypertext
-
-5.4.2 Hypertext specials
-------------------------
-
-Current support for the World Wide Web in the TeX system does not
-involve modifying TeX itself. We need only define some specials;
-Arthur Smith (<apsmith@aps.org>), Tanmoy Bhattacharya, and Paul
-Ginsparg originally proposed and implemented the following:
- html:<a href="XURL">
- html:<a name="NAME">
- html:</a>
- html:<img src="XURL">
- html:<base href="XURL">
-
- Like all TeX `\special''s, these produce no visible output, and are
-uninterpreted by TeX itself. They are instructions to DVI processors
-only.
-
- Here, XURL is a standard WWW uniform resource locator (URL),
-possibly extended with a `#TYPE.STRING' construct, where TYPE is
-`page', `section', `equation', `reference' (for bibliographic
-references), `figure', `table', etc. For example,
- \special{html:<a href="http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~tim/ch1.dvi#equation.1.1">}
- is a link to equation (1.1) in an example document by Tim Murphy.
-
- See the URL
-`http://www.w3.org/hypertext/WWW/Addressing/Addressing.html' for a
-precise description of base URL's.
-
- Descriptions of the `\special''s:
-`href'
- Creates links in your TeX document. For example:
- \special{html:<a href="http://www.tug.org/">}\TeX\ Users
- Group\special{html:</a>}
- The user will be able to click on the text `TeX Users Group' while
- running Xdvi and get to the TUG home page. (By the way, this is
- for illustration. In practice, you most likely want to use macros
- to insert the `\special' commands; reference above.)
-
-`name'
- Defines URL targets in your TeX documents, so links can be
- resolved. For example:
- \special{html:<a name="paradise">}Paradise\special{html:</a>}
- is exactly where you are right now.
- This will resolve an `href="#paradise"'. You'll also have to
- change the catcode of `#', etc. It's usually easiest to use
- existing macro packages which take care of all the details, such as
- `hyperref' for LaTeX. The HyperTeX FAQ
- (http://arxiv.org/hypertex/) has more information.
-
-`img'
- Links to an arbitrary external file. Interactively, a viewer is
- spawned to read the file according to the file extension and your
- `mailcap' file (see the Xdvi documentation).
-
-`base'
- Defines a base URL that is prepended to all the `name' targets.
- Typically unnecessary, as the name of the DVI file being read is
- used by default.
-
- The `img' and `base' tags are not yet implemented in Dvips or the
-NeXTSTEP DVI viewer.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: PostScript fonts, Next: Color, Prev: Interaction with PostScript, Up: Top
-
-6 PostScript fonts
-******************
-
-Dvips supports the use of PostScript fonts in TeX documents. To use a
-PostScript font conveniently, you need to prepare a corresponding
-virtual font; the program Afm2tfm, supplied with Dvips, helps with that.
-
- All the necessary support for the standard 35 PostScript fonts
-(`AvantGarde-Book' through `ZapfDingbats'), plus other freely or
-commonly available PostScript fonts is available along with Dvips. To
-use these fonts, you need do nothing beyond what is mentioned in the
-installation procedure (*note Installation::). This chapter is
-therefore relevant only if you are installing new PostScript fonts not
-supplied with Dvips. (Or if you're curious.)
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Font concepts:: Metrics, glyphs, virtual fonts, and encodings.
-* Making a font available:: Installing and using a PostScript font.
-* Invoking afm2tfm:: Creating TFM and AFM files for a virtual font.
-* psfonts.map:: Defining available PostScript fonts.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Font concepts, Next: Making a font available, Up: PostScript fonts
-
-6.1 Font concepts
-=================
-
-The information needed to typeset using a particular font is contained
-in two files: a "metric file" that contains shape-independent
-information and a "glyph file" that contains the actual shapes of the
-font's characters. A "virtual font" is an optional additional file
-that can specify special ways to construct the characters. TeX itself
-(or LaTeX) look only at the metric file, but DVI drivers such as Dvips
-look at all three of these files.
-
- An "encoding file" defines the correspondence between the code
-numbers of the characters in a font and their descriptive names. Two
-encoding files used together can describe a reencoding that rearranges,
-i.e., renumbers, the characters of a font.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Metric files:: Shape-independent font information.
-* Glyph files:: Character shapes.
-* Virtual fonts:: Constructing one font from others.
-* Encodings:: Character codes and character names.
-* PostScript typesetting:: How PostScript typesets a character.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Metric files, Next: Glyph files, Up: Font concepts
-
-6.1.1 Metric files
-------------------
-
-A "metric file" describes properties of the font that are independent
-of what the characters actually look like. Aside from general
-information about the font itself, a metric file has two kinds of
-information: information about individual characters, organized by
-character code, and information about sequences of characters.
-
- The per-character information specifies the width, height, depth, and
-italic correction of each character in the font. Any might be zero.
-
- In addition to information on individual characters, the metric file
-specifies "kerning", i.e., adding or removing space between particular
-character pairs. It further specifies "ligature" information: when a
-sequence of input characters should be typeset as a single (presumably
-different) "ligature" character. For example, it's traditional for the
-input `fi' to be typeset as `fi', not as `fi' (with the dot of the `i'
-colliding with `f'). (In English, the only common ligatures are fi,
-fl, ff, ffi, and ffl.)
-
- Different typesetting systems use different metric file formats:
-
- * Each Postscript font has an "Adobe font metrics" (`.afm') file.
- These files are plain text, so you can inspect them easily. You
- can get AFM files for Adobe's fonts from
- `ftp://ftp.adobe.com/pub/adobe/Fonts/AFMs'.
-
- * TeX uses "TeX font metrics" (`.tfm') files. When you say `\font =
- FONT' in your TeX document, TeX reads a file named `FONT.tfm'.
- (Well, except for the `texfonts.map' feature; *note Fontmap:
- (kpathsea)Fontmap.). TeX can then calculate the space occupied by
- characters from the font when typesetting. In addition, the DVI
- drivers you use to print or view the DVI file produced by TeX may
- need to look at the TFM file.
-
- TFM files are binary (and hence are typically much smaller than AFM
- files). You can use the `tftopl' program (*note tftopl invocation:
- (web2c)tftopl invocation.) that comes with TeX to transform a TFM
- file into a human-readable "property list" (`.pl') file. You can
- also edit a PL file and transform it back to a TeX-readable TFM
- with the companion program `pltotf' (*note pltotf invocation:
- (web2c)pltotf invocation.). Editing metrics by hand is not
- something you're likely to want to do often, but the capability is
- there.
-
- * ATM and other typesetting systems use "printer font metric"
- (`.pfm') files. These are binary files. They are irrelevant in the
- TeX world, and not freely available, so we will not discuss them
- further.
-
-
- The Afm2tfm program distributed with Dvips converts an AFM file to a
-TFM file and performs other useful transformations as well. *Note
-Invoking afm2tfm::.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Glyph files, Next: Virtual fonts, Prev: Metric files, Up: Font concepts
-
-6.1.2 Glyph files
------------------
-
-Although a metric file (see the previous section) contains information
-about the spatial and other properties of the character at position 75,
-say, it contains nothing about what the character at position 75
-actually looks like. The glyphs--the actual shapes of the letterforms
-in a font--are defined by other files, which we call glyph files. TeX
-itself only reads the TFM file for a font; it does not need to know
-character shapes.
-
- A "glyph file" is a file that defines the shapes of the characters
-in a font. The shapes can be defined either by outlines or by bitmaps.
-
- PostScript fonts are defined as "outline fonts": Each character in
-the font is defined by giving the mathematical curves (lines, arcs, and
-splines) that define its contours. Different sizes of a character are
-generated by linearly scaling a single shape. For example, a 10-point
-`A' is simply half the size of a 20-point `A'. Nowadays, outline fonts
-usually also contain "hints"--additional information to improve the
-appearance of the font at small sizes or low resolutions.
-
- Although various kinds of PostScript outline fonts exist, by far the
-most common, and the only one we will consider, is called "Type 1".
-The glyph files for Postscript Type 1 fonts typically have names ending
-in `.pfa' ("printer font ASCII") or `.pfb' ("printer font binary").
-
- In contrast, glyph files for Computer Modern and the other standard
-TeX fonts are "bitmap fonts", generated from Metafont (`.mf')
-descriptions. The Metafont program distributed with TeX generates
-bitmaps from these descriptions.
-
- The glyph files for TeX bitmap fonts are usually stored in "packed
-font" (PK) files. The names of these files end in `.NNNpk', where NNN
-is the resolution of the font in dots per inch. For example,
-`cmr10.600pk' contains the bitmaps for the `cmr10' font at a resolution
-of 600dpi. (On DOS filesystems, it's more likely `dpi600\cmr10.pk'.)
-
- Metafont actually outputs "generic font" (GF) files, e.g.,
-`cmr10.600gf', but the GF files are usually converted immediately to PK
-format (using the `gftopk' utility that comes with TeX) since PK files
-are smaller and contain the same information. (The GF format is a
-historical artifact.)
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Virtual fonts, Next: Encodings, Prev: Glyph files, Up: Font concepts
-
-6.1.3 Virtual fonts
--------------------
-
-A "virtual font" is constructed by extracting characters from one or
-more existing fonts and rearranging them, or synthesizing new characters
-in various ways. The explanation in this manual is intended to suffice
-for understanding enough about virtual fonts to use them with Dvips. It
-isn't a reference manual on virtual fonts. For more information: The
-primary document on virtual fonts is Donald E. Knuth, `TUGboat' 11(1),
-Apr. 1990, pp. 13-23, "Virtual Fonts: More Fun for Grand Wizards"
-(`CTAN:/info/virtual-fonts.knuth'; for CTAN info, *note unixtex.ftp:
-(kpathsea)unixtex.ftp.). (Don't be intimidated by the subtitle.)
-
- A virtual font (`.vf') file specifies, for each character in the
-virtual font, a recipe for typesetting that character. A VF file, like
-a TFM file, is in a compressed binary format. The `vftovp' and
-`vptovf' programs convert a VF file to a human-readable VPL (virtual
-property list) format and back again. *Note vftovp invocation:
-(web2c)vftovp invocation, and *note vptovf invocation: (web2c)vptovf
-invocation.
-
- In the case of a PostScript font F being used in a straightforward
-way, the recipe says: character I in the VF font is character J in font
-F. The font F is called a "base font". For example, the VF file could
-remap the characters of the PostScript font to the positions where TeX
-expects to find them. *Note Encodings::.
-
- Since TeX reads only TFM files, not VF's, each VF must have a
-corresponding TFM for use with TeX. This corresponding TFM is created
-when you run `vptovf'.
-
- You can "expand" virtual fonts into their base fonts with DVIcopy
-(*note dvicopy invocation: (web2c)dvicopy invocation.). This is useful
-if you are using a DVI translator that doesn't understand vf's itself.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Encodings, Next: PostScript typesetting, Prev: Virtual fonts, Up: Font concepts
-
-6.1.4 Encodings
----------------
-
-Every font, whatever its type, has an "encoding", that specifies the
-correspondence between "logical" characters and character codes. For
-example, the ASCII encoding specifies that the character numbered 65
-(decimal) is an uppercase `A'. The encoding does not specify what the
-character at that position looks like; there are lots of ways to draw an
-`A', and a glyph file (*note Glyph files::) tells how. Nor does it
-specify how much space that character occupies; that information is in a
-metric file (*note Metric files::).
-
- TeX implicitly assumes a particular encoding for the fonts you use
-with it. For example, the plain TeX macro `\'', which typesets an
-acute accent over the following letter, assumes the acute accent is at
-position 19 (decimal). This happens to be true of standard TeX fonts
-such as Computer Modern, as you might expect, but it is not true of
-normal PostScript fonts.
-
- It's possible but painful to change all the macros that assume
-particular character positions. A better solution is to create a new
-font with the information for the acute accent at position 19, where
-TeX expects it to be. *Note Making a font available::.
-
- PostScript represents encodings as a sequence of 256 character names
-called an "encoding vector". An "encoding file" (`.enc') gives such a
-vector, together with ligature and kerning information (with which we
-are not concerned at the moment). These encoding files are used by the
-Afm2tfm program. Encoding files are also downloaded to the PostScript
-interpreter in your printer if you use one of them in place of the
-default encoding vector for a particular PostScript font.
-
- Examples of encodings: the `dvips.enc' encoding file that comes with
-the Fontname distribution (`http://tug.org/fontname') is a good (but
-not perfect) approximation to the TeX encoding for TeX's Computer
-Modern text fonts. This is the encoding of the fonts that originated
-with Dvips, such as `ptmr.tfm'. The distribution includes many other
-encoding files; for example, `8r.enc', which is the base font for the
-current PostScript font distribution, and three corresponding to the
-TeX mathematics fonts: `texmext.enc' for math extensions,
-`texmital.enc' for math italics, and `texmsym.enc' for math symbols.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: PostScript typesetting, Prev: Encodings, Up: Font concepts
-
-6.1.5 How PostScript typesets a character
------------------------------------------
-
-The output of Dvips is a program in the PostScript language that
-instructs your (presumably PostScript-capable) printer how to typeset
-your document by transforming it into toner on paper. Your printer, in
-turn, contains a PostScript interpreter that carries out the
-instructions in this typesetting program.
-
- The program must include the definition of any PostScript fonts that
-you use in your document. Fonts built into your printer (probably the
-standard 35: `Times-Roman', `ZapfDingbats', ...) are defined within the
-interpreter itself. Other fonts must be downloaded as pfa or pfb files
-(*note Glyph files::) from your host (the computer on which you're
-running Dvips).
-
- You may be wondering exactly how a PostScript interpreter figures out
-what character to typeset, with this mass of metrics, glyphs, encodings,
-and other information. (If you're not wondering, skip this section ...)
-
- The basic PostScript operator for imaging characters is `show'.
-Suppose you've asked TeX to typeset an `S'. This will eventually wind
-up in the Dvips output as the equivalent of this PostScript operation:
-
- (S) show
-
-Here is how PostScript typesets the `S':
-
- 1. PostScript interpreters use ASCII; therefore `S' is represented as
- the integer 83. (Any of the 256 possible characters representable
- in a standard 8-bit byte can be typeset.)
-
- 2. A PostScript "dictionary" is a mapping of names to arbitrary
- values. A font, to the interpreter, is a dictionary which
- contains entries for certain names. (If these entries are
- missing, the interpreter refuses to do anything with that font.)
-
- PostScript has a notion of "the current font"--whatever font is
- currently being typeset in.
-
- 3. One of the mandatory entries in a font dictionary is `Encoding',
- which defines the encoding vector (*note Encodings::) for that
- font. This vector of 256 names maps each possible input character
- to a name.
-
- 4. The interpreter retrieves the entry at position 83 of the encoding
- vector. This value is a PostScript name: `/S'.
-
- 5. For Type 1 fonts (we're not going to discuss anything else), the
- interpreter now looks up `/S' as a key in a dictionary named
- `CharStrings', another mandatory entry in a font dictionary.
-
- 6. The value of `S' in `CharStrings' is the equivalent of a series of
- standard PostScript commands like `curveto', `lineto', `fill', and
- so on. These commands are executed to draw the character. There
- can also be "hint information" that helps adapt the character to
- low-resolution rasters. (*Note Glyph files::.) The commands are
- actually represented in a more compact way than standard
- PostScript source; see the Type 1 book for details.
-
-
- This method for typesetting characters is used in both Level 1 and
-Level 2 PostScript. See the PostScript reference manuals for more
-information.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Making a font available, Next: Invoking afm2tfm, Prev: Font concepts, Up: PostScript fonts
-
-6.2 Making a PostScript font available
-======================================
-
-To make a PostScript font available in a TeX document, you need to
-install the font on your system and then define it within the document.
-Once you have installed the font, of course, it is available for any
-document thereafter and you don't need to reinstall it. You must have
-an AFM file for any font you install. Unless the font is built into your
-printer, you must also have a PFA or PFB file.
-
- In the following examples, we use the font `Times-Roman' to
-illustrate the process. But you should use the prebuilt fonts for Times
-and the other standard fonts, rather than rebuilding them. The prebuilt
-fonts are made using a more complicated process than that described
-here, to make them work as well as possible with TeX. So following the
-steps in this manual will not generate files identical to the
-distributed ones. *Note PostScript font installation::, for pointers to
-the prebuilt fonts.
-
- Installation of a PostScript font proceeds in three steps. *Note
-Font concepts::, for descriptions of the various files involved.
-
- 1. Run `afm2tfm' to create a TFM file for the original font, and the
- VPL form of the virtual font:
- afm2tfm Times-Roman -v ptmr rptmr
-
- 2. Run `vptovf' to generate a VF and TFM file for the virtual font
- from the VPL file:
- vptovf ptmr.vpl ptmr.vf ptmr.tfm
-
- 3. Insert an entry for the font in `psfonts.map' (*note
- psfonts.map::):
- rptmr Times-Roman <ptmr8a.pfa
-
- 4. Install the files in the standard locations, as in:
- cp ptmr.vf FONTDIR/vf/...
- cp *ptmr.tfm FONTDIR/tfm/...
- cp ptmr.afm FONTDIR/afm/...
- cp ptmr.pf? FONTDIR/type1/...
-
- The simplest invocation of Afm2tfm to make virtual fonts goes
-something like this:
-
- afm2tfm Times-Roman -v ptmr rptmr
-
-This reads the file `Times-Roman.afm', and produces two files as
-output, namely the virtual property list'file `ptmr.vpl', and the "raw"
-font metric file `rptmr.tfm'. To use the font in TeX, you first run
-
- vptovf ptmr.vpl ptmr.vf ptmr.tfm
-
-You should then install the virtual font file `ptmr.vf' where Dvips
-will see it and install `ptmr.tfm' and `rptmr.tfm' where TeX and Dvips
-will see them.
-
- Using these raw fonts is not recommended; there are no raw fonts in
-the prebuilt PostScript fonts distributed along with Dvips. But
-nevertheless, that's how Afm2tfm presently operates, so that's what we
-document here. The `r' prefix convention is likewise historical
-accident.
-
- You can also make more complex virtual fonts by editing `ptmr.vpl'
-before running `vptovf'; such editing might add the uppercase Greek
-characters in the standard TeX positions, for instance. (This has
-already been done for the prebuilt fonts.)
-
- Once the files have been installed, you're all set. You can now do
-things like this in TeX:
- \font\myfont = ptmr at 12pt
- \myfont Hello, I am being typeset in 12-point Times-Roman.
-
- Thus, we have two fonts, one actual (`rptmr', which is analogous to
-the font in the printer) and one virtual (`ptmr', which has been
-remapped to the standard TeX encoding (almost)), and has typesetting
-know-how added. You could also say
-
- \font\raw = rptmr at 10pt
-
-and typeset directly with that, but then you would have no ligatures or
-kerning, and you would have to use Adobe character positions for special
-letters like the ligature `AE'. The virtual font `ptmr' not only has
-ligatures and kerning, and most of the standard accent conventions of
-TeX, it also has a few additional features not present in the Computer
-Modern fonts. For example, it includes all the Adobe characters (such
-as the Polish ogonek and the French guillemots). The only things you
-lose from ordinary TeX text fonts are the dotless `j' (which can be
-hacked into the VPL file with literal PostScript specials if you have
-the patience) and uppercase Greek letters (which just don't exist
-unless you buy them separately). *Note Reencoding with Afm2tfm::.
-
- As a final step you need to record information about both the virtual
-font and the original font (if you ever might want to use it) in the
-`psfonts.map' file (*note psfonts.map::). For our example, you'd
-insert the following into `psfonts.map':
- rptmr Times-Roman <ptmr8a.pfa
-
-Of course, `Times-Roman' is already built in to most every printer, so
-there's no need to download any Type 1 file for it. But if you are
-actually following these instructions for new fonts, most likely they
-are not built in to the printer.
-
- These PostScript fonts can be scaled to any size. Go wild! Using
-PostScript fonts, however, does use up a great deal of the printer's
-memory and it does take time. You may find downloading bitmap fonts
-(possibly compressed, with the `Z' option) to be faster than using the
-built-in PostScript fonts.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Invoking afm2tfm, Next: psfonts.map, Prev: Making a font available, Up: PostScript fonts
-
-6.3 Invoking Afm2tfm
-====================
-
-The Afm2tfm program converts an AFM file for a PostScript font to a TFM
-file and a VPL file for a corresponding virtual font (or, in its
-simplest form, to a TFM file for the PostScript font itself). The
-results of the conversion are affected by the command-line options and
-especially by the reencodings you can specify with those options. You
-can also obtain special effects such as an oblique font.
-
- An alternative to Afm2tfm for creating virtual fonts is Alan
-Jeffrey's `fontinst' program, available from
-`CTAN:fonts/utilities/fontinst' (for CTAN info, *note unixtex.ftp:
-(kpathsea)unixtex.ftp.).
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Changing font encodings:: Reencoding with -t, -p, -T.
-* Special font effects:: Oblique fonts, small caps, and such.
-* Afm2tfm options:: afm2tfm command-line options.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Changing font encodings, Next: Special font effects, Up: Invoking afm2tfm
-
-6.3.1 Changing font encodings
------------------------------
-
-Afm2tfm allows you to specify a different encoding for a PostScript font
-(for a general introduction to encodings, *note Encodings::). The `-t'
-option changes the TeX encoding, `-p' changes the PostScript encoding,
-and `-T' changes both simultaneously, as detailed in the sections below.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Changing TeX encodings:: Where TeX finds a character.
-* Changing PostScript encodings:: Where PostScript finds a character.
-* Changing both encodings:: One and the same, simultaneously.
-* Reencoding with Afm2tfm:: Problems with the default encoding.
-* Encoding file format:: Syntax of an encoding file.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Changing TeX encodings, Next: Changing PostScript encodings, Up: Changing font encodings
-
-6.3.1.1 `-t': Changing TeX encodings
-....................................
-
-To build a virtual font with Afm2tfm, you specify the `-v' or `-V'
-option. You can then specify an encoding for that virtual font with `-t
-TEX-ENC'. (`-t' is ignored if neither `-v' nor `-V' is present.) Any
-ligature and kerning information you specify in TEX-ENC will be used in
-the VPL, in addition to the ligature and kerning information from the
-AFM file.
-
- If the AFM file has no entry for a character specified in TEX-ENC,
-that character will be omitted from the output VPL.
-
- The `-t' option is likely to be needed when you have a PostScript
-font corresponding to a TeX font other than a normal text font such as
-Computer Modern. For instance, if you have a PostScript font that
-contains math symbols, you'd probably want to use the encoding in the
-`texmsym.enc' file supplied with Dvips. (For a start; to actually get
-usable math fonts, you have to define much more than just an encoding.)
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Changing PostScript encodings, Next: Changing both encodings, Prev: Changing TeX encodings, Up: Changing font encodings
-
-6.3.1.2 `-p': Changing PostScript encodings
-...........................................
-
-By default, Afm2tfm uses the encoding it finds in the AFM file. You can
-specify a different PostScript encoding with `-p PS-ENC'. This makes
-the raw TFM file (the one output by Afm2tfm) have the encoding
-specified in the encoding file PS-ENC. Any ligature or kern
-information specified in PS-ENC is ignored by Afm2tfm, since ligkern
-info is always omitted from the raw TFM.
-
- If you use this option, you must also arrange to download PS-ENC as
-part of any document that uses this font. You do this by adding a line
-like the following one to `psfonts.map' (*note psfonts.map::):
- zpopr Optima "MyEncoding ReEncodeFont" <myenc.enc
-
- Using `-p' is the only way to access characters in a PostScript font
-that are neither encoded in the AFM file nor constructed from other
-characters. For instance, Adobe's `Times-Roman' font contains the
-extra characters `trademark' and `registered' (among others); these can
-only be accessed through such a PostScript reencoding.
-
- The `8r' base encoding used for the current PostScript font
-distribution does do this reencoding, for precisely this reason.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Changing both encodings, Next: Reencoding with Afm2tfm, Prev: Changing PostScript encodings, Up: Changing font encodings
-
-6.3.1.3 `-T': Changing both TeX and PostScript encodings
-........................................................
-
-The option `-T ENC-FILE' is equivalent to `-p ENC-FILE -t ENC-FILE'.
-If you make regular use of a private non-standard reencoding `-T' is
-usually a better idea than the individual options, to avoid unexpected
-inconsistencies in mapping otherwise. An example of when you might use
-this option is a dingbats font: when you have a TeX encoding that is
-designed to be used with a particular PostScript font.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Reencoding with Afm2tfm, Next: Encoding file format, Prev: Changing both encodings, Up: Changing font encodings
-
-6.3.1.4 Reencoding with Afm2tfm
-...............................
-
-The Afm2tfm program creates the TFM and VF files for the virtual font
-corresponding to a PostScript font by "reencoding" the PostScript font.
-Afm2tfm generates these files from two encodings: one for TeX and one
-for PostScript. The TeX encoding is used to map character numbers to
-character names while the PostScript encoding is used to map each
-character name to a possibly different number. In combination, you can
-get access to any character of a PostScript font at any position for
-TeX typesetting.
-
- In the default case, when you specify none of the `-t', `-p', or
-`-T' options, Afm2tfm uses a default TeX encoding (which mostly
-corresponds to the Computer Modern text fonts) and the PostScript
-encoding found in the AFM file being read. The reencoding is also
-sometimes called a "remapping".
-
- For example, the default encodings reencode the acute accent in two
-steps: first the default TeX encoding maps the number 19 to the
-character name `acute'; then the default PostScript encoding, as found
-in the AFM file for an ordinary PostScript font, maps the character
-name `acute' to the number 194. (The PostScript encoding works in
-reverse, by looking in the encoding vector for the name and then
-yielding the corresponding number.) The combined mapping of 19 to 194
-shows up explicitly in the VF file and also implicitly in the fact that
-the properties of PostScript character 194 appear in position 19 of the
-TFM file for the virtual font.
-
- The default encoding of the distributed fonts (e.g., `ptmr.tfm')
-mostly follows plain TeX conventions for accents. The exceptions: the
-Hungarian umlaut (which is at position `0x7D' in `cmr10', but position
-`0xCD' in `ptmr'); the dot accent (at positions `0x5F' and `0xC7',
-respectively); and the Scandinavian A ring `\AA', whose definition
-needs different tweaking. In order to use these accents with
-PostScript fonts or in math mode when `\textfont0' is a PostScript
-font, you will need to use the following definitions. These
-definitions will not work with the Computer Modern fonts for the
-relevant accents. They are already part of the distributed
-`psfonts.sty' for use with LaTeX.
-
- \def\H#1{{\accent"CD #1}}
- \def\.#1{{\accent"C7 #1}}
- \def\dot{\mathaccent"70C7 }
- \newdimen\aadimen
- \def\AA{\leavevmode\setbox0\hbox{h}\aadimen\ht0
- \advance\aadimen-1ex\setbox0\hbox{A}\rlap{\raise.67\aadimen
- \hbox to \wd0{\hss\char'27\hss}}A}
-
- As a kind of summary, here are the `CODINGSCHEME's that result from
-the various possible choices for reencoding.
-
-default encoding
- (CODINGSCHEME TeX text + AdobeStandardEncoding)
-
-`-p dc.enc'
- (CODINGSCHEME TeX text + DCEncoding)
-
-`-t dc.enc'
- (CODINGSCHEME DCEncoding + AdobeStandardEncoding)
-
-`-T dc.enc'
- (CODINGSCHEME DCEncoding + DCEncoding)
-
-
-The `CODINGSCHEME' line appears in the VPL file but is ignored by Dvips.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Encoding file format, Prev: Reencoding with Afm2tfm, Up: Changing font encodings
-
-6.3.1.5 Encoding file format
-............................
-
-Afm2tfm's encoding files have the same format as an encoding vector in a
-PostScript font. Here is a skeletal example:
-
- % Comments are ignored, unless the first word after the percent sign
- % is `LIGKERN'; see below.
- /MyEncoding [ % exactly 256 entries follow, each with a leading `/'
- /Alpha /Beta /Gamma /Delta ...
- /A /B ... /Z
- ... /.notdef /xfooaccent /yfooaccent /zfooaccent
- ] def
-
- These encoding files are downloaded as part of changing the encoding
-at the PostScript level (see the previous section).
-
- Comments, which start with a percent sign and continue until the end
-of the line, are ignored unless they start with `LIGKERN' (see below).
-
- The first non-comment word of the file must start with a forward
-slash `/' (i.e., a PostScript literal name) and defines the name of the
-encoding. The next word must be an left bracket `['. Following that
-must be precisely 256 character names; use `/.notdef' for any that you
-want to leave undefined. Then there must be a matching right bracket
-`]'. A final `def' token is optional. All names are case-sensitive.
-
- Any ligature or kern information is given as a comment. If the first
-word after the `%' is `LIGKERN', then the entire rest of the line is
-parsed for ligature and kern information. This ligature and kern
-information is given in groups of words: each group is terminated by a
-space and a semicolon and (unless the semicolon is at the end of a
-line) another space.
-
- In these `LIGKERN' statements, three types of information may be
-specified. These three types are ligature pairs, kerns to ignore, and
-the character value of this font's boundary character.
-
- Throughout a `LIGKERN' statement, the boundary character is
-specified as `||'. To set the font's boundary character value for TeX:
-
- % LIGKERN || = 39 ;
-
- To indicate a kern to remove, give the names of the two characters
-(without the leading slash) separated by `{}', as in `one {} one ;'.
-This is intended to be reminiscent of the way you might use `{}' in a
-TeX file to turn off ligatures or kerns at a particular location.
-Either or both of the character names can be given as `*', which is a
-wild card matching any character; thus, all kerns can be removed with
-`* {} * ;'.
-
- To specify a ligature, specify the names of the pair of characters,
-followed by the ligature operation (as in Metafont), followed by the
-replacing character name. Either (but not both) of the first two
-characters can be `||' to indicate a word boundary.
-
- The most common operation is `=:' meaning that both characters are
-removed and replaced by the third character, but by adding the `|'
-character on either side of the `=:', you can retain either or both of
-the two leading characters. In addition, by suffixing the ligature
-operation with one or two `>' signs, you can make the ligature scanning
-operation skip that many resulting characters before proceeding. This
-works just like in Metafont. For example, the `fi' ligature is
-specified with `f i =: fi ;'. A more convoluted ligature is `one one
-|=:|>> exclam ;' which separates a pair of adjacent `1''s with an
-exclamation point, and then skips over two of the resulting characters
-before continuing searching for ligatures and kerns. You cannot give
-more >'s than |'s in an ligature operation, so there are a total of
-eight possibilities:
-
- =: |=: |=:> =:| =:|> |=:| |=:|> |=:|>>
-
- The default set of ligatures and kerns built in to Afm2tfm is:
-
- % LIGKERN question quoteleft =: questiondown ;
- % LIGKERN exclam quoteleft =: exclamdown ;
- % LIGKERN hyphen hyphen =: endash ; endash hyphen =: emdash ;
- % LIGKERN quoteleft quoteleft =: quotedblleft ;
- % LIGKERN quoteright quoteright =: quotedblright ;
- % LIGKERN space {} * ; * {} space ; 0 {} * ; * {} 0 ;
- % LIGKERN 1 {} * ; * {} 1 ; 2 {} * ; * {} 2 ; 3 {} * ; * {} 3 ;
- % LIGKERN 4 {} * ; * {} 4 ; 5 {} * ; * {} 5 ; 6 {} * ; * {} 6 ;
- % LIGKERN 7 {} * ; * {} 7 ; 8 {} * ; * {} 8 ; 9 {} * ; * {} 9 ;
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Special font effects, Next: Afm2tfm options, Prev: Changing font encodings, Up: Invoking afm2tfm
-
-6.3.2 Special font effects
---------------------------
-
-Besides the reencodings described in the previous section, Afm2tfm can
-do other manipulations. (Again, it's best to use the prebuilt fonts
-rather than attempting to remake them.)
-
- `-s SLANT' makes an obliqued variant, as in:
-
- afm2tfm Times-Roman -s .167 -v ptmro rptmro
-
-This creates `ptmro.vpl' and `rptmro.tfm'. To use this font, put the
-line
-
- rptmro Times-Roman ".167 SlantFont"
-
-into `psfonts.map'. Then `rptmro' (our name for the obliqued Times)
-will act as if it were a resident font, although it is actually
-constructed from Times-Roman via the PostScript routine `SlantFont'
-(which will slant everything 1/6 to the right, in this case).
-
- Similarly, you can get an expanded font with
-
- afm2tfm Times-Roman -e 1.2 -v ptmrre rptmrre
-
-and by recording the pseudo-resident font
-
- rptmrre Times-Roman "1.2 ExtendFont"
-
-in `psfonts.map'.
-
- You can also create a small caps font with a command such as
-
- afm2tfm Times-Roman -V ptmrc rptmrc
-
-This will generate a set of pseudo-small caps mapped into the usual
-lowercase positions and scaled down to 0.8 of the normal cap
-dimensions. You can also specify the scaling as something other than
-the default 0.8:
-
- afm2tfm Times-Roman -c 0.7 -V ptmrc rptmrc
-
- It is unfortunately not possible to increase the width of the small
-caps independently of the rest of the font. If you want a really
-professional looking set of small caps, you need to acquire a small caps
-font.
-
- To change the `PaintType' in a font from filled (0) to outlined (2),
-you can add `"/PaintType 2 store"' to `psfonts.map', as in the
-following:
-
- rphvrl Helvetica "/PaintType 2 store"
-
- Afm2tfm writes to standard output the line you need to add to
-`psfonts.map' to use that font, assuming the font is resident in the
-printer; if the font is not resident, you must add the `<FILENAME'
-command to download the font. Each identical line only needs to be
-specified once in the `psfonts.map' file, even though many different
-fonts (small caps variants, or ones with different output encodings)
-may be based on it.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Afm2tfm options, Prev: Special font effects, Up: Invoking afm2tfm
-
-6.3.3 Afm2tfm options
----------------------
-
-Synopsis:
- afm2tfm [OPTION]... AFMFILE[.afm] [TFMFILE[.tfm]]
-
- Afm2tfm reads AFMFILE and writes a corresponding (but raw) TFM file.
-If TFMFILE is not supplied, the base name of the AFM file is extended
-with `.tfm' to get the output filename.
-
- The simplest example:
-
- afm2tfm Times-Roman rptmr
-
-The TFM file thus created is "raw" because it omits ligature and kern
-information, and does no character remapping; it simply contains the
-character information in the AFM file in TFM form, which is the form
-that TeX understands. The characters have the same code in the TFM
-file as in the AFM file. For text fonts, this means printable ASCII
-characters will work ok, but little else, because standard PostScript
-fonts have a different encoding scheme than the one that plain TeX
-expects (*note Encodings::). Although both schemes agree for the
-printable ASCII characters, other characters such as ligatures and
-accents vary. Thus, in practice, it's almost always desirable to create
-a virtual font as well with the `-v' or `-V' option. *Note Making a
-font available::.
-
- The command line options to Afm2tfm:
-
-`-c RATIO'
- See `-V'; overrides the default ratio of 0.8 for the scaling of
- small caps.
-
-`-e RATIO'
- Stretch characters horizontally by RATIO; if less than 1.0, you
- get a condensed font.
-
-`-O'
- Output all character codes in the `vpl' file as octal numbers, not
- names; this is useful for symbol or other special-purpose fonts
- where character names such as `A' have no meaning.
-
-`-p PS-ENC'
- Use PS-ENC for the destination (PostScript) encoding of the font;
- PS-ENC must be mentioned as a header file for the font in
- `psfonts.map'. *Note Changing PostScript encodings::.
-
-`-s SLANT'
- Slant characters to the right by SLANT. If SLANT is negative, the
- letters slope to the left (or they might be upright if you start
- with an italic font).
-
-`-t TEX-ENC'
- Use TEX-ENC for the target (TeX) encoding of the font. Ligature
- and kern information may also be specified in FILE. FILE is not
- mentioned in `psfonts.map'.
-
-`-T PS-TEX-ENC'
- Use PS-TEX-ENC for both the PostScript and target TeX encodings of
- the font. Equivalent to `-p FILE -t FILE'.
-
-`-u'
- Use only those characters specified in the TeX encoding, and no
- others. By default, Afm2tfm tries to include all characters in the
- input font, even those not present in the TeX encoding (it puts
- them into otherwise-unused positions, arbitrarily).
-
-`-v VPL-FILE'
- Output a VPL (virtual property list) file, as well as a TFM file.
-
-`-V VPL-FILE'
- Same as `-v', but the virtual font generated is a pseudo small caps
- font obtained by scaling uppercase letters by 0.8 to typeset
- lowercase. This font handles accented letters and retains proper
- kerning.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: psfonts.map, Prev: Invoking afm2tfm, Up: PostScript fonts
-
-6.4 `psfonts.map': PostScript font catalog
-==========================================
-
-The `psfonts.map' file associates a PostScript font with related files
-and constructs. Each line has the format:
-
- FILENAME POSTSCRIPT-NAME OPTIONS
-
- For example, the line
- rpstrn StoneInformal <StoneInformal.pfb
- causes Dvips to download `StoneInformal.pfb' (just as if it were a
-header file, *note Header files::) if the DVI file (or a virtual font,
-*note Virtual fonts::) references the TFM file `rpstrn'. The
-PostScript `/FontName' of the font defined inside the `pfb' file should
-be `StoneInformal'.
-
- You can generate transformed fonts with a line like this:
- rpstrc StoneInformal <StoneInformal.pfb ".8 ExtendFont"
-
-*Note Special font effects::, for a complete list of font effects.
-
- You can change the encoding of the Type 1 font at the PostScript
-level with a `ReEncodeFont' instruction, plus the name of the encoding
-file. This allows you access to characters that may be present in the
-Type 1 font file, but not encoded by default--most of the preaccented
-characters, for example. An example:
- pstrn8r StoneInformal "TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <8r.enc <pstrn8a.pfb
-
- The `8r' encoding mentioned here has been designed to serve as a
-base for all downloadable fonts; it allows access to all the characters
-commonly present in a Type 1 font. For more details, see the `8r.enc'
-source file that comes with (and is installed with) Dvips.
-
- You may notice that the same syntax is used for downloading encoding
-vectors and Type 1 font files. To make your intentions clear, you can
-also use `<[' to explicitly indicate you are downloading an encoding
-vector, as in:
- pstrn8r StoneInformal "TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <[8r.enc <pstrn8a.pfb
-
- If the filename of your encoding vector does not end in `.enc', and
-you are using partial font downloading, you must use the `<[' syntax,
-or Dvips will not download the font properly.
-
- Similarly, the name of the Type 1 font file itself must have
-extension `.pfa' or `.pfb' for partial downloading to work properly.
-
- When using PFB files, Dvips is smart enough to unpack the binary PFB
-format into printable ASCII so there is no need to perform this
-conversion yourself. In addition, Dvips scans the font to determine its
-memory usage, just as it does for other header files (*note Header
-files::).
-
- If the `j' config file or command-line option is enabled (as it is
-by default), `StoneInformal.pfb' will be "partially downloaded"--only
-those characters your document actually uses will be extracted and
-downloaded, and the remainder discarded. *Note Option details::.
-
- Adobe Multiple Master fonts, such as Minion, cannot be partially
-downloaded. To partially download in general, but avoid partial
-downloading for individual fonts, use `<<' instead `<':
- pmnr8r Minion <<Minion.pfb
-
- Here is a brief summary of how `psfonts.map' is read:
-
- 1. If a line is empty or begins with a space, percent, asterisk,
- semicolon, or hash mark, it is ignored.
-
- 2. Otherwise, the line is separated into words, where words are
- separated by spaces or tabs, except that if a word begins with a
- double quote, it extends until the next double quote or the end of
- the line.
-
- 3. If a word starts with `<<', it is taken as a font file to be
- wholly downloaded. Use this to avoid partial downloading, as
- described above.
-
- 4. If a word starts with `<[', it is taken as an encoding file to be
- downloaded. Use this if the name of the encoding file does end in
- `.enc', also as described above.
-
- 5. If a word starts with a `<' character, it is treated as a header
- file that needs to be downloaded. If the name ends in `.pfa' or
- `.pfb', it is taken as Type 1 font file that will be partially
- downloaded if the `j' option is in effect. There can be more than
- one such header for a given font. If a `<' is a word by itself,
- the next word is taken as the name of the header file.
-
- 6. If a word starts with a `"' character, it is taken as PostScript
- code used in generating that font, and is inserted into the output
- verbatim at the appropriate point. (And the double quotes
- beginning and ending the word are removed.)
-
- 7. Otherwise the word is a name. The first such name is the TFM file,
- that either a DVI file or a virtual font file can refer to. If
- there is a second name, it is used as the PostScript name and
- should match what is defined in the downloaded file; if there is
- only one name, it is used for both the TeX name and the PostScript
- name.
-
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Color, Next: Index, Prev: PostScript fonts, Up: Top
-
-7 Color
-*******
-
-Dvips supports one-pass multi-color printing of TeX documents on any
-color PostScript device. Initially added by Jim Hafner, IBM Research,
-<hafner@almaden.ibm.com>, the color support has gone through many
-changes by Tomas Rokicki. Besides the source code support itself, there
-are additional TeX macro files: `colordvi.tex' and `blackdvi.tex', and
-corresponding `.sty' versions for use with LaTeX.
-
- In this section we describe the use of color from the document
-preparer's point of view and then add some instructions on installation
-for the TeX administrator.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Color macro files:: TeX macro definitions.
-* User-definable colors:: Adding your own colors.
-* Color subtleties:: Subtleties in using color.
-* Ted Turner:: Printing in black/white after colorizing.
-* Color device configuration:: Configuring Dvips for color devices.
-* Color support details:: Color support details
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Color macro files, Next: User-definable colors, Up: Color
-
-7.1 Color macro files
-=====================
-
-All the color macro commands are defined in `colordvi.tex' (or
-`colordvi.sty'). To access these macros simply add to the top of your
-plain TeX file the command:
- \input colordvi
- For (the obsolete) LaTeX 2.09, add the `colordvi' style option as in:
- \documentstyle[12pt,colordvi]{article}
- For LaTeX 2e, these examples are not applicable. Instead, please see
-the documentation for the graphics package, available from
-`CTAN:doc/latex/graphics/'. See also `CTAN:doc/epslatex.ps'.
-
- These macros provide two basic kinds of color macros: ones for local
-color changes (a few words, a single symbol) and one for global color
-changes (the whole document). All the color names use a mixed case
-scheme to avoid conflicts with other macros. There are 68 predefined
-colors, with names taken primarily from the Crayola crayon box of 64
-colors, and one pair of macros for the user to set his own color pattern
-(*note User-definable colors::). You can browse the file
-`colordvi.tex' for a list of the predefined colors. The comments in
-this file also show a rough correspondence between the crayon names and
-Pantones.
-
- A local color command has the form
-
- \COLORNAME{this is the color COLORNAME}
-
-where COLORNAME is the name of a predefined color, e.g., `Blue'. As
-shown, these macros take one argument, the text to print in the
-specified color. This can be used for nested color changes since it
-restores the original color state when it completes. For example:
-
- This text is normal but here we are \Red{switching to red,
- \Blue{nesting blue}, recovering the red} and back to original.
-
-The color nesting level has no hard limit, but it is not advisable to
-nest too deeply lest you and the reader lose track of the color history.
-
- The global color command has the form
-
- \textCOLORNAME
-
-These macros take no arguments and changes the default color from that
-point on to COLORNAME. This of course can be overridden globally by
-another such command or locally by local color commands. For example,
-expanding on the example above, we might have
-
- \textGreen
- This text is green but here we are \Red{switching to red,
- \Blue{nesting blue}, recovering the red} and back to
- original green.
- \textCyan
- The text from here on will be cyan until
- \Yellow{locally changed to yellow}. Now we are back to cyan.
-
- The color commands will even work in math mode and across math mode
-boundaries. This means that if you have a color before going into math
-mode, the mathematics will be set in that color as well. In alignment
-environments like `\halign', `tabular' or `eqnarray', local color
-commands cannot extend beyond the alignment characters.
-
- Because local color commands respect only some environment and
-delimiter changes besides their own, care must be taken in setting
-their scope. It is best not to have them stretch too far.
-
- At the present time there are no macros for color environments in
-LaTeX which might have a larger range. This is primarily to keep the
-TeX and LaTeX use compatible.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: User-definable colors, Next: Color subtleties, Prev: Color macro files, Up: Color
-
-7.2 User-definable colors
-=========================
-
-There are two ways for the user to specify colors not already defined.
-For local changes, there is the command `\Color' which takes two
-arguments. The first argument is four numbers between zero and one and
-specifies the intensity of cyan, magenta, yellow and black (CMYK) in
-that order. The second argument is the text that should appear in the
-given color. For example, suppose you want the words "this color is
-pretty" to appear in a color which is 50% cyan, 85% magenta, 40% yellow
-and 20% black. You would use the command
-
- \Color{.5 .85 .4 .2}{this color is pretty}
-
- For global color changes, there is a command `\textColor' which
-takes one argument, the CMYK quadruple of relative color intensities.
-For example, if you want the default color to be as above, then the
-command
-
- \textColor{.5 .85 .4 .2}
- The text from now on will be this pretty color
-
-will do the trick.
-
- Making a global color change in the midst of nested local colors is
-highly discouraged. Consequently, Dvips will give you warning message
-and do its best to recover by discarding the current color history.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Color subtleties, Next: Ted Turner, Prev: User-definable colors, Up: Color
-
-7.3 Color subtleties
-====================
-
-Color macros are defined via `\special' keywords. As such, they are
-put in the `.dvi' file only as explicit message strings to the driver.
-The (unpleasant) result is that certain unprotected regions of the text
-can have unwanted color side effects. For example, if a color region
-is split by TeX across a page boundary, then the footers of the current
-page (e.g., the page number) and the headers of the next page can
-inherit that color. To avoid this effect globally, users should make
-sure that these special regions of the text are defined with their own
-local color commands. For example, to protect the header and footer in
-plain TeX, use
-
- \headline{\Black{My Header}}
- \footline{\Black{\hss\tenrm\folio\hss}}
-
- This warning also applies to figures and other insertions, so be
-careful!
-
- Of course, in LaTeX, this is much more difficult to do because of the
-complexity of the macros that control these regions. This is
-unfortunate but inevitable, because TeX and LaTeX were not written with
-color in mind.
-
- Even when writing your own macros, much care must be taken. The
-macros that `colorize' a portion of the text work prefix the text work
-by outputting one `\special' command to turn the color on before the
-text, and outputting another `\special' command afterwards to restore
-the original color. It is often useful to ensure that TeX is in
-horizontal mode before the first special command is issued; this can be
-done by prefixing the color command with `\leavevmode'.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Ted Turner, Next: Color device configuration, Prev: Color subtleties, Up: Color
-
-7.4 Printing in black/white after colorizing
-============================================
-
-If you have a TeX or LaTeX document written with color macros and you
-want to print it in black and white there are two options. On all
-(good) PostScript devices, printing a color file will print in
-corresponding gray levels. This is useful to get a rough idea of the
-colors without using expensive color printing devices. The second
-option is to replace the call to input `colordvi.tex' with
-`blackdvi.tex' (and similarly for the `.sty' files). So in the above
-example, replacing the word `colordvi' with `blackdvi' suffices.
-`blackdvi.tex' defines the color macros as no-ops, and so will produce
-normal black/white printing. By this simple mechanism, the user can
-switch to all black/white printing without having to ferret out the
-color commands. Also, some device drivers, particularly non-PostScript
-ones like screen previewers, will simply ignore the color commands and
-so print in black/white. Hopefully, in the future screen previewers
-for color displays will be compatible with some form of color support.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Color device configuration, Next: Color support details, Prev: Ted Turner, Up: Color
-
-7.5 Color device configuration
-==============================
-
-To configure Dvips for a particular color device you need to fine tune
-the color parameters to match your device's color rendition. To do
-this, you will need a Pantone chart for your device. The header file
-`color.lpro' shows a (rough) correspondence between the Crayola crayon
-names and the Pantone numbers and also defines default CMYK values for
-each of the colors. Note that these colors must be defined in CMYK
-terms and not RGB, as Dvips outputs PostScript color commands in CMYK.
-This header file also defines (if they are not known to the
-interpreter) the PostScript commands `setcmykcolor' and
-`currentcmykcolor' in terms of a RGB equivalent so if your device only
-understands RGB, there should be no problem.
-
- The parameters set in this file were determined by comparing the
-Pantone chart of a Tektronix Phaser printer with the actual Crayola
-Crayons. Because these were defined for a particular device, the
-actual color rendition on your device may be very different. There are
-two ways to adjust this. One is to use the PAntone chart for your
-device to rewrite `color.lpro' prior to compilation and installation.
-A better alternative, which supports multiple devices, is to add a
-header file option in the configuration file (*note Configuration file
-commands::) for each device that defines, in `userdict', the color
-parameters for those colors that need redefining.
-
- For example, if you need to change the parameters defining
-`Goldenrod' (approximately Pantone 109 on the Phaser) for your device
-`mycolordev', do the following. In the Pantone chart for your device,
-find the CMYK values for Pantone 109. Let's say they are `{\ 0 0.10
-0.75 0.03 }'. Then create a header file named `mycolordev.pro' with the
-commands
-
- userdict begin
- /Goldenrod { 0 0.10 0.75 0.03 setcmykcolor} bind def
-
-Finally, in `config.mycolordev' add the line
-
- h mycolordev.pro
-
-This will then define `Goldenrod' in your device's CMYK values in
-`userdict' which is checked before defining it in `TeXdict' by
-`color.pro'. (On MS-DOS, you will have to call this file
-`mycolordev.cfg'.)
-
- This mechanism, together with additions to `colordvi.tex' and
-`blackdvi.tex' (and the `.sty' files), can also be used to predefine
-other colors for your users.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Color support details, Prev: Color device configuration, Up: Color
-
-7.6 Color support details
-=========================
-
-To support color, Dvips recognizes a certain set of specials. These
-specials start with the keyword `color' or the keyword `background',
-followed by a color specification.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Color specifications::
-* Color specials::
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Color specifications, Next: Color specials, Up: Color support details
-
-7.6.1 Color specifications
---------------------------
-
-What is a color specification? One of three things. First, it might be
-a PostScript procedure as defined in a PostScript header file. The
-`color.pro' file defines 64 of these, including `Maroon'. This
-PostScript procedure must set the current color to be some value; in
-this case, `Maroon' is defined as `0 0.87 0.68 0.32 setcmykcolor'.
-
- The second possibility is the name of a color model (initially, one
-of `rgb', `hsb', `cmyk', or `gray') followed by the appropriate number
-of parameters. When Dvips encounters such a macro, it sends out the
-parameters first, followed by the string created by prefixing
-`TeXcolor' to the color model. Thus, the color specification `rgb 0.3
-0.4 0.5' would generate the PostScript code `0.3 0.4 0.5 TeXrgbcolor'.
-Note that the case of zero arguments is disallowed, as that is handled
-by the single keyword case (`Maroon') above, where no changes to the
-name are made before it is sent to the PostScript file.
-
- The third and final type of color specification is a double quote
-followed by any sequence of PostScript. The double quote is stripped
-from the output. For instance, the color specification `"AggiePattern
-setpattern' will set the `color' to the Aggie logo pattern (assuming
-such exists.)
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Color specials, Prev: Color specifications, Up: Color support details
-
-7.6.2 Color specials
---------------------
-
-We will describe `background' first, since it is the simplest. The
-`background' keyword must be followed by a color specification. That
-color specification is used as a fill color for the background. The
-last `background' special on a page is the one that gets issued, and it
-gets issued at the very beginning of the page, before any text or
-specials are sent. (This is possible because the prescan phase of
-Dvips notices all of the color specials so that the appropriate
-information can be written out during the second phase.)
-
- The `color' special itself has three forms. The first is just
-`color' followed by a color specification. In this case, the current
-global color is set to that color; the color stack must be empty when
-such a command is executed.
-
- The second form is `color push' followed by a color specification.
-This saves the current color on the color stack and sets the color to be
-that given by the color specification. This is the most common way to
-set a color.
-
- The final version of the `color' special is just `color pop', with
-no color specification; this says to pop the color last pushed on the
-color stack from the color stack and set the current color to be that
-color.
-
- Dvips correctly handles these color specials across pages, even when
-the pages are repeated or reversed.
-
- These color specials can be used for things such as patterns or
-screens as well as simple colors. However, note that in the
-PostScript, only one color specification can be active at a time. For
-instance, at the beginning of a page, only the bottommost entry on the
-color stack is sent; also, when a color is popped, all that is done is
-that the color specification from the previous stack entry is sent. No
-`gsave' or `grestore' is used. This means that you cannot easily mix
-usage of the `color' specials for screens and colors, just one or the
-other. This may be addressed in the future by adding support for
-different categories of color-like state.
-
-
-File: dvips.info, Node: Index, Prev: Color, Up: Top
-
-Index
-*****
-
-
-* Menu:
-
-* ! special (literal PS header): Literal headers. (line 6)
-* ! starting output filename: Option details. (line 233)
-* " special (literal PostScript): " special. (line 6)
-* %%BoundingBox: Bounding box. (line 17)
-* %%Page, and multi-page information: PostScript hooks. (line 37)
-* %%Page, not generating: Option details. (line 198)
-* %%Page, removing: Option details. (line 154)
-* %%Page, required by Ghostview: Ghostscript installation.
- (line 17)
-* %%VMusage: Headers and memory usage.
- (line 12)
-* %*Font: Fonts in figures. (line 6)
-* (atend), bounding box specification: Bounding box. (line 28)
-* +PSMAPFILE: Configuration file commands.
- (line 109)
-* -: Option details. (line 11)
-* - as output filename: Option details. (line 233)
-* --help <1>: Option details. (line 15)
-* --help: Option summary. (line 7)
-* --version: Option details. (line 18)
-* -A: Option details. (line 27)
-* -a: Option details. (line 21)
-* -B: Option details. (line 37)
-* -b NUM: Option details. (line 31)
-* -C NUM: Option details. (line 46)
-* -c NUM: Option details. (line 41)
-* -c RATIO: Afm2tfm options. (line 33)
-* -D NUM: Option details. (line 58)
-* -d NUM: Option details. (line 52)
-* -E: Option details. (line 82)
-* -e NUM: Option details. (line 71)
-* -e RATIO: Afm2tfm options. (line 37)
-* -F: Option details. (line 110)
-* -f: Option details. (line 98)
-* -G: Option details. (line 117)
-* -h NAME: Option details. (line 122)
-* -i: Option details. (line 127)
-* -j for partial font downloading: Option details. (line 140)
-* -K: Option details. (line 154)
-* -k for cropmarks: Option details. (line 146)
-* -l [=]NUM: Option details. (line 163)
-* -M: Option details. (line 184)
-* -m: Option details. (line 172)
-* -mode: Option details. (line 175)
-* -mode MODE: Option details. (line 175)
-* -N: Option details. (line 198)
-* -n NUM: Option details. (line 195)
-* -noomega: Option details. (line 206)
-* -noptex: Option details. (line 212)
-* -O: Afm2tfm options. (line 41)
-* -o NAME: Option details. (line 228)
-* -O X-OFFSET,Y-OFFSET: Option details. (line 245)
-* -p [=]NUM: Option details. (line 263)
-* -P PRINTER: Option details. (line 277)
-* -p PS-ENC <1>: Afm2tfm options. (line 46)
-* -p PS-ENC: Changing PostScript encodings.
- (line 6)
-* -pp FIRST-LAST: Option details. (line 272)
-* -pp RANGE: Option details. (line 272)
-* -PPRINTER, and config file searching: Configuration file searching.
- (line 27)
-* -q: Option details. (line 296)
-* -R: Option details. (line 303)
-* -r: Option details. (line 300)
-* -s: Option details. (line 311)
-* -S NUM: Option details. (line 318)
-* -s SLANT: Afm2tfm options. (line 51)
-* -T ENC-FILE: Changing both encodings.
- (line 6)
-* -T HSIZE,VSIZE: Option details. (line 347)
-* -t PAPERTYPE: Option details. (line 323)
-* -T PS-TEX-ENC: Afm2tfm options. (line 61)
-* -t TEX-ENC <1>: Afm2tfm options. (line 56)
-* -t TEX-ENC: Changing TeX encodings.
- (line 6)
-* -u: Afm2tfm options. (line 65)
-* -U: Option details. (line 362)
-* -u PSMAPFILE: Option details. (line 354)
-* -V: Option details. (line 373)
-* -v: Option details. (line 370)
-* -V VPL-FILE: Afm2tfm options. (line 74)
-* -v VPL-FILE: Afm2tfm options. (line 71)
-* -X NUM: Option details. (line 390)
-* -x NUM: Option details. (line 382)
-* -Y NUM: Option details. (line 397)
-* -z: Hypertext. (line 6)
-* -Z for compressing bitmap fonts: Option details. (line 406)
-* -z for recognizing hyperdvi: Option details. (line 400)
-* ..-relative filenames: Option details. (line 303)
-* .afm Adobe metric files: Metric files. (line 26)
-* .dvipsrc, searched for: Configuration file searching.
- (line 14)
-* .enc extension for encoding vectors: psfonts.map. (line 42)
-* .lpro long prologue files: Header files. (line 12)
-* .mf Metafont source files: Glyph files. (line 30)
-* .NNNpk packed font bitmaps: Glyph files. (line 35)
-* .pfa extension required for partial downloading: psfonts.map.
- (line 46)
-* .pfa printer font ascii files: Glyph files. (line 25)
-* .pfb extension required for partial downloading: psfonts.map.
- (line 46)
-* .pfb printer font binary files: Glyph files. (line 25)
-* .pfm printer font metric files: Metric files. (line 49)
-* .pl property list files: Metric files. (line 39)
-* .pro prologue files: Header files. (line 12)
-* .tfm TeX font metric files: Metric files. (line 31)
-* /#copies: Option details. (line 31)
-* /magscale: EPSF scaling. (line 67)
-* 612 792 bounding box size: Bounding box. (line 43)
-* 8r encoding, and extra characters: Changing PostScript encodings.
- (line 24)
-* 8r font encoding: psfonts.map. (line 31)
-* 8r.enc: Encodings. (line 35)
-* < font downloading: psfonts.map. (line 11)
-* << whole font downloading: psfonts.map. (line 60)
-* <[ encoding vector downloading: psfonts.map. (line 36)
-* =: ligature operation: Encoding file format.
- (line 59)
-* @ paper size config command: Configuration file commands.
- (line 18)
-* \.: Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
- (line 44)
-* \AA: Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
- (line 44)
-* \COLORNAME: Color macro files. (line 31)
-* \dot: Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
- (line 44)
-* \epsffile macro: EPSF macros. (line 38)
-* \epsfsize: EPSF scaling. (line 29)
-* \epsfverbosetrue: EPSF macros. (line 46)
-* \epsfxsize: EPSF scaling. (line 14)
-* \epsfysize: EPSF scaling. (line 20)
-* \H: Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
- (line 44)
-* \includegraphics LaTeX macro: \includegraphics. (line 6)
-* \leavevmode: EPSF macros. (line 26)
-* \magnification: EPSF scaling. (line 63)
-* \rotninety: Literal examples. (line 27)
-* \textCOLORNAME: Color macro files. (line 46)
-* a config command (memory conservation): Configuration file commands.
- (line 21)
-* A ring, Scandinavian letter: Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
- (line 32)
-* a3 papertype: Option details. (line 323)
-* a4 paper size: Config file paper sizes.
- (line 84)
-* a4 papertype: Option details. (line 323)
-* A4size paper size: Config file paper sizes.
- (line 92)
-* absolute filenames, disabling: Option details. (line 303)
-* absolute page number, and -l: Option details. (line 163)
-* absolute page number, and -p: Option details. (line 263)
-* accents, in wrong position: Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
- (line 32)
-* accents, wrong: Afm2tfm options. (line 17)
-* accuracy in positioning: Option details. (line 71)
-* Adobe fonts: PostScript font installation.
- (line 10)
-* Adobe fonts, installing: PostScript font installation.
- (line 19)
-* afm files: Metric files. (line 26)
-* afm2tfm <1>: Invoking afm2tfm. (line 6)
-* afm2tfm: Making a font available.
- (line 46)
-* afm2tfm options: Afm2tfm options. (line 6)
-* after header, inserting code: Including headers from TeX.
- (line 28)
-* Aladdin Ghostscript: Ghostscript installation.
- (line 6)
-* Anderson, Laurie: Hypertext specials. (line 42)
-* angle (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 36)
-* arcs: Glyph files. (line 17)
-* ASCII character codes, used by PostScript: PostScript typesetting.
- (line 31)
-* atend, bounding box specification: Bounding box. (line 28)
-* b config command (#copies): Configuration file commands.
- (line 24)
-* base: Hypertext specials. (line 57)
-* base encoding, recommended: psfonts.map. (line 31)
-* base fonts: Virtual fonts. (line 24)
-* bbfig: Bounding box. (line 37)
-* before header, inserting code: Including headers from TeX.
- (line 28)
-* Bhattacharya, Tanmoy: Hypertext. (line 21)
-* big points: Bounding box. (line 11)
-* Bigelow & Holmes fonts: PostScript font installation.
- (line 10)
-* binary files, not supported: Including graphics fails.
- (line 23)
-* bitmap fonts: Glyph files. (line 30)
-* Bitstream fonts, installing: PostScript font installation.
- (line 19)
-* bop undefined error: Printer errors. (line 6)
-* bop-hook <1>: PostScript hooks. (line 11)
-* bop-hook <2>: EPSF scaling. (line 75)
-* bop-hook: Paper trays. (line 6)
-* bop-hook, and offset pages: Option details. (line 258)
-* boundary character: Encoding file format.
- (line 41)
-* bounding box, comment for: Bounding box. (line 6)
-* bounding box, defined: Bounding box. (line 11)
-* bounding box, determining: Bounding box. (line 37)
-* bounding box, finding tight: Option details. (line 82)
-* bounding box, inaccurate: EPSF clipping. (line 6)
-* bounding box, supplying to TeX <1>: EPSF macros. (line 26)
-* bounding box, supplying to TeX: \includegraphics. (line 36)
-* c include additional config file: Configuration file commands.
- (line 27)
-* changing PostScript encodings: Changing PostScript encodings.
- (line 6)
-* changing TeX encodings: Changing TeX encodings.
- (line 6)
-* character definitions in PostScript: PostScript typesetting.
- (line 55)
-* character lookup procedure in PostScript: PostScript typesetting.
- (line 6)
-* CharStrings Type 1 dictionary: PostScript typesetting.
- (line 51)
-* clip (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 39)
-* clipping of EPSF: EPSF clipping. (line 6)
-* CODINGSCHEME: Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
- (line 52)
-* collated copies: Option details. (line 46)
-* color: Color. (line 6)
-* color configuration: Color device configuration.
- (line 6)
-* color macros: Color macro files. (line 6)
-* color names, mixed case: Color macro files. (line 16)
-* color nesting level: Color macro files. (line 39)
-* color separations: Option details. (line 31)
-* color specifications: Color specifications.
- (line 6)
-* color subtleties: Color subtleties. (line 6)
-* colors, user-definable: User-definable colors.
- (line 6)
-* command line, including headers from: Including headers from the command line.
- (line 6)
-* command-line options: Invoking Dvips. (line 6)
-* comments, in configuration files: Configuration file commands.
- (line 13)
-* comments, in encoding files: Encoding file format.
- (line 20)
-* comments, removing included: Option details. (line 154)
-* compilation: Installation. (line 6)
-* compressed PostScript: Dynamic creation of graphics.
- (line 6)
-* compressing bitmap fonts: Option details. (line 406)
-* Computer Modern in PostScript: Hypertext caveats. (line 6)
-* Computer Modern, encoding of: Encodings. (line 15)
-* condensed fonts: Afm2tfm options. (line 37)
-* config.proto: config.ps installation.
- (line 15)
-* config.ps: Option details. (line 277)
-* config.ps installation: config.ps installation.
- (line 6)
-* config.ps paper sizes: Config file paper sizes.
- (line 84)
-* config.ps, searched for: Configuration file searching.
- (line 10)
-* configuration file options: Configuration file commands.
- (line 6)
-* configuration file paper size command: Config file paper sizes.
- (line 6)
-* configuration file path: Environment variables.
- (line 56)
-* configuration file searching: Configuration file searching.
- (line 6)
-* configuration files: Config files. (line 6)
-* configuration files, creating: config.ps installation.
- (line 6)
-* configuration files, prototype: config.ps installation.
- (line 15)
-* configuration, of color devices: Color device configuration.
- (line 6)
-* configuration, of Dvips: Installation. (line 6)
-* continuation lines, not supported: Configuration file commands.
- (line 13)
-* control-D: Option details. (line 110)
-* copies, collated: Option details. (line 46)
-* copies, duplicated page bodies: Option details. (line 31)
-* copies, uncollated: Option details. (line 41)
-* Crayola crayon box: Color macro files. (line 16)
-* crop.pro: Option details. (line 146)
-* cropmarks: Option details. (line 146)
-* current font, in PostScript: PostScript typesetting.
- (line 35)
-* D config command (dpi): Configuration file commands.
- (line 31)
-* dated output: PostScript hooks. (line 16)
-* datestamp, in output: Configuration file commands.
- (line 37)
-* debugging <1>: Option details. (line 52)
-* debugging: Diagnosing problems. (line 6)
-* debugging options: Debug options. (line 6)
-* default resolutions: Configuration file commands.
- (line 131)
-* default_texsizes Make variable: Configuration file commands.
- (line 147)
-* Deutsch, Peter: Ghostscript installation.
- (line 6)
-* device dependency, and virtual fonts: Configuration file commands.
- (line 170)
-* dictionary, CharStrings: PostScript typesetting.
- (line 51)
-* dictionary, PostScript language: PostScript typesetting.
- (line 35)
-* dictionary, SDict: Literal headers. (line 6)
-* dictionary, userdict: Header files. (line 21)
-* distillation, and -z: Option details. (line 400)
-* distiller, for PDF files: Hypertext. (line 11)
-* dot accent: Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
- (line 32)
-* double-sided printing: Option details. (line 37)
-* downloading fonts partially: psfonts.map. (line 55)
-* downloading PostScript fonts: psfonts.map. (line 6)
-* Doyle, Mark: Hypertext. (line 21)
-* draft copies: PostScript hooks. (line 16)
-* dual paper trays: Paper trays. (line 6)
-* duplex printers: Including headers from the command line.
- (line 13)
-* DVI magnification: EPSF scaling. (line 63)
-* dvihps, hyperdvi to PostScript: Hypertext. (line 21)
-* Dvips configuration file options: Configuration file commands.
- (line 6)
-* dvips.enc: Encodings. (line 35)
-* DVIPSDEBUG: Environment variables.
- (line 17)
-* DVIPSFONTS: Environment variables.
- (line 26)
-* DVIPSHEADERS: Environment variables.
- (line 31)
-* DVIPSHEADERS, overrides H: Configuration file commands.
- (line 55)
-* DVIPSMAKEPK: Environment variables.
- (line 35)
-* DVIPSRC: Environment variables.
- (line 41)
-* DVIPSSIZES: Environment variables.
- (line 46)
-* DVIPSSIZES, overrides R: Configuration file commands.
- (line 144)
-* dynamic creation of graphics: Dynamic creation of graphics.
- (line 6)
-* e config command (maxdrift): Configuration file commands.
- (line 34)
-* E config command (shell escape): Configuration file commands.
- (line 37)
-* efficiency, and fonts: Making a font available.
- (line 104)
-* ehandler.ps: No output. (line 12)
-* embedding Type 1 fonts: Hypertext caveats. (line 6)
-* encoding changes: Changing font encodings.
- (line 6)
-* encoding file format: Encoding file format.
- (line 6)
-* encoding files: Encodings. (line 27)
-* Encoding Type 1 dictionary: PostScript typesetting.
- (line 43)
-* encoding vectors, defined: Encodings. (line 27)
-* encoding vectors, in Type 1 fonts: PostScript typesetting.
- (line 43)
-* encodings: Encodings. (line 6)
-* end-hook: PostScript hooks. (line 11)
-* environment variables: Environment variables.
- (line 6)
-* EOF: Option details. (line 110)
-* eop-hook: PostScript hooks. (line 11)
-* EPS, and Ghostview: Ghostscript installation.
- (line 17)
-* EPSF macros: EPSF macros. (line 6)
-* EPSF, generating: Option details. (line 82)
-* epsf.sty: EPSF macros. (line 15)
-* epsf.tex: EPSF macros. (line 13)
-* Epson printers: Ghostscript installation.
- (line 6)
-* error messages from printer: Printer errors. (line 6)
-* even pages only: Option details. (line 37)
-* examples of literal PostScript: Literal examples. (line 6)
-* expanded fonts <1>: psfonts.map. (line 19)
-* expanded fonts <2>: Afm2tfm options. (line 37)
-* expanded fonts: Special font effects.
- (line 24)
-* expansion, of virtual fonts: Virtual fonts. (line 34)
-* extended URL: Hypertext specials. (line 20)
-* ExtendFont: Special font effects.
- (line 28)
-* extra characters, accessing: Changing PostScript encodings.
- (line 18)
-* F config command (filter): Configuration file commands.
- (line 45)
-* f config command (filter): Configuration file commands.
- (line 45)
-* failure, and printer errors: Printer errors. (line 6)
-* failure, of long documents: Long documents fail. (line 6)
-* failure, to include graphics: Including graphics fails.
- (line 6)
-* failure, to print at all: No output. (line 6)
-* fallback resolutions: Configuration file commands.
- (line 131)
-* figures and fonts: Fonts in figures. (line 6)
-* figures, natural size: EPSF macros. (line 38)
-* figures, scaling: EPSF scaling. (line 6)
-* filter, running as a: Option details. (line 98)
-* first page printed: Option details. (line 263)
-* font concepts: Font concepts. (line 6)
-* font generation, avoiding: Option details. (line 184)
-* fontinst: Invoking afm2tfm. (line 13)
-* fonts, as header files: Including headers from TeX.
- (line 13)
-* fonts, changing encoding of: Changing font encodings.
- (line 6)
-* fonts, downloading: psfonts.map. (line 6)
-* fonts, expanded: Special font effects.
- (line 24)
-* fonts, in PostScript figures: Fonts in figures. (line 6)
-* fonts, installation of PostScript: PostScript font installation.
- (line 6)
-* fonts, installing: Making a font available.
- (line 6)
-* fonts, outlined: Special font effects.
- (line 50)
-* fonts, slanted: Special font effects.
- (line 6)
-* fonts, small caps: Special font effects.
- (line 34)
-* fonts, system PostScript: PostScript font installation.
- (line 24)
-* G character shifting config command: Configuration file commands.
- (line 48)
-* gf files: Glyph files. (line 41)
-* gftopk: Glyph files. (line 41)
-* Ghostscript installation: Ghostscript installation.
- (line 6)
-* ghostview: Ghostscript installation.
- (line 17)
-* Ghostview, and no N: Ghostscript installation.
- (line 17)
-* glyph files: Glyph files. (line 6)
-* GLYPHFONTS, overrides P: Configuration file commands.
- (line 118)
-* GNU Ghostscript: Ghostscript installation.
- (line 13)
-* gnuplot: Dynamic creation of graphics.
- (line 25)
-* graphics inclusion fails: Including graphics fails.
- (line 6)
-* gs installation: Ghostscript installation.
- (line 6)
-* gsave/grestore, and literal PS: Literal examples. (line 27)
-* gsftopk: Option details. (line 374)
-* h header downloading config command: Configuration file commands.
- (line 52)
-* H header path config command: Configuration file commands.
- (line 55)
-* Hafner, Jim: Color. (line 6)
-* header file, downloading: Option details. (line 122)
-* header files, defined: Header files. (line 6)
-* header path, defining: Configuration file commands.
- (line 55)
-* header=FILE \special: Including headers from TeX.
- (line 6)
-* headers and memory usage: Headers and memory usage.
- (line 6)
-* headers, including from the command line: Including headers from the command line.
- (line 6)
-* headers, including in TeX: Including headers from TeX.
- (line 6)
-* hints: PostScript typesetting.
- (line 55)
-* hoffset (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 18)
-* HP printers and Type 1 fonts: PostScript font installation.
- (line 69)
-* HP4Si printer and paper trays: Paper trays. (line 6)
-* href: Hypertext specials. (line 32)
-* hscale (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 30)
-* hsize (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 24)
-* html specials: Hypertext. (line 6)
-* html specials, and -z: Option details. (line 400)
-* http://www.win.tue.nl/~dickie/idvi: Hypertext. (line 21)
-* http://xxx.lanl.gov/hypertex: Hypertext. (line 21)
-* Hungarian umlaut: Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
- (line 32)
-* hyperdvi extensions, enabling: Option details. (line 400)
-* hypertext and bitmap fonts: Hypertext caveats. (line 6)
-* hypertext caveats: Hypertext caveats. (line 6)
-* hypertext specials: Hypertext specials. (line 6)
-* hypertext support: Hypertext. (line 6)
-* i config command (pages/section): Configuration file commands.
- (line 59)
-* idvi Java DVI reader: Hypertext. (line 21)
-* Illustrator, workaround for: Including graphics fails.
- (line 10)
-* img: Hypertext specials. (line 52)
-* including graphics fails: Including graphics fails.
- (line 6)
-* including headers from the command line: Including headers from the command line.
- (line 6)
-* including headers in TeX: Including headers from TeX.
- (line 6)
-* installation of config.ps: config.ps installation.
- (line 6)
-* installation of PostScript fonts: PostScript font installation.
- (line 6)
-* installation, of Dvips: Installation. (line 6)
-* installing fonts: Making a font available.
- (line 6)
-* interaction with PostScript: Interaction with PostScript.
- (line 6)
-* inverted output: Small or inverted. (line 6)
-* invoking Dvips: Invoking Dvips. (line 6)
-* j config command (partial font downloading): Configuration file commands.
- (line 63)
-* Java DVI reader: Hypertext. (line 21)
-* Jeffrey, Alan: Invoking afm2tfm. (line 13)
-* K config command (comment-removal): Configuration file commands.
- (line 67)
-* kerning, defined: Metric files. (line 15)
-* KPATHSEA_DEBUG: Environment variables.
- (line 18)
-* landscape orientation, defined: Paper size and landscape.
- (line 11)
-* landscape papertype: Option details. (line 323)
-* landscape, as \special: papersize special. (line 16)
-* last page printed: Option details. (line 163)
-* last-resort font scaling, with DVIPSSIZES: Environment variables.
- (line 47)
-* last-resort scaling, with R: Configuration file commands.
- (line 131)
-* ledger papertype: Option details. (line 323)
-* legal papertype: Option details. (line 323)
-* letter paper size: Config file paper sizes.
- (line 84)
-* letter papertype: Option details. (line 323)
-* letterhead tray: Paper trays. (line 10)
-* letterSize paper size: Config file paper sizes.
- (line 92)
-* ligature operations: Encoding file format.
- (line 54)
-* ligature, defined: Metric files. (line 15)
-* LIGKERN encoding file command: Encoding file format.
- (line 37)
-* lines in figures, wrong width: EPSF clipping. (line 6)
-* links, hypertext: Hypertext specials. (line 33)
-* literal headers: Literal headers. (line 6)
-* literal PostScript, examples: Literal examples. (line 6)
-* literal PostScript, using: Literal PS. (line 6)
-* llx (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 42)
-* lly (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 42)
-* long documents not printing: Long documents fail. (line 6)
-* low characters, shifting: Option details. (line 117)
-* lpr spooler, MS-DOS emulation: Option details. (line 233)
-* Lucida, installing: PostScript font installation.
- (line 10)
-* m config command (available memory): Configuration file commands.
- (line 71)
-* M config command (mf mode): Configuration file commands.
- (line 90)
-* macros for color: Color macro files. (line 6)
-* macros for epsf inclusion <1>: EPSF macros. (line 6)
-* macros for epsf inclusion: \includegraphics. (line 6)
-* magnification, DVI: EPSF scaling. (line 63)
-* magnification, overriding DVI: Option details. (line 382)
-* magnification, vertical: Option details. (line 393)
-* mailcap and hypertext: Hypertext specials. (line 53)
-* manual feed: Option details. (line 172)
-* maxdrift: Option details. (line 71)
-* maximum pages printed: Option details. (line 195)
-* media: Option details. (line 323)
-* memory available: Configuration file commands.
- (line 71)
-* memory of printer exhausted: Printer errors. (line 14)
-* memory usage, and headers: Headers and memory usage.
- (line 6)
-* memory, conserving: Option details. (line 21)
-* memory, used by PostScript fonts: Making a font available.
- (line 104)
-* Metafont ligature operations: Encoding file format.
- (line 54)
-* Metafont mode, specifying: Option details. (line 175)
-* Metafont source files: Glyph files. (line 30)
-* metric files: Metric files. (line 6)
-* Minion typeface family: psfonts.map. (line 60)
-* missfont.log: Option details. (line 184)
-* MISSFONT_LOG: Option details. (line 187)
-* Mitsubishi Shinko CHC-S446i printer: No output. (line 14)
-* mkdvipspapers: Config file paper sizes.
- (line 80)
-* mktexpk, avoiding: Option details. (line 184)
-* mktexpk, changing name: Environment variables.
- (line 36)
-* mode name, specifying: Option details. (line 175)
-* Monotype fonts: PostScript font installation.
- (line 10)
-* Monotype fonts, installing: PostScript font installation.
- (line 19)
-* mtpk: Option details. (line 374)
-* multiple master fonts: psfonts.map. (line 60)
-* multiple output files: Option details. (line 127)
-* multiple paper trays: Paper trays. (line 6)
-* Murphy, Tim: Hypertext specials. (line 20)
-* N EPS-disabling config command: Configuration file commands.
- (line 93)
-* name: Hypertext specials. (line 41)
-* narrow fonts: psfonts.map. (line 19)
-* no output at all: No output. (line 6)
-* non-printing characters, shifting: Option details. (line 117)
-* non-resident fonts: psfonts.map. (line 6)
-* nopaper, paper format for -t: Config file paper sizes.
- (line 75)
-* O config command (offset): Configuration file commands.
- (line 106)
-* o config command (output file): Configuration file commands.
- (line 98)
-* oblique fonts: Special font effects.
- (line 6)
-* octal character codes: Afm2tfm options. (line 41)
-* odd pages only: Option details. (line 27)
-* offset pages: Option details. (line 245)
-* Omega extensions: Option details. (line 206)
-* option, details of: Option details. (line 6)
-* options, debugging: Debug options. (line 6)
-* options, Dvips: Invoking Dvips. (line 6)
-* options, reading from standard input: Option details. (line 11)
-* options, summary: Option summary. (line 6)
-* options, to Afm2tfm: Afm2tfm options. (line 6)
-* outline fonts <1>: Special font effects.
- (line 50)
-* outline fonts: Glyph files. (line 17)
-* output file, sectioning of: Headers and memory usage.
- (line 6)
-* output file, setting: Configuration file commands.
- (line 98)
-* output files, multiple: Option details. (line 127)
-* output, inverted: Small or inverted. (line 6)
-* output, none: No output. (line 6)
-* output, redirecting: Option details. (line 228)
-* output, too small: Small or inverted. (line 6)
-* p config command (font aliases): Configuration file commands.
- (line 109)
-* P config command (PK path): Configuration file commands.
- (line 118)
-* page range: Option details. (line 272)
-* page, first printed: Option details. (line 263)
-* page, last printed: Option details. (line 163)
-* pages, maximum printed: Option details. (line 195)
-* PaintType: Special font effects.
- (line 50)
-* Pantone colors: Color macro files. (line 16)
-* paper size configuration file command: Config file paper sizes.
- (line 6)
-* paper size, default: config.ps installation.
- (line 6)
-* paper size, general: Paper size and landscape.
- (line 6)
-* paper trays: Paper trays. (line 6)
-* paper type: Option details. (line 323)
-* papersize special: papersize special. (line 6)
-* papersize special, and no -t: Option details. (line 323)
-* partial font downloading: psfonts.map. (line 55)
-* PDF files, font quality: Hypertext caveats. (line 6)
-* PDF files, making <1>: Hypertext. (line 11)
-* PDF files, making: Ghostscript installation.
- (line 6)
-* PDF files, option for: Option details. (line 400)
-* pdfmark: Hypertext. (line 6)
-* pfa files: Glyph files. (line 25)
-* pfb files: Glyph files. (line 25)
-* pfb files, automatically unpacked: psfonts.map. (line 49)
-* pfm files: Metric files. (line 49)
-* Phaser printer, used for color calibration: Color device configuration.
- (line 18)
-* physical page number, and -l: Option details. (line 163)
-* physical page number, and -p: Option details. (line 263)
-* physical page number, and bop-hook: PostScript hooks. (line 26)
-* pipes, not readable: Option details. (line 98)
-* pk files: Glyph files. (line 35)
-* PKFONTS, overrides P: Configuration file commands.
- (line 118)
-* plotfile, ps subspecial: ps special. (line 30)
-* pltotf: Metric files. (line 39)
-* popen for output: Option details. (line 233)
-* portrait orientation, defined: Paper size and landscape.
- (line 11)
-* positioning accuracy: Option details. (line 71)
-* post code after headers: Including headers from TeX.
- (line 28)
-* PostScript code, literal: Literal PS. (line 6)
-* PostScript encoding: Encodings. (line 27)
-* PostScript encoding, changing: Changing PostScript encodings.
- (line 6)
-* PostScript font alias file <1>: Configuration file commands.
- (line 109)
-* PostScript font alias file: Option details. (line 354)
-* PostScript fonts: PostScript fonts. (line 6)
-* PostScript fonts, installing: PostScript font installation.
- (line 6)
-* PostScript fonts, on your system: PostScript font installation.
- (line 24)
-* PostScript header files: Header files. (line 6)
-* PostScript hooks: PostScript hooks. (line 6)
-* PostScript interaction: Interaction with PostScript.
- (line 6)
-* PostScript previewers: Ghostscript installation.
- (line 6)
-* PostScript units: Bounding box. (line 11)
-* PowerPage PostScript implementation: No output. (line 14)
-* pre code before headers: Including headers from TeX.
- (line 28)
-* previewing Dvips output: Ghostscript installation.
- (line 6)
-* PRINTER: Environment variables.
- (line 50)
-* printer configuration: config.ps installation.
- (line 6)
-* printer configuration file, prototype: config.ps installation.
- (line 15)
-* printer errors: Printer errors. (line 6)
-* printer memory: Configuration file commands.
- (line 71)
-* printer memory exhausted: Printer errors. (line 14)
-* printer offset: Option details. (line 245)
-* PRINTER, and config file searching: Configuration file searching.
- (line 36)
-* PRINTER, avoided with -f: Option details. (line 98)
-* printer, driving directly: Option details. (line 110)
-* problems: Diagnosing problems. (line 6)
-* property list files: Metric files. (line 39)
-* prototype printer configuration file: config.ps installation.
- (line 15)
-* ps special: ps special. (line 6)
-* psfile special: psfile special. (line 6)
-* psfonts.map <1>: psfonts.map. (line 6)
-* psfonts.map <2>: Special font effects.
- (line 19)
-* psfonts.map: PostScript font installation.
- (line 24)
-* psheaderdir: Header files. (line 12)
-* psi character missing: Hypertext caveats. (line 55)
-* pstopk: Option details. (line 374)
-* pTeX extensions: Option details. (line 206)
-* Q config command (quiet): Configuration file commands.
- (line 125)
-* q config command (quiet): Configuration file commands.
- (line 125)
-* quiet operation: Option details. (line 296)
-* r config command (page reversal): Configuration file commands.
- (line 128)
-* R fallback resolution config command: Configuration file commands.
- (line 131)
-* reencode/*.enc: Encodings. (line 35)
-* reencoding: Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
- (line 6)
-* reencoding PostScript fonts: psfonts.map. (line 24)
-* registered character, accessing: Changing PostScript encodings.
- (line 18)
-* remapping: Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
- (line 6)
-* resident fonts, different in different printers <1>: Configuration file commands.
- (line 109)
-* resident fonts, different in different printers: Option details.
- (line 354)
-* resolution: Option details. (line 390)
-* resolution, setting: Option details. (line 58)
-* reverse pagination: Option details. (line 300)
-* rhi (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 46)
-* Rokicki, Tomas: Why Dvips. (line 68)
-* rotate.tex: ps special. (line 34)
-* rwi (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 46)
-* S config command (pict path): Configuration file commands.
- (line 156)
-* s config command (save/restore): Configuration file commands.
- (line 153)
-* save/restore, and inverted output: Small or inverted. (line 6)
-* save/restore, and literal PS: Literal examples. (line 27)
-* save/restore, and specials: ps special. (line 6)
-* save/restore, generating global: Option details. (line 311)
-* scaleunit: psfile special. (line 67)
-* scaling of figures: EPSF scaling. (line 6)
-* scaling small caps: Afm2tfm options. (line 33)
-* Scandinavian A ring: Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
- (line 32)
-* screen frequencies, setting: Including headers from the command line.
- (line 13)
-* SDict: psfile special. (line 67)
-* SDict dictionary: Literal headers. (line 6)
-* searching config files, order of: Configuration file searching.
- (line 6)
-* sections of output file, and memory: Headers and memory usage.
- (line 6)
-* sections output, in separate files: Option details. (line 127)
-* security: Option details. (line 303)
-* shell command execution, disabling: Option details. (line 303)
-* shell escape, in config file: Configuration file commands.
- (line 37)
-* Shinko CHC-S446i printer: No output. (line 14)
-* show PostScript operator: PostScript typesetting.
- (line 23)
-* silent operation: Option details. (line 296)
-* simplex mode on duplex printers: Including headers from the command line.
- (line 13)
-* slanted fonts: Special font effects.
- (line 6)
-* slanted fonts, making: Afm2tfm options. (line 51)
-* SlantFont: Special font effects.
- (line 17)
-* small caps fonts: Special font effects.
- (line 34)
-* Smith, Arthur: Hypertext specials. (line 6)
-* Softkey fonts: PostScript font installation.
- (line 10)
-* Softkey fonts, installing: PostScript font installation.
- (line 19)
-* spaces, dropped trailing: Hypertext caveats. (line 55)
-* specials, hypertext: Hypertext specials. (line 6)
-* splines: Glyph files. (line 17)
-* spooler, lacking: Option details. (line 110)
-* spooling to lpr on MS-DOS: Option details. (line 233)
-* standard I/O: Option details. (line 98)
-* standard input, reading options from: Option details. (line 11)
-* standard output, output to: Option details. (line 228)
-* standard PostScript, required by Ghostview: Ghostscript installation.
- (line 17)
-* start-hook: PostScript hooks. (line 11)
-* structured comments: Option details. (line 198)
-* system in config file: Configuration file commands.
- (line 37)
-* T config command (TFM path): Configuration file commands.
- (line 161)
-* Tektronix Phaser printer, used for color calibration: Color device configuration.
- (line 18)
-* testpage.tex: Option details. (line 252)
-* TeX encoding, changing: Changing TeX encodings.
- (line 6)
-* TeX, including headers in: Including headers from TeX.
- (line 6)
-* TEXCONFIG: Environment variables.
- (line 55)
-* TEXFONTS, overrides P: Configuration file commands.
- (line 118)
-* TEXFONTS, overrides T: Configuration file commands.
- (line 161)
-* TEXINPUTS, overrides S: Configuration file commands.
- (line 156)
-* texmext.enc: Encodings. (line 35)
-* TEXMFOUTPUT: Option details. (line 187)
-* texmital.enc: Encodings. (line 35)
-* texmsym.enc <1>: Changing TeX encodings.
- (line 16)
-* texmsym.enc: Encodings. (line 35)
-* TEXPICTS: Environment variables.
- (line 62)
-* TEXPICTS, overrides S: Configuration file commands.
- (line 156)
-* TEXPKS, overrides P: Configuration file commands.
- (line 118)
-* TEXSIZES, overrides R: Configuration file commands.
- (line 144)
-* text in figures, chopped off: EPSF clipping. (line 6)
-* tfm files: Metric files. (line 31)
-* TFMFONTS, overrides T: Configuration file commands.
- (line 161)
-* tftopl: Metric files. (line 39)
-* Theisen, Tim: Ghostscript installation.
- (line 17)
-* tight bounding box, finding: Option details. (line 82)
-* too-small output: Small or inverted. (line 6)
-* trademark character, accessing: Changing PostScript encodings.
- (line 18)
-* trailing spaces, dropped: Hypertext caveats. (line 55)
-* TranScript: Option details. (line 198)
-* transforming downloaded fonts: psfonts.map. (line 19)
-* trouble: Diagnosing problems. (line 6)
-* Type 1 fonts: Glyph files. (line 25)
-* typesetting in PostScript: PostScript typesetting.
- (line 6)
-* U config command (Xerox 4045): Configuration file commands.
- (line 166)
-* uncollated copies: Option details. (line 41)
-* uncompressing PostScript: Dynamic creation of graphics.
- (line 6)
-* uniform resource locator: Hypertext specials. (line 20)
-* unknown, paper format for -t <1>: Config file paper sizes.
- (line 69)
-* unknown, paper format for -t: papersize special. (line 29)
-* URL, definition: Hypertext specials. (line 27)
-* URL, extended for TeX: Hypertext specials. (line 20)
-* urx (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 42)
-* ury (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 42)
-* usage, basic: Basic usage. (line 6)
-* user-definable colors: User-definable colors.
- (line 6)
-* userdict, and dictionary files: Header files. (line 21)
-* userdict, used for header files: Option details. (line 122)
-* V config command (vf path): Configuration file commands.
- (line 170)
-* verbose EPSF processing: EPSF macros. (line 46)
-* vf files: Virtual fonts. (line 16)
-* virtual font expansion: Virtual fonts. (line 34)
-* virtual font path: Configuration file commands.
- (line 170)
-* virtual fonts: Virtual fonts. (line 6)
-* virtual fonts, creating: Invoking afm2tfm. (line 13)
-* VM exhausted: Printer errors. (line 14)
-* VMusage: Headers and memory usage.
- (line 12)
-* voffset (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 21)
-* vpl files: Virtual fonts. (line 16)
-* vptovf: Making a font available.
- (line 52)
-* vscale (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 33)
-* vsize (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 27)
-* W config command (warning): Configuration file commands.
- (line 175)
-* warning messages, defining: Configuration file commands.
- (line 175)
-* warnings, suppressing: Option details. (line 296)
-* whole font downloading: psfonts.map. (line 60)
-* wide fonts: psfonts.map. (line 19)
-* X config command (horizontal resolution): Configuration file commands.
- (line 182)
-* Xerox 4045: Option details. (line 362)
-* Y config command (vertical resolution): Configuration file commands.
- (line 185)
-* Y&Y fonts, installing: PostScript font installation.
- (line 19)
-* Z config command (compression): Configuration file commands.
- (line 188)
-* z config command (secure mode): Configuration file commands.
- (line 191)
-* | starting output filename: Option details. (line 233)
-
-
-
-Tag Table:
-Node: Top559
-Node: Why Dvips1303
-Node: Installation4751
-Node: config.ps installation5772
-Node: PostScript font installation8396
-Node: Ghostscript installation11270
-Node: Diagnosing problems12367
-Node: Debug options13462
-Node: No output14488
-Node: Small or inverted15956
-Node: Printer errors16675
-Node: Long documents fail18007
-Node: Including graphics fails18348
-Node: Invoking Dvips19586
-Node: Basic usage20177
-Node: Command-line options21205
-Node: Option summary21654
-Node: Option details23850
-Node: Environment variables43214
-Node: Config files46173
-Node: Configuration file searching46856
-Node: Configuration file commands50156
-Node: Paper size and landscape57365
-Node: papersize special58963
-Node: Config file paper sizes60372
-Node: Paper trays64527
-Node: Interaction with PostScript65861
-Node: PostScript figures66514
-Node: Bounding box67240
-Node: \includegraphics70611
-Node: EPSF macros72902
-Node: EPSF scaling74872
-Node: EPSF clipping77442
-Node: psfile special78084
-Node: Dynamic creation of graphics80477
-Node: Fonts in figures81795
-Node: Header files83455
-Node: Including headers from TeX84661
-Node: Including headers from the command line86695
-Node: Headers and memory usage87795
-Node: Literal PS88505
-Node: " special89087
-Node: ps special89828
-Node: Literal headers91326
-Node: PostScript hooks92041
-Node: Literal examples94131
-Node: Hypertext95583
-Node: Hypertext caveats97141
-Node: Hypertext specials101538
-Node: PostScript fonts104172
-Node: Font concepts105288
-Node: Metric files106455
-Node: Glyph files109281
-Node: Virtual fonts111637
-Node: Encodings113527
-Node: PostScript typesetting115930
-Node: Making a font available119012
-Node: Invoking afm2tfm124042
-Node: Changing font encodings125012
-Node: Changing TeX encodings125802
-Node: Changing PostScript encodings126902
-Node: Changing both encodings128246
-Node: Reencoding with Afm2tfm128919
-Node: Encoding file format132023
-Node: Special font effects136226
-Node: Afm2tfm options138489
-Node: psfonts.map141474
-Node: Color146206
-Node: Color macro files147250
-Node: User-definable colors150448
-Node: Color subtleties151723
-Node: Ted Turner153374
-Node: Color device configuration154599
-Node: Color support details157041
-Node: Color specifications157419
-Node: Color specials158822
-Node: Index160951
-
-End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/eplain.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/eplain.info
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b27ad3c3ae..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/eplain.info
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8187 +0,0 @@
-This is eplain.info, produced by texi2any version 4.13.96+dev from
-eplain.texi.
-
-This manual documents the Eplain macros, version 3.5, February 2013.
-Eplain provides functionality for plain TeX that is intended to be
-useful regardless of how your document is actually formatted.
-
- Most of this manual is in the public domain, like most of the Eplain
-code. It was originally written by Karl Berry, starting in 1989. Steven
-Smith wrote the documentation for the commutative diagram macros; this
-chapter is under the GNU General Public License. Adam Lewenberg has made
-additions and corrections. Oleg Katsitadze wrote the section on LaTeX
-packages and the chapter on hyperlinks, and updates throughout.
-INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
-START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* Eplain: (eplain). Expanding on plain Tex.
-END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Top, Next: Introduction, Up: (dir)
-
-Eplain
-******
-
-This manual documents the Eplain macros, version 3.5, February 2013.
-Eplain provides functionality for plain TeX that is intended to be
-useful regardless of how your document is actually formatted.
-
- Most of this manual is in the public domain, like most of the Eplain
-code. It was originally written by Karl Berry, starting in 1989.
-Steven Smith wrote the documentation for the commutative diagram macros;
-this chapter is under the GNU General Public License. Adam Lewenberg
-has made additions and corrections. Oleg Katsitadze wrote the section
-on LaTeX packages and the chapter on hyperlinks, and updates throughout.
-
- The Eplain home page is <http://tug.org/eplain>.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Introduction:: Eplain's purpose and philosophy.
-* Installation:: Installing Eplain.
-* Invoking Eplain:: Using Eplain from a TeX file.
-* User definitions:: Macros to be used in a document.
-* Hyperlinks:: Producing documents with hyperlinks.
-* Arrow theoretic diagrams:: Macros for commutative diagrams.
-* Programming definitions:: Macros to be used in writing other macros.
-* Demo files:: Sample documents demonstrating Eplain.
-* Macro index:: Entries for TeX and Eplain control sequences.
-* Concept index:: General index.
-
- -- The Detailed Node Listing --
-
-User definitions
-
-* Diagnostics:: Tracing information.
-* Rules:: Changing the default rule dimensions.
-* Citations:: Using BibTeX and Eplain to make bibliographies.
-* Displays:: Changing the formatting of math displays.
-* Time of day:: Producing the time of day.
-* Lists:: Producing numbered and unordered lists.
-* Verbatim listing:: Producing text just as it appears.
-* Contents:: Making a table of contents.
-* Cross-references:: Symbolically referring to pages or equations.
-* Page references:: Symbolic references to page numbers.
-* Equation references:: Symbolic references to equation numbers.
-* Indexing:: Creating and typesetting indexes.
-* Justification:: Left- or right-justification, or centering.
-* Tables:: Producing ordered tables.
-* Margins:: Changing the margins directly.
-* Multiple columns:: Getting output in two columns.
-* Footnotes:: Autonumbered footnotes; changing formatting.
-* Fractions:: A better way to produce fractions in text.
-* Paths:: Allowing line breaks in pathnames.
-* Logos:: Various logos.
-* Boxes:: Producing filled or open rectangles.
-* Checking for PDF output:: Checking for pdfTeX in PDF mode.
-* Loading LaTeX packages:: Support for LaTeX packages under plain TeX.
-
-Citations
-
-* Formatting citations:: Changing the way citations are printed.
-* Formatting bibliographies:: Changing the way bibliographies are printed.
-
-Displays
-
-* Formatting displays:: General formatting of displays.
-
-Lists
-
-* Formatting lists:: Changing how the lists look.
-
-Contents
-
-* Writing the .toc file::
-* Reading the .toc file::
-* Changing the .toc file's root name::
-* Alternative contents files::
-
-Cross-references
-
-* Defining generic references::
-* Using generic references::
-
-Equation references
-
-* Formatting equation references::
-* Subequation references::
-
-Indexing
-
-* Indexing terms:: Specifying what to index.
-* Typesetting an index:: Printing the sorted output.
-* Customizing indexing:: Creating commands and specifying extra actions.
-
-Indexing terms
-
-* Indexing commands:: Making index entries.
-* Modifying index entries:: Ranges, see/see also, page number typesetting.
-* Index entries with special characters::
-* Proofing index terms:: Noting index entries in the margins.
-
-Loading LaTeX packages
-
-* The \usepackage command:: Command to load packages.
-* Environment for loading packages:: Environment for the \usepackage commands.
-* Packages known to work:: Supported packages.
-* Packages known not to work:: Packages known not to work with Eplain.
-
-Hyperlinks
-
-* Introduction to hyperlinks::
-* Explicit hyperlinks::
-* Implicit hyperlinks::
-* Hyperlink drivers::
-* Setting hyperlink types and options::
-* Turning hyperlinks on/off::
-
-Implicit hyperlinks
-
-* General hyperlinks:: hrefint, hrefext
-* URL hyperlinks:: url
-* Citation hyperlinks:: cite, bib
-* List hyperlinks:: li
-* Cross-reference hyperlinks:: definexref, ref
-* Page reference hyperlinks:: xrdef, xref
-* Equation reference hyperlinks:: eq
-* Index hyperlinks:: idx
-* Footnote hyperlinks:: foot, footback
-* Contents hyperlinks::
-
-Index hyperlinks
-
-* Exact destinations for index terms::
-* Page destinations for index terms::
-* Choosing destination placement::
-* Index page list and page range parsers::
-* Hyperlinks in see and see also entries::
-
-Hyperlink drivers
-
-* Options supported by all drivers::
-* Hyperlink driver hypertex::
-* Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm::
-* Hyperlink driver nolinks::
-
-Hyperlink driver hypertex::
-
-* Destination types for hypertex::
-* Destination options for hypertex::
-* Link types for hypertex::
-* Link options for hypertex::
-
-Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm::
-
-* Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm::
-* Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm::
-* Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm::
-* Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm::
-
-Setting hyperlink types and options
-
-* Setting default types and options::
-* Setting group types::
-* Setting group options::
-
-Turning hyperlinks on/off
-
-* Turning low-level commands on/off::
-* Turning hyperlinks on/off for a group::
-
-Arrow theoretic diagrams
-
-* Slanted lines and vectors::
-* Commutative diagrams::
-
-Commutative diagrams
-
-* Arrows and morphisms::
-* Construction of commutative diagrams::
-* Commutative diagram parameters::
-
-Programming definitions
-
-* Category codes:: Changing category codes.
-* Allocation macros:: Non-outer versions of \newcount et al.
-* Iteration:: Doing 'for' and 'while' loops in TeX.
-* Macro arguments:: Reading and ignoring them.
-* Converting to characters:: Normalizing control sequences and spaces.
-* Expansion:: Controlling expansion.
-* Obeying spaces:: Making whitespace count anywhere.
-* Writing out numbers:: Making '1' into 'one'.
-* Mode-specific penalties::
-* Auxiliary files:: Testing for their existence.
-* User-defined environments:: User-defined environments.
-* Page list and page range parsers::
-
-Expansion
-
-* \csn and \ece::
-* \edefappend::
-* Hooks:: Manipulating and executing named actions.
-* Properties:: Associating information with a csname.
-* \expandonce::
-* \ifundefined::
-* \ifempty::
-* \ifinteger and \isinteger::
-* \futurenonspacelet::
-
-Demo files
-
-* Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex)::
-* Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex)::
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Introduction, Next: Installation, Prev: Top, Up: Top
-
-1 Introduction
-**************
-
-The "Eplain" macro package expands on and extends the definitions in
-plain TeX. Its home on the web is <http://tug.org/eplain>.
-
- This manual describes the definitions that you, as either an author
-or a macro writer, might like to use. It doesn't discuss the
-implementation; see comments in the source code ('xeplain.tex') for
-that.
-
- Eplain is not intended to provide "generic" typesetting capabilities,
-as do LaTeX (written by Leslie Lamport) or Texinfo (written by Richard
-Stallman and others). Instead, it provides definitions that are
-intended to be useful regardless of the high-level commands that you use
-when you actually prepare your manuscript.
-
- For example, Eplain does not have a command '\section', which would
-format section headings in an "appropriate" way, such as LaTeX's
-'\section'. The philosophy of Eplain is that some people will always
-need or want to go beyond the macro designer's idea of "appropriate".
-Such canned macros are fine--as long as you are willing to accept the
-resulting output. If you don't like the results, or if you are trying
-to match a different format, you are out of luck.
-
- On the other hand, almost everyone would like capabilities such as
-cross-referencing by labels, so that you don't have to put actual page
-numbers in the manuscript. The author of Eplain is not aware of any
-generally available macro packages that (1) do not force their
-typographic style on an author, and yet (2) provide such capabilities.
-
- Besides such generic macros as cross-referencing, Eplain contains
-another set of definitions: ones that change the conventions of plain
-TeX's output. For example, math displays in TeX are, by default,
-centered. If you want your displays to come out left-justified, you
-have to plow through 'The TeXbook' to find some way to do it, and then
-adapt the code to your own needs. Eplain tries to take care of the
-messy details of such things, while still leaving the detailed
-appearance of the output up to you.
-
- Finally, numerous definitions turned out to be useful as Eplain was
-developed. They are also documented in this manual, on the chance that
-people writing other macros will be able to use them.
-
- You can send bug reports or suggestions to <tex-eplain@tug.org>. The
-current version number of Eplain is defined as the macro '\fmtversion'
-at the end of the source file 'eplain.tex'. When corresponding, please
-refer to it.
-
- To get on this mailing list yourself, email
-<tex-eplain-request@tug.org> with a message whose body contains a line
-
- subscribe YOU@YOUR.PREFERRED.ADDRESS
-
-or visit <http://tug.org/mailman/listinfo/tex-eplain>.
-
- David Walden had reported his experience with Eplain as a new user.
-The article is available online at
-<http://tug.org/pracjourn/2005-4/walden>. An introductory article
-(written for TUGboat) is also available online at
-<http://tug.org/eplain/misc/tb84katsi.pdf>.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Installation, Next: Invoking Eplain, Prev: Introduction, Up: Top
-
-2 Installation
-**************
-
-Your TeX installation should already contain a version of Eplain
-('eplain.tex') in its main 'texmf' tree (usually under
-'/usr/share/texmf/tex/eplain/' on Unix systems). To install a newer
-version of Eplain, put the new 'eplain.tex' (included in Eplain
-distributions) in the 'tex/eplain/' subdirectory of your local 'texmf'
-tree. The newer version you install in the local tree should override
-the older one in the main tree.
-
- The location of the local 'texmf' tree obviously depends on your
-operating system and TeX installation. On Unix systems the usual
-location is '/usr/local/share/texmf/'. If you don't have write
-permissions for '/usr/local/share/texmf/', many installations read the
-'texmf' tree in the user's home directory; 'eplain.tex' then should go
-under '~/texmf/tex/eplain/'. For more information about TeX directory
-structure, please see
-<http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=tds>.
-
- If you prefer to install 'eplain.tex' in a non-standard place, set an
-environment variable ('TEXINPUTS' for the Web2C port of TeX to Unix) to
-tell TeX how to find it.
-
- If you want, you can also create a format ('.fmt') file for Eplain,
-which will eliminate the time spent reading the macro source file with
-'\input'. You do this by issuing a sequence of Unix commands something
-like this:
-
- prompt$ touch eplain.aux
- prompt$ initex
- This is TeX, ...
- **&plain eplain
- (eplain.tex)
- *\dump
- ... MESSAGES ...
-
-You must make sure that 'eplain.aux' exists _before_ you run 'initex';
-otherwise, warning messages about undefined labels will never be issued.
-
- You then have to install the resulting 'eplain.fmt' in your local
-'texmf' tree or set an environment variable to tell TeX how to find it.
-For the Web2C port of TeX to Unix, format files are usually installed
-under '/usr/local/share/texmf/web2c/' or '/var/lib/texmf/web2c/'; the
-environment variable is 'TEXFORMATS'.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Invoking Eplain, Next: User definitions, Prev: Installation, Up: Top
-
-3 Invoking Eplain
-*****************
-
-The simplest way to use Eplain is simply to put:
-
- \input eplain
-
-at the beginning of your input file. The macro file is small enough
-that reading it does not take an unbearably long time--at least on
-contemporary machines.
-
- In addition, if a format ('.fmt') file has been created for Eplain
-(see the previous section), you can eliminate the time spent reading the
-macro source file. You do this by responding '&eplain' to TeX's '**'
-prompt. For example:
-
- initex
- This is TeX, ...
- **&eplain myfile
-
- Depending on the implementation of TeX which you are using, you might
-also be able to invoke TeX as 'eplain' and have the format file
-automatically read.
-
- If you write something which you will be distributing to others, you
-won't know if the Eplain format will be loaded already. If it is, then
-doing '\input eplain' will waste time; if it isn't, then you must load
-it. To solve this, Eplain defines the control sequence '\eplain' to be
-the letter 't' (a convention borrowed from Lisp; it doesn't actually
-matter what the definition is, only that the definition exists).
-Therefore, you can do the following:
-
- \ifx\eplain\undefined \input eplain \fi
-
-where '\undefined' must never acquire a definition.
-
- Eplain consists of several source files:
-'xeplain.tex'
- most of the macros;
-
-'arrow.tex'
- commutative diagram macros (*note Arrow theoretic diagrams::),
- written by Steven Smith;
-
-'btxmac.tex'
- bibliography-related macros (*note Citations::);
-
-'ifpdf.sty'
- sets the switch '\ifpdf', which can be used to detect pdfTeX in PDF
- mode (*note Checking for PDF output::), written by Heiko Oberdiek;
-
-'path.sty'
- macro for allowing line breaks at punctuation characters within
- long pathnames, electronic mail addresses, etc., (*note Paths::),
- written by Philip Taylor;
-
-'texnames.sty'
- abbreviations for various TeX-related names (*note Logos::), edited
- by Nelson Beebe.
-
-The file 'eplain.tex' is all of these files merged together, with
-comments removed. The original sources can be found in Eplain source
-zip archive in your TeX distribution, on CTAN or on Eplain's home page
-at <http://tug.org/eplain>.
-
- All of these files except 'xeplain.tex' can be input individually, if
-all you want are the definitions in that file.
-
- Also, since the bibliography macros are fairly extensive, you might
-not want to load them, to conserve TeX's memory. Therefore, if the
-control sequence '\nobibtex' is defined, then the bibliography
-definitions are skipped. You must set '\nobibtex' before 'eplain.tex'
-is read, naturally. For example, you could start your input file like
-this:
-
- \let\nobibtex = t
- \input eplain
-
-By default, '\nobibtex' is undefined, and so the bibliography
-definitions _are_ made.
-
- Likewise, define '\noarrow' if you don't want to include the
-commutative diagram macros from 'arrow.tex', perhaps because you already
-have conflicting ones.
-
- If you don't want to read or write an 'aux' file at all, for any kind
-of cross-referencing, define '\noauxfile' before reading 'eplain.tex'.
-This also turns off all warnings about undefined labels.
-
- Eplain conflicts with AMSTeX (to be precise, with 'amsppt.sty'): the
-macros '\cite' and '\ref' are defined by both.
-
- If you want to use AMSTeX's '\cite', the solution is to define
-'\nobibtex' before reading Eplain, as described above.
-
- If you have 'amsppt.sty' loaded and use '\ref', Eplain writes a
-warning on your terminal. If you want to use the AMSTeX '\ref', do
-'\let\ref = \amsref' after reading Eplain. To avoid the warning, do
-'\let\ref = \eplainref' after reading Eplain and before using '\ref'.
-
- Sometimes you may need to run TeX more then once on your '.tex' file
-in order to produce and typeset indexes, resolve undefined
-cross-references and/or citations. The shell script 'texi2dvi' from the
-Texinfo documentation system (see <http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo>)
-can automate this process: it runs BibTeX, MakeIndex and TeX as many
-times as needed to complete the compilation process. You will need to
-set the 'LATEX' environment variable to 'tex'. For example, in a
-Bourne-compatible shell, the following command will do all the work:
-
- prompt$ LATEX=tex texi2dvi file.tex
-
-(Despite the name, 'texi2dvi' can also produce '.pdf' files; just set
-'LATEX=pdftex'.) See the output from the command 'texi2dvi --help' for
-invoking information and a full list of options.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: User definitions, Next: Hyperlinks, Prev: Invoking Eplain, Up: Top
-
-4 User definitions
-******************
-
-This chapter describes definitions that are meant to be used directly in
-a document. When appropriate, ways to change the default formatting are
-described in subsections.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Diagnostics:: Tracing information.
-* Rules:: Changing the default rule dimensions.
-* Citations:: Using BibTeX and Eplain to make bibliographies.
-* Displays:: Changing the formatting of math displays.
-* Time of day:: Producing the time of day.
-* Lists:: Producing numbered and unordered lists.
-* Verbatim listing:: Producing text just as it appears.
-* Contents:: Making a table of contents.
-* Cross-references:: Symbolic references to equations, figures, etc.
-* Page references:: Symbolic references to page numbers.
-* Equation references:: Symbolic references to equation numbers.
-* Indexing:: Creating and typesetting indexes.
-* Justification:: Ragged left, ragged right, centered.
-* Tables:: Producing ordered tables.
-* Margins:: Changing the margins directly.
-* Multiple columns:: Getting output in two columns.
-* Footnotes:: Autonumbered footnotes; changing formatting.
-* Fractions:: A better way to produce fractions in text.
-* Paths:: Allowing line breaks in pathnames.
-* Logos:: Various logos.
-* Boxes:: Producing filled or open rectangles.
-* Checking for PDF output:: Checking for pdfTeX in PDF mode.
-* Loading LaTeX packages:: Support for LaTeX packages under plain TeX.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Diagnostics, Next: Rules, Up: User definitions
-
-4.1 Diagnostics
-===============
-
-Plain TeX provides the '\tracingall' command, to turn on the maximum
-amount of tracing possible in TeX. The (usually voluminous) output from
-'\tracingall' goes both on the terminal and into the transcript file.
-It is sometimes easier to have the output go only to the transcript
-file, so you can peruse it at your leisure and not obscure other output
-to the terminal. So, Eplain provides the command '\loggingall'. (For
-some reason, this command is available in Metafont, but not in TeX.)
-
- It is also sometimes useful to see the complete contents of boxes.
-'\tracingboxes' does this. (It doesn't affect whether or not the
-contents are shown on the terminal.)
-
- You can turn off all tracing with '\tracingoff'.
-
- You can also turn logging on and off globally, so you don't have to
-worry about whether or not you're inside a group at the time of command.
-These variants are named '\gloggingall' and '\gtracingall'.
-
- Finally, if you write your own help messages (see '\newhelp' in 'The
-TeXbook'), you want a convenient way to break lines in them. This is
-what TeX's '\newlinechar' parameter is for; however, plain TeX doesn't
-set '\newlinechar'. Therefore, Eplain defines it to be the character
-'^^J'.
-
- For example, one of Eplain's own error messages is defined as
-follows:
-
- \newhelp\envhelp{Perhaps you forgot to end the previous^^J%
- environment? I'm finishing off the current group,^^J%
- hoping that will fix it.}%
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Rules, Next: Citations, Prev: Diagnostics, Up: User definitions
-
-4.2 Rules
-=========
-
-The default dimensions of rules are defined in chapter 21 of the 'The
-TeXbook'. To sum up what is given there, the "thickness" of rules is
-0.4pt by default. Eplain defines three parameters that let you change
-this dimension: '\hruledefaultheight', '\hruledefaultdepth', and
-'\vruledefaultwidth'. By default, they are defined as 'The TeXbook'
-describes.
-
- But it would be wrong to redefine '\hrule' and '\vrule'. For one
-thing, some macros in plain TeX depend on the default dimensions being
-used; for another, rules are used quite heavily, and the performance
-impact of making it a macro can be noticeable. Therefore, to take
-advantage of the default rule parameters, you must use '\ehrule' and
-'\evrule'.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Citations, Next: Displays, Prev: Rules, Up: User definitions
-
-4.3 Citations
-=============
-
-Bibliographies are part of almost every technical document. To handle
-them conveniently, you need two things: a program to do the tedious
-formatting, and a way to cite references by labels, rather than by
-numbers. The BibTeX program, written by Oren Patashnik, takes care of
-the first item; the citation commands in LaTeX, written to be used with
-BibTeX, take care of the second. Therefore, Eplain adopts the use of
-BibTeX, and virtually the same interface as LaTeX.
-
- The general idea is that you put citation commands in the text of
-your document, and commands saying where the bibliography data is. When
-you run TeX, these commands produce output on the file with the same
-root name as your document (by default) and the extension '.aux'.
-BibTeX reads this file. You should put the bibliography data in a file
-or files with the extension '.bib'. BibTeX writes out a file with the
-same root name as your document and extension '.bbl'. Eplain reads this
-file the next time you run your document through TeX. (It takes
-multiple passes to get everything straight, because usually after seeing
-your bibliography typeset, you want to make changes in the '.bib' file,
-which means you have to run BibTeX again, which means you have to run
-TeX again...) An annotated example of the whole process is given below.
-
- If your document has more than one bibliography--for example, if it
-is a collection of papers--you can tell Eplain to use a different root
-name for the '.bbl' file by defining the control sequence
-'\bblfilebasename'. The default definition is simply '\jobname'.
-
- On the other hand, if your document's bibliography is very simple,
-you may prefer to create the '.bbl' file yourself, by hand, instead of
-using BibTeX. An annotated example of this approach is also given
-below.
-
- See the document 'BibTeXing' (whose text is in the file 'btxdoc.tex',
-which should be in the Eplain distribution you got) for information on
-how to write your .bib files. Both the BibTeX and the Eplain
-distributions contain several examples, also.
-
- The '\cite' command produces a citation in the text of your document.
-The exact printed form the citation will take is under your control
-(*note Formatting citations::). '\cite' takes one required argument, a
-comma-separated list of cross-reference labels (*note
-Cross-references::, for exactly what characters are allowed in such
-labels). Warning: spaces in this list are taken as part of the
-following label name, which is probably not what you expect. The
-'\cite' command also produces a command in the .aux file that tells
-BibTeX to retrieve the given reference(s) from the .bib file. '\cite'
-also takes one optional argument, which you specify within square
-brackets, as in LaTeX. This text is simply typeset after the citations.
-(See the example below.)
-
- Eplain can create hypertext links for citations pointing to the
-relevant bibliography entries (*note Citation hyperlinks::).
-
- Another command, '\nocite', puts the given reference(s) into the
-bibliography, but produces nothing in the text.
-
- The '\bibliography' command is next. It serves two purposes:
-producing the typeset bibliography, and telling BibTeX the root names of
-the .bib files. Therefore, the argument to '\bibliography' is a comma
-separated list of the .bib files (without the '.bib'). Again, spaces in
-this list are significant.
-
- You tell BibTeX the particular style in which you want your
-bibliography typeset with one more command: '\bibliographystyle'. The
-argument to this is a single filename STYLE, which tells BibTeX to look
-for a file STYLE.bst. See the document 'Designing BibTeX styles' (whose
-text is in the 'btxhak.tex') for information on how to write your own
-styles.
-
- Eplain automatically reads the citations from the .aux file when your
-job starts.
-
- If you don't want to see the messages about undefined citations, you
-can say '\xrefwarningfalse' before making any citations. Eplain
-automatically does this if the .aux file does not exist. You can
-restore the default by saying '\xrefwarningtrue'.
-
- Here is a TeX input file that illustrates the various commands.
-
- \input eplain % Reads the .aux file.
- Two citations to Knuthian works:
- \cite[note]{surreal,concrete-math}.
- \beginsection{References.}\par % Title for the bibliography.
- \bibliography{knuth} % Use knuth.bib for the labels.
- \bibliographystyle{plain} % Number the references.
- \end % End of the document.
-
- If we suppose that this file was named 'citex.tex' and that the
-bibliography data is in 'knuth.bib' (as the above '\bibliography'
-command says), the following commands do what's required. ('$ '
-represents the shell prompt.)
-
- $ tex citex (produces undefined citation messages)
- $ bibtex citex (read knuth.bib and citex.aux, write citex.bbl)
- $ tex citex (read citex.bbl, still have undefined citations)
- $ tex citex (one more time, to resolve the references)
-
-The 'texi2dvi' program can help you automate this process (*note
-Invoking Eplain::).
-
- For simple documents you might choose to write the '.bbl' file
-yourself, instead of running BibTeX. For this scenario, the following
-commands should suffice:
-
- $ tex citex (read citex.bbl, produces undefined citation messages)
- $ tex citex (one more time, to resolve the references)
-
- The output looks something like (because we used the plain
-bibliography style):
-
- Two citations to Knuthian works: [2,1 note].
-
- References
-
- [1] Ronald L. Graham, Donald E. Knuth, and Oren Patashnik. Concrete
- Mathematics. Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1989.
-
- [2] Donald E. Knuth. Surreal Numbers. Addison-Wesley, Reading,
- Massachusetts, 1974.
-
- See the BibTeX documentation for information on how to write the
-bibliography databases, and the bibliography styles that are available.
-(If you want your references printed with names, as in [Knu74], instead
-of numbered, the bibliography style is 'alpha'.)
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Formatting citations:: Changing the way citations are printed.
-* Formatting bibliographies:: Changing the way bibliographies are printed.
-* Commands from LaTeX:: LaTeX commands defined by 'btxmac'.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Formatting citations, Next: Formatting bibliographies, Up: Citations
-
-4.3.1 Formatting citations
---------------------------
-
-You may wish to change Eplain's formatting of citations; i.e., the
-result of your '\cite' commands. By default, the citation labels are
-printed one after another, separated by commas and enclosed in brackets,
-using the main text font. Some formats require other styles, such as
-superscripted labels. You can accomodate such formats by redefining the
-following macros.
-
-'\printcitestart'
-'\printcitefinish'
- Eplain expands these macros at the begining and end of the list of
- citations for each '\cite' command. By default, they produce a '['
- and ']', respectively.
-
-'\printbetweencitations'
- If a '\cite' command has multiple citations, as in
- '\cite{acp,texbook}', Eplain expands this macro in between each
- pair of citations. By default, it produces a comma followed by a
- space.
-
-'\printcitenote'
- This macro takes one argument, which is the optional note to the
- '\cite' command. If the '\cite' command had no note, this macro
- isn't used. Otherwise, it should print the note. By default, the
- note is preceded with a comma and a space.
-
- Here is an example, showing you could produce citations as
-superscripted labels, with the optional notes in parentheses.
-
- \def\printcitestart{\unskip $^\bgroup}
- \def\printbetweencitations{,}
- \def\printcitefinish{\egroup$}
- \def\printcitenote#1{\hbox{\sevenrm\space (#1)}}
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Formatting bibliographies, Next: Commands from LaTeX, Prev: Formatting citations, Up: Citations
-
-4.3.2 Formatting bibliographies
--------------------------------
-
-You may wish to change Eplain's formatting of the bibliography,
-especially with respect to the fonts that are used. Therefore, Eplain
-provides the following control sequences:
-
-'\biblabelwidth'
- This control sequence represents a '\dimen' register, and its value
- is the width of the widest label in the bibliography. Although it
- is unlikely you will ever want to redefine it, you might want to
- use it if you redefine '\biblabelprint', below.
-
-'\biblabelprint'
- This macro takes one argument, the label to print. By default, the
- label is put in a box of width '\biblabelwidth', and is followed by
- an enspace. When you want to change the spacing around the labels,
- this is the right macro to redefine.
-
-'\biblabelcontents'
- This macro also takes one argument, the label to print. By default,
- the label is printed using the font '\bblrm' (below), and enclosed
- in brackets. When you want to change the appearance of the label,
- but not the spacing around it, this is the right macro to redefine.
-
-'\biblabelprecontents'
-'\biblabelpostcontents'
- Macros expanded before and after '\biblabelcontents', respectively.
- For example, to get left-justified numeric labels (they are
- right-justified by default):
-
- \def\biblabelprecontents{\relax}
- \def\biblabelpostcontents{\hss}
-
-'\bblrm'
- The default font used for printing the bibliography.
-
-'\bblem'
- The font used for printing the titles and other "emphasized"
- material.
-
-'\bblemph'
- Typesets its argument using '\bblem', then inserts an italic
- correction.
-
-'\bblsc'
- In some styles, authors' names are printed in a caps-and-small-caps
- font. In those cases, this font is used.
-
-'\bblnewblock'
- This is invoked between each of the parts of a bibliography entry.
- The default is to leave some extra space between the parts; you
- could redefine it to start each part on a new line (for example). A
- part is simply a main element of the entry; for example, the author
- is a part. (It was LaTeX that introduced the (misleading, as far as
- I am concerned) term 'block' for this.)
-
-'\biblabelextraspace'
- Bibliography entries are typeset with a hanging indentation of
- '\biblabelwidth' plus this. The default is '.5em', where the em
- width is taken from the '\bblrm' font. If you want to change this,
- you should do it inside '\bblhook'.
-
-'\bblhook'
- This is expanded before reading the .bbl file. By default, it does
- nothing. You could, for example, define it to set the bibliography
- fonts, or produce the heading for the references. Two spacing
- parameters must be changed inside '\bblhook': '\parskip', which
- produces extra space between the items; and '\biblabelextraspace',
- which is described above. (By the way, '\hookappend' won't work
- with '\bblhook', despite the names. Just use '\def'.)
-
- If you are desperate, of course you can also hand-edit the .bbl file
-that BibTeX produces to do anything you wish.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Commands from LaTeX, Prev: Formatting bibliographies, Up: Citations
-
-4.3.3 Commands from LaTeX
--------------------------
-
-Because of the historical connection between BibTeX and LaTeX, in
-practice many bibliography styles and bibliographies use LaTeX commmands
-that are not part of bibliography handling, per se.
-
- To support this, 'btxmac.tex' (and thus Eplain) define the following.
-In all cases, an existing definition (e.g., from 'miniltx.tex', *note
-Loading LaTeX packages: Loading LaTeX packages.) will not be
-overwritten. Here is the list:
-
-'\newcommand'
-'\renewcommand'
-'\providecommand'
- Defining new commands in various ways. The Eplain versions do not
- support the *-form of these; use 'miniltx' for that.
-
-'\em'
-'\emph'
-'\sc'
-'\textbf'
- Selecting fonts.
-
-'\mbox'
- A horizontal box.
-
-'\newblock'
- Starts elements of a bibliography entry.
-
- For full information about these, see the LaTeX manual and sources.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Displays, Next: Time of day, Prev: Citations, Up: User definitions
-
-4.4 Displays
-============
-
-By default, TeX centers displayed material. (Displayed material is just
-whatever you put between '$$''s--it's not necessarily mathematics.) Many
-layouts would be better served if the displayed material was
-left-justified. Therefore, Eplain provides the command '\leftdisplays',
-which indents displayed material by '\parindent' plus '\leftskip', plus
-'\leftdisplayindent'.
-
- You can go back to centering displays with '\centereddisplays'. (It
-is usually poor typography to have both centered and left-justified
-displays in a single publication, though.)
-
- '\leftdisplays' also changes the plain TeX commands that deal with
-alignments inside math displays, '\displaylines', '\eqalignno', and
-'\leqalignno', to produce left-justified text. You can still override
-this formatting by inserting '\hfill' glue, as explained in 'The
-TeXbook'.
-
- Eplain defines '\eqnum' and '\eqalignnum' which can be set up to
-produce either left-aligned or right-aligned equation numbers.
-'\lefteqnumbers' ('\righteqnumbers') will define '\eqnum' to expand to
-'\eqno' ('\leqno'), and '\eqalignnum' to expand to '\eqalignno'
-('\leqalignno'). Default is '\righteqnumbers' (right-aligned equation
-numbers).
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Formatting displays:: General formatting of displays.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Formatting displays, Up: Displays
-
-4.4.1 Formatting displays
--------------------------
-
-If you want some other kind of formatting, you can write a definition of
-your own, analogous to '\leftdisplays'. You need only make sure that
-'\leftdisplaysetup' is called at the beginning of every display
-(presumably by invoking it in TeX's '\everydisplay' parameter).
-
- '\leftdisplays' expands the old value of '\everydisplay' before
-calling '\leftdisplaysetup', so that any changes you have made to it
-won't be lost. That old token list as available as the value of the
-token register '\previouseverydisplay'.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Time of day, Next: Lists, Prev: Displays, Up: User definitions
-
-4.5 Time of day
-===============
-
-TeX provides the day, month, and year as numeric quantities (unless your
-TeX implementation is woefully deficient). Eplain provides some control
-sequences to make them a little more friendly to humans.
-
- '\monthname' produces the name of the current month, abbreviated to
-three letters.
-
- '\fullmonthname' produces the name of the current month,
-unabbreviated (in English).
-
- '\timestring' produces the current time, as in '1:14 p.m.'
-
- '\timestamp' produces the current date and time, as in '23 Apr 64
-1:14 p.m.'. (Except the spacing is slightly different.)
-
- '\today' produces the current date, as in '23 April 1964'.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Lists, Next: Verbatim listing, Prev: Time of day, Up: User definitions
-
-4.6 Lists
-=========
-
-Many documents require lists of items, either numbered or simply
-enumerated. Plain TeX defines one macro to help with creating lists,
-'\item', but that is insufficient in many cases. Therefore, Eplain
-provides two pairs of commands:
-
-'\numberedlist ... \endnumberedlist'
-'\orderedlist ... \endorderedlist'
- These commands (they are synonyms) produce a list with the items
- numbered sequentially, starting from one. A nested '\numberedlist'
- labels the items with lowercase letters, starting with 'a'. Another
- nested '\numberedlist' labels the items with roman numerals. Yet
- more deeply nested numbered lists label items with '*'.
-
-'\unorderedlist ... \endunorderedlist'
- This produces a list with the items labelled with small black boxes
- ("square bullets"). A nested '\unorderedlist' labels items with
- em-dashes. Doubly (and deeper) nested unordered lists label items
- with '*'s.
-
- The two kinds of lists can be nested within each other, as well.
-
- In both kinds of lists, you begin an item with '\li'. An item may
-continue for several paragraphs. Each item starts a paragraph.
-
- You can give '\li' an optional argument, a cross-reference label.
-It's defined to be the "marker" for the current item. This is useful if
-the list items are numbered. You can produce the value of the label with
-'\xrefn'. *Note Cross-references::.
-
- Eplain can create hypertext links for the markers produced by
-'\xrefn' pointing to the relevant list item (*note List hyperlinks::).
-
- You can also say '\listcompact' right after '\numberedlist' or
-'\unorderedlist'. The items in the list will then not have any extra
-space between them (*note Formatting lists::). You might want to do this
-if the items in this particular list are short.
-
- Here is an example:
-
- \numberedlist\listcompact
- \li The first item.
- \li The second item.
-
- The second paragraph of the second item.
- \endnumberedlist
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Formatting lists:: Changing how the lists look.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Formatting lists, Up: Lists
-
-4.6.1 Formatting lists
-----------------------
-
-Several registers define the spacing associated with lists. It is likely
-that their default values won't suit your particular layout.
-
-'\abovelistskipamount, \belowlistskipamount'
- The vertical glue inserted before and after every list,
- respectively.
-
-'\interitemskipamount'
- The vertical glue inserted before each item except the first.
- '\listcompact' resets this to zero, as mentioned above.
-
-'\listleftindent, \listrightindent'
- '\listrightindent' is the amount of space by which the list is
- indented on the right; i.e., it is added to '\rightskip'.
- '\listleftindent' is the amount of space, _relative to_
- '\parindent', by which the list is indented on the left. Why treat
- the two parameters differently? Because (a) it is more useful to
- make the list indentation depend on the paragraph indentation;
- (b) footnotes aren't formatted right if '\parindent' is reset to
- zero.
-
- The three vertical glues are inserted by macros, and preceded by
-penalties: '\abovelistskip' does '\vpenalty\abovelistpenalty' and then
-'\vskip\abovelistskip'. '\belowlistskip' and '\interitemskip' are
-analogous.
-
- In addition, the macro '\listmarkerspace' is called to separate the
-item label from the item text. This is set to '\enspace' by default.
-
- If you want to change the labels on the items, you can redefine these
-macros: '\numberedmarker' or '\unorderedmarker'. The following registers
-might be useful if you do:
-
-'\numberedlistdepth, \unorderedlistdepth'
- These keep track of the depth of nesting of the two kinds of lists.
-
-'\itemnumber, \itemletter'
- These keep track of the number of items that have been seen in the
- current numbered list. They are both integer registers. The
- difference is that '\itemnumber' starts at one, and '\itemletter'
- starts at 97, i.e., lowercase 'a'.
-
- You can also redefine the control sequences that are used internally,
-if you want to do something radically different: '\beginlist' is invoked
-to begin both kinds of lists; '\printitem' is invoked to print the label
-(and space following the label) for each item; and '\endlist' is invoked
-to end both kinds of lists.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Verbatim listing, Next: Contents, Prev: Lists, Up: User definitions
-
-4.7 Verbatim listing
-====================
-
-It is sometimes useful to include a file verbatim in your document; for
-example, part of a computer program. The '\listing' command is given one
-argument, a filename, and produces the contents of that file in your
-document. '\listing' expands '\listingfont' to set the current font. The
-default value of '\listingfont' is '\tt'.
-
- You can take arbitrary actions before reading the file by defining
-the macro '\setuplistinghook'. This is expanded just before the file is
-input.
-
- If you want to have line numbers on the output, you can say
-'\let\setuplistinghook = \linenumberedlisting'. The line numbers are
-stored in the count register '\lineno' while the file is being read. You
-can redefine the macro '\printlistinglineno' to change how they are
-printed.
-
- Normally, the '\listing' command will add a final empty line at the
-end of the output, even if the file does not end in a newline. To
-suppress this final line, you can say '\let\setuplistinghook =
-\nolastlinelisting'. This also works with line numbers (say
-'\def\setuplistinghook{\linenumberedlisting \nolastlinelisting}'), but
-only if '\printlistinglineno' consists exclusively of boxes at the top
-level (i.e., any '\kern's or glue should be wrapped up in a box).
-
- You can use the form feed control character (ASCII code 12, typed as
-'CTRL-L') in the file to force a page break in the output.
-
- You can produce in-line verbatim text in your document with
-'\verbatim'. End the text with '|endverbatim'. If you need a '|' in the
-text, double it. If the first character of the verbatim text is a space,
-use '| '. ('| ' will work elsewhere in the argument, too, but isn't
-necessary.)
-
- For example:
-
- \verbatim| ||\#%&!|endverbatim
-
-produces ' |\#%&!'.
-
- Line breaks and spaces in the verbatim text are preserved.
-
- You can change the verbatim escape character from the default '|'
-with '\verbatimescapechar CHAR'; for example, this changes it to '@'.
-
- \verbatimescapechar \@
-
-The backslash is not necessary in some cases, but is in others,
-depending on the catcode of the character. The argument to
-'\verbatimescapechar' is used as '\catcode `CHAR', so the exact rules
-follow that for '\catcode'.
-
- To reset the category code of all special characters to 12 ("other"),
-'\verbatim' uses '\uncatcodespecials' (*note Category codes::). If you
-make additional characters "special", you should extend '\dospecials' to
-include those characters, lest they be given special treatment inside
-verbatim environments. For example,
-
- \catcode`\A=\active
- % Try commenting out the following line.
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\dospecials\expandafter{\dospecials\do\A}
- \verbatimA#$%_^|endverbatim
-
- Because '\verbatim' must change the category code of special
-characters, calling inside a macro definition of your own does not work
-properly. For example:
-
- \def\mymacro{\verbatim &#%|endverbatim}% Doesn't work!
-
-To accomplish this, you must change the category codes yourself before
-making the macro definition. Perhaps '\uncatcodespecials' will help you
-(*note Category codes::).
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Contents, Next: Cross-references, Prev: Verbatim listing, Up: User definitions
-
-4.8 Contents
-============
-
-Producing a table of contents that is both useful and aesthetic is one
-of the most difficult design problems in any work. Naturally, Eplain
-does not pretend to solve the design problem. Collecting the raw data
-for a table of contents, however, is much the same across documents.
-Eplain uses an auxiliary file with extension '.toc' (and the same root
-name as your document) to save the information.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Writing the .toc file::
-* Reading the .toc file::
-* Changing the .toc file's root name::
-* Alternative contents files::
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Writing the .toc file, Next: Reading the .toc file, Up: Contents
-
-4.8.1 Writing the .toc file
----------------------------
-
-To write an entry for the table of contents, you say
-'\writetocentry{PART}{TEXT}', where PART is the type of part this entry
-is, e.g., 'chapter', and TEXT is the text of the title. '\writetocentry'
-puts an entry into the .toc file that looks like
-'\tocPARTentry{TEXT}{PAGE NUMBER}' (unless PART is an integer, see
-below). The TEXT is written unexpanded.
-
- A related command, '\writenumberedtocentry', takes one additional
-argument, the first token of which is expanded at the point of the
-'\writenumberedtocentry', but the rest of the argument is not expanded.
-The usual application is when the parts of the document are numbered. On
-the other hand, the one-level expansion allows you to use the argument
-for other things as well (author's names in a proceedings, say), and not
-have accents or other control sequences expanded. The downside is that
-if you _want_ full expansion of the third argument, you don't get
-it--you must expand it yourself, before you call
-'\writenumberedtocentry'.
-
- For example:
-
- \writenumberedtocentry{chapter}{A $\sin$ wave}{\the\chapno}
- \writetocentry{section}{A section title}
-
-Supposing '\the\chapno' expanded to '3' and that the '\write''s occurred
-on pages eight and nine, respectively, the above writes the following to
-the .toc file:
-
- \tocchapterentry{A $\sin$ wave}{3}{8}
- \tocsectionentry{A section title}{9}
-
- A variation on '\writenumberedtocentry' is '\writenumberedtocline',
-differing only in the order of the parameters it takes and writes for
-the '\tocPARTentry' control sequences. To continue the previous example:
-
- \writenumberedtocline{chapter}{\the\chapno}{A $\sin$ wave}
-
-writes the following to the .toc file:
-
- \tocchapterentry{3}{A $\sin$ wave}{8}
-
-Such ordering of the parameters allows the '\tocPARTentry' macros to
-typeset the text of the entry without actually reading it as an
-argument. This is required for entries which need to change character
-catcodes, e.g., to produce verbatim text (*note Verbatim listing::).
-
- Each of '\writetocentry', '\writenumberedtocentry' and
-'\writenumberedtocline' processes a numeric PART argument specially. If
-you pass PART expanding to an integer, these macros write into the .toc
-file an entry that starts with '\tocentry{PART}'. Thus, you can define a
-single '\tocentry' macro which formats all entries for a table of
-contents. To continue the previous examples:
-
- \writenumberedtocentry{1}{A $\sin$ wave}{\the\chapno}
- \writenumberedtocline{1}{\the\chapno}{A $\sin$ wave}
- \writetocentry{2}{A section title}
-
-writes the following to the .toc file:
-
- \tocentry{1}{A $\sin$ wave}{3}{8}
- \tocentry{1}{3}{A $\sin$ wave}{8}
- \tocentry{2}{A section title}{9}
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Reading the .toc file, Next: Changing the .toc file's root name, Prev: Writing the .toc file, Up: Contents
-
-4.8.2 Reading the .toc file
----------------------------
-
-You read the .toc file with the command '\readtocfile'. Naturally,
-whatever '\toc... entry' commands that were written to the file must be
-defined when '\readtocfile' is invoked. Eplain has minimal definitions
-for '\tocchapterentry', '\tocsectionentry', and '\tocsubsectionentry',
-just to prevent undefined control sequence errors in common cases. They
-aren't suitable for anything but preliminary proofs.
-
- Each of '\writetocentry', '\writenumberedtocentry' and
-'\writenumberedtocline' opens the .toc file for writing, thereby
-deleting the information from the previous run. You should therefore
-arrange that '\readtocfile' be called _before_ the first call to a
-'\writetoc...' macro. '\readtocfile' does not itself delete the
-information from the .toc file, so that you can call it several times,
-e.g., to create both a short and normal table of contents. (To produce
-this in particular, define '\tocsectionentry' to produce nothing while
-you are reading .toc file for a short table of contents (*note Macro
-arguments::).)
-
- On the other hand, if you don't want to rewrite the .toc file at all,
-perhaps because you are only running TeX on part of your manuscript, you
-can set '\rewritetocfilefalse'.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Changing the .toc file's root name, Next: Alternative contents files, Prev: Reading the .toc file, Up: Contents
-
-4.8.3 Changing the .toc file's root name
-----------------------------------------
-
-By default, the '.toc' file has the root '\jobname'. If your document
-has more than one contents--for example, if it is a collection of
-papers, some of which have their own contents--you can tell Eplain to
-use a different root name by defining the control sequence
-'\tocfilebasename'.
-
- Note that '\writetocentry', '\writenumberedtocentry' and
-'\writenumberedtocline' will open the contents file for writing only at
-the first call, using the value of '\tocfilebasename' at that time.
-Changing the value of '\tocfilebasename' afterwards will not affect
-which file gets _written_, although it will affect which file gets
-_read_ by '\readcontentsfile'. In case you need to write several
-contents files from a single TeX job, use '\definecontentsfile' (*note
-Alternative contents files::).
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Alternative contents files, Prev: Changing the .toc file's root name, Up: Contents
-
-4.8.4 Alternative contents files
---------------------------------
-
-In addition to the usual table of contents, you may want to have a list
-of figures, list of tables, or other such contents-like list. You can do
-this with '\definecontentsfile{ABBREV}'. All of the above commands are
-actually a special case that Eplain predefines with
-
- \definecontentsfile{toc}
-
-The ABBREV is used both for the file extension and in the control
-sequence names.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Cross-references, Next: Page references, Prev: Contents, Up: User definitions
-
-4.9 Cross-references
-====================
-
-It is often useful to refer the reader to other parts of your document;
-but putting literal page, section, equation, or whatever numbers in the
-text is certainly a bad thing.
-
- Eplain therefore provides commands for symbolic cross-references. It
-uses an auxiliary file with extension .aux (and the same root name as
-your document) to keep track of the information. Therefore, it takes two
-passes to get the cross-references right--one to write them out, and one
-to read them in. Eplain automatically reads the .aux file at the first
-reference; after reading it, Eplain reopens it for writing.
-
- You can control whether or not Eplain warns you about undefined
-labels. *Note Citations::.
-
- Labels in Eplain's cross-reference commands can use characters of
-category code eleven (letter), twelve (other), ten (space), three (math
-shift), four (alignment tab), seven (superscript), or eight (subscript).
-For example, '(a1 $&^_' is a valid label (assuming the category codes of
-plain TeX), but '%#\{' has no valid characters.
-
- You can also do symbolic cross-references for bibliographic citations
-and list items. *Note Citations::, and *note Lists::.
-
- Eplain can create hypertext links for the cross-references (*note
-Cross-reference hyperlinks::).
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Defining generic references::
-* Using generic references::
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Defining generic references, Next: Using generic references, Up: Cross-references
-
-4.9.1 Defining generic references
----------------------------------
-
-Eplain provides the command '\definexref' for general cross-references.
-It takes three arguments: the name of the label (see section above for
-valid label names), the value of the label (which can be anything), and
-the "class" of the reference--whether it's a section, or theorem, or
-what. For example:
-
- \definexref{sec-intro}{3.1}{section}
-
-Of course, the label value is usually generated by another macro using
-TeX count registers or some such.
-
- '\definexref' doesn't actually define LABEL; instead, it writes out
-the definition to the .aux file, where Eplain will read it on the next
-TeX run.
-
- The CLASS argument is used by the '\ref' and '\refs' commands. See
-the next section.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Using generic references, Prev: Defining generic references, Up: Cross-references
-
-4.9.2 Using generic references
-------------------------------
-
-To retrieve the value of the label defined via '\definexref' (see the
-previous section), Eplain provides the following macros:
-
-'\refn{LABEL}'
-'\xrefn{LABEL}'
- '\refn' and '\xrefn' (they are synonyms) produce the bare
- definition of LABEL. If LABEL isn't defined, issue a warning, and
- produce LABEL itself instead, in typewriter. (The warning isn't
- given if '\xrefwarningfalse'.)
-
-'\ref{LABEL}'
- Given the class C for LABEL (see the description of '\definexref'
- in the previous section), expand the control sequence '\C word' (if
- it's defined) followed by a tie. Then call '\refn' on LABEL.
- (Example below.)
-
-'\refs{LABEL}'
- Like '\ref', but append the letter 's' to the '\...word'.
-
- The purpose of the '\...word' macro is to produce the word 'Section'
-or 'Figure' or whatever that usually precedes the actual reference
-number.
-
- Here is an example:
-
- \def\sectionword{Section}
- \definexref{sec-intro}{3.1}{section}
- \definexref{sec-next}{3.2}{section}
- See \refs{sec-intro} and \refn{sec-next} ...
-
-This produces 'See Sections 3.1 and 3.2 ...'
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Page references, Next: Equation references, Prev: Cross-references, Up: User definitions
-
-4.10 Page references
-====================
-
-Eplain provides two commands for handling references to page numbers,
-one for definition and one for use.
-
-'\xrdef{LABEL}'
- Define LABEL to be the current page number. This produces no
- printed output, and ignores following spaces.
-
-'\xref{LABEL}'
- Produce the text 'p. PAGENO', which is the usual form for
- cross-references. The PAGENO is actually LABEL's definition; if
- LABEL isn't defined, the text of the label itself is printed. The
- 'p. ' prefix is defined by '\xrefpageword'. Its default definition
- is 'p.\thinspace'.
-
- Eplain can create hypertext links for the page references (*note Page
-reference hyperlinks::).
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Equation references, Next: Indexing, Prev: Page references, Up: User definitions
-
-4.11 Equation references
-========================
-
-Instead of referring to pages, it's most useful if equation labels refer
-to equation numbers. Therefore, Eplain reserves a '\count' register,
-'\eqnumber', for the current equation number, and increments it at each
-numbered equation.
-
- Here are the commands to define equation labels and then refer to
-them:
-
-'\eqdef{LABEL}'
- This defines LABEL to be the current value of '\eqnumber', and, if
- the current context is not inner, then produces a '\eqnum' command
- (*note Displays::). (The condition makes it possible to use
- '\eqdef' in an '\eqalignno' construction, for example.) The text of
- the equation number is produced using '\eqprint'. *Note Formatting
- equation references::.
-
- If LABEL is empty, you still get an equation number (although
- naturally you can't reliably refer to it). This is useful if you
- want to put numbers on all equations in your document, and you
- don't want to think up unique labels.
-
- To refer to the last equation with the empty label, you just use
- the empty label in one of the equation reference macros (see
- below). This can be handy when you want to refer to an equation
- shortly after its definition, say, in the sentence following the
- displayed equation, and do not intend to refer to the equation
- later. But use this trick with extreme caution: if later you change
- the text and insert another empty definition between the original
- definition and the reference, the reference will start to refer to
- the new empty-labeled equation.
-
-'\eqdefn{LABEL}'
- This is like '\eqdef', except it always omits the '\eqnum' command.
- It can therefore be used in places where '\eqdef' can't; for
- example, in a non-displayed equation. The text of the equation
- number is not produced, so you can also use it in the (admittedly
- unusual) circumstance when you want to define an equation label but
- not print that label.
-
-'\eqref{LABEL}'
- This produces a formatted reference to LABEL. If LABEL is undefined
- (perhaps because it is a forward reference), it just produces the
- text of the label itself. Otherwise, it calls '\eqprint'.
-
-'\eqrefn{LABEL}'
- This produces the cross-reference text for LABEL. That is, it is
- like '\eqref', except it doesn't call '\eqprint'.
-
- Equation labels can contain the same characters that are valid in
-general cross-references.
-
- Eplain can create hypertext links for the equation references (*note
-Equation reference hyperlinks::).
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Formatting equation references::
-* Subequation references::
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Formatting equation references, Next: Subequation references, Up: Equation references
-
-4.11.1 Formatting equation references
--------------------------------------
-
-Both defining an equation label and referring to it should usually
-produce output. This output is produced with the '\eqprint' macro, which
-takes one argument, the equation number being defined or referred to. By
-default, this just produces '(NUMBER)', where NUMBER is the equation
-number. To produce the equation number in a different font, or with
-different surrounding symbols, or whatever, you can redefine '\eqprint'.
-For example, the following definition would print all equation numbers
-in italics. (The extra braces define a group, to keep the font change
-from affecting surrounding text.)
-
- \def\eqprint#1{{\it (#1)}}
-
- In addition to changing the formatting of equation numbers, you might
-want to add more structure to the equation number; for example, you
-might want to include the chapter number, to get equation numbers like
-'(1.2)'. To achieve this, you redefine '\eqconstruct'. For example:
-
- \def\eqconstruct#1{\the\chapternumber.#1}
-
-(If you are keeping the chapter number in a count register named
-'\chapternumber', naturally.)
-
- The reason for having both '\eqconstruct' and '\eqprint' may not be
-immediately apparent. The difference is that '\eqconstruct' affects the
-text that cross-reference label is defined to be, while '\eqprint'
-affects only what is typeset on the page. The example just below might
-help.
-
- Usually, you want equation labels to refer to equation numbers. But
-sometimes you might want a more complicated text. For example, you might
-have an equation '(1)', and then have a variation several pages later
-which you want to refer to as '(1*)'.
-
- Therefore, Eplain allows you to give an optional argument (i.e.,
-arbitrary text in square brackets) before the cross-reference label to
-'\eqdef'. Then, when you refer to the equation, that text is produced.
-Here's how to get the example just mentioned:
-
- $$...\eqdef{a-eq}$$
- ...
- $$...\eqdef[\eqrefn{a-eq}*]{a-eq-var}$$
- In \eqref{a-eq-var}, we expand on \eqref{a-eq}, ...
-
-We use '\eqrefn' in the cross-reference text, not '\eqref', so that
-'\eqprint' is called only once.
-
- As another example, consider the following requirement: we want to
-include chapter number in all equation references, and additionally we
-want to include the part number when referencing an equation from any
-part other than the one where the equation appears. For example,
-references to the third equation in chapter 2 of part 1 should be
-typeset as '(2.3)' throughout part 1, but as '(I.2.3)' in any other
-part. Let's assume we have the current chapter and part numbers in count
-registers '\chapnum' and '\partnum', respectively.
-
- The idea is to have '\eqconstruct' store the part number of the
-equation (that is, the part number _at the time of definition_), so that
-later '\eqprint' can compare the stored number with the current part
-number (that is, the part number _at the time of reference_). The
-complicating factor is that internally, the result of '\eqconstruct' is
-both expanded and written out to the '.aux' file, _and_ used to typeset
-the equation number, so the commands that store the part number should
-behave correctly in both situations. This is difficult to achieve with
-expandable commands; therefore, to avoid expansion problems, we are
-going to use only TeX primitives, which are non-expandable:
-
- \newcount\eqpartnum
-
- \def\eqconstruct#1{%
- \global\eqpartnum=\the\partnum\relax
- \number\chapnum.#1%
- }
-
- \def\eqprint#1{%
- \setbox0=\hbox{#1}%
- (\ifnum\partnum=\eqpartnum \else
- \uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\eqpartnum}.%
- \fi
- \box0)%
- }%
-
-In '\eqconstruct', besides constructing the base equation number (e.g.,
-'1.2'), we also store the part number of the equation in the count
-register '\eqpartnum' ('\the\partnum' is expanded when the equation
-number is written to the '.aux' file, so the equation label definition
-in the '.aux' file will contain the actual part number). In '\eqprint',
-we need to know the equation's part number before we typeset the base
-equation number, therefore we first put the argument in a box, thus
-causing '\eqpartnum' to be set.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Subequation references, Prev: Formatting equation references, Up: Equation references
-
-4.11.2 Subequation references
------------------------------
-
-Eplain also provides for one level of substructure for equations. That
-is, you might want to define a related group of equations with numbers
-like '2.1' and '2.2', and then be able to refer to the group as a whole:
-"... in the system of equations (2)...".
-
- The commands to do this are '\eqsubdef' and '\eqsubdefn'. They take
-one LABEL argument like their counterparts above, and generally behave
-in the same way. The difference is in how they construct the equation
-number: instead of using just '\eqnumber', they also use another
-counter, '\subeqnumber'. This counter is advanced by one at every
-'\eqsubdef' or '\eqsubdefn', and reset to zero at every '\eqdef' or
-'\eqdefn'.
-
- You use '\eqref' to refer to subequations as well as main equations.
-
- To put the two together to construct the text that the label will
-produce, they use a macro '\eqsubreftext'. This macros takes two
-arguments, the "main" equation number (which, because the equation label
-can be defined as arbitrary text, as described in the previous section,
-might be anything at all) and the "sub" equation number (which is always
-just a number). Eplain's default definition just puts a period between
-them:
-
- \def\eqsubreftext#1#2{#1.#2}%
-
-You can redefine '\eqsubreftext' to print however you like. For example,
-this definition makes the labels print as '2a', '2b', and so on.
-
- \newcount\subref
- \def\eqsubreftext#1#2{%
- \subref = #2 % The space stops a <number>.
- \advance\subref by 96 % `a' is character code 97.
- #1\char\subref
- }
-
-Sadly, we must define a new count register, '\subref', instead of using
-the scratch count register '\count255', because '#1' might include other
-macro calls which use '\count255'.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Indexing, Next: Justification, Prev: Equation references, Up: User definitions
-
-4.12 Indexing
-=============
-
-Eplain provides support for generating raw material for an index, and
-for typesetting a sorted index. A separate program must do the actual
-collection and sorting of terms, because TeX itself has no support for
-sorting.
-
- Eplain can create hypertext links pointing from the index to the
-index terms (*note Index hyperlinks::).
-
- Eplain's indexing commands were designed to work with the program
-MakeIndex, available from CTAN hosts in
-'tex-archive/indexing/makeindex'; MakeIndex is also commonly included in
-prepackaged TeX distributions. It is beyond the scope of this manual to
-explain how to run MakeIndex, and all of its many options. See
-<http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/indexing/makeindex>.
-
- The basic strategy for indexing works like this:
-
- 1. For a document 'foo.tex', Eplain's indexing commands (e.g., '\idx';
- see the section 'Indexing terms' below) write the raw index
- material to 'foo.idx'.
-
- 2. MakeIndex reads 'foo.idx', collects and sorts the index, and writes
- the result to 'foo.ind'.
-
- 3. Eplain reads and typesets 'foo.ind' on a subsequent run of TeX. See
- the section 'Typesetting an index' below.
-
-The 'texi2dvi' program can help you automate this process (*note
-Invoking Eplain::).
-
- If your document needs more than one index, each must have its own
-file. Therefore, Eplain provides the command '\defineindex', which takes
-an argument that is a single letter, which replaces 'i' in the filenames
-and in the indexing command names described below. For example,
-
- \defineindex{m}
-
-defines the command '\mdx' to write to the file 'foo.mdx'. Eplain simply
-does '\defineindex{i}' to define the default commands.
-
- Note that MakeIndex does not use the above naming scheme for multiple
-indexes. Unless instructed otherwise, MakeIndex always writes its output
-to a file with extension '.ind'. For example, if you define an
-additional index with the command '\defineindex{j}', you'll need to run
-MakeIndex like this:
-
- $ makeindex book.jdx -o book.jnd
-
- For each index defined with '\defineindex{N}', Eplain provides a
-switch '\ifNdx' which controls whether indexing commands write index
-entries to the corresponding index file. However, even when index term
-writing is disabled, indexing commands still do all other processing of
-their arguments, including typesetting of proof index terms (*note
-Proofing index terms::.
-
- For example, if you write '\idxfalse' near the beginning of a
-document 'foo.tex' (before the first indexing command), Eplain will not
-open the default index file ('foo.idx') and the corresponding indexing
-commands ('\idx', '\sidx', etc.) will not write index entries there.
-This may be useful for draft compilations of a manuscript, e.g., to
-avoid the overhead of index file input/output.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Indexing terms:: Specifying what to index.
-* Typesetting an index:: Printing the sorted output.
-* Customizing indexing:: Creating commands and specifying extra actions.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Indexing terms, Next: Typesetting an index, Up: Indexing
-
-4.12.1 Indexing terms
----------------------
-
-Indexing commands in Eplain come in pairs: one command that only writes
-the index entry to the '.idx' file (see above section), and one that
-also typesets the term being indexed. The former always starts with 's'
-(for "silent"). In either case, the name always includes 'Idx', where I
-is the index letter, also described above. Eplain defines the index 'i'
-itself, so that's what we'll use in the names below.
-
- The silent form of the commands take a subterm as a trailing optional
-argument. For example, '\sidx{truth}[definition of]' on page 75 makes an
-index entry that will eventually be typeset (by default) as
-
- truth
- definition of, 75
-
- Also, the silent commands ignore trailing spaces. The non-silent ones
-do not.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Indexing commands:: Making index entries.
-* Modifying index entries:: Ranges, see/see also, page number typesetting.
-* Index entries with special characters::
-* Proofing index terms:: Noting index entries in the margins.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Indexing commands, Next: Modifying index entries, Up: Indexing terms
-
-4.12.1.1 Indexing commands
-..........................
-
-Here are the commands.
-
- * '\sidx{TERM}[SUBTERM]' makes an index entry for TERM, optionally
- with subterm SUBTERM. '\idx{TERM}' also produces TERM as output.
- Example:
-
- \sidx{truth}[beauty of]
- The beauty of truth is \idx{death}.
-
- Subterms at the second and further levels can also be specified in
- SUBTERM, using the '\idxsubentryseparator' character to separate
- them. This character is by default '!'.
-
- * '\sidxname{FIRST M.}{VON LAST}[SUBTERM]' makes an index entry for
- 'VON LAST, FIRST M.'. You can change the ', ' by redefining
- '\idxnameseparator'. '\idxname{FIRST M.}{VON LAST}' also produces
- FIRST M. VON LAST as output. (These commands are useful special
- cases of '\idx' and '\sidx'.) Example:
-
- \sidxname{Richard}{Stark}
- \idxname{Donald}{Westlake} has written many kinds of novels, under
- almost as many names.
-
- * '\sidxmarked\CS{TERM}[SUBTERM]' makes an index entry for
- 'TERM[SUBTERM]', but TERM will be put in the index as '\CS{term}',
- but still sorted as just TERM. '\idxmarked\CS{TERM}' also typesets
- '\CS{term}'. This provides for the usual ways of changing the
- typesetting of index entries. Example:
-
- \def\article#1{``#1''}
- \sidxmarked\article{Miss Elsa and Aunt Sophie}
- Peter Drucker's \idxmarked\article{The Polanyis} is a remarkable
- essay about a remarkable family.
-
- * '\sidxsubmarked{TERM}\CS{subterm}' makes an index entry for TERM,
- SUBTERM as usual, but also puts SUBTERM in the index as
- '\CS{term}'. '\idxsubmarked{TERM}\CS{subterm}' also typesets 'TERM
- \CS{subterm}', in the unlikely event that your syntax is convoluted
- enough to make this useful. Example:
-
- \def\title#1{{\sl #1}}
- \sidxsubmarked{Anderson, Laurie}\title{Strange Angels}
- The \idxsubmarked{Anderson}\title{Carmen} is a strange twist.
-
- The commands above rely on MakeIndex's feature for separating sorting
-of an index entry's from its typesetting. You can use this directly by
-specifying an index entry as 'SORT@TYPESET'. For example:
-
- \sidx{Ap-weight@$A_\pi$-weight}
-
-will sort as 'Ap-weight', but print with the proper math. The '@' here
-is MakeIndex's default character for this purpose. See
-<http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/indexing/makeindex>. To make an index
-entry with an '@' in it, you have to escape it with a backslash; Eplain
-provides no macros for doing this.
-
- After any index command, Eplain runs '\hookaction{afterindexterm}'.
-Because the index commands always add a whatsit item to the current
-list, you may wish to preserve a penalty or space past the new item. For
-example, given a conditional '\if@aftersctnhead' set true when you're at
-a section heading, you could do:
-
- \hookaction{afterindexterm}{\if@aftersctnhead \nobreak \fi}
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Modifying index entries, Next: Index entries with special characters, Prev: Indexing commands, Up: Indexing terms
-
-4.12.1.2 Modifying index entries
-................................
-
-All the index commands described in the previous section take an initial
-optional argument before the index term, which modify the index entry's
-meaning in various ways. You can specify only one of the following in
-any given command, except that 'begin' and 'end' can be specified
-together with 'pagemarkup=CS' (separate them with a comma without a
-following space, like this: '[begin,pagemarkup=defn]').
-
- These work via MakeIndex's "encapsulation" feature. *Note Customizing
-indexing::, if you're not using the default characters for the MakeIndex
-operators. The other optional argument (specifying a subterm) is
-independent of these.
-
- Here are the possibilities:
-
-'begin'
-'end'
- These mark an index entry as the beginning or end of a range. The
- index entries must match exactly for MakeIndex to recognize them.
- Example:
-
- \sidx[begin]{future}[Cohen, Leonard]
- ...
- \sidx[end]{future}[Cohen, Leonard]
-
- will typeset as something like
-
- future,
- Cohen, Leonard, 65-94
-
-'see'
- This marks an index entry as pointing to another; the real index
- term is an additional (non-optional) argument to the command. Thus
- you can anticipate a term readers may wish to look up, yet which
- you have decided not to index. Example:
-
- \sidx[see]{analysis}[archetypal]{archetypal criticism}
-
- becomes
-
- analysis,
- archetypal, see archetypal criticism
-
-'seealso'
- Similar to 'see' (the previous item), but also allows for normal
- index entries of the referencing term. The normal index entries
- have to be created separately--'seealso' does _not_ contribute a
- page number to the index entry. For example, if you have indexed a
- term on pages 75, 97 and 114, and then add a 'seealso' entry for
- the term:
-
- \sidx[seealso]{archetypal criticism}[elements of]{dichotomies}
-
- the index will contain
-
- archetypal criticism,
- elements of, 75, 97, 114, see also dichotomies
-
- (Aside for the academically curious: The archetypally critical book
- I took these dichotomous examples from is Laurence Berman's 'The
- Musical Image', which I happened to co-design and typeset.)
-
-'pagemarkup=CS'
- This puts '\CS' before the page number in the typeset index, thus
- allowing you to underline definitive entries, italicize examples,
- and the like. You do _not_ precede the control sequence CS with a
- backslash. (That just leads to expansive difficulties.) Naturally
- it is up to you to define the control sequences you want to use.
- Example:
-
- \def\defn#1{{\sl #1}}
- \sidx[pagemarkeup=defn]{indexing}
-
- becomes something like
-
- indexing, \defn{75}
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Index entries with special characters, Next: Proofing index terms, Prev: Modifying index entries, Up: Indexing terms
-
-4.12.1.3 Index entries with special characters
-..............................................
-
-Indexing terms with special characters can become quite cumbersome
-because you have to keep both TeX and MakeIndex happy at the same time.
-For example, while '!' has no special meaning for TeX, it is a subentry
-separator for MakeIndex, therefore you'd have to escape occurrences of
-literal '!' in index terms. Things get even more interesting with
-characters which are special in both TeX and MakeIndex.
-
- This in turn has some implications for the non-silent forms of the
-indexing commands (*note Indexing terms::), since TeX and MakeIndex use
-different conventions for escaping characters. For example, this will
-not typeset the exclamation point correctly within the text, while it
-will come out right inside the index, after MakeIndex strips the quoting
-character ('"'):
-
- \idx{"!}
-
-This would have to be rewritten using the silent command:
-
- !\sidx{"!}
-
-In general, it is a good idea to eschew the non-silent commands whenever
-index term contains anything unusual.
-
- To understand this keep in mind that indexing commands read the terms
-verbatim so that the terms can embed almost any character, and that's
-what gets written into the '.idx' file. The non-silent forms then
-typeset the term by rescanning the verbatim copy, hence for the
-non-silent commands the term, besides being a valid MakeIndex input,
-must also represent a valid TeX input. The silent commands don't have
-this restriction--their terms only need to become valid TeX input
-_after_ MakeIndex processes the '.idx' file and writes the '.ind' file.
-This is what makes the non-silent commands less powerful and more
-troublesome when dealing with special characters.
-
- Here's an example showing that terms for the silent commands can
-contain almost any character:
-
- \sidx[see]{comments}[with %@with \verbatim %"|endverbatim]
- {commenting with \verbatim %"|endverbatim}
-
-We didn't have to escape '%' in the sort string for MakeIndex, while we
-had to put it inside the verbatim environment (*note Verbatim listing::)
-in the part which MakeIndex will pass back to TeX. Also, we had to
-escape the '|' character because it is special for MakeIndex. If you
-have trouble understanding the reasons for the different types of
-escaping used, it is best to examine the '.idx' and '.ind' files
-resulting from processing the above input.
-
- As was mentioned, index terms can embed "almost any character", so
-now we'll describe the exceptions.
-
- The following characters are reset to their usual meanings because
-they are not useful verbatim: multiple consequent spaces are converted
-into a single space; ASCII tab characters are treated as spaces; ASCII
-return is treated as end-of-line (this means, among other things, that
-long terms can be broken across several lines).
-
- You have to be careful with the begin- and end-group characters ('{'
-and '}' by default). If they are matched, you don't have to do anything
-special. For example:
-
- \sidx {braces {, }@braces
- \verbatim {"|endverbatim, \verbatim }"|endverbatim}
-
-However, if they are not matched you have two problems on hand. The
-first one is TeX--you have to instruct TeX to use something else as
-begin- and/or end-group characters. Eplain provides an easy way to do
-this: just define '\idxargopen' and/or '\idxargclose' to the begin- and
-end-group characters you are going to use with indexing macros, and use
-braces inside index terms without any restrictions. Here's an example:
-
- \def\idxargopen{`\<}
- \def\idxargclose{`\>}
- \sidx <left brace "{@left brace \verbatim "{"|endverbatim>
-
-In this example we've also dealt with the second problem--braces are
-MakeIndex's grouping characters as well (by default), so we have escaped
-unmatched braces with '"'.
-
- And the final note: if you need a subentry containing brackets ('['
-and ']'), avoid the optional argument of '\sidx' and friends, and use
-instead MakeIndex's subentry separator to create the subentry with the
-brackets in it:
-
- \sidx{entry!subentry with a bracket [}
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Proofing index terms, Prev: Index entries with special characters, Up: Indexing terms
-
-4.12.1.4 Proofing index terms
-.............................
-
-As you are reading through a manuscript, it is helpful to see what terms
-have been indexed, so you can add others, catch miscellaneous errors,
-etc. (Speaking from bitter experience, I can say it is extremely
-error-prone to leave all indexing to the end of the writing, since it
-involves adding many TeX commands to the source files.)
-
- So Eplain puts index terms in the margin of each page, if you set
-'\indexproofingtrue'. It is 'false' by default. The terms are typeset by
-the macro '\indexproofterm', which takes a single argument, the term to
-be typeset. Eplain's definition of '\indexproofterm' just puts it into
-an '\hbox', first doing '\indexprooffont', which Eplain defines to
-select the font 'cmtt8'. With this definition long terms run off the
-page, but since this is just for proofreading anyway, it seems
-acceptable.
-
- On the other hand, we certainly don't want the index term to run into
-the text of the page, so Eplain uses the right-hand side of the page
-rather than the left-hand page (assuming a language read left to right
-here). So '\ifodd\pageno', Eplain kerns by '\outsidemargin', otherwise
-by '\insidemargin'. If those macros are undefined, '\indexsetmargins'
-defines them to be one inch plus '\hoffset'.
-
- To get the proofing index entries on the proper page, Eplain defines
-a new insertion class '\@indexproof'. To unbox any index proofing
-material, Eplain redefines '\makeheadline' to call '\indexproofunbox'
-before the original '\makeheadline'. Thus, if you have your own output
-routine, that redefines or doesn't use '\makeheadline', it's up to you
-to call '\indexproofunbox' at the appropriate time.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Typesetting an index, Next: Customizing indexing, Prev: Indexing terms, Up: Indexing
-
-4.12.2 Typesetting an index
----------------------------
-
-The command '\readindexfile{i}' reads and typesets the '.ind' file that
-MakeIndex outputs (from the '.idx' file which the indexing commands in
-the previous sections write). Eplain defines a number of commands that
-support the default MakeIndex output.
-
- More precisely, '\readindexfile' reads
-'\indexfilebasename.INDEX-LETTERnd', where the INDEX-LETTER is the
-argument. '\indexfilebasename' is '\jobname' by default, but if you have
-different indexes in different parts of a book, you may wish to change
-it, just as with bibliographies (*note Citations::).
-
- MakeIndex was designed to work with LaTeX; therefore, by default the
-'.ind' file starts with '\begin{theindex}' and ends with
-'\end{theindex}'. If no '\begin' has been defined, Eplain defines one to
-ignore its argument and set up for typesetting the index (see below),
-and also defines a '\end' to ignore its argument. (In a group,
-naturally, since there is a primitive '\end').
-
- Eplain calls '\indexfonts', sets '\parindent = 0pt', and does
-'\doublecolumns' (*note Multiple columns::) at the '\begin{theindex}'.
-'\indexfonts' does nothing by default; it's just there for you to
-override. (Indexes are usually typeset in smaller type than the main
-text.)
-
- It ends the setup with '\hookrun{beginindex}', so you can override
-anything you like in that hook (*note Hooks::). For example:
-
- \hookaction{beginindex}{\triplecolumns}
-
- MakeIndex turns each main index entry into an '\item', subentries
-into '\subitem', and subsubentries into '\subsubitem'. By default, the
-first line of main entries are not indented, and subentries are indented
-1em per level. Main entries are preceded by a '\vskip' of
-'\aboveitemskipamount', '0pt plus2pt' by default. Page breaks are
-encouraged before main entries ('\penalty -100'), but prohibited
-afterwards--Eplain has no provision for "continued" index entries.
-
- All levels do the following:
-
- \hangindent = 1em
- \raggedright
- \hyphenpenalty = 10000
-
- Each entry ends with '\hookrun{indexitem}', so you can change any of
-this. For example, to increase the allowable rag:
-
- \hookaction{indexitem}{\advance\rightskip by 2em}
-
- Finally, MakeIndex outputs '\indexspace' between each group of
-entries in the '.ind' file. Eplain makes this equivalent to '\bigbreak'.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Customizing indexing, Prev: Typesetting an index, Up: Indexing
-
-4.12.3 Customizing indexing
----------------------------
-
-By default, MakeIndex outputs ', ' after each term in the index. To
-change this, you can add the following to your MakeIndex style ('.ist')
-file:
-
- delim_0 "\\afterindexterm "
- delim_1 "\\afterindexterm "
- delim_2 "\\afterindexterm "
-
-Eplain makes '\afterindexterm' equivalent to '\quad'.
-
- You can also change the keywords Eplain recognizes (*note Modifying
-index entries::):
-
-'\idxrangebeginword'
- 'begin'
-
-'\idxrangeendword'
- 'end'
-
-'\idxseecmdword'
- 'see'
-
-'\idxseealsocmdword'
- 'seealso'
-
- You can also change the magic characters Eplain puts into the '.idx'
-file, in case you've changed them in the '.ist' file:
-
-'\idxsubentryseparator'
- '!'
-
-'\idxencapoperator'
- '|'
-
-'\idxbeginrangemark'
- '('
-
-'\idxendrangemark'
- ')'
-
- There is no macro for the 'actual' ('@' by default) character,
-because it's impossible to make it expand properly.
-
- You can change the (imaginary) page number that "see also" entries
-sort as by redefining '\idxmaxpagenum'. This is 99999 by default, which
-is one digit too many for old versions of MakeIndex.
-
- The words output by Eplain for "see" and "see also" index entries are
-defined by '\indexseeword' and '\indexseealsowords' respectively. You
-can change the typeface used for these words by redefining
-'\seevariant'. And finally, the macros '\indexsee' and '\indexseealso'
-actually produce the "see ..." entries, so you can redefine them if you
-want something entirely different. If you do redefine them, make them
-take two parameters, the term being referenced and the '\idxmaxpagenum'
-(the latter should normally be ignored). See the example below.
-
- Unfortunately, it is impossible to reliably control the commas
-produced by MakeIndex in front of "see ..." entries in the '.ind' file,
-either at MakeIndex level or at Eplain level. However, the 'sed' script
-contained in 'trimsee' distributed with Eplain in the 'util' directory
-can be used to filter out these commas from the output of MakeIndex. For
-example, suppose you want the following style for your "see ..."
-entries:
-
- analysis,
- archetypal (see archetypal criticism)
- archetypal criticism,
- elements of, 75, 97, 114 (see also dichotomies)
-
-You would need to redefine these macros in your TeX file:
-
- \def\indexsee#1#2{({\seevariant \indexseeword\/ }#1)}
- \def\indexseealso#1#2{({\seevariant \indexseealsowords\/ }#1)}
-
-and then filter out the commas in front of the "see ..." entries by
-running the following command to produce the '.ind' file (assuming the
-name of the '.idx' file is 'myfile.idx' and the 'trimsee' script is
-placed in the current directory):
-
- prompt$ cat myfile.idx | makeindex | ./trimsee > myfile.ind
-
- By default, 'trimsee' uses default page list separators and default
-"see ..." command names. If you set up MakeIndex to use different page
-list separator or change the names of '\indexsee' and '\indexseealso'
-commands, it is possible to adjust the 'trimsee' script through its
-command line options, which are the following:
-
-'-i IS'
- Use IS as a regular expression matching separator before "see ..."
- commands in the input (default: ', \+').
-
-'-o OS'
- Use OS as a separator to replace IS before "see ..." commands
- (default: ' ').
-
-'-s SEE'
- Use SEE as a regular expression matching "see ..." commands
- (default: '\\indexsee').
-
-'-h'
-'--help'
- Print a usage message.
-
-'-v'
-'--version'
- Print version.
-
- 'trimsee' reads input from the standard input, and directs its output
-to the standard output.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Justification, Next: Tables, Prev: Indexing, Up: User definitions
-
-4.13 Justification
-==================
-
-Eplain defines three commands to conveniently justify multiple lines of
-text: '\flushright', '\flushleft', and '\center'.
-
- They all work in the same way; let's take '\center' as the example.
-To start centering lines, you say '\center' inside a group; to stop, you
-end the group. Between the two commands, each end-of-line in the input
-file also starts a new line in the output file.
-
- The entire block of text is broken into paragraphs at blank lines, so
-all the TeX paragraph-shaping parameters apply in the usual way. This is
-convenient, but it implies something else that isn't so convenient:
-changes to any linespacing parameters, such as '\baselineskip', will
-have _no effect_ on the paragraph in which they are changed. TeX does
-not handle linespacing changes within a paragraph (because it doesn't
-know where the line breaks are until the end of the paragraph).
-
- The space between paragraphs is by default one blank line's worth.
-You can adjust this space by assigning to '\blanklineskipamount'; this
-(vertical) glue is inserted after each blank line.
-
- Here is an example:
-
- {\center First line.
-
- Second line, with a blank line before.
- }
-
-This produces:
-
- First line.
- Second line, with a blank line before.
-
- You may wish to use the justification macros inside of your own
-macros. Just be sure to put them in a group. For example, here is how a
-title macro might be defined:
-
- \def\title{\begingroup\titlefont\center}
- \def\endtitle{\endgroup}
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Tables, Next: Margins, Prev: Justification, Up: User definitions
-
-4.14 Tables
-===========
-
-Eplain provides a single command, '\makecolumns', to make generating one
-particular kind of table easier. More ambitious LaTeX styles and macro
-packages tackle more difficult applications. The 'autorows' feature of
-the Memoir package provides similar functionality to this.
-
- Many tables are homogenous, i.e., all the entries are semantically
-the same. The arrangement into columns is to save space on the page, not
-to encode different meanings. In this kind of the table, it is useful to
-have the column breaks chosen automatically, so that you can add or
-delete entries without worrying about the column breaks.
-
- '\makecolumns' takes two arguments: the number of entries in the
-table, and the number of columns to break them into. As you can see from
-the example below, the first argument is delimited by a slash, and the
-second by a colon and a space (or end-of-line). The entries for the
-table then follow, one per line (not including the line with the
-'\makecolumns' command itself).
-
- '\parindent' defines the space to the left of the table. '\hsize'
-defines the width of the table. So you can adjust the position of the
-table on the page by assignments to these parameters, probably inside a
-group.
-
- You can also control the penalty at a page break before the
-'\makecolumns' by setting the parameter '\abovecolumnspenalty'. Usually,
-the table is preceded by some explanatory text. You wouldn't want a page
-break to occur after the text and before the table, so Eplain sets it to
-'10000'. But if the table produced by '\makecolumns' is standing on its
-own, '\abovecolumnspenalty' should be decreased.
-
- If you happen to give '\makecolumns' a smaller number of entries than
-you really have, some text beyond the (intended) end of the table will
-be incorporated into the table, probably producing an error message, or
-at least some strange looking entries. And if you give '\makecolumns' a
-larger number of entries than you really have, some of the entries will
-be typeset as straight text, probably also looking somewhat out of
-place.
-
- Here is an example:
-
- % Arrange 6 entries into 2 columns:
- \makecolumns 6/2: % This line doesn't have an entry.
- one
- two
- three
- four
- five
- six
- Text after the table.
-
-This produces 'one', 'two', and 'three' in the first column, and 'four',
-'five', and 'six' in the second.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Margins, Next: Multiple columns, Prev: Tables, Up: User definitions
-
-4.15 Margins
-============
-
-TeX's primitives describe the type area in terms of an offset from the
-upper left corner, and the width and height of the type. Some people
-prefer to think in terms of the "margins" at the top, bottom, left, and
-right of the page, and most composition systems other than TeX conceive
-of the page laid out in this way. Therefore, Eplain provides commands to
-directly assign and increment the margins.
-
-'\topmargin = DIMEN'
-'\bottommargin = DIMEN'
-'\leftmargin = DIMEN'
-'\rightmargin = DIMEN'
- These commands set the specified margin to the DIMEN given. The '='
- and the spaces around it are optional. The control sequences here
- are not TeX registers, despite appearances; therefore, commands
- like '\showthe\topmargin' will not do what you expect.
-
-'\advancetopmargin by DIMEN'
-'\advancebottommargin by DIMEN'
-'\advanceleftmargin by DIMEN'
-'\advancerightmargin by DIMEN'
- These commands change the specified margin by the DIMEN given.
-
- Regardless of whether you use the assignment or the advance commands,
-Eplain always changes the type area in response, not the other margins.
-For example, when TeX starts, the left and right margins are both one
-inch. If you then say '\leftmargin = 2in', the right margin will remain
-at one inch, and the width of the lines (i.e., '\hsize') will decrease
-by one inch.
-
- When you use any of these commands, Eplain computes the old value of
-the particular margin, by how much you want to change it, and then
-resets the values of TeX's primitive parameters to correspond.
-Unfortunately, Eplain cannot compute the right or bottom margin without
-help: you must tell it the full width and height of the final output
-page. It defines two new parameters for this:
-
-'\paperheight'
- The height of the output page; default is 11truein.
-
-'\paperwidth'
- The width of the output page; default is 8.5truein.
-
- If your output page has different dimensions than this, you must
-reassign to these parameters, as in
-
- \paperheight = 11truein
- \paperwidth = 17truein
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Multiple columns, Next: Footnotes, Prev: Margins, Up: User definitions
-
-4.16 Multiple columns
-=====================
-
-Eplain provides for double, triple, and quadruple column output: say
-'\doublecolumns', '\triplecolumns', or '\quadcolumns', and from that
-point on, the manuscript will be set in columns. To go back to one
-column, say '\singlecolumn'.
-
- You may need to invoke '\singlecolumn' to balance the columns on the
-last page of output.
-
- To do a "column eject", i.e., move to the top of the next column, do
-'\columnfill'. This does not actually force an eject, however: it merely
-inserts an unbreakable space of (essentially) size '\@normalvsize' minus
-'\pagetotal' (where '\@normalvsize' is the usual height of the page; to
-implement multicolumns, Eplain multiplies '\vsize' itself by the number
-of columns). In most circumstances, a column break will be forced after
-this space (during the column splitting operation when the whole page is
-output). Bugs are easily possible, unfortunately.
-
- The columns are separated by the value of the dimen parameter
-'\gutter'. Default value is two picas. If you want to add vertical
-material between the columns, use '\gutterbox'. For example, to put a
-vertical line between columns, define '\gutterbox' as
-
- \def\gutterbox{\vbox to \dimen0{\vfil\hbox{\vrule height\dimen0}\vfil}}%
-
-The dimension counter '\dimen0' contains the height of the column.
-
- All the '\...columns' macros insert the value of the glue parameter
-'\abovecolumnskip' before the multicolumn text, and the value of the
-glue parameter '\belowcolumnskip' after it. The default value for both
-of these parameters is '\bigskipamount', i.e., one linespace in plain
-TeX.
-
- The macros take into account only the insertion classes defined by
-plain TeX; namely, footnotes and '\topinsert's. If you have additional
-insertion classes, you will need to change the implementation.
-
- Also, Eplain makes insertions the full page width. There is no
-provision for column-width insertions.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Footnotes, Next: Fractions, Prev: Multiple columns, Up: User definitions
-
-4.17 Footnotes
-==============
-
-The most common reference mark for footnotes is a raised number,
-incremented on each footnote. The '\numberedfootnote' macro provides
-this. It takes one argument, the footnote text.
-
- If your document uses only numbered footnotes, you could make typing
-'\numberedfootnote' more convenient with a command such as:
-
- \let\footnote = \numberedfootnote
-
-After doing this, you can type your footnotes as '\footnote{FOOTNOTE
-TEXT}', instead of as '\numberedfootnote{FOOTNOTE TEXT}'.
-
- Eplain keeps the current footnote number in the count register
-'\footnotenumber'. So, to reset the footnote number to zero, as you
-might want to do at, for example, the beginning of a chapter, you could
-say '\footnotenumber=0'.
-
- Plain TeX separates the footnote marker from the footnote text by an
-en space (it uses the '\textindent' macro). In Eplain, you can change
-this space by setting the dimension register '\footnotemarkseparation'.
-The default is still an en.
-
- You can produce a space between footenotes by setting the glue
-register '\interfootnoteskip'. The default is zero.
-
- '\parskip' is also set to zero by default before the beginning of
-each footnote (but not for the text of the footnote).
-
- You can also control footnote formatting in a more general way:
-Eplain expands the token register '\everyfootnote' before a footnote is
-typeset, but after the default values for all the parameters have been
-established. For example, if you want your footnotes to be printed in
-seven-point type, indented by one inch, you could say:
-
- \everyfootnote = {\sevenrm \leftskip = 1in}
-
- By default, an '\hrule' is typeset above each group of footnotes on a
-page. You can control the dimensions of this rule by setting the
-dimension registers '\footnoterulewidth' and '\footnoteruleheight'. The
-space between the rule and the first footnote on the page is determined
-by the dimension register '\belowfootnoterulespace'. If you don't want
-any rule at all, set '\footenoteruleheight=0pt', and, most likely,
-'\belowfootnoterulespace=0pt'. The defaults for these parameters typeset
-the rule in the same way as plain TeX: the rule is 0.4 points high, 2
-true inches wide, with 2.6 points below it.
-
- The space above the rule and below the text on the page is controlled
-by the glue register '\skip\footins'. The default is a plain TeX
-'\bigskip'.
-
- Eplain can create hypertext links for the footnote marks (*note
-Footnote hyperlinks::).
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Fractions, Next: Paths, Prev: Footnotes, Up: User definitions
-
-4.18 Fractions
-==============
-
-Exercise 11.6 of 'The TeXbook' describes a macro '\frac' for setting
-fractions, but '\frac' never made it into plain TeX. So Eplain includes
-it.
-
- '\frac' typesets the numerator and denominator in '\scriptfont0',
-slightly raised and lowered. The numerator and denominator are separated
-by a slash. The denominator must be enclosed in braces if it's more than
-one token long, but the numerator need not be. (This is a consequence of
-'\frac' taking delimited arguments; see page 203 of 'The TeXbook' for an
-explanation of delimited macro arguments.)
-
- For example, '\frac 23/{64}' turns '23/64' into 23/64 (you can't see
-the difference in the Info file).
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Paths, Next: Logos, Prev: Fractions, Up: User definitions
-
-4.19 Paths
-==========
-
-When you typeset long pathnames, electronic mail addresses, or other
-such "computer" names, you would like TeX to break lines at punctuation
-characters within the name, rather than trying to find hyphenation
-points within the words. For example, it would be better to break the
-email address 'letters@alpha.gnu.ai.mit.edu' at the '@' or a '.', rather
-than at the hyphenation points in 'letters' and 'alpha'.
-
- If you use the '\path' macro to typeset the names, TeX will find
-these good breakpoints. The argument to '\path' is delimited by any
-character other other than '\' which does not appear in the name itself.
-'|' is often a good choice, as in:
-
- \path|letters@alpha.gnu.ai.mit.edu|
-
- You can control the exact set of characters at which breakpoints will
-be allowed by calling '\discretionaries'. This takes the same sort of
-delimited argument; any character in the argument will henceforth be a
-valid breakpoint within '\path'. The default set is essentially all the
-punctuation characters:
-
- \discretionaries |~!@$%^&*()_+`-=#{}[]:";'<>,.?\/|
-
- If for some reason you absolutely must use '\' as the delimiter
-character for '\path', you can set '\specialpathdelimiterstrue'. (Other
-delimiter characters can still be used.) TeX then processes the '\path'
-argument about four times more slowly.
-
- The '\path' macro comes from 'path.sty', written by Nelson Beebe and
-Philip Taylor and available at
-<http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/path.sty>.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Logos, Next: Boxes, Prev: Paths, Up: User definitions
-
-4.20 Logos
-==========
-
-Eplain redefines the '\TeX' macro of plain TeX to end with '\null', so
-that the proper spacing is produced when '\TeX' is used at the end of a
-sentence. The other ...TeX macros listed here do this, also.
-
- Eplain defines '\AMSLaTeX', '\AMSTeX', '\BibTeX' '\eTeX', '\ExTeX',
-'\LAMSTeX', '\LaTeX', '\MF', '\SLiTeX', '\XeLaTeX', and '\XeTeX' to
-produce their respective logos. (Sorry, the logos are not shown here.)
-Some spelling variants of these are also supported.
-
- Most of these macros come from 'texnames.sty', compiled by Nelson
-Beebe and available at
-<http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/biblio/texnames.sty>.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Boxes, Next: Checking for PDF output, Prev: Logos, Up: User definitions
-
-4.21 Boxes
-==========
-
-The solid rectangle that Eplain uses as a marker in unordered lists
-(*note Lists::) is available by itself: just say '\blackbox'.
-
- You can create black boxes of arbitrary size with '\hrule' or
-'\vrule'.
-
- You can also get unfilled rectangles with '\makeblankbox'. This takes
-two explicit arguments: the height and depth of the rules that define
-the top and bottom of the rectangle. (The two arguments are added to get
-the width of the left and right borders, so that the thickness of the
-border is the same on all four sides.) It also uses, as implicit
-arguments, the dimensions of '\box0' to define the dimensions of the
-rectangle it produces. (The contents of '\box0' are ignored.)
-
- Here is an example. This small raised open box is suitable for
-putting next to numbers in, e.g., a table of contents.
-
- \def\openbox{%
- \ht0 = 1.75pt \dp0 = 1.75pt \wd0 = 3.5pt
- \raise 2.75pt \makeblankbox{.2pt}{.2pt}
- }
-
- Finally, you can put a box around arbitrary text with '\boxit'. This
-takes one argument, which must itself be a (TeX) box, and puts a printed
-box around it, separated by '\boxitspace' white space (3 points by
-default) on all four sides. For example:
-
- \boxit{\hbox{This text is boxed.}}
-
- The reason that the argument must be a box is that when the text is
-more than one line long, TeX cannot figure out the line length for
-itself. Eplain does set '\parindent' to zero inside '\boxit', since it
-is very unlikely you would want indentation there. (If you do, you can
-always reset it yourself.)
-
- '\boxit' uses '\ehrule' and '\evrule' so that you can easily adjust
-the thicknesses of the box rules. *Note Rules::.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Checking for PDF output, Next: Loading LaTeX packages, Prev: Boxes, Up: User definitions
-
-4.22 Checking for PDF output
-============================
-
-pdfTeX is a TeX variant that can output both '.dvi' and '.pdf' (Adobe's
-Portable Document Format) files (see
-<http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/pdftex>). You might sometimes
-want to know whether the target format is '.pdf' or '.dvi'. The '\ifpdf'
-switch can be used to detect pdfTeX in PDF mode:
-
- \ifpdf
- This text is produced when pdfTeX is in PDF mode.
- \else
- This text is produced when pdfTeX is in DVI mode,
- or when some program other than pdfTeX is used.
- \fi
-
- Keep in mind that '\ifpdf' is set based on the value of the
-'\pdfoutput' primitive of pdfTeX at the time Eplain is loaded. If you
-change the value of '\pdfoutput' after you load Eplain, '\ifpdf' will
-not reflect the change.
-
- Eplain defines '\ifpdf' by incorporating Heiko Oberdiek's
-'ifpdf.sty', which is available at
-<http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifpdf.sty>.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Loading LaTeX packages, Prev: Checking for PDF output, Up: User definitions
-
-4.23 Loading LaTeX packages
-===========================
-
-Eplain provides a limited support for loading LaTeX packages ('.sty'
-files--not '.cls'). This will mostly work for packages which were
-designed with plain TeX compatibility in mind, which means that most
-LaTeX packages cannot be loaded. The packages which are known to work
-are listed below (*note Packages known to work::). If you discover a
-working package which is not in the list, please report it to the Eplain
-mailing list (*note Introduction::).
-
- To set up a pseudo-LaTeX environment for the packages, Eplain uses
-'miniltx.tex'
-(<http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/plain/graphics/miniltx.tex>)
-from the LaTeX graphics collection, written by David Carlisle and
-Sebastian Rahtz (the collection is available at
-<http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics>).
-Eplain extends 'miniltx.tex' to provide some additional features, e.g.,
-support for package options.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* The \usepackage command:: Command to load packages.
-* Environment for loading packages:: Environment for the \usepackage commands.
-* Packages known to work:: Packages supported with Eplain.
-* Packages known not to work:: Packages known not to work with Eplain.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: The \usepackage command, Next: Environment for loading packages, Up: Loading LaTeX packages
-
-4.23.1 The '\usepackage' command
---------------------------------
-
-'\usepackage' loads a LaTeX package. Its syntax is similar to that of
-LaTeX's '\usepackage' command:
-
- \usepackage[OPTIONS]{PACKAGES}[VERSION]
-
-where OPTIONS is a comma-separated list of package options, PACKAGES is
-a comma-separated list of packages to load (without the '.sty' suffix),
-and VERSION is a package version number given as a date in the format
-'YYYY/MM/DD'. If an older version of the package is found, a warning is
-issued. If several packages are loaded within a single '\usepackage'
-command, the OPTIONS will be applied to each of the packages. As usual,
-parameters in square brackets are optional and can be omitted (together
-with the square brackets).
-
- For example:
-
- \usepackage[foo,bar]{pack1,pack2}[2005/08/29]
-
-will load packages 'pack1' and 'pack2', each with the options 'foo' and
-'bar', and will check that each of the packages are dated 2005/08/29 or
-newer.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Environment for loading packages, Next: Packages known to work, Prev: The \usepackage command, Up: Loading LaTeX packages
-
-4.23.2 Environment for loading packages
----------------------------------------
-
-Some packages request that certain commands are executed after all
-packages have been loaded. In LaTeX, this means that the commands are
-executed at the beginning of the document, after the so-called
-"preamble". Neither plain TeX nor Eplain have a concept of preamble;
-therefore, Eplain requires that all packages be loaded inside a
-'\beginpackages...\endpackages' block. For example:
-
- \beginpackages
- \usepackage[foo,bar]{pack1}
- \usepackage{pack2}
- \endpackages
-
-This requirement enables Eplain to execute the "delayed" commands at the
-end of the '\beginpackages...\endpackages' block.
-
- For the same reason, it is advisable to specify only one such block
-per document, just like there is only one preamble in LaTeX.
-
- Both the 'miniltx.tex' file used by Eplain and some LaTeX packages
-redefine TeX's primitive '\input' to be a macro. Under plain TeX, users
-probably expect the primitive '\input'. Therefore, at the beginning of
-the '\beginpackages...\endpackages' block Eplain saves the meaning of
-'\input' as '\eplaininput' and restores the original '\input' at the end
-of the block. This usually means that the primitive '\input' is
-restored, unless you (or some other macro package you've loaded
-directly) have redefined it before calling '\beginpackages'. In case you
-need to access the package-provided '\input', Eplain saves it as
-'\packageinput'.
-
- Along the same lines, Eplain restores the catcode of '@' at
-'\endpackages' to whatever it was before (using '\resetatcatcode', as
-defined by 'miniltx.tex'). This is needed because 'miniltx.tex', read by
-'\beginpackages', does not restore the catcode of '@', but leaves it as
-11 (letter).
-
- Sometimes you may encounter packages which make conflicting
-redefinitions of '\input'. Common symptoms are TeX spewing
-incomprehensible error messages or hanging in a loop at a call to
-'\input'. This sometimes cna be cured by restoring '\input' to
-'\eplaininput' before loading each package. For example:
-
- \beginpackages
- \usepackage{pack1}
- \let\input\eplaininput
- \usepackage{pack2}
- \endpackages
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Packages known to work, Next: Packages known not to work, Prev: Environment for loading packages, Up: Loading LaTeX packages
-
-4.23.3 Packages known to work
------------------------------
-
-The following table lists packages that had been tested and are known to
-work with Eplain, and locations where you can find manuals for these
-packages. Some of the short descriptions of the packages were taken from
-the documentation for those packages.
-
-autopict ('2001/06/04 v1.1j Picture mode autoload file')
- <http://tug.org/eplain/misc/ltpictur.pdf>
-
- This is the LaTeX "picture mode", started by '\begin{picture}' and
- ended by '\end{picture}' (in LaTeX, this package is not explicitly
- loaded since it is part of the LaTeX kernel). It provides commands
- to draw simple figures inside your document without resorting to
- any external tools.
-
-color ('1999/02/16 v1.0i Standard LaTeX Color (DPC)')
-graphics ('2001/07/07 v1.0n Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)')
-graphicx ('1999/02/16 v1.0f Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)')
- <http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf>
-
- These packages are from the LaTeX graphics collection. They provide
- commands for changing text/page colors, text rotation and scaling,
- and much more.
-
- *Warning 1:* If you encounter problems loading one of these
- packages under pdfTeX (more specifically, when pdfTeX reads
- 'supp-mis.tex'), the cause may be an outdated 'supp-mis.tex' (part
- of ConTeXt, a typesetting system for TeX) installed on your system.
- The problem was fixed in 'supp-mis.tex' version 2004.10.26. You can
- obtain up-to-date versions of 'supp-mis.tex' and the accompanying
- 'supp-pdf.tex' from
- <http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/pdftex/graphics>. To
- convince TeX to use the new files, you have the following options
- in the decreasing order of preference:
-
- 1. put the new files in the same directory with your document;
-
- 2. overwrite the outdated files installed by your TeX
- distribution;
-
- 3. install the new 'supp-mis.tex' and 'supp-pdf.tex' files in the
- relevant subdirectory of your local 'texmf' tree (for info on
- TeX directory structure see
- <http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=tds>);
-
- 4. upgrade your ConTeXt installation.
-
- Note that option 1 is the safest but provides the fix only for your
- current document. Options 2 and 3 will usually suffice for Eplain
- but may break ConTeXt. Option 4 is the most general but is more
- complicated than the first three. Be sure to backup any files you
- overwrite. Also keep in mind that upgrading your TeX distribution
- may overwrite files you install in the system 'texmf' tree.
- *End of warning 1.*
-
- *Warning 2:* If you encounter problems using the '\pagecolor'
- command from the 'color.sty' package under pdfTeX, the cause may be
- an outdated pdfTeX color and graphics driver 'pdftex.def'. The
- problem was fixed in 'pdftex.def' version 0.03p. You can obtain an
- up-to-date version from
- <http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pdftex/pdftex.def>.
- *End of warning 2.*
-
- The 'graphics'/'graphicx' packages have the option 'draft' which
- instructs '\includegraphics' not to include the graphics but
- instead typeset a box with the dimensions of the graphics and the
- name of the graphics file in typewriter type at the center of the
- box. These packages expect the LaTeX-provided command '\ttfamily'
- to switch to the typewrite type. This command is not defined by
- 'miniltx.tex', therefore Eplain defines it and makes it equivalent
- to plain TeX's '\tt'.
-
- *Note Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex)::, for the demonstration of text
- rotation and graphics inclusion using the 'graphicx' package, and
- using the 'color' package to colorize hypertext links.
-
- Klaus Ho"ppner has written a nice introduction to the LaTeX
- graphics packages and different graphics formats. You can download
- it from
- <http://www.tug.org/pracjourn/2005-3/hoeppner>
-
-epstopdf ('2009/07/16 v2.2 Conversion with epstopdf on the fly (HO)')
- <http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek>
-
- This package does on-the-fly conversion of Encapsulated PostScript
- (EPS) graphics into Portable Document Format (PDF) graphics for
- inclusion with the '\includegraphics' command from the
- 'graphics'/'graphicx' packages, so that you do not have to
- explicitly call the 'epstopdf' script.
-
-psfrag ('1998/04/11 v3.04 PSfrag (MCG)')
- <http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/psfrag/pfgguide.pdf>
-
- PSfrag allows the user to precisely overlay Encapsulated PostScript
- (EPS) files with arbitrary (La)TeX constructions. In order to
- accomplish this, the user places a simple text "tag" in the
- graphics file, as a "position marker" of sorts. Then, using simple
- (La)TeX commands, the user instructs PSfrag to remove that tag from
- the figure, and replace it with a properly sized, aligned, and
- rotated (La)TeX equation.
-
-soul ('2003/11/17 v2.4 letterspacing/underlining (mf)')
- <http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/soul>
-
- This package provides hyphenatable letterspacing (spacing out),
- underlining, and some derivatives. The package is optimized for
- LaTeX, but works with plain TeX--you don't actually need to load it
- with the '\usepackage' command, just say '\input soul.sty'. If you
- intend to use the highlighting macros of 'soul', don't forget to
- load the 'color' package.
-
-url ('2005/06/27 ver 3.2 Verb mode for urls, etc.')
- <http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/url.sty>
-
- This package provides a form of '\verbatim' that allows line breaks
- at certain characters or combinations of characters, accepts
- reconfiguration, and can usually be used in the argument to another
- command. It is intended for email addresses, hypertext links,
- directories/paths, etc., which normally have no spaces.
-
- Eplain can create hypertext links with the '\url' command (*note
- URL hyperlinks::).
-
- Be sure to get a version dated at least 2005/06/27, as older
- versions have problems in plain TeX.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Packages known not to work, Prev: Packages known to work, Up: Loading LaTeX packages
-
-4.23.4 Packages known not to work
----------------------------------
-
-The following packages are known not to work with Eplain:
-
-hyperref
- <http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref>
-
- This package depends heavily on LaTeX, so that it is mostly
- unusable outside of LaTeX. Eplain provides its own macros for
- creating hyperlinks, see *note Hyperlinks::.
-
-pict2e ('2005/07/15 v0.2r Improved picture commands (HjG,RN)')
- <http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pict2e>
-
-xcolor ('2005/06/06 v2.03 LaTeX color extensions (UK)')
- <http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/xcolor>
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Hyperlinks, Next: Arrow theoretic diagrams, Prev: User definitions, Up: Top
-
-5 Hyperlinks
-************
-
-This chapter describes the support which Eplain provides for hypertext
-links ("hyperlinks" for short). Hyperlinks can be created implicitly by
-the cross-reference, indexing and other macros in Eplain. Macros for
-constructing explicit hyperlinks are also provided.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Introduction to hyperlinks::
-* Explicit hyperlinks::
-* Implicit hyperlinks::
-* Hyperlink drivers::
-* Setting hyperlink types and options::
-* Turning hyperlinks on/off::
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Introduction to hyperlinks, Next: Explicit hyperlinks, Up: Hyperlinks
-
-5.1 Introduction to hyperlinks
-==============================
-
-The original TeX engine has no built-in support for hyperlinks (a.k.a.
-hypertext links). Many of the present-day file formats with hyperlinking
-capabilities did not even exist at the time TeX was written. However,
-TeX's '\special' primitive can be used to instruct TeX to write special
-directives into its '.dvi' output file. These directives are not
-interpreted by TeX in any way; they are intended for programs which
-process the '.dvi' files produced by TeX, be it printing or converting
-to other formats, such as '.ps' or '.pdf'.
-
- Another approach is to extend the original TeX engine with the
-ability to generate one of the hyperlinking formats; TeX's set of
-primitives can be extended to include hyperlink commands. This is the
-approach used by the pdfTeX engine, which is capable of producing '.pdf'
-files directly from the TeX source, skipping the '.dvi' generation and
-processing step.
-
- It turns out that the sets of commands for different formats are
-mostly not interchangeable, as each of the file formats has its own
-quirks and capabilities. And this is where Eplain "hyperlink drivers"
-come into play.
-
- In order for Eplain to generate proper commands, Eplain has to know
-two things: which engine or '.dvi' processor you are using, and the set
-of commands it understands.
-
- The knowledge about the commands that the various processors
-understand is programmed into Eplain's hyperlink drivers. Eplain
-provides three drivers: 'hypertex' (implementation of the HyperTeX
-standard, see <http://arxiv.org/hypertex>), and 'pdftex' and 'dvipdfm'
-(named after the programs which process the hyperlink commands, pdfTeX
-and dvipdfm). Therefore, Eplain can only produce HyperTeX commands and
-hyperlink commands for one of these two programs--except that the
-extended 'dvipdfmx' program can be used as well as the original
-'dvipdfm', since they are compatible.
-
- To tell Eplain which '.dvi' processor or extended TeX engine you are
-using, use the command '\enablehyperlinks'.
-
- For example:
-
- \enablehyperlinks
-
-instructs Eplain to attempt to automatically detect which driver to use,
-as follows: if it detects pdfTeX in PDF mode, it loads the 'pdftex'
-driver. If it does not detect pdfTeX in PDF mode, the 'hypertex' driver
-is loaded. The detection is based on the '\ifpdf' switch (*note Checking
-for PDF output::).
-
- If necessary, you can explicitly specify the driver name:
-
- \enablehyperlinks[pdftex]
-
-will start producing hyperlinks under the assumption that you are using
-pdfTeX.
-
- Eplain does not produce any hyperlinks until you explicitly enable
-them with '\enablehyperlinks'. For one thing, this keeps Eplain
-backward-compatible with previous releases without hyperlink support.
-For another, you may be using a program other than pdfTeX or 'dvipdfm',
-which does not understand their hyperlink commands or the HyperTeX
-commands.
-
-Concepts and Terminology
-------------------------
-
-In general, hyperlinks work as follows. You mark some place in your
-document as a hyperlink destination, associating a "hyperlink label"
-with that destination. Next, somewhere within your document, you create
-a hyperlink, using a label to identify the destination you want this
-link to point to. A hyperlink is a region in the document (which can
-take many forms, for example, text or a picture); when a user clicks on
-that region, they will be taken to a place in the document marked by the
-corresponding destination. The following two sections (*note Explicit
-hyperlinks::, and *note Implicit hyperlinks::) describe the macros you
-can use to define destinations and create links pointing to those
-destinations.
-
- In the rest of this chapter, we will often need to refer to links and
-destinations jointly, in which case we will use the term "hyperlinks".
-We will use the terms "links" and "destinations" in cases when we need
-to refer specifically to links or destinations.
-
- Hyperlink drivers provide several kinds of links and destinations. We
-will refer to them as "link types" and "destination types".
-
- For example, one of the destination types that the 'pdftex' driver
-provides is the 'xyz' type; when the user follows a link pointing to an
-'xyz' destination, the exact location marked by that destination is
-displayed. Another destination type provided by the 'pdftex' driver is
-the 'fit' type; when the user follows a link pointing to a 'fit'
-destination, the page containing that destination is zoomed to fit into
-the window in which the document is displayed.
-
- Similarly, drivers support various link types. For example, with the
-'pdftex' driver, the usual link type used to refer to destinations in
-the current document is called 'name'. You can also create a link
-pointing to another local document (by using the 'filename' link type)
-or to a URL (by using the 'url' link type).
-
- In addition, each hyperlink driver supports a number of destination
-and link "options". By setting these options you can customize hyperlink
-parameters (e.g., the thickness of the border drawn around a hyperlink)
-or pass information to hyperlinks (for example, file name of a document,
-for a link pointing to a destination in another document).
-
- *Note Hyperlink drivers::, for the description of hyperlink types and
-options supported by the drivers. *Note Setting hyperlink types and
-options::, for the information on how to set hyperlink options.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Explicit hyperlinks, Next: Implicit hyperlinks, Prev: Introduction to hyperlinks, Up: Hyperlinks
-
-5.2 Explicit hyperlinks
-=======================
-
-Explicit hyperlinks are created by you, in the source of your document.
-The simplest command is '\hldest', which marks the current position in
-your document as a destination:
-
- \hldest{TYPE}{OPTIONS}{LABEL}
-
-Here TYPE is one of the destination types supported by the hyperlink
-driver (*note Hyperlink drivers::), OPTIONS is a comma-separated list of
-option assignments, and LABEL is the hyperlink label to associate with
-this destination. This label will identify the destination when creating
-links pointing to this destination. For example, with the 'pdftex'
-driver, the command
-
- \hldest{xyz}{zoom=2000}{index}
-
-creates a destination of type 'xyz' ("the current position"), sets the
-magnification ratio for this destination to be 200%, and associates the
-label 'index' with the destination.
-
- Another command, '\hlstart', paired with '\hlend', turns all
-intervening material into a link:
-
- \hlstart{TYPE}{OPTIONS}{LABEL} ... \hlend
-
-Here TYPE, OPTIONS and LABEL have the same meaning as for '\hldest'.
-Continuing the previous example,
-
- \hlstart{name}{bstyle=U,bwidth=2}{index} Index\hlend
-
-typesets the word 'Index' as a link with underline border of
-width 2 PostScript points, pointing to the named destination 'index'
-defined in the previous example. (The other options, like highlight mode
-and border color, are determined by the defaults, *note Setting default
-types and options::).
-
- The LABEL argument of both '\hldest' and '\hlstart' can contain
-special characters (such as '#', '%', '&', '~', etc.) without any
-escaping. This is especially important for URL links supported by some
-drivers (*note Hyperlink drivers::).
-
- Both '\hldest' and '\hlstart' ignore following spaces.
-
- Both '\hldest' and '\hlstart' expand the first token of OPTIONS once,
-so you can save a list of options in a macro and pass it for the
-OPTIONS. For example:
-
- \def\linkopts{bstyle=U,bwidth=2}
- \hlstart{name}{\linkopts}{index}Index\hlend
-
-is functionally equivalent to the previous example.
-
- *Note Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex)::, for a demonstration of the usage of
-explicit hyperlinks.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Implicit hyperlinks, Next: Hyperlink drivers, Prev: Explicit hyperlinks, Up: Hyperlinks
-
-5.3 Implicit hyperlinks
-=======================
-
-"Implicit hyperlinks" are hyperlinks created implicitly by various
-Eplain macros, such as the macros for citations, cross-references,
-indexing, etc.
-
- All such macros are divided into "link groups" and "destination
-groups" (or "linkgroups" and "destgroups" for short) so that parameters
-can be set individually for each group. For example, all equation macros
-which define a destination are assigned to the 'eq' destgroup; equation
-macros which create a link are assigned to the 'eq' linkgroup. By
-setting parameters for the 'eq' linkgroup (destgroup), you can uniformly
-customize all links (destinations) related to equation references,
-without interfering with settings for the other groups.
-
- *Note Setting hyperlink types and options::, for information on how
-to set parameters for a group.
-
- Here is the list of the linkgroups:
-
- hrefint, hrefext, url, cite, ref, xref, eq, idx, foot, footback.
-
- And here are the destgroups:
-
- bib, li, definexref, xrdef, eq, idx, foot, footback.
-
- *Note Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex)::, for a demonstration of the usage of
-implicit hyperlinks.
-
- The following subsections describe each of the linkgroups and
-destgroups and the hyperlink support provided.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* General hyperlinks:: hrefint, hrefext
-* URL hyperlinks:: url
-* Citation hyperlinks:: cite, bib
-* List hyperlinks:: li
-* Cross-reference hyperlinks:: definexref, ref
-* Page reference hyperlinks:: xrdef, xref
-* Equation reference hyperlinks:: eq
-* Index hyperlinks:: idx
-* Footnote hyperlinks:: foot, footback
-* Contents hyperlinks::
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: General hyperlinks, Next: URL hyperlinks, Up: Implicit hyperlinks
-
-5.3.1 General hyperlinks: hrefint, hrefext
-------------------------------------------
-
-'\href{URL}{TEXT}' typesets TEXT as a link to URL. It basically does
-what the explicit hyperlink macros do (*note Explicit hyperlinks::), but
-is more convenient (at the expense of flexibility).
-
- If URL starts with '#', the rest of URL is assumed to be a local
-hyperlink destination name (destination within the same document).
-Parameters for these links can be set by customizing the 'hrefint'
-linkgroup. For example:
-
- See \href{#intro}{Introduction}
-
-will make 'Introduction' into an internal link, which might have been
-created, e.g., with '\xrdef{intro}'.
-
- If URL does not start with '#', it is assumed to be a URL link.
-Parameters for these links can be set by customizing the 'hrefext'
-linkgroup. The special characters (such as '#' and '~') in the URL don't
-need to be escaped. For example:
-
- \href{http://tug.org/eplain/doc/eplain.html#Hyperlinks}{Hyperlinks
- in Eplain}
- \href{mailto:tex-eplain@tug.org}{Eplain mailing list}
-
-*Note URL hyperlinks::, for another way to create URL hyperlinks.
-
- The TEXT argument of '\href' can contain verbatim text (*note
-Verbatim listing::) or other macros which manipulate character catcodes.
-For example:
-
- \href{#WeirdChars}{The weird chars \verbatim #&%$~|endverbatim}
-
- '\href' does not currently handle other link types, such as 'file:'
-and 'run:' links.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: URL hyperlinks, Next: Citation hyperlinks, Prev: General hyperlinks, Up: Implicit hyperlinks
-
-5.3.2 URL hyperlinks: url
--------------------------
-
-The 'url' linkgroup covers the '\url' command from the LaTeX package
-'url' (*note Packages known to work::), as well as any new '\url'-like
-commands you define. The type for this linkgroup is set to 'url' by the
-drivers which support this link type. 'url' links use the parameter to
-the '\url' command as the URL to point to.
-
- You may be using the '\url' command to typeset something other than a
-URL, e.g., a path, for which you do not want a link to be created; in
-that case, you can disable the 'url' linkgroup with the command
-'\hloff[url]' (*note Turning hyperlinks on/off for a group::).
-
- By default, URL (and other types of) links are boxed, so that they
-are visually marked even if you do not load the LaTeX 'color' package
-(*note Loading LaTeX packages::) and therefore link text is not colored.
-You can see the effect by compiling the following code snippet (be sure
-to get a modern 'url.sty', older versions do not work in plain TeX;
-*note Packages known to work::):
-
- \input eplain
- \beginpackages
- \usepackage{url}
- \endpackages
-
- \enablehyperlinks
-
- \url{http://foo/bar}
-
- \url{mailto:foobar@example.org}
-
- \bye
-
- If the hyperlink driver you use supports the link option 'bwidth'
-(*note Hyperlink drivers::), you can produce colored links with no
-border around them. Try this:
-
- \input eplain
- \beginpackages
- \usepackage{url}
- \usepackage{color}
- \endpackages
-
- \enablehyperlinks
- \hlopts{bwidth=0}
-
- \url{http://foo/bar}
-
- \url{mailto:foobar@example.org}
-
- \bye
-
-The command '\hlopts{bwidth=0}' sets border width to zero as the default
-for all links, and loading the 'color' package automatically colors
-links using the default color (*note Options supported by all
-drivers::). If you want the border width setting to apply to URL links
-only, say '\hlopts[url]{bwidth=0}' (*note Setting hyperlink types and
-options::).
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Citation hyperlinks, Next: List hyperlinks, Prev: URL hyperlinks, Up: Implicit hyperlinks
-
-5.3.3 Citation hyperlinks: cite, bib
-------------------------------------
-
-The 'cite' linkgroup includes only the '\cite' command (*note
-Citations::). '\cite' turns each of the references in the list into a
-link pointing to the respective bibliography entry produced by the
-'\bibliography' command.
-
- The 'bib' destgroup includes the macros related to the
-'\bibliography' command (*note Citations::). '\bibliography' inputs a
-'.bbl' file, which contains a list of bibliography entries. For each of
-the entries, a destination is defined.
-
- Both commands use the citation label as the hyperlink label.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: List hyperlinks, Next: Cross-reference hyperlinks, Prev: Citation hyperlinks, Up: Implicit hyperlinks
-
-5.3.4 List hyperlinks: li
--------------------------
-
-The 'li' destgroup consists of the '\li' command (*note Lists::), which
-defines a destination if you supply the optional argument
-(cross-reference label). This label is also used as the hyperlink label.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Cross-reference hyperlinks, Next: Page reference hyperlinks, Prev: List hyperlinks, Up: Implicit hyperlinks
-
-5.3.5 Cross-reference hyperlinks: definexref, ref
--------------------------------------------------
-
-The 'definexref' destgroup is for the '\definexref' command (*note
-Defining generic references::). '\definexref' defines a destination
-using the cross-reference label (the first argument) as the hyperlink
-label.
-
- The 'ref' linkgroup includes '\refn' and '\xrefn' (they are
-synonyms), '\ref', and '\refs' (*note Using generic references::).
-
- '\refn' turns the cross-reference it produces into a link, using the
-cross-reference label as the hyperlink label. If an optional argument is
-present, it is tied by '\reftie' to the reference and become part of the
-link.
-
- '\ref' works similarly to '\refn'. It takes an optional argument,
-which is treated the same way as the optional argument to '\refn'. In
-addition, '\ref' can produce a "class word". Both the optional argument
-and the class word become part of the link, when present. The
-cross-reference is tied by '\reftie' to the preceding word. The optional
-argument is separated from the class word by '\refspace'.
-
- Unlike '\ref', '\refs' does not take an optional argument and does
-not make the class word part of the link, which is appropriate for its
-intended use.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Page reference hyperlinks, Next: Equation reference hyperlinks, Prev: Cross-reference hyperlinks, Up: Implicit hyperlinks
-
-5.3.6 Page reference hyperlinks: xrdef, xref
---------------------------------------------
-
-The 'xrdef' destgroup is for '\xrdef' (*note Page references::).
-'\xrdef' defines a destination using cross-reference label as the
-hyperlink label.
-
- The 'xref' linkgroup includes the '\xref' command (*note Page
-references::). '\xref' turns its optional argument (followed by
-'\refspace'), '\xrefpageword' and the cross-reference (page number) into
-a link, using the cross-reference label as the hyperlink label.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Equation reference hyperlinks, Next: Index hyperlinks, Prev: Page reference hyperlinks, Up: Implicit hyperlinks
-
-5.3.7 Equation reference hyperlinks: eq
----------------------------------------
-
-All commands that define equation labels are part of the 'eq' destgroup.
-These are '\eqdef', '\eqdefn', '\eqsubdef' and '\eqsubdefn' (*note
-Equation references::). All these commands use the equation label as the
-hyperlink label. However, if the equation label is empty, they make up a
-(hopefully) unique hyperlink label for the destination. This label will
-be used for the link when you refer to this empty-labeled equation with
-one of the equation reference macros.
-
- The command '\phantomeqlabel' is called to generate hyperlink labels
-for the empty-labeled equations. By default, it produces the labels in
-the format 'PHEQNUMBER', where NUMBER comes from the count register
-'\phantomeqnumber'; this count register is incremented at every
-empty-labeled equation definition.
-
- The commands '\eqref' and '\eqrefn' (*note Equation references::)
-form the 'eq' linkgroup. These commands take an optional argument,
-which, when present, is tied with '\reftie' to the equation reference
-and becomes part of the link. The equation label is used for the
-hyperlink label; if the label is empty, the link is for the label
-generated for the last empty-labeled equation.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Index hyperlinks, Next: Footnote hyperlinks, Prev: Equation reference hyperlinks, Up: Implicit hyperlinks
-
-5.3.8 Index hyperlinks: idx
----------------------------
-
-All indexing commands ('\idx', '\idxname', '\idxmarked', '\idxsubmarked'
-and their silent equivalents, *note Indexing commands::) form the 'idx'
-destgroup. The 'idx' linkgroup consists of the macros which are used to
-typeset the index when you say '\readindexfile{INDEX-LETTER}' (*note
-Typesetting an index::).
-
- To create the links in index entries, Eplain uses MakeIndex's
-"encapsulation" feature. When you use an indexing macro to mark an index
-term, Eplain writes out a line to the '.idx' file of the following
-general form:
-
- \indexentry{ENTRY|PAGEMARKUP}{PAGENO}
-
-where ENTRY is the index entry (converted into the internal format that
-MakeIndex understands), CS is the markup command you specified with the
-'pagemarkup=CS' optional argument to the indexing commands (*note
-Modifying index entries::), and PAGENO is the page number on which the
-term appeared. When processing the '.idx' file, MakeIndex makes the page
-number an argument to the page markup command ("encapsulates" the page
-number), so the page number in the '.ind' file appears as '\CS{PAGENO}'.
-Eplain internally replaces the CS command name with its own command,
-which, in addition to calling the original '\CS' encapsulator, turns the
-page number into a link.
-
- Eplain provides two approaches to linking page numbers in the index
-to locations of index terms in the text.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Exact destinations for index terms::
-* Page destinations for index terms::
-* Choosing destination placement::
-* Index page list and page range parsers::
-* Hyperlinks in see and see also entries::
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Exact destinations for index terms, Next: Page destinations for index terms, Up: Index hyperlinks
-
-5.3.8.1 Exact destinations for index terms
-..........................................
-
-In this approach, each command that marks an index term defines a unique
-destination and passes its label on to the '.idx' file as part of the
-'\indexentry' command. The '\indexentry' line that Eplain writes to the
-'.idx' file becomes
-
- \indexentry{ENTRY|hlidx{LABEL}{CS}}{PAGENO}
-
-where '\hlidx' is the command that is defined by Eplain to take three
-arguments: a hyperlink label (LABEL), a name of page number encapsulator
-(CS) and a page number (PAGENO). In the '.ind' file that MakeIndex will
-generate, the page number will now appear as
-
- \hlidx{LABEL}{CS}{PAGENO}
-
-The result of this command is '\CS{PAGENO}', wrapped up into a link
-pointing to LABEL destination.
-
- The hyperlink labels for the index terms are generated by the
-'\hlidxlabel' command, by default in the format 'IDXNUMBER', where
-NUMBER is the value of the count register '\hlidxlabelnumber'. This
-count register is incremented at each index term.
-
- The advantage of this approach, as compared to the second approach
-described below, is that links in the index point to exact locations of
-the indexed terms on the page. The disadvantage of this approach is that
-MakeIndex will regard _all_ index entries as distinct, because each one
-contains a (unique) hyperlink label. This disadvantage can be partially
-overcome by the script 'idxuniq' distributed with Eplain in the 'util'
-directory. This script filters out '\indexentry' lines differing only in
-the hyperlink label but identical otherwise. You should process the
-'.idx' with this script before passing it on to MakeIndex. For example:
-
- prompt$ ./idxuniq file.idx | makeindex > file.ind
-
-Still, this solution is not ideal, as the page-range formation ability
-of MakeIndex will not work, and there will be problems of apparently
-identical index entries clashing (e.g., when a range-end entry appears
-on the same page as another entry with the same definition; 'idxuniq'
-will not filter out the second entry).
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Page destinations for index terms, Next: Choosing destination placement, Prev: Exact destinations for index terms, Up: Index hyperlinks
-
-5.3.8.2 Page destinations for index terms
-.........................................
-
-In the second approach, Eplain does not write out any destination labels
-for the index terms. Instead, Eplain writes out a wrapper for page
-number encapsulator which can parse the page number and generate a link
-pointing to the _page_ on which the term appeared. On top of each page
-containing an index term, Eplain defines a destination with label
-produced by '\hlidxpagelabel'. The '\hlidxpagelabel' command takes a
-single argument (page number NUMBER) and by default produces the label
-in the format 'IDXPGNUMBER'.
-
- With this approach, the '\indexentry' line which Eplain writes to the
-'.idx' file looks like this:
-
- \indexentry{ENTRY|hlidxpage{CS}}{PAGENO}
-
-where '\hlidxpage' is the command that is defined by Eplain to take two
-arguments: a name of page number encapsulator (CS) and a page number
-(PAGENO). In the '.ind' file that MakeIndex will generate, the page
-number will appear as
-
- \hlidxpage{CS}{PAGENO}
-
- The advantage of this approach is that all features of MakeIndex are
-intact. The drawback is that links in the index do not point to exact
-locations of indexed terms on a page, but to the top of a page on which
-the term appears.
-
- Another disadvantage is that this approach depends on the page range
-and page list separators which MakeIndex was configured to output.
-'\hlidxpage' must be able to parse the first page number in a page range
-like '1--4'. In addition, page list parsing is needed because MakeIndex
-combines two consecutive page numbers in one call to the page number
-encapsulator, so '\hlidxpage' can be passed, e.g., '1, 2' for the
-PAGENO. In this last case, '\hlidxpage' splits the two page numbers,
-applies '\CS' to each of them, and makes each of the page numbers a link
-to the appropriate page. Note that this will alter typesetting slightly,
-because now the page list separator (a comma followed by a space, by
-default) is not typeset using the page number encapsulator ('\CS').
-
- Eplain's defaults for the page list and page number delimiters are
-the same as those in MakeIndex, a comma followed by a space (', ') and
-two dashes ('--'), respectively. If you customize MakeIndex to use
-different delimiters, you must not forget to let Eplain know about them
-with the commands
-
- \setidxpagelistdelimiter{LIST-DELIM}
- \setidxpagerangedelimiter{PAGE-DELIM}
-
-(*note Page list and page range parsers::).
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Choosing destination placement, Next: Index page list and page range parsers, Prev: Page destinations for index terms, Up: Index hyperlinks
-
-5.3.8.3 Choosing destination placement
-......................................
-
-The approach that Eplain should use for the index terms can be selected
-in the '\enablehyperlinks' command. The optional argument it accepts is
-a comma-separated list of options. The 'idxexact' option selects the
-first approach, 'idxpage' the second, and 'idxnone' disables hyperlink
-support for the index terms altogether, in case you want to stop Eplain
-from writing its link wrappers into the '.idx' file. The default is
-'idxpage'.
-
- For example:
-
- \enablehyperlinks[idxexact]
-
-selects the first approach ("exact index links").
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Index page list and page range parsers, Next: Hyperlinks in see and see also entries, Prev: Choosing destination placement, Up: Index hyperlinks
-
-5.3.8.4 Index page list and page range parsers
-..............................................
-
-The macros that Eplain uses to parse page lists and page ranges,
-'\idxparselist' and '\idxparserange', can sometimes be useful when
-defining page number encapsulators. *Note Page list and page range
-parsers::, for the description of these commands and an example of their
-usage.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Hyperlinks in see and see also entries, Prev: Index page list and page range parsers, Up: Index hyperlinks
-
-5.3.8.5 Hyperlinks in see and see also entries
-..............................................
-
-There is no automatic support for hyperlinks with "see" and "see also"
-index entries, as there is not enough information to trace the
-parameters of '\indexsee' and '\indexseealso' to corresponding index
-entries. But if desired, this can be implemented with '\hldest' and
-'\hlstart' (*note Explicit hyperlinks::); for example:
-
- \sidx{semantic theory of truth@%
- \leavevmode\hldest{}{}{idx:theo truth}semantic theory of truth}
- ...
- \sidx[seealso]{truth}[definition of]%
- {\hlstart{}{}{idx:theo truth}semantic theory of truth\hlend}
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Footnote hyperlinks, Next: Contents hyperlinks, Prev: Index hyperlinks, Up: Implicit hyperlinks
-
-5.3.9 Footnote hyperlinks: foot, footback
------------------------------------------
-
-The 'foot' link and destination groups include the '\numberedfootnote'
-and '\footnote' macros (*note Footnotes::). The 'footback' groups
-include the same macros, but control parameters for links and
-destinations created inside the footnote to point back to the footnote
-mark within the text body.
-
- The macros use hyperlink labels generated by '\hlfootlabel' and
-'\hlfootbacklabel'. The default formats for the labels are 'FOOTNUMBER'
-and 'FOOTBNUMBER', respectively, where NUMBER is the value of the count
-register '\hlfootlabelnumber'. This register is incremented at every
-footnote.
-
- Generally, footnote hyperlinks are not of much use, because the
-footnotes are usually placed on the same page as the footnote mark.
-Therefore, footnote hyperlinks are disabled by default. Here is how you
-can turn them on selectively, without affecting the other kinds of
-hyperlinks (*note Turning hyperlinks on/off for a group::):
-
- \hldeston[foot,footback]
- \hlon[foot,footback]
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Contents hyperlinks, Prev: Footnote hyperlinks, Up: Implicit hyperlinks
-
-5.3.10 Contents hyperlinks
---------------------------
-
-There is currently no special support for hyperlinks in the table of
-contents (*note Contents::), but implementing them with the '\hldest'
-and '\hlstart ... \hlend' commands (*note Explicit hyperlinks::) should
-be possible.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Hyperlink drivers, Next: Setting hyperlink types and options, Prev: Implicit hyperlinks, Up: Hyperlinks
-
-5.4 Hyperlink drivers
-=====================
-
-This section describes the hyperlink drivers: the types of hyperlinks
-they support, and the options they accept. During the first reading, you
-may only want to skim through this section.
-
- Some of the descriptions below come from 'Portable Document Format
-Reference Manual Version 1.3', March 11, 1999.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Options supported by all drivers::
-* Hyperlink driver hypertex::
-* Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm::
-* Hyperlink driver nolinks::
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Options supported by all drivers, Next: Hyperlink driver hypertex, Up: Hyperlink drivers
-
-5.4.1 Options supported by all drivers
---------------------------------------
-
-This subsection describes the destination and link options which are
-supported by all hyperlink drivers.
-
-Destination options supported by all drivers
-............................................
-
-'raise'
- Specifies how much to raise destinations above the baseline. When
- set to zero or empty, destinations are placed at the baseline.
-
- It is usually convenient to set this option to some variable
- parameter, so that the height to which destinations are raised is
- automatically adjusted according to the current context. For
- example, setting it to '\normalbaselineskip' (or some fraction of
- it, like '1.7\normalbaselineskip') makes the setting appropriate
- for different point sizes, in case your document uses more than
- one.
-
- The default setting is '\normalbaselineskip'. Initially, the
- destgroups do not define this option, so they fall back on the
- default, except for the 'eq' destgroup, for which this option is
- set to '1.7\normalbaselineskip', to accommodate the usual cases of
- large operators in displayed math.
-
- Example: '\hldestopts[eq]{raise=2.5\normalbaselineskip}'
-
-Link options supported by all drivers
-.....................................
-
-'colormodel'
-'color'
- These two options define the color to be used for rendering the
- link text. The colors are used only when a '\color' command is
- defined, e.g., by loading the LaTeX 'color' package (*note Packages
- known to work::). The '\color' command is called as
- '\color[COLORMODEL]{COLOR}', where COLORMODEL and COLOR are the
- definitions of the 'colormodel' and 'color' options, respectively.
- However, if COLORMODEL is empty, the optional argument to '\color'
- is omitted; and if COLOR is empty, the '\color' command is omitted
- altogether. The default setting is 'COLORMODEL=cmyk' and
- 'COLOR=0.28,1,1,0.35'.
-
- When specifying colors with several components delimited by commas
- (e.g., RGB and CMYK colors in the LaTeX 'color' package), it is not
- possible to specify the components directly in the option list of
- '\hlopts', because comma is the option list delimiter. With the
- 'color' package, it is possible to specify such colors by defining
- a custom color with '\definecolor' and using the new color name
- with an empty COLORMODEL (see examples below).
-
- Examples:
-
- \hlopts{colormodel=,color=blue}% predefined color
- \definecolor{mycolor}{rgb}{.3,.8,.95}
- \hlopts{colormodel=,color=mycolor}% custom color
- \hlopts{colormodel=gray,color=.4}
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Hyperlink driver hypertex, Next: Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm, Prev: Options supported by all drivers, Up: Hyperlink drivers
-
-5.4.2 Hyperlink driver 'hypertex'
----------------------------------
-
-HyperTeX is a standard for inclusion of hyperlink information in TeX
-(and LaTeX) documents (see <http://arxiv.org/hypertex>). This standard
-defines a set of hyperlink tags implemented as '\special' commands
-written into the DVI file. The major advantage of such standard is that
-a single '.dvi' file containing HyperTeX commands can be viewed by any
-HyperTeX-enabled viewer (e.g., any more or less modern version of
-'xdvi') or converted to other file formats (e.g., PDF) by any
-HyperTeX-enabled DVI converter (e.g., 'dvipdfmx' or 'dvips' with
-Ghostscript's 'ps2pdf' script).
-
- The downside to the standard is that it is by design "the common
-factor" of other formats supporting hyperlinks, so many features of a
-particular file format cannot be supported by HyperTeX. Therefore, if
-you need to use special features of a particular format, HyperTeX is not
-a good choice. For the PDF file format, Eplain provides the 'pdftex' and
-'dvipdfm' drivers which provide fine control over the PDF options (*note
-Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm::).
-
- For more information on programs which support the HyperTeX standard,
-please see
-
- <http://arxiv.org/hypertex>
- <http://www.tug.org/tex-archive/support/hypertex/hypertex>
-
-For convenience, we list a few HyperTeX-enabled converters:
-
-'dvips'
- Note that you need to pass the '-z' option to 'dvips' to tell it to
- preserve the information about the hyperlinks. To generate a '.pdf'
- file with hyperlinks, you can use the 'ps2pdf' script of
- Ghostscript. For example, if 'foo.tex' is a TeX file using HyperTeX
- commands, then
-
- prompt$ tex foo.tex
- prompt$ dvips -z foo.dvi -o
- prompt$ ps2pdf foo.ps
-
- will produce 'foo.pdf' with hyperlinks.
-
-'dvipdfm'
-'dvipdfmx'
- No special command line arguments are required, these programs
- automatically detect the HyperTeX commands.
-
- One more note is in place: support for the HyperTeX commands varies
-from one previewer/converter to another, so you might need to experiment
-to see if what you need is supported by the program(s) you intend to
-use. For example, dvips(k) as of version 5.92b converts all internal
-hyperlinks into page links pointing to a page containing the
-destination, so that "exact" linking to destinations is not possible
-(this was confirmed to be a bug and most probably has already been fixed
-in later versions of dvips(k)); dvipdfm as of version 0.13.2c and
-dvipdfmx as of version 20040411 do not correctly parse links to external
-local files, and produce a URL link instead of a file link.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Destination types for hypertex::
-* Destination options for hypertex::
-* Link types for hypertex::
-* Link options for hypertex::
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Destination types for hypertex, Next: Destination options for hypertex, Up: Hyperlink driver hypertex
-
-5.4.2.1 Destination types for 'hypertex'
-........................................
-
-'xyz'
- "Current position". This is the default type.
-
- Example: '\hldest{xyz}{}{dest123}'
-
-'raw'
- The destination specification (in the form of a HyperTeX
- '\special') is taken from the command sequence '\CS', where CS is
- the value of the 'cmd' option. In the definition of '\CS', use
- '\@hllabel' to refer to the hyperlink label. This option is
- intended to be used with destgroups (*note Setting hyperlink types
- and options::), as it does not make sense in a direct call to
- '\hldest'--you can just call the raw command.
-
- Example:
-
- \makeatletter
- \def\mydest{\special{html:<a name="\@hllabel">}%
- \special{html:</a>}}
- \resetatcatcode
- \indent\hldest{raw}{cmd=mydest}{SpecialDest}
- Special destination.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Destination options for hypertex, Next: Link types for hypertex, Prev: Destination types for hypertex, Up: Hyperlink driver hypertex
-
-5.4.2.2 Destination options for 'hypertex'
-..........................................
-
-'cmd'
- Name of the macro (without the leading '\') containing a HyperTeX
- '\special' for the 'raw' destination.
-
- *Note Destination types for hypertex::, the description of the
- 'raw' destination, for an example.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Link types for hypertex, Next: Link options for hypertex, Prev: Destination options for hypertex, Up: Hyperlink driver hypertex
-
-5.4.2.3 Link types for 'hypertex'
-.................................
-
-'name'
- Go to a "named destination". The label is the destination name. All
- destinations in HyperTeX are named destinations. This is the
- default type.
-
- Example: '\hlstart{name}{}{dest123}Link to dest123\hlend'
-
-'url'
- Go to a URL. The label is the URL.
-
- Example:
-
- \hlstart{url}{}{http://tug.org/eplain/}Eplain home\hlend
-
-'filename'
- Go to a named destination in another file. The label is the
- destination name. The file name is specified by the 'file' option.
- The file name extension can be specified separately by the 'ext'
- option. The idea is to set the 'ext' option globally at the
- beginning of the document to avoid hard-coding the extension
- together with the file name within each link--HyperTeX is not
- restricted to any single output format, it can be DVI, PDF,
- possibly other formats.
-
- Example:
-
- \hlopts{ext=.pdf}
- \hlstart{filename}{file=book}{dest123}
- Link to dest123 in file `book.pdf'\hlend
-
-'raw'
- The link specification (in the form of a HyperTeX '\special') is
- taken from the command sequence '\CS', where CS is the value of the
- 'cmd' option. In the definition of '\CS', use '\@hllabel' to refer
- to the hyperlink label. Use the predefined command '\hlhash' to
- insert the '#' characters. This option is intended to be used with
- linkgroups (*note Setting hyperlink types and options::), as it
- does not make sense in a direct call to '\hlstart'--you can just
- call the raw command.
-
- Example:
-
- \makeatletter
- \def\mylink{\special{html:<a href="\hlhash\@hllabel">}}
- \resetatcatcode
- \hlstart{raw}{cmd=mylink}{SpecialDest}
- Link to the special destination.\hlend
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Link options for hypertex, Prev: Link types for hypertex, Up: Hyperlink driver hypertex
-
-5.4.2.4 Link options for 'hypertex'
-...................................
-
-'cmd'
- Name of the macro (without the leading '\') containing a HyperTeX
- '\special' for the 'raw' link.
-
- *Note Link types for hypertex::, the description of the 'raw' link,
- for an example.
-
-'file'
- File name for the 'filename' link type. See also the 'ext' option.
-
- *Note Link types for hypertex::, the description of the 'filename'
- link, for an example.
-
-'ext'
- File name extension for the 'filename' link type. The idea is to
- set the 'ext' option globally at the beginning of the document to
- avoid hard-coding the extension together with the file name within
- each link--HyperTeX is not restricted to any single output format,
- it can be DVI, PDF, possibly other formats.
-
- *Note Link types for hypertex::, the description of the 'filename'
- link, for an example.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm, Next: Hyperlink driver nolinks, Prev: Hyperlink driver hypertex, Up: Hyperlink drivers
-
-5.4.3 Hyperlink drivers 'pdftex' and 'dvipdfm'
-----------------------------------------------
-
-This subsection describes link and destination types and options
-supported by the 'pdftex' and 'dvipdfm' drivers. Many of the hyperlink
-types and options are common to both drivers, so we describe them
-together.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm::
-* Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm::
-* Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm::
-* Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm::
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm, Next: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm, Up: Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm
-
-5.4.3.1 Destination types for 'pdftex' and 'dvipdfm'
-....................................................
-
-'xyz'
- "Current position". The option 'zoom' specifies magnification to
- use (zero or empty means leave magnification unchanged, which is
- the default). This is the default type.
-
- For 'dvipdfm': the options 'left' and 'top' specify position
- coordinates to use (empty options mean current position coordinate,
- which is the default).
-
- Example: '\hldest{xyz}{zoom=2000}{dest123}'
-
-'fit'
- Fit the page to the window.
-
- Example: '\hldest{fit}{}{dest123}'
-
-'fith'
- Fit the width of the page to the window.
-
- For 'dvipdfm': the 'top' option specifies vertical position
- (default is empty, meaning current position).
-
- Example: '\hldest{fith}{}{dest123}'
-
-'fitv'
- Fit the height of the page to the window.
-
- For 'dvipdfm': The option 'left' specifies horizontal position
- (default is empty, meaning current position).
-
- Example: '\hldest{fitv}{}{dest123}'
-
-'fitb'
- Fit the page's bounding box to the window.
-
- Example: '\hldest{fitb}{}{dest123}'
-
-'fitbh'
- Fit the width of the page's bounding box to the window.
-
- For 'dvipdfm': the option 'top' specifies vertical position
- (default is empty, meaning current position).
-
- Example: '\hldest{fitbh}{}{dest123}'
-
-'fitbv'
- Fit the height of the page's bounding box to the window.
-
- For 'dvipdfm': the option 'left' specifies horizontal position
- (default is empty, meaning current position).
-
- Example: '\hldest{fitbv}{}{dest123}'
-
-'fitr'
- For 'pdftex': fit the rectangle specified by the options 'width',
- 'height' and 'depth' (as a TeX rule specification) in the window.
- For dimensions set to empty, the corresponding value of the parent
- box is used (these are the defaults).
-
- For 'dvipdfm': fit the rectangle specified by the options 'left',
- 'bottom', 'right' and 'top' (in PostScript points, 72 points per
- inch) in the window. For dimensions set to empty, current position
- coordinate is substituted (these are the defaults).
-
- Example for 'pdftex':
-
- \hldest{fitr}{width=\hsize,
- height=.5\vsize,depth=0pt}{dest123}
-
- Example for 'dvipdfm':
-
- \hldest{fitr}{left=72,bottom=72,
- right=720,top=360}{dest123}
-
-'raw'
- The destination specification (in the form of a pdfTeX command or a
- dvipdfm '\special') is taken from the command sequence '\CS', where
- CS is the value of the 'cmd' option. In the definition of '\CS',
- use '\@hllabel' to refer to the hyperlink label. This option is
- intended to be used with destgroups (*note Setting hyperlink types
- and options::), as it does not make sense in a direct call to
- '\hldest'--you can just call the raw command.
-
- Example for 'pdftex':
-
- \makeatletter
- \def\mydest{\pdfdest name{\@hllabel} xyz}
- \resetatcatcode
- \hldesttype{raw}
- \hldestopts{cmd=mydest}
-
- Example for 'dvipdfm':
-
- \makeatletter
- \def\mydest{\special{pdf: dest (\@hllabel)
- [@thispage /XYZ @xpos @ypos 0]}}
- \resetatcatcode
- \hldesttype{raw}
- \hldestopts{cmd=mydest}
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm, Next: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm, Prev: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm, Up: Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm
-
-5.4.3.2 Destination options for 'pdftex' and 'dvipdfm'
-......................................................
-
-With respect to the destination options, the 'pdftex' and 'dvipdfm'
-differ in the way the fit rectangle is specified (relative coordinates
-for 'pdftex', absolute coordinates for 'dvipdfm').
-
-Common destination options
-..........................
-
-'cmd'
- Name of the macro (without the leading '\') containing a pdfTeX
- command or a dvipdfm '\special' for the 'raw' destination.
-
- *Note Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm::, the description
- of the 'raw' destination, for an example.
-
-'zoom'
- Magnification ratio times 1000 (like TeX's scale factor). Zero or
- empty means leave magnification unchanged, which is the default.
-
- Example: '\hldest{xyz}{zoom=2000}{dest123}'
-
-'pdftex'-specific destination options
-.....................................
-
-The dimension options below must be specified as a TeX rule
-specification. When set to empty, the corresponding value of the parent
-box is used (this is the default for all dimension options).
-
-'depth'
- Depth of the fit rectangle for the 'fitr' destination.
-
-'height'
- Height of the fit rectangle for the 'fitr' destination.
-
-'width'
- Width of the fit rectangle for the 'fitr' destination.
-
- Example:
-
- \hldest{fitr}{width=\hsize,
- height=.5\vsize,depth=0pt}{dest123}
-
-'dvipdfm'-specific destination options
-......................................
-
-The dimension options below must be specified in PostScript points
-(72 points per inch), as a number without the 'bp' unit name. When set
-to empty, the current position coordinate is used (this is the default
-for all dimension options).
-
-'bottom'
- Bottom position coordinate of a box specification for the various
- destination types.
-
-'left'
- Left position coordinate of a box specification for the various
- destination types.
-
-'right'
- Right position coordinate of a box specification for the various
- destination types.
-
-'top'
- Top position coordinate of a box specification for the various
- destination types.
-
- Example:
-
- \hldest{fitr}{left=72,bottom=72,
- right=720,top=360}{dest123}
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm, Next: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm, Prev: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm, Up: Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm
-
-5.4.3.3 Link types for 'pdftex' and 'dvipdfm'
-.............................................
-
-Link types are the same for the 'pdftex' and 'dvipdfm' drivers, except
-that the 'pdftex' driver provides one additional link type 'num' (link
-to a numbered destination). dvipdfm does not support numbered
-destinations, therefore it does not have this link type. Note that all
-destinations created by Eplain hyperlink macros are named destinations;
-to define a numbered destination, you have to use low-level pdfTeX
-commands.
-
-Common link types
-.................
-
-'name'
- Go to a "named destination". The label is the destination name. All
- destinations created with '\hldest' are named destinations (*note
- Explicit hyperlinks::). This is the default type.
-
- Example: '\hlstart{name}{}{dest123}Link to dest123\hlend'
-
-'url'
- Go to a URL. The label is the URL.
-
- Example: '\hlstart{url}{}{http://tug.org/eplain/}Eplain home\hlend'
-
-'page'
- Go to a page. The label is the page number (counting from 1). Page
- fitting is specified by the 'pagefit' option.
-
- Example:
-
- \hlstart{page}{pagefit=/FitH 600}{123}
- Link to page~123\hlend
-
-'filename'
- Go to a named destination in another file. The label is the
- destination name. The file name is specified by the 'file' option.
- Page fitting is specified by the 'pagefit' option. The 'newwin'
- option specifies whether the destination document is opened in the
- same window or in a new window.
-
- Example:
-
- \hlstart{filename}{file=book.pdf,newwin=1}{dest123}
- Link to dest123 in file `book.pdf'\hlend
-
-'filepage'
- Go to a page in another file. The label is the page number
- (counting from 1). The file name is specified by the 'file' option.
- Page fitting is specified by the 'pagefit' option. The 'newwin'
- option specifies whether the destination document is opened in the
- same window or in a new window.
-
- Example:
-
- \hlstart{filepage}{file=book.pdf,newwin=,
- pagefit=/FitR 50 100 300 500}{1}
- Link to page~1 in file `book.pdf'\hlend
-
-'raw'
- The link specification (in the form of a pdfTeX command or a
- dvipdfm '\special' primitive) is taken from the command sequence
- '\CS', where CS is the value of the 'cmd' option. In the definition
- of '\CS', use '\@hllabel' to refer to the hyperlink label. This
- option is intended to be used with linkgroups (*note Setting
- hyperlink types and options::), as it does not make sense in a
- direct call to '\hlstart'--you can just call the raw command.
-
- Example for 'pdftex':
-
- % Redirect all \url links to the first page
- \def\mycmd{\pdfstartlink goto page 1 {/Fit}}
- \hltype[url]{raw}
- \hlopts[url]{cmd=mycmd}
-
- Example for 'dvipdfm':
-
- % Redirect all \url links to the first page
- \def\mycmd{\special{pdf: beginann <</Type/Annot /Subtype/Link
- /Dest[0 /Fit]>>}}
- \hltype[url]{raw}
- \hlopts[url]{cmd=mycmd}
-
-'pdftex'-specific link types
-............................
-
-'num'
- Go to a "numbered destination". The label is the destination
- number.
-
- Example: '\hlstart{num}{}{123}Link to 123\hlend'
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm, Prev: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm, Up: Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm
-
-5.4.3.4 Link options for 'pdftex' and 'dvipdfm'
-...............................................
-
-Link options are mostly the same for the 'pdftex' and 'dvipdfm' drivers.
-The 'pdftex' driver has additional options to specify link dimensions.
-
-Common link options
-...................
-
-'bcolor'
- Border color. An array of three numbers in the range 0 to 1,
- representing a color in DeviceRGB.
-
- Example: '\hlstart{name}{bcolor=.1 .5 1}{dest123}Link\hlend'
-
-'bdash'
- Array of numbers representing on and off stroke lengths for drawing
- dashes.
-
- Example: '\hlstart{name}{bstyle=D,bdash=2 4}{dest123}Link\hlend'
-
-'bstyle'
- Link border style:
-
- 'S'
- The border is drawn as a solid line.
-
- 'D'
- The border is drawn with a dashed line (the dash pattern is
- specified by the 'bdash' option).
-
- 'B'
- The border is drawn in a beveled style.
-
- 'I'
- The border is drawn in an inset style.
-
- 'U'
- The border is drawn as a line on the bottom of the link
- rectangle.
-
- The default is 'S'.
-
- Example: '\hlstart{name}{bstyle=D,bdash=2 4}{dest123}Link\hlend'
-
-'bwidth'
- Border width in PostScript points (72 points per inch). The default
- is 1.
-
- Example: '\hlstart{name}{bwidth=2}{dest123}Link\hlend'
-
-'cmd'
- Name of the macro (without the leading '\') containing a pdfTeX
- command or a dvipdfm '\special' for the 'raw' link.
-
- *Note Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm::, the description of the
- 'raw' link, for an example.
-
-'file'
- File name for the 'filename' and 'filepage' link types.
-
- *Note Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm::, the descriptions of the
- 'filename' and 'filepage' links, for an example.
-
-'hlight'
- Link border highlight modes:
-
- 'I'
- The rectangle specified by the bounding box of the link is
- inverted.
-
- 'N'
- No highlighting is done.
-
- 'O'
- The border of the link is inverted.
-
- 'P'
- The region underneath the bounding box of the link is drawn
- inset into the page.
-
- The default is 'I'.
-
- Example: '\hlstart{name}{bstyle=S,hlight=O}{dest123}Link\hlend'
-
-'newwin'
- For the 'filename' and 'filepage' links, specifies whether the
- destination document is opened in the same window or in a new
- window. The settings are:
-
- '0'
- Open in the same window.
- 'non-0'
- Open in a new window.
- 'empty'
- Behavior according to the viewer settings.
-
- The default is empty.
-
- *Note Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm::, the descriptions of the
- 'filename' and 'filepage' links, for an example.
-
-'pagefit'
- For the 'page' and 'filepage links', specifies how the page must be
- fitted to the window. 'pagefit' specification is written to the PDF
- file as is, so it must conform to the PDF standard.
-
- *Note Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm::, the descriptions of the
- 'page' and 'filepage' links, for an example.
-
-'pdftex'-specific link options
-..............................
-
-The dimension options below must be specified as a TeX rule
-specification. When set to empty, the corresponding value of the parent
-box is used (this is the default for all dimension options).
-
-'depth'
- Depth of the link.
-
-'height'
- Height of the link.
-
-'width'
- Width of the link.
-
- Example:
-
- \hlstart{name}{width=5in,height=20pc,depth=0pt}{dest123}
- Link\hlend
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Hyperlink driver nolinks, Prev: Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm, Up: Hyperlink drivers
-
-5.4.4 Hyperlink driver 'nolinks'
---------------------------------
-
-Select this driver to suppress all hyperlinks in your document.
-
- Selecting this driver is quite different from not selecting any
-driver at all, or from selecting some driver and then turning hyperlinks
-off for the entire document with '\hloff' and '\hldestoff' (*note
-Turning hyperlinks on/off::).
-
- The purpose of '\hldestoff' and '\hloff' is to mark (parts) of your
-document where hyperlinks should never appear. (Imagine you want to
-prevent a cross-referencing macro from generating a link at a certain
-spot in your document.)
-
- If instead you have prepared a document with hyperlinks and just want
-to compile a version without them, it is better to select the driver
-'nolinks'. This ensures that spacing and page-breaking are the same as
-what you were getting with hyperlinks enabled.
-
- The reason for this is that hyperlinks are produced by the '\special'
-primitives or low-level hyperlink commands. Each such command is placed
-inside a "whatsit" (an internal TeX object), which may introduce
-legitimate breakpoints at places where none would exist without the
-whatsits. The macros '\hldestoff' and '\hloff' disable the hyperlink
-macros completely, so that no whatsits are produced.
-
- In contrast, the 'nolinks' driver does not completely disable
-hyperlink macros. Instead, it defines them to merely write to the log
-file (what gets written is unimportant). This also produces whatsits,
-thus imitating the whatsits from the hyperlink commands. (This trick was
-borrowed from the LaTeX 'color' package.)
-
- Another reason for using 'nolinks' is that in horizontal mode
-'\hldest' places destinations inside boxes of zero width, height, and
-depth. When you say '\hldestoff', '\hldest' will omit both destination
-definitions and these boxes. The missing boxes can again cause the
-typesetting to be inconsistent with that with destinations enabled. Here
-again, the 'nolinks' driver helps by defining '\hldest' to produce the
-empty boxes.
-
- So, if you are planning to produce versions of your PDF document both
-with and without hyperlinks, here is the recommended way to enable the
-hyperlinks under pdfTeX:
-
- \ifpdf
- \enablehyperlinks
- \else
- \enablehyperlinks[nolinks]%
- \fi
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Setting hyperlink types and options, Next: Turning hyperlinks on/off, Prev: Hyperlink drivers, Up: Hyperlinks
-
-5.5 Setting hyperlink types and options
-=======================================
-
-You can define default types for links and destinations, which will be
-used when you do not specify a type in '\hlstart' or '\hldest'.
-Similarly, you can define default values for the options; the default
-value for an option is used when you do not set the option in the
-argument to '\hlstart' or '\hldest'.
-
- The parameters for implicit links and destinations can be customized
-by setting the "group" types and options. When not set, the defaults are
-used.
-
- All these settings are local to the current (TeX) group, so if you
-want to set an option temporarily, you can do so inside a
-'\begingroup...\endgroup' block; when the group ends, the previous
-settings are restored.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Setting default types and options::
-* Setting group types::
-* Setting group options::
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Setting default types and options, Next: Setting group types, Up: Setting hyperlink types and options
-
-5.5.1 Setting default types and options
----------------------------------------
-
-The default types for links and destinations can be set with the
-following commands:
-
- \hltype{TYPE}
- \hldesttype{TYPE}
-
-where TYPE is one of the link/destination types supported by the
-selected hyperlink driver (*note Hyperlink drivers::).
-
- Default values for the options can be set with the following
-commands:
-
- \hlopts{OPTIONS}
- \hldestopts{OPTIONS}
-
-where OPTIONS is a comma-separated list of option assignments in the
-format 'OPTION=VALUE'. Again, what options are allowed depends on the
-selected hyperlink driver.
-
- Many people regard the default boxed links as not aesthetic and
-intruding on page layout. The reason why boxed links are the default is
-that the links are not colored until you load the LaTeX 'color' package
-(*note Loading LaTeX packages::) or use other means to define the
-'\color' command; therefore, not producing any kind of link border may
-result in the links not being marked in any way. However, when the links
-are actually colored, there is no need to produce the link boxes
-anymore; to avoid the boxes, you can set the default border width to
-zero (if the driver you use supports the link option 'bwidth'; *note
-Hyperlink drivers::):
-
- \hlopts{bwidth=0}
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Setting group types, Next: Setting group options, Prev: Setting default types and options, Up: Setting hyperlink types and options
-
-5.5.2 Setting group types
--------------------------
-
-When called with an optional argument, as in
-
- \hltype[GROUPS]{TYPE}
- \hldesttype[GROUPS]{TYPE}
-
-where GROUPS is a comma-separated list of groups, '\hltype' and
-'\hldesttype' set the type for each group from GROUPS to TYPE. The
-default type is used for all groups with an empty type (this is the
-initial setting for all groups, except that the type for the 'url'
-linkgroup is set to 'url' by the drivers which support this link type).
-
- There are two special "groups" which can be used inside the GROUPS
-list. An empty group sets the default type. This allows to set the
-default type and group types in one command, for example:
-
- \hltype[eq,]{TYPE}
-
-sets the link type for the 'eq' linkgroup and the default link type to
-TYPE.
-
- Another special group is a star ('*') group, which signifies all
-defined groups. For example, the command
-
- \hldesttype[*,]{TYPE}
-
-sets the destination type to TYPE for each group, as well as the default
-destination type.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Setting group options, Prev: Setting group types, Up: Setting hyperlink types and options
-
-5.5.3 Setting group options
----------------------------
-
-Option values for each group are stored as a list of option assignments.
-This list does not have to contain every supported option. Values for
-options missing from this list are taken from the default option values.
-
- To manipulate the list of option values for the groups, you use the
-'\hlopts' and '\hldestopts' commands with an optional argument:
-
- \hlopts[GROUPS]{OPTIONS}
- \hldestopts[GROUPS]{OPTIONS}
- \hlopts![GROUPS]{OPTIONS}
- \hldestopts![GROUPS]{OPTIONS}
-
-where GROUPS is a comma-separated list of groups and OPTIONS is a
-comma-separated list of option assignments. The two special "groups",
-the empty group and the star ('*') group, have the same meaning as for
-'\hltype' and '\hldesttype'. When used without the exclamation mark,
-'\hlopts' and '\hldestopts' preserve the current list of options for the
-groups, and only update the options listed in OPTIONS. If you add the
-exclamation mark, the current list of options for each group in GROUPS
-is discarded and the new list is set to OPTIONS.
-
- The "overriding" nature of the '!' is appropriate when you give a
-complete specification of the options for a group, e.g., at the
-beginning of your document. On the other hand, when you want to adjust
-some option(s) and leave others intact, you should use the macros
-without the '!'.
-
- For example, with displayed mathematical formulas, you often need to
-adjust the 'raise' option for the 'eq' destgroup, because the formulas
-often contain large parentheses and brackets. But when doing so, you
-want to leave the other settings unchanged. To achieve this, call
-'\hldestopts' without the '!', for example:
-
- $$\hldestopts[eq]{raise=2.5\normalbaselineskip}
- ...
- $$
-
-The display commands ('$$') implicitly put the entire formula inside a
-(TeX) group ('\begingroup...\endgroup'), so you do not need to isolate
-the setting of the 'raise' option--it will be restored after the closing
-'$$'.
-
- Initially, Eplain sets the option lists for almost all groups to
-empty, so that the groups fall back on the default values for all
-options. The one exception to this rule is the 'eq' destgroup, whose
-initial option list contains one setting:
-
- raise=1.7\normalbaselineskip
-
-This setting usually accommodates the large operators, which often
-appear in displayed math.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Turning hyperlinks on/off, Prev: Setting hyperlink types and options, Up: Hyperlinks
-
-5.6 Turning hyperlinks on/off
-=============================
-
-Links and/or destinations can be turned on or off globally by disabling
-the low-level commands, or for each group individually.
-
- All these settings are local to the current (TeX) group, so if you
-want to enable or disable links/destinations temporarily, you can do so
-inside a '\begingroup...\endgroup' block; when the group ends, the
-previous settings are restored.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Turning low-level commands on/off::
-* Turning hyperlinks on/off for a group::
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Turning low-level commands on/off, Next: Turning hyperlinks on/off for a group, Up: Turning hyperlinks on/off
-
-5.6.1 Turning low-level commands on/off
----------------------------------------
-
-The low-level commands '\hlstart', '\hlend' and '\hldest' can be turned
-on/off with the following commands:
-
- \hldeston
- \hldestoff
- \hlon
- \hloff
-
-*Note Hyperlink driver nolinks::, for the implications of using these
-commands to disable hyperlinks for the entire document.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Turning hyperlinks on/off for a group, Prev: Turning low-level commands on/off, Up: Turning hyperlinks on/off
-
-5.6.2 Turning hyperlinks on/off for a group
--------------------------------------------
-
-If you want to disable links/destinations produced by certain groups,
-you can give a list of the groups as an optional argument to these
-commands:
-
- \hldeston[GROUPS]
- \hldestoff[GROUPS]
- \hlon[GROUPS]
- \hloff[GROUPS]
-
-where GROUPS is the list of linkgroups/destgroups. This list can contain
-two special groups. The empty group switches the low-level commands
-(*note Turning low-level commands on/off::), and the star ('*') group
-operates on all defined groups.
-
- Note that turning off the low-level commands disables all hyperlinks
-globally, including groups which have them enabled. Turning off certain
-linkgroups/destgroups records the fact that the macros in the group
-should not produce links/destinations. To illustrate the distinction,
-assume that all links are on; after the following sequence of commands:
-
- \hloff
- \hloff[eq]
- \hlon
-
-all links are on except for the 'eq' linkgroup.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Arrow theoretic diagrams, Next: Programming definitions, Prev: Hyperlinks, Up: Top
-
-6 Arrow theoretic diagrams
-**************************
-
-This chapter describes definitions for producing commutative diagrams.
-
- Steven Smith wrote this documentation (and the macros).
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Slanted lines and vectors::
-* Commutative diagrams::
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Slanted lines and vectors, Next: Commutative diagrams, Up: Arrow theoretic diagrams
-
-6.1 Slanted lines and vectors
-=============================
-
-The macros '\drawline' and '\drawvector' provide the capability found in
-LaTeX's picture mode to draw slanted lines and vectors of certain
-directions. Both of these macros take three arguments: two integer
-arguments to specify the direction of the line or vector, and one
-argument to specify its length. For example, '\drawvector(-4,1){60pt}'
-produces the vector
-
- (A vector in the 2d quadrant of length 60 pt appears here.)
-
- which lies in the 2d quadrant, has a slope of minus 1/4, and a width
-of 60 pt.
-
- Note that if an '\hbox' is placed around '\drawline' or
-'\drawvector', then the width of the '\hbox' will be the positive
-dimension specified in the third argument, except when a vertical line
-or vector is specified, e.g., '\drawline(0,1){1in}', which has zero
-width. If the specified direction lies in the 1st or 2d quadrant (e.g.,
-'(1,1)' or '(-2,3)'), then the '\hbox' will have positive height and
-zero depth. Conversely, if the specified direction lies in the 3d or 4th
-quadrant (e.g., '(-1,-1)' or '(2,-3)'), then the '\hbox' will have
-positive depth and zero height.
-
- There are a finite number of directions that can be specified. For
-'\drawline', the absolute value of each integer defining the direction
-must be less than or equal to six, i.e., '(7,-1)' is incorrect, but
-'(6,-1)' is acceptable. For '\drawvector', the absolute value of each
-integer must be less than or equal to four. Furthermore, the two
-integers cannot have common divisors; therefore, if a line with slope 2
-is desired, say '(2,1)' instead of '(4,2)'. Also, specify '(1,0)'
-instead of, say, '(3,0)' for horizontal lines and likewise for vertical
-lines.
-
- Finally, these macros depend upon the LaTeX font 'line10'. If your
-site doesn't have this font, ask your system administrator to get it.
-Future enhancements will include macros to draw dotted lines and dotted
-vectors of various directions.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Commutative diagrams, Prev: Slanted lines and vectors, Up: Arrow theoretic diagrams
-
-6.2 Commutative diagrams
-========================
-
-The primitive commands '\drawline' and '\drawvector' can be used to
-typeset arrow theoretic diagrams. This section describes (1) macros to
-facilitate typesetting arrows and morphisms, and (2) macros to
-facilitate the construction of commutative diagrams. All macros
-described in this section must be used in math mode.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Arrows and morphisms::
-* Construction of commutative diagrams::
-* Commutative diagram parameters::
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Arrows and morphisms, Next: Construction of commutative diagrams, Up: Commutative diagrams
-
-6.2.1 Arrows and morphisms
---------------------------
-
-The macros '\mapright' and '\mapleft' produce right and left pointing
-arrows, respectively. Use superscript ('^') to place a morphism above
-the arrow, e.g., '\mapright^\alpha'; use subscript ('_') to place a
-morphism below the arrow, e.g., '\mapright_{\tilde l}'. Superscripts and
-subscripts may be used simulataneously, e.g., '\mapright^\pi_{\rm
-epimor.}'.
-
- Similarly, the macros '\mapup' and '\mapdown' produce up and down
-pointing arrows, respectively. Use '\rt' to place a morphism to the
-right of the arrow, e.g., '\mapup\rt{\rm id}'; use '\lft' to place a
-morphism to the left of the arrow, e.g., '\mapup\lft\omega'. '\lft' and
-'\rt' may be used simultaneously, e.g., '\mapdown\lft\pi\rt{\rm
-monomor.}'.
-
- Slanted arrows are produced by the macro '\arrow', which takes a
-direction argument (e.g., '\arrow(3,-4)'). Use '\rt' and '\lft' to place
-morphisms to the right and left, respectively, of the arrow. A slanted
-line (no arrowhead) is produced with the macro '\sline', whose syntax is
-identical to that of '\arrow'.
-
- The length of these macros is predefined by the default TeX
-dimensions '\harrowlength', for horizontal arrows (or lines),
-'\varrowlength', for vertical arrows (or lines), and '\sarrowlength',
-for slanted arrows (or lines). To change any of these dimensions, say,
-e.g., '\harrowlength=40pt'. As with all other TeX dimensions, the change
-may be as global or as local as you like. Furthermore, the placement of
-morphisms on the arrows is controlled by the dimensions '\hmorphposn',
-'\vmorphposn', and '\morphdist'. The first two dimensions control the
-horizontal and vertical position of the morphism from its default
-position; the latter dimension controls the distance of the morphism
-from the arrow. If you have more than one morphism per arrow (i.e., a
-'^'/'_' or '\lft'/'\rt' construction), use the parameters
-'\hmorphposnup', '\hmorphposndn', '\vmorphposnup', '\vmorphposndn',
-'\hmorphposnrt', '\hmorphposnlft', '\vmorphposnrt', and
-'\vmorphposnlft'. The default values of all these dimensions are
-provided in the section on parameters that follows below.
-
- There is a family of macros to produce horizontal lines, arrows, and
-adjoint arrows. The following macros produce horizontal maps and have
-the same syntax as '\mapright':
-
-'\mapright'
- '$X\mapright Y$' = (a right arrow).
-
-'\mapleft'
- '$X\mapleft Y$' = (a left arrow).
-
-'\hline'
- '$X\hline Y$' = (horizontal line)
-
-'\bimapright'
- '$X\bimapright Y$' = (two right arrows).
-
-'\bimapleft'
- '$X\bimapleft Y$' = (two left arrows)
-
-'\adjmapright'
- '$X\adjmapright Y$' = (two adjoint arrows; left over right)
-
-'\adjmapleft'
- '$X\adjmapleft Y$' = (two adjoint arrows; right over left)
-
-'\bihline'
- '$X\bihline Y$' = (two horizontal lines)
-
- There is also a family of macros to produce vertical lines, arrows,
-and adjoint arrows. The following macros produce vertical maps and have
-the same syntax as '\mapdown':
-
-'\mapdown'
- (a down arrow)
-
-'\mapup'
- (an up arrow)
-
-'\vline'
- (vertical line)
-
-'\bimapdown'
- (two down arrows)
-
-'\bimapup'
- (two up arrows)
-
-'\adjmapdown'
- (two adjoint arrows; down then up)
-
-'\adjmapup'
- (two adjoint arrows; up then down)
-
-'\bivline'
- (two vertical lines)
-
- Finally, there is a family of macros to produce slanted lines,
-arrows, and adjoint arrows. The following macros produce slanted maps
-and have the same syntax as '\arrow':
-
-'\arrow'
- (a slanted arrow)
-
-'\sline'
- (a slanted line)
-
-'\biarrow'
- (two straight arrows)
-
-'\adjarrow'
- (two adjoint arrows)
-
-'\bisline'
- (two straight lines)
-
- The width between double arrows is controlled by the parameter
-'\channelwidth'. The parameters '\hchannel' and '\vchannel', if nonzero,
-override '\channelwidth' by controlling the horizontal and vertical
-shifting from the first arrow to the second.
-
- There are no adornments on these arrows to distinguish inclusions
-from epimorphisms from monomorphisms. Many texts, such as Lang's book
-'Algebra', use as a tasteful alternative the symbol 'inc' (in roman)
-next to an arrow to denote inclusion.
-
- Future enhancements will include a mechanism to draw curved arrows
-found in, e.g., the Snake Lemma, by employing a version of the '\path'
-macros of Appendix D of 'The TeXbook'.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Construction of commutative diagrams, Next: Commutative diagram parameters, Prev: Arrows and morphisms, Up: Commutative diagrams
-
-6.2.2 Construction of commutative diagrams
-------------------------------------------
-
-There are two approaches to the construction of commutative diagrams
-described here. The first approach, and the simplest, treats commutative
-diagrams like fancy matrices, as Knuth does in Exercise 18.46 of 'The
-TeXbook'. This case is covered by the macro '\commdiag', which is an
-altered version of the Plain TeX macro '\matrix'. An example suffices to
-demonstrate this macro. The following commutative diagram (illustrating
-the covering homotopy property; Bott and Tu, 'Differential Forms in
-Algebraic Topology')
-
- (A commutative diagram appears here in the printed output.)
-
- is produced with the code
-
- $$\commdiag{Y&\mapright^f&E\cr \mapdown&\arrow(3,2)\lft{f_t}&\mapdown\cr
- Y\times I&\mapright^{\bar f_t}&X}$$
-
- Of course, the parameters may be changed to produce a different
-effect. The following commutative diagram (illustrating the universal
-mapping property; Warner, 'Foundations of Differentiable Manifolds and
-Lie Groups')
-
- (A commutative diagram appears here in the printed output.)
-
- is produced with the code
-
- $$\varrowlength=20pt
- \commdiag{V\otimes W\cr \mapup\lft\phi&\arrow(3,-1)\rt{\tilde l}\cr
- V\times W&\mapright^l&U\cr}$$
-
- A diagram containing isosceles triangles is achieved by placing the
-apex of the triangle in the center column, as shown in the example
-(illustrating all constant minimal realizations of a linear system;
-Brockett, 'Finite Dimensional Linear Systems')
-
- (A commutative diagram appears here in the printed output.)
-
- which is produced with the code
-
- $$\sarrowlength=.42\harrowlength
- \commdiag{&R^m\cr &\arrow(-1,-1)\lft{\bf B}\quad \arrow(1,-1)\rt{\bf G}\cr
- R^n&\mapright^{\bf P}&R^n\cr
- \mapdown\lft{e^{{\bf A}t}}&&\mapdown\rt{e^{{\bf F}t}}\cr
- R^n&\mapright^{\bf P}&R^n\cr
- &\arrow(1,-1)\lft{\bf C}\quad \arrow(-1,-1)\rt{\bf H}\cr
- &R^q\cr}$$
-
- Other commutative diagram examples appear in the file
-'commdiags.tex', which is distributed with this package.
-
- In these examples the arrow lengths and line slopes were carefully
-chosen to blend with each other. In the first example, the default
-settings for the arrow lengths are used, but a direction for the arrow
-must be chosen. The ratio of the default horizontal and vertical arrow
-lengths is approximately the golden mean gamma=1.618...; the arrow
-direction closest to this mean is '(3,2)'. In the second example, a
-slope of -1/3 is desired and the default horizontal arrow length is 60
-pt; therefore, choose a vertical arrow length of 20 pt. You may affect
-the interline glue settings of '\commdiag' by redefining the macro
-'\commdiagbaselines'. (cf. Exercise 18.46 of 'The TeXbook' and the
-section on parameters below.)
-
- The width, height, and depth of all morphisms are hidden so that the
-morphisms' size do not affect arrow positions. This can cause a large
-morphism at the top or bottom of a diagram to impinge upon the text
-surrounding the diagram. To overcome this problem, use TeX's '\noalign'
-primitive to insert a '\vskip' immediately above or below the offending
-line, e.g., '$$\commdiag{\noalign{\vskip6pt}X&\mapright^\int&Y\cr ...}'.
-
- The macro '\commdiag' is too simple to be used for more complicated
-diagrams, which may have intersecting or overlapping arrows. A second
-approach, borrowed from Francis Borceux's 'Diagram' macros for LaTeX,
-treats the commutative diagram like a grid of identically shaped boxes.
-To compose the commutative diagram, first draw an equally spaced grid,
-e.g.,
-
- . . . . . .
- . . . . . .
- . . . . . .
- . . . . . .
-
- on a piece of scratch paper. Then draw each element (vertices and
-arrows) of the commutative diagram on this grid, centered at each grid
-point. Finally, use the macro '\gridcommdiag' to implement your design
-as a TeX alignment. For example, the cubic diagram
-
- (A commutative diagram appears here.)
-
- that appears in Francis Borceux's documentation can be implemented on
-a 7 by 7 grid, and is achieved with the code
-
- $$\harrowlength=48pt \varrowlength=48pt \sarrowlength=20pt
- \def\cross#1#2{\setbox0=\hbox{$#1$}%
- \hbox to\wd0{\hss\hbox{$#2$}\hss}\llap{\unhbox0}}
- \gridcommdiag{&&B&&\mapright^b&&D\cr
- &\arrow(1,1)\lft a&&&&\arrow(1,1)\lft d\cr
- A&&\cross{\hmorphposn=12pt\mapright^c}{\vmorphposn=-12pt\mapdown\lft f}
- &&C&&\mapdown\rt h\cr\cr
- \mapdown\lft e&&F&&\cross{\hmorphposn=-12pt\mapright_j}
- {\vmorphposn=12pt\mapdown\rt g}&&H\cr
- &\arrow(1,1)\lft i&&&&\arrow(1,1)\rt l\cr
- E&&\mapright_k&&G\cr}$$
-
- The dimensions '\hgrid' and '\vgrid' control the horizontal and
-vertical spacing of the grid used by '\gridcommdiag'. The default
-setting for both of these dimensions is 15 pt. Note that in the example
-of the cube the arrow lengths must be adjusted so that the arrows
-overlap into neighboring boxes by the desired amount. Hence, the
-'\gridcommdiag' method, albeit more powerful, is less automatic than the
-simpler '\commdiag' method. Furthermore, the ad hoc macro '\cross' is
-introduced to allow the effect of overlapping arrows. Finally, note that
-the positions of four of the morphisms are adjusted by setting
-'\hmorphposn' and '\vmorphposn'.
-
- One is not restricted to a square grid. For example, the proof of
-Zassenhaus's Butterfly Lemma can be illustrated by the diagram
-(appearing in Lang's book 'Algebra')
-
- (A commutative diagram appears here.)
-
- This diagram may be implemented on a 9 by 12 grid with an aspect
-ratio of 1/2, and is set with the code
-
- $$\hgrid=16pt \vgrid=8pt \sarrowlength=32pt
- \def\cross#1#2{\setbox0=\hbox{$#1$}%
- \hbox to\wd0{\hss\hbox{$#2$}\hss}\llap{\unhbox0}}
- \def\l#1{\llap{$#1$\hskip.5em}}
- \def\r#1{\rlap{\hskip.5em$#1$}}
- \gridcommdiag{&&U&&&&V\cr &&\bullet&&&&\bullet\cr
- &&\sarrowlength=16pt\sline(0,1)&&&&\sarrowlength=16pt\sline(0,1)\cr
- &&\l{u(U\cap V)}\bullet&&&&\bullet\r{(U\cap V)v}\cr
- &&&\sline(2,-1)&&\sline(2,1)\cr
- &&\cross{=}{\sline(0,1)}&&\bullet&&\cross{=}{\sline(0,1)}\cr\cr
- &&\l{^{\textstyle u(U\cap v)}}\bullet&&\cross{=}{\sline(0,1)}&&
- \bullet\r{^{\textstyle(u\cap V)v}}\cr
- &\sline(2,1)&&\sline(2,-1)&&\sline(2,1)&&\sline(2,-1)\cr
- \l{u}\bullet&&&&\bullet&&&&\bullet\r{v}\cr
- &\sline(2,-1)&&\sline(2,1)&&\sline(2,-1)&&\sline(2,1)\cr
- &&\bullet&&&&\bullet\cr &&u\cap V&&&&U\cap v\cr}$$
-
- Again, the construction of this diagram requires careful choices for
-the arrow lengths and is facilitated by the introduction of the ad hoc
-macros '\cross', '\r', and '\l'. Note also that superscripts were used
-to adjust the position of the vertices u(U intersection v) and (u
-intersection V)v. Many diagrams may be typeset with the predefined
-macros that appear here; however, ingenuity is often required to handle
-special cases.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Commutative diagram parameters, Prev: Construction of commutative diagrams, Up: Commutative diagrams
-
-6.2.3 Commutative diagram parameters
-------------------------------------
-
-The following is a list describing the parameters used in the
-commutative diagram macros. These dimensions may be changed globally or
-locally.
-
-'\harrowlength'
- (Default: 60 pt) The length of right or left arrows.
-
-'\varrowlength'
- (Default: 0.618'\harrowlength') The length of up or down arrows.
-
-'\sarrowlength'
- (Default: 60 pt) The horizontal length of slanted arrows.
-
-'\hmorphposn'
- (Default: 0 pt) The horizontal position of the morphism with
- respect to its default position. There are also the dimensions
- '\hmorphposnup', '\hmorphposndn', '\hmorphposnrt', and
- '\hmorphposnlft' for '^'/'_' or '\lft'/'\rt' constructions.
-
-'\vmorphposn'
- (Default: 0 pt) The vertical position of the morphism with respect
- to its default position. There are also the dimensions
- '\vmorphposnup', '\vmorphposndn', '\vmorphposnrt', and
- '\vmorphposnlft' for '^'/'_' or '\lft'/'\rt' constructions.
-
-'\morphdist'
- (Default: 4 pt) The distance of morphisms from slanted lines or
- arrows.
-
-'\channelwidth'
- (Default: 3 pt) The distance between double lines or arrows.
-
-'\hchannel, \vchannel'
- (Defaults: 0 pt) Overrides '\channelwidth'. The horizontal and
- vertical shifts between double lines or arrows.
-
-'\commdiagbaselines'
- (Default: '\baselineskip=15pt \lineskip=3pt \lineskiplimit=3pt ')
- The parameters used by '\commdiag' for setting interline glue.
-
-'\hgrid'
- (Default: 15 pt) The horizontal spacing of the grid used by
- '\gridcommdiag'.
-
-'\vgrid'
- (Default: 15 pt) The vertical spacing of the grid used by
- '\gridcommdiag'.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Programming definitions, Next: Demo files, Prev: Arrow theoretic diagrams, Up: Top
-
-7 Programming definitions
-*************************
-
-The definitions in this section are only likely to be useful when you
-are writing nontrivial macros, not when writing a document.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Category codes:: Changing category codes.
-* Allocation macros:: Non-outer versions of \newcount et al.
-* Iteration:: Doing 'for' and 'while' loops in TeX.
-* Macro arguments:: Reading and ignoring them.
-* Converting to characters:: Normalizing control sequences and spaces.
-* Expansion:: Controlling expansion.
-* Obeying spaces:: Making whitespace count anywhere.
-* Writing out numbers:: Making '1' into 'one'.
-* Mode-specific penalties::
-* Auxiliary files:: Testing for their existence.
-* User-defined environments:: User-defined environments.
-* Page list and page range parsers::
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Category codes, Next: Allocation macros, Up: Programming definitions
-
-7.1 Category codes
-==================
-
-Plain TeX defines '\active' (as the number 13) for use in changing
-category codes. Although the author of 'The TeXbook' has "intentionally
-kept the category codes numeric", two other categories are commonly
-used: letters (category code 11) and others (12). Therefore, Eplain
-defines '\letter' and '\other'.
-
- Sometimes it is cleaner to make a character active without actually
-writing a '\catcode' command. The '\makeactive' command takes a
-character as an argument to make active (and ignores following spaces).
-For example, here are two commands which both make '\' active:
-
- \makeactive\\ \makeactive92
-
- Sometimes you might want to temporarily change the category code of
-the '@' character to '\letter', so that you can use or define macros
-which are normally inaccessible to the user. For such situations, Eplain
-provides the '\makeatletter' command. It sets the category code of '@'
-to '\letter' (11) and defines '\resetatcatcode' to restore the category
-code to whatever it was before the call to '\makeatletter'. For example:
-
- \makeatletter
- \def\@hidden@macro{This macro cannot normally be
- called / redefined by the user}
- \resetatcatcode
-
-There is also '\makeatother' which works similarly but sets the category
-code of '@' to '\other' (12).
-
- Usually, when you give a definition to an active character, you have
-to do so inside a group where you temporarily make the character active,
-and then give it a global definition (cf. the definition of
-'\obeyspaces' in 'The TeXbook'). This is inconvenient if you are writing
-a long macro, or if the character already has a global definition you do
-not wish to transcend. Eplain provides '\letreturn', which defines the
-usual end-of-line character to be the argument. For example:
-
- \def\mymacro{... \letreturn\myreturn ... }
- \mymacro hello
- there
-
-The end-of-line between 'hello' and 'there' causes '\myreturn' to be
-expanded.
-
- 'The TeXbook' describes '\uncatcodespecials', which makes all
-characters which are normally "special" into "other" characters, but the
-definition never made it into plain TeX. Eplain therefore defines it.
-For notes on the usage, *note Verbatim listing::.
-
- Finally, '\percentchar' expands into a literal '%' character. This is
-useful when you '\write' TeX output to a file, and want to avoid
-spurious spaces. For example, Eplain writes a '\percentchar' after the
-definition of cross-references. The macros '\lbracechar' and
-'\rbracechar' expand similarly.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Allocation macros, Next: Iteration, Prev: Category codes, Up: Programming definitions
-
-7.2 Allocation macros
-=====================
-
-Plain TeX provides macros that allocate registers of each primitive type
-in TeX, to prevent different sets of macros from using the same register
-for two different things. The macros are all named starting with 'new',
-e.g., '\newcount' allocates a new "count" (integer) register. Such
-allocations are usually needed only at the top level of some macro
-definition file; therefore, plain TeX makes the allocation registers
-'\outer', to help find errors. (The error this helps to find is a
-missing right brace in some macro definition.)
-
- Sometimes, however, it is useful to allocate a register as part of
-some macro. An outer control sequence cannot be used as part of a macro
-definition (or in a few other contexts: the parameter text of a
-definition, an argument to a definition, the preamble of an alignment,
-or in conditional text that is being skipped). Therefore, Eplain defines
-"inner" versions of all the allocation macros, named with the prefix
-'inner': '\innernewbox', '\innernewcount', '\innernewdimen',
-'\innernewfam', '\innernewhelp', '\innernewif', '\innernewinsert',
-'\innernewlanguage', '\innernewread',
-'\innernewskip', '\innernewtoks', '\innernewwrite'.
-
- You can also define non-outer versions of other macros in the same
-way that Eplain defines the above. The basic macro is called
-'\innerdef':
-
- \innerdef \INNERNAME {OUTERNAME}
-
- The first argument (\INNERNAME) to '\innerdef' is the control
-sequence that you want to define. Any previous definition of \INNERNAME
-is replaced. The second argument (OUTERNAME) is the _characters_ in the
-name of the outer control sequence. (You can't use the actual control
-sequence name, since it's outer!)
-
- If the outer control sequence is named \CS, and you want to define
-'innerCS' as the inner one, you can use '\innerinnerdef', which is just
-an abbreviation for a call to '\innerdef'. For example, these two calls
-are equivalent:
-
- \innerdef\innerproclaim{proclaim}
- \innerinnerdef{proclaim}
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Iteration, Next: Macro arguments, Prev: Allocation macros, Up: Programming definitions
-
-7.3 Iteration
-=============
-
-You can iterate through a comma-separated list of items with '\for'.
-Here is an example:
-
- \for\name:=karl,kathy\do{%
- \message{\name}%
- }%
-
-This writes 'karl' and 'kathy' to the terminal. Spaces before or after
-the commas in the list, or after the ':=', are _not_ ignored. To strip
-leading spaces off the items, use '\For':
-
- \For\name:=
- karl,
- kathy\do{%
- \message{\name}%
- }%
-
-Note that trailing spaces are still _not_ ignored.
-
- Both '\for' and '\For' expand the first token of the item list fully,
-so this is equivalent to the above:
-
- \def\namelist{karl,kathy}%
- \for\name:=\namelist\do ...
-
-However, this won't work, either with '\for' or with '\For':
-
- \def\namelist{karl,kathy}%
- \For\name:= \namelist\do ...
-
-because '\for' and '\For' expand the first token after ':=' which is
-space, not '\namelist'.
-
- Eplain provides another kind of loops, which is an extension of plain
-TeX's '\loop'. If you say:
-
- \loop
- LOOP-TEXT
- \if CONDITION
- IF-TEXT
- \repeat
-
-then LOOP-TEXT will be repeated as long as CONDITION is satisfied ('\if'
-can be any of the TeX's conditional commands, without the matching
-'\fi'). Eplain extends this with the optional else clause:
-
- \loop
- LOOP-TEXT
- \if CONDITION
- IF-TEXT
- \else
- ELSE-TEXT
- \repeat
-
-Here, LOOP-TEXT will be repeated as long as CONDITION is _not_
-satisfied. This extension is from Victor Eijkhout's TeX by Topic
-(page 104).
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Macro arguments, Next: Converting to characters, Prev: Iteration, Up: Programming definitions
-
-7.4 Macro arguments
-===================
-
-It is occasionally useful to redefine a macro that takes arguments to do
-nothing. Eplain defines '\gobble', '\gobbletwo', and '\gobblethree' to
-swallow one, two, and three arguments, respectively.
-
- For example, if you want to produce a "short" table of contents--one
-that includes only chapters, say--the easiest thing to do is read the
-entire '.toc' file (*note Contents::), and just ignore the commands that
-produce section or subsection entries. To be specific:
-
- \let\tocchapterentry = \shorttocchapter
- \let\tocsectionentry = \gobbletwo
- \let\tocsubsectionentry = \gobbletwo
- \readtocfile
-
-(Of course, this assumes you only have chapters, sections, and
-subsections in your document.)
-
- In addition, Eplain defines '\eattoken' to swallow the single
-following token, using '\let'. Thus, '\gobble' followed by '{...}'
-ignores the entire brace-enclosed text. '\eattoken' followed by the same
-ignores only the opening left brace.
-
- Eplain defines a macro '\identity' which takes one argument and
-expands to that argument. This may be useful if you want to provide a
-function for the user to redefine, but don't need to do anything by
-default. (For example, the default definition of '\eqconstruct' (*note
-Formatting equation references::) is '\identity'.)
-
- You may also want to read an optional argument. The established
-convention is that optional arguments are put in square brackets, so
-that is the syntax Eplain recognizes. Eplain ignores space tokens before
-an optional argument, via '\futurenonspacelet'.
-
- You test for an optional argument by using '\@getoptionalarg'. It
-takes one argument, a control sequence to expand after reading the
-argument, if present. If an optional argument is present, the control
-sequence '\@optionalarg' expands to it; otherwise, '\@optionalarg' is
-'\empty'. You must therefore have the category code of '@' set to 11
-(letter). Here is an example:
-
- \catcode`@=\letter
- \def\cmd{\@getoptionalarg\finishcmd}
- \def\finishcmd{%
- \ifx\@optionalarg\empty
- % No optional argument present.
- \else
- % One was present.
- \fi
- }
-
- It's possible to define macros that appear to accept optional
-arguments intermixed with mandatory arguments in any imaginable way. For
-example:
-
- \makeatletter
- % \mo{m}[o]
- \def\mo#1{\def\mo@arg{#1}\@getoptionalarg\fin@mo}
- \def\fin@mo{\vskip1pc
- ARG: \mo@arg \par
- OPTARG: \@optionalarg \par
- }
- % \mom{m}[o]{m}
- \def\mom#1{\def\mom@arg{#1}\@getoptionalarg\fin@mom}
- \def\fin@mom#1{\vskip1pc
- ARG1: \mom@arg \par
- OPTARG: \@optionalarg \par
- ARG2: #1\par
- }
- % \omo[o]{m}[o]
- \def\omo{\@getoptionalarg\fin@omo}
- \def\fin@omo#1{\let\omo@optarg\@optionalarg
- \def\omo@arg{#1}\@getoptionalarg\@fin@omo}
- \def\@fin@omo{\vskip1pc
- OPTARG1: \omo@optarg \par
- ARG: \omo@arg \par
- OPTARG2: \@optionalarg \par
- }
- \makeatother
-
- If an optional argument contains another optional argument, the inner
-one will need to be enclosed in braces, so TeX does not mistake the end
-of the first for the end of the second.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Converting to characters, Next: Expansion, Prev: Macro arguments, Up: Programming definitions
-
-7.5 Converting to characters
-============================
-
-Eplain defines '\xrlabel' to produce control sequence names for
-cross-reference labels, et al. This macro expands to its argument with
-an '_' appended. (It does this because the usual use of '\xrlabel' is to
-generate a control sequence name, and we naturally want to avoid
-conflicts between control sequence names.)
-
- Because '\xrlabel' is fully expandable, to make a control sequence
-name out of the result you need only do
-
- \csname \xrlabel{LABEL}\endcsname
-
-The '\csname' primitive makes a control sequence name out of any
-sequence of character tokens, regardless of category code. Labels can
-therefore include any characters except for '\', '{', '}', and '#', all
-of which are used in macro definitions themselves.
-
- '\sanitize' takes a control sequence as an argument and converts the
-expansion of the control sequence into a list of character tokens. This
-is the behavior you want when writing information like chapter titles to
-an output file. For example, here is part of the definition of
-'\writenumberedtocentry'; '#2' is the title that the user has given.
-
- ...
- \def\temp{#2}%
- ...
- \write\tocfile{%
- ...
- \sanitize\temp
- ...
- }%
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Expansion, Next: Obeying spaces, Prev: Converting to characters, Up: Programming definitions
-
-7.6 Expansion
-=============
-
-This section describes some miscellanous macros for expansion, etc.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \csn and \ece:: Abbreviations for \csname expansions.
-* \edefappend::
-* Hooks:: Manipulating and executing named actions.
-* Properties:: Associating information with a csname.
-* \expandonce::
-* \ifundefined::
-* \ifempty::
-* \ifinteger and \isinteger::
-* \futurenonspacelet::
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: \csn and \ece, Next: \edefappend, Up: Expansion
-
-7.6.1 '\csn' and '\ece'
------------------------
-
-'\csn'{NAME} simply abbreviates '\csname' NAME '\endcsname', thus saving
-some typing. The extra level of expansion does take some time, though,
-so I don't recommend it for an inner loop.
-
- '\ece'{TOKEN}{NAME} abbreviates
-
- \expandafter TOKEN \csname NAME \endcsname
-
-For example,
-
- \def\fontabbrevdef#1#2{\ece\def{@#1font}{#2}}
- \fontabbrevdef{normal}{ptmr}
-
-defines a control sequence '\@normalfont' to expand to 'ptmr'.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: \edefappend, Next: Hooks, Prev: \csn and \ece, Up: Expansion
-
-7.6.2 '\edefappend'
--------------------
-
-'\edefappend' is a way of adding on to an existing definition. It takes
-two arguments: the first is the control sequence name, the second the
-new tokens to append to the definition. The second argument is fully
-expanded (in the '\edef' that redefines the control sequence).
-
- For example:
-
- \def\foo{abc}
- \def\bar{xyz}
- \edefappend\foo{\bar karl}
-
-results in '\foo' being defined as 'abcxyzkarl'.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Hooks, Next: Properties, Prev: \edefappend, Up: Expansion
-
-7.6.3 Hooks
------------
-
-A "hook" is simply a name for a group of actions which is executed in
-certain places--presumably when it is most useful to allow customization
-or modification. TeX already provides many builtin hooks; for example,
-the '\every ...' token lists are all examples of hooks.
-
- Eplain provides several macros for adding actions to hooks. They all
-take two arguments: the name of the hook and the new actions.
-
-'hookaction NAME ACTIONS'
-'hookappend NAME ACTIONS'
-'hookprepend NAME ACTIONS'
- Each of these adds ACTIONS to the hook NAME. (Any
- previously-defined actions are retained.) NAME is not a control
- sequence, but rather the characters of the name.
-
-'hookactiononce NAME \CS'
- '\hookactiononce' adds CS to NAME, like the macros above, but first
- it adds
-
- \global\let \CS \relax
-
- to the definition of \CS. (This implies \CS must be a true
- expandable macro, not a control sequence '\let' to a primitive or
- some other such thing.) Thus, \CS is expanded the next time the
- hook NAME is run, but it will disappear after that.
-
- The '\global' is useful because '\hookactiononce' is most useful
- when the grouping structure of the TeX code could be anything.
- Neither this nor the other hook macros do global assignments to the
- hook variable itself, so TeX's usual grouping rules apply.
-
- The companion macro to defining hook actions is '\hookrun', for
-running them. This takes a single argument, the name of the hook. If no
-actions for the hook are defined, no error ensues.
-
- Here is a skeleton of general '\begin' and '\end' macros that run
-hooks, and a couple of calls to define actions. The use of
-'\hookprepend' for the begin action and '\hookappend' for the end action
-ensures that the actions are executed in proper sequence with other
-actions (as long as the other actions use '\hookprepend' and
-'\hookappend' also).
-
- \def\begin#1{ ... \hookrun{begin} ... }
- \def\end#1{ ... \hookrun{end} ... }
- \hookprepend{begin}\start_underline
- \hookappend{end}\finish_underline
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Properties, Next: \expandonce, Prev: Hooks, Up: Expansion
-
-7.6.4 Properties
-----------------
-
-A "property" is a name/value pair associated with another symbol,
-traditionally called an "atom". Both atom and property names are control
-sequence names.
-
- Eplain provides two macros for dealing with property lists:
-'\setproperty' and '\getproperty'.
-
-'\setproperty ATOM PROPNAME VALUE'
- '\setproperty' defines the property PROPERTY on the atom ATOM to be
- VALUE. ATOM and PROPNAME can be anything acceptable to '\csname'.
- VALUE can be anything.
-
-'\getproperty ATOM PROPNAME'
- '\getproperty' expands to the value stored for PROPNAME on ATOM. If
- PROPNAME is undefined, it expands to nothing (i.e., '\empty').
-
- The idea of properties originated in Lisp (I believe). There, the
-implementation truly does associate properties with atoms. In TeX, where
-we have no builtin support for properties, the association is only
-conceptual.
-
- The following example typesets 'xyz'.
-
- \setproperty{a}{pr}{xyz}
- \getproperty{a}{pr}
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: \expandonce, Next: \ifundefined, Prev: Properties, Up: Expansion
-
-7.6.5 '\expandonce'
--------------------
-
-'\expandonce' is defined as '\expandafter\noexpand'. Thus, '\expandonce
-TOKEN' expands TOKEN once, instead of to TeX primitives. This is most
-useful in an '\edef'.
-
- For example, the following defines '\temp' to be '\foo', not 'abc'.
-
- \def\foo{abc}
- \def\bar{\foo}
- \edef\temp{\expandonce\bar}
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: \ifundefined, Next: \ifempty, Prev: \expandonce, Up: Expansion
-
-7.6.6 '\ifundefined'
---------------------
-
-'\ifundefined{CS} T \else F \fi' expands the T text if the control
-sequence '\CS' is undefined or has been '\let' to '\relax', and the F
-text otherwise.
-
- Since '\ifundefined' is not a primitive conditional, it cannot be
-used in places where TeX might skip tokens "at high speed", e.g., within
-another conditional--TeX can't match up the '\if''s and '\fi''s.
-
- This macro was taken directly from 'The TeXbook', page 308.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: \ifempty, Next: \ifinteger and \isinteger, Prev: \ifundefined, Up: Expansion
-
-7.6.7 '\ifempty'
-----------------
-
-'\ifempty{ARG} T \else F \fi' expands the T text if ARG is the empty
-string, and the F text otherwise. This macro is useful when you need to
-test for empty arguments to your macros, for example:
-
- \def\foo#1{\ifempty{#1} T \else F \fi}
-
- Since '\ifempty' is not a primitive conditional, it cannot be used in
-places where TeX might skip tokens "at high speed", e.g., within another
-conditional--TeX can't match up the '\if''s and '\fi''s.
-
- Note that the following code
-
- \def\empty{}
- \ifempty\empty\message{empty}\else\message{not empty}\fi
-
-will produce the message 'not empty'.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: \ifinteger and \isinteger, Next: \futurenonspacelet, Prev: \ifempty, Up: Expansion
-
-7.6.8 '\ifinteger' and '\isinteger'
------------------------------------
-
-'\ifinteger{ARG} T \else F \fi' expands the T text if ARG is an integer,
-and the F text otherwise. This macro can detect positive and negative
-integers.
-
- Since '\ifinteger' is not a primitive conditional, it cannot be used
-in places where TeX might skip tokens "at high speed", e.g., within
-another conditional--TeX can't match up the '\if''s and '\fi''s. For
-such situations Eplain provides '\isinteger', which can be used as
-follows:
-
- \if\isinteger{ARG} T \else F \fi
-
- Although '\ifinteger' and '\isinteger' work well with regular input,
-they are not bullet-proof. For example, the following code
-
- \ifinteger{12_ab}integer\else not integer\fi
-
-will expand to 'ab_integer' (and thus would not even compile outside
-math mode).
-
- These macros come from TeX Frequently Asked Question
-(<http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html>).
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: \futurenonspacelet, Prev: \ifinteger and \isinteger, Up: Expansion
-
-7.6.9 '\futurenonspacelet'
---------------------------
-
-The '\futurelet' primitive allows you to look at the next token from the
-input. Sometimes, though, you want to look ahead ignoring any spaces.
-This is what '\futurenonspacelet' does. It is otherwise the same as
-'\futurelet': you give it two control sequences as arguments, and it
-assigns the next nonspace token to the first, and then expands the
-second. For example:
-
- \futurenonspacelet\temp\finishup
- \def\finishup{\ifx\temp ...}
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Obeying spaces, Next: Writing out numbers, Prev: Expansion, Up: Programming definitions
-
-7.7 Obeying spaces
-==================
-
-'\obeywhitespace' makes both end-of-lines and space characters in the
-input be respected in the output. Unlike plain TeX's '\obeyspaces', even
-spaces at the beginnings of lines turn into blank space.
-
- By default, the size of the space that is produced by a space
-character is the natural space of the current font, i.e., what '\ '
-produces.
-
- Ordinarily, a blank line in the input produces as much blank vertical
-space as a line of text would occupy. You can adjust this by assigning
-to the parameter '\blanklineskipamount': if you set this negative, the
-space produced by a blank line will be smaller; if positive, larger.
-
- Tabs are not affected by this routine. In particular, if tabs occur
-at the beginning of a line, they will disappear. (If you are trying to
-make TeX do the "right thing" with tabs, don't. Use a utility program
-like expand instead.)
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Writing out numbers, Next: Mode-specific penalties, Prev: Obeying spaces, Up: Programming definitions
-
-7.8 Writing out numbers
-=======================
-
-'\numbername' produces the written-out form of its argument, i.e.,
-'zero' through 'ten' for the numbers 0-10, and numerals for all others.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Mode-specific penalties, Next: Auxiliary files, Prev: Writing out numbers, Up: Programming definitions
-
-7.9 Mode-specific penalties
-===========================
-
-TeX's built-in '\penalty' command simply appends to the current list, no
-matter what kind of list it is. You might intend a particular penalty to
-always be a "vertical" penalty, however, i.e., appended to a vertical
-list. Therefore, Eplain provides '\vpenalty' and '\hpenalty' which first
-leave the other mode and then do '\penalty'.
-
- More precisely, '\vpenalty' inserts '\par' if the current mode is
-horizontal, and '\hpenalty' inserts '\leavevmode' if the current mode is
-vertical. (Thus, '\vpenalty' cannot be used in math mode.)
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Auxiliary files, Next: User-defined environments, Prev: Mode-specific penalties, Up: Programming definitions
-
-7.10 Auxiliary files
-====================
-
-It is common to write some information out to a file to be used on a
-subsequent run. But when it is time to read the file again, you only
-want to do so if the file actually exists. '\testfileexistence' is given
-an argument which is appended to '\jobname', and sets the conditional
-'\iffileexists' appropriately. For example:
-
- \testfileexistence{toc}%
- \iffileexists
- \input \jobname.toc
- \fi
-
- '\testfileexistence' takes an optional parameter; when given, it will
-override '\jobname' for the root part of the file name. For example, if
-you want to test for the file 'answers.aux', you can do this with the
-following:
-
- \testfileexistence[answers]{aux}%
- \iffileexists
- \input answers.aux
- \fi
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: User-defined environments, Next: Page list and page range parsers, Prev: Auxiliary files, Up: Programming definitions
-
-7.11 User-defined environments
-==============================
-
-Plain TeX does not provide "named" block structures, only the anonymous
-'\begingroup' and '\endgroup' pair. The disadvantage of this is that
-when there are several such groups and one is mismatched, it can be
-difficult to find the error. Eplain provides a named block structure so
-that if you forget an '\environment' or an '\endenvironment', you will
-(probably) get an error message about it.
-
- For example:
-
- \def\itpar{
- \environment{@italicpar}
- \it\par
- }
- \def\enditpar{
- \par
- \endenvironment{@italicpar}%
- }
-
-which could then be used to set italicized paragraphs:
-
- \itpar
- If I reprehend anything in this world, it is the use of my oracular
- tongue, and a nice derangement of epitaphs!
- \enditpar
-
- The above sort of environment allows nesting. But environments
-shouldn't always be allowed to nest. Put the control sequence
-'\checkenv' at the beginning of a macro that is going to define an
-environment that should not be nested.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Page list and page range parsers, Prev: User-defined environments, Up: Programming definitions
-
-7.12 Page list and page range parsers
-=====================================
-
-The macros which Eplain uses to parse the page lists and ranges in the
-index, '\idxparselist' and '\idxparserange' (*note Page destinations for
-index terms::), are sometimes useful when defining page number
-encapsulators. They take one argument, text to parse. When a page list
-(range) is not present, they set '\idxpagei' to be '\empty'; when a list
-(range) is detected, they set '\idxpagei' and '\idxpageii' to the first
-and the second page numbers, respectively.
-
- Eplain's defaults for the page list and page range delimiters are the
-same as those in MakeIndex, a comma followed by a space (', ') and two
-dashes ('--'), respectively. If you customize MakeIndex to use different
-delimiters, you must not forget to let Eplain know about them with the
-commands
-
- \setidxpagelistdelimiter{LIST-DELIM}
- \setidxpagerangedelimiter{PAGE-DELIM}
-
-These commands save the LIST-DELIM and PAGE-DELIM delimiters in
-'\idxpagelistdelimiter' and '\idxpagerangedelimiter', respectively.
-
- For example, you may want to define a page number markup command
-which italicizes and properly underlines page ranges by underlining only
-the page numbers and not the delimiter:
-
- \def\ituline#1{%
- {\it
- \idxparserange{#1}%
- \ifx\idxpagei\empty
- % The argument is a single page number.
- \underbar{#1}%
- \else
- % The argument is a page range.
- \underbar{\idxpagei}\idxpagerangedelimiter\underbar{\idxpageii}%
- \fi}%
- }
-
-Note that the '\ituline' macro is not aware of page lists. This is not
-needed if you use hyperlinks in the index, because '\hlidx' and
-'\hlidxpage' will break up the page lists before calling the user's page
-encapsulator (*note Page destinations for index terms::), so '\ituline'
-will never see the lists. If, however, you need to design a macro which
-also takes care of the lists, you can extend '\ituline' with an
-additional call to '\idxparselist'.
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Demo files, Next: Macro index, Prev: Programming definitions, Up: Top
-
-8 Demo files
-************
-
-This chapter contains listings of source files, along with the output
-they produce (where appropriate), which illustrate various aspects of
-Eplain. The files can be found in the 'demo' subdirectory of Eplain
-distribution. These demos, both the sources and the compiled PDF and PS
-files, are also available from <http://tug.org/eplain/demo>.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex)::
-* Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex)::
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex), Next: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex), Up: Demo files
-
-8.1 Hyperlinks ('xhyper.tex')
-=============================
-
-
-
-% (This file is public domain.)
-%
-% This file demonstrates the following features of Eplain:
-%
-% - explicit and implicit hyperlinks;
-% - symbolic cross-references;
-% - inserting external graphics using |\includegraphics| from
-% the \LaTeX\ package |graphicx.sty|.
-% - rotating text using |\rotatebox| from |graphicx.sty|.
-%
-% The compiled demo can be downloaded from
-%
-% http://tug.org/eplain/demo
-%
-% In order to compile this file yourself, you will need the CTAN lion
-% drawing by Duane Bibby from
-%
-% ftp://tug.ctan.org/ftpmaint/CTAN_lion/ctan_lion_350x350.png
-%
-% (thanks, |www.ctan.org|). Place the image file in the same
-% directory with this file, and change to that directory. Now, to
-% produce a PDF, run twice the command
-%
-% pdftex xhyper.tex
-%
-% During the first run, Eplain will write the information about the
-% cross-references into |xhyper.aux|, and during the second run this
-% information will be read by Eplain to typeset the references.
-%
-% Demo case:
-%
-% Suppose you are using pdf\TeX, have a figure you want to insert
-% scaled to $200\,pt$ horizontally, and you want this figure to
-% completely fill the PDF viewer's window whenever the reader
-% selects a link pointing to this figure. Additionally, you want to
-% typeset some text as live hyperlinks, clicking on which will start
-% a Web browser and open a URL.
-
-\input eplain
-
-% Load \LaTeX\ packages.
-\beginpackages
- % |url.sty| provides the |\url| command which we will use to typeset
- % a URL. We request that |url.sty| be the version from June~27,
- % 2005, or later, because earlier versions had problems interacting
- % with plain \TeX.
- \usepackage{url}[2005/06/27]
- % |color.sty| provides support for colored text; all hyperlinks are
- % automatically colored by Eplain when this package is loaded. We give
- % the |dvipsnames| option because we want to use named colors from the
- % |dvips| graphics driver.
- \usepackage[dvipsnames]{color}
- % Finally, we load |graphicx.sty|, for the macros |\includegraphics|
- % and |\rotatebox|.
- \usepackage{graphicx}
-\endpackages
-
-% Remember that hyperlinks are off by default. Therefore, we need to
-% enable them.
-\enablehyperlinks
-
-% Customize some hyperlink options. First, we set border width to~$0$
-% for all links to get rid of the default boxes around links (we
-% prefer colored links over the boxed links). Next, we say that all
-% links created by the |url| hyperlink group (which means the |\url|
-% command from |url.sty|) must be colored using the named color
-% |BlueViolet|.
-\hlopts{bwidth=0}
-\hlopts[url]{colormodel=named,color=BlueViolet}
-
-% Inhibit page numbering (we have only one page).
-\nopagenumbers
-
-% Define a class word for the cross-reference class |figure|. This
-% word, when defined, will be automatically prepended by Eplain to the
-% reference created by |\ref| (read on to see its use).
-\def\figureword{fig.}
-
-% Allocate a count register for the figure's number, and a box
-% register which we'll use to measure dimensions of the image.
-\newcount\fignumber
-\newbox\imgbox
-
-% Now comes the fun part--constructing the figure for the image of the
-% \CTAN\ lion. We define a macro
-%
-% \fig{LABEL}{FILENAME}{CAPTION}{WIDTH}
-%
-% which creates a figure using LABEL for the cross-reference and
-% hyperlink label, reading the image from file FILENAME, using CAPTION
-% to name the figure, and WIDTH to scale the image horizontally.
-\def\fig#1#2#3#4{%
- % Leave some space above the figure. This will also ensure that we
- % are in the vertical mode before we produce a |\vbox|.
- \medskip
- % Advance the figure number. |\global| ensures that the change to
- % the count register is global, even when |\fig| is buried inside a
- % group.
- \global\advance\fignumber by 1
- % We use |\includegraphics| (from |graphicx.sty|) to load the image,
- % scaled to the specified width, into our ``measuring'' box
- % |\imgbox|.
- \setbox\imgbox = \hbox{\includegraphics[width=#4]{#2}}%
- % To make the demo even more exciting, let's put the figure's
- % caption to the left of the image into the |\indent| space of the
- % new paragraph, and rotate the caption~$90^\circ$.
- \textindent{%
- \rotatebox{90}{F{\sc IGURE}~\the\fignumber. #3}%
- }%
- % Continue the paragraph by constructing a |\vbox| with the image of
- % the lion. We use |\definexref| to define the cross-reference
- % label.
- \vbox{%
- % In addition to the cross-reference label, |\definexref| will
- % create a hyperlink destination with the same label. Therefore,
- % we customize this destination to do what we need. We say that
- % destination type for the hyperlink group |definexref| (to which
- % |\definexref| belongs) should be |fitr|. This destination type
- % will magnify the rectangle specified by the options |width|,
- % |height| and |depth| to the PDF viewer's window. Therefore, we
- % set those options accordingly with |\hldestopts| (notice the use
- % of |depth| instead of |height|---we will want the rectangle to
- % extend {\it downward}, to cover the image which will come
- % next). Notice that these settings will be isolated within the
- % current group (i.e., the |\vbox| we're constructing).
- \hldesttype[definexref]{fitr}%
- \hldestopts[definexref]{width=\wd\imgbox,height=0pt,depth=\ht\imgbox}%
- % We define a symbolic label so that we can later refer
- % to the figure with |\ref|. The command |\definexref| does
- % exactly that. The last argument to |\definexref| specifies
- % class of the label, which determines the word used by |\ref| in
- % front of the reference text (remember that we've defined
- % |\figureword| above).
- \definexref{#1}{\the\fignumber}{figure}%
- % Finally, produce the image which we've been stashing in the box
- % register |\imgbox|.
- \box\imgbox
- }%
- \medskip
-}
-
-% Create the figure.
-\fig{CTANlion}{ctan_lion_350x350}{Lion in the archives}{200pt}
-
-% Finished with the fun part, we can relax and typeset some
-% hyperlinks. The easiest way to do that is to use the |\ref|
-% cross-reference command. We can even pass an optional argument
-% (|the lion in|), which will be placed before the class word (|fig.|)
-% and become part of the link (to make sure the reader does not have
-% to aim too hard).
-Show me \ref[the lion in]{CTANlion}.
-
-% If you are the restless kind, here's another way to create a
-% hyperlink to the image: we create a link explicitly by using
-% |\hlstart ... \hlend|. We don't specify the link type, therefore
-% the default type |name| will be used (these are ``named links'',
-% i.e., links pointing to destinations identified by labels). In the
-% options argument, we specify that the border of the link should be
-% inverted when the user clicks the link (|hlight=O|), and also set
-% special color for this link, overriding the default dark-red. The
-% label for the destination is the same as the cross-reference label,
-% |CTANlion|.
-Show me
-\hlstart{}{hlight=O,colormodel=named,color=OliveGreen}{CTANlion}
- the CTAN lion\hlend.
-
-% Let's now point somewhere outside our document. Eplain homepage is
-% a good target. In the similar spirit, let's consider two
-% approaches. The easy one is to use the |\url| command from
-% |url.sty|. Remember that we have customized the color of |url|
-% hyperlinks, so this one will show up with a different color than the
-% default dark-red.
-Take me to \url{http://tug.org/eplain}.
-
-% The second approach is to create an explicit URL link. We specify
-% yet another border highlighting mode, |P|, which means that the
-% region underneath the bounding box of the link will be drawn inset
-% into the page. Also, let's set the color of the hyperlink to an RGB
-% color |0.4,0.1,0.4|. Since we cannot use commas to separate the
-% color elements inside the options parameter to |\hlstart| (commas
-% there separate options), we have to first create a user-defined
-% color with |\definecolor| from |color.sty|, and use that in
-% |\hlstart|.
-\definecolor{mycolor}{rgb}{0.4,0.1,0.4}
-
-Take me to
-\hlstart{url}{hlight=P,colormodel=,color=mycolor}{http://tug.org/eplain}
- Eplain homepage\hlend.
-
-\bye
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex), Prev: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex), Up: Demo files
-
-8.2 Highlighting TeX comments in listings ('lscommnt.tex')
-==========================================================
-
-
-
-% (This file is public domain.)
-% Demonstrate how Eplain can be used to include a TeX source file
-% verbatim, typesetting comments in colored italic typewriter type.
-
-% Load Eplain and LaTeX's color.sty package.
-\input eplain
-\beginpackages \usepackage{color} \endpackages
-\nopagenumbers % Disable page numbers.
-\font\commentfont = cmitt10 % Font for the comments (italic \tt).
-% We'll define some `protected' macros with `@' in their names.
-\makeatletter
-% Define an equivalent of Eplain's \letreturn, to be able to assign
-% various actions to the (active) percent character.
-\begingroup \makeactive\%
- \gdef\letpercent{\let%}
-\endgroup
-% The listing hook to be called in \setuplistinghook, see below. It
-% makes `%' active and assigns it a `start comment' action.
-\def\hlightcommentslisting{\makeactive\% \letpercent\start@comment}%
-% This is what `%' is aliased to before a comment is started.
-\def\start@comment{%
- \leavevmode % Needed in the very first line of the input to process
- % the new par (possibly inserting line number) before we
- % kick in with the color and stuff.
- \begingroup % Isolate color and font changes and the redefinitions.
- \commentfont
- \color[cmyk]{0.28,1,1,0.35}%
- \percentchar % Produce the actual `%' and
- \letpercent\percentchar % make all following `%'s do the same.
- \letreturn\end@comment % Call \end@comment at end-of-line.
-}
-% \end@comment (alias for ^^M inside a comment) will end the comment
-% started by \start@comment. We make ^^M active temporarily so that
-% the active version of ^^M gets "frozen" into \end@comment.
-\begingroup \makeactive\^^M % Avoid ^^M's from here on.
- \gdef\end@comment{\endgroup ^^M}%
-\endgroup
-\resetatcatcode % Make `@' again inaccessible for use in macro names.
-
-% Define \setuplistinghook to setup comments highlighting, line
-% numbering and omitting the last (empty) line of input.
-\def\setuplistinghook{\hlightcommentslisting \linenumberedlisting
- \nolastlinelisting}
-% Isn't this fun? This file typesets itself, with the extra bonus of
-% the pretty-printed comments and numbered source lines!
-\listing{lscommnt}
-\bye
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Macro index, Next: Concept index, Prev: Demo files, Up: Top
-
-Macro index
-***********
-
-
-* Menu:
-
-* @hllabel: Destination types for hypertex.
- (line 14)
-* @hllabel <1>: Link types for hypertex.
- (line 39)
-* @hllabel <2>: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 84)
-* @hllabel <3>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 67)
-* @indexproof insertion class: Proofing index terms.
- (line 28)
-* abovecolumnskip: Multiple columns. (line 33)
-* abovecolumnspenalty: Tables. (line 30)
-* abovelistpenalty: Formatting lists. (line 29)
-* abovelistskip: Formatting lists. (line 29)
-* abovelistskipamount: Formatting lists. (line 10)
-* adjarrow: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 113)
-* adjmapdown: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 91)
-* adjmapleft: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 66)
-* adjmapright: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 63)
-* adjmapup: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 94)
-* advancebottommargin: Margins. (line 26)
-* advanceleftmargin: Margins. (line 26)
-* advancerightmargin: Margins. (line 26)
-* advancetopmargin: Margins. (line 26)
-* afterindexterm: Customizing indexing.
- (line 6)
-* afterindexterm hook: Indexing commands. (line 62)
-* AMSLaTeX: Logos. (line 10)
-* AMSTeX: Logos. (line 10)
-* arrow: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 20)
-* arrow <1>: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 104)
-* bblem: Formatting bibliographies.
- (line 41)
-* bblemph: Formatting bibliographies.
- (line 45)
-* bblfilebasename: Citations. (line 30)
-* bblhook: Formatting bibliographies.
- (line 67)
-* bblnewblock: Formatting bibliographies.
- (line 53)
-* bblrm: Formatting bibliographies.
- (line 38)
-* bblsc: Formatting bibliographies.
- (line 49)
-* bcolor (hyperlink option): Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 13)
-* bdash (hyperlink option): Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 19)
-* bdash (hyperlink option) <1>: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 32)
-* begin for index entries: Modifying index entries.
- (line 22)
-* beginindex hook: Typesetting an index.
- (line 30)
-* beginlist: Formatting lists. (line 50)
-* beginpackages: Environment for loading packages.
- (line 6)
-* begin{picture}: Packages known to work.
- (line 14)
-* begin{theindex}: Typesetting an index.
- (line 17)
-* belowcolumnskip: Multiple columns. (line 34)
-* belowfootnoterulespace: Footnotes. (line 46)
-* belowlistskip: Formatting lists. (line 30)
-* belowlistskipamount: Formatting lists. (line 10)
-* biarrow: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 110)
-* biblabelcontents: Formatting bibliographies.
- (line 23)
-* biblabelextraspace: Formatting bibliographies.
- (line 61)
-* biblabelpostcontents: Formatting bibliographies.
- (line 30)
-* biblabelprecontents: Formatting bibliographies.
- (line 30)
-* biblabelprint: Formatting bibliographies.
- (line 17)
-* biblabelwidth: Formatting bibliographies.
- (line 11)
-* bibliography: Citations. (line 61)
-* bibliography (hyperlinks): Citation hyperlinks. (line 11)
-* bibliographystyle: Citations. (line 68)
-* BibTeX: Logos. (line 10)
-* bihline: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 69)
-* bimapdown: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 85)
-* bimapleft: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 60)
-* bimapright: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 57)
-* bimapup: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 88)
-* bisline: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 116)
-* bivline: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 97)
-* blackbox: Boxes. (line 7)
-* blanklineskipamount in justified text: Justification. (line 23)
-* blanklineskipamount in obeyed text: Obeying spaces. (line 16)
-* bottom (destination option): Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 65)
-* bottom (destination option) <1>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 56)
-* bottommargin: Margins. (line 17)
-* boxit: Boxes. (line 28)
-* boxitspace: Boxes. (line 30)
-* bstyle (hyperlink option): Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 25)
-* bwidth (hyperlink option): Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 49)
-* catcode: Category codes. (line 13)
-* center: Justification. (line 7)
-* centereddisplays: Displays. (line 13)
-* channelwidth: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 119)
-* channelwidth <1>: Commutative diagram parameters.
- (line 36)
-* cite: Citations. (line 42)
-* cite (hyperlinks): Citation hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* cmd (destination option): Destination types for hypertex.
- (line 14)
-* cmd (destination option) <1>: Destination options for hypertex.
- (line 7)
-* cmd (destination option) <2>: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 83)
-* cmd (destination option) <3>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 14)
-* cmd (hyperlink option): Link types for hypertex.
- (line 39)
-* cmd (hyperlink option) <1>: Link options for hypertex.
- (line 7)
-* cmd (hyperlink option) <2>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 66)
-* cmd (hyperlink option) <3>: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 56)
-* color (hyperlink option): Options supported by all drivers.
- (line 37)
-* colormodel (hyperlink option): Options supported by all drivers.
- (line 37)
-* columnfill: Multiple columns. (line 14)
-* commdiag: Construction of commutative diagrams.
- (line 9)
-* commdiagbaselines: Construction of commutative diagrams.
- (line 64)
-* commdiagbaselines <1>: Commutative diagram parameters.
- (line 43)
-* csn: \csn and \ece. (line 6)
-* definecolor: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* definecontentsfile: Alternative contents files.
- (line 6)
-* defineindex: Indexing. (line 36)
-* definexref: Defining generic references.
- (line 6)
-* definexref <1>: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* definexref (hyperlinks): Cross-reference hyperlinks.
- (line 6)
-* depth (destination option): Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 61)
-* depth (destination option) <1>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 34)
-* depth (hyperlink option): Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 122)
-* discretionaries: Paths. (line 20)
-* displaylines: Displays. (line 18)
-* dospecials: Verbatim listing. (line 57)
-* doublecolumns: Multiple columns. (line 7)
-* drawline: Slanted lines and vectors.
- (line 6)
-* drawvector: Slanted lines and vectors.
- (line 6)
-* dvipdfm (hyperlink driver): Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* eattoken: Macro arguments. (line 23)
-* ece: \csn and \ece. (line 10)
-* edefappend: \edefappend. (line 6)
-* ehrule: Rules. (line 17)
-* em: Commands from LaTeX. (line 25)
-* emph: Commands from LaTeX. (line 25)
-* enablehyperlinks: Introduction to hyperlinks.
- (line 42)
-* enablehyperlinks <1>: Choosing destination placement.
- (line 7)
-* enablehyperlinks <2>: Hyperlink driver nolinks.
- (line 48)
-* end for index entries: Modifying index entries.
- (line 22)
-* endlist: Formatting lists. (line 52)
-* endnumberedlist: Lists. (line 13)
-* endorderedlist: Lists. (line 13)
-* endpackages: Environment for loading packages.
- (line 6)
-* endunorderedlist: Lists. (line 20)
-* end{picture}: Packages known to work.
- (line 14)
-* end{theindex}: Typesetting an index.
- (line 17)
-* eplain: Invoking Eplain. (line 30)
-* eplaininput: Environment for loading packages.
- (line 24)
-* eqalignno: Displays. (line 18)
-* eqalignno <1>: Displays. (line 23)
-* eqalignnum: Displays. (line 23)
-* eqconstruct: Formatting equation references.
- (line 21)
-* eqdef: Equation references. (line 15)
-* eqdef (hyperlinks): Equation reference hyperlinks.
- (line 6)
-* eqdefn: Equation references. (line 38)
-* eqdefn (hyperlinks): Equation reference hyperlinks.
- (line 6)
-* eqno: Displays. (line 23)
-* eqnum: Displays. (line 23)
-* eqnum <1>: Equation references. (line 15)
-* eqnum <2>: Equation references. (line 38)
-* eqnumber: Equation references. (line 8)
-* eqprint: Formatting equation references.
- (line 12)
-* eqref: Equation references. (line 46)
-* eqref <1>: Equation reference hyperlinks.
- (line 20)
-* eqrefn: Equation references. (line 51)
-* eqrefn <1>: Equation reference hyperlinks.
- (line 20)
-* eqsubdef: Subequation references.
- (line 11)
-* eqsubdef (hyperlinks): Equation reference hyperlinks.
- (line 6)
-* eqsubdefn: Subequation references.
- (line 11)
-* eqsubdefn (hyperlinks): Equation reference hyperlinks.
- (line 6)
-* eqsubreftext: Subequation references.
- (line 22)
-* eTeX: Logos. (line 10)
-* everyfootnote: Footnotes. (line 35)
-* evrule: Rules. (line 18)
-* expandonce: \expandonce. (line 6)
-* ext (hyperlink option): Link types for hypertex.
- (line 23)
-* ext (hyperlink option) <1>: Link options for hypertex.
- (line 20)
-* ExTeX: Logos. (line 10)
-* file (hyperlink option): Link types for hypertex.
- (line 22)
-* file (hyperlink option) <1>: Link options for hypertex.
- (line 14)
-* file (hyperlink option) <2>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 40)
-* file (hyperlink option) <3>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 52)
-* file (hyperlink option) <4>: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 63)
-* fileexists (conditional): Auxiliary files. (line 10)
-* filename (hyperlink type): Link types for hypertex.
- (line 21)
-* filename (hyperlink type) <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 39)
-* filepage (hyperlink type): Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 51)
-* fit (destination type): Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 18)
-* fitb (destination type): Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 39)
-* fitbh (destination type): Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 44)
-* fitbv (destination type): Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 52)
-* fith (destination type): Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 23)
-* fitr (destination type): Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 60)
-* fitv (destination type): Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 31)
-* flushleft: Justification. (line 7)
-* flushright: Justification. (line 7)
-* fmtversion: Introduction. (line 50)
-* footnote (hyperlinks): Footnote hyperlinks. (line 7)
-* footnotemarkseparation: Footnotes. (line 25)
-* footnoteruleheight: Footnotes. (line 44)
-* footnoterulewidth: Footnotes. (line 44)
-* for: Iteration. (line 6)
-* For: Iteration. (line 15)
-* frac: Fractions. (line 6)
-* fullmonthname: Time of day. (line 13)
-* futurenonspacelet: \futurenonspacelet. (line 6)
-* getproperty: Properties. (line 18)
-* gloggingall: Diagnostics. (line 22)
-* gobble: Macro arguments. (line 7)
-* gobbletwo: Macro arguments. (line 7)
-* gridcommdiag: Construction of commutative diagrams.
- (line 88)
-* gtracingall: Diagnostics. (line 22)
-* gutter: Multiple columns. (line 23)
-* gutterbox: Multiple columns. (line 24)
-* hangindent for index entries: Typesetting an index.
- (line 45)
-* harrowlength: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 27)
-* harrowlength <1>: Commutative diagram parameters.
- (line 11)
-* hchannel: Commutative diagram parameters.
- (line 39)
-* height (destination option): Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 60)
-* height (destination option) <1>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 37)
-* height (hyperlink option): Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 125)
-* hgrid: Construction of commutative diagrams.
- (line 108)
-* hgrid <1>: Commutative diagram parameters.
- (line 47)
-* hldest: Explicit hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* hldest <1>: Destination types for hypertex.
- (line 17)
-* hldest <2>: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 86)
-* hldest <3>: Setting hyperlink types and options.
- (line 7)
-* hldestoff: Hyperlink driver nolinks.
- (line 10)
-* hldestoff <1>: Turning low-level commands on/off.
- (line 6)
-* hldeston: Turning low-level commands on/off.
- (line 6)
-* hldestopts: Setting default types and options.
- (line 15)
-* hldestopts <1>: Setting group options.
- (line 10)
-* hldestopts <2>: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* hldesttype: Setting default types and options.
- (line 6)
-* hldesttype <1>: Setting group types. (line 6)
-* hldesttype <2>: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* hlend: Explicit hyperlinks. (line 25)
-* hlend <1>: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* hlfootbacklabel: Footnote hyperlinks. (line 12)
-* hlfootlabel: Footnote hyperlinks. (line 12)
-* hlfootlabelnumber: Footnote hyperlinks. (line 15)
-* hlhash: Link types for hypertex.
- (line 40)
-* hlidx: Exact destinations for index terms.
- (line 13)
-* hlidxlabel: Exact destinations for index terms.
- (line 23)
-* hlidxlabelnumber: Exact destinations for index terms.
- (line 25)
-* hlidxpage: Page destinations for index terms.
- (line 20)
-* hlidxpagelabel: Page destinations for index terms.
- (line 11)
-* hlight (hyperlink option): Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 69)
-* hlightcommentslisting: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
- (line 7)
-* hline: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 54)
-* hloff: Hyperlink driver nolinks.
- (line 10)
-* hloff <1>: Turning low-level commands on/off.
- (line 6)
-* hlon: Turning low-level commands on/off.
- (line 6)
-* hlopts: Setting default types and options.
- (line 15)
-* hlopts <1>: Setting group options.
- (line 10)
-* hlopts <2>: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* hlstart: Explicit hyperlinks. (line 25)
-* hlstart <1>: Link types for hypertex.
- (line 43)
-* hlstart <2>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 70)
-* hlstart <3>: Setting hyperlink types and options.
- (line 7)
-* hlstart <4>: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* hltype: Setting default types and options.
- (line 6)
-* hltype <1>: Setting group types. (line 6)
-* hmorphposn: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 32)
-* hmorphposn <1>: Commutative diagram parameters.
- (line 20)
-* hmorphposndn: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 38)
-* hmorphposndn <1>: Commutative diagram parameters.
- (line 22)
-* hmorphposnlft: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 39)
-* hmorphposnlft <1>: Commutative diagram parameters.
- (line 23)
-* hmorphposnrt: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 39)
-* hmorphposnrt <1>: Commutative diagram parameters.
- (line 22)
-* hmorphposnup: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 38)
-* hmorphposnup <1>: Commutative diagram parameters.
- (line 22)
-* hoffset: Proofing index terms.
- (line 21)
-* hookaction: Hooks. (line 14)
-* hookactiononce: Hooks. (line 21)
-* hookappend: Hooks. (line 15)
-* hookprepend: Hooks. (line 16)
-* hookrun: Hooks. (line 37)
-* href: General hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* hruledefaultdepth: Rules. (line 9)
-* hruledefaultheight: Rules. (line 9)
-* hsize: Margins. (line 32)
-* hypertex (hyperlink driver): Hyperlink driver hypertex.
- (line 6)
-* hyphenpenalty for index entries: Typesetting an index.
- (line 45)
-* identity: Macro arguments. (line 28)
-* idx: Indexing commands. (line 8)
-* idx (hyperlinks): Index hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* idxargclose: Index entries with special characters.
- (line 73)
-* idxargopen: Index entries with special characters.
- (line 73)
-* idxbeginrangemark: Customizing indexing.
- (line 41)
-* idxencapoperator: Customizing indexing.
- (line 38)
-* idxendrangemark: Customizing indexing.
- (line 44)
-* idxexact: Choosing destination placement.
- (line 8)
-* idxmarked: Indexing commands. (line 29)
-* idxmarked (hyperlinks): Index hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* idxname: Indexing commands. (line 19)
-* idxname (hyperlinks): Index hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* idxnameseparator: Indexing commands. (line 19)
-* idxnone: Choosing destination placement.
- (line 9)
-* idxpage: Choosing destination placement.
- (line 9)
-* idxpagei: Page list and page range parsers.
- (line 6)
-* idxpageii: Page list and page range parsers.
- (line 6)
-* idxpagelistdelimiter: Page list and page range parsers.
- (line 23)
-* idxpagenum: Customizing indexing.
- (line 49)
-* idxpagerangedelimiter: Page list and page range parsers.
- (line 23)
-* idxpagerangedelimiter <1>: Page list and page range parsers.
- (line 30)
-* idxparselist: Page list and page range parsers.
- (line 6)
-* idxparserange: Page list and page range parsers.
- (line 6)
-* idxrangebeginword: Customizing indexing.
- (line 20)
-* idxrangeendword: Customizing indexing.
- (line 23)
-* idxseealsocmdword: Customizing indexing.
- (line 29)
-* idxseecmdword: Customizing indexing.
- (line 26)
-* idxsubentryseparator: Customizing indexing.
- (line 35)
-* idxsubmarked: Indexing commands. (line 40)
-* idxsubmarked (hyperlinks): Index hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* ifempty: \ifempty. (line 6)
-* iffileexists: Auxiliary files. (line 10)
-* ifidx: Indexing. (line 54)
-* ifindexproofing: Proofing index terms.
- (line 12)
-* ifinteger: \ifinteger and \isinteger.
- (line 6)
-* ifpdf: Checking for PDF output.
- (line 10)
-* ifpdf <1>: Introduction to hyperlinks.
- (line 51)
-* ifrewritetocfile: Reading the .toc file.
- (line 26)
-* ifundefined: \ifundefined. (line 6)
-* includegraphics: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* indexfilebasename: Typesetting an index.
- (line 11)
-* indexfonts: Typesetting an index.
- (line 24)
-* indexitem hook: Typesetting an index.
- (line 49)
-* indexprooffont: Proofing index terms.
- (line 12)
-* indexproofingfalse: Proofing index terms.
- (line 12)
-* indexproofingtrue: Proofing index terms.
- (line 12)
-* indexproofterm: Proofing index terms.
- (line 12)
-* indexproofunbox: Proofing index terms.
- (line 28)
-* indexsee: Customizing indexing.
- (line 53)
-* indexsee <1>: Hyperlinks in see and see also entries.
- (line 8)
-* indexseealso: Customizing indexing.
- (line 53)
-* indexseealso <1>: Hyperlinks in see and see also entries.
- (line 8)
-* indexseealsowords: Customizing indexing.
- (line 53)
-* indexseeword: Customizing indexing.
- (line 53)
-* indexsetmargins: Proofing index terms.
- (line 21)
-* indexspace: Typesetting an index.
- (line 54)
-* innerdef: Allocation macros. (line 28)
-* innerinnerdef: Allocation macros. (line 39)
-* innernewbox: Allocation macros. (line 21)
-* innernewcount: Allocation macros. (line 21)
-* innernewdimen: Allocation macros. (line 21)
-* innernewfam: Allocation macros. (line 22)
-* innernewhelp: Allocation macros. (line 22)
-* innernewif: Allocation macros. (line 22)
-* innernewinsert: Allocation macros. (line 22)
-* innernewlanguage: Allocation macros. (line 23)
-* innernewread: Allocation macros. (line 24)
-* innernewskip: Allocation macros. (line 24)
-* innernewtoks: Allocation macros. (line 24)
-* innernewwrite: Allocation macros. (line 24)
-* input: Environment for loading packages.
- (line 24)
-* insidemargin: Proofing index terms.
- (line 21)
-* interfootnoteskip: Footnotes. (line 29)
-* interitemskip: Formatting lists. (line 30)
-* interitemskipamount: Formatting lists. (line 14)
-* isinteger: \ifinteger and \isinteger.
- (line 13)
-* item in indexes: Typesetting an index.
- (line 35)
-* itemletter: Formatting lists. (line 44)
-* itemnumber: Formatting lists. (line 44)
-* ituline: Page list and page range parsers.
- (line 26)
-* jobname: Citations. (line 17)
-* jobname <1>: Typesetting an index.
- (line 11)
-* jobname <2>: Auxiliary files. (line 9)
-* LAMSTeX: Logos. (line 11)
-* LaTeX: Logos. (line 11)
-* lbracechar: Category codes. (line 57)
-* left (destination option): Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 11)
-* left (destination option) <1>: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 33)
-* left (destination option) <2>: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 54)
-* left (destination option) <3>: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 65)
-* left (destination option) <4>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 60)
-* leftdisplayindent: Displays. (line 11)
-* leftdisplays: Displays. (line 9)
-* leftdisplaysetup: Formatting displays. (line 8)
-* lefteqnumbers: Displays. (line 23)
-* leftmargin: Margins. (line 17)
-* leqalignno: Displays. (line 19)
-* leqalignno <1>: Displays. (line 23)
-* leqno: Displays. (line 23)
-* letreturn: Category codes. (line 40)
-* letter: Category codes. (line 10)
-* lft: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 15)
-* li: Lists. (line 27)
-* li (hyperlinks): List hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* linenumberedlisting: Verbatim listing. (line 17)
-* linenumberedlisting <1>: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
- (line 7)
-* listcompact: Lists. (line 38)
-* listing: Verbatim listing. (line 7)
-* listing <1>: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
- (line 7)
-* listingfont: Verbatim listing. (line 10)
-* listleftindent: Formatting lists. (line 18)
-* listmarkerspace: Formatting lists. (line 33)
-* listrightindent: Formatting lists. (line 18)
-* loggingall: Diagnostics. (line 11)
-* loop: Iteration. (line 40)
-* makeactive: Category codes. (line 13)
-* makeatletter: Category codes. (line 22)
-* makeatother: Category codes. (line 31)
-* makeblankbox: Boxes. (line 12)
-* makecolumns: Tables. (line 6)
-* makeheadline: Proofing index terms.
- (line 28)
-* mapdown: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 13)
-* mapdown <1>: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 76)
-* mapleft: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 6)
-* mapleft <1>: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 51)
-* mapright: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 6)
-* mapright <1>: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 48)
-* mapup: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 13)
-* mapup <1>: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 79)
-* matrix: Construction of commutative diagrams.
- (line 10)
-* mbox: Commands from LaTeX. (line 28)
-* MF: Logos. (line 11)
-* monthname: Time of day. (line 10)
-* morphdist: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 33)
-* morphdist <1>: Commutative diagram parameters.
- (line 32)
-* name (hyperlink type): Link types for hypertex.
- (line 7)
-* name (hyperlink type) <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 18)
-* new...: Allocation macros. (line 8)
-* newblock: Commands from LaTeX. (line 31)
-* newcommand: Commands from LaTeX. (line 18)
-* newwin (hyperlink option): Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 41)
-* newwin (hyperlink option) <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 53)
-* newwin (hyperlink option) <2>: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 90)
-* noarrow: Invoking Eplain. (line 84)
-* noauxfile: Invoking Eplain. (line 89)
-* nobibtex: Invoking Eplain. (line 73)
-* nocite: Citations. (line 58)
-* nolastlinelisting: Verbatim listing. (line 25)
-* nolastlinelisting <1>: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
- (line 7)
-* nolinks (hyperlink driver): Hyperlink driver nolinks.
- (line 6)
-* normalbaselineskip: Options supported by all drivers.
- (line 19)
-* num (hyperlink type): Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 91)
-* numberedfootnote: Footnotes. (line 7)
-* numberedfootnote (hyperlinks): Footnote hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* numberedlist: Lists. (line 13)
-* numberedlistdepth: Formatting lists. (line 41)
-* numberedmarker: Formatting lists. (line 37)
-* numbername: Writing out numbers. (line 6)
-* obeywhitespace: Obeying spaces. (line 6)
-* orderedlist: Lists. (line 13)
-* other: Category codes. (line 10)
-* outer: Allocation macros. (line 12)
-* outsidemargin: Proofing index terms.
- (line 21)
-* page (hyperlink type): Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 30)
-* pagefit (hyperlink option): Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 31)
-* pagefit (hyperlink option) <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 41)
-* pagefit (hyperlink option) <2>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 53)
-* pagefit (hyperlink option) <3>: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 107)
-* pageno: Proofing index terms.
- (line 21)
-* pagetotal: Multiple columns. (line 14)
-* paperheight: Margins. (line 43)
-* paperwidth: Margins. (line 46)
-* parindent in indexes: Typesetting an index.
- (line 24)
-* path: Paths. (line 13)
-* pdfoutput: Checking for PDF output.
- (line 20)
-* pdftex (hyperlink driver): Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* percentchar: Category codes. (line 54)
-* phantomeqlabel: Equation reference hyperlinks.
- (line 14)
-* phantomeqnumber: Equation reference hyperlinks.
- (line 14)
-* previouseverydisplay: Formatting displays. (line 14)
-* printbetweencitations: Formatting citations.
- (line 20)
-* printcitefinish: Formatting citations.
- (line 15)
-* printcitenote: Formatting citations.
- (line 26)
-* printcitestart: Formatting citations.
- (line 15)
-* printitem: Formatting lists. (line 51)
-* printlistinglineno: Verbatim listing. (line 19)
-* printlistinglineno <1>: Verbatim listing. (line 27)
-* providecommand: Commands from LaTeX. (line 18)
-* quadcolumns: Multiple columns. (line 7)
-* raggedright for index entries: Typesetting an index.
- (line 45)
-* raise (hyperlink option): Options supported by all drivers.
- (line 13)
-* raise (hyperlink option) <1>: Setting group options.
- (line 33)
-* raw (destination type): Destination types for hypertex.
- (line 12)
-* raw (destination type) <1>: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 81)
-* raw (hyperlink type): Link types for hypertex.
- (line 37)
-* raw (hyperlink type) <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 64)
-* rbracechar: Category codes. (line 58)
-* readindexfile: Typesetting an index.
- (line 6)
-* readindexfile (hyperlinks): Index hyperlinks. (line 9)
-* readtocfile: Reading the .toc file.
- (line 6)
-* ref: Using generic references.
- (line 16)
-* ref <1>: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* ref (hyperlinks): Cross-reference hyperlinks.
- (line 19)
-* refn: Using generic references.
- (line 9)
-* refn (hyperlinks): Cross-reference hyperlinks.
- (line 14)
-* refs: Using generic references.
- (line 22)
-* refs (hyperlinks): Cross-reference hyperlinks.
- (line 26)
-* refspace: Cross-reference hyperlinks.
- (line 24)
-* refspace <1>: Page reference hyperlinks.
- (line 10)
-* reftie: Cross-reference hyperlinks.
- (line 16)
-* reftie <1>: Cross-reference hyperlinks.
- (line 23)
-* reftie <2>: Equation reference hyperlinks.
- (line 20)
-* renewcommand: Commands from LaTeX. (line 18)
-* repeat: Iteration. (line 42)
-* resetatcatcode: Environment for loading packages.
- (line 35)
-* resetatcatcode <1>: Category codes. (line 23)
-* rewritetocfile (conditional): Reading the .toc file.
- (line 26)
-* right (destination option): Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 66)
-* right (destination option) <1>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 64)
-* righteqnumbers: Displays. (line 23)
-* rightmargin: Margins. (line 17)
-* rotatebox: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* rt: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 14)
-* sanitize: Converting to characters.
- (line 22)
-* sarrowlength: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 28)
-* sarrowlength <1>: Commutative diagram parameters.
- (line 17)
-* sc: Commands from LaTeX. (line 25)
-* see for index entries: Modifying index entries.
- (line 36)
-* see for index entries <1>: Customizing indexing.
- (line 62)
-* seealso for index entries: Modifying index entries.
- (line 49)
-* seevariant: Customizing indexing.
- (line 53)
-* setidxpagelistdelimiter: Page list and page range parsers.
- (line 14)
-* setidxpagerangedelimiter: Page list and page range parsers.
- (line 14)
-* setproperty: Properties. (line 13)
-* setuplistinghook: Verbatim listing. (line 13)
-* setuplistinghook <1>: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
- (line 7)
-* sidx: Indexing commands. (line 8)
-* sidxmarked: Indexing commands. (line 29)
-* sidxname: Indexing commands. (line 19)
-* sidxsubmarked: Indexing commands. (line 40)
-* singlecolumn: Multiple columns. (line 9)
-* sline: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 23)
-* sline <1>: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 107)
-* SLiTeX: Logos. (line 11)
-* special: Introduction to hyperlinks.
- (line 9)
-* specialpathdelimiters (conditional): Paths. (line 28)
-* subeqnumber: Subequation references.
- (line 15)
-* subitem in indexes: Typesetting an index.
- (line 35)
-* subsubitem in indexes: Typesetting an index.
- (line 35)
-* testfileexistence: Auxiliary files. (line 8)
-* TeX: Logos. (line 6)
-* textbf: Commands from LaTeX. (line 25)
-* timestamp: Time of day. (line 18)
-* timestring: Time of day. (line 16)
-* toc...entry: Writing the .toc file.
- (line 9)
-* toc...entry <1>: Writing the .toc file.
- (line 54)
-* tocfilebasename: Changing the .toc file's root name.
- (line 10)
-* today: Time of day. (line 21)
-* top (destination option): Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 11)
-* top (destination option) <1>: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 25)
-* top (destination option) <2>: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 46)
-* top (destination option) <3>: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 66)
-* top (destination option) <4>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 68)
-* topmargin: Margins. (line 17)
-* tracingall: Diagnostics. (line 8)
-* tracingboxes: Diagnostics. (line 16)
-* tracingoff: Diagnostics. (line 18)
-* triplecolumns: Multiple columns. (line 7)
-* tt: Packages known to work.
- (line 77)
-* ttfamily: Packages known to work.
- (line 73)
-* uncatcodespecials: Verbatim listing. (line 57)
-* uncatcodespecials <1>: Category codes. (line 49)
-* unorderedlist: Lists. (line 20)
-* unorderedlistdepth: Formatting lists. (line 41)
-* unorderedmarker: Formatting lists. (line 37)
-* url: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* url (hyperlink type): Link types for hypertex.
- (line 14)
-* url (hyperlink type) <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 25)
-* url (hyperlinks): URL hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* usepackage: The \usepackage command.
- (line 6)
-* varrowlength: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 28)
-* varrowlength <1>: Commutative diagram parameters.
- (line 14)
-* vchannel: Commutative diagram parameters.
- (line 39)
-* verbatim: Verbatim listing. (line 34)
-* verbatimescapechar: Verbatim listing. (line 47)
-* vgrid: Construction of commutative diagrams.
- (line 108)
-* vgrid <1>: Commutative diagram parameters.
- (line 51)
-* vline: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 82)
-* vmorphposn: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 33)
-* vmorphposn <1>: Commutative diagram parameters.
- (line 26)
-* vmorphposndn: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 38)
-* vmorphposndn <1>: Commutative diagram parameters.
- (line 28)
-* vmorphposnlft: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 40)
-* vmorphposnlft <1>: Commutative diagram parameters.
- (line 29)
-* vmorphposnrt: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 39)
-* vmorphposnrt <1>: Commutative diagram parameters.
- (line 28)
-* vmorphposnup: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 38)
-* vmorphposnup <1>: Commutative diagram parameters.
- (line 28)
-* vpenalty: Mode-specific penalties.
- (line 9)
-* vruledefaultwidth: Rules. (line 10)
-* width (destination option): Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 60)
-* width (destination option) <1>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 40)
-* width (hyperlink option): Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 128)
-* writenumberedtocentry: Writing the .toc file.
- (line 13)
-* writenumberedtocline: Writing the .toc file.
- (line 36)
-* writetocentry: Writing the .toc file.
- (line 7)
-* XeLaTeX: Logos. (line 11)
-* XeTeX: Logos. (line 11)
-* xrdef: Page references. (line 10)
-* xrdef (hyperlinks): Page reference hyperlinks.
- (line 6)
-* xref: Page references. (line 14)
-* xref (hyperlinks): Page reference hyperlinks.
- (line 10)
-* xrefn: Using generic references.
- (line 10)
-* xrefn (hyperlinks): Cross-reference hyperlinks.
- (line 14)
-* xrefpageword: Page references. (line 18)
-* xrefpageword <1>: Page reference hyperlinks.
- (line 10)
-* xrefwarning conditional: Using generic references.
- (line 14)
-* xrefwarningfalse: Citations. (line 78)
-* xrlabel: Converting to characters.
- (line 6)
-* xyz (destination type): Destination types for hypertex.
- (line 7)
-* xyz (destination type) <1>: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 7)
-* zoom (destination option): Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 7)
-* zoom (destination option) <1>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 21)
-
-
-File: eplain.info, Node: Concept index, Prev: Macro index, Up: Top
-
-Concept index
-*************
-
-
-* Menu:
-
-* *-form of LaTeX commands: Commands from LaTeX. (line 18)
-* .aux file: Citations. (line 17)
-* .aux file <1>: Cross-references. (line 11)
-* .bbl file: Citations. (line 21)
-* .bib file: Citations. (line 20)
-* .bst files: Citations. (line 70)
-* .cls files: Loading LaTeX packages.
- (line 6)
-* .eps files: Packages known to work.
- (line 91)
-* .eps files <1>: Packages known to work.
- (line 100)
-* .fmt file: Installation. (line 27)
-* .fmt file <1>: Invoking Eplain. (line 14)
-* .idx files: Indexing. (line 23)
-* .idx files <1>: Index hyperlinks. (line 14)
-* .ind files: Indexing. (line 27)
-* .ind files <1>: Index hyperlinks. (line 25)
-* .pdf files: Checking for PDF output.
- (line 6)
-* .pdf files <1>: Packages known to work.
- (line 91)
-* .pdf files <2>: Introduction to hyperlinks.
- (line 13)
-* .ps files: Introduction to hyperlinks.
- (line 13)
-* .sty files: Loading LaTeX packages.
- (line 6)
-* .toc file: Contents. (line 10)
-* active characters: Category codes. (line 12)
-* after index terms: Customizing indexing.
- (line 6)
-* alignments: Tables. (line 6)
-* all groups, specifying: Setting group types. (line 26)
-* allocation macros: Allocation macros. (line 6)
-* alphanumeric references: Citations. (line 128)
-* AMSLaTeX: Logos. (line 10)
-* amsppt.sty: Invoking Eplain. (line 92)
-* AMSTeX: Logos. (line 10)
-* AMSTeX conflicts: Invoking Eplain. (line 92)
-* arguments, ignoring: Macro arguments. (line 6)
-* arrows: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 6)
-* atom: Properties. (line 6)
-* autopict.sty: Packages known to work.
- (line 12)
-* avoiding boxed links: URL hyperlinks. (line 17)
-* avoiding boxed links <1>: Setting default types and options.
- (line 25)
-* axuiliary files, existence of: Auxiliary files. (line 6)
-* backslash character: Category codes. (line 15)
-* balancing of columns with '\singlecolumn': Multiple columns.
- (line 11)
-* Berry, Karl: Introduction. (line 30)
-* beveled hyperlink border: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 25)
-* bibliographies: Citations. (line 6)
-* bibliography fonts: Formatting bibliographies.
- (line 38)
-* bibliography items, extra space between: Formatting bibliographies.
- (line 67)
-* bibliography, formatting the: Formatting bibliographies.
- (line 6)
-* bibliography, hyperlinks: Citation hyperlinks. (line 11)
-* bibtex: Invoking Eplain. (line 103)
-* BibTeX: Citations. (line 9)
-* BibTeX <1>: Logos. (line 10)
-* black boxes: Boxes. (line 6)
-* Borceux, Francis: Construction of commutative diagrams.
- (line 79)
-* border color, hyperlink: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 13)
-* border style, hyperlink: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 19)
-* border style, hyperlink <1>: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 25)
-* border width, hyperlink: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 49)
-* Bott, Raoul: Construction of commutative diagrams.
- (line 13)
-* boxed links, avoiding: URL hyperlinks. (line 17)
-* boxed links, avoiding <1>: Setting default types and options.
- (line 25)
-* boxes, open: Boxes. (line 12)
-* braces, inside index entries: Index entries with special characters.
- (line 63)
-* brackets, inside index entries: Index entries with special characters.
- (line 85)
-* Brockett, Roger W.: Construction of commutative diagrams.
- (line 38)
-* Butterfly Lemma: Construction of commutative diagrams.
- (line 121)
-* Carlisle, David: Loading LaTeX packages.
- (line 14)
-* catcode of '@': Environment for loading packages.
- (line 35)
-* category codes: Category codes. (line 6)
-* centering: Justification. (line 6)
-* characters, converting to: Converting to characters.
- (line 6)
-* characters, special: Verbatim listing. (line 57)
-* citations: Citations. (line 6)
-* citations, formatting: Formatting citations.
- (line 6)
-* citations, hyperlinks: Citation hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* citations, undefined: Citations. (line 48)
-* cmtt8: Proofing index terms.
- (line 12)
-* color: Packages known to work.
- (line 25)
-* color, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* color, hyperlink border: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 13)
-* color, hyperlinks: URL hyperlinks. (line 17)
-* color, hyperlinks <1>: Options supported by all drivers.
- (line 37)
-* color, hyperlinks <2>: Setting default types and options.
- (line 25)
-* color, problems with pdfTeX: Packages known to work.
- (line 29)
-* color.sty: Packages known to work.
- (line 21)
-* color.sty <1>: URL hyperlinks. (line 18)
-* color.sty <2>: Hyperlink driver nolinks.
- (line 34)
-* color.sty <3>: Setting default types and options.
- (line 27)
-* color.sty <4>: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* colored links: URL hyperlinks. (line 17)
-* colored links <1>: Options supported by all drivers.
- (line 37)
-* colored links <2>: Setting default types and options.
- (line 25)
-* column balancing with '\singlecolumn': Multiple columns. (line 11)
-* column eject: Multiple columns. (line 14)
-* commas after index terms: Customizing indexing.
- (line 6)
-* commas in cross-referencing index entries: Customizing indexing.
- (line 62)
-* comments, highlighting in listings: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
- (line 7)
-* commutative diagrams: Commutative diagrams.
- (line 6)
-* contents: Contents. (line 6)
-* contents, and verbatim text: Writing the .toc file.
- (line 49)
-* contents, hyperlinks: Contents hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* ConTeXt: Packages known to work.
- (line 29)
-* continued index entries: Typesetting an index.
- (line 35)
-* covering homotopy property: Construction of commutative diagrams.
- (line 13)
-* cross-references: Cross-references. (line 6)
-* cross-references, defining general: Defining generic references.
- (line 6)
-* cross-references, defining general <1>: Using generic references.
- (line 6)
-* cross-references, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* cross-references, hyperlinks: Cross-reference hyperlinks.
- (line 6)
-* cross-referencing index entries: Modifying index entries.
- (line 36)
-* cross-referencing index entries <1>: Customizing indexing.
- (line 62)
-* 'CTRL-L', and verbatim listing: Verbatim listing. (line 30)
-* cube: Construction of commutative diagrams.
- (line 89)
-* customizing indexing: Customizing indexing.
- (line 6)
-* dashed hyperlink border: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 19)
-* dashed hyperlink border <1>: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 25)
-* date: Time of day. (line 6)
-* default hyperlink options: Setting hyperlink types and options.
- (line 6)
-* default hyperlink options <1>: Setting group types. (line 17)
-* default hyperlink type: Setting hyperlink types and options.
- (line 6)
-* default hyperlink type <1>: Setting group types. (line 17)
-* defining general references: Defining generic references.
- (line 6)
-* defining general references <1>: Using generic references.
- (line 6)
-* definitions, global: Category codes. (line 37)
-* demo files: Demo files. (line 6)
-* destgroup: Implicit hyperlinks. (line 10)
-* destgroup options: Setting hyperlink types and options.
- (line 12)
-* destgroup options <1>: Setting group options.
- (line 6)
-* destgroup options, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* destgroup type: Setting hyperlink types and options.
- (line 12)
-* destgroup type <1>: Setting group types. (line 6)
-* destgroup type, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* destgroup 'bib': Citation hyperlinks. (line 11)
-* destgroup 'definexref': Cross-reference hyperlinks.
- (line 6)
-* destgroup 'eq': Equation reference hyperlinks.
- (line 6)
-* destgroup 'foot': Footnote hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* destgroup 'footback': Footnote hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* destgroup 'idx': Index hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* destgroup 'li': List hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* destgroup 'xrdef': Page reference hyperlinks.
- (line 6)
-* destination group: Implicit hyperlinks. (line 10)
-* destination options: Introduction to hyperlinks.
- (line 105)
-* destination options, common: Options supported by all drivers.
- (line 12)
-* destination options, 'dvipdfm': Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* destination options, 'hypertex': Destination options for hypertex.
- (line 6)
-* destination options, 'pdftex': Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* destination type: Introduction to hyperlinks.
- (line 88)
-* destination types, 'dvipdfm': Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* destination types, 'hypertex': Destination types for hypertex.
- (line 6)
-* destination types, 'pdftex': Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* destinations, default options: Setting hyperlink types and options.
- (line 6)
-* destinations, default options <1>: Setting group types. (line 17)
-* destinations, default type: Setting hyperlink types and options.
- (line 6)
-* destinations, default type <1>: Setting group types. (line 17)
-* destinations, dimensions: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 34)
-* destinations, dimensions <1>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 37)
-* destinations, dimensions <2>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 40)
-* destinations, dimensions <3>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 56)
-* destinations, dimensions <4>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 60)
-* destinations, dimensions <5>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 64)
-* destinations, dimensions <6>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 68)
-* destinations, disabling: Hyperlink driver nolinks.
- (line 6)
-* destinations, disabling <1>: Turning hyperlinks on/off.
- (line 6)
-* destinations, group options: Setting hyperlink types and options.
- (line 12)
-* destinations, group options <1>: Setting group options.
- (line 6)
-* destinations, group options, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* destinations, group type: Setting hyperlink types and options.
- (line 12)
-* destinations, group type <1>: Setting group types. (line 6)
-* destinations, group type, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* destinations, in another file: Link types for hypertex.
- (line 21)
-* destinations, in another file <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 39)
-* destinations, in another file <2>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 51)
-* destinations, large operators: Options supported by all drivers.
- (line 27)
-* destinations, large operators <1>: Setting group options.
- (line 33)
-* destinations, magnification: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 21)
-* destinations, named: Link types for hypertex.
- (line 7)
-* destinations, named <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 18)
-* destinations, numbered: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 91)
-* destinations, page: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 30)
-* destinations, raising: Options supported by all drivers.
- (line 13)
-* destinations, URL: Link types for hypertex.
- (line 14)
-* destinations, URL <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 25)
-* detecting numbers: \ifinteger and \isinteger.
- (line 6)
-* diagnostics: Diagnostics. (line 6)
-* Diagram, macros for LaTeX: Construction of commutative diagrams.
- (line 79)
-* dimensions, hyperlink: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 122)
-* dimensions, hyperlink <1>: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 125)
-* dimensions, hyperlink <2>: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 128)
-* dimensions, hyperlink destination: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 34)
-* dimensions, hyperlink destination <1>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 37)
-* dimensions, hyperlink destination <2>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 40)
-* dimensions, hyperlink destination <3>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 56)
-* dimensions, hyperlink destination <4>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 60)
-* dimensions, hyperlink destination <5>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 64)
-* dimensions, hyperlink destination <6>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 68)
-* disabling hyperlinks: Hyperlink driver nolinks.
- (line 6)
-* disabling hyperlinks <1>: Turning hyperlinks on/off.
- (line 6)
-* disabling indexes: Indexing. (line 54)
-* displayed math and hyperlinks: Options supported by all drivers.
- (line 27)
-* displayed math and hyperlinks <1>: Setting group options.
- (line 33)
-* displays, left-justifying: Displays. (line 6)
-* do...while loops: Iteration. (line 6)
-* double column output: Multiple columns. (line 6)
-* double columns in indexes: Typesetting an index.
- (line 24)
-* 'draft', option for 'graphics.sty': Packages known to work.
- (line 69)
-* driver 'dvipdfm': Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* driver 'hypertex': Hyperlink driver hypertex.
- (line 6)
-* driver 'nolinks': Hyperlink driver nolinks.
- (line 6)
-* driver 'pdftex': Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* drivers, hyperlink: Introduction to hyperlinks.
- (line 6)
-* dvipdfm: Introduction to hyperlinks.
- (line 36)
-* dvipdfm <1>: Hyperlink driver hypertex.
- (line 13)
-* dvipdfm <2>: Hyperlink driver hypertex.
- (line 47)
-* 'dvipdfm', destination options: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* 'dvipdfm', destination types: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* 'dvipdfm', hyperlink driver: Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* 'dvipdfm', link options: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* 'dvipdfm', link types: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* dvips: Hyperlink driver hypertex.
- (line 13)
-* dvips <1>: Hyperlink driver hypertex.
- (line 32)
-* Eijkhout, Victor: Iteration. (line 61)
-* eject in multicolumns: Multiple columns. (line 14)
-* electronic mail addresses, breaking: Paths. (line 6)
-* electronic mail addresses, breaking <1>: Packages known to work.
- (line 121)
-* empty argument, checking for: \ifempty. (line 6)
-* empty equation labels: Equation references. (line 22)
-* empty equation labels, referring to: Equation references. (line 27)
-* empty string, checking for: \ifempty. (line 6)
-* Encapsulated PostScript: Packages known to work.
- (line 91)
-* Encapsulated PostScript <1>: Packages known to work.
- (line 100)
-* environments, user-defined: User-defined environments.
- (line 6)
-* Eplain, installing: Installation. (line 6)
-* Eplain, invoking: Invoking Eplain. (line 6)
-* Eplain, purpose of: Introduction. (line 6)
-* Eplain, upgrading: Installation. (line 6)
-* eplain.aux: Installation. (line 40)
-* eplain.fmt: Installation. (line 27)
-* EPS: Packages known to work.
- (line 91)
-* EPS <1>: Packages known to work.
- (line 100)
-* epstopdf: Packages known to work.
- (line 91)
-* epstopdf.sty: Packages known to work.
- (line 89)
-* equation labels, characters valid in: Equation references. (line 54)
-* equation numbers, formatting of: Formatting equation references.
- (line 6)
-* equation numbers, left-alignment: Displays. (line 6)
-* equations, giving numbers to all: Equation references. (line 22)
-* equations, groups of: Subequation references.
- (line 6)
-* equations, hyperlinks: Equation reference hyperlinks.
- (line 6)
-* equations, numbering: Equation references. (line 6)
-* equations, references to: Equation references. (line 6)
-* error messages: Diagnostics. (line 24)
-* error on '\input': Environment for loading packages.
- (line 41)
-* escape character, changing verbatim: Verbatim listing. (line 47)
-* eTeX: Logos. (line 10)
-* exact index hyperlinks: Exact destinations for index terms.
- (line 28)
-* expansion, one-level: \expandonce. (line 6)
-* explicit hyperlinks: Explicit hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* explicit hyperlinks, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* ExTeX: Logos. (line 10)
-* file, hyperlink to: Link types for hypertex.
- (line 21)
-* file, hyperlink to <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 39)
-* file, hyperlink to <2>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 51)
-* 'file:' links: General hyperlinks. (line 37)
-* filenames, breaking: Paths. (line 6)
-* filenames, breaking <1>: Packages known to work.
- (line 121)
-* files, verbatim listing of: Verbatim listing. (line 6)
-* files, verbatim listing of, demo: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
- (line 7)
-* filtering index entries with hyperlinks: Exact destinations for index terms.
- (line 33)
-* footnotes, hyperlinks: Footnote hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* footnotes, numbered: Footnotes. (line 6)
-* for loops: Iteration. (line 6)
-* form feed character, and verbatim listing: Verbatim listing.
- (line 30)
-* format file: Installation. (line 27)
-* formatting index entries: Typesetting an index.
- (line 35)
-* fractions: Fractions. (line 6)
-* Ghostscript: Hyperlink driver hypertex.
- (line 13)
-* Ghostscript <1>: Hyperlink driver hypertex.
- (line 35)
-* gobbling arguments: Macro arguments. (line 6)
-* golden mean: Construction of commutative diagrams.
- (line 59)
-* golden mean <1>: Construction of commutative diagrams.
- (line 59)
-* Graham, Ronald L.: Citations. (line 91)
-* graphics collection, LaTeX: Loading LaTeX packages.
- (line 14)
-* graphics collection, LaTeX <1>: Packages known to work.
- (line 25)
-* graphics collection, LaTeX <2>: Hyperlink driver nolinks.
- (line 34)
-* graphics collection, LaTeX, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* graphics, omitting typesetting of: Packages known to work.
- (line 69)
-* graphics, problems with pdfTeX: Packages known to work.
- (line 29)
-* graphics.sty: Packages known to work.
- (line 22)
-* graphicx.sty: Packages known to work.
- (line 23)
-* graphicx.sty <1>: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* grid: Construction of commutative diagrams.
- (line 79)
-* group option list: Setting group options.
- (line 48)
-* group options, hyperlink: Setting hyperlink types and options.
- (line 12)
-* group options, hyperlink <1>: Setting group options.
- (line 6)
-* group options, hyperlink, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* group type, hyperlink: Setting hyperlink types and options.
- (line 12)
-* group type, hyperlink <1>: Setting group types. (line 6)
-* group type, hyperlink, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* group '' (empty): Setting group types. (line 17)
-* group '*': Setting group types. (line 26)
-* group 'bib': Citation hyperlinks. (line 11)
-* group 'cite': Citation hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* group 'definexref': Cross-reference hyperlinks.
- (line 6)
-* group 'eq': Equation reference hyperlinks.
- (line 6)
-* group 'eq' <1>: Equation reference hyperlinks.
- (line 20)
-* group 'eq' <2>: Setting group options.
- (line 34)
-* group 'foot': Footnote hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* group 'footback': Footnote hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* group 'hrefext': General hyperlinks. (line 21)
-* group 'hrefint': General hyperlinks. (line 12)
-* group 'idx': Index hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* group 'li': List hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* group 'ref': Cross-reference hyperlinks.
- (line 11)
-* group 'url': URL hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* group 'xrdef': Page reference hyperlinks.
- (line 6)
-* group 'xref': Page reference hyperlinks.
- (line 10)
-* group, destination: Implicit hyperlinks. (line 10)
-* group, disabling hyperlinks: Turning hyperlinks on/off for a group.
- (line 6)
-* group, link: Implicit hyperlinks. (line 10)
-* group, preserving option list: Setting group options.
- (line 21)
-* groups, specifying all: Setting group types. (line 26)
-* hanging on '\input': Environment for loading packages.
- (line 41)
-* help messages: Diagnostics. (line 24)
-* highlight modes, hyperlink: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 69)
-* highlighting: Packages known to work.
- (line 111)
-* highlighting, in listings: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
- (line 7)
-* Ho"ppner, Klaus: Packages known to work.
- (line 83)
-* hooks: Hooks. (line 6)
-* hyperlink border color: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 13)
-* hyperlink color: URL hyperlinks. (line 17)
-* hyperlink color <1>: Options supported by all drivers.
- (line 37)
-* hyperlink color <2>: Setting default types and options.
- (line 25)
-* hyperlink destination, dimensions: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 34)
-* hyperlink destination, dimensions <1>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 37)
-* hyperlink destination, dimensions <2>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 40)
-* hyperlink destination, dimensions <3>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 56)
-* hyperlink destination, dimensions <4>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 60)
-* hyperlink destination, dimensions <5>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 64)
-* hyperlink destination, dimensions <6>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 68)
-* hyperlink destination, magnification: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 21)
-* hyperlink destination, named: Link types for hypertex.
- (line 7)
-* hyperlink destination, named <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 18)
-* hyperlink destination, numbered: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 91)
-* hyperlink destination, page: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 30)
-* hyperlink destination, raising: Options supported by all drivers.
- (line 13)
-* hyperlink dimensions: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 122)
-* hyperlink dimensions <1>: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 125)
-* hyperlink dimensions <2>: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 128)
-* hyperlink driver 'dvipdfm': Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* hyperlink driver 'hypertex': Hyperlink driver hypertex.
- (line 6)
-* hyperlink driver 'nolinks': Hyperlink driver nolinks.
- (line 6)
-* hyperlink driver 'pdftex': Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* hyperlink drivers: Introduction to hyperlinks.
- (line 6)
-* hyperlink group, disabling hyperlinks: Turning hyperlinks on/off for a group.
- (line 6)
-* hyperlink group, preserving option list: Setting group options.
- (line 21)
-* hyperlink options, common: Options supported by all drivers.
- (line 6)
-* hyperlinks, bibliography: Citation hyperlinks. (line 11)
-* hyperlinks, border style: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 19)
-* hyperlinks, border style <1>: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 25)
-* hyperlinks, border width: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 49)
-* hyperlinks, citations: Citation hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* hyperlinks, cross-references: Cross-reference hyperlinks.
- (line 6)
-* hyperlinks, default options: Setting hyperlink types and options.
- (line 6)
-* hyperlinks, default options <1>: Setting group types. (line 17)
-* hyperlinks, default type: Setting hyperlink types and options.
- (line 6)
-* hyperlinks, default type <1>: Setting group types. (line 17)
-* hyperlinks, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* hyperlinks, disabling: Hyperlink driver nolinks.
- (line 6)
-* hyperlinks, disabling <1>: Turning hyperlinks on/off.
- (line 6)
-* hyperlinks, equations: Equation reference hyperlinks.
- (line 6)
-* hyperlinks, explicit: Explicit hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* hyperlinks, explicit, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* hyperlinks, filtering index entries: Exact destinations for index terms.
- (line 33)
-* hyperlinks, footnotes: Footnote hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* hyperlinks, group option list: Setting group options.
- (line 48)
-* hyperlinks, group options: Setting hyperlink types and options.
- (line 12)
-* hyperlinks, group options <1>: Setting group options.
- (line 6)
-* hyperlinks, group options, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* hyperlinks, group type: Setting hyperlink types and options.
- (line 12)
-* hyperlinks, group type <1>: Setting group types. (line 6)
-* hyperlinks, highlight mode: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 69)
-* hyperlinks, implicit: Implicit hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* hyperlinks, implicit, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* hyperlinks, index: Index hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* hyperlinks, index destination placement: Choosing destination placement.
- (line 6)
-* hyperlinks, index, exact: Exact destinations for index terms.
- (line 28)
-* hyperlinks, large operators: Options supported by all drivers.
- (line 27)
-* hyperlinks, large operators <1>: Setting group options.
- (line 33)
-* hyperlinks, lists: List hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* hyperlinks, opening in a new window: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 90)
-* hyperlinks, page references: Page reference hyperlinks.
- (line 6)
-* hyperlinks, preserving page-breaking: Hyperlink driver nolinks.
- (line 6)
-* hyperlinks, preserving spacing: Hyperlink driver nolinks.
- (line 6)
-* hyperlinks, see and see also index entries: Hyperlinks in see and see also entries.
- (line 6)
-* hyperlinks, table of contents: Contents hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* hyperlinks, to another file: Link types for hypertex.
- (line 21)
-* hyperlinks, to another file <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 39)
-* hyperlinks, to another file <2>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 51)
-* hyperlinks, URL: General hyperlinks. (line 20)
-* hyperlinks, URL <1>: URL hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* hyperlinks, URL <2>: Link types for hypertex.
- (line 14)
-* hyperlinks, URL <3>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 25)
-* hyperref.sty: Packages known not to work.
- (line 9)
-* 'hypertex', destination options: Destination options for hypertex.
- (line 6)
-* 'hypertex', destination types: Destination types for hypertex.
- (line 6)
-* 'hypertex', hyperlink driver: Hyperlink driver hypertex.
- (line 6)
-* 'hypertex', link options: Link options for hypertex.
- (line 6)
-* 'hypertex', link types: Link types for hypertex.
- (line 6)
-* hypertext links: Hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* identifying numbers: \ifinteger and \isinteger.
- (line 6)
-* idxuniq: Exact destinations for index terms.
- (line 33)
-* ignoring arguments: Macro arguments. (line 6)
-* implicit hyperlinks: Implicit hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* implicit hyperlinks, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* inaccessible macros: Category codes. (line 19)
-* index entries and ranges: Modifying index entries.
- (line 22)
-* index entries containing braces: Index entries with special characters.
- (line 63)
-* index entries containing brackets: Index entries with special characters.
- (line 85)
-* index entries with special characters: Index entries with special characters.
- (line 6)
-* index entries' page numbers, modifying: Modifying index entries.
- (line 6)
-* index entries, and cross-referencing: Modifying index entries.
- (line 36)
-* index entries, and cross-referencing <1>: Customizing indexing.
- (line 62)
-* index entries, proofing: Proofing index terms.
- (line 6)
-* index entries, with verbatim text: Index entries with special characters.
- (line 40)
-* index entry continuations: Typesetting an index.
- (line 35)
-* index entry formatting: Typesetting an index.
- (line 35)
-* index entry general sorting: Indexing commands. (line 50)
-* index fonts: Typesetting an index.
- (line 24)
-* index groupings: Typesetting an index.
- (line 54)
-* index hyperlink: Index hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* index typesetting: Typesetting an index.
- (line 6)
-* index, and verbatim text: Index entries with special characters.
- (line 40)
-* index, choosing destination placement: Choosing destination placement.
- (line 6)
-* index, destination placement: Choosing destination placement.
- (line 6)
-* index, exact hyperlinks: Exact destinations for index terms.
- (line 28)
-* index, hyperlinks in see and see also entries: Hyperlinks in see and see also entries.
- (line 6)
-* index, parsing page numbers: Page destinations for index terms.
- (line 32)
-* index, placement of destinations: Choosing destination placement.
- (line 6)
-* index, selecting destination placement: Choosing destination placement.
- (line 6)
-* index, underlining page numbers: Page list and page range parsers.
- (line 26)
-* indexes, disabling: Indexing. (line 54)
-* indexes, multiple: Indexing. (line 36)
-* indexing: Indexing. (line 6)
-* indexing and trailing spaces: Indexing terms. (line 20)
-* indexing commands: Indexing commands. (line 6)
-* indexing terms: Indexing terms. (line 6)
-* insertion classes: Multiple columns. (line 38)
-* inset hyperlink border: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 25)
-* installation: Installation. (line 6)
-* integers, detecting: \ifinteger and \isinteger.
- (line 6)
-* italic correction: Formatting bibliographies.
- (line 45)
-* item labels, changing: Formatting lists. (line 53)
-* iteration: Iteration. (line 6)
-* justification: Justification. (line 6)
-* Knuth, Donald Ervin: Citations. (line 91)
-* Knuth, Donald Ervin <1>: Category codes. (line 7)
-* labels on items, changing: Formatting lists. (line 53)
-* labels, characters valid in: Cross-references. (line 20)
-* labels, empty equation: Equation references. (line 22)
-* labels, empty equation, referring to: Equation references. (line 27)
-* Lamport, Leslie: Introduction. (line 15)
-* LAMSTeX: Logos. (line 11)
-* Lang, Serge: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 126)
-* Lang, Serge <1>: Construction of commutative diagrams.
- (line 121)
-* large operators and hyperlinks: Options supported by all drivers.
- (line 27)
-* large operators and hyperlinks <1>: Setting group options.
- (line 33)
-* LaTeX: Introduction. (line 15)
-* LaTeX <1>: Citations. (line 10)
-* LaTeX <2>: Logos. (line 11)
-* LaTeX <3>: Slanted lines and vectors.
- (line 7)
-* LaTeX commands, in 'btxmac.tex': Commands from LaTeX. (line 6)
-* LaTeX graphics collection: Loading LaTeX packages.
- (line 14)
-* LaTeX graphics collection <1>: Packages known to work.
- (line 25)
-* LaTeX graphics collection <2>: Hyperlink driver nolinks.
- (line 34)
-* LaTeX graphics collection, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* LaTeX packages: Loading LaTeX packages.
- (line 6)
-* LaTeX packages <1>: Packages known to work.
- (line 6)
-* LaTeX packages <2>: Packages known not to work.
- (line 6)
-* LaTeX packages, restoring '\input': Environment for loading packages.
- (line 24)
-* left-alignment of equation numbers: Displays. (line 6)
-* left-justification: Justification. (line 6)
-* left-justification of displays: Displays. (line 6)
-* letterspacing: Packages known to work.
- (line 111)
-* linear systems theory: Construction of commutative diagrams.
- (line 38)
-* lines: Slanted lines and vectors.
- (line 15)
-* link group: Implicit hyperlinks. (line 10)
-* link options: Introduction to hyperlinks.
- (line 105)
-* link options, common: Options supported by all drivers.
- (line 35)
-* link options, 'dvipdfm': Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* link options, 'hypertex': Link options for hypertex.
- (line 6)
-* link options, 'pdftex': Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* link type: Introduction to hyperlinks.
- (line 88)
-* link types, 'dvipdfm': Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* link types, 'hypertex': Link types for hypertex.
- (line 6)
-* link types, 'pdftex': Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* link, group options: Setting hyperlink types and options.
- (line 12)
-* link, group options <1>: Setting group options.
- (line 6)
-* link, group options, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* link, group type: Setting hyperlink types and options.
- (line 12)
-* link, group type <1>: Setting group types. (line 6)
-* linkgroup: Implicit hyperlinks. (line 10)
-* linkgroup options: Setting hyperlink types and options.
- (line 12)
-* linkgroup options <1>: Setting group options.
- (line 6)
-* linkgroup options, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* linkgroup type: Setting hyperlink types and options.
- (line 12)
-* linkgroup type <1>: Setting group types. (line 6)
-* linkgroup 'cite': Citation hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* linkgroup 'eq': Equation reference hyperlinks.
- (line 20)
-* linkgroup 'eq' <1>: Setting group options.
- (line 34)
-* linkgroup 'foot': Footnote hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* linkgroup 'footback': Footnote hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* linkgroup 'hrefext': General hyperlinks. (line 21)
-* linkgroup 'hrefint': General hyperlinks. (line 12)
-* linkgroup 'idx': Index hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* linkgroup 'ref': Cross-reference hyperlinks.
- (line 11)
-* linkgroup 'url': URL hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* linkgroup 'xref': Page reference hyperlinks.
- (line 10)
-* links, hypertext: Hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* list of figures: Alternative contents files.
- (line 6)
-* list of tables: Alternative contents files.
- (line 6)
-* listing files: Verbatim listing. (line 6)
-* listing files, demo: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
- (line 7)
-* lists: Lists. (line 6)
-* lists, formatting: Formatting lists. (line 6)
-* lists, hyperlinks: List hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* loading packages, environment for: Environment for loading packages.
- (line 6)
-* logos: Logos. (line 6)
-* lookahead without spaces: \futurenonspacelet. (line 6)
-* loops: Iteration. (line 6)
-* lscommnt.tex: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
- (line 7)
-* magnification, hyperlink destination: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 21)
-* makeindex: Invoking Eplain. (line 103)
-* makeindex <1>: Indexing. (line 14)
-* makeindex <2>: Index hyperlinks. (line 12)
-* margins, changing: Margins. (line 6)
-* margins, index terms in: Proofing index terms.
- (line 6)
-* mathematics displays, formatting: Displays. (line 6)
-* mathematics displays, hyperlinks: Options supported by all drivers.
- (line 27)
-* mathematics displays, hyperlinks <1>: Setting group options.
- (line 33)
-* Metafont: Logos. (line 11)
-* miniltx.tex: Loading LaTeX packages.
- (line 14)
-* minimal realizations: Construction of commutative diagrams.
- (line 38)
-* modifying index entries' page numbers: Modifying index entries.
- (line 6)
-* morphisms: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 6)
-* multiple column output: Multiple columns. (line 6)
-* multiple indexes: Indexing. (line 36)
-* named destination: Link types for hypertex.
- (line 7)
-* named destination <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 18)
-* names, of TeX variants: Logos. (line 6)
-* new window, opening hyperlink in: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 90)
-* newlinechar: Diagnostics. (line 26)
-* newlines, obeying: Obeying spaces. (line 6)
-* 'nolinks', hyperlink driver: Hyperlink driver nolinks.
- (line 6)
-* numbered destination: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 91)
-* numbered lists: Lists. (line 6)
-* numbered references: Citations. (line 91)
-* numbers, detecting: \ifinteger and \isinteger.
- (line 6)
-* numbers, written form of: Writing out numbers. (line 6)
-* Oberdiek, Heiko: Checking for PDF output.
- (line 24)
-* omitting hyperlinks: Hyperlink driver nolinks.
- (line 6)
-* omitting hyperlinks <1>: Turning hyperlinks on/off.
- (line 6)
-* omitting typesetting of graphics: Packages known to work.
- (line 69)
-* open boxes: Boxes. (line 12)
-* option list, group: Setting group options.
- (line 48)
-* option list, preserving for group: Setting group options.
- (line 21)
-* options, destination, common: Options supported by all drivers.
- (line 12)
-* options, destination, 'dvipdfm': Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* options, destination, 'hypertex': Destination options for hypertex.
- (line 6)
-* options, destination, 'pdftex': Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* options, link and destination: Introduction to hyperlinks.
- (line 105)
-* options, link, common: Options supported by all drivers.
- (line 35)
-* options, link, 'dvipdfm': Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* options, link, 'hypertex': Link options for hypertex.
- (line 6)
-* options, link, 'pdftex': Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* ordered list: Lists. (line 6)
-* output routine and index proofing: Proofing index terms.
- (line 28)
-* overstriking: Packages known to work.
- (line 111)
-* packages, LaTeX: Loading LaTeX packages.
- (line 6)
-* packages, LaTeX <1>: Packages known to work.
- (line 6)
-* packages, LaTeX <2>: Packages known not to work.
- (line 6)
-* page destination: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 30)
-* page list, parsing: Page destinations for index terms.
- (line 32)
-* page range, parsing: Page destinations for index terms.
- (line 32)
-* page reference hyperlink: Page reference hyperlinks.
- (line 6)
-* page-breaking, preserving with hyperlinks: Hyperlink driver nolinks.
- (line 6)
-* parsing page numbers: Page destinations for index terms.
- (line 32)
-* Patashnik, Oren: Citations. (line 9)
-* pathnames, breaking: Paths. (line 6)
-* pathnames, breaking <1>: Packages known to work.
- (line 121)
-* PDF: Packages known to work.
- (line 91)
-* PDF output: Checking for PDF output.
- (line 6)
-* pdftex: Invoking Eplain. (line 114)
-* pdftex <1>: Checking for PDF output.
- (line 6)
-* pdftex <2>: Introduction to hyperlinks.
- (line 35)
-* 'pdftex', destination options: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* 'pdftex', destination types: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* 'pdftex', hyperlink driver: Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* 'pdftex', link options: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* 'pdftex', link types: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* pdfTeX, problems using color and graphics: Packages known to work.
- (line 29)
-* pdfTeX, problems with 'supp-mis.tex': Packages known to work.
- (line 29)
-* pict2e.sty: Packages known not to work.
- (line 16)
-* picture mode: Packages known to work.
- (line 14)
-* picture mode <1>: Slanted lines and vectors.
- (line 7)
-* Portable Document Format: Packages known to work.
- (line 91)
-* PostScript point: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 66)
-* PostScript point <1>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 50)
-* PostScript point <2>: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 49)
-* proofing index terms: Proofing index terms.
- (line 6)
-* properties: Properties. (line 6)
-* ps2pdf: Hyperlink driver hypertex.
- (line 14)
-* ps2pdf <1>: Hyperlink driver hypertex.
- (line 35)
-* psfrag.sty: Packages known to work.
- (line 98)
-* quadruple column output: Multiple columns. (line 6)
-* Rahtz, Sebastian: Loading LaTeX packages.
- (line 14)
-* raising hyperlink destinations: Options supported by all drivers.
- (line 13)
-* raising hyperlink destinations <1>: Setting group options.
- (line 33)
-* ranges and index entry: Modifying index entries.
- (line 22)
-* recognizing numbers: \ifinteger and \isinteger.
- (line 6)
-* rectangles: Boxes. (line 6)
-* references, alphanumeric: Citations. (line 128)
-* references, defining general: Defining generic references.
- (line 6)
-* references, defining general <1>: Using generic references.
- (line 6)
-* references, numbered: Citations. (line 91)
-* register allocation: Allocation macros. (line 6)
-* restoring '\input', LaTeX packages: Environment for loading packages.
- (line 24)
-* return character: Category codes. (line 40)
-* right-justification: Justification. (line 6)
-* rms: Introduction. (line 16)
-* rotation: Packages known to work.
- (line 25)
-* rotation, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* rule thickness: Rules. (line 7)
-* 'run:' links: General hyperlinks. (line 38)
-* scaling: Packages known to work.
- (line 25)
-* scaling, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* sed: Customizing indexing.
- (line 64)
-* see also index entries and hyperlinks: Hyperlinks in see and see also entries.
- (line 6)
-* see also index entries and sorting: Customizing indexing.
- (line 49)
-* see, and index entries: Modifying index entries.
- (line 36)
-* see, and index entries <1>: Customizing indexing.
- (line 62)
-* see, and index entries, hyperlinks: Hyperlinks in see and see also entries.
- (line 6)
-* silent indexing: Indexing terms. (line 6)
-* skipping tokens: \ifundefined. (line 10)
-* skipping tokens <1>: \ifempty. (line 12)
-* SLiTeX: Logos. (line 11)
-* Snake Lemma: Arrows and morphisms.
- (line 130)
-* solid hyperlink border: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 25)
-* sorting an index: Indexing. (line 6)
-* sorting of index entries: Indexing commands. (line 50)
-* soul.sty: Packages known to work.
- (line 109)
-* space above index entries: Typesetting an index.
- (line 35)
-* spaces, ignoring: \futurenonspacelet. (line 6)
-* spaces, obeying: Obeying spaces. (line 6)
-* spaces, trailing and indexing commands: Indexing terms. (line 20)
-* spacing out: Packages known to work.
- (line 111)
-* spacing, preserving with hyperlinks: Hyperlink driver nolinks.
- (line 6)
-* special characters: Verbatim listing. (line 57)
-* special characters, in index entries: Index entries with special characters.
- (line 6)
-* special characters, in table of contents: Writing the .toc file.
- (line 49)
-* Stallman, Richard: Introduction. (line 16)
-* striking out: Packages known to work.
- (line 111)
-* style, hyperlink border: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 25)
-* subequations, referring to: Subequation references.
- (line 6)
-* subterm in indexing: Indexing terms. (line 13)
-* supp-mis.tex, problems with pdfTeX: Packages known to work.
- (line 29)
-* supp-pdf.tex: Packages known to work.
- (line 29)
-* table of contents: Contents. (line 6)
-* table of contents, and verbatim text: Writing the .toc file.
- (line 49)
-* table of contents, hyperlinks: Contents hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* table of contents, short: Reading the .toc file.
- (line 19)
-* table of contents, short <1>: Macro arguments. (line 10)
-* tables: Tables. (line 6)
-* tabs: Obeying spaces. (line 22)
-* TeX by Topic: Iteration. (line 61)
-* TeX Frequently Asked Question: \ifinteger and \isinteger.
- (line 26)
-* TEXFORMATS: Installation. (line 43)
-* texi2dvi: Invoking Eplain. (line 103)
-* texi2dvi <1>: Citations. (line 102)
-* texi2dvi <2>: Indexing. (line 33)
-* Texinfo: Introduction. (line 15)
-* TEXINPUTS: Installation. (line 23)
-* time of day: Time of day. (line 6)
-* 'toc' files, writing several: Changing the .toc file's root name.
- (line 12)
-* tracing: Diagnostics. (line 6)
-* trailing spaces and indexing commands: Indexing terms. (line 20)
-* trimsee: Customizing indexing.
- (line 65)
-* triple column output: Multiple columns. (line 6)
-* Tu, Loring W.: Construction of commutative diagrams.
- (line 13)
-* TUGboat: Introduction. (line 64)
-* type, link and destination: Introduction to hyperlinks.
- (line 88)
-* types, destination, 'dvipdfm': Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* types, destination, 'hypertex': Destination types for hypertex.
- (line 6)
-* types, destination, 'pdftex': Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* types, link, 'dvipdfm': Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* types, link, 'hypertex': Link types for hypertex.
- (line 6)
-* types, link, 'pdftex': Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 6)
-* typesetting an index: Typesetting an index.
- (line 6)
-* undefined control sequence, checking for: \ifundefined. (line 10)
-* undefined labels, warnings about: Installation. (line 40)
-* underline hyperlink border: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 25)
-* underlining: Packages known to work.
- (line 111)
-* underlining page numbers in index: Page list and page range parsers.
- (line 26)
-* universal mapping property: Construction of commutative diagrams.
- (line 25)
-* unordered lists: Lists. (line 6)
-* upgrading: Installation. (line 6)
-* URL for 'ifpdf.sty': Checking for PDF output.
- (line 24)
-* URL for MakeIndex: Indexing. (line 14)
-* URL for 'path.sty': Paths. (line 33)
-* URL for pdfTeX: Checking for PDF output.
- (line 6)
-* URL for 'texnames.sty': Logos. (line 15)
-* URL hyperlink: General hyperlinks. (line 20)
-* URL hyperlink <1>: URL hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* URL hyperlink <2>: Link types for hypertex.
- (line 14)
-* URL hyperlink <3>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 25)
-* url.sty: Packages known to work.
- (line 119)
-* url.sty <1>: URL hyperlinks. (line 6)
-* url.sty <2>: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* user-inaccessible macros: Category codes. (line 19)
-* vectors: Slanted lines and vectors.
- (line 15)
-* verbatim listing: Verbatim listing. (line 6)
-* verbatim listing, demo: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
- (line 7)
-* verbatim text, in index: Index entries with special characters.
- (line 40)
-* verbatim text, in table of contents: Writing the .toc file.
- (line 49)
-* version number: Introduction. (line 50)
-* Walden, David: Introduction. (line 61)
-* Warner, Frank W.: Construction of commutative diagrams.
- (line 25)
-* whatsits made by hyperlinks: Hyperlink driver nolinks.
- (line 25)
-* whatsits made by index entries: Indexing commands. (line 62)
-* while loops: Iteration. (line 6)
-* whitespace: Obeying spaces. (line 6)
-* width, hyperlink border: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 49)
-* writing several 'toc' files: Changing the .toc file's root name.
- (line 12)
-* xcolor.sty: Packages known not to work.
- (line 19)
-* xdvi: Hyperlink driver hypertex.
- (line 11)
-* XeLaTeX: Logos. (line 11)
-* xeplain.tex: Introduction. (line 6)
-* XeTeX: Logos. (line 11)
-* xhyper.tex: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 7)
-* Zassenhaus, Hans: Construction of commutative diagrams.
- (line 121)
-* zooming, hyperlink destination: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 21)
-
-
-
-Tag Table:
-Node: Top809
-Node: Introduction8254
-Node: Installation11274
-Node: Invoking Eplain13326
-Node: User definitions17923
-Node: Diagnostics19750
-Node: Rules21315
-Node: Citations22146
-Node: Formatting citations28574
-Node: Formatting bibliographies30111
-Node: Commands from LaTeX33347
-Node: Displays34321
-Node: Formatting displays35708
-Node: Time of day36341
-Node: Lists37100
-Node: Formatting lists39240
-Node: Verbatim listing41523
-Node: Contents44743
-Node: Writing the .toc file45412
-Node: Reading the .toc file48274
-Node: Changing the .toc file's root name49677
-Node: Alternative contents files50693
-Node: Cross-references51257
-Node: Defining generic references52743
-Node: Using generic references53619
-Node: Page references54903
-Node: Equation references55722
-Node: Formatting equation references58487
-Node: Subequation references62837
-Node: Indexing64753
-Node: Indexing terms67861
-Node: Indexing commands68973
-Node: Modifying index entries71992
-Node: Index entries with special characters74962
-Node: Proofing index terms79204
-Node: Typesetting an index81017
-Node: Customizing indexing83483
-Node: Justification87179
-Node: Tables88849
-Node: Margins91340
-Node: Multiple columns93493
-Node: Footnotes95530
-Node: Fractions98105
-Node: Paths98888
-Node: Logos100490
-Node: Boxes101220
-Node: Checking for PDF output103006
-Node: Loading LaTeX packages104094
-Node: The \usepackage command105451
-Node: Environment for loading packages106537
-Node: Packages known to work108877
-Node: Packages known not to work115252
-Node: Hyperlinks116013
-Node: Introduction to hyperlinks116594
-Node: Explicit hyperlinks122130
-Node: Implicit hyperlinks124415
-Node: General hyperlinks126236
-Node: URL hyperlinks127758
-Node: Citation hyperlinks129858
-Node: List hyperlinks130585
-Node: Cross-reference hyperlinks130976
-Node: Page reference hyperlinks132347
-Node: Equation reference hyperlinks133008
-Node: Index hyperlinks134398
-Node: Exact destinations for index terms136156
-Node: Page destinations for index terms138323
-Node: Choosing destination placement140941
-Node: Index page list and page range parsers141730
-Node: Hyperlinks in see and see also entries142282
-Node: Footnote hyperlinks143080
-Node: Contents hyperlinks144274
-Node: Hyperlink drivers144657
-Node: Options supported by all drivers145291
-Node: Hyperlink driver hypertex148087
-Node: Destination types for hypertex151031
-Node: Destination options for hypertex152065
-Node: Link types for hypertex152547
-Node: Link options for hypertex154554
-Node: Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm155576
-Node: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm156221
-Node: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm159700
-Node: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm162151
-Node: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm165665
-Node: Hyperlink driver nolinks169303
-Node: Setting hyperlink types and options171706
-Node: Setting default types and options172707
-Node: Setting group types174133
-Node: Setting group options175322
-Node: Turning hyperlinks on/off177803
-Node: Turning low-level commands on/off178441
-Node: Turning hyperlinks on/off for a group178954
-Node: Arrow theoretic diagrams180107
-Node: Slanted lines and vectors180485
-Node: Commutative diagrams182558
-Node: Arrows and morphisms183167
-Node: Construction of commutative diagrams187623
-Node: Commutative diagram parameters194779
-Node: Programming definitions196595
-Node: Category codes197601
-Node: Allocation macros200246
-Node: Iteration202381
-Node: Macro arguments204033
-Node: Converting to characters207400
-Node: Expansion208785
-Node: \csn and \ece209408
-Node: \edefappend209973
-Node: Hooks210520
-Node: Properties212694
-Node: \expandonce213773
-Node: \ifundefined214221
-Node: \ifempty214785
-Node: \ifinteger and \isinteger215527
-Node: \futurenonspacelet216562
-Node: Obeying spaces217157
-Node: Writing out numbers218181
-Node: Mode-specific penalties218504
-Node: Auxiliary files219233
-Node: User-defined environments220152
-Node: Page list and page range parsers221365
-Node: Demo files223497
-Node: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex)224063
-Node: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex)232412
-Node: Macro index234868
-Node: Concept index302707
-
-End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/epspdf.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/epspdf.info
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ede27f4058..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/epspdf.info
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/fontname.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/fontname.info
deleted file mode 100644
index 13a167eb1b1..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/fontname.info
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16120 +0,0 @@
-This is fontname.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.13 from
-fontname.texi.
-
-This document is in the public domain and may be used freely.
-
-INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
-START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* Naming TeX fonts: (fontname). Filenames for TeX fonts.
-END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: Top, Next: Introduction, Up: (dir)
-
-Filenames for TeX fonts
-***********************
-
-This is the Fontname document, a naming scheme for (the base part of)
-external TeX font filenames. Last update 5 July 2009.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Introduction:: Rationale and basic information about fonts.
-* Filenames for fonts:: The construction of font names.
-* Long names:: A specification for long filenames.
-* Font name lists:: Real fontnames for many existing fonts.
-* Encodings:: Specifications for various encodings.
-* General index:: Index.
-
- --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
-
-Introduction
-
-* History::
-* References::
-
-Filenames for fonts
-
-* Suppliers::
-* Typefaces::
-* Weights::
-* Variants::
-* Widths::
-
-Long names
-
-* Name mapping file:: Aliases for fonts.
-* Long naming scheme:: A way to use more than 8 alphanumerics.
-
-Font name lists
-
-* Standard PostScript fonts:: The standard 35 PostScript fonts.
-* Adobe fonts::
-* Apple fonts::
-* Bitstream fonts::
-* DTC fonts::
-* ITC fonts::
-* Linotype fonts::
-* Monotype fonts::
-* URW fonts::
-
-Encodings
-
-* 8a:: Adobe standard.
-* 8r:: TeX base.
-* dvips:: Dvips.
-* ec:: EC (aka Cork, TeX Latin 1, tex256).
-* qx:: QX, from GUST.
-* t5:: Vietnamese, from vntex.
-* texmext:: TeX math extension.
-* texmsym:: TeX math symbol.
-* texmital:: TeX math italic.
-* texnansi:: From Y&Y.
-* texnansx:: From Y&Y.
-* xl2:: OT1 + ISO Latin 2 (extended).
-* xt2:: Typewriter version of xl2.
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: Introduction, Next: Filenames for fonts, Prev: Top, Up: Top
-
-1 Introduction
-**************
-
-This is Fontname, a naming scheme for (the base part of) external TeX
-font filenames. This makes at most eight-character names from (almost)
-arbitrarily complex font names, thus helping portability of TeX
-documents. We point out some shortcomings of the scheme, and ways of
-dealing with them.
-
- Please send additions, corrections, or other comments to
-<tex-fonts@tug.org>. Email <tex-fonts-request@tug.org> to join the
-list.
-
- Besides this document, the Fontname distribution includes various
-encoding files, mapping files, and utilities. See the file `README'
-for details. You can retrieve the most up-to-date version of these
-lists from `http://tug.org/fontname'. It is also mirrored on all CTAN
-hosts in the directory `tex-archive/doc/fontname'. For a list of CTAN
-mirrors, see `http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/CTAN.sites'.
-
- This document is in the public domain and may be used freely.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* History::
-* References::
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: History, Next: References, Up: Introduction
-
-1.1 History
-===========
-
-The original inspiration for Fontname was Frank Mittelbach and Rainer
-Schoepf's article in `TUGboat' 11(2) (June 1990), which led to my
-article in `TUGboat' 11(4) (November 1990), pages 512-519. Mittelbach
-wrote another article criticizing the scheme below in `TUGboat' 13(1)
-(April 1992), pages 51-53; most of his points are well-taken, but I saw
-no alternative then, and see no alternative now. Others of his points
-are addressed in the appropriate sections below.
-
- In August 1995, Fontname version 2 was released, concomitantly with
-a new release of the PostScript fonts for use with LaTeX and Dvips.
-After several years of experience, several modifications of the original
-distribution seemed desirable: more precise specification of encodings
-(*note Variants::); machine-readable mapping files (the `*.map' files
-in the distribution) and standardizing directory names as well as font
-filenames (included in `supplier.map' and `typeface.map').
-
- In Fontname version 1, some encoding variant characters (`0', `2',
-etc.) have been reassigned to a `7' or `8' sequence (*note Variants::).
-Although this is an incompatible change, the advantages of (1)
-consistency in naming encoding variants, and (2) having some free
-variants makes it worthwhile. Also, not so coincidentally, new metrics
-for PostScript fonts in the Cork encoding were issued--same encoding,
-different metrics. So a new name served a practical purpose as well.
-
- Many people have contributed to this work. In particular, I
-gratefully acknowledge Nelson Beebe, Barbara Beeton, Rocky Bernstein,
-Thierry Bouche, Damian Cugley, Berthold K.P. Horn, Alan Jeffrey,
-Russell Lang, Pierre MacKay, Sebastian Rahtz, Jean Rivlin, and Tom
-Rokicki.
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: References, Prev: History, Up: Introduction
-
-1.2 References
-==============
-
-Related files and distributions:
-
- * The TeX Directory Structure (TDS) standard, available at
- (`http://tug.org/tds' and `CTAN:/tds') specifies a directory tree
- for all TeX library files. The directory names given in *note
- Suppliers:: and *note Typefaces:: are intended to mesh with that
- standard.
-
- * The `modes.mf' file (`ftp://tug.org/tex/modes.mf') contains
- recommended mode names to use as directory names.
-
- * The Fontinst distribution (`http://tug.org/applications/fontinst'
- supports quite general creation of virtual fonts, named according
- to the scheme given here.
-
- * The Dvips translator (`http://tug.org/dvips') supports resident
- and downloadable PostScript fonts. Dvips was the first place where
- Fontname became widely known. Dvips also includes Afm2tfm, another
- program that can create virtual fonts.
-
- * The Dviljk processor (included in TeX Live) contains TeX support
- for the fonts built into the LaserJet 4.
-
- * `Designing New Typefaces with Metafont', by Richard Southall,
- Stanford Computer Science Department Technical Report
- STAN-CS-85-1074, September 1985, for a comprehensive terminology
- of font design.
-
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: Filenames for fonts, Next: Long names, Prev: Introduction, Up: Top
-
-2 Filenames for fonts
-*********************
-
-In this scheme, names may consist of only the letters (monocase a-z),
-numerals (0-9), and underscore. Having two names which differ only in
-case is undesirable, since it results in clashes on common Windows
-filesystems.
-
- Here is the basic scheme (the spaces here are merely for
-readability):
-
- S TT W [V...] [N] [E] [DD]
-
-where
-
-S
- represents the supplier of the font.
-
-TT
- represents the typeface name.
-
-W
- represents the weight.
-
-V...
- represents the variant(s), and is omitted if both it and the width
- are normal. Many fonts have more than one variant.
-
-N
- represents the encoding, and is omitted if the encoding is
- nonstandard. Encodings are subsumed in the section on variants
- (*note Variants::).
-
-E
- represents the width ("expansion"), and is omitted if it is normal.
-
-DD
- represents the design size (in decimal), and is omitted if the
- font is linearly scaled. Mittelbach in `TUGboat' 13(1) proposes
- using hexadecimal or base-36 notation. In my opinion, the
- increased range does not make up for the unreadability of the
- common sizes (e.g., 10pt fonts would have a suffix `a' (in hex),
- or `j' (in base 36)).
-
-
- We used to try to limit font names to eight characters. This was
-never completely possible, and since DOS filesystems have become rare,
-it's no longer an issue.
-
- The weight, variants, and width are probably all best taken from the
-original name of the font, instead of trying to relate them to some
-external standard.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Suppliers::
-* Typefaces::
-* Weights::
-* Variants::
-* Widths::
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: Suppliers, Next: Typefaces, Up: Filenames for fonts
-
-2.1 Suppliers
-=============
-
-The "supplier" is the source of a font, typically a (digital) type
-foundry.
-
- You should use the supplier letter which matches the supplier you
-obtained the font from, not the original source; for example, Avant
-Garde was designed by Herb Lubalin for ITC, but Adobe also sells it.
-The name of the font that you get from Adobe should start with `p'.
-This is because font resellers typically make modifications to the
-original design.
-
- Notes on specific suppliers:
-
-`f'
- For fonts that are distributed without any specific attribution to
- the creator, by individuals, or by small foundries.
- (Unfortunately, we don't have enough characters to assign one to
- every font supplier in the world.)
-
-`r'
- obsolete; specifies raw fonts, in the old distribution of Dvips.
- New fonts should never use `r'. (The right thing to do is specify
- the correct encoding, variant, or whatever the font's
- characteristics actually are.)
-
-`z'
- for fonts that just don't fit well into the naming scheme. The `z'
- should be followed by the real supplier letter.
-
- Here is the table from the file `supplier.map'. It is organized
-alphabetically by abbreviation. Each line consists of an abbreviation,
-directory name, and comment.
-
- 0 fontfont FontFont
- 2 elsnerflake Elsner & Flake
- 5 softmake Softmaker
- 9 unknown
- a autologi Autologic
- b bitstrea Bitstream
- c cg Compugraphic
- d dtc Digital Typeface Corporation
- e apple Apple
- f public small foundries
- g gnu Free Software Foundation
- h bh Bigelow & Holmes
- i itc International Typeface Corporation
- j microsft Microsoft
- k softkey SoftKey
- l linotype Linotype
- m monotype Monotype
- n ibm IBM
- o corel Corel
- p adobe Adobe (`p' for PostScript)
- q texgyre TeX Gyre fonts from GUST Typefoundry
- r - raw (for [obsolete] use with virtual fonts)
- s sun Storm Type
- t paragrap ParaGraph
- u urw URW
- v sil SIL
- w wolfram Wolfram
- y arkandis Arkandis Digital Foundry
- z - bizarre (fontname is nonstandard)
- - autofont Eddie Kohler's autofont program
- - jknappen Joerg Knappen
- - mnm Hong Feng, free software in China
- - yandy Y&Y
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: Typefaces, Next: Weights, Prev: Suppliers, Up: Filenames for fonts
-
-2.2 Typefaces
-=============
-
-For our purposes, a "typeface" is a collection of related fonts.
-
- We sometimes use the same typeface abbreviation for fonts with
-different supplier names, where we know (usually by inspection) that
-the fonts truly are the same. This helps conserve abbreviations.
-
- Notes on specific typefaces:
-
-`ad'
-`gm'
- To explain a common confusion: `ad' is Adobe Garamond (with a
- `FontName' of `AGaramond'). This is quite different from the
- `Garamond' typeface distributed by Adobe, which is actually ITC
- Garamond. (Garamond No. 3 (`f3'), Simoncini Garamond (`ig'), and
- Stempel Garamond (`eg') are still other variations on the Garamond
- theme.)
-
-`lh'
-`ls'
-`lx'
-`r1'
- These abbreviations for Lucida typeface subfamilies, et al., solve
- a problem with names getting too long, or help conserve variant
- abbreviations. *Note Variants::. Ideally, they would not exist.
-
-`ns'
-`nt'
-`tm'
- Suppliers offer as many variations on the Times New Roman design
- as they do Garamond. Adobe has `Times', `TimesNewRoman', and
- `TimesNewRomanPS'. Although this last has been used by other
- foundries (e.g., Monotype) for a Times variation exactly
- compatible with Adobe's `Times', Adobe itself also offers it, so
- we must have abbreviations for all three.
-
-`pi'
- For pi fonts. Since names of pi fonts are rather arbitrary, it is
- not useful to try to assign typeface abbreviations to all of them.
- Instead, we use the supplier letter, `pi', an arbitarily-assigned
- three-digit number, a weight and (if necessary) a variant. For
- example, `mpi001r'. Pi font `001' for one supplier has nothing to
- do with pi font `001' for another.
-
- Here is the table, from the file `typeface.map'. It is organized
-alphabetically by abbreviation. Each line consists of an abbreviation
-and directory name, possibly followed by PostScript `FontName's and/or
-a comment in roman. The `FontName' may be preceded by a letter S and a
-`:', as in `b:Dutch'. In that case, the S is a supplier abbreviation,
-and we've used that abbreviation for the given `FontName' from that
-supplier.
-
-@c @mapfile{
-@c email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
-@c date = "18jul10",
-@c url = "http://tug.org/fontname/typeface.map",
-@c supported = "yes",
-@c docstring = "Typeface abbreviations for the TeX Fontname scheme.",
-@c license = "public domain",
-@c }
-@c
-@c
-a0 arnopro ArnoPro
-a1 arial Arial
-a2 amasis Amasis
-a3 adlib AdLib
-a4 altgoth2 AlternateGothicNo2
-a5 allegro Allegro
-a6 amelia Amelia
-a7 amertext AmericanText
-a8 aurora Aurora
-a9 adsans Adsans b:Humanist970BT
-aa aachen Aachen
-ab aboeckli ArnoldBoecklin
-ac acaslon ACaslon @r{Adobe Caslon}
-ad agaramon AGaramond @r{Adobe Garamond}
-ae andalemo AndaleMono
-ag avantgar AvantGarde m:MAvantGardeGothicPS u:URWGothicL
-ah ashleysc AshleyScript
-ai abadi Abadi
-aj ajenson AJenson
-ak arkona Arkona
-al albertus Albertus b:Flareserif821BT
-am amercana Americana b:Americana
-an anna Anna
-ao atqolive AntiqueOlive b:Incised901BT
-ap apollo Apollo
-aq antiqua Antiqua u:URWAntiqua m:BookAntiqua
-ar arcadia Arcadia
-as aldus Aldus
-at atypewri AmericanTypewriter
-au auriol Auriol b:Freeform721
-av avenir Avenir
-ax alexa Alexa
-az azdzgrot AkzidenzGrotesk b:Gothic725BT
-b0 blackoak Blackoak
-b1 blado Blado
-b2 binnyos BinnyOldStyle
-b3 braggado Braggadocio
-b4 bison Bison b:Brush738BT
-b5 binghams BinghamScript b:Freehand591BT
-b6 block Block b:Gothic821
-b7 bernhard Bernhard BernhardModern
-b8 blippo Blippo
-b9 bremen Bremen
-ba barmeno Barmeno
-bb bembo Bembo b:Aldine401BT
-bc banco Banco
-bd bodoni Bodoni u:URWBodoni
-be bell Bell
-bf biffo Biffo
-bg benguiat Benguiat
-bh bauhaus Bauhaus
-bi birch Birch
-bj birka Birka
-bk bookman Bookman m:MBookmanPS u:URWBookmanL
-bl belwe Belwe
-bm bulmer Bulmer
-bn bernard Bernard
-bo balloon Balloon
-bp bodocamp BodoniCampanile b:Modern735
-br berling Berling b:Revival565BT
-bs bakersig BakerSignet
-bt boton Boton
-bu brush BrushScript
-bv baskervi Baskerville u:URWBasker
-bw broadway Broadway
-by berkeley Berkeley
-bz balzano Balzano
-c0 carolina Carolina
-c1 calisto Calisto
-c2 casln224 CaslonTwoTwentyFour
-c3 caslon3 CaslonThree
-c4 chicago Chicago
-c5 casln540 CaslonFiveForty
-c6 clarion Clarion
-c7 compacta Compacta
-c8 calvert Calvert
-c9 codex Codex b:Calligraphic421BT
-ca caslon Caslon
-cb cooper Cooper
-cc cascade Cascade b:Freehand471BT
-cd clarendo Clarendon u:URWClarendon
-ce centenni Centennial
-cf clearfac Clearface
-cg charlema Charlemagne
-ch charter Charter
-ci candida Candida
-cj charis SILCharis TeXChariot
-ck caslonbe CaslonBookBE
-cl cloister Cloister
-cm cm @r{Computer Modern}
-cn century Century
-co cochin Cochin
-cp copperpl Copperplate
-cq cheq Cheq
-cr courier Courier m:MCourierPS m:CourierTwelveMT u:NimbusMonL
-cs cntursbk CenturySchoolbook
-ct cheltenh Cheltenham
-cu centuros CenturyOldStyle
-cv clairvx Clairvaux
-cw cottonwd Cottonwood
-cx caxton Caxton
-cy city City b:SquareSlabserif711BT
-cz choc Choc b:Staccato555BT
-d0 davida DavidaBold
-dc domcasl Dom DomCasual DomDiagonal
-dd ducberry DucDeBerry
-de dellarob DellaRobbia
-dg dogma Dogma
-di diotima Diotima b:Calligraphic810BT
-dj delta Delta
-dk diskus Diskus
-dl dolores Dolores
-dm delima Delima
-do didot DidotLH
-dr doric Doric
-ds dorchesc DorchesterScript
-dt dante Dante
-dy academy Academy
-e0 embassy Embassy
-e1 empire Empire
-e2 metatwo Meta2
-ea electra Electra b:Transitional521BT
-eb baskerbe BaskervilleBE
-ec applecha e:AppleChancery
-ee egyptian Egyptian EgyptianExtended
-ef egyptien EgyptienneF u:URWEgyptienne
-eg stgaramo StempelGaramond b:OriginalGaramondBT
-eh engsft Engschrift
-ei esprit Esprit
-ek eckmann Eckmann b:Freeform710
-el ellingtn Ellington
-en engraver Engravers
-eo amerigo Amerigo b:AmerigoBT
-er eras Eras
-es eurostil Eurostile b:Square721BT k:Minima y:Electrum
-et ehrhardt Ehrhardt
-eu euler Euler
-ev mrseaves MrsEaves
-ex exclsior Excelsior
-f0 flemishs FlemishScript
-f1 fournier Fournier
-f2 facade Facade
-f3 festival Festival
-f4 footligh Footlight
-f5 french FrenchScript
-f9 frutigernext FrutgerNext
-fa formata Formata
-fc freestyl FreeStyleScript
-fe forte Forte
-ff fairfld Fairfield b:Transitional551BT
-fg frankgth FranklinGothic
-fi figaro Figaro
-fl flora Flora
-fn fenice Fenice
-fo folio Folio
-fq frizquad FrizQuadrata
-fr frutiger Frutiger b:Humanist777BT
-fs falstaff Falstaff
-ft fettefrk FetteFraktur Fraktur
-fu futura Futura
-fv futurans FuturaNoStarchPress
-fx felixttl FelixTitling
-fy flyer Flyer
-g0 gando Gando
-g1 gothic13 GothicThirteen
-g2 giddyup Giddyup
-g3 garamon3 GaramondThree b:AmericanGaramondBT @r{Garamond No.@: 3}
-g4 gymodern GoudyModern
-g5 gycatalg GoudyCatalogue
-g6 gorilla GorillaITC
-g9 ugaramon GaramondRetrospective
-ga gillsana GillSana
-gb gothicbb GothicBBB
-gd garuda Garuda
-ge geneva e:Geneva
-gg garthgra GarthGraphic
-gh galahad Galahad
-gi georgia Georgia
-gj granjon Granjon b:ElegantGaramondBT
-gl galliard Galliard
-gm garamond Garamond u:URWGaramond
-gn gentium Gentium
-go gyoldsty GoudyOldStyle
-gp glypha Glypha
-gq grotesq Grotesque u:URWGrotesk
-gr gloucest Gloucester
-gs gillsans GillSans m:GillAltOneMT b:Humanist521BT
-gt goudytxt GoudyText
-gu guardi Guardi
-gv giovanni Giovanni
-gy goudy Goudy
-gz gazette GazetteLH
-h0 handelgo HandelGothic
-ha hadriano Hadriano
-hb hobo Hobo Tramp
-hc herculnm Herculanum
-hd headline Headline
-hg hiroshig Hiroshige
-hh highland Highlander
-hi hvinsera HelveticaInserat b:Swiss921BT
-hm charme Charme
-hn hvneue HelveticaNeue
-ho horleyos HorleyOldStyle
-hr hvround HelveticaRounded
-hs hnseati Hanseatic B:Swiss924BT
-ht hoeflert e:HoeflerText
-hv helvetic Helvetica u:NimbusSans u:NimbusSanL b:Swiss721BT b:Monospace821BT b:Swiss911BT d:Sans Newton n:SonoranSansSerif
-hw schadow Schadow
-hx huxleyvr HuxleyVertical
-i0 commscr CommercialScript
-i1 impress Impress
-i2 impuls Impuls
-i3 imperial Imperial u:URWImperial
-i4 inconsol Inconsolata
-ia insignia Insignia
-ib ibycus Ibycus
-ic impact Impact
-id isadora Isadora
-if inflex Inflex
-ig scgaramo SimonciniGaramond b:ItalianGaramond
-ii imprint Imprint
-il caecilia Caecilia
-im imago Imago
-in industri Industria
-io ionic Ionic b:News701BT
-ip impressm Impressum
-ir Irianis IrianisADF
-is italnos ItalianOldStyle
-it italia Italia
-iw ironwood Ironwood
-iy iowanold IowanOldStyle
-iz isabella Isabella
-jf jeffersn Jefferson b:Freehand575BT
-jn janson Janson
-jo joanna Joanna
-jp juniper Juniper
-k0 calibri Calibri
-k1 cambria Cambria
-k2 candara Candara
-k3 consolas Consolas
-k4 constant Constantia
-k5 corbel Corbel
-kb kabel Kabel
-kg bankgoth BankGothic
-kl klang Klang
-kn kino Kino
-ko bookmano BookmanOldStyle
-kp kepler Kepler
-kr korinna Korinna
-ks kuenstsc KuenstlerScript
-ku kaufmann Kaufmann
-kw kolo Kolo
-kx kigali Kigali
-l0 lineart LinearT u:URWLinear
-l1 liberty Liberty
-l2 libra Libra
-l3 lucia Lucia
-l4 lucian Lucian
-l5 baltica Baltica
-l6 literatu Literaturnaya
-l7 luxiseri LuxiSerif
-l8 luxisans LuxiSans
-l9 luximono LuxiMono
-lb lubaling LubalinGraph
-lc lucida Lucida
-le legacy Legacy
-lf life Life
-lg lettrgth LetterGothic ISILGothic
-lh lubright LucidaBright
-li latin Latin
-ll linolett LinoLetter
-lm lmodern LatinModern
-ln lino Lino
-lo lithos Lithos
-ls lucsans LucidaSans
-lt lutetia Lutetia
-lw leawood Leawood
-lx lucidfax LucidaFax
-ly lydian Lydian
-lz legacysans LegacySans
-m0 monospac Monospace
-m1 monolisc MonolineScript
-m2 metro Metro b:Geometric415BT
-m3 mirarae Mirarae
-m4 mrearl MisterEarl
-m5 murrayhl MurrayHill
-m6 mittlsft Mittelschrift
-m7 matura Matura
-m8 monotyos MonotypeOldStyle
-ma mandate Mandate b:Freehand521BT
-mc monaco e:Monaco
-md meridien Meridien
-me mercursc MercuriusScript
-mg marigold Marigold
-mh machine Machine
-mi medici Medici
-mj mojo Mojo
-ml melior Melior b:ZapfElliptical711BT
-mn minion Minion
-mo modern Modern b:Modern20BT
-mp memphis Memphis b:GeometricSlab703BT
-mq mesquite Mesquite
-mr madrone Madrone
-ms mistral Mistral b:Staccato222BT
-mt minister Minister
-mv malvern Malvern
-mx maximus Maximus
-my myriad Myriad
-mz amazone Amazone
-n0 normande Normande
-n1 binner Binner @r{not really a family}
-n7 news706 News706
-na newaster NewAster
-nb nbaskerv NewBaskerville
-nc ncntrsbk NewCenturySchlbk u:CenturySchL
-nd ncaledon NewCaledonia
-nf nofret Nofret
-ng newsgth NewsGothic
-ni nimrod Nimrod
-nk neograph Neographik
-nl neuland Neuland b:Informal011BT
-nm nimbus Nimbus
-nn nclarend NewClarendon
-no notredam NotreDame
-np nsplanti NewsPlantin
-nr nberolin NewBerolina
-ns timesnps TimesNewRomanPS
-nt timesnew TimesNewRoman m:TimesNR n:SonoranSerif
-nu nuptial Nuptial
-nv novarese Novarese
-nw neueunzi NeueHammerUnziale
-nx nyx Nyx
-ny nyala Nyala
-nz neuzeits NeuzeitS
-o0 oldreadf OldDreadfulNo7
-o1 oranda Oranda
-o2 orbitb OrbitB
-o3 colonna Colonna
-o4 oceansan OceanSans
-o5 comic Comic
-o6 colombine Colombine l:ColombineLT
-o7 oldsty7 OldStyleSeven
-o8 officina Officina
-oa ocra OCR-A
-ob ocrb OCR-B
-oc concorde Concorde
-oe oldengli OldEnglish
-of oxford Oxford
-oi ondine Ondine Mermaid b:FormalScript421BT
-oj oldclaud OldClaude
-ol colmcill Colmcille
-om omnia Omnia
-on corona Corona
-op optima Optima d:Optimum b:ZapfHumanist601BT Omega u:Classico
-oq ouch Ouch
-or orator Orator
-os oldstyle OldStyle
-ot coronet Coronet b:Ribbon131BT
-ov octavian Octavian
-ox onyx Onyx
-oy olympian Olympian l:OlympicLH
-oz ozhandcr OzHandicraft
-p0 poplar Poplar
-p1 palacesc PalaceScript
-p2 pepita Pepita
-p3 palette Palette b:Brush445BT
-p4 pioneer PioneerITC
-p5 piranesi Piranesi
-p6 blueprin Blueprint
-p7 petersbu Petersburg
-pa parkave ParkAvenue
-pb ptbarnum PtBarnum
-pc poetica PoeticaChancery s:Scriptoria
-pd placard Placard
-pe prestige PrestigeElite
-pf profile Profile Profil b:Decorated035BT
-pg peignot Peignot b:Exotic350BT
-ph photina Photina
-pi pi @r{pi fonts---see text and @file{*.map} files}
-pj pompeija Pompeijana
-pl palatino Palatino d:Palton b:ZapfCalligraphic801BT u:URWPalladioL Palmspring k:Palindrome
-pm postmed PostMediaeval
-pn plantin Plantin b:Aldine721BT
-po ponderos Ponderosa
-pp perpetua Perpetua b:Lapidary333BT
-pq postatqa PostAntiqua
-pr popplres PopplResidenz
-ps parisian Parisian
-pt present Present
-pu popplaud PopplLaudatio
-pw perrywoo Perrywood
-px popplpfx PopplPontifex
-py playbill Playbill
-pz poliphil Poliphilus
-qr quorum Quorum
-qs bellevue Bellevue
-qt boulevar Boulevard
-r0 romana Romana
-r1 rotis RotisSemiSerif
-r2 cantoria Cantoria
-r3 rotis RotisSemiSans
-r4 rotis RotisSansSerif
-ra raleigh Raleigh
-rc romic Romic
-rd romande RomandeADF
-re requiem Requiem
-rm carmina Carmina
-rn rotation Rotation
-ro rotis RotisSerif
-rp reporter Reporter
-rq russelsq RussellSquare
-rr raphael Raphael
-rs arrus Arrus
-rt carta Carta
-ru runic Runic
-rv revue Revue
-rw rockwell Rockwell Slate b:GeometricSlab712BT
-rc rustican Rusticana
-ry ryumin Ryumin
-rz ruzicka RuzickaFreehandLH
-s0 sanmarco SanMarco
-s1 scotchro ScotchRoman
-s2 script Script
-s3 seagull Seagull
-s4 shotgun Shotgun ShotgunBlanks
-s5 snell Snell
-s6 stuyvesa Stuyvesant
-s7 sassoon Sassoon
-s8 stonesan StoneSans
-s9 segoescr SegoeScript
-sa scala Scala
-sb sabon Sabon b:ClassicalGaramondBT
-sc slimbach Slimbach
-se shelley Shelley
-sf serifa Serifa
-sg serifgth SerifGothic
-sh shannon Shannon
-si stoneinf StoneInformal
-sk skia e:Skia
-sl stencil Stencil
-sm spectrum Spectrum
-sn spartan Spartan
-so sonata Sonata
-sp serpenti Serpentine
-sr snellrnd SnellRoundhand
-ss stschnei StempelSchneidler
-st stone StoneSerif
-sv souvenir Souvenir
-sw swing Swing
-sx syntax Syntax
-sy symbol Symbol m:MSymbolPS u:StandardSymL
-t0 tango Tango
-t1 thunderb Thunderbird
-t2 typo TypoUpright
-tb bebodoni BodoniBE BBodoni @r{Berthold Bodoni}
-te timeseur TimesEuropa
-tf tiffany Tiffany
-tg tradegth TradeGothic
-th tahoma Tahoma
-ti techphon TechPhonetic
-tj trajan Trajan
-tk tekton Tekton
-tl castella Castellar
-tm times Times u:NimbusRoman u:NimbusRomNo9L b:Dutch801BT
-tn norasi Norasi
-to torino Torino b:Industrial736BT
-tp tempo Tempo
-tr trebuche Trebuchet
-ts thesansm TheSansMono
-tu doulos SILDoulos TeXToulouse
-tv trumpmed TrumpMediaeval b:Kuenstler480BT
-tw twentyc TwentiethCentury
-ty typewrit Typewriter u:URWTypewriter
-u0 columbus Columbus
-ub babodoni BauerBodoni
-ud studio Studio
-ug bengugth BenguiatGothic
-uh cushing Cushing
-ul universa Universal
-um umbra Umbra
-un univers Univers b:ZurichBT
-ur centaur Centaur b:Venetian301BT
-ut utopia Utopia
-uw usherwoo Usherwood
-uy universi University
-v0 vineta Vineta
-v1 venturissans VenturisSansADF
-v2 venturis2 VenturisADFNo2
-v3 venturissans2 VenturisSansADFNo2
-va activa Activa
-vc vectora Vectora
-vd vandijck VanDijck
-ve veraseri VeraSerif
-vg visigoth Visigoth
-vi victoria Victoria
-vj veljovic Veljovic
-vl versaill Versailles
-vm veramono VeraSansMono
-vn verdana Verdana
-vo venturisold VenturisOldADF
-vr vagrnd VAGRounded
-vs verasans VeraSans
-vt venturis VenturisADF
-vv viva Viva
-w0 weddingt WeddingT
-w1 wiesbswi WiesbadenSwing
-w9 wastrel Wastrel
-wb walbaum Walbaum
-wc snowcap SnowCap
-wd weideman Weidemann
-wg wlklgth WilhelmKlingsporGotisch
-wh wendy Wendy
-wi wingding Wingdings
-wk wilke Wilke
-wn windsor Windsor
-wp warnockp WarnockPro
-wr wittenbe WitternbergerFrakt
-ws weiss Weiss
-wt watertit WatersTitling
-ww willow Willow
-xc eccentri Eccentric
-xl linuxlib LinuxLibertine
-xp exponto ExPonto
-yg centuryg CenturyGothic
-yh strayhor Strayhorn
-ym stymie Stymie
-ys goudysan GoudySans
-za zantiqua ZAntiqua l:ZapfRenaisSH l:ZapfRenaisSB l:ZapfRenSwaSH
-zc zapfchan ZapfChancery m:ZapfChanceryPS u:URWChanceryL
-zd zapfding ZapfDingbats m:ZapfDingbatsPS u:Dingbats
-zf zapfino Zapfino l:LinotypeZapfino-{One,Two,Three,Four,Ligature,Ornaments}
-zg neuzeitg NeuzeitGrotesk b:Geometric706BT
-zp ziptydo ZiptyDo
-zt zeitgeis Zeitgeist
-__ agbook AGBookStencil
-__ agbookrn AGBookRounded
-__ agoldfac AGOldFace
-__ agschlbk AGSchoolbook
-__ aja Aja
-__ albertin AlbertinaMT
-__ amigo Amigo
-__ andreas Andreas
-__ ariadne Ariadne
-__ banshee Banshee
-__ beesknee Beesknees
-__ bellcent BellCentenial
-__ berlgrot BerlinerGrotesk
-__ bermuda BermudaLP
-__ berthold BertholdScript
-__ bickham BickhamScript
-__ blueisla BlueIsland
-__ bodoniof BodoniOldFaceBE
-__ bossanov BossaNovaMVB
-__ briemaka BriemAkademi
-__ briemscr BriemScript
-__ buffalog BuffaloGalMT
-__ caflisch CaflischScript
-__ caliban Caliban
-__ catull Catull
-__ celestia CelestiaAntiqua
-__ cerigo Cerigo
-__ chaparra Chaparral
-__ christia Christiana
-__ colossal Colossalis
-__ comenius ComeniusAntiqua
-__ concorde ConcordeNova
-__ congabra CongaBrava
-__ copal Copal
-__ coriande Coriander
-__ cosmos Cosmos
-__ cremona Cremona
-__ critter Critter
-__ cronos Cronos
-__ ctmercur CTMercurius
-__ curlz CurlzMT
-__ cutout Cutout
-__ delphin Delphin
-__ elgreco ElGreco
-__ else ElseNPL
-__ emmascri Emmascript
-__ flood Flood
-__ florens FlorensLP
-__ fusaka Fusaka
-__ gallia MonotypeGallia
-__ garamobe GaramondBE
-__ gillfaci GillFaciaMT
-__ gillflor GillFloriatedCapsMT
-__ graphite Graphite
-__ greymant GreymantleMVB
-__ hardwood HardwoodLP
-__ immi505 Immi505
-__ jimbo Jimbo
-__ khaki Khaki
-__ kidprint KidprintMT
-__ kinesis Kinesis
-__ kochantq KochAntiqua
-__ legault Legault
-__ lightlin LightlineGothicMT
-__ lotype LoType
-__ magnesiu MagnesiumMVB
-__ magnolia MagnoliaMVB
-__ mahsuri MahsuriSansMT
-__ manito ManitoLP
-__ mendoza MendozaRoman
-__ mezz Mezz
-__ micr MICR
-__ monalisa MonaLisa
-__ motterco MotterCorpus
-__ mythos Mythos
-__ nueva Nueva
-__ oceansan OceanSans
-__ origami Origami
-__ ozwald Ozwald
-__ pastonch PastonchiMT
-__ pelican Pelican
-__ penumbra Penumbra
-__ pepperwo Pepperwood
-__ poetica Poetica
-__ pompeia Pompeia
-__ popplexq PopplExquisit
-__ postino Postino
-__ quake Quake
-__ rad Rad
-__ reliq Reliq
-__ rosewood Rosewood
-__ rulngscr RulingScript
-__ russlobl RusselOblique
-__ sanvito Sanvito
-__ sassafra Sassafras
-__ serlio SerlioLH
-__ sho Sho
-__ shuriken Shuriken
-__ smaragd Smaragd
-__ spring SpringLP
-__ spumoni SpumoniLP
-__ studz Studz
-__ tiepolo Tiepolo
-__ toolbox Toolbox
-__ verve Verve
-__ volutasc VolutaScript
-__ zebrawoo Zebrawood
-__ shouyi Shouyi @r{for mnm}
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: Weights, Next: Variants, Prev: Typefaces, Up: Filenames for fonts
-
-2.3 Weights
-===========
-
-The "weight" of a font specifies its boldness. Arranged from lightest
-to heaviest (more or less):
-
- hairline, extra light, light
- book, regular, medium
- demibold, semibold, bold, extra bold, heavy
- black, ultra, poster
-
- Here is the table, from the file `weight.map'. It is organized
-alphabetically by abbreviation. Each line consists of an abbreviation
-and any parts of a PostScript `FontName' which use that abbreviation.
-
- a Thin Hairline
- b Bold
- c Black
- d Demi
- h Heavy Heavyface
- j ExtraLight
- k Book
- l Light
- m Medium
- p Poster
- r Regular Roman
- s Semibold
- u Ultra UltraBlack
- x ExtraBold ExtraBlack
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: Variants, Next: Widths, Prev: Weights, Up: Filenames for fonts
-
-2.4 Variants
-============
-
-"Variants" include typeface variations (e.g., italic, sans serif), and
-font encodings (e.g., Adobe standard, TeX text).
-
- A fontname may require multiple variants. To resolve the worst
-ambiguities, we specify that any encoding variant (`7', `8', or `9',
-see below) come last and any other numeral variant come first (to avoid
-confusion with a design size). We recommend but do not require that
-the other variants be given in alphabetical order. (It's not required
-because it's too painful to implement the sorting in TeX, and many
-existing names already have non-alphabetized variants.)
-
- The letterspacing possibilities introduced by `fontinst' and virtual
-fonts have not yet become sufficiently widespread to make
-standardization beneficial. Likewise for the many possible ways to
-generate small caps fonts.
-
- Notes on specific variants, both old and new:
-
-`1'
-`4'
-`6'
-`b'
- These variants (`semisans', `bright', `semiserif', and `fax') were
- used only for single typefaces, so to conserve variant
- abbreviations, they now have typeface abbreviations instead.
- Also, for `b', to avoid too-long names; and for the others, to
- avoid variant vs. design-size ambiguities.
-
-`g'
-`h'
- Since these variants were not actually used in any font names,
- they are now obsolete and may be reassigned in the future.
-
-`5'
-`6'
-`7'
-`8'
-`9'
- These characters begin a two-character "encoding variant".
- Generally, `7' is for 7-bit encodings, `8' is for 8-bit encodings,
- and `9' is for expertised encodings with or without oldstyle
- digits (see the `x' item below), but this is not an absolute rule.
- Also, `5' is presently used for phonetic encodings and `6' for
- Cyrillic encodings. The `9s' (`SuperFont') variant contain all of
- Adobe, Latin 1, and Expert glyphs, perhaps with slightly different
- metrics than the original fonts.
-
- For a font to be named with a certain encoding variant, it's not
- necessary that all the characters appear in precisely the same
- positions as in the encoding definition. It's enough that the
- usual TeX macros work. In practice, this means that it's ok for a
- font to be labelled `7t' if the only difference from Computer
- Modern is that the ligatures and the `lslash' and `Lslash'
- characters are different, since it's impossible to access or
- change the ligature table from TeX. Standard PostScript fonts
- don't have an `lslash' character the way Computer Modern does, but
- they do have the `Lslash' and `lslash' characters themselves, so
- the usual TeX `\lslash' and `\Lslash' macros can be made to work
- via ligatures. See the file `T1.etx' file in the `fontinst'
- distribution for details.
-
- If a name does not contain a specific encoding variant, its
- encoding is unspecified. For example, some of the fonts
- distributed with Dvips(k) have names like `ptmr' for
- `Times-Roman'; they use the Dvips encoding (*note dvips::), which
- is close to (but not the same as) the TeX text encoding (as in
- Computer Modern Roman). Similarly, the TFM files distributed with
- Dvilj(k) for the builtin LaserJet 4 fonts have names like `cunm',
- since these fonts, while compatible with TeX text, contain many
- additional characters.
-
-`9'
- These items are needed only because `x' (and possibly `j')
- followed by a two-character regular variant makes some names too
- long. That is, `9t' is equivalent in meaning to `x7t', and `9d'
- is equivalent to `jx7t'. (This may not be true for all `9X'
- encodings, though.)
-
-`k'
-`z'
- These variants (indicating Greek and Cyrillic fonts, respectively)
- are obsolete; future fonts in different scripts should be assigned
- an appropriate encoding abbreviation. These are not currently
- standardized, due to ignorance of the appropriate encodings.
- Please send suggestions for abbreviations to the address in *note
- Introduction::.
-
-`m'
-`v'
-`y'
- These math-related variants remain for the sake of
- typeface-specific math encodings, e.g., Lucida. Fonts that use
- the Computer Modern math encodings should use `7m' (*note
- texmital::), `7v' (*note texmext::), and `7y' (*note texmsym::).
-
-`n'
- This is used for several different (but very rare) variants: only
- the Stone typeface has an "informal" variant, and only a few
- Monotype fonts have a "schoolbook" variant, with different `a',
- `g', and `y' shapes.
-
-`r'
- Included only if no other variants, including encodings, apply, and
- either the width (*note Widths::) is not `r' or a design size is
- present. I.e., `r' is only used as a placeholder. When the normal
- version of the typeface is sans serif (e.g., Helvetica), `r' should
- be used when necessary, not `s'. Use `s' only when the typeface
- family has both serif and sans serif variants.
-
-`s'
-`t'
- Mittelbach in `TUGboat' 13(1) suggests that these variants (for
- `sans' and `typewriter') should be identified as part of the
- typeface name, because there are few typeface families with these
- variants. I feel that since they are logically variants, it's
- best to name them that way. But `LucidaSans' (*note Typefaces::)
- and a few others are exceptions, to avoid too-long names.
-
-`x'
-`8x'
-`9?'
- `8x' indicates a font in the `Expert' encoding itself. `x'
- indicates an "expertised" font, i.e., a composite (virtual) font
- that includes characters from an `8x' font. And in fact an `xEE'
- sequence is replaced by `9E', to save characters.
-
- Fontname 1 assignments are shown in brackets in the following table,
-from the file `variant.map'. It is organized alphabetically by
-abbreviation. Each line consists of an abbreviation and either any
-parts of a PostScript `FontName' which use that abbreviation or the
-PostScript `Encoding' name.
-
- 0 inferior
- 1 superior
- 2 proportional digits, not tabular
- obsolete [3=>7f] Fraction
- obsolete [4 fax; now typeface `lx', Lucida Fax]
- 5 escape for (presently) phonetic encodings
- 6 escape for (mostly) Cyrillic encodings [was `SemiSerif']
- 7 escape for (mostly) 7-bit encodings
- 8 escape for (mostly) 8-bit encodings
- 9 escape for (presently) expert encodings [was oldstyle digits]
- a Alt Arrows Alternative [was alternate encoding]
- obsolete [b bright; now typeface lh, Lucida Bright]
- c SmallCaps
- d Display Titling Caption Headline TallCaps SwashCaps LombardicCaps Festive
- e Engraved Copperplate Elite
- f Fraktur Gothic OldEnglish Handtooled (`gothic' can also be sans)
- g SmallText lc only, or designed for small sizes [was grooved, as in the IBM logo]
- h Shadow
- i Italic Kursiv Ital text italic
- j old-style digits [was invisible]
- k Greek obsolete
- l Outline OpenFace Blanks
- m math italic
- n Informal Fashion Schlbk for Stone
- o Oblique Obl slanted
- p Ornaments
- obsolete [q=>8t Cork (TeX extended) encoding]
- r roman or sans; often omitted, see text
- s Gothic sans serif
- t Monospace fixed-width typewriter
- u underline or unslanted italic
- v MathExtension
- w Script Handwritten Swash Calligraphy Cursive Tango Ligature
- x built with Adobe expert encoding [was expert-encoded]
- y MathSymbol
- z Cyrillic font-dependent Cyrillic
- 5a PhoneticAlternate
- 5i PhoneticIPA
- 5s sil-IPA
- 5t TeX-IPA Fukui Rei, LaTeX T3
- 5w TeXAfricanLatin wsuipa fonts, LaTeX OT3
- 5z user
- 6a T2A
- 6b Cyrillic part of ISO 8859-5, seven bits
- 6c T2C
- 6d Cyrillic CP866 encoding
- 6g LGR Greek font encoding
- 6i ISO 8859-5
- 6k Cyrillic KOI8-R encoding
- 6m Cyrillic Macintosh encoding
- 6s Storm extra encoding
- 6t T2B
- 6w Cyrillic CP1251 encoding
- 6x X2
- 6y LCY
- 6z user
- 7a A alternate characters only
- 7c Dfr Fraktur
- 7d OsF OSF oldstyle digit encoding
- 7f Fraction
- 7k OT2Cyrillic
- 7m TeXMathItalicEncoding *note texmital::
- 7t TeX text encoding (as in Computer Modern Roman)
- 7v TeXMathExtensionEncoding *note texmext::
- 7y TeXMathSymbolEncoding *note texmsym::
- 7z user
- 82 GreekKeys
- 83 Ibycus1
- 84 Ibycus2
- 8a StandardEncoding Adobe standard encoding, *note 8a::
- 8c TeXTextCompanion LaTeX TS1
- 8e CE Adobe CE
- 8f TeXAfricanLatin LaTeX T4
- 8g groff
- 8i TS0 Intersection of TS1/Adobe Standard
- 8m Macintosh standard encoding
- 8n LM1 Textures
- 8q encqxoosix QX, from GUST
- 8r TeXBase1Encoding (*note 8r::)
- 8t ECEncoding CorkEncoding (*note ec::), aka tex256.enc
- 8u XT2Encoding cmtt + Latin 2, see `xl2.enc'
- 8v TeXVietnamese T5
- 8w Windows 3.1 ANSI encoding
- 8x Expert expert encoding
- 8y LY1 texnansi
- 8z XL2Encoding cmr + Latin 2, see `xl2.enc'
- 9c expert + Text companion
- 9d expert + oldstyle digits + Cork
- 9e expert + Cork
- 9i TS0X Intersection of TS1/Standard/Expert
- 9o expert + oldstyle digits + TeX text
- 9s SF SuperFont
- 9t expert + TeX text
- 9u Unicode-compatible
- 9x TeXnANSIEncodingX texnansx, texnansi without repeats
- 9z user
- - songti for mnm
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: Widths, Prev: Variants, Up: Filenames for fonts
-
-2.5 Widths
-==========
-
-The "width" of a font specifies the compression or expansion of the
-font. Arranged from narrowest to widest (more or less):
-
- ultra compressed, extra condensed, compressed, condensed, narrow
- regular
- semiextended, extended, expanded, wide
-
- Expansion or compression of fonts is sometimes done automatically
-(as by the PostScript `scale' operator), and sometimes done by humans.
-In the latter case, the human will also presumably choose a font name
-which includes `Extended' or `Expanded' or `Condensed' or `Narrow' or
-whatever according to their own preferences; the abbreviation can
-follow along. When creating a new synthetically expanded or compressed
-font for use with TeX, e.g., with Afm2tfm or `fontinst', use `n' and
-`e'.
-
- Here is the table, from the file `width.map'. It is organized
-alphabetically by abbreviation. Each line consists of an abbreviation
-and any parts of a PostScript `FontName' which use that abbreviation.
-
- c Condensed Cond
- e Expanded
- n Narrow Semicondensed
- o UltraCondensed
- p Compressed Compact
- q ExtraCompressed ExtraCondensed
- r Normal Medium Regular (usually omitted)
- t Thin
- u UltraCompressed
- v ExtraExpanded more than Expanded, less than Wide
- w Wide
- x Extended Elongated
- y Semiexpanded
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: Long names, Next: Font name lists, Prev: Filenames for fonts, Up: Top
-
-3 Long names
-************
-
-Eight characters is not enough to unambiguously represent all fonts. To
-do that, we have to allow ourselves arbitrarily long names. Although we
-certainly cannot use such names for the files themselves, we could still
-use them in TeX documents given a simple mapping file, as discussed
-below.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Name mapping file:: Aliases for fonts.
-* Long naming scheme:: A way to use more than 8 alphanumerics.
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: Name mapping file, Next: Long naming scheme, Up: Long names
-
-3.1 A fontname mapping file
-===========================
-
-At the moment, most implementations of TeX look up a TFM file (as part
-of the `\font' command), by searching for a file with the name given by
-the user (possibly in any of series of directories). But if we also
-looked TFM names up in _another_ file (or set of files), which
-specifies the actual filename, the fontname given in the TeX source
-file could be almost anything at all, of any length.
-
- In version 5.851d of Web2c, I implemented this mapping file. Each
-file `texfonts.map' in a search path is read for abbreviations. The file
-has a straightforward format: each line specifies the filename and the
-TeX name for one font, separated by whitespace. Extra information on
-the line is ignored; then more information could be specified for the
-benefit of DVI-reading programs in the same file. Comments start with
-`%' and continue to the end of the line.
-
- Besides allowing long names, this sort of mapping file has other
-benefits. TeX source or DVI files can be more easily transported,
-because the font names in a particular file can be made to work on every
-system. Also, when combined with a consistent naming scheme, macros
-could be written to access any of a number of fonts. Right now, each
-font family has to have specialized macros written to deal with it.
-
- Incidentally, Professor Knuth has approved this as a legitimate
-"system-dependent" extension; a TeX with such a feature can still be
-called "TeX".
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: Long naming scheme, Prev: Name mapping file, Up: Long names
-
-3.2 A naming scheme for long names
-==================================
-
-Once we allow ourselves long names, we can construct a naming scheme to
-handle arbitrary fonts without much difficulty. Here is one proposal,
-based on the X Window System font naming conventions.
-
- SUPPLIER-FAMILY-WEIGHT-VARIANTS-WIDTH-ENCODING--SIZE
-
- SUPPLIER is the usual `Adobe', `Autologic', etc., as well as
-`unknown' or `bizarre'--this last meaning the rest of the name is
-nonstandard. If the SUPPLIER is missing, i.e., the name starts with a
-`-', "public domain" is assumed. For fonts made by individuals, the
-initials of the designer would probably make a good SUPPLIER.
-
- FAMILY is `ComputerModern' or `Times' or whatever.
-
- Everything else is optional. The `--' before the SIZE lets one
-specify a name with, say, a weight and variants, but then skip the
-WIDTH and ENCODING, but still be able to give a size.
-
- WEIGHT and WIDTH are as described earlier.
-
- If there is more than one variant, they are separated with some
-character other than `-', say `=':
- B+H-Lucida-Bold-Sans=Typewriter--10
-
- ENCODING is what Metafont calls the `font_coding_scheme'--the layout
-of the characters in the font. For example, `Cork' or `ISOLatin1' or
-`AdobeAlternate'.
-
- Names are case-sensitive, for consistency with the rest of TeX and
-with PostScript, etc. Spaces cannot be used in the name, to make it
-easier for TeX to parse. Likewise, characters with default category
-codes other than 11 (letter) or 12 (other) should not be used.
-
- Another possibility is to forget all the above, and simply use the
-vendor's name (perhaps prefixed by the vendor): `Times-Roman'.
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: Font name lists, Next: Encodings, Prev: Long names, Up: Top
-
-Appendix A Font name lists
-**************************
-
-These sections contain a list of fonts from various suppliers together
-with the corresponding names.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Standard PostScript fonts:: The standard 35 PostScript fonts.
-* Adobe fonts::
-* Apple fonts::
-* Bitstream fonts::
-* DTC fonts::
-* ITC fonts::
-* Linotype fonts::
-* Monotype fonts::
-* URW fonts::
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: Standard PostScript fonts, Next: Adobe fonts, Up: Font name lists
-
-A.1 Standard PostScript fonts
-=============================
-
-Abbreviated names for the 35 standard PostScript fonts. An encoding
-variant, such as `8a' for the Adobe `StandardEncoding', is omitted.
-
-`pagk'
- `AvantGarde-Book'
-
-`pagko'
- `AvantGarde-BookOblique'
-
-`pagd'
- `AvantGarde-Demi'
-
-`pagdo'
- `AvantGarde-DemiOblique'
-
-`pbkd'
- `Bookman-Demi'
-
-`pbkdi'
- `Bookman-DemiItalic'
-
-`pbkl'
- `Bookman-Light'
-
-`pbkli'
- `Bookman-LightItalic'
-
-`pcrb'
- `Courier-Bold'
-
-`pcrbo'
- `Courier-BoldOblique'
-
-`pcrr'
- `Courier'
-
-`pcrro'
- `Courier-Oblique'
-
-`phvb'
- `Helvetica-Bold'
-
-`phvbo'
- `Helvetica-BoldOblique'
-
-`phvbrn'
- `Helvetica-NarrowBold'
-
-`phvbon'
- `Helvetica-NarrowBoldOblique'
-
-`phvr'
- `Helvetica'
-
-`phvro'
- `Helvetica-Oblique'
-
-`phvrrn'
- `Helvetica-Narrow'
-
-`phvron'
- `Helvetica-NarrowOblique'
-
-`pncb'
- `NewCenturySchlbk-Bold'
-
-`pncbi'
- `NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic'
-
-`pncri'
- `NewCenturySchlbk-Italic'
-
-`pncr'
- `NewCenturySchlbk-Roman'
-
-`pplb'
- `Palatino-Bold'
-
-`pplbi'
- `Palatino-BoldItalic'
-
-`pplri'
- `Palatino-Italic'
-
-`pplr'
- `Palatino-Roman'
-
-`psyr'
- `Symbol'
-
-`ptmb'
- `Times-Bold'
-
-`ptmbi'
- `Times-BoldItalic'
-
-`ptmri'
- `Times-Italic'
-
-`ptmr'
- `Times-Roman'
-
-`pzcmi'
- `ZapfChancery-MediumItalic'
-
-`pzdr'
- `ZapfDingbats'
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: Adobe fonts, Next: Apple fonts, Prev: Standard PostScript fonts, Up: Font name lists
-
-A.2 Adobe fonts
-===============
-
-The `adobe.map' file has abbreviations for Adobe fonts.
-
- pcrb8a Courier-Bold A 0.1 cob_____
- pcrbo8a Courier-BoldOblique A 0.1 cobo____
- pcrr8a Courier A 0.1 com_____
- pcrro8a Courier-Oblique A 0.1 coo_____
- phvr8a Helvetica A 0.2 hv______
- phvb8a Helvetica-Bold A 0.2 hvb_____
- phvbo8a Helvetica-BoldOblique A 0.2 hvbo____
- phvro8a Helvetica-Oblique A 0.2 hvo_____
- psyr Symbol A 0.3 sy______
- ptmb8a Times-Bold A 0.4 tib_____
- ptmbi8a Times-BoldItalic A 0.4 tibi____
- ptmri8a Times-Italic A 0.4 tii_____
- ptmr8a Times-Roman A 0.4 tir_____
- phvr8an Helvetica-Narrow A 0.5 hvn_____
- phvb8an Helvetica-Narrow-Bold A 0.5 hvnb____
- phvbo8an Helvetica-Narrow-BoldOblique A 0.5 hvnbo___
- phvro8an Helvetica-Narrow-Oblique A 0.5 hvno____
- pplb8a Palatino-Bold A 001 pob_____
- pplbi8a Palatino-BoldItalic A 001 pobi____
- pplri8a Palatino-Italic A 001 poi_____
- pplr8a Palatino-Roman A 001 por_____
- pbkd8a Bookman-Demi A 002 bkd_____
- pbkdi8a Bookman-DemiItalic A 002 bkdi____
- pbkl8a Bookman-Light A 002 bkl_____
- pbkli8a Bookman-LightItalic A 002 bkli____
- pzcmi8a ZapfChancery-MediumItalic A 003 zcmi____
- pzdr ZapfDingbats A 003 zd______
- pagd8a AvantGarde-Demi A 004 agd_____
- pagdo8a AvantGarde-DemiOblique A 004 agdo____
- pagk8a AvantGarde-Book A 004 agw_____
- pagko8a AvantGarde-BookOblique A 004 agwo____
- pncb8a NewCenturySchlbk-Bold A 005 ncb_____
- pncbi8a NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic A 005 ncbi____
- pncri8a NewCenturySchlbk-Italic A 005 nci_____
- pncr8a NewCenturySchlbk-Roman A 005 ncr_____
- popr8a Optima A 006 op______
- popb8a Optima-Bold A 006 opb_____
- popbi8a Optima-BoldItalic A 006 opbi____
- popbo8a Optima-BoldOblique A 006 opbo____
- popri8a Optima-Italic A 006 opi_____
- popro8a Optima-Oblique A 006 opo_____
- psvd8a Souvenir-Demi A 007 sud_____
- psvdi8a Souvenir-DemiItalic A 007 sudi____
- psvl8a Souvenir-Light A 007 sul_____
- psvli8a Souvenir-LightItalic A 007 suli____
- plbd8a LubalinGraph-Demi A 008 lud_____
- plbdo8a LubalinGraph-DemiOblique A 008 ludo____
- plbk8a LubalinGraph-Book A 008 luw_____
- plbko8a LubalinGraph-BookOblique A 008 luwo____
- pgmb8a Garamond-Bold A 009 gab_____
- pgmbi8a Garamond-BoldItalic A 009 gabi____
- pgml8a Garamond-Light A 009 gal_____
- pgmli8a Garamond-LightItalic A 009 gali____
- patb8a AmericanTypewriter-Bold A 010 atb_____
- patba8a AmericanTypewriter-BoldA A 010 atba____
- patb8ac AmericanTypewriter-BoldCond A 010 atbc____
- patba8ac AmericanTypewriter-BoldCondA A 010 atbca___
- patr8ac AmericanTypewriter-Cond A 010 atc_____
- patra8ac AmericanTypewriter-CondA A 010 atca____
- patl8a AmericanTypewriter-Light A 010 atl_____
- patla8a AmericanTypewriter-LightA A 010 atla____
- patl8ac AmericanTypewriter-LightCond A 010 atlc____
- patla8ac AmericanTypewriter-LightCondA A 010 atlca___
- patm8a AmericanTypewriter-Medium A 010 atm_____
- patma8a AmericanTypewriter-MediumA A 010 atma____
- pbgb8a Benguiat-Bold A 011 bgb_____
- pbgk8a Benguiat-Book A 011 bgw_____
- pfqr8a FrizQuadrata A 011 fq______
- pfqb8a FrizQuadrata-Bold A 011 fqb_____
- pgpr8a Glypha A 012 gy______
- pgpb8a Glypha-Bold A 012 gyb_____
- pgpbo8a Glypha-BoldOblique A 012 gybo____
- pgpro8a Glypha-Oblique A 012 gyo_____
- phvc8a Helvetica-Black A 013 hvbl____
- phvco8a Helvetica-BlackOblique A 013 hvblo___
- phvl8a Helvetica-Light A 013 hvl_____
- phvlo8a Helvetica-LightOblique A 013 hvlo____
- phvr8ac Helvetica-Condensed A 014 hvc_____
- phvb8ac Helvetica-Condensed-Bold A 014 hvcb____
- phvc8ac Helvetica-Condensed-Black A 014 hvcbl___
- phvbo8ac Helvetica-Condensed-BoldObl A 014 hvcbo___
- phvro8ac Helvetica-Condensed-Oblique A 014 hvcdo___
- phvl8ac Helvetica-Condensed-Light A 014 hvcl____
- phvlo8ac Helvetica-Condensed-LightObl A 014 hvclo___
- phvco8ac Helvetica-Condensed-BlackObl A 014 hvco____
- ptvb8a TrumpMediaeval-Bold A 015 tmb_____
- ptvbi8a TrumpMediaeval-BoldItalic A 015 tmbi____
- ptvri8a TrumpMediaeval-Italic A 015 tmi_____
- ptvr8a TrumpMediaeval-Roman A 015 tmr_____
- pmlr8a Melior A 016 me______
- pmlb8a Melior-Bold A 016 meb_____
- pmlbi8a Melior-BoldItalic A 016 mebi____
- pmlri8a Melior-Italic A 016 mei_____
- pglb8a Galliard-Bold A 017 glb_____
- pglbi8a Galliard-BoldItalic A 017 glbi____
- pglri8a Galliard-Italic A 017 gli_____
- pglr8a Galliard-Roman A 017 glr_____
- pnbb8a NewBaskerville-Bold A 018 nbb_____
- pnbbi8a NewBaskerville-BoldItalic A 018 nbbi____
- pnbri8a NewBaskerville-Italic A 018 nbi_____
- pnbr8a NewBaskerville-Roman A 018 nbr_____
- pkrb8a Korinna-Bold A 019 krb_____
- pkrbi8a Korinna-KursivBold A 019 krkb____
- pkrri8a Korinna-KursivRegular A 019 krkx____
- pkrr8a Korinna-Regular A 019 krrg____
- pgyr8a Goudy A 020 go______
- pgyb8a Goudy-Bold A 020 gob_____
- pgybi8a Goudy-BoldItalic A 020 gobi____
- pgyri8a Goudy-Italic A 020 goi_____
- psor Sonata A 021 so______
- pcub8a CenturyOldStyle-Bold A 022 csb_____
- pcuri8a CenturyOldStyle-Italic A 022 csi_____
- pcur8a CenturyOldStyle-Regular A 022 csrg____
- pfgd8a FranklinGothic-Demi A 023 frd_____
- pfgdi8a FranklinGothic-DemiItal A 023 frdi____
- pfgdo8a FranklinGothic-DemiOblique A 023 frdo____
- pfgh8a FranklinGothic-Heavy A 023 frh_____
- pfghi8a FranklinGothic-HeavyItal A 023 frhi____
- pfgho8a FranklinGothic-HeavyOblique A 023 frho____
- pfgm8a FranklinGothic-Medium A 023 frm_____
- pfgmi8a FranklinGothic-MediumItal A 023 frmi____
- pfgk8a FranklinGothic-Book A 023 frw_____
- pfgki8a FranklinGothic-BookItal A 023 frwi____
- pfgko8a FranklinGothic-BookOblique A 023 frwo____
- pctb8a Cheltenham-Bold A 024 chb_____
- pctbi8a Cheltenham-BoldItalic A 024 chbi____
- pctk8a Cheltenham-Book A 024 chw_____
- pctki8a Cheltenham-BookItalic A 024 chwi____
- ppar8a ParkAvenue A 025 pa______
- pbdr8a Bodoni A 026 bd______
- pbdb8a Bodoni-Bold A 026 bdb_____
- pbdbi8a Bodoni-BoldItalic A 026 bdbi____
- pbdri8a Bodoni-Italic A 026 bdi_____
- pbdp8a Bodoni-Poster A 026 bdps____
- plgr8a LetterGothic A 027 lg______
- plgb8a LetterGothic-Bold A 027 lgb_____
- plgbo8a LetterGothic-BoldSlanted A 027 lgbsl___
- plgro8a LetterGothic-Slanted A 027 lgsl____
- pper8a PrestigeElite A 028 pe______
- ppeb8a PrestigeElite-Bold A 028 peb_____
- ppebo8a PrestigeElite-BoldSlanted A 028 pebsl___
- ppero8a PrestigeElite-Slanted A 028 pesl____
- porr8a Orator A 029 or______
- porro8a Orator-Slanted A 029 orsl____
- pngr8a NewsGothic A 030 ng______
- pngb8a NewsGothic-Bold A 030 ngb_____
- pngbo8a NewsGothic-BoldOblique A 030 ngbo____
- pngro8a NewsGothic-Oblique A 030 ngo_____
- ptfr8a Tiffany A 031 tf______
- ptfd8a Tiffany-Demi A 031 tfd_____
- ptfdi8a Tiffany-DemiItalic A 031 tfdi____
- ptfh8a Tiffany-Heavy A 031 tfh_____
- ptfhi8a Tiffany-HeavyItalic A 031 tfhi____
- ptfri8a Tiffany-Italic A 031 tfi_____
- pcbc8a CooperBlack A 032 cb______
- pcbci8a CooperBlack-Italic A 032 cbi_____
- pburw8a BrushScript A 033 bs______
- phbrw8a Hobo A 033 ho______
- pslb8a Stencil A 033 st______
- paab8a Aachen-Bold A 034 acb_____
- pfcrw8a FreestyleScript A 034 fs______
- prvb8a Revue A 034 re______
- puyr8a UniversityRoman A 034 ur______
- prtr Carta A 035 cr______
- plcr8a Lucida A 036 lc______
- plcb8a Lucida-Bold A 036 lcb_____
- plcbi8a Lucida-BoldItalic A 036 lcbi____
- plcri8a Lucida-Italic A 036 lci_____
- punr8a Univers A 037 uv______
- punb8a Univers-Bold A 037 uvb_____
- punc8a Univers-Black A 037 uvbl____
- punco8a Univers-BlackOblique A 037 uvblo___
- punbo8a Univers-BoldOblique A 037 uvbo____
- punl8a Univers-Light A 037 uvl_____
- punlo8a Univers-LightOblique A 037 uvlo____
- punro8a Univers-Oblique A 037 uvo_____
- punr8ac Univers-Condensed A 038 uvc_____
- punb8ac Univers-CondensedBold A 038 uvcb____
- punbo8ac Univers-CondensedBoldOblique A 038 uvcbo___
- punro8ac Univers-CondensedOblique A 038 uvcdo___
- punl8ac Univers-CondensedLight A 038 uvcl____
- punlo8ac Univers-CondensedLightOblique A 038 uvclo___
- pfub8a Futura-Bold A 039 fub_____
- pfubo8a Futura-BoldOblique A 039 fubo____
- pful8a Futura-Light A 039 ful_____
- pfulo8a Futura-LightOblique A 039 fulo____
- pfuk8a Futura-Book A 039 fuw_____
- pfuko8a Futura-BookOblique A 039 fuwo____
- pstr8a StoneSerif A 040 sr______
- pstb8a StoneSerif-Bold A 040 srb_____
- pstbi8a StoneSerif-BoldItalic A 040 srbi____
- pstri8a StoneSerif-Italic A 040 sri_____
- psts8a StoneSerif-Semibold A 040 srsb____
- pstsi8a StoneSerif-SemiboldItalic A 040 srsbi___
- ps8r8a StoneSans A 041 ss______
- ps8b8a StoneSans-Bold A 041 ssb_____
- ps8bi8a StoneSans-BoldItalic A 041 ssbi____
- ps8ri8a StoneSans-Italic A 041 ssi_____
- ps8s8a StoneSans-Semibold A 041 sssb____
- ps8si8a StoneSans-SemiboldItalic A 041 sssbi___
- psir8a StoneInformal A 042 si______
- psib8a StoneInformal-Bold A 042 sib_____
- psibi8a StoneInformal-BoldItalic A 042 sibi____
- psiri8a StoneInformal-Italic A 042 sii_____
- psis8a StoneInformal-Semibold A 042 sisb____
- psisi8a StoneInformal-SemiboldItalic A 042 sisbi___
- ponr8a Corona A 043 cn______
- ponb8a Corona-Bold A 043 cnb_____
- ponri8a Corona-Italic A 043 cni_____
- pesr8a Eurostile A 044 eu______
- pesb8a Eurostile-Bold A 044 eub_____
- pesbi8a Eurostile-BoldOblique A 044 eubo____
- pesd8a Eurostile-Demi A 044 eud_____
- pesdi8a Eurostile-DemiOblique A 044 eudo____
- pesri8a Eurostile-Oblique A 044 euo_____
- pexr8a Excelsior A 045 ex______
- pexb8a Excelsior-Bold A 045 exb_____
- pexri8a Excelsior-Italic A 045 exi_____
- pfur8a Futura A 046 fu______
- pfux8a Futura-ExtraBold A 046 fueb____
- pfuxo8a Futura-ExtraBoldOblique A 046 fuebo___
- pfuh8a Futura-Heavy A 046 fuh_____
- pfuho8a Futura-HeavyOblique A 046 fuho____
- pfuro8a Futura-Oblique A 046 fuo_____
- pfuxo8ac Futura-CondExtraBoldObl A 047 fcebo___
- pfur8ac Futura-Condensed A 047 fuc_____
- pfub8ac Futura-CondensedBold A 047 fucb____
- pfubo8ac Futura-CondensedBoldOblique A 047 fucbo___
- pfux8ac Futura-CondensedExtraBold A 047 fuceb___
- pful8ac Futura-CondensedLight A 047 fucl____
- pfulo8ac Futura-CondensedLightOblique A 047 fuclo___
- pfuro8ac Futura-CondensedOblique A 047 fuco____
- plsr8a LucidaSans A 048 ls______
- plsb8a LucidaSans-Bold A 048 lsb_____
- plsbi8a LucidaSans-BoldItalic A 048 lsbi____
- plsri8a LucidaSans-Italic A 048 lsi_____
- pmpb8a Memphis-Bold A 049 mpb_____
- pmpbi8a Memphis-BoldItalic A 049 mpbi____
- pmpx8a Memphis-ExtraBold A 049 mpeb____
- pmpl8a Memphis-Light A 049 mpl_____
- pmpli8a Memphis-LightItalic A 049 mpli____
- pmpm8a Memphis-Medium A 049 mpm_____
- pmpmi8a Memphis-MediumItalic A 049 mpmi____
- phvx8ap Helvetica-ExtraCompressed A 050 hvek____
- phvr8ap Helvetica-Compressed A 050 hvk_____
- phvu8ap Helvetica-UltraCompressed A 050 hvuk____
- pitb8a Italia-Bold A 051 itb_____
- pitm8a Italia-Medium A 051 itm_____
- pitk8a Italia-Book A 051 itw_____
- pblb8a Belwe-Bold A 052 bwb_____
- pblr8ac Belwe-Condensed A 052 bwc_____
- pbll8a Belwe-Light A 052 bwl_____
- pblm8a Belwe-Medium A 052 bwm_____
- pc5ri8a CaslonFiveForty-Italic A 053 cfi_____
- pc5r8a CaslonFiveForty-Roman A 053 cfr_____
- pc3ri8a CaslonThree-Italic A 053 cti_____
- pc3r8a CaslonThree-Roman A 053 ctr_____
- pgyx8a Goudy-ExtraBold A 054 goeb____
- pgyh8a Goudy-Heavyface A 054 goh_____
- pgyhi8a Goudy-HeavyfaceItalic A 054 gohi____
- pjnb8a JansonText-Bold A 055 jtb_____
- pjnbi8a JansonText-BoldItalic A 055 jtbi____
- pjnri8a JansonText-Italic A 055 jti_____
- pjnr8a JansonText-Roman A 055 jtr_____
- ierb8a ItcEras-Bold A 056 erb_____
- ierk8a ItcEras-Book A 056 erbk____
- ierd8a ItcEras-Demi A 056 erd_____
- ierl8a ItcEras-Light A 056 erl_____
- ierm8a ItcEras-Medium A 056 erm_____
- ieru8a ItcEras-Ultra A 056 eru_____
- ikbb8a ItcKabel-Bold A 057 kbb_____
- ikbd8a ItcKabel-Demi A 057 kbd_____
- ikbm8a ItcKabel-Medium A 057 kbm_____
- ikbu8a ItcKabel-Ultra A 057 kbu_____
- ikbk8a ItcKabel-Book A 057 kbw_____
- p_____ MICR A 058 mi______
- poar OCRA A 058 oa______
- poara OCRA-Alternate A 058 oaalt___
- pobr OCRB A 058 ob______
- pobra OCRB-Alternate A 058 obalt___
- phnc8a HelveticaNeue-Black A 059 hlbl____
- phnci8a HelveticaNeue-BlackItalic A 059 hlbli___
- phnj8a HelveticaNeue-UltraLight A 059 hlul____
- phnji8a HelveticaNeue-UltraLightItal A 059 hluli___
- phnb8a HelveticaNeue-Bold A 060 hlb_____
- phnbi8a HelveticaNeue-BoldItalic A 060 hlbi____
- phnri8a HelveticaNeue-Italic A 060 hli_____
- phnr8a HelveticaNeue-Roman A 060 hlr_____
- phna8a HelveticaNeue-Thin A 060 hlt_____
- phnai8a HelveticaNeue-ThinItalic A 060 hlti____
- phnh8a HelveticaNeue-Heavy A 061 hlh_____
- phnhi8a HelveticaNeue-HeavyItalic A 061 hlhi____
- phnl8a HelveticaNeue-Light A 061 hll_____
- phnli8a HelveticaNeue-LightItalic A 061 hlli____
- phnm8a HelveticaNeue-Medium A 061 hlm_____
- phnmi8a HelveticaNeue-MediumItalic A 061 hlmi____
- pttb8a TimesTen-Bold A 062 ttb_____
- pttbi8a TimesTen-BoldItalic A 062 ttbi____
- pttri8a TimesTen-Italic A 062 tti_____
- pttr8a TimesTen-Roman A 062 ttr_____
- pkur8a Kaufmann A 063 kf______
- pkub8a Kaufmann-Bold A 063 kfb_____
- pcdr8a Clarendon A 064 cl______
- pcdb8a Clarendon-Bold A 064 clb_____
- pcdl8a Clarendon-Light A 064 cll_____
- ppgb8a Peignot-Bold A 065 pgb_____
- ppgd8a Peignot-Demi A 065 pgd_____
- ppgl8a Peignot-Light A 065 pgl_____
- pndr8a NewCaledonia A 066 nl______
- pndb8a NewCaledonia-Bold A 066 nlb_____
- pndbi8a NewCaledonia-BoldItalic A 066 nlbi____
- pndc8a NewCaledonia-Black A 066 nlbl____
- pndci8a NewCaledonia-BlackItalic A 066 nlbli___
- pndri8a NewCaledonia-Italic A 066 nli_____
- pnds8a NewCaledonia-SemiBold A 066 nls_____
- pndsi8a NewCaledonia-SemiBoldItalic A 066 nlsi____
- pcfb8a Clearface-Bold A 067 ceb_____
- pcfbi8a Clearface-BoldItalic A 067 cebi____
- pcfc8a Clearface-Black A 067 cebl____
- pcfci8a Clearface-BlackItalic A 067 cebli___
- pcfh8a Clearface-Heavy A 067 ceh_____
- pcfhi8a Clearface-HeavyItalic A 067 cehi____
- pcfr8a Clearface-Regular A 067 cerg____
- pcfri8a Clearface-RegularItalic A 067 cergi___
- pamr8a Americana A 068 am______
- pamb8a Americana-Bold A 068 amb_____
- pamx8a Americana-ExtraBold A 068 ameb____
- pamri8a Americana-Italic A 068 ami_____
- psgr8a SerifGothic A 069 sg______
- psgb8a SerifGothic-Bold A 069 sgb_____
- psgc8a SerifGothic-Black A 069 sgbl____
- psgx8a SerifGothic-ExtraBold A 069 sgeb____
- psgh8a SerifGothic-Heavy A 069 sgh_____
- psgl8a SerifGothic-Light A 069 sgl_____
- pcnr8ax CenturyExpanded A 070 cy______
- pcnri8ax CenturyExpanded-Italic A 070 cyi_____
- psfb8a Serifa-Bold A 071 seb_____
- psfc8a Serifa-Black A 071 sebl____
- psfri8a Serifa-Italic A 071 sei_____
- psfl8a Serifa-Light A 071 sel_____
- psfli8a Serifa-LightItalic A 071 seli____
- psfr8a Serifa-Roman A 071 ser_____
- pcarl8a CaslonOpenFace A 072 ca______
- pfrb8a Frutiger-Bold A 073 ftb_____
- pfrbi8a Frutiger-BoldItalic A 073 ftbi____
- pfrc8a Frutiger-Black A 073 ftbl____
- pfrci8a Frutiger-BlackItalic A 073 ftbli___
- pfrri8a Frutiger-Italic A 073 fti_____
- pfrl8a Frutiger-Light A 073 ftl_____
- pfrli8a Frutiger-LightItalic A 073 ftli____
- pfrr8a Frutiger-Roman A 073 ftr_____
- pfru8a Frutiger-UltraBlack A 073 ftubl___
- pceb8a Centennial-Bold A 074 cib_____
- pcebi8a Centennial-BoldItalic A 074 cibi____
- pcec8a Centennial-Black A 074 cibl____
- pceci8a Centennial-BlackItalic A 074 cibli___
- pceri8a Centennial-Italic A 074 cii_____
- pcel8a Centennial-Light A 074 cil_____
- pceli8a Centennial-LightItalic A 074 cili____
- pcer8a Centennial-Roman A 074 cir_____
- pegb8a StempelGaramond-Bold A 075 gsb_____
- pegbi8a StempelGaramond-BoldItalic A 075 gsbi____
- pegri8a StempelGaramond-Italic A 075 gsi_____
- pegr8a StempelGaramond-Roman A 075 gsr_____
- pwsr8a Weiss A 076 we______
- pwsb8a Weiss-Bold A 076 web_____
- pwsx8a Weiss-ExtraBold A 076 weeb____
- pwsri8a Weiss-Italic A 076 wei_____
- pg3r8a GaramondThree A 077 gm______
- pg3b8a GaramondThree-Bold A 077 gmb_____
- pg3bi8a GaramondThree-BoldItalic A 077 gmbi____
- pg3ri8a GaramondThree-Italic A 077 gmi_____
- pulrk Universal-GreekwithMathPi A 078 unvmg___
- pulrncp Universal-NewswithCommPi A 078 unvnc___
- pavh8a Avenir-Heavy A 079 aeh_____
- pavho8a Avenir-HeavyOblique A 079 aeho____
- pavl8a Avenir-Light A 079 ael_____
- pavlo8a Avenir-LightOblique A 079 aelo____
- pavr8a Avenir-Roman A 079 aer_____
- pavro8a Avenir-Oblique A 079 aero____
- pavc8a Avenir-Black A 080 aebl____
- pavco8a Avenir-BlackOblique A 080 aeblo___
- pavm8a Avenir-Medium A 080 aem_____
- pavmo8a Avenir-MediumOblique A 080 aemo____
- pavk8a Avenir-Book A 080 aew_____
- pavko8a Avenir-BookOblique A 080 aewo____
- pwbb8a WalbaumBook-Bold A 081 wbb_____
- pwbbi8a WalbaumBook-BoldItalic A 081 wbbi____
- pwbri8a WalbaumBook-Italic A 081 wbi_____
- pwbm8a WalbaumBook-Medium A 081 wbm_____
- pwbmi8a WalbaumBook-MediumItalic A 081 wbmi____
- pwbr8a WalbaumBook-Regular A 081 wbrg____
- paob8a AntiqueOlive-Bold A 082 aqb_____
- paoc8a AntiqueOlive-Black A 082 aqbl____
- paori8a AntiqueOlive-Italic A 082 aqi_____
- paol8a AntiqueOlive-Light A 082 aql_____
- paor8a AntiqueOlive-Roman A 082 aqr_____
- plfb8a Life-Bold A 083 lib_____
- plfri8a Life-Italic A 083 lii_____
- plfr8a Life-Roman A 083 lir_____
- pocri8a ConcordeBE-Italic A 084 qqi_____
- pocm8a ConcordeBE-Medium A 084 qqm_____
- pocmi8a ConcordeBE-MediumItalic A 084 qqmi____
- pocr8a ConcordeBE-Regular A 084 qqrg____
- pg1r8a Gothic-Thirteen A 085 gtt_____
- ptph8ac Tempo-HeavyCondensed A 085 tehc____
- ptphi8ac Tempo-HeavyCondensedItalic A 085 tehci___
- pcor8a Cochin A 086 cc______
- pcob8a Cochin-Bold A 086 ccb_____
- pcobi8a Cochin-BoldItalic A 086 ccbi____
- pcori8a Cochin-Italic A 086 cci_____
- pbhb8a Bauhaus-Bold A 087 bhb_____
- pbhd8a Bauhaus-Demi A 087 bhd_____
- pbhh8a Bauhaus-Heavy A 087 bhh_____
- pbhl8a Bauhaus-Light A 087 bhl_____
- pbhm8a Bauhaus-Medium A 087 bhm_____
- psbb8a Sabon-Bold A 088 sab_____
- psbbi8a Sabon-BoldItalic A 088 sabi____
- psbri8a Sabon-Italic A 088 sai_____
- psbr8a Sabon-Roman A 088 sar_____
- phgb8a Hiroshige-Bold A 089 hrb_____
- phgbi8a Hiroshige-BoldItalic A 089 hrbi____
- phgc8a Hiroshige-Black A 089 hrbl____
- phgci8a Hiroshige-BlackItalic A 089 hrbli___
- phgm8a Hiroshige-Medium A 089 hrm_____
- phgmi8a Hiroshige-MediumItalic A 089 hrmi____
- phgk8a Hiroshige-Book A 089 hrw_____
- phgki8a Hiroshige-BookItalic A 089 hrwi____
- pabr8a ArnoldBoecklin A 090 ab______
- pftrf8a FetteFraktur A 090 ff______
- pftrf7c FetteFraktur-Dfr A 090 ffdfr___
- phir8a HelveticaInserat-Roman A 090 hir_____
- pptr8a Present A 090 pr______
- pdcr8a DomCasual A 091 dc______
- pdcb8a DomCasual-Bold A 091 dcb_____
- ppqm8a PostAntiquaBE-Medium A 092 pbm_____
- ppqr8a PostAntiquaBE-Regular A 092 pbrg____
- pfob8a Folio-Bold A 093 fob_____
- pfob8ac Folio-BoldCondensed A 093 fobc____
- pfox8a Folio-ExtraBold A 093 foeb____
- pfol8a Folio-Light A 093 fol_____
- pfom8a Folio-Medium A 093 fom_____
- plnrw8a Linoscript A 094 lp______
- plnrf8a Linotext A 094 lx______
- plnrf7c Linotext-Dfr A 094 lxdfr___
- pvrb8a VAGRounded-Bold A 095 vrb_____
- pvrc8a VAGRounded-Black A 095 vrbl____
- pvrl8a VAGRounded-Light A 095 vrl_____
- pvra8a VAGRounded-Thin A 095 vrt_____
- pazb8a AkzidenzGroteskBE-Bold A 096 gfb_____
- pazbi8a AkzidenzGroteskBE-BoldIt A 096 gfbi____
- pazri8a AkzidenzGroteskBE-It A 096 gfi_____
- pazl8a AkzidenzGroteskBE-Light A 096 gfl_____
- pazlj8a AkzidenzGroteskBE-LightOsF A 096 gflos___
- pazm8a AkzidenzGroteskBE-Md A 096 gfm_____
- pazmi8a AkzidenzGroteskBE-MdIt A 096 gfmi____
- pazr8a AkzidenzGroteskBE-Regular A 096 gfrg____
- pazu8a AkzidenzGroteskBE-Super A 096 gfsu____
- pipb8a Impressum-Bold A 097 imb_____
- pipri8a Impressum-Italic A 097 imi_____
- pipr8a Impressum-Roman A 097 imr_____
- pubb8a BauerBodoni-Bold A 098 bbb_____
- pubbi8a BauerBodoni-BoldItalic A 098 bbbi____
- pubri8a BauerBodoni-Italic A 098 bbi_____
- pubr8a BauerBodoni-Roman A 098 bbr_____
- pnar8a NewAster A 099 na______
- pnab8a NewAster-Bold A 099 nab_____
- pnabi8a NewAster-BoldItalic A 099 nabi____
- pnac8a NewAster-Black A 099 nabl____
- pnaci8a NewAster-BlackItalic A 099 nabli___
- pnari8a NewAster-Italic A 099 nai_____
- pnas8a NewAster-SemiBold A 099 nas_____
- pnasi8a NewAster-SemiBoldItalic A 099 nasi____
- padb8a AGaramond-Bold A 100 gdb_____
- padbi8a AGaramond-BoldItalic A 100 gdbi____
- padri8a AGaramond-Italic A 100 gdi_____
- padr8a AGaramond-Regular A 100 gdrg____
- pads8a AGaramond-Semibold A 100 gdsb____
- padsi8a AGaramond-SemiboldItalic A 100 gdsbi___
- padbij8a AGaramond-BoldItalicOsF A 101 gdbio___
- padbj8a AGaramond-BoldOsF A 101 gdbos___
- padrij8a AGaramond-ItalicOsF A 101 gdio____
- padsc8a AGaramond-SemiboldSC A 101 gdsbs___
- padrc8a AGaramond-RegularSC A 101 gdsc____
- padsij8a AGaramond-SemiboldItalicOsF A 101 gdsis___
- padrd8a AGaramond-Titling A 101 gdttl___
- padb8x AGaramondExp-Bold A 101 geb_____
- padbi8x AGaramondExp-BoldItalic A 101 gebi____
- padri8x AGaramondExp-Italic A 101 gei_____
- padr8x AGaramondExp-Regular A 101 gerg____
- pads8x AGaramondExp-Semibold A 101 gesb____
- padsi8x AGaramondExp-SemiboldItalic A 101 gesbi___
- padri7a AGaramondAlt-Italic A 101 ggi_____
- padr7a AGaramondAlt-Regular A 101 ggrg____
- pcib8a Candida-Bold A 102 cgb_____
- pciri8a Candida-Italic A 102 cgi_____
- pcir8a Candida-Roman A 102 cgr_____
- pfgr8ac FranklinGothic-Condensed A 103 fgc_____
- pfgr8aq FranklinGothic-ExtraCond A 103 fgec____
- pfgr8a FranklinGothic-Roman A 103 fgr_____
- putb8a Utopia-Bold A 104 utb_____
- putbi8a Utopia-BoldItalic A 104 utbi____
- putc8a Utopia-Black A 104 utbl____
- putri8a Utopia-Italic A 104 uti_____
- putr8a Utopia-Regular A 104 utrg____
- puts8a Utopia-Semibold A 104 utsb____
- putsi8a Utopia-SemiboldItalic A 104 utsbi___
- putb8x UtopiaExp-Bold A 105 ueb_____
- putbi8x UtopiaExp-BoldItalic A 105 uebi____
- putc8x UtopiaExp-Black A 105 uebl____
- putri8x UtopiaExp-Italic A 105 uei_____
- putr8x UtopiaExp-Regular A 105 uerg____
- puts8x UtopiaExp-Semibold A 105 uesb____
- putsi8x UtopiaExp-SemiboldItalic A 105 uesbi___
- putbij8a Utopia-BoldItalicOsF A 105 utbio___
- putbj8a Utopia-BoldOsF A 105 utbos___
- putrij8a Utopia-ItalicOsF A 105 utio____
- putrp Utopia-Ornaments A 105 utor____
- putrc8a Utopia-RegularSC A 105 utrsc___
- putsc8a Utopia-SemiboldSC A 105 utsbs___
- putsij8a Utopia-SemiboldItalicOsF A 105 utsis___
- putrd8a Utopia-Titling A 105 utttl___
- putcj8a Utopia-BlackOsF A 105 utzof___
- pbyb8a Berkeley-Bold A 106 byb_____
- pbybi8a Berkeley-BoldItalic A 106 bybi____
- pbyc8a Berkeley-Black A 106 bybl____
- pbyci8a Berkeley-BlackItalic A 106 bybli___
- pbymi8a Berkeley-Italic A 106 byi_____
- pbym8a Berkeley-Medium A 106 bym_____
- pbyk8a Berkeley-Book A 106 byw_____
- pbyki8a Berkeley-BookItalic A 106 bywi____
- paob8ac AntiqueOlive-BoldCond A 107 aqbc____
- paor8ap AntiqueOlive-Compact A 107 aqct____
- paohix8a AntiqueOlive-Nord A 107 aqnr____
- paohrx8a AntiqueOlive-NordItalic A 107 aqnri___
- ppsr8a Parisian A 108 pn______
- pumr8a Umbra A 108 um______
- pmsrw8a Mistral A 109 ms______
- prprw8a Reporter-Two A 109 rp______
- pccrw8a CascadeScript A 110 ck______
- pmirw8a MediciScript A 110 mc______
- pnurw8a NuptialScript A 110 nu______
- pubb8ac BauerBodoni-BoldCond A 111 bbbc____
- pubc8a BauerBodoni-Black A 111 bbbl____
- pubc8ac BauerBodoni-BlackCond A 111 bbblc___
- pubci8a BauerBodoni-BlackItalic A 111 bbbli___
- pmdb8a Meridien-Bold A 112 m0b_____
- pmdbi8a Meridien-BoldItalic A 112 m0bi____
- pmdri8a Meridien-Italic A 112 m0i_____
- pmdm8a Meridien-Medium A 112 m0m_____
- pmdmi8a Meridien-MediumItalic A 112 m0mi____
- pmdr8a Meridien-Roman A 112 m0r_____
- zpcp29ab Copperplate-TwentyNineAB A 113 cp29a___
- zpcp29bc Copperplate-TwentyNineBC A 113 cp29c___
- zpcp30ab Copperplate-ThirtyAB A 113 cp30a___
- zpcp30bc Copperplate-ThirtyBC A 113 cp30c___
- zpcp31ab Copperplate-ThirtyOneAB A 113 cp31a___
- zpcp31bc Copperplate-ThirtyOneBC A 113 cp31c___
- zpcp32ab Copperplate-ThirtyTwoAB A 113 cp32a___
- zpcp32bc Copperplate-ThirtyTwoBC A 113 cp32c___
- zpcp33bc Copperplate-ThirtyThreeBC A 113 cp33c___
- pnvb8a Novarese-Bold A 114 nob_____
- pnvbi8a Novarese-BoldItalic A 114 nobi____
- pnvm8a Novarese-Medium A 114 nom_____
- pnvmi8a Novarese-MediumItalic A 114 nomi____
- pnvu8a Novarese-Ultra A 114 nou_____
- pnvk8a Novarese-Book A 114 now_____
- pnvki8a Novarese-BookItalic A 114 nowi____
- pksbw8a KuenstlerScript-TwoBold A 115 kt2b____
- pkscw8a KuenstlerScript-Black A 115 ktbl____
- pksmw8a KuenstlerScript-Medium A 115 ktm_____
- parr8a Arcadia A 116 a_______
- parra8a Arcadia-A A 116 a_aaa___
- pinrh8a Industria-Inline A 116 inin____
- pinrha8a Industria-InlineA A 116 inina___
- piar8a Insignia A 116 ins_____
- piara8a Insignia-A A 116 insa____
- pinr8a Industria-Solid A 116 insd____
- pinra8a Industria-SolidA A 116 insda___
- psvb8a Souvenir-Bold A 117 sub_____
- psvbi8a Souvenir-BoldItalic A 117 subi____
- psvm8a Souvenir-Medium A 117 sum_____
- psvmi8a Souvenir-MediumItalic A 117 sumi____
- pbdb8ac Bodoni-BoldCondensed A 118 bdbc____
- pbdp8ap Bodoni-PosterCompressed A 118 bdpsc___
- pbdpi8a Bodoni-PosterItalic A 118 bdpsi___
- pbdk8a Bodoni-Book A 118 bdw_____
- pbdki8a Bodoni-BookItalic A 118 bdwi____
- prqr8a RussellSquare A 119 ru______
- prqro8a RussellSquare-Oblique A 119 ruo_____
- pcgb8a Charlemagne-Bold A 120 czb_____
- pcgr8a Charlemagne-Regular A 120 czrg____
- ptjb8a Trajan-Bold A 120 tjb_____
- ptjr8a Trajan-Regular A 120 tjrg____
- plob8a Lithos-Bold A 121 lob_____
- ploc8a Lithos-Black A 121 lobl____
- ploi8a Lithos-ExtraLight A 121 loel____
- plol8a Lithos-Light A 121 lol_____
- plor8a Lithos-Regular A 121 lorg____
- pcwr8a Cottonwood A 122 c_______
- piwr8a Ironwood A 122 i_______
- pjpr8a Juniper A 122 j_______
- pmqr8a Mesquite A 122 m_______
- ppor8a Ponderosa A 122 p_______
- ppi026 WoodtypeOrnaments-One A 122 woor____
- ptkb8a Tekton-Bold A 123 tkb_____
- ptkbo8a Tekton-BoldOblique A 123 tkbo____
- ptkro8a Tekton-Oblique A 123 tko_____
- ptkr8a Tekton A 123 tkrg____
- pagb8ac AvantGarde-CondBold A 124 agcb____
- pagd8ac AvantGarde-CondDemi A 124 agcd____
- pagm8ac AvantGarde-CondMedium A 124 agcm____
- pagk8ac AvantGarde-CondBook A 124 agcw____
- pssb8a StempelSchneidler-Bold A 125 skb_____
- pssbi8a StempelSchneidler-BoldItalic A 125 skbi____
- pssc8a StempelSchneidler-Black A 125 skbl____
- pssci8a StempelSchneidler-BlackItalic A 125 skbli___
- pssri8a StempelSchneidler-Italic A 125 ski_____
- pssl8a StempelSchneidler-Light A 125 skl_____
- pssli8a StempelSchneidler-LightItalic A 125 skli____
- pssm8a StempelSchneidler-Medium A 125 skm_____
- pssmi8a StempelSchneidler-MedItalic A 125 skmi____
- pssr8a StempelSchneidler-Roman A 125 skr_____
- ptgr8a TradeGothic A 126 tg______
- ptgb8a TradeGothic-Bold A 126 tgb_____
- ptgbo8a TradeGothic-BoldOblique A 126 tgbo____
- ptgc8a TradeGothic-BoldTwo A 126 tgb2____
- ptgco8a TradeGothic-BoldTwoOblique A 126 tgb2o___
- ptgl8a TradeGothic-Light A 126 tgl_____
- ptglo8a TradeGothic-LightOblique A 126 tglo____
- ptgro8a TradeGothic-Oblique A 126 tgo_____
- ptgb8ac TradeGothic-BoldCondTwenty A 127 tgbc____
- ptgbo8ac TradeGothic-BoldCondTwentyObl A 127 tgbco___
- ptgr8ac TradeGothic-CondEighteen A 127 tgc_____
- ptgro8ac TradeGothic-CondEighteenObl A 127 tgco____
- prar8a Raleigh A 128 ra______
- prab8a Raleigh-Bold A 128 rab_____
- prad8a Raleigh-DemiBold A 128 rad_____
- pram8a Raleigh-Medium A 128 ram_____
- pmtb8a Minister-Bold A 129 mzb_____
- pmtbi8a Minister-BoldItalic A 129 mzbi____
- pmtc8a Minister-Black A 129 mzbl____
- pmtci8a Minister-BlackItalic A 129 mzbli___
- pmtl8a Minister-Light A 129 mzl_____
- pmtli8a Minister-LightItalic A 129 mzli____
- pmtk8a Minister-Book A 129 mzw_____
- pmtki8a Minister-BookItalic A 129 mzwi____
- pesb8ac Eurostile-BoldCondensed A 130 eubc____
- pesb8ax Eurostile-BoldExtendedTwo A 130 eubex___
- pesr8ac Eurostile-Condensed A 130 euc_____
- pesr8ax Eurostile-ExtendedTwo A 130 euex____
- pwdb8a Weidemann-Bold A 131 wdb_____
- pwdbi8a Weidemann-BoldItalic A 131 wdbi____
- pwdc8a Weidemann-Black A 131 wdbl____
- pwdci8a Weidemann-BlackItalic A 131 wdbli___
- pwdm8a Weidemann-Medium A 131 wdm_____
- pwdmi8a Weidemann-MediumItalic A 131 wdmi____
- pwdk8a Weidemann-Book A 131 wdw_____
- pwdki8a Weidemann-BookItalic A 131 wdwi____
- pqrb8a Quorum-Bold A 132 qob_____
- pqrc8a Quorum-Black A 132 qobl____
- pqrl8a Quorum-Light A 132 qol_____
- pqrm8a Quorum-Medium A 132 qom_____
- pqrk8a Quorum-Book A 132 qow_____
- pcxb8a Caxton-Bold A 133 cxb_____
- pcxbi8a Caxton-BoldItalic A 133 cxbi____
- pcxl8a Caxton-Light A 133 cxl_____
- pcxli8a Caxton-LightItalic A 133 cxli____
- pcxk8a Caxton-Book A 133 cxw_____
- pcxki8a Caxton-BookItalic A 133 cxwi____
- psxb8a Syntax-Bold A 134 sxb_____
- psxc8a Syntax-Black A 134 sxbl____
- psxri8a Syntax-Italic A 134 sxi_____
- psxr8a Syntax-Roman A 134 sxr_____
- psxu8a Syntax-UltraBlack A 134 sxubl___
- pdrb8a Doric-Bold A 135 drb_____
- pmxr8a Maximus A 135 mx______
- pserd8a Shelley-AllegroScript A 136 shal____
- pser8a Shelley-AndanteScript A 136 shan____
- pserw8a Shelley-VolanteScript A 136 shvo____
- pnzk8a NeuzeitS-Book A 137 new_____
- pnzh8a NeuzeitS-BookHeavy A 137 newh____
- pvlb8a Versailles-Bold A 138 veb_____
- pvlbi8a Versailles-BoldItalic A 138 vebi____
- pvlc8a Versailles-Black A 138 vebl____
- pvlci8a Versailles-BlackItalic A 138 vebli___
- pvlri8a Versailles-Italic A 138 vei_____
- pvll8a Versailles-Light A 138 vel_____
- pvlli8a Versailles-LightItalic A 138 veli____
- pvlr8a Versailles-Roman A 138 ver_____
- pgmb8ac Garamond-BoldCondensed A 139 gabc____
- pgmbi8ac Garamond-BoldCondensedItalic A 139 gabci___
- pgml8ac Garamond-LightCondensed A 139 galc____
- pgmlu8ac Garamond-LightCondensedItalic A 139 galci___
- pgmu8ac Garamond-UltraCondensed A 139 gauc____
- pgmui8ac Garamond-UltraCondensedItalic A 139 gauci___
- pgmk8ac Garamond-BookCondensed A 139 gawc____
- pgmki8ac Garamond-BookCondensedItalic A 139 gawci___
- pctl8a Cheltenham-Light A 140 chl_____
- pctli8a Cheltenham-LightItalic A 140 chli____
- pctu8a Cheltenham-Ultra A 140 chu_____
- pctui8a Cheltenham-UltraItalic A 140 chui____
- pcnb8a Century-Bold A 141 icb_____
- pcnbi8a Century-BoldItalic A 141 icbi____
- pcnl8a Century-Light A 141 icl_____
- pcnli8a Century-LightItalic A 141 icli____
- pcnu8a Century-Ultra A 141 icu_____
- pcnui8a Century-UltraItalic A 141 icui____
- pcnk8a Century-Book A 141 icw_____
- pcnki8a Century-BookItalic A 141 icwi____
- pcnb8ac Century-BoldCondensed A 142 icbc____
- pcnbi8ac Century-BoldCondensedItalic A 142 icbci___
- pcnl8ac Century-LightCondensed A 142 iclc____
- pcnli8ac Century-LightCondensedItalic A 142 iclci___
- pcnu8ac Century-UltraCondensed A 142 icuc____
- pcnui8ac Century-UltraCondensedItalic A 142 icuci___
- pcnk8ac Century-BookCondensed A 142 icwc____
- pcnki8ac Century-BookCondensedItalic A 142 icwci___
- pmnb8a Minion-Bold A 143 mob_____
- pmnbi8a Minion-BoldItalic A 143 mobi____
- pmnc8a Minion-Black A 143 mobl____
- pmnrd8a Minion-DisplayRegular A 143 mods____
- pmnrid8a Minion-DisplayItalic A 143 modsi___
- pmnri8a Minion-Italic A 143 moi_____
- pmnr8a Minion-Regular A 143 morg____
- pmns8a Minion-Semibold A 143 mosb____
- pmnsi8a Minion-SemiboldItalic A 143 mosbi___
- pmnb8x MinionExp-Bold A 144 mjb_____
- pmnbi8x MinionExp-BoldItalic A 144 mjbi____
- pmnc8x MinionExp-Black A 144 mjbl____
- pmnrd8x MinionExp-DisplayRegular A 144 mjds____
- pmnrid8x MinionExp-DisplayItalic A 144 mjdsi___
- pmnri8x MinionExp-Italic A 144 mji_____
- pmnr8x MinionExp-Regular A 144 mjrg____
- pmns8x MinionExp-Semibold A 144 mjsb____
- pmnsi8x MinionExp-SemiboldItalic A 144 mjsbi___
- pmnbij8a Minion-BoldItalicOsF A 144 mobio___
- pmnbj8a Minion-BoldOsF A 144 mobos___
- pmnricd8a Minion-DisplayItalicSC A 144 modis___
- pmnrcd8a Minion-DisplayRegularSC A 144 modsc___
- pmnric8a Minion-ItalicSC A 144 moisc___
- pmnrp Minion-Ornaments A 144 moor____
- pmnsc8a Minion-SemiboldSC A 144 mosbs___
- pmnrc8a Minion-RegularSC A 144 mosc____
- pmnriwd7a Minion-SwashDisplayItalic A 144 mosdi___
- pmnsic8a Minion-SemiboldItalicSC A 144 mosic___
- pmnsiw7a Minion-SwashSemiboldItalic A 144 mossb___
- pmnriw7a Minion-SwashItalic A 144 moswi___
- pmncj8a Minion-BlackOsF A 144 mozof___
- mnsb8a TimesNewRomanPS-Bold A 145 mtb_____
- mnsbi8a TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalic A 145 mtbi____
- mnsri8a TimesNewRomanPS-Italic A 145 mti_____
- pnsr8a TimesNewRomanPS A 145 mtr_____
- pbkb8a Bookman-Bold A 146 bkb_____
- pbkbi8a Bookman-BoldItalic A 146 bkbi____
- pbkm8a Bookman-Medium A 146 bkm_____
- pbkmi8a Bookman-MediumItalic A 146 bkmi____
- psrrw8a SnellRoundhand-Script A 147 sn______
- psrbw8a SnellRoundhand-BoldScript A 147 snb_____
- psrcw8a SnellRoundhand-BlackScript A 147 snbl____
- pigb8a SimonciniGaramond-Bold A 148 gib_____
- pigri8a SimonciniGaramond-Italic A 148 gii_____
- pigr8a SimonciniGaramond A 148 gir_____
- pbcr8a Banco A 149 bc______
- phmr8a Charme A 149 cu______
- pfyc8ac Flyer-BlackCondensed A 149 flblc___
- pfyx8ac Flyer-ExtraBlackCondensed A 149 flebc___
- pwgrf8a WilhelmKlingsporGotisch A 149 wk______
- pwgrf7c WilhelmKlingsporGotisch-Dfr A 149 wkdfr___
- pgmu8a Garamond-Ultra A 150 gau_____
- pgmui8a Garamond-UltraItalic A 150 gaui____
- pgmk8a Garamond-Book A 150 gaw_____
- pgmki8a Garamond-BookItalic A 150 gawi____
- prwr8a Rockwell A 151 rk______
- prwb8a Rockwell-Bold A 151 rkb_____
- prwbi8a Rockwell-BoldItalic A 151 rkbi____
- prwri8a Rockwell-Italic A 151 rki_____
- prwl8a Rockwell-Light A 151 rkl_____
- prwli8a Rockwell-LightItalic A 151 rkli____
- pgsr8a GillSans A 152 gn______
- pgsb8a GillSans-Bold A 152 gnb_____
- pgsbi8a GillSans-BoldItalic A 152 gnbi____
- pgsri8a GillSans-Italic A 152 gni_____
- pgsl8a GillSans-Light A 152 gnl_____
- pgsli8a GillSans-LightItalic A 152 gnli____
- pspb8a Serpentine-Bold A 153 sfb_____
- pspbo8a Serpentine-BoldOblique A 153 sfbo____
- pspl8a Serpentine-Light A 153 sfl_____
- psplo8a Serpentine-LightOblique A 153 sflo____
- pspm8a Serpentine-Medium A 153 sfm_____
- pspmo8a Serpentine-MediumOblique A 153 sfmo____
- plcrv LucidaMath-Extension A 154 lme_____
- plcrim LucidaMath-Italic A 154 lmi_____
- plcry LucidaMath-Symbol A 154 lms_____
- ppi005 EuropeanPi-One A 155 euro1___
- ppi006 EuropeanPi-Two A 155 euro2___
- ppi007 EuropeanPi-Three A 155 euro3___
- ppi008 EuropeanPi-Four A 155 euro4___
- ppi001 BorderPi-OneFiveOneFiveNine A 155 j1515___
- ppi002 BundesbahnPi-One A 156 db1_____
- ppi003 BundesbahnPi-Two A 156 db2_____
- ppi004 BundesbahnPi-Three A 156 db3_____
- pc2b8a CaslonTwoTwentyFour-Bold A 157 c2b_____
- pc2bi8a CaslonTwoTwentyFour-BoldIt A 157 c2bi____
- pc2c8a CaslonTwoTwentyFour-Black A 157 c2bl____
- pc2ci8a CaslonTwoTwentyFour-BlackIt A 157 c2bli___
- pc2m8a CaslonTwoTwentyFour-Medium A 157 c2m_____
- pc2mi8a CaslonTwoTwentyFour-MediumIt A 157 c2mi____
- pc2k8a CaslonTwoTwentyFour-Book A 157 c2w_____
- pc2ki8a CaslonTwoTwentyFour-BookIt A 157 c2wi____
- ppi020 MathematicalPi-One A 158 mh1_____
- ppi021 MathematicalPi-Two A 158 mh2_____
- ppi022 MathematicalPi-Three A 158 mh3_____
- ppi023 MathematicalPi-Four A 158 mh4_____
- ppi024 MathematicalPi-Five A 158 mh5_____
- ppi025 MathematicalPi-Six A 158 mh6_____
- plwb8a Leawood-Bold A 159 lwb_____
- plwbi8a Leawood-BoldItalic A 159 lwbi____
- plwc8a Leawood-Black A 159 lwbl____
- plwci8a Leawood-BlackItalic A 159 lwbli___
- plwm8a Leawood-Medium A 159 lwm_____
- plwmi8a Leawood-MediumItalic A 159 lwmi____
- plwk8a Leawood-Book A 159 lww_____
- plwki8a Leawood-BookItalic A 159 lwwi____
- pbir8a Birch A 160 bi______
- pb0r8a Blackoak A 160 bo______
- pmrr8a Madrone A 160 mq______
- pp0r8a Poplar A 160 pp______
- pwwr8a Willow A 160 wi______
- ppi027 WoodtypeOrnaments-Two A 160 woor2___
- pbbr8a Bembo A 161 bm______
- pbbb8a Bembo-Bold A 161 bmb_____
- pbbbi8a Bembo-BoldItalic A 161 bmbi____
- pbbri8a Bembo-Italic A 161 bmi_____
- pgsb8ac GillSans-BoldCondensed A 162 gnbc____
- pgsr8ac GillSans-Condensed A 162 gnc_____
- pgsx8a GillSans-ExtraBold A 162 gneb____
- pgsu8a GillSans-UltraBold A 162 gnub____
- pgsu8ac GillSans-UltraBoldCondensed A 162 gnubc___
- prwb8ac Rockwell-BoldCondensed A 163 rkbc____
- prwr8ac Rockwell-Condensed A 163 rkc_____
- prwx8a Rockwell-ExtraBold A 163 rkeb____
- pgpc8a Glypha-Black A 164 gybl____
- pgpco8a Glypha-BlackOblique A 164 gyblo___
- pgpl8a Glypha-Light A 164 gyl_____
- pgplo8a Glypha-LightOblique A 164 gylo____
- pgpa8a Glypha-Thin A 164 gyt_____
- pgpao8a Glypha-ThinOblique A 164 gyto____
- pzcb8a ZapfChancery-Bold A 165 zcb_____
- pzcd8a ZapfChancery-Demi A 165 zcd_____
- pzcri8a ZapfChancery-Italic A 165 zci_____
- pzcl8a ZapfChancery-Light A 165 zcl_____
- pzcli8a ZapfChancery-LightItalic A 165 zcli____
- pzcr8a ZapfChancery-Roman A 165 zcr_____
- puwb8a Usherwood-Bold A 166 usb_____
- puwbi8a Usherwood-BoldItalic A 166 usbi____
- puwc8a Usherwood-Black A 166 usbl____
- puwci8a Usherwood-BlackItalic A 166 usbli___
- puwm8a Usherwood-Medium A 166 usm_____
- puwmi8a Usherwood-MediumItalic A 166 usmi____
- puwk8a Usherwood-Book A 166 usw_____
- puwki8a Usherwood-BookItalic A 166 uswi____
- isyb8a ItcSymbol-Bold A 167 isb_____
- isybi8a ItcSymbol-BoldItalic A 167 isbi____
- isyc8a ItcSymbol-Black A 167 isbl____
- isyci8a ItcSymbol-BlackItalic A 167 isbli___
- isym8a ItcSymbol-Medium A 167 ism_____
- isymi8a ItcSymbol-MediumItalic A 167 ismi____
- isyk8a ItcSymbol-Book A 167 isw_____
- isyki8a ItcSymbol-BookItalic A 167 iswi____
- punb8ax Univers-BoldExt A 168 uvbv____
- punbo8ax Univers-BoldExtObl A 168 uvbvo___
- punx8ax Univers-ExtraBlackExt A 168 uvfv____
- punxo8ax Univers-ExtraBlackExtObl A 168 uvfvo___
- punr8ax Univers-Extended A 168 uvv_____
- punro8ax Univers-ExtendedObl A 168 uvvo____
- punc8ax Univers-BlackExt A 168 uvzv____
- punco8ax Univers-BlackExtObl A 168 uvzvo___
- poyr8a Olympian A 169 ol______
- poyb8a Olympian-Bold A 169 olb_____
- poybi8a Olympian-BoldItalic A 169 olbi____
- poyri8a Olympian-Italic A 169 oli_____
- puhb8a Cushing-Bold A 170 iub_____
- puhbi8a Cushing-BoldItalic A 170 iubi____
- puhh8a Cushing-Heavy A 170 iuh_____
- puhhi8a Cushing-HeavyItalic A 170 iuhi____
- puhm8a Cushing-Medium A 170 ium_____
- puhmi8a Cushing-MediumItalic A 170 iumi____
- puhk8a Cushing-Book A 170 iuw_____
- puhki8a Cushing-BookItalic A 170 iuwi____
- pcqr Cheq A 171 cq______
- ps7rp Sassoon-Primary A 172 sass____
- pfnb8a Fenice-Bold A 173 feb_____
- pfnbo8a Fenice-BoldOblique A 173 febo____
- pfnl8a Fenice-Light A 173 fel_____
- pfnlo8a Fenice-LightOblique A 173 felo____
- pfnr8a Fenice-Regular A 173 ferg____
- pfnro8a Fenice-RegularOblique A 173 fergo___
- pfnu8a Fenice-Ultra A 173 feu_____
- pfnuo8a Fenice-UltraOblique A 173 feuo____
- pctb8ac Cheltenham-BoldCond A 174 chbc____
- pctbi8ac Cheltenham-BoldCondItalic A 174 chbci___
- pctl8ac Cheltenham-LightCond A 174 chlc____
- pctli8ac Cheltenham-LightCondItalic A 174 chlci___
- pctu8ac Cheltenham-UltraCond A 174 chuc____
- pctui8ac Cheltenham-UltraCondItalic A 174 chuci___
- pctk8ac Cheltenham-BookCond A 174 chwc____
- pctki8ac Cheltenham-BookCondItalic A 174 chwci___
- phrb8a HelveticaRounded-Bold A 175 heb_____
- phrb8ac HelveticaRounded-BoldCond A 175 hebc____
- phrbo8ac HelveticaRounded-BoldCondObl A 175 hebco___
- phrc8a HelveticaRounded-Black A 175 hebl____
- phrco8a HelveticaRounded-BlackObl A 175 heblo___
- phrbo8a HelveticaRounded-BoldObl A 175 hebo____
- pehra8a DINEngschrift-Alternate A 176 dinea___
- pehr8a DINEngschrift A 176 dinen___
- pm6ra8a DINMittelschrift-Alternate A 176 dinma___
- pm6r8a DINMittelschrift A 176 dinmi___
- pzgb8ac DINNeuzeitGrotesk-BoldCond A 176 dngbc___
- pzgl8a DINNeuzeitGrotesk-Light A 176 dngl____
- psnh8a Spartan-HeavyClassified A 177 sqhcl___
- psnk8a Spartan-BookClassified A 177 sqwcl___
- pugb8a BenguiatGothic-Bold A 178 beb_____
- pugbo8a BenguiatGothic-BoldOblique A 178 bebo____
- pugh8a BenguiatGothic-Heavy A 178 beh_____
- pugho8a BenguiatGothic-HeavyOblique A 178 beho____
- pugm8a BenguiatGothic-Medium A 178 bem_____
- pugmo8a BenguiatGothic-MediumOblique A 178 bemo____
- pugk8a BenguiatGothic-Book A 178 bew_____
- pugko8a BenguiatGothic-BookOblique A 178 bewo____
- ptmx8a Times-ExtraBold A 179 tieb____
- ptms8a Times-Semibold A 179 tisb____
- ptmsi8a Times-SemiboldItalic A 179 tisbi___
- pacb8a ACaslon-Bold A 180 awb_____
- pacbi8a ACaslon-BoldItalic A 180 awbi____
- pacri8a ACaslon-Italic A 180 awi_____
- pacr8a ACaslon-Regular A 180 awrg____
- pacs8a ACaslon-Semibold A 180 awsb____
- pacsi8a ACaslon-SemiboldItalic A 180 awsbi___
- pacb7a ACaslon-AltBold A 181 awab____
- pacbi7a ACaslon-AltBoldItalic A 181 awabi___
- pacri7a ACaslon-AltItalic A 181 awai____
- pacr7a ACaslon-AltRegular A 181 awarg___
- pacs7a ACaslon-AltSemibold A 181 awasb___
- pacsi7a ACaslon-AltSemiboldItalic A 181 awasi___
- pacbij8a ACaslon-BoldItalicOsF A 181 awbio___
- pacbj8a ACaslon-BoldOsF A 181 awbos___
- pacrij8a ACaslon-ItalicOsF A 181 awio____
- pacrp ACaslon-Ornaments A 181 awor____
- pacsc8a ACaslon-SemiboldSC A 181 awsbs___
- pacrc8a ACaslon-RegularSC A 181 awsc____
- pacsic8a ACaslon-SemiboldItalicOsF A 181 awsis___
- pacsiw7a ACaslon-SwashSemiboldItalic A 181 awssb___
- pacbiw7a ACaslon-SwashBoldItalic A 181 awswb___
- pacriw7a ACaslon-SwashItalic A 181 awswi___
- pacb8x ACaslonExp-Bold A 181 axb_____
- pacbi8x ACaslonExp-BoldItalic A 181 axbi____
- pacri8x ACaslonExp-Italic A 181 axi_____
- pacr8x ACaslonExp-Regular A 181 axrg____
- pacs8x ACaslonExp-Semibold A 181 axsb____
- pacsi8x ACaslonExp-SemiboldItalic A 181 axsbi___
- phnj8ax HelveticaNeue-UltraLigExt A 182 hlav____
- phnjo8ax HelveticaNeue-UltraLigExtObl A 182 hlavo___
- phnc8ax HelveticaNeue-BlackExt A 182 hlzv____
- phnco8ax HelveticaNeue-BlackExtObl A 182 hlzvo___
- phnb8ax HelveticaNeue-BoldExt A 183 hlbv____
- phnbo8ax HelveticaNeue-BoldExtObl A 183 hlbvo___
- phna8ax HelveticaNeue-ThinExt A 183 hltv____
- phnao8ax HelveticaNeue-ThinExtObl A 183 hltvo___
- phnr8ax HelveticaNeue-Extended A 183 hlv_____
- phnro8ax HelveticaNeue-ExtendedObl A 183 hlvo____
- phnh8ax HelveticaNeue-HeavyExt A 184 hlhv____
- phnho8ax HelveticaNeue-HeavyExtObl A 184 hlhvo___
- phnl8ax HelveticaNeue-LightExt A 184 hllv____
- phnlo8ax HelveticaNeue-LightExtObl A 184 hllvo___
- phnm8ax HelveticaNeue-MediumExt A 184 hlmv____
- phnmo8ax HelveticaNeue-MediumExtObl A 184 hlmvo___
- pshb8a Shannon-Bold A 185 sbb_____
- pshx8a Shannon-ExtraBold A 185 sbeb____
- pshro8a Shannon-Oblique A 185 sbo_____
- pshk8a Shannon-Book A 185 sbw_____
- pbbx8a Bembo-ExtraBold A 186 bmeb____
- pbbxi8a Bembo-ExtraBoldItalic A 186 bmebi___
- pbbs8a Bembo-Semibold A 186 bmsb____
- pbbsi8a Bembo-SemiboldItalic A 186 bmsbi___
- pggr8a GarthGraphic A 187 gh______
- pggb8a GarthGraphic-Bold A 187 ghb_____
- pggb8ac GarthGraphic-BoldCondensed A 187 ghbc____
- pggbi8a GarthGraphic-BoldItalic A 187 ghbi____
- pggr8ac GarthGraphic-Condensed A 187 ghc_____
- pggx8a GarthGraphic-ExtraBold A 187 gheb____
- pggri8a GarthGraphic-Italic A 187 ghi_____
- pggc8a GarthGraphic-Black A 187 ghz_____
- phnj8ac HelveticaNeue-UltraLigCond A 188 hla_____
- phnjo8ac HelveticaNeue-UltraLigCondObl A 188 hlao____
- phnx8ac HelveticaNeue-ExtBlackCond A 188 hlj_____
- phnxo8ac HelveticaNeue-ExtBlackCondObl A 188 hljo____
- phnc8ac HelveticaNeue-BlackCond A 188 hlzc____
- phnco8ac HelveticaNeue-BlackCondObl A 188 hlzco___
- phnb8ac HelveticaNeue-BoldCond A 189 hlbc____
- phnbo8ac HelveticaNeue-BoldCondObl A 189 hlbco___
- phnr8ac HelveticaNeue-Condensed A 189 hlc_____
- phnro8ac HelveticaNeue-CondensedObl A 189 hlco____
- phna8ac HelveticaNeue-ThinCond A 189 hltc____
- phnao8ac HelveticaNeue-ThinCondObl A 189 hltco___
- phnh8ac HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond A 190 hlhc____
- phnho8ac HelveticaNeue-HeavyCondObl A 190 hlhco___
- phnl8ac HelveticaNeue-LightCond A 190 hllc____
- phnlo8ac HelveticaNeue-LightCondObl A 190 hllco___
- phnm8ac HelveticaNeue-MediumCond A 190 hlmc____
- phnmo8ac HelveticaNeue-MediumCondObl A 190 hlmco___
- punx8a Univers-ExtraBlack A 191 uvf_____
- punxo8a Univers-ExtraBlackObl A 191 uvfo____
- punl8ao Univers-LightUltraCondensed A 191 uvluc___
- puna8ao Univers-ThinUltraCondensed A 191 uvtuc___
- punr8ao Univers-UltraCondensed A 191 uvuc____
- pglc8a Galliard-Black A 192 glbl____
- pglci8a Galliard-BlackItalic A 192 glbli___
- pglu8a Galliard-Ultra A 192 glu_____
- pglui8a Galliard-UltraItalic A 192 glui____
- pg3bij8a GaramondThree-BoldItalicOsF A 193 gmbio___
- pg3bj8a GaramondThree-BoldSC A 193 gmbsc___
- pg3rij8a GaramondThree-ItalicOsF A 193 gmio____
- pg3rc8a GaramondThree-SC A 193 gmsc____
- ptmbij8a Times-BoldItalicOsF A 194 tibio___
- ptmbc8a Times-BoldSC A 194 tibsc___
- ptmrij8a Times-ItalicOsF A 194 tiio____
- ptmrc8a Times-RomanSC A 194 tirsc___
- pddrf8a DucDeBerry A 195 du______
- pddrf7c DucDeBerry-Dfr A 195 dudfr___
- phcr8a Herculanum A 195 herc____
- pomr8a Omnia A 195 omni____
- pttbij8a TimesTen-BoldItalicOsF A 196 ttbio___
- pttbj8a TimesTen-BoldOsF A 196 ttbof___
- pttrij8a TimesTen-ItalicOsF A 196 ttiof___
- pttrc8a TimesTen-RomanSC A 196 ttrsc___
- psbbij8a Sabon-BoldItalicOsF A 197 sabio___
- psbbj8a Sabon-BoldOsF A 197 sabof___
- psbrij8a Sabon-ItalicOsF A 197 saiof___
- psbrc8a Sabon-RomanSC A 197 sarsc___
- pwbbij8a WalbaumBook-BoldItalicOsF A 198 wbbio___
- pwbbi8x WalbaumBook-BoldItalicExpert A 198 wbbix___
- pwbbj8a WalbaumBook-BoldOsF A 198 wbbos___
- pwbb8x WalbaumBook-BoldExpert A 198 wbbxp___
- pwbrij8a WalbaumBook-ItalicOsF A 198 wbios___
- pwbri8x WalbaumBook-ItalicExpert A 198 wbixp___
- pwbmij8a WalbaumBook-MdItalicOsF A 198 wbmio___
- pwbmi8x WalbaumBook-MdItalicExpert A 198 wbmix___
- pwbmc8a WalbaumBook-MediumSC A 198 wbmsc___
- pwbm8x WalbaumBook-MdExpert A 198 wbmxp___
- pwbr8x WalbaumBook-RegularExpert A 198 wbrgx___
- pwbrc8a WalbaumBook-RegularSC A 198 wbsc____
- pubbij8a BauerBodoni-BoldItalicOsF A 199 bbbio___
- pubbj8a BauerBodoni-BoldOsF A 199 bbbof___
- pubrij8a BauerBodoni-ItalicOsF A 199 bbiof___
- pubrc8a BauerBodoni-RomanSC A 199 bbrsc___
- pmhr8a Machine A 200 ma______
- pmhb8a Machine-Bold A 200 mab_____
- pr1r8a RotisSemiSerif A 201 rf______
- pr1b8a RotisSemiSerif-Bold A 201 rfb_____
- pror8a RotisSerif A 201 rg______
- prob8a RotisSerif-Bold A 201 rgb_____
- prori8a RotisSerif-Italic A 201 rgi_____
- pr3r8a RotisSemiSans A 202 rc______
- pr3b8a RotisSemiSans-Bold A 202 rcb_____
- pr3x8a RotisSemiSans-ExtraBold A 202 rceb____
- pr3ri8a RotisSemiSans-Italic A 202 rci_____
- pr3l8a RotisSemiSans-Light A 202 rcl_____
- pr3li8a RotisSemiSans-LightItalic A 202 rcli____
- pr4r8a RotisSansSerif A 203 rb______
- pr4b8a RotisSansSerif-Bold A 203 rbb_____
- pr4x8a RotisSansSerif-ExtraBold A 203 rbeb____
- pr4ri8a RotisSansSerif-Italic A 203 rbi_____
- pr4l8a RotisSansSerif-Light A 203 rbl_____
- pr4li8a RotisSansSerif-LightItalic A 203 rbli____
- pjnbij8a JansonText-BoldItalicOsF A 204 jtbio___
- pjnbj8a JansonText-BoldOsF A 204 jtbof___
- pjnrij8a JansonText-ItalicOsF A 204 jtiof___
- pjnrc8a JansonText-RomanSC A 204 jtrsc___
- pgjr8a Granjon A 205 gr______
- pgjb8a Granjon-Bold A 205 grb_____
- pgjri8a Granjon-Italic A 205 gri_____
- pcebij8a Centennial-BoldItalicOsF A 206 cibio___
- pcebj8a Centennial-BoldOsF A 206 cibof___
- pcerij8a Centennial-ItalicOsF A 206 ciiof___
- pcelij8a Centennial-LightItalicOsF A 206 cilio___
- pcelc8a Centennial-LightSC A 206 cilsc___
- pcerc8a Centennial-RomanSC A 206 cirsc___
- pcecij8a Centennial-BlackItalicOsF A 206 cizio___
- pcecj8a Centennial-BlackOsF A 206 cizof___
- ppnr8a Plantin A 207 pl______
- ppnb8a Plantin-Bold A 207 plb_____
- ppnbi8a Plantin-BoldItalic A 207 plbi____
- ppnri8a Plantin-Italic A 207 pli_____
- pteb8a TimesEuropa-Bold A 208 tub_____
- ptebi8a TimesEuropa-BoldItalic A 208 tubi____
- pteri8a TimesEuropa-Italic A 208 tui_____
- pter8a TimesEuropa-Roman A 208 tur_____
- pgjbj8a Granjon-BoldOsF A 209 grbos___
- pgjrij8a Granjon-ItalicOsF A 209 grios___
- pgjrc8a Granjon-SC A 209 grsc____
- ptvbij8a TrumpMediaeval-BoldItalicOsF A 210 tmbio___
- ptvbj8a TrumpMediaeval-BoldOsF A 210 tmbos___
- ptvrij8a TrumpMediaeval-ItalicOsF A 210 tmios___
- ptvrc8a TrumpMediaeval-SC A 210 tmsc____
- pbsr8a BakerSignet A 211 ba______
- picr8a Impact A 211 impa____
- pagb8a AvantGarde-Bold A 212 agb_____
- pagbo8a AvantGarde-BoldObl A 212 agbo____
- pagj8a AvantGarde-ExtraLight A 212 agel____
- pagjo8a AvantGarde-ExtraLightObl A 212 agelo___
- pagm8a AvantGarde-Medium A 212 agm_____
- pagmo8a AvantGarde-MediumObl A 212 agmo____
- pplbij8a Palatino-BoldItalicOsF A 213 pobio___
- pplbj8a Palatino-BoldOsF A 213 pobos___
- pplrij8a Palatino-ItalicOsF A 213 poios___
- pplrc8a Palatino-SC A 213 posc____
- pndbij8a NewCaledonia-BoldItalicOsF A 214 nlbio___
- pndbc8a NewCaledonia-BoldSC A 214 nlbsc___
- pndrij8a NewCaledonia-ItalicOsF A 214 nlios___
- pndrc8a NewCaledonia-SC A 214 nlsc____
- pppb8a Perpetua-Bold A 215 ptb_____
- pppbi8a Perpetua-BoldItalic A 215 ptbi____
- pppri8a Perpetua-Italic A 215 pti_____
- pppr8a Perpetua A 215 ptrg____
- pilb8a Caecilia-Bold A 216 ecb_____
- pilbi8a Caecilia-BoldItalic A 216 ecbi____
- pilbij8a Caecilia-BoldItalicOsF A 216 ecbio___
- pilbj8a Caecilia-BoldOsF A 216 ecbos___
- pilh8a Caecilia-Heavy A 216 ech_____
- pilhi8a Caecilia-HeavyItalic A 216 echi____
- pilhij8a Caecilia-HeavyItalicOsF A 216 echio___
- pilhj8a Caecilia-HeavyOsF A 216 echos___
- pilri8a Caecilia-Italic A 216 eci_____
- pilrij8a Caecilia-ItalicOsF A 216 ecios___
- pill8a Caecilia-Light A 216 ecl_____
- pilli8a Caecilia-LightItalic A 216 ecli____
- pillij8a Caecilia-LightItalicOsF A 216 eclio___
- pillj8a Caecilia-LightOsF A 216 eclos___
- pilr8a Caecilia-Roman A 216 ecr_____
- pilrj8a Caecilia-RomanOsF A 216 ecros___
- pimx8a Imago-ExtraBold A 217 ioeb____
- pimxi8a Imago-ExtraBoldItalic A 217 ioebi___
- piml8a Imago-Light A 217 iol_____
- pimli8a Imago-LightItalic A 217 ioli____
- pimm8a Imago-Medium A 217 iom_____
- pimmi8a Imago-MediumItalic A 217 iomi____
- pimk8a Imago-Book A 217 iow_____
- pimki8a Imago-BookItalic A 217 iowi____
- pfab8a Formata-Bold A 218 fmb_____
- pfabi8a Formata-BoldItalic A 218 fmbi____
- pfari8a Formata-Italic A 218 fmi_____
- pfal8a Formata-Light A 218 fml_____
- pfali8a Formata-LightItalic A 218 fmli____
- pfam8a Formata-Medium A 218 fmm_____
- pfami8a Formata-MediumItalic A 218 fmmi____
- pfar8a Formata-Regular A 218 fmrg____
- pnfb8a Nofret-Bold A 219 nfb_____
- pnfbi8a Nofret-BoldItalic A 219 nfbi____
- pnfri8a Nofret-Italic A 219 nfi_____
- pnfl8a Nofret-Light A 219 nfl_____
- pnfli8a Nofret-LightItalic A 219 nfli____
- pnfm8a Nofret-Medium A 219 nfm_____
- pnfmi8a Nofret-MediumItalic A 219 nfmi____
- pnfr8a Nofret-Regular A 219 nfrg____
- ppnb8ac Plantin-BoldCondensed A 220 plbc____
- ppnl8a Plantin-Light A 220 pll_____
- ppnli8a Plantin-LightItalic A 220 plli____
- ppns8a Plantin-Semibold A 220 plsb____
- ppnsi8a Plantin-SemiboldItalic A 220 plsbi___
- pbrb8a Berling-Bold A 221 bnb_____
- pbrbi8a Berling-BoldItalic A 221 bnbi____
- pbrri8a Berling-Italic A 221 bni_____
- pbrr8a Berling-Roman A 221 bnr_____
- pcyb8a City-Bold A 222 tzb_____
- pcybi8a City-BoldItalic A 222 tzbi____
- pcyl8a City-Light A 222 tzl_____
- pcyli8a City-LightItalic A 222 tzli____
- pcym8a City-Medium A 222 tzm_____
- pcymi8a City-MediumItalic A 222 tzmi____
- paur8a Auriol A 223 al______
- paub8a Auriol-Bold A 223 alb_____
- paubi8a Auriol-BoldItalic A 223 albi____
- pauc8a Auriol-Black A 223 albl____
- pauci8a Auriol-BlackItalic A 223 albli___
- pauri8a Auriol-Italic A 223 ali_____
- ptbb8a BodoniBE-Bold A 224 bpb_____
- ptbbi8a BodoniBE-BoldItalic A 224 bpbi____
- ptbri8a BodoniBE-Italic A 224 bpi_____
- ptbl8a BodoniBE-Light A 224 bpl_____
- ptbli8a BodoniBE-LightItalic A 224 bpli____
- ptbm8a BodoniBE-Medium A 224 bpm_____
- ptbmi8a BodoniBE-MediumItalic A 224 bpmi____
- ptbr8a BodoniBE-Regular A 224 bprg____
- pegbij8a StempelGaramond-BoldItalicOsF A 225 gsbio___
- pegbj8a StempelGaramond-BoldOsF A 225 gsbof___
- pegrij8a StempelGaramond-ItalicOsF A 225 gsiof___
- pegrc8a StempelGaramond-RomanSC A 225 gsrsc___
- pnbbij8a NewBaskerville-BoldItalicOsF A 226 nbbio___
- pnbbj8a NewBaskerville-BoldSC A 226 nbbsc___
- pnbrij8a NewBaskerville-ItalicOsF A 226 nbio____
- pnbrc8a NewBaskerville-SC A 226 nbsc____
- pgybij8a Goudy-BoldItalicOsF A 227 gobio___
- pgybj8a Goudy-BoldOsF A 227 gobos___
- pgyrij8a Goudy-ItalicOsF A 227 goios___
- pgyrc8a Goudy-SC A 227 gosc____
- phnbl8a HelveticaNeue-BoldOutline A 228 hlbou___
- pcvrf7c Clairvaux-Dfr A 229 aodfr___
- pcvrf8a Clairvaux A 229 aor_____
- pc0rf7c Carolina-Dfr A 229 kldfr___
- pc0rf8a Carolina A 229 klr_____
- ps0rf7c SanMarco-Dfr A 229 sjdfr___
- ps0rf8a SanMarco A 229 sjr_____
- pvjb8a Veljovic-Bold A 230 vlb_____
- pvjbi8a Veljovic-BoldItalic A 230 vlbi____
- pvjc8a Veljovic-Black A 230 vlbl____
- pvjci8a Veljovic-BlackItalic A 230 vlbli___
- pvjm8a Veljovic-Medium A 230 vlm_____
- pvjmi8a Veljovic-MediumItalic A 230 vlmi____
- pvjk8a Veljovic-Book A 230 vlw_____
- pvjki8a Veljovic-BookItalic A 230 vlwi____
- pscb8a Slimbach-Bold A 231 spb_____
- pscbi8a Slimbach-BoldItalic A 231 spbi____
- pscc8a Slimbach-Black A 231 spbl____
- pscci8a Slimbach-BlackItalic A 231 spbli___
- pscm8a Slimbach-Medium A 231 spm_____
- pscmi8a Slimbach-MediumItalic A 231 spmi____
- psck8a Slimbach-Book A 231 spw_____
- pscki8a Slimbach-BookItalic A 231 spwi____
- pbvri8a BaskervilleBook-Italic A 232 bti_____
- pbvm8a BaskervilleBook-Medium A 232 btm_____
- pbvmi8a BaskervilleBook-MedItalic A 232 btmi____
- pbvr8a BaskervilleBook-Regular A 232 btrg____
- murb8a CentaurMT-Bold A 233 nrb_____
- murbi8a CentaurMT-BoldItalic A 233 nrbi____
- murri8a CentaurMT-Italic A 233 nri_____
- murria8a CentaurMT-ItalicA A 233 nria____
- murr8a CentaurMT A 233 nrr_____
- phvr7f Helvetica-Fraction A 234 hvfr____
- phvb7f Helvetica-FractionBold A 234 hvfrb___
- pncr7f NewCenturySchlbk-Fraction A 234 ncfr____
- pncb7f NewCenturySchlbk-FractionBold A 234 ncfrb___
- pilbic8a Caecilia-BoldItalicSC A 235 ecbis___
- pilbc8a Caecilia-BoldSC A 235 ecbsc___
- pilhic8a Caecilia-HeavyItalicSC A 235 echis___
- pilhc8a Caecilia-HeavySC A 235 echsc___
- pilric8a Caecilia-ItalicSC A 235 ecisc___
- pillc8a Caecilia-LightItalicSC A 235 eclis___
- pillic8a Caecilia-LightSC A 235 eclsc___
- pilrc8a Caecilia-RomanSC A 235 ecrsc___
- mjob8a JoannaMT-Bold A 236 job_____
- mjobi8a JoannaMT-BoldItalic A 236 jobi____
- mjox8a JoannaMT-ExtraBold A 236 joeb____
- mjori8a JoannaMT-Italic A 236 joi_____
- mjor8a JoannaMT A 236 jor_____
- mjos8a JoannaMT-SemiBold A 236 josb____
- mjosi8a JoannaMT-SemiBoldItalic A 236 josbi___
- ppi017 LHolidayPi-One A 237 holi1___
- ppi018 LHolidayPi-Two A 237 holi2___
- ppi019 LHolidayPi-Three A 237 holi3___
- ppi011 LDecorationPi-One A 238 deco1___
- ppi012 LDecorationPi-Two A 238 deco2___
- po7r8a OldStyleSeven A 239 os______
- po7ri8a OldStyleSeven-Italic A 239 osi_____
- po7rij8a OldStyleSeven-ItalicOsF A 239 osios___
- po7rc8a OldStyleSeven-SC A 239 ossc____
- ppi013 LGamePi-ChessDraughts A 240 gamcd___
- ppi014 LGamePi-DiceDominoes A 240 gamdd___
- ppi015 LGamePi-EnglishCards A 240 gamec___
- ppi016 LGamePi-FrenchCards A 240 gamfc___
- pc5rij8a CaslonFiveForty-ItalicOsF A 241 cfiof___
- pc5rc8a CaslonFiveForty-RomanSC A 241 cfrsc___
- pc3rij8a CaslonThree-ItalicOsF A 241 ctiof___
- pc3rc8a CaslonThree-RomanSC A 241 ctrsc___
- mgtrf8a GoudyTextMT A 242 gx______
- mgtrf7a GoudyTextMT-Alternate A 242 gxalt___
- mgtrf7c GoudyTextMT-Dfr A 242 gxdfr___
- mgtrfd8a GoudyTextMT-LombardicCapitals A 242 gxlom___
- pefb8a EgyptienneF-Bold A 243 efb_____
- pefc8a EgyptienneF-Black A 243 efbl____
- pefri8a EgyptienneF-Italic A 243 efi_____
- pefr8a EgyptienneF-Roman A 243 efr_____
- pwkb8a Wilke-Bold A 244 wlb_____
- pwkbi8a Wilke-BoldItalic A 244 wlbi____
- pwkc8a Wilke-Black A 244 wlbl____
- pwkci8a Wilke-BlackItalic A 244 wlbli___
- pwkri8a Wilke-Italic A 244 wli_____
- pwkr8a Wilke-Roman A 244 wlr_____
- ppxb8a PopplPontifexBE-Bold A 245 pjb_____
- ppxri8a PopplPontifexBE-Italic A 245 pji_____
- ppxm8a PopplPontifexBE-Medium A 245 pjm_____
- ppxm8ac PopplPontifexBE-MediumCn A 245 pjmc____
- ppxr8a PopplPontifexBE-Regular A 245 pjrg____
- mtlr8a CastellarMT A 246 el______
- malr8a AlbertusMT A 246 lr______
- malri8a AlbertusMT-Italic A 246 lri_____
- mall8a AlbertusMT-Light A 246 lrl_____
- pgvb8a Giovanni-Bold A 247 gvb_____
- pgvbi8a Giovanni-BoldItalic A 247 gvbi____
- pgvc8a Giovanni-Black A 247 gvbl____
- pgvci8a Giovanni-BlackItalic A 247 gvbli___
- pgvk8a Giovanni-Book A 247 gvw_____
- pgvki8a Giovanni-BookItalic A 247 gvwi____
- pazbi8ax AkzidenzGroteskBE-BoldExIt A 248 gfbei___
- pazb8ax AkzidenzGroteskBE-BoldEx A 248 gfbv____
- pazr8ax AkzidenzGroteskBE-Ex A 248 gfex____
- pazl8ax AkzidenzGroteskBE-LightEx A 248 gflex___
- pazm8ax AkzidenzGroteskBE-MdEx A 248 gfmex___
- p_____ AGOldFace-Bold A 249 qwb_____
- p_____ AGOldFace-BoldOutline A 249 qwbou___
- p_____ AGOldFace-Medium A 249 qwm_____
- p_____ AGOldFace-Outline A 249 qwou____
- p_____ AGOldFace-Regular A 249 qwrg____
- p_____ AGOldFace-Shaded A 249 qwsh____
- p_____ GaramondBE-Bold A 250 gwb_____
- p_____ GaramondBE-Condensed A 250 gwc_____
- p_____ GaramondBE-Italic A 250 gwi_____
- p_____ GaramondBE-Medium A 250 gwm_____
- p_____ GaramondBE-MediumCn A 250 gwmc____
- p_____ GaramondBE-MediumItalic A 250 gwmi____
- p_____ GaramondBE-Regular A 250 gwrg____
- pgub8a Guardi-Bold A 251 gub_____
- pgubi8a Guardi-BoldItalic A 251 gubi____
- pguc8a Guardi-Black A 251 gubl____
- pguci8a Guardi-BlackItalic A 251 gubli___
- pguri8a Guardi-Italic A 251 gui_____
- pgur8a Guardi-Roman A 251 gur_____
- pkbc8a Kabel-Black A 252 kabl____
- pkbh8a Kabel-Heavy A 252 kah_____
- pkbl8a Kabel-Light A 252 kal_____
- pkbk8a Kabel-Book A 252 kaw_____
- ppi009 LAstrologyPi-One A 253 astr1___
- ppi010 LAstrologyPi-Two A 253 astr2___
- pprl8a PopplResidenz-Light A 254 pzl_____
- pprr8a PopplResidenz-Regular A 254 pzrg____
- pstr5a StoneSerif-PhoneticAlternate A 255 srpa____
- pstr5i StoneSerif-PhoneticIPA A 255 srpi____
- ps8r5a StoneSans-PhoneticAlternate A 255 sspa____
- ps8r5i StoneSans-PhoneticIPA A 255 sspi____
- prnb8a Rotation-Bold A 256 rnb_____
- prnri8a Rotation-Italic A 256 rni_____
- prnr8a Rotation-Roman A 256 rnr_____
- pasri8a Aldus-Italic A 257 afi_____
- pasrij8a Aldus-ItalicOsF A 257 afiof___
- pasr8a Aldus-Roman A 257 afr_____
- pasrc8a Aldus-RomanSC A 257 afrsc___
- mlir8ac LatinMT-Condensed A 258 lnc_____
- moxr8a OnyxMT A 258 ox______
- mrur8ac RunicMT-Condensed A 258 ric_____
- p_____ Colossalis-Bold A 259 kob_____
- p_____ Colossalis-Black A 259 kobl____
- p_____ Colossalis-Medium A 259 kom_____
- p_____ Colossalis-Regular A 259 korg____
- p_____ BertholdScript-Medium A 260 qrm_____
- p_____ BertholdScript-Regular A 260 qrrg____
- pqsrw8a Bellevue A 260 qsrg____
- pqtrw8a Boulevard A 260 qtrg____
- pfrb8ac Frutiger-BoldCn A 261 ftbc____
- pfrc8ac Frutiger-BlackCn A 261 ftblc___
- pfrr8ac Frutiger-Cn A 261 ftc_____
- pfrx8ac Frutiger-ExtraBlackCn A 261 ftebc___
- pfrl8ac Frutiger-LightCn A 261 ftlc____
- pflb8a Flora-Bold A 262 fab_____
- pflm8a Flora-Medium A 262 fam_____
- metri8a EhrhardtMT-Italic A 263 ehi_____
- metr8a EhrhardtMT-Regular A 263 ehrg____
- mets8a EhrhardtMT-Semibold A 263 ehsb____
- metsi8a EhrhardtMT-SemiboldItalic A 263 ehsbi___
- pppbij8a Perpetua-BoldItalicOsF A 264 ptbio___
- pppbi8x Perpetua-BoldItalicExp A 264 ptbix___
- pppbj8a Perpetua-BoldOsF A 264 ptbos___
- pppb8x Perpetua-BoldExp A 264 ptbxp___
- pppr8x Perpetua-Exp A 264 ptexp___
- ppprij8a Perpetua-ItalicOsF A 264 ptios___
- pppri8x Perpetua-ItalicExp A 264 ptixp___
- ppprc8a Perpetua-SC A 264 ptsc____
- ppxbj8a PopplPontifexBE-BoldOsF A 265 pjbos___
- ppxb8x PopplPontifexBE-BoldExp A 265 pjbxp___
- ppxrij8a PopplPontifexBE-ItalicOsF A 265 pjios___
- ppxri8x PopplPontifexBE-ItalicExp A 265 pjixp___
- ppxmc8ac PopplPontifexBE-MediumCnSC A 265 pjmcs___
- ppxm8xc PopplPontifexBE-MediumCnExp A 265 pjmcx___
- ppxmc8a PopplPontifexBE-MediumSC A 265 pjmsc___
- ppxm8x PopplPontifexBE-MediumExp A 265 pjmxp___
- ppxr8x PopplPontifexBE-RegularExp A 265 pjrgx___
- ppxrc8a PopplPontifexBE-RegularSC A 265 pjrsc___
- p_____ ConcordeNova-Italic A 266 nvi_____
- p_____ ConcordeNova-ItalicOsF A 266 nviof___
- p_____ ConcordeNova-ItalicExp A 266 nvixp___
- p_____ ConcordeNova-Medium A 266 nvm_____
- p_____ ConcordeNova-MediumSC A 266 nvmsc___
- p_____ ConcordeNova-MediumExp A 266 nvmxp___
- p_____ ConcordeNova-Regular A 266 nvrg____
- p_____ ConcordeNova-RegularExp A 266 nvrgx___
- p_____ ConcordeNova-RegularSC A 266 nvsc____
- peib8a Esprit-Bold A 267 esb_____
- peibi8a Esprit-BoldItalic A 267 esbi____
- peici8a Esprit-BlackItalic A 267 esbli___
- peim8a Esprit-Medium A 267 esm_____
- peimi8a Esprit-MediumItalic A 267 esmi____
- peik8a Esprit-Book A 267 esw_____
- peiki8a Esprit-BookItalic A 267 eswi____
- peic8a Esprit-Black A 267 esz_____
- ptbbij8a BodoniBE-BoldItalicOsF A 268 bpbio___
- ptbbi8x BodoniBE-BoldItalicExp A 268 bpbix___
- ptbbj8a BodoniBE-BoldOsF A 268 bpbof___
- ptbb8x BodoniBE-BoldExp A 268 bpbxp___
- ptbrij8a BodoniBE-ItalicOsF A 268 bpiof___
- ptbri8x BodoniBE-ItalicExp A 268 bpixp___
- ptblij8a BodoniBE-LightItalicOsF A 268 bplio___
- ptbli8x BodoniBE-LightItalicExp A 268 bplix___
- ptblc8a BodoniBE-LightSC A 268 bplsc___
- ptbl8x BodoniBE-LightExp A 268 bplxp___
- ptbmij8a BodoniBE-MediumItalicOsF A 268 bpmio___
- ptbmi8x BodoniBE-MediumItalicExp A 268 bpmix___
- ptbmc8a BodoniBE-MediumSC A 268 bpmsc___
- ptbm8x BodoniBE-MediumExp A 268 bpmxp___
- ptbr8x BodoniBE-RegularExp A 268 bprgx___
- ptbrc8a BodoniBE-RegularSC A 268 bpsc____
- melr8a EllingtonMT A 269 ei______
- melb8a EllingtonMT-Bold A 269 eib_____
- melbi8a EllingtonMT-BoldItalic A 269 eibi____
- melx8a EllingtonMT-ExtraBold A 269 eieb____
- melxi8a EllingtonMT-ExtraBoldItalic A 269 eiebi___
- melri8a EllingtonMT-Italic A 269 eii_____
- mell8a EllingtonMT-Light A 269 eil_____
- melli8a EllingtonMT-LightItalic A 269 eili____
- pazb8ac AkzidenzGroteskBE-BoldCn A 270 gfbc____
- pazr8ac AkzidenzGroteskBE-Cn A 270 gfc_____
- pazx8a AkzidenzGroteskBE-XBd A 270 gfeb____
- pazl8ac AkzidenzGroteskBE-LightCn A 270 gflc____
- pazm8ac AkzidenzGroteskBE-MdCn A 270 gfmc____
- pazmi8ac AkzidenzGroteskBE-MdCnIt A 270 gfmci___
- pazx8ac AkzidenzGroteskBE-XBdCn A 270 gfxc____
- pazxi8ac AkzidenzGroteskBE-XBdCnIt A 270 gfxci___
- pptr8a Present A 271 pr______
- pptb8a Present-Bold A 271 prb_____
- pptb8ac Present-BoldCondensed A 271 prbc____
- pptc8a Present-Black A 271 prbl____
- pptc8ac Present-BlackCondensed A 271 prblc___
- pptr8ac Present-Condensed A 271 prc_____
- lvcb8a VectoraLH-Bold A 272 vcb_____
- lvcbi8a VectoraLH-BoldItalic A 272 vcbi____
- lvcc8a VectoraLH-Black A 272 vcbl____
- lvcci8a VectoraLH-BlackItalic A 272 vcbli___
- lvcri8a VectoraLH-Italic A 272 vci_____
- lvcl8a VectoraLH-Light A 272 vcl_____
- lvcli8a VectoraLH-LightItalic A 272 vcli____
- lvcr8a VectoraLH-Roman A 272 vcr_____
- pbab8a Barmeno-Bold A 273 bfb_____
- pbax8a Barmeno-ExtraBold A 273 bfeb____
- pbam8a Barmeno-Medium A 273 bfm_____
- pbar8a Barmeno-Regular A 273 bfrg____
- p_____ Cosmos-ExtraBold A 274 kzeb____
- p_____ Cosmos-Light A 274 kzl_____
- p_____ Cosmos-LightItalic A 274 kzli____
- p_____ Cosmos-Medium A 274 kzm_____
- pmyMMi8a MyriadMM-It A 275 _mi_____
- pmyMM8a MyriadMM A 275 _mrg____
- pmnMMi8a MinionMM-It A 276 zgi_____
- pmnMM8a MinionMM A 276 zgrg____
- pmnMMic8a MinionMM-ItSC A 277 zgisc___
- pmnMMi8x MinionMM-ItEp A 277 zgix____
- pmnMMp MinionMM-Or A 277 zgo_____
- pmnMMc8a MinionMM-SC A 277 zgsc____
- pmnMMiw7a MinionMM-Sw A 277 zgsw____
- pmnMM8x MinionMM-Ep A 277 zgx_____
- ptmr5a Times-PhoneticAlternate A 278 tipa____
- ptmr5i Times-PhoneticIPA A 278 tipi____
- lpi003 AudioLH-Pi A 279 audi1___
- lpi002 WarningLH-Pi A 279 warn1___
- ppmri8a PostMediaeval-Italic A 280 pmi_____
- ppmm8a PostMediaeval-Medium A 280 pmm_____
- ppmr8a PostMediaeval-Regular A 280 pmrg____
- lffb8a FairfieldLH-Bold A 281 fdb_____
- lffbi8a FairfieldLH-BoldItalic A 281 fdbi____
- lffh8a FairfieldLH-Heavy A 281 fdh_____
- lffhi8a FairfieldLH-HeavyItalic A 281 fdhi____
- lffl8a FairfieldLH-Light A 281 fdl_____
- lffli8a FairfieldLH-LightItalic A 281 fdli____
- lffm8a FairfieldLH-Medium A 281 fdm_____
- lffmi8a FairfieldLH-MediumItalic A 281 fdmi____
- lffbd8a FairfieldLH-CaptionBold A 282 fdbcp___
- lffbijw8a FairfieldLH-SwBoldItalicOsF A 282 fdbio___
- lffbc8a FairfieldLH-BoldSC A 282 fdbsc___
- lffhd8a FairfieldLH-CaptionHeavy A 282 fdhcp___
- lffhijw8a FairfieldLH-SwHeavyItalicOsF A 282 fdhio___
- lffhc8a FairfieldLH-HeavySC A 282 fdhsc___
- lffld8a FairfieldLH-CaptionLight A 282 fdlcp___
- lfflijw8a FairfieldLH-SwLightItalicOsF A 282 fdlio___
- lfflc8a FairfieldLH-LightSC A 282 fdlsc___
- lffmd8a FairfieldLH-CaptionMedium A 282 fdmcp___
- lffmijw8a FairfieldLH-SwMediumItalicOsF A 282 fdmio___
- lffmc8a FairfieldLH-MediumSC A 282 fdmsc___
- lgzb8a GazetteLH-Bold A 283 gzb_____
- lgzri8a GazetteLH-Italic A 283 gzi_____
- lgzr8a GazetteLH-Roman A 283 gzr_____
- lcfbs8a ClearfaceGothicLH-Bold A 284 fcb_____
- lcfcs8a ClearfaceGothicLH-Black A 284 fcbl____
- lcfls8a ClearfaceGothicLH-Light A 284 fcl_____
- lcfms8a ClearfaceGothicLH-Medium A 284 fcm_____
- lcfrs8a ClearfaceGothicLH-Roman A 284 fcr_____
- pidb8a Isadora-Bold A 285 irb_____
- pidr8a Isadora-Regular A 285 irrg____
- pbax8a Barmeno-ExtraBold A 286 bfeb____
- pfarl8a Formata-Outline A 286 fmou____
- p_____ Cosmos-ExtraBold A 286 kzeb____
- p_____ AGOldFace-Shaded A 286 qwsh____
- p_____ AGBook-Stencil A 286 tast____
- ltgb8ax TradeGothicLH-BoldExtended A 287 tgbv____
- ltgr8ax TradeGothicLH-Extended A 287 tgv_____
- mphb8a PhotinaMT-Bold A 288 phb_____
- mphbi8a PhotinaMT-BoldItalic A 288 phbi____
- mphri8a PhotinaMT-Italic A 288 phi_____
- mphr8a PhotinaMT A 288 phrg____
- mphs8a PhotinaMT-SemiBold A 288 phsb____
- mphsi8a PhotinaMT-SemiBoldItalic A 288 phsbi___
- mphu8a PhotinaMT-UltraBold A 288 phub____
- mphui8a PhotinaMT-UltraBoldItalic A 288 phubi___
- mdsrw8a DorchesterScriptMT A 289 dsscr___
- mp2rw8a PepitaMT A 289 epscr___
- mbfrw8a BiffoMT A 289 ifscr___
- ms2bw8a ScriptMT-Bold A 289 tbscr___
- lenb8a EngraversLH-BoldFace A 290 ew______
- l_____ SerlioLH A 290 oi______
- pplc8a Palatino-Black A 291 pobl____
- pplci8a Palatino-BlackItalic A 291 pobli___
- ppll8a Palatino-Light A 291 pol_____
- pplli8a Palatino-LightItalic A 291 poli____
- pplm8a Palatino-Medium A 291 pom_____
- pplmi8a Palatino-MediumItalic A 291 pomi____
- pocrij8a ConcordeBE-ItalicOsF A 292 qqiof___
- pocri8x ConcordeBE-ItalicExp A 292 qqixp___
- pocmij8a ConcordeBE-MediumItalicOsF A 292 qqmio___
- pocmi8x ConcordeBE-MediumItalicExp A 292 qqmix___
- pocmc8a ConcordeBE-MediumSC A 292 qqmsc___
- pocm8x ConcordeBE-MediumExp A 292 qqmxp___
- pocrc8x ConcordeBE-RegularExp A 292 qqrgx___
- pocr8a ConcordeBE-RegularSC A 292 qqsc____
- mc8b8a CalvertMT-Bold A 293 vtb_____
- mc8l8a CalvertMT-Light A 293 vtl_____
- mc8r8a CalvertMT A 293 vtrg____
- mgqr8a GrotesqueMT A 294 gq______
- mgqb8a GrotesqueMT-Bold A 294 gqb_____
- mgqc8a GrotesqueMT-Black A 294 gqbl____
- mgqri8a GrotesqueMT-Italic A 294 gqi_____
- mgql8a GrotesqueMT-Light A 294 gql_____
- mgqli8a GrotesqueMT-LightItalic A 294 gqli____
- pckb8a CaslonBookBE-Bold A 295 qxb_____
- pckri8a CaslonBookBE-Italic A 295 qxi_____
- pckm8a CaslonBookBE-Medium A 295 qxm_____
- pckr8a CaslonBookBE-Regular A 295 qxrg____
- pckbj8a CaslonBookBE-BoldOsF A 296 qxbof___
- pckb8x CaslonBookBE-BoldExp A 296 qxbxp___
- pckrij8a CaslonBookBE-ItalicOsF A 296 qxiof___
- pckri8x CaslonBookBE-ItalicExp A 296 qxixp___
- pckmc8a CaslonBookBE-MediumSC A 296 qxmsc___
- pckm8x CaslonBookBE-MediumExp A 296 qxmxp___
- pckr8x CaslonBookBE-RegularExp A 296 qxrgx___
- pckrc8a CaslonBookBE-RegularSC A 296 qxsc____
- mr2b8a CantoriaMT-Bold A 297 eob_____
- mr2bi8a CantoriaMT-BoldItalic A 297 eobi____
- mr2ri8a CantoriaMT-Italic A 297 eoi_____
- mr2r8a CantoriaMT A 297 eorg____
- mr2x8a CantoriaMT-ExtraBold A 298 eoeb____
- mr2xi8a CantoriaMT-ExtraBoldItalic A 298 eoebi___
- mr2l8a CantoriaMT-Light A 298 eol_____
- mr2li8a CantoriaMT-LightItalic A 298 eoli____
- mr2s8a CantoriaMT-SemiBold A 298 eosb____
- mr2si8a CantoriaMT-SemiBoldItalic A 298 eosbi___
- mgqb8ax GrotesqueMT-BoldExtended A 299 gqbv____
- mgqr8ac GrotesqueMT-Condensed A 299 gqc_____
- mgqr8aq GrotesqueMT-ExtraCondensed A 299 gqec____
- mgql8ac GrotesqueMT-LightCondensed A 299 gqlc____
- ppc___ Poetica-ChanceryI A 300 pvch1___
- ppc___ Poetica-ChanceryII A 300 pvch2___
- ppc___ Poetica-ChanceryIII A 300 pvch3___
- ppc___ Poetica-ChanceryIV A 300 pvch4___
- ppc___ Poetica-ChanceryExpert A 300 pvchx___
- ppc___ Poetica-RomanSmallCapsAlt A 300 pvrsa___
- ppc___ Poetica-RomanSmallCaps A 300 pvrsc___
- ppc___ Poetica-SuppAmpersands A 301 pvam____
- ppc___ Poetica-SuppInitialSwashCaps A 301 pvisw___
- ppc___ Poetica-SuppLowercaseAltI A 301 pvla1___
- ppc___ Poetica-SuppLowercaseAltII A 301 pvla2___
- ppc___ Poetica-SuppLowercaseBegI A 301 pvlb1___
- ppc___ Poetica-SuppLowercaseBegII A 301 pvlb2___
- ppc___ Poetica-SuppLowercaseEndI A 301 pvle1___
- ppc___ Poetica-SuppLowercaseEndII A 301 pvle2___
- ppc___ Poetica-SuppLigatures A 301 pvlg____
- ppc___ Poetica-SuppOrnaments A 301 pvor____
- ppc___ Poetica-SuppSwashCapsI A 301 pvsw1___
- ppc___ Poetica-SuppSwashCapsII A 301 pvsw2___
- ppc___ Poetica-SuppSwashCapsIII A 301 pvsw3___
- ppc___ Poetica-SuppSwashCapsIV A 301 pvsw4___
- msmr8x SpectrumMT-Expert A 302 ekexp___
- msmri8a SpectrumMT-Italic A 302 eki_____
- msmrij8a SpectrumMT-ItalicOsF A 302 ekio____
- msmri8x SpectrumMT-ItalicExpert A 302 ekixp___
- msmr8a SpectrumMT A 302 ekrg____
- msms8a SpectrumMT-SemiBold A 302 eksb____
- msmsc8a SpectrumMT-SemiBoldOsF A 302 eksbo___
- msms8x SpectrumMT-SemiBoldExpert A 302 eksbx___
- msmrc8a SpectrumMT-SC A 302 eksc____
- p_____ AGBookRounded-Bold A 303 kdb_____
- p_____ AGBookRounded-BoldCn A 303 kdbc____
- p_____ AGBookRounded-BoldCnOutline A 303 kdbcl___
- p_____ AGBookRounded-BoldOutline A 303 kdbou___
- p_____ AGBookRounded-Medium A 303 kdm_____
- p_____ AGBookRounded-MediumOutline A 303 kdmou___
- p_____ AGBookRounded-Regular A 303 kdrg____
- p_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-Bold A 304 qvb_____
- p_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-BoldItalic A 304 qvbi____
- p_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-Italic A 304 qvi_____
- p_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-Medium A 304 qvm_____
- p_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-MediumItalic A 304 qvmi____
- p_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-Regular A 304 qvrg____
- mg4ri8a GoudyModernMT-Italic A 305 ygi_____
- mg4r8a GoudyModernMT A 305 ygrg____
- ms1ri8a ScotchRomanMT-Italic A 305 ysi_____
- ms1r8a ScotchRomanMT A 305 ysrg____
- p_____ AGSchoolbook-RegularA A 306 okarg___
- p_____ AGSchoolbook-Medium A 306 okm_____
- p_____ AGSchoolbook-MediumA A 306 okma____
- p_____ AGSchoolbook-Regular A 306 okrg____
- pbeb8a BellGothic-Bold A 307 dgb_____
- pbec8a BellGothic-Black A 307 dgbl____
- pbel8a BellGothic-Light A 307 dgl_____
- misb8a ItalianOldStyleMT-Bold A 308 ieb_____
- misbi8a ItalianOldStyleMT-BoldItalic A 308 iebi____
- misri8a ItalianOldStyleMT-Italic A 308 iei_____
- misr8a ItalianOldStyleMT A 308 ierg____
- p_____ BellCentennial-Address A 309 bladd___
- p_____ BellCentennial-BoldListingAlt A 309 blbla___
- p_____ BellCentennial-BoldListing A 309 blbls___
- p_____ BellCentennial-NameAndNumber A 309 blnan___
- p_____ BellCentennial-SubCaption A 309 blscp___
- p_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-BoldItOsF A 310 qvbio___
- p_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-BoldItExp A 310 qvbix___
- p_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-BoldOsF A 310 qvbos___
- p_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-BoldExp A 310 qvbxp___
- p_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-ItalicSC A 310 qvisc___
- p_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-ItalicExp A 310 qvixp___
- p_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-MediumItOsF A 310 qvmio___
- p_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-MediumItExp A 310 qvmix___
- p_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-MediumSC A 310 qvmsc___
- p_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-MediumExp A 310 qvmxp___
- p_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-RegularExp A 310 qvrgx___
- p_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-RegularSC A 310 qvrsc___
- p_____ BerlinerGrotesk-Light A 311 otl_____
- p_____ BerlinerGrotesk-Medium A 311 otm_____
- mntb8ac TimesNewRomanMT-BoldCond A 312 mtbc____
- mntr8ac TimesNewRomanMT-Cond A 312 mtc_____
- mntri8ac TimesNewRomanMT-CondItalic A 312 mtci____
- movr8x OctavianMT-Expert A 313 ocexp___
- movri8a OctavianMT-Italic A 313 oci_____
- movrij8a OctavianMT-ItalicOsF A 313 ocio____
- movri8x OctavianMT-ItalicExpert A 313 ocixp___
- movr8a OctavianMT A 313 ocrg____
- movrc8a OctavianMT-SC A 313 ocsc____
- p_____ Christiana-Bold A 314 hcb_____
- p_____ Christiana-BoldItalic A 314 hcbi____
- p_____ Christiana-Italic A 314 hci_____
- p_____ Christiana-Medium A 314 hcm_____
- p_____ Christiana-MediumItalic A 314 hcmi____
- p_____ Christiana-Regular A 314 hcrg____
- p_____ Christiana-RegularExpert A 314 hcrgx___
- p_____ Christiana-RegularSC A 314 hcsc____
- pmnb6w MinionCyr-Bold A 315 mkb_____
- pmnbi6w MinionCyr-BoldItalic A 315 mkbi____
- pmnri6w MinionCyr-Italic A 315 mki_____
- pmnr6w MinionCyr-Regular A 315 mkrg____
- pmns6w MinionCyr-Semibold A 315 mksb____
- pmnsi6w MinionCyr-SemiboldItalic A 315 mksbi___
- ptbb8ac BodoniBE-BoldCn A 316 bpbc____
- ptbbi8ac BodoniBE-BoldCnItalic A 316 bpbci___
- ptbr8ac BodoniBE-Condensed A 316 bpc_____
- ptbri8ac BodoniBE-CnItalic A 316 bpci____
- ptbm8ac BodoniBE-MediumCn A 316 bpmc____
- ptbmi8ac BodoniBE-MediumCnItalic A 316 bpmci___
- mfsr8a FalstaffMT A 317 fprg____
- mifb8a InflexMT-Bold A 317 iqb_____
- mm8bl8a MonotypeOldStyleMT-BoldOut A 317 mbbou___
- pdjb8a Delta-Bold A 318 djb_____
- pdjbi8a Delta-BoldItalic A 318 djbi____
- pdjl8a Delta-Light A 318 djl_____
- pdjli8a Delta-LightItalic A 318 djli____
- pdjm8a Delta-Medium A 318 djm_____
- pdjmi8a Delta-MediumItalic A 318 djmi____
- pdjrl8a Delta-Outline A 318 djou____
- pdjk8a Delta-Book A 318 djw_____
- pdjki8a Delta-BookItalic A 318 djwi____
- mnrrw8a NewBerolinaMT A 319 _n______
- mp1rw8a PalaceScriptMT A 319 _p______
- mp1sw8a PalaceScriptMT-SemiBold A 319 _psb____
- mahrw8a AshleyScriptMT A 319 le______
- mm1rw8a MonolineScriptMT A 319 on______
- pbtb8a Boton-Bold A 320 tnb_____
- pbtbi8a Boton-BoldItalic A 320 tnbi____
- pbtri8a Boton-Italic A 320 tni_____
- pbtl8a Boton-Light A 320 tnl_____
- pbtli8a Boton-LightItalic A 320 tnli____
- pbtm8a Boton-Medium A 320 tnm_____
- pbtmi8a Boton-MediumItalic A 320 tnmi____
- pbtr8a Boton-Regular A 320 tnr_____
- mfer8a ForteMT A 321 fz______
- mklr8a KlangMT A 321 kn______
- mmebw8a MercuriusMT-BoldScript A 321 uzbs____
- ldob8a DidotLH-Bold A 322 dob_____
- ldobj8a DidotLH-BoldOsF A 322 dobos___
- ldord8a DidotLH-Headline A 322 dohe____
- ldordj8a DidotLH-HeadlineOsF A 322 dohes___
- ldori8a DidotLH-Italic A 322 doi_____
- ldor7a DidotLH-Initials A 322 doini___
- ldorij8a DidotLH-ItalicOsF A 322 doios___
- ldorp1 DidotLH-OrnamentsOne A 322 door1___
- ldorp2 DidotLH-OrnamentsTwo A 322 door2___
- ldor8a DidotLH-Roman A 322 dor_____
- ldorj8a DidotLH-RomanOsF A 322 doros___
- ldorc8a DidotLH-RomanSC A 322 dorsc___
- pfab8ac Formata-BoldCondensed A 323 fmbc____
- pfabi8ac Formata-BoldCondensedItalic A 323 fmbci___
- pfar8ac Formata-Condensed A 323 fmc_____
- pfari8ac Formata-CondensedItalic A 323 fmci____
- pfarl8ac Formata-CondensedOutline A 323 fmcou___
- pfal8ac Formata-LightCondensed A 323 fmlc____
- pfali8ac Formata-LightCondensedItalic A 323 fmlci___
- pfam8ac Formata-MediumCondensed A 323 fmmc____
- pfami8ac Formata-MediumCondensedItalic A 323 fmmci___
- pebb8a BaskervilleBE-Bold A 324 vib_____
- pebri8a BaskervilleBE-Italic A 324 vii_____
- pebm8a BaskervilleBE-Medium A 324 vim_____
- pebmi8a BaskervilleBE-MediumItalic A 324 vimi____
- pebr8a BaskervilleBE-Regular A 324 virg____
- pb6r8ac BlockBE-Condensed A 325 lkc_____
- pb6r8aq BlockBE-ExtraCn A 325 lkec____
- pb6ri8aq BlockBE-ExtraCnIt A 325 lkeci___
- pb6h8a BlockBE-Heavy A 325 lkh_____
- pb6ri8a BlockBE-Italic A 325 lki_____
- pb6r8a BlockBE-Regular A 325 lkrg____
- pllb8a LinoLetter-Bold A 326 llb_____
- pllbi8a LinoLetter-BoldItalic A 326 llbi____
- pllc8a LinoLetter-Black A 326 llbl____
- pllci8a LinoLetter-BlackItalic A 326 llbli___
- pllri8a LinoLetter-Italic A 326 lli_____
- pllm8a LinoLetter-Medium A 326 llm_____
- pllmi8a LinoLetter-MediumItalic A 326 llmi____
- pllr8a LinoLetter-Roman A 326 llr_____
- p_____ ComeniusAntiqua-Bold A 327 hzb_____
- p_____ ComeniusAntiqua-Italic A 327 hzi_____
- p_____ ComeniusAntiqua-Medium A 327 hzm_____
- p_____ ComeniusAntiqua-Regular A 327 hzrg____
- ppub8a PopplLaudatio-Bold A 328 pyb_____
- ppubi8a PopplLaudatio-BoldItalic A 328 pybi____
- ppuri8a PopplLaudatio-Italic A 328 pyi_____
- ppul8a PopplLaudatio-Light A 328 pyl_____
- ppuli8a PopplLaudatio-LightItalic A 328 pyli____
- ppum8a PopplLaudatio-Medium A 328 pym_____
- ppumi8a PopplLaudatio-MediumItalic A 328 pymi____
- ppur8a PopplLaudatio-Regular A 328 pyrg____
- ppub8ac PopplLaudatio-BoldCondensed A 329 pybc____
- ppur8ac PopplLaudatio-Condensed A 329 pyc_____
- ppul8ac PopplLaudatio-LightCondensed A 329 pylc____
- ppum8ac PopplLaudatio-MediumCondensed A 329 pymc____
- pocb8ac ConcordeBE-BoldCn A 330 qqbc____
- pocbl8ac ConcordeBE-BoldCnOutline A 330 qqbcl___
- pocr8ac ConcordeBE-Condensed A 330 qqc_____
- pocm8ac ConcordeBE-MediumCn A 330 qqmc____
- p_____ GaramondBE-BoldOsF A 331 gwbof___
- p_____ GaramondBE-BoldExpert A 331 gwbxp___
- p_____ GaramondBE-CondensedSC A 331 gwcsc___
- p_____ GaramondBE-CnExpert A 331 gwcxp___
- p_____ GaramondBE-ItalicOsF A 331 gwiof___
- p_____ GaramondBE-ItalicExpert A 331 gwixp___
- p_____ GaramondBE-MediumCnOsF A 331 gwmcf___
- p_____ GaramondBE-MediumCnExpert A 331 gwmcx___
- p_____ GaramondBE-MediumItalicOsF A 331 gwmio___
- p_____ GaramondBE-MediumItalicExpert A 331 gwmix___
- p_____ GaramondBE-MediumSC A 331 gwmsc___
- p_____ GaramondBE-MediumExpert A 331 gwmxp___
- p_____ GaramondBE-RegularExpert A 331 gwrgx___
- p_____ GaramondBE-RegularSC A 331 gwsc____
- p_____ GaramondBE-SwashItalic A 331 gwswi___
- pdnb8a DailyNews-Bold A 332 jdb_____
- pdnbi8a DailyNews-BoldItalic A 332 jdbi____
- pdnx8a DailyNews-ExtraBold A 332 jdeb____
- pdnxi8a DailyNews-ExtraBoldItalic A 332 jdebi___
- pdnri8a DailyNews-Italic A 332 jdi_____
- pdnm8a DailyNews-Medium A 332 jdm_____
- pdnmi8a DailyNews-MediumItalic A 332 jdmi____
- pdnr8a DailyNews-Regular A 332 jdrg____
- murbij8a CentaurMT-BoldItalicOsF A 333 nrbio___
- murbi8x CentaurMT-BoldItalicExpert A 333 nrbix___
- murbj8a CentaurMT-BoldOsF A 333 nrbof___
- murb8x CentaurMT-BoldExpert A 333 nrbxp___
- murr8x CentaurMT-Expert A 333 nrexp___
- murri7a CentaurMT-ItalicAlternate A 333 nrial___
- murrij8a CentaurMT-ItalicOsF A 333 nrio____
- murri8x CentaurMT-ItalicExpert A 333 nrixp___
- murrc8a CentaurMT-SC A 333 nrsc____
- murriw8a CentaurMT-SwashCapitals A 333 nrswc___
- mmob8a ModernMT-Bold A 334 nmb_____
- mmobi8a ModernMT-BoldItalic A 334 nmbi____
- mmor8ac ModernMT-Condensed A 334 nmc_____
- mmori8ac ModernMT-CondensedItalic A 334 nmci____
- mmor8ax ModernMT-Extended A 334 nmex____
- mmori8ax ModernMT-ExtendedItalic A 334 nmexi___
- mmor8aw ModernMT-Wide A 334 nmwd____
- mmori8aw ModernMT-WideItalic A 334 nmwdi___
- p_____ ElseNPL-Bold A 335 enb_____
- p_____ ElseNPL-Light A 335 enl_____
- p_____ ElseNPL-Medium A 335 enm_____
- p_____ ElseNPL-SemiBold A 335 ens_____
- p_____ Tiepolo-Bold A 336 tpb_____
- p_____ Tiepolo-BoldItalic A 336 tpbi____
- p_____ Tiepolo-Black A 336 tpbl____
- p_____ Tiepolo-BlackItalic A 336 tpbli___
- p_____ Tiepolo-Book A 336 tpw_____
- p_____ Tiepolo-BookItalic A 336 tpwi____
- pfaric8ac Formata-CnItalicSC A 337 fmcis___
- pfari8xc Formata-CnItalicExpert A 337 fmcix___
- pfarc8ac Formata-CondensedSC A 337 fmcsc___
- pfar8xc Formata-CondensedExpert A 337 fmcxp___
- pfaric8a Formata-ItalicSC A 337 fmisc___
- pfari8x Formata-ItalicExpert A 337 fmixp___
- pfalc8ac Formata-LightCnSC A 337 fmlcs___
- pfalic8ac Formata-LightCnItalicSC A 337 fmlct___
- pfal8xc Formata-LightCnExpert A 337 fmlcx___
- pfali8xc Formata-LightCnItalicExpert A 337 fmlcy___
- pfalic8a Formata-LightItalicSC A 337 fmlis___
- pfali8x Formata-LightItalicExpert A 337 fmlix___
- pfalc8a Formata-LightSC A 337 fmlsc___
- pfal8x Formata-LightExpert A 337 fmlxp___
- pfar8x Formata-RegularExpert A 337 fmrgx___
- pfarc8a Formata-RegularSC A 337 fmsc____
- pnfbij8a Nofret-BoldItalicOsF A 338 nfbio___
- pnfbi8x Nofret-BoldItalicExpert A 338 nfbix___
- pnfbj8a Nofret-BoldOsF A 338 nfbof___
- pnfb8x Nofret-BoldExpert A 338 nfbxp___
- pnfrij8a Nofret-ItalicOsF A 338 nfiof___
- pnfri8x Nofret-ItalicExpert A 338 nfixp___
- pnflij8a Nofret-LightItalicOsF A 338 nflio___
- pnfli8x Nofret-LightItalicExpert A 338 nflix___
- pnflc8a Nofret-LightSC A 338 nflsc___
- pnfl8x Nofret-LightExpert A 338 nflxp___
- pnfmij8a Nofret-MediumItalicOsF A 338 nfmio___
- pnfmi8x Nofret-MediumItalicExpert A 338 nfmix___
- pnfmc8a Nofret-MediumSC A 338 nfmsc___
- pnfm8x Nofret-MediumExpert A 338 nfmxp___
- pnfr8x Nofret-RegularExpert A 338 nfrgx___
- pnfrc8a Nofret-RegularSC A 338 nfsc____
- p_____ Amigo A 339 ig______
- p_____ Pelican A 339 lq______
- pmgr8a Marigold A 339 my______
- pofr8a Oxford A 339 of______
- pvgr8a Visigoth A 339 vg______
- mapr8x ApolloMT-Expert A 340 ezexp___
- mapri8a ApolloMT-Italic A 340 ezi_____
- maprij8a ApolloMT-ItalicOsF A 340 eziof___
- mapri8x ApolloMT-ItalicExpert A 340 ezixp___
- mapr8a ApolloMT A 340 ezr_____
- maprc8a ApolloMT-SC A 340 ezrsc___
- maps8a ApolloMT-SemiBold A 340 ezsb____
- mapsj8a ApolloMT-SemiBoldOsF A 340 ezsbo___
- maps8x ApolloMT-SemiBoldExpert A 340 ezsbx___
- p_____ Catull-Bold A 341 qlb_____
- p_____ Catull-Italic A 341 qli_____
- p_____ Catull-Medium A 341 qlm_____
- p_____ Catull-Regular A 341 qlrg____
- pagMMo8a ITCAvantGardeMM-Oblique A 342 zfi_____
- pagMM8a ITCAvantGardeMM A 342 zfrg____
- mhob8a HorleyOldStyleMT-Bold A 343 hsb_____
- mhobi8a HorleyOldStyleMT-BoldItalic A 343 hsbi____
- mhori8a HorleyOldStyleMT-Italic A 343 hsi_____
- mhol8a HorleyOldStyleMT-Light A 343 hsl_____
- mholi8a HorleyOldStyleMT-LightItalic A 343 hsli____
- mhor8a HorleyOldStyleMT A 343 hsrg____
- mhos8a HorleyOldStyleMT-SemiBold A 343 hssb____
- mhosi8a HorleyOldStyleMT-SbItalic A 343 hssbi___
- p_____ Cremona-Bold A 344 _cb_____
- p_____ Cremona-BoldItalic A 344 _cbi____
- p_____ Cremona-Italic A 344 _ci_____
- p_____ Cremona-Regular A 344 _crg____
- pgsb8aq GillSans-BoldExtraCondensed A 345 gnbxc___
- pgslh8a GillSans-LightShadowed A 345 gnls____
- pgsrh8a GillSans-Shadowed A 345 gns_____
- pgsxd8a GillSans-ExtraBoldDisplay A 345 gnxbd___
- p_____ LoType-Bold A 346 ljb_____
- p_____ LoType-Light A 346 ljl_____
- p_____ LoType-Medium A 346 ljm_____
- p_____ LoType-MediumCondensed A 346 ljmc____
- p_____ LoType-MediumItalic A 346 ljmi____
- p_____ LoType-Regular A 346 ljrg____
- mknr8a KinoMT A 347 qi______
- mwrrf8a WittenbergerFrakturMT A 347 wf______
- mwrbf8a WittenbergerFrakturMT-Bd A 347 wfb_____
- mwdbf7c WittenbergerFrakturMT-BdDfr A 347 wfbdf___
- mwdrf7c WittenbergerFrakturMT-Dfr A 347 wfdfr___
- mm7r8a MaturaMT A 347 zz______
- mm7rw8a MaturaMT-ScriptCapitals A 347 zzscc___
- pllbij8a LinoLetter-BoldItalicOsF A 348 llbio___
- pllbk8a LinoLetter-BoldOsF A 348 llbof___
- pllbc8a LinoLetter-BoldSC A 348 llbsc___
- pllrij8a LinoLetter-ItalicOsF A 348 lliof___
- pllmij8a LinoLetter-MediumItalicOsF A 348 llmio___
- pllmj8a LinoLetter-MediumOsF A 348 llmof___
- pllmc8a LinoLetter-MediumSC A 348 llmsc___
- pllrj8a LinoLetter-RomanOsF A 348 llros___
- pllrc8a LinoLetter-RomanSC A 348 llrsc___
- pllcij8a LinoLetter-BlackItalicOsF A 348 llzio___
- pllcj8a LinoLetter-BlackOsF A 348 llzof___
- pllcc8a LinoLetter-BlackSC A 348 llzsc___
- pbbbij8a Bembo-BoldItalicOsF A 349 bmbio___
- pbbbi8x Bembo-BoldItalicExpert A 349 bmbix___
- pbbbj8a Bembo-BoldOsF A 349 bmbos___
- pbbb8x Bembo-BoldExpert A 349 bmbxp___
- pbbxj8a Bembo-ExtraBoldOsF A 349 bmebs___
- pbbx8x Bembo-ExtraBoldExpert A 349 bmebx___
- pbbxij8a Bembo-ExtraBoldItalicOsF A 349 bmeis___
- pbbxi8x Bembo-ExtraBoldItalicExpert A 349 bmeix___
- pbbr8x Bembo-Expert A 349 bmexp___
- pbbrij8a Bembo-ItalicOsF A 349 bmios___
- pbbri8x Bembo-ItalicExpert A 349 bmixp___
- pbbrc8a Bembo-SC A 349 bmrsc___
- pbbsj8a Bembo-SemiboldOsF A 349 bmsbo___
- pbbs8x Bembo-SemiboldExpert A 349 bmsbx___
- pbbsij8a Bembo-SemiboldItalicOsF A 349 bmsis___
- pbbsi8x Bembo-SemiboldItalicExpert A 349 bmsix___
- ptkMMo8a TektonMM-Oblique A 350 zji_____
- ptkMM8a TektonMM A 350 zjrg____
- pvvMM8a VivaMM A 351 zkrg____
- pb7b8a BernhardModern-Bold A 352 rdb_____
- pb7bi8a BernhardModern-BoldItalic A 352 rdbi____
- pb7ri8a BernhardModern-Italic A 352 rdi_____
- pb7r8a BernhardModern-Roman A 352 rdr_____
- p_____ Ariadne-Roman A 353 aria____
- pdiri8a Diotima-Italic A 353 dti_____
- pdirij8a Diotima-ItalicOsF A 353 dtiof___
- pdir8a Diotima-Roman A 353 dtr_____
- pdirj8a Diotima-RomanOsF A 353 dtros___
- pdirc8a Diotima-RomanSC A 353 dtrsc___
- p_____ Smaragd A 353 smar____
- p_____ Smaragd-Alternate A 353 smara___
- pttb6w TimesTenCyr-Bold A 354 ttyb____
- pttbo6w TimesTenCyr-BoldInclined A 354 ttybi___
- pttro6w TimesTenCyr-Inclined A 354 ttyi____
- pttr6w TimesTenCyr-Upright A 354 ttyu____
- panr8a Anna A 355 iarg____
- p_____ Beesknees A 355 ikh_____
- p_____ MonaLisa-Recut A 355 iyin____
- p_____ MonaLisa-Solid A 355 iysd____
- p_____ Ozwald A 355 ozh_____
- po8b8a OfficinaSerif-Bold A 356 ovb_____
- po8bi8a OfficinaSerif-BoldItalic A 356 ovbi____
- po8k8a OfficinaSerif-Book A 356 ovbk____
- po8ki8a OfficinaSerif-BookItalic A 356 ovwi____
- po9b8a OfficinaSans-Bold A 357 owb_____
- po9bi8a OfficinaSans-BoldItalic A 357 owbi____
- po9k8a OfficinaSans-Book A 357 owbk____
- po9ki8a OfficinaSans-BookItalic A 357 owwi____
- p_____ SanvitoMM A 358 zhrg____
- p_____ CaflischScriptMM-Alt A 359 zea_____
- p_____ CaflischScriptMM A 359 zerg____
- p_____ CaflischScriptMM-Sw A 359 zesw____
- p_____ GraphiteMM A 360 _grg____
- phir6w HelveticaInseratCyr-Upright A 361 hiyu____
- phvb6w HelveticaCyr-Bold A 361 hvyb____
- phvbo6w HelveticaCyr-BoldInclined A 361 hvybi___
- phvro6w HelveticaCyr-Inclined A 361 hvyi____
- phvr6w HelveticaCyr-Upright A 361 hvyu____
- plzb8a LegacySans-Bold A 362 lvb_____
- plzbi8a LegacySans-BoldItalic A 362 lvbi____
- plzm8a LegacySans-Medium A 362 lvm_____
- plzmi8a LegacySans-MediumItalic A 362 lvmi____
- plzu8a LegacySans-Ultra A 362 lvu_____
- plzk8a LegacySans-Book A 362 lvw_____
- plzki8a LegacySans-BookItalic A 362 lvwi____
- pleb8a LegacySerif-Bold A 363 lzb_____
- plebi8a LegacySerif-BoldItalic A 363 lzbi____
- plem8a LegacySerif-Medium A 363 lzm_____
- plemi8a LegacySerif-MediumItalic A 363 lzmi____
- pleu8a LegacySerif-Ultra A 363 lzu_____
- plek8a LegacySerif-Book A 363 lzw_____
- pleki8a LegacySerif-BookItalic A 363 lzwi____
- pexr6w ExcelsiorCyr-Upright A 364 exy_____
- pexb6w ExcelsiorCyr-Bold A 364 exyb____
- pexro6w ExcelsiorCyr-Inclined A 364 exyi____
- pbvr6w BaskervilleCyr-Upright A 365 _by_____
- pbvb6w BaskervilleCyr-Bold A 365 _byb____
- pbvbo6w BaskervilleCyr-Inclined A 365 _byi____
- p_____ Pepperwood-Fill A 366 uwfi____
- p_____ Pepperwood-Outline A 366 uwou____
- p_____ Pepperwood-Regular A 366 uwrg____
- p_____ Rosewood-Fill A 366 uxfi____
- p_____ Rosewood-Regular A 366 uxrg____
- p_____ Zebrawood-Fill A 366 uyfi____
- p_____ Zebrawood-Regular A 366 uyrg____
- p_____ MendozaRoman-Bold A 367 zab_____
- p_____ MendozaRoman-BoldItalic A 367 zabi____
- p_____ MendozaRoman-Medium A 367 zam_____
- p_____ MendozaRoman-MediumItalic A 367 zami____
- p_____ MendozaRoman-Book A 367 zaw_____
- p_____ MendozaRoman-BookItalic A 367 zawi____
- phhb8a Highlander-Bold A 368 hhb_____
- phhbi8a Highlander-BoldItalic A 368 hhbi____
- phhk8a Highlander-Book A 368 hhbk____
- phhm8a Highlander-Medium A 368 hhm_____
- phhmi8a Highlander-MediumItalic A 368 hhmi____
- phhki8a Highlander-BookItalic A 368 hhwi____
- pbgb8a Benguiat-Bold A 369 bgb_____
- pbgbi8a Benguiat-BoldItalic A 369 bgbi____
- pbgm8a Benguiat-Medium A 369 bgm_____
- pbgmi8a Benguiat-MediumItalic A 369 bgmi____
- pbgk8a Benguiat-Book A 369 bgw_____
- pbgki8a Benguiat-BookItalic A 369 bgwi____
- p_____ MezzMM A 370 zmrg____
- lrzb8a RuzickaFreehandLH-Bold A 371 rzb_____
- lrzbc8a RuzickaFreehandLH-BoldSC A 371 rzbsc___
- lrzr8a RuzickaFreehandLH-Roman A 371 rzr_____
- lrzrc8a RuzickaFreehandLH-RomanSC A 371 rzrsc___
- pnorf7c NotreDame-RomanDfr A 372 nhdfr___
- pnorp NotreDame-Ornaments A 372 nhorn___
- pnorf8a NotreDame-Roman A 372 nhr_____
- ppjrp Pompeijana-Borders A 372 qbbor___
- ppjr8a Pompeijana-Roman A 372 qbr_____
- prxrp Rusticana-Borders A 372 rxbor___
- prxr8a Rusticana-Roman A 372 rxr_____
- lpi005 CaravanLH-One A 373 cara1___
- lpi006 CaravanLH-Two A 373 cara2___
- lpi007 CaravanLH-Three A 373 cara3___
- lpi008 CaravanLH-Four A 373 cara4___
- leab8a ElectraLH-Bold A 373 etb_____
- leabi8a ElectraLH-BoldCursive A 373 etbi____
- leari8a ElectraLH-Cursive A 373 eti_____
- lear8a ElectraLH-Regular A 373 etr_____
- leabij8a ElectraLH-BoldCursiveOsF A 374 etbio___
- leabj8a ElectraLH-BoldOsF A 374 etbos___
- leabc8a ElectraLH-BoldSC A 374 etbsc___
- leabd8a ElectraLH-BoldDisplay A 374 etdb____
- leabid8a ElectraLH-BoldCursiveDisplay A 374 etdbi___
- learid8a ElectraLH-CursiveDisplay A 374 etdi____
- leard8a ElectraLH-Display A 374 etdr____
- learij8a ElectraLH-CursiveOsF A 374 etios___
- learj8a ElectraLH-RegularOsF A 374 etros___
- learc8a ElectraLH-RegularSC A 374 etrsc___
- p_____ RulingScript-Two A 375 rul2____
- p_____ Sho-Roman A 375 sho_____
- p_____ WiesbadenSwing-Roman A 375 wn______
- p_____ MotterCorpusMM A 376 kprg____
- p_____ PenumbraMM A 377 zlrg____
- p_____ NuevaMM-It A 378 twi_____
- p_____ NuevaMM A 378 twr_____
- pctbif8a Cheltenham-HandtooledBdIt A 379 chiin___
- pctbf8a Cheltenham-HandtooledBold A 379 chin____
- pgmbif8a Garamond-HandtooledBoldItalic A 379 gaiin___
- pgmbf8a Garamond-HandtooledBold A 379 gain____
- pcnbif8a Century-HandtooledBoldItalic A 379 iciin___
- pcnbf8a Century-HandtooledBold A 379 icin____
- pgmMM8a ITCGaramondMM A 380 gc______
- pgmMMi8a ITCGaramondMM-It A 380 gci_____
- p_____ Cerigo-Bold A 381 qcb_____
- p_____ Cerigo-BoldItalic A 381 qcbi____
- p_____ Cerigo-Medium A 381 qcm_____
- p_____ Cerigo-MediumItalic A 381 qcmi____
- p_____ Cerigo-Book A 381 qcw_____
- p_____ Cerigo-BookItalic A 381 qcwi____
- phab8a Hadriano-Bold A 382 hab_____
- phax8a Hadriano-ExtraBold A 382 haeb____
- phax8ac Hadriano-ExtraBoldCondensed A 382 haebc___
- phal8a Hadriano-Light A 382 hal_____
- prcb8a Romic-Bold A 383 rob_____
- prcx8a Romic-ExtraBold A 383 roeb____
- prcl8a Romic-Light A 383 rol_____
- prcli8a Romic-LightItalic A 383 roli____
- prcm8a Romic-Medium A 383 rom_____
- p_____ Copal-Decorated A 384 _ddc____
- p_____ Copal-Outline A 384 _dou____
- p_____ Copal-Solid A 384 _dsd____
- pxpMM7a ExPontoMM-Alternate A 385 jvalt___
- pxpMM7ab ExPontoMM-Beginning A 385 jvbeg___
- pxpMM7ae ExPontoMM-Ending A 385 jvend___
- pxpMM8a ExPontoMM A 385 jvrg____
- pxpMMj8a ExPontoMM-OsF A 385 jvros___
- pysb8a GoudySans-Bold A 386 hgb_____
- pysbi8a GoudySans-BoldItalic A 386 hgbi____
- pysk8a GoudySans-Book A 386 hgbk____
- pyski8a GoudySans-BookItalic A 386 hgbki___
- pysc8a GoudySans-Black A 386 hgbl____
- pysci8a GoudySans-BlackItalic A 386 hgbli___
- pysm8a GoudySans-Medium A 386 hgm_____
- pysmi8a GoudySans-MediumItalic A 386 hgmi____
- p_____ Delphin-I A 387 df1_____
- p_____ Delphin-IA A 387 df1a____
- p_____ Delphin-II A 387 df2_____
- p_____ Delphin-IIA A 387 df2a____
- pc7b8a Kompakt A 387 kq______
- p_____ KochAntiqua A 387 kv______
- pnlb8a Neuland A 387 nq______
- p_____ Caliban A 388 ni______
- paxrw8a Alexa A 388 xa______
- pbzrw8a Balzano A 388 zn______
- p_____ JimboMM A 389 jprg____
- pb7b8ac Bernhard-BoldCondensed A 390 dhbc____
- pnw1r8a NeueHammerUnziale-One A 390 nw1_____
- pnw1r7a NeueHammerUnziale-OneAlt A 390 nw1al___
- pnw2r8a NeueHammerUnziale-Two A 390 nw2_____
- pnw2r7a NeueHammerUnziale-TwoAlt A 390 nw2al___
- pclrl8a Cloister-OpenFace A 390 oein____
- poir8a Ondine A 390 og______
- pghr7a Galahad-Alternate A 391 g_alt___
- pghr8a Galahad-Regular A 391 g_rg____
- pghrj8a Galahad-OsF A 391 g_ros___
- popc8a Optima-Black A 392 opbl____
- popci8a Optima-BlackItalic A 392 opbli___
- popd8a Optima-DemiBold A 392 opd_____
- popdi8a Optima-DemiBoldItalic A 392 opdi____
- popx8a Optima-ExtraBlack A 392 opf_____
- popm8a Optima-Medium A 392 opm_____
- popmi8a Optima-MediumItalic A 392 opmi____
- popxi8a Optima-ExtraBlackItalic A 392 opxfi___
- p_____ Aja A 393 ja______
- p_____ PopplExquisit-Medium A 393 xqm_____
- p_____ PopplExquisit-Regular A 393 xqrg____
- ppi033 NationalCodes-Africa A 394 ncaf____
- ppi034 NationalCodes-America A 394 ncam____
- ppi035 NationalCodes-AsiaPlus A 394 ncas____
- ppi036 NationalCodes-Europe A 394 nceu____
- ppi037 NationalCodes-Universal A 394 ncun____
- p_____ ElGreco A 395 eq______
- pakm8a Arkona-Medium A 395 xnm_____
- pakr8a Arkona-Regular A 395 xnrg____
- pfgd8ap FranklinGothic-DemiCmpr A 396 frdcp___
- pfgdi8ap FranklinGothic-DemiCmprItal A 396 frdpi___
- pfgd8aq FranklinGothic-DemiXCmpr A 396 frdx____
- pfgk8ap FranklinGothic-BookCmpr A 396 frwcp___
- pfgki8ap FranklinGothic-BookCmprItal A 396 frwpi___
- pfgk8aq FranklinGothic-BookXCmpr A 396 frwx____
- pfgd8ac FranklinGothic-DemiCnd A 397 frdc____
- pfgdi8ac FranklinGothic-DemiCndItal A 397 frdci___
- pfgm8ac FranklinGothic-MedCnd A 397 frmc____
- pfgmi8ac FranklinGothic-MedCndItal A 397 frmci___
- pfgk8ac FranklinGothic-BookCnd A 397 frwc____
- pfgki8ac FranklinGothic-BookCndItal A 397 frwci___
- p_____ Sassafras-Italic A 398 xfi_____
- p_____ Sassafras-LxItalic A 398 xflgi___
- p_____ Sassafras-Lx A 398 xflgr___
- p_____ Sassafras-Roman A 398 xfr_____
- p_____ Sassafras-SxItalic A 398 xfshi___
- p_____ Sassafras-Sx A 398 xfshr___
- pkxrd8a Kigali-Block A 399 kxblk___
- pkxrw8a Kigali-ZigZag A 399 kxdc____
- pkxri8a Kigali-Italic A 399 kxi_____
- pkxli8a Kigali-LxItalic A 399 kxlgi___
- pkxl8a Kigali-Lx A 399 kxlgr___
- pkxr8a Kigali-Roman A 399 kxr_____
- pkxsi8a Kigali-SxItalic A 399 kxshi___
- pkxs8a Kigali-Sx A 399 kxshr___
- pajMMi8a AJensonMM-It A 400 jei_____
- pajMM8a AJensonMM A 400 jer_____
- pajMM7a AJensonMM-Alt A 401 jealt___
- pajMM8x AJensonMM-Ep A 401 jeexp___
- pajMMi7a AJensonMM-ItAlt A 401 jeial___
- pajMMic8a AJensonMM-ItSC A 401 jeisc___
- pajMMi8x AJensonMM-ItEp A 401 jeixp___
- pajMMc8a AJensonMM-SC A 401 jersc___
- pajMMiw8a AJensonMM-Sw A 401 jeswc___
- mbmb8a BulmerMT-Bold A 402 ybb_____
- mbmbi8a BulmerMT-BoldItalic A 402 ybbi____
- mbmbd8a BulmerMT-BoldDisplay A 402 ybdb____
- mbmbid8a BulmerMT-BoldItalicDisplay A 402 ybdbi___
- mbmrd8a BulmerMT-RegularDisplay A 402 ybds____
- mbmrid8a BulmerMT-ItalicDisplay A 402 ybdsi___
- mbmri8a BulmerMT-Italic A 402 ybi_____
- mbmr8a BulmerMT-Regular A 402 ybrg____
- mbms8a BulmerMT-SemiBold A 402 ybsb____
- mbmsi8a BulmerMT-SemiBoldItalic A 402 ybsi____
- mbmb7a BulmerMT-BoldAlt A 403 ybab____
- mbmbi7a BulmerMT-BoldItalicAlt A 403 ybabi___
- mbmr7a BulmerMT-RegularAlt A 403 ybarg___
- mbms7a BulmerMT-SemiBoldAlt A 403 ybasb___
- mbmsi7a BulmerMT-SemiBoldItalicAlt A 403 ybasi___
- mbmbd7a BulmerMT-BoldDisplayAlt A 403 ybbda___
- mbmbid7a BulmerMT-BoldItalDisplayAlt A 403 ybbid___
- mbmbi8x BulmerMT-BoldItalicExpert A 403 ybbix___
- mbmb8x BulmerMT-BoldExpert A 403 ybbxp___
- mbmri7a BulmerMT-ItalicAlt A 403 ybial___
- mbmrid7a BulmerMT-ItalicDisplayAlt A 403 ybida___
- mbmri8x BulmerMT-ItalicExpert A 403 ybixp___
- mbmrd7a BulmerMT-RegularDisplayAlt A 403 ybrda___
- mbmr8x BulmerMT-RegularExpert A 403 ybrgx___
- mbmrc8a BulmerMT-RegularSC A 403 ybrsc___
- mbmsc8a BulmerMT-SemiBoldSC A 403 ybsbs___
- mbms8x BulmerMT-SemiBoldExpert A 403 ybsbx___
- mbmsi8x BulmerMT-SemiBoldItalExpert A 403 ybsix___
- pizr8a Isabella A 404 iz______
- prrr8a Raphael A 404 rr______
- pxcr8a Eccentric A 404 xc______
- p_____ OceanSansMM-It A 405 ohi_____
- p_____ OceanSansMM A 405 ohr_____
- plcrt8a LucidaTypewriter A 406 tl______
- plcbt8a LucidaTypewriter-Bold A 406 tlb_____
- plcbot8a LucidaTypewriter-BoldObl A 406 tlbo____
- plcrot8a LucidaTypewriter-Obl A 406 tlo_____
- plsrt8a LucidaSansTypewriter A 407 ty______
- plsbt8a LucidaSansTypewriter-Bd A 407 tyb_____
- plsbot8a LucidaSansTypewriter-BdObl A 407 tybo____
- plsrot8a LucidaSansTypewriter-Obl A 407 tyo_____
- p_____ BriemScriptMM-Exp A 408 iiexp___
- p_____ BriemScriptMM A 408 iirg____
- p_____ BriemScriptMM-SC A 408 iisc____
- pkpMM8a KeplMM A 409 k_______
- pkpMMi8a KeplMM-It A 409 k_i_____
- pkpMM8x KeplMM-Ep A 410 k_exp___
- pkpMMic8a KeplMM-ItSC A 410 k_isc___
- pkpMMi8x KeplMM-ItEp A 410 k_ixp___
- pkpMMp1 KeplMM-Or1 A 410 k_or1___
- pkpMMp2 KeplMM-Or2 A 410 k_or2___
- pkpMMp3 KeplMM-Or3 A 410 k_or3___
- pkpMMc8a KeplMM-SC A 410 k_rsc___
- pkpMMiw8a KeplMM-Sw A 410 k_sw____
- pmjr8a Mojo A 411 fbrg____
- p_____ Shuriken-Boy A 412 s_boy___
- p_____ Andreas A 413 hy______
- poqr8a Ouch A 414 oq______
- p_____ CongaBravaMM A 415 vbrg____
- p_____ CongaBravaMM-St A 415 vbst____
- p_____ CronosMM A 416 xo______
- p_____ CronosMM-It A 416 xoi_____
- p_____ CronosMM-Ep A 417 xoexp___
- p_____ CronosMM-ItSC A 417 xoisc___
- p_____ CronosMM-ItEp A 417 xoixp___
- p_____ CronosMM-Or A 417 xoor____
- p_____ CronosMM-SC A 417 xorsc___
- p_____ CronosMM-Sw A 417 xosw____
- pdkb8a Diskus-Bold A 418 d_b_____
- pdkr8a Diskus A 418 d_rg____
- potb8a Coronet-Bold A 418 n_b_____
- potr8a Coronet A 418 n_rg____
- p_____ ChaparralMM-It A 419 xti_____
- p_____ ChaparralMM A 419 xtr_____
- p_____ ChaparralMM-Ep A 420 xtexp___
- p_____ ChaparralMM-ItSC A 420 xtisc___
- p_____ ChaparralMM-ItEp A 420 xtixp___
- p_____ ChaparralMM-Or A 420 xtor____
- p_____ ChaparralMM-SC A 420 xtrsc___
- ppi038 WiesbadenSwing-Dingbats A 421 wgdb____
- p_____ BermudaLP-Dots A 422 uddc1___
- p_____ BermudaLP-Squiggle A 422 uddc2___
- p_____ BermudaLP-Open A 422 udou____
- p_____ BermudaLP-Solid A 422 udrg____
- p_____ SpumoniLP A 423 uu______
- pzpr8a ZiptyDo A 424 zp______
- pkwr7a KoloLP-Alternates A 425 kwalt___
- pkwr8an KoloLP-Narrow A 425 kwn_____
- pkwr8a KoloLP-Regular A 425 kwrg____
- pkwr8aw KoloLP-Wide A 425 kwwd____
- pnxr8a Nyx A 426 nxrg____
- p_____ Banshee A 427 zo______
- p_____ KinesisMM A 428 kj______
- p_____ KinesisMM-It A 428 kji_____
- p_____ KinesisMM-Ep A 429 kjexp___
- p_____ KinesisMM-ItSC A 429 kjisc___
- p_____ KinesisMM-ItEp A 429 kjixp___
- p_____ KinesisMM-SC A 429 kjrsc___
- p_____ HardwoodLP A 430 hw______
- p_____ ManitoLP A 431 mw______
- p_____ Coriander A 432 uc______
- p_____ SpringLP A 433 td______
- p_____ SpringLP-Light A 433 tdl_____
- pwhb8a WendyLP-Bold A 434 whb_____
- pwhl8a WendyLP-Light A 434 whl_____
- pwhm8a WendyLP-Medium A 434 whm_____
- p_____ BickhamScriptMM-AltI A 435 b_a1____
- p_____ BickhamScriptMM-AltII A 435 b_a2____
- p_____ BickhamScriptMM-Beg A 435 b_bg____
- p_____ BickhamScriptMM-End A 435 b_en____
- p_____ BickhamScriptMM-Lig A 435 b_lig___
- p_____ BickhamScriptMM-Or A 435 b_or____
- p_____ BickhamScriptMM A 435 b_rg____
- p_____ BickhamScriptMM-SwCaps A 435 b_swc___
- pojr8a OldClaudeLP A 436 oj______
- pojrj8a OldClaudeLP-OsF A 436 ojosf___
- pojrc8a OldClaudeLP-SC A 436 ojsc____
- p_____ FlorensLP A 437 fn______
- p_____ FlorensLP-Alternates A 437 fnalt___
- p_____ BriemAkademiMM A 438 dkrg____
- p_____ Khaki-One A 439 hk1_____
- p_____ Khaki-Two A 439 hk2_____
- p_____ Pompeia-InlineItalic A 440 vpiit___
- p_____ Pompeia-Inline A 440 vpin____
- p_____ Flood A 441 fyrg____
- pwtMM7a WatersTitlingMM-Alt A 442 jwalt___
- pwtMM7al WatersTitlingMM-Lig A 442 jwlig___
- pwtMM8a WatersTitlingMM A 442 jwr_____
- pwtMMd8a WatersTitlingMM-TallCaps A 442 jwtlc___
- p_____ CelestiaAntiqua-Regular A 443 zs______
- p_____ CelestiaAntiqua-Bold A 443 zsb_____
- p_____ CelestiaAntiqua-BoldLig A 443 zsbdl___
- p_____ CelestiaAntiqua-Italic A 443 zsi_____
- p_____ CelestiaAntiqua-ItalicLig A 443 zsitl___
- p_____ CelestiaAntiqua-Ligatures A 443 zslig___
- p_____ CelestiaAntiqua-Ornaments A 443 zsor____
- p_____ CelestiaAntiqua-Semibold A 443 zssb____
- p_____ CelestiaAntiqua-SmBdLig A 443 zssbl___
- p_____ CelestiaAntiqua-SC A 443 zssc____
- pmyr8ac Myriad-Condensed A 444 wmc_____
- pmyb8ac Myriad-CnBold A 444 wmcb____
- pmybi8ac Myriad-CnBoldItalic A 444 wmcbi___
- pmyri8ac Myriad-CnItalic A 444 wmci____
- pmys8ac Myriad-CnSemibold A 444 wms_____
- pmysi8ac Myriad-CnSemiboldItalic A 444 wmsi____
- p_____ Immi505 A 445 firg____
- p_____ MagnoliaMVB A 446 xm______
- p_____ MagnoliaMVB-Ligatures A 446 xmlig___
- p_____ BossaNovaMVB A 447 xb______
- p_____ BossaNovaMVB-Alternates A 447 xbalt___
- p_____ Emmascript A 448 xe______
- p_____ RusselOblique A 449 zr______
- p_____ RusselOblique-InformalAlt A 449 zralt___
- p_____ RusselOblique-Informal A 449 zrinf___
- mdtb8a DanteMT-Bold A 450 dlb_____
- mdtbi8a DanteMT-BoldItalic A 450 dlbi____
- mdtri8a DanteMT-Italic A 450 dli_____
- mdtm8a DanteMT-Medium A 450 dlm_____
- mdtmi8a DanteMT-MediumItalic A 450 dlmi____
- mdtr8a DanteMT-Regular A 450 dlrg____
- mdtb7a DanteMT-BoldAlt A 451 dlab____
- mdtbi7a DanteMT-BoldItalicAlt A 451 dlabi___
- mdtri7a DanteMT-ItalicAlt A 451 dlai____
- mdtr7a DanteMT-RegularAlt A 451 dlarg___
- mdtm7a DanteMT-MediumAlt A 451 dlasb___
- mdtmi7a DanteMT-MediumItalicAlt A 451 dlasi___
- mdtbij8a DanteMT-BoldItalicOsF A 451 dlbio___
- mdtbi8x DanteMT-BoldItalicExpert A 451 dlbix___
- mdtbj8a DanteMT-BoldOsF A 451 dlbos___
- mdtb8x DanteMT-BoldExpert A 451 dlbxp___
- mdtrij8a DanteMT-ItalicOsF A 451 dlios___
- mdtri8x DanteMT-ItalicExpert A 451 dlixp___
- mdtmij8a DanteMT-MediumItalicOsF A 451 dlmio___
- mdtmi8x DanteMT-MediumItalicExpert A 451 dlmix___
- mdtmj8a DanteMT-MediumOsF A 451 dlmof___
- mdtm8x DanteMT-MediumExpert A 451 dlmxp___
- mdtr8x DanteMT-RegularExpert A 451 dlrgx___
- mdtrc8a DanteMT-RegularSC A 451 dlsc____
- mdtrd8a DanteMT-Titling A 451 dlttl___
- myhb8a StrayhornMT-Bold A 452 yhb_____
- myhbi8a StrayhornMT-BoldItalic A 452 yhbi____
- myhx8a StrayhornMT-ExtraBold A 452 yheb____
- myhxi8a StrayhornMT-ExtraBoldItalic A 452 yhebi___
- myhri8a StrayhornMT-Italic A 452 yhi_____
- myhl8a StrayhornMT-Light A 452 yhl_____
- myhli8a StrayhornMT-LightItalic A 452 yhli____
- myhr8a StrayhornMT-Regular A 452 yhrg____
- myhbij8a StrayhornMT-BoldItalicOsF A 453 yhbio___
- myhbj8a StrayhornMT-BoldOsF A 453 yhbos___
- myhxj8a StrayhornMT-ExtraBoldOsF A 453 yhebs___
- myhxij8a StrayhornMT-ExtraBoldItaOsF A 453 yheis___
- myhrij8a StrayhornMT-ItalicOsF A 453 yhios___
- myhlij8a StrayhornMT-LightItalicOsF A 453 yhlio___
- myhlc8a StrayhornMT-LightSC A 453 yhlsc___
- myhrc8a StrayhornMT-RegularSC A 453 yhrsc___
- p_____ Postino-Italic A 454 xzi_____
- p_____ Postino A 454 xzr_____
- p_____ ReliqMM-OsF A 455 qeosf___
- p_____ ReliqMM A 455 qer_____
- p_____ Critter A 456 wc______
- p_____ Cutout A 457 wu______
- p_____ Studz A 458 wp______
- p_____ Rad A 459 wr______
- p_____ Mythos A 460 wy______
- p_____ Toolbox A 461 wt______
- p_____ Quake A 462 wq______
- pg2r8a Giddyup-Regular A 463 wg______
- pg2r Giddyup-Thangs A 463 wgtha___
- pmyrl8a Myriad-Sketch A 464 wmske___
- pmyrn8a Myriad-Tilt A 464 wmtil___
- mbeb8a BellMT-Bold A 465 xlb_____
- mbebi8a BellMT-BoldItalic A 465 xlbi____
- mberi8a BellMT-Italic A 465 xli_____
- mber8a BellMT-Regular A 465 xlrg____
- mbes8a BellMT-SemiBold A 465 xlsb____
- mbesi8a BellMT-SemiBoldItalic A 465 xlsbi___
- mber7a BellMT-RegularAlt A 466 xlarg___
- mbes7a BellMT-SemiBoldAlt A 466 xlasb___
- mbesi7a BellMT-SemiBoldItalicAlt A 466 xlasi___
- mbebi8x BellMT-BoldItalicExpert A 466 xlbix___
- mbeb8x BellMT-BoldExpert A 466 xlbxp___
- mber8x BellMT-RegularExpert A 466 xlexp___
- mberi7a BellMT-ItalicAlt A 466 xlial___
- mberi8x BellMT-ItalicExpert A 466 xlixp___
- mberx7a BellMT-RegularExpertAlt A 466 xlrxa___
- mbesc8a BellMT-SemiBoldSC A 466 xlsbs___
- mbes8x BellMT-SemiBoldExpert A 466 xlsbx___
- mberc8a BellMT-RegularSC A 466 xlsc____
- mbesi8x BellMT-SemiBoldItalicExpert A 466 xlsix___
- mbesx7a BellMT-SemiBoldExpertAlt A 466 xlsxa___
- mf1ri7a FournierMT-ItalicAlt A 467 xyali___
- mf1r7a FournierMT-RegularAlt A 467 xyalt___
- mf1ri8a FournierMT-Italic A 467 xyi_____
- mf1rij8a FournierMT-ItalicOsF A 467 xyios___
- mf1ri8x FournierMT-ItalicExpert A 467 xyixp___
- mf1rp FournierMT-Ornaments A 467 xyorn___
- mf1r8a FournierMT-Regular A 467 xyrg____
- mf1r8x FournierMT-RegularExpert A 467 xyrgx___
- mf1rc8a FournierMT-RegularSC A 467 xysc____
- mf1rid8a FournierMT-ItalicTallCaps A 467 xytti___
- mf1rd8a FournierMT-TallCaps A 467 xyttl___
- p_____ CTMercurius-Black A 468 uibl____
- p_____ CTMercurius-BlackItalic A 468 uibli___
- p_____ CTMercurius-Light A 468 uil_____
- p_____ CTMercurius-LightItalic A 468 uili____
- p_____ CTMercurius-Medium A 468 uim_____
- p_____ CTMercurius-MediumItalic A 468 uimi____
- p_____ Fusaka-Regular A 469 fv______
- p_____ Fusaka-Alternates A 469 fvalt___
- p_____ MagnesiumMVB A 470 uh______
- p_____ MagnesiumMVB-Grime A 470 uhdc1___
- m_____ GillFloriatedCapsMT-Alt A 471 fwalt___
- m_____ GillFloriatedCapsMT A 471 fwcap___
- p_____ Origami-Bold A 472 xrb_____
- p_____ Origami-BoldItalic A 472 xrbi____
- p_____ Origami-Italic A 472 xri_____
- p_____ Origami-Medium A 472 xrm_____
- p_____ Origami-MediumItalic A 472 xrmi____
- p_____ Origami-Regular A 472 xrrg____
- p_____ Origami-Semibold A 472 xrsb____
- p_____ Origami-SemiboldItalic A 472 xrsbi___
- p_____ GreymantleMVB A 473 qg______
- p_____ GreymantleMVB-Alternates A 473 qgalt___
- p_____ GreymantleMVB-Ornaments A 473 qgor____
- p_____ VerveMM-A A 474 vvaaa___
- p_____ VerveMM A 474 vvr_____
- p_____ VolutaScript A 475 vs______
- p_____ VolutaScript-Alternates A 475 vsalt___
- p_____ VolutaScript-Swash A 475 vssw____
- pcwr8a Cottonwood A 476 c_______
- piwr8a Ironwood A 477 i_______
- pjpr8a Juniper A 478 j_______
- pmqr8a Mesquite A 479 m_______
- ppor8a Ponderosa A 480 p_______
- pbir8a Birch A 481 bi______
- pb0r8a Blackoak A 482 bo______
- pmrr8a Madrone A 483 mq______
- pp0r8a Poplar A 484 pp______
- pwwr8a Willow A 485 wi______
- p_____ Pepperwood-Fill A 486 uwfi____
- p_____ Pepperwood-Outline A 486 uwou____
- p_____ Pepperwood-Regular A 486 uwrg____
- p_____ Rosewood-Fill A 487 uxfi____
- p_____ Rosewood-Regular A 487 uxrg____
- p_____ Zebrawood-Fill A 488 uyfi____
- p_____ Zebrawood-Regular A 488 uyrg____
- ppi026 WoodtypeOrnaments-One A 489 woor____
- ppi027 WoodtypeOrnaments-Two A 489 woor2___
- pg1r8a Gothic-Thirteen A 490 gtt_____
- ptph8ac Tempo-HeavyCondensed A 491 tehc____
- ptphi8ac Tempo-HeavyCondensedItalic A 491 tehci___
- ppsr8a Parisian A 492 pn______
- pumr8a Umbra A 493 um______
- mg4ri8a GoudyModernMT-Italic A 494 ygi_____
- mg4r8a GoudyModernMT A 494 ygrg____
- ms1ri8a ScotchRomanMT-Italic A 495 ysi_____
- ms1r8a ScotchRomanMT A 495 ysrg____
- mfsr8a FalstaffMT A 496 fprg____
- mifb8a InflexMT-Bold A 497 iqb_____
- mm8bl8a MonotypeOldStyleMT-BoldOut A 498 mbbou___
- mfer8a ForteMT A 499 fz______
- mklr8a KlangMT A 500 kn______
- mmebw8a MercuriusMT-BoldScript A 501 uzbs____
- p_____ Smaragd A 502 smar____
- p_____ Smaragd-Alternate A 502 smara___
- p_____ Ariadne-Roman A 503 aria____
- pdiri8a Diotima-Italic A 503 dti_____
- pdirij8a Diotima-ItalicOsF A 503 dtiof___
- pdir8a Diotima-Roman A 503 dtr_____
- pdirj8a Diotima-RomanOsF A 503 dtros___
- pdirc8a Diotima-RomanSC A 503 dtrsc___
- p_____ Legault A 504 ul______
- p_____ Legault-Alternates A 504 ula_____
- p_____ Legault-BoldAlternates A 504 ulab____
- p_____ Legault-Bold A 504 ulb_____
- p_____ BlueIsland A 505 ihrg____
- pbdp8ap Bodoni-PosterCompressed A 900 bdpsc___
- pbax8a Barmeno-ExtraBold A 900 bfeb____
- pb0r8a Blackoak A 900 bo______
- zpcp33bc Copperplate-ThirtyThreeBC A 900 cp33c___
- prtr Carta A 900 cr______
- pdcr8a DomCasual A 900 dc______
- mtlr8a CastellarMT A 900 el______
- mp2r8a PepitaMT A 900 epscr___
- pgsr8ac GillSans-Condensed A 900 gnc_____
- pgsu8a GillSans-UltraBold A 900 gnub____
- mgtrd8a GoudyTextMT-LombardicCapitals A 900 gxlom___
- piwr8a Ironwood A 900 i_______
- mbfrw8a BiffoMT A 900 ifscr___
- pimx8a Imago-ExtraBold A 900 ioeb____
- mjori8a JoannaMT-Italic A 900 joi_____
- mjor8a JoannaMT A 900 jor_____
- p_____ Colossalis-Bold A 900 kob_____
- plgr8a LetterGothic A 900 lg______
- plor8a Lithos-Regular A 900 lorg____
- pmqr8a Mesquite A 900 m_______
- pmnrp Minion-Ornaments A 900 moor____
- pnurw8a NuptialScript A 900 nu______
- pper8a PrestigeElite A 900 pe______
- pqsr8a Bellevue A 900 qsrg____
- p_____ AGOldFace-Outline A 900 qwou____
- mrur8ac RunicMT-Condensed A 900 ric_____
- prwx8a Rockwell-ExtraBold A 900 rkeb____
- pslr8a Stencil A 900 st______
- pwwr8a Willow A 900 wi______
- ppi027 WoodtypeOrnaments-Two A 900 woor2___
- pbir8a Birch A 901 bi______
- putrd8a Utopia-Headline A 901 uthd____
- p_____ Critter A 901 wc______
- pg2r8a Giddyup-Regular A 901 wg______
- pg2r Giddyup-Thangs A 901 wgtha___
- pmyrd8a Myriad-Headline A 901 wmhd____
- pmyrl8a Myriad-Sketch A 901 wmske___
- pmyrn8a Myriad-Tilt A 901 wmtil___
- p_____ Studz A 901 wp______
- p_____ Quake A 901 wq______
- p_____ Rad A 901 wr______
- p_____ Toolbox A 901 wt______
- p_____ Cutout A 901 wu______
- p_____ Mythos A 901 wy______
- pagd8a AvantGarde-Demi A 902 agd_____
- pagdo8a AvantGarde-DemiOblique A 902 agdo____
- pagk8a AvantGarde-Book A 902 agw_____
- pagko8a AvantGarde-BookOblique A 902 agwo____
- pamr8a Americana A 902 am______
- pamx8a Americana-ExtraBold A 902 ameb____
- pacri8a ACaslon-Italic A 902 awi_____
- pacr8a ACaslon-Regular A 902 awrg____
- pacs8a ACaslon-Semibold A 902 awsb____
- pacsi8a ACaslon-SemiboldItalic A 902 awsbi___
- pbab8a Barmeno-Bold A 902 bfb_____
- pbax8a Barmeno-ExtraBold A 902 bfeb____
- pbam8a Barmeno-Medium A 902 bfm_____
- pbar8a Barmeno-Regular A 902 bfrg____
- pbkd8a Bookman-Demi A 902 bkd_____
- pbkdi8a Bookman-DemiItalic A 902 bkdi____
- pbkl8a Bookman-Light A 902 bkl_____
- pbkli8a Bookman-LightItalic A 902 bkli____
- pb0r8a Blackoak A 902 bo______
- pcrb8a Courier-Bold A 902 cob_____
- pcrbo8a Courier-BoldOblique A 902 cobo____
- pcrr8a Courier A 902 com_____
- pcrro8a Courier-Oblique A 902 coo_____
- prtr Carta A 902 cr______
- pfari8a Formata-Italic A 902 fmi_____
- pfam8a Formata-Medium A 902 fmm_____
- pfami8a Formata-MediumItalic A 902 fmmi____
- pfar8a Formata-Regular A 902 fmrg____
- padb8a AGaramond-Bold A 902 gdb_____
- padbi8a AGaramond-BoldItalic A 902 gdbi____
- padri8a AGaramond-Italic A 902 gdi_____
- padr8a AGaramond-Regular A 902 gdrg____
- phvr8a Helvetica A 902 hv______
- phvb8a Helvetica-Bold A 902 hvb_____
- phvbo8a Helvetica-BoldOblique A 902 hvbo____
- phvr8an Helvetica-Narrow A 902 hvn_____
- phvb8an Helvetica-Narrow-Bold A 902 hvnb____
- phvbo8an Helvetica-Narrow-BoldOblique A 902 hvnbo___
- phvro8an Helvetica-Narrow-Oblique A 902 hvno____
- phvro8a Helvetica-Oblique A 902 hvo_____
- pkur8a Kaufmann A 902 kf______
- ploc8a Lithos-Black A 902 lobl____
- plor8a Lithos-Regular A 902 lorg____
- pncb8a NewCenturySchlbk-Bold A 902 ncb_____
- pncbi8a NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic A 902 ncbi____
- pncri8a NewCenturySchlbk-Italic A 902 nci_____
- pncr8a NewCenturySchlbk-Roman A 902 ncr_____
- ppar8a ParkAvenue A 902 pa______
- ppsr8a Parisian A 902 pn______
- pplb8a Palatino-Bold A 902 pob_____
- pplbi8a Palatino-BoldItalic A 902 pobi____
- pplri8a Palatino-Italic A 902 poi_____
- pplr8a Palatino-Roman A 902 por_____
- p_____ Poetica-SuppOrnaments A 902 pvor____
- psyr Symbol A 902 sy______
- ptmb8a Times-Bold A 902 tib_____
- ptmbi8a Times-BoldItalic A 902 tibi____
- ptmri8a Times-Italic A 902 tii_____
- ptmr8a Times-Roman A 902 tir_____
- ptjb8a Trajan-Bold A 902 tjb_____
- ptkb8a Tekton-Bold A 902 tkb_____
- ptkr8a Tekton A 902 tkrg____
- ppi027 WoodtypeOrnaments-Two A 902 woor2___
- pzcmi8a ZapfChancery-MediumItalic A 902 zcmi____
- pzdr ZapfDingbats A 902 zd______
- mp1rw8a PalaceScriptMT A 903 _p______
- pdjk8a Delta-Book A 903 djw_____
- pdjki8a Delta-BookItalic A 903 djwi____
- lenb8a EngraversLH-BoldFace A 903 ew______
- pfarl8a Formata-Outline A 903 fmou____
- pgsxd8a GillSans-ExtraBoldDisplay A 903 gnxbd___
- mbfrw8a BiffoMT A 903 ifscr___
- p_____ MonaLisa-Solid A 903 iysd____
- pjpr8a Juniper A 903 j_______
- p_____ LoType-Medium A 903 ljm_____
- p_____ LoType-MediumItalic A 903 ljmi____
- p_____ BerlinerGrotesk-Light A 903 otl_____
- prwb8ac Rockwell-BoldCondensed A 903 rkbc____
- prwr8ac Rockwell-Condensed A 903 rkc_____
- p_____ AGBook-Stencil A 903 tast____
- ms2bw8a ScriptMT-Bold A 903 tbscr___
- p_____ Cutout A 903 wu______
- ms1ri8a ScotchRomanMT-Italic A 903 ysi_____
- ms1r8a ScotchRomanMT A 903 ysrg____
- mm7r8a MaturaMT A 903 zz______
- mr2l8a CantoriaMT-Light A 904 eol_____
- p_____ Beesknees A 904 ikh_____
- p_____ LoType-Medium A 904 ljm_____
- pm1rw8a MonolineScriptMT A 904 on______
- p_____ Ozwald A 904 ozh_____
- mknr8a KinoMT A 904 qi______
- pb7r8a BernhardModern-Bold A 904 rdb_____
- puyr8a UniversityRoman A 904 ur______
- pbdp8ap Bodoni-PosterCompressed A 905 bdpsc___
- pctl8ac Cheltenham-LightCond A 905 chlc____
- pazl8ac AkzidenzGroteskBE-LightCn A 905 gflc____
- pgsb8aq GillSans-BoldExtraCondensed A 905 gnbxc___
- p_____ GaramondBE-Condensed A 905 gwc_____
- p_____ LoType-MediumCondensed A 905 ljmc____
- mrur8ac RunicMT-Condensed A 905 ric_____
- prwr8ac Rockwell-Condensed A 905 rkc_____
- p_____ Mezz-Regular A 906 vurg____
- p_____ Mezz-Black A 906 vuz_____
- p_____ CaflischScript-Bold A 906 vwb_____
- p_____ CaflischScript-Regular A 906 vwrg____
- p_____ Nueva-BoldExtendedItalic A 906 vxbei___
- p_____ Nueva-BoldExtended A 906 vxbv____
- p_____ Nueva-Italic A 906 vxi_____
- p_____ Nueva-Roman A 906 vxr_____
- pmyb8a Myriad-Bold A 906 wmb_____
- pmybi8a Myriad-BoldItalic A 906 wmbi____
- pmyri8a Myriad-Italic A 906 wmi_____
- pmyr8a Myriad-Roman A 906 wmr_____
- pmnb8ac Minion-BoldCondensed A 907 mobc____
- pmnbi8ac Minion-BoldCondensedItalic A 907 mobci___
- pmnr8ac Minion-Condensed A 907 moc_____
- pmnri8ac Minion-CondensedItalic A 907 moci____
- pvvx8ax Viva-BoldExtraExtended A 907 vabxe___
- pvvl8ac Viva-LightCondensed A 907 valc____
- pvvr8a Viva-Regular A 907 varg____
- p_____ Sanvito-Light A 907 vyl_____
- p_____ Sanvito-Roman A 907 vyr_____
- p_____ Penumbra-SemiboldFlare A 907 vzsfl___
- p_____ Penumbra-SemiboldSans A 907 vzssa___
- p_____ Penumbra-SemiboldSerif A 907 vzsse___
- ppc___ Poetica-ChanceryI A 908 pvch1___
- ppc___ Poetica-SuppLigatures A 908 pvlg____
- ppc___ Poetica-SuppOrnaments A 908 pvor____
- ppc___ Poetica-SuppSwashCapsI A 908 pvsw1___
- p_____ CaflischScript-Bold A 908 vwb_____
- p_____ CaflischScript-Regular A 908 vwrg____
- p_____ Sanvito-BoldDisplay A 908 vydb____
- p_____ Sanvito-Roman A 908 vyr_____
- p_____ Sanvito-Semibold A 908 vysb____
- pxpr8a ExPonto-Regular A 908 xprg____
- padri8a AGaramond-Italic A 912 gdi_____
- padr8a AGaramond-Regular A 912 gdrg____
- pads8a AGaramond-Semibold A 912 gdsb____
- padrc8a AGaramond-RegularSC A 912 gdsc____
- padrd8a AGaramond-Titling A 912 gdttl___
- pacri8a ACaslon-Italic A 913 awi_____
- pacrp ACaslon-Ornaments A 913 awor____
- pacr8a ACaslon-Regular A 913 awrg____
- pacs8a ACaslon-Semibold A 913 awsb____
- pacrc8a ACaslon-RegularSC A 913 awsc____
- pajrd8a AJenson-RegularDisplay A 914 jsds____
- pajri8a AJenson-Italic A 914 jsi_____
- pajr8a AJenson-Regular A 914 jsrg____
- pajs8a AJenson-Semibold A 914 jssb____
- pajrc8a AJenson-RegularSC A 914 jssc____
- p_____ Jimbo-Bold A 915 jpb_____
- pajsd8a AJenson-SemiboldDisplay A 915 jssp____
- pkpbd8ax Kepler-BoldExtendedDisplay A 915 k_bed___
- pkpsd8ac Kepler-SemiboldCondensedDisplay A 915 k_scd___
- p_____ Mezz-Bold A 915 vub_____
- p_____ Penumbra-BoldSerif A 915 vzbsr___
- p_____ Cronos-Display A 915 xodr____
- pxpr8a ExPonto-Regular A 915 xprg____
- p_____ Chaparral-Display A 915 xtdr____
- zpeurs EuroSans-Regular A 916 _1______
- zpeubs EuroSans-Bold A 916 _1b_____
- zpeubis EuroSans-BoldItalic A 916 _1bi____
- zpeuris EuroSans-Italic A 916 _1i_____
- zpeurt EuroMono-Regular A 916 _2______
- zpeubt EuroMono-Bold A 916 _2b_____
- zpeubit EuroMono-BoldItalic A 916 _2bi____
- zpeurit EuroMono-Italic A 916 _2i_____
- zpeur EuroSerif-Regular A 916 _3______
- zpeub EuroSerif-Bold A 916 _3b_____
- zpeubi EuroSerif-BoldItalic A 916 _3bi____
- zpeuri EuroSerif-Italic A 916 _3i_____
- pmsrw8a Mistral A 917 ms______
- ppc___ Poetica-ChanceryII A 917 pvch2___
- ppc___ Poetica-SuppSwashCapsII A 917 pvsw2___
- pprl8a PopplResidenz-Light A 917 pzl_____
- pprr8a PopplResidenz-Regular A 917 pzrg____
- psrrw8a SnellRoundhand-Script A 917 sn______
- mmebw8a MercuriusMT-BoldScript A 917 uzbs____
- pwhm8a WendyLP-Medium A 917 whm_____
- pbzrw8a Balzano A 917 zn______
- ppi028 ScienceTypeCustomPi-No1T ??? ________
- ppi029 ScienceTypeCustomPi-No2T ??? ________
- ppi030 ScienceTypeCustomPi-No3T ??? ________
- ppi031 ScienceTypeCustomPi-No4T ??? ________
- ppi032 ScienceTypeCustomPi-No5T ??? ________
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: Apple fonts, Next: Bitstream fonts, Prev: Adobe fonts, Up: Font name lists
-
-A.3 Apple fonts
-===============
-
-The `apple.map' file has abbreviations for Apple fonts.
-
- eecr8r AppleChancery
- eger8r Geneva
- ehtr8r HoeflerText
- emcr8r Monaco
- epi001 Zeal
- eskr8r Skia
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: Bitstream fonts, Next: DTC fonts, Prev: Apple fonts, Up: Font name lists
-
-A.4 Bitstream fonts
-===================
-
-The `bitstrea.map' file has abbreviations for Bitstream fonts.
-
- bhvl8a Swiss721BT-Light BT 0001 swz721l
- bhvli8a Swiss721BT-LightItalic BT 0002 swz721li
- bhvr8a Swiss721BT-Roman BT 0003 swz721n
- bhvri8a Swiss721BT-Italic BT 0004 swz721i
- bhvb8a Swiss721BT-Bold BT 0005 swz721b
- bhvbi8a Swiss721BT-BoldItalic BT 0006 swz721bi
- bhvc8a Swiss721BT-Black BT 0007 swz721k
- bhvci8a Swiss721BT-BlackItalic BT 0008 swz721ki
- bhvr8ac Swiss721BT-RomanCondensed BT 0009 swz721c
- bhvb8ac Swiss721BT-BoldCondensed BT 0010 swz721bc
- btmr8a Dutch801BT-Roman BT 0011 dut801n
- btmri8a Dutch801BT-Italic BT 0012 dut801i
- btmb8a Dutch801BT-Bold BT 0013 dut801b
- btmbi8a Dutch801BT-BoldItalic BT 0014 dut801bi
- bopr8a ZapfHumanist601BT-Roman BT 0015 zhum601n
- bopri8a ZapfHumanist601BT-Italic BT 0016 zhum601i
- bopb8a ZapfHumanist601BT-Bold BT 0017 zhum601b
- bopbi8a ZapfHumanist601BT-BoldItalic BT 0018 zhu601bi
- bsvl8a SouvenirITCbyBT-Light BT 0019 souvnrl
- bsvli8a SouvenirITCbyBT-LightItalic BT 0020 souvnrli
- bsvd8a SouvenirITCbyBT-Demi BT 0021 souvnrd
- bsvdi8a SouvenirITCbyBT-DemiItalic BT 0022 souvnrdi
- bplr8a ZapfCalligraphic801BT-Roman BT 0023 zcal801n
- bplri8a ZapfCalligraphic801BT-Italic BT 0024 zcal801i
- bplb8a ZapfCalligraphic801BT-Bold BT 0025 zcal801b
- bplbi8a ZapfCalligraphic801BT-BoldItal BT 0026 zca801bi
- bexr8a News702BT-Roman BT 0027 news702n
- bexri8a News702BT-Italic BT 0028 news702i
- bexb8a News702BT-Bold BT 0029 news702b
- bexbi8a News702BT-BoldItalic BT 0030 new702bi
- bbdk8a BodoniBT-Book BT 0035 bodonin
- bbdki8a BodoniBT-BookItalic BT 0036 bodonini
- bbdb8a BodoniBT-Bold BT 0037 bodonib
- bbdbi8a BodoniBT-BoldItalic BT 0038 bodonibi
- bcnr8ax CenturyExpandedBT-Roman BT 0039 centexn
- bcnri8ax CenturyExpandedBT-Italic BT 0040 centexi
- bcnb8ax CenturyExpandedBT-Bold BT 0041 centexb
- bcnbi8ax CenturyExpandedBT-BoldItalic BT 0042 centexbi
- bg3r8a AmericanGaramondBT-Roman BT 0043 amrgaran
- bg3ri8a AmericanGaramondBT-Italic BT 0044 amrgarai
- bg3b8a AmericanGaramondBT-Bold BT 0045 amrgarab
- bg3bi8a AmericanGaramondBT-BoldItalic BT 0046 amrgarbi
- bngr8a NewsGothicBT-Roman BT 0047 newsgotn
- bngri8a NewsGothicBT-Italic BT 0048 newsgot
- bngb8a NewsGothicBT-Bold BT 0049 newsgotb
- bngbi8a NewsGothicBT-BoldItalic BT 0050 newgotbi
- bmlr8a ZapfElliptical711BT-Roman BT 0051 zelp711n
- bmlri8a ZapfElliptical711BT-Italic BT 0052 zelp711i
- bmlb8a ZapfElliptical711BT-Bold BT 0053 zelp711b
- bmlbi8a ZapfElliptical711BT-BoldItalic BT 0054 zel711bi
- bbdr8a BodoniBT-Roman BT 0055 bodoni
- bbdri8a BodoniBT-Italic BT 0056 bodonii
- bhbr8a HoboBT-Regular BT 0057 hobon
- bonr8a News705BT-RomanB BT 0058 news705n
- bonri8a News705BT-ItalicB BT 0059 news705i
- bonb8a News705BT-BoldB BT 0060 news705b
- b_____ BusoramaITCbyBT-Medium BT 0062 busoramm
- bglr8a GalliardITCbyBT-Roman BT 0067 galirdn
- bglri8a GalliardITCbyBT-Italic BT 0068 galirdi
- bglb8a GalliardITCbyBT-Bold BT 0069 galirdb
- bglbi8a GalliardITCbyBT-BoldItalic BT 0070 galirdbi
- bbkl8a BookmanITCbyBT-Light BT 0075 bookmnl
- bbkli8a BookmanITCbyBT-LightItalic BT 0076 bookmnli
- bbkd8a BookmanITCbyBT-Demi BT 0079 bookmnd
- bbkdi8a BookmanITCbyBT-DemiItalic BT 0080 bookmndi
- bcsr8a CenturySchoolbookBT-Roman BT 0083 censbkn
- bcsri8a CenturySchoolbookBT-Italic BT 0084 censbki
- bcsb8a CenturySchoolbookBT-Bold BT 0085 censbkb
- bcsbi8a CenturySchoolbookBT-BoldItalic BT 0086 censbkbi
- bkrr8a KorinnaITCbyBT-Regular BT 0087 korinan
- bkrri8a KorinnaITCbyBT-KursivRegular BT 0088 korinani
- bkrb8a KorinnaITCbyBT-Bold BT 0089 korinab
- bkrbi8a KorinnaITCbyBT-KursivBold BT 0090 korinabi
- bhva8a Swiss721BT-Thin BT 0100 swz721t
- bhvai8a Swiss721BT-ThinItalic BT 0101 swz721ti
- bhvh8a Swiss721BT-Heavy BT 0102 swz721h
- bhvhi8a Swiss721BT-HeavyItalic BT 0103 swz721hi
- bhvh8aq Swiss911BT-ExtraCompressed BT 0105 swz911xc
- bhvh8au Swiss911BT-UltraCompressed BT 0106 swz911uc
- bgor8a GoudyOldStyleBT-Roman BT 0107 goudyosn
- bgori8a GoudyOldStyleBT-Italic BT 0108 goudyosi
- bgob8a GoudyOldStyleBT-Bold BT 0109 goudyosb
- bgobi8a GoudyOldStyleBT-BoldItalic BT 0110 goudosbi
- bgox8a GoudyOldStyleBT-ExtraBold BT 0111 goudosxb
- bpnr8a Aldine721BT-Roman BT 0112 ald721n
- bpnri8a Aldine721BT-Italic BT 0113 ald721i
- bpnb8a Aldine721BT-Bold BT 0114 ald721b
- bpnbi8a Aldine721BT-BoldItalic BT 0115 ald721bi
- bjnr8a KisBT-Roman BT 0116 kisn
- bjnri8a KisBT-Italic BT 0117 kisi
- bc5r8a Caslon540BT-Roman BT 0118 casl540n
- bc5ri8a Caslon540BT-Italic BT 0119 casl540i
- bg1r8a GothicNo13BT-Regular BT 0120 gothic13
- bbol8a BalloonBT-Light BT 0121 balloonl
- bwnr8a WindsorBT-Roman BT 0122 wndsrn
- bbgk8a BenguiatITCbyBT-Book BT 0123 benguian
- bbgki8a BenguiatITCbyBT-BookItalic BT 0124 benguini
- bbgb8a BenguiatITCbyBT-Bold BT 0127 benguiab
- bbgbi8a BenguiatITCbyBT-BoldItalic BT 0128 benguibi
- bbdp8a PosterBodoniBT-Roman BT 0129 pstrbodn
- bbdpi8a PosterBodoniBT-Italic BT 0130 pstrbodi
- bbwr8a BroadwayBT-Regular BT 0131 brdwayn
- bngl8a NewsGothicBT-Light BT 0132 newsgotl
- bngli8a NewsGothicBT-LightItalic BT 0133 newgotli
- bopd8a ZapfHumanist601BT-Demi BT 0134 zhum601d
- bopdi8a ZapfHumanist601BT-DemiItalic BT 0135 zhu601di
- bopu8a ZapfHumanist601BT-Ultra BT 0136 zhum601u
- bopui8a ZapfHumanist601BT-UltraItalic BT 0137 zhu601ui
- bful8a FuturaBT-Light BT 0138 futural
- bfuli8a FuturaBT-LightItalic BT 0139 futurali
- bfuk8a FuturaBT-Book BT 0140 futuran
- bfuki8a FuturaBT-BookItalic BT 0141 futurani
- bfum8a FuturaBT-Medium BT 0142 futuram
- bfumi8a FuturaBT-MediumItalic BT 0143 futurami
- bfub8a FuturaBT-Bold BT 0144 futurab
- bfubi8a FuturaBT-BoldItalic BT 0145 futurabi
- bfuh8a FuturaBT-Heavy BT 0146 futurah
- bfuhi8a FuturaBT-HeavyItalic BT 0147 futurahi
- bfux8a FuturaBT-ExtraBlack BT 0148 futuraxk
- bfuxi8a FuturaBT-ExtraBlackItalic BT 0149 futurxki
- bsnk8a Geometric212BT-Book BT 0150 geo212n
- bsnh8a Geometric212BT-Heavy BT 0151 geo212h
- bagk8a AvantGardeITCbyBT-Book BT 0154 avgardn
- bagko8a AvantGardeITCbyBT-BookOblique BT 0155 avgardni
- bagm8a AvantGardeITCbyBT-Medium BT 0156 avgardm
- bagmo8a AvantGardeITCbyBT-MediumOblique BT 0157 avgardmi
- bagd8a AvantGardeITCbyBT-Demi BT 0158 avgardd
- bagdo8a AvantGardeITCbyBT-DemiOblique BT 0159 avgarddo
- bkbk8a KabelITCbyBT-Book BT 0162 kabeln
- bkbm8a KabelITCbyBT-Medium BT 0163 kabelm
- bkbd8a KabelITCbyBT-Demi BT 0164 kabeld
- bkbb8a KabelITCbyBT-Bold BT 0165 kabelb
- bkbu8a KabelITCbyBT-Ultra BT 0166 kabelu
- bs4r8a ShotgunBT-Regular BT 0167 shotgunn
- bhvl8ac Swiss721BT-LightCondensed BT 0169 swz721lc
- bhvli8ac Swiss721BT-LightCondensedItalic BT 0170 sw721lci
- bhvri8ac Swiss721BT-ItalicCondensed BT 0171 swz721ci
- bhvbi8ac Swiss721BT-BoldCondensedItalic BT 0172 sw721bci
- bhvc8ac Swiss721BT-BlackCondensed BT 0173 swz721kc
- bhvci8ac Swiss721BT-BlackCondensedItalic BT 0174 sw721kci
- bhvbl8a Swiss721BT-BoldOutline BT 0175 swz721bo
- bunl8a ZurichBT-Light BT 0176 zurchl
- bunli8a ZurichBT-LightItalic BT 0177 zurchli
- bunr8a ZurichBT-Roman BT 0178 zurchn
- bunri8a ZurichBT-Italic BT 0179 zurchi
- bunb8a ZurichBT-Bold BT 0180 zurchb
- bunbi8a ZurichBT-BoldItalic BT 0181 zurchbi
- bunc8a ZurichBT-Black BT 0182 zurchk
- bunci8a ZurichBT-BlackItalic BT 0183 zurchki
- b____ BoltBoldITCbyBT-Regular BT 0184 boltb
- bslr8a StencilBT-Regular BT 0191 stenciln
- batm8a AmerTypewriterITCbyBT-Medium BT 0193 amrtypen
- batb8a AmerTypewriterITCbyBT-Bold BT 0194 amrtypeb
- bd0b8a DavidaBoldBT-Regular BT 0195 davidab
- bs5r8a SnellBT-Regular BT 0196 snelln
- bs5b8a SnellBT-Bold BT 0197 snellb
- bs5c8a SnellBT-Black BT 0198 snellk
- bburw8a BrushScriptBT-Regular BT 0199 brushscn
- bful8ac FuturaBT-LightCondensed BT 0200 futuralc
- bfum8ac FuturaBT-MediumCondensed BT 0201 futuramc
- bfub8ac FuturaBT-BoldCondensed BT 0202 futurabc
- bfubi8ac FuturaBT-BoldCondensedItalic BT 0203 futurbci
- bfux8ac FuturaBT-ExtraBlackCondensed BT 0204 futurxkc
- bfuxi8ac FuturaBT-ExtraBlackCondItalic BT 0205 futuxkci
- bfuc8a FuturaBlackBT-Regular BT 0206 futurak
- botr8a Ribbon131BT-Regular BT 0207 ribn131n
- botb8a Ribbon131BT-Bold BT 0208 ribn131b
- bi1r8a ImpressBT-Regular BT 0209 impressn
- ba7r8a AmericanTextBT-Regular BT 0211 amrtextn
- benrf8a EngraversOldEnglishBT-Regular BT 0212 engrolen
- bo2r8a OrbitBbyBT-Regular BT 0213 orbitbn
- bp4r8a PioneerITCbyBT-Regular BT 0214 pioneern
- bv0r8a VinetaBT-Regular BT 0215 vinetan
- byml8a StymieBT-Light BT 0216 stymiel
- bymm8a StymieBT-Medium BT 0217 stymiem
- bymb8a StymieBT-Bold BT 0218 stymieb
- bymx8a StymieBT-ExtraBold BT 0219 stymiexb
- btfl8a TiffanyITCbyBT-Light BT 0220 tifanyl
- btfli8a TiffanyITCbyBT-LightItalic BT 0221 tifanyli
- btfd8a TiffanyITCbyBT-Demi BT 0224 tifanyd
- btfdi8a TiffanyITCbyBT-DemiItalic BT 0225 tifanydi
- btfh8a TiffanyITCbyBT-Heavy BT 0226 tifanyh
- btfhi8a TiffanyITCbyBT-HeavyItalic BT 0227 tifanyhi
- bcdb8ac ClarendonBT-BoldCondensed BT 0228 clrndnbc
- bcbcd8a CooperBT-BlackHeadline BT 0231 coopbla
- bcbcid8a CooperBT-BlackItalicHeadline BT 0232 coopblia
- bs4rl8a ShotgunBlanksBT-Regular BT 0234 shotgunk
- bnar8a Dutch823BT-RomanB BT 0235 dut823n
- bnari8a Dutch823BT-ItalicB BT 0236 dut823i
- bnab8a Dutch823BT-BoldB BT 0237 dut823b
- berl8a ErasITCbyBT-Light BT 0238 erasl
- berk8a ErasITCbyBT-Book BT 0239 erasn
- berm8a ErasITCbyBT-Medium BT 0240 erasm
- berd8a ErasITCbyBT-Demi BT 0241 erasd
- berb8a ErasITCbyBT-Bold BT 0242 erasb
- beru8a ErasITCbyBT-Ultra BT 0243 erasu
- besr8a Square721BT-Roman BT 0246 sqr721n
- besb8a Square721BT-Bold BT 0247 sqr721b
- besr8ac Square721BT-RomanCondensed BT 0248 sqr721c
- besb8ac Square721BT-BoldCondensed BT 0249 sqr721bc
- besr8ax Square721BT-RomanExtended BT 0250 sqr721e
- besb8ax Square721BT-BoldExtended BT 0251 sqr721be
- bsfa8a SerifaBT-Thin BT 0252 serifat
- bsfai8a SerifaBT-ThinItalic BT 0253 serifati
- bsfl8a SerifaBT-Light BT 0254 serifal
- bsfli8a SerifaBT-LightItalic BT 0255 serifali
- bsfr8a SerifaBT-Roman BT 0256 serifan
- bsfri8a SerifaBT-Italic BT 0257 serifai
- bsfb8a SerifaBT-Bold BT 0258 serifab
- bsfc8a SerifaBT-Black BT 0259 serifak
- bunr8ax ZurichBT-RomanExtended BT 0260 zurche
- bunb8ax ZurichBT-BoldExtended BT 0261 zurchbe
- bunc8ax ZurichBT-BlackExtended BT 0262 zurchke
- bunu8ax ZurichBT-UltraBlackExtended BT 0263 zurchuke
- ba9r8a Humanist970BT-RomanC BT 0264 hum970n
- ba9b8a Humanist970BT-BoldC BT 0265 hum970b
- bndr8a Transitional511BT-Roman BT 0266 tran511n
- bndri8a Transitional511BT-Italic BT 0267 tran511i
- bndb8a Transitional511BT-Bold BT 0270 tran511b
- bndbi8a Transitional511BT-BoldItalic BT 0271 tra511bi
- bsbr8a ClassicalGaramondBT-Roman BT 0277 clsgaran
- bsbri8a ClassicalGaramondBT-Italic BT 0278 clsgarai
- bsbb8a ClassicalGaramondBT-Bold BT 0279 clsgarab
- bcarf8a CaslonOldFaceBT-Roman BT 0280 casolfcn
- bcarif8a CaslonOldFaceBT-Italic BT 0281 casolfci
- bcdl8a ClarendonBT-Light BT 0282 clrndnl
- bcdr8a ClarendonBT-Roman BT 0283 clrndnn
- bcdb8a ClarendonBT-Bold BT 0284 clrndnb
- bcur8a CenturyOldstyleBT-Roman BT 0285 cenolstn
- bcuri8a CenturyOldstyleBT-Italic BT 0286 cenolsti
- bcub8a CenturyOldstyleBT-Bold BT 0287 cenolstb
- bgsl8a Humanist521BT-Light BT 0288 hum521l
- bgsli8a Humanist521BT-LightItalic BT 0289 hum521li
- bgsr8a Humanist521BT-Roman BT 0290 hum521n
- bgsri8a Humanist521BT-Italic BT 0291 hum521i
- bgsb8a Humanist521BT-Bold BT 0292 hum521b
- bgsbi8a Humanist521BT-BoldItalic BT 0293 hum521bi
- bgsx8a Humanist521BT-ExtraBold BT 0294 hum521xb
- bgsu8a Humanist521BT-UltraBold BT 0295 hum521ub
- bunl8ac ZurichBT-LightCondensed BT 0296 zurchlc
- bunli8ac ZurichBT-LightCondensedItalic BT 0297 zurchlci
- bunr8ac ZurichBT-RomanCondensed BT 0298 zurch
- bunri8ac ZurichBT-ItalicCondensed BT 0299 zurchci
- bunb8ac ZurichBT-BoldCondensed BT 0300 zurchbc
- bunbi8ac ZurichBT-BoldCondensedItalic BT 0301 zurchbci
- bbbr8a Aldine401BT-RomanA BT 0302 ald401n
- bbbri8a Aldine401BT-ItalicA BT 0303 ald401i
- bbbb8a Aldine401BT-BoldA BT 0304 ald401b
- bbbbi8a Aldine401BT-BoldItalicA BT 0305 ald401bi
- bmpl8a GeometricSlab703BT-Light BT 0306 geo703l
- bmpli8a GeometricSlab703BT-LightItalic BT 0307 geo703li
- bmpm8a GeometricSlab703BT-Medium BT 0308 geo703m
- bmpmi8a GeometricSlab703BT-MediumItalic BT 0309 geo703mi
- bmpb8a GeometricSlab703BT-Bold BT 0310 geo703b
- bmpbi8a GeometricSlab703BT-BoldItalic BT 0311 geo703bi
- bmpx8a GeometricSlab703BT-XtraBold BT 0312 geo703xb
- bmpxi8a GeometricSlab703BT-XtraBoldItal BT 0313 ge703xbi
- buyr8a UniversityRomanBT-Regular BT 0316 univern
- buyb8a UniversityRomanBT-Bold BT 0317 univernb
- bior8a News701BT-RomanA BT 0318 news701n
- biori8a News701BT-ItalicA BT 0319 news701i
- biob8a News701BT-BoldA BT 0320 news701b
- befr8a HumanistSlabserif712BT-Roman BT 0321 hums712n
- befri8a HumanistSlabserif712BT-Italic BT 0322 hums712i
- befb8a HumanistSlabserif712BT-Bold BT 0323 hums712b
- befc8a HumanistSlabserif712BT-Black BT 0324 hums712k
- bwnl8ac WindsorBT-LightCondensed BT 0326 wndsrlc
- bwnr8ax WindsorBT-Elongated BT 0327 wndsre
- bubr8a BauerBodoniBT-Roman BT 0328 baubodn
- bubri8a BauerBodoniBT-Italic BT 0329 baubodi
- bubb8a BauerBodoniBT-Bold BT 0330 baubodb
- bubbi8a BauerBodoniBT-BoldItalic BT 0331 baubodbi
- bubc8a BauerBodoniBT-Black BT 0332 baubodk
- bubci8a BauerBodoniBT-BlackItalic BT 0333 baubodki
- bubb8ac BauerBodoniBT-BoldCondensed BT 0334 baubodbc
- bubc8ac BauerBodoniBT-BlackCondensed BT 0335 baubodkc
- biir8a Dutch766BT-RomanA BT 0338 dut766n
- biiri8a Dutch766BT-ItalicA BT 0339 dut766i
- biib8a Dutch766BT-BoldA BT 0340 dut766b
- bcahf8a CaslonOldFaceBT-Heavy BT 0342 casolfch
- bgmk8a GaramondITCbyBT-Book BT 0345 garamdn
- bgmki8a GaramondITCbyBT-BookItalic BT 0346 garamdni
- bgmb8a GaramondITCbyBT-Bold BT 0347 garamdb
- bgmbi8a GaramondITCbyBT-BoldItalic BT 0348 garamdbi
- bcdc8a ClarendonBT-Black BT 0351 clrndnk
- bi3r8a ImperialBT-Roman BT 0352 imperln
- bi3ri8a ImperialBT-Italic BT 0353 imperli
- bi3b8a ImperialBT-Bold BT 0354 imperlb
- b_____ BellCentennialBT-NameAndNumber BT 0355 belcenam
- b_____ BellCentennialBT-Address BT 0356 belceadr
- b_____ BellCentennialBT-SubCaption BT 0357 belcesub
- b_____ BellCentennialBT-BoldListing BT 0358 belcelis
- bbers8a BellGothicBT-Roman BT 0359 belgothn
- bbebs8a BellGothicBT-Bold BT 0360 belgothb
- bbecs8a BellGothicBT-Black BT 0361 belgothk
- bpar8a ParkAvenueBT-Regular BT 0362 parkaven
- bn7r8a News706BT-RomanC BT 0363 news706n
- bn7ri8a News706BT-ItalicC BT 0364 news706i
- bn7b8a News706BT-BoldC BT 0365 news706b
- blbj8a LubalinGraphITCbyBT-XtraLight BT 0366 lubgrxl
- blbk8a LubalinGraphITCbyBT-Book BT 0367 lubgrhn
- blbm8a LubalinGraphITCbyBT-Medium BT 0368 lubgrhm
- blbd8a LubalinGraphITCbyBT-Demi BT 0369 lubgrhd
- blbb8a LubalinGraphITCbyBT-Bold BT 0370 lubgrhb
- bhvl8ax Swiss721BT-LightExtended BT 0371 swz721le
- bhvr8ax Swiss721BT-RomanExtended BT 0372 swz721e
- bhvb8ax Swiss721BT-BoldExtended BT 0373 swz721be
- bhvc8ax Swiss721BT-BlackExtended BT 0374 swz721ke
- bngr8ac NewsGothicBT-RomanCondensed BT 0375 newsgotc
- bngri8ac NewsGothicBT-ItalicCondensed BT 0376 newgotci
- bngb8ac NewsGothicBT-BoldCondensed BT 0377 newgotbc
- bngbi8ac NewsGothicBT-BoldCondItalic BT 0378 newgtbci
- bctk8a CheltenhamITCbyBT-Book BT 0381 ichlthmn
- bctki8a CheltenhamITCbyBT-BookItalic BT 0382 ichlthni
- bctb8a CheltenhamITCbyBT-Bold BT 0383 ichlthmb
- bctbi8a CheltenhamITCbyBT-BoldItalic BT 0384 ichlthbi
- baol8a Incised901BT-Light BT 0387 inc901l
- baor8a Incised901BT-Roman BT 0388 inc901n
- baori8a Incised901BT-Italic BT 0389 inc901i
- baob8a Incised901BT-Bold BT 0390 inc901b
- baoc8a Incised901BT-Black BT 0391 inc901k
- boar OCRAbyBT-Regular BT 0395 ocran
- bbhl8a BauhausITCbyBT-Light BT 0405 bauhausl
- bbhm8a BauhausITCbyBT-Medium BT 0406 bauhausm
- bbhb8a BauhausITCbyBT-Bold BT 0408 bauhausb
- bbhh8a BauhausITCbyBT-Heavy BT 0409 bauhaush
- bcyl8a SquareSlabserif711BT-Light BT 0410 sqrs711l
- bcym8a SquareSlabserif711BT-Medium BT 0411 sqrs711m
- bcyb8a SquareSlabserif711BT-Bold BT 0412 sqrs711b
- bper8a Prestige12PitchBT-Roman BT 0413 presti12
- blgr8a LetterGothic12PitchBT-Roman BT 0414 letgot12
- bcdh8a ClarendonBT-Heavy BT 0416 clrndnh
- bccr8a Freehand471BT-Regular BT 0418 frhnd471
- bcrr8a Courier10PitchBT-Roman BT 0419 cur10ptn
- bcprs8a CopperplateGothicBT-Roman BT 0420 copgothn
- bcpbs8a CopperplateGothicBT-Bold BT 0421 copgothb
- bcphs8a CopperplateGothicBT-Heavy BT 0422 copgothh
- bcprs8ac CopperplateGothicBT-RomanCond BT 0423 copgothc
- bcpbs8ac CopperplateGothicBT-BoldCond BT 0424 copgotbc
- bfqr8a FrizQuadrataITCbyBT-Roman BT 0428 frzquadn
- bfqb8a FrizQuadrataITCbyBT-Bold BT 0429 frzquadb
- bqrl8a QuorumITCbyBT-Light BT 0438 quoruml
- bqrm8a QuorumITCbyBT-Medium BT 0440 quorumm
- bqrc8a QuorumITCbyBT-Black BT 0442 quorumk
- bcab8a CaslonBT-Bold BT 0443 caslonb
- bcabi8a CaslonBT-BoldItalic BT 0444 caslonbi
- bzcm8a ZapfChanceryITCbyBT-Medium BT 0447 zafcham
- bzcmi8a ZapfChanceryITCbyBT-MediumItal BT 0448 zafchami
- bzcd8a ZapfChanceryITCbyBT-Demi BT 0449 zafchad
- bzcb8a ZapfChanceryITCbyBT-Bold BT 0450 zafchab
- bgmk8ac GaramondITCbyBT-BookCondensed BT 0453 garamdnc
- bgmki8ac GaramondITCbyBT-BookCondItalic BT 0454 garamnci
- bgmb8ac GaramondITCbyBT-BoldCondensed BT 0455 garamdbc
- bgmbi8ac GaramondITCbyBT-BoldCondItalic BT 0456 garambci
- bugk8a BenguiatGothicITCbyBT-Book BT 0459 bengothn
- bugki8a BenguiatGothicITCbyBT-BookItal BT 0460 bengotni
- bugb8a BenguiatGothicITCbyBT-Bold BT 0463 bengothb
- bugbi8a BenguiatGothicITCbyBT-BoldItal BT 0464 bengotbi
- baob8ac Incised901BT-BoldCondensed BT 0467 inc901bc
- baop8a Incised901BT-Compact BT 0468 inc901c
- baoh8ax Incised901BT-Nord BT 0469 in901xk
- baohi8ax Incised901BT-NordItalic BT 0470 in901xki
- brwl8a GeometricSlab712BT-LightA BT 0483 geo712l
- brwli8a GeometricSlab712BT-LightItalicA BT 0484 geo712li
- brwm8a GeometricSlab712BT-MediumA BT 0485 geo712m
- brwmi8a GeometricSlab712BT-MediumItalA BT 0486 geo712mi
- brwb8a GeometricSlab712BT-BoldA BT 0487 geo712b
- brwx8a GeometricSlab712BT-ExtraBoldA BT 0488 geo712xb
- bmdr8a Latin725BT-Roman BT 0489 lat725n
- bmdri8a Latin725BT-Italic BT 0490 lat725i
- bmdm8a Latin725BT-Medium BT 0491 lat725m
- bmdmi8a Latin725BT-MediumItalic BT 0492 lat725mi
- bmdb8a Latin725BT-Bold BT 0493 lat725b
- bmdbi8a Latin725BT-BoldItalic BT 0494 lat725bi
- bgsr8ac Humanist521BT-RomanCondensed BT 0495 hum521c
- bgsb8ac Humanist521BT-BoldCondensed BT 0496 hum521bc
- bgsx8ac Humanist521BT-XtraBoldCondensed BT 0497 hu521xbc
- bamr8a AmericanaBT-Roman BT 0498 amrcanan
- bamri8a AmericanaBT-Italic BT 0499 amrcanai
- bamb8a AmericanaBT-Bold BT 0500 amrcanab
- bamx8a AmericanaBT-ExtraBold BT 0501 amrcanxb
- bamx8ac AmericanaBT-ExtraBoldCondensed BT 0502 amrcaxbc
- bsnk8ac Geometric212BT-BookCondensed BT 0503 geo212nc
- bsnh8ac Geometric212BT-HeavyCondensed BT 0504 geo212hc
- blir8ac LatinExtraCondensedBT-Regular BT 0507 latinxc
- bctbd8a CheltenhamBT-BoldHeadline BT 0508 chltboa
- bctbdi8a CheltenhamBT-BoldItalicHeadline BT 0509 chltboia
- ba6r8a AmeliaBT-Regular BT 0510 amelian
- bb8c8a BlippoBT-Black BT 0511 blippok
- boxr8a OnyxBT-Regular BT 0519 onyxn
- bm2l8a Geometric415BT-LiteA BT 0520 geo415l
- bm2li8a Geometric415BT-LiteItalicA BT 0521 geo415li
- bm2m8a Geometric415BT-MediumA BT 0522 geo415m
- bm2mi8a Geometric415BT-MediumItalicA BT 0523 geo415mi
- bm2c8a Geometric415BT-BlackA BT 0524 geo415k
- bm2ci8a Geometric415BT-BlackItalicA BT 0525 geo415ki
- blgri8a LetterGothic12PitchBT-Italic BT 0532 legot12i
- blgb8a LetterGothic12PitchBT-Bold BT 0533 legot12b
- bmhr8a MachineITCbyBT-Regular BT 0534 machinen
- bhvc8a2 Swiss721BT-BlackNo2 BT 0540 swz721k2
- bazb8a Gothic725BT-BoldA BT 0541 goth725b
- ba4r8a AlternateGothicNo2BT-Regular BT 0542 altgot2n
- blgbi8a LetterGothic12PitchBT-BoldItal BT 0543 lego12bi
- blbjo8a LubalinGraphITCbyBT-XtraLightOb BT 0544 lubgrxlo
- blbko8a LubalinGraphITCbyBT-BookOblique BT 0545 lubgrhno
- blbmo8a LubalinGraphITCbyBT-MediumObl BT 0546 lubgrhmo
- blbdo8a LubalinGraphITCbyBT-DemiOblique BT 0547 lubgrhdo
- blbbo8a LubalinGraphITCbyBT-BoldOblique BT 0548 lubgrhbo
- btmx8a Dutch801BT-ExtraBold BT 0549 dut801xb
- b_____ SymbolITCbyBT-Bold BT 0554 symbolb
- b_____ SymbolITCbyBT-BoldItalic BT 0555 symbolbi
- b_____ Century731BT-RomanA BT 0558 cen731n
- b_____ Century731BT-ItalicA BT 0559 cen731i
- b_____ Century731BT-BoldA BT 0560 cen731b
- b_____ Century731BT-BoldItalicA BT 0561 cen731bi
- bhir8a Swiss921BT-RegularA BT 0562 swz921n
- bhvcl8a Swiss721BT-BlackOutline BT 0563 swz721ko
- bcsb8ac CenturySchoolbookBT-BoldCond BT 0574 censbkbc
- bcbl8a CooperBT-Light BT 0575 cooperl
- bcbli8a CooperBT-LightItalic BT 0576 cooperli
- bcbm8a CooperBT-Medium BT 0577 cooperm
- bcbmi8a CooperBT-MediumItalic BT 0578 coopermi
- bcbb8a CooperBT-Bold BT 0579 cooperb
- bcbbi8a CooperBT-BoldItalic BT 0580 cooperbi
- bcarl8a CaslonOpenfaceBT-Regular BT 0581 casopfan
- bcrri8a Courier10PitchBT-Italic BT 0582 cur10pti
- bcrb8a Courier10PitchBT-Bold BT 0583 cur10ptb
- benrs8a EngraversGothicBT-Regular BT 0586 engrgotn
- benr8a EngraversRomanBT-Regular BT 0587 engrvrn
- be0r8a EmbassyBT-Regular BT 0588 embassyn
- bkgl8a BankGothicBT-Light BT 0589 bnkgothl
- bkgm8a BankGothicBT-Medium BT 0590 bnkgothm
- bf0r8a FlemishScriptBT-Regular BT 0591 flemscrn
- bp5r8a PiranesiItalicBT-Regular BT 0592 piranesi
- bser8a ShelleyAndanteBT-Regular BT 0593 shlyandn
- bserd8a ShelleyAllegroBT-Regular BT 0594 shlyalln
- bserw8a ShelleyVolanteBT-Regular BT 0595 shlyvoln
- bhvrt8a Monospace821BT-Roman BT 0596 mono821n
- bhvrit8a Monospace821BT-Italic BT 0597 mono821i
- bhvbt8a Monospace821BT-Bold BT 0598 mono821b
- bhvbit8a Monospace821BT-BoldItalic BT 0599 mon821bi
- bcsrt8a CenturySchoolbookBT-Monospace BT 0600 censbkmn
- bdcr8a DomCasualBT-Regular BT 0604 domcasn
- bpfr8a Decorated035BT-Regular BT 0605 deco035n
- bt1r8a ThunderbirdBT-Regular BT 0606 thundrbn
- bb7r8a BernhardModernBT-Roman BT 0607 bnhrdmon
- boir8a FormalScript421BT-Regular BT 0609 frms421n
- bmsr8a Staccato222BT-Regular BT 0610 stac222n
- bcrbi8a Courier10PitchBT-BoldItalic BT 0611 cur10pbi
- bperi8a Prestige12PitchBT-Italic BT 0613 prest12i
- bpeb8a Prestige12PitchBT-Bold BT 0614 prest12b
- bpebi8a Prestige12PitchBT-BoldItalic BT 0615 pres12bi
- bctr8a CheltenhamBT-Roman BT 0620 chlthmn
- bctri8a CheltenhamBT-Italic BT 0621 chlthmi
- bctb8a CheltenhamBT-Bold BT 0622 chlthmb
- bctbi8a CheltenhamBT-BoldItalic BT 0623 chlthmbi
- brmli8a CarminaBT-LightItalic BT 0624 carminli
- bg0r8a GandoBT-Regular BT 0625 gandon
- bpgl8a Exotic350BT-Light BT 0626 exot350l
- bpgd8a Exotic350BT-DemiBold BT 0627 exo350db
- bpgb8a Exotic350BT-Bold BT 0628 exot350b
- bcbc8a CooperBT-Black BT 0630 coopbln
- bcbci8a CooperBT-BlackItalic BT 0631 coopbli
- bchb8a CharterBT-Bold BT 0632 chartrb
- bchbi8a CharterBT-BoldItalic BT 0633 chartrbi
- buhh8a CushingITCbyBT-Heavy BT 0641 cushngh
- buhhi8a CushingITCbyBT-HeavyItalic BT 0642 cushnghi
- beor8a AmerigoBT-RomanA BT 0643 amrigon
- beori8a AmerigoBT-ItalicA BT 0644 amrigoi
- beob8a AmerigoBT-BoldA BT 0645 amrigob
- bobr OCRB10PitchBT-Regular BT 0646 ocrb10n
- bchr8a CharterBT-Roman BT 0648 chartrn
- bchri8a CharterBT-Italic BT 0649 chartri
- bzgm8a Geometric706BT-MediumB BT 0660 geo706m
- bzgc8a Geometric706BT-BlackB BT 0661 geo706k
- bzgb8ac Geometric706BT-BoldCondensedB BT 0662 geo706bc
- bzgc8ac Geometric706BT-BlackCondensedB BT 0663 geo706kc
- bg6r8a GorillaITCbyBT-Regular BT 0664 gorillan
- brml8a CarminaBT-Light BT 0667 carminal
- brmc8a CarminaBT-Black BT 0668 carminak
- bfgk8a FranklinGothicITCbyBT-Book BT 0670 frkgotn
- bfgki8a FranklinGothicITCbyBT-BookItal BT 0671 frkgotni
- bfgd8a FranklinGothicITCbyBT-Demi BT 0674 frkgotd
- bfgdi8a FranklinGothicITCbyBT-DemiItal BT 0675 frkgotdi
- bfgh8a FranklinGothicITCbyBT-Heavy BT 0676 frkgoth
- bfghi8a FranklinGothicITCbyBT-HeavyItal BT 0677 frkgothi
- b_____ GrouchITCbyBT-Regular BT 0678 grouchn
- bymli8a StymieBT-LightItalic BT 0679 stymieli
- bfnr8a FeniceITCbyBT-Regular BT 0682 fenicen
- bfnri8a FeniceITCbyBT-RegularItalic BT 0683 feniceni
- bfnb8a FeniceITCbyBT-Bold BT 0684 feniceb
- bfnbi8a FeniceITCbyBT-BoldItalic BT 0685 fenicebi
- b_____ GrizzlyITCbyBT-Regular BT 0688 grizzlyn
- bymmi8a StymieBT-MediumItalic BT 0689 stymiemi
- bl2r8a LibraBT-Regular BT 0690 libran
- b_____ Pica10PitchBT-Roman BT 0691 pica10n
- bymbi8a StymieBT-BoldItalic BT 0692 stymiebi
- b_____ NewtextITCbyBT-Regular BT 0697 newtxtn
- b_____ NewtextITCbyBT-RegularItalic BT 0698 newtxtni
- bchc8a CharterBT-Black BT 0709 chartrk
- bchci8a CharterBT-BlackItalic BT 0710 chartrki
- bgjr8a ElegantGaramondBT-Roman BT 0711 eleggarn
- bgjri8a ElegantGaramondBT-Italic BT 0712 eleggari
- bgjb8a ElegantGaramondBT-Bold BT 0713 eleggarb
- bekr8a Freeform710BT-Regular BT 0714 frfm710n
- bppr8a Lapidary333BT-Roman BT 0715 lap333n
- bppri8a Lapidary333BT-Italic BT 0716 lap333i
- bppb8a Lapidary333BT-Bold BT 0717 lap333b
- bppbi8a Lapidary333BT-BoldItalic BT 0718 lap333bi
- brmci8a CarminaBT-BlackItalic BT 0719 carminki
- bpbr8a PTBarnumBT-Regular BT 0720 ptbarnmn
- brmm8a CarminaBT-Medium BT 0721 carminam
- brmmi8a CarminaBT-MediumItalic BT 0722 carmini
- brmb8a CarminaBT-Bold BT 0723 carminab
- brmbi8a CarminaBT-BoldItalic BT 0724 carminbi
- bi2r8a ImpulsBT-Regular BT 0725 impulsn
- bkur8a KaufmannBT-Regular BT 0726 kaufmann
- bkub8a KaufmannBT-Bold BT 0727 kaufmanb
- bbob8a BalloonBT-Bold BT 0728 balonb
- bbox8a BalloonBT-ExtraBold BT 0729 balonxb
- bnvk8a NovareseITCbyBT-Book BT 0730 novaren
- bnvki8a NovareseITCbyBT-BookItalic BT 0731 novareni
- bnvb8a NovareseITCbyBT-Bold BT 0734 novareb
- bnvbi8a NovareseITCbyBT-BoldItalic BT 0735 novarebi
- bc2k8a Caslon224ITCbyBT-Book BT 0745 cas224n
- bc2ki8a Caslon224ITCbyBT-BookItalic BT 0746 cas224ni
- bc2b8a Caslon224ITCbyBT-Bold BT 0749 cas224b
- bc2bi8a Caslon224ITCbyBT-BoldItalic BT 0750 cas224bi
- bnabi8a Dutch823BT-BoldItalicB BT 0753 dut823bi
- borr8a10 OratorBT-TenPitch BT 0755 orator10
- bvrr8a VAGRoundedBT-Regular BT 0756 vagron
- bclr8a CloisterBlackBT-Regular BT 0757 cloistrk
- borr8a15 OratorBT-FifteenPitch BT 0758 orator15
- bhvm8a Swiss721BT-Medium BT 0759 swz721m
- bhvmi8a Swiss721BT-MediumItalic BT 0760 swz721mi
- btvr8a Kuenstler480BT-Roman BT 0761 kuen408n
- btvri8a Kuenstler480BT-Italic BT 0762 kuen408i
- btvb8a Kuenstler480BT-Bold BT 0763 kuen408b
- btvbi8a Kuenstler480BT-BoldItalic BT 0764 kue408bi
- bhvbl8ac Swiss721BT-BoldCondensedOutline BT 0767 sw721bco
- bh0r8a HandelGothicBT-Regular BT 0768 handgotn
- bdcb8a DomBoldBT-Regular BT 0769 domb
- beom8a AmerigoBT-MediumA BT 0770 amrigom
- beomi8a AmerigoBT-MediumItalicA BT 0771 amrigomi
- beobi8a AmerigoBT-BoldItalicA BT 0772 amrigobi
- bc7l8a CompactaBT-Light BT 0783 compctal
- bc7r8a CompactaBT-Roman BT 0784 compctan
- bc7ri8a CompactaBT-Italic BT 0785 compctai
- bc7b8a CompactaBT-Bold BT 0786 compctab
- bc7bi8a CompactaBT-BoldItalic BT 0787 compctbi
- bc7c8a CompactaBT-Black BT 0788 compctak
- bbpr8a Modern735BT-RomanA BT 0793 mod735n
- bbwre8a BroadwayEngravedBT-Regular BT 0802 brdwayg
- bonbi8a News705BT-BoldItalicB BT 0803 new705bi
- bpnl8a Aldine721BT-Light BT 0804 ald721l
- bpnli8a Aldine721BT-LightItalic BT 0805 ald721li
- bb4r8a Brush738BT-RegularA BT 0806 brus738n
- bb6r8ac Gothic821CondensedBT-Regular BT 0807 goth821c
- bcir8a CandidaBT-Roman BT 0808 candidan
- bciri8a CandidaBT-Italic BT 0809 candidai
- bcib8a CandidaBT-Bold BT 0810 candidab
- bdir8a Calligraphic810BT-Roman BT 0811 calg810n
- bdiri8a Calligraphic810BT-Italic BT 0812 calg810i
- bhrb8a Swiss721BT-BoldRounded BT 0813 swz721br
- bhrc8a Swiss721BT-BlackRounded BT 0815 swz721kr
- bs3l8a SeagullBT-Light BT 0817 seagulll
- bs3m8a SeagullBT-Medium BT 0818 seagullm
- bs3b8a SeagullBT-Bold BT 0819 seagullb
- bs3h8a SeagullBT-Heavy BT 0820 seagullh
- b_____ MixageITCbyBT-Bold BT 0825 mixageb
- b_____ MixageITCbyBT-BoldItalic BT 0826 mixagebi
- bm3r8a MiraraeBT-Roman BT 0830 miraraen
- bm3b8a MiraraeBT-Bold BT 0831 miraraeb
- btms8a Dutch801BT-SemiBold BT 0834 dut801db
- btmsi8a Dutch801BT-SemiBoldItalic BT 0835 du801dbi
- bsfb8ac SerifaBT-BoldCondensed BT 0836 serifabc
- bb7ri8a BernhardModernBT-Italic BT 0837 bnhrdmoi
- bb7b8a BernhardModernBT-Bold BT 0838 bnhrdmob
- bb7bi8a BernhardModernBT-BoldItalic BT 0839 bnhrdmbi
- b_____ English157BT-Regular BT 0840 engl157n
- blyr8a LydianBT-Roman BT 0841 lydiann
- blyri8a LydianBT-Italic BT 0842 lydiani
- blyb8a LydianBT-Bold BT 0843 lydianb
- blybi8a LydianBT-BoldItalic BT 0844 lydianbi
- blyrw8a LydianCursiveBT-Regular BT 0845 lydianv
- bcdr8ac ClarendonBT-RomanCondensed BT 0846 clrndnc
- bl3r8a LuciaBT-Regular BT 0847 lucian
- bfol8a FolioBT-Light BT 0848 foliol
- bfoli8a FolioBT-LightItalic BT 0849 folioli
- bfok8a FolioBT-Book BT 0850 folion
- bfom8a FolioBT-Medium BT 0851 foliom
- bfob8a FolioBT-Bold BT 0852 foliob
- bfox8a FolioBT-ExtraBold BT 0853 folioxb
- bfob8ac FolioBT-BoldCondensed BT 0854 foliobc
- bfrl8a Humanist777BT-LightB BT 0855 hum777l
- bfrli8a Humanist777BT-LightItalicB BT 0856 hum777li
- bfrr8a Humanist777BT-RomanB BT 0857 hum777n
- bfrri8a Humanist777BT-ItalicB BT 0858 hum777i
- bfrb8a Humanist777BT-BoldB BT 0859 hum777b
- bfrbi8a Humanist777BT-BoldItalicB BT 0860 hum777bi
- bfrc8a Humanist777BT-BlackB BT 0861 hum777k
- bfrci8a Humanist777BT-BlackItalicB BT 0862 hum777ki
- begr8a OriginalGaramondBT-Roman BT 0863 orggaran
- begri8a OriginalGaramondBT-Italic BT 0864 orggarai
- begb8a OriginalGaramondBT-Bold BT 0865 orggarab
- begbi8a OriginalGaramondBT-BoldItalic BT 0866 orggarbi
- bpyr8a PlaybillBT-Regular BT 0867 playbiln
- b_____ Century751BT-RomanB BT 0868 cent751n
- b_____ Century751BT-ItalicB BT 0869 cent751i
- bngr8aq NewsGothicBT-ExtraCondensed BT 0870 newgotxc
- bngb8aq NewsGothicBT-BoldExtraCond BT 0871 newgtbxc
- bsxr8a Humanist531BT-RomanA BT 0872 hum531n
- bsxb8a Humanist531BT-BoldA BT 0874 hum531b
- bsxc8a Humanist531BT-BlackA BT 0875 hum531k
- bsxu8a Humanist531BT-UltraBlackA BT 0876 hum531uk
- b_____ Egyptian710BT-RegularA BT 0883 egyt710n
- bffm8a Transitional551BT-MediumB BT 0884 tran551m
- bffmi8a Transitional551BT-MediumItalicB BT 0885 tra551mi
- bm5b8a MurrayHillBT-Bold BT 0886 muryhilb
- bcxl8a CaxtonBT-Light BT 0887 caxtonl
- bcxli8a CaxtonBT-LightItalic BT 0888 caxtonli
- bcxk8a CaxtonBT-Book BT 0889 caxtonn
- bcxki8a CaxtonBT-BookItalic BT 0890 caxtonni
- bcxb8a CaxtonBT-Bold BT 0891 caxtonb
- bcxbi8a CaxtonBT-BoldItalic BT 0892 caxtonbi
- brvr8a RevueBT-Regular BT 0895 revuen
- br0r8a RomanaBT-Roman BT 0896 romanan
- br0b8a RomanaBT-Bold BT 0897 romanab
- bssl8a SchneidlerBT-Light BT 0899 schndll
- bssli8a SchneidlerBT-LightItalic BT 0900 schndlli
- bssr8a SchneidlerBT-Roman BT 0901 schndln
- bssri8a SchneidlerBT-Italic BT 0902 schndli
- bssm8a SchneidlerBT-Medium BT 0903 schndlm
- bssmi8a SchneidlerBT-MediumItalic BT 0904 schndlmi
- bssb8a SchneidlerBT-Bold BT 0905 schndlb
- bssbi8a SchneidlerBT-BoldItalic BT 0906 schndlbi
- bssc8a SchneidlerBT-Black BT 0907 schndlk
- bssci8a SchneidlerBT-BlackItalic BT 0908 schndlki
- bwnl8a WindsorBT-Light BT 0909 wndsrl
- bymx8ac StymieBT-ExtraBoldCondensed BT 0910 stymixbc
- b_____ DeVinneBT-Roman BT 0911 devinnen
- b_____ DeVinneBT-Italic BT 0912 devinnei
- bear8a Transitional521BT-RomanA BT 0913 tran521n
- bearw8a Transitional521BT-CursiveA BT 0914 tran521i
- beab8a Transitional521BT-BoldA BT 0915 tran521b
- ball8a Flareserif821BT-Light BT 0916 flar821l
- balr8a Flareserif821BT-Roman BT 0917 flar821n
- balb8a Flareserif821BT-Bold BT 0918 flar821b
- bdcri8a DomDiagonalBT-Regular BT 0920 domdiagn
- bdcbi8a DomDiagonalBT-Bold BT 0921 domdiagb
- bysl8a GoudySansITCbyBT-Light BT 0922 goudsanl
- bysli8a GoudySansITCbyBT-LightItalic BT 0923 goudsali
- bysm8a GoudySansITCbyBT-Medium BT 0924 goudsanm
- bysmi8a GoudySansITCbyBT-MediumItalic BT 0925 goudsami
- bysb8a GoudySansITCbyBT-Bold BT 0926 goudsanb
- bysbi8a GoudySansITCbyBT-BoldItalic BT 0927 goudsabi
- bysc8a GoudySansITCbyBT-Black BT 0928 goudsank
- bysci8a GoudySansITCbyBT-BlackItalic BT 0929 goudsaki
- bnbr8a NewBaskervilleITCbyBT-Roman BT 0930 newbaskn
- bnbri8a NewBaskervilleITCbyBT-Italic BT 0931 newbaski
- bnbb8a NewBaskervilleITCbyBT-Bold BT 0934 newbaskb
- bnbbi8a NewBaskervilleITCbyBT-BoldItal BT 0935 newbasbi
- bclrl8a CloisterOpenFaceBT-Regular BT 0938 cloisofn
- bt2r8a TypoUprightBT-Regular BT 0939 typouprn
- bs2r8a Script12PitchBT-Roman BT 0940 scrpt12n
- blwk8a LeawoodITCbyBT-Book BT 0941 leawodn
- blwki8a LeawoodITCbyBT-BookItalic BT 0942 leawodni
- blwb8a LeawoodITCbyBT-Bold BT 0945 leawodb
- blwbi8a LeawoodITCbyBT-BoldItalic BT 0946 leawodbi
- bngd8a NewsGothicBT-Demi BT 0949 newsgotd
- bngdi8a NewsGothicBT-DemiItalic BT 0950 newsgtdi
- b_____ CataneoBT-Light BT 0951 catanltn
- b_____ CataneoBT-Regular BT 0952 cataneon
- b_____ CataneoBT-Bold BT 0953 catanbon
- blfr8a LifeBT-Roman BT 0954 lifen
- blfri8a LifeBT-Italic BT 0955 lifei
- blfb8a LifeBT-Bold BT 0956 lifeb
- blfbi8a LifeBT-BoldItalic BT 0957 lifebi
- bunl8aq ZurichBT-LightExtraCondensed BT 0958 zurchlxc
- bunr8aq ZurichBT-ExtraCondensed BT 0959 zurchxc
- bunb8aq ZurichBT-BoldExtraCondensed BT 0960 zurchbxc
- beel8a Egyptian505BT-Light BT 0961 egyt505l
- beer8a Egyptian505BT-Roman BT 0962 egyt505n
- beem8a Egyptian505BT-Medium BT 0963 egyt505m
- beeb8a Egyptian505BT-Bold BT 0964 egyt505b
- b_____ BruceOldStyleBT-Roman BT 0965 bruolstn
- b_____ BruceOldStyleBT-Italic BT 0966 bruolsti
- bhsr8a Swiss924BT-RegularB BT 0969 swz924n
- bunx8a ZurichBT-ExtraBlack BT 0970 zurchxk
- btmxi8a Dutch801BT-ExtraBoldItalic BT 0971 du801xbi
- bsbbi8a ClassicalGaramondBT-BoldItalic BT 0972 clsgarbi
- bbdb8ac BodoniBT-BoldCondensed BT 0973 bodonibc
- benb8a EngraversRomanBT-Bold BT 0974 engrvrb
- bi0r8a CommercialScriptBT-Regular BT 0976 comscrtn
- bpnb8ac Aldine721BT-BoldCondensed BT 0977 ald721bc
- bs6r8a StuyvesantBT-Regular BT 0980 stuyvesn
- bnur8a NuptialBT-Regular BT 0981 nuptualn
- bftr8a FrakturBT-Regular BT 0983 frakturn
- bw0r8a WeddingTextBT-Regular BT 0985 wedtxtn
- bb7rw8a BernhardTangoBT-Regular BT 0986 bnhrdtan
- bl1r8a LibertyBT-Regular BT 0987 libertyn
- bwnrl8a WindsorBT-Outline BT 0988 wndsro
- bp3r8a Brush445BT-Regular BT 0990 brus445n
- bgql8a Gothic720BT-LightB BT 0991 goth720l
- bgqli8a Gothic720BT-LightItalicB BT 0992 got720li
- bgqr8a Gothic720BT-RomanB BT 0993 goth720n
- bgqri8a Gothic720BT-ItalicB BT 0994 goth720i
- bgqb8a Gothic720BT-BoldB BT 0995 goth720b
- bgqbi8a Gothic720BT-BoldItalicB BT 0996 got720bi
- baur8a Freeform721BT-Roman BT 0997 frfm721n
- bauri8a Freeform721BT-Italic BT 0998 frfm721i
- baub8a Freeform721BT-Bold BT 0999 frfm721b
- baubi8a Freeform721BT-BoldItalic BT 1000 frf721bi
- bauc8a Freeform721BT-Black BT 1001 frfm721k
- bauci8a Freeform721BT-BlackItalic BT 1002 frf721ki
- bb7b8ac BernhardBoldCondensedBT-Regular BT 1003 brhrdbc
- bazc8a Gothic725BT-BlackA BT 1007 goth720k
- bn0r8a NormandeBT-Roman BT 1011 normandn
- bn0ri8a NormandeBT-Italic BT 1012 normandi
- b_____ MattAntiqueBT-Roman BT 1014 matantqn
- b_____ MattAntiqueBT-Italic BT 1015 matantqi
- b_____ MattAntiqueBT-Bold BT 1016 matantqb
- bmar8a Freehand521BT-RegularC BT 1018 frhnd521
- bmpm8ac GeometricSlab703BT-MediumCond BT 1019 geo703mc
- bmpb8ac GeometricSlab703BT-BoldCond BT 1020 geo703bc
- bmpx8ac GeometricSlab703BT-XtraBoldCond BT 1021 ge703xbc
- bbll8a BelweBT-Light BT 1022 belwel
- bblm8a BelweBT-Medium BT 1023 belwem
- bblb8a BelweBT-Bold BT 1024 belweb
- bblr8ac BelweBT-RomanCondensed BT 1025 belwec
- btvc8a Kuenstler480BT-Black BT 1026 kuen408k
- ba8r8ac AuroraBT-RomanCondensed BT 1027 aurorac
- ba8b8ac AuroraBT-BoldCondensed BT 1028 aurorabc
- b_____ CataneoBT-RegularSwash BT 1030 catanswn
- b_____ CataneoBT-BoldSwash BT 1031 catanswb
- bcbcl8a CooperBT-BlackOutline BT 1034 coopblo
- btmrd8a Dutch801BT-RomanHeadline BT 1035 dut801na
- btmrid8a Dutch801BT-ItalicHeadline BT 1036 dut801ia
- b_____ Modern880BT-Roman BT 1037 mod880n
- b_____ Modern880BT-Italic BT 1038 mod880i
- b_____ Modern880BT-Bold BT 1039 mod880b
- bmzr8a AmazoneBT-Regular BT 1040 amazonen
- b_____ DeVinneBT-Text BT 1041 devinnet
- b_____ DeVinneBT-ItalicText BT 1042 devinnit
- bb5r8a Freehand591BT-RegularA BT 1043 frhnd591
- b_____ Blackletter686BT-Regular BT 1044 blklt686
- benbf8a EngraversOldEnglishBT-Bold BT 1045 engroleb
- bjfr8a Freehand575BT-RegularB BT 1046 frhnd575
- btor8a Industrial736BT-Roman BT 1047 ind736n
- btori8a Industrial736BT-Italic BT 1048 ind736i
- bgyh8a GoudyHeavyfaceBT-Regular BT 1049 goudhfcn
- bgyh8ac GoudyHeavyfaceBT-RegularCond BT 1050 goudhfcc
- bb7rn8a BernhardFashionBT-Regular BT 1051 bnhrdfan
- bppc8a Lapidary333BT-Black BT 1052 lap333k
- bgyrf8a GoudyHandtooledBTsRegular BT 1053 goudhndn
- bg5r8a GoudyCatalogueBT-Regular BT 1054 goudcatn
- b_____ Century725BT-Roman BT 1055 cen725n
- b_____ Century725BT-Bold BT 1056 cen725b
- b_____ Century725BT-RomanCondensed BT 1057 cen725c
- b_____ Century725BT-BoldCondensed BT 1058 cen725bc
- b_____ Century725BT-Italic BT 1059 cen725i
- b_____ Century725BT-Black BT 1060 cen725k
- bocr8a Dutch809BT-RomanC BT 1061 dut809n
- bocri8a Dutch809BT-ItalicC BT 1062 dut809i
- bocb8a Dutch809BT-BoldC BT 1063 dut809b
- bpsr8a ParisianBT-Regular BT 1064 parisnn
- bctb8ac CheltenhamBT-BoldCondensed BT 1065 chltboc
- bctbi8ac CheltenhamBT-BoldCondItalic BT 1066 chltboci
- bctb8aq CheltenhamBT-BoldExtraCondensed BT 1067 chltboxc
- bbrr8a Revival565BT-Roman BT 1068 revi565n
- bbrri8a Revival565BT-Italic BT 1069 revi565i
- bbrb8a Revival565BT-Bold BT 1070 revi565b
- bbrbi8a Revival565BT-BoldItalic BT 1071 rev565bi
- bubrd8a BauerBodoniBT-Titling BT 1072 baubodti
- bumr8a UmbraBT-Regular BT 1074 umbran
- bbmr8a BulmerBT-Roman BT 1075 bulmern
- bbmri8a BulmerBT-Italic BT 1076 bulmeri
- bral8a RaleighBT-Light BT 1077 raleighl
- brar8a RaleighBT-Roman BT 1078 raleighn
- bram8a RaleighBT-Medium BT 1079 raleighm
- brad8a RaleighBT-DemiBold BT 1080 raleigdb
- brab8a RaleighBT-Bold BT 1081 raleighb
- brax8a RaleighBT-ExtraBold BT 1082 raleigxb
- boyr8a Dutch811BT-RomanD BT 1083 dut811n
- boyri8a Dutch811BT-ItalicD BT 1084 dut811i
- boyb8a Dutch811BT-BoldD BT 1085 dut811b
- boybi8a Dutch811BT-BoldItalicD BT 1086 dut811bi
- bwdk8a WeidemannITCbyBT-Book BT 1087 weidmnn
- bwdki8a WeidemannITCbyBT-BookItalic BT 1088 weidmnni
- bwdb8a WeidemannITCbyBT-Bold BT 1091 weidmnb
- bwdbi8a WeidemannITCbyBT-BoldItalic BT 1092 weidmnbi
- burr8a Venetian301BT-Roman BT 1095 ven301n
- burri8a Venetian301BT-Italic BT 1096 ven301i
- burd8a Venetian301BT-Demi BT 1097 ven301d
- burdi8a Venetian301BT-DemiItalic BT 1098 ven301di
- burb8a Venetian301BT-Bold BT 1099 ven301b
- burbi8a Venetian301BT-BoldItalic BT 1100 ven301bi
- b_____ FrysBaskervilleBT-Roman BT 1101 frybaskn
- baar8a AachenBT-Roman BT 1102 aachenn
- baab8a AachenBT-Bold BT 1103 aachenb
- bhwl8a SchadowBT-Light BT 1104 schadwl
- bhwli8a SchadowBT-LightCursive BT 1105 schadwli
- bhwr8a SchadowBT-Roman BT 1106 schadwn
- bhwb8a SchadowBT-Bold BT 1107 schadwb
- bhwc8a SchadowBT-Black BT 1108 schadwk
- bder8a DellaRobbiaBT-Roman BT 1112 delarobn
- bdeb8a DellaRobbiaBT-Bold BT 1113 delarobb
- bhwc8ac SchadowBT-BlackCondensed BT 1114 schadwkc
- bnlr8a Informal011BT-Roman BT 1115 infr011n
- bnlc8a Informal011BT-Black BT 1116 infr011k
- bkbl8a Geometric231BT-LightC BT 1126 geo231l
- bkbr8a Geometric231BT-RomanC BT 1127 geo231n
- bkbb8a Geometric231BT-BoldC BT 1128 geo231b
- bkbh8a Geometric231BT-HeavyC BT 1129 geo231h
- ba5r8a AllegroBT-Regular BT 1138 allegron
- bc9r8a Calligraphic421BT-RomanB BT 1139 calg421n
- b_____ Geometric885BT-RegularD BT 1140 geo885n
- b_____ Formal436BT-Regular BT 1141 frml436n
- bl4r8a LucianBT-Roman BT 1142 luciann
- bl4b8a LucianBT-Bold BT 1143 lucianb
- brsr8a ArrusBT-Roman BT 1145 arrusn
- brsri8a ArrusBT-Italic BT 1146 arrusi
- brsb8a ArrusBT-Bold BT 1147 arrusb
- brsbi8a ArrusBT-BoldItalic BT 1148 arrusbi
- brsc8a ArrusBT-Black BT 1149 arrusk
- brsci8a ArrusBT-BlackItalic BT 1150 arruski
- bt0r8a TangoBT-Regular BT 1151 tangon
- bbsr8a BakerSignetBT-Roman BT 1152 bakrsign
- bczr8a Staccato555BT-RegularA BT 1153 stac555n
- ba3r8a AdLibBT-Regular BT 1154 adlibn
- bmor8a Modern20BT-RomanB BT 1168 modrn20n
- bmori8a Modern20BT-ItalicB BT 1169 modrn20i
- be1r8a EmpireBT-Regular BT 1176 empiren
- bhxr8a HuxleyVerticalBT-Regular BT 1177 huxvertn
- bozr8a OzHandicraftBT-Roman BT 1178 ozhandin
- biyr8a IowanOldStyleBT-Roman BT 1198 iwolstyn
- biyri8a IowanOldStyleBT-Italic BT 1199 iwolstyi
- biyb8a IowanOldStyleBT-Bold BT 1200 iwolstyb
- biybi8a IowanOldStyleBT-BoldItalic BT 1201 iwolstbi
- biyc8a IowanOldStyleBT-Black BT 1202 iwolstyk
- biyci8a IowanOldStyleBT-BlackItalic BT 1203 iwolstki
- bo1r8a OrandaBT-Roman BT 1204 orandan
- bo1ri8a OrandaBT-Italic BT 1205 orandai
- bo1b8a OrandaBT-Bold BT 1206 orandab
- bo1bi8a OrandaBT-BoldItalic BT 1207 orandabi
- bo1r8ac OrandaBT-RomanCondensed BT 1208 orandac
- bo1b8ac OrandaBT-BoldCondensed BT 1209 orandabc
- bm4r8a MisterEarlBT-Regular BT 1221 mrearln
- bb9b8a BremenBT-Bold BT 1231 bremenb
- bb9c8a BremenBT-Black BT 1232 bremenk
- bwcr8a SnowCapBT-Regular BT 1237 ________
- b_____ MilleniumBT-BoldExtended BT 1242 milnumbe
- bpi007 SprocketDeluxeBT-Regular BT 1243 ________
- bpi008 SprocketBT-Regular BT 1244 ________
- bpi009 SonicCutThruBT-Heavy BT 1247 ________
- b_____ CharterITCbyBT-Roman BT 1268 ichrtrn
- b_____ CharterITCbyBT-Italic BT 1269 ichrtri
- b_____ CharterITCbyBT-Bold BT 1270 ichrtrb
- b_____ CharterITCbyBT-BoldItalic BT 1271 ichrtrbi
- b_____ CharterITCbyBT-Black BT 1272 ichrtrk
- b_____ CharterITCbyBT-BlackItalic BT 1273 ichrtrki
- bo0r8a OldDreadfulNo7BT-Regular BT 7009 ________
- bzdr ZapfDingbatsITCbyBT-Regular BT 8556 zafdingn
- b_____ MICR10byBT-Regular BT 8729 micr010n
- b_____ MICR12byBT-Regular BT 8730 micr012n
- b_____ MICR13byBT-Regular BT 8731 micr013n
- bpi003 UniversalMath1BT-Regular BT 9014 ________
- bpi004 CommercialPiBT-Regular BT 9025 ________
- bsyr SymbolProportionalBT-Regular BT 9830 symbpron
- bpi010 HolidayPiBT-Regular BT 9832 ________
- bpi001 NewspaperPiBT-Regular BT 9836 ________
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: DTC fonts, Next: ITC fonts, Prev: Bitstream fonts, Up: Font name lists
-
-A.5 DTC fonts
-=============
-
-The `dtc.map' file has abbreviations for DTC (Digital Typeface
-Corporation) fonts.
-
- dhvc8rc SansBlackCondensed-DTC
- dhvco8rc SansBlackCondensed-Oblique-DTC
- dhvm8rx SansExtended-Medium-DTC
- dhvr8rx SansExtended-Regular-DTC
- dhvro8rc SansExtended-RegularOblique-DTC
- dhvx8rc SansExtraBlackCondensed-DTC
- dhvl8rx SansLightExtended-DTC
- dhvh8rc SansThinCondensed-DTC
- dhvho8rc SansThinCondensed-Oblique-DTC
- dnbb8r NewBaskerville-Bold-DTC
- dnbbi8r NewBaskerville-BoldItalic-DTC
- dnbri8r NewBaskerville-RomanItalic-DTC
- dnbr8r NewBaskerville-Roman-DTC
- dopr8r Optimum-Roman-DTC
- dopb8r Optimum-Bold-DTC
- dopbo8r Optimum-BoldItalic-DTC
- doro8r Optimum-RomanItalic-DTC
- dpll8r Palton-Light-DTC
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: ITC fonts, Next: Linotype fonts, Prev: DTC fonts, Up: Font name lists
-
-A.6 ITC fonts
-=============
-
-The `itc.map' file has abbreviations for ITC (International Typeface
-Corporation) fonts.
-
-
- zieuk EuroSerifITC-Book
- zieuki EuroSerifITC-BookItalic
- zieum EuroSerifITC-Medium
- zieumi EuroSerifITC-MediumItalic
- zieub EuroSerifITC-Bold
- zieubi EuroSerifITC-BoldItalic
- zieuc EuroSerifITC-Black
- zieuci EuroSerifITC-BlackItalic
- zieuks EuroSansITC-Book
- zieukis EuroSansITC-BookItalic
- zieums EuroSansITC-Medium
- zieumis EuroSansITC-MediumItalic
- zieubs EuroSansITC-Bold
- zieubis EuroSansITC-BoldItalic
- zieucs EuroSansITC-Black
- zieucis EuroSansITC-BlackItalic
-
- i_____ Aachen-Medium ITC 2000
- i_____ Aachen-Bold ITC 2001
- i_____ Academy-Engraved ITC 2002
- i_____ Aftershock ITC 2003
- i_____ Agincourt ITC 2004
- i_____ Airstream ITC 2005
- i_____ Algerian-Condensed ITC 2006
- i_____ Ambrose ITC 2007
- i_____ Angryhog ITC 2008
- i_____ Anna ITC 2009
- i_____ Aquinas ITC 2010
- i_____ Aquitaine-Initials ITC 2011
- i_____ Aristocrat ITC 2012
- i_____ Arnova ITC 2013
- i_____ Arriba ITC 2014
- i_____ Arriba-Arriba ITC 2015
- i_____ Artiste ITC 2016
- i_____ Atmosphere ITC 2017
- i_____ AugusteaOpen ITC 2018
- i_____ Avenida ITC 2019
- i_____ BaileyQuad-Bold ITC 2020
- i_____ Balmoral ITC 2021
- i_____ Banco-Light ITC 2022
- i_____ Banco ITC 2023
- i_____ Bang ITC 2024
- i_____ Banner ITC 2025
- i_____ BeckaScript ITC 2026
- i_____ Beesknees ITC 2027
- i_____ Belter ITC 2028
- i_____ Belter-MegaOutline ITC 2029
- i_____ Belwe-Mono ITC 2030
- i_____ Belwe-MonoItalic ITC 2031
- i_____ Bendigo ITC 2032
- i_____ Bergell ITC 2033
- i_____ Bertie ITC 2034
- i_____ Bertram ITC 2035
- i_____ BibleScriptFlourishes ITC 2036
- i_____ BickleyScript ITC 2037
- i_____ Binary-Light ITC 2038
- i_____ Binary-Bold ITC 2039
- i_____ Bitmax ITC 2040
- i_____ BlackTulip ITC 2041
- i_____ Blackadder ITC 2042
- i_____ Blackmoor ITC 2043
- i_____ Blaze ITC 2044
- i_____ Bluntz ITC 2045
- i_____ Bodoni-Brush ITC 2046
- i_____ BodoniSeventyTwo-Book ITC 2047
- i_____ BodoniSeventyTwo-BookItalic ITC 2048
- i_____ BodoniSeventyTwo-BookItalicSwash ITC 2049
- i_____ BodoniSeventyTwo-Bold ITC 2050
- i_____ BodoniSeventyTwo-BoldItalic ITC 2051
- i_____ BodoniSeventyTwo-BoldItalicSwash ITC 2052
- i_____ Boink ITC 2053
- i_____ Bordeaux-Roman ITC 2054
- i_____ Bordeaux-Italic ITC 2055
- i_____ Bordeaux-RomanBold ITC 2056
- i_____ Bordeaux-Display ITC 2057
- i_____ Bordeaux-Script ITC 2058
- i_____ BradleyHand-Regular ITC 2059
- i_____ BradleyHand-Bold ITC 2060
- i_____ Braganza-Light ITC 2061
- i_____ Braganza-Regular ITC 2062
- i_____ Brighton-Light ITC 2063
- i_____ Brighton-Medium ITC 2064
- i_____ Brighton-Bold ITC 2065
- i_____ Bronx ITC 2066
- i_____ Buckeroo ITC 2067
- i_____ Burlington ITC 2068
- i_____ BuzzerThree ITC 2069
- i_____ Cabaret ITC 2070
- i_____ CabargaCursiva ITC 2071
- i_____ Campaign ITC 2072
- i_____ CancellarescaScript ITC 2073
- i_____ Cancione ITC 2074
- i_____ Caribbean ITC 2075
- i_____ Carlton ITC 2076
- i_____ Carumba ITC 2077
- i_____ Caslon540-ItalicSwashes ITC 2078
- i_____ CaxtonRoman-Light ITC 2079
- i_____ CaxtonRoman-LightItalic ITC 2080
- i_____ CaxtonRoman-Book ITC 2081
- i_____ CaxtonRoman-Bold ITC 2082
- i_____ CenturyHandtooled-Bold ITC 2083
- i_____ CenturyHandtooled-BoldItalic ITC 2084
- i_____ Challenge-Bold ITC 2085
- i_____ Challenge-ExtraBold ITC 2086
- i_____ Champers ITC 2087
- i_____ CheltenhamHandtooled-Bold ITC 2088
- i_____ CheltenhamHandtooled-BoldItalic ITC 2089
- i_____ Cherie ITC 2090
- i_____ Chiller ITC 2091
- i_____ Chipper ITC 2092
- i_____ ChocLightbyITC ITC 2093
- i_____ Choc ITC 2094
- i_____ ChromiumOne ITC 2095
- i_____ Citation ITC 2096
- i_____ ClaudeSans-Regular ITC 2097
- i_____ ClaudeSans-Italic ITC 2098
- i_____ ClaudeSans-BoldItalic ITC 2099
- i_____ Clover ITC 2100
- i_____ CommericalScript ITC 2101
- i_____ Compacta ITC 2102
- i_____ Compacta-Italic ITC 2103
- i_____ Compacta-Bold ITC 2104
- i_____ Coptek ITC 2105
- i_____ Corinthian-Light ITC 2106
- i_____ Corinthian-Medium ITC 2107
- i_____ Corinthian-Bold ITC 2108
- i_____ Corinthian-BoldCondensed ITC 2109
- i_____ Crillee-Italic ITC 2110
- i_____ Crillee-BoldItalic ITC 2111
- i_____ Crillee-ExtraBoldItalic ITC 2112
- i_____ Crillee-ItalicInlineShadow ITC 2113
- i_____ Cult ITC 2114
- i_____ Cyberkugel ITC 2115
- i_____ Dancin ITC 2116
- i_____ Data70 ITC 2117
- i_____ Demian ITC 2118
- i_____ DemianBold ITC 2119
- i_____ DigitalWoodcuts ITC 2120
- i_____ Digitek ITC 2121
- i_____ Dinitials ITC 2122
- i_____ Dolmen ITC 2123
- i_____ Drycut ITC 2124
- i_____ DynamoShadow ITC 2125
- i_____ Eastwood ITC 2126
- i_____ Edwardian-Medium ITC 2127
- i_____ EdwardianScript-Regular ITC 2128
- i_____ EdwardianScript-Bold ITC 2129
- i_____ Ellipse-Roman ITC 2130
- i_____ Ellipse-Italic ITC 2131
- i_____ Ellipse-Bold ITC 2132
- i_____ Ellipse-BoldItalic ITC 2133
- i_____ Emphasis ITC 2134
- i_____ Enviro ITC 2135
- i_____ Epokha ITC 2136
- i_____ Equinox ITC 2137
- i_____ Etruscan ITC 2138
- i_____ FaithfulFly ITC 2139
- i_____ Farmhaus ITC 2140
- i_____ Fashion-Compressed ITC 2141
- i_____ Fashion-Engraved ITC 2142
- i_____ FineHand ITC 2143
- i_____ Flamenco-Inline ITC 2144
- i_____ Flamme ITC 2145
- i_____ Flatiron ITC 2146
- i_____ Flight ITC 2147
- i_____ Fling ITC 2148
- i_____ Florinda ITC 2149
- i_____ Follies ITC 2150
- i_____ Fontoon ITC 2151
- i_____ ForestShaded ITC 2152
- i_____ FrancesUncial ITC 2153
- i_____ Frankfurter-Medium ITC 2154
- i_____ Frankfurter ITC 2155
- i_____ Frankfurter-Highlight ITC 2156
- i_____ Frankfurter-Inline ITC 2157
- i_____ Freddo ITC 2158
- i_____ FreestyleScript ITC 2159
- i_____ FreestyleScript-Bold ITC 2160
- i_____ GaramondHandtooled ITC 2161
- i_____ GaramondHandtooled-Italic ITC 2162
- i_____ Gigi ITC 2163
- i_____ Gill-DisplayCompressed ITC 2164
- i_____ Gill-KayoCondensed ITC 2165
- i_____ GilliesGothic-ExtraBoldShaded ITC 2166
- i_____ Glastonbury ITC 2167
- i_____ GoldenCockerel-InitialsOrnaments ITC 2168
- i_____ Grapefruit ITC 2169
- i_____ Gravura ITC 2170
- i_____ Green ITC 2171
- i_____ GreytonScript ITC 2172
- i_____ GrimshawHand ITC 2173
- i_____ Hadfield ITC 2174
- i_____ HandDrawn ITC 2175
- i_____ Harlow ITC 2176
- i_____ HarlowSolid ITC 2177
- i_____ Harvey ITC 2178
- i_____ Hazel ITC 2179
- i_____ Heliotype ITC 2180
- i_____ Helvetica-MediumCondensed ITC 2181
- i_____ Helvetica-BoldCondensed ITC 2182
- i_____ Highlight ITC 2183
- i_____ Hollyweird ITC 2184
- i_____ Hornpype ITC 2185
- i_____ Ignatius ITC 2186
- i_____ Impakt ITC 2187
- i_____ IndyItalic ITC 2188
- i_____ Informal-Roman ITC 2189
- i_____ Inscription ITC 2190
- i_____ Iris ITC 2191
- i_____ Ironwork ITC 2192
- i_____ Isis ITC 2193
- i_____ Jaft ITC 2194
- i_____ Jambalaya ITC 2195
- i_____ Jazz ITC 2196
- i_____ Jellybaby ITC 2197
- i_____ JohnHandy ITC 2198
- i_____ Jokerman ITC 2199
- i_____ Juanita ITC 2200
- i_____ Juanita-Condensed ITC 2201
- i_____ Juanita-Deco ITC 2202
- i_____ Juanita-Lino ITC 2203
- i_____ Juanita-Xilo ITC 2204
- i_____ Juanita-XiloCondensed ITC 2205
- i_____ Juice ITC 2206
- i_____ Kanban ITC 2207
- i_____ Katfish ITC 2208
- i_____ Kendo ITC 2209
- i_____ Kick ITC 2210
- i_____ Klee ITC 2211
- i_____ Klepto ITC 2212
- i_____ Kokoa ITC 2213
- i_____ Kristen ITC 2214
- i_____ Kulukundis ITC 2215
- i_____ LaBamba ITC 2216
- i_____ Lambada ITC 2217
- i_____ Laser ITC 2218
- i_____ LaserChrome ITC 2219
- i_____ Latino-Elongated ITC 2220
- i_____ Laura ITC 2221
- i_____ LCD ITC 2222
- i_____ LeGriffe ITC 2223
- i_____ Lennox-Book ITC 2224
- i_____ Lennox-Medium ITC 2225
- i_____ Lennox-Bold ITC 2226
- i_____ Lexikos ITC 2227
- i_____ Lightnin' ITC 2228
- i_____ LimehouseScript ITC 2229
- i_____ LinoCut ITC 2230
- i_____ Locarno-Light ITC 2231
- i_____ Locarno-Italic ITC 2232
- i_____ RennieMackintosh-Light ITC 2233
- i_____ RennieMackintosh-Bold ITC 2234
- i_____ Malibu ITC 2235
- i_____ Malstock ITC 2236
- i_____ Marguerita ITC 2237
- i_____ Mastercard ITC 2238
- i_____ Matisse ITC 2239
- i_____ Mekanik-Regular ITC 2240
- i_____ Mekanik-Italic ITC 2241
- i_____ Milano ITC 2242
- i_____ Minska-Light ITC 2243
- i_____ Minska-Medium ITC 2244
- i_____ Minska-Bold ITC 2245
- i_____ Mistral-Light ITC 2246
- i_____ Mistral ITC 2247
- i_____ Mithras ITC 2248
- i_____ MoFunkyFresh ITC 2249
- i_____ MonaLisa-Recut ITC 2250
- i_____ MonaLisa-Solid ITC 2251
- i_____ Montage ITC 2252
- i_____ MotterCorpus-Bold ITC 2253
- i_____ MotterCorpus-CondensedBold ITC 2254
- i_____ Musclehead ITC 2255
- i_____ Musica ITC 2256
- i_____ NeoNeo ITC 2257
- i_____ NoovoLight ITC 2258
- i_____ NoovoBold ITC 2259
- i_____ Nora ITC 2260
- i_____ Oberon ITC 2261
- i_____ Odessa ITC 2262
- i_____ OldEnglish ITC 2263
- i_____ OneStrokeScript ITC 2264
- i_____ OneStrokeScript-Bold ITC 2265
- i_____ OneStrokeScript-Shaded ITC 2266
- i_____ Orange ITC 2267
- i_____ Orbon-Light ITC 2268
- i_____ Orbon-Regular ITC 2269
- i_____ Orbon-Bold ITC 2270
- i_____ Orbon-Black ITC 2271
- i_____ Orlando ITC 2272
- i_____ Outback ITC 2273
- i_____ OutoftheFridge ITC 2274
- i_____ Ozwald ITC 2275
- i_____ Pablo ITC 2276
- i_____ Papyrus ITC 2277
- i_____ Party ITC 2278
- i_____ PendryScript ITC 2279
- i_____ PetersMiro ITC 2280
- i_____ Pink ITC 2281
- i_____ Plaza ITC 2282
- i_____ PleasureBoldShaded ITC 2283
- i_____ Pneuma ITC 2284
- i_____ Prague ITC 2285
- i_____ Premier-Lightline ITC 2286
- i_____ Premier-Shaded ITC 2287
- i_____ Princetown ITC 2288
- i_____ Pristina ITC 2289
- i_____ Pritchard ITC 2290
- i_____ Pritchard-LineOut ITC 2291
- i_____ Pump-Regular ITC 2292
- i_____ Pump-DemiBold ITC 2293
- i_____ Quadrus ITC 2294
- i_____ Quixley ITC 2295
- i_____ RageItalic ITC 2296
- i_____ Ragtime ITC 2297
- i_____ Rapier ITC 2298
- i_____ Refracta ITC 2299
- i_____ RegattaCondensed ITC 2300
- i_____ RetailScript ITC 2301
- i_____ Retro-Bold ITC 2302
- i_____ Retro-BoldCondensed ITC 2303
- i_____ Riptide ITC 2304
- i_____ Riva ITC 2305
- i_____ Robotik ITC 2306
- i_____ Robotik-Italic ITC 2307
- i_____ Romic-Light ITC 2308
- i_____ Romic-LightItalic ITC 2309
- i_____ Roquette ITC 2310
- i_____ Ru'ach ITC 2311
- i_____ RubberStamp ITC 2312
- i_____ Rundfunk ITC 2313
- i_____ SantaFe ITC 2314
- i_____ Savoye ITC 2315
- i_____ Schizoid ITC 2316
- i_____ Scratch ITC 2317
- i_____ Scriba ITC 2318
- i_____ Scriptease ITC 2319
- i_____ Scriptek ITC 2320
- i_____ Scriptek-Italic ITC 2321
- i_____ Scruff ITC 2322
- i_____ Serengetti ITC 2323
- i_____ Shaman ITC 2324
- i_____ Shatter ITC 2325
- i_____ Sinaloa ITC 2326
- i_____ SkidRow ITC 2327
- i_____ Skylark ITC 2328
- i_____ Slipstream ITC 2329
- i_____ Smack ITC 2330
- i_____ Smudger ITC 2331
- i_____ Snap ITC 2332
- i_____ Spirit ITC 2333
- i_____ Spooky ITC 2334
- i_____ Spotlight ITC 2335
- i_____ Squire ITC 2336
- i_____ Squire-ExtraBold ITC 2337
- i_____ Static ITC 2338
- i_____ Stranger ITC 2339
- i_____ Strobos ITC 2340
- i_____ StudioScript ITC 2341
- i_____ Stylus-Regular ITC 2342
- i_____ Stylus-Bold ITC 2343
- i_____ Superstar ITC 2344
- i_____ Surfboard ITC 2345
- i_____ Synchro ITC 2346
- i_____ Tag ITC 2347
- i_____ Tannhauser ITC 2348
- i_____ Teknik ITC 2349
- i_____ Telegram ITC 2350
- i_____ Temble ITC 2351
- i_____ Tempus-Regular ITC 2352
- i_____ Tempus-Italic ITC 2353
- i_____ TempusSans-Regular ITC 2354
- i_____ TempusSans-Italic ITC 2355
- i_____ TigerRag ITC 2356
- i_____ TirantiSolid ITC 2357
- i_____ Trackpad ITC 2358
- i_____ TropicaScript ITC 2359
- i_____ TrueGrit ITC 2360
- i_____ Twang ITC 2361
- i_____ Typados ITC 2362
- i_____ Ulysses ITC 2363
- i_____ UniversityRoman ITC 2364
- i_____ UniversityRoman-Italic ITC 2365
- i_____ UniversityRoman-Bold ITC 2366
- i_____ VanDijk ITC 2367
- i_____ VanDijkBold ITC 2368
- i_____ Varga ITC 2369
- i_____ Vegas ITC 2370
- i_____ Verkehr ITC 2371
- i_____ Vermont ITC 2372
- i_____ Victorian ITC 2373
- i_____ Victorian-InlineShaded ITC 2374
- i_____ ViennaExtended ITC 2375
- i_____ VinerHand ITC 2376
- i_____ Vintage ITC 2377
- i_____ Vinyl-Black ITC 2378
- i_____ Vinyl-Outline ITC 2379
- i_____ Vinyl-SawtoothBlack ITC 2380
- i_____ Vinyl-SawtoothOutline ITC 2381
- i_____ Vivaldi ITC 2382
- i_____ WadeSans-Light ITC 2383
- i_____ Wanted ITC 2384
- i_____ Waterloo-Bold ITC 2385
- i_____ Westwood ITC 2386
- i_____ WildThing ITC 2387
- i_____ Willow ITC 2388
- i_____ Wisteria ITC 2389
- i_____ Xylo ITC 2390
- i_____ YoungBaroque ITC 2391
- i_____ Zaragoza ITC 2392
- i_____ ZemkeHand ITC 2393
- i_____ Zennor ITC 2394
- i_____ Ziggy ITC 2395
- i_____ Zinjaro ITC 2396
- i_____ MotterSparta ITC 2397
- i_____ Underscript ITC 2398
- i_____ Stenberg ITC 2399
- i_____ Stenberg-Inline ITC 2400
- i_____ Arid ITC 2401
- i_____ Tapioca ITC 2402
- i_____ PiousHenry ITC 2403
- i_____ Korigan-Light ITC 2404
- i_____ Korigan-Bold ITC 2405
- i_____ Abaton ITC 2406
- i_____ Portago ITC 2407
- i_____ Blair-Light ITC 2408
- i_____ Blair-Medium ITC 2409
- i_____ Blair-Bold ITC 2410
- i_____ Scarborough ITC 2411
- i_____ Scarborough-Bold ITC 2412
- i_____ Gema ITC 2413
- i_____ Roswell-Three ITC 2414
- i_____ Roswell-Four ITC 2415
- i_____ Simran ITC 2416
- i_____ Tremor ITC 2417
- i_____ Coconino ITC 2418
- i_____ Stoclet-Light ITC 2419
- i_____ Stoclet-Bold ITC 2420
- i_____ JiggeryPokery ITC 2421
- i_____ Deelirious ITC 2422
- i_____ Flora-Medium ITC 2423
- i_____ Flora-Bold ITC 2424
- i_____ Manhattan ITC 2425
- i_____ Attitudes ITC 4000
- i_____ BackyardBeasties ITC 4001
- i_____ CalligraphicOrnaments ITC 4002
- i_____ Celebrations ITC 4003
- i_____ Commercials ITC 4004
- i_____ Connectivities ITC 4005
- i_____ DavesRaves-One ITC 4006
- i_____ DavesRaves-Two ITC 4007
- i_____ DavesRaves-Three ITC 4008
- i_____ Delectables ITC 4009
- i_____ Diversions ITC 4010
- i_____ Diversities ITC 4011
- i_____ Eclectics ITC 4012
- i_____ Energetics ITC 4013
- i_____ Expressions ITC 4014
- i_____ Fontoonies ITC 4015
- i_____ Gargoonies ITC 4016
- i_____ HomeImprovement ITC 4017
- i_____ Incidentals ITC 4018
- i_____ Industrials ITC 4019
- i_____ Inspirations ITC 4020
- i_____ Journeys ITC 4021
- i_____ MoFunkyFresh-Symbols ITC 4022
- i_____ Moderns ITC 4023
- i_____ Naturals ITC 4024
- i_____ Organics ITC 4025
- i_____ Organics-Two ITC 4026
- i_____ Primitives ITC 4027
- i_____ Radicals ITC 4028
- i_____ Situations ITC 4029
- i_____ StainedGlass ITC 4030
- i_____ TotSpots ITC 4031
- i_____ Urbans ITC 4032
- i_____ WellBeings ITC 4033
- i_____ Wildlife ITC 4034
- i_____ WildWest ITC 4035
- i_____ Ancestor ITC 4036
- i_____ Shadowettes ITC 4037
- i_____ Beorama ITC 4038
- i_____ Holistics ITC 4039
- i_____ ProfessionalConnections ITC 4040
- i_____ Bodoni-Ornaments ITC 5000
- i_____ RennieMackintosh-Ornaments ITC 5002
- i_____ TypeEmbellishments-One ITC 5003
- i_____ TypeEmbellishments-Two ITC 5004
- i_____ TypeEmbellishments-Three ITC 5005
- i_____ JapaneseGarden ITC 5006
- i_____ SevenTreasures ITC 5007
- i_____ BodoniSix-Book ITC 6000
- i_____ BodoniSix-BookItalic ITC 6001
- i_____ BodoniSix-Bold ITC 6002
- i_____ BodoniSix-BoldItalic ITC 6003
- i_____ BodoniTwelve-Book ITC 6004
- i_____ BodoniTwelve-BookItalic ITC 6005
- i_____ BodoniTwelve-Bold ITC 6006
- i_____ BodoniTwelve-BoldItalic ITC 6007
- i_____ Charlotte-Book ITC 6008
- i_____ Charlotte-BookItalic ITC 6009
- i_____ Charlotte-Medium ITC 6010
- i_____ Charlotte-Bold ITC 6011
- i_____ Charter-Regular ITC 6012
- i_____ Charter-RegularItalic ITC 6013
- i_____ Charter-Bold ITC 6014
- i_____ Charter-BoldItalic ITC 6015
- i_____ Charter-Black ITC 6016
- i_____ Charter-BlackItalic ITC 6017
- i_____ Elysium-Book ITC 6018
- i_____ Elysium-BookItalic ITC 6019
- i_____ Elysium-Medium ITC 6020
- i_____ Elysium-Bold ITC 6021
- i_____ Figural-Book ITC 6022
- i_____ Figural-BookItalic ITC 6023
- i_____ Figural-Medium ITC 6024
- i_____ Figural-Bold ITC 6025
- i_____ FrizQuadrata-Regular ITC 6026
- i_____ FrizQuadrata-Italic ITC 6027
- i_____ FrizQuadrata-Bold ITC 6028
- i_____ FrizQuadrata-BoldItalic ITC 6029
- i_____ Gilgamesh-Book ITC 6030
- i_____ Gilgamesh-BookItalic ITC 6031
- i_____ Gilgamesh-Medium ITC 6032
- i_____ Gilgamesh-Bold ITC 6033
- i_____ GoldenCockerel-Roman ITC 6034
- i_____ GoldenCockerel-Italic ITC 6035
- i_____ GoldenCockerel-Titling ITC 6036
- i_____ Humana-Light ITC 6037
- i_____ Humana-LightItalic ITC 6038
- i_____ Humana-Medium ITC 6039
- i_____ Humana-MediumItalic ITC 6040
- i_____ Humana-Bold ITC 6041
- i_____ Humana-BoldItalic ITC 6042
- i_____ HumanaScript-Light ITC 6043
- i_____ HumanaScript-Medium ITC 6044
- i_____ HumanaScript-Bold ITC 6045
- i_____ Kallos-Book ITC 6046
- i_____ Kallos-BookItalic ITC 6047
- i_____ Kallos-Medium ITC 6048
- i_____ Kallos-MediumItalic ITC 6049
- i_____ Kallos-Bold ITC 6050
- i_____ Kallos-BoldItalic ITC 6051
- i_____ LegacySerif-Book ITC 6052
- i_____ LegacySerif-BookItalic ITC 6053
- i_____ LegacySerif-Medium ITC 6054
- i_____ LegacySerif-MediumItalic ITC 6055
- i_____ LegacySerif-Bold ITC 6056
- i_____ LegacySerif-BoldItalic ITC 6057
- i_____ LegacySerif-Ultra ITC 6058
- i_____ MendozaRoman-Book ITC 6059
- i_____ MendozaRoman-BookItalic ITC 6060
- i_____ MendozaRoman-Medium ITC 6061
- i_____ MendozaRoman-MediumItalic ITC 6062
- i_____ MendozaRoman-Bold ITC 6063
- i_____ MendozaRoman-BoldItalic ITC 6064
- i_____ Obelisk-Light ITC 6065
- i_____ Obelisk-LightItalic ITC 6066
- i_____ Obelisk-Medium ITC 6067
- i_____ Obelisk-Bold ITC 6068
- i_____ OfficinaSerif-Book ITC 6069
- i_____ OfficinaSerif-BookItalic ITC 6070
- i_____ OfficinaSerif-Bold ITC 6071
- i_____ OfficinaSerif-BoldItalic ITC 6072
- i_____ StoneInformal-Medium ITC 6073
- i_____ StoneInformal-MediumItalic ITC 6074
- i_____ StoneInformal-SemiBold ITC 6075
- i_____ StoneInformal-SemiBoldItalic ITC 6076
- i_____ StoneInformal-Bold ITC 6077
- i_____ StoneInformal-BoldItalic ITC 6078
- i_____ StoneSerif-Medium ITC 6079
- i_____ StoneSerif-MediumItalic ITC 6080
- i_____ StoneSerif-SemiBold ITC 6081
- i_____ StoneSerif-SemiBoldItalic ITC 6082
- i_____ StoneSerif-Bold ITC 6083
- i_____ StoneSerif-BoldItalic ITC 6084
- i_____ Syndor-Book ITC 6085
- i_____ Syndor-BookItalic ITC 6086
- i_____ Syndor-Medium ITC 6087
- i_____ Syndor-MediumItalic ITC 6088
- i_____ Syndor-Bold ITC 6089
- i_____ Syndor-BoldItalic ITC 6090
- i_____ Tyfa-Book ITC 6091
- i_____ Tyfa-BookItalic ITC 6092
- i_____ Tyfa-Medium ITC 6093
- i_____ Tyfa-MediumItalic ITC 6094
- i_____ Tyfa-Bold ITC 6095
- i_____ Tyfa-BoldItalic ITC 6096
- i_____ OfficinaSerif-Medium ITC 6097
- i_____ OfficinaSerif-MediumItalic ITC 6098
- i_____ OfficinaSerif-ExtraBold ITC 6099
- i_____ OfficinaSerif-ExtraBoldItalic ITC 6100
- i_____ OfficinaSerif-Black ITC 6101
- i_____ OfficinaSerif-BlackItalic ITC 6102
- i_____ SerifGothic-Light ITC 6103
- i_____ SerifGothic-Regular ITC 6104
- i_____ SerifGothic-Bold ITC 6105
- i_____ SerifGothic-ExtraBold ITC 6106
- i_____ SerifGothic-Heavy ITC 6107
- i_____ SerifGothic-Black ITC 6108
- i_____ AmericanTypewriter-Light ITC 6109
- i_____ AmericanTypewriter-LightItalic ITC 6110
- i_____ AmericanTypewriter-Medium ITC 6111
- i_____ AmericanTypewriter-MediumItalic ITC 6112
- i_____ AmericanTypewriter-Bold ITC 6113
- i_____ AmericanTypewriter-BoldItalic ITC 6114
- i_____ AmericanTypewriter-CondLight ITC 6115
- i_____ AmericanTypewriter-CondMedium ITC 6116
- i_____ AmericanTypewriter-CondBold ITC 6117
- i_____ LubalinGraph-ExtraLight ITC 6118
- i_____ LubalinGraph-ExtraLightOblique ITC 6119
- i_____ LubalinGraph-Book ITC 6120
- i_____ LubalinGraph-BookOblique ITC 6121
- i_____ LubalinGraph-Medium ITC 6122
- i_____ LubalinGraph-MediumOblique ITC 6123
- i_____ LubalinGraph-Demi ITC 6124
- i_____ LubalinGraph-DemiOblique ITC 6125
- i_____ LubalinGraph-Bold ITC 6126
- i_____ LubalinGraph-BoldOblique ITC 6127
- i_____ Benguiat-Book ITC 6128
- i_____ Benguiat-BookItalic ITC 6129
- i_____ Benguiat-Medium ITC 6130
- i_____ Benguiat-MediumItalic ITC 6131
- i_____ Benguiat-Bold ITC 6132
- i_____ Benguiat-BoldItalic ITC 6133
- i_____ Benguiat-CondensedBook ITC 6134
- i_____ Benguiat-CondensedBookItalic ITC 6135
- i_____ Benguiat-CondensedMedium ITC 6136
- i_____ Benguiat-CondensedMediumItalic ITC 6137
- i_____ Benguiat-CondensedBold ITC 6138
- i_____ Benguiat-CondensedBoldItalic ITC 6139
- i_____ Korinna-Regular ITC 6140
- i_____ Korinna-KursivRegular ITC 6141
- i_____ Korinna-Bold ITC 6142
- i_____ Korinna-KursivBold ITC 6143
- i_____ Korinna-ExtraBold ITC 6144
- i_____ Korinna-KursivExtraBold ITC 6145
- i_____ Korinna-Heavy ITC 6146
- i_____ Korinna-KursivHeavy ITC 6147
- i_____ Souvenir-Light ITC 6148
- i_____ Souvenir-LightItalic ITC 6149
- i_____ Souvenir-Medium ITC 6150
- i_____ Souvenir-MediumItalic ITC 6151
- i_____ Souvenir-Demi ITC 6152
- i_____ Souvenir-DemiItalic ITC 6153
- i_____ Souvenir-Bold ITC 6154
- i_____ Souvenir-BoldItalic ITC 6155
- i_____ Caslon224-Book ITC 6156
- i_____ Caslon224-BookItalic ITC 6157
- i_____ Caslon224-Medium ITC 6158
- i_____ Caslon224-MediumItalic ITC 6159
- i_____ Caslon224-Bold ITC 6160
- i_____ Caslon224-BoldItalic ITC 6161
- i_____ Caslon224-Black ITC 6162
- i_____ Caslon224-BlackItalic ITC 6163
- i_____ LubalinGraph-CondBook ITC 6164
- i_____ LubalinGraph-CondBookOblique ITC 6165
- i_____ LubalinGraph-CondMedium ITC 6166
- i_____ LubalinGraph-CondMediumOblique ITC 6167
- i_____ LubalinGraph-CondDemi ITC 6168
- i_____ LubalinGraph-CondDemiOblique ITC 6169
- i_____ LubalinGraph-CondBold ITC 6170
- i_____ LubalinGraph-CondBoldOblique ITC 6171
- i_____ Galliard-Regular ITC 6172
- i_____ Galliard-Italic ITC 6173
- i_____ Galliard-Bold ITC 6174
- i_____ Galliard-BoldItalic ITC 6175
- i_____ Galliard-Black ITC 6176
- i_____ Galliard-BlackItalic ITC 6177
- i_____ Galliard-Ultra ITC 6178
- i_____ Galliard-UltraItalic ITC 6179
- i_____ Dyadis-Book ITC 6180
- i_____ Dyadis-BookItalic ITC 6181
- i_____ Dyadis-Medium ITC 6182
- i_____ Dyadis-MediumItalic ITC 6183
- i_____ Dyadis-Bold ITC 6184
- i_____ Dyadis-BoldItalic ITC 6185
- i_____ BaileySans-Book ITC 8000
- i_____ BaileySans-BookItalic ITC 8001
- i_____ BaileySans-Bold ITC 8002
- i_____ BaileySans-BoldItalic ITC 8003
- i_____ Charlotte-SansBook ITC 8004
- i_____ Charlotte-SansBookItalic ITC 8005
- i_____ Charlotte-SansMedium ITC 8006
- i_____ Charlotte-SansBold ITC 8007
- i_____ Conduit-Light ITC 8008
- i_____ Conduit-LightItalic ITC 8009
- i_____ Conduit-Medium ITC 8010
- i_____ Conduit-MediumItalic ITC 8011
- i_____ Conduit-Bold ITC 8012
- i_____ Conduit-BoldItalic ITC 8013
- i_____ Highlander-Book ITC 8014
- i_____ Highlander-BookItalic ITC 8015
- i_____ Highlander-Medium ITC 8016
- i_____ Highlander-MediumItalic ITC 8017
- i_____ Highlander-Bold ITC 8018
- i_____ Highlander-BoldItalic ITC 8019
- i_____ HumanaSans-Light ITC 8020
- i_____ HumanaSans-LightItalic ITC 8021
- i_____ HumanaSans-Medium ITC 8022
- i_____ HumanaSans-MediumItalic ITC 8023
- i_____ HumanaSans-Bold ITC 8024
- i_____ HumanaSans-BoldItalic ITC 8025
- i_____ LegacySans-Book ITC 8026
- i_____ LegacySans-BookItalic ITC 8027
- i_____ LegacySans-Medium ITC 8028
- i_____ LegacySans-MediumItalic ITC 8029
- i_____ LegacySans-Bold ITC 8030
- i_____ LegacySans-BoldItalic ITC 8031
- i_____ LegacySans-Ultra ITC 8032
- i_____ Odyssee-Light ITC 8033
- i_____ Odyssee-LightItalic ITC 8034
- i_____ Odyssee-Medium ITC 8035
- i_____ Odyssee-MediumItalic ITC 8036
- i_____ Odyssee-Bold ITC 8037
- i_____ Odyssee-BoldItalic ITC 8038
- i_____ Odyssee-Ultra ITC 8039
- i_____ OfficinaSans-Book ITC 8040
- i_____ OfficinaSans-BookItalic ITC 8041
- i_____ OfficinaSans-Bold ITC 8042
- i_____ OfficinaSans-BoldItalic ITC 8043
- i_____ StoneSans-Medium ITC 8044
- i_____ StoneSans-MediumItalic ITC 8045
- i_____ StoneSans-SemiBold ITC 8046
- i_____ StoneSans-SemiBoldItalic ITC 8047
- i_____ StoneSans-Bold ITC 8048
- i_____ StoneSans-BoldItalic ITC 8049
- i_____ Woodland-Light ITC 8050
- i_____ Woodland-Medium ITC 8051
- i_____ Woodland-Demi ITC 8052
- i_____ Woodland-Heavy ITC 8053
- i_____ OfficinaSans-Medium ITC 8054
- i_____ OfficinaSans-MediumItalic ITC 8055
- i_____ OfficinaSans-ExtraBold ITC 8056
- i_____ OfficinaSans-ExtraBoldItalic ITC 8057
- i_____ OfficinaSans-Black ITC 8058
- i_____ AvantGardeGothic-ExtraLight ITC 8059
- i_____ AvantGardeGothic-ExtraLightObl ITC 8060
- i_____ AvantGardeGothic-Book ITC 8061
- i_____ AvantGardeGothic-BookOblique ITC 8062
- i_____ AvantGardeGothic-Medium ITC 8063
- i_____ AvantGardeGothic-MediumOblique ITC 8064
- i_____ AvantGardeGothic-Demi ITC 8065
- i_____ AvantGardeGothic-DemiOblique ITC 8066
- i_____ AvantGardeGothic-Bold ITC 8067
- i_____ AvantGardeGothic-BoldOblique ITC 8068
- i_____ FranklinGothic-Book ITC 8069
- i_____ FranklinGothic-BookItalic ITC 8070
- i_____ FranklinGothic-Medium ITC 8071
- i_____ FranklinGothic-MediumItalic ITC 8072
- i_____ FranklinGothic-Demi ITC 8073
- i_____ FranklinGothic-DemiItalic ITC 8074
- i_____ FranklinGothic-Heavy ITC 8075
- i_____ FranklinGothic-HeavyItalic ITC 8076
- i_____ FranklinGothic-CondBook ITC 8077
- i_____ FranklinGothic-CondBookItal ITC 8078
- i_____ FranklinGothic-CondMedium ITC 8079
- i_____ FranklinGothic-CondMediumItal ITC 8080
- i_____ FranklinGothic-CondDemi ITC 8081
- i_____ FranklinGothic-CondDemiItal ITC 8082
- i_____ FranklinGothic-ComprBook ITC 8083
- i_____ FranklinGothic-ComprBookItal ITC 8084
- i_____ FranklinGothic-ComprDemi ITC 8085
- i_____ FranklinGothic-ComprDemiItal ITC 8086
- i_____ FranklinGothic-ExtraComprBook ITC 8087
- i_____ FranklinGothic-ExtraComprDemi ITC 8088
- i_____ OfficinaSans-BlackItalic ITC 8089
- i_____ BenguiatGothic-Book ITC 8090
- i_____ BenguiatGothic-BookItalic ITC 8091
- i_____ BenguiatGothic-Medium ITC 8092
- i_____ BenguiatGothic-MediumItalic ITC 8093
- i_____ BenguiatGothic-Bold ITC 8094
- i_____ BenguiatGothic-BoldItalic ITC 8095
- i_____ BenguiatGothic-Heavy ITC 8096
- i_____ BenguiatGothic-HeavyItalic ITC 8097
- i_____ ItcEras-Light ITC 8098
- i_____ ItcEras-Book ITC 8099
- i_____ ItcEras-Medium ITC 8100
- i_____ ItcEras-Demi ITC 8101
- i_____ ItcEras-Bold ITC 8102
- i_____ ItcEras-Ultra ITC 8103
- i_____ AvantGardeGothic-CondBook ITC 8104
- i_____ AvantGardeGothic-CondMedium ITC 8105
- i_____ AvantGardeGothic-CondDemiBold ITC 8106
- i_____ AvantGardeGothic-CondBold ITC 8107
- i_____ ItcKabel-Book ITC 8108
- i_____ ItcKabel-Medium ITC 8109
- i_____ ItcKabel-Demi ITC 8110
- i_____ ItcKabel-Bold ITC 8111
- i_____ ItcKabel-Ultra ITC 8112
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: Linotype fonts, Next: Monotype fonts, Prev: ITC fonts, Up: Font name lists
-
-A.7 Linotype fonts
-==================
-
-The `linotype.map' file has abbreviations for Linotype fonts.
-
- l_____ Aachen-Bold 1.0
- l_____ AachenEF-Medium 1.1
- l_____ AachenEF-Bold 1.2
- l_____ AharoniEF-RegularHd 2.0
- l_____ AharoniEF-MediumHd 2.1
- l_____ AharoniEF-SemiBoldHd 2.2
- l_____ AharoniEF-BoldHd 2.3
- l_____ AharoniEF-ExtraBoldHd 2.4
- l_____ AharoniEF-OutlineHd 2.5
- l_____ AharoniEF-ShadowHD 2.6
- l_____ Aja 3.0
- l_____ AkzidenzGrotesk-Light 4.0
- l_____ AkzidenzGrotesk-Roman 4.1
- l_____ AkzidenzGrotesk-Bold 4.2
- l_____ AkzidenzGrotesk-Black 4.3
- l_____ AkzidenzGroteskBE-Light 4.4
- l_____ AkzidenzGroteskBE-LightOsF 4.5
- l_____ AkzidenzGroteskBE-Regular 4.6
- l_____ AkzidenzGroteskBE-Italic 4.7
- l_____ AkzidenzGroteskBE-Md 4.8
- l_____ AkzidenzGroteskBE-MdIt 4.9
- l_____ AkzidenzGroteskBE-Bold 4.10
- l_____ AkzidenzGroteskBE-BoldIt 4.11
- l_____ AkzidenzGroteskBE-XBd 4.12
- l_____ AkzidenzGroteskBE-Super 4.13
- l_____ AkzidenzGroteskBE-LightCn 4.14
- l_____ AkzidenzGroteskBE-Cn 4.15
- l_____ AkzidenzGroteskBE-MdCn 4.16
- l_____ AkzidenzGroteskBE-MdCnIt 4.17
- l_____ AkzidenzGroteskBE-BoldCn 4.18
- l_____ AkzidenzGroteskBE-XBdCn 4.19
- l_____ AkzidenzGroteskBE-XBdCnIt 4.20
- l_____ AkzidenzGroteskBE-LightEx 4.21
- l_____ AkzidenzGroteskBE-Ex 4.22
- l_____ AkzidenzGroteskBE-MdEx 4.23
- l_____ AkzidenzGroteskBE-BoldEx 4.24
- l_____ AkzidenzGroteskBE-BoldExIt 4.25
- l_____ AGBookRounded-Regular 4.26
- l_____ AGBookRounded-Medium 4.27
- l_____ AGBookRounded-Bold 4.28
- l_____ AGBookRounded-MediumOutline 4.29
- l_____ AGBookRounded-BoldOutline 4.30
- l_____ AGBookRounded-BoldCn 4.31
- l_____ AGBookRounded-BoldCnOutline 4.32
- l_____ AGBook-Stencil 4.33
- l_____ AGOldFace-Regular 4.34
- l_____ AGOldFace-Medium 4.35
- l_____ AGOldFace-Bold 4.36
- l_____ AGOldFace-Outline 4.37
- l_____ AGOldFace-BoldOutline 4.38
- l_____ AGOldFace-Shaded 4.39
- l_____ AGSchoolbook-Regular 4.40
- l_____ AGSchoolbook-RegularA 4.41
- l_____ AGSchoolbook-Medium 4.42
- l_____ AGSchoolbook-MediumA 4.43
- l_____ AlcuinEF-Light 5.0
- l_____ AlcuinEF-Regular 5.1
- l_____ AlcuinEF-Bold 5.2
- l_____ AlcuinEF-ExtraBold 5.3
- l_____ Aldus-Roman 6.0
- l_____ Aldus-RomanSC 6.1
- l_____ Aldus-Italic 6.2
- l_____ Aldus-ItalicOsF 6.3
- l_____ AleOrnamentsRotatoLL 7.0
- l_____ AleOrnamentsSpiratoLL 7.1
- l_____ AlexieLL 8.0
- l_____ AlteSchwabacherEF 9.0
- l_____ AlternateGothicEF-NoOne 10.0
- l_____ AlternateGothicEF-NoTwo 10.1
- l_____ AlternateGothicEF-NoThree 10.2
- l_____ AmericanUncialEF 11.0
- l_____ Americana 12.0
- l_____ Americana-Italic 12.1
- l_____ Americana-Bold 12.2
- l_____ Americana-ExtraBold 12.3
- l_____ AmericanaEF-Regular 12.4
- l_____ AmericanaEF-RegularItalic 12.5
- l_____ AmericanaEF-Bold 12.6
- l_____ AmericanaEF-ExtraBold 12.7
- l_____ AnnlieEF-ExtraBold 14.0
- l_____ AnnlieEF-ExtraBoldItalic 14.1
- l_____ AntiqueOlive-Light 15.0
- l_____ AntiqueOlive-Roman 15.1
- l_____ AntiqueOlive-Italic 15.2
- l_____ AntiqueOlive-Bold 15.3
- l_____ AntiqueOlive-Black 15.4
- l_____ AntiqueOlive-BoldCond 15.5
- l_____ AntiqueOlive-Compact 15.6
- l_____ AntiqueOlive-Nord 15.7
- l_____ AntiqueOlive-NordItalic 15.8
- l_____ AntiqueOliveCE-Light 15.9
- l_____ AntiqueOliveCE-Roman 15.10
- l_____ AntiqueOliveCE-Italic 15.11
- l_____ AntiqueOliveCE-Bold 15.12
- l_____ AntiqueOliveCE-Black 15.13
- l_____ AntiqueOliveEastA-Light 15.14
- l_____ AntiqueOliveEastA-Roman 15.15
- l_____ AntiqueOliveEastA-Italic 15.16
- l_____ AntiqueOliveEastA-Bold 15.17
- l_____ AntiqueOliveEastA-Black 15.18
- l_____ ApolloMT-Roman 16.0
- l_____ ApolloMT-RomanSC 16.1
- l_____ ApolloMT-RomanExpert 16.2
- l_____ ApolloMT-Italic 16.3
- l_____ ApolloMT-ItalicOsF 16.4
- l_____ ApolloMT-ItalicExpert 16.5
- l_____ ApolloMT-SemiBold 16.6
- l_____ ApolloMT-SemiBoldOsF 16.7
- l_____ ApolloMT-SemiBoldExpert 16.8
- l_____ Arcadia 17.0
- l_____ Arcadia-Alternate 17.1
- l_____ Ariadne-Roman 18.0
- l_____ Arioso 19.0
- l_____ Arkona-Regular 20.0
- l_____ Arkona-Medium 20.1
- l_____ ArnoldBoecklin 21.0
- l_____ AshleyScriptMT 22.0
- l_____ NewAster 23.0
- l_____ NewAster-Italic 23.1
- l_____ NewAster-SemiBold 23.2
- l_____ NewAster-SemiBoldItalic 23.3
- l_____ NewAster-Bold 23.4
- l_____ NewAster-BoldItalic 23.5
- l_____ NewAster-Black 23.6
- l_____ NewAster-BlackItalic 23.7
- l_____ AsterEF-Regular 23.8
- l_____ AsterEF-RegularItalic 23.9
- l_____ AsterEF-Medium 23.10
- l_____ AureliaEF-Light 24.0
- l_____ AureliaEF-LightItalic 24.1
- l_____ AureliaEF-Book 24.2
- l_____ AureliaEF-BookItalic 24.3
- l_____ AureliaEF-Bold 24.4
- l_____ Auriol 25.0
- l_____ Auriol-Italic 25.1
- l_____ Auriol-Bold 25.2
- l_____ Auriol-BoldItalic 25.3
- l_____ Auriol-Black 25.4
- l_____ Auriol-BlackItalic 25.5
- l_____ BalderLL 28.0
- l_____ BalloonEF-ExtraBold 29.0
- l_____ BalloonEF-DropShadow 29.1
- l_____ BalmoralEF-Regular 30.0
- l_____ BalmoralEF-Alternative 30.1
- l_____ Banco 31.0
- l_____ BarbedorEF-Regular 32.0
- l_____ BarbedorEF-RegularItalic 32.1
- l_____ BarbedorEF-Medium 32.2
- l_____ BarbedorEF-MediumItalic 32.3
- l_____ BarbedorEF-Bold 32.4
- l_____ BarbedorEF-BoldItalic 32.5
- l_____ BarbedorEF-Black 32.6
- l_____ BarbedorEF-BlackItalic 32.7
- l_____ BaskervilleCyr-Upright 33.0
- l_____ BaskervilleCyr-Inclined 33.1
- l_____ BaskervilleCyr-Bold 33.2
- l_____ BaskervilleGreek-Upright 33.3
- l_____ BaskervilleGreek-Inclined 33.4
- l_____ BaskervilleGreek-Bold 33.5
- l_____ BaskervilleGreekP-Upright 33.6
- l_____ BaskervilleGreekP-Inclined 33.7
- l_____ BaskervilleGreekP-Bold 33.8
- l_____ BaskervilleEF-Regular 33.9
- l_____ BaskervilleEF-RegularItalic 33.10
- l_____ BaskervilleEF-Medium 33.11
- l_____ BaskervilleBE-Regular 33.12
- l_____ BaskervilleBE-Italic 33.13
- l_____ BaskervilleBE-Medium 33.14
- l_____ BaskervilleBE-MediumItalic 33.15
- l_____ BaskervilleBE-Bold 33.16
- l_____ NewBaskerville-Roman 33.17
- l_____ NewBaskerville-SC 33.18
- l_____ NewBaskerville-Italic 33.19
- l_____ NewBaskerville-ItalicOsF 33.20
- l_____ NewBaskerville-Bold 33.21
- l_____ NewBaskerville-BoldSC 33.22
- l_____ NewBaskerville-BoldItalic 33.23
- l_____ NewBaskerville-BoldItalicOsF 33.24
- l_____ NewBaskervilleEF-Roman 33.25
- l_____ NewBaskervilleEF-Italic 33.26
- l_____ NewBaskervilleEF-SemiBold 33.27
- l_____ NewBaskervilleEF-SemiBoldItalic 33.28
- l_____ NewBaskervilleEF-Bold 33.29
- l_____ NewBaskervilleEF-BoldItalic 33.30
- l_____ NewBaskervilleEF-Black 33.31
- l_____ NewBaskervilleEF-BlackItalic 33.32
- l_____ BaskervilleBook-Regular 33.33
- l_____ BaskervilleBook-Italic 33.34
- l_____ BaskervilleBook-Medium 33.35
- l_____ BaskervilleBook-MedItalic 33.36
- l_____ BaskervilleOldFaceEF 33.37
- l_____ AfroditeKATEF-Filly 34.0
- l_____ AfroditeKATEF-Ready 34.1
- l_____ AfroditeKATEF-Funky 34.2
- l_____ BadblocksEF 34.3
- l_____ BeatEF-BackBeat 34.4
- l_____ BeatEF-HardBeat 34.5
- l_____ BloxxEF 34.6
- l_____ BornFreeKATEF-Hungry 34.7
- l_____ BornFreeKATEF-Fed 34.8
- l_____ BrushableEF 34.9
- l_____ CandyEF 34.10
- l_____ ComancheEF 34.11
- l_____ CrazeEF 34.12
- l_____ DoublePacEF-Scrambled 34.13
- l_____ EastsideEF-Regular 34.14
- l_____ EastsideEF-Double 34.15
- l_____ FutureWorldEF 34.16
- l_____ ItKATEF 34.17
- l_____ JameKATEF-Black 34.18
- l_____ JameKATEF-White 34.19
- l_____ KiddingKidEF 34.20
- l_____ KnockoutEF 34.21
- l_____ LittleJoeKATEF-Black 34.22
- l_____ LittleJoeKATEF-White 34.23
- l_____ MaoMaoEF 34.24
- l_____ MaydayEF 34.25
- l_____ MiroEF 34.26
- l_____ MrsBeasleyEF 34.27
- l_____ NiniveEF 34.28
- l_____ RumourEF 34.29
- l_____ SiouxEF 34.30
- l_____ StayawhileEF 34.31
- l_____ SteelPlateEF 34.32
- l_____ TieriliEF 34.33
- l_____ TruckEF 34.34
- l_____ TwinPickEF-Hard 34.35
- l_____ XabbieEF 34.36
- l_____ BellGothic-Light 36.0
- l_____ BellGothic-Bold 36.1
- l_____ BellGothic-Black 36.2
- l_____ BelugaLL 37.0
- l_____ Berling-Roman 38.0
- l_____ Berling-Italic 38.1
- l_____ Berling-Bold 38.2
- l_____ Berling-BoldItalic 38.3
- l_____ BerlingEF-Regular 38.4
- l_____ BerlingEF-RegularItalic 38.5
- l_____ BerlingEF-Bold 38.6
- l_____ BernhardEF-Antique 39.1
- l_____ BernhardEF-Fashion 39.2
- l_____ BernhardModern-Roman 39.3
- l_____ BernhardModern-Italic 39.4
- l_____ BernhardModern-Bold 39.5
- l_____ BernhardModern-BoldItalic 39.6
- l_____ BernhardSchoenschriftEF-Light 39.7
- l_____ BernhardSchoenschriftEF-Regular 39.8
- l_____ BertholdScript-Regular 40.0
- l_____ BertholdScript-Medium 40.1
- l_____ BetonEF-Light 41.0
- l_____ BetonEF-DemiBold 41.1
- l_____ BetonEF-Bold 41.2
- l_____ BetonEF-ExtraBold 41.3
- l_____ BetonEF-BoldCondensed 41.4
- l_____ BibleScriptEF-Regular 42.0
- l_____ BibleScriptEF-Alternates 42.1
- l_____ BibleScriptEF-Flourishes 42.2
- l_____ Blackoak 43.0
- l_____ BlippoBlackEF 44.0
- l_____ BottleneckEF 45.0
- l_____ BramleyEF-Light 46.0
- l_____ BramleyEF-Medium 46.1
- l_____ BramleyEF-Bold 46.2
- l_____ BramleyEF-ExtraBold 46.3
- l_____ BrightonEF-Light 47.0
- l_____ BrightonEF-LightItalic 47.1
- l_____ BrightonEF-Medium 47.2
- l_____ BrightonEF-Bold 47.3
- lpi___ BundesbahnPi-One 48.0
- lpi___ BundesbahnPi-Two 48.1
- lpi___ BundesbahnPi-Three 48.2
- l_____ BusterEF 49.0
- l_____ CandiceEF 50.0
- lpi___ CaravanLH-One 51.0
- lpi___ CaravanLH-Two 51.1
- lpi___ CaravanLH-Three 51.2
- lpi___ CaravanLH-Four 51.3
- l_____ CascadeScript 52.0
- l_____ CashEF-Monospace 53.0
- l_____ CastellarMT 54.0
- l_____ Charlemagne-Regular 55.0
- l_____ Charlemagne-Bold 55.1
- l_____ Christiana-Regular 57.0
- l_____ Christiana-RegularSC 57.1
- l_____ Christiana-RegularExpert 57.2
- l_____ Christiana-Italic 57.3
- l_____ Christiana-Medium 57.4
- l_____ Christiana-MediumItalic 57.5
- l_____ Christiana-Bold 57.6
- l_____ Christiana-BoldItalic 57.7
- l_____ ChwastBuffalo-BlackCond 58.0
- l_____ CirkulusEF 59.0
- l_____ Clairvaux 60.0
- l_____ Clairvaux-Dfr 60.1
- l_____ Clearface-Regular 61.0
- l_____ Clearface-RegularItalic 61.1
- l_____ Clearface-Bold 61.2
- l_____ Clearface-BoldItalic 61.3
- l_____ Clearface-Heavy 61.4
- l_____ Clearface-HeavyItalic 61.5
- l_____ Clearface-Black 61.6
- l_____ Clearface-BlackItalic 61.7
- l_____ ClearfaceEF-Regular 61.8
- l_____ ClearfaceEF-RegularItalic 61.9
- l_____ ClearfaceEF-Bold 61.10
- l_____ ClearfaceEF-BoldItalic 61.11
- l_____ ClearfaceEF-Heavy 61.12
- l_____ ClearfaceEF-HeavyItalic 61.13
- l_____ ClearfaceEF-Black 61.14
- l_____ ClearfaceEF-BlackItalic 61.15
- l_____ ClearfaceGothicLH-Light 61.16
- l_____ ClearfaceGothicLH-Roman 61.17
- l_____ ClearfaceGothicLH-Medium 61.18
- l_____ ClearfaceGothicLH-Bold 61.19
- l_____ ClearfaceGothicLH-Black 61.20
- l_____ ClearfaceGothicEF-Regular 61.21
- l_____ ClearfaceGothicEF-Bold 61.22
- l_____ ClearfaceGothicEF-ExtraBold 61.23
- l_____ CloisterOpenFace 62.0
- l_____ Cochin 63.0
- l_____ Cochin-Italic 63.1
- l_____ Cochin-Bold 63.2
- l_____ Cochin-BoldItalic 63.3
- l_____ Codex 64.0
- l_____ ColumnaEF-Solid 65.0
- l_____ ComeniusAntiqua-Regular 66.0
- l_____ ComeniusAntiqua-Italic 66.1
- l_____ ComeniusAntiqua-Medium 66.2
- l_____ ComeniusAntiqua-Bold 66.3
- l_____ CommercialScriptEF 67.0
- l_____ Concorde-Roman 69.0
- l_____ Concorde-Italic 69.1
- l_____ Concorde-Bold 69.2
- l_____ Concorde-BoldItalic 69.3
- l_____ ConcordeBE-Regular 69.4
- l_____ ConcordeBE-RegularSC 69.5
- l_____ ConcordeBE-RegularExp 69.6
- l_____ ConcordeBE-Italic 69.7
- l_____ ConcordeBE-ItalicOsF 69.8
- l_____ ConcordeBE-ItalicExp 69.9
- l_____ ConcordeBE-Medium 69.10
- l_____ ConcordeBE-MediumSC 69.11
- l_____ ConcordeBE-MediumEx 69.12
- l_____ ConcordeBE-MediumItalic 69.13
- l_____ ConcordeBE-MediumItalicOsF 69.14
- l_____ ConcordeBE-MediumItalicExp 69.15
- l_____ ConcordeBE-Condensed 69.16
- l_____ ConcordeBE-MediumCn 69.17
- l_____ ConcordeBE-BoldCn 69.18
- l_____ ConcordeBE-BoldCnOutline 69.19
- l_____ ConcordeNova-Regular 69.20
- l_____ ConcordeNova-RegularSC 69.21
- l_____ ConcordeNova-RegularExp 69.22
- l_____ ConcordeNova-Italic 69.23
- l_____ ConcordeNova-ItalicOsF 69.24
- l_____ ConcordeNova-ItalicExp 69.25
- l_____ ConcordeNova-Medium 69.26
- l_____ ConcordeNova-MediumSC 69.27
- l_____ ConcordeNova-MediumExp 69.28
- l_____ ContactaLL 70.0
- l_____ CoolWoolLL 71.0
- l_____ CoolWoolCottonClubLL 71.1
- l_____ CoolWoolStoneWashedLL 71.2
- l_____ CooperBlack 72.0
- l_____ CooperBlack-Italic 72.1
- l_____ CooperBlackEF-Bold 72.2
- l_____ CooperBlackEF-BoldOutline 72.3
- l_____ CooperBlackEF-BoldCondensed 72.4
- l_____ CooperBlackEF-BoldCondOutline 72.5
- l_____ Copal-Solid 73.0
- l_____ Copal-Outline 73.1
- l_____ Copal-Decorated 73.2
- l_____ CorinthianEF-Light 74.0
- l_____ CorinthianEF-Medium 74.1
- l_____ CorinthianEF-Bold 74.2
- l_____ CorinthianEF-ExtraBold 74.3
- l_____ Corona-Roman 75.0
- l_____ Corona-Italic 75.1
- l_____ Corona-Bold 75.2
- l_____ CortezEF 76.0
- l_____ Cosmos-Light 77.0
- l_____ Cosmos-LightItalic 77.1
- l_____ Cosmos-Medium 77.2
- l_____ Cosmos-ExtraBold 77.3
- l_____ CountdownEF 78.0
- l_____ CourierCE-Roman 79.0
- l_____ CourierCE-Bold 79.1
- l_____ Cremona-Regular 80.0
- l_____ Cremona-Italic 80.1
- l_____ Cremona-Bold 80.2
- l_____ Cremona-BoldItalic 80.3
- l_____ Critter 81.0
- l_____ CroissantEF 82.0
- l_____ Cutout 83.0
- l_____ DailyNews-Regular 84.0
- l_____ DailyNews-Italic 84.1
- l_____ DailyNews-Medium 84.2
- l_____ DailyNews-MediumItalic 84.3
- l_____ DailyNews-Bold 84.4
- l_____ DailyNews-BoldItalic 84.5
- l_____ DailyNews-ExtraBold 84.6
- l_____ DailyNews-ExtraBoldItalic 84.7
- lpi___ DamnedDingbatsEF-Regular 85.0
- lpi___ DamnedDingbatsEF-Initials 85.1
- l_____ Data70EF 86.0
- l_____ DavidaEF 87.0
- l_____ Delphin-I 88.0
- l_____ Delphin-II 88.1
- l_____ Delphin-IA 88.2
- l_____ Delphin-IIA 88.3
- l_____ Delta-Light 89.0
- l_____ Delta-LightItalic 89.1
- l_____ Delta-Book 89.2
- l_____ Delta-BookItalic 89.3
- l_____ Delta-Medium 89.4
- l_____ Delta-MediumItalic 89.5
- l_____ Delta-Bold 89.6
- l_____ Delta-BoldItalic 89.7
- l_____ Delta-Outline 89.8
- l_____ DemianEF 90.0
- lpi___ DeutscheBahnAG-One 91.0
- lpi___ DeutscheBahnAG-Two 91.1
- lpi___ DeutscheBahnAG-Three 91.2
- lpi___ DeutscheBahnAG-Four 91.3
- lpi___ DeutscheBahnAG-Six 91.4
- lpi___ DeutscheBahnAG-Five 91.5
- l_____ DexGothicEF 92.0
- l_____ DigiAntiquaEF-LightCondensed 93.0
- l_____ Doric-Bold 95.0
- l_____ DrugulinEF-RegularHd 96.0
- l_____ DrugulinEF-MediumHd 96.1
- l_____ DrugulinEF-BoldHd 96.2
- l_____ DrugulinEF-ExtraBoldHd 96.3
- l_____ EckmannEF 97.1
- l_____ EdwardianScriptEF-Regular 98.0
- l_____ EdwardianScriptEF-RegularA 98.1
- l_____ EdwardianScriptEF-Bold 98.2
- l_____ EdwardianScriptEF-BoldA 98.3
- l_____ Egyptian505EF-Light 99.0
- l_____ Egyptian505EF-Regular 99.1
- l_____ Egyptian505EF-Medium 99.2
- l_____ Egyptian505EF-Bold 99.3
- l_____ EgyptienneF-Roman 100.0
- l_____ EgyptienneF-Italic 100.1
- l_____ EgyptienneF-Bold 100.2
- l_____ EgyptienneF-Black 100.3
- l_____ ElectraLH-Roman 101.0
- l_____ ElectraLH-RomanSC 101.1
- l_____ ElectraLH-RomanOsF 101.2
- l_____ ElectraLH-Cursive 101.3
- l_____ ElectraLH-CursiveOsF 101.4
- l_____ ElectraLH-Bold 101.5
- l_____ ElectraLH-BoldSC 101.6
- l_____ ElectraLH-BoldOsF 101.7
- l_____ ElectraLH-BoldCursive 101.8
- l_____ ElectraLH-BoldCursiveOsF 101.9
- l_____ ElectraLH-Display 101.10
- l_____ ElectraLH-CursiveDisplay 101.11
- l_____ ElectraLH-BoldDisplay 101.12
- l_____ ElectraLH-BoldCursiveDisplay 101.13
- l_____ ElseNPL-Light 102.0
- l_____ ElseNPL-Medium 102.1
- l_____ ElseNPL-SemiBold 102.2
- l_____ ElseNPL-Bold 102.3
- l_____ EnviroEF 103.0
- l_____ EscriptLL 104.0
- lpi___ EuropeanPi-One 105.0
- lpi___ EuropeanPi-Two 105.1
- lpi___ EuropeanPi-Three 105.2
- lpi___ EuropeanPi-Four 105.2
- l_____ ExcaliburEF-Regular 106.0
- l_____ ExcaliburEF-Medium 106.1
- l_____ FacsimileLL 107.0
- l_____ FairfieldLH-Light 108.0
- l_____ FairfieldLH-LightSC 108.1
- l_____ FairfieldLH-LightItalic 108.2
- l_____ FairfieldLH-Medium 108.3
- l_____ FairfieldLH-MediumSC 108.4
- l_____ FairfieldLH-MediumItalic 108.5
- l_____ FairfieldLH-Bold 108.6
- l_____ FairfieldLH-BoldSC 108.7
- l_____ FairfieldLH-BoldItalic 108.8
- l_____ FairfieldLH-Heavy 108.9
- l_____ FairfieldLH-HeavySC 108.10
- l_____ FairfieldLH-HeavyItalic 108.11
- l_____ FairfieldLH-CaptionLight 108.12
- l_____ FairfieldLH-CaptionMedium 108.13
- l_____ FairfieldLH-CaptionBold 108.14
- l_____ FairfieldLH-CaptionHeavy 108.15
- l_____ FairfieldLH-SwLightItalicOsF 108.16
- l_____ FairfieldLH-SwMediumItalicOsF 108.17
- l_____ FairfieldLH-SwBoldItalicOsF 108.18
- l_____ FairfieldLH-SwHeavyItalicOsF 108.19
- l_____ FetteGotischEF 109.0
- l_____ FlamencoInlineEF 110.0
- l_____ Forbes-Bold 114.0
- l_____ ForteMT 115.0
- l_____ FranklinGothic-Condensed 116.0
- l_____ FranklinGothic-ExtraCond 116.1
- l_____ FranklinGothicEF-Regular 116.2
- l_____ FranklinGothicEF-RegularCond 116.3
- l_____ FranklinGothicEF-ExtraCond 116.4
- l_____ FranklinGothic-Roman 116.5
- l_____ FranklinGothic-Book 116.6
- l_____ FranklinGothic-BookOblique 116.7
- l_____ FranklinGothic-Demi 116.8
- l_____ FranklinGothic-DemiOblique 116.9
- l_____ FranklinGothic-Heavy 116.10
- l_____ FranklinGothic-HeavyOblique 116.11
- l_____ FranklinGothicEF-Book 116.12
- l_____ FranklinGothicEF-BookItalic 116.13
- l_____ FranklinGothicEF-Medium 116.14
- l_____ FranklinGothicEF-MediumItalic 116.15
- l_____ FranklinGothicEF-Demi 116.16
- l_____ FranklinGothicEF-DemiItalic 116.17
- l_____ FranklinGothicEF-Heavy 116.18
- l_____ FranklinGothicEF-HeavyItalic 116.19
- l_____ FranklinGothicEF-BookCnd 116.20
- l_____ FranklinGothicEF-BookCndSC 116.21
- l_____ FranklinGothicEF-BookCndItal 116.22
- l_____ FranklinGothicEF-MedCnd 116.23
- l_____ FranklinGothicEF-MedCndSC 116.24
- l_____ FranklinGothicEF-MedCndItal 116.25
- l_____ FranklinGothicEF-DemiCnd 116.26
- l_____ FranklinGothicEF-DemiCndItal 116.27
- l_____ FranklinGothicEF-BookCmpr 116.28
- l_____ FranklinGothicEF-BookCmprItal 116.29
- l_____ FranklinGothicEF-DemiCmpr 116.30
- l_____ FranklinGothicEF-DemiCmprItal 116.31
- l_____ FranklinGothicEF-BookXCmpr 116.32
- l_____ FranklinGothicEF-DemiXCmpr 116.33
- l_____ Frutiger-Light 117.0
- l_____ Frutiger-LightItalic 117.1
- l_____ Frutiger-Roman 117.2
- l_____ Frutiger-Italic 117.3
- l_____ Frutiger-Bold 117.4
- l_____ Frutiger-BoldItalic 117.5
- l_____ Frutiger-Black 117.6
- l_____ Frutiger-BlackItalic 117.7
- l_____ Frutiger-UltraBlack 117.8
- l_____ Frutiger-LightCn 117.9
- l_____ Frutiger-Cn 117.10
- l_____ Frutiger-BoldCn 117.11
- l_____ Frutiger-BlackCn 117.12
- l_____ Frutiger ExtraBlackCn 117.13
- l_____ Futura-Light 118.0
- l_____ Futura-LightOblique 118.1
- l_____ Futura-Book 118.2
- l_____ Futura-BookOblique 118.3
- l_____ Futura 118.4
- l_____ Futura-Oblique 118.5
- l_____ Futura-Heavy 118.6
- l_____ Futura-HeavyOblique 118.7
- l_____ Futura-Bold 118.8
- l_____ Futura-BoldOblique 118.9
- l_____ Futura-ExtraBold 118.10
- l_____ Futura-ExtraBoldOblique 118.11
- l_____ Futura-CondensedLight 118.12
- l_____ Futura-CondensedLightOblique 118.13
- l_____ Futura-CondensedMedium 118.14
- l_____ Futura-CondensedMediumOblique 118.15
- l_____ Futura-CondensedBold 118.16
- l_____ Futura-CondensedBoldOblique 118.17
- l_____ Futura-CondensedExtraBlack 118.18
- l_____ Futura-CondExtraBlackOblique 118.19
- l_____ FuturaEF-Light 118.22
- l_____ FuturaEF-LightOblique 118.23
- l_____ FuturaEF-Book 118.24
- l_____ FuturaEF-BookOblique 118.25
- l_____ FuturaEF-Medium 118.26
- l_____ FuturaEF-MediumOblique 118.27
- l_____ FuturaEF-Bold 118.28
- l_____ FuturaEF-DemiBold 118.29
- l_____ FuturaEF-BoldOblique 118.30
- l_____ FuturaEF-DemiBoldOblique 118.31
- l_____ FuturaEF-ExtraBold 118.32
- l_____ FuturaEF-ExtraBoldOblique 118.33
- l_____ FuturaEF-Heavy 118.34
- l_____ FuturaEF-LightCondensed 118.35
- l_____ FuturaEF-LightCondensedOblique 118.36
- l_____ FuturaEF-MediumCondensed 118.37
- l_____ FuturaEF-MediumCondensedOblique 118.38
- l_____ FuturaEF-BoldCondensed 118.39
- l_____ FuturaEF-BoldCondensedOblique 118.40
- l_____ FuturaEF-ExtraBoldCondensed 118.41
- l_____ FuturaEF-ExtraBoldCondOblique 118.42
- l_____ FuturaBlackEF 118.43
- l_____ FuturaDisplayEF 118.44
- l_____ FuturaScriptEF 118.45
- l_____ FuturaEF-ExtraBoldShaded 118.46
- l_____ Galahad-Regular 119.0
- l_____ Galahad-Alternate 119.1
- l_____ Galahad-OsF 119.2
- l_____ GarthGraphic 121.0
- l_____ GarthGraphic-Italic 121.1
- l_____ GarthGraphic-Bold 121.2
- l_____ GarthGraphic-BoldItalic 121.3
- l_____ GarthGraphic-Black 121.4
- l_____ GarthGraphic ExtraBlack 121.5
- l_____ GarthGraphic-Condensed 121.6
- l_____ GarthGraphic-BoldCondensed 121.7
- l_____ GazetteLH-Roman 122.0
- l_____ GazetteLH-Italic 122.1
- l_____ GazetteLH-Bold 122.2
- lpi___ GiacomettiLL 123.0
- l_____ GillSans-Light 124.0
- l_____ GillSans-LightItalic 124.1
- l_____ GillSans 124.2
- l_____ GillSans-Italic 124.3
- l_____ GillSans-Bold 124.4
- l_____ GillSans-BoldItalic 124.5
- l_____ GillSans-ExtraBold 124.6
- l_____ GillSans-UltraBold 124.7
- l_____ GillSans-LightShadowed 124.8
- l_____ GillSans-Shadowed 124.9
- l_____ GillSans-Condensed 124.10
- l_____ GillSans-BoldCondensed 124.11
- l_____ GillSans-BoldExtraCondensed 124.12
- l_____ GillSans-UltraBoldCondensed 124.13
- l_____ GillSans-ExtraBoldDisplay 124.14
- l_____ GilliesGothicEF-Light 125.0
- l_____ GilliesGothicEF-Bold 125.1
- l_____ GilliesGothicEF-ExtraBold 125.2
- l_____ GilliesGothicEF-XBoShaded 125.3
- l_____ GlastonburyEF 126.0
- l_____ Glypha-Thin 127.0
- l_____ Glypha-ThinOblique 127.1
- l_____ Glypha-Light 127.2
- l_____ Glypha-LightOblique 127.3
- l_____ Glypha 127.4
- l_____ Glypha-RomanOblique 127.5
- l_____ Glypha-Bold 127.6
- l_____ Glypha-BoldOblique 127.7
- l_____ Glypha-Black 127.8
- l_____ Glypha-BlackOblique 127.9
- l_____ GoodiesLL 128.0
- l_____ Gothic-Thirteen 129.0
- l_____ Goudy-Bold 130.0
- l_____ Goudy-BoldOsF 130.1
- l_____ Goudy-BoldItalic 130.2
- l_____ Goudy-BoldItalicOsF 130.3
- l_____ Goudy-ExtraBold 130.4
- l_____ Goudy-Heavyface 130.5
- l_____ Goudy-HeavyfaceItalic 130.6
- l_____ GoudyHandtooledEF 130.7
- l_____ GoudyCatalogueEF-Regular 130.8
- l_____ GoudyCatalogueEF-Italic 130.9
- l_____ GoudyModernMT-Roman 130.10
- l_____ GoudyModernMT-Italic 130.11
- l_____ Goudy 130.12
- l_____ Goudy-SC 130.13
- l_____ Goudy-Italic 130.14
- l_____ Goudy-ItalicOsF 130.15
- l_____ GoudySans-Book 130.16
- l_____ GoudySans-BookItalic 130.17
- l_____ GoudySans-Medium 130.18
- l_____ GoudySans-MediumItalic 130.19
- l_____ GoudySans-Bold 130.20
- l_____ GoudySans-BoldItalic 130.21
- l_____ GoudySans-Black 130.22
- l_____ GoudySans-BlackItalic 130.23
- l_____ GoudySansEF-Book 130.24
- l_____ GoudySansEF-BookSC 130.25
- l_____ GoudySansEF-BookItalic 130.26
- l_____ GoudySansEF-Medium 130.27
- l_____ GoudySansEF-MediumSC 130.28
- l_____ GoudySansEF-MediumItalic 130.29
- l_____ GoudySansEF-Bold 130.30
- l_____ GoudySansEF-BoldItalic 130.31
- l_____ GoudySansEF-Black 130.32
- l_____ GoudySansEF-BlackItalic 130.33
- l_____ GoudyTextMT-Regular 130.34
- l_____ GoudyTextMT-Alternate 130.35
- l_____ GoudyTextMT-Dfr 130.36
- l_____ GoudyTextMT-LombardicCapitals 130.37
- l_____ Grafiko 131.0
- l_____ Granjon 132.0
- l_____ Granjon-SC 132.1
- l_____ Granjon-Italic 132.2
- l_____ Granjon-ItalicOsF 132.3
- l_____ Granjon-Bold 132.4
- l_____ Granjon-BoldOsF 132.5
- l_____ GrotesqueMT-Light 133.0
- l_____ GrotesqueMT-LightItalic 133.1
- l_____ GrotesqueMT 133.2
- l_____ GrotesqueMT-Italic 133.3
- l_____ GrotesqueMT-Bold 133.4
- l_____ GrotesqueMT-Black 133.5
- l_____ GrotesqueMT-LightCondensed 133.6
- l_____ GrotesqueMT-Condensed 133.7
- l_____ GrotesqueMT-ExtraCondensed 133.8
- l_____ GrotesqueMT-BoldExtended 133.9
- l_____ Guardi-Roman 134.0
- l_____ Guardi-Italic 134.1
- l_____ Guardi-Bold 134.2
- l_____ Guardi-BoldItalic 134.3
- l_____ Guardi-Black 134.4
- l_____ Guardi-BlackItalic 134.5
- l_____ HadfieldEF 135.0
- l_____ Hadriano-Light 136.0
- l_____ Hadriano-Bold 136.1
- l_____ Hadriano-ExtraBold 136.2
- l_____ Hadriano-ExtraBoldCondensed 136.3
- l_____ HanselEF-Regular 137.0
- l_____ HanselEF-Alternate 137.1
- l_____ HarlowEF-Solid 138.0
- l_____ HarlowEF 138.1
- l_____ HawthornEF 139.0
- l_____ Helvetica-Light 140.0
- l_____ Helvetica-LightOblique 140.1
- l_____ Helvetica 140.2
- l_____ Helvetica-Oblique 140.3
- l_____ Helvetica-Bold 140.4
- l_____ Helvetica-BoldOblique 140.5
- l_____ Helvetica-Black 140.6
- l_____ Helvetica-BlackOblique 140.7
- l_____ Helvetica-Condensed-Light 140.8
- l_____ Helvetica-Condensed-LightObl 140.9
- l_____ Helvetica-Condensed 140.10
- l_____ Helvetica-Condensed-Oblique 140.11
- l_____ Helvetica-Condensed-Bold 140.12
- l_____ Helvetica-Condensed-BoldObl 140.13
- l_____ Helvetica-Condensed-Black 140.14
- l_____ Helvetica-Condensed-BlackObl 140.15
- l_____ Helvetica-Compressed 140.16
- l_____ Helvetica-ExtraCompressed 140.17
- l_____ Helvetica-UltraCompressed 140.18
- l_____ HelveticaInserat-Roman 140.19
- l_____ HelveticaRounded-Bold 140.24
- l_____ HelveticaRounded-BoldObl 140.25
- l_____ HelveticaRounded-Black 140.26
- l_____ HelveticaRounded-BlackObl 140.27
- l_____ HelveticaRounded-BoldCond 140.28
- l_____ HelveticaRounded-BoldCondObl 140.29
- l_____ HelveticaTextbook 140.30
- l_____ HelveticaTextbook-Oblique 140.31
- l_____ HelveticaTextbook-Bold 140.32
- l_____ HelveticaTextbook-BoldObl 140.33
- l_____ HelveticaCE-Roman 140.36
- l_____ HelveticaCE-Bold 140.37
- l_____ HelveticaCE-NarrowRoman 140.38
- l_____ HelveticaCE-NarrowBold 140.39
- l_____ HelveticaCyr-Upright 140.40
- l_____ HelveticaCyr-Inclined 140.41
- l_____ HelveticaCyr-Bold 140.42
- l_____ HelveticaCyr-BoldInclined 140.43
- l_____ HelveticaInseratCyr-Upright 140.44
- l_____ HelveticaGreek-Upright 140.45
- l_____ HelveticaGreek-Inclined 140.46
- l_____ HelveticaGreek-Bold 140.47
- l_____ HelveticaGreek-BoldInclined 140.48
- l_____ HelveticaGreekP-Upright 140.49
- l_____ HelveticaGreekP-Inclined 140.50
- l_____ HelveticaGreekP-Bold 140.51
- l_____ HelveticaGreekP-BoldInclined 140.52
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-UltraLight 140.53
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-UltraLightItalic 140.54
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-Thin 140.55
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-ThinItalic 140.56
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-Light 140.57
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-LightItalic 140.58
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-Roman 140.59
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-Italic 140.60
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-Medium 140.61
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-MediumItalic 140.62
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-Bold 140.63
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-BoldItalic 140.64
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-Heavy 140.65
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-HeavyItalic 140.66
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-Black 140.67
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-BlackItalic 140.68
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-BoldOutline 140.69
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-UltraLigCond 140.70
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-UltraLigCondObl 140.71
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-ThinCond 140.72
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-ThinCondObl 140.73
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-LightCond 140.74
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-LightCondObl 140.75
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-Condensed 140.76
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-CondensedObl 140.77
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-MediumCond 140.78
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-MediumCondObl 140.79
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-BoldCond 140.80
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-BoldCondObl 140.81
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond 140.82
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-HeavyCondObl 140.83
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-BlackCond 140.84
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-BlackCondObl 140.85
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-ExtBlackCond 140.86
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-ExtBlackCondObl 140.87
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-UltraLightExt 140.88
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-UltraLightExtObl 140.89
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-ThinExt 140.90
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-ThinExtObl 140.91
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-LightExt 140.92
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-LightExtObl 140.93
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-Extended 140.94
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-ExtendedObl 140.95
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-MediumExt 140.96
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-MediumExtObl 140.97
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-BoldExt 140.98
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-BoldExtObl 140.99
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-HeavyExt 140.100
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-HeavyExtObl 140.101
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-BlackExt 140.102
- l_____ HelveticaNeue-BlackExtObl 140.103
- l_____ HelveticaNeueCE-Thin 140.104
- l_____ HelveticaNeueCE-ThinItalic 140.105
- l_____ HelveticaNeueCE-Roman 140.106
- l_____ HelveticaNeueCE-Italic 140.107
- l_____ HelveticaNeueCE-Bold 140.108
- l_____ HelveticaNeueCE-BoldItalic 140.109
- l_____ HelveticaNeueEastA-Thin 140.110
- l_____ HelveticaNeueEastA-ThinObl 140.111
- l_____ HelveticaNeueEastA-Roman 140.112
- l_____ HelveticaNeueEastA-RomanObl 140.113
- l_____ HelveticaNeueEastA-Bold 140.114
- l_____ HelveticaNeueEastA-BoldObl 140.115
- l_____ HeraldusEF-ExtraFett 141.0
- l_____ HighlightEF 143.0
- l_____ Hiroshige-Book 144.0
- l_____ Hiroshige-BookItalic 144.1
- l_____ Hiroshige-Medium 144.2
- l_____ Hiroshige-MediumItalic 144.3
- l_____ Hiroshige-Bold 144.4
- l_____ Hiroshige-BoldItalic 144.5
- l_____ Hiroshige-Black 144.6
- l_____ Hiroshige-BlackItalic 144.7
- l_____ Hobo 145.0
- l_____ HoboEF 145.1
- l_____ HogarthScriptEF-Regular 146.0
- l_____ HondaEF 147.0
- l_____ HoratioEF-Light 148.0
- l_____ HoratioEF-Medium 148.1
- l_____ HoratioEF-Bold 148.2
- l_____ HorleyOldStyleMT-Light 149.0
- l_____ HorleyOldStyleMT-LightItalic 149.1
- l_____ HorleyOldStyleMT-Roman 149.2
- l_____ HorleyOldStyleMT-Italic 149.3
- l_____ HorleyOldStyleMT-SemiBold 149.4
- l_____ HorleyOldStyleMT-SbItalic 149.5
- l_____ HorleyOldStyleMT-Bold 149.6
- l_____ HorleyOldStyleMT-BoldItalic 149.7
- lpi___ HotmetalBorders-One 150.0
- lpi___ HotmetalBorders-Two 150.1
- lpi___ HotmetalBorders-Three 150.2
- lpi___ HotmetalBorders-Four 150.3
- l_____ AmericanTypewriter-Light 153.0
- l_____ AmericanTypewriter-LightA 153.1
- l_____ AmericanTypewriter-Medium 153.2
- l_____ AmericanTypewriter-MediumA 153.3
- l_____ AmericanTypewriter-Bold 153.4
- l_____ AmericanTypewriter-BoldA 153.5
- l_____ AmericanTypewriter-LightCond 153.6
- l_____ AmericanTypewriter-LightCondA 153.7
- l_____ AmericanTypewriter-MediumCond 153.8
- l_____ AmericanTypewriter-MediumCondA 153.9
- l_____ AmericanTypewriter-BoldCond 153.10
- l_____ AmericanTypewriter-BoldCondA 153.11
- l_____ AmericanTypewriterEF-Light 153.14
- l_____ AmericanTypewriterEF-LightItalic 153.15
- l_____ AmericanTypewriterEF-Medium 153.16
- l_____ AmericanTypewriterEF-MediumItalic 153.17
- l_____ AmericanTypewriterEF-Bold 153.18
- l_____ AmericanTypewriterEF-BoldItalic 153.19
- l_____ AmericanTypewriterEF-LightCond 153.20
- l_____ AmericanTypewriterEF-MediumCond 153.21
- l_____ AmericanTypewriterEF-BoldCond 153.22
- l_____ Anna 154.0
- l_____ AnnaEF 154.1
- l_____ AnnaEF-SC 154.2
- l_____ AvantGarde-ExtraLight 155.0
- l_____ AvantGarde-ExtraLightObl 155.1
- l_____ AvantGarde-Book 155.2
- l_____ AvantGarde-BookOblique 155.3
- l_____ AvantGarde-Medium 155.4
- l_____ AvantGarde-MediumObl 155.5
- l_____ AvantGarde-Demi 155.6
- l_____ AvantGarde-DemiOblique 155.7
- l_____ AvantGarde-Bold 155.8
- l_____ AvantGarde-BoldObl 155.9
- l_____ AvantGarde-CondBook 155.10
- l_____ AvantGarde-CondMedium 155.11
- l_____ AvantGarde-CondDemi 155.12
- l_____ AvantGarde-CondBold 155.13
- l_____ AvantGardeGothicCE-Book 155.14
- l_____ AvantGardeGothicCE-Demi 155.15
- l_____ AvantGardeGothicEF-ExtraLight 155.16
- l_____ AvantGardeGothicEF-ExtraLightObl 155.17
- l_____ AvantGardeGothicEF-Book 155.18
- l_____ AvantGardeGothicEF-BookOblique 155.19
- l_____ AvantGardeGothicEF-Medium 155.20
- l_____ AvantGardeGothicEF-MediumOblique 155.21
- l_____ AvantGardeGothicEF-Demi 155.22
- l_____ AvantGardeGothicEF-DemiOblique 155.23
- l_____ AvantGardeGothicEF-Bold 155.24
- l_____ AvantGardeGothicEF-BoldOblique 155.25
- l_____ AvantGardeGothicEF-CondBook 155.26
- l_____ AvantGardeGothicEF-CondMedium 155.27
- l_____ AvantGardeGothicEF-CondDemi 155.28
- l_____ AvantGardeGothicEF-CondBold 155.29
- l_____ AvantGardeMonoEF-Light 155.30
- l_____ AvantGardeMonoEF-LightIta 155.31
- l_____ AvantGardeMonoEF-Bold 155.32
- l_____ AvantGardeMonoEF-BoldIta 155.33
- l_____ Beesknees 156.0
- l_____ BeeskneesEF 156.1
- l_____ Benguiat-Book 157.0
- l_____ Benguiat-BookItalic 157.1
- l_____ Benguiat-Medium 157.2
- l_____ Benguiat-MediumItalic 157.3
- l_____ Benguiat-Bold 157.4
- l_____ Benguiat-BoldItalic 157.5
- l_____ BenguiatEF-Book 157.6
- l_____ BenguiatEF-BookItalic 157.7
- l_____ BenguiatEF-Medium 157.8
- l_____ BenguiatEF-MediumItalic 157.9
- l_____ BenguiatEF-Bold 157.10
- l_____ BenguiatEF-BoldItalic 157.11
- l_____ BenguiatEF-BookCondensed 157.12
- l_____ BenguiatEF-BookCondensedIta 157.13
- l_____ BenguiatEF-MediumCondensed 157.14
- l_____ BenguiatEF-MediumCondensedIta 157.15
- l_____ BenguiatEF-BoldCondensed 157.16
- l_____ BenguiatEF-BoldCondensedIta 157.17
- l_____ Berkeley-Book 158.0
- l_____ Berkeley-BookItalic 158.1
- l_____ Berkeley-Medium 158.2
- l_____ Berkeley-Italic 158.3
- l_____ Berkeley-Bold 158.4
- l_____ Berkeley-BoldItalic 158.5
- l_____ Berkeley-Black 158.6
- l_____ Berkeley-BlackItalic 158.7
- l_____ BerkeleyOldstyleEF-Book 158.8
- l_____ BerkeleyOldstyleEF-BookItalic 158.9
- l_____ BerkeleyOldstyleEF-Medium 158.10
- l_____ BerkeleyOldstyleEF-MediumItalic 158.11
- l_____ BerkeleyOldstyleEF-Bold 158.12
- l_____ BerkeleyOldstyleEF-BoldItalic 158.13
- l_____ BerkeleyOldstyleEF-Black 158.14
- l_____ BerkeleyOldstyleEF-BlackItalic 158.15
- l_____ BoltEF 159.0
- l_____ CharterEF-Regular 160.0
- l_____ CharterEF-RegularSC 160.1
- l_____ CharterEF-RegularItalic 160.2
- l_____ CharterEF-RegularItalicOsF 160.3
- l_____ CharterEF-Bold 160.4
- l_____ CharterEF-BoldSC 160.5
- l_____ CharterEF-BoldItalic 160.6
- l_____ CharterEF-BoldItalicOsF 160.7
- l_____ CharterEF-Black 160.8
- l_____ CharterEF-BlackOsF 160.9
- l_____ CharterEF-BlackItalic 160.10
- l_____ CharterEF-BlackItalicOsF 160.11
- l_____ ElanEF-Book 161.0
- l_____ ElanEF-BookSC 161.1
- l_____ ElanEF-BookItalic 161.2
- l_____ ElanEF-Medium 161.3
- l_____ ElanEF-MediumSC 161.4
- l_____ ElanEF-MediumItalic 161.5
- l_____ ElanEF-Bold 161.6
- l_____ ElanEF-BoldItalic 161.7
- l_____ ElanEF-Black 161.8
- l_____ ElanEF-BlackItalic 161.9
- l_____ ItcEras-Light 162.0
- l_____ ItcEras-Book 162.1
- l_____ ItcEras-Medium 162.2
- l_____ ItcEras-Demi 162.3
- l_____ ItcEras-Bold 162.4
- l_____ ItcEras-Ultra 162.5
- l_____ ItcErasEF-Light 162.6
- l_____ ItcErasEF-Book 162.7
- l_____ ItcErasEF-Medium 162.8
- l_____ ItcErasEF-Demi 162.9
- l_____ ItcErasEF-Bold 162.10
- l_____ ItcErasEF-Ultra 162.11
- l_____ Fenice-Light 163.0
- l_____ Fenice-LightOblique 163.1
- l_____ Fenice-Regular 163.2
- l_____ Fenice-RegularOblique 163.3
- l_____ Fenice-Bold 163.4
- l_____ Fenice-BoldOblique 163.5
- l_____ Fenice-Ultra 163.6
- l_____ Fenice-UltraOblique 163.7
- l_____ FeniceEF-Light 163.8
- l_____ FeniceEF-LightItalic 163.9
- l_____ FeniceEF-Regular 163.10
- l_____ FeniceEF-RegularItalic 163.11
- l_____ FeniceEF-Bold 163.12
- l_____ FeniceEF-BoldItalic 163.13
- l_____ FeniceEF-Ultra 163.14
- l_____ FeniceEF-UltraItalic 163.15
- l_____ FrizQuadrata 164.0
- l_____ FrizQuadrata-Bold 164.1
- l_____ FrizQuadrataEF-Regular 164.2
- l_____ FrizQuadrataEF-RegularSC 164.3
- l_____ FrizQuadrataEF-RegularItalic 164.4
- l_____ FrizQuadrataEF-Bold 164.5
- l_____ FrizQuadrataEF-BoldItalic 164.6
- l_____ Giovanni-Book 165.0
- l_____ Giovanni-BookItalic 165.1
- l_____ Giovanni-Bold 165.2
- l_____ Giovanni-BoldItalic 165.3
- l_____ Giovanni-Black 165.4
- l_____ Giovanni-BlackItalic 165.5
- l_____ GiovanniEF-Book 165.6
- l_____ GiovanniEF-BookSC 165.7
- l_____ GiovanniEF-BookItalic 165.8
- l_____ GiovanniEF-Bold 165.9
- l_____ GiovanniEF-BoldSC 165.10
- l_____ GiovanniEF-BoldItalic 165.11
- l_____ GiovanniEF-Black 165.12
- l_____ GiovanniEF-BlackItalic 165.13
- l_____ Highlander-Book 166.0
- l_____ Highlander-BookItalic 166.1
- l_____ Highlander-Medium 166.2
- l_____ Highlander-MediumItalic 166.3
- l_____ Highlander-Bold 166.4
- l_____ Highlander-BoldItalic 166.5
- l_____ HighlanderEF-Book 166.6
- l_____ HighlanderEF-BookSC 166.7
- l_____ HighlanderEF-BookItalic 166.8
- l_____ HighlanderEF-Medium 166.9
- l_____ HighlanderEF-MediumSC 166.10
- l_____ HighlanderEF-MediumItalic 166.11
- l_____ HighlanderEF-Bold 166.12
- l_____ HighlanderEF-BoldItalic 166.13
- l_____ Isadora-Roman 167.0
- l_____ Isadora-Bold 167.1
- l_____ IsadoraEF-Regular 167.2
- l_____ IsadoraEF-Bold 167.3
- l_____ JamilleEF-Book 168.0
- l_____ JamilleSCEF-Book 168.1
- l_____ JamilleEF-BookItalic 168.2
- l_____ JamilleEF-Bold 168.3
- l_____ JamilleSCEF-Bold 168.4
- l_____ JamilleEF-BoldItalic 168.5
- l_____ JamilleEF-Black 168.6
- l_____ JamilleEF-BlackItalic 168.7
- l_____ Leawood-Book 169.0
- l_____ Leawood-BookItalic 169.1
- l_____ Leawood-Medium 169.2
- l_____ Leawood-MediumItalic 169.3
- l_____ Leawood-Bold 169.4
- l_____ Leawood-BoldItalic 169.5
- l_____ Leawood-Black 169.6
- l_____ Leawood-BlackItalic 169.7
- l_____ LeawoodEF-Book 169.8
- l_____ LeawoodEF-BookSC 169.9
- l_____ LeawoodEF-BookItalic 169.10
- l_____ LeawoodEF-Medium 169.11
- l_____ LeawoodEF-MediumSC 169.12
- l_____ LeawoodEF-MediumItalic 169.13
- l_____ LeawoodEF-Bold 169.14
- l_____ LeawoodEF-BoldItalic 169.15
- l_____ LeawoodEF-Black 169.16
- l_____ LeawoodEF-BlackItalic 169.17
- l_____ LubalinGraph-Book 170.0
- l_____ LubalinGraph-BookOblique 170.1
- l_____ LubalinGraph-Demi 170.2
- l_____ LubalinGraph-DemiOblique 170.3
- l_____ LubalinGraphEF-ExtraLight 170.4
- l_____ LubalinGraphEF-ExtraLightObl 170.5
- l_____ LubalinGraphEF-Book 170.6
- l_____ LubalinGraphEF-BookOblique 170.7
- l_____ LubalinGraphEF-Medium 170.8
- l_____ LubalinGraphEF-MediumOblique 170.9
- l_____ LubalinGraphEF-Demi 170.10
- l_____ LubalinGraphEF-DemiOblique 170.11
- l_____ LubalinGraphEF-Bold 170.12
- l_____ LubalinGraphEF-BoldOblique 170.13
- l_____ LubalinGraphEF-BookCond 170.14
- l_____ LubalinGraphEF-BookCondSC 170.15
- l_____ LubalinGraphEF-BookCondObl 170.16
- l_____ LubalinGraphEF-MediumCond 170.17
- l_____ LubalinGraphEF-MediumCondSC 170.18
- l_____ LubalinGraphEF-MediumCondObl 170.19
- l_____ LubalinGraphEF-DemiCond 170.20
- l_____ LubalinGraphEF-DemiCondObl 170.21
- l_____ LubalinGraphEF-BoldCond 170.22
- l_____ LubalinGraphEF-BoldCondObl 170.23
- l_____ MixageEF-Book 171.0
- l_____ MixageSCEF-Book 171.1
- l_____ MixageEF-BookItalic 171.2
- l_____ MixageEF-Medium 171.3
- l_____ MixageSCEF-Medium 171.4
- l_____ MixageEF-MediumItalic 171.5
- l_____ MixageEF-Bold 171.6
- l_____ MixageEF-BoldItalic 171.7
- l_____ MixageEF-Black 171.8
- l_____ MixageEF-BlackItalic 171.9
- l_____ MotterCorpusEF-Regular 172.0
- l_____ MotterCorpusEF-RegularCondensed 172.1
- l_____ NewtextEF-Light 173.0
- l_____ NewtextEF-LightItalic 173.1
- l_____ NewtextEF-Book 173.2
- l_____ NewtextEF-BookItalic 173.3
- l_____ NewtextEF-Regular 173.4
- l_____ NewtextEF-RegularItalic 173.5
- l_____ NewtextEF-Demi 173.6
- l_____ NewtextEF-DemiItalic 173.7
- l_____ Ozwald 174.0
- l_____ OzwaldEF 174.1
- l_____ PanacheEF-Book 175.0
- l_____ PanacheSCEF-Book 175.1
- l_____ PanacheEF-BookItalic 175.2
- l_____ PanacheEF-Bold 175.3
- l_____ PanacheSCEF-Bold 175.4
- l_____ PanacheEF-BoldItalic 175.5
- l_____ PanacheEF-Black 175.6
- l_____ PanacheEF-BlackItalic 175.7
- l_____ Quorum-Light 176.0
- l_____ Quorum-Book 176.1
- l_____ Quorum-Medium 176.2
- l_____ Quorum-Bold 176.3
- l_____ Quorum-Black 176.4
- l_____ QuorumEF-Light 176.5
- l_____ QuorumEF-Book 176.6
- l_____ QuorumEF-Medium 176.7
- l_____ QuorumEF-Bold 176.8
- l_____ QuorumEF-Black 176.9
- l_____ RondaEF 177.0
- l_____ Slimbach-Book 178.0
- l_____ Slimbach-BookItalic 178.1
- l_____ Slimbach-Medium 178.2
- l_____ Slimbach-MediumItalic 178.3
- l_____ Slimbach-Bold 178.4
- l_____ Slimbach-BoldItalic 178.5
- l_____ Slimbach-Black 178.6
- l_____ Slimbach-BlackItalic 178.7
- l_____ SlimbachEF-Book 178.8
- l_____ SlimbachEF-BookSC 178.9
- l_____ SlimbachEF-BookItalic 178.10
- l_____ SlimbachEF-Medium 178.11
- l_____ SlimbachEF-MediumSC 178.12
- l_____ SlimbachEF-MediumItalic 178.13
- l_____ SlimbachEF-Bold 178.14
- l_____ SlimbachEF-BoldItalic 178.15
- l_____ SlimbachEF-Black 178.16
- l_____ SlimbachEF-BlackItalic 178.17
- l_____ StudioScriptEF 179.0
- l_____ StudioScriptEF-Alternative 179.1
- l_____ SyndorEF-Book 180.0
- l_____ SyndorEF-BookSC 180.1
- l_____ SyndorEF-BookItalic 180.2
- l_____ SyndorEF-Medium 180.3
- l_____ SyndorEF-MediumSC 180.4
- l_____ SyndorEF-MediumItalic 180.5
- l_____ SyndorEF-Bold 180.6
- l_____ SyndorEF-BoldItalic 180.7
- l_____ Tiffany 181.0
- l_____ Tiffany-Italic 181.1
- l_____ Tiffany-Demi 181.2
- l_____ Tiffany-DemiItalic 181.3
- l_____ Tiffany-Heavy 181.4
- l_____ Tiffany-HeavyItalic 181.5
- l_____ TiffanyEF-Light 181.6
- l_____ TiffanyEF-LightItalic 181.7
- l_____ TiffanyEF-Medium 181.8
- l_____ TiffanyEF-MediumItalic 181.9
- l_____ TiffanyEF-Demi 181.10
- l_____ TiffanyEF-DemiItalic 181.11
- l_____ TiffanyEF-Heavy 181.12
- l_____ TiffanyEF-HeavyItalic 181.13
- l_____ Weidemann-Book 182.0
- l_____ Weidemann-BookItalic 182.1
- l_____ Weidemann-Medium 182.2
- l_____ Weidemann-MediumItalic 182.3
- l_____ Weidemann-Bold 182.4
- l_____ Weidemann-BoldItalic 182.5
- l_____ Weidemann-Black 182.6
- l_____ Weidemann-BlackItalic 182.7
- l_____ WeidemannEF-Book 182.8
- l_____ WeidemannEF-BookSC 182.9
- l_____ WeidemannEF-BookItalic 182.10
- l_____ WeidemannEF-Medium 182.11
- l_____ WeidemannEF-MediumSC 182.12
- l_____ WeidemannEF-MediumItalic 182.13
- l_____ WeidemannEF-Bold 182.14
- l_____ WeidemannEF-BoldItalic 182.15
- l_____ WeidemannEF-Black 182.16
- l_____ WeidemannEF-BlackItalic 182.17
- l_____ ManhattanEF 183.0
- l_____ Imago-Light 184.0
- l_____ Imago-LightItalic 184.1
- l_____ Imago-Book 184.2
- l_____ Imago-BookItalic 184.3
- l_____ Imago-Medium 184.4
- l_____ Imago-MediumItalic 184.5
- l_____ Imago-ExtraBold 184.6
- l_____ Imago-ExtraBoldItalic 184.7
- l_____ ImpactaLL 185.0
- l_____ Impressum-Roman 186.0
- l_____ Impressum-Italic 186.1
- l_____ Impressum-Bold 186.2
- l_____ ImpressumEF-Light 186.3
- l_____ ImpressumEF-LightItalic 186.4
- l_____ ImpressumEF-Medium 186.5
- l_____ IndusLL-Normal 187.0
- l_____ IndusLL-Bold 187.1
- l_____ Industria-Solid 188.0
- l_____ Industria-SolidA 188.1
- l_____ Industria-Inline 188.2
- l_____ Industria-InlineA 188.3
- l_____ InflexMT-Bold 189.0
- l_____ Ironwood 190.0
- l_____ ItalianOldStyleMT-Regular 191.0
- l_____ ItalianOldStyleMT-Italic 191.1
- l_____ ItalianOldStyleMT-Bold 191.2
- l_____ ItalianOldStyleMT-BoldItalic 191.3
- l_____ JensonOldStyleEF-BoldCond 192.0
- l_____ Jiffy 193.0
- l_____ JoannaMT 194.0
- l_____ JoannaMT-Italic 194.1
- l_____ JoannaMT-SemiBold 194.2
- l_____ JoannaMT-SemiBoldItalic 194.3
- l_____ JoannaMT-Bold 194.4
- l_____ JoannaMT-BoldItalic 194.5
- l_____ JoannaMT-ExtraBold 194.6
- l_____ JuliaScriptEF 195.0
- l_____ Juniper 196.0
- l_____ KaffeesatzEF-Schwarz 197.0
- l_____ KaffeesatzEF-Suess 197.1
- l_____ KaffeesatzEF-Weiss 197.2
- l_____ KalligraphiaEF 198.0
- l_____ Kaufmann 199.0
- l_____ Kaufmann-Bold 199.1
- l_____ KaufmannEF-Bold 199.2
- l_____ Kigali-Roman 200.0
- l_____ Kigali-SxItalic 200.1
- l_____ Kigali-LxRoman 200.2
- l_____ Kigali-LxItalic 200.3
- l_____ Kigali-ZigZag 200.4
- l_____ Kigali-Block 200.5
- l_____ Kigali-SxRoman 200.6
- l_____ Kigali-Italic 200.7
- l_____ KinoMT 201.0
- l_____ Kismet 202.0
- l_____ KnightsbridgeEF 203.0
- l_____ KnightsbridgeEF-Alternate 203.1
- l_____ KochAntiqua 204.0
- l_____ Kompakt 205.0
- l_____ KuenstlerScript-Medium 206.0
- l_____ KuenstlerScript-TwoBold 206.1
- l_____ KuenstlerScript-Black 206.2
- l_____ KursivschriftStehHaar 207.0
- l_____ KursivschriftLiegHaar 207.1
- l_____ KursivschriftStehend 207.2
- l_____ KursivschriftLiegend 207.3
- l_____ KursivschriftRueckLie 207.4
- l_____ LakeInformal 208.0
- l_____ LakeInformalBold 208.1
- l_____ LatienneEF-Roman 209.0
- l_____ LatienneEF-RomanSC 209.1
- l_____ LatienneEF-Italic 209.2
- l_____ LatienneEF-ItalicSC 209.3
- l_____ LatienneEF-Medium 209.4
- l_____ LatienneEF-MediumSC 209.5
- l_____ LatienneEF-MediumItalic 209.6
- l_____ LatienneEF-Bold 209.7
- l_____ LatienneEF-BoldItalic 209.8
- l_____ LatienneEF-ItalicSwC 209.9
- l_____ LatienneEF-MediumItalicSwC 209.10
- l_____ LatienneEF-BoldItalicSwC 209.11
- l_____ LatinMT-Condensed 210.0
- l_____ LazybonesEF 211.0
- l_____ LeGriffeEF 212.0
- l_____ LeGriffeEF-AlternateOne 212.1
- l_____ LeGriffeEF-AlternateTwo 212.2
- l_____ LetterGothic 213.0
- l_____ LetterGothic-Slanted 213.1
- l_____ LetterGothic-Bold 213.2
- l_____ LetterGothic-BoldSlanted 213.3
- l_____ LibertyEF 214.0
- l_____ Life-Roman 215.0
- l_____ Life-Italic 215.1
- l_____ Life-Bold 215.2
- l_____ LifeEF-Regular 215.3
- l_____ LifeEF-RegularItalic 215.4
- l_____ LifeEF-Bold 215.5
- l_____ LightlineGothicEF 216.0
- l_____ LindsayEF 217.0
- l_____ Linoscript 219.0
- l_____ Linotext 220.0
- l_____ Linotext-Dfr 220.1
- lpi___ LAstrologyPi-One 221.0
- lpi___ LAstrologyPi-Two 221.1
- l_____ Centennial-Light 222.0
- l_____ Centennial-LightSC 222.1
- l_____ Centennial-LightItalic 222.2
- l_____ Centennial-LightItalicOsF 222.3
- l_____ Centennial-Roman 222.4
- l_____ Centennial-RomanSC 222.5
- l_____ Centennial-Italic 222.6
- l_____ Centennial-ItalicOsF 222.7
- l_____ Centennial-Bold 222.8
- l_____ Centennial-BoldOsF 222.9
- l_____ Centennial-BoldItalic 222.10
- l_____ Centennial-BoldItalicOsF 222.11
- l_____ Centennial-Black 222.12
- l_____ Centennial-BlackOsF 222.13
- l_____ Centennial-BlackItalic 222.14
- l_____ Centennial-BlackItalicOsF 222.15
- l_____ CentennialCE-Light 222.16
- l_____ CentennialCE-LightItalic 222.17
- l_____ CentennialCE-Roman 222.18
- l_____ CentennialCE-Italic 222.19
- l_____ CentennialCE-Bold 222.20
- l_____ CentennialCE-BoldItalic 222.21
- l_____ CentennialCE-Black 222.22
- l_____ CentennialCE-BlackItalic 222.23
- lpi___ LDecorationPi-One 223.0
- lpi___ LDecorationPi-Two 223.1
- l_____ DidotLH-Roman 224.0
- l_____ DidotLH-RomanSC 224.1
- l_____ DidotLH-RomanOsF 224.2
- l_____ DidotLH-Italic 224.3
- l_____ DidotLH-ItalicOsF 224.4
- l_____ DidotLH-Bold 224.5
- l_____ DidotLH-BoldOsF 224.6
- l_____ DidotLH-MediumInitials 224.7
- l_____ DidotLH-HeadlineRoman 224.8
- l_____ DidotLH-HeadlineRomanOsF 224.9
- l_____ DidotLH-OrnamentsOne 224.10
- l_____ DidotLH-OrnamentsTwo 224.11
- lpi___ LGamePi-ChessDraughts 225.0
- lpi___ LGamePi-DiceDominoes 225.1
- lpi___ LGamePi-EnglishCards 225.2
- lpi___ LGamePi-FrenchCards 225.3
- lpi___ LHolidayPi-One 227.0
- lpi___ LHolidayPi-Two 227.1
- lpi___ LHolidayPi-Three 227.2
- lpi___ TextilLH-PiOne 228.0
- lpi___ TextilLH-PiTwo 228.1
- lpi___ WarningLH-Pi 229.0
- l_____ LiteraEF-Light 230.0
- l_____ LiteraEF-Regular 230.1
- l_____ LiteraEF-Medium 230.2
- l_____ LiteraEF-Heavy 230.3
- l_____ Lithos-ExtraLight 231.0
- l_____ Lithos-Light 231.1
- l_____ Lithos-Regular 231.2
- l_____ Lithos-Bold 231.3
- l_____ Lithos-Black 231.4
- l_____ LuMarcLL-Roman 232.0
- l_____ LuMarcLL-Bold 232.1
- l_____ Macbeth 234.0
- l_____ Madame-Letters 235.0
- l_____ Madame-Accents 235.1
- l_____ Madame-Numericals 235.2
- l_____ MarconiEF-Book 236.0
- l_____ MarconiSCEF-Book 236.1
- l_____ MarconiEF-BookItalic 236.2
- l_____ MarconiEF-SemiBold 236.3
- l_____ MarconiEF-SemiBoldItalic 236.4
- l_____ Maximus 237.0
- l_____ Melior 238.0
- l_____ Melior-Italic 238.1
- l_____ Melior-Bold 238.2
- l_____ Melior-BoldItalic 238.3
- l_____ Meridien-Roman 239.0
- l_____ Meridien-Italic 239.1
- l_____ Meridien-Medium 239.2
- l_____ Meridien-MediumItalic 239.3
- l_____ Meridien-Bold 239.4
- l_____ Meridien-BoldItalic 239.5
- l_____ MerlinLL 240.0
- l_____ MiamiEF 241.0
- l_____ MicrogrammaEF-MediumExtend 242.0
- l_____ MicrogrammaEF-BoldExtend 242.1
- l_____ MonantiEF-Regular 243.0
- l_____ MonantiEF-SemiBold 243.1
- l_____ MonolineScriptMT 244.0
- l_____ MurrayHillEF 246.0
- l_____ Myriad-Sketch 247.0
- l_____ Myriad-Headline 247.1
- l_____ Myriad-Tilt 247.2
- l_____ Mythos 248.0
- lpi___ NationalCodes-Europe 249.0
- lpi___ NationalCodes-Africa 249.1
- lpi___ NationalCodes-America 249.2
- lpi___ NationalCodes-AsiaPlus 249.3
- lpi___ NationalCodes-Universal 249.4
- l_____ NeueHammerUnziale-One 250.0
- l_____ NeueHammerUnziale-OneAlt 250.1
- l_____ NeueHammerUnziale-TwoAlt 250.2
- l_____ NeueHammerUnziale-Two 250.3
- l_____ NeuzeitSBook 251.0
- l_____ NeuzeitSBook-Heavy 251.1
- l_____ NevisionCasualEF 252.0
- l_____ NewBerolinaMT 253.0
- l_____ NewsGothic 254.0
- l_____ NewsGothic-Oblique 254.1
- l_____ NewsGothic-Bold 254.2
- l_____ NewsGothic-BoldOblique 254.3
- l_____ NicolasCochinEF-Regular 255.0
- l_____ NicolasCochinEF-RegularIta 255.1
- l_____ NicolasCochinEF-Black 255.2
- l_____ NikisEF-Light 256.0
- l_____ NikisEF-LightItalic 256.1
- l_____ NikisEF-SemiBold 256.2
- l_____ NikisEF-SemiBoldItalic 256.3
- l_____ Nofret-Light 257.0
- l_____ Nofret-LightSC 257.1
- l_____ Nofret-LightExpert 257.2
- l_____ Nofret-LightItalic 257.3
- l_____ Nofret-LightItalicOsF 257.4
- l_____ Nofret-LightItalicExpert 257.5
- l_____ Nofret-Regular 257.6
- l_____ Nofret-RegularSC 257.7
- l_____ Nofret-RegularExpert 257.8
- l_____ Nofret-Italic 257.9
- l_____ Nofret-ItalicOsF 257.10
- l_____ Nofret-ItalicExpert 257.11
- l_____ Nofret-Medium 257.12
- l_____ Nofret-MediumSC 257.13
- l_____ Nofret-MediumExpert 257.14
- l_____ Nofret-MediumItalic 257.15
- l_____ Nofret-MediumItalicOsF 257.16
- l_____ Nofret-MediumItalicExpert 257.17
- l_____ Nofret-Bold 257.18
- l_____ Nofret-BoldOsF 257.19
- l_____ Nofret-BoldExpert 257.20
- l_____ Nofret-BoldItalic 257.21
- l_____ Nofret-BoldItalicOsF 257.22
- l_____ Nofret-BoldItalicExpert 257.23
- l_____ NotreDame-Roman 258.0
- l_____ NotreDame-RomanDfr 258.1
- l_____ NotreDame-Ornaments 258.2
- l_____ NuptialScript 259.0
- l_____ OCRA 260.0
- l_____ OCRB 260.1
- l_____ OCRA-A 260.2
- l_____ OCRB-A 260.3
- l_____ OCRBEF-Regular 260.4
- l_____ OctavianMT 261.0
- l_____ OctavianMT-SC 261.1
- l_____ OctavianMT-Expert 261.2
- l_____ OctavianMT-Italic 261.3
- l_____ OctavianMT-ItalicOsF 261.4
- l_____ OctavianMT-ItalicExpert 261.5
- l_____ OdinEF 262.0
- l_____ OldEnglishEF 263.0
- l_____ OldStyleSeven 264.0
- l_____ OldStyleSeven-SC 264.1
- l_____ OldStyleSeven-Italic 264.2
- l_____ OldStyleSeven-ItalicOsF 264.3
- l_____ MonotypeOldStyleMT-BoldOut 264.4
- l_____ OldTypewriterEF-ExLight 265.0
- l_____ OldTypewriterEF-ExLightObl 265.1
- l_____ OldTypewriterEF-Light 265.2
- l_____ OldTypewriterEF-LightObl 265.3
- l_____ OldTypewriterEF-Regular 265.4
- l_____ OldTypewriterEF-RegularA 265.5
- l_____ OldTypewriterEF-RegularObl 265.6
- l_____ OldTypewriterEF-Bold 265.7
- l_____ OldTypewriterEF-BoldObl 265.8
- l_____ OldTypewriterEF-ExBold 265.9
- l_____ OldTypewriterEF-ExBoldObl 265.10
- l_____ OlympiaEF-Light 266.1
- l_____ OlympiaEF-LightOblique 266.2
- l_____ OlympiaEF-SemiBold 266.3
- l_____ OlympiaEF-SemiBoldOblique 266.4
- l_____ Olympian 267.0
- l_____ Olympian-Italic 267.1
- l_____ Olympian-Bold 267.2
- l_____ Olympian-BoldItalic 267.3
- l_____ Omnia 268.0
- l_____ OndineEF 269.1
- l_____ OnyxMT 270.0
- l_____ Orator 271.0
- l_____ Orator-Slanted 271.1
- l_____ Oxford 272.0
- l_____ Caecilia-Light 273.0
- l_____ Caecilia-LightSC 273.1
- l_____ Caecilia-LightOsF 273.2
- l_____ Caecilia-LightItalic 273.3
- l_____ Caecilia-LightItalicSC 273.4
- l_____ Caecilia-LightItalicOsF 273.5
- l_____ Caecilia-Roman 273.6
- l_____ Caecilia-RomanSC 273.7
- l_____ Caecilia-RomanOsF 273.8
- l_____ Caecilia-Italic 273.9
- l_____ Caecilia-ItalicSC 273.10
- l_____ Caecilia-ItalicOsF 273.11
- l_____ Caecilia-Bold 273.12
- l_____ Caecilia-BoldSC 273.13
- l_____ Caecilia-BoldOsF 273.14
- l_____ Caecilia-BoldItalic 273.15
- l_____ Caecilia-BoldItalicSC 273.16
- l_____ Caecilia-BoldItalicOsF 273.17
- l_____ Caecilia-Heavy 273.18
- l_____ Caecilia-HeavySC 273.19
- l_____ Caecilia-HeavyOsF 273.20
- l_____ Caecilia-HeavyItalic 273.21
- l_____ Caecilia-HeavyItalicSC 273.22
- l_____ Caecilia-HeavyItalicOsF 273.23
- l_____ CaeciliaCE-Light 273.24
- l_____ CaeciliaCE-LightItalic 273.25
- l_____ CaeciliaCE-Roman 273.26
- l_____ CaeciliaCE-Italic 273.27
- l_____ CaeciliaCE-Bold 273.28
- l_____ CaeciliaCE-BoldItalic 273.29
- l_____ CaeciliaCE-Heavy 273.30
- l_____ CaeciliaCE-HeavyItalic 273.31
- l_____ PalaceScriptMT-Regular 274.0
- l_____ PalaceScriptMT-Bold 274.1
- l_____ Palatino-Light 275.0
- l_____ Palatino-LightItalic 275.1
- l_____ Palatino-Roman 275.2
- l_____ Palatino-SC 275.3
- l_____ Palatino-Italic 275.4
- l_____ Palatino-ItalicOsF 275.5
- l_____ Palatino-Medium 275.6
- l_____ Palatino-MediumItalic 275.7
- l_____ Palatino-Bold 275.8
- l_____ Palatino-BoldOsF 275.9
- l_____ Palatino-BoldItalic 275.10
- l_____ Palatino-BoldItalicOsF 275.11
- l_____ Palatino-Black 275.12
- l_____ Palatino-BlackItalic 275.13
- l_____ PalatinoCE-Roman 275.14
- l_____ PalatinoCE-Italic 275.15
- l_____ PalatinoCE-Bold 275.16
- l_____ PalatinoCE-BoldItalic 275.17
- l_____ PaletteEF 276.0
- l_____ Parisian 277.0
- l_____ ParkAvenue 278.0
- l_____ ParkAvenueEF 278.1
- l_____ Pelican 279.0
- l_____ PepitaMT 281.0
- l_____ Pepperwood-Regular 282.0
- l_____ Pepperwood-Fill 282.1
- l_____ Pepperwood-Outline 282.2
- l_____ Perpetua 283.0
- l_____ Perpetua-SC 283.1
- l_____ Perpetua-Expert 283.2
- l_____ Perpetua-Italic 283.3
- l_____ Perpetua-ItalicOsF 283.4
- l_____ Perpetua-ItalicExp 283.5
- l_____ Perpetua-Bold 283.6
- l_____ Perpetua-BoldOsF 283.7
- l_____ Perpetua-BoldExp 283.8
- l_____ Perpetua-BoldItalic 283.9
- l_____ Perpetua-BoldItalicOsF 283.10
- l_____ Perpetua-BoldItalicExp 283.11
- l_____ PhotinaMT 284.0
- l_____ PhotinaMT-Italic 284.1
- l_____ PhotinaMT-SemiBold 284.2
- l_____ PhotinaMT-SemiBoldItalic 284.3
- l_____ PhotinaMT-Bold 284.4
- l_____ PhotinaMT-BoldItalic 284.5
- l_____ PhotinaMT-UltraBold 284.6
- l_____ PhotinaMT-UltraBoldItalic 284.7
- l_____ PhyllisEF 285.0
- l_____ PhyllisEF-Initials 285.1
- l_____ PioneerEF 287.0
- l_____ PlazaEF-Regular 288.0
- l_____ PlazaEF-Alternate 288.1
- l_____ PlazaEF-Ultra 288.2
- l_____ PlazaEF-Inline 288.3
- l_____ PlazaEF-Decorative 288.4
- l_____ Ponderosa 289.0
- l_____ PrestigeElite 290.0
- l_____ PrestigeElite-Slanted 290.1
- l_____ PrestigeElite-Bold 290.2
- l_____ PrestigeElite-BoldSlanted 290.3
- l_____ PromotorEF-Regular 291.0
- l_____ QuentinEF 292.0
- l_____ Raleigh 293.0
- l_____ Raleigh-Medium 293.1
- l_____ Raleigh-DemiBold 293.2
- l_____ Raleigh-Bold 293.3
- l_____ RenaultEF-Light 294.0
- l_____ RenaultEF-LightItalic 294.1
- l_____ RenaultEF-Bold 294.2
- l_____ RenaultEF-BoldItalic 294.3
- l_____ Revue 295.0
- l_____ RevueEF 295.1
- l_____ RoemischStehendHar 296.0
- l_____ RoemischLiegendHar 296.1
- l_____ RoemischRueckLiegHar 296.2
- l_____ RoemischStehend 296.3
- l_____ RoemischLiegend 296.4
- l_____ RoemischRueckLiegend 296.5
- l_____ RomanaEF-Light 297.0
- l_____ RomanaEF-Book 297.1
- l_____ RomanaEF-Medium 297.2
- l_____ RomanaEF-Demi 297.3
- l_____ RomanaEF-Bold 297.4
- l_____ RomanaEF-Ultra 297.5
- l_____ Romic-Light 298.0
- l_____ Romic-LightItalic 298.1
- l_____ Romic-Medium 298.2
- l_____ Romic-Bold 298.3
- l_____ Romic-ExtraBold 298.4
- l_____ RomicEF-Light 298.5
- l_____ RomicEF-LightItalic 298.6
- l_____ RomicEF-Medium 298.7
- l_____ RomicEF-Bold 298.8
- l_____ RomicEF-ExtraBold 298.9
- l_____ Rundfunk-Antiqua 299.0
- l_____ Rundfunk-Grotesk 299.1
- l_____ Rusticana-Borders 300.1
- l_____ RuzickaFreehandLH-Roman 301.0
- l_____ RuzickaFreehandLH-RomanSC 301.1
- l_____ RuzickaFreehandLH-Bold 301.2
- l_____ RuzickaFreehandLH-BoldSC 301.3
- l_____ Salto 303.0
- l_____ SanMarco 304.0
- l_____ SanMarco-Dfr 304.1
- l_____ SchnitzLL 305.0
- l_____ SchwenneNegroLL 306.0
- l_____ SchwennelLilaLL 306.1
- l_____ Scotch-Roman 307.0
- l_____ Scotch-Italic 307.1
- l_____ ScriptureEF 308.0
- l_____ Serifa-Light 309.0
- l_____ Serifa-LightItalic 309.1
- l_____ Serifa-Roman 309.2
- l_____ Serifa-Italic 309.3
- l_____ Serifa-Bold 309.4
- l_____ Serifa-Black 309.5
- l_____ ShamrockEF 310.0
- l_____ ShamrockEF-AlternateOne 310.1
- l_____ ShamrockEF-AlternateTwo 310.2
- l_____ Shannon-Book 311.0
- l_____ Shannon-Oblique 311.1
- l_____ Shannon-Bold 311.2
- l_____ Shannon-ExtraBold 311.3
- l_____ Shelley-AllegroScript 312.0
- l_____ Shelley-AndanteScript 312.1
- l_____ Shelley-VolanteScript 312.2
- l_____ Sho-Roman 313.0
- l_____ SinahRomanLL 314.0
- l_____ SinahBoldLL 314.1
- l_____ SinahBlackLL 314.2
- l_____ SinaloaEF 315.0
- l_____ SloganEF 316.0
- l_____ Smaragd 317.0
- l_____ Smaragd-Alternate 318.0
- l_____ SnellRoundhand-Script 318.1
- l_____ SnellRoundhand-BoldScript 318.2
- l_____ SnellRoundhand-BlackScript 318.3
- l_____ Sonata 319.0
- l_____ SpartanClassified-Book 320.0
- l_____ SpartanClassified-Heavy 320.1
- l_____ SpectrumMT 321.0
- l_____ SpectrumMT-SC 321.1
- l_____ SpectrumMT-RomanExpert 321.2
- l_____ SpectrumMT-Italic 321.3
- l_____ SpectrumMT-ItalicOsF 321.4
- l_____ SpectrumMT-ItalicExpert 321.5
- l_____ SpectrumMT-SemiBold 321.6
- l_____ SpectrumMT-SemiBoldOsF 321.7
- l_____ SpectrumMT-SemiBoldExpert 321.8
- l_____ SpiritEF-Light 322.0
- l_____ SpiritEF-Regular 322.1
- l_____ SpiritEF-Bold 322.2
- l_____ Sprint 323.0
- l_____ SquireEF-Regular 324.0
- l_____ SquireEF-Bold 324.1
- l_____ Stencil 325.0
- l_____ StencilEF 325.1
- l_____ Stop 326.0
- l_____ StopEF 326.1
- l_____ Studz 327.0
- l_____ SuperstarEF-Shadow 328.0
- l_____ SuperstarEF-Regular 328.1
- l_____ SwiftEF-Light 329.0
- l_____ SwiftEF-LightItalic 329.1
- l_____ SwiftEF-Regular 329.2
- l_____ SwiftSCEF-Regular 329.3
- l_____ SwiftEF-RegularItalic 329.4
- l_____ SwiftEF-Bold 329.5
- l_____ SwiftEF-ExtraBold 329.6
- l_____ SwiftEF-BoldCondensed 329.7
- l_____ Syntax-Roman 331.0
- l_____ Syntax-Italic 331.1
- l_____ Syntax-Bold 331.2
- l_____ Syntax-Black 331.3
- l_____ Syntax-UtraBlack 331.4
- l_____ TangoEF 332.0
- l_____ TarragonEF 333.0
- l_____ Tekton 334.0
- l_____ Tekton-Oblique 334.1
- l_____ Tekton-Bold 334.2
- l_____ Tekton-BoldOblique 334.3
- l_____ Tempo-HeavyCondensed 335.0
- l_____ Tempo-HeavyCondensedItalic 335.1
- l_____ ThorowgoodEF-Regular 336.0
- l_____ ThorowgoodEF-RegularItalic 336.1
- l_____ ThunderbirdEF-ExtraCondensed 337.0
- l_____ ThunderbirdEF-Regular 337.1
- l_____ TiloEF 338.0
- l_____ TimelessEF-Light 339.0
- l_____ TimelessEF-LightItalic 339.1
- l_____ TimelessEF-Bold 339.2
- l_____ TitusEF 340.0
- l_____ Toolbox 341.0
- l_____ TopographischeZahlentafel 342.0
- l_____ Trajan-Regular 343.0
- l_____ Trajan-Bold 343.1
- l_____ TradeGothicLH-BoldExtended 343.2
- l_____ TrumpMediaeval-Roman 346.0
- l_____ TrumpMediaeval-RomanSC 346.1
- l_____ TrumpMediaeval-Italic 346.2
- l_____ TrumpMediaeval-ItalicOsF 346.3
- l_____ TrumpMediaeval-Bold 346.4
- l_____ TrumpMediaeval-BoldOsF 346.5
- l_____ TrumpMediaeval-BoldItalic 346.6
- l_____ TrumpMediaeval-BoldItalicOsF 346.7
- l_____ Umbra 348.0
- l_____ Univers-Light 349.0
- l_____ Univers-LightOblique 349.1
- l_____ Univers 349.2
- l_____ Univers-Oblique 349.3
- l_____ Univers-Bold 349.4
- l_____ Univers-BoldOblique 349.5
- l_____ Univers-Black 349.7
- l_____ Univers-BlackOblique 349.8
- l_____ Univers-ExtraBlack 349.9
- l_____ Univers-ExtraBlackOblique 349.10
- l_____ Univers-CondensedLight 349.11
- l_____ Univers-CondensedLightOblique 349.12
- l_____ Univers-Condensed 349.13
- l_____ Univers-CondensedOblique 349.14
- l_____ Univers-CondensedBold 349.15
- l_____ Univers-CondensedBoldOblique 349.16
- l_____ Univers-ThinUltraCondensed 349.17
- l_____ Univers-LightUltraCondensedTwo 349.18
- l_____ Univers-UltraCondensed 349.19
- l_____ Univers-Extended 349.20
- l_____ Univers-ExtendedObl 349.21
- l_____ Univers-BoldExt 349.22
- l_____ Univers-BoldExtObl 349.23
- l_____ Univers-BlackExt 349.24
- l_____ Univers-BlackExtObl 349.25
- l_____ Univers-ExtraBlackExt 349.26
- l_____ Univers-ExtraBlackExtObl 349.27
- l_____ UniversCE-Light 349.28
- l_____ UniversCE-LightOblique 349.29
- l_____ UniversCE-Medium 349.30
- l_____ UniversCE-Oblique 349.31
- l_____ UniversCE-Bold 349.32
- l_____ UniversCE-BoldOblique 349.33
- l_____ UniversCE-Black 349.34
- l_____ UniversCE-BlackOblique 349.35
- lpi___ MathematicalPi-One 350.0
- lpi___ MathematicalPi-Two 350.1
- lpi___ MathematicalPi-Three 350.2
- lpi___ MathematicalPi-Four 350.3
- lpi___ MathematicalPi-Five 350.4
- lpi___ MathematicalPi-Six 350.5
- lpi___ Unversal-GreekwithMathPi 351.0
- lpi___ MICR 351.1
- lpi___ Unversal-NewswithCommPi 351.2
- l_____ University-Roman 352.0
- l_____ UniversityEF-Roman 352.1
- l_____ UniversityEF-RomanItalic 352.2
- l_____ UniversityEF-Bold 352.3
- l_____ VAGRounded-Thin 353.0
- l_____ VAGRounded-Light 353.1
- l_____ VAGRounded-Bold 353.2
- l_____ VAGRounded-Black 353.3
- l_____ VAGRundschriftEF 353.4
- l_____ VanDijkEF 354.0
- l_____ VictorianEF 355.0
- l_____ VivaldiEF 356.0
- l_____ Walbaum-Roman 357.0
- l_____ Walbaum-RomanSC 357.1
- l_____ Walbaum-RomanOsF 357.2
- l_____ Walbaum-Italic 357.3
- l_____ Walbaum-ItalicOsF 357.4
- l_____ Walbaum-Bold 357.5
- l_____ Walbaum-BoldOsF 357.6
- l_____ Walbaum-BoldItalic 357.7
- l_____ Walbaum-BoldItalicOsF 357.8
- l_____ WalbaumEF-Regular 357.9
- l_____ WalbaumEF-RegularItalic 357.10
- l_____ WalbaumEF-Medium 357.11
- l_____ WalbaumEF-MediumItalic 357.12
- l_____ WalbaumEF-Bold 357.13
- l_____ WalbaumEF-BoldItalic 357.14
- l_____ WalbaumBook-Regular 357.15
- l_____ WalbaumBook-RegularSC 357.16
- l_____ WalbaumBook-RegularExpert 357.17
- l_____ WalbaumBook-Italic 357.18
- l_____ WalbaumBook-ItalicOsF 357.19
- l_____ WalbaumBook-ItalicExpert 357.20
- l_____ WalbaumBook-Medium 357.21
- l_____ WalbaumBook-MediumSC 357.22
- l_____ WalbaumBook-MdExpert 357.23
- l_____ WalbaumBook-MediumItalic 357.24
- l_____ WalbaumBook-MdItalicOsF 357.25
- l_____ WalbaumBook-MdItalicExpert 357.26
- l_____ WalbaumBook-Bold 357.27
- l_____ WalbaumBook-BoldOsF 357.28
- l_____ WalbaumBook-BoldExpert 357.29
- l_____ WalbaumBook-BoldItalic 357.30
- l_____ WalbaumBook-BoldItalicOsF 357.31
- l_____ WalbaumBook-BoldItalicExpert 357.32
- l_____ WalbaumFrakturEF 357.33
- l_____ WhyNotEF 358.0
- l_____ WilhelmKlingsporGotisch 359.0
- l_____ WilhelmKlingsporGotisch-Dfr 359.1
- l_____ WindsorEF-Light 360.0
- l_____ WindsorEF-Bold 360.1
- l_____ WindsorEF-UltraHeavy 360.2
- l_____ WindsorEF-BoldOutline 360.3
- l_____ WindsorEF-LightCondensed 360.4
- l_____ WindsorEF-ExtraBoldCondensed 360.5
- l_____ WindsorEF-Elongated 360.6
- ppi___ WoodtypeOrnaments-One 361.0
- ppi___ WoodtypeOrnaments-Two 361.1
- l_____ ZipperEF 363.0
- l_____ BelshawEF 364.0
- l_____ Belwe-Light 365.0
- l_____ Belwe-Medium 365.1
- l_____ Belwe-Bold 365.2
- l_____ Belwe-Condensed 365.3
- l_____ BelweEF-Light 365.4
- l_____ BelweEF-Italic 365.5
- l_____ BelweEF-Medium 365.6
- l_____ BelweEF-Bold 365.7
- l_____ BelweEF-BoldCondensed 365.8
- l_____ Bembo 366.0
- l_____ Bembo-SC 366.1
- l_____ Bembo-Expert 366.2
- l_____ Bembo-Italic 366.3
- l_____ Bembo-ItalicOsF 366.4
- l_____ Bembo-ItalicExpert 366.5
- l_____ Bembo-Semibold 366.6
- l_____ Bembo-SemiboldOsF 366.7
- l_____ Bembo-SemiboldExpert 366.8
- l_____ Bembo-SemiboldItalic 366.9
- l_____ Bembo-SemiboldItalicOsF 366.10
- l_____ Bembo-SemiboldItalicExpert 366.11
- l_____ Bembo-Bold 366.12
- l_____ Bembo-BoldOsF 366.13
- l_____ Bembo-BoldExpert 366.14
- l_____ Bembo-BoldItalic 366.15
- l_____ Bembo-BoldItalicOsF 366.16
- l_____ Bembo-BoldItalicExpert 366.17
- l_____ Bembo-ExtraBold 366.18
- l_____ Bembo-ExtraBoldOsF 366.19
- l_____ Bembo-ExtraBoldExpert 366.20
- l_____ Bembo-ExtraBoldItalic 366.21
- l_____ Bembo-ExtraBoldItalicOsF 366.22
- l_____ Bembo-ExtraBoldItalicExpert 366.23
- l_____ BerlinerGrotesk-Light 368.0
- l_____ BerlinerGrotesk-Medium 368.1
- l_____ LoType-Light 369.0
- l_____ LoType-Regular 369.1
- l_____ LoType-Medium 369.2
- l_____ LoType-MediumItalic 369.3
- l_____ LoType-Bold 369.4
- l_____ LoType-MediumCondensed 369.5
- l_____ BiffoMT 370.0
- l_____ BigbandTerrazzo 371.1
- l_____ Birch 372.0
- l_____ BirdsEF 373.0
- l_____ BlockBE-Regular 375.0
- l_____ BlockBE-Italic 375.1
- l_____ BlockBE-Heavy 375.2
- l_____ BlockBE-Condensed 375.3
- l_____ BlockBE-ExtraCn 375.4
- l_____ BlockBE-ExtraCnItalic 375.5
- l_____ BoberiaLL-Light 376.0
- l_____ BoberiaLL-LightItalic 376.1
- l_____ BoberiaLL-SemiBold 376.2
- l_____ Bodoni-Book 377.0
- l_____ Bodoni-BookItalic 377.1
- l_____ Bodoni 377.2
- l_____ Bodoni-Italic 377.3
- l_____ Bodoni-Bold 377.4
- l_____ Bodoni-BoldItalic 377.5
- l_____ Bodoni-BoldCondensed 377.6
- l_____ BodoniEF-Light 377.7
- l_____ BodoniEF-LightIta 377.8
- l_____ BodoniEF-Regular 377.9
- l_____ BodoniEF-RegularIta 377.10
- l_____ BodoniEF-DemiBold 377.11
- l_____ BodoniEF-Bold 377.12
- l_____ BodoniEF-DemiBoldIta 377.13
- l_____ BodoniEF-BoldIta 377.14
- l_____ BodoniEF-RegularCn 377.15
- l_____ BodoniEF-RegularCnIta 377.16
- l_____ BodoniEF-BoldCn 377.17
- l_____ BodoniEF-DemiBoldCn 377.18
- l_____ BodoniEF-BoldCnItalic 377.19
- l_____ BodoniEF-DemiBoldCnIta 377.20
- l_____ BodoniEF-Black 377.21
- l_____ BodoniEF-BlackIta 377.22
- l_____ BodoniEF-Ultra 377.23
- l_____ BauerBodoni-Roman 377.24
- l_____ BauerBodoni-RomanSC 377.25
- l_____ BauerBodoni-RomanOsF 377.26
- l_____ BauerBodoni-Italic 377.27
- l_____ BauerBodoni-ItalicOsF 377.28
- l_____ BauerBodoni-Bold 377.29
- l_____ BauerBodoni-BoldOsF 377.30
- l_____ BauerBodoni-BoldItalic 377.31
- l_____ BauerBodoni-BoldItalicOsF 377.32
- l_____ BauerBodoni-Black 377.33
- l_____ BauerBodoni-BlackItalic 377.34
- l_____ BauerBodoni-BoldCond 377.35
- l_____ BauerBodoni-BlackCond 377.36
- l_____ BauerBodoniCE-Roman 377.37
- l_____ BauerBodoniCE-Italic 377.38
- l_____ BauerBodoniCE-Bold 377.39
- l_____ BauerBodoniCE-BoldItalic 377.40
- l_____ BauerBodoniCE-Black 377.41
- l_____ BauerBodoniCE-BlackItalic 377.42
- l_____ BauerBodoniCE-BoldCondensed 377.43
- l_____ BauerBodoniCE-BlackCondensed 377.44
- l_____ BauerBodoniEF-Regular 377.45
- l_____ BauerBodoniEF-RegularItalic 377.46
- l_____ BauerBodoniEF-Medium 377.47
- l_____ BauerBodoniEF-MediumItalic 377.48
- l_____ BauerBodoniEF-Bold 377.49
- l_____ BauerBodoniEF-BoldItalic 377.50
- l_____ BodoniBE-Light 377.51
- l_____ BodoniBE-LightSC 377.52
- l_____ BodoniBE-LightExpert 377.53
- l_____ BodoniBE-LightItalic 377.54
- l_____ BodoniBE-LightItalicOsF 377.55
- l_____ BodoniBE-LightItalicExpert 377.56
- l_____ BodoniBE-Regular 377.57
- l_____ BodoniBE-RegularSC 377.58
- l_____ BodoniBE-RegularExp 377.59
- l_____ BodoniBE-Italic 377.60
- l_____ BodoniBE-ItalicOsF 377.61
- l_____ BodoniBE-ItalicExp 377.62
- l_____ BodoniBE-Medium 377.63
- l_____ BodoniBE-MediumSC 377.64
- l_____ BodoniBE-MediumExp 377.65
- l_____ BodoniBE-MediumItalic 377.66
- l_____ BodoniBE-MediumItalicOsF 377.67
- l_____ BodoniBE-MediumItalicExp 377.68
- l_____ BodoniBE-Bold 377.69
- l_____ BodoniBE-BoldOsF 377.70
- l_____ BodoniBE-BoldExp 377.71
- l_____ BodoniBE-BoldItalic 377.72
- l_____ BodoniBE-BoldItalicOsF 377.73
- l_____ BodoniBE-BoldItalicExp 377.74
- l_____ BodoniBE-Condensed 377.75
- l_____ BodoniBE-CnItalic 377.76
- l_____ BodoniBE-MediumCn 377.77
- l_____ BodoniBE-MediumCnItalic 377.78
- l_____ BodoniBE-BoldCn 377.79
- l_____ BodoniBE-BoldCnItalic 377.80
- l_____ Bodoni-Poster 377.81
- l_____ Bodoni-PosterItalic 377.82
- l_____ Bodoni-PosterCompressed 377.83
- l_____ BodoniSixEF-Book 377.84
- l_____ BodoniSixEF-BookSC 377.85
- l_____ BodoniSixEF-BookItalic 377.86
- l_____ BodoniSixEF-Bold 377.87
- l_____ BodoniSixEF-BoldItalic 377.88
- l_____ BodoniTwelveEF-Book 377.89
- l_____ BodoniTwelveEF-BookSC 377.90
- l_____ BodoniTwelveEF-BookItalic 377.91
- l_____ BodoniTwelveEF-Bold 377.92
- l_____ BodoniTwelveEF-BoldItalic 377.93
- l_____ BodoniSeventytwoEF-Book 377.94
- l_____ BodoniSeventytwoEF-BookSC 377.95
- l_____ BodoniSeventytwoEF-BookIta 377.96
- l_____ BodoniSeventytwoEF-Bold 377.97
- l_____ BodoniSeventytwoEF-BoldIta 377.98
- l_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-Regular 377.99
- l_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-RegularSC 377.100
- l_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-RegularExp 377.101
- l_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-Italic 377.102
- l_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-ItalicSC 377.103
- l_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-ItalicExp 377.104
- l_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-Medium 377.105
- l_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-MediumSC 377.106
- l_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-MediumExp 377.107
- l_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-MediumIt 377.108
- l_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-MediumItOsF 377.109
- l_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-MediumItExp 377.110
- l_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-Bold 377.111
- l_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-BoldOsF 377.112
- l_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-BoldExp 377.113
- l_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-BoldIt 377.114
- l_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-BoldItOsF 377.115
- l_____ BodoniOldFaceBE-BoldItExp 377.116
- l_____ BordeauxEF-Regular 378.0
- l_____ BordeauxEF-RegularItalic 378.1
- l_____ BordeauxScriptEF 378.2
- l_____ Boulevard 380.0
- l_____ BritannicEF-ExtraLight 382.0
- l_____ BritannicEF-Light 382.1
- l_____ BritannicEF-Medium 382.2
- l_____ BritannicEF-Bold 382.3
- l_____ BritannicEF-Ultra 382.4
- l_____ BrodyEF 383.0
- l_____ BronxEF 384.0
- l_____ BrushScript 385.0
- l_____ BrushScriptEF 385.1
- l_____ BuxomEF 386.0
- l_____ CabaretEF 387.0
- l_____ CalvertMT-Light 389.0
- l_____ CalvertMT-Regular 389.1
- l_____ CalvertMT-Bold 389.2
- l_____ CamelliaEF 390.0
- l_____ Candida-Roman 391.0
- l_____ Candida-Italic 391.1
- l_____ Candida-Bold 391.2
- l_____ CandidaEF-Regular 391.3
- l_____ CandidaEF-RegularItalic 391.4
- l_____ CandidaEF-Medium 391.5
- l_____ CandidaEF-RegularCondensed 391.6
- l_____ CandidaEF-MediumCondensed 391.7
- l_____ CantoriaMT-Light 392.0
- l_____ CantoriaMT-LightItalic 392.1
- l_____ CantoriaMT-Roman 392.2
- l_____ CantoriaMT-Italic 392.3
- l_____ CantoriaMT-SemiBold 392.4
- l_____ CantoriaMT-SemiBoldItalic 392.5
- l_____ CantoriaMT-Bold 392.6
- l_____ CantoriaMT-BoldItalic 392.7
- l_____ CantoriaMT-ExtraBold 392.8
- l_____ CantoriaMT-ExtraBoldItalic 392.9
- l_____ Carolina 393.0
- l_____ Carolina-Dfr 393.1
- l_____ Carta 394.0
- l_____ CartoonScript-Roman 395.0
- l_____ ACaslon-Regular 396.0
- l_____ ACaslon-AltRegular 396.1
- l_____ ACaslon-RegularSC 396.2
- l_____ ACaslonExp-Regular 396.3
- l_____ ACaslon-Italic 396.4
- l_____ ACaslon-AltItalic 396.5
- l_____ ACaslon-ItalicOsF 396.6
- l_____ ACaslonExp-Italic 396.7
- l_____ ACaslon-Semibold 396.8
- l_____ ACaslon-AltSemibold 396.9
- l_____ ACaslon-SemiboldSC 396.10
- l_____ ACaslonExp-Semibold 396.11
- l_____ ACaslon-SemiboldItalic 396.12
- l_____ ACaslon-AltSemiboldItalic 396.13
- l_____ ACaslon-SemiboldItalicOsF 396.14
- l_____ ACaslonExp-SemiboldItalic 396.15
- l_____ ACaslon-Bold 396.16
- l_____ ACaslon-AltBold 396.17
- l_____ ACaslon-BoldOsF 396.18
- l_____ ACaslonExp-Bold 396.19
- l_____ ACaslon-BoldItalic 396.20
- l_____ ACaslon-AltBoldItalic 396.21
- l_____ ACaslon-BoldItalicOsF 396.22
- l_____ ACaslonExp-BoldItalic 396.23
- l_____ ACaslon-SwashItalic 396.24
- l_____ ACaslon-SwashSemiboldItalic 396.25
- l_____ ACaslon-SwashBoldItalic 396.26
- l_____ ACaslon-Ornaments 396.27
- l_____ CaslonThree-Roman 396.28
- l_____ CaslonThree-RomanSC 396.29
- l_____ CaslonThree-Italic 396.30
- l_____ CaslonThree-ItalicOsF 396.31
- l_____ CaslonFiveFourty-Roman 396.32
- l_____ CaslonFiveFourty-RomanSC 396.33
- l_____ CaslonFiveFourty-Italic 396.34
- l_____ CaslonFiveFourty-ItalicOsF 396.35
- l_____ CaslonOpenFace 396.36
- l_____ CaslonFiveFourtyEF-Italic 396.37
- l_____ CaslonBlackEF 396.38
- l_____ CaslonAntiqueEF 396.39
- l_____ CaslonGraphiqueEF 396.40
- l_____ CaslonTwoTwentyFour-Book 396.41
- l_____ CaslonTwoTwentyFour-BookIt 396.42
- l_____ CaslonTwoTwentyFour-Medium 396.43
- l_____ CaslonTwoTwentyFour-MediumIt 396.44
- l_____ CaslonTwoTwentyFour-Bold 396.45
- l_____ CaslonTwoTwentyFour-BoldIt 396.46
- l_____ CaslonTwoTwentyFour-Black 396.47
- l_____ CaslonTwoTwentyFour-BlackIt 396.48
- l_____ CaslonTwoTwentyFourEF-Book 396.49
- l_____ CaslonTwoTwentyFourEF-BookIt 396.50
- l_____ CaslonTwoTwentyFourEF-Medium 396.51
- l_____ CaslonTwoTwentyFourEF-MediumIt 396.52
- l_____ CaslonTwoTwentyFourEF-Bold 396.53
- l_____ CaslonTwoTwentyFourEF-BoldI 396.54
- l_____ CaslonTwoTwentyFourEF-Black 396.55
- l_____ CaslonTwoTwentyFourEF-BlackIt 396.56
- l_____ CaslonBookBE-Regular 396.57
- l_____ CaslonBookBE-RegularSC 396.58
- l_____ CaslonBookBE-RegularExp 396.59
- l_____ CaslonBookBE-Italic 396.60
- l_____ CaslonBookBE-ItalicOsF 396.61
- l_____ CaslonBookBE-ItalicExp 396.62
- l_____ CaslonBookBE-Medium 396.63
- l_____ CaslonBookBE-MediumSC 396.64
- l_____ CaslonBookBE-MediumExp 396.65
- l_____ CaslonBookBE-Bold 396.66
- l_____ CaslonBookBE-BoldOsF 396.67
- l_____ CaslonBookBE-BoldExp 396.68
- l_____ CastleEF-Light 397.0
- l_____ CastleEF-Book 397.1
- l_____ CastleEF-Bold 397.2
- l_____ CastleEF-Ultra 397.3
- l_____ Catull-Regular 398.0
- l_____ Catull-Italic 398.1
- l_____ Catull-Medium 398.2
- l_____ Catull-Bold 398.3
- l_____ Caxton-Light 399.0
- l_____ Caxton-LightItalic 399.1
- l_____ Caxton-BookItalic 399.2
- l_____ Caxton-Book 399.3
- l_____ Caxton-Bold 399.4
- l_____ Caxton-BoldItalic 399.5
- l_____ CaxtonEF-Light 399.6
- l_____ CaxtonEF-LightItalic 399.7
- l_____ CaxtonEF-Book 399.8
- l_____ CaxtonEF-BookItalic 399.9
- l_____ CaxtonEF-Bold 399.10
- l_____ CaxtonEF-BoldItalic 399.11
- l_____ CaxtonEF-ExtraBold 399.12
- l_____ CaxtonEF-ExtraBoldItalic 399.13
- l_____ CaxtonEF-BoldCondensed 399.14
- l_____ CaxtonEF-ExtraBoldCondensed 399.15
- l_____ CentaurMT-Regular 400.0
- l_____ CentaurMT-RegularSC 400.1
- l_____ CentaurMT-RegularExpert 400.2
- l_____ CentaurMT-Italic 400.3
- l_____ CentaurMT-ItalicA 400.4
- l_____ CentaurMT-ItalicAlternate 400.5
- l_____ CentaurMT-ItalicOsF 400.6
- l_____ CentaurMT-ItalicExpert 400.7
- l_____ CentaurMT-Bold 400.8
- l_____ CentaurMT-BoldOsF 400.9
- l_____ CentaurMT-BoldExpert 400.10
- l_____ CentaurMT-BoldItalic 400.11
- l_____ CentaurMT-BoldItalicOsF 400.12
- l_____ CentaurMT-BoldItalicExpert 400.13
- l_____ CentaurMT-ItalicSwash 400.14
- l_____ ChallengeEF-Bold 401.0
- l_____ ChallengeEF-ExtraBold 401.1
- l_____ Charme 402.0
- l_____ Cheltenham-Light 403.0
- l_____ Cheltenham-LightItalic 403.1
- l_____ Cheltenham-Book 403.2
- l_____ Cheltenham-BookItalic 403.3
- l_____ Cheltenham-Bold 403.4
- l_____ Cheltenham-BoldItalic 403.5
- l_____ Cheltenham-Ultra 403.6
- l_____ Cheltenham-UltraItalic 403.7
- l_____ Cheltenham-LightCond 403.8
- l_____ Cheltenham-LightCondItalic 403.9
- l_____ Cheltenham-BookCond 403.10
- l_____ Cheltenham-BookCondItalic 403.11
- l_____ Cheltenham-BoldCond 403.12
- l_____ Cheltenham-BoldCondItalic 403.13
- l_____ Cheltenham-UltraCond 403.14
- l_____ Cheltenham-UltraCondItalic 403.15
- l_____ CheltenhamEF-Light 403.16
- l_____ CheltenhamEF-LightItalic 403.17
- l_____ CheltenhamEF-Book 403.18
- l_____ CheltenhamEF-BookItalic 403.19
- l_____ CheltenhamEF-Bold 403.20
- l_____ CheltenhamEF-BoldItalic 403.21
- l_____ CheltenhamEF-Ultra 403.22
- l_____ CheltenhamEF-UltraItalic 403.23
- l_____ CheltenhamHandtEF-Bold 403.24
- l_____ CheltenhamHandtEF-BoldItalic 403.25
- l_____ CheltenhamEF-LightCond 403.26
- l_____ CheltenhamEF-LightCondItalic 403.27
- l_____ CheltenhamEF-BookCond 403.28
- l_____ CheltenhamEF-BookCondItalic 403.29
- l_____ CheltenhamEF-BoldCond 403.30
- l_____ CheltenhamEF-BoldCondItalic 403.31
- l_____ CheltenhamEF-UltraCond 403.32
- l_____ CheltenhamEF-UltraCondItalic 403.33
- l_____ CheltenhamOldStyleEF 403.34
- l_____ Cheq 404.0
- l_____ ChiselEF 405.0
- l_____ DigiGroteskNEF-Light 406.0
- l_____ DigiGroteskNEF-Bold 406.1
- l_____ DigiGroteskNEF-SemiBoldCond 406.2
- l_____ DigiGroteskNEF-BoldCondens 406.3
- l_____ DigiGroteskSEF-Light 406.4
- l_____ DigiGroteskSEF-SemiBold 406.5
- l_____ DomCasual 407.0
- l_____ DomCasual-Bold 407.1
- l_____ DomEF-CasualRegular 407.2
- l_____ DomEF-DiagonalRegular 407.3
- l_____ DomEF-CasualBold 407.4
- l_____ DomEF-DiagonalBold 407.5
- l_____ DorchesterScriptMT 408.0
- l_____ DynamoEF-Medium 409.0
- l_____ DynamoEF-Bold 409.1
- l_____ DynamoEF-BoldShadow 409.2
- l_____ DynamoEF-BoldCondensed 409.3
- l_____ EdisonEF-Book 410.0
- l_____ EdisonEF-BookItalic 410.1
- l_____ EdisonEF-SemiBold 410.2
- l_____ EdisonEF-SemiBoldItalic 410.3
- l_____ EdisonEF-BoldCondensed 410.4
- l_____ EdwardianEF-Light 411.0
- l_____ EdwardianEF-LightIta 411.1
- l_____ EdwardianEF-Medium 411.2
- l_____ EdwardianEF-MediumIta 411.3
- l_____ EdwardianEF-Bold 411.4
- l_____ EdwardianEF-BoldIta 411.5
- l_____ EdwardianEF-ExtraBold 411.6
- l_____ EdwardianEF-ExtraBoldIta 411.7
- l_____ EgizioEF-Condensed 412.0
- l_____ EgyptianEF-BoldCondensed 414.0
- l_____ EgyptianEF-BoldExtended 414.1
- l_____ EgyptienneEF-MediumCond 415.0
- l_____ EhrhardtMT-Roman 416.0
- l_____ EhrhardtMT-Italic 416.1
- l_____ EhrhardtMT-SemiBold 416.2
- l_____ EhrhardtMt-SemiBoldItalic 416.3
- l_____ EirinnAsciiLL 417.0
- l_____ EirinnGaelicLL 417.1
- l_____ ElGreco 418.0
- l_____ ElefontEF 419.0
- l_____ EllingtonMT-Light 420.0
- l_____ EllingtonMT-LightItalic 420.1
- l_____ EllingtonMT-Roman 420.2
- l_____ EllingtonMT-Italic 420.3
- l_____ EllingtonMT-Bold 420.4
- l_____ EllingtonMT-BoldItalic 420.5
- l_____ EllingtonMT-ExtraBold 420.6
- l_____ EllingtonMT-ExtraBoldItalic 420.7
- l_____ EnglishScriptEF-Regular 421.0
- l_____ EnglishScriptEF-Bold 421.1
- l_____ EnglishScriptEF-DemiBold 421.2
- l_____ Erbar-LightCondensed 422.0
- l_____ Erbar-BoldCondensed 422.1
- l_____ EscorialEF-Outline 423.0
- l_____ EscorialEF 423.1
- l_____ EthnoFontEF 424.0
- l_____ Eurostile 425.0
- l_____ Eurostile-Oblique 425.1
- l_____ Eurostile-Demi 425.2
- l_____ Eurostile-DemiOblique 425.3
- l_____ Eurostile-Bold 425.4
- l_____ Eurostile-BoldOblique 425.5
- l_____ Eurostile-Condensed 425.6
- l_____ Eurostile-BoldCondensed 425.7
- l_____ Eurostile-ExtendedTwo 425.8
- l_____ Eurostile-BoldExtendedTwo 425.9
- l_____ EurostileEF-Regular 425.10
- l_____ EurostileEF-Black 425.11
- l_____ Excelsior 426.0
- l_____ Excelsior-Italic 426.1
- l_____ Excelsior-Bold 426.2
- l_____ ExcelsiorCE-Roman 426.3
- l_____ ExcelsiorCE-Italic 426.4
- l_____ ExcelsiorCE-Bold 426.5
- l_____ ExcelsiorCyr-Upright 426.6
- l_____ ExcelsiorCyr-Inclined 426.7
- l_____ ExcelsiorCyr-Bold 426.8
- l_____ ExcelsiorEastA-Roman 426.9
- l_____ ExcelsiorEastA-Italic 426.10
- l_____ ExcelsiorEastA-Bold 426.11
- l_____ F2FAlLineato 427.0
- l_____ F2FCZYKagoTrans 427.1
- l_____ F2FEntebbe 427.2
- l_____ F2FHogRoach 427.3
- l_____ F2FMadZineFear 427.4
- l_____ F2FMadZineWip 427.5
- l_____ F2FMekkasoTomanik 427.6
- l_____ F2FMetamorfosi 427.7
- l_____ F2FOCRAlexcyzk 427.8
- l_____ F2FPixmix 427.9
- l_____ F2FPoisonFlowers 427.10
- l_____ F2FProvinciali 427.11
- l_____ F2FSimbolico 427.12
- l_____ F2FTechLand 427.13
- l_____ F2FWhaleTreeRnd 427.14
- l_____ F2FZakGlobe 427.15
- l_____ Falstaff-Regular 428.0
- l_____ FetteFraktur 429.0
- l_____ FetteFraktur-Dfr 429.1
- l_____ FetteFrakturEF 429.2
- l_____ FlashEF-Light 430.0
- l_____ FlashEF-Bold 430.1
- l_____ Flyer-BlackCondensed 431.0
- l_____ Flyer-BlackExtraCondensed 431.1
- l_____ FlyerEF-Bold 431.2
- l_____ FlyerEF-BoldCondensed 431.3
- l_____ Folio-Light 432.0
- l_____ Folio-Medium 432.1
- l_____ Folio-Bold 432.2
- l_____ Folio-ExtraBold 432.3
- l_____ Folio-BoldCondensed 432.4
- l_____ FolioEF-BoldCondensed 432.5
- l_____ FolioEF-ExtraCondensed 432.6
- l_____ Formata-Light 435.0
- l_____ Formata-LightSC 435.1
- l_____ Formata-LightExpert 435.2
- l_____ Formata-LightItalic 435.3
- l_____ Formata-LightItalicSC 435.4
- l_____ Formata-LightItalicExpert 435.5
- l_____ Formata-Regular 435.6
- l_____ Formata-RegularSC 435.7
- l_____ Formata-RegularExpert 435.8
- l_____ Formata-Italic 435.9
- l_____ Formata-ItalicSC 435.10
- l_____ Formata-ItalicExpert 435.11
- l_____ Formata-Medium 435.12
- l_____ Formata-MediumItalic 435.13
- l_____ Formata-Bold 435.14
- l_____ Formata-BoldItalic 435.15
- l_____ Formata-Outline 435.16
- l_____ Formata-LightCondensed 435.17
- l_____ Formata-LightCnSC 435.18
- l_____ Formata-LightCnExpert 435.19
- l_____ Formata-LightCondensedItalic 435.20
- l_____ Formata-LightCnItalicSC 435.21
- l_____ Formata-LightCnItalicExpert 435.22
- l_____ Formata-Condensed 435.23
- l_____ Formata-CondensedOutline 435.24
- l_____ Formata-CondensedSC 435.25
- l_____ Formata-CondensedExpert 435.26
- l_____ Formata-CondensedItalic 435.27
- l_____ Formata-CnItalicSC 435.28
- l_____ Formata-CnItalicExpert 435.29
- l_____ Formata-MediumCondensed 435.30
- l_____ Formata-MediumCondensedItalic 435.31
- l_____ Formata-BoldCondensed 435.32
- l_____ Formata-BoldCondensedItalic 435.33
- l_____ FrankfurterEF-Medium 436.0
- l_____ FrankfurterEF-Solid 436.1
- l_____ FrankfurterEF-Inline 436.2
- l_____ FrankfurterEF-Highlight 436.3
- l_____ FreestyleScript 437.0
- l_____ FreestyleScriptEF-Reg 437.1
- l_____ FreestyleScriptEF-RegAlt 437.2
- l_____ FreestyleScriptEF-Bol 437.3
- l_____ FreestyleScriptEF-BolAlt 437.4
- l_____ Bauhaus-Light 438.0
- l_____ Bauhaus-Medium 438.1
- l_____ Bauhaus-Demi 438.2
- l_____ Bauhaus-Bold 438.3
- l_____ Bauhaus-Heavy 438.4
- l_____ BauhausEF-Light 438.5
- l_____ BauhausEF-Medium 438.6
- l_____ BauhausEF-DemiBold 438.7
- l_____ BauhausEF-Bold 438.8
- l_____ BauhausEF-Heavy 438.9
- l_____ BenguiatGothic-Book 439.0
- l_____ BenguiatGothic-BookOblique 439.1
- l_____ BenguiatGothic-Medium 439.2
- l_____ BenguiatGothic-MediumOblique 439.3
- l_____ BenguiatGothic-Bold 439.4
- l_____ BenguiatGothic-BoldOblique 439.5
- l_____ BenguiatGothic-Heavy 439.6
- l_____ BenguiatGothic-HeavyOblique 439.7
- l_____ BenguiatGothicEF-Book 439.8
- l_____ BenguiatGothicEF-BookItalic 439.9
- l_____ BenguiatGothicEF-Medium 439.10
- l_____ BenguiatGothicEF-MediumItalic 439.11
- l_____ BenguiatGothicEF-Bold 439.12
- l_____ BenguiatGothicEF-BoldItalic 439.13
- l_____ BenguiatGothicEF-Heavy 439.14
- l_____ BenguiatGothicEF-HeavyItalic 439.15
- l_____ Cerigo-Book 440.0
- l_____ Cerigo-BookItalic 440.1
- l_____ Cerigo-Medium 440.2
- l_____ Cerigo-MediumItalic 440.3
- l_____ Cerigo-Bold 440.4
- l_____ Cerigo-BoldItalic 440.5
- l_____ CerigoEF-Book 440.6
- l_____ CerigoEF-BookSC 440.7
- l_____ CerigoEF-BookItalic 440.8
- l_____ CerigoEF-Medium 440.9
- l_____ CerigoEF-MediumSC 440.10
- l_____ CerigoEF-MediumItalic 440.11
- l_____ CerigoEF-Bold 440.12
- l_____ CerigoEF-BoldItalic 440.13
- l_____ CerigoEF-BookSwashCaps 440.14
- l_____ CerigoEF-BookItalicSwashCaps 440.15
- l_____ Cushing-Book 441.0
- l_____ Cushing-BookItalic 441.1
- l_____ Cushing-Medium 441.2
- l_____ Cushing-MediumItalic 441.3
- l_____ Cushing-Bold 441.4
- l_____ Cushing-BoldItalic 441.5
- l_____ Cushing-Heavy 441.6
- l_____ Cushing-HeavyItalic 441.7
- l_____ CushingEF-Book 441.8
- l_____ CushingEF-BookItalic 441.9
- l_____ CushingEF-Medium 441.10
- l_____ CushingEF-MediumItalic 441.11
- l_____ CushingEF-Bold 441.12
- l_____ CushingEF-BoldItalic 441.13
- l_____ CushingEF-Heavy 441.14
- l_____ CushingEF-HeavyItalic 441.15
- l_____ Esprit-Book 442.0
- l_____ Esprit-BookItalic 442.1
- l_____ Esprit-Medium 442.2
- l_____ Esprit-MediumItalic 442.3
- l_____ Esprit-Bold 442.4
- l_____ Esprit-BoldItalic 442.5
- l_____ Esprit-Black 442.6
- l_____ Esprit-BlackItalic 442.7
- l_____ EspritEF-Book 442.8
- l_____ EspritEF-BookSC 442.9
- l_____ EspritEF-BookItalic 442.10
- l_____ EspritEF-Medium 442.11
- l_____ EspritEF-MediumSC 442.12
- l_____ EspritEF-MediumItalic 442.13
- l_____ EspritEF-Bold 442.14
- l_____ EspritEF-BoldItalic 442.15
- l_____ EspritEF-Black 442.16
- l_____ EspritEF-BlackItalic 442.17
- l_____ Flora-Roman 443.0
- l_____ Flora-Bold 443.1
- l_____ FloraEF-Medium 443.2
- l_____ FloraEF-Bold 443.3
- l_____ Galliard-Roman 444.0
- l_____ Galliard-Italic 444.1
- l_____ Galliard-Bold 444.2
- l_____ Galliard-BoldItalic 444.3
- l_____ Galliard-Black 444.4
- l_____ Galliard-BlackItalic 444.5
- l_____ Galliard-Ultra 444.6
- l_____ Galliard-UltraItalic 444.7
- l_____ GalliardEF-Roman 444.8
- l_____ GalliardEF-Italic 444.9
- l_____ GalliardEF-Bold 444.10
- l_____ GalliardEF-BoldItalic 444.11
- l_____ GalliardEF-Black 444.12
- l_____ GalliardEF-BlackItalic 444.13
- l_____ GalliardEF-Ultra 444.14
- l_____ GalliardEF-UltraItalic 444.15
- l_____ GoldenTypeEF-Original 445.0
- l_____ GoldenTypeSCEF-Original 445.1
- l_____ GoldenTypeEF-Bold 445.2
- l_____ GoldenTypeSCEF-Bold 445.3
- l_____ GoldenTypeEF-Black 445.4
- l_____ IsbellEF-Book 446.0
- l_____ IsbellEF-BookItalic 446.1
- l_____ IsbellEF-Bold 446.2
- l_____ IsbellEF-BoldItalic 446.3
- l_____ Korinna-Regular 447.0
- l_____ Korinna-KursivRegular 447.1
- l_____ Korinna-Bold 447.2
- l_____ Korinna-KursivBold 447.3
- l_____ KorinnaEF-Regular 447.4
- l_____ KorinnaEF-RegularKursiv 447.5
- l_____ KorinnaEF-Bold 447.6
- l_____ KorinnaEF-BoldKursiv 447.7
- l_____ KorinnaEF-ExtraBold 447.8
- l_____ KorinnaEF-ExtraBoldKursiv 447.9
- l_____ KorinnaEF-Heavy 447.10
- l_____ KorinnaEF-HeavyKursiv 447.11
- l_____ LegacySans-Book 448.0
- l_____ LegacySans-BookItalic 448.1
- l_____ LegacySans-Medium 448.2
- l_____ LegacySans-MediumItalic 448.3
- l_____ LegacySans-Bold 448.4
- l_____ LegacySans-BoldItalic 448.5
- l_____ LegacySans-Ultra 448.6
- l_____ LegacySerif-Book 448.7
- l_____ LegacySerif-BookItalic 448.8
- l_____ LegacySerif-Medium 448.9
- l_____ LegacySerif-MediumItalic 448.10
- l_____ LegacySerif-Bold 448.11
- l_____ LegacySerif-BoldItalic 448.12
- l_____ LegacySerif-Ultra 448.13
- l_____ LegacySansEF-Book 448.14
- l_____ LegacySansEF-BookSC 448.15
- l_____ LegacySansEF-BookItalic 448.16
- l_____ LegacySansEF-Medium 448.17
- l_____ LegacySansEF-MediumSC 448.18
- l_____ LegacySansEF-MediumItalic 448.19
- l_____ LegacySansEF-Bold 448.20
- l_____ LegacySansEF-BoldItalic 448.21
- l_____ LegacySansEF-Ultra 448.22
- l_____ LegacySerifEF-Book 448.23
- l_____ LegacySerifEF-BookSC 448.24
- l_____ LegacySerifEF-BookItalic 448.25
- l_____ LegacySerifEF-Medium 448.26
- l_____ LegacySerifEF-MediumSC 448.27
- l_____ LegacySerifEF-MediumItalic 448.28
- l_____ LegacySerifEF-Bold 448.29
- l_____ LegacySerifEF-BoldItalic 448.30
- l_____ LegacySerifEF-Ultra 448.31
- l_____ Machine 449.0
- l_____ Machine-Bold 449.1
- l_____ MachineEF-Regular 449.2
- l_____ MachineEF-Bold 449.3
- l_____ MonaLisa-Solid 450.0
- l_____ MonaLisa-Recut 450.1
- l_____ MonaLisaEF-Solid 450.2
- l_____ MonaLisaEF-Recut 450.3
- l_____ Novarese-Book 451.0
- l_____ Novarese-BookItalic 451.1
- l_____ Novarese-Medium 451.2
- l_____ Novarese-MediumItalic 451.3
- l_____ Novarese-Bold 451.4
- l_____ Novarese-BoldItalic 451.5
- l_____ Novarese-Ultra 451.6
- l_____ NovareseEF-Book 451.7
- l_____ NovareseEF-BookItalic 451.8
- l_____ NovareseEF-Medium 451.9
- l_____ NovareseEF-MediumItalic 451.10
- l_____ NovareseEF-Bold 451.11
- l_____ NovareseEF-BoldItalic 451.12
- l_____ NovareseEF-Ultra 451.13
- l_____ PacellaEF-Book 452.0
- l_____ PacellaSCEF-Book 452.1
- l_____ PacellaEF-BookItalic 452.2
- l_____ PacellaEF-Medium 452.3
- l_____ PacellaSCEF-Medium 452.4
- l_____ PacellaEF-MediumItalic 452.5
- l_____ PacellaEF-Bold 452.6
- l_____ PacellaEF-BoldItalic 452.7
- l_____ PacellaEF-Black 452.8
- l_____ PacellaEF-BlackItalic 452.9
- l_____ QuaySansEF-Book 453.0
- l_____ QuaySansEF-BookSC 453.1
- l_____ QuaySansEF-BookItalic 453.2
- l_____ QuaySansEF-Medium 453.3
- l_____ QuaySansEF-MediumSC 453.4
- l_____ QuaySansEF-MediumItalic 453.5
- l_____ QuaySansEF-Black 453.6
- l_____ QuaySansEF-BlackItalic 453.7
- l_____ SerifGothic-Light 454.0
- l_____ SerifGothic 454.1
- l_____ SerifGothic-Bold 454.2
- l_____ SerifGothic-ExtraBold 454.3
- l_____ SerifGothic-Heavy 454.4
- l_____ SerifGothic-Black 454.5
- l_____ SerifGothicEF-Light 454.6
- l_____ SerifGothicEF-Regular 454.7
- l_____ SerifGothicEF-Bold 454.8
- l_____ SerifGothicEF-ExtraBold 454.9
- l_____ SerifGothicEF-Heavy 454.10
- l_____ SerifGothicEF-Black 454.11
- l_____ Symbol-Book 455.0
- l_____ Symbol-BookItalic 455.1
- l_____ Symbol-Medium 455.2
- l_____ Symbol-MediumItalic 455.3
- l_____ Symbol-Bold 455.4
- l_____ Symbol-BoldItalic 455.5
- l_____ Symbol-Black 455.6
- l_____ Symbol-BlackItalic 455.7
- l_____ SymbolEF-Book 455.8
- l_____ SymbolEF-BookSC 455.9
- l_____ SymbolEF-BookItalic 455.10
- l_____ SymbolEF-Medium 455.11
- l_____ SymbolEF-MediumSC 455.12
- l_____ SymbolEF-MediumItalic 455.13
- l_____ SymbolEF-Bold 455.14
- l_____ SymbolEF-BoldItalic 455.15
- l_____ SymbolEF-Black 455.16
- l_____ SymbolEF-BlackItalic 455.17
- l_____ Tiepolo-Book 456.0
- l_____ Tiepolo-BookItalic 456.1
- l_____ Tiepolo-Bold 456.2
- l_____ Tiepolo-BoldItalic 456.3
- l_____ Tiepolo-Black 456.4
- l_____ Tiepolo-BlackItalic 456.5
- l_____ TiepoloEF-Book 456.6
- l_____ TiepoloEF-BookSC 456.7
- l_____ TiepoloEF-BookItalic 456.8
- l_____ TiepoloEF-Bold 456.9
- l_____ TiepoloEF-BoldSC 456.10
- l_____ TiepoloEF-BoldItalic 456.11
- l_____ TiepoloEF-Black 456.12
- l_____ TiepoloEF-BlackItalic 456.13
- l_____ Veljovic-Book 457.0
- l_____ Veljovic-BookItalic 457.1
- l_____ Veljovic-Medium 457.2
- l_____ Veljovic-MediumItalic 457.3
- l_____ Veljovic-Bold 457.4
- l_____ Veljovic-BoldItalic 457.5
- l_____ Veljovic-Black 457.6
- l_____ Veljovic-BlackItalic 457.7
- l_____ VeljovicEF-Book 457.8
- l_____ VeljovicEF-BookOsF 457.9
- l_____ VeljovicEF-BookItalic 457.10
- l_____ VeljovicEF-BookItalicOsF 457.11
- l_____ VeljovicEF-Medium 457.12
- l_____ VeljovicEF-MediumOsF 457.13
- l_____ VeljovicEF-MediumItalic 457.14
- l_____ VeljovicEF-MediumItalicOsF 457.15
- l_____ VeljovicEF-Bold 457.16
- l_____ VeljovicEF-BoldOsF 457.17
- l_____ VeljovicEF-BoldItalic 457.18
- l_____ VeljovicEF-BoldItalicOsF 457.19
- l_____ VeljovicEF-Black 457.20
- l_____ VeljovicEF-BlackOsF 457.21
- l_____ VeljovicEF-BlackItalic 457.22
- l_____ VeljovicEF-BlackItalicOsF 457.23
- l_____ ZapfBookEF-Light 458.0
- l_____ ZapfBookEF-LightItalic 458.1
- l_____ ZapfBookEF-Medium 458.2
- l_____ ZapfBookEF-MediumItalic 458.3
- l_____ ZapfBookEF-Demi 458.4
- l_____ ZapfBookEF-DemiItalic 458.5
- l_____ ZapfBookEF-Heavy 458.6
- l_____ ZapfBookEF-HeavyItalic 458.7
- l_____ ZapfChancery-Light 458.8
- l_____ ZapfChancery-LightItalic 458.9
- l_____ ZapfChancery-Roman 458.10
- l_____ ZapfChancery-Italic 458.11
- l_____ ZapfChancery-MediumItalic 458.12
- l_____ ZapfChancery-Demi 458.13
- l_____ ZapfChancery-Bold 458.14
- l_____ ZapfChanceryCE-MediumItalic 458.15
- l_____ ZapfChanceryEF-Light 458.16
- l_____ ZapfChanceryEF-LightItalic 458.17
- l_____ ZapfChanceryEF-Medium 458.18
- l_____ ZapfChanceryEF-MediumItalic 458.19
- l_____ ZapfChanceryEF-Demi 458.20
- l_____ ZapfChanceryEF-Bold 458.21
- l_____ ZapfInternationalEF-Light 458.23
- l_____ ZapfInternationalEF-LightIta 458.24
- l_____ ZapfInternationalEF-Medium 458.25
- l_____ ZapfInternationalEF-MediumIta 458.26
- l_____ ZapfInternationalEF-Demi 458.27
- l_____ ZapfInternationalEF-DemiIta 458.28
- l_____ ZapfInternationalEF-Heavy 458.29
- l_____ ZapfInternationalEF-HeavyIta 458.30
- l_____ AudioLH-Pi 459.0
- l_____ EECLH-Pi 460.0
- l_____ XmasLH-PiOne 462.0
- l_____ XmasLH-PiTwo 462.1
- l_____ Lucida 463.0
- l_____ Lucida-Italic 463.1
- l_____ Lucida-Bold 463.2
- l_____ Lucida-BoldItalic 463.3
- l_____ LucidaSans 463.4
- l_____ LucidaSans-Italic 463.5
- l_____ LucidaSans-Bold 463.6
- l_____ LucidaSans-BoldItalic 463.7
- l_____ LucidaMath-Symbol 463.8
- l_____ LucidaMath-Extension 463.9
- l_____ LucidaMath-Italic 463.10
- l_____ LucidaEF 463.11
- l_____ LucidaEF-Italic 463.12
- l_____ LucidaEF-Bold 463.13
- l_____ LucidaEF-BoldItalic 463.14
- l_____ LucidaBlackletterEF 463.15
- l_____ LucidaBrightEF-Roman 463.16
- l_____ LucidaBrightEF-RomanIta 463.17
- l_____ LucidaBrightEF-DemiBold 463.18
- l_____ LucidaBrightEF-DemiBoldIta 463.19
- l_____ LucidaBrightNarEF-Roman 463.20
- l_____ LucidaBrightNarEF-Ita 463.21
- l_____ LucidaBrightNarEF-DeBol 463.22
- l_____ LucidaBrightNarEF-DeBolIta 463.23
- l_____ LucidaCalligraphyEF 463.24
- l_____ LucidaCasualEF-Roman 463.25
- l_____ LucidaCasualEF-Italic 463.26
- l_____ LucidaFaxEF-Roman 463.27
- l_____ LucidaFaxEF-RomanItalic 463.28
- l_____ LucidaFaxEF-DemiBold 463.29
- l_____ LucidaFaxEF-DemiBoldItalic 463.30
- l_____ LucidaHandwritingEF 463.31
- l_____ LucidaTypewriterEF-Regular 463.32
- l_____ LucidaTypewriterEF-Bold 463.33
- l_____ LucidaSansEF-Roman 463.34
- l_____ LucidaSansEF-RomanIta 463.35
- l_____ LucidaSansEF-Bold 463.36
- l_____ LucidaSansEF-DemiBold 463.37
- l_____ LucidaSansEF-BoldItalic 463.38
- l_____ LucidaSansEF-DemiBoldIta 463.39
- l_____ LucidaSansNarEF-Roman 463.40
- l_____ LucidaSansNarEF-Ita 463.41
- l_____ LucidaSansNarEF-DemBol 463.42
- l_____ LucidaSansNarEF-DemBolIta 463.43
- l_____ Madrone 465.0
- l_____ MagnusEF 466.0
- l_____ MandarinEF 467.0
- l_____ Marigold 468.0
- l_____ MatthiaLL-Regular 469.0
- l_____ MaturaMT 470.0
- l_____ MaturaMT-ScriptCapitals 470.1
- l_____ MaximaEF-Light 471.0
- l_____ MaximaEF-LightOblique 471.1
- l_____ MaximaEF-Medium 471.2
- l_____ MaximaEF-MediumOblique 471.3
- l_____ MaximaEF-Bold 471.4
- l_____ MaximaEF-BoldOblique 471.5
- l_____ MaximaEF-BoldCondensed 471.6
- l_____ MediciScript 472.0
- l_____ MercuriusMT-BoldScript 473.0
- l_____ Mesquite 474.0
- l_____ MetropolitainEF 475.0
- l_____ Minion-Regular 476.0
- l_____ Minion-RegularSC 476.1
- l_____ MinionExp-Regular 476.2
- l_____ Minion-Italic 476.3
- l_____ Minion-ItalicSC 476.4
- l_____ MinionExp-Italic 476.5
- l_____ Minion-Semibold 476.6
- l_____ Minion-SemiboldSC 476.7
- l_____ MinionExp-Semibold 476.8
- l_____ Minion-SemiboldItalic 476.9
- l_____ Minion-SemiboldItalicSC 476.10
- l_____ MinionExp-SemiboldItalic 476.11
- l_____ Minion-Bold 476.12
- l_____ Minion-BoldOsF 476.13
- l_____ MinionExp-Bold 476.14
- l_____ Minion-BoldItalic 476.15
- l_____ Minion-BoldItalicOsF 476.16
- l_____ MinionExp-BoldItalic 476.17
- l_____ Minion-Black 476.18
- l_____ Minion-BlackOsF 476.19
- l_____ Minion-BlackExpert 476.20
- l_____ Minion-Display 476.21
- l_____ Minion-DisplaySC 476.22
- l_____ MinionExp-Display 476.23
- l_____ Minion-DisplayItalic 476.24
- l_____ Minion-DisplayItalicSC 476.25
- l_____ MinionExp-DisplayItalic 476.26
- l_____ Minion-SwashItalic 476.27
- l_____ Minion-SwashDisplayItalic 476.28
- l_____ Minion-SwashSemiboldItalic 476.29
- l_____ Minion-Ornaments 476.30
- l_____ MinionCyr-Regular 476.31
- l_____ MinionCyr-Italic 476.32
- l_____ MinionCyr-Semibold 476.33
- l_____ MinionCyr-SemiboldItalic 476.34
- l_____ MinionCyr-Bold 476.35
- l_____ MinionCyr-BoldItalic 476.36
- l_____ Minister-Light 477.0
- l_____ Minister-LightItalic 477.1
- l_____ Minister-Book 477.2
- l_____ Minister-BookItalic 477.3
- l_____ Minister-Bold 477.4
- l_____ Minister-BoldItalic 477.5
- l_____ Minister-Black 477.6
- l_____ Minister-BlackItalic 477.7
- l_____ MinisterEF-Light 477.8
- l_____ MinisterEF-LightItalic 477.9
- l_____ MinisterEF-Book 477.10
- l_____ MinisterEF-BookItalic 477.11
- l_____ MinisterEF-Bold 477.12
- l_____ ModernNo216EF-Light 478.0
- l_____ ModernNo216EF-LightItalic 478.1
- l_____ ModernNo216EF-Medium 478.2
- l_____ ModernNo216EF-MediumItalic 478.3
- l_____ ModernNo216EF-Bold 478.4
- l_____ ModernNo216EF-BoldItalic 478.5
- l_____ ModernNo216EF-Heavy 478.6
- l_____ ModernNo216EF-HeavyItalic 478.7
- l_____ ModernMT-Bold 478.8
- l_____ ModernMT-BoldItalic 478.9
- l_____ ModernMT-Condensed 478.10
- l_____ ModernMT-CondensedItalic 478.11
- l_____ ModernMT-Extended 478.12
- l_____ ModernMT-ExtendedItalic 478.13
- l_____ ModernMT-Wide 478.14
- l_____ ModernMT-WideItalic 478.15
- l_____ ModernExtendedEF-Book 478.16
- l_____ ModernExtendedEF-BookIta 478.17
- l_____ ModernExtendedEF-Bold 478.18
- l_____ ModifiedGothic 479.0
- l_____ MonterreyEF 480.0
- l_____ MotterFeminaEF 481.0
- l_____ MysteryEF-White 482.0
- l_____ MysteryEF-Black 482.1
- l_____ MysteryEF-Mixed 482.2
- l_____ PinxitAstroLL 485.0
- l_____ PinxitOfficeLL 485.1
- l_____ PinxitPrivateLL 485.2
- l_____ Plak-Black 486.0
- l_____ Plak-BlackCondensed 486.1
- l_____ Plak-BlackExtraCondensed 486.2
- l_____ Plantin-Light 487.0
- l_____ Plantin-LightItalic 487.1
- l_____ Plantin 487.2
- l_____ Plantin-Italic 487.3
- l_____ Plantin-Semibold 487.4
- l_____ Plantin-SemiboldItalic 487.5
- l_____ Plantin-Bold 487.6
- l_____ Plantin-BoldItalic 487.7
- l_____ Plantin-BoldCondensed 487.8
- l_____ PlaybillEF 488.0
- l_____ Poetica-SuppLowercaseAltI 489.0
- l_____ Poetica-SuppLowercaseAltII 489.1
- l_____ Poetica-RomanSmallCaps 489.2
- l_____ Poetica-RomanSmallCapsAlt 489.3
- l_____ Poetica-SuppLigatures 489.4
- l_____ Poetica-SuppLowercaseBegI 489.5
- l_____ Poetica-SuppLowercaseBegII 489.6
- l_____ Poetica-SuppLowercaseEndI 489.7
- l_____ Poetica-SuppLowercaseEndII 489.8
- l_____ Poetica-SuppAmpersands 489.9
- l_____ Poetica-ChanceryExpert 489.10
- l_____ Poetica-ChanceryI 489.11
- l_____ Poetica-ChanceryII 489.12
- l_____ Poetica-ChanceryIII 489.13
- l_____ Poetica-ChanceryIV 489.14
- l_____ Poetica-SuppInitialsSwashCaps 489.15
- l_____ Poetica-SwashCapsI 489.16
- l_____ Poetica-SwashCapsII 489.17
- l_____ Poetica-SwashCapsIII 489.18
- l_____ Poetica-SwashCapsIV 489.19
- l_____ Poetica-SuppOrnaments 489.20
- l_____ Pompeijana-Roman 490.0
- l_____ Pompeijana-Borders 490.1
- l_____ PopplExquisit-Regular 491.0
- l_____ PopplExquisit-Medium 491.1
- l_____ PopplLaudatio-Light 491.2
- l_____ PopplLaudatio-LightItalic 491.3
- l_____ PopplLaudatio-Regular 491.4
- l_____ PopplLaudatio-Italic 491.5
- l_____ PopplLaudatio-Medium 491.6
- l_____ PopplLaudatio-MediumItalic 491.7
- l_____ PopplLaudatio-Bold 491.8
- l_____ PopplLaudatio-BoldItalic 491.9
- l_____ PopplLaudatio-LightCondensed 491.10
- l_____ PopplLaudatio-Condensed 491.11
- l_____ PopplLaudatio-MediumCondensed 491.12
- l_____ PopplLaudatio-BoldCondensed 491.13
- l_____ PopplPontifex-Roman 491.14
- l_____ PopplPontifex-RomanSC 491.15
- l_____ PopplPontifex-Italic 491.16
- l_____ PopplPontifex-Bold 491.17
- l_____ PopplPontifex-Black 491.18
- l_____ PopplPontifex-BoldCondensed 491.19
- l_____ PopplPontifexBE-Regular 491.20
- l_____ PopplPontifexBE-RegularSC 491.21
- l_____ PopplPontifexBE-RegularExp 491.22
- l_____ PopplPontifexBE-Italic 491.23
- l_____ PopplPontifexBE-ItalicOsF 491.24
- l_____ PopplPontifexBE-ItalicExp 491.25
- l_____ PopplPontifexBE-Medium 491.26
- l_____ PopplPontifexBE-MediumSC 491.27
- l_____ PopplPontifexBE-MediumExp 491.28
- l_____ PopplPontifexBE-Bold 491.29
- l_____ PopplPontifexBE-BoldOsF 491.30
- l_____ PopplPontifexBE-BoldExp 491.31
- l_____ PopplPontifexBE-MediumCn 491.32
- l_____ PopplPontifexBE-MediumCnSC 491.33
- l_____ PopplPontifexBE-MediumCnExp 491.34
- l_____ PopplResidenz-Light 491.35
- l_____ PopplResidenz-Regular 491.36
- l_____ PostAntiqua-Roman 492.0
- l_____ PostAntiqua-Bold 492.1
- l_____ PostAntiquaBE-Regular 492.2
- l_____ PostAntiquaBE-Medium 492.3
- l_____ PostMediaeval-Regular 492.4
- l_____ PostMediaeval-Italic 492.5
- l_____ PostMediaeval-Medium 492.6
- l_____ PraxisEF-Light 493.0
- l_____ PraxisEF-LightSC 493.1
- l_____ PraxisEF-Regular 493.2
- l_____ PraxisEF-RegularSC 493.3
- l_____ PraxisEF-SemiBold 493.4
- l_____ PraxisEF-Bold 493.5
- l_____ PraxisEF-Heavy 493.6
- l_____ PremierEF 494.0
- l_____ PremierEF-Alternate 494.1
- l_____ PremierEF-Shaded 494.2
- l_____ Present 495.0
- l_____ Present-Bold 495.1
- l_____ Present-Black 495.2
- l_____ Present-Condensed 495.3
- l_____ Present-BoldCondensed 495.4
- l_____ Present-BlackCondensed 495.5
- l_____ PrincetownEF 496.0
- l_____ ProteusEF-Light 497.0
- l_____ ProteusEF-Book 497.1
- l_____ ProteusEF-Medium 497.2
- l_____ ProteusEF-Bold 497.3
- l_____ Quake 498.0
- l_____ QuartzEF 499.0
- l_____ QuasariaLL-Regular 500.0
- l_____ QuasariaLL-Oblique 500.1
- l_____ QuasariaLL-Bold 500.2
- l_____ QuasariaLL-BoldOblique 500.3
- l_____ Rad 501.0
- l_____ RadiantEFText-Light 502.0
- l_____ RadiantEFText-Book 502.1
- l_____ RadiantEFText-Medium 502.2
- l_____ RadiantEFText-DemiBold 502.3
- l_____ RadiantEFText-Bold 502.4
- l_____ RadiantEFText-Black 502.5
- l_____ RadiantEFDisplay-CondNo2 502.6
- l_____ RadiantEFDisplay-CondNo1 502.7
- l_____ RadiantEFDisplay-CondNo4 502.8
- l_____ RadiantEFDisplay-CondNo3 502.9
- l_____ RadiantEFDisplay-CondNo6 502.10
- l_____ RadiantEFDisplay-CondNo5 502.11
- l_____ RageItalicEF 503.0
- l_____ ReadMyHandLL 504.0
- l_____ ReadMyHandLL-Bold 504.1
- l_____ Reporter-Two 505.0
- l_____ RialtoEF 506.0
- l_____ Rockwell-Light 507.0
- l_____ Rockwell-LightItalic 507.1
- l_____ Rockwell 507.2
- l_____ Rockwell-Italic 507.3
- l_____ Rockwell-Bold 507.4
- l_____ Rockwell-BoldItalic 507.5
- l_____ Rockwell-ExtraBold 507.6
- l_____ Rockwell-Condensed 507.7
- l_____ Rockwell-BoldCondensed 507.8
- l_____ RomanScriptEF 508.0
- l_____ RomanScriptEF-Alternate 508.1
- l_____ Rosewood-Fill 509.0
- l_____ Rosewood-Regular 509.1
- l_____ Rotation-Roman 510.0
- l_____ Rotation-Italic 510.1
- l_____ Rotation-Bold 510.2
- l_____ Roundy-Roman 511.0
- l_____ Roundy-Swash 511.1
- l_____ RulingScript 512.0
- l_____ RulingScript-Addition 512.1
- l_____ RussellSquare 513.0
- l_____ RussellSquare-Oblique 513.1
- l_____ Sabon-Roman 514.0
- l_____ Sabon-RomanSC 514.1
- l_____ Sabon-RomanOsF 514.2
- l_____ Sabon-Italic 514.3
- l_____ Sabon-ItalicOsF 514.4
- l_____ Sabon-Bold 514.5
- l_____ Sabon-BoldOsF 514.6
- l_____ Sabon-BoldItalic 514.7
- l_____ Sabon-BoldItalicOsF 514.8
- l_____ Sassafras-Roman 517.0
- l_____ Sassafras-SxRoman 517.1
- l_____ Sassafras-LxRoman 517.2
- l_____ Sassafras-LxItalic 517.3
- l_____ Sassafras-SxItalic 517.4
- l_____ Sassafras-Italic 517.5
- l_____ StempelSchneidler-Light 518.0
- l_____ StempelSchneidler-LightItalic 518.1
- l_____ StempelSchneidler-Roman 518.2
- l_____ StempelSchneidler-Italic 518.3
- l_____ StempelSchneidler-Medium 518.4
- l_____ StempelSchneidler-MedItalic 518.5
- l_____ StempelSchneidler-Bold 518.6
- l_____ StempelSchneidler-BoldItalic 518.7
- l_____ StempelSchneidler-Black 518.8
- l_____ StempelSchneidler-BlackItalic 518.9
- l_____ SchneidlerEF-Light 518.10
- l_____ SchneidlerEF-AmaltheaLight 518.11
- l_____ SchneidlerEF-Roman 518.12
- l_____ SchneidlerEF-AmaltheaRoman 518.13
- l_____ SchneidlerEF-Medium 518.14
- l_____ SchneidlerEF-AmaltheaMedium 518.15
- l_____ SchneidlerEF-Bold 518.16
- l_____ SchneidlerEF-AmaltheaBold 518.17
- l_____ SchneidlerEF-Black 518.18
- l_____ SchneidlerEF-AmaltheaBlack 518.19
- l_____ SchreibmaschineEF-Regular 519.0
- l_____ Serpentine-Light 520.0
- l_____ Serpentine-LightOblique 520.1
- l_____ Serpentine-Medium 520.2
- l_____ Serpentine-MediumOblique 520.3
- l_____ Serpentine-Bold 520.4
- l_____ Serpentine-BoldOblique 520.5
- l_____ SerpentineEF-Bold 520.6
- l_____ SerpentineEF-BoldItalic 520.7
- l_____ VarioEF-Regular 522.0
- l_____ VarioEF-RegularItalic 522.1
- l_____ VectoraLH-Light 523.0
- l_____ VectoraLH-LightItalic 523.1
- l_____ VectoraLH-Roman 523.2
- l_____ VectoraLH-Italic 523.3
- l_____ VectoraLH-Bold 523.4
- l_____ VectoraLH-BoldItalic 523.5
- l_____ VectoraLH-Black 523.6
- l_____ VectoraLH-BlackItalic 523.7
- l_____ VegasEF 524.0
- l_____ Versailles-Light 526.0
- l_____ Versailles-LightItalic 526.1
- l_____ Versailles-Roman 526.2
- l_____ Versailles-Italic 526.3
- l_____ Versailles-Bold 526.4
- l_____ Versailles-BoldItalic 526.5
- l_____ Versailles-Black 526.6
- l_____ Versailles-BlackItalic 526.7
- l_____ Visigoth 527.0
- l_____ VladimirScriptEF 528.0
- l_____ Westside 530.0
- l_____ WiesbadenSwing-Roman 531.0
- l_____ Willow 532.0
- l_____ WittenbergerFrakturMT 533.0
- l_____ WittenbergerFrakturMT-Dfr 533.1
- l_____ WittenbergerFrakturMT-Bd 533.2
- l_____ WittenbergerFrakturMT-BdDfr 533.3
- l_____ Zebrawood-Fill 534.0
- l_____ Zebrawood-Regular 534.1
- l_____ AgrafieLL 535.0
- l_____ AlbertusMT-Light 536.0
- l_____ AlbertusMT-Roman 536.1
- l_____ AlbertusMT-Italic 536.2
- l_____ Alexa 537.0
- l_____ AlgerianEF 538.0
- l_____ Amigo 540.0
- l_____ AngroEF-Light 541.0
- l_____ AngroEF-Bold 541.1
- l_____ AnzeigenGroteskEF 542.0
- l_____ ArsisEF-Regular 543.0
- l_____ ArsisEF-RegularItalic 543.1
- l_____ AugusteaOpenEF 544.0
- l_____ Avenir-Light 545.0
- l_____ Avenir-LightOblique 545.1
- l_____ Avenir-Book 545.2
- l_____ Avenir-BookOblique 545.3
- l_____ Avenir-Roman 545.4
- l_____ Avenir-Oblique 545.5
- l_____ Avenir-Medium 545.6
- l_____ Avenir-MediumOblique 545.7
- l_____ Avenir-Heavy 545.8
- l_____ Avenir-HeavyOblique 545.9
- l_____ Avenir-Black 545.10
- l_____ Avenir-BlackOblique 545.11
- l_____ BakerSignet 546.0
- l_____ Balzano 547.0
- l_____ Barmeno-Regular 548.0
- l_____ Barmeno-Medium 548.1
- l_____ Barmeno-Bold 548.2
- l_____ Barmeno-ExtraBold 548.3
- l_____ BellCentennial-Address 549.0
- l_____ BellCentennial-SubCaption 549.1
- l_____ BellCentennial-NameAndNumber 549.2
- l_____ BellCentennial-BoldListing 549.3
- l_____ BellCentennial-BoldListingAlt 549.4
- l_____ City-Light 550.0
- l_____ City-LightItalic 550.1
- l_____ City-Medium 550.2
- l_____ City-MediumItalic 550.3
- l_____ City-Bold 550.4
- l_____ City-BoldItalic 550.5
- lpi___ BorderPi-OneFiveOneFiveNine 551.0
- l_____ BroadwayEF 552.2
- l_____ BroadwayEF-Engraved 552.3
- l_____ Caliban 553.0
- l_____ CarouselEF 554.0
- l_____ Century-Light 555.0
- l_____ Century-LightItalic 555.1
- l_____ Century-Book 555.2
- l_____ Century-BookItalic 555.3
- l_____ Century-Bold 555.4
- l_____ Century-BoldItalic 555.5
- l_____ Century-Ultra 555.6
- l_____ Century-UltraItalic 555.7
- l_____ Century-LightCondensed 555.8
- l_____ Century-LightCondensedItalic 555.9
- l_____ Century-BookCondensed 555.10
- l_____ Century-BookCondensedItalic 555.11
- l_____ Century-BoldCondensed 555.12
- l_____ Century-BoldCondensedItalic 555.13
- l_____ Century-UltraCondensed 555.14
- l_____ Century-UltraCondensedItalic 555.15
- l_____ CenturyEF-Light 555.16
- l_____ CenturyEF-LightItalic 555.17
- l_____ CenturyEF-Book 555.18
- l_____ CenturyEF-BookItalic 555.19
- l_____ CenturyEF-Bold 555.20
- l_____ CenturyEF-BoldItalic 555.21
- l_____ CenturyEF-Ultra 555.22
- l_____ CenturyEF-UltraItalic 555.23
- l_____ CenturyHandtEF-Bold 555.24
- l_____ CenturyHandtEF-BoldItalic 555.25
- l_____ CenturyEF-LightCondensed 555.26
- l_____ CenturyEF-LightCondensedItalic 555.27
- l_____ CenturyEF-BookCondensed 555.28
- l_____ CenturyEF-BookCondensedItalic 555.29
- l_____ CenturyEF-BoldCondensed 555.30
- l_____ CenturyEF-BoldCondensedItalic 555.31
- l_____ CenturyEF-UltraCondensed 555.32
- l_____ CenturyEF-UltraCondensedItalic 555.33
- l_____ CenturyExpanded 555.34
- l_____ CenturyExpanded-Italic 555.35
- l_____ CenturyExpandedEF-Regular 555.36
- l_____ CenturyExpandedEF-RegularItalic 555.37
- l_____ CenturyOldStyle-Regular 555.38
- l_____ CenturyOldStyle-Italic 555.39
- l_____ CenturyOldStyle-Bold 555.40
- l_____ CenturyOldStyleEF-Regular 555.41
- l_____ CenturyOldStyleEF-RegularItalic 555.42
- l_____ CenturyOldStyleEF-Bold 555.43
- l_____ NewCenturySchlbk-Roman 555.44
- l_____ NewCenturySchlbk-Italic 555.45
- l_____ NewCenturySchlbk-Bold 555.46
- l_____ NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic 555.47
- l_____ NewCenturySchlbkCE-Roman 555.50
- l_____ NewCenturySchlbkCE-Italic 555.51
- l_____ NewCenturySchlbkCE-Bold 555.52
- l_____ NewCenturySchlbkCE-BoldItalic 555.53
- l_____ NewCenturySchlbkGreek-Upright 555.54
- l_____ NewCenturySchlbkGreek-Inclined 555.55
- l_____ NewCenturySchlbkGreek-Bold 555.56
- l_____ NewCenturySchlbkGreekP-Upright 555.57
- l_____ NewCenturySchlbkGreekP-Inclined 555.58
- l_____ NewCenturySchlbkGreekP-Bold 555.59
- l_____ CenturySchoolbookEF-Reg 555.60
- l_____ CenturySchoolbookEF-RegIta 555.61
- l_____ CenturySchoolbookEF-Bol 555.62
- l_____ CenturySchoolbookEF-BolIta 555.63
- l_____ ChesterfieldEF 556.0
- l_____ Choc-Roman 557.0
- l_____ ChromiumOneEF 558.0
- l_____ Clarendon-Light 559.0
- l_____ Clarendon 559.1
- l_____ Clarendon-Bold 559.2
- l_____ ClarendonEF-Light 559.3
- l_____ ClarendonEF-Medium 559.4
- l_____ ClarendonEF-Bold 559.5
- l_____ ClarendonEF-ExtraBold 559.6
- l_____ ClarendonEF-BoldExpanded 559.7
- l_____ Colossalis-Regular 560.0
- l_____ Colossalis-Medium 560.1
- l_____ Colossalis-Bold 560.2
- l_____ Colossalis-Black 560.3
- l_____ CompactaEF-Light 561.0
- l_____ CompactaEF-Regular 561.1
- l_____ CompactaEF-RegularItalic 561.2
- l_____ CompactaEF-Bold 561.3
- l_____ CompactaEF-BoldItalic 561.4
- l_____ CompactaEF-Black 561.5
- l_____ CompactaEF-RegularOutline 561.6
- l_____ CompactaEF-BoldOutline 561.7
- l_____ ConferenceEF 562.0
- l_____ Copperplate-TwentyNineBC 563.0
- l_____ Copperplate-ThirtyBC 563.1
- l_____ Copperplate-ThirtyTwoBC 563.2
- l_____ Copperplate-ThirtyOneBC 563.3
- l_____ Copperplate-ThrityThreeBC 563.4
- l_____ Copperplate-TwentyNineAB 563.5
- l_____ Copperplate-ThirtyAB 563.6
- l_____ Copperplate-ThirtyTwoAB 563.7
- l_____ Copperplate-ThirtyOneAB 563.8
- l_____ CopperplateEF-Medium 563.10
- l_____ CopperplateEF-Bold 563.11
- l_____ CopperplateEF-LightCondensed 563.12
- l_____ CopperplateEF-MediumCondensed 563.13
- l_____ CopperplateEF-BoldCondensed 563.14
- l_____ CopperplateEF-Light 563.9
- l_____ Cottonwood 564.0
- l_____ CrilleeEF-LightItalic 565.0
- l_____ CrilleeEF-Italic 565.1
- l_____ CrilleeEF-BoldItalic 565.2
- l_____ CrilleeEF-ExtraBoldItalic 565.3
- l_____ DINMittelschrift 566.0
- l_____ DINMittelschrift-Alternate 566.1
- l_____ DINEngschrift 566.2
- l_____ DINEngschrift-Alternate 566.3
- l_____ DIN1451EF-MittelNeu 566.4
- l_____ DIN1451EF-MittelAlt 566.5
- l_____ DIN1451EF-EngNeu 566.6
- l_____ DIN1451EF-EngAlt 566.7
- l_____ DINNeuzeitGrotesk-Light 566.8
- l_____ DINNeuzeitGrotesk-BoldCond 566.9
- l_____ DalcoraHE 567.0
- lpi___ DecoNumbersLH-Circle 568.0
- lpi___ DecoNumbersLH-OCRA 568.1
- lpi___ DecoNumbersLH-Serlio 568.2
- lpi___ DecoNumbersLH-Square 568.3
- lpi___ DecoNumbersLH-Triangle 568.4
- l_____ DemosEF-Medium 569.0
- l_____ DemosEF-MediumSC 569.1
- l_____ DemosEF-MediumItalic 569.2
- l_____ DemosEF-SemiBold 569.3
- l_____ DextorEF 570.0
- l_____ Diotima-Roman 571.0
- l_____ Diotima-RomanSC 571.1
- l_____ Diotima-RomanOsF 571.2
- l_____ Diotima-Italic 571.3
- l_____ Diotima-ItalicOsF 571.4
- l_____ DucDeBerry 572.0
- l_____ DucDeBerry-Dfr 572.1
- l_____ EinhornEF 573.0
- l_____ EngraversLH-BoldFace 574.0
- l_____ EngraversEF-Roman 574.1
- l_____ EngraversEF-Bold 574.2
- l_____ GaladrielEF 578.0
- l_____ StempelGaramond-Roman 579.0
- l_____ StempelGaramond-RomanSC 579.1
- l_____ StempelGaramond-RomanOsF 579.2
- l_____ StempelGaramond-Italic 579.3
- l_____ StempelGaramond-ItalicOsF 579.4
- l_____ StempelGaramond-Bold 579.5
- l_____ StempelGaramond-BoldOsF 579.6
- l_____ StempelGaramond-BoldItalic 579.7
- l_____ StempelGaramond-BoldItalicOsF 579.8
- l_____ StempelGaramondCE-Roman 579.9
- l_____ StempelGaramondCE-Italic 579.10
- l_____ StempelGaramondCE-Bold 579.11
- l_____ StempelGaramondCE-BoldItalic 579.12
- l_____ StempelGaramondEastA-Roman 579.13
- l_____ StempelGaramondEastA-Italic 579.14
- l_____ StempelGaramondEastA-Bold 579.15
- l_____ StempelGaramondEastA-BoldItalic 579.16
- l_____ AGaramond-Regular 579.17
- l_____ AGaramondAlt-Regular 579.18
- l_____ AGaramond-RegularSC 579.19
- l_____ AGaramondExp-Regular 579.20
- l_____ AGaramond-Italic 579.21
- l_____ AGaramondAlt-Italic 579.22
- l_____ AGaramond-ItalicOsF 579.23
- l_____ AGaramondExp-Italic 579.24
- l_____ AGaramond-Semibold 579.25
- l_____ AGaramond-SemiboldSC 579.26
- l_____ AGaramondExp-Semibold 579.27
- l_____ AGaramond-SemiboldItalic 579.28
- l_____ AGaramond-SemiboldItalicOsF 579.29
- l_____ AGaramondExp-SemiboldItalic 579.30
- l_____ AGaramond-Bold 579.31
- l_____ AGaramond-BoldOsF 579.32
- l_____ AGaramondExp-Bold 579.33
- l_____ AGaramond-BoldItalic 579.34
- l_____ AGaramond-BoldItalicOsF 579.35
- l_____ AGaramondExp-BoldItalic 579.36
- l_____ AGaramond-Titling 579.37
- l_____ GaramondBE-Regular 579.38
- l_____ GaramondBE-RegularSC 579.39
- l_____ GaramondBE-RegularExpert 579.40
- l_____ GaramondBE-Italic 579.41
- l_____ GaramondBE-ItalicOsF 579.42
- l_____ GaramondBE-ItalicExpert 579.43
- l_____ GaramondBE-Medium 579.44
- l_____ GaramondBE-MediumSC 579.45
- l_____ GaramondBE-MediumExpert 579.46
- l_____ GaramondBE-MediumItalic 579.47
- l_____ GaramondBE-MediumItalicOsF 579.48
- l_____ GaramondBE-MediumItalicExpert 579.49
- l_____ GaramondBE-Bold 579.50
- l_____ GaramondBE-BoldOsF 579.51
- l_____ GaramondBE-BoldExpert 579.52
- l_____ GaramondBE-Condensed 579.53
- l_____ GaramondBE-CondensedSC 579.54
- l_____ GaramondBE-CnExpert 579.55
- l_____ GaramondBE-MediumCn 579.56
- l_____ GaramondBE-MediumCnOsF 579.57
- l_____ GaramondBE-MediumCnExpert 579.58
- l_____ GaramondBE-SwashItalic 579.59
- l_____ Garamond-Light 579.60
- l_____ Garamond-LightItalic 579.61
- l_____ Garamond-Book 579.62
- l_____ Garamond-BookItalic 579.63
- l_____ Garamond-Bold 579.64
- l_____ Garamond-BoldItalic 579.65
- l_____ Garamond-Ultra 579.66
- l_____ Garamond-UltraItalic 579.67
- l_____ Garamond-LightCondensed 579.68
- l_____ Garamond-LightCondensedItalic 579.69
- l_____ Garamond-BookCondensed 579.70
- l_____ Garamond-BookCondensedItalic 579.71
- l_____ Garamond-BoldCondensed 579.72
- l_____ Garamond-BoldCondensedItalic 579.73
- l_____ Garamond-UltraCondensed 579.74
- l_____ Garamond-UltraCondensedItalic 579.75
- l_____ GaramondEF-Light 579.76
- l_____ GaramondEF-LightItalic 579.77
- l_____ GaramondEF-Book 579.78
- l_____ GaramondEF-BookItalic 579.79
- l_____ GaramondEF-Bold 579.80
- l_____ GaramondEF-BoldItalic 579.81
- l_____ GaramondEF-Ultra 579.82
- l_____ GaramondEF-UltraItalic 579.83
- l_____ GaramondHandtEF-Bold 579.84
- l_____ GaramondHandtEF-BoldItalic 579.85
- l_____ GaramondEF-LightCondensed 579.86
- l_____ GaramondEF-LightCondensedItalic 579.87
- l_____ GaramondEF-BookCondensed 579.88
- l_____ GaramondEF-BookCondensedItalic 579.89
- l_____ GaramondEF-BoldCondensed 579.90
- l_____ GaramondEF-BoldCondensedItalic 579.91
- l_____ GaramondEF-UltraCondensed 579.92
- l_____ GaramondEF-UltraCondensedItalic 579.93
- l_____ SimonciniGaramond 579.94
- l_____ SimonciniGaramond-Italic 579.95
- l_____ SimonciniGaramond-Bold 579.96
- l_____ GaramondThree 579.97
- l_____ GaramondThree-SC 579.98
- l_____ GaramondThree-Italic 579.99
- l_____ GaramondThree-ItalicOsF 579.100
- l_____ GaramondThree-Bold 579.101
- l_____ GaramondThree-BoldSC 579.102
- l_____ GaramondThree-BoldItalic 579.103
- l_____ GaramondThree-BoldItalicOsF 579.104
- l_____ GaramondNo5EF-Light 579.105
- l_____ GaramondNo5EF-LightItalic 579.106
- l_____ GaramondNo5EF-Bold 579.107
- l_____ Giddyup 580.0
- l_____ GlaserStencilEF 581.0
- l_____ Grace 582.0
- l_____ GrafiloneLL-Light 583.0
- l_____ GrafiloneLL-SemiBold 583.1
- l_____ GrafiloneLL-Bold 583.2
- l_____ HaMangaIrregularLL-Regular 584.0
- l_____ HaMangaIrregularLL-Italic 584.1
- l_____ HaMangaIrregularPicturesLL 584.2
- l_____ HandelGothicEF-Light 585.0
- l_____ HandelGothicEF-Medium 585.1
- l_____ HandelGothicEF-Bold 585.2
- l_____ Herculanum 586.0
- l_____ HoTomLL-Regular 587.0
- l_____ HollanderEF-Regular 588.0
- l_____ HollanderSCEF-Regular 588.1
- l_____ HollanderEF-RegularItalic 588.2
- l_____ HollanderEF-Bold 588.3
- l_____ HorndonEF 589.0
- l_____ BarcelonaEF-Book 591.0
- l_____ BarcelonaEF-BookItalic 591.1
- l_____ BarcelonaEF-Medium 591.2
- l_____ BarcelonaEF-MediumItalic 591.3
- l_____ BarcelonaEF-Bold 591.4
- l_____ BarcelonaEF-BoldItalic 591.5
- l_____ BarcelonaEF-Heavy 591.6
- l_____ BarcelonaEF-HeavyItalic 591.7
- l_____ Bookman-Light 592.0
- l_____ Bookman-LightItalic 592.1
- l_____ Bookman-Medium 592.2
- l_____ Bookman-MediumItalic 592.3
- l_____ Bookman-Demi 592.4
- l_____ Bookman-DemiItalic 592.5
- l_____ Bookman-Bold 592.6
- l_____ Bookman-BoldItalic 592.7
- l_____ BookmanCE-Light 592.8
- l_____ BookmanCE-LightItalic 592.9
- l_____ BookmanCE-Demi 592.10
- l_____ BookmanCE-DemiItalic 592.11
- l_____ BookmanEF-Light 592.12
- l_____ BookmanEF-LightItalic 592.13
- l_____ BookmanEF-Medium 592.14
- l_____ BookmanEF-MediumItalic 592.15
- l_____ BookmanEF-Demi 592.16
- l_____ BookmanEF-DemiItalic 592.17
- l_____ BookmanEF-Bold 592.18
- l_____ BookmanEF-BoldItalic 592.19
- l_____ GammaEF-Book 593.0
- l_____ GammaSCEF-Book 593.1
- l_____ GammaEF-BookItalic 593.2
- l_____ GammaEF-Medium 593.3
- l_____ GammaSCEF-Medium 593.4
- l_____ GammaEF-MediumItalic 593.5
- l_____ GammaEF-Bold 593.6
- l_____ GammaEF-BoldItalic 593.7
- l_____ GammaEF-Black 593.8
- l_____ GammaEF-BlackItalic 593.9
- l_____ Italia-Book 594.0
- l_____ Italia-Medium 594.1
- l_____ Italia-Bold 594.2
- l_____ ItaliaEF-Book 594.3
- l_____ ItaliaEF-Medium 594.4
- l_____ ItaliaEF-Bold 594.5
- l_____ ItaliaEF-Condense 594.6
- l_____ MendozaRoman-Book 595.0
- l_____ MendozaRoman-BookItalic 595.1
- l_____ MendozaRoman-Medium 595.2
- l_____ MendozaRoman-MediumItalic 595.3
- l_____ MendozaRoman-Bold 595.4
- l_____ MendozaRoman-BoldItalic 595.5
- l_____ MendozaRomanEF-Book 595.6
- l_____ MendozaRomanEF-BookSC 595.7
- l_____ MendozaRomanEF-BookItalic 595.8
- l_____ MendozaRomanEF-Medium 595.9
- l_____ MendozaRomanEF-MediumSC 595.10
- l_____ MendozaRomanEF-MediumItalic 595.11
- l_____ MendozaRomanEF-Bold 595.12
- l_____ MendozaRomanEF-BoldItalic 595.13
- l_____ OfficinaSans-Book 596.0
- l_____ OfficinaSans-BookItalic 596.1
- l_____ OfficinaSans-Bold 596.2
- l_____ OfficinaSans-BoldItalic 596.3
- l_____ OfficinaSerif-Book 596.4
- l_____ OfficinaSerif-BookItalic 596.5
- l_____ OfficinaSerif-Bold 596.6
- l_____ OfficinaSerif-BoldItalic 596.7
- l_____ OfficinaSansEF-Book 596.8
- l_____ OfficinaSansEF-BookItalic 596.9
- l_____ OfficinaSansEF-Bold 596.10
- l_____ OfficinaSansEF-BoldItalic 596.11
- l_____ OfficinaSerifEF-Book 596.12
- l_____ OfficinaSerifEF-BookItalic 596.13
- l_____ OfficinaSerifEF-Bold 596.14
- l_____ OfficinaSerifEF-BoldItalic 596.15
- l_____ StoneInformal 597.0
- l_____ StoneInformal-Italic 597.1
- l_____ StoneInformal-SemiBold 597.2
- l_____ StoneInformal-SemiBoldItalic 597.3
- l_____ StoneInformal-Bold 597.4
- l_____ StoneInformal-BoldItalic 597.5
- l_____ StoneSans 597.6
- l_____ StoneSans-Italic 597.7
- l_____ StoneSans-SemiBold 597.8
- l_____ StoneSans-SemiBoldItalic 597.9
- l_____ StoneSans-Bold 597.10
- l_____ StoneSans-BoldItalic 597.11
- l_____ StoneSerif 597.12
- l_____ StoneSerif-Italic 597.13
- l_____ StoneSerif-SemiBold 597.14
- l_____ StoneSerif-SemiBoldItalic 597.15
- l_____ StoneSerif-Bold 597.16
- l_____ StoneSerif-BoldItalic 597.17
- l_____ StoneSans-PhoneticIPA 597.18
- l_____ StoneSans-PhoneticAlternate 597.19
- l_____ StoneSerif-PhoneticIPA 597.20
- l_____ StoneSerif-PhoneticAlternate 597.21
- l_____ StoneInformalEF-Medium 597.22
- l_____ StoneInformalEF-MediumSC 597.23
- l_____ StoneInformalEF-MediumItalic 597.24
- l_____ StoneInformalEF-SemiBold 597.25
- l_____ StoneInformalEF-SemiBoldSC 597.26
- l_____ StoneInformalEF-SemiBoldItalic 597.27
- l_____ StoneInformalEF-Bold 597.28
- l_____ StoneInformalEF-BoldItalic 597.29
- l_____ StoneSansEF-Medium 597.30
- l_____ StoneSansEF-MediumSC 597.31
- l_____ StoneSansEF-MediumItalic 597.32
- l_____ StoneSansEF-SemiBold 597.33
- l_____ StoneSansEF-SemiBoldSC 597.34
- l_____ StoneSansEF-SemiBoldItalic 597.35
- l_____ StoneSansEF-Bold 597.36
- l_____ StoneSansEF-BoldItalic 597.37
- l_____ StoneSerifEF-Medium 597.38
- l_____ StoneSerifEF-MediumSC 597.39
- l_____ StoneSerifEF-MediumItalic 597.40
- l_____ StoneSerifEF-SemiBold 597.41
- l_____ StoneSerifEF-SemiBoldSC 597.42
- l_____ StoneSerifEF-SemiBoldItalic 597.43
- l_____ StoneSerifEF-Bold 597.44
- l_____ StoneSerifEF-BoldItalic 597.45
- l_____ StoneSansEF-MediumPhonetic 597.46
- l_____ StoneSansEF-MediumPhoneticPlus 597.47
- l_____ StoneSerifEF-MediumPhonetic 597.48
- l_____ StoneSerifEF-MediumPhoneticPlus 597.49
- l_____ Usherwood-Book 598.0
- l_____ Usherwood-BookItalic 598.1
- l_____ Usherwood-Medium 598.2
- l_____ Usherwood-MediumItalic 598.3
- l_____ Usherwood-Bold 598.4
- l_____ Usherwood-BoldItalic 598.5
- l_____ Usherwood-Black 598.6
- l_____ Usherwood-BlackItalic 598.7
- l_____ UsherwoodEF-Book 598.8
- l_____ UsherwoodEF-BookItalic 598.9
- l_____ UsherwoodEF-Medium 598.10
- l_____ UsherwoodEF-MediumItalic 598.11
- l_____ UsherwoodEF-Bold 598.12
- l_____ UsherwoodEF-BoldItalic 598.13
- l_____ UsherwoodEF-Black 598.14
- l_____ UsherwoodEF-BlackItalic 598.15
- l_____ Impact 600.0
- l_____ ImprimeurClassiqueEF-Reg 601.0
- l_____ ImprimeurClassiqueEF-Obl 601.1
- l_____ ImprimeurNouveauEF-Reg 601.2
- l_____ ImprimeurNouveauEF-Obl 601.3
- l_____ Insignia 602.0
- l_____ Insignia-A 602.1
- l_____ JansonText-Roman 603.0
- l_____ JansonText-RomanSC 603.1
- l_____ JansonText-Italic 603.2
- l_____ JansonText-ItalicOsF 603.3
- l_____ JansonText-Bold 603.4
- l_____ JansonText-BoldOsF 603.5
- l_____ JansonText-BoldItalic 603.6
- l_____ JansonText-BoldItalicOsF 603.7
- l_____ Kabel-Light 604.0
- l_____ Kabel-Book 604.1
- l_____ Kabel-Heavy 604.2
- l_____ Kabel-Black 604.3
- l_____ ItcKabel-Book 604.4
- l_____ ItcKabel-Medium 604.5
- l_____ ItcKabel-Demi 604.6
- l_____ ItcKabel-Bold 604.7
- l_____ ItcKabel-Ultra 604.8
- l_____ ItcKabelEF-Book 604.9
- l_____ ItcKabelEF-Medium 604.10
- l_____ ItcKabelEF-Demi 604.11
- l_____ ItcKabelEF-Bold 604.12
- l_____ ItcKabelEF-Ultra 604.13
- l_____ KapitelliaEF-Bold 605.0
- l_____ KlangMT 606.0
- l_____ KolossEF 607.0
- l_____ LCDEF 608.0
- l_____ LinoLetter-Roman 610.0
- l_____ LinoLetter-RomanSC 610.1
- l_____ LinoLetter-RomanOsF 610.2
- l_____ LinoLetter-Italic 610.3
- l_____ LinoLetter-ItalicOsF 610.4
- l_____ LinoLetter-Medium 610.5
- l_____ LinoLetter-MediumSC 610.6
- l_____ LinoLetter-MediumOsF 610.7
- l_____ LinoLetter-MediumItalic 610.8
- l_____ LinoLetter-MediumItalicOsF 610.9
- l_____ LinoLetter-Bold 610.10
- l_____ LinoLetter-BoldSC 610.11
- l_____ LinoLetter-BoldOsF 610.12
- l_____ LinoLetter-BoldItalic 610.13
- l_____ LinoLetter-BoldItalicOsF 610.14
- l_____ LinoLetter-Black 610.15
- l_____ LinoLetter-BlackSC 610.16
- l_____ LinoLetter-BlackOsF 610.17
- l_____ LinoLetter-BlackItalic 610.18
- l_____ LinoLetter-BlackItalicOsF 610.19
- l_____ TechnicalLH-PiOne 612.0
- l_____ TechnicalLH-PiTwo 612.1
- l_____ MagnaEF-Light 613.0
- l_____ MagnaEF-Italic 613.1
- l_____ MagnaEF-Bold 613.2
- l_____ MateoRomanLL 614.0
- l_____ MateoBoldLL 614.1
- l_____ MateoBoldOutlineLL 614.2
- l_____ Memphis-Light 615.0
- l_____ Memphis-LightItalic 615.1
- l_____ Memphis-Medium 615.2
- l_____ Memphis-MediumItalic 615.3
- l_____ Memphis-Bold 615.4
- l_____ Memphis-BoldItalic 615.5
- l_____ Memphis-ExtraBold 615.6
- l_____ MetroLite-Two 616.0
- l_____ MetroMedium-Two 616.1
- l_____ MetroBlack-Two 616.2
- l_____ Mistral 617.0
- l_____ Monotype Script-Bold 618.0
- l_____ Napoleon-BoldCondensed 619.0
- l_____ NeulandStar 620.1
- l_____ NewCaledonia 621.0
- l_____ NewCaledonia-RomanSC 621.1
- l_____ NewCaledonia-Italic 621.2
- l_____ NewCaledonia-ItalicOsF 621.3
- l_____ NewCaledonia-SemiBold 621.4
- l_____ NewCaledonia-SemiBoldItalic 621.5
- l_____ NewCaledonia-Bold 621.6
- l_____ NewCaledonia-BoldSC 621.7
- l_____ NewCaledonia-BoldItalic 621.8
- l_____ NewCaledonia-BoldItalicOsF 621.9
- l_____ NewCaledonia-Black 621.10
- l_____ NewCaledonia-BlackItalic 621.11
- l_____ NoweAtenyLL-Two 622.0
- l_____ OctopussEF 623.0
- l_____ OctopussEF-Shaded 623.1
- l_____ OldTown536EF 624.0
- l_____ Optima 625.0
- l_____ Optima-Oblique 625.1
- l_____ Optima-Medium 625.2
- l_____ Optima-MediumOblique 625.3
- l_____ Optima-Demi 625.4
- l_____ Optima-DemiOblique 625.5
- l_____ Optima-Bold 625.6
- l_____ Optima-BoldOblique 625.7
- l_____ Optima-Black 625.8
- l_____ Optima-BlackOblique 625.9
- l_____ Optima-ExtraBlack 625.10
- l_____ Optima-ExtraBlackOblique 625.11
- l_____ OptimaCE-Roman 625.12
- l_____ OptimaCE-Oblique 625.13
- l_____ OptimaCE-Bold 625.14
- l_____ OptimaCE-BoldOblique 625.15
- l_____ OptimaEastA-Roman 625.16
- l_____ OptimaEastA-RomanOblique 625.17
- l_____ OptimaEastA-Bold 625.18
- l_____ OptimaEastA-BoldOblique 625.19
- l_____ PaddingtonEF 626.0
- l_____ PaddingtonEF-Alternate 626.1
- l_____ PapyrusEF-Regular 627.0
- l_____ PapyrusEF-Alternates 627.1
- l_____ Peignot-Light 628.0
- l_____ Peignot-Demi 628.1
- l_____ Peignot-Bold 628.2
- l_____ PendryScriptEF-Regular 629.0
- l_____ PendryScriptEF-Alternates 629.1
- l_____ PiccadillyEF 630.0
- l_____ Poplar 631.0
- l_____ PumpEF-Light 632.0
- l_____ PumpEF-Medium 632.1
- l_____ PumpEF-Demi 632.2
- l_____ PumpEF-Bold 632.3
- l_____ PumpEF-Triline 632.4
- l_____ RailroadGothic 633.0
- l_____ RotisSansSerif-Light 634.0
- l_____ RotisSansSerif-LightItalic 634.1
- l_____ RotisSansSerif 634.2
- l_____ RotisSansSerif-Italic 634.3
- l_____ RotisSansSerif-Bold 634.4
- l_____ RotisSansSerif-ExtraBold 634.5
- l_____ RotisSerif 634.6
- l_____ RotisSerif-Italic 634.7
- l_____ RotisSerif-Bold 634.8
- l_____ RotisSemiSans-Light 634.9
- l_____ RotisSemiSans-LightItalic 634.10
- l_____ RotisSemiSans 634.11
- l_____ RotisSemiSans-Italic 634.12
- l_____ RotisSemiSans-Bold 634.13
- l_____ RotisSemiSans-ExtraBold 634.14
- l_____ RotisSemiSerif 634.15
- l_____ RotisSemiSerif-Bold 634.16
- l_____ RunicMT-Condensed 635.0
- l_____ SassoonPrimary 636.0
- l_____ SerlioLH 637.0
- l_____ ShelleyEF 638.0
- l_____ SierraEF-Regular 639.0
- l_____ SierraEF-RegularItalic 639.1
- l_____ SierraEF-Bold 639.2
- l_____ SierraEF-BoldItalic 639.3
- l_____ SlipstreamEF 640.0
- l_____ Souvenir-Light 641.0
- l_____ Souvenir-LightItalic 641.1
- l_____ Souvenir-Medium 641.2
- l_____ Souvenir-MediumItalic 641.3
- l_____ Souvenir-Demi 641.4
- l_____ Souvenir-DemiItalic 641.5
- l_____ Souvenir-Bold 641.6
- l_____ Souvenir-BoldItalic 641.7
- l_____ SouvenirGreek-Light 641.8
- l_____ SouvenirGreek-Demi 641.9
- l_____ SouvenirGreekP-Light 641.10
- l_____ SouvenirGreekP-Demi 641.11
- l_____ SouvenirEF-Light 641.12
- l_____ SouvenirEF-LightItalic 641.13
- l_____ SouvenirEF-Medium 641.14
- l_____ SouvenirEF-MediumItalic 641.15
- l_____ SouvenirEF-Demi 641.16
- l_____ SouvenirEF-DemiItalic 641.17
- l_____ SouvenirEF-Bold 641.18
- l_____ SouvenirEF-BoldItalic 641.19
- l_____ SouvenirMonoEF-Light 641.20
- l_____ SouvenirMonoEF-LightItalic 641.21
- l_____ SouvenirMonoEF-Bold 641.22
- l_____ SpringfieldEF 642.0
- l_____ StentorEF 643.0
- l_____ StymieEF-Light 644.0
- l_____ StymieEF-Medium 644.1
- l_____ StymieEF-Bold 644.2
- l_____ StymieEF-Black 644.3
- l_____ StymieEF-MediumCondensed 644.4
- l_____ StymieEF-BoldCondensed 644.5
- l_____ SynchroEF 645.0
- l_____ SynchroEF-Alternate 645.1
- l_____ TeaChest 646.0
- l_____ Times-Roman 648.0
- l_____ Times-RomanSC 648.1
- l_____ Times-Italic 648.2
- l_____ Times-ItalicOsF 648.3
- l_____ Times-SemiBold 648.4
- l_____ Times-SemiBoldItalic 648.5
- l_____ Times-Bold 648.6
- l_____ Times-BoldSC 648.7
- l_____ Times-BoldItalic 648.8
- l_____ Times-BoldItalicOsF 648.9
- l_____ TimesTen-Roman 648.10
- l_____ TimesTen-RomanSC 648.11
- l_____ TimesTen-RomanOsF 648.12
- l_____ TimesTen-Italic 648.13
- l_____ TimesTen-ItalicOsF 648.14
- l_____ TimesTen-Bold 648.15
- l_____ TimesTen-BoldOsF 648.16
- l_____ TimesTen-BoldItalic 648.17
- l_____ TimesTen-BoldItalicOsF 648.18
- l_____ TimesEighteen-Roman 648.19
- l_____ TimesEighteen-Bold 648.20
- l_____ Times-ExtraBold 648.21
- l_____ TimesEuropa-Roman 648.22
- l_____ TimesEuropa-Italic 648.23
- l_____ TimesEuropa-Bold 648.24
- l_____ TimesEuropa-BoldItalic 648.25
- l_____ Times-PhoneticIPA 648.26
- l_____ Times-PhoneticAlternate 648.27
- l_____ TimesCE-Roman 648.28
- l_____ TimesCE-Italic 648.29
- l_____ TimesCE-Bold 648.30
- l_____ TimesCE-BoldItalic 648.31
- l_____ TimesTenCE-Roman 648.32
- l_____ TimesTenCE-Italic 648.33
- l_____ TimesTenCE-Bold 648.34
- l_____ TimesTenCE-BoldItalic 648.35
- l_____ TimesTenCyr-Upright 648.36
- l_____ TimesTenCyr-Inclined 648.37
- l_____ TimesTenCyr-Bold 648.38
- l_____ TimesTenCyr-BoldInclined 648.39
- l_____ TimesTenEastA-Roman 648.40
- l_____ TimesTenEastA-Italic 648.41
- l_____ TimesTenEastA-Bold 648.42
- l_____ TimesTenEastA-BoldItalic 648.43
- l_____ TimesTenGreek-Upright 648.44
- l_____ TimesTenGreek-Inclined 648.45
- l_____ TimesTenGreek-Bold 648.46
- l_____ TimesTenGreek-BdInclined 648.47
- l_____ TimesTenGreekP-Upright 648.48
- l_____ TimesTenGreekP-Inclined 648.49
- l_____ TimesTenGreekP-Bold 648.50
- l_____ TimesTenGreekP-BoldInclined 648.51
- l_____ TimesModernEF 648.52
- l_____ TimesNewRomanPS-Roman 648.53
- l_____ TimesNewRomanPS-Italic 648.54
- l_____ TimesNewRomanPS-Bold 648.55
- l_____ TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalic 648.56
- l_____ TimesNewRomanMT-Cond 648.57
- l_____ TimesNewRomanMT-CondItalic 648.58
- l_____ TimesNewRomanMT-BoldCond 648.59
- l_____ TradeGothic-Light 649.0
- l_____ TradeGothic-LightOblique 649.1
- l_____ TradeGothic 649.2
- l_____ TradeGothic-Oblique 649.3
- l_____ TradeGothic-Bold 649.4
- l_____ TradeGothic-BoldTwo 649.5
- l_____ TradeGothic-BoldOblique 649.6
- l_____ TradeGothic-BoldTwoOblique 649.7
- l_____ TradeGothic-CondEighteen 649.8
- l_____ TradeGothic-CondEighteenObl 649.9
- l_____ TradeGothic-BoldCondTwenty 649.10
- l_____ TradeGothic-BoldCondTwentyObl 649.11
- l_____ TradeGothicLH-Extended 649.12
- l_____ Utopia-Regular 651.0
- l_____ Utopia-RegularSC 651.1
- l_____ UtopiaExp-Regular 651.2
- l_____ Utopia-Italic 651.3
- l_____ Utopia-ItalicOsF 651.4
- l_____ UtopiaExp-Italic 651.5
- l_____ Utopia-Semibold 651.6
- l_____ Utopia-SemiboldSC 651.7
- l_____ UtopiaExp-Semibold 651.8
- l_____ Utopia-SemiboldItalic 651.9
- l_____ Utopia-SemiboldItalicOsF 651.10
- l_____ UtopiaExp-SemiboldItalic 651.11
- l_____ Utopia-Bold 651.12
- l_____ Utopia-BoldOsF 651.13
- l_____ UtopiaExp-Bold 651.14
- l_____ Utopia-BoldItalic 651.15
- l_____ Utopia-BoldItalicOsF 651.16
- l_____ UtopiaExp-BoldItalic 651.17
- l_____ Utopia-Black 651.18
- l_____ Utopia-BlackOsF 651.19
- l_____ Utopia-BlackExpert 651.20
- l_____ Utopia-Headline 651.21
- l_____ Utopia-TitlingCapitals 651.22
- l_____ Utopia-Ornaments 651.23
- l_____ VenusMager 652.0
- l_____ VenusKursivMager 652.1
- l_____ VenusLinkskursiv 652.2
- l_____ VenusHalbfett 652.3
- l_____ VenusKursivHalbfett 652.4
- l_____ VenusEgypHalbfett 652.5
- l_____ VenusEgypHalbfettKurs 652.6
- l_____ VoltaEF-Regular 653.0
- l_____ VoltaEF-Medium 653.1
- l_____ VoltaEF-MediumItalic 653.2
- l_____ VoltaEF-Bold 653.3
- l_____ Weiss 654.0
- l_____ Weiss-Italic 654.1
- l_____ Weiss-Bold 654.2
- l_____ Weiss-ExtraBold 654.3
- l_____ WeissAntiquaEF-Regular 654.4
- l_____ WeissAntiquaEF-RegularItalic 654.5
- l_____ WeissAntiquaEF-Medium 654.6
- l_____ WeissAntiquaEF-Bold 654.7
- l_____ WeissAntiquaEF-ExtraBold 654.8
- l_____ WeissAntiquaEF-UltraBold 654.9
- l_____ WeissAntiquaEF-BoldCondensed 654.10
- l_____ WeissAntiquaEF-ExtraBoldCondensed 654.11
- l_____ Wilke-Roman 655.0
- l_____ Wilke-Italic 655.1
- l_____ Wilke-Bold 655.2
- l_____ Wilke-BoldItalic 655.3
- l_____ Wilke-Black 655.4
- l_____ Wilke-BlackItalic 655.5
- l_____ Woodstock 656.0
- l_____ Bellevue 657.0
- l_____ BinnerEF 658.0
- l_____ Boton-Light 659.0
- l_____ Boton-LightItalic 659.1
- l_____ Boton-Regular 659.2
- l_____ Boton-Italic 659.3
- l_____ Boton-Medium 659.4
- l_____ Boton-MediumItalic 659.5
- l_____ Boton-Bold 659.6
- l_____ Boton-BoldItalic 659.7
- l_____ AachenCE-Bold 9501.0
- l_____ AdHoc 9501.1
- l_____ AdHoc-Bis 9501.2
- l_____ AdHoc-SC 9501.3
- l_____ AdHoc-BisItalic 9501.4
- l_____ AdHoc-Italic 9501.5
- l_____ LinotypeAmelia 9501.8
- l_____ Andreas 9501.9
- l_____ BaskervilleClassico 9501.13
- l_____ BaskervilleClassico-Italic 9501.14
- l_____ BaskervilleClassico-BoldItalic 9501.15
- l_____ BaskervilleClassico-SC 9501.16
- l_____ BaskervilleClassico-Bold 9501.17
- l_____ LinotypeBecket 9501.18
- l_____ Bernhard-BoldCondensed 9501.19
- l_____ Birka 9501.20
- l_____ Birka-SC 9501.21
- l_____ Birka-SemiBoldItalic 9501.22
- l_____ Birka-SemiBold 9501.23
- l_____ Birka-BoldItalic 9501.24
- l_____ Birka-Italic 9501.25
- l_____ Birka-Bold 9501.26
- l_____ LinotypeBlackWhiteHeadline 9501.27
- l_____ LinotypeBlackWhiteOutline 9501.28
- l_____ LinotypeBlackWhiteLaserOutline 9501.29
- l_____ LinotypeBlackWhite 9501.30
- l_____ LinotypeBlackWhiteLaser 9501.31
- l_____ BodoniHE-Light 9501.32
- l_____ BodoniHE-LightItalic 9501.33
- l_____ BodoniHE-SemiBold 9501.34
- l_____ BodoniHE-SemiBoldItalic 9501.35
- l_____ BodoniHE-BookItalic 9501.36
- l_____ BodoniHE-Book 9501.37
- l_____ BodoniHE-Bold 9501.38
- l_____ BodoniHE-ExtraBold 9501.39
- l_____ BodoniHE-BoldItalic 9501.40
- l_____ BodoniHE-SemiBoldCondensedItalic 9501.41
- l_____ BodoniHE-SemiBoldCondensed 9501.42
- l_____ BodoniHE-BoldCondensedItalic 9501.43
- l_____ BodoniHE-BoldCondensed 9501.44
- l_____ BodoniHE-ExtraBoldItalic 9501.45
- l_____ BodoniClassico 9501.46
- l_____ BodoniClassico-BoldItalic 9501.47
- l_____ BodoniClassico-SC 9501.48
- l_____ BodoniClassico-Bold 9501.49
- l_____ BodoniClassico-Italic 9501.50
- l_____ Carniola 9501.52
- l_____ Carniola-Bold 9501.53
- l_____ Carniola-SemiBold 9501.54
- l_____ Carniola-SC 9501.55
- l_____ Carniola-SemiBoldItalic 9501.56
- l_____ Carniola-BoldItalic 9501.57
- l_____ Carniola-Italic 9501.58
- l_____ CaslonHE-Light 9501.59
- l_____ CaslonHE-LightItalic 9501.60
- l_____ CaslonHE-Italic 9501.61
- l_____ CaslonHE-Roman 9501.62
- l_____ CaslonClassico 9501.63
- l_____ CaslonClassico-Bold 9501.64
- l_____ CaslonClassico-SC 9501.65
- l_____ CaslonClassico-BoldItalic 9501.66
- l_____ CaslonClassico-Italic 9501.67
- l_____ Century-HandtooledBold 9501.68
- l_____ Century-HandtooledBoldItalic 9501.69
- l_____ NewCenturySchlbkCyr-Roman 9501.70
- l_____ NewCenturySchlbkCyr-Bold 9501.71
- l_____ NewCenturySchlbkCyr-Italic 9501.72
- l_____ NewCenturySchlbkCyr-BoldItalic 9501.73
- l_____ Cheltenham-HandtooledBd 9501.74
- l_____ Cheltenham-HandtooledBdIt 9501.75
- l_____ CloisterOpenFace 9501.76
- l_____ Linotype CMC-Seven 9501.77
- l_____ CooperBlackCE-Regualr 9501.78
- l_____ CooperBlackCE-Italic 9501.79
- l_____ CourierCyr 9501.80
- l_____ CourierCyr-Oblique 9501.81
- l_____ CourierCyr-BoldOblique 9501.82
- l_____ CourierCyr-Bold 9501.83
- l_____ LinotypeDavida 9501.84
- l_____ Devin 9501.95
- l_____ Devin-Bold 9501.96
- l_____ Devin-Italic 9501.97
- l_____ Devin-SemiBold 9501.98
- l_____ Devin-SC 9501.99
- l_____ Devin-SemiBoldItalic 9501.100
- l_____ Devin-BoldItalic 9501.101
- l_____ Dialog-Condensed 9501.102
- l_____ Dialog-SemiBoldSC 9501.103
- l_____ Dialog-LightSC 9501.104
- l_____ Dialog-ExtraBoldItalic 9501.105
- l_____ Dialog-ExtraBold 9501.106
- l_____ Dialog-SemiBoldItalic 9501.107
- l_____ Dialog-SemiBold 9501.108
- l_____ Dialog-LightItalic 9501.109
- l_____ Dialog-Light 9501.110
- l_____ Dialog-SC 9501.111
- l_____ Dialog-BoldItalic 9501.112
- l_____ Dialog-Bold 9501.113
- l_____ Dialog-Italic 9501.114
- l_____ Dialog 9501.115
- l_____ DialogCond-Bold 9501.116
- l_____ DialogCond-Italic 9501.117
- l_____ DialogCond-BoldItalic 9501.118
- l_____ DialogCond-SemiBoldItalic 9501.119
- l_____ DialogCond-SemiBold 9501.120
- l_____ DigiAntiqua-LightCondensed 9501.121
- l_____ DigiGrotesk-BoldCondensed 9501.122
- l_____ EmonaCond 9501.124
- l_____ EmonaCond-Bold 9501.125
- l_____ EmonaCond-BoldItalic 9501.126
- l_____ Emona-Bold 9501.127
- l_____ Emona-SemiBold 9501.128
- l_____ Emona-SC 9501.129
- l_____ Emona-SemiBoldItalic 9501.130
- l_____ Emona-Italic 9501.131
- l_____ Emona 9501.132
- l_____ EmonaCond-Italic 9501.133
- l_____ Emona-BoldItalic 9501.134
- l_____ EsperantoCond 9501.135
- l_____ Esperanto 9501.136
- l_____ Esperanto-Bold 9501.137
- l_____ Esperanto-SemiBold 9501.138
- l_____ Esperanto-SC 9501.139
- l_____ Esperanto-SemiBoldItalic 9501.140
- l_____ Esperanto-BoldItalic 9501.141
- l_____ Esperanto-Italic 9501.142
- l_____ EsperantoCond-SC 9501.143
- l_____ EsperantoCond-Bold 9501.144
- l_____ EsperantoCond-Italic 9501.145
- l_____ EsperantoCond-BoldItalic 9501.146
- l_____ ExcelsiorInsertio 9501.147
- l_____ F2FAlRetto 9501.148
- l_____ F2FBoneR-Book 9501.149
- l_____ F2FCzykagoSemiSerif 9501.150
- l_____ F2FLego-Stoned 9501.151
- l_____ F2FLovegrid 9501.152
- l_____ F2FMadame-Butterfly 9501.153
- l_____ F2FMadZine-Dirt 9501.154
- l_____ F2FMadZine-Script 9501.155
- l_____ F2FOCR-AlexczykShake 9501.156
- l_____ OCR-BczykNorm 9501.157
- l_____ OCR-BczykBold 9501.158
- l_____ F2FPrototipa-Multipla 9501.159
- l_____ F2FScreen-Scream 9501.160
- l_____ F2FShakkarakk 9501.161
- l_____ F2FShpeetz 9501.162
- l_____ F2FTagliatelle-Sugo 9501.163
- l_____ F2FTwins 9501.164
- l_____ F2FTyrell-Corp 9501.165
- l_____ Linotype FehrleDisplay 9501.166
- l_____ Fortuna 9501.167
- l_____ Fortuna-Bold 9501.168
- l_____ FranklinGothic-BookCmpr 9501.169
- l_____ FranklinGothic-DemiCmprItal 9501.170
- l_____ FranklinGothic-DemiXCmpr 9501.171
- l_____ FranklinGothic-BookXCmpr 9501.172
- l_____ FranklinGothic-DemiCndItal 9501.173
- l_____ FranklinGothic-DemiCnd 9501.174
- l_____ FranklinGothic-MediumCndItal 9501.175
- l_____ FranklinGothic-MediumCnd 9501.176
- l_____ FranklinGothic-BookCndItal 9501.177
- l_____ FranklinGothic-BookCnd 9501.178
- l_____ FranklinGothic-DemiCmpr 9501.179
- l_____ FranklinGothic-BookCmprItal 9501.180
- l_____ FreestyleScriptCE 9501.181
- l_____ FrutigerCE-LightItalic 9501.182
- l_____ FrutigerCE-Roman 9501.183
- l_____ FrutigerCE-Black 9501.184
- l_____ FrutigerCE-Italic 9501.185
- l_____ FrutigerCE-Light 9501.186
- l_____ FrutigerCE-UltraBlack 9501.187
- l_____ FrutigerCE-BlackItalic 9501.188
- l_____ FrutigerCE-BoldItalic 9501.189
- l_____ FrutigerCE-Bold 9501.190
- l_____ FuturaCE-Light 9501.191
- l_____ FuturaCE-Bold 9501.192
- l_____ FuturaCE-Medium 9501.193
- l_____ FuturaCE-BoldOblique 9501.194
- l_____ FuturaCE-LightOblique 9501.195
- l_____ FuturaCE-ExtraBoldOblique 9501.196
- l_____ FuturaCE-ExtraBold 9501.197
- l_____ FuturaCE-HeavyOblique 9501.198
- l_____ FuturaCE-Heavy 9501.199
- l_____ FuturaCE-MediumOblique 9501.200
- l_____ FuturaCE-BookOblique 9501.201
- l_____ FuturaCE-Book 9501.202
- l_____ Garamond-HandtooledBold 9501.206
- l_____ Garamond-HandtooledBoldItalic 9501.207
- l_____ GaramondClassico 9501.208
- l_____ GaramondClassico-BoldItalic 9501.209
- l_____ GaramondClassico-SC 9501.210
- l_____ GaramondClassico-Italic 9501.211
- l_____ GaramondClassico-Bold 9501.212
- l_____ GillSansCE-Light 9501.213
- l_____ GillSansCE-Roman 9501.214
- l_____ GillSansCE-Bold 9501.215
- l_____ GillSansCE-BoldItalic 9501.216
- l_____ GillSansCE-Italic 9501.217
- l_____ GillSansCE-LightItalic 9501.218
- l_____ GoudyModern94 9501.219
- l_____ GoudyModern94-Italic 9501.220
- l_____ GoudyModern94-Bold 9501.221
- l_____ GoudyModern94-BoldItalic 9501.222
- l_____ GoudyModern94-SC 9501.223
- l_____ GoudyVillage 9501.224
- l_____ GoudyVillage-SC 9501.225
- l_____ GoudyVillage-BoldItalic 9501.226
- l_____ GoudyVillage-Italic 9501.227
- l_____ GoudyVillage-Bold 9501.228
- l_____ GriffoClassico 9501.229
- l_____ GriffoClassico-Bold 9501.230
- l_____ GriffoClassico-BoldItalic 9501.231
- l_____ GriffoClassico-SC 9501.232
- l_____ GriffoClassico-Italic 9501.233
- l_____ HelveticaNeueCE-Light 9501.238
- l_____ HelveticaNeueCE-Black 9501.239
- l_____ HelveticaNeueCE-UltraLightIt 9501.240
- l_____ HelveticaNeueCE-BlackItalic 9501.241
- l_____ HelveticaNeueCE-Medium 9501.242
- l_____ HelveticaNeueCE-Heavy 9501.243
- l_____ HelveticaNeueCE-HeavyItalic 9501.244
- l_____ HelveticaNeueCE-UltraLight 9501.245
- l_____ HelveticaNeueCE-MediumItalic 9501.246
- l_____ HelveticaNeueCE-LightItalic 9501.247
- lpi___ Linotype HieroglyphsPi-One 9501.248
- lpi___ Linotype HieroglyphsPi-Two 9501.249
- l_____ Humana 9501.250
- l_____ Humana-SC 9501.251
- l_____ Isolde 9501.252
- l_____ Isolde-Italic 9501.253
- l_____ Isolde-BoldItalic 9501.254
- l_____ Isolde-SC 9501.255
- l_____ Isolde-Bold 9501.256
- l_____ JensonClassico 9501.257
- l_____ JensonClassico-Italic 9501.258
- l_____ JensonClassico-BoldItalic 9501.259
- l_____ JensonClassico-Bold 9501.260
- l_____ JensonClassico-SC 9501.261
- l_____ Jesper 9501.262
- l_____ Jonatan 9501.263
- l_____ Kalix 9501.264
- l_____ Kalix-SC 9501.265
- l_____ Kalix-Italic 9501.266
- l_____ Kalix-Bold 9501.267
- l_____ Kalix-BoldItalic 9501.268
- l_____ Kalix-SemiBoldItalic 9501.269
- l_____ Kalix-SemiBold 9501.270
- l_____ Kasper 9501.271
- lpi___ MacKeyCaps 9501.272
- l_____ KisClassico 9501.281
- l_____ KisClassico-BoldItalic 9501.282
- l_____ KisClassico-SC 9501.283
- l_____ KisClassico-Italic 9501.284
- l_____ KisClassico-Bold 9501.285
- lpi___ Linobats 9501.288
- l_____ LucidaTypewriter 9501.289
- l_____ LucidaSansTypewriter 9501.290
- l_____ LucidaSansTypewriter-Bd 9501.291
- l_____ LucidaSansTypewriter-BdObl 9501.292
- l_____ LucidaTypewriter-BoldObl 9501.293
- l_____ LucidaTypewriter-Bold 9501.294
- l_____ LucidaTypewriter-Obl 9501.295
- l_____ LucidaSansTypewriter-Obl 9501.296
- l_____ LinotypeLutherscheFraktur 9501.297
- l_____ LinotypeLutherscheFraktur-Dfr 9501.298
- l_____ Manuskript 9501.299
- l_____ Manuskript-BoldItalic 9501.300
- l_____ Manuskript-SC 9501.301
- l_____ Manuskript-Bold 9501.302
- l_____ Manuskript-Italic 9501.303
- l_____ MarcoPolo 9501.304
- l_____ MarcoPolo-SC 9501.305
- l_____ MarcoPolo-Italic 9501.306
- l_____ Memento 9501.307
- l_____ Memento-Italic 9501.308
- l_____ Memento-SemiBold 9501.309
- l_____ Memento-SemiBoldItalic 9501.310
- l_____ Memento-BoldItalic 9501.311
- l_____ Memento-Bold 9501.312
- l_____ Memento-SC 9501.313
- l_____ Miramar 9501.314
- l_____ Miramar-SC 9501.315
- l_____ Miramar-BoldItalic 9501.316
- l_____ Miramar-Bold 9501.317
- l_____ Miramar-Italic 9501.318
- l_____ Mojo 9501.319
- l_____ Monti-Roman 9501.320
- l_____ Monti-SemiBold 9501.321
- l_____ Napoleon-Light 9501.322
- l_____ Napoleon-Roman 9501.323
- l_____ Napoleon-Italic 9501.324
- l_____ Napoleon-Bold 9501.325
- l_____ Napoleon-BoldCondensed 9501.326
- l_____ Napoleon-SemiBold 9501.327
- l_____ Neuland 9501.328
- l_____ NormaCompr 9501.329
- l_____ NormaCompr-Bold 9501.330
- l_____ NormaCompr-Italic 9501.331
- l_____ NormaCompr-SC 9501.332
- l_____ NormaCond-Bold 9501.333
- l_____ NormaCond 9501.334
- l_____ Norma-SemiBoldItalic 9501.335
- l_____ Norma-SemiBold 9501.336
- l_____ Norma-BoldItalic 9501.337
- l_____ Norma-Bold 9501.338
- l_____ Norma-Italic 9501.339
- l_____ Norma 9501.340
- l_____ NormaCond-SC 9501.341
- l_____ NormaCond-Italic 9501.342
- l_____ Norma-SC 9501.343
- l_____ NormaCond-BoldItalic 9501.344
- l_____ NormaCompr-BoldItalic 9501.345
- l_____ Nyfors 9501.346
- l_____ OdenseCompr 9501.347
- l_____ OdenseCompr-Italic 9501.348
- l_____ OdenseCond-Bold 9501.349
- l_____ OdenseCond-Italic 9501.350
- l_____ OdenseCond-BoldItalic 9501.351
- l_____ Odense-Bold 9501.352
- l_____ Odense-Italic 9501.353
- l_____ Odense 9501.354
- l_____ Odense-SemiBoldSC 9501.355
- l_____ Odense-ExtraBoldItalic 9501.356
- l_____ Odense-ExtraBold 9501.357
- l_____ Odense-SemiBoldItalic 9501.358
- l_____ Odense-SemiBold 9501.359
- l_____ Odense-SC 9501.360
- l_____ Odense-BoldItalic 9501.361
- l_____ Odense-Neon 9501.362
- l_____ OdenseCond 9501.363
- l_____ Omnibus 9501.364
- l_____ Omnibus-Italic 9501.365
- l_____ Omnibus-BoldItali 9501.366
- l_____ Omnibus-SemiBoldItalic 9501.367
- l_____ Omnibus-SemiBold 9501.368
- l_____ Omnibus-SC 9501.369
- l_____ Omnibus-Bold 9501.370
- l_____ Ondine 9501.371
- l_____ Optima-Medium 9501.372
- l_____ Optima-DemiBoldItalic 9501.373
- l_____ Optima-BlackItalic 9501.374
- l_____ Optima-ExtraBlackItalic 9501.375
- l_____ Optima-ExtraBlack 9501.376
- l_____ Optima-Black 9501.377
- l_____ Optima-DemiBold 9501.378
- l_____ Optima-MediumItalic 9501.379
- l_____ Ouch 9501.380
- l_____ LinotypePaintIt 9501.381
- l_____ LinotypePaintIt-Black 9501.382
- l_____ Pax 9501.383
- l_____ Pax-SemiBoldItalic 9501.384
- l_____ Pax-SemiBold 9501.385
- l_____ PaxCond-SC 9501.386
- l_____ PaxCond-BoldItalic 9501.387
- l_____ PaxCond-Bold 9501.388
- l_____ PaxCond-Italic 9501.389
- l_____ PaxCond 9501.390
- l_____ Pax-SC 9501.391
- l_____ Pax-Italic 9501.392
- l_____ Pax-BoldItalic 9501.393
- l_____ Pax-Bold 9501.394
- l_____ PaxTwo 9501.395
- l_____ PaxTwo-Italic 9501.396
- l_____ PaxTwo-Bold 9501.397
- l_____ PaxTwo-SemiBold 9501.398
- l_____ PaxTwo-SC 9501.399
- l_____ PaxTwo-SemiBoldItalic 9501.400
- l_____ PaxTwo-BoldItalic 9501.401
- l_____ Persona 9501.402
- l_____ Pierrot 9501.403
- l_____ Ragnar 9501.406
- l_____ Ragnar-SC 9501.407
- l_____ Ragnar-SemiBoldItalic 9501.408
- l_____ Ragnar-Bold 9501.409
- l_____ Ragnar-BoldItalic 9501.410
- l_____ Ragnar-SemiBold 9501.411
- l_____ Ragnar-Italic 9501.412
- l_____ ResPublicaCond 9501.413
- l_____ ResPublica-Italic 9501.414
- l_____ ResPublica-BoldItalic 9501.415
- l_____ ResPublica-SC 9501.416
- l_____ ResPublica-Bold 9501.417
- l_____ ResPublica 9501.418
- l_____ ResPublicaCond-Italic 9501.419
- l_____ ResPublica-SemiBoldItalic 9501.420
- l_____ ResPublica-SemiBold 9501.421
- l_____ RevueCE 9501.422
- l_____ Rustika 9501.423
- l_____ Rustika-Bold 9501.424
- l_____ Rustika-BoldItalic 9501.425
- l_____ Rustika-Italic 9501.426
- l_____ Rustika-SC 9501.427
- l_____ SabonCE-Roman 9501.428
- l_____ SabonCE-Italic 9501.429
- l_____ SabonCE-BoldItalic 9501.430
- l_____ SabonCyr-Bold 9501.431
- l_____ SabonGreek-Roman 9501.432
- l_____ SabonGreek-Bold 9501.433
- l_____ SabonGreek-BoldItalic 9501.434
- l_____ SabonGreek-Italic 9501.435
- l_____ SabonCyr-Italic 9501.436
- l_____ SabonCyr-Roman 9501.437
- l_____ SabonCE-Bold 9501.438
- l_____ SabonCyr-BoldItalic 9501.439
- l_____ Saga 9501.440
- l_____ Saga-BoldItalic 9501.441
- l_____ Saga-SemiBold 9501.442
- l_____ Saga-SemiBoldItalic 9501.443
- l_____ Saga-SC 9501.444
- l_____ Saga-Bold 9501.445
- l_____ Saga-Italic 9501.446
- l_____ Linotype SallweyScript 9501.447
- l_____ SanMarcoCyr 9501.448
- l_____ Saphir 9501.449
- l_____ Semper 9501.456
- l_____ Semper-Italic 9501.457
- l_____ Semper-BoldItalic 9501.458
- l_____ Semper-SC 9501.459
- l_____ Semper-Bold 9501.460
- l_____ Shuriken-Boy 9501.461
- l_____ LinotypeSpitz-Light 9501.462
- l_____ LinotypeSpitz-Book 9501.463
- l_____ LinotypeSpitz-Black 9501.464
- l_____ LinotypeSpitz-Bold 9501.465
- l_____ LinotypeSpitz-Medium 9501.466
- l_____ StencilCyr 9501.467
- l_____ Tiemann-Light 9501.468
- l_____ Tiemann-Roman 9501.469
- l_____ Trajanus-Roman 9501.470
- l_____ Trajanus-Black 9501.471
- l_____ Trajanus-BlackItalic 9501.472
- l_____ Trajanus-BoldItalic 9501.473
- l_____ Trajanus-Italic 9501.474
- l_____ Trajanus-Bold 9501.475
- l_____ Transport 9501.476
- l_____ Transport-BoldItalic 9501.477
- l_____ Transport-Light 9501.478
- l_____ Transport-LightItalic 9501.479
- l_____ Transport-SC 9501.480
- l_____ Transport-LightSC 9501.481
- l_____ Transport-Bold 9501.482
- l_____ Transport-Italic 9501.483
- l_____ UniversCyr-Light 9501.484
- l_____ UniversCyr-LightOblique 9501.485
- l_____ UniversCyr 9501.486
- l_____ UniversCyr-Oblique 9501.487
- l_____ UniversCyr-Bold 9501.488
- l_____ UniversCyr-BoldOblique 9501.489
- l_____ UniversCyr-Black 9501.490
- l_____ UniversCyr-BlackOblique 9501.491
- l_____ UniversityRomanCE 9501.492
- l_____ UniversityCyr-Roman 9501.493
- l_____ Vega 9501.494
- l_____ Vega-Bold 9501.495
- l_____ Vega-SemiBold 9501.496
- l_____ Vega-SC 9501.497
- l_____ Vega-SemiBoldItalic 9501.498
- l_____ Vega-BoldItalic 9501.499
- l_____ Vega-Italic 9501.500
- l_____ WiesbadenSwingCyr-Roman 9501.501
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: Monotype fonts, Next: URW fonts, Prev: Linotype fonts, Up: Font name lists
-
-A.8 Monotype fonts
-==================
-
-The `monotype.map' file has abbreviations for Monotype fonts.
-
- mapr8x ApolloMT-Expert MT 1001 ezexp___
- maprc8a ApolloMT-SC MT 1001 ezi_____
- mapri8x ApolloMT-ItalicExpert MT 1001 eziof___
- mapri8a ApolloMT-Italic MT 1001 ezixp___
- mapr8a ApolloMT MT 1001 ezr_____
- maprij8a ApolloMT-ItalicOsF MT 1001 ezrsc___
- maps8a ApolloMT-SemiBold MT 1001 ezsb____
- mapsj8a ApolloMT-SemiBoldOsF MT 1001 ezsbo___
- maps8x ApolloMT-SemiBoldExpert MT 1001 ezsbx___
- mnrrw8a NewBerolinaMT MT 1002 _n______
- mp1rw8a PalaceScriptMT MT 1002 _p______
- mp1sw8a PalaceScriptMT-SemiBold MT 1002 _psb____
- mahrw8a AshleyScriptMT MT 1002 le______
- mm1rw8a MonolineScriptMT MT 1002 on______
- mbvr8a BaskervilleMT MT 1003 bas_____
- mbvb8a BaskervilleMT-Bold MT 1003 basb____
- mbvbi8a BaskervilleMT-BoldItalic MT 1003 basbi___
- mbvri8a BaskervilleMT-Italic MT 1003 basi____
- mbvs8a BaskervilleMT-SemiBold MT 1003 bass____
- mbvsi8a BaskervilleMT-SemiBoldItalic MT 1003 bassi___
- mbbr8a Bembo MT 1004 bm______
- mbbb8a Bembo-Bold MT 1004 bmb_____
- mbbbi8a Bembo-BoldItalic MT 1004 bmbi____
- mbbri8a Bembo-Italic MT 1004 bmi_____
- mbbx8a Bembo-ExtraBold MT 1005 bmeb____
- mbbxi8a Bembo-ExtraBoldItalic MT 1005 bmebi___
- mbbs8a Bembo-SemiBold MT 1005 bmsb____
- mbbsi8a Bembo-SemiBoldItalic MT 1005 bmsbi___
- mdsrw8a DorchesterScriptMT MT 1006 dsscr___
- mp2rw8a PepitaMT MT 1006 epscr___
- mbfrw8a BiffoMT MT 1006 ifscr___
- mswbw8a SwingMT-Bold MT 1006 swib____
- ms2bw8a ScriptMT-Bold MT 1006 tbscr___
- mb1ri8a BladoMT-Italic MT 1007 blai____
- mpzr8a PoliphilusMT MT 1007 pol_____
- mvdr8a VanDijckMT MT 1007 van_____
- mvdri8a VanDijckMT-Italic MT 1007 vani____
- mbdr8a BodoniMT MT 1008 bod_____
- mbdb8a BodoniMT-Bold MT 1008 bodb____
- mbdbi8a BodoniMT-BoldItalic MT 1008 bodbi___
- mbdri8a BodoniMT-Italic MT 1008 bodi____
- mbdu8a BodoniMT-UltraBold MT 1009 bodu____
- mbdui8a BodoniMT-UltraBoldItalic MT 1009 bodui___
- mbdk8a BodoniMT-Book MT 1009 bodw____
- mbdki8a BodoniMT-BookItalic MT 1009 bodwi___
- moxr8a OnyxMT MT 1009 ox______
- mbdb8ac BodoniMT-CondensedBold MT 1010 bodc____
- mbdbi8ac BodoniMT-CondensedBoldItalic MT 1010 bodci___
- mbdc8a BodoniMT-Black MT 1010 bodk____
- mbdci8a BodoniMT-BlackItalic MT 1010 bodki___
- mb3r8a BraggadocioMT MT 1011 bra_____
- mfir8a FigaroMT MT 1011 fig_____
- mfer8a ForteMT MT 1011 for_____
- mklr8a KlangMT MT 1011 kla_____
- mc8b8a CalvertMT-Bold MT 1012 vtb_____
- mc8l8a CalvertMT-Light MT 1012 vtl_____
- mc8r8a CalvertMT MT 1012 vtrg____
- mcnb8a CenturyMT-Bold MT 1013 cenb____
- mcnbi8a CenturyMT-BoldItalic MT 1013 cenbi___
- mcnb8ax CenturyMT-Expanded MT 1013 cenx____
- mcnbi8ax CenturyMT-ExpandedItalic MT 1013 cenxi___
- mcubi8a CenturyOSMT-BoldItalic MT 1015 cobi____
- mcur8a CenturyOSMT MT 1015 cos_____
- mcub8a CenturyOSMT-Bold MT 1015 cosb____
- mcuri8a CenturyOSMT-Italic MT 1015 cosi____
- mcdr8a ClarendonMT MT 1016 cld_____
- meer8a EgyptianMT-Extended MT 1016 egyex___
- mnnr8a NewClarendonMT MT 1016 ncl_____
- mnnb8a NewClarendonMT-Bold MT 1016 nclb____
- mc6r8a ClarionMT MT 1017 cla_____
- mc6b8a ClarionMT-Bold MT 1017 clab____
- mc6ri8a ClarionMT-Italic MT 1017 clai____
- mcfb8a ClearfaceMT-Bold MT 1018 cleb____
- mcfbs8a ClearfaceGothicMT-Bold MT 1018 clgb____
- mcfds8a ClearfaceGothicMT-DemiBold MT 1018 clgdb___
- mcrr8a12 CourierTwelveMT MT 1019 cot_____
- mtyre8a TypewriterEliteMT MT 1019 tye_____
- mtyrg8a TypewriterGothicMT MT 1019 tyg_____
- mtyr8a TypewriterMT MT 1019 typ_____
- metr8a EhrhardtMT MT 1020 ehr_____
- metri8a EhrhardtMT-Italic MT 1020 ehri____
- mets8a EhrhardtMT-SemiBold MT 1020 ehrs____
- metsi8a EhrhardtMT-SemiBoldItalic MT 1020 ehrsi___
- menr8a EngraversMT MT 1021 eng_____
- menb8a EngraversMT-Bold MT 1021 engb____
- menrf8a EngraversOldEnglishMT MT 1021 engoe___
- mfsra8a FalstaffMT MT 1022 fprg____
- mhdr8a HeadlineMT-Bold MT 1022 head____
- mpdr8ac PlacardMT-Condensed MT 1022 plcc____
- mpdb8ac PlacardMT-CondensedBold MT 1022 plccb___
- mgmr8a GaramondMT MT 1023 gar_____
- mgmb8a GaramondMT-Bold MT 1023 garb____
- mgmbi8a GaramondMT-BoldItalic MT 1023 garbi___
- mgmri8a GaramondMT-Italic MT 1023 gari____
- mgmria8a GaramondMT-AlternativeItalic MT 1023 garit___
- mgsr8a GillSans MT 1024 gn______
- mgsb8a GillSans-Bold MT 1024 gnb_____
- mgsbi8a GillSans-BoldItalic MT 1024 gnbi____
- mgsri8a GillSans-Italic MT 1024 gni_____
- mgsl8a GillSans-Light MT 1024 gnl_____
- mgsli8a GillSans-LightItalic MT 1024 gnli____
- mgsb8ac GillSans-BoldCondensed MT 1025 gnbc____
- mgsr8ac GillSans-Condensed MT 1025 gnc_____
- mgsx8a GillSans-ExtraBold MT 1025 gneb____
- mgsu8a GillSans-UltraBold MT 1025 gnub____
- mgsu8ac GillSans-UltraBoldCondensed MT 1025 gnubc___
- mgrb8a GloucesMT-Bold MT 1026 glb_____
- mgrb8ac GloucesMT-CondBold MT 1026 glcb____
- mgrb8ax GloucesMT-ExtendedBold MT 1026 gleb____
- mgrb8aq GloucesMT-ExtraCondensedBold MT 1026 glecb___
- mgrr8a GloucesOldStyleMT MT 1026 glos____
- mg5r8a GoudyCatalogueMT MT 1027 goc_____
- mg5ri8a GoudyCatalogueMT-Italic MT 1027 goci____
- mgor8a GoudyOldStyleMT MT 1027 gos_____
- mgori8a GoudyOldStyleMT-Italic MT 1027 gosi____
- mgyb8a GoudyMT-Bold MT 1027 goub____
- mgybi8a GoudyMT-BoldItalic MT 1027 goubi___
- mg4r8a GoudyModernMT MT 1028 gom_____
- mg4ri8a GoudyModernMT-Italic MT 1028 gomi____
- mgyx8a GoudyMT-ExtraBold MT 1028 goueb___
- mgtr8a GoudyTextMT MT 1028 goutx___
- mgqr8a GrotesqueMT MT 1029 gq______
- mgqc8a GrotesqueMT-Black MT 1029 gqb_____
- mgqb8a GrotesqueMT-Bold MT 1029 gqbl____
- mgqri8a GrotesqueMT-Italic MT 1029 gqi_____
- mgql8a GrotesqueMT-Light MT 1029 gql_____
- mgqli8a GrotesqueMT-LightItalic MT 1029 gqli____
- mgqc8a GrotesqueMT-Black MT 1030 gqbl____
- mgqb8ax GrotesqueMT-BoldExtended MT 1030 gqbv____
- mgqr8ac GrotesqueMT-Condensed MT 1030 gqc_____
- mgqr8aq GrotesqueMT-ExtraCondensed MT 1030 gqec____
- mgql8ac GrotesqueMT-LightCondensed MT 1030 gqlc____
- miir8a ImprintMT MT 1032 im______
- miib8a ImprintMT-Bold MT 1032 imb_____
- miibi8a ImprintMT-BoldItalic MT 1032 imbi____
- miiri8a ImprintMT-Italic MT 1032 imi_____
- mifr8a InflexMT MT 1033 iqb_____
- moer8a OldEnglishTextMT MT 1033 mbbou___
- mosbl8a MonotOldStyleMT-BoldOutline MT 1033 old_____
- mior8a IonicMT MT 1034 ion_____
- miob8a IonicMT-Bold MT 1034 ionb____
- miori8a IonicMT-Italic MT 1034 ioni____
- misb8a ItalianOldStyleMT-Bold MT 1035 ieb_____
- misbi8a ItalianOldStyleMT-BoldItalic MT 1035 iebi____
- misri8a ItalianOldStyleMT-Italic MT 1035 iei_____
- misr8a ItalianOldStyleMT MT 1035 ierg____
- mmob8a ModernMT-Bold MT 1036 nmb_____
- mmobi8a ModernMT-BoldItalic MT 1036 nmbi____
- mmor8ax ModernMT-Extended MT 1036 nmex____
- mmori8ax ModernMT-ExtendedItalic MT 1036 nmexi___
- mnpr8a NewsPlantinMT MT 1038 npl_____
- mnpb8a NewsPlantinMT-Bold MT 1038 nplb____
- mnpbi8a NewsPlantinMT-BoldItalic MT 1038 nplbi___
- mnpri8a NewsPlantinMT-Italic MT 1038 npli____
- mosr8a OldStyleMT MT 1039 ost_____
- mosb8a OldStyleMT-Bold MT 1039 ostb____
- mosbi8a OldStyleMT-BoldItalic MT 1039 ostbi___
- mosri8a OldStyleMT-Italic MT 1039 osti____
- mpnr8a Plantin MT 1040 pl______
- mpnb8a Plantin-Bold MT 1040 plb_____
- mpnbi8a Plantin-BoldItalic MT 1040 plbi____
- mpnri8a Plantin-Italic MT 1040 pli_____
- mpnb8ac Plantin-BoldCondensed MT 1041 plbc____
- mpnl8a Plantin-Light MT 1041 pll_____
- mpnli8a Plantin-LightItalic MT 1041 plli____
- mpns8a Plantin-SemiBold MT 1041 plsb____
- mpnsi8a Plantin-SemiBoldItalic MT 1041 plsbi___
- mrwr8a Rockwell MT 1042 rk______
- mrwb8a Rockwell-Bold MT 1042 rkb_____
- mrwbi8a Rockwell-BoldItalic MT 1042 rkbi____
- mrwri8a Rockwell-Italic MT 1042 rki_____
- mrwl8a Rockwell-Light MT 1042 rkl_____
- mrwli8a Rockwell-LightItalic MT 1042 rkli____
- mrwb8ac Rockwell-BoldCondensed MT 1043 rkbc____
- mrwr8ac Rockwell-Condensed MT 1043 rkc_____
- mrwx8a Rockwell-ExtraBold MT 1043 rkeb____
- msbr8a SabonMT MT 1044 sab_____
- msbri8a SabonMT-Italic MT 1044 sabi____
- msbs8a SabonMT-SemiBold MT 1044 sabs____
- msbsi8a SabonMT-SemiBoldItalic MT 1044 sabsi___
- mntr8a TimesNRMT MT 1046 tim_____
- mntb8a TimesNRMT-Bold MT 1046 timb____
- mntbi8a TimesNRMT-BoldItalic MT 1046 timbi___
- mntri8a TimesNRMT-Italic MT 1046 timi____
- mntx8a TimesNRMT-ExtraBold MT 1047 timeb___
- mnts8a TimesNRMT-SemiBold MT 1047 tims____
- mntsi8a TimesNRMT-SemiBoldItalic MT 1047 timsi___
- mntb8ac TimesNewRomanMT-BoldCond MT 1048 mtbc____
- mntr8ac TimesNewRomanMT-Cond MT 1048 mtc_____
- mntri8ac TimesNewRomanMT-CondItalic MT 1048 mtci____
- mtwb8a TwCenMT-Bold MT 1049 tcb_____
- mtwbi8a TwCenMT-BoldItalic MT 1049 tcbi____
- mtwl8a TwCenMT-Light MT 1049 tcl_____
- mtwli8a TwCenMT-LightItalic MT 1049 tcli____
- mtwm8a TwCenMT-Medium MT 1049 tcm_____
- mtwmi8a TwCenMT-MediumItalic MT 1049 tcmi____
- mtwb8ac TwCenMT-CondensedBold MT 1050 tccb____
- mtwm8ac TwCenMT-CondensedMedium MT 1050 tccm____
- mtws8a TwCenMT-SemiBold MT 1050 tcsb____
- mtwsm8a TwCenMT-SemiMedium MT 1050 tcsm____
- mtwx8ac TwCenMT-CondensedExtraBold MT 1051 tcceb___
- mtwu8ac TwCenMT-CondensedUltraBold MT 1051 tccub___
- mtwxi8a TwCenMT-ExtraBoldItalic MT 1051 tcebi___
- mtwu8a TwCenMT-UltraBold MT 1051 tcub____
- mtwui8a TwCenMT-UltraBoldItalic MT 1051 tcubi___
- mtwx8a TwCenMT-ExtraBold MT 1051 tweb____
- mwbr8a WalbaumMT MT 1052 wl______
- mwbri8a WalbaumMT-Italic MT 1052 wli_____
- mwbm8a WalbaumMT-Medium MT 1052 wlm_____
- mwbmi8a WalbaumMT-MediumItalic MT 1052 wlmi____
- mnsb8a TimesNewRomanPS-Bold MT 1053 mtb_____
- mnsbi8a TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalic MT 1053 mtbi____
- mnsri8a TimesNewRomanPS-Italic MT 1053 mti_____
- mnsr8a TimesNewRomanPS MT 1053 mtr_____
- ma1r8a ArialMT MT 1054 ari_____
- ma1b8a ArialMT-Bold MT 1054 ariab___
- ma1bi8a ArialMT-BoldItalic MT 1054 aribi___
- ma1ri8a ArialMT-Italic MT 1054 arii____
- ma1r8an ArialNarrowMT MT 1055 an______
- ma1b8an ArialNarrowMT-Bold MT 1055 anb_____
- ma1ri8an ArialNarrowMT-BoldItalic MT 1055 anbi____
- ma1bi8an ArialNarrowMT-Italic MT 1055 ani_____
- mcrr8a CourierPS MT 1058 cr______
- mcrb8a CourierPS-Bold MT 1058 crb_____
- mcrbi8a CourierPS-BoldItalic MT 1058 crbi____
- mcrri8a CourierPS-Italic MT 1058 cri_____
- msyr SymbolPS MT 1058 syps____
- mnir8a NimrodMT MT 1061 nim_____
- mnib8a NimrodMT-Bold MT 1061 nimb____
- mnibi8a NimrodMT-BoldItalic MT 1061 nimbi___
- mniri8a NimrodMT-Italic MT 1061 nimi____
- ma1ci8a ArialMT-BlackItalic MT 1064 arbli___
- ma1c8a ArialMT-Black MT 1064 aribl___
- ma1l8a ArialMT-Light MT 1064 aril____
- ma1li8a ArialMT-LightItalic MT 1064 arili___
- mburw8a BrushScriptMT MT 1071 ________
- mi0rw8a CommercialScriptMT MT 1071 ________
- mr5rw8a FrenchScriptMT MT 1071 ________
- motb8a CoronetMT-Bold MT 1071 corb____
- mmebw8a MercuriusMT-BoldScript MT 1071 uzbs____
- mppb8a Perpetua-Bold MT 1072 ptb_____
- mppbi8a Perpetua-BoldItalic MT 1072 ptbi____
- mppri8a Perpetua-Italic MT 1072 pti_____
- mppr8a Perpetua MT 1072 ptrg____
- mair8ac AbadiMT-Condensed MT 1074 abac____
- maib8ac AbadiMT-CondensedBold MT 1074 abacb___
- maix8ac AbadiMT-CondensedExtraBold MT 1074 abace___
- mail8ac AbadiMT-CondensedLight MT 1074 abacl___
- mtlr8a CastellerMT MT 1075 el______
- malr8a AlbertusMT MT 1075 lr______
- malri8a AlbertusMT-Italic MT 1075 lri_____
- mall8a AlbertusMT-Light MT 1075 lrl_____
- ma1x8a ArialMT-ExtraBold MT 1076 arie____
- ma1xi8a ArialMT-ExtraBoldItalic MT 1076 ariei___
- ma1m8a ArialMT-Medium MT 1076 arim____
- ma1mi8a ArialMT-MediumItalic MT 1076 arimi___
- ma1r8ac ArialMT-Condensed MT 1077 aric____
- ma1b8ac ArialMT-CondensedBold MT 1077 aricb___
- ma1x8ac ArialMT-CondensedExtraBold MT 1077 arice___
- ma1l8ac ArialMT-CondensedLight MT 1077 aricl___
- mbvr8x BskvillExpMT MT 1078 bay_____
- mbvb8x BskvillExpMT-Bold MT 1078 bayb____
- mbvbi8x BskvillExpMT-BoldItalic MT 1078 baybi___
- mbvri8x BskvillExpMT-Italic MT 1078 bayi____
- mbvs8x BskvillExpMT-SemiBold MT 1078 bays____
- mbvsi8x BskvillExpMT-SemiBoldItal MT 1078 baysi___
- mber8a BellMT MT 1079 bl______
- mbeb8a BellMT-Bold MT 1079 blb_____
- mbebi8a BellMT-BoldItalic MT 1079 blbi____
- mberi8a BellMT-Italic MT 1079 bli_____
- mbes8a BellMT-SemiBold MT 1079 bls_____
- mbesi8a BellMT-SemiBoldItalic MT 1079 blsi____
- mbbr7a Bembo-Alt MT 1080 bea_____
- mbbb7a Bembo-AltBold MT 1080 beab____
- mbbbi7a Bembo-AltBoldItalic MT 1080 beabi___
- mbbri7a Bembo-AltItalic MT 1080 beai____
- mbbb8x BemboExpert-Bold MT 1080 bey_____
- mbbbi8x BemboExpert-BoldItalic MT 1080 beyb____
- mbbri8x BemboExpert-Italic MT 1080 beybi___
- mbbr8x BemboExpert-Roman MT 1080 beyi____
- mbbx7a Bembo-AltExtraBold MT 1081 beae____
- mbbs7a Bembo-AltSemiBold MT 1081 beas____
- mbbsi7a Bembo-AltSemiBoldItalic MT 1081 beasi___
- mbbx8x BemboExpert-ExtraBold MT 1081 beye____
- mbbxi8x BemboExpert-ExtraBoldItalic MT 1081 beyei___
- mbbs8x BemboExpert-SemiBold MT 1081 beys____
- mbbsi8x BemboExpert-SemiBoldItalic MT 1081 beysi___
- mbnr8ac BernardMT-Condensed MT 1082 berc____
- mc7b8a CompactaMT-Bold MT 1082 comb____
- mnkr8a NeographikMT MT 1082 neo_____
- mrur8ac RunicMT-Condensed MT 1082 runc____
- metr8x EhrhardtExptMT MT 1083 ehy_____
- metri8x EhrhardtExptMT-Italic MT 1083 ehyi____
- mets8x EhrhardtExptMT-SemiBold MT 1083 ehys____
- metsi8x EhrhardtExptMT-SemiBoldItal MT 1083 ehysi___
- mjnr8a JansonMT MT 1085 jan_____
- mjnb8a JansonMT-Bold MT 1085 janb____
- mjnbi8a JansonMT-BoldItalic MT 1085 janbi___
- mjnri8a JansonMT-Italic MT 1085 jani____
- mppr8x Perpetua-Expert MT 1087 pey_____
- mpprc8a Perpetua-SC MT 1087 ptsc____
- mpnbi8x PlantinExp-BoldItalic MT 1088 plbiy___
- mpnb8x PlantinExp-Bold MT 1088 plby____
- mpnri8x PlantinExp-Italic MT 1088 pliy____
- mpnr8x PlantinExp MT 1088 ply_____
- mpnra8x PlantinExp-AltFigures MT 1089 plya____
- mpnl8x PlantinExp-Light MT 1089 plyl____
- mpnli8x PlantinExp-LightItalic MT 1089 plyli___
- mpns8x PlantinExp-SemiBold MT 1089 plys____
- mpnsi8x PlantinExp-SemiBoldItalic MT 1089 plysi___
- zmsnr34 Spartan-ThreeFourMT MT 1091 spf_____
- zmsnr12 Spartan-OneTwoMT MT 1091 spo_____
- zmsnr4 Spartan-FourMT MT 1091 spr_____
- zmsnr13 Spartan-OneThreeMT MT 1091 spt_____
- zmsnr24 Spartan-TwoFourMT MT 1091 spw_____
- zmsnb34 Spartan-ThreeFourMT-Bold MT 1092 spfb____
- zmsnb12 Spartan-OneTwoMT-Bold MT 1092 spob____
- zmsnb4 Spartan-FourMT-Bold MT 1092 sprb____
- zmsnb13 Spartan-OneThreeMT-Bold MT 1092 sptb____
- zmsnb24 Spartan-TwoFourMT-Bold MT 1092 spwb____
- zmsnri34 Spartan-ThreeFourMT-Italic MT 1093 spfi____
- zmsnri12 Spartan-OneTwoMT-Italic MT 1093 spoi____
- zmsnri4 Spartan-FourMT-Italic MT 1093 spri____
- zmsnri13 Spartan-OneThreeMT-Italic MT 1093 spti____
- zmsnri24 Spartan-TwoFourMT-Italic MT 1093 spwi____
- mntm8a TimesNRMT-Medium MT 1094 timm____
- mntmi8a TimesNRMT-MediumItalic MT 1094 timmi___
- mtmrg8a TimesSmallTextMT MT 1094 tst_____
- mtmbg8a TimesSmallTextMT-Bold MT 1094 tstb____
- mtmrig8a TimesSmallTextMT-Italic MT 1094 tsti____
- melr8a EllingtonMT MT 1095 ei______
- melb8a EllingtonMT-Bold MT 1095 eib_____
- melbi8a EllingtonMT-BoldItalic MT 1095 eibi____
- melx8a EllingtonMT-ExtraBold MT 1095 eieb____
- melxi8a EllingtonMT-ExtraBoldItalic MT 1095 eiebi___
- melri8a EllingtonMT-Italic MT 1095 eii_____
- mell8a EllingtonMT-Light MT 1095 eil_____
- melli8a EllingtonMT-LightItalic MT 1095 eili____
- mntr8x TimesNRExpertMT MT 1096 tiy_____
- mntb8x TimesNRExpertMT-Bold MT 1096 tiyb____
- mntbi8x TimesNRExpertMT-BoldItalic MT 1096 tiybi___
- mntri8x TimesNRExpertMT-Italic MT 1096 tiyi____
- mair8a AbadiMT MT 1098 aba_____
- maib8a AbadiMT-Bold MT 1098 abab____
- maibi8a AbadiMT-BoldItalic MT 1098 ababi___
- mairi8a AbadiMT-Italic MT 1098 abai____
- maij8a AbadiMT-ExtraLight MT 1098 abel____
- maiji8a AbadiMT-ExtraLightItalic MT 1098 abeli___
- mail8a AbadiMT-Light MT 1099 abal____
- maili8a AbadiMT-LightItalic MT 1099 abali___
- maix8a AbadiMT-ExtraBold MT 1099 abeb____
- maixi8a AbadiMT-ExtraBoldItalic MT 1099 abebi___
- mntrk TimesNRDualGreekMT MT 1100 td______
- mntbk TimesNRDualGreekMT-Bold MT 1100 tdb_____
- mntbik TimesNRDualGreekMT-BoldIncl MT 1100 tdbi____
- mntrik TimesNRDualGreekMT-Inclined MT 1100 tdi_____
- mgmrwd8a GaramondMT-SwashCaps MT 1101 garsc___
- mgmrw8a GaramondMT-Swash MT 1101 gasw____
- mgmr8x GaramondExpertMT MT 1101 gay_____
- mgmb8x GaramondExpertMT-Bold MT 1101 gayb____
- mgmbi8x GaramondExpertMT-BoldItalic MT 1101 gaybi___
- mgmri8x GaramondExpertMT-Italic MT 1101 gayi____
- mb2r8a BinnyOldStyleMT MT 1102 bin_____
- mb2ri8a BinnyOldStyleMT-Italic MT 1102 bini____
- murb8a CentaurMT-Bold MT 1103 nrb_____
- murbi8a CentaurMT-BoldItalic MT 1103 nrbi____
- murri8a CentaurMT-Italic MT 1103 nri_____
- murr8a CentaurMT MT 1103 nrr_____
- murd8a CentaurFestiveMT-Italic
- mc1r8a CalistoMT MT 1104 cto_____
- mc1b8a CalistoMT-Bold MT 1104 ctob____
- mc1bi8a CalistoMT-BoldItalic MT 1104 ctobi___
- mc1ri8a CalistoMT-Italic MT 1104 ctoi____
- mr2b8a CantoriaMT-Bold MT 1105 eob_____
- mr2bi8a CantoriaMT-BoldItalic MT 1105 eobi____
- mr2ri8a CantoriaMT-Italic MT 1105 eoi_____
- mr2r8a CantoriaMT MT 1105 eorg____
- mr2x8a CantoriaMT-ExtraBold MT 1106 eoeb____
- mr2xi8a CantoriaMT-ExtraBoldItalic MT 1106 eoebi___
- mr2l8a CantoriaMT-Light MT 1106 eol_____
- mr2li8a CantoriaMT-LightItalic MT 1106 eoli____
- mr2s8a CantoriaMT-SemiBold MT 1106 eosb____
- mr2si8a CantoriaMT-SemiBoldItalic MT 1106 eosbi___
- mfxr8a FelixTitlingMT MT 1107 felt____
- mpprd8a PerpetuaTitlingMT MT 1107 pert____
- mppbd8a PerpetuaTitlingMT-Bold MT 1107 pertb___
- mppld8a PerpetuaTitlingMT-Light MT 1107 pertl___
- mf4r8a FootlightMT MT 1108 ft______
- mf4b8a FootlightMT-Bold MT 1108 ftb_____
- mf4bi8a FootlightMT-BoldItalic MT 1108 ftbi____
- mf4ri8a FootlightMT-Italic MT 1108 fti_____
- mf4x8a FootlightMT-ExtraBold MT 1109 fteb____
- mf4xi8a FootlightMT-ExtraBoldItalic MT 1109 ftebi___
- mf4l8a FootlightMT-Light MT 1109 ftl_____
- mf4li8a FootlightMT-LightItalic MT 1109 ftli____
- mjnr8x JansonExpertMT MT 1111 jny_____
- mjnb8x JansonExpertMT-Bold MT 1111 jnyb____
- mjnbi8x JansonExpertMT-BoldItalic MT 1111 jnybi___
- mjnri8x JansonExpertMT-Italic MT 1111 jnyi____
- mf3rd8a FestivalTitlingMT MT 1112 fst_____
- mknr8a KinoMT MT 1112 kin_____
- mm7r8a MaturaMT MT 1112 mat_____
- mm7rw7a MaturaMT-ScriptCapitals MT 1112 matsc___
- mvird8ac VictoriaTitlingMT-Condensed MT 1112 vict____
- mztr8a ZeitgeistMT MT 1115 zei_____
- mztr7a ZeitgeistMT-Alternative MT 1115 zeial___
- zmztcm8x ZeitgeistExpertMT-Cameo MT 1115 zeiay___
- mztb8a ZeitgeistMT-Bold MT 1115 zeib____
- mztb8x ZeitgeistExpertMT-Bold MT 1115 zeiby___
- mztr8ac ZeitgeistMT-Condensed MT 1115 zeic____
- zmztcm8a ZeitgeistMT-Cameo MT 1115 zeica___
- zmztcz8a ZeitgeistMT-CrazyPaving MT 1115 zeicp___
- mztr8xc ZeitgeistExpertMT-Condensed MT 1115 zeicy___
- mztri8a ZeitgeistMT-Italic MT 1115 zeii____
- mztri8x ZeitgeistExpertMT-Italic MT 1115 zeiiy___
- mztr8x ZeitgeistExpertMT MT 1115 zeiy____
- murriw7a CentaurSwashMT MT 1116 censw___
- murr7a CentaurMT-Alt MT 1116 cta_____
- murb7a CentaurMT-AltBold MT 1116 ctab____
- murbi7a CentaurMT-AltBoldItalic MT 1116 ctabi___
- murri7a CentaurMT-AltItalic MT 1116 ctai____
- murb8x CentaurExpertMT-Bold MT 1116 ctbiy___
- murbi8x CentaurExpertMT-BoldItalic MT 1116 ctrby___
- murri8x CentaurExpertMT-Italic MT 1116 ctriy___
- murr8x CentaurExpertMT MT 1116 ctry____
- molr8a ColmcilleMT MT 1117 cm______
- molr7a ColmcilleAltMT MT 1117 cma_____
- molb7a ColmcilleAltMT-Bold MT 1117 cmab____
- molbi7a ColmcilleAltMT-BoldItalic MT 1117 cmabi___
- molri7a ColmcilleAltMT-Italic MT 1117 cmai____
- molb8a ColmcilleMT-Bold MT 1117 cmb_____
- molbi8a ColmcilleMT-BoldItalic MT 1117 cmbi____
- molri8a ColmcilleMT-Italic MT 1117 cmi_____
- molrp ColmcilleOrnamentsMT MT 1117 cmo_____
- mntr8a7 TimesNRSevenMT MT 1118 sv______
- mntb8a7 TimesNRSevenMT-Bold MT 1118 svb_____
- mntbi8a7 TimesNRSevenMT-BoldItalic MT 1118 svbi____
- mntri8a7 TimesNRSevenMT-Italic MT 1118 svi_____
- mo3r8a ColonnaMT MT 1119 colo____
- miirh8a ImprintMT-Shadow MT 1119 is______
- miirih8a ImprintMT-ShadowItalic MT 1119 isi_____
- ma2r8a AmasisMT MT 1120 ama_____
- ma2b8a AmasisMT-Bold MT 1120 amab____
- ma2bi8a AmasisMT-BoldItalic MT 1120 amabi___
- ma2ri8a AmasisMT-Italic MT 1120 amai____
- ma2c8a AmasisMT-Black MT 1121 amabl___
- ma2l8a AmasisMT-Light MT 1121 amal____
- ma2li8a AmasisMT-LightItalic MT 1121 amali___
- ma2m8a AmasisMT-Medium MT 1121 amam____
- ma2mi8a AmasisMT-MediumItalic MT 1121 amami___
- ma2ci8a AmasisMT-BlackItalic MT 1121 ambli___
- msbrij8a SabonMT-ItalicOSF MT 1124 saboi___
- msbsj8a SabonMT-SemiBoldOSF MT 1124 sabos___
- msbrc8a SabonMT-SCOSF MT 1124 sabsc___
- msbsij8a SabonMT-SemiBoldItalicOSF MT 1124 sasio___
- mb1ri8x BladoExpertMT-Italic MT 1125 blaiy___
- mpzr8x PoliphilusExpertMT MT 1125 poly____
- mvdra8x VanDijckExpertMT-AltFigs MT 1125 vana____
- mvdria8x VanDijckExpertMT-AltFigsIta MT 1125 vanai___
- mvdr8x VanDijckExpertMT MT 1125 vany____
- mvdri8x VanDijckExpertMT-Italic MT 1125 vanyi___
- mber7a BellMT-Alt MT 1126 blt_____
- mberi7a BellMT-AltItalic MT 1126 blti____
- mbes7a BellMT-AltSemiBold MT 1126 blts____
- mbesi7a BellMT-AltSemiBoldItalic MT 1126 bltsi___
- mber8x BellExpertMT MT 1126 bly_____
- mbera8x BellExpertMT-Alt MT 1126 blya____
- mbesa8x BellExpertMT-AltSemiBold MT 1126 blyas___
- mbeb8x BellExpertMT-Bold MT 1126 blyb____
- mbebi8x BellExpertMT-BoldItalic MT 1126 blybi___
- mberi8x BellExpertMT-Italic MT 1126 blyi____
- mbes8x BellExpertMT-SemiBold MT 1126 blys____
- mbesi8x BellExpertMT-SemiBoldItalic MT 1126 blysi___
- mgsx8ac GillSansMT-ExCondensedBold MT 1133 gsecb___
- mgslh8a GillSansShadowedMT-Light MT 1133 gsls____
- mgsrh8a GillSansMT-Shadow MT 1133 gss_____
- mgsra8a GillAltOneMT MT 1134 gla_____
- mgsba8a GillAltOneMT-Bold MT 1134 glab____
- mgsbia8a GillAltOneMT-BoldItalic MT 1134 glabi___
- mgsria8a GillAltOneMT-Italic MT 1134 glai____
- mgsla8a GillAltOneMT-Light MT 1134 glal____
- mgslia8a GillAltOneMT-LightItalic MT 1134 glali___
- mdtr8a DanteMT MT 1149 dn______
- mdtb8a DanteMT-Bold MT 1149 dnb_____
- mdtbi8a DanteMT-BoldItalic MT 1149 dnbi____
- mdtri8a DanteMT-Italic MT 1149 dni_____
- mdtm8a DanteMT-Medium MT 1149 dnm_____
- mdtmi8a DanteMT-MediumItalic MT 1149 dnmi____
- mdtr7a DanteMT-Alt MT 1150 dna_____
- mdtb7a DanteMT-AltBold MT 1150 dnab____
- mdtbi7a DanteMT-AltBoldItalic MT 1150 dnabi___
- mdtri7a DanteMT-AltItalic MT 1150 dnai____
- mdtm7a DanteMT-AltMedium MT 1150 dnam____
- mdtmi7a DanteMT-AltMediumItalic MT 1150 dnami___
- mdtr8x DanteExpertMT MT 1150 dne_____
- mdtb8x DanteExpertMT-Bold MT 1150 dneb____
- mdtbi8x DanteExpertMT-BoldItalic MT 1150 dnebi___
- mdtri8x DanteExpertMT-Italic MT 1150 dnei____
- mdtm8x DanteExpertMT-Medium MT 1150 dnem____
- mdtmi8x DanteExpertMT-MediumItalic MT 1150 dnemi___
- mdtrd8a DanteTitlingMT MT 1150 dnt_____
- maqr8a BookAntiqua MT 1152 bk______
- maqb8a BookAntiqua-Bold MT 1152 bkb_____
- maqbi8a BookAntiqua-BoldItalic MT 1152 bkbi____
- maqri8a BookAntiqua-Italic MT 1152 bki_____
- mkor8a BookmanOldStyle MT 1153 bd______
- mkob8a BookmanOldStyle-Bold MT 1153 bdb_____
- mkobi8a BookmanOldStyle-BoldItalic MT 1153 bdbi____
- mkori8a BookmanOldStyle-Italic MT 1153 bdi_____
- mygr8a CenturyGothic MT 1154 cg______
- mygb8a CenturyGothic-Bold MT 1154 cgb_____
- mygbi8a CenturyGothic-BoldItalic MT 1154 cgbi____
- mygri8a CenturyGothic-Italic MT 1154 cgi_____
- mcsr8a CenturySchoolbook MT 1155 cb______
- mcsb8a CenturySchoolbook-Bold MT 1155 cbb_____
- mcsbi8a CenturySchoolbook-BoldItalic MT 1155 cbbi____
- mcsri8a CenturySchoolbook-Italic MT 1155 cbi_____
- mzcmi8a MonotypeCorsiva MT 1156 mci_____
- mzdr MonotypeSorts MT 1156 ms______
- mpi001 ArabesqueOrnamentsOneMT MT 1157 araba___
- mpi002 ArabesqueOrnamentsTwoMT MT 1157 arabb___
- mpi003 ArabesqueOrnamentsThreeMT MT 1157 arabc___
- mpi004 RococoOrnamentsOneMT MT 1157 rcoa____
- mpi005 RococoOrnamentsTwoMT MT 1157 rcob____
- mpi006 RococoOrnamentsThreeMT MT 1157 rcoc____
- mgtr7a GoudyTextMT-Alternative MT 1181 gouta___
- mgtr7c GoudyTextMT-Dfr MT 1181 goutd___
- mgtrd8a GoudyTextMT-LombardicCapitals MT 1181 goutl___
- mgtr8a GoudyTextMT MT 1181 goutx___
- mlir8ac LatinCondensedMT MT 1182 lnc_____
- moxr8a OnyxMT MT 1182 ox______
- mrur8ac RunicMT-Condensed MT 1182 ric_____
- mpi007 ChristmasOrnamentsMT-One MT 1183 chra____
- mpi008 ChristmasOrnamentsMT-Two MT 1183 chrb____
- mpi009 ChristmasOrnamentsMT-Three MT 1183 chrc____
- mpi010 ChristmasOrnamentsMT-Four MT 1183 chrd____
- mpi011 ChristmasOrnamentsMT-Five MT 1183 chre____
- mpi012 ChristmasOrnamentsMT-Six MT 1183 chrf____
- mpi013 ContemporaryOrnMT-One MT 1183 cora____
- mpi014 ContemporaryOrnMT-Two MT 1183 corb____
- mpi015 ContemporaryOrnMT-Three MT 1183 corc____
- mpi016 ContemporaryOrnMT-Four MT 1183 cord____
- mpi017 ContemporaryOrnMT-Five MT 1183 core____
- mntr9s TimesNewRomanSF MT 1194 tsf_____
- mntb9s TimesNewRomanSF-Bold MT 1194 tsfb____
- mntbi9s TimesNewRomanSF-BoldItalic MT 1194 tsfbi___
- mntri9s TimesNewRomanSF-Italic MT 1194 tsfi____
- mu0rp1 ColumbusOrnamentsOneMT MT 1196 cuora___
- mu0rp2 ColumbusOrnamentsTwoMT MT 1196 cuorb___
- mu0r8x ColumbusExpMT MT 1196 cuy_____
- mu0b8x ColumbusExpMT-Bold MT 1196 cuyb____
- mu0bi8x ColumbusExpMT-BoldItalic MT 1196 cuybi___
- mu0ri8x ColumbusExpMT-Italic MT 1196 cuyi____
- mu0s8x ColumbusExpMT-SemiBold MT 1196 cuys____
- mu0si8x ColumbusExpMT-SemiBoldItal MT 1196 cuysi___
- ma1rz ArialCyrMT MT 1205 ac______
- ma1bz ArialCyrMT-Bold MT 1205 acb_____
- ma1biz ArialCyrMT-BoldInclined MT 1205 acbi____
- ma1riz ArialCyrMT-Inclined MT 1205 aci_____
- mcrrz CourierCyr MT 1206 cc______
- mcrbz CourierCyr-Bold MT 1206 ccb_____
- mcrbiz CourierCyr-BoldInclined MT 1206 ccbi____
- mcrriz CourierCyr-Inclined MT 1206 cci_____
- mntrz TimesNRomCyrMT MT 1207 trc_____
- mntbz TimesNRomCyrMT-Bold MT 1207 trcb____
- mntbiz TimesNRomCyrMT-BoldInclined MT 1207 trcbi___
- mntriz TimesNRomCyrMT-Inclined MT 1207 trci____
- mgsbd8a GillSansDisplayMT-Bold MT 1209 gdb_____
- mgsbd8ac GillSansDisplayMT-CondBold MT 1209 gdcb____
- mgsbd8ax GillSansDisplayMT-ExtraBold MT 1209 gdeb____
- mg4ri8a GoudyModernMT-Italic MT 1210 ygi_____
- mg4r8a GoudyModernMT MT 1210 ygrg____
- ms1ri8a ScotchRomanMT-Italic MT 1210 ysi_____
- ms1r8a ScotchRomanMT MT 1210 ysrg____
- mfsr8a FalstaffMT MT 1211 fprg____
- mifb8a InflexMT-Bold MT 1211 iqb_____
- mm8bl8a MonotypeOldStyleMT-BoldOut MT 1211 mbbou___
- mfer8a ForteMT MT 1212 fz______
- mklr8a KlangMT MT 1212 kn______
- mmebw8a MercuriusMT-BoldScript MT 1212 uzbs____
- mjox8a JoannaMT-ExtraBold MT 1213 joae____
- mjob8a JoannaMT-Bold MT 1213 job_____
- mjobi8a JoannaMT-BoldItalic MT 1213 jobi____
- mjori8a JoannaMT-Italic MT 1213 joi_____
- mjor8a JoannaMT MT 1213 jor_____
- mjos8a JoannaMT-SemiBold MT 1213 josb____
- mjosi8a JoannaMT-SemiBoldItalic MT 1213 josbi___
- mphb8a PhotinaMT-Bold MT 1214 phb_____
- mphbi8a PhotinaMT-BoldItalic MT 1214 phbi____
- mphri8a PhotinaMT-Italic MT 1214 phi_____
- mphr8a PhotinaMT MT 1214 phrg____
- mphs8a PhotinaMT-SemiBold MT 1214 phsb____
- mphsi8a PhotinaMT-SemiBoldItalic MT 1214 phsbi___
- mphu8a PhotinaMT-UltraBold MT 1214 phub____
- mphui8a PhotinaMT-UltraBoldItalic MT 1214 phubi___
- msmr8x SpectrumMT-Expert MT 1215 ekexp___
- msmri8a SpectrumMT-Italic MT 1215 eki_____
- msmrij8a SpectrumMT-ItalicOsF MT 1215 ekio____
- msmri8x SpectrumMT-ItalicExpert MT 1215 ekixp___
- msmr8a SpectrumMT MT 1215 ekrg____
- msms8a SpectrumMT-SemiBold MT 1215 eksb____
- msmsj8a SpectrumMT-SemiBoldOsF MT 1215 eksbo___
- msms8x SpectrumMT-SemiBoldExpert MT 1215 eksbx___
- msmrc8a SpectrumMT-SC MT 1215 eksc____
- mhrr8a ArialRoundedMT MT 1216 arr_____
- mhrb8a ArialRoundedMT-Bold MT 1216 arrb____
- mhrx8a ArialRoundedMT-ExtraBold MT 1216 arreb___
- mhrl8a ArialRoundedMT-Light MT 1216 arrl____
- mpi101 AlmanacMT MT 1222 pia_____
- mpi102 BotanicalMT MT 1222 pib_____
- mpi103 DirectionsMT MT 1222 pie_____
- mpi104 SportsOneMT MT 1222 pif_____
- mpi105 SportsTwoMT MT 1222 pig_____
- mpi106 TransportMT MT 1222 pij_____
- mpi107 VacationMT MT 1222 pik_____
- mpi201 CircleFrameMT MT 1222 pic_____
- mpi202 CircleFrameNegMT MT 1222 pid_____
- mpi203 SquareFrameMT MT 1222 pih_____
- mpi204 SquareFrameNegMT MT 1222 pii_____
- m_____ PastonchiMT-RegularAlt MT 1223 pna_____
- m_____ PastonchiMT-Italic MT 1223 pni_____
- m_____ PastonchiMT-ItalicOsF MT 1223 pnosi___
- m_____ PastonchiMT-Regular MT 1223 pnr_____
- m_____ PastonchiMT-RegularSC MT 1223 pnsc____
- m_____ PastonchiMT-Swash MT 1223 pnsw____
- m_____ PastonchiMT-SwashCaps MT 1223 pnswc___
- m_____ PastonchiMT-Titling MT 1223 pnt_____
- m_____ PastonchiMT-TitlingAlt MT 1223 pnta____
- m_____ PastonchiMT-RegularExpert MT 1223 pny_____
- m_____ PastonchiMT-ItalicExpert MT 1223 pnyi____
- movr8x OctavianMT-Expert MT 1224 ocexp___
- movri8a OctavianMT-Italic MT 1224 oci_____
- movrij8a OctavianMT-ItalicOsF MT 1224 ocio____
- movri8x OctavianMT-ItalicExpert MT 1224 ocixp___
- movr8a OctavianMT MT 1224 ocrg____
- movrc8a OctavianMT-SC MT 1224 ocsc____
- mnsr8x TimesNRPSExpert MT 1225 tpy_____
- mnsb8x TimesNRPSExpert-Bold MT 1225 tpyb____
- mnsbi8x TimesNRPSExpert-BoldItalic MT 1225 tpybi___
- mnsri8x TimesNRPSExpert-Italic MT 1225 tpyi____
- ma1r9s ArialSFMT MT 1226 asf_____
- ma1b9s ArialSFMT-Bold MT 1226 asfb____
- ma1bi9s ArialSFMT-BoldItalic MT 1226 asfbi___
- ma1ri9s ArialSFMT-Italic MT 1226 asfi____
- mdmb8a DelimaMT-Bold MT 1234 dlb_____
- mdmbi8a DelimaMT-BoldItalic MT 1234 dlbi____
- mdmri8a DelimaMT-Italic MT 1234 dli_____
- mdml8a DelimaMT-Light MT 1234 dll_____
- mdmli8a DelimaMT-LightItalic MT 1234 dlli____
- mdmr8a DelimaMT MT 1234 dlr_____
- mdmx8a DelimaMT-ExtraBold MT 1235 dleb____
- mdmxi_ DelimaMT-ExtraBoldItalic MT 1235 dlebi___
- mdms8a DelimaMT-SemiBold MT 1235 dlsb____
- mdmsi8a DelimaMT-SemiBoldItalic MT 1235 dlsbi___
- mo4rMM8a OceanSansMM MT 1236 ________
- mo4riMM8a OceanSansMM-It MT 1236 ________
- mlyr8a LydianMT MT 1238 ly______
- mlyrw8a LydianCursiveMT MT 1238 lyc_____
- mwrrf8a WittenbergerFraktMT MT 1239 wf______
- mwrbf8a WittenbergerFraktMT-Bd MT 1239 wfb_____
- mwrrf7c WittenbergerFraktMT-BdDfr MT 1239 wfbdf___
- mwrbf7c WittenbergerFraktMT-Dfr MT 1239 wfdfr___
- mgsh8a GillSans-Heavy MT 1240 gilh____
- mgshi8a GillSans-HeavyItalic MT 1240 gilhi___
- mgsk8a GillSans-Book MT 1240 gilk____
- mgski8a GillSans-BookItalic MT 1240 gilki___
- mgsha8a GillAltOneMT-Heavy MT 1241 glah____
- mgshia8a GillAltOneMT-HeavyItalic MT 1241 glahi___
- mgska8a GillAltOneMT-Book MT 1241 glak____
- mgskia8a GillAltOneMT-BookItalic MT 1241 glaki___
- mf1r8a FournierMT MT 1242 fn______
- mf1r7a FournierMT-Alt MT 1242 fna_____
- mf1ri7a FournierMT-AltItalic MT 1242 fnai____
- mf1ri8a FournierMT-Italic MT 1242 fni_____
- mf1rp FournierOrnamentsMT MT 1242 fno_____
- mf1rd8a FournierMT-TallCaps MT 1242 fnt_____
- mf1rid8a FournierMT-TallCapsItalic MT 1242 fnti____
- mf1r8x FournierExpertMT MT 1242 fny_____
- mf1ri8x FournierExpertMT-Italic MT 1242 fnyi____
- miir8a ImprintExpertMT MT 1243 imy_____
- miib8a ImprintExpertMT-Bold MT 1243 imyb____
- miibi8a ImprintExpertMT-BoldItalic MT 1243 imybi___
- miiri8a ImprintExpertMT-Italic MT 1243 imyi____
- mpwr8a PerrywoodMT MT 1244 py______
- mpwb8a PerrywoodMT-Bold MT 1244 pyb_____
- mpwbi8a PerrywoodMT-BoldItalic MT 1244 pybi____
- mpwri8a PerrywoodMT-Italic MT 1244 pyi_____
- mpwx8a PerrywoodMT-ExtraBold MT 1245 pye_____
- mpwxi8a PerrywoodMT-ExtraBoldItalc MT 1245 pyei____
- mpwl8a PerrywoodMT-Light MT 1245 pyl_____
- mpwli8a PerrywoodMT-LightItalic MT 1245 pyli____
- mpws8a PerrywoodMT-SemiBold MT 1245 pys_____
- mpwsi8a PerrywoodMT-SemiBoldItalic MT 1245 pysi____
- mphbij8a PhotinaMT-BoldItalicOsF MT 1246 phbio___
- mphbj8a PhotinaMT-BoldOsF MT 1246 phbo____
- mphrij8a PhotinaMT-ItalicOsF MT 1246 phio____
- mphrc8a PhotinaMT-RegularSC MT 1246 phsc____
- mphsij8a PhotinaMT-SemiBoldItalicOsF MT 1246 phsio___
- mphsj8a PhotinaMT-SemiBoldOsF MT 1246 phso____
- mphuij8a PhotinaMT-UltraBoldItOsF MT 1246 phuio___
- mphuj8a PhotinaMT-UltraBoldOsF MT 1246 phuo____
- mphr8x PhotinaMT-RegularExpert MT 1246 phy_____
- mphb8x PhotinaMT-BoldExpert MT 1246 phyb____
- mphbi8x PhotinaMT-BoldItalicExpert MT 1246 phybi___
- mphri8x PhotinaMT-ItalicExpert MT 1246 phyi____
- mphs8x PhotinaMT-SemiBoldExpert MT 1246 phys____
- mphsi8x PhotinaMT-SemiBoldItExpert MT 1246 physi___
- mphu8x PhotinaMT-UltraBoldExpert MT 1246 phyu____
- mphui8x PhotinaMT-UltraBoldItExpert MT 1246 phyui___
- mbmb8a BulmerMT-Bold MT 1247 ybb_____
- mbmbi8a BulmerMT-BoldItalic MT 1247 ybbi____
- mbmbd8a BulmerMT-BoldDisplay MT 1247 ybdb____
- mbmbid8a BulmerMT-BoldItalicDisplay MT 1247 ybdbi___
- mbmrd8a BulmerMT-RegularDisplay MT 1247 ybds____
- mbmrid8a BulmerMT-ItalicDisplay MT 1247 ybdsi___
- mbmri8a BulmerMT-Italic MT 1247 ybi_____
- mbmr8a BulmerMT-Regular MT 1247 ybrg____
- mbms8a BulmerMT-SemiBold MT 1247 ybsb____
- mbmsi8a BulmerMT-SemiBoldItalic MT 1247 ybsi____
- mbmb7a BulmerMT-BoldAlt MT 1248 ybab____
- mbmbi7a BulmerMT-BoldItalicAlt MT 1248 ybabi___
- mbmr7a BulmerMT-RegularAlt MT 1248 ybarg___
- mbms7a BulmerMT-SemiBoldAlt MT 1248 ybasb___
- mbmsi7a BulmerMT-SemiBoldItalicAlt MT 1248 ybasi___
- mbmbd7a BulmerMT-BoldDisplayAlt MT 1248 ybbda___
- mbmbid7a BulmerMT-BoldItalDisplayAlt MT 1248 ybbid___
- mbmbi8x BulmerMT-BoldItalicExpert MT 1248 ybbix___
- mbmb8x BulmerMT-BoldExpert MT 1248 ybbxp___
- mbmri7a BulmerMT-ItalicAlt MT 1248 ybial___
- mbmrid7a BulmerMT-ItalicDisplayAlt MT 1248 ybida___
- mbmri8x BulmerMT-ItalicExpert MT 1248 ybixp___
- mbmrd7a BulmerMT-RegularDisplayAlt MT 1248 ybrda___
- mbmr8x BulmerMT-RegularExpert MT 1248 ybrgx___
- mbmrc8a BulmerMT-RegularSC MT 1248 ybrsc___
- mbmsc8a BulmerMT-SemiBoldSC MT 1248 ybsbs___
- mbms8x BulmerMT-SemiBoldExpert MT 1248 ybsbx___
- mbmsi8x BulmerMT-SemiBoldItalExpert MT 1248 ybsix___
- mo4b8a OceanSansMT-Bold MT 1249 oeb_____
- mo4bi8a OceanSansMT-BoldItalic MT 1249 oebi____
- mo4k8a OceanSansMT-Book MT 1249 oek_____
- mo4ki8a OceanSansMT-BookItalic MT 1249 oeki____
- mo4x8a OceanSansMT-ExtraBold MT 1250 oeeb____
- mo4xi8a OceanSansMT-ExtraBoldItalic MT 1250 oeebi___
- mo4l8a OceanSansMT-Light MT 1250 oel_____
- mo4li8a OceanSansMT-LightItalic MT 1250 oeli____
- mo4s8a OceanSansMT-SemiBold MT 1250 oesb____
- mo4si8a OceanSansMT-SemiBoldItalic MT 1250 oesbi___
- mmob8a ModernMT-Bold MT 1259 nmb_____
- mmobi8a ModernMT-BoldItalic MT 1259 nmbi____
- mmor8ac ModernMT-Condensed MT 1259 nmc_____
- mmori8ac ModernMT-CondensedItalic MT 1259 nmci____
- mmor8ax ModernMT-Extended MT 1259 nmex____
- mmori8ax ModernMT-ExtendedItalic MT 1259 nmexi___
- mmor8aw ModernMT-Wide MT 1259 nmwd____
- mmori8aw ModernMT-WideItalic MT 1259 nmwdi___
- mwbr8x WalbaumExpMT MT 1268 wly_____
- mwbri8x WalbaumExpMT-Italic MT 1268 wlyi____
- mwbm8x WalbaumExpMT-Medium MT 1268 wlym____
- mwbmi8x WalbaumExpMT-MediumItalic MT 1268 wlymi___
- mlgr8a LetterGothicMT MT 1269 lc______
- mlgb8a LetterGothicMT-Bold MT 1269 lcb_____
- mlgbo8a LetterGothicMT-BoldOblique MT 1269 lcbi____
- mlgro8a LetterGothicMT-Oblique MT 1269 lci_____
- ma1rzn ArialNarrowCyrMT MT 1270 anc_____
- ma1bzn ArialNarrowCyrMT-Bold MT 1270 ancb____
- ma1bizn ArialNarrowCyrMT-BoldInc MT 1270 ancbi___
- ma1rizn ArialNarrowCyrMT-Inclined MT 1270 anci____
- mygrz CenturyGothicCyr MT 1271 cgc_____
- mygbz CenturyGothicCyr-Bold MT 1271 cgcb____
- mygbiz CenturyGothicCyr-BoldInc MT 1271 cgcbi___
- mygriz CenturyGothicCyr-Inclined MT 1271 cgci____
- mkorz BookmanOldStyleCyr MT 1272 bdc_____
- mkobz BookmanOldStyleCyr-Bold MT 1272 bdcb____
- mkobiz BookmanOldStyleCyr-BoldInc MT 1272 bdcbi___
- mkoriz BookmanOldStyleCyr-Inc MT 1272 bdci____
- mnirz NimrodCyrMT MT 1273 nic_____
- mnibz NimrodCyrMT-Bold MT 1273 nicb____
- mnibiz NimrodCyrMT-BoldInclined MT 1273 nicbi___
- mniriz NimrodCyrMT-Inclined MT 1273 nici____
- mptrz PlantinCyrMT MT 1274 plc_____
- mptbz PlantinCyrMT-Bold MT 1274 plcb____
- mptbiz PlantinCyrMT-BoldInclined MT 1274 plcbi___
- mptriz PlantinCyrMT-Inclined MT 1274 plci____
- maqrz BookAntiquaCyr MT 1275 bkc_____
- maqbz BookAntiquaCyr-Bold MT 1275 bkcb____
- maqbiz BookAntiquaCyr-BoldInclined MT 1275 bkcbi___
- maqriz BookAntiquaCyr-Inclined MT 1275 bkci____
- mzcmiz MonotypeCorsivaCyr MT 1276 mcc_____
- mzcmizaa MonotypeCorsivaCyr-AltOne MT 1276 mccaa___
- mzcmizab MonotypeCorsivaCyr-AltTwo MT 1276 mccab___
- mzcmizac MonotypeCorsivaCyr-AltThree MT 1276 mccac___
- mcsrz CenturySchoolbookCyr MT 1277 cbc_____
- mcsbz CenturySchoolbookCyr-Bold MT 1277 cbcb____
- mcsbiz CenturySchoolbookCyr-BolInc MT 1277 cbcbi___
- mcsriz CenturySchoolbookCyr-Inc MT 1277 cbci____
- mp6r8a BlueprintMT MT 1283 bp______
- mp6b8a BlueprintMT-Bold MT 1283 bpb_____
- mp6bi8a BlueprintMT-BoldItalic MT 1283 bpbi____
- mp6ri8a BlueprintMT-Italic MT 1283 bpi_____
- mn1r8a BinnerGothicMT MT 1289 bg______
- mfgr8aq FrankGothMT-ExtraCondensed MT 1289 fgec____
- m_____ LightlineGothicMT MT 1289 lg______
- mwnr8a WindsorMT MT 1289 wds_____
- mygr__ CenturyGothicTur MT 1293 cgt_____
- mygb__ CenturyGothicTur-Bold MT 1293 cgtb____
- mygbi__ CenturyGothicTur-BoldItalic MT 1293 cgtbi___
- mygri__ CenturyGothicTur-Italic MT 1293 cgti____
- mygr__ CenturyGothicCE MT 1293 cgu_____
- mygb__ CenturyGothicCE-Bold MT 1293 cgub____
- mygbi__ CenturyGothicCE-BoldItalic MT 1293 cgubi___
- mygri__ CenturyGothicCE-Italic MT 1293 cgui____
- ma1r__n ArialNarrowTur MT 1294 ant_____
- ma1b__n ArialNarrowTur-Bold MT 1294 antb____
- ma1bi__n ArialNarrowTur-BoldItalic MT 1294 antbi___
- ma1ri__n ArialNarrowTur-Italic MT 1294 anti____
- ma1r__n ArialNarrowCE MT 1294 anu_____
- ma1b__n ArialNarrowCE-Bold MT 1294 anub____
- ma1bi__n ArialNarrowCE-BoldItalic MT 1294 anubi___
- ma1ri__n ArialNarrowCE-Italic MT 1294 anui____
- maqr__ BookAntiquaTur MT 1295 bkt_____
- maqb__ BookAntiquaTur-Bold MT 1295 bktb____
- maqbi__ BookAntiquaTur-BoldItalic MT 1295 bktbi___
- maqri__ BookAntiquaTur-Italic MT 1295 bkti____
- maqr__ BookAntiquaCE MT 1295 bku_____
- maqb__ BookAntiquaCE-Bold MT 1295 bkub____
- maqbi__ BookAntiquaCE-BoldItalic MT 1295 bkubi___
- maqri__ BookAntiquaCE-Italic MT 1295 bkui____
- mkor__ BookmanOldStyleTur MT 1296 bdt_____
- mkob__ BookmanOldStyleTur-Bold MT 1296 bdtb____
- mkobi__ BookmanOldStyleTur-BoldIta MT 1296 bdtbi___
- mkori__ BookmanOldStyleTur-Italic MT 1296 bdti____
- mkor__ BookmanOldStylCE MT 1296 bdu_____
- mkob__ BookmanOldStylCE-Bold MT 1296 bdub____
- mkobi__ BookmanOldStylCE-BoldItalic MT 1296 bdubi___
- mkori__ BookmanOldStylCE-Italic MT 1296 bdui____
- mcsr__ CenturySchoolbookTur MT 1297 cst_____
- mcsb__ CenturySchoolbookTur-Bold MT 1297 cstb____
- mcsbi__ CenturySchoolbookTur-BolIta MT 1297 cstbi___
- mcsri__ CenturySchoolbookTur-Italic MT 1297 csti____
- mcsr__ CenturySchoolbookCE MT 1297 csu_____
- mcsb__ CenturySchoolbookCE-Bold MT 1297 csub____
- mcsbi__ CenturySchoolbookCE-BoldIta MT 1297 csubi___
- mcsri__ CenturySchoolbookCE-Italic MT 1297 csui____
- mzcmi__ MonotypeCorsivaTur MT 1298 mcit____
- mzcmi__ MonotypeCorsivaCE MT 1298 mciu____
- ma1rk ArialDualGreekMT MT 1299 ard_____
- ma1bk ArialDualGreekMT-Bold MT 1299 ardb____
- ma1bik ArialDualGreekMT-BoldIncl MT 1299 ardbi___
- ma1rik ArialDualGreekMT-Inclined MT 1299 ardi____
- ma1r__ ArialTur MT 1306 art_____
- ma1b__ ArialTur-Bold MT 1306 artb____
- ma1bi__ ArialTur-BoldItalic MT 1306 artbi___
- ma1ri__ ArialTur-Italic MT 1306 arti____
- ma1r__ ArialCE MT 1306 aru_____
- ma1b__ ArialCE-Bold MT 1306 arub____
- ma1bi__ ArialCE-BoldItalic MT 1306 arubi___
- ma1ri__ ArialCE-Italic MT 1306 arui____
- mntr__ TimesNewRomanTur MT 1307 tit_____
- mntb__ TimesNewRomanTur-Bold MT 1307 titb____
- mntbi__ TimesNewRomanTur-BoldItalic MT 1307 titbi___
- mntri__ TimesNewRomanTur-Italic MT 1307 titi____
- mntr__ TimesNewRomanCE MT 1307 tiu_____
- mntb__ TimesNewRomanCE-Bold MT 1307 tiub____
- mntbi__ TimesNewRomanCE-BoldItalic MT 1307 tiubi___
- mntri__ TimesNewRomanCE-Italic MT 1307 tiui____
- mcrr__ CourierTur MT 1308 crt_____
- mcrb__ CourierTur-Bold MT 1308 crtb____
- mcrbi__ CourierTur-BoldItalic MT 1308 crtbi___
- mcrri__ CourierTur-Italic MT 1308 crti____
- mcrr__ CourierCE MT 1308 cru_____
- mcrb__ CourierCE-Bold MT 1308 crub____
- mcrbi__ CourierCE-BoldItalic MT 1308 crubi___
- mcrri__ CourierCE-Italic MT 1308 crui____
- mpnrn8a PlantinMT-Schlbk MT 1309 psb_____
- mpnbn8a PlantinMT-SchlbkBold MT 1309 psbb____
- mpnbin8a PlantinMT-SchlbkBoldItalic MT 1309 psbbi___
- mpnrin8a PlantinMT-SchlbkItalic MT 1309 psbi____
- mn1p8a BinnerPosterMT MT 1310 binp____
- mgqbd8ac GrotesqueDisplayMT-BoldCond MT 1310 gdbc____
- mgqbd8ax GrotesqueDisplayMT-BoldExt MT 1310 gdbe____
- micr8a ImpactMT MT 1310 imp_____
- mjobj8a JoannaMT-BoldOSF MT 1315 joob____
- mjobij8a JoannaMT-BoldItalicOSF MT 1315 joobi___
- mjoxj8a JoannaMT-ExtraBoldOSF MT 1315 jooeb___
- mjorij8a JoannaMT-ItalicOSF MT 1315 jooi____
- mjosc8a JoannaMT-SemiBoldSCOSF MT 1315 joos____
- mjosij8a JoannaMT-SemiBoldItalicOSF MT 1315 joosi___
- mjorc8a JoannaMT-SCOSF MT 1315 josc____
- mjor8x JoannaMT-Expert MT 1315 joy_____
- mjob8x JoannaMT-BoldExpert MT 1315 joyb____
- mjobi8x JoannaMT-BoldItalicExpert MT 1315 joybi___
- mjox8x JoannaMT-ExtraBoldExpert MT 1315 joyeb___
- mjori8x JoannaMT-ItalicExpert MT 1315 joyi____
- mjos8x JoannaMT-SemiBoldExpert MT 1315 joys____
- mjosi8a JoannaMT-SemiBoldItaExpert MT 1315 joysi___
- mgsrk GillSansDualGreekMT MT 1329 gsd_____
- mgsbk GillSansDualGreekMT-Bold MT 1329 gsdb____
- mgsbik GillSansDualGreekMT-BoldInc MT 1329 gsdbi___
- mgsrik GillSansDualGreekMT-Incl MT 1329 gsdi____
- mnir__ NimrodTur MT 1330 nit_____
- mnib__ NimrodTur-Bold MT 1330 nitb____
- mnibi__ NimrodTur-BoldItalic MT 1330 nitbi___
- mniri__ NimrodTur-Italic MT 1330 niti____
- mnir__ NimrodCE MT 1330 niu_____
- mnib__ NimrodCE-Bold MT 1330 niub____
- mnibi__ NimrodCE-BoldItalic MT 1330 niubi___
- mniri__ NimrodCE-Italic MT 1330 niui____
- mbbrn8a BemboMT-Schlbk MT 1331 bsc_____
- mbbbn8a BemboMT-SchlbkBold MT 1331 bscb____
- mbbbin8a BemboMT-SchlbkBoldItalic MT 1331 bscbi___
- mbbrin8a BemboMT-SchlbkItalic MT 1331 bsci____
- mntrz TimesNewRomanCyr MT 1332 tpc_____
- mntbz TimesNewRomanCyr-Bold MT 1332 tpcb____
- mntbiz TimesNewRomanCyr-BoldIncl MT 1332 tpcbi___
- mntriz TimesNewRomanCyr-Inclined MT 1332 tpci____
- mbbrd8a BemboTitlingMT MT 1333 bet_____
- mbbrid8a BemboTitlingMT-Italic MT 1333 beti____
- mcard8a CaslonTitlingMT MT 1333 cat_____
- mpnrd8a PlantinTitlingMT MT 1333 plt_____
- mpnbd8ac PlantinHeadlineMT-BoldCond MT 1334 plhbc___
- mpnld8ac PlantinHeadlineMT-LightCond MT 1334 plhlc___
- mpnmd8ac PlantinHeadlineMT-MedCond MT 1334 plhmc___
- zms7rn SassoonInfant MT 1335 szi_____
- zms7rna SassoonInfant-Alt MT 1335 szia____
- zms7bn SassoonInfant-Bold MT 1335 szib____
- zms7bna SassoonInfant-BoldAlt MT 1335 sziba___
- zms7rp SassoonPrimary MT 1336 szp_____
- zms7rpa SassoonPrimary-Alt MT 1336 szpa____
- zms7bp SassoonPrimary-Bold MT 1336 szpb____
- zms7bpa SassoonPrimary-BoldAlt MT 1336 szpba___
- zms7rs SassoonSans MT 1337 szs_____
- zms7rsa SassoonSans-Alt MT 1337 szsa____
- zms7bs SassoonSans-Bold MT 1337 szsb____
- zms7bsa SassoonSans-BoldAlt MT 1337 szsba___
- zms7ms SassoonSans-Medium MT 1337 szsm____
- zms7msa SassoonSans-MediumAlt MT 1337 szsma___
- zms7rsi SassoonSanSlope MT 1338 szz_____
- zms7rsia SassoonSanSlope-Alt MT 1338 szza____
- zms7bsi SassoonSanSlope-Bold MT 1338 szzb____
- zms7bsia SassoonSanSlope-BoldAlt MT 1338 szzba___
- zms7msi SassoonSanSlope-Medium MT 1338 szzm____
- zms7msia SassoonSanSlope-MediumAlt MT 1338 szzma___
- mgsr__ GillSansCE MT 1339 gsc_____
- mgsb__ GillSansCE-Bold MT 1339 gscb____
- mgsbi__ GillSansCE-BoldItalic MT 1339 gscbi___
- mgsri__ GillSansCE-Italic MT 1339 gsci____
- mgsl__ GillSansCE-Light MT 1339 gscl____
- mgsli__ GillSansCE-LightItalic MT 1339 gscli___
- mgsr__ GillSansTur MT 1339 gst_____
- mgsb__ GillSansTur-Bold MT 1339 gstb____
- mgsbi__ GillSansTur-BoldItalic MT 1339 gstbi___
- mgsri__ GillSansTur-Italic MT 1339 gsti____
- mgsl__ GillSansTur-Light MT 1339 gstl____
- mgsli__ GillSansTur-LightItalic MT 1339 gstli___
- myhr8a StrayhornMT-Regular MT 1340 str_____
- myhb8a StrayhornMT-Bold MT 1340 strb____
- myhbi8a StrayhornMT-BoldItalic MT 1340 strbi___
- myhri8a StrayhornMT-Italic MT 1340 stri____
- myhl8a StrayhornMT-Light MT 1340 strl____
- myhli8a StrayhornMT-LightItalic MT 1340 strli___
- myhx8a StrayhornMT-ExtraBold MT 1340 strx____
- myhxi8a StrayhornMT-ExtraBoldItalic MT 1340 strxi___
- mgsrn8a GillSansMT-Schlbk MT 1341 gsk_____
- mgsbn8a GillSansMT-SchlbkBold MT 1341 gskb____
- mgsbin8a GillSansMT-SchlbkBoldItalic MT 1341 gskbi___
- mgsrin8a GillSansMT-SchlbkItalic MT 1341 gski____
- myhbij8a StrayhornMT-BoldItalicOsF MT 1342 stbis___
- myhbj8a StrayhornMT-BoldOsF MT 1342 stbs____
- myhrij8a StrayhornMT-ItalicOsF MT 1342 stis____
- myhlij8a StrayhornMT-LightItalicOsF MT 1342 stlis___
- myhlc8a StrayhornMT-LightSC MT 1342 stls____
- myhrc8a StrayhornMT-RegularSC MT 1342 sts_____
- myhxij8a StrayhornMT-ExtraBoldItaOsF MT 1342 stxis___
- myhxj8a StrayhornMT-ExtraBoldOsF MT 1342 stxs____
- mpi205 DiamondBodoni MT 1343 dibod___
- mpi206 DiamondPositive MT 1343 dipos___
- mpi207 DiamondNegative MT 1343 dineg___
- mf2r8ac FacadeMT-Condensed MT 1343 fac_____
- mfsra8a FalstaffFestivalMT MT 1343 falfe___
- mg4r8a GoudyModernMT-Bold MT 1344 gomb____
- mg4ri8a GoudyModernMT-BoldItalic MT 1344 gombi___
- mgyrp GoudySortsMT MT 1344 gous____
- mpi303 BonApetit MT 1345 bonap___
- mpi306 Holidays MT 1345 holid___
- mpi308 KeystrokesMT MT 1345 keya____
- mpi307 KeystrokesExtrasMT MT 1345 keyb____
- mpi323 KeystrokesShadowMT MT 1345 keyc____
- mpi322 KeystrokesShadowExtrasMT MT 1345 keyd____
- mpi309 Melodies MT 1345 melod___
- mpi312 MonkeyBusiness MT 1345 monke___
- mpi315 Parties MT 1345 parti___
- mpi320 SignsMT MT 1345 sig_____
- mpi108 SportsThreeMT MT 1345 sport___
- mpi302 AquaLifeMT MT 1346 aqua____
- mpi304 DinosaursMT MT 1346 dino____
- mpi305 FrontierMT MT 1346 frnt____
- mpi310 MilestonesOneMT MT 1346 milea___
- mpi311 MilestonesTwoMT MT 1346 mileb___
- mpi314 NatureMT MT 1346 nat_____
- mpi208 OvalFrameMT MT 1346 ovaa____
- mpi209 OvalFrameNegativeMT MT 1346 ovab____
- mpi319 PlaytimeMT MT 1346 play____
- mpi109 SportsFourMT MT 1346 sporfm__
- mpi321 SouthwestOrnamentsMT MT 1346 sworna__
- ma1rt8a ArialMonospacedMT MT 1347 arm_____
- ma1bt8a ArialMonospacedMT-Bold MT 1347 armb____
- ma1bot8a ArialMonospacedMT-BoldObliq MT 1347 armbo___
- ma1rot8a ArialMonospacedMT-Oblique MT 1347 armo____
- mpwr8ac PerrywoodMT-Condensed MT 1348 pwc_____
- mpwb8ac PerrywoodMT-BoldCondensed MT 1348 pwcb____
- mpwbi8ac PerrywoodMT-BoldItalicCon MT 1348 pwcbi___
- mpwri8ac PerrywoodMT-ItalicCondensed MT 1348 pwci____
- mpwx8ac PerrywoodMT-ExtraBoldCon MT 1349 pwce____
- mpwxi8ac PerrywoodMT-ExtraBoldItaCon MT 1349 pwcei___
- mpwl8ac PerrywoodMT-LightCondensed MT 1349 pwcl____
- mpwli8ac PerrywoodMT-LightItalicCon MT 1349 pwcli___
- mpws8ac PerrywoodMT-SemiBoldCon MT 1349 pwcs____
- mpwsi8ac PerrywoodMT-SemiBoldItaCon MT 1349 pwcsi___
- mpwr8ax PerrywoodMT-Expanded MT 1350 pwe_____
- mpwb8ax PerrywoodMT-BoldExpanded MT 1350 pweb____
- mpwbi8ax PerrywoodMT-BoldItalicExp MT 1350 pwebi___
- mpwri8ax PerrywoodMT-ItalicExpanded MT 1350 pwei____
- mpwx8ax PerrywoodMT-ExtraBoldExp MT 1351 pwee____
- mpwxi8ax PerrywoodMT-ExtraBoldItaExp MT 1351 pweei___
- mpwl8ax PerrywoodMT-LightExpanded MT 1351 pwel____
- mpwli8ax PerrywoodMT-LightItalicExp MT 1351 pweli___
- mpws8ax PerrywoodMT-SemiBoldExp MT 1351 pwes____
- mpwsi8ax PerrywoodMT-SemiBoldItaExp MT 1351 pwesi___
- mgsr8a GillSansCyrMT MT 1356 gcy_____
- mgsb8a GillSansCyrMT-Bold MT 1356 gcyb____
- mgsbi8a GillSansCyrMT-BoldInclined MT 1356 gcybi___
- mgsri8a GillSansCyrMT-Inclined MT 1356 gcyi____
- mgsl8a GillSansCyrMT-Light MT 1356 gcyl____
- mgsli8a GillSansCyrMT-LightIncl MT 1356 gcyli___
- mhob8a HorleyOldStyleMT-Bold MT 1357 hsb_____
- mhobi8a HorleyOldStyleMT-BoldItalic MT 1357 hsbi____
- mhori8a HorleyOldStyleMT-Italic MT 1357 hsi_____
- mhol8a HorleyOldStyleMT-Light MT 1357 hsl_____
- mholi8a HorleyOldStyleMT-LightItalic MT 1357 hsli____
- mhor8a HorleyOldStyleMT MT 1357 hsrg____
- mhosi8a HorleyOldStyleMT-SbItalic MT 1357 hssb____
- mhos8a HorleyOldStyleMT-SemiBold MT 1357 hssbi___
- m_____ GillFloriatedCapsMT MT 1363 gilf____
- m_____ GillFloriatedCapsMT-Alt MT 1363 gilfa___
- m_____ MonotypeGallia MT 1364 gall____
- mbwr8a MonotypeBroadway MT 1365 broa____
- mbwre8a MonotypeBroadway-Engraved MT 1365 broae___
- m_____ CurlzMT-Regular MT 1367 crl_____
- m_____ KidprintMT-Regular MT 1368 kidp____
- m_____ KidprintMT-Bold MT 1368 kidpb___
- mgsbij8a GillSans-BoldItalicOsF MT 1369 gnbio___
- mgsbc8a GillSans-BoldSC MT 1369 gnbsc___
- mgsrij8a GillSans-ItalicOsF MT 1369 gnio____
- mgslij8a GillSans-LightItalicOsF MT 1369 gnlio___
- mgslc8a GillSans-LightSC MT 1369 gnlsc___
- mgsrc8a GillSans-SC MT 1369 gnsc____
- mcrb8a CourierLD-Bold MT 1371 cldb____
- mcrbi8a CourierLD-BoldItalic MT 1371 cldbi___
- mcrri8a CourierLD-Italic MT 1371 cldi____
- mcrr8a CourierLD-Regular MT 1371 cldr____
- mgshij8a GillSans-HeavyItalicOsF MT 1372 gnhio___
- mgshc8a GillSans-HeavySC MT 1372 gnhsc___
- mgskij8a GillSans-BookItalicOsF MT 1372 gnwio___
- mgskc8a GillSans-BookSC MT 1372 gnwsc___
- m_____ GillFaciaMT-Italic MT 1373 gfai____
- m_____ GillFaciaMT-ItalicAlt MT 1373 gfaia___
- m_____ GillFaciaMT-ItalicDisplay MT 1373 gfaid___
- m_____ GillFaciaMT-Regular MT 1373 gfar____
- m_____ GillFaciaMT-RegularAlt MT 1373 gfara___
- m_____ GillFaciaMT-RegularDisplay MT 1373 gfard___
- m_____ GillFaciaMT-ItDisplayAlt MT 1373 gfida___
- m_____ GillFaciaMT-RegDisplayAlt MT 1373 gfrda___
- mngr8a NewsGothicMT MT 1374 nwg_____
- mngb8a NewsGothicMT-Bold MT 1374 nwgb____
- mngb8a NewsGothicMT-BoldItalic MT 1374 nwgbi___
- mngri8a NewsGothicMT-Italic MT 1374 nwgi____
- m_____ AlbertinaMT-Bold MT 1378 abb_____
- m_____ AlbertinaMT-BoldItalic MT 1378 abbi____
- m_____ AlbertinaMT-BoldItalicOsF MT 1378 abbio___
- m_____ AlbertinaMT-BoldItalicSC MT 1378 abbis___
- m_____ AlbertinaMT-BoldOsF MT 1378 abbos___
- m_____ AlbertinaMT-BoldSC MT 1378 abbsc___
- m_____ AlbertinaMT-Italic MT 1378 abi_____
- m_____ AlbertinaMT-ItalicOsF MT 1378 abios___
- m_____ AlbertinaMT-ItalicSC MT 1378 abisc___
- m_____ AlbertinaMT-Medium MT 1378 abm_____
- m_____ AlbertinaMT-MediumItalic MT 1378 abmi____
- m_____ AlbertinaMT-MediumItalicOsF MT 1378 abmio___
- m_____ AlbertinaMT-MediumItalicSC MT 1378 abmis___
- m_____ AlbertinaMT-MediumOsF MT 1378 abmos___
- m_____ AlbertinaMT-MediumSC MT 1378 abmsc___
- m_____ AlbertinaMT-Regular MT 1378 abr_____
- m_____ AlbertinaMT-RegularOsF MT 1378 abros___
- m_____ AlbertinaMT-RegularSC MT 1378 abrsc___
- mngr__ NewsGothicCE MT 1379 ngu_____
- mngb__ NewsGothicCE-Bold MT 1379 ngub____
- mngbi__ NewsGothicCE-BoldItalic MT 1379 ngubi___
- mngri__ NewsGothicCE-Italic MT 1379 ngui____
- mngrk NewsGothicGre MT 1380 ngg_____
- mngbk NewsGothicGre-Bold MT 1380 nggb____
- mngbik NewsGothicGre-BoldInclined MT 1380 nggbi___
- mngrik NewsGothicGre-Inclined MT 1380 nggi____
- mngrz NewsGothicCyr MT 1381 ngc_____
- mngbz NewsGothicCyr-Bold MT 1381 ngcb____
- mngbiz NewsGothicCyr-BoldInclined MT 1381 ngcbi___
- mngriz NewsGothicCyr-Inclined MT 1381 ngci____
- m_____ BuffaloGalMT MT 1382 bufg____
- mrwr__ RockwellTur MT 1383 rkt_____
- mrwb__ RockwellTur-Bold MT 1383 rktb____
- mrwbi__ RockwellTur-BoldItalic MT 1383 rktbi___
- mrwri__ RockwellTur-Italic MT 1383 rkti____
- mrwl__ RockwellTur-Light MT 1383 rktl____
- mrwli__ RockwellTur-LightItalic MT 1383 rktli___
- mrwr__ RockwellCE MT 1383 rku_____
- mrwb__ RockwellCE-Bold MT 1383 rkub____
- mrwbi__ RockwellCE-BoldItalic MT 1383 rkubi___
- mrwri__ RockwellCE-Italic MT 1383 rkui____
- mrwl__ RockwellCE-Light MT 1383 rkul____
- mrwli__ RockwellCE-LightItalic MT 1383 rkuli___
- mo4bij8a OceanSansMT-BoldItalicOsF MT 1397 oebio___
- mo4bic8a OceanSansMT-BoldItalicSC MT 1397 oebis___
- mo4bj8a OceanSansMT-BoldOsF MT 1397 oebo____
- mo4bc8a OceanSansMT-BoldSC MT 1397 oebs____
- mo4kij8a OceanSansMT-BookItalicOsF MT 1397 oekio___
- mo4kic8a OceanSansMT-BookItalicSC MT 1397 oekis___
- mo4kj8a OceanSansMT-BookOsF MT 1397 oeko____
- mo4kc8a OceanSansMT-BookSC MT 1397 oeks____
- mo4lij8a OceanSansMT-LightItalicOsF MT 1398 oelio___
- mo4lic8a OceanSansMT-LightItalicSC MT 1398 oelis___
- mo4lj8a OceanSansMT-LightOsF MT 1398 oelo____
- mo4lc8a OceanSansMT-LightSC MT 1398 oels____
- mo4sij8a OceanSansMT-SemiBoldItaOsF MT 1398 oesio___
- mo4sic8a OceanSansMT-SemiBoldItaSC MT 1398 oesis___
- mo4sj8a OceanSansMT-SemiBoldOsF MT 1398 oeso____
- mo4sc8a OceanSansMT-SemiBoldSC MT 1398 oess____
- mo4xij8a OceanSansMT-ExtraBoldItaOsF MT 1398 oexio___
- mo4xic8a OceanSansMT-ExtraBoldItaSC MT 1398 oexis___
- mo4xj8a OceanSansMT-ExtraBoldOsF MT 1398 oexo____
- mo4xc8a OceanSansMT-ExtraBoldSC MT 1398 oexs____
- mgmrz GaramondCyrMT-Regular MT 1401 gac_____
- mgmbz GaramondCyrMT-Bold MT 1401 gacb____
- mgmriz GaramondCyrMT-Inclined MT 1401 gaci____
- mgmrk GaramondDualGreekMT-Regular MT 1402 gad_____
- mgmbk GaramondDualGreekMT-Bold MT 1402 gadb____
- mgmrik GaramondDualGreekMT-Incl MT 1402 gadi____
- mgmr__ GaramondCEMT-Regular MT 1403 gae_____
- mgmb__ GaramondCEMT-Bold MT 1403 gaeb____
- mgmri__ GaramondCEMT-Italic MT 1403 gaei____
- mgmr__ GaramondTurMT-Regular MT 1403 gat_____
- mgmb__ GaramondTurMT-Bold MT 1403 gatb____
- mgmri__ GaramondTurMT-Italic MT 1403 gati____
- mngr8ac NewsGothicMT-Condensed MT 1451 ngoc____
- mngb8ac NewsGothicMT-CondensedBold MT 1451 ngocb___
- m_____ MahsuriSansMT-Bold MT 1454 msb_____
- m_____ MahsuriSansMT-BoldItalic MT 1454 msbi____
- m_____ MahsuriSansMT-BoldItalicOsF MT 1454 msbio___
- m_____ MahsuriSansMT-BoldOsF MT 1454 msbo____
- m_____ MahsuriSansMT-Italic MT 1454 msi_____
- m_____ MahsuriSansMT-ItalicOsF MT 1454 msio____
- m_____ MahsuriSansMT-Light MT 1454 msl_____
- m_____ MahsuriSansMT-LightItalic MT 1454 msli____
- m_____ MahsuriSansMT-LightItalicOsF MT 1454 mslio___
- m_____ MahsuriSansMT-LightOsF MT 1454 mslo____
- m_____ MahsuriSansMT-Regular MT 1454 msr_____
- m_____ MahsuriSansMT-RegularOsF MT 1454 msro____
- m_____ MahsuriSansMT-ExtraBold MT 1454 msx_____
- m_____ MahsuriSansMT-ExtraBoldItalic MT 1454 msxi____
- m_____ MahsuriSansMT-ExtBoldItaOsF MT 1454 msxio___
- m_____ MahsuriSansMT-ExtraBoldOsF MT 1454 msxo____
- mu0r8a ColumbusMT MT 1492 cu______
- mu0b8a ColumbusMTBold MT 1492 cub_____
- mu0bi8a ColumbusMTBoldItalic MT 1492 cubi____
- mu0ri8a ColumbusMTItalic MT 1492 cui_____
- mu0s8a ColumbusMTSemiBold MT 1492 cus_____
- mu0si8a ColumbusMTSemiBoldItalic MT 1492 cusi____
- mpi001 ArabesqueOrnamentsOneMT ornaments
- mpi002 ArabesqueOrnamentsTwoMT ditto
- mpi003 ArabesqueOrnamentsThreeMT ditto
- mpi004 RococoOrnamentsOneMT ornaments
- mpi005 RococoOrnamentsTwoMT ditto
- mpi006 RococoOrnamentsThreeMT ditto
- mpi007 ChristmasOrnamentsMT-One ornaments
- mpi008 ChristmasOrnamentsMT-Two ditto
- mpi009 ChristmasOrnamentsMT-Three ditto
- mpi010 ChristmasOrnamentsMT-Four ditto
- mpi011 ChristmasOrnamentsMT-Five ditto
- mpi012 ChristmasOrnamentsMT-Six ditto
- mpi013 ContemporaryOrnMT-One ornaments
- mpi014 ContemporaryOrnMT-Two ditto
- mpi015 ContemporaryOrnMT-Three ditto
- mpi016 ContemporaryOrnMT-Four ditto
- mpi017 ContemporaryOrnMT-Five ditto
- mpi101 AlmanacMT zodiac
- mpi102 BotanicalMT flowers
- mpi103 DirectionsMT arrows & pointers
- mpi104 SportsOneMT sports
- mpi105 SportsTwoMT ditto
- mpi106 TransportMT signs
- mpi107 VacationMT signs
- mpi108 SportsThreeMT sports
- mpi109 SportsFourMT ditto
- mpi201 CircleFrameMT circled numerals
- mpi202 CircleFrameNegMT ditto
- mpi203 SquareFrameMT squared numerals
- mpi204 SquareFrameNegMT ditto
- mpi205 DiamondBodoni bullets & markers
- mpi206 DiamondPositive ditto
- mpi207 DiamondNegative ditto
- mpi208 OvalFrameMT circled numerals
- mpi209 OvalFrameNegativeMT ditto
- mpi300 Giddyup-ThangsMT cowboys & indians
- mpi301 PetrucchioMT ???
- mpi302 AquaLifeMT fish
- mpi303 BonApetit food
- mpi304 DinosaursMT dinosaurs
- mpi305 FrontierMT cowboys & indians
- mpi306 Holidays greeting cards
- mpi307 KeystrokesExtrasMT keyboards
- mpi308 KeystrokesMT ditto
- mpi309 Melodies musical instruments
- mpi310 MilestonesOneMT clip art
- mpi311 MilestonesTwoMT ditto
- mpi312 MonkeyBusiness animals
- mpi313 MonotypeSorts dingbats
- mpi314 NatureMT animals
- mpi315 Parties clip art
- mpi316 BingoMT clip art
- mpi317 BongoMT clip art
- mpi318 PieMT food & drinks
- mpi319 PlaytimeMT toys
- mpi320 SignsMT signs
- mpi321 SouthwestOrnamentsMT geometric ornaments
- mpi322 KeystrokesShadowExtrasMT keyboards
- mpi323 KeystrokesShadowMT ditto
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: URW fonts, Prev: Monotype fonts, Up: Font name lists
-
-A.9 URW fonts
-=============
-
-Information graciously supplied through URW, via Vincent Ertner: Each
-URW font has an assigned font number. The last character describes the
-size or purpose of the font, as the design of the font is optimized
-accordingly:
-
-`X000000E'
- Extreme: 8pt and smaller
-
-`X000000T'
- Text: between 8 and 18pt
-
-`X000000D'
- Display: 18pt and larger
-
-`X000000P'
- Poster: 48pt and larger
-
-`X000000M'
- Monospaced / Typewriter
-
-`X000000L'
- LaserWriter / PostScript / Adobe compatible
-
-`X000000I'
- Intellifont PCL (5) compatible
-
- An `F' identifier is not known.
-
- The `urw.map' file has abbreviations for URW fonts.
-
- uagd8a URWGothicL-Demi a010015l
- uagdo8a URWGothicL-DemiObli a010035l
- uagk8a URWGothicL-Book a010013l
- uagko8a URWGothicL-BookObli a010033l
- ubkd8a URWBookmanL-DemiBold b018015l
- ubkdi8a URWBookmanL-DemiBoldItal b018035l
- ubkl8a URWBookmanL-Ligh b018012l
- ubkli8a URWBookmanL-LighItal b018032l
- ucrb8a NimbusMonL-Bold n022004l
- ucrbo8a NimbusMonL-BoldObli n022024l
- ucrr8a NimbusMonL-Regu n022003l
- ucrro8a NimbusMonL-ReguObli n022023l
- uhvb8a NimbusSanL-Bold n019004l
- uhvb8ac NimbusSanL-BoldCond n019044l
- uhvbo8a NimbusSanL-BoldItal n019024l
- uhvbo8ac NimbusSanL-BoldCondItal n019064l
- uhvr8a NimbusSanL-Regu n019003l
- uhvr8ac NimbusSanL-ReguCond n019043l
- uhvro8a NimbusSanL-ReguItal n019023l
- uhvro8ac NimbusSanL-ReguCondItal n019063l
- uncb8a CenturySchL-Bold c059016l
- uncbi8a CenturySchL-BoldItal c059036l
- uncr8a CenturySchL-Roma c059013l
- uncri8a CenturySchL-Ital c059033l
- uplb8a URWPalladioL-Bold p052004l
- uplbi8a URWPalladioL-BoldItal p052024l
- uplr8a URWPalladioL-Roma p052003l
- uplri8a URWPalladioL-Ital p052023l
- usyr StandardSymL s050000l
- utmb8a NimbusRomNo9L-Medi n021004l
- utmbi8a NimbusRomNo9L-MediItal n021024l
- utmr8a NimbusRomNo9L-Regu n021003l
- utmri8a NimbusRomNo9L-ReguItal n021023l
- uzcmi8a URWChanceryL-MediItal z003034l
- uzdr Dingbats d050000l
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: Encodings, Next: General index, Prev: Font name lists, Up: Top
-
-Appendix B Encodings
-********************
-
-The following sections define various encodings as PostScript encoding
-vectors. These files can be installed in the Dvips header directory and
-then used in `psfonts.map' to change font encodings of downloadable or
-builtin fonts (*note psfonts.map: (dvips)psfonts.map.).
-
- You can also specify these `.enc' files to Afm2tfm when building a
-font (*note Changing font encodings: (dvips)Changing font encodings.).
-
- For a discussion of TeX font encodings in general, and defining new
-ones for use with `fontinst' in particular, see
-`http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/utilities/fontinst/doc/encspecs'.
-
- A tutorial on character code issues in general is available at
-`http://www.cs.tut.fi/~jkorpela/chars.html'.
-
- Naming specific characters is a tangled and difficult area. Here are
-some links to character tables for Unicode, Adobe, and WGL4, for your
-researching pleasure (thanks to Boguslaw Jackowski for the list):
-
- * `http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/UnicodeData.txt'
-
- * `http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/NamesList.txt'
-
- * `http://partners.adobe.com/asn/tech/type/corporateuse-old.txt'
-
- * `http://partners.adobe.com/asn/tech/type/aglfn13.txt'
-
- * `http://partners.adobe.com/asn/tech/type/unicodegn.jsp'
-
- * `http://www.microsoft.com/OpenType/otspec/WGL4.htm'
-
-* Menu:
-
-* 6w:: CP-1251 (Cyrillic).
-* 8a:: Adobe standard.
-* 8r:: TeX base.
-* dvips:: Dvips.
-* ec:: EC (aka COrk, TeX Latin 1, tex256).
-* groff:: 8g.
-* t5:: Vietnamese, from vntex.
-* qx:: QX, from GUST.
-* texmext:: TeX math extension.
-* texmsym:: TeX math symbol.
-* texmital:: TeX math italic.
-* texnansi:: From Y&Y.
-* texnansx:: From Y&Y.
-* xl2:: OT1 + ISO Latin 2 (extended).
-* xt2:: Typewriter version of xl2.
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: 6w, Next: 8a, Up: Encodings
-
-B.1 `6w.enc': Cyrillic CP-1251
-==============================
-
-% @psencodingfile{
-% author = "Adobe",
-% version = "1.1",
-% date = "12jun05",
-% filename = "8a.enc",
-% license = "public domain",
-% email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
-% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
-% docstring = "Adobe StandardEncoding as an afm2tfm/dvips .enc file."
-% }
-% 12jun05 - comment changes only.
-/StandardEncoding [
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/space
-/exclam
-/quotedbl
-/numbersign
-/dollar
-/percent
-/ampersand
-/quoteright
-/parenleft
-/parenright
-/asterisk
-/plus
-/comma
-/hyphen
-/period
-/slash
-/zero
-/one
-/two
-/three
-/four
-/five
-/six
-/seven
-/eight
-/nine
-/colon
-/semicolon
-/less
-/equal
-/greater
-/question
-/at
-/A
-/B
-/C
-/D
-/E
-/F
-/G
-/H
-/I
-/J
-/K
-/L
-/M
-/N
-/O
-/P
-/Q
-/R
-/S
-/T
-/U
-/V
-/W
-/X
-/Y
-/Z
-/bracketleft
-/backslash
-/bracketright
-/asciicircum
-/underscore
-/quoteleft
-/a
-/b
-/c
-/d
-/e
-/f
-/g
-/h
-/i
-/j
-/k
-/l
-/m
-/n
-/o
-/p
-/q
-/r
-/s
-/t
-/u
-/v
-/w
-/x
-/y
-/z
-/braceleft
-/bar
-/braceright
-/asciitilde
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/exclamdown
-/cent
-/sterling
-/fraction
-/yen
-/florin
-/section
-/currency
-/quotesingle
-/quotedblleft
-/guillemotleft
-/guilsinglleft
-/guilsinglright
-/fi
-/fl
-/.notdef
-/endash
-/dagger
-/daggerdbl
-/periodcentered
-/.notdef
-/paragraph
-/bullet
-/quotesinglbase
-/quotedblbase
-/quotedblright
-/guillemotright
-/ellipsis
-/perthousand
-/.notdef
-/questiondown
-/.notdef
-/grave
-/acute
-/circumflex
-/tilde
-/macron
-/breve
-/dotaccent
-/dieresis
-/.notdef
-/ring
-/cedilla
-/.notdef
-/hungarumlaut
-/ogonek
-/caron
-/emdash
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/AE
-/.notdef
-/ordfeminine
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/Lslash
-/Oslash
-/OE
-/ordmasculine
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/ae
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/dotlessi
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/lslash
-/oslash
-/oe
-/germandbls
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-] def
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: 8a, Next: 8r, Prev: 6w, Up: Encodings
-
-B.2 `8a.enc': Adobe standard encoding
-=====================================
-
-% @psencodingfile{
-% author = "Adobe",
-% version = "1.1",
-% date = "12jun05",
-% filename = "8a.enc",
-% license = "public domain",
-% email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
-% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
-% docstring = "Adobe StandardEncoding as an afm2tfm/dvips .enc file."
-% }
-% 12jun05 - comment changes only.
-/StandardEncoding [
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/space
-/exclam
-/quotedbl
-/numbersign
-/dollar
-/percent
-/ampersand
-/quoteright
-/parenleft
-/parenright
-/asterisk
-/plus
-/comma
-/hyphen
-/period
-/slash
-/zero
-/one
-/two
-/three
-/four
-/five
-/six
-/seven
-/eight
-/nine
-/colon
-/semicolon
-/less
-/equal
-/greater
-/question
-/at
-/A
-/B
-/C
-/D
-/E
-/F
-/G
-/H
-/I
-/J
-/K
-/L
-/M
-/N
-/O
-/P
-/Q
-/R
-/S
-/T
-/U
-/V
-/W
-/X
-/Y
-/Z
-/bracketleft
-/backslash
-/bracketright
-/asciicircum
-/underscore
-/quoteleft
-/a
-/b
-/c
-/d
-/e
-/f
-/g
-/h
-/i
-/j
-/k
-/l
-/m
-/n
-/o
-/p
-/q
-/r
-/s
-/t
-/u
-/v
-/w
-/x
-/y
-/z
-/braceleft
-/bar
-/braceright
-/asciitilde
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/exclamdown
-/cent
-/sterling
-/fraction
-/yen
-/florin
-/section
-/currency
-/quotesingle
-/quotedblleft
-/guillemotleft
-/guilsinglleft
-/guilsinglright
-/fi
-/fl
-/.notdef
-/endash
-/dagger
-/daggerdbl
-/periodcentered
-/.notdef
-/paragraph
-/bullet
-/quotesinglbase
-/quotedblbase
-/quotedblright
-/guillemotright
-/ellipsis
-/perthousand
-/.notdef
-/questiondown
-/.notdef
-/grave
-/acute
-/circumflex
-/tilde
-/macron
-/breve
-/dotaccent
-/dieresis
-/.notdef
-/ring
-/cedilla
-/.notdef
-/hungarumlaut
-/ogonek
-/caron
-/emdash
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/AE
-/.notdef
-/ordfeminine
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/Lslash
-/Oslash
-/OE
-/ordmasculine
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/ae
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/dotlessi
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/lslash
-/oslash
-/oe
-/germandbls
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-/.notdef
-] def
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: 8r, Next: dvips, Prev: 8a, Up: Encodings
-
-B.3 `8r.enc': TeX base encoding
-===============================
-
-% File 8r.enc TeX Base 1 Encoding Revision 2.0 2002-10-30
-%
-% @@psencodingfile@{
-% author = "S. Rahtz, P. MacKay, Alan Jeffrey, B. Horn, K. Berry,
-% W. Schmidt, P. Lehman",
-% version = "2.0",
-% date = "27nov06",
-% filename = "8r.enc",
-% email = "tex-fonts@@tug.org",
-% docstring = "This is the encoding vector for Type1 and TrueType
-% fonts to be used with TeX. This file is part of the
-% PSNFSS bundle, version 9"
-% @}
-%
-% The idea is to have all the characters normally included in Type 1 fonts
-% available for typesetting. This is effectively the characters in Adobe
-% Standard encoding, ISO Latin 1, Windows ANSI including the euro symbol,
-% MacRoman, and some extra characters from Lucida.
-%
-% Character code assignments were made as follows:
-%
-% (1) the Windows ANSI characters are almost all in their Windows ANSI
-% positions, because some Windows users cannot easily reencode the
-% fonts, and it makes no difference on other systems. The only Windows
-% ANSI characters not available are those that make no sense for
-% typesetting -- rubout (127 decimal), nobreakspace (160), softhyphen
-% (173). quotesingle and grave are moved just because it's such an
-% irritation not having them in TeX positions.
-%
-% (2) Remaining characters are assigned arbitrarily to the lower part
-% of the range, avoiding 0, 10 and 13 in case we meet dumb software.
-%
-% (3) Y&Y Lucida Bright includes some extra text characters; in the
-% hopes that other PostScript fonts, perhaps created for public
-% consumption, will include them, they are included starting at 0x12.
-% These are /dotlessj /ff /ffi /ffl.
-%
-% (4) hyphen appears twice for compatibility with both ASCII and Windows.
-%
-% (5) /Euro was assigned to 128, as in Windows ANSI
-%
-% (6) Missing characters from MacRoman encoding incorporated as follows:
-%
-% PostScript MacRoman TeXBase1
-% -------------- -------------- --------------
-% /notequal 173 0x16
-% /infinity 176 0x17
-% /lessequal 178 0x18
-% /greaterequal 179 0x19
-% /partialdiff 182 0x1A
-% /summation 183 0x1B
-% /product 184 0x1C
-% /pi 185 0x1D
-% /integral 186 0x81
-% /Omega 189 0x8D
-% /radical 195 0x8E
-% /approxequal 197 0x8F
-% /Delta 198 0x9D
-% /lozenge 215 0x9E
-%
-/TeXBase1Encoding [
-% 0x00
- /.notdef /dotaccent /fi /fl
- /fraction /hungarumlaut /Lslash /lslash
- /ogonek /ring /.notdef /breve
- /minus /.notdef /Zcaron /zcaron
-% 0x10
- /caron /dotlessi /dotlessj /ff
- /ffi /ffl /notequal /infinity
- /lessequal /greaterequal /partialdiff /summation
- /product /pi /grave /quotesingle
-% 0x20
- /space /exclam /quotedbl /numbersign
- /dollar /percent /ampersand /quoteright
- /parenleft /parenright /asterisk /plus
- /comma /hyphen /period /slash
-% 0x30
- /zero /one /two /three
- /four /five /six /seven
- /eight /nine /colon /semicolon
- /less /equal /greater /question
-% 0x40
- /at /A /B /C
- /D /E /F /G
- /H /I /J /K
- /L /M /N /O
-% 0x50
- /P /Q /R /S
- /T /U /V /W
- /X /Y /Z /bracketleft
- /backslash /bracketright /asciicircum /underscore
-% 0x60
- /quoteleft /a /b /c
- /d /e /f /g
- /h /i /j /k
- /l /m /n /o
-% 0x70
- /p /q /r /s
- /t /u /v /w
- /x /y /z /braceleft
- /bar /braceright /asciitilde /.notdef
-% 0x80
- /Euro /integral /quotesinglbase /florin
- /quotedblbase /ellipsis /dagger /daggerdbl
- /circumflex /perthousand /Scaron /guilsinglleft
- /OE /Omega /radical /approxequal
-% 0x90
- /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /quotedblleft
- /quotedblright /bullet /endash /emdash
- /tilde /trademark /scaron /guilsinglright
- /oe /Delta /lozenge /Ydieresis
-% 0xA0
- /.notdef /exclamdown /cent /sterling
- /currency /yen /brokenbar /section
- /dieresis /copyright /ordfeminine /guillemotleft
- /logicalnot /hyphen /registered /macron
-% 0xB0
- /degree /plusminus /twosuperior /threesuperior
- /acute /mu /paragraph /periodcentered
- /cedilla /onesuperior /ordmasculine /guillemotright
- /onequarter /onehalf /threequarters /questiondown
-% 0xC0
- /Agrave /Aacute /Acircumflex /Atilde
- /Adieresis /Aring /AE /Ccedilla
- /Egrave /Eacute /Ecircumflex /Edieresis
- /Igrave /Iacute /Icircumflex /Idieresis
-% 0xD0
- /Eth /Ntilde /Ograve /Oacute
- /Ocircumflex /Otilde /Odieresis /multiply
- /Oslash /Ugrave /Uacute /Ucircumflex
- /Udieresis /Yacute /Thorn /germandbls
-% 0xE0
- /agrave /aacute /acircumflex /atilde
- /adieresis /aring /ae /ccedilla
- /egrave /eacute /ecircumflex /edieresis
- /igrave /iacute /icircumflex /idieresis
-% 0xF0
- /eth /ntilde /ograve /oacute
- /ocircumflex /otilde /odieresis /divide
- /oslash /ugrave /uacute /ucircumflex
- /udieresis /yacute /thorn /ydieresis
-] def
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: dvips, Next: ec, Prev: 8r, Up: Encodings
-
-B.4 `dvips.enc': Dvips encoding
-===============================
-
-% @psencodingfile{
-% author = "T. Rokicki, K. Berry",
-% version = "2.1",
-% date = "12jun05",
-% filename = "dvips.enc",
-% email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
-% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
-% docstring = "An encoding for PostScript fonts to be used with TeX.
-%
-% This is almost the default encoding produced by the afm2tfm program
-% that comes with the dvips distribution, when it is applied to a
-% StandardEncoding PostScript font. The positions of the accented
-% characters (which afm2tfm assigned more or less randomly in the
-% previous set of fonts) have been held fixed.
-%
-% It is almost upward-compatible with TeX text. (The primary exceptions
-% are dotaccent and hungarumlaut.) Some of the ligatures are also in
-% different positions, but this is not important, since ligature
-% positions are defined in the TFM file, not by macros.
-%
-% The character positions were assigned in this order:
-% 1) non-composite characters in the afm2tfm encoding (except dotlessj
-% was included in its plain TeX position);
-% 2) available characters in the Cork (EC) encoding;
-% 3) remaining composite characters in the base encoding (starting at
-% position 130 decimal). We don't include all the other base
-% characters because that changes the height/depth/width tables in
-% the TFM files (because more characters mean more distinct values).
-%
-% We leave the initial positions open for the Greek letters in Times-Roman.
-% "
-% }
-% 12jun05 - don't use extra @'s for Texinfo any more.
-%
-/DvipsEncoding [
- /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
- /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
- /.notdef /quotesingle /exclamdown /questiondown
- /dotlessi /dotlessj /grave /acute /caron /breve /macron /ring
- /cedilla /germandbls /ae /oe /oslash /AE /OE /Oslash
- /space /exclam /quotedbl /numbersign /dollar /percent /ampersand /quoteright
- /parenleft /parenright /asterisk /plus /comma /hyphen /period /slash
- /zero /one /two /three /four /five /six /seven
- /eight /nine /colon /semicolon /less /equal /greater /question
- /at /A /B /C /D /E /F /G
- /H /I /J /K /L /M /N /O
- /P /Q /R /S /T /U /V /W
- /X /Y /Z /bracketleft /backslash /bracketright /circumflex /underscore
- /quoteleft /a /b /c /d /e /f /g
- /h /i /j /k /l /m /n /o
- /p /q /r /s /t /u /v /w
- /x /y /z /braceleft /bar /braceright /tilde /dieresis
- /asciicircum /asciitilde /Ccedilla /Iacute
- /Icircumflex /atilde /edieresis /egrave
- /scaron /zcaron /Eth /ff /ffi /ffl /.notdef /.notdef
- /.notdef /.notdef /Scaron /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
- /Ydieresis /.notdef /Zcaron /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
- /.notdef /.notdef /cent /sterling /fraction /yen /florin /section
- /currency /copyright /quotedblleft /guillemotleft
- /guilsinglleft /guilsinglright /fi /fl
- /degree /endash /dagger /daggerdbl /periodcentered /.notdef /paragraph /bullet
- /quotesinglbase /quotedblbase /quotedblright /guillemotright
- /ellipsis /perthousand /.notdef /.notdef
- /Agrave /Aacute /Acircumflex /Atilde /Adieresis /Aring /.notdef /dotaccent
- /Egrave /Eacute /Ecircumflex /Edieresis
- /Igrave /hungarumlaut /ogonek /Idieresis
- /emdash /Ntilde /Ograve /Oacute /Ocircumflex /Otilde /Odieresis /.notdef
- /.notdef /Ugrave /Uacute /Ucircumflex /Udieresis /Yacute /Thorn /.notdef
- /agrave /aacute /acircumflex /ordfeminine
- /adieresis /aring /.notdef /ccedilla
- /Lslash /eacute /ecircumflex /ordmasculine
- /igrave /iacute /icircumflex /idieresis
- /.notdef /ntilde /ograve /oacute /ocircumflex /otilde /odieresis /.notdef
- /lslash /ugrave /uacute /ucircumflex /udieresis /yacute /thorn /ydieresis
-] def
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: ec, Next: groff, Prev: dvips, Up: Encodings
-
-B.5 `ec.enc': Cork encoding
-===========================
-
-% @@psencodingfile@{
-% date = "24feb10",
-% filename = "ec.enc",
-% email = "tex-fonts@@tug.org",
-% docstring = "This is the EC (aka Cork aka T1) encoding vector
-% for 8-bit fonts to be used with TeX."
-% @}
-%
-% The original paper can be found on
-% https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb11-4/tb30ferguson.pdf
-%
-% Names of the glyphs try to comply with:
-% Adobe Glyph List For New Fonts, ver. 1.6, 30 Januaury 2006
-% http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/opentype/aglfn13.txt
-% but some exceptions are listed below.
-%
-% The following characters are not present in Unicode:
-% - /perthousandzero = used to compose /perthousand, /pertenthousand, ... out of /percent + this character
-% - Germandbls = now there is a related character in Unicode,
-% U+1E9E - LATIN CAPITAL LETTER SHARP S
-% but probably /S_S ligature name should be used instead
-%
-% The following two characters have different Unicode mappings than on the AGL:
-% - /tcedilla = U+0163 - LATIN SMALL LETTER T WITH CEDILLA
-% according to AGL it should be /tcommaaccent
-% - /Tcedilla = U+0162 - LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T WITH CEDILLA
-% according to AGL it should be /Tcommaaccent
-% But having /scedilla and /tcommaaccent mixed is even more ugly.
-%
-% The following characters are not present on the AGL:
-% - /dotlessj = U+0237 - LATIN SMALL LETTER DOTLESS J
-% - /cwm = U+200B - ZERO WIDTH SPACE
-% - /visiblespace = U+2423 - OPEN BOX
-% and should probably better be labeled with uniXXXX notation
-% (though hardly any font has those glyphs anyway).
-%
-% The following ligatures are deprecated by recent AGL:
-% - /ff, /fi, /fl, /ffi, /ffl = /f_i and similar should have been used instead
-%
-% Hyphen character:
-% There are two character named "hyphen". The original article explains
-% the background of this decision (if one wanted to use a different
-% hyphenation character and still be able to use the dash). So the first
-% character should serve as "hyphen char" and the other one as "dash" in
-% compound words. The character 0x2D is supposed to be the hyphen char,
-% but since there used to be two characters of the same name in this
-% file for some time, the tools like afmtotfm have been confused and
-% remapped the hyphen char to 0x7F automatically. After the second
-% character's name was changed, hyphenation characters in existing
-% tfm fonts (generated with the old ec.enc) have disappeared, so the
-% second character has been renamed back to "hyphen". Anyone generating
-% tfm fonts is strongly encouraged to make a copy of this file, rename
-% it and change glyph names as required for their font.
-%
-% Other remarks:
-% - /Eth = U+00D0 - LATIN CAPITAL LETTER ETH
-% must also be used as /Dcroat
-% U+0110 - LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D WITH STROKE
-%
-% Misleading names and shapes of letters (that lead to different names in past)
-% - /lcaron = U+013E - LATIN SMALL LETTER L WITH CARON
-% /lquoteright
-% - /Lcaron = U+013D - LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L WITH CARON
-% /Lquoteright
-% - /dcaron = U+010F - LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH CARON
-% /dquoteright
-% - /tcaron = U+0165 - LATIN SMALL LETTER T WITH CARON
-% /tquoteright
-% - /dcroat = U+0111 - LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH STROKE
-% /dbar, /dmacron
-%
-% - /cwm - /bom, /zerowidthnobreakspace
-% - /underscore - /underline
-% - /hyphen.alt - /sfthyphen, /hyphen, /dash
-%
-%
-% Turkish & Romanian
-% --------------------
-% EC encoding has been defined to include /tcedilla and /scedilla.
-% For Turkish one needs /scedilla, while for Romanian one would need
-% "t with comma below" (/tcommaaccent) and "s with comma below" (/scommaaccent).
-% "t with cedilla" in not used in any language except in inferior
-% Romanian typography that can use cedillas instead of commas below.
-% AGL has a strange mapping as well.
-%
-% Without adding an additional character, it is impossible to support both
-% languages at the same time, so EC is not really best choice for Romanians,
-% even though it can be "misused" if one replaces both /scedilla and /tcedilla
-% with /scommaaccent and /tcommaaccent.
-%
-% Characters that have been renamed in July 2008:
-% 0x18 /zeroinferior -> /perthousandzero
-% 0x20 U+2423 /visualspace -> /visiblespace (if font doesn't have it, use /space)
-% 0x8D U+014A /Ng -> /Eng
-% 0x9E U+0111 /dbar -> /dcroat
-% 0xAD U+014B /ng -> /eng
-% 0xB4 U+0165 /tquoteright -> /tcaron
-%
-% Although these ligatures and kerns are somewhat questionable to have
-% in an encoding file, they've been here forever, and they are
-% traditional in the TeX world, so we preserve them.
-%
-% LIGKERN space l =: lslash ; space L =: Lslash ;
-% LIGKERN question quoteleft =: questiondown ; exclam quoteleft =: exclamdown ;
-% LIGKERN hyphen hyphen =: endash ; endash hyphen =: emdash ;
-% LIGKERN quoteleft quoteleft =: quotedblleft ;
-% LIGKERN quoteright quoteright =: quotedblright ;
-%
-% We blow away kerns to and from spaces (TeX doesn't have a
-% space) and also remove any kerns from the numbers (although
-% the only kern pair that mentions a number in Times-Roman.afm
-% is one one.)
-%
-% LIGKERN space {} * ; * {} space ; zero {} * ; * {} zero ;
-% LIGKERN one {} * ; * {} one ; two {} * ; * {} two ;
-% LIGKERN three {} * ; * {} three ; four {} * ; * {} four ;
-% LIGKERN five {} * ; * {} five ; six {} * ; * {} six ;
-% LIGKERN seven {} * ; * {} seven ; eight {} * ; * {} eight ;
-% LIGKERN nine {} * ; * {} nine ;
-% LIGKERN comma comma =: quotedblbase ; less less =: guillemotleft ;
-% LIGKERN greater greater =: guillemotright ;
-%
-/ECEncoding [ % now 256 chars follow
-/grave % 0x00 U+0060
-/acute % 0x01 U+00B4
-/circumflex % 0x02 U+02C6
-/tilde % 0x03 U+02DC
-/dieresis % 0x04 U+00A8
-/hungarumlaut % 0x05 U+02DD
-/ring % 0x06 U+02DA
-/caron % 0x07 U+02C7
-/breve % 0x08 U+02D8
-/macron % 0x09 U+00AF
-/dotaccent % 0x0A U+02D9
-/cedilla % 0x0B U+00B8
-/ogonek % 0x0C U+02DB
-/quotesinglbase % 0x0D U+201A
-/guilsinglleft % 0x0E U+2039
-/guilsinglright % 0x0F U+203A
-/quotedblleft % 0x10 U+201C
-/quotedblright % 0x11 U+201D
-/quotedblbase % 0x12 U+201E
-/guillemotleft % 0x13 U+00AB
-/guillemotright % 0x14 U+00BB
-/endash % 0x15 U+2013
-/emdash % 0x16 U+2014
-/cwm % 0x17 U+200B
-/perthousandzero % 0x18 ______
-/dotlessi % 0x19 U+0131
-/dotlessj % 0x1A U+0237
-/ff % 0x1B U+FB00
-/fi % 0x1C U+FB01
-/fl % 0x1D U+FB02
-/ffi % 0x1E U+FB03
-/ffl % 0x1F U+FB04
-/visiblespace % 0x20 U+2423
-/exclam % 0x21
-/quotedbl % 0x22
-/numbersign % 0x23
-/dollar % 0x24
-/percent % 0x25
-/ampersand % 0x26
-/quoteright % 0x27 U+2019
-/parenleft % 0x28
-/parenright % 0x29
-/asterisk % 0x2A
-/plus % 0x2B
-/comma % 0x2C
-/hyphen % 0x2D
-/period % 0x2E
-/slash % 0x2F
-/zero % 0x30
-/one % 0x31
-/two % 0x32
-/three % 0x33
-/four % 0x34
-/five % 0x35
-/six % 0x36
-/seven % 0x37
-/eight % 0x38
-/nine % 0x39
-/colon % 0x3A
-/semicolon % 0x3B
-/less % 0x3C
-/equal % 0x3D
-/greater % 0x3E
-/question % 0x3F
-/at % 0x40
-/A % 0x41
-/B % 0x42
-/C % 0x43
-/D % 0x44
-/E % 0x45
-/F % 0x46
-/G % 0x47
-/H % 0x48
-/I % 0x49
-/J % 0x4A
-/K % 0x4B
-/L % 0x4C
-/M % 0x4D
-/N % 0x4E
-/O % 0x4F
-/P % 0x50
-/Q % 0x51
-/R % 0x52
-/S % 0x53
-/T % 0x54
-/U % 0x55
-/V % 0x56
-/W % 0x57
-/X % 0x58
-/Y % 0x59
-/Z % 0x5A
-/bracketleft % 0x5B
-/backslash % 0x5C
-/bracketright % 0x5D
-/asciicircum % 0x5E
-/underscore % 0x5F
-/quoteleft % 0x60 U+2018
-/a % 0x61
-/b % 0x62
-/c % 0x63
-/d % 0x64
-/e % 0x65
-/f % 0x66
-/g % 0x67
-/h % 0x68
-/i % 0x69
-/j % 0x6A
-/k % 0x6B
-/l % 0x6C
-/m % 0x6D
-/n % 0x6E
-/o % 0x6F
-/p % 0x70
-/q % 0x71
-/r % 0x72
-/s % 0x73
-/t % 0x74
-/u % 0x75
-/v % 0x76
-/w % 0x77
-/x % 0x78
-/y % 0x79
-/z % 0x7A
-/braceleft % 0x7B
-/bar % 0x7C
-/braceright % 0x7D
-/asciitilde % 0x7E
-/hyphen % 0x7F U+002D (explicit "hyphen char")
-/Abreve % 0x80 U+0102
-/Aogonek % 0x81 U+0104
-/Cacute % 0x82 U+0106
-/Ccaron % 0x83 U+010C
-/Dcaron % 0x84 U+010E
-/Ecaron % 0x85 U+011A
-/Eogonek % 0x86 U+0118
-/Gbreve % 0x87 U+011E
-/Lacute % 0x88 U+0139
-/Lcaron % 0x89 U+013D
-/Lslash % 0x8A U+0141
-/Nacute % 0x8B U+0143
-/Ncaron % 0x8C U+0147
-/Eng % 0x8D U+014A
-/Ohungarumlaut % 0x8E U+0150
-/Racute % 0x8F U+0154
-/Rcaron % 0x90 U+0158
-/Sacute % 0x91 U+015A
-/Scaron % 0x92 U+0160
-/Scedilla % 0x93 U+015E
-/Tcaron % 0x94 U+0164
-/Tcedilla % 0x95 U+0162
-/Uhungarumlaut % 0x96 U+0170
-/Uring % 0x97 U+016E
-/Ydieresis % 0x98 U+0178
-/Zacute % 0x99 U+0179
-/Zcaron % 0x9A U+017D
-/Zdotaccent % 0x9B U+017B
-/IJ % 0x9C U+0132
-/Idotaccent % 0x9D U+0130
-/dcroat % 0x9E U+0111
-/section % 0x9F U+00A7
-/abreve % 0xA0 U+0103
-/aogonek % 0xA1 U+0105
-/cacute % 0xA2 U+0107
-/ccaron % 0xA3 U+010D
-/dcaron % 0xA4 U+010F
-/ecaron % 0xA5 U+011B
-/eogonek % 0xA6 U+0119
-/gbreve % 0xA7 U+011F
-/lacute % 0xA8 U+013A
-/lcaron % 0xA9 U+013E
-/lslash % 0xAA U+0142
-/nacute % 0xAB U+0144
-/ncaron % 0xAC U+0148
-/eng % 0xAD U+014B
-/ohungarumlaut % 0xAE U+0151
-/racute % 0xAF U+0155
-/rcaron % 0xB0 U+0159
-/sacute % 0xB1 U+015B
-/scaron % 0xB2 U+0161
-/scedilla % 0xB3 U+015F
-/tcaron % 0xB4 U+0165
-/tcedilla % 0xB5 U+0163
-/uhungarumlaut % 0xB6 U+0171
-/uring % 0xB7 U+016F
-/ydieresis % 0xB8 U+00FF
-/zacute % 0xB9 U+017A
-/zcaron % 0xBA U+017E
-/zdotaccent % 0xBB U+017C
-/ij % 0xBC U+0133
-/exclamdown % 0xBD U+00A1
-/questiondown % 0xBE U+00BF
-/sterling % 0xBF U+00A3
-/Agrave % 0xC0
-/Aacute % 0xC1
-/Acircumflex % 0xC2
-/Atilde % 0xC3
-/Adieresis % 0xC4
-/Aring % 0xC5
-/AE % 0xC6
-/Ccedilla % 0xC7
-/Egrave % 0xC8
-/Eacute % 0xC9
-/Ecircumflex % 0xCA
-/Edieresis % 0xCB
-/Igrave % 0xCC
-/Iacute % 0xCD
-/Icircumflex % 0xCE
-/Idieresis % 0xCF
-/Eth % 0xD0
-/Ntilde % 0xD1
-/Ograve % 0xD2
-/Oacute % 0xD3
-/Ocircumflex % 0xD4
-/Otilde % 0xD5
-/Odieresis % 0xD6
-/OE % 0xD7 U+0152
-/Oslash % 0xD8
-/Ugrave % 0xD9
-/Uacute % 0xDA
-/Ucircumflex % 0xDB
-/Udieresis % 0xDC
-/Yacute % 0xDD
-/Thorn % 0xDE
-/Germandbls % 0xDF (U+1E9E, /S_S)
-/agrave % 0xE0
-/aacute % 0xE1
-/acircumflex % 0xE2
-/atilde % 0xE3
-/adieresis % 0xE4
-/aring % 0xE5
-/ae % 0xE6
-/ccedilla % 0xE7
-/egrave % 0xE8
-/eacute % 0xE9
-/ecircumflex % 0xEA
-/edieresis % 0xEB
-/igrave % 0xEC
-/iacute % 0xED
-/icircumflex % 0xEE
-/idieresis % 0xEF
-/eth % 0xF0
-/ntilde % 0xF1
-/ograve % 0xF2
-/oacute % 0xF3
-/ocircumflex % 0xF4
-/otilde % 0xF5
-/odieresis % 0xF6
-/oe % 0xF7 U+0153
-/oslash % 0xF8
-/ugrave % 0xF9
-/uacute % 0xFA
-/ucircumflex % 0xFB
-/udieresis % 0xFC
-/yacute % 0xFD
-/thorn % 0xFE
-/germandbls % 0xFF U+00DF
-] def
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: groff, Next: t5, Prev: ec, Up: Encodings
-
-B.6 `groff.enc': groff encoding
-===============================
-
-%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-Encoding
-%
-% @psencodingfile{
-% author = "Werner Lemberg, Michail Vidiassov",
-% version = "1.0",
-% date = "2006-Feb-03",
-% filename = "groff.enc",
-% license = "public domain",
-% email = "groff@gnu.org",
-% docstring = "Groff default text encoding. Used with MetaPost."
-% }
-
-%%BeginResource: encoding groffEncoding
-/groffEncoding [
-% 0x00 | 0
- /asciicircum /asciitilde /Scaron /Zcaron
- /scaron /zcaron /Ydieresis /trademark
- /quotesingle /Euro /.notdef /.notdef
- /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-% 0x10 | 16
- /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
- /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
- /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
- /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-% 0x20 | 32
- /space /exclam /quotedbl /numbersign
- /dollar /percent /ampersand /quoteright
- /parenleft /parenright /asterisk /plus
- /comma /hyphen /period /slash
-% 0x30 | 48
- /zero /one /two /three
- /four /five /six /seven
- /eight /nine /colon /semicolon
- /less /equal /greater /question
-% 0x40 | 64
- /at /A /B /C
- /D /E /F /G
- /H /I /J /K
- /L /M /N /O
-% 0x50 | 80
- /P /Q /R /S
- /T /U /V /W
- /X /Y /Z /bracketleft
- /backslash /bracketright /circumflex /underscore
-% 0x60 | 96
- /quoteleft /a /b /c
- /d /e /f /g
- /h /i /j /k
- /l /m /n /o
-% 0x70 | 112
- /p /q /r /s
- /t /u /v /w
- /x /y /z /braceleft
- /bar /braceright /tilde /.notdef
-% 0x80 | 128
- /quotesinglbase /guillemotleft /guillemotright /bullet
- /florin /fraction /perthousand /dagger
- /daggerdbl /endash /emdash /ff
- /fi /fl /ffi /ffl
-% 0x90 | 144
- /dotlessi /dotlessj /grave /hungarumlaut
- /dotaccent /breve /caron /ring
- /ogonek /quotedblleft /quotedblright /oe
- /lslash /quotedblbase /OE /Lslash
-% 0xA0 | 160
- /.notdef /exclamdown /cent /sterling
- /currency /yen /brokenbar /section
- /dieresis /copyright /ordfeminine /guilsinglleft
- /logicalnot /minus /registered /macron
-% 0xB0 | 176
- /degree /plusminus /twosuperior /threesuperior
- /acute /mu /paragraph /periodcentered
- /cedilla /onesuperior /ordmasculine /guilsinglright
- /onequarter /onehalf /threequarters /questiondown
-% 0xC0 | 192
- /Agrave /Aacute /Acircumflex /Atilde
- /Adieresis /Aring /AE /Ccedilla
- /Egrave /Eacute /Ecircumflex /Edieresis
- /Igrave /Iacute /Icircumflex /Idieresis
-% 0xD0 | 208
- /Eth /Ntilde /Ograve /Oacute
- /Ocircumflex /Otilde /Odieresis /multiply
- /Oslash /Ugrave /Uacute /Ucircumflex
- /Udieresis /Yacute /Thorn /germandbls
-% 0xE0 | 224
- /agrave /aacute /acircumflex /atilde
- /adieresis /aring /ae /ccedilla
- /egrave /eacute /ecircumflex /edieresis
- /igrave /iacute /icircumflex /idieresis
-% 0xF0 | 240
- /eth /ntilde /ograve /oacute
- /ocircumflex /otilde /odieresis /divide
- /oslash /ugrave /uacute /ucircumflex
- /udieresis /yacute /thorn /ydieresis
-] def
-%%EndResource
-
-% eof
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: t5, Next: qx, Prev: groff, Up: Encodings
-
-B.7 `t5.enc': T5 encoding
-=========================
-
-% Copyright 2000-2005 Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>.
-% This file is part of vntex. License: LPPL, version 1.3 or newer,
-% according to http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%
-%
-% t5.enc
-%
-%
-% This is LaTeX T5 encoding for Vietnamese
-%
-% history:
-% version 1.0 (28-Jan-2000):
-% First version.
-%
-% version 1.1 (29-Apr-2002):
-% Rewritten to make it AGL compliant.
-%
-% version 1.2 (01-May-2002):
-% Use uni2423 instead uni2420.
-%
-% version 1.3 (27-Sep-2002):
-% . Changed the following glyph names to Unicode entities:
-% 0xB3 uni1EBD etilde
-% 0x93 uni1EBC Etilde
-% . Ytilde (uni1EF8) was used in slot for ytilde (uni1EF9).
-% . Using .notdef in slot for compound word mark (on position 0x17)
-% caused some problems so it was changed to cwm (for compatibilty
-% with ec.enc).
-% . Use sfthyphen in slot 127 instead of hyphen.
-%
-% version 1.4 (20-Apr-2005):
-% Add copyright.
-% Minor documentation updates.
-%
-% LIGKERN hyphen hyphen =: endash ;
-% LIGKERN endash hyphen =: emdash ;
-% LIGKERN quoteleft quoteleft =: quotedblleft ;
-% LIGKERN quoteright quoteright =: quotedblright ;
-% LIGKERN comma comma =: quotedblbase ;
-%
-% We blow away kerns to and from spaces (TeX doesn't have a
-% space) and also remove any kerns from the numbers.
-%
-% LIGKERN space {} * ; * {} space ;
-% LIGKERN zero {} * ; * {} zero ;
-% LIGKERN one {} * ; * {} one ;
-% LIGKERN two {} * ; * {} two ;
-% LIGKERN three {} * ; * {} three ;
-% LIGKERN four {} * ; * {} four ;
-% LIGKERN five {} * ; * {} five ;
-% LIGKERN six {} * ; * {} six ;
-% LIGKERN seven {} * ; * {} seven ;
-% LIGKERN eight {} * ; * {} eight ;
-% LIGKERN nine {} * ; * {} nine ;
-%
-%
-% Some notes on the glyph names:
-%
-% . We follow the Adobe Glyph List (AGL), also using its associated
-% algorithm.
-%
-% . The glyphs `spacing dot below' (on position 0x05), `spacing hook above'
-% (on position 0x0C), and `compound word mark' (on position 0x17) are not
-% in Unicode. We call them `dotbelow', `hookabove', and `cwm',
-% respectively.
-%
-% . The following glyphs have no special name in the AGL (or names which
-% should not be used in general) and are thus represented as a Unicode
-% entity:
-%
-% 0x1A uni1EF6 Y hook above
-% 0x1B uni1EF7 y hook above
-% 0x1C uni1EF4 Y dot below
-% 0x1D uni1EF5 y dot below
-%
-% 0x20 uni2423 graphic symbol for space
-%
-% 0x83 uni1EA2 A hook above
-% 0x84 uni1EA0 A dot below
-% 0x86 uni1EA6 A circumflex grave
-% 0x87 uni1EA4 A circumflex acute
-% 0x88 uni1EAA A circumflex tilde
-% 0x89 uni1EA8 A circumflex hook above
-% 0x8A uni1EAC A circumflex dot below
-% 0x8C uni1EB0 A breve grave
-% 0x8D uni1EAE A breve acute
-% 0x8E uni1EB4 A breve tilde
-% 0x8F uni1EB2 A breve hook above
-% 0x90 uni1EB6 A breve dot below
-%
-% 0x93 uni1EBC E tilde
-% 0x94 uni1EBA E hook above
-% 0x95 uni1EB8 E dot below
-% 0x97 uni1EC0 E circumflex grave
-% 0x98 uni1EBE E circumflex acute
-% 0x99 uni1EC4 E circumflex tilde
-% 0x9A uni1EC2 E circumflex hook above
-% 0x9B uni1EC6 E circumflex dot below
-%
-% 0x9F uni1EC8 I hook above
-%
-% 0xA3 uni1EA3 a hook above
-% 0xA4 uni1EA1 a dot below
-% 0xA6 uni1EA7 a circumflex grave
-% 0xA7 uni1EA5 a circumflex acute
-% 0xA8 uni1EAB a circumflex tilde
-% 0xA9 uni1EA9 a circumflex hook above
-% 0xAA uni1EAD a circumflex dot below
-% 0xAC uni1EB1 a breve grave
-% 0xAD uni1EAF a breve acute
-% 0xAE uni1EB5 a breve tilde
-% 0xAF uni1EB3 a breve hook above
-% 0xB0 uni1EB7 a breve dot below
-%
-% 0xB3 uni1EBD e tilde
-% 0xB4 uni1EBB e hook above
-% 0xB5 uni1EB9 e dot below
-% 0xB7 uni1EC1 e circumflex grave
-% 0xB8 uni1EBF e circumflex acute
-% 0xB9 uni1EC5 e circumflex tilde
-% 0xBA uni1EC3 e circumflex hook above
-% 0xBB uni1EC7 e circumflex dot below
-%
-% 0xBF uni1EC9 i hook above
-%
-% 0xC0 uni1ECA I dot below
-%
-% 0xC4 uni1ECE O hook above
-% 0xC5 uni1ECC O dot below
-% 0xC7 uni1ED2 O circumflex grave
-% 0xC8 uni1ED0 O circumflex acute
-% 0xC9 uni1ED6 O circumflex tilde
-% 0xCA uni1ED4 O circumflex hook above
-% 0xCB uni1ED8 O circumflex dot below
-% 0xCD uni1EDC O horn grave
-% 0xCE uni1EDA O horn acute
-% 0xCF uni1EE0 O horn tilde
-% 0xD0 uni1EDE O horn hook above
-% 0xD1 uni1EE2 O horn dot below
-%
-% 0xD5 uni1EE6 U hook above
-% 0xD6 uni1EE4 U dot below
-% 0xD8 uni1EEA U horn grave
-% 0xD9 uni1EE8 U horn acute
-% 0xDA uni1EEE U horn tilde
-% 0xDB uni1EEC U horn hook above
-% 0xDC uni1EF0 U horn dot below
-%
-% 0xDF uni1EF8 Y tilde
-%
-% 0xE0 uni1ECB i dot below
-%
-% 0xE4 uni1ECF o hook above
-% 0xE5 uni1ECD o dot below
-% 0xE7 uni1ED3 o circumflex grave
-% 0xE8 uni1ED1 o circumflex acute
-% 0xE9 uni1ED7 o circumflex tilde
-% 0xEA uni1ED5 o circumflex hook above
-% 0xEB uni1ED9 o circumflex dot below
-% 0xED uni1EDD o horn grave
-% 0xEE uni1EDB o horn acute
-% 0xEF uni1EE1 o horn tilde
-% 0xF0 uni1EDF o horn hook above
-% 0xF1 uni1EE3 o horn dot below
-%
-% 0xF5 uni1EE7 u hook above
-% 0xF6 uni1EE5 u dot below
-% 0xF8 uni1EEB u horn grave
-% 0xF9 uni1EE9 u horn acute
-% 0xFA uni1EEF u horn tilde
-% 0xFB uni1EED u horn hook above
-% 0xFC uni1EF1 u horn dot below
-%
-% 0xFF uni1EF9 y tilde
-/T5Encoding [
-% 0x00
- /grave /acute /circumflex /tilde
- /dieresis /dotbelow /ring /caron
- /breve /macron /dotaccent /cedilla
- /hookabove /quotesinglbase /guilsinglleft /guilsinglright
-% 0x10
- /quotedblleft /quotedblright /quotedblbase /guillemotleft
- /guillemotright /endash /emdash /cwm
- /zeroinferior /dotlessi /uni1EF6 /uni1EF7
- /uni1EF4 /uni1EF5 /Dcroat /dcroat
-% 0x20
- /uni2423 /exclam /quotedbl /numbersign
- /dollar /percent /ampersand /quoteright
- /parenleft /parenright /asterisk /plus
- /comma /hyphen /period /slash
-% 0x30
- /zero /one /two /three
- /four /five /six /seven
- /eight /nine /colon /semicolon
- /less /equal /greater /question
-% 0x40
- /at /A /B /C
- /D /E /F /G
- /H /I /J /K
- /L /M /N /O
-% 0x50
- /P /Q /R /S
- /T /U /V /W
- /X /Y /Z /bracketleft
- /backslash /bracketright /asciicircum /underscore
-% 0x60
- /quoteleft /a /b /c
- /d /e /f /g
- /h /i /j /k
- /l /m /n /o
-% 0x70
- /p /q /r /s
- /t /u /v /w
- /x /y /z /braceleft
- /bar /braceright /asciitilde /sfthyphen
-% 0x80
- /Agrave /Aacute /Atilde /uni1EA2
- /uni1EA0 /Acircumflex /uni1EA6 /uni1EA4
- /uni1EAA /uni1EA8 /uni1EAC /Abreve
- /uni1EB0 /uni1EAE /uni1EB4 /uni1EB2
-% 0x90
- /uni1EB6 /Egrave /Eacute /uni1EBC
- /uni1EBA /uni1EB8 /Ecircumflex /uni1EC0
- /uni1EBE /uni1EC4 /uni1EC2 /uni1EC6
- /Igrave /Iacute /Itilde /uni1EC8
-% 0xA0
- /agrave /aacute /atilde /uni1EA3
- /uni1EA1 /acircumflex /uni1EA7 /uni1EA5
- /uni1EAB /uni1EA9 /uni1EAD /abreve
- /uni1EB1 /uni1EAF /uni1EB5 /uni1EB3
-% 0xB0
- /uni1EB7 /egrave /eacute /uni1EBD
- /uni1EBB /uni1EB9 /ecircumflex /uni1EC1
- /uni1EBF /uni1EC5 /uni1EC3 /uni1EC7
- /igrave /iacute /itilde /uni1EC9
-% 0xC0
- /uni1ECA /Ograve /Oacute /Otilde
- /uni1ECE /uni1ECC /Ocircumflex /uni1ED2
- /uni1ED0 /uni1ED6 /uni1ED4 /uni1ED8
- /Ohorn /uni1EDC /uni1EDA /uni1EE0
-% 0xD0
- /uni1EDE /uni1EE2 /Ugrave /Uacute
- /Utilde /uni1EE6 /uni1EE4 /Uhorn
- /uni1EEA /uni1EE8 /uni1EEE /uni1EEC
- /uni1EF0 /Ygrave /Yacute /uni1EF8
-% 0xE0
- /uni1ECB /ograve /oacute /otilde
- /uni1ECF /uni1ECD /ocircumflex /uni1ED3
- /uni1ED1 /uni1ED7 /uni1ED5 /uni1ED9
- /ohorn /uni1EDD /uni1EDB /uni1EE1
-% 0xF0
- /uni1EDF /uni1EE3 /ugrave /uacute
- /utilde /uni1EE7 /uni1EE5 /uhorn
- /uni1EEB /uni1EE9 /uni1EEF /uni1EED
- /uni1EF1 /ygrave /yacute /uni1EF9
-] def
-
-% end of t5.enc
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: qx, Next: texmext, Prev: t5, Up: Encodings
-
-B.8 `qx.enc'
-============
-
-From GUST.
-
-% =========================================================================
- QX LAYOUT ver. 0.06
-% =========================================================================
-Release date: 24 August 2003
-Original URL: ftp://bop.eps.gda.pl/pub/qx/
-E-mail: JNSteam at gust.org.pl
-
-QX Layout is, actually, a pair of encodings: one for TeX and one for GUI
-systems. QX layout has been worked out by the Polish TeX Users Group GUST as
-a difficult compromise between needs and abilities. The character set of the
-QX layout is expected to suffice for the typesetting of texts (using TeX) in
-most of European languages.
-
-QX Encoding for TeX is based on EC (Cork Encoding) with a few characters
-exchanged. E.g., gbreve, Gbreve, uring, and Uring, which can be obtained by
-superimposing of an accent, are replaced by Lithuanian iogonek, Iogonek,
-uogonek, and Uogonek, respectively, which should not be assembled form
-separate elements; QX Encoding for GUI systems is a variant of the Code Page
-1250 (and also includes Lithuanian characters with ogonek).
-
-After a long debate, we decided (in ver. 0.04 of the QX layout) to replace
-omnipresent but actually nonexistent [tT]cedilla by Romanian [tT]commaaccent;
-censequently, Turkish [sS]cedilla was replaced by [sS]commaaccent (still we
-would recommend to keep the glyph of a [sS]cedilla character in a font).
-
-Under the pressure from euro currency funs, we included moreover an
-Euro symbol (in ver. 0.05 of the QX layout). We assigned the slot
-128 for it complying with Microsoft proposal for non-cyrillic fonts
-(http://www.microsoft.com/typography/faq/faq12.htm):
-
- The symbol has been added to the following codepages at position
- '0x80'; 1250 Eastern European, 1252 Western, 1253 Greek, 1254 Turkish,
- 1257 Baltic, 1255 Hebrew, 1256 Arabic, 1258 Vietnamese, 874 Thai.
- In 1251 Cyrillic the symbol will be added at position '0x88'.
-
-Therefore, we had to do something with a Lithuanian Iogonek character that
-previously had occupied this slot. We decided to remove Thorn (222, Tcedilla
-in CP 1250) and thorn (254, tcedilla in CP 1250) characters from the Windows
-QX layout (we recommend, as with [sS]cedilla characters, to keep the glyphs
-in a font) and use the freed slots for Iogonek (previously 128) and iogonek
-(previously 144, now free), respectively. The TeX QX layout, fortunately, had
-had the slot 128 already free, hence there was no need for rearrangement.
-
-Finally, we decided to change the name of a (non-standard) ligature
-fk to f_k, complying with Adobe recommendations contained in:
-http://partners.adobe.com/asn/developer/typeforum/unicodegn.html
-
-Most recent change (24.08.2003, ver. 0.06) was the extension of
-the character set by ligatures ij, IJ (available only in the TeX
-encoding) and a punctuation mark threequartersemdash.
-
-Below you'll find the comparison of basic layouts for TeX and GUI systems
-with QX ver. 0.06.
-
-% ===========================================================================
-% COMPARISON OF TeX LAYOUTS
-% ===========================================================================
-% CODE CM EC PL QX ver. 0.06
-% ===========================================================================
- 0 00 Gamma grave Gamma alpha
- 1 01 Delta acute Delta Delta
- 2 02 Theta circumflex Theta beta
- 3 03 Lambda tilde Lambda delta
- 4 04 Xi dieresis Xi pi
- 5 05 Pi hungarumlaut Pi Pi
- 6 06 Sigma ring Sigma Sigma
- 7 07 Upsilon caron Upsilon mu
- 8 08 Phi breve Phi ellipsis
- 9 09 Psi macron Psi f_k
- 10 0A Omega dotaccent Omega Omega
- 11 0B ff cedilla ff ff
- 12 0C fi ogonek fi fi
- 13 0D fl quotesinglbase fl fl
- 14 0E ffi guilsinglleft ffi ffi
- 15 0F ffl guilsinglright ffl ffl
- 16 10 dotlessi quotedblleft dotlessi dotlessi
- 17 11 dotlessj quotedblright dotlessj dotlessj
- 18 12 grave quotedblbase grave grave
- 19 13 acute guillemotleft acute acute
- 20 14 caron guillemotright caron caron
- 21 15 breve endash breve breve
- 22 16 macron emdash macron macron
- 23 17 ring compoundwordmark ring ring
- 24 18 cedilla perthousand cedilla cedilla
- 25 19 germandbls dotlessi germandbls germandbls
- 26 1A ae dotlessj ae ae
- 27 1B oe ff oe oe
- 28 1C oslash fi oslash oslash
- 29 1D AE fl AE AE
- 30 1E OE ffi OE OE
- 31 1F Oslash ffl Oslash Oslash
- 32 20 suppress visualspace ogonek space
- 33 21 exclam exclam exclam exclam
- 34 22 quotedblright quotedbl quotedblright quotedblright
- 35 23 numbersign numbersign numbersign numbersign
- 36 24 dollar dollar dollar dollar
- 37 25 percent percent percent percent
- 38 26 ampersand ampersand ampersand ampersand
- 39 27 quoteright quoteright quoteright quoteright
- 40 28 parenleft parenleft parenleft parenleft
- 41 29 parenright parenright parenright parenright
- 42 2A asterisk asterisk asterisk asterisk
- 43 2B plus plus plus plus
- 44 2C comma comma comma comma
- 45 2D hyphen hyphen hyphen hyphen
- 46 2E period period period period
- 47 2F slash slash slash slash
- 48 30 zero zero zero zero
- 49 31 one one one one
- 50 32 two two two two
- 51 33 three three three three
- 52 34 four four four four
- 53 35 five five five five
- 54 36 six six six six
- 55 37 seven seven seven seven
- 56 38 eight eight eight eight
- 57 39 nine nine nine nine
- 58 3A colon colon colon colon
- 59 3B semicolon semicolon semicolon semicolon
- 60 3C exclamdown less exclamdown exclamdown
- 61 3D equal equal equal equal
- 62 3E questiondown greater questiondown questiondown
- 63 3F question question question question
- 64 40 at at at at
- 65 41 A A A A
- 66 42 B B B B
- 67 43 C C C C
- 68 44 D D D D
- 69 45 E E E E
- 70 46 F F F F
- 71 47 G G G G
- 72 48 H H H H
- 73 49 I I I I
- 74 4A J J J J
- 75 4B K K K K
- 76 4C L L L L
- 77 4D M M M M
- 78 4E N N N N
- 79 4F O O O O
- 80 50 P P P P
- 81 51 Q Q Q Q
- 82 52 R R R R
- 83 53 S S S S
- 84 54 T T T T
- 85 55 U U U U
- 86 56 V V V V
- 87 57 W W W W
- 88 58 X X X X
- 89 59 Y Y Y Y
- 90 5A Z Z Z Z
- 91 5B bracketleft bracketleft bracketleft bracketleft
- 92 5C quotedblleft backslash quotedblleft quotedblleft
- 93 5D bracketright bracketright bracketright bracketright
- 94 5E circumflex asciicircum circumflex circumflex
- 95 5F dotaccent underscore dotaccent dotaccent
- 96 60 quoteleft quoteleft quoteleft quoteleft
- 97 61 a a a a
- 98 62 b b b b
- 99 63 c c c c
-100 64 d d d d
-101 65 e e e e
-102 66 f f f f
-103 67 g g g g
-104 68 h h h h
-105 69 i i i i
-106 6A j j j j
-107 6B k k k k
-108 6C l l l l
-109 6D m m m m
-110 6E n n n n
-111 6F o o o o
-112 70 p p p p
-113 71 q q q q
-114 72 r r r r
-115 73 s s s s
-116 74 t t t t
-117 75 u u u u
-118 76 v v v v
-119 77 w w w w
-120 78 x x x x
-121 79 y y y y
-122 7A z z z z
-123 7B endash braceleft endash endash
-124 7C emdash bar emdash emdash
-125 7D hungarumlaut braceright hungarumlaut hungarumlaut
-126 7E tilde asciitilde tilde tilde
-127 7F dieresis hyphen dieresis dieresis
-128 80 @ Abreve @ Euro
-129 81 @ Aogonek Aogonek Aogonek
-130 82 @ Cacute Cacute Cacute
-131 83 @ Ccaron @ greater
-132 84 @ Dcaron @ greaterequal
-133 85 @ Ecaron @ approxequal
-134 86 @ Eogonek Eogonek Eogonek
-135 87 @ Gbreve @ Iogonek
-136 88 @ Lacute @ less
-137 89 @ Lquoteright @ lessequal
-138 8A @ Lslash Lslash Lslash
-139 8B @ Nacute Nacute Nacute
-140 8C @ Ncaron @ asciitilde
-141 8D @ Eng @ asciicircum
-142 8E @ Ohungarumlaut @ ell
-143 8F @ Racute @ dagger
-144 90 @ Rcaron @ daggerdbl
-145 91 @ Sacute Sacute Sacute
-146 92 @ Scaron @ Scaron
-147 93 @ Scedilla @ Scommaaccent
-148 94 @ Tcaron @ degree
-149 95 @ Tcedilla @ Tcommaaccent
-150 96 @ Uhungarumlaut @ ogonek
-151 97 @ Uring @ Uogonek
-152 98 @ Ydieresis @ Ydieresis
-153 99 @ Zacute Zacute Zacute
-154 9A @ Zcaron @ Zcaron
-155 9B @ Zdotaccent Zdotaccent Zdotaccent
-156 9C @ IJ @ IJ
-157 9D @ Idotaccent @ braceleft
-158 9E @ dbar @ braceright
-159 9F @ section @ section
-160 A0 @ abreve @ @
-161 A1 @ aogonek aogonek aogonek
-162 A2 @ cacute cacute cacute
-163 A3 @ ccaron @ registered
-164 A4 @ dquoteright @ copyright
-165 A5 @ ecaron @ divide
-166 A6 @ eogonek eogonek eogonek
-167 A7 @ gbreve @ iogonek
-168 A8 @ lacute @ minus
-169 A9 @ lquoteright @ multiply
-170 AA @ lslash lslash lslash
-171 AB @ nacute nacute nacute
-172 AC @ ncaron @ plusminus
-173 AD @ eng @ infinity
-174 AE @ ohungarumlaut guillemotleft guillemotleft
-175 AF @ racute guillemotright guillemotright
-176 B0 @ rcaron @ paragraph
-177 B1 @ sacute sacute sacute
-178 B2 @ scaron @ scaron
-179 B3 @ scedilla @ scommaaccent
-180 B4 @ tquoteright @ bullet
-181 B5 @ tcedilla @ tcommaaccent
-182 B6 @ uhungarumlaut @ threequartersemdash
-183 B7 @ uring @ uogonek
-184 B8 @ ydieresis @ ydieresis
-185 B9 @ zacute zacute zacute
-186 BA @ zcaron @ zcaron
-187 BB @ zdotaccent zdotaccent zdotaccent
-188 BC @ ij @ ij
-189 BD @ exclamdown @ periodcentered
-190 BE @ questiondown @ quotedbl
-191 BF @ sterling @ quotesingle
-192 C0 @ Agrave @ Agrave
-193 C1 @ Aacute @ Aacute
-194 C2 @ Acircumflex @ Acircumflex
-195 C3 @ Atilde @ Atilde
-196 C4 @ Adieresis @ Adieresis
-197 C5 @ Aring @ Aring
-198 C6 @ AE @ backslash
-199 C7 @ Ccedilla @ Ccedilla
-200 C8 @ Egrave @ Egrave
-201 C9 @ Eacute @ Eacute
-202 CA @ Ecircumflex @ Ecircumflex
-203 CB @ Edieresis @ Edieresis
-204 CC @ Igrave @ Igrave
-205 CD @ Iacute @ Iacute
-206 CE @ Icircumflex @ Icircumflex
-207 CF @ Idieresis @ Idieresis
-208 D0 @ Eth @ Eth
-209 D1 @ Ntilde @ Ntilde
-210 D2 @ Ograve @ Ograve
-211 D3 @ Oacute Oacute Oacute
-212 D4 @ Ocircumflex @ Ocircumflex
-213 D5 @ Otilde @ Otilde
-214 D6 @ Odieresis @ Odieresis
-215 D7 @ OE @ currency
-216 D8 @ Oslash @ perthousand
-217 D9 @ Ugrave @ Ugrave
-218 DA @ Uacute @ Uacute
-219 DB @ Ucircumflex @ Ucircumflex
-220 DC @ Udieresis @ Udieresis
-221 DD @ Yacute @ Yacute
-222 DE @ Thorn @ Thorn
-223 DF @ Germandbls @ bar
-224 E0 @ agrave @ agrave
-225 E1 @ aacute @ aacute
-226 E2 @ acircumflex @ acircumflex
-227 E3 @ atilde @ atilde
-228 E4 @ adieresis @ adieresis
-229 E5 @ aring @ aring
-230 E6 @ ae @ underscore
-231 E7 @ ccedilla @ ccedilla
-232 E8 @ egrave @ egrave
-233 E9 @ eacute @ eacute
-234 EA @ ecircumflex @ ecircumflex
-235 EB @ edieresis @ edieresis
-236 EC @ igrave @ igrave
-237 ED @ iacute @ iacute
-238 EE @ icircumflex @ icircumflex
-239 EF @ idieresis @ idieresis
-240 F0 @ eth @ eth
-241 F1 @ ntilde @ ntilde
-242 F2 @ ograve @ ograve
-243 F3 @ oacute oacute oacute
-244 F4 @ ocircumflex @ ocircumflex
-245 F5 @ otilde @ otilde
-246 F6 @ odieresis @ odieresis
-247 F7 @ oe @ anglearc
-248 F8 @ oslash @ diameter
-249 F9 @ ugrave @ ugrave
-250 FA @ uacute @ uacute
-251 FB @ ucircumflex @ ucircumflex
-252 FC @ udieresis @ udieresis
-253 FD @ yacute @ yacute
-254 FE @ thorn @ thorn
-255 FF @ germandbls quotedblbase quotedblbase
-% ===========================================================================
-
-
-% ==========================================================
-% COMPARISON OF LAYOUTS FOR GUI SYSTEMS
-% ==========================================================
-% CODE NEW ANSI (0--127) Macintosh QX ver. 0.06
-% + CODE PAGE 1250 PLEURO
-% ==========================================================
- 0 00 @ @ @
- 1 01 @ @ acute
- 2 02 @ @ circumflex
- 3 03 @ @ cedilla
- 4 04 @ @ dieresis
- 5 05 @ @ breve
- 6 06 @ @ dotaccent
- 7 07 @ @ macron
- 8 08 @ @ ring
- 9 09 @ @ @
- 10 0A @ @ hungarumlaut
- 11 0B @ @ ogonek
- 12 0C @ @ caron
- 13 0D @ @ @
- 14 0E @ @ dotlessi
- 15 0F @ @ dotlessj
- 16 10 @ @ tilde
- 17 11 @ @ ff
- 18 12 @ @ ffi
- 19 13 @ @ ffl
- 20 14 @ @ f_k
- 21 15 @ @ approxequal
- 22 16 @ @ ell
- 23 17 @ @ infinity
- 24 18 @ @ alpha
- 25 19 @ @ beta
- 26 1A @ @ delta
- 27 1B @ @ pi
- 28 1C @ @ Delta
- 29 1D @ @ Pi
- 30 1E @ @ Sigma
- 31 1F @ @ Omega
- 32 20 space space space
- 33 21 exclam exclam exclam
- 34 22 quotedbl quotedbl quotedbl
- 35 23 numbersign numbersign numbersign
- 36 24 dollar dollar dollar
- 37 25 percent percent percent
- 38 26 ampersand ampersand ampersand
- 39 27 quotesingle quotesingle quotesingle
- 40 28 parenleft parenleft parenleft
- 41 29 parenright parenright parenright
- 42 2A asterisk asterisk asterisk
- 43 2B plus plus plus
- 44 2C comma comma comma
- 45 2D hyphen hyphen hyphen
- 46 2E period period period
- 47 2F slash slash slash
- 48 30 zero zero zero
- 49 31 one one one
- 50 32 two two two
- 51 33 three three three
- 52 34 four four four
- 53 35 five five five
- 54 36 six six six
- 55 37 seven seven seven
- 56 38 eight eight eight
- 57 39 nine nine nine
- 58 3A colon colon colon
- 59 3B semicolon semicolon semicolon
- 60 3C less less less
- 61 3D equal equal equal
- 62 3E greater greater greater
- 63 3F question question question
- 64 40 at at at
- 65 41 A A A
- 66 42 B B B
- 67 43 C C C
- 68 44 D D D
- 69 45 E E E
- 70 46 F F F
- 71 47 G G G
- 72 48 H H H
- 73 49 I I I
- 74 4A J J J
- 75 4B K K K
- 76 4C L L L
- 77 4D M M M
- 78 4E N N N
- 79 4F O O O
- 80 50 P P P
- 81 51 Q Q Q
- 82 52 R R R
- 83 53 S S S
- 84 54 T T T
- 85 55 U U U
- 86 56 V V V
- 87 57 W W W
- 88 58 X X X
- 89 59 Y Y Y
- 90 5A Z Z Z
- 91 5B bracketleft bracketleft bracketleft
- 92 5C backslash backslash backslash
- 93 5D bracketright bracketright bracketright
- 94 5E asciicircum asciicircum asciicircum
- 95 5F underscore underscore underscore
- 96 60 grave grave grave
- 97 61 a a a
- 98 62 b b b
- 99 63 c c c
-100 64 d d d
-101 65 e e e
-102 66 f f f
-103 67 g g g
-104 68 h h h
-105 69 i i i
-106 6A j j j
-107 6B k k k
-108 6C l l l
-109 6D m m m
-110 6E n n n
-111 6F o o o
-112 70 p p p
-113 71 q q q
-114 72 r r r
-115 73 s s s
-116 74 t t t
-117 75 u u u
-118 76 v v v
-119 77 w w w
-120 78 x x x
-121 79 y y y
-122 7A z z z
-123 7B braceleft braceleft braceleft
-124 7C bar bar bar
-125 7D braceright braceright braceright
-126 7E asciitilde asciitilde asciitilde
-127 7F @ @ @
-128 80 Euro @ Euro
-129 81 @ @ fi
-130 82 quotesinglbase quotesinglbase fl
-131 83 @ Ydieresis Ydieresis
-132 84 quotedblbase quotedblbase quotedblbase
-133 85 ellipsis ellipsis ellipsis
-134 86 dagger dagger dagger
-135 87 daggerdbl daggerdbl daggerdbl
-136 88 @ Ecircumflex Ecircumflex
-137 89 perthousand perthousand perthousand
-138 8A Scaron Scaron Scaron
-139 8B guilsinglleft guilsinglleft Scommaaccent
-140 8C Sacute Sacute Sacute
-141 8D Tcaron OE OE
-142 8E Zcaron Zcaron Zcaron
-143 8F Zacute Zacute Zacute
-144 90 @ @ threequartersemdash
-145 91 quoteleft quoteleft quoteleft
-146 92 quoteright quoteright quoteright
-147 93 quotedblleft quotedblleft quotedblleft
-148 94 quotedblright quotedblright quotedblright
-149 95 bullet bullet bullet
-150 96 endash endash endash
-151 97 emdash emdash emdash
-152 98 @ ecircumflex ecircumflex
-153 99 trademark trademark anglearc
-154 9A scaron scaron scaron
-155 9B guilsinglright guilsinglright scommaaccent
-156 9C sacute sacute sacute
-157 9D tquoteright oe oe
-158 9E zcaron zcaron zcaron
-159 9F zacute zacute zacute
-160 A0 @ nbspace nbspace
-161 A1 caron exclamdown exclamdown
-162 A2 breve questiondown questiondown
-163 A3 Lslash Lslash Lslash
-164 A4 currency currency currency
-165 A5 Aogonek Aogonek Aogonek
-166 A6 brokenbar brokenbar diameter
-167 A7 section section section
-168 A8 dieresis dieresis Uogonek
-169 A9 copyright copyright copyright
-170 AA Scedilla AE AE
-171 AB guillemotleft guillemotleft guillemotleft
-172 AC logicalnot Ntilde Ntilde
-173 AD hyphen minus minus
-174 AE registered registered registered
-175 AF Zdotaccent Zdotaccent Zdotaccent
-176 B0 degree degree degree
-177 B1 plusminus plusminus plusminus
-178 B2 ogonek twosuperior lessequal
-179 B3 lslash lslash lslash
-180 B4 acute acute greaterequal
-181 B5 mu mu mu
-182 B6 paragraph paragraph paragraph
-183 B7 periodcentered periodcentered periodcentered
-184 B8 cedilla @ uogonek
-185 B9 aogonek aogonek aogonek
-186 BA scedilla ae ae
-187 BB guillemotright guillemotright guillemotright
-188 BC Lquoteright ntilde ntilde
-189 BD hungarumlaut onehalf Tcommaaccent
-190 BE lquoteright threequarters tcommaaccent
-191 BF zdotaccent zdotaccent zdotaccent
-192 C0 Racute Agrave Agrave
-193 C1 Aacute Aacute Aacute
-194 C2 Acircumflex Acircumflex Acircumflex
-195 C3 Abreve Atilde Atilde
-196 C4 Adieresis Adieresis Adieresis
-197 C5 Lacute Aring Aring
-198 C6 Cacute Cacute Cacute
-199 C7 Ccedilla Ccedilla Ccedilla
-200 C8 Ccaron Egrave Egrave
-201 C9 Eacute Eacute Eacute
-202 CA Eogonek Eogonek Eogonek
-203 CB Edieresis Edieresis Edieresis
-204 CC Ecaron Igrave Igrave
-205 CD Iacute Iacute Iacute
-206 CE Icircumflex Icircumflex Icircumflex
-207 CF Dcaron Idieresis Idieresis
-208 D0 Eth Eth Eth
-209 D1 Nacute Nacute Nacute
-210 D2 Ncaron Ograve Ograve
-211 D3 Oacute Oacute Oacute
-212 D4 Ocircumflex Ocircumflex Ocircumflex
-213 D5 Ohungarumlaut Otilde Otilde
-214 D6 Odieresis Odieresis Odieresis
-215 D7 multiply multiply multiply
-216 D8 Rcaron Oslash Oslash
-217 D9 Uring Ugrave Ugrave
-218 DA Uacute Uacute Uacute
-219 DB Uhungarumlaut Ucircumflex Ucircumflex
-220 DC Udieresis Udieresis Udieresis
-221 DD Yacute Yacute Yacute
-222 DE Tcedilla Thorn Iogonek
-223 DF germandbls germandbls germandbls
-224 E0 racute agrave agrave
-225 E1 aacute aacute aacute
-226 E2 acircumflex acircumflex acircumflex
-227 E3 abreve atilde atilde
-228 E4 adieresis adieresis adieresis
-229 E5 lacute aring aring
-230 E6 cacute cacute cacute
-231 E7 ccedilla ccedilla ccedilla
-232 E8 ccaron egrave egrave
-233 E9 eacute eacute eacute
-234 EA eogonek eogonek eogonek
-235 EB edieresis edieresis edieresis
-236 EC ecaron igrave igrave
-237 ED iacute iacute iacute
-238 EE icircumflex icircumflex icircumflex
-239 EF dquoteright idieresis idieresis
-240 F0 dbar eth eth
-241 F1 nacute nacute nacute
-242 F2 ncaron ograve ograve
-243 F3 oacute oacute oacute
-244 F4 ocircumflex ocircumflex ocircumflex
-245 F5 ohungarumlaut otilde otilde
-246 F6 odieresis odieresis odieresis
-247 F7 divide divide divide
-248 F8 rcaron oslash oslash
-249 F9 uring ugrave ugrave
-250 FA uacute uacute uacute
-251 FB uhungarumlaut ucircumflex ucircumflex
-252 FC udieresis udieresis udieresis
-253 FD yacute yacute yacute
-254 FE tcedilla thorn iogonek
-255 FF dotaccent ydieresis ydieresis
-% ==========================================================
-
-/encqxoosix[
-/alpha
-/Delta
-/beta
-/delta
-/pi
-/Pi
-/Sigma
-/mu
-/ellipsis
-/f_k
-/Omega
-/ff
-/fi
-/fl
-/ffi
-/ffl
-/dotlessi
-/dotlessj
-/grave
-/acute
-/caron
-/breve
-/macron
-/ring
-/cedilla
-/germandbls
-/ae
-/oe
-/oslash
-/AE
-/OE
-/Oslash
-/space
-/exclam
-/quotedblright
-/numbersign
-/dollar
-/percent
-/ampersand
-/quoteright
-/parenleft
-/parenright
-/asterisk
-/plus
-/comma
-/hyphen
-/period
-/slash
-/zero
-/one
-/two
-/three
-/four
-/five
-/six
-/seven
-/eight
-/nine
-/colon
-/semicolon
-/exclamdown
-/equal
-/questiondown
-/question
-/at
-/A
-/B
-/C
-/D
-/E
-/F
-/G
-/H
-/I
-/J
-/K
-/L
-/M
-/N
-/O
-/P
-/Q
-/R
-/S
-/T
-/U
-/V
-/W
-/X
-/Y
-/Z
-/bracketleft
-/quotedblleft
-/bracketright
-/circumflex
-/dotaccent
-/quoteleft
-/a
-/b
-/c
-/d
-/e
-/f
-/g
-/h
-/i
-/j
-/k
-/l
-/m
-/n
-/o
-/p
-/q
-/r
-/s
-/t
-/u
-/v
-/w
-/x
-/y
-/z
-/endash
-/emdash
-/hungarumlaut
-/tilde
-/dieresis
-/Euro
-/Aogonek
-/Cacute
-/greater
-/greaterequal
-/approxequal
-/Eogonek
-/Iogonek
-/less
-/lessequal
-/Lslash
-/Nacute
-/asciitilde
-/asciicircum
-/ell
-/dagger
-/daggerdbl
-/Sacute
-/Scaron
-/Scommaaccent
-/degree
-/Tcommaaccent
-/ogonek
-/Uogonek
-/Ydieresis
-/Zacute
-/Zcaron
-/Zdotaccent
-/IJ
-/braceleft
-/braceright
-/section
-/.notdef
-/aogonek
-/cacute
-/registered
-/copyright
-/divide
-/eogonek
-/iogonek
-/minus
-/multiply
-/lslash
-/nacute
-/plusminus
-/infinity
-/guillemotleft
-/guillemotright
-/paragraph
-/sacute
-/scaron
-/scommaaccent
-/bullet
-/tcommaaccent
-/threequartersemdash
-/uogonek
-/ydieresis
-/zacute
-/zcaron
-/zdotaccent
-/ij
-/periodcentered
-/quotedbl
-/quotesingle
-/Agrave
-/Aacute
-/Acircumflex
-/Atilde
-/Adieresis
-/Aring
-/backslash
-/Ccedilla
-/Egrave
-/Eacute
-/Ecircumflex
-/Edieresis
-/Igrave
-/Iacute
-/Icircumflex
-/Idieresis
-/Eth
-/Ntilde
-/Ograve
-/Oacute
-/Ocircumflex
-/Otilde
-/Odieresis
-/currency
-/perthousand
-/Ugrave
-/Uacute
-/Ucircumflex
-/Udieresis
-/Yacute
-/Thorn
-/bar
-/agrave
-/aacute
-/acircumflex
-/atilde
-/adieresis
-/aring
-/underscore
-/ccedilla
-/egrave
-/eacute
-/ecircumflex
-/edieresis
-/igrave
-/iacute
-/icircumflex
-/idieresis
-/eth
-/ntilde
-/ograve
-/oacute
-/ocircumflex
-/otilde
-/odieresis
-/anglearc
-/diameter
-/ugrave
-/uacute
-/ucircumflex
-/udieresis
-/yacute
-/thorn
-/quotedblbase
-] def
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: texmext, Next: texmsym, Prev: qx, Up: Encodings
-
-B.9 `texmext.enc': TeX math extension encoding
-==============================================
-
-% @psencodingfile{
-% author = "Donald Knuth",
-% version = "1.0",
-% date = "12jun05",
-% filename = "texmext.enc",
-% license = "public domain",
-% email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
-% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
-% docstring = "TeX math extension encoding."
-% }
-%
-% 12jun05 - add header.
-%
-% No ligatures or kerns.
-%
-/TeXMathExtensionEncoding [ % now 256 chars follow
-
-% 0x0
-/parenleftbig
-/parenrightbig
-/bracketleftbig
-/bracketrightbig
-/floorleftbig
-/floorrightbig
-/ceilingleftbig
-/ceilingrightbig
-
-% 0x8
-/braceleftbig
-/bracerightbig
-/angbracketleftbig
-/angbracketrightbig
-/vextendsingle
-/vextenddouble
-/slashbig
-/backslashbig
-
-% 0x10
-/parenleftBig
-/parenrightBig
-/parenleftbigg
-/parenrightbigg
-/bracketleftbigg
-/bracketrightbigg
-/floorleftbigg
-/floorrightbigg
-
-% 0x18
-/ceilingleftbigg
-/ceilingrightbigg
-/braceleftbigg
-/bracerightbigg
-/angbracketleftbigg
-/angbracketrightbigg
-/slashbigg
-/backslashbigg
-
-% 0x20
-/parenleftBigg
-/parenrightBigg
-/bracketleftBigg
-/bracketrightBigg
-/floorleftBigg
-/floorrightBigg
-/ceilingleftBigg
-/ceilingrightBigg
-
-% 0x28
-/braceleftBigg
-/bracerightBigg
-/angbracketleftBigg
-/angbracketrightBigg
-/slashBigg
-/backslashBigg
-/slashBig
-/backslashBig
-
-% 0x30
-/parenlefttp
-/parenrighttp
-/bracketlefttp
-/bracketrighttp
-/bracketleftbt
-/bracketrightbt
-/bracketleftex
-/bracketrightex
-
-% 0x38
-/bracelefttp
-/bracerighttp
-/braceleftbt
-/bracerightbt
-/braceleftmid
-/bracerightmid
-/braceex
-/arrowvertex
-
-% 0x40
-/parenleftbt
-/parenrightbt
-/parenleftex
-/parenrightex
-/angbracketleftBig
-/angbracketrightBig
-/unionsqtext
-/unionsqdisplay
-
-% 0x48
-/contintegraltext
-/contintegraldisplay
-/circledottext
-/circledotdisplay
-/circleplustext
-/circleplusdisplay
-/circlemultiplytext
-/circlemultiplydisplay
-
-% 0x50
-/summationtext
-/producttext
-/integraltext
-/uniontext
-/intersectiontext
-/unionmultitext
-/logicalandtext
-/logicalortext
-
-% 0x58
-/summationdisplay
-/productdisplay
-/integraldisplay
-/uniondisplay
-/intersectiondisplay
-/unionmultidisplay
-/logicalanddisplay
-/logicalordisplay
-
-% 0x60
-/coproducttext
-/coproductdisplay
-/hatwide
-/hatwider
-/hatwidest
-/tildewide
-/tildewider
-/tildewidest
-
-% 0x68
-/bracketleftBig
-/bracketrightBig
-/floorleftBig
-/floorrightBig
-/ceilingleftBig
-/ceilingrightBig
-/braceleftBig
-/bracerightBig
-
-% 0x70
-/radicalbig
-/radicalBig
-/radicalbigg
-/radicalBigg
-/radicalbt
-/radicalvertex
-/radicaltp
-/arrowvertexdbl
-
-% 0x78
-/arrowtp
-/arrowbt
-/bracehtipdownleft
-/bracehtipdownright
-/bracehtipupleft
-/bracehtipupright
-/arrowdbltp
-/arrowdblbt
-
-% Have to have 128 .notdef's now to fill things out.
-%
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-] def
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: texmsym, Next: texmital, Prev: texmext, Up: Encodings
-
-B.10 `texmsym.enc': TeX math symbol encoding
-============================================
-
-% @psencodingfile{
-% author = "Donald Knuth",
-% version = "1.0",
-% date = "12jun05",
-% filename = "texmsym.enc",
-% license = "public domain",
-% email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
-% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
-% docstring = "TeX math symbols encoding."
-% }
-% 12jun05 - add header.
-%
-% No ligatures or kerns.
-%
-/TeXMathSymbolEncoding [ % now 256 chars follow
-% 0x0
-/minus
-/periodcentered
-/multiply
-/asteriskmath
-/divide
-/diamondmath
-/plusminus
-/minusplus
-
-% 0x8
-/circleplus
-/circleminus
-/circlemultiply
-/circledivide
-/circledot
-/circlecopyrt
-/openbullet
-/bullet
-
-% 0x10
-/equivasymptotic
-/equivalence
-/reflexsubset
-/reflexsuperset
-/lessequal
-/greaterequal
-/precedesequal
-/followsequal
-
-% 0x18
-/similar
-/approxequal
-/propersubset
-/propersuperset
-/lessmuch
-/greatermuch
-/precedes
-/follows
-
-% 0x20
-/arrowleft
-/arrowright
-/arrowup
-/arrowdown
-/arrowboth
-/arrownortheast
-/arrowsoutheast
-/similarequal
-
-% 0x28
-/arrowdblleft
-/arrowdblright
-/arrowdblup
-/arrowdbldown
-/arrowdblboth
-/arrownorthwest
-/arrowsouthwest
-/proportional
-
-% 0x30
-/prime
-/infinity
-/element
-/owner
-/triangle
-/triangleinv
-/negationslash
-/mapsto
-
-% 0x38
-/universal
-/existential
-/logicalnot
-/emptyset
-/Rfractur
-/Ifractur
-/latticetop
-/perpendicular
-
-% 0x40
-/aleph
-/A
-/B
-/C
-/D
-/E
-/F
-/G
-
-% 0x48
-/H
-/I
-/J
-/K
-/L
-/M
-/N
-/O
-
-% 0x50
-/P
-/Q
-/R
-/S
-/T
-/U
-/V
-/W
-
-% 0x58
-/X
-/Y
-/Z
-/union
-/intersection
-/unionmulti
-/logicaland
-/logicalor
-
-% 0x60
-/turnstileleft
-/turnstileright
-/floorleft
-/floorright
-/ceilingleft
-/ceilingright
-/braceleft
-/braceright
-
-% 0x68
-/angbracketleft
-/angbracketright
-/bar
-/bardbl
-/arrowbothv
-/arrowdblbothv
-/backslash
-/wreathproduct
-
-% 0x70
-/radical
-/coproduct
-/nabla
-/integral
-/unionsq
-/intersectionsq
-/subsetsqequal
-/supersetsqequal
-
-% 0x78
-/section
-/dagger
-/daggerdbl
-/paragraph
-/club
-/diamond
-/heart
-/spade
-
-% Have to have 128 .notdef's now to fill things out.
-%
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-] def
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: texmital, Next: texnansi, Prev: texmsym, Up: Encodings
-
-B.11 `texmital.enc': TeX math italic encoding
-=============================================
-
-% @psencodingfile{
-% author = "Donald Knuth",
-% version = "1.0",
-% date = "12jun05",
-% filename = "texmital.enc",
-% license = "public domain",
-% email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
-% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
-% docstring = "TeX math italic encoding."
-% }
-%
-% 12jun05 - add header.
-%
-% No ligatures or kerns.
-%
-/TeXMathItalicEncoding [ % now 256 chars follow
-% 0x0
-/Gamma
-/Delta
-/Theta
-/Lambda
-/Xi
-/Pi
-/Sigma
-/Upsilon
-
-% 0x8
-/Phi
-/Psi
-/Omega
-/alpha
-/beta
-/gamma
-/delta
-/epsilon1
-
-% 0x10
-/zeta
-/eta
-/theta
-/iota
-/kappa
-/lambda
-/mu
-/nu
-
-% 0x18
-/xi
-/pi
-/rho
-/sigma
-/tau
-/upsilon
-/phi
-/chi
-
-% 0x20
-/psi
-/omega
-/epsilon
-/theta1
-/pi1
-/rho1
-/sigma1
-/phi1
-
-% 0x28
-/arrowlefttophalf
-/arrowleftbothalf
-/arrowrighttophalf
-/arrowrightbothalf
-/arrowhookleft
-/arrowhookright
-/triangleright
-/triangleleft
-
-% 0x30
-/zerooldstyle
-/oneoldstyle
-/twooldstyle
-/threeoldstyle
-/fouroldstyle
-/fiveoldstyle
-/sixoldstyle
-/sevenoldstyle
-
-% 0x38
-/eightoldstyle
-/nineoldstyle
-/period
-/comma
-/less
-/slash
-/greater
-/star
-
-% 0x40
-/partialdiff
-/A
-/B
-/C
-/D
-/E
-/F
-/G
-
-% 0x48
-/H
-/I
-/J
-/K
-/L
-/M
-/N
-/O
-
-% 0x50
-/P
-/Q
-/R
-/S
-/T
-/U
-/V
-/W
-
-% 0x58
-/X
-/Y
-/Z
-/flat
-/natural
-/sharp
-/slurbelow
-/slurabove
-
-% 0x60
-/lscript
-/a
-/b
-/c
-/d
-/e
-/f
-/g
-
-% 0x68
-/h
-/i
-/j
-/k
-/l
-/m
-/n
-/o
-
-% 0x70
-/p
-/q
-/r
-/s
-/t
-/u
-/v
-/w
-
-% 0x78
-/x
-/y
-/z
-/dotlessi
-/dotlessj
-/weierstrass
-/vector
-/tie
-
-% Have to have 128 .notdef's now to fill things out.
-%
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
-] def
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: texnansi, Next: texnansx, Prev: texmital, Up: Encodings
-
-B.12 `texnansi.enc'
-===================
-
-From Y&Y.
-
-% @psencodingfile{
-% date = "22apr09",
-% filename = "texnansi.enc",
-% email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
-% author = "Y&Y, Inc.",
-% version = "1.1",
-% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
-% docstring = "texnansi (aka LY1) encoding vector for Type 1 fonts to
-% be used with TeX, following ASCII and Windows ANSI."
-% }
-%
-% The idea is to have all 228 characters normally included in Type 1 text
-% fonts (plus a few more) available for typesetting. This is effectively
-% the character set in Adobe Standard Encoding, ISO Latin 1, plus a few more.
-%
-% Character code assignments were made as follows:
-%
-% (1) The character layout largely matches `ASCII' in the 32 -- 126 range,
-% except for `circumflex' in 94 and `tilde' in 126, to match `TeX text'
-% (`asciicircumflex' and `asciitilde' appear in 158 and 142 instead).
-%
-% (2) The character layout matches `Windows ANSI' in almost all places,
-% except for `quoteright' in 39 and `quoteleft' in 96 to match ASCII
-% (`quotesingle' and `grave' appear in 129 and 18 instead).
-%
-% (3) The character layout matches `TeX typewriter' used by CM text fonts
-% in most places (except for discordant positions such as hungarumlaut
-% (instead of braceright), dotaccent (instead of underscore) etc.
-%
-% (4) Remaining characters are assigned arbitrarily to the `control character'
-% range (0 -- 31), avoiding 0, 9, 10 and 13 in case we meet dumb software
-% - similarly one should really avoid 127 and 128 if possible.
-% In addition, the 8 open slots in Windows ANSI between 128 and 159 are used.
-%
-% (5) Y&Y Lucida Bright includes some extra ligatures and such; ff, ffi, ffl,
-% and `dotlessj,' these are included 11 -- 15, and 17.
-%
-% (6) Hyphen appears both at 45 and 173 for compatibility with both ASCII
-% and Windows ANSI.
-%
-% (7) It doesn't really matter where ligatures appear (both real, such as ffi,
-% and pseudo such as ---) since these should not be accessed directly, only
-% via ligature information in the TFM file.
-%
-% SAMPLE USAGE (in `psfonts.map' file for DVIPS):
-%
-% lbr LucidaBright "TeXnANSIEncoding ReEncodeFont" <texnansi.enc <lbr.pfb
-%
-% This tells DVIPS that the font called `lbr' in TeX has PostScript
-% FontName `LucidaBright.' It also asks DVIPS to expand the file `lbr.pfb'
-% into PFA form, to include the attached `texnansi.enc' encoding vector,
-% and to then actually reencode the font based on that encoding vector.
-%
-% Revised 2009 April 20 with doc changes only (Uni20AC -> uni20ac).
-% Revised 2009 March 9 with doc changes only.
-% Revised 1996 June 1 by adding second position for `fl' to avoid Acrobat bug.
-% Revised 1996 June 1 by adding second position for `fraction' for same reason.
-% Revised 1997 Oct 1 by adding cwm (used in boundary char TFM code).
-% Revised 1998 Mar 1 by adding Unicode for Euro character.
-% emacs-page
-%
-/TeXnANSIEncoding [ % now 256 chars follow
-/.notdef % 0x00 0
-/Euro % 0x01 1 /uni20AC
-/.notdef % 0x02 2
-/.notdef % 0x03 3
-/fraction % 0x04 4
-/dotaccent % 0x05 5
-/hungarumlaut % 0x06 6
-/ogonek % 0x07 7
-/fl % 0x08 8
-/.notdef % 0x09 9 /fraction at 4, backward compatibility only
-/cwm % 0x0A 10 not used, except boundary char internally
-/ff % 0x0B 11
-/fi % 0x0C 12
-/.notdef % 0x0D 13 /fl at 8, backward compatibility only
-/ffi % 0x0E 14
-/ffl % 0x0F 15
-/dotlessi % 0x10 16
-/dotlessj % 0x11 17
-/grave % 0x12 18
-/acute % 0x13 19
-/caron % 0x14 20
-/breve % 0x15 21
-/macron % 0x16 22
-/ring % 0x17 23
-/cedilla % 0x18 24
-/germandbls % 0x19 25
-/ae % 0x1A 26
-/oe % 0x1B 27
-/oslash % 0x1C 28
-/AE % 0x1D 29
-/OE % 0x1E 30
-/Oslash % 0x1F 31
-/space % 0x20 32 /suppress in TeX text
-/exclam % 0x21 33
-/quotedbl % 0x22 34 /quotedblright in TeX text
-/numbersign % 0x23 35
-/dollar % 0x24 36
-/percent % 0x25 37
-/ampersand % 0x26 38
-/quoteright % 0x27 39 /quotesingle in ANSI
-/parenleft % 0x28 40
-/parenright % 0x29 41
-/asterisk % 0x2A 42
-/plus % 0x2B 43
-/comma % 0x2C 44
-/hyphen % 0x2D 45
-/period % 0x2E 46
-/slash % 0x2F 47
-/zero % 0x30 48
-/one % 0x31 49
-/two % 0x32 50
-/three % 0x33 51
-/four % 0x34 52
-/five % 0x35 53
-/six % 0x36 54
-/seven % 0x37 55
-/eight % 0x38 56
-/nine % 0x39 57
-/colon % 0x3A 58
-/semicolon % 0x3B 59
-/less % 0x3C 60 /exclamdown in Tex text
-/equal % 0x3D 61
-/greater % 0x3E 62 /questiondown in TeX text
-/question % 0x3F 63
-/at % 0x40 64
-/A % 0x41 65
-/B % 0x42 66
-/C % 0x43 67
-/D % 0x44 68
-/E % 0x45 69
-/F % 0x46 70
-/G % 0x47 71
-/H % 0x48 72
-/I % 0x49 73
-/J % 0x4A 74
-/K % 0x4B 75
-/L % 0x4C 76
-/M % 0x4D 77
-/N % 0x4E 78
-/O % 0x4F 79
-/P % 0x50 80
-/Q % 0x51 81
-/R % 0x52 82
-/S % 0x53 83
-/T % 0x54 84
-/U % 0x55 85
-/V % 0x56 86
-/W % 0x57 87
-/X % 0x58 88
-/Y % 0x59 89
-/Z % 0x5A 90
-/bracketleft % 0x5B 91
-/backslash % 0x5C 92 /quotedblleft in TeX text
-/bracketright % 0x5D 93
-/circumflex % 0x5E 94 /asciicircum in ASCII
-/underscore % 0x5F 95 /dotaccent in TeX text
-/quoteleft % 0x60 96 /grave accent in ANSI
-/a % 0x61 97
-/b % 0x62 98
-/c % 0x63 99
-/d % 0x64 100
-/e % 0x65 101
-/f % 0x66 102
-/g % 0x67 103
-/h % 0x68 104
-/i % 0x69 105
-/j % 0x6A 106
-/k % 0x6B 107
-/l % 0x6C 108
-/m % 0x6D 109
-/n % 0x6E 110
-/o % 0x6F 111
-/p % 0x70 112
-/q % 0x71 113
-/r % 0x72 114
-/s % 0x73 115
-/t % 0x74 116
-/u % 0x75 117
-/v % 0x76 118
-/w % 0x77 119
-/x % 0x78 120
-/y % 0x79 121
-/z % 0x7A 122
-/braceleft % 0x7B 123 /endash in TeX text
-/bar % 0x7C 124 /emdash in TeX test
-/braceright % 0x7D 125 /hungarumlaut in TeX text
-/tilde % 0x7E 126 /asciitilde in ASCII
-/dieresis % 0x7F 127 also at 168
-/Lslash % 0x80 128 position is unfortunate, but too late to fix
-/quotesingle % 0x81 129
-/quotesinglbase % 0x82 130
-/florin % 0x83 131
-/quotedblbase % 0x84 132
-/ellipsis % 0x85 133
-/dagger % 0x86 134
-/daggerdbl % 0x87 135
-/circumflex % 0x88 136
-/perthousand % 0x89 137
-/Scaron % 0x8A 138
-/guilsinglleft % 0x8B 139
-/OE % 0x8C 140
-/Zcaron % 0x8D 141
-/asciicircum % 0x8E 142
-/minus % 0x8F 143
-/lslash % 0x90 144
-/quoteleft % 0x91 145
-/quoteright % 0x92 146
-/quotedblleft % 0x93 147
-/quotedblright % 0x94 148
-/bullet % 0x95 149
-/endash % 0x96 150
-/emdash % 0x97 151
-/tilde % 0x98 152
-/trademark % 0x99 153
-/scaron % 0x9A 154
-/guilsinglright % 0x9B 155
-/oe % 0x9C 156
-/zcaron % 0x9D 157
-/asciitilde % 0x9E 158
-/Ydieresis % 0x9F 159
-/nbspace % 0xA0 160 no break space
-/exclamdown % 0xA1 161
-/cent % 0xA2 162
-/sterling % 0xA3 163
-/currency % 0xA4 164
-/yen % 0xA5 165
-/brokenbar % 0xA6 166
-/section % 0xA7 167
-/dieresis % 0xA8 168
-/copyright % 0xA9 169
-/ordfeminine % 0xAA 170
-/guillemotleft % 0xAB 171
-/logicalnot % 0xAC 172
-/sfthyphen % 0xAD 173 /hyphen (hanging hyphen)
-/registered % 0xAE 174
-/macron % 0xAF 175
-/degree % 0xB0 176
-/plusminus % 0xB1 177
-/twosuperior % 0xB2 178
-/threesuperior % 0xB3 179
-/acute % 0xB4 180
-/mu % 0xB5 181
-/paragraph % 0xB6 182
-/periodcentered % 0xB7 183
-/cedilla % 0xB8 184
-/onesuperior % 0xB9 185
-/ordmasculine % 0xBA 186
-/guillemotright % 0xBB 187
-/onequarter % 0xBC 188
-/onehalf % 0xBD 189
-/threequarters % 0xBE 190
-/questiondown % 0xBF 191
-/Agrave % 0xC0 192
-/Aacute % 0xC1 193
-/Acircumflex % 0xC2 194
-/Atilde % 0xC3 195
-/Adieresis % 0xC4 196
-/Aring % 0xC5 197
-/AE % 0xC6 198
-/Ccedilla % 0xC7 199
-/Egrave % 0xC8 200
-/Eacute % 0xC9 201
-/Ecircumflex % 0xCA 202
-/Edieresis % 0xCB 203
-/Igrave % 0xCC 204
-/Iacute % 0xCD 205
-/Icircumflex % 0xCE 206
-/Idieresis % 0xCF 207
-/Eth % 0xD0 208
-/Ntilde % 0xD1 209
-/Ograve % 0xD2 210
-/Oacute % 0xD3 211
-/Ocircumflex % 0xD4 212
-/Otilde % 0xD5 213
-/Odieresis % 0xD6 214
-/multiply % 0xD7 215 OE in T1
-/Oslash % 0xD8 216
-/Ugrave % 0xD9 217
-/Uacute % 0xDA 218
-/Ucircumflex % 0xDB 219
-/Udieresis % 0xDC 220
-/Yacute % 0xDD 221
-/Thorn % 0xDE 222
-/germandbls % 0xDF 223
-/agrave % 0xE0 224
-/aacute % 0xE1 225
-/acircumflex % 0xE2 226
-/atilde % 0xE3 227
-/adieresis % 0xE4 228
-/aring % 0xE5 229
-/ae % 0xE6 230
-/ccedilla % 0xE7 231
-/egrave % 0xE8 232
-/eacute % 0xE9 233
-/ecircumflex % 0xEA 234
-/edieresis % 0xEB 235
-/igrave % 0xEC 236
-/iacute % 0xED 237
-/icircumflex % 0xEE 238
-/idieresis % 0xEF 239
-/eth % 0xF0 240
-/ntilde % 0xF1 241
-/ograve % 0xF2 242
-/oacute % 0xF3 243
-/ocircumflex % 0xF4 244
-/otilde % 0xF5 245
-/odieresis % 0xF6 246
-/divide % 0xF7 247 oe in T1
-/oslash % 0xF8 248
-/ugrave % 0xF9 249
-/uacute % 0xFA 250
-/ucircumflex % 0xFB 251
-/udieresis % 0xFC 252
-/yacute % 0xFD 253
-/thorn % 0xFE 254
-/ydieresis % 0xFF 255 germandbls in T1
-] def
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: texnansx, Next: xl2, Prev: texnansi, Up: Encodings
-
-B.13 `texnansx.enc'
-===================
-
-From Y&Y. `texnansi' without repeats.
-
-% @psencodingfile{
-% author = "Y&Y, Inc.",
-% version = "1.3",
-% date = "22apr09",
-% filename = "texnansx.enc",
-% email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
-% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
-% docstring = "Encoding for fonts in Adobe Type 1 format for use with TeX."
-% }
-% MODIFIED FOR AFM2TFM to avoid repeated encodings, namely these
-% positions have become .notdef:
-%
-% 137/circumflex 141/OE 146/quoteleft 147/quoteright 153/tilde 157/oe
-% 169/dieresis 176/macron 181/acute 185/cedilla 199/AE 217/Oslash
-% 224/germandbls 231/ae 249/oslash
-%
-% 22apr09 document the precise differences from texnansi.
-% 17aug08 change /Uni20AC (wrong capitalization of /Uni) to /Euro for
-% consistency with other encodings. tex-live mail from Vasile Gaburici,
-% 16 Aug 2008 20:44:08.
-%
-/TeXnANSIEncoding [
-/.notdef % 0
-/Euro % /uni20AC 1
-/.notdef % 2
-/.notdef % 3
-/fraction % 4
-/dotaccent % 5
-/hungarumlaut % 6
-/ogonek % 7
-/fl % 8
-/.notdef % /fraction % 9 not used (see 4), backward compatability only
-/cwm % 10 not used, except boundary char internally maybe
-/ff % 11
-/fi % 12
-/.notdef % /fl % 13 not used (see 8), backward compatability only
-/ffi % 14
-/ffl % 15
-/dotlessi % 16
-/dotlessj % 17
-/grave % 18
-/acute % 19
-/caron % 20
-/breve % 21
-/macron % 22
-/ring % 23
-/cedilla % 24
-/germandbls % 25
-/ae % 26
-/oe % 27
-/oslash % 28
-/AE % 29
-/OE % 30
-/Oslash % 31
-/space % 32 % /suppress in TeX text
-/exclam % 33
-/quotedbl % 34 % /quotedblright in TeX text
-/numbersign % 35
-/dollar % 36
-/percent % 37
-/ampersand % 38
-/quoteright % 39 % /quotesingle in ANSI
-/parenleft % 40
-/parenright % 41
-/asterisk % 42
-/plus % 43
-/comma % 44
-/hyphen % 45
-/period % 46
-/slash % 47
-/zero % 48
-/one % 49
-/two % 50
-/three % 51
-/four % 52
-/five % 53
-/six % 54
-/seven % 55
-/eight % 56
-/nine % 57
-/colon % 58
-/semicolon % 59
-/less % 60 % /exclamdown in Tex text
-/equal % 61
-/greater % 62 % /questiondown in TeX text
-/question % 63
-/at % 64
-/A % 65
-/B % 66
-/C % 67
-/D % 68
-/E % 69
-/F % 70
-/G % 71
-/H % 72
-/I % 73
-/J % 74
-/K % 75
-/L % 76
-/M % 77
-/N % 78
-/O % 79
-/P % 80
-/Q % 81
-/R % 82
-/S % 83
-/T % 84
-/U % 85
-/V % 86
-/W % 87
-/X % 88
-/Y % 89
-/Z % 90
-/bracketleft % 91
-/backslash % 92 % /quotedblleft in TeX text
-/bracketright % 93
-/circumflex % 94 % /asciicircum in ASCII
-/underscore % 95 % /dotaccent in TeX text
-/quoteleft % 96 % /grave accent in ANSI
-/a % 97
-/b % 98
-/c % 99
-/d % 100
-/e % 101
-/f % 102
-/g % 103
-/h % 104
-/i % 105
-/j % 106
-/k % 107
-/l % 108
-/m % 109
-/n % 110
-/o % 111
-/p % 112
-/q % 113
-/r % 114
-/s % 115
-/t % 116
-/u % 117
-/v % 118
-/w % 119
-/x % 120
-/y % 121
-/z % 122
-/braceleft % 123 % /endash in TeX text
-/bar % 124 % /emdash in TeX test
-/braceright % 125 % /hungarumlaut in TeX text
-/tilde % 126 % /asciitilde in ASCII
-/dieresis % 127 not used (see 168), use higher up instead
-/Lslash % 128 this position is unfortunate, but now too late to fix
-/quotesingle % 129
-/quotesinglbase % 130
-/florin % 131
-/quotedblbase % 132
-/ellipsis % 133
-/dagger % 134
-/daggerdbl % 135
-/.notdef % /circumflex % 136
-/perthousand % 137
-/Scaron % 138
-/guilsinglleft % 139
-/.notdef % /OE % 140
-/Zcaron % 141
-/asciicircum % 142
-/minus % 143
-/lslash % 144
-/.notdef % /quoteleft % 145
-/.notdef % /quoteright % 146
-/quotedblleft % 147
-/quotedblright % 148
-/bullet % 149
-/endash % 150
-/emdash % 151
-/.notdef % /tilde % 152
-/trademark % 153
-/scaron % 154
-/guilsinglright % 155
-/.notdef % /oe % 156
-/zcaron % 157
-/asciitilde % 158
-/Ydieresis % 159
-/nbspace % 160 % /space (no break space)
-/exclamdown % 161
-/cent % 162
-/sterling % 163
-/currency % 164
-/yen % 165
-/brokenbar % 166
-/section % 167
-/.notdef % /dieresis % 168
-/copyright % 169
-/ordfeminine % 170
-/guillemotleft % 171
-/logicalnot % 172
-/sfthyphen % 173 % /hyphen (hanging hyphen)
-/registered % 174
-/.notdef % /macron % 175
-/degree % 176
-/plusminus % 177
-/twosuperior % 178
-/threesuperior % 179
-/.notdef % /acute % 180
-/mu % 181
-/paragraph % 182
-/periodcentered % 183
-/.notdef % /cedilla % 184
-/onesuperior % 185
-/ordmasculine % 186
-/guillemotright % 187
-/onequarter % 188
-/onehalf % 189
-/threequarters % 190
-/questiondown % 191
-/Agrave % 192
-/Aacute % 193
-/Acircumflex % 194
-/Atilde % 195
-/Adieresis % 196
-/Aring % 197
-/.notdef % /AE % 198
-/Ccedilla % 199
-/Egrave % 200
-/Eacute % 201
-/Ecircumflex % 202
-/Edieresis % 203
-/Igrave % 204
-/Iacute % 205
-/Icircumflex % 206
-/Idieresis % 207
-/Eth % 208
-/Ntilde % 209
-/Ograve % 210
-/Oacute % 211
-/Ocircumflex % 212
-/Otilde % 213
-/Odieresis % 214
-/multiply % 215 % OE in T1
-/.notdef % /Oslash % 216
-/Ugrave % 217
-/Uacute % 218
-/Ucircumflex % 219
-/Udieresis % 220
-/Yacute % 221
-/Thorn % 222
-/.notdef % /germandbls % 223
-/agrave % 224
-/aacute % 225
-/acircumflex % 226
-/atilde % 227
-/adieresis % 228
-/aring % 229
-/.notdef % /ae % 230
-/ccedilla % 231
-/egrave % 232
-/eacute % 233
-/ecircumflex % 234
-/edieresis % 235
-/igrave % 236
-/iacute % 237
-/icircumflex % 238
-/idieresis % 239
-/eth % 240
-/ntilde % 241
-/ograve % 242
-/oacute % 243
-/ocircumflex % 244
-/otilde % 245
-/odieresis % 246
-/divide % 247 % oe in T1
-/.notdef % /oslash % 248
-/ugrave % 249
-/uacute % 250
-/ucircumflex % 251
-/udieresis % 252
-/yacute % 253
-/thorn % 254
-/ydieresis % 255 % germandbls in T1
-] def
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: xl2, Next: xt2, Prev: texnansx, Up: Encodings
-
-B.14 `xl2.enc': OT1 + ISO Latin 2 extended
-==========================================
-
-% @psencodingfile{
-% author = "Petr Olsak, Zdenek Wagner",
-% date = "27aug05",
-% filename = "xl2.enc",
-% license = "public domain",
-% email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
-% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
-% docstring = "
-% some of our (CSTUG- czech TeX Users Group) users want to support
-% 8bit font coding such that:
-% -- lower 7bit is exactly OT1 (but with differences imposed
-% by DEK -- e.g. layout of cmr is different from cmtt)
-% -- upper part is taken from ISO-Latin 2 (iso 8859-2),
-% but some of empty positions are filled with useful characters
-% usually available in type-1 font (permill sign etc.)
-% "
-% }
-%
-% 27aug05 - record Petr Olsak and Zdenek Wagner as the authors.
-% 12jun05 - remove Texinfo @'s from LIGKERN's.
-%
-/XL2encoding [
-%%%%% '000 = "00
- /Gamma
- /Delta
- /Theta
- /Lambda
- /Xi
- /Pi
- /Sigma
- /Upsilon
-%%%%% '010 = "08
- /Phi
- /Psi
- /Omega
- /ff
- /fi
- /fl
- /ffi
- /ffl
-%%%%% '020 = "10
- /dotlessi
- /dotlessj
- /grave
- /acute
- /caron
- /breve
- /macron
- /ring
-%%%%% '030 = "18
- /cedilla
- /germandbls
- /ae
- /oe
- /oslash
- /AE
- /OE
- /Oslash
-%%%%% '040 = "20
- /.notdef
- /exclam
- /quotedblright
- /numbersign
- /dollar
- /percent
- /ampersand
- /quoteright
-%%%%% '050 = "28
- /parenleft
- /parenright
- /asterisk
- /plus
- /comma
- /hyphen
- /period
- /slash
-%%%%% '060 = "30
- /zero
- /one
- /two
- /three
- /four
- /five
- /six
- /seven
-%%%%% '070 = "38
- /eight
- /nine
- /colon
- /semicolon
- /exclamdown
- /equal
- /questiondown
- /question
-%%%%% '100 = "40
- /at
- /A
- /B
- /C
- /D
- /E
- /F
- /G
-%%%%% '110 = "48
- /H
- /I
- /J
- /K
- /L
- /M
- /N
- /O
-%%%%% '120 = "50
- /P
- /Q
- /R
- /S
- /T
- /U
- /V
- /W
-%%%%% '130 = "58
- /X
- /Y
- /Z
- /bracketleft
- /quotedblleft
- /bracketright
- /circumflex
- /dotaccent
-%%%%% '140 = "60
- /quoteleft
- /a
- /b
- /c
- /d
- /e
- /f
- /g
-%%%%% '150 = "68
- /h
- /i
- /j
- /k
- /l
- /m
- /n
- /o
-%%%%% '160 = "70
- /p
- /q
- /r
- /s
- /t
- /u
- /v
- /w
-%%%%% '170 = "78
- /x
- /y
- /z
- /endash
- /emdash
- /hungarumlaut
- /tilde
- /dieresis
-%%%%% '200 = "80
- /ellipsis
- /dagger
- /daggerdbl
- /bullet
- /sterling
- /paragraph
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
-%%%%% '210 = "88
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
- /perthousand
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
-%%%%% '220 = "90
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
-%%%%% '230 = "98
- /Agrave
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
- /hyphen
- /ogonek
- /guillemotleft
- /guillemotright
-%%%%% '240 = "A0
- /.notdef
- /Aogonek
- /breve
- /Lslash
- /currency
- /Lcaron
- /Sacute
- /section
-%%%%% '250 = "A8
- /dieresis
- /Scaron
- /Scedilla
- /Tcaron
- /Zacute
- /.notdef
- /Zcaron
- /Zdotaccent
-%%%%% '260 = "B0
- /ring
- /aogonek
- /cedilla
- /lslash
- /acute
- /lcaron
- /sacute
- /caron
-%%%%% '270 = "B8
- /agrave
- /scaron
- /scedilla
- /tcaron
- /zacute
- /hungarumlaut
- /zcaron
- /zdotaccent
-%%%%% '300 = "C0
- /Racute
- /Aacute
- /Acircumflex
- /Abreve
- /Adieresis
- /Lacute
- /Cacute
- /Ccedilla
-%%%%% '310 = "C8
- /Ccaron
- /Eacute
- /Eogonek
- /Edieresis
- /Ecaron
- /Iacute
- /Icircumflex
- /Dcaron
-%%%%% '320 = "D0
- /Eth
- /Nacute
- /Ncaron
- /Oacute
- /Ocircumflex
- /Ohungarumlaut
- /Odieresis
- /multiply
-%%%%% '330 = "D8
- /Rcaron
- /Uring
- /Uacute
- /Uhungarumlaut
- /Udieresis
- /Yacute
- /Togonek
- /germandbls
-%%%%% '340 = "E0
- /racute
- /aacute
- /acircumflex
- /abreve
- /adieresis
- /lacute
- /cacute
- /ccedilla
-%%%%% '350 = "E8
- /ccaron
- /eacute
- /eogonek
- /edieresis
- /ecaron
- /iacute
- /icircumflex
- /dcaron
-%%%%% '360 = "F0
- /eth
- /nacute
- /ncaron
- /oacute
- /ocircumflex
- /ohungarumlaut
- /odieresis
- /divide
-%%%%% '370 = "F8
- /rcaron
- /uring
- /uacute
- /uhungarumlaut
- /udieresis
- /yacute
- /quotedblbase
- /quotedblleft
-] def
-
-% LIGKERN hyphen hyphen =: endash ; endash hyphen =: emdash ;
-% LIGKERN quoteleft quoteleft =: quotedblleft ;
-% LIGKERN quoteright quoteright =: quotedblright ;
-% LIGKERN exclamdown exclamdown =: guillemotleft ;
-% frenchdblquotes
-% LIGKERN questiondown questiondown =: guillemotright ;
-% csquoteleft
-% LIGKERN comma comma =: quotedblbase ;
-% LIGKERN space {} * ; * {} space ; zero {} * ; * {} zero ;
-% LIGKERN one {} * ; * {} one ; two {} * ; * {} two ;
-% LIGKERN three {} * ; * {} three ; four {} * ; * {} four ;
-% LIGKERN five {} * ; * {} five ; six {} * ; * {} six ;
-% LIGKERN seven {} * ; * {} seven ; eight {} * ; * {} eight ;
-% LIGKERN nine {} * ; * {} nine ;
-% LIGKERN question {} quoteleft ; exclam {} quoteleft ;
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: xt2, Prev: xl2, Up: Encodings
-
-B.15 `xt2.enc': typewriter OT1 + ISO Latin 2 extended
-=====================================================
-
-% @psencodingfile{
-% author = "Petr Olsak, Zdenek Wagner",
-% date = "27aug05",
-% filename = "xt2.enc",
-% license = "public domain",
-% email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
-% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
-% docstring = "This is the typewriter version of xl2."
-% }
-%
-% 27aug05 - record Petr Olsak and Zdenek Wagner as the authors.
-% 12jun05 - remove Texinfo @'s from LIGKERN's.
-%
-/XT2encoding [
-%%%%% '000 = "00
- /Gamma
- /Delta
- /Theta
- /Lambda
- /Xi
- /Pi
- /Sigma
- /Upsilon
-%%%%% '010 = "08
- /Phi
- /Psi
- /Omega
- /arrowup
- /arrowdown
- /quotesingle
- /exclamdown
- /questiondown
-%%%%% '020 = "10
- /dotlessi
- /dotlessj
- /grave
- /acute
- /caron
- /breve
- /macron
- /ring
-%%%%% '030 = "18
- /cedilla
- /germandbls
- /ae
- /oe
- /oslash
- /AE
- /OE
- /Oslash
-%%%%% '040 = "20
- /.notdef
- /exclam
- /quotedblright
- /numbersign
- /dollar
- /percent
- /ampersand
- /quoteright
-%%%%% '050 = "28
- /parenleft
- /parenright
- /asterisk
- /plus
- /comma
- /hyphen
- /period
- /slash
-%%%%% '060 = "30
- /zero
- /one
- /two
- /three
- /four
- /five
- /six
- /seven
-%%%%% '070 = "38
- /eight
- /nine
- /colon
- /semicolon
- /less
- /equal
- /greater
- /question
-%%%%% '100 = "40
- /at
- /A
- /B
- /C
- /D
- /E
- /F
- /G
-%%%%% '110 = "48
- /H
- /I
- /J
- /K
- /L
- /M
- /N
- /O
-%%%%% '120 = "50
- /P
- /Q
- /R
- /S
- /T
- /U
- /V
- /W
-%%%%% '130 = "58
- /X
- /Y
- /Z
- /bracketleft
- /backslash
- /bracketright
- /circumflex
- /underscore
-%%%%% '140 = "60
- /quoteleft
- /a
- /b
- /c
- /d
- /e
- /f
- /g
-%%%%% '150 = "68
- /h
- /i
- /j
- /k
- /l
- /m
- /n
- /o
-%%%%% '160 = "70
- /p
- /q
- /r
- /s
- /t
- /u
- /v
- /w
-%%%%% '170 = "78
- /x
- /y
- /z
- /braceleft
- /bar
- /braceright
- /tilde
- /dieresis
-%%%%% '200 = "80
- /ellipsis
- /dagger
- /daggerdbl
- /bullet
- /sterling
- /paragraph
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
-%%%%% '210 = "88
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
- /perthousand
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
-%%%%% '220 = "90
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
-%%%%% '230 = "98
- /Agrave
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
- /.notdef
- /hyphen
- /ogonek
- /guillemotleft
- /guillemotright
-%%%%% '240 = "A0
- /.notdef
- /Aogonek
- /breve
- /Lslash
- /currency
- /Lcaron
- /Sacute
- /section
-%%%%% '250 = "A8
- /dieresis
- /Scaron
- /Scedilla
- /Tcaron
- /Zacute
- /.notdef
- /Zcaron
- /Zdotaccent
-%%%%% '260 = "B0
- /ring
- /aogonek
- /cedilla
- /lslash
- /acute
- /lcaron
- /sacute
- /caron
-%%%%% '270 = "B8
- /agrave
- /scaron
- /scedilla
- /tcaron
- /zacute
- /hungarumlaut
- /zcaron
- /zdotaccent
-%%%%% '300 = "C0
- /Racute
- /Aacute
- /Acircumflex
- /Abreve
- /Adieresis
- /Lacute
- /Cacute
- /Ccedilla
-%%%%% '310 = "C8
- /Ccaron
- /Eacute
- /Eogonek
- /Edieresis
- /Ecaron
- /Iacute
- /Icircumflex
- /Dcaron
-%%%%% '320 = "D0
- /Eth
- /Nacute
- /Ncaron
- /Oacute
- /Ocircumflex
- /Ohungarumlaut
- /Odieresis
- /multiply
-%%%%% '330 = "D8
- /Rcaron
- /Uring
- /Uacute
- /Uhungarumlaut
- /Udieresis
- /Yacute
- /Togonek
- /germandbls
-%%%%% '340 = "E0
- /racute
- /aacute
- /acircumflex
- /abreve
- /adieresis
- /lacute
- /cacute
- /ccedilla
-%%%%% '350 = "E8
- /ccaron
- /eacute
- /eogonek
- /edieresis
- /ecaron
- /iacute
- /icircumflex
- /dcaron
-%%%%% '360 = "F0
- /eth
- /nacute
- /ncaron
- /oacute
- /ocircumflex
- /ohungarumlaut
- /odieresis
- /divide
-%%%%% '370 = "F8
- /rcaron
- /uring
- /uacute
- /uhungarumlaut
- /udieresis
- /yacute
- /quotedblbase
- /quotedblleft
-] def
-
-% LIGKERN quoteleft quoteleft =: quotedblleft ;
-% LIGKERN quoteright quoteright =: quotedblright ;
-% LIGKERN exclamdown exclamdown =: guillemotleft ;
-% frenchdblquotes
-% LIGKERN questiondown questiondown =: guillemotright ;
-% csquoteleft
-% LIGKERN comma comma =: quotedblbase ;
-% LIGKERN space {} * ; * {} space ; zero {} * ; * {} zero ;
-% LIGKERN one {} * ; * {} one ; two {} * ; * {} two ;
-% LIGKERN three {} * ; * {} three ; four {} * ; * {} four ;
-% LIGKERN five {} * ; * {} five ; six {} * ; * {} six ;
-% LIGKERN seven {} * ; * {} seven ; eight {} * ; * {} eight ;
-% LIGKERN nine {} * ; * {} nine ;
-% LIGKERN question {} quoteleft ; exclam {} quoteleft ;
-% LIGKERN f {} f ; f {} i ; f {} l ;
-
-
-File: fontname.info, Node: General index, Prev: Encodings, Up: Top
-
-General index
-*************
-
-
-* Menu:
-
-* 35 standard PostScript fonts: Standard PostScript fonts.
- (line 6)
-* 62.enc: 6w. (line 6)
-* 7-bit encodings: Variants. (line 44)
-* 8-bit encodings: Variants. (line 44)
-* 8a.enc: 8a. (line 6)
-* 8r.enc: 8r. (line 6)
-* 9s variant: Variants. (line 44)
-* Adobe standard encoding: 8a. (line 6)
-* adobe.map: Adobe fonts. (line 6)
-* Afm2tfm encoding: Variants. (line 67)
-* apple.map: Apple fonts. (line 6)
-* attribution of fonts, missing: Suppliers. (line 19)
-* automatic expansion: Widths. (line 13)
-* Avant Garde: Suppliers. (line 9)
-* base encoding, for TeX: 8r. (line 6)
-* Beebe, Nelson: History. (line 30)
-* Beeton, Barbara: History. (line 30)
-* Bernstein, Rocky: History. (line 30)
-* bitstrea.map: Bitstream fonts. (line 6)
-* bizarre font names: Suppliers. (line 31)
-* Bouche, Thierry: History. (line 30)
-* bright variant: Variants. (line 28)
-* bugs, reporting: Introduction. (line 12)
-* category codes: Long naming scheme. (line 34)
-* character scaling, automatic: Widths. (line 13)
-* compression: Widths. (line 6)
-* contributors: History. (line 30)
-* Cork encoding: ec. (line 6)
-* CP-1251 encoding: 6w. (line 6)
-* Cugley, Damian: History. (line 30)
-* Cyrillic encoding: 6w. (line 6)
-* Cyrillic encodings: Variants. (line 44)
-* Cyrillic fonts: Variants. (line 86)
-* design size specification: Filenames for fonts. (line 40)
-* distribution: Introduction. (line 16)
-* dtc.map: DTC fonts. (line 6)
-* Dviljk translator: References. (line 26)
-* Dvips encoding: dvips. (line 6)
-* Dvips translator: References. (line 21)
-* dvips.enc: dvips. (line 6)
-* EC encoding: ec. (line 6)
-* ec.enc: ec. (line 6)
-* encoding files: Introduction. (line 16)
-* encoding vectors: Encodings. (line 6)
-* encoding, Dvips: dvips. (line 6)
-* encoding, Groff: groff. (line 6)
-* encoding, T5: t5. (line 6)
-* encodings, Adobe standard: 8a. (line 6)
-* encodings, Cork: ec. (line 6)
-* encodings, Cyrillic CP-1251: 6w. (line 6)
-* encodings, EC: ec. (line 6)
-* encodings, qx: qx. (line 6)
-* encodings, TeX base: 8r. (line 6)
-* encodings, TeX Latin 1: ec. (line 6)
-* encodings, TeX math italic: texmital. (line 6)
-* encodings, TeX math symbol <1>: texmsym. (line 6)
-* encodings, TeX math symbol: texmext. (line 6)
-* encodings, texnansi: texnansi. (line 6)
-* encodings, texnansx: texnansx. (line 6)
-* encodings, unspecified: Variants. (line 67)
-* Ertner, Vincent: URW fonts. (line 6)
-* escape for nonstandard names: Suppliers. (line 31)
-* expansion: Widths. (line 6)
-* expert encoding: Variants. (line 127)
-* expertised encodings: Variants. (line 44)
-* expertised font: Variants. (line 127)
-* extension, TeX math encoding: texmext. (line 6)
-* fax variant: Variants. (line 28)
-* filenames, basics: Filenames for fonts. (line 11)
-* font scaling: Filenames for fonts. (line 40)
-* font_coding_scheme: Long naming scheme. (line 30)
-* Fontinst distribution: References. (line 17)
-* FontName: Typefaces. (line 49)
-* fontname mapping file: Name mapping file. (line 6)
-* Fontname version 2: History. (line 14)
-* foundries: Suppliers. (line 6)
-* Garamond, versions of: Typefaces. (line 16)
-* Greek fonts: Variants. (line 86)
-* Groff encoding: groff. (line 6)
-* groff.enc: groff. (line 6)
-* hexadecimal design size: Filenames for fonts. (line 40)
-* history: History. (line 6)
-* Horn, Berthol: History. (line 30)
-* individual font designers: Suppliers. (line 19)
-* informal variant: Variants. (line 102)
-* introduction: Introduction. (line 6)
-* ISO Latin 2 extended and typewriter, TeX encoding: xt2. (line 6)
-* ISO Latin 2 extended, TeX encoding: xl2. (line 6)
-* italic, TeX math encoding: texmital. (line 6)
-* itc.map: ITC fonts. (line 6)
-* Jeffrey, Alan: History. (line 30)
-* Knuth, Donald E.: Name mapping file. (line 28)
-* Lang, Russell: History. (line 30)
-* LaserJet 4 fonts: Variants. (line 67)
-* letterspacing: Variants. (line 17)
-* ligatures and encodings: Variants. (line 53)
-* linotype.map: Linotype fonts. (line 6)
-* long names: Long names. (line 6)
-* long naming scheme: Long naming scheme. (line 6)
-* lslash: Variants. (line 53)
-* Lslash: Variants. (line 53)
-* Lubalin, Herb: Suppliers. (line 9)
-* Lucida Bright: 8r. (line 6)
-* MacKay, Pierre: History. (line 30)
-* mapping file: Name mapping file. (line 6)
-* mapping files: Introduction. (line 16)
-* math extension, TeX encoding: texmext. (line 6)
-* math italic, TeX encoding: texmital. (line 6)
-* math symbol, TeX encoding: texmsym. (line 6)
-* math variants: Variants. (line 96)
-* Mittelbach, Frank <1>: Variants. (line 117)
-* Mittelbach, Frank <2>: Filenames for fonts. (line 40)
-* Mittelbach, Frank: History. (line 6)
-* modes.mf: References. (line 14)
-* monotype.map: Monotype fonts. (line 6)
-* multiple variants: Variants. (line 9)
-* nonstandard names, escape for: Suppliers. (line 31)
-* phonetic encodings: Variants. (line 44)
-* pi fonts: Typefaces. (line 42)
-* PostScript encoding vectors: Encodings. (line 6)
-* PostScript fonts, standard: Standard PostScript fonts.
- (line 6)
-* qx encoding: qx. (line 6)
-* qx.enc: qx. (line 6)
-* Rahtz, Sebastian: History. (line 30)
-* raw fonts: Suppliers. (line 25)
-* references: References. (line 6)
-* related files: References. (line 6)
-* reporting bugs: Introduction. (line 12)
-* Rivlin, Jean: History. (line 30)
-* Rokicki, Tom: History. (line 30)
-* sans variant: Variants. (line 117)
-* Schoepf, Rainer: History. (line 6)
-* schoolbook variant: Variants. (line 102)
-* scripts: Variants. (line 86)
-* semisans variant: Variants. (line 28)
-* semiserif variant: Variants. (line 28)
-* small caps fonts: Variants. (line 17)
-* small foundries: Suppliers. (line 19)
-* Southall, Richard: References. (line 29)
-* standard PostScript fonts: Standard PostScript fonts.
- (line 6)
-* Stone Informal: Variants. (line 102)
-* SuperFont: Variants. (line 44)
-* supplier.map: Suppliers. (line 34)
-* suppliers: Suppliers. (line 6)
-* symbol, TeX math encoding: texmsym. (line 6)
-* T1.etx: Variants. (line 53)
-* T5 encoding: t5. (line 6)
-* t5.enc: t5. (line 6)
-* TDS standard: References. (line 8)
-* terminology: References. (line 29)
-* TeX base encoding: 8r. (line 6)
-* TeX Directory Structure standard: References. (line 8)
-* TeX Latin 1 encoding: ec. (line 6)
-* TeX math extension encoding: texmext. (line 6)
-* TeX math italic encoding: texmital. (line 6)
-* TeX math symbol encoding: texmsym. (line 6)
-* tex-fonts@tug.org: Introduction. (line 12)
-* texfonts.map: Name mapping file. (line 13)
-* texmext.enc: texmext. (line 6)
-* texmital.enc: texmital. (line 6)
-* texmsym.enc: texmsym. (line 6)
-* texnansi encoding: texnansi. (line 6)
-* texnansi.enc: texnansi. (line 6)
-* texnansx encoding: texnansx. (line 6)
-* texnansx.enc: texnansx. (line 6)
-* type foundries: Suppliers. (line 6)
-* typeface.map: Typefaces. (line 49)
-* typefaces: Typefaces. (line 6)
-* typewriter variant: Variants. (line 117)
-* unattributed fonts: Suppliers. (line 19)
-* URW fonts: URW fonts. (line 6)
-* urw.map: URW fonts. (line 34)
-* utilities: Introduction. (line 16)
-* variant.map: Variants. (line 132)
-* variants: Variants. (line 6)
-* Vietnamese encoding: t5. (line 6)
-* weight: Weights. (line 6)
-* weight.map: Weights. (line 14)
-* width.map: Widths. (line 22)
-* widths: Widths. (line 6)
-* Windows ANSI: 8r. (line 6)
-* X Window System font names: Long naming scheme. (line 6)
-* xl2.enc: xl2. (line 6)
-* xt2.enc: xt2. (line 6)
-
-
-
-Tag Table:
-Node: Top260
-Node: Introduction1969
-Node: History3036
-Node: References4851
-Node: Filenames for fonts6171
-Node: Suppliers7913
-Node: Typefaces10494
-Node: Weights31558
-Node: Variants32371
-Node: Widths42651
-Node: Long names44059
-Node: Name mapping file44618
-Node: Long naming scheme46199
-Node: Font name lists47955
-Node: Standard PostScript fonts48414
-Node: Adobe fonts49876
-Node: Apple fonts239856
-Node: Bitstream fonts240190
-Node: DTC fonts300954
-Node: ITC fonts301871
-Node: Linotype fonts347511
-Node: Monotype fonts603537
-Node: URW fonts690094
-Node: Encodings693293
-Node: 6w695351
-Node: 8a697836
-Node: 8r700346
-Node: dvips705330
-Node: ec709136
-Node: groff721911
-Node: t5726845
-Node: qx734796
-Node: texmext776268
-Node: texmsym780124
-Node: texmital783307
-Node: texnansi786041
-Node: texnansx798460
-Node: xl2803809
-Node: xt2808796
-Node: General index813423
-
-End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/kpathsea.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/kpathsea.info
deleted file mode 100644
index 54e179d0f3d..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/kpathsea.info
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4763 +0,0 @@
-This is ../../../../texk/kpathsea/doc/kpathsea.info, produced by
-makeinfo version 4.13 from ../../../../texk/kpathsea/doc/kpathsea.texi.
-
-This file documents the Kpathsea library for path searching.
-
- Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
-2005, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Karl Berry & Olaf Weber.
-
- Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
- Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
-this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
-entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
- Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
-translation approved by the TeX Users Group.
-
-INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
-START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* Kpathsea: (kpathsea). File lookup along search paths.
-* kpsewhich: (kpathsea)Invoking kpsewhich. TeX file searching.
-* mktexfmt: (kpathsea)mktex scripts. Format (fmt/base/mem) generation.
-* mktexlsr: (kpathsea)Filename database. Update ls-R.
-* mktexmf: (kpathsea)mktex scripts. MF source generation.
-* mktexpk: (kpathsea)mktex scripts. PK bitmap generation.
-* mktextex: (kpathsea)mktex scripts. TeX source generation.
-* mktextfm: (kpathsea)mktex scripts. TeX font metric generation.
-END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Top, Next: Introduction, Up: (dir)
-
-Kpathsea library
-****************
-
-This manual documents how to install and use the Kpathsea library for
-filename lookup. It corresponds to version 6.1.0, released in
-May 2012.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Introduction:: Overview.
-* Installation:: Compilation, installation, and bug reporting.
-
-* Path searching:: How filename lookups work.
-* TeX support:: Special support for TeX-related file lookups.
-
-* Programming:: How to use Kpathsea features in your program.
-
-* Index:: General index.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Introduction, Next: Installation, Prev: Top, Up: Top
-
-1 Introduction
-**************
-
-This manual corresponds to version 6.1.0 of the Kpathsea library,
-released in May 2012.
-
- The library's fundamental purpose is to return a filename from a
-list of directories specified by the user, similar to what shells do
-when looking up program names to execute.
-
- The following software, all of which we maintain, uses this library:
-
- * Dviljk (see the `dvilj' man page)
-
- * Dvipsk (*note Introduction: (dvips)Top.)
-
- * GNU font utilities (*note Introduction: (fontu)Top.)
-
- * Web2c (*note Introduction: (web2c)Top.)
-
- * Xdvik (see the `xdvi' man page)
-
-Other software that we do not maintain also uses it.
-
- We are still actively maintaining the library (and probably always
-will be, despite our hopes). If you have comments or suggestions,
-please send them to us (*note Reporting bugs::).
-
- We distribute the library under the GNU Library General Public
-License (LGPL). In short, this means if you write a program using the
-library, you must (offer to) distribute the source to the library,
-along with any changes you have made, and allow anyone to modify the
-library source and distribute their modifications. It does not mean
-you have to distribute the source to your program, although we hope you
-will. See the accompanying files for the text of the GNU licenses.
-
- If you know enough about TeX to be reading this manual, then you (or
-your institution) should consider joining the TeX Users Group (if
-you're already a member, thanks!). TUG produces the periodical
-`TUGboat', sponsors an annual meeting and publishes the proceedings,
-and arranges courses on TeX for all levels of users throughout the
-world. See `http://tug.org' for information.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* History::
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: History, Up: Introduction
-
-1.1 History
-===========
-
-(This section is for those people who are curious about how the library
-came about.) (If you like to read historical accounts of software, we
-urge you to seek out the GNU Autoconf manual and the "Errors of TeX"
-paper by Don Knuth, published in `Software--Practice and Experience'
-19(7), July 1989.)
-
- [Karl writes.] My first ChangeLog entry for Web2c seems to be
-February 1990, but I may have done some work before then. In any case,
-Tim Morgan and I were jointly maintaining it for a time. (I should
-mention here that Tim had made Web2c into a real distribution long
-before I had ever used it or even heard of it, and Tom Rokicki did the
-original implementation. I was using `pxp' and `pc' on VAX 11/750's
-and the hot new Sun 2 machines.)
-
- It must have been later in 1990 and 1991 that I started working on
-`TeX for the Impatient'. Dvips, Xdvi, Web2c, and the GNU fontutils
-(which I was also writing at the time) all used different environment
-variables, and, more importantly, had different bugs in their path
-searching. This became extremely painful, as I was stressing everything
-to the limit working on the book. I also desperately wanted to
-implement subdirectory searching, since I couldn't stand putting
-everything in one big directory, and also couldn't stand having to
-explicitly specify `cm', `pandora', ... in a path.
-
- In the first incarnation, I just hacked separately on each
-program--that was the original subdirectory searching code in both Xdvi
-and Dvips, though I think Paul Vojta has completely rewritten Xdvi's
-support by now. That is, I tried to go with the flow in each program,
-rather than changing the program's calling sequences to conform to
-common routines.
-
- Then, as bugs inevitably appeared, I found I was fixing the same
-thing three times (Web2c and fontutils were always sharing code, since I
-maintained those--there was no Dvipsk or Xdvik or Dviljk at this
-point). After a while, I finally started sharing source files. They
-weren't yet a library, though. I just kept things up to date with shell
-scripts. (I was developing on a 386 running ISC 2.2 at the time, and so
-didn't have symbolic links. An awful experience.)
-
- The ChangeLogs for Xdvik and Dvipsk record initial releases of those
-distributions in May and June 1992. I think it was because I was tired
-of the different configuration strategies of each program, not so much
-because of the path searching. (Autoconf was being developed by David
-MacKenzie and others, and I was adapting it to TeX and friends.)
-
- I started to make a separate library that other programs could link
-with on my birthday in April 1993, according to the ChangeLog. I don't
-remember exactly why I finally took the time to make it a separate
-library; a conversation with david zuhn that initiated it. Just seemed
-like it was time.
-
- Dviljk got started in March 1994 after I bought a Laserjet 4.
-(Kpathsea work got suspended while Norm Walsh and I, with Gustaf
-Neumann's help, implemented a way for TeX to get at all those neat
-builtin LJ4 fonts ... such a treat to have something to typeset in
-besides Palatino!)
-
- By spring of 1995, I had implemented just about all the
-path-searching features in Kpathsea that I plan to, driven beyond my
-initial goals by Thomas Esser and others. I then started to integrate
-Web2c with Kpathsea. After the release of a stable Web2c, I hope to be
-able to stop development, and turn most of my attention back to making
-fonts for GNU. (Always assuming Micros**t hasn't completely
-obliterated Unix by then, or that software patents haven't stopped
-software development by anybody smaller than a company with a
-million-dollar-a-year legal budget. Which is actually what I think is
-likely to happen, but that's another story...)
-
- [Olaf writes.] At the end of 1997, UNIX is still alive and kicking,
-individuals still develop software, and Web2c development still
-continues. Karl had been looking for some time for someone to take up
-part of the burden, and I volunteered.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Installation, Next: Path searching, Prev: Introduction, Up: Top
-
-2 Installation
-**************
-
-(A copy of this chapter is in the distribution file `kpathsea/INSTALL'.)
-
-The procedure for Kpathsea (and Web2c, etc.) configuration and
-installation follows. If you encounter trouble, see *note Common
-problems::, a copy of which is in the file `kpathsea/BUGS'.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Simple installation:: If you just want to do it.
-* Custom installation:: If you want to change things around.
-* Security:: Who can write what files, etc.
-* TeX directory structure:: Managing the horde of TeX input files.
-* unixtex.ftp:: Getting software via FTP, on CD-ROM, or on tape.
-* Reporting bugs:: Where and how to report bugs.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Simple installation, Next: Custom installation, Up: Installation
-
-2.1 Simple installation
-=======================
-
-Installing TeX and friends for the first time can be a daunting
-experience. Thus, you may prefer to skip this whole thing and just get
-precompiled executables: see *note unixtex.ftp::.
-
- This section explains what to do if you wish to take the defaults for
-everything, and generally to install in the simplest possible way. Most
-steps here refer to corresponding subsection in the next section which
-explains how to override defaults and generally gives more details.
-
- By default everything will be installed under `/usr/local' and the
-following discussion assumes this. However, if you already have TeX
-installed, its location is used to derive the directory under which
-everything is to be installed.
-
- 1. Be sure you have enough disk space: approximately 8 megabytes for
- the compressed archives, 15MB for sources, 50MB for compilation,
- 40MB for the (initial) installed system (including library files).
- *Note Disk space::.
-
- 2. Retrieve these distribution archives:
- `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/texk.tar.gz'
- These are the sources, which you will be compiling.
-
- `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/texklib.tar.gz'
- This is a basic set of input files. You should unpack it in
- the directory `/usr/local/share'; doing so will create a
- `texmf' subdirectory there.
-
- These archives are mirrored on the CTAN hosts, in the
- `systems/web2c' directory.
-
- *Note Kpathsea application distributions::.
-
- 3. When using the default search paths, there is no need to edit any
- distribution files. *Note Changing search paths::.
-
- 4. At the top level of the distribution, run `sh configure'. (If you
- have the GNU Bash shell installed, run `bash configure'.) *Note
- Running configure::.
-
- 5. `make'. *Note Running make::. If you are using a BSD 4.4 system
- such as FreeBSD or NetBSD, you may have to use GNU make (often
- installed in `/usr/local/bin'), not the BSD make.
-
- 6. `make install'. *Note Installing files::.
-
- 7. `make distclean'. *Note Cleaning up::.
-
- 8. Set up a cron job to rebuild the filename database that makes
- searching faster. This line will rebuild it every midnight:
- 0 0 * * * cd /usr/local/share/texmf && /BINDIR/mktexlsr
- *Note Filename database generation::, and *note Filename
- database::.
-
- 9. If you're installing Dvips, you also need to set up configuration
- files for your printers and make any additional PostScript fonts
- available. *Note Installation: (dvips)Installation. If you have
- any color printers, see *note Color device configuration:
- (dvips)Color device configuration.
-
- 10. The first time you run a DVI driver, a bunch of PK fonts will be
- built by Metafont via `mktexpk' (and added to the filename
- database). This will take some time. Don't be alarmed; they will
- created only this first time (unless something is wrong with your
- path definitions).
-
- By default, `mktexpk' will create these fonts in a hierarchy under
- `/var/tmp/texfonts'; it simply assumes that `/var/tmp' exists and
- is globally writable. If you need a different arrangement, see
- *note mktex configuration::.
-
- *Note mktex scripts::.
-
- 11. For some simple tests, try `tex story \\bye' and `latex sample2e'.
- Then run `xdvi story' or `dvips sample2e' on the resulting DVI
- files to preview/print the documents. *Note Installation
- testing::.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Custom installation, Next: Security, Prev: Simple installation, Up: Installation
-
-2.2 Custom installation
-=======================
-
-Most sites need to modify the default installation procedure in some
-way, perhaps merely changing the prefix from `/usr/local', perhaps
-adding extra compiler or loader options to work around `configure'
-bugs. This section explains how to override default choices. For
-additional distribution-specific information:
- * `dviljk/INSTALL'.
-
- * *Note Installation: (dvips)Installation.
-
- * *Note Installation: (web2c)Installation.
-
- * `xdvik/INSTALL'.
-
- These instructions are for Unix systems. Other operating-system
-specific distributions have their own instructions. The code base
-itself supports Amiga, DOS, OS/2, and VMS.
-
- Following are the same steps as in the previous section (which
-describes the simplest installation), but with much more detail.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Disk space::
-* Kpathsea application distributions::
-* Changing search paths::
-* Running configure::
-* Running make::
-* Installing files::
-* Cleaning up::
-* Filename database generation::
-* mktex scripts::
-* Installation testing::
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Disk space, Next: Kpathsea application distributions, Up: Custom installation
-
-2.2.1 Disk space
-----------------
-
-Here is a table showing the disk space needed for each distribution
-(described in the next section). The `(totals)' line reflects the
-`texk' source distribution and `texklib'; the individual distributions
-don't enter into it. Sizes are in megabytes. All numbers are
-approximate.
-
-Distribution .tar.gz Unpacked Compiled Installed
-dviljk .9 3.8
-dvipsk .9 3.2
-xdvik .7 2.5
-web2c 1.3 5.0
-web 1.9 6.5 - -
-texk 7.5 32.1 95.3 33.5
-texklib 6.3 15.0 - 15.0
-(totals) 14.6 47.1 95.3 48.5
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Kpathsea application distributions, Next: Changing search paths, Prev: Disk space, Up: Custom installation
-
-2.2.2 Kpathsea application distributions
-----------------------------------------
-
-The archive `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/texk.tar.gz' contains all of the
-Kpathsea applications I maintain, and the library itself. For example,
-since NeXT does not generally support X11, you'd probably want to skip
-`xdvik' (or simply remove it after unpacking `texk.tar.gz'. If you are
-not interested in all of them, you can also retrieve them separately:
-
-`dviljk.tar.gz'
- DVI to PCL, for LaserJet printers.
-
-`dvipsk.tar.gz'
- DVI to PostScript, for previewers, printers, or PDF generation.
-
-`web2c.tar.gz'
- The software needed to compile TeX and friends.
-
-`web.tar.gz'
- The original WEB source files, also used in compilation.
-
-`xdvik.tar.gz'
- DVI previewing under the X window system.
-
-
- If you want to use the Babel LaTeX package for support of non-English
-typesetting, you may need to retrieve additional files. See the file
-`install.txt' in the Babel distribution.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Changing search paths, Next: Running configure, Prev: Kpathsea application distributions, Up: Custom installation
-
-2.2.3 Changing search paths
----------------------------
-
-If the search paths for your installation differ from the standard TeX
-directory structure (*note Introduction: (tds)Top.), edit the file
-`kpathsea/texmf.in' as desired, before running `configure'. For
-example, if you have all your fonts or macros in one big directory.
-
- You may also wish to edit the file `mktex.cnf', either before or
-after installation, to control various aspects of `mktexpk' and
-friends. *Note mktex configuration::.
-
- You do not need to edit `texmf.in' to change the default top-level
-or other installation _directories_ (only the paths). You can and
-should do that when you run `configure' (next step).
-
- You also do not need to edit `texmf.in' if you are willing to rely
-on `texmf.cnf' at runtime to define the paths, and let the compile-time
-default paths be incorrect. Usually there is no harm in doing this.
-
- The section below explains default generation in more detail.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Default path features::
-* Default path generation::
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Default path features, Next: Default path generation, Up: Changing search paths
-
-2.2.3.1 Default path features
-.............................
-
-The purpose of having all the different files described in the section
-above is to avoid having the same information in more than one place. If
-you change the installation directories or top-level prefix at
-`configure'-time, those changes will propagate through the whole
-sequence. And if you change the default paths in `texmf.in', those
-changes are propagated to the compile-time defaults.
-
- The Make definitions are all repeated in several Makefile's; but
-changing the top-level `Makefile' should suffice, as it passes down all
-the variable definitions, thus overriding the submakes. (The
-definitions are repeated so you can run Make in the subdirectories, if
-you should have occasion to.)
-
- By default, the bitmap font paths end with `/$MAKETEX_MODE', thus
-including the device name (usually a Metafont mode name such as
-`ljfour'). This distinguishes two different devices with the same
-resolution--a write/white from a write/black 300dpi printer, for
-example.
-
- However, since most sites don't have this complication, Kpathsea
-(specifically, the `kpse_init_prog' function in `kpathsea/proginit.c')
-has a special case: if the mode has not been explicitly set by the user
-(or in a configuration file), it sets `MAKETEX_MODE' to `/'. This
-makes the default PK path, for example, expand into `.../pk//', so
-fonts will be found even if there is no subdirectory for the mode (if
-you arranged things that way because your site has only one printer,
-for example) or if the program is mode-independent (e.g., `pktype').
-
- To make the paths independent of the mode, simply edit `texmf.in'
-before installation, or the installed `texmf.cnf', and remove the
-`$MAKETEX_MODE'.
-
- *Note mktex script arguments::, for how this interacts with
-`mktexpk'.
-
- *Note TeX directory structure: TeX directory structure, for a
-description of the default arrangement of the input files that comprise
-the TeX system.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Default path generation, Prev: Default path features, Up: Changing search paths
-
-2.2.3.2 Default path generation
-...............................
-
-This section describes how the default paths are constructed.
-
- You may wish to ignore the whole mess and simply edit `texmf.cnf'
-after it is installed, perhaps even copying it into place beforehand so
-you can complete the installation, if it seems necessary.
-
- To summarize the chain of events that go into defining the default
-paths:
-
- 1. `configure' creates a `Makefile' from each `Makefile.in'.
-
- 2. When Make runs in the `kpathsea' directory, it creates a file
- `texmf.sed' that substitutes the Make value of `$(var)' for a
- string `@var@'. The variables in question are the one that define
- the installation directories.
-
- 3. `texmf.sed' (together with a little extra magic--see
- `kpathsea/Makefile') is applied to `texmf.in' to generate
- `texmf.cnf'. This is the file that will eventually be installed
- and used.
-
- 4. The definitions in `texmf.cnf' are recast as C `#define''s in
- `paths.h'. These values will be the compile-time defaults; they
- are not used at runtime unless no `texmf.cnf' file can be found.
-
- (That's a lie: the compile-time defaults are what any extra :'s in
- `texmf.cnf' expand into; but the paths as distributed have no extra
- :'s, and there's no particular reason for them to.)
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Running configure, Next: Running make, Prev: Changing search paths, Up: Custom installation
-
-2.2.4 Running `configure'
--------------------------
-
-Run `sh configure OPTIONS' (in the top-level directory, the one
-containing `kpathsea/'), possibly using a shell other than `sh' (*note
-configure shells::).
-
- `configure' adapts the source distribution to the present system via
-`#define''s in `*/c-auto.h', which are created from the corresponding
-`c-auto.in'. It also creates a `Makefile' from the corresponding
-`Makefile.in', doing `@VAR@' and `ac_include' substitutions).
-
- `configure' is the best place to control the configuration,
-compilation, and installed location of the software, either via
-command-line options, or by setting environment variables before
-invoking it. For example, you can disable `mktexpk' by default with
-the option `--disable-mktexpk'. *Note configure options::.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* configure shells::
-* configure options::
-* configure environment::
-* configure scenarios::
-* Shared library::
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: configure shells, Next: configure options, Up: Running configure
-
-2.2.4.1 `configure' shells
-..........................
-
-Considerable effort has gone into trying to ensure that the `configure'
-scripts can be run by most Bourne shell variants. If `sh' runs into
-trouble, your best bet is to use Bash, the GNU Bourne-again shell
-(*note Top: (bash)Top.).
-
- Bourne shell variants for which problems have been reported in the
-past are:
-`ksh'
- Old versions of the Korn shell may fail to handle the scripts.
- The Korn shell may be installed as `/bin/sh' on AIX, in which case
- `/bin/bsh' may serve instead.
-
-`ash'
- Old versions of ash are unable to handle the scripts. Ash is
- sometimes installed as `/bin/sh' on NetBSD, FreeBSD, and Linux
- systems. `/bin/bash' should be available for those systems, but
- might not be part of a default installation.
-
-`Ultrix /bin/sh'
- `/bin/sh' under Ultrix is a DEC-grown shell that is notably
- deficient in many ways. `/bin/sh5' may be necessary.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: configure options, Next: configure environment, Prev: configure shells, Up: Running configure
-
-2.2.4.2 `configure' options
-...........................
-
-For a complete list of all `configure' options, run `configure --help'
-or see *note Running `configure' scripts: (autoconf)Invoking configure,
-(a copy is in the file `kpathsea/README.CONFIGURE'). The generic
-options are listed first in the `--help' output, and the
-package-specific options come last. The environment variables
-`configure' pays attention to are listed below.
-
- Options particularly likely to be useful are `--prefix',
-`--datadir', and the like; see *note configure scenarios::.
-
- This section gives pointers to descriptions of the `--with' and
-`--enable' options to `configure' that Kpathsea-using programs accept.
-
-`--without-mktexmf-default'
-`--without-mktexpk-default'
-`--without-mktextfm-default'
-`--with-mktextex-default'
- Enable or disable the dynamic generation programs. *Note mktex
- configuration::.
-
-`--enable-shared'
- Build Kpathsea as a shared library, and link against it. Also
- build the usual static library. *Note Shared library::.
-
-`--disable-static'
- Build only the shared library. Implies `--enable-shared'.
-
-`--enable-maintainer-mode'
- Enables make targets that are useful for the maintainer and likely
- to be a pain for anyone else; the makefiles created when this
- option is enabled may not work at all for you. You have been
- warned.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: configure environment, Next: configure scenarios, Prev: configure options, Up: Running configure
-
-2.2.4.3 `configure' environment
-...............................
-
-`configure' uses the value of the following environment variables in
-determining your system's characteristics, and substitutes for them in
-Makefile's:
-
-`CC'
- The compiler to use: default is `gcc' if it's installed, otherwise
- `cc'.
-
-`CFLAGS'
- Options to give the compiler: default is `-g -O2' for `gcc', `-g'
- otherwise. `CFLAGS' comes after any other options. You may need
- to include `-w' here if your compilations commonly have useless
- warnings (e.g., `NULL redefined'), or `configure' may fail to
- detect the presence of header files (it takes the messages on
- standard error to mean the header file doesn't exist).
-
-`CPPFLAGS'
- Options to pass to the compiler preprocessor; this matters most for
- configuration, not the actual source compilation. The `configure'
- script often does only preprocessing (e.g., to check for the
- existence of #include files), and `CFLAGS' is not used for this.
- You may need to set this to something like
- `-I/usr/local/include/wwwhatever' if you have the libwww library
- installed for hyper-xdvik (see `xdvik/INSTALL').
-
-`DEFS'
- Additional preprocessor options, but not used by `configure'.
- Provided for enabling or disabling program features, as documented
- in the various program-specific installation instructions. `DEFS'
- comes before any compiler options included by the distribution
- `Makefile's or by `configure'.
-
-`LDFLAGS'
- Additional options to give to the loader. `LDFLAGS' comes before
- any other linker options.
-
-`LIBS'
- Additional libraries to link with.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: configure scenarios, Next: Shared library, Prev: configure environment, Up: Running configure
-
-2.2.4.4 `configure' scenarios
-.............................
-
-Here are some common installation scenarios:
-
- * Including X support in Metafont. This is disabled by default,
- since many sites have no use for it, and it's a leading cause of
- configuration problems.
- configure --with-x
-
- * Putting the binaries, TeX files, GNU info files, etc. into a single
- TeX hierarchy, say `/here/texmf', requires overriding defaults in
- `configure':
- configure --prefix=/here/texmf --datadir=/here
-
- * You can compile on multiple architectures simultaneously either by
- building symbolic link trees with the `lndir' script from the X11
- distribution, or with the `--srcdir' option:
- configure --srcdir=SRCDIR
-
- * If you are installing binaries for multiple architectures into a
- single hierarchy, you will probably want to override the default
- `bin' and `lib' directories, something like this:
- configure --prefix=TEXMF --datadir=TEXMF \
- --bindir=TEXMF/ARCH/bin --libdir=TEXMF/ARCH/lib
- make texmf=TEXMF
- (Unless you make provisions for architecture-specific files in
- other ways, e.g., with Depot or an automounter.)
-
- * To compile with optimization (to compile without debugging, remove
- the `-g'):
- env CFLAGS="-g -O" sh configure ...
- For a potential problem if you optimize, see *note TeX or Metafont
- failing: TeX or Metafont failing.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Shared library, Prev: configure scenarios, Up: Running configure
-
-2.2.4.5 Shared library
-......................
-
-You can compile Kpathsea as a shared library on a few systems, by
-specifying the option `--enable-shared' when you run `configure'.
-
- The main advantage in doing this is that the executables can then
-share the code, thus decreasing memory and disk space requirements.
-
- On some systems, you can record the location of shared libraries in a
-binary, usually by giving certain options to the linker. Then
-individual users do not need to set their system's environment variable
-(e.g., `LD_LIBRARY_PATH') to find shared libraries. If you want to do
-this, you will need to add the necessary options to `LDFLAGS' yourself;
-for example, on Solaris, include something like `-R${prefix}/lib', on
-IRIX or Linux, use `-rpath${prefix}/lib'. (Unfortunately, making this
-happen by default is very difficult, because of interactions with an
-existing installed shared library.)
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Running make, Next: Installing files, Prev: Running configure, Up: Custom installation
-
-2.2.5 Running `make'
---------------------
-
-`make' (still in the top-level directory). This also creates the
-`texmf.cnf' and `paths.h' files that define the default search paths,
-and (by default) the `plain' and `latex' TeX formats.
-
- You can override directory names and other values at `make'-time.
-`make/paths.make' lists the variables most commonly reset. For
-example, `make default_texsizes=600' changes the list of fallback
-resolutions.
-
- You can also override each of `configure''s environment variables
-(*note configure environment::). The Make variables have the same
-names.
-
- Finally, you can supply additional options via the following
-variables. (`configure' does not use these.)
-
-`XCPPFLAGS'
-`XDEFS'
- Preprocessor options.
-
-`XCFLAGS'
- Compiler options.
-
-`XLDFLAGS'
- Loader options (included at beginning of link commands).
-
-`XLOADLIBES'
- More loader options (included at end of link commands).
-
-`XMAKEARGS'
- Additional Make arguments passed to all sub-`make''s. You may need
- to include assignments to the other variables here via `XMAKEARGS';
- for example: `make XMAKEARGS="CFLAGS=-O XDEFS=-DA4"'.
-
- It's generally a bad idea to use a different compiler (`CC') or
-libraries (`LIBS') for compilation than you did for configuration,
-since the values `configure' determined may then be incorrect.
-
- Adding compiler options to change the "universe" you are using
-(typically BSD vs. system V) is generally a cause of trouble. It's
-best to use the native environment, whatever that is; `configure' and
-the software usually adapt best to that. In particular, under Solaris
-2.x, you should not use the BSD-compatibility library (`libucb') or
-include files (`ucbinclude').
-
- If you want to use the Babel LaTeX package for support of non-English
-typesetting, you need to modify some files before making the LaTeX
-format. See the file `install.txt' in the Babel distribution.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Installing files, Next: Cleaning up, Prev: Running make, Up: Custom installation
-
-2.2.6 Installing files
-----------------------
-
-The basic command is the usual `make install'. For security issues,
-*note Security::.
-
- The first time you install any manual in the GNU Info system, you
-should add a line (you choose where) to the file `dir' in your
-`$(infodir)' directory. Sample text for this is given near the top of
-the Texinfo source files (`kpathsea/kpathsea.texi',
-`dvipsk/dvips.texi', and `web2c/doc/web2c.texi'). If you have a recent
-version of the GNU Texinfo distribution installed
-(`ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu/texinfo-3.9.tar.gz' or later), this
-should happen automatically.
-
- On the offchance that this is your first Info installation, the
-`dir' file I use is included in the distribution as `etc/dir-example'.
-
- You may wish to use one of the following targets, especially if you
-are installing on multiple architectures:
- * `make install-exec' to install in architecture-dependent
- directories, i.e., ones that depend on the `$(exec_prefix)' Make
- variable. This includes links to binaries, libraries, etc., not
- just "executables".
-
- * `make install-data' to install in architecture-independent
- directories, such as documentation, configuration files, pool
- files, etc.
-
- If you use the Andrew File System, the normal path (e.g.,
-PREFIX/bin) only gets you to a read-only copy of the files, and you
-must specify a different path for installation. The best way to do this
-is by setting the `prefix' variable on the `make' command line. The
-sequence becomes something like this:
- configure --prefix=/whatever
- make
- make install prefix=/afs/.SYSTEM.NAME/system/1.3/@sys/whatever
- With AFS, you will definitely want to use relative filenames in
-`ls-R' (*note Filename database::), not absolute filenames. This is
-done by default, but check anyway.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Cleaning up, Next: Filename database generation, Prev: Installing files, Up: Custom installation
-
-2.2.7 Cleaning up
------------------
-
-The basic command is `make distclean'. This removes all files created
-by the build.
-
- Alternatively,
- * `make mostlyclean' if you intend to compile on another
- architecture. For Web2C, since the generated C files are portable,
- they are not removed. If the `lex' vs. `flex' situation is going
- to be different on the next machine, `rm web2c/lex.yy.c'.
-
- * `make clean' to remove files created by compiling, but leave
- configuration files and Makefiles.
-
- * `make maintainer-clean' to remove everything that the Makefiles can
- rebuild. This is more than `distclean' removes, and you should
- only use it if you are thoroughly conversant with (and have the
- necessary versions of) Autoconf.
-
- * `make extraclean' to remove other junk, e.g., core files, log
- files, patch rejects. This is independent of the other `clean'
- targets.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Filename database generation, Next: mktex scripts, Prev: Cleaning up, Up: Custom installation
-
-2.2.8 Filename database generation
-----------------------------------
-
-You will probably want to set up a `cron' entry on the appropriate
-machine(s) to rebuild the filename database nightly or so, as in:
- 0 0 * * * cd TEXMF && /BINDIR/mktexlsr
- *Note Filename database::.
-
- Although the `mktex...' scripts make every effort to add
-newly-created files on the fly, it can't hurt to make sure you get a
-fresh version every so often.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: mktex scripts, Next: Installation testing, Prev: Filename database generation, Up: Custom installation
-
-2.2.9 `mktex' scripts
----------------------
-
-If Kpathsea cannot otherwise find a file, for some file types it is
-configured by default to invoke an external program to create it
-dynamically (*note mktex configuration::). These are collectively
-known as "`mktex' scripts", since most of them are named `mktex...'.
-
- For example, this is useful for fonts (bitmaps, TFM's, and
-arbitrarily-sizable Metafont sources such as the Sauter and EC fonts),
-since any given document can use fonts never before referenced.
-Building all fonts in advance is therefore impractical, if not
-impossible.
-
- It is also useful for the TeX `.fmt' (and Metafont `.base' and
-Metapost `.mem' files, *note Memory dumps: (Web2c)Memory dumps.), where
-pre-generating every format consumes a lot of both time and space.
-
- The script is passed the name of the file to create and possibly
-other arguments, as explained below. It must echo the full pathname of
-the file it created (and nothing else) to standard output; it can write
-diagnostics to standard error.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* config: mktex configuration.
-* names: mktex script names.
-* args: mktex script arguments.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: mktex configuration, Next: mktex script names, Up: mktex scripts
-
-2.2.9.1 `mktex' configuration
-.............................
-
-The list of file types and program names that can run an external
-program to create missing files is listed in the next section. In the
-absence of `configure' options specifying otherwise, everything but
-`mktextex' will be enabled by default. The `configure' options to
-change the defaults are:
-
- --without-mktexfmt-default
- --without-mktexmf-default
- --without-mktexocp-default
- --without-mktexofm-default
- --without-mktexpk-default
- --without-mktextfm-default
- --with-mktextex-default
-
- The `configure' setting is overridden if the environment variable or
-configuration file value named for the script is set; e.g., `MKTEXPK'
-(*note mktex script arguments::).
-
- `mktexfmt' reads a file `fmtutil.cnf', typically located in
-`texmf/web2c/' to glean its configuration information. The rest of the
-files and features in this section are primarily intended for the font
-generation scripts.
-
- As distributed, all the scripts source a file
-`texmf/web2c/mktex.cnf' if it exists, so you can override various
-defaults. See `mktex.opt', for instance, which defines the default
-mode, resolution, some special directory names, etc. If you prefer not
-to change the distributed scripts, you can simply create `mktex.cnf'
-with the appropriate definitions (you do not need to create it if you
-have nothing to put in it). `mktex.cnf' has no special syntax; it's an
-arbitrary Bourne shell script. The distribution contains a sample
-`mktex.cnf' for you to copy and modify as you please (it is not
-installed anywhere).
-
- In addition, you can configure a number of features with the
-`MT_FEATURES' variable, which you can define:
-
- * in `mktex.opt', as just mentioned;
-
- * by editing the file `mktex.opt', either before `make install' (in
- the source hierarchy) or after (in the installed hierarchy);
-
- * or in the environment.
-
- If none of the options below are enabled, `mktexpk', `mktextfm', and
-`mktexmf' follow the following procedure to decide where fonts should
-be installed. Find the tree where the font's sources are, and test the
-permissions of the `fonts' directory of that tree to determine whether
-it is writable. If it is, put the files in the tree in appropriate
-locations. If it isn't writable, see whether the tree is a system tree
-(named in `SYSTEXMF'). If so, the `VARTEXFONTS' tree is used. In all
-other cases the working directory is used.
-
- The `appendonlydir' option is enabled by default.
-
-`appendonlydir'
- Tell `mktexdir' to create directories append-only, i.e., set their
- sticky bit (*note Mode Structure: (coreutils)Mode Structure.).
- This feature is silently ignored on non-Unix platforms (e.g.
- Windows/NT and MS-DOS) which don't support similar functionality.
- This feature is enabled by default.
-
-`dosnames'
- Use 8.3 names; e.g., `dpi600/cmr10.pk' instead of `cmr10.600pk'.
- Note that this feature only affects filenames that would otherwise
- clash with other TeX-related filenames; `mktex' scripts do nothing
- about filenames which exceed the 8+3 MS-DOS limits but remain
- unique when truncated (by the OS) to these limits, and nether do
- the scripts care about possible clashes with files which aren't
- related with TeX. For example, `cmr10.600pk' would clash with
- `cmr10.600gf' and is therefore changed when `dosnames' is in
- effect, but `mf.pool' and `mp.base' don't clash with any
- TeX-related files and are therefore unchanged.
-
- This feature is turned on by default on MS-DOS. If you do not wish
- `dosnames' to be set on an MS-DOS platform, you need to set the
- `MT_FEATURES' environment variable to a value that doesn't include
- `dosnames'. You can also change the default setting by editing
- `mktex.opt', but only if you use the `mktex' shell scripts; the
- emulation programs don't consult `mktex.opt'.
-
-`fontmaps'
- Instead of deriving the location of a font in the destination tree
- from the location of the sources, the aliases and directory names
- from the Fontname distribution are used. (*note Introduction:
- (fontname)Top.).
-
-`nomfdrivers'
- Let mktexpk and mktextfm create metafont driver files in a
- temporary directory. These will be used for just one metafont run
- and not installed permanently.
-
-`nomode'
- Omit the directory level for the mode name; this is fine as long as
- you generate fonts for only one mode.
-
-`stripsupplier'
- Omit the font supplier name directory level.
-
-`striptypeface'
- Omit the font typeface name directory level.
-
-`strip'
- Omit the font supplier and typeface name directory levels. This
- feature is deprecated in favour of `stripsupplier' and
- `striptypeface'.
-
-`varfonts'
- When this option is enabled, fonts that would otherwise be written
- in system texmf tree go to the `VARTEXFONTS' tree instead. The
- default value in `kpathsea/Makefile.in' is `/var/tmp/texfonts'.
- The `Linux File System Standard' recommends `/var/tex/fonts'.
-
- The `varfonts' setting in `MT_FEATURES' is overridden by the
- `USE_VARTEXFONTS' environment variable: if set to `1', the feature
- is enabled, and if set to `0', the feature is disabled.
-
-`texmfvar'
- Force generated files that would go into a system tree (as defined
- by `SYSTEXMF') into `TEXMFVAR'. Starting with teTeX-3.0, the
- variable `TEXMFVAR' is always set. The `varfonts' feature takes
- precedence if also set.
-
- The `texmfvar' setting in `MT_FEATURES' is overridden by the
- `USE_TEXMFVAR' environment variable: if set to `1', the feature is
- enabled, and if set to `0', the feature is disabled.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: mktex script names, Next: mktex script arguments, Prev: mktex configuration, Up: mktex scripts
-
-2.2.9.2 `mktex' script names
-............................
-
-The following table shows the default name of the script for each of
-the file types which support runtime generation.
-
-`mktexfmt'
- (`.fmt', `.base', `.mem') TeX/Metafont/MetaPost formats. This
- script is also named `fmtutil', and reads `fmtutil.cnf' for
- configuration information.
-
-`mktexmf'
- (`.mf') Metafont input files.
-
-`mkocp'
- (`.ocp') Omega compiled process files.
-
-`mkofm'
- (`.ofm') Omega font metric files.
-
-`mktexpk'
- (`pk') Glyph fonts.
-
-`mktextex'
- (`.tex') TeX input files (disabled by default).
-
-`mktextfm'
- (`.tfm') TFM files.
-
-These names can be overridden by an environment variable specific to
-the program--for example, `DVIPSMAKEPK' for Dvipsk.
-
- If a `mktex...' script fails, the invocation is appended to a file
-`missfont.log' (by default) in the current directory. You can then
-execute the log file to create the missing files after fixing the
-problem.
-
- If the current directory is not writable and the environment
-variable or configuration file value `TEXMFOUTPUT' is set, its value is
-used. Otherwise, nothing is written. The name `missfont.log' is
-overridden by the `MISSFONT_LOG' environment variable or configuration
-file value.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: mktex script arguments, Prev: mktex script names, Up: mktex scripts
-
-2.2.9.3 `mktex' script arguments
-................................
-
-The first argument to a `mktex' script is always the name of the file
-to be created.
-
- In the default `mktexpk' implementation, additional arguments may
-also be passed:
-
-`--dpi NUM'
- Sets the resolution of the generated font to NUM.
-
-`--mfmode NAME'
- Sets the Metafont mode to NAME.
-
-`--bdpi NUM'
- Sets the "base dpi" for the font. This must match the mode being
- used.
-
-`--mag STRING'
- A "magstep" string suitable for the Metafont `mag' variable. This
- must match the combination of BDPI and DPI being used.
-
-`--destdir STRING'
- A directory name. If the directory is absolute, it is used as-is.
- Otherwise, it is appended to the root destination directory set in
- the script.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Installation testing, Prev: mktex scripts, Up: Custom installation
-
-2.2.10 Installation testing
----------------------------
-
-Besides the tests listed in *note Simple installation::, you can try
-running `make check'. This includes the torture tests (trip, trap, and
-mptrap) that come with Web2c (*note Triptrap: (web2c)Triptrap.).
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Security, Next: TeX directory structure, Prev: Custom installation, Up: Installation
-
-2.3 Security
-============
-
-None of the programs in the TeX system require any special system
-privileges, so there's no first-level security concern of people gaining
-illegitimate root access.
-
- A TeX document, however, can write to arbitrary files, e.g.,
-`~/.rhosts', and thus an unwitting user who runs TeX on a random
-document is vulnerable to a trojan horse attack. This loophole is
-closed by default, but you can be permissive if you so desire in
-`texmf.cnf'. *Note tex invocation: (web2c)tex invocation. MetaPost has
-the same issue.
-
- Dvips, Xdvi, and TeX can also execute shell commands under some
-circumstances. To disable this, see the `-R' option in *note Option
-details: (dvips)Option details, the xdvi man page, and *note tex
-invocation: (web2c)tex invocation, respectively.
-
- Another security issue arises because it's very useful--almost
-necessary--to make arbitrary fonts on user demand with `mktexpk' and
-friends. Where do these files get installed? By default, the
-`mktexpk' distributed with Kpathsea assumes a world-writable `/var/tmp'
-directory; this is a simple and convenient approach, but it may not
-suit your situation because it means that a local cache of fonts is
-created on every machine.
-
- To avoid this duplication, many people consider a shared, globally
-writable font tree desirable, in spite of the potential security
-problems. To do this you should change the value of `VARTEXFONTS' in
-`texmf.cnf' to refer to some globally known directory. *Note mktex
-configuration::.
-
- The first restriction you can apply is to make newly-created
-directories under `texmf' be append-only with an option in `mktex.cnf'.
-*Note mktex configuration::.
-
- Another approach is to establish a group (or user) for TeX files,
-make the `texmf' tree writable only to that group (or user), and make
-`mktexpk' et al. setgid to that group (or setuid to that user). Then
-users must invoke the scripts to install things. (If you're worried
-about the inevitable security holes in scripts, then you could write a
-C wrapper to exec the script.)
-
- The `mktex...' scripts install files with the same read and write
-permissions as the directory they are installed in. The executable,
-sgid, suid, and sticky bits are always cleared.
-
- Any directories created by the `mktex...' scripts have the same
-permissions as their parent directory, unless the `appendonlydir'
-feature is used, in which case the sticky bit is always set.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: TeX directory structure, Next: unixtex.ftp, Prev: Security, Up: Installation
-
-2.4 TeX directory structure
-===========================
-
-This section describes the default installation hierarchy of the
-distribution. It conforms to both the GNU coding standards and the TeX
-directory structure (TDS) standard. For rationale and further
-explanation, please see those documents. The GNU standard is available
-as `ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu/standards/standards.texi' and
-mirrors. The TDS document is available from `CTAN:/tex-archive/tds'
-(*note unixtex.ftp::).
-
- You can change the default paths in many ways (*note Changing search
-paths::). One common desire is to put everything (binaries and all)
-under a single top-level directory such as `/usr/local/texmf' or
-`/opt/texmf'--in the terms used below, make PREFIX and TEXMF the same.
-For specific instructions on doing that, see *note configure
-scenarios::.
-
- Here is a skeleton of the default directory structure, extracted from
-the TDS document:
-
- PREFIX/ installation root (`/usr/local' by default)
- bin/ executables
- man/ man pages
- include/ C header files
- info/ GNU info files
- lib/ libraries (`libkpathsea.*')
- share/ architecture-independent files
- texmf/ TDS root
- bibtex/ BibTeX input files
- bib/ BibTeX databases
- base/ base distribution (e.g., `xampl.bib')
- misc/ single-file databases
- PKG/ name of a package
- bst/ BibTeX style files
- base/ base distribution (e.g., `plain.bst', `acm.bst')
- misc/ single-file styles
- PKG/ name of a package
- doc/ additional documentation
- dvips/ `.pro', `.ps', `psfonts.map'
- fonts/ font-related files
- TYPE/ file type (e.g., `tfm', `pk')
- MODE/ type of output device (types `pk' and `gf' only)
- SUPPLIER/ name of a font supplier (e.g., `public')
- TYPEFACE/ name of a typeface (e.g., `cm')
- dpiNNN/ font resolution (types `pk' and `gf' only)
- metafont/ Metafont (non-font) input files
- base/ base distribution (e.g., `plain.mf')
- misc/ single-file packages (e.g., `modes.mf')
- PKG/ name of a package (e.g., `mfpic')
- metapost/ MetaPost input files
- base/ base distribution (e.g., `plain.mp')
- misc/ single-file packages
- PKG/ name of a package
- support/ support files for MetaPost-related utilities (e.g., `trfonts.map')
- mft/ `MFT' inputs (e.g., `plain.mft')
- tex/ TeX input files
- FORMAT/ name of a format (e.g., `plain')
- base/ base distribution for FORMAT (e.g., `plain.tex')
- misc/ single-file packages (e.g., `webmac.tex')
- local/ local additions to or local configuration files for FORMAT
- PKG/ name of a package (e.g., `graphics', `mfnfss')
- generic/ format-independent packages
- hyphen/ hyphenation patterns (e.g., `hyphen.tex')
- images/ image input files (e.g., Encapsulated PostScript)
- misc/ single-file format-independent packages (e.g., `null.tex').
- PKG/ name of a package (e.g., `babel')
- web2c/ implementation-dependent files (`.pool', `.fmt', `texmf.cnf', etc.)
-
- Some concrete examples for most file types:
-
- /usr/local/bin/tex
- /usr/local/man/man1/xdvi.1
- /usr/local/info/kpathsea.info
- /usr/local/lib/libkpathsea.a
- /usr/local/share/texmf/bibtex/bst/base/plain.bst
- /usr/local/share/texmf/fonts/pk/ljfour/public/cm/cmr10.600pk
- /usr/local/share/texmf/fonts/source/public/pandora/pnr10.mf
- /usr/local/share/texmf/fonts/tfm/public/cm/cmr10.tfm
- /usr/local/share/texmf/fonts/type1/adobe/utopia/putr.pfa
- /usr/local/share/texmf/metafont/base/plain.mf
- /usr/local/share/texmf/metapost/base/plain.mp
- /usr/local/share/texmf/tex/plain/base/plain.tex
- /usr/local/share/texmf/tex/generic/hyphen/hyphen.tex
- /usr/local/share/texmf/web2c/tex.pool
- /usr/local/share/texmf/web2c/tex.fmt
- /usr/local/share/texmf/web2c/texmf.cnf
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: unixtex.ftp, Next: Reporting bugs, Prev: TeX directory structure, Up: Installation
-
-2.5 `unixtex.ftp': Obtaining TeX
-================================
-
-This is `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/unixtex.ftp', last updated 13 June 2010.
-Also available as `http://www.tug.org/unixtex.ftp'. Email
-<tex-k@tug.org> with comments or questions.
-
- The principal free TeX distribution for Unix-like systems is TeX
-Live, on the web at `http://tug.org/texlive'. The pages there describe
-many ways to acquire TeX, over the Internet or on physical media, both
-the sources and precompiled binaries for many systems, either
-standalone or as part of various operating system distributions.
-
- Web2C, Kpathsea, Dvips, and Dviljk are no longer released as a
-separate packages. Their sources are now maintained as part of TeX
-Live.
-
- The host ftp.cs.stanford.edu is the original source for the files
-for which Donald Knuth is directly responsible: `tex.web', `plain.tex',
-etc. However, unless you want to build your TeX library tree ab initio,
-it is more reliable and less work to retrieve these files as part of a
-larger package. In any case, that ftp site is not the canonical source
-for anything except what was created as part of Stanford TeX project,
-so do not rely on the other files available there being up-to-date.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Reporting bugs, Prev: unixtex.ftp, Up: Installation
-
-2.6 Reporting bugs
-==================
-
-(A copy of this chapter is in the file `kpathsea/BUGS'.)
-
-If you have problems or suggestions, please report them to
-<tex-k@tug.org> using the bug checklist below.
-
- Please report bugs in the documentation; not only factual errors or
-inconsistent behavior, but unclear or incomplete explanations, typos,
-wrong fonts, ...
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Bug checklist:: What to include in a good bug report.
-* Mailing lists:: Joining the bugs or announcements mailing lists.
-* Debugging:: Analyzing runtime problems.
-* Logging:: Recording searches.
-* Common problems:: When things go wrong.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Bug checklist, Next: Mailing lists, Up: Reporting bugs
-
-2.6.1 Bug checklist
--------------------
-
-Before reporting a bug, please check below to be sure it isn't already
-known (*note Common problems::).
-
- Bug reports should be sent via electronic mail to <tex-k@tug.org>.
-
- The general principle is that a good bug report includes all the
-information necessary for reproduction. Therefore, to enable
-investigation, your report should include the following:
-
- * The version number(s) of the program(s) involved, and of Kpathsea
- itself. You can get the former by giving a sole option `--version'
- to the program, and the latter by running `kpsewhich --version'.
- The `NEWS' and `ChangeLog' files also contain the version number.
-
- * The hardware, operating system (including version number),
- compiler, and `make' program you are using (the output of `uname
- -a' is a start on the first two, though often incomplete). If the
- bug involves the X window system, include X version and supplier
- information as well (examples: X11R6 from MIT; X11R4 from HP;
- OpenWindows 3.3 bundled with SunOS 4.1.4).
-
- * Any options you gave to `configure'. This is recorded in the
- `config.status' files.
-
- If you are reporting a bug in `configure' itself, it's probably
- system-dependent, and it will be unlikely the maintainers can do
- anything useful if you merely report that thus-and-such is broken.
- Therefore, you need to do some additional work: for some bugs, you
- can look in the file `config.log' where the test that failed should
- appear, along with the compiler invocation and source program in
- question. You can then compile it yourself by hand, and discover
- why the test failed. Other `configure' bugs do not involve the
- compiler; in that case, the only recourse is to inspect the
- `configure' shell script itself, or the Autoconf macros that
- generated `configure'.
-
- * The log of all debugging output, if the bug is in path searching.
- You can get this by setting the environment variable
- `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' before running the program. Please look
- at the log yourself to make sure the behavior is really a bug
- before reporting it; perhaps "old" environment variable settings
- are causing files not to be found, for example.
-
- * The contents of any input files necessary to reproduce the bug.
- For bugs in DVI-reading programs, for example, this generally
- means a DVI file (and any EPS or other files it uses)--TeX source
- files are helpful, but the DVI file is necessary, because that's
- the actual program input.
-
- * If you are sending a patch (do so if you can!), please do so in
- the form of a context diff (`diff -c') against the original
- distribution source. Any other form of diff is either not as
- complete or harder for me to understand. Please also include a
- `ChangeLog' entry.
-
- * If the bug involved is an actual crash (i.e., core dump), it is
- easy and useful to include a stack trace from a debugger (I
- recommend the GNU debugger GDB, available from
- `ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu'). If the cause is apparent (a
- `NULL' value being dereferenced, for example), please send the
- details along. If the program involved is TeX or Metafont, and
- the crash is happening at apparently-sound code, however, the bug
- may well be in the compiler, rather than in the program or the
- library (*note TeX or Metafont failing: TeX or Metafont failing.).
-
- * Any additional information that will be helpful in reproducing,
- diagnosing, or fixing the bug.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Mailing lists, Next: Debugging, Prev: Bug checklist, Up: Reporting bugs
-
-2.6.2 Mailing lists
--------------------
-
-Web2c and Kpathsea in general are discussed on the mailing list
-<tex-k@tug.org>. To join, email <tex-k-request@tug.org> with a line
-consisting of
-
- subscribe YOU@YOUR.PREFERRED.EMAIL.ADDRESS
-
-in the body of the message.
-
- You do not need to join to submit a report, nor will it affect
-whether you get a response. There is no Usenet newsgroup equivalent
-(if you can be the one to set this up, email `tex-k-request'). Traffic
-on the list is fairly light, and is mainly bug reports and enhancement
-requests to the software. The best way to decide if you want to join
-or not is read some of the archives from
-`ftp://ftp.tug.org/mail/archives/tex-k/'.
-
- Be aware that large data files are sometimes included in bug reports.
-If this is a problem for you, do not join the list.
-
- If you are looking for general TeX help, such as how to use LaTeX,
-please use the mailing list <texhax@tug.org> mailing list
-(`http://lists.tug.org/texhax') which is gatewayed to the
-`comp.text.tex' Usenet newsgroup (or post to the newsgroup; the gateway
-is bidirectional).
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Debugging, Next: Logging, Prev: Mailing lists, Up: Reporting bugs
-
-2.6.3 Debugging
----------------
-
-Kpathsea provides a number of runtime debugging options, detailed below
-by their names and corresponding numeric values. When the files you
-expect aren't being found, the thing to do is enable these options and
-examine the output.
-
- You can set these with some runtime argument (e.g., `-d') to the
-program; in that case, you should use the numeric values described in
-the program's documentation (which, for Dvipsk and Xdvik, are different
-than those below). It's best to give the `-d' (or whatever) option
-first, for maximal output. Dvipsk and Xdvik have additional
-program-specific debugging options as well.
-
- You can also set the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG'; in this
-case, you should use the numbers below. If you run the program under a
-debugger and set the instance variable `kpse->debug', also use the
-numbers below.
-
- In any case, by far the simplest value to use is `-1', which will
-turn on all debugging output. This is usually better than guessing
-which particular values will yield the output you need.
-
- Debugging output always goes to standard error, so you can redirect
-it easily. For example, in Bourne-compatible shells:
- dvips -d -1 ... 2>/tmp/debug
-
- It is sometimes helpful to run the standalone Kpsewhich utility
-(*note Invoking kpsewhich::), instead of the original program.
-
- In any case, you can _not_ use the _names_ below; you must always
-use somebody's numbers. (Sorry.) To set more than one option, just
-sum the corresponding numbers.
-
-`KPSE_DEBUG_STAT (1)'
- Report `stat'(2) calls. This is useful for verifying that your
- directory structure is not forcing Kpathsea to do many additional
- file tests (*note Slow path searching::, and *note Subdirectory
- expansion::). If you are using an up-to-date `ls-R' database
- (*note Filename database::), this should produce no output unless a
- nonexistent file that must exist is searched for.
-
-`KPSE_DEBUG_HASH (2)'
- Report lookups in all hash tables: `ls-R' and `aliases' (*note
- Filename database::); font aliases (*note Fontmap::); and config
- file values (*note Config files::). Useful when expected values
- are not being found, e.g.., file searches are looking at the disk
- instead of using `ls-R'.
-
-`KPSE_DEBUG_FOPEN (4)'
- Report file openings and closings. Especially useful when your
- system's file table is full, for seeing which files have been
- opened but never closed. In case you want to set breakpoints in a
- debugger: this works by redefining `fopen' (`fclose') to be
- `kpse_fopen_trace' (`kpse_fclose_trace').
-
-`KPSE_DEBUG_PATHS (8)'
- Report general path information for each file type Kpathsea is
- asked to search. This is useful when you are trying to track down
- how a particular path got defined--from `texmf.cnf', `config.ps',
- an environment variable, the compile-time default, etc. This is
- the contents of the `kpse_format_info_type' structure defined in
- `tex-file.h'.
-
-`KPSE_DEBUG_EXPAND (16)'
- Report the directory list corresponding to each path element
- Kpathsea searches. This is only relevant when Kpathsea searches
- the disk, since `ls-R' searches don't look through directory lists
- in this way.
-
-`KPSE_DEBUG_SEARCH (32)'
- Report on each file search: the name of the file searched for, the
- path searched in, whether or not the file must exist (when drivers
- search for `cmr10.vf', it need not exist), and whether or not we
- are collecting all occurrences of the file in the path (as with,
- e.g., `texmf.cnf' and `texfonts.map'), or just the first (as with
- most lookups). This can help you correlate what Kpathsea is doing
- with what is in your input file.
-
-`KPSE_DEBUG_VARS (64)'
- Report the value of each variable Kpathsea looks up. This is
- useful for verifying that variables do indeed obtain their correct
- values.
-
-`GSFTOPK_DEBUG (128)'
- Activates debugging printout specific to `gsftopk' program.
-
-`MAKETEX_DEBUG (512)'
- If you use the optional `mktex' programs instead of the
- traditional shell scripts, this will report the name of the site
- file (`mktex.cnf' by default) which is read, directories created by
- `mktexdir', the full path of the `ls-R' database built by
- `mktexlsr', font map searches, `MT_FEATURES' in effect, parameters
- from `mktexnam', filenames added by `mktexupd', and some
- subsidiary commands run by the programs.
-
-`MAKETEX_FINE_DEBUG (1024)'
- When the optional `mktex' programs are used, this will print
- additional debugging info from functions internal to these
- programs.
-
- Debugging output from Kpathsea is always written to standard error,
-and begins with the string `kdebug:'. (Except for hash table buckets,
-which just start with the number, but you can only get that output
-running under a debugger. See comments at the `hash_summary_only'
-variable in `kpathsea/db.c'.)
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Logging, Next: Common problems, Prev: Debugging, Up: Reporting bugs
-
-2.6.4 Logging
--------------
-
-Kpathsea can record the time and filename found for each successful
-search. This may be useful in finding good candidates for deletion when
-your filesystem is full, or in discovering usage patterns at your site.
-
- To do this, define the environment or config file variable
-`TEXMFLOG'. The value is the name of the file to append the
-information to. The file is created if it doesn't exist, and appended
-to if it does.
-
- Each successful search turns into one line in the log file: two words
-separated by a space. The first word is the time of the search, as the
-integer number of seconds since "the epoch", i.e., UTC midnight 1
-January 1970 (more precisely, the result of the `time' system call).
-The second word is the filename.
-
- For example, after `setenv TEXMFLOG /tmp/log', running Dvips on
-`story.dvi' appends the following lines:
-
- 774455887 /usr/local/share/texmf/dvips/config.ps
- 774455887 /usr/local/share/texmf/dvips/psfonts.map
- 774455888 /usr/local/share/texmf/dvips/texc.pro
- 774455888 /usr/local/share/texmf/fonts/pk/ljfour/public/cm/cmbx10.600pk
- 774455889 /usr/local/share/texmf/fonts/pk/ljfour/public/cm/cmsl10.600pk
- 774455889 /usr/local/share/texmf/fonts/pk/ljfour/public/cm/cmr10.600pk
- 774455889 /usr/local/share/texmf/dvips/texc.pro
-
-Only filenames that are absolute are recorded, to preserve some
-semblance of privacy.
-
- In addition to this Kpathsea-specific logging, `pdftex' provides an
-option `-recorder' to write the names of all files accessed during a
-run to the file `BASEFILE.fls'.
-
- Finally, most systems provide a general tool to output each system
-call, thus including opening and closing files. It might be named
-`strace', `truss', `struss', or something else.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Common problems, Prev: Logging, Up: Reporting bugs
-
-2.6.5 Common problems
----------------------
-
-Here are some common problems with configuration, compilation, linking,
-execution, ...
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Unable to find files:: If your program can't find fonts (or whatever).
-* Slow path searching:: If it takes forever to find anything.
-* Unable to generate fonts:: If mktexpk fails.
-* TeX or Metafont failing:: Likely compiler bugs.
-
-* Empty Makefiles:: When configure produces empty makefiles.
-* XtStrings:: When _XtStrings is undefined.
-* dlopen:: When dlopen is undefined.
-* ShellWidgetClass:: For dynamic linking troubles under OpenWindows.
-* Pointer combination warnings:: For old compilers that don't grok char *.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Unable to find files, Next: Slow path searching, Up: Common problems
-
-2.6.5.1 Unable to find files
-............................
-
-If a program complains it cannot find fonts (or other input files), any
-of several things might be wrong. In any case, you may find the
-debugging options helpful. *Note Debugging::.
-
- * Perhaps you simply haven't installed all the necessary files; the
- basic fonts and input files are distributed separately from the
- programs. *Note unixtex.ftp::.
-
- * You have (perhaps unknowingly) told Kpathsea to use search paths
- that don't reflect where the files actually are. One common cause
- is having environment variables set from a previous installation,
- thus overriding what you carefully set in `texmf.cnf' (*note
- Supported file formats::). System `/etc/profile' or other files
- such may be the culprit.
-
- * Your files reside in a directory that is only pointed to via a
- symbolic link, in a leaf directory and is not listed in `ls-R'.
-
- Unfortunately, Kpathsea's subdirectory searching has an
- irremediable deficiency: If a directory D being searched for
- subdirectories contains plain files and symbolic links to other
- directories, but no true subdirectories, D will be considered a
- leaf directory, i.e., the symbolic links will not be followed.
- *Note Subdirectory expansion::.
-
- You can work around this problem by creating an empty dummy
- subdirectory in D. Then D will no longer be a leaf, and the
- symlinks will be followed.
-
- The directory immediately followed by the `//' in the path
- specification, however, is always searched for subdirectories,
- even if it is a leaf. Presumably you would not have asked for the
- directory to be searched for subdirectories if you didn't want it
- to be.
-
- * If the fonts (or whatever) don't already exist, `mktexpk' (or
- `mktexmf' or `mktextfm') will try to create them. If these rather
- complicated shell scripts fail, you'll eventually get an error
- message saying something like `Can't find font FONTNAME'. The best
- solution is to fix (or at least report) the bug in `mktexpk'; the
- workaround is to generate the necessary fonts by hand with
- Metafont, or to grab them from a CTAN site (*note unixtex.ftp::).
-
- * There is a bug in the library. *Note Reporting bugs::.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Slow path searching, Next: Unable to generate fonts, Prev: Unable to find files, Up: Common problems
-
-2.6.5.2 Slow path searching
-...........................
-
-If your program takes an excessively long time to find fonts or other
-input files, but does eventually succeed, here are some possible
-culprits:
-
- * Most likely, you just have a lot of directories to search, and that
- takes a noticeable time. The solution is to create and maintain a
- separate `ls-R' file that lists all the files in your main TeX
- hierarchy. *Note Filename database::. Kpathsea always uses `ls-R'
- if it's present; there's no need to recompile or reconfigure any
- of the programs.
-
- * Your recursively-searched directories (e.g.,
- `/usr/local/share/texmf/fonts//'), contain a mixture of files and
- directories. This prevents Kpathsea from using a useful
- optimization (*note Subdirectory expansion::).
-
- It is best to have only directories (and perhaps a `README') in the
- upper levels of the directory structure, and it's very important
- to have _only_ files, and no subdirectories, in the leaf
- directories where the dozens of TFM, PK, or whatever files reside.
-
- In any case, you may find the debugging options helpful in
-determining precisely when the disk or network is being pounded. *Note
-Debugging::.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Unable to generate fonts, Next: TeX or Metafont failing, Prev: Slow path searching, Up: Common problems
-
-2.6.5.3 Unable to generate fonts
-................................
-
-Metafont outputs fonts in bitmap format, tuned for a particular device
-at a particular resolution, in order to allow for the highest-possible
-quality of output. Some DVI-to-whatever programs, such as Dvips, try
-to generate these on the fly when they are needed, but this generation
-may fail in several cases.
-
- If `mktexpk' runs, but fails with this error:
- mktexpk: Can't guess mode for NNN dpi devices.
- mktexpk: Use a config file to specify the mode, or update me.
- you need to ensure the resolution and mode match; just specifying
-the resolution, as in `-D 360', is not enough.
-
- You can specify the mode name with the `-mode' option on the Dvips
-command line, or in a Dvips configuration file (*note Config files:
-(dvips)Config files.), such as `config.ps' in your document directory,
-`~/.dvipsrc' in your home directory, or in a system directory (again
-named `config.ps'). (Other drivers use other files, naturally.)
-
- For example, if you need 360dpi fonts, you could include this in a
-configuration file:
- D 360
- M lqmed
-
- If Metafont runs, but generates fonts at the wrong resolution or for
-the wrong device, most likely `mktexpk''s built-in guess for the mode
-is wrong, and you should override it as above.
-
- See `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/modes.mf' for a list of resolutions and
-mode names for most devices (additional submissions are welcome).
-
- If Metafont runs but generates fonts at a resolution of 2602dpi (and
-prints out the name of each character as well as just a character
-number, and maybe tries to display the characters), then your Metafont
-base file probably hasn't been made properly. (It's using the default
-`proof' mode, instead of an actual device mode.) To make a proper
-`plain.base', assuming the local mode definitions are contained in a
-file `modes.mf', run the following command (assuming Unix):
-
- inimf "plain; input modes; dump"
-
-Then copy the `plain.base' file from the current directory to where the
-base files are stored on your system (`/usr/local/share/texmf/web2c' by
-default), and make a link (either hard or soft) from `plain.base' to
-`mf.base' in that directory. *Note inimf invocation: (web2c)inimf
-invocation.
-
- If `mf' is a command not found at all by `mktexpk', then you need to
-install Metafont (*note unixtex.ftp::).
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: TeX or Metafont failing, Next: Empty Makefiles, Prev: Unable to generate fonts, Up: Common problems
-
-2.6.5.4 TeX or Metafont failing
-...............................
-
-If TeX or Metafont get a segmentation fault or otherwise fail while
-running a normal input file, the problem is usually a compiler bug
-(unlikely as that may sound). Even if the trip and trap tests are
-passed, problems may lurk. Optimization occasionally causes trouble in
-programs other than TeX and Metafont themselves, too.
-
- Insufficient swap space may also cause core dumps or other erratic
-behavior.
-
- For a workaround, if you enabled any optimization flags, it's best to
-omit optimization entirely. In any case, the way to find the facts is
-to run the program under the debugger and see where it's failing.
-
- Also, if you have trouble with a system C compiler, I advise trying
-the GNU C compiler. And vice versa, unfortunately; but in that case I
-also recommend reporting a bug to the GCC mailing list; see *note Bugs:
-(gcc)Bugs.
-
- To report compiler bugs effectively requires perseverance and
-perspicacity: you must find the miscompiled line, and that usually
-involves delving backwards in time from the point of error, checking
-through TeX's (or whatever program's) data structures. Things are not
-helped by all-too-common bugs in the debugger itself. Good luck.
-
- One known cause of trouble is the way arrays are handled. Some of
-the Pascal arrays have a lower index other than 0, and the C code will
-take the pointer to the allocated memory, subtract the lower index, and
-use the resulting pointer for the array. While this trick often works,
-ANSI C doesn't guarantee that it will. It it known to fail on HP-UX 10
-machines when the native compiler is used, unless the `+u' compiler
-switch was specified. Using GCC will work on this platform as well.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Empty Makefiles, Next: XtStrings, Prev: TeX or Metafont failing, Up: Common problems
-
-2.6.5.5 Empty Makefiles
-.......................
-
-On some systems (NetBSD, FreeBSD, AIX 4.1, and Mach10), `configure' may
-fail to properly create the Makefiles. Instead, you get an error which
-looks something like this:
-
- prompt$ ./configure
- ...
- creating Makefile
- sed: 1: "\\@^ac_include make/pat ...": \ can not
- be used as a string delimiter
-
- So far as I know, the bug here is in `/bin/sh' on these systems. I
-don't have access to a machine running any of them, so if someone can
-find a workaround that avoids the quoting bug, I'd be most grateful.
-(Search for `ac_include' in the `configure' script to get to the
-problematic code.)
-
- It should work to run `bash configure', instead of using `/bin/sh'.
-You can get Bash from `ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu' and mirrors.
-
- Another possible cause (reported for NeXT) is a bug in the `sed'
-command. In that case the error may look like this:
-
- Unrecognized command: \@^ac_include make/paths.make@r make/paths.make
-
- In this case, installing GNU `sed' should solve the problem. You
-can get GNU `sed' from the same places as Bash.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: XtStrings, Next: dlopen, Prev: Empty Makefiles, Up: Common problems
-
-2.6.5.6 `XtStrings'
-...................
-
-You may find that linking X programs results in an error from the linker
-that `XtStrings' is undefined, something like this:
-
- gcc -o virmf ...
- .../x11.c:130: undefined reference to `XtStrings'
-
- This generally happens because of a mismatch between the X include
-files with which you compiled and the X libraries with which you linked;
-often, the include files are from MIT and the libraries from Sun.
-
- The solution is to use the same X distribution for compilation and
-linking. Probably `configure' was unable to guess the proper
-directories from your installation. You can use the `configure'
-options `--x-includes=PATH' and `--x-libraries=PATH' to explicitly
-specify them.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: dlopen, Next: ShellWidgetClass, Prev: XtStrings, Up: Common problems
-
-2.6.5.7 `dlopen'
-................
-
-(This section adapted from the file `dlsym.c' in the X distribution.)
-
- The `Xlib' library uses the standard C function `wcstombs'. Under
-SunOS 4.1, `wcstombs' uses the `dlsym' interface defined in `libdl.so'.
-Unfortunately, the SunOS 4.1 distribution does not include a static
-`libdl.a' library.
-
- As a result, if you try to link an X program statically under SunOS,
-you may get undefined references to `dlopen', `dlsym', and `dlclose'.
-One workaround is to include these definitions when you link:
-
- void *dlopen() { return 0; }
- void *dlsym() { return 0; }
- int dlclose() { return -1; }
-
-These are contained in the `dlsym.c' file in the MIT X distribution.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: ShellWidgetClass, Next: Pointer combination warnings, Prev: dlopen, Up: Common problems
-
-2.6.5.8 `ShellWidgetClass'
-..........................
-
-(This section adapted from the comp.sys.sun.admin FAQ.)
-
- If you are linking with Sun's OpenWindows libraries in SunOS 4.1.x,
-you may get undefined symbols `_get_wmShellWidgetClass' and
-`_get_applicationShellWidgetClass' when linking. This problem does not
-arise using the standard MIT X libraries under SunOS.
-
- The cause is bugs in the `Xmu' shared library as shipped from Sun.
-There are several fixes:
-
- * Install the free MIT distribution from `ftp.x.org' and mirrors.
-
- * Get the OpenWindows patches listed below.
-
- * Statically link the `Xmu' library into the executable.
-
- * Avoid using `Xmu' at all. If you are compiling Metafont, see *note
- Online Metafont graphics: (web2c)Online Metafont graphics. If you
- are compiling Xdvi, see the `-DNOTOOL' option in `xdvik/INSTALL'.
-
- * Ignore the errors. The binary runs fine regardless.
-
-
- Here is the information for getting the two patches:
-
- Patch ID: 100512-02
- Bug ID's: 1086793, 1086912, 1074766
- Description: 4.1.x OpenWindows 3.0 `libXt' jumbo patch
-
- Patch ID: 100573-03
- Bug ID: 1087332
- Description: 4.1.x OpenWindows 3.0 undefined symbols when using shared `libXmu'.
-
- The way to statically link with `libXmu' depends on whether you are
-using a Sun compiler (e.g., `cc') or `gcc'. If the latter, alter the
-`x_libs' Make variable to include
-
- -static -lXmu -dynamic
-
- If you are using the Sun compiler, use `-Bstatic' and `-Bdynamic'.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Pointer combination warnings, Prev: ShellWidgetClass, Up: Common problems
-
-2.6.5.9 Pointer combination warnings
-....................................
-
-When compiling with old C compilers, you may get some warnings about
-"illegal pointer combinations". These are spurious; just ignore them.
-I decline to clutter up the source with casts to get rid of them.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Path searching, Next: TeX support, Prev: Installation, Up: Top
-
-3 Path searching
-****************
-
-This chapter describes the generic path searching mechanism Kpathsea
-provides. For information about searching for particular file types
-(e.g., TeX fonts), see the next chapter.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Searching overview:: Basic scheme for searching.
-* Path sources:: Where search paths can be defined.
-* Path expansion:: Special constructs in search paths.
-* Filename database:: Using an externally-built list to search.
-* Invoking kpsewhich:: Standalone path lookup.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Searching overview, Next: Path sources, Up: Path searching
-
-3.1 Searching overview
-======================
-
-A "search path" is a colon-separated list of "path elements", which are
-directory names with a few extra frills. A search path can come from
-(a combination of) many sources; see below. To look up a file `foo'
-along a path `.:/dir', Kpathsea checks each element of the path in
-turn: first `./foo', then `/dir/foo', returning the first match (or
-possibly all matches).
-
- The "colon" and "slash" mentioned here aren't necessarily `:' and
-`/' on non-Unix systems. Kpathsea tries to adapt to other operating
-systems' conventions.
-
- To check a particular path element E, Kpathsea first sees if a
-prebuilt database (*note Filename database::) applies to E, i.e., if
-the database is in a directory that is a prefix of E. If so, the path
-specification is matched against the contents of the database.
-
- If the database does not exist, or does not apply to this path
-element, or contains no matches, the filesystem is searched (if this
-was not forbidden by the specification with `!!' and if the file being
-searched for must exist). Kpathsea constructs the list of directories
-that correspond to this path element, and then checks in each for the
-file being searched for. (To help speed future lookups of files in the
-same directory, the directory in which a file is found is floated to the
-top of the directory list.)
-
- The "file must exist" condition comes into play with VF files and
-input files read by the TeX `\openin' command. These files might very
-well not exist (consider `cmr10.vf'), and so it would be wrong to
-search the disk for them. Therefore, if you fail to update `ls-R' when
-you install a new VF file, it will not be found.
-
- Each path element is checked in turn: first the database, then the
-disk. If a match is found, the search stops and the result is
-returned. This avoids possibly-expensive processing of path
-specifications that are never needed on a particular run. (Unless the
-search explicitly requested all matches.)
-
- Although the simplest and most common path element is a directory
-name, Kpathsea supports additional features in search paths: layered
-default values, environment variable names, config file values, users'
-home directories, and recursive subdirectory searching. Thus, we say
-that Kpathsea "expands" a path element, meaning transforming all the
-magic specifications into the basic directory name or names. This
-process is described in the sections below. It happens in the same
-order as the sections.
-
- Exception to all of the above: If the filename being searched for is
-absolute or explicitly relative, i.e., starts with `/' or `./' or
-`../', Kpathsea simply checks if that file exists.
-
- Ordinarily, if Kpathsea tries to access a file or directory that
-cannot be read, it gives a warning. This is so you will be alerted to
-directories or files that accidentally lack any read permission (for
-example, a `lost+found' directory). If you prefer not to see these
-warnings, include the value `readable' in the `TEX_HUSH' environment
-variable or config file value.
-
- This generic path searching algorithm is implemented in
-`kpathsea/pathsearch.c'. It is employed by a higher-level algorithm
-when searching for a file of a particular type (*note File lookup::,
-and *note Glyph lookup::).
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Path sources, Next: Path expansion, Prev: Searching overview, Up: Path searching
-
-3.2 Path sources
-================
-
-A search path can come from many sources. In the order in which
-Kpathsea uses them:
-
- 1. A user-set environment variable, e.g., `TEXINPUTS'. Environment
- variables with an underscore and the program name appended
- override; for example, `TEXINPUTS_latex' overrides `TEXINPUTS' if
- the program being run is named `latex'.
-
- 2. A program-specific configuration file, e.g., an `S /a:/b' line in
- Dvips' `config.ps' (*note Config files: (dvips)Config files.).
-
- 3. A line in a Kpathsea configuration file `texmf.cnf', e.g.,
- `TEXINPUTS=/c:/d' (see below).
-
- 4. The compile-time default (specified in `kpathsea/paths.h').
-
- You can see each of these values for a given search path by using the
-debugging options (*note Debugging::).
-
- These sources may be combined via default expansion (*note Default
-expansion::).
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Config files:: Kpathsea's runtime config files (texmf.cnf).
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Config files, Up: Path sources
-
-3.2.1 Config files
-------------------
-
-As mentioned above, Kpathsea reads "runtime configuration files" named
-`texmf.cnf' for search path and other definitions. The search path
-used to look for these configuration files is named `TEXMFCNF', and is
-constructed in the usual way, as described above, except that
-configuration files cannot be used to define the path, naturally; also,
-an `ls-R' database is not used to search for them.
-
- Kpathsea reads _all_ `texmf.cnf' files in the search path, not just
-the first one found; definitions in earlier files override those in
-later files. Thus, if the search path is `.:$TEXMF', values from
-`./texmf.cnf' override those from `$TEXMF/texmf.cnf'.
-
- If Kpathsea cannot find any `texmf.cnf' file, it reports a warning
-including all the directories it checked. If you don't want to see
-this warning, set the environment variable `KPATHSEA_WARNING' to the
-single character `0' (zero, not oh).
-
- While (or instead of) reading this description, you may find it
-helpful to look at the distributed `texmf.cnf', which uses or at least
-mentions most features. The format of `texmf.cnf' files follows:
-
- * Comments start with `%', either at the beginning of a line or
- preceded by whitespace, and continue to the end of the line. That
- is, as with most shells, a `%' in the "middle" of a value does not
- start a comment. Examples:
-
- % this is a comment
- var = a%b % but the value of var will be "a%b".
-
- * Blank lines are ignored.
-
- * A `\' at the end of a line acts as a continuation character, i.e.,
- the next line is appended. Whitespace at the beginning of
- continuation lines is not ignored.
-
- * Each remaining line must look like
-
- VARIABLE [. PROGNAME] [=] VALUE
-
- where the `=' and surrounding whitespace is optional.
-
- * The VARIABLE name may contain any character other than whitespace,
- `=', or `.', but sticking to `A-Za-z_' is safest.
-
- * If `.PROGNAME' is present, the definition only applies if the
- program that is running is named (i.e., the last component of
- `argv[0]' is) PROGNAME or `PROGNAME.{exe,bat,cmd,...}'. Most
- notably, this allows different flavors of TeX to have different
- search paths.
-
- * VALUE may contain any characters except `%' and `@'. (These
- restrictions are only necessary because of the processing done on
- `texmf.cnf' at build time, so you can stick those characters in
- after installation if you have to.) The `$VAR.PROG' feature is
- not available on the right-hand side; instead, you must use an
- additional variable (see below for example). A `;' in VALUE is
- translated to `:' if running under Unix; this is useful to write a
- single `texmf.cnf' which can be used under both Unix and Windows.
-
- * All definitions are read before anything is expanded, so you can
- use variables before they are defined (like Make, unlike most other
- programs).
-
-Here is a configuration file fragment illustrating most of these points:
-
- % TeX input files -- i.e., anything to be found by \input or \openin ...
- latex209_inputs = .:$TEXMF/tex/latex209//:$TEXMF/tex//
- latex2e_inputs = .:$TEXMF/tex/latex//:$TEXMF/tex//
- TEXINPUTS = .:$TEXMF/tex//
- TEXINPUTS.latex209 = $latex209_inputs
- TEXINPUTS.latex2e = $latex2e_inputs
- TEXINPUTS.latex = $latex2e_inputs
-
- This format has obvious similarities to Bourne shell scripts--change
-the comment character to `#', disallow spaces around the `=', and get
-rid of the `.NAME' convention, and it could be run through the shell.
-However, there seemed little advantage in this, since all the
-information would have to passed back to Kpathsea and parsed there
-anyway, since the `sh' process couldn't affect its parent's environment.
-
- The implementation of all this is in `kpathsea/cnf.c'.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Path expansion, Next: Filename database, Prev: Path sources, Up: Path searching
-
-3.3 Path expansion
-==================
-
-Kpathsea recognizes certain special characters and constructions in
-search paths, similar to that in shells. As a general example:
-`~$USER/{foo,bar}//baz' expands to all subdirectories under directories
-`foo' and `bar' in $USER's home directory that contain a directory or
-file `baz'. These expansions are explained in the sections below.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Default expansion:: a: or :a or a::b expands to a default.
-* Variable expansion:: $foo and ${foo} expand to environment values.
-* Tilde expansion:: ~ and ~user expand to home directories.
-* Brace expansion:: a{foo,bar}b expands to afoob abarb.
-* KPSE_DOT expansion:: . is replaced with $KPSE_DOT if it is defined.
-* Subdirectory expansion:: a// and a//b recursively expand to subdirs.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Default expansion, Next: Variable expansion, Up: Path expansion
-
-3.3.1 Default expansion
------------------------
-
-If the highest-priority search path (*note Path sources::) contains an
-"extra colon" (i.e., leading, trailing, or doubled), Kpathsea inserts
-at that point the next-highest-priority search path that is defined.
-If that inserted path has an extra colon, the same happens with the
-next-highest. (An extra colon in the compile-time default value has
-unpredictable results, so installers beware.)
-
- For example, given an environment variable setting
-
- setenv TEXINPUTS /home/karl:
-
-and a `TEXINPUTS' value from `texmf.cnf' of
-
- .:$TEXMF//tex
-
-then the final value used for searching will be:
-
- /home/karl:.:$TEXMF//tex
-
- Put another way, default expansion works on "formats" (search
-paths), and not directly on environment variables. Example, showing
-the trailing `:' ignored in the first case and expanded in the second:
-
- $ env TTFONTS=/tmp: kpsewhich --expand-path '$TTFONTS'
- /tmp
- $ env TTFONTS=/tmp: kpsewhich --show-path=.ttf
- /tmp:.:/home/olaf/texmf/fonts/truetype//:...
-
- Since Kpathsea looks for multiple configuration files, it would be
-natural to expect that (for example) an extra colon in `./texmf.cnf'
-would expand to the path in `$TEXMF/texmf.cnf'. Or, with Dvips'
-configuration files, that an extra colon in `config.$PRINTER' would
-expand to the path in `config.ps'. This doesn't happen. It's not
-clear this would be desirable in all cases, and trying to devise a way
-to specify the path to which the extra colon should expand seemed truly
-baroque.
-
- Technicality: Since it would be useless to insert the default value
-in more than one place, Kpathsea changes only one extra `:' and leaves
-any others in place (they will eventually be ignored). Kpathsea checks
-first for a leading `:', then a trailing `:', then a doubled `:'.
-
- You can trace this by debugging "paths" (*note Debugging::).
-Default expansion is implemented in the source file
-`kpathsea/kdefault.c'.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Variable expansion, Next: Tilde expansion, Prev: Default expansion, Up: Path expansion
-
-3.3.2 Variable expansion
-------------------------
-
-`$foo' or `${foo}' in a path element is replaced by (1) the value of an
-environment variable `foo' (if defined); (2) the value of `foo' from
-`texmf.cnf' (if defined); (3) the empty string.
-
- If the character after the `$' is alphanumeric or `_', the variable
-name consists of all consecutive such characters. If the character
-after the `$' is a `{', the variable name consists of everything up to
-the next `}' (braces may not be nested around variable names).
-Otherwise, Kpathsea gives a warning and ignores the `$' and its
-following character.
-
- You must quote the $'s and braces as necessary for your shell.
-_Shell_ variable values cannot be seen by Kpathsea, i.e., ones defined
-by `set' in C shells and without `export' in Bourne shells.
-
- For example, given
- setenv tex /home/texmf
- setenv TEXINPUTS .:$tex:${tex}prev
- the final `TEXINPUTS' path is the three directories:
- .:/home/texmf:/home/texmfprev
-
- The `.PROGNAME' suffix on variables and `_PROGNAME' on environment
-variable names are not implemented for general variable expansions.
-These are only recognized when search paths are initialized (*note Path
-sources::).
-
- Variable expansion is implemented in the source file
-`kpathsea/variable.c'.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Tilde expansion, Next: Brace expansion, Prev: Variable expansion, Up: Path expansion
-
-3.3.3 Tilde expansion
----------------------
-
-A leading `~' in a path element is replaced by the value of the
-environment variable `HOME', or `.' if `HOME' is not set. On Windows,
-the environment variable `USERPROFILE' is checked instead of `HOME'.
-
- A leading `~USER' in a path element is replaced by USER's home
-directory from the system `passwd' database.
-
- For example,
- setenv TEXINPUTS ~/mymacros:
-
-will prepend a directory `mymacros' in your home directory to the
-default path.
-
- As a special case, if a home directory ends in `/', the trailing
-slash is dropped, to avoid inadvertently creating a `//' construct in
-the path. For example, if the home directory of the user `root' is
-`/', the path element `~root/mymacros' expands to just `/mymacros', not
-`//mymacros'.
-
- Tilde expansion is implemented in the source file `kpathsea/tilde.c'.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Brace expansion, Next: KPSE_DOT expansion, Prev: Tilde expansion, Up: Path expansion
-
-3.3.4 Brace expansion
----------------------
-
-`x{A,B}y' expands to `xAy:xBy'. For example:
-
- foo/{1,2}/baz
-
-expands to `foo/1/baz:foo/2/baz'. `:' is the path separator on the
-current system; e.g., on a DOS system, it's `;'.
-
- Braces can be nested; for example, `x{A,B{1,2}}y' expands to
-`xAy:xB1y:xB2y'.
-
- Multiple non-nested braces are expanded from right to left; for
-example, `x{A,B}{1,2}y' expands to `x{A,B}1y:x{A,B}2y', which expands
-to `xA1y:xB1y:xA2y:xB2y'.
-
- This feature can be used to implement multiple TeX hierarchies, by
-assigning a brace list to `$TEXMF', as mentioned in `texmf.in'.
-
- You can also use the path separator instead of the comma. The last
-example could have been written `x{A:B}{1:2}y'.
-
- Brace expansion is implemented in the source file
-`kpathsea/expand.c'.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: KPSE_DOT expansion, Next: Subdirectory expansion, Prev: Brace expansion, Up: Path expansion
-
-3.3.5 `KPSE_DOT' expansion
---------------------------
-
-When `KPSE_DOT' is defined in the environment, it names a directory
-that should be considered the current directory for the purpose of
-looking up files in the search paths. This feature is needed by the
-`mktex...' scripts *note mktex scripts::, because these change the
-working directory. You should not ever define it yourself.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Subdirectory expansion, Prev: KPSE_DOT expansion, Up: Path expansion
-
-3.3.6 Subdirectory expansion
-----------------------------
-
-Two or more consecutive slashes in a path element following a directory
-D is replaced by all subdirectories of D: first those subdirectories
-directly under D, then the subsubdirectories under those, and so on.
-At each level, the order in which the directories are searched is
-unspecified. (It's "directory order", and definitely not alphabetical.)
-
- If you specify any filename components after the `//', only
-subdirectories which match those components are included. For example,
-`/a//b' would expand into directories `/a/1/b', `/a/2/b', `/a/1/1/b',
-and so on, but not `/a/b/c' or `/a/1'.
-
- You can include multiple `//' constructs in the path.
-
- `//' at the beginning of a path is ignored; you didn't really want
-to search every directory on the system, did you?
-
- I should mention one related implementation trick, which I took from
-GNU find. Matthew Farwell suggested it, and David MacKenzie
-implemented it.
-
- The trick is that in every real Unix implementation (as opposed to
-the POSIX specification), a directory which contains no subdirectories
-will have exactly two links (namely, one for `.' and one for `..').
-That is to say, the `st_nlink' field in the `stat' structure will be
-two. Thus, we don't have to stat everything in the bottom-level (leaf)
-directories--we can just check `st_nlink', notice it's two, and do no
-more work.
-
- But if you have a directory that contains a single subdirectory and
-500 regular files, `st_nlink' will be 3, and Kpathsea has to stat every
-one of those 501 entries. Therein lies slowness.
-
- You can disable the trick by undefining `ST_NLINK_TRICK' in
-`kpathsea/config.h'. (It is undefined by default except under Unix.)
-
- Unfortunately, in some cases files in leaf directories are `stat''d:
-if the path specification is, say, `$TEXMF/fonts//pk//', then files in
-a subdirectory `.../pk', even if it is a leaf, are checked. The reason
-cannot be explained without reference to the implementation, so read
-`kpathsea/elt-dirs.c' (search for `may descend') if you are curious.
-And if you can find a way to _solve_ the problem, please let me know.
-
- Subdirectory expansion is implemented in the source file
-`kpathsea/elt-dirs.c'.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Filename database, Next: Invoking kpsewhich, Prev: Path expansion, Up: Path searching
-
-3.4 Filename database (`ls-R')
-==============================
-
-Kpathsea goes to some lengths to minimize disk accesses for searches
-(*note Subdirectory expansion::). Nevertheless, in practice searching
-each possible directory in typical TeX installations takes an
-excessively long time.
-
- Therefore, Kpathsea can use an externally-built "filename database"
-file named `ls-R' that maps files to directories, thus avoiding the
-need to exhaustively search the disk.
-
- A second database file `aliases' allows you to give additional names
-to the files listed in `ls-R'. This can be helpful to adapt to "8.3"
-filename conventions in source files.
-
- The `ls-R' and `aliases' features are implemented in the source file
-`kpathsea/db.c'.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* ls-R:: The main filename database.
-* Filename aliases:: Aliases for those names.
-* Database format:: Syntax details of the database file.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: ls-R, Next: Filename aliases, Up: Filename database
-
-3.4.1 `ls-R'
-------------
-
-As mentioned above, you must name the main filename database `ls-R'.
-You can put one at the root of each TeX installation hierarchy you wish
-to search (`$TEXMF' by default); most sites have only one hierarchy.
-Kpathsea looks for `ls-R' files along the `TEXMFDBS' path, so that
-should presumably match the list of hierarchies.
-
- The recommended way to create and maintain `ls-R' is to run the
-`mktexlsr' script, which is installed in `$(bindir)' (`/usr/local/bin'
-by default). That script goes to some trouble to follow symbolic links
-as necessary, etc. It's also invoked by the distributed `mktex...'
-scripts.
-
- At its simplest, though, you can build `ls-R' with the command
- cd /YOUR/TEXMF/ROOT && ls -LAR ./ >ls-R
-
-presuming your `ls' produces the right output format (see the section
-below). GNU `ls', for example, outputs in this format. Also presuming
-your `ls' hasn't been aliased in a system file (e.g., `/etc/profile')
-to something problematic, e.g., `ls --color=tty'. In that case, you
-will have to disable the alias before generating `ls-R'. For the
-precise definition of the file format, see *note Database format::.
-
- Regardless of whether you use the supplied script or your own, you
-will almost certainly want to invoke it via `cron', so when you make
-changes in the installed files (say if you install a new LaTeX
-package), `ls-R' will be automatically updated.
-
- The `-A' option to `ls' includes files beginning with `.' (except
-for `.' and `..'), such as the file `.tex' included with the LaTeX
-tools package. (On the other hand, _directories_ whose names begin
-with `.' are always ignored.)
-
- If your system does not support symbolic links, omit the `-L'.
-
- `ls -LAR /YOUR/TEXMF/ROOT' will also work. But using `./' avoids
-embedding absolute pathnames, so the hierarchy can be easily
-transported. It also avoids possible trouble with automounters or
-other network filesystem conventions.
-
- Kpathsea warns you if it finds an `ls-R' file, but the file does not
-contain any usable entries. The usual culprit is running plain `ls -R'
-instead of `ls -LR ./' or `ls -R /YOUR/TEXMF/ROOT'. Another
-possibility is some system directory name starting with a `.' (perhaps
-if you are using AFS); Kpathsea ignores everything under such
-directories.
-
- Because the database may be out-of-date for a particular run, if a
-file is not found in the database, by default Kpathsea goes ahead and
-searches the disk. If a particular path element begins with `!!',
-however, _only_ the database will be searched for that element, never
-the disk. If the database does not exist, nothing will be searched.
-Because this can surprise users ("I see the font `foo.tfm' when I do an
-`ls'; why can't Dvips find it?"), it is not in any of the default
-search paths.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Filename aliases, Next: Database format, Prev: ls-R, Up: Filename database
-
-3.4.2 Filename aliases
-----------------------
-
-In some circumstances, you may wish to find a file under several names.
-For example, suppose a TeX document was created using a DOS system and
-tries to read `longtabl.sty'. But now it's being run on a Unix system,
-and the file has its original name, `longtable.sty'. The file won't be
-found. You need to give the actual file `longtable.sty' an alias
-`longtabl.sty'.
-
- You can handle this by creating a file `aliases' as a companion to
-the `ls-R' for the hierarchy containing the file in question. (You
-must have an `ls-R' for the alias feature to work.)
-
- The format of `aliases' is simple: two whitespace-separated words
-per line; the first is the real name `longtable.sty', and second is the
-alias (`longtabl.sty'). These must be base filenames, with no
-directory components. `longtable.sty' must be in the sibling `ls-R'.
-
- Also, blank lines and lines starting with `%' or `#' are ignored in
-`aliases', to allow for comments.
-
- If a real file `longtabl.sty' exists, it is used regardless of any
-aliases.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Database format, Prev: Filename aliases, Up: Filename database
-
-3.4.3 Database format
----------------------
-
-The "database" read by Kpathsea is a line-oriented file of plain text.
-The format is that generated by GNU (and most other) `ls' programs
-given the `-R' option, as follows.
-
- * Blank lines are ignored.
-
- * If a line begins with `/' or `./' or `../' and ends with a colon,
- it's the name of a directory. (`../' lines aren't useful,
- however, and should not be generated.)
-
- * All other lines define entries in the most recently seen directory.
- /'s in such lines will produce possibly-strange results.
-
- * Files with no preceding directory line are ignored.
-
- For example, here's the first few lines of `ls-R' (which totals
-about 30K bytes) on my system:
-
- bibtex
- dvips
- fonts
- ls-R
- metafont
- metapost
- tex
- web2c
-
- ./bibtex:
- bib
- bst
- doc
-
- ./bibtex/bib:
- asi.bib
- btxdoc.bib
- ...
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Invoking kpsewhich, Prev: Filename database, Up: Path searching
-
-3.5 `kpsewhich': Standalone path searching
-==========================================
-
-The Kpsewhich program exercises the path searching functionality
-independent of any particular application. This can also be useful as a
-sort of `find' program to locate files in your TeX hierarchies, perhaps
-in administrative scripts. It is used heavily in the distributed
-`mktex...' scripts.
-
- Synopsis:
-
- kpsewhich OPTION... FILENAME...
-
- The options and filename(s) to look up can be intermixed. Options
-can start with either `-' or `--', and any unambiguous abbreviation is
-accepted.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Path searching options:: Changing the mode, resolution, etc.
-* Specially-recognized files:: Default formats for texmf.cnf, etc.
-* Auxiliary tasks:: Path and variable expansion.
-* Standard options:: --help and --version.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Path searching options, Next: Specially-recognized files, Up: Invoking kpsewhich
-
-3.5.1 Path searching options
-----------------------------
-
-Kpsewhich looks up each non-option argument on the command line as a
-filename, and returns the first file found.
-
- Various options alter the path searching behavior:
-
-`--all'
- Report all matches found, one per line. By default, if there is
- more than one match, just one will be reported (chosen effectively
- at random).
-
-`--dpi=NUM'
- Set the resolution to NUM; this only affects `gf' and `pk'
- lookups. `-D' is a synonym, for compatibility with Dvips.
- Default is 600.
-
-`--engine=NAME'
- Set the engine name to NAME. By default it is not set. The
- engine name is used in some search paths to allow files with the
- same name but used by different engines to coexist.
-
- In particular, since the memory dump files (`.fmt'/`.base'/`.mem')
- are now stored in subdirectories named for the engine (`tex',
- `pdftex', `xetex', etc.), you must specify an engine name in order
- to find them. For example, `cont-en.fmt' typically exists for both
- `pdftex' and `xetex'. With the default path settings, you can use
- `--engine=/' to look for any dump file, regardless of engine; if a
- dump file exists for more than one engine, it's indeterminate
- which one is returned. (The `/' ends up specifying a normal
- recursive search along the path where the dumps are stored, namely
- `$TEXMF/web2c{/$engine,}'.)
-
-`--format=NAME'
- Set the format for lookup to NAME. By default, the format is
- guessed from the filename, with `tex' being used if nothing else
- fits. The recognized filename extensions (including any leading
- `.') are also allowable NAMEs.
-
- All formats also have a name, which is the only way to specify
- formats with no associated suffix. For example, for Dvips
- configuration files you can use `--format="dvips config"'. (The
- quotes are for the sake of the shell.)
-
- Here's the current list of recognized names and the associated
- suffixes. *Note Supported file formats::, for more information on
- each of these.
-
- The strings in parentheses are abbreviations recognized only by
- `kpsewhich' (not the underlying library calls). They are provided
- when it would otherwise require an argument containing a space to
- specify the format, to simplify quoting of calls from shells.
-
- gf: gf
- pk: pk
- bitmap font (bitmapfont):
- tfm: .tfm
- afm: .afm
- base: .base
- bib: .bib
- bst: .bst
- cnf: .cnf
- ls-R: ls-R ls-r
- fmt: .fmt
- map: .map
- mem: .mem
- mf: .mf
- mfpool: .pool
- mft: .mft
- mp: .mp
- mppool: .pool
- MetaPost support (mpsupport):
- ocp: .ocp
- ofm: .ofm .tfm
- opl: .opl .pl
- otp: .otp
- ovf: .ovf .vf
- ovp: .ovp .vpl
- graphic/figure: .eps .epsi
- tex: .tex .sty .cls .fd .aux .bbl .def .clo .ldf
- TeX system documentation (doc):
- texpool: .pool
- TeX system sources (source): .dtx .ins
- PostScript header: .pro
- Troff fonts (trofffont):
- type1 fonts: .pfa .pfb
- vf: .vf
- dvips config (dvipsconfig):
- ist: .ist
- truetype fonts: .ttf .ttc .TTF .TTC .dfont
- type42 fonts: .t42 .T42
- web2c files (web2c):
- other text files (othertext):
- other binary files (otherbin):
- misc fonts (miscfont):
- web: .web .ch
- cweb: .w .web .ch
- enc files: .enc
- cmap files (cmap):
- subfont definition files: .sfd
- opentype fonts: .otf
- pdftex config (pdftexconfig):
- lig files: .lig
- texmfscripts:
- lua: .luc .luctex .texluc .lua .luatex .texlua
- font feature files: .fea
- cid maps: .cid .cidmap
- mlbib: .mlbib .bib
- mlbst: .mlbst .bst
- clua: .dll .so
- ris: .ris
- bltxml: .bltxml
-
- This option and `--path' are mutually exclusive.
-
-`--interactive'
- After processing the command line, read additional filenames to
- look up from standard input.
-
-`--mktex=FILETYPE'
-`--no-mktex=FILETYPE'
- Turn on or off the `mktex' script associated with FILETYPE. Usual
- values for FILETYPE are `pk', `mf', `tex', and `tfm'. By default,
- all are off in Kpsewhich, even if they are enabled for TeX. This
- option implies setting `--must-exist'. *Note mktex scripts::.
-
-`--mode=STRING'
- Set the mode name to STRING; this also only affects `gf' and `pk'
- lookups. No default: any mode will be found. *Note mktex script
- arguments::.
-
-`--must-exist'
- Do everything possible to find the files, notably including
- searching the disk and running the `mktex' scripts. By default,
- only the `ls-R' database is checked, in the interest of efficiency.
-
-`--path=STRING'
- Search along the path STRING (colon-separated as usual), instead
- of guessing the search path from the filename. `//' and all the
- usual expansions are supported (*note Path expansion::). This
- option and `--format' are mutually exclusive. To output the
- complete directory expansion of a path, instead of doing a
- one-shot lookup, see `--expand-path' and `--show-path' in the
- following section.
-
-`--progname=NAME'
- Set the program name to NAME; default is `kpsewhich'. This can
- affect the search paths via the `.PROGNAM' feature in
- configuration files (*note Config files::).
-
-`--safe-in-name=NAME'
-`--safe-out-name=NAME'
- Exit successfully if NAME is safe to open for reading or writing,
- respectively, else unsuccessfully. No output is written. These
- tests take account of the related Kpathsea configuration settings
- (*note Calling sequence::).
-
-`--subdir=STRING'
- Report only those matches whose directory part _ends_ with STRING
- (compared literally, except case is ignored on a case-insensitive
- operating system). For example, suppose there are two matches for
- a given name:
-
- kpsewhich foo.sty
- => /some/where/foo.sty
- /another/place/foo.sty
-
- Then we can narrow the result to what we are interested in with
- `--subdir':
-
- kpsewhich --subdir=where foo.sty
- => /some/where/foo.sty
-
- kpsewhich --subdir=place foo.sty
- => /another/place/foo.sty
-
- The string to match must be at the end of the directory part of the
- match, and it is taken literally, with no pattern matching:
-
- kpsewhich --subdir=another foo.sty
- =>
-
- The string to match may cross directory components:
-
- kpsewhich --subdir=some/where foo.sty
- => /some/where/foo.sty
-
- `--subdir' implies `--all'; if there is more than one match, they
- will all be reported (in our example, both `where' and `place' end
- in `e'):
-
- kpsewhich --subdir=e
- => /some/where/foo.sty
- /another/place/foo.sty
-
- Because of the above rules, the presence of a leading `/' is
- important, since it "anchors" the match to a full component name:
-
- kpsewhich --subdir=/lace foo.sty
- =>
-
- However, a trailing `/' is immaterial (and ignored), since the
- match always takes place at the end of the directory part:
-
- kpsewhich --subdir=lace/ foo.sty
- => /another/place/foo.sty
-
- The purpose of these rules is to make it convenient to find results
- only within a particular area of the tree. For instance, a given
- script named `foo.lua' might exist within both
- `texmf-dist/scripts/pkg1/' and `texmf-dist/scripts/pkg2/'. By
- specifying, say, `--subdir=/pkg1', you can be sure of getting the
- one you are interested in.
-
- We only match at the end because a site might happen to install TeX
- in `/some/coincidental/pkg1/path/', and we wouldn't want to match
- `texmf-dist/scripts/pkg2/' that when searching for `/pkg1'.
-
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Specially-recognized files, Next: Auxiliary tasks, Prev: Path searching options, Up: Invoking kpsewhich
-
-3.5.2 Specially-recognized files for `kpsewhich'
-------------------------------------------------
-
-`kpsewhich' recognizes a few special filenames on the command line and
-defaults to using the `known' file formats for them, merely to save the
-time and trouble of specifying the format. This is only a feature of
-`kpsewhich'; when using the Kpathsea library itself, none of these
-special filenames are recognized, and it's still up to the caller to
-specify the desired format.
-
- Here is the list of special filenames to `kpsewhich', along with
-their corresponding format:
-
-`config.ps'
- `dvips config'
-
-`dvipdfmx.cfg'
- `other text files'
-
-`fmtutil.cnf'
- `web2c files'
-
-`glyphlist.txt'
- `map'
-
-`mktex.cnf'
- `web2c files'
-
-`pdfglyphlist.txt'
- `map'
-
-`pdftex.cfg'
- `pdftex config' (although `pdftex.cfg' is not used any more; look
- for the file `pdftexconfig.tex' instead.)
-
-`texmf.cnf'
- `cnf'
-
-`XDvi'
- `other text files'
-
-
- A user-specified format will override the above defaults.
-
- Another useful configuration file in this regard is `tcfmgr.map',
-found in `texmf/texconfig/tcfmgr.map', which records various
-information about the above configuration files (among others).
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Auxiliary tasks, Next: Standard options, Prev: Specially-recognized files, Up: Invoking kpsewhich
-
-3.5.3 Auxiliary tasks
----------------------
-
-Kpsewhich provides some additional features not strictly related to path
-lookup:
-
- * `--debug=NUM' sets the debugging options to NUM. *Note
- Debugging::.
-
- * `--var-value=VARIABLE' outputs the value of VARIABLE, expanding
- `$' (*note Variable expansion:: and `~' (*note Tilde expansion::)
- constructs, but not performing other expansions.
-
- * `--expand-braces=STRING' outputs the variable and brace expansion
- of STRING. *Note Path expansion::.
-
- * `--expand-var=STRING' outputs the variable and tilde expansion of
- STRING. For example, the `mktex...' scripts run `kpsewhich
- --expand-var='$TEXMF'' to find the root of the TeX system
- hierarchy. *Note Path expansion::.
-
- * `--expand-path=STRING' outputs the complete expansion of STRING,
- with each element separated by the usual path separator on the
- current system (`;' on Windows, `:' otherwise). This may be
- useful to construct a custom search path for a format not
- otherwise supported. To retrieve the search path for a format
- that is already supported, see `--show-path', next.
-
- Nonexistent directories are culled from the output:
-
- $ kpsewhich --expand-path '/tmp'
- => /tmp
- $ kpsewhich --expand-path '/nonesuch'
- =>
-
- For one-shot uses of an arbitrary (not built in to Kpathsea) path,
- see `--path' in the previous section.
-
- * `--show-path=NAME' shows the path that would be used for file
- lookups of file type NAME. Either a filename extension (`pk',
- `.vf', etc.) or an integer can be used, just as with `--format',
- described in the previous section.
-
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Standard options, Prev: Auxiliary tasks, Up: Invoking kpsewhich
-
-3.5.4 Standard options
-----------------------
-
-Kpsewhich accepts the standard GNU options:
-
- * `--help' prints a help message on standard output and exits
- successfully.
-
- * `--version' prints the Kpathsea version number and exits
- successfully.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: TeX support, Next: Programming, Prev: Path searching, Up: Top
-
-4 TeX support
-*************
-
-Although the basic features in Kpathsea can be used for any type of path
-searching, it came about (like all libraries) with a specific
-application in mind: I wrote Kpathsea specifically for TeX system
-programs. I had been struggling with the programs I was using (Dvips,
-Xdvi, and TeX itself) having slightly different notions of how to
-specify paths; and debugging was painful, since no code was shared.
-
- Therefore, Kpathsea provides some TeX-specific formats and features.
-Indeed, many of the supposedly generic path searching features were
-provided because they seemed useful in that conTeXt (font lookup,
-particularly).
-
- Kpathsea provides a standard way to search for files of any of the
-supported file types; glyph fonts are a bit different than all the rest.
-Searches are based solely on filenames, not file contents--if a GF file
-is named `cmr10.600pk', it will be found as a PK file.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Supported file formats:: File types Kpathsea knows about.
-* File lookup:: Searching for most kinds of files.
-* Glyph lookup:: Searching for bitmap fonts.
-* Suppressing warnings:: Avoiding warnings via TEX_HUSH.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Supported file formats, Next: File lookup, Up: TeX support
-
-4.1 Supported file formats
-==========================
-
-Kpathsea has support for a number of file types. Each file type has a
-list of environment and config file variables that are checked to define
-the search path, and most have a default suffix that plays a role in
-finding files (see the next section). Some also define additional
-suffixes, and/or a program to be run to create missing files on the fly.
-
- Since environment variables containing periods, such as
-`TEXINPUTS.latex', are not allowed on some systems, Kpathsea looks for
-environment variables with an underscore, e.g., `TEXINPUTS_latex'
-(*note Config files::).
-
- The following table lists the above information.
-
-`afm'
- (Adobe font metrics, *note Metric files: (dvips)Metric files.)
- `AFMFONTS'; suffix `.afm'.
-
-`base'
- (Metafont memory dump, *note Memory dumps: (web2c)Memory dumps.)
- `MFBASES', `TEXMFINI'; suffix `.base'.
-
-`bib'
- (BibTeX bibliography source, *note bibtex invocation:
- (web2c)bibtex invocation.) `BIBINPUTS', `TEXBIB'; suffix `.bib'.
-
-`bst'
- (BibTeX style, *note Basic BibTeX style files: (web2c)Basic BibTeX
- style files.) `BSTINPUTS'; suffix `.bst'.
-
-`cmap'
- (character map files) `CMAPFONTS'; suffix `.cmap'.
-
-`cnf'
- (Runtime configuration files, *note Config files::) `TEXMFCNF';
- suffix `.cnf'.
-
-`cweb'
- (CWEB input files) `CWEBINPUTS'; suffixes `.w', `.web'; additional
- suffix `.ch'.
-
-`dvips config'
- (Dvips `config.*' files, such as `config.ps', *note Config files:
- (dvips)Config files.) `TEXCONFIG'.
-
-`enc files'
- (encoding vectors) `ENCFONTS'; suffix `.enc'.
-
-`fmt'
- (TeX memory dump, *note Memory dumps: (web2c)Memory dumps.)
- `TEXFORMATS', `TEXMFINI'; suffix `.fmt'.
-
-`font cid map'
- (CJK mapping) `FONTCIDMAPS' suffix `.cid'.
-
-`font feature files'
- (primarily for OpenType font features) `FONTFEATURES' suffix
- `.fea'.
-
-`gf'
- (generic font bitmap, *note Glyph files: (dvips)Glyph files.)
- `PROGRAMFONTS', `GFFONTS', `GLYPHFONTS', `TEXFONTS'; suffix `gf'.
-
-`graphic/figure'
- (Encapsulated PostScript figures, *note PostScript figures:
- (dvips)PostScript figures.) `TEXPICTS', `TEXINPUTS'; additional
- suffixes: `.eps', `.epsi'.
-
-`ist'
- (makeindex style files) `TEXINDEXSTYLE', `INDEXSTYLE'; suffix
- `.ist'.
-
-`lig files'
- (ligature definition files) `LIGFONTS'; suffix `.lig'.
-
-`ls-R'
- (Filename databases, *note Filename database::) `TEXMFDBS'.
-
-`map'
- (Fontmaps, *note Fontmap::) `TEXFONTMAPS'; suffix `.map'.
-
-`mem'
- (MetaPost memory dump, *note Memory dumps: (web2c)Memory dumps.)
- `MPMEMS', `TEXMFINI'; suffix `.mem'.
-
-`MetaPost support'
- (MetaPost support files, used by DMP; *note dmp invocation:
- (web2c)dmp invocation.) `MPSUPPORT'.
-
-`mf'
- (Metafont source, *note mf invocation: (web2c)mf invocation.)
- `MFINPUTS'; suffix `.mf'; dynamic creation program: `mktexmf'.
-
-`mfpool'
- (Metafont program strings, *note pooltype invocation:
- (web2c)pooltype invocation.) `MFPOOL', `TEXMFINI'; suffix `.pool'.
-
-`mft'
- (`MFT' style file, *note mft invocation: (web2c)mft invocation.)
- `MFTINPUTS'; suffix `.mft'.
-
-`misc fonts'
- (font-related files that don't fit the other categories)
- `MISCFONTS'
-
-`mlbib'
- (MlBibTeX bibliography source) `MLBIBINPUTS', `BIBINPUTS',
- `TEXBIB'; suffixes `.mlbib', `.mlbib'.
-
-`mlbst'
- (MlBibTeX style) `MLBSTINPUTS', `BSTINPUTS'; suffixes `.mlbst',
- `.bst'.
-
-`mp'
- (MetaPost source, *note mpost invocation: (web2c)mpost invocation.)
- `MPINPUTS'; suffix `.mp'.
-
-`mppool'
- (MetaPost program strings, *note pooltype invocation:
- (web2c)pooltype invocation.) `MPPOOL', `TEXMFINI'; suffix `.pool'.
-
-`ocp'
- (Omega compiled process files) `OCPINPUTS';
- suffix `.ocp'; dynamic creation program: `MakeOmegaOCP'.
-
-`ofm'
- (Omega font metrics) `OFMFONTS', `TEXFONTS';
- suffixes `.ofm', `.tfm'; dynamic creation program: `MakeOmegaOFM'.
-
-`opentype fonts'
- (OpenType fonts) `OPENTYPEFONTS'.
-
-`opl'
- (Omega property lists) `OPLFONTS', `TEXFONTS'; suffix `.opl'.
-
-`otp'
- (Omega translation process files) `OTPINPUTS'; suffix `.otp'.
-
-`ovf'
- (Omega virtual fonts) `OVFFONTS', `TEXFONTS'; suffix `.ovf'.
-
-`ovp'
- (Omega virtual property lists) `OVPFONTS', `TEXFONTS'; suffix
- `.ovp'.
-
-`pdftex config'
- (PDFTeX-specific configuration files) `PDFTEXCONFIG'.
-
-`pk'
- (packed bitmap fonts, *note Glyph files: (dvips)Glyph files.)
- `PROGRAMFONTS' (PROGRAM being `XDVI', etc.), `PKFONTS', `TEXPKS',
- `GLYPHFONTS', `TEXFONTS'; suffix `pk'; dynamic creation program:
- `mktexpk'.
-
-`PostScript header'
- (downloadable PostScript, *note Header files: (dvips)Header files.)
- `TEXPSHEADERS', `PSHEADERS'; additional suffix `.pro'.
-
-`subfont definition files'
- (subfont definition files) `SFDFONTS' suffix `.sfd'.
-
-`tex'
- (TeX source, *note tex invocation: (web2c)tex invocation.)
- `TEXINPUTS'; suffix `.tex'; additional suffixes: none, because
- such a list cannot be complete; dynamic creation program:
- `mktextex'.
-
-`TeX system documentation'
- (Documentation files for the TeX system) `TEXDOCS'.
-
-`TeX system sources'
- (Source files for the TeX system) `TEXSOURCES'.
-
-`texmfscripts'
- (Architecture-independent executables distributed in the texmf
- trees) `TEXMFSCRIPTS'.
-
-`texpool'
- (TeX program strings, *note pooltype invocation: (web2c)pooltype
- invocation.) `TEXPOOL', `TEXMFINI'; suffix `.pool'.
-
-`tfm'
- (TeX font metrics, *note Metric files: (dvips)Metric files.)
- `TFMFONTS', `TEXFONTS'; suffix `.tfm'; dynamic creation program:
- `mktextfm'.
-
-`Troff fonts'
- (Troff fonts, used by DMP; *note DMP invocation: (web2c)DMP
- invocation.) `TRFONTS'.
-
-`truetype fonts'
- (TrueType outline fonts) `TTFONTS'; suffixes `.ttf' and `.TTF',
- `.ttc' and `.TTC', `.dfont'.
-
-`type1 fonts'
- (Type 1 PostScript outline fonts, *note Glyph files: (dvips)Glyph
- files.) `T1FONTS', `T1INPUTS', `TEXPSHEADERS', `DVIPSHEADERS';
- suffixes `.pfa', `.pfb'.
-
-`type42 fonts'
- (Type 42 PostScript outline fonts) `T42FONTS'.
-
-`vf'
- (virtual fonts, *note Virtual fonts: (dvips)Virtual fonts.)
- `VFFONTS', `TEXFONTS'; suffix `.vf'.
-
-`web'
- (WEB input files) `WEBINPUTS'; suffix `.web'; additional suffix
- `.ch'.
-
-`web2c files'
- (files specific to the web2c implementation) `WEB2C'.
-
- There are two special cases, because the paths and environment
-variables always depend on the name of the program: the variable name is
-constructed by converting the program name to upper case, and then
-appending `INPUTS'. Assuming the program is called `foo', this gives
-us the following table.
-
-`other text files'
- (text files used by `foo') `FOOINPUTS'.
-
-`other binary files'
- (binary files used by `foo') `FOOINPUTS'.
-
- If an environment variable by these names are set, the corresponding
-`texmf.cnf' definition won't be looked at (unless, as usual, the
-environment variable value has an extra `:'). *Note Default
-expansion::.
-
- For the font variables, the intent is that:
- * `TEXFONTS' is the default for everything.
-
- * `GLYPHFONTS' is the default for bitmap (or, more precisely,
- non-metric) files.
-
- * Each font format has a variable of its own.
-
- * Each program has its own font override path as well; e.g.,
- `DVIPSFONTS' for Dvipsk. Again, this is for bitmaps, not metrics.
-
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: File lookup, Next: Glyph lookup, Prev: Supported file formats, Up: TeX support
-
-4.2 File lookup
-===============
-
-This section describes how Kpathsea searches for most files (bitmap font
-searches are the exception, as described in the next section).
-
- Here is the search strategy for a file NAME:
-
- 1. If the file format defines default suffixes, and the suffix of
- NAME name is not already a known suffix for that format, try the
- name with each default appended, and use alternative names found in
- the fontmaps if necessary. Example: given `foo.bar', look for
- `foo.bar.tex'.
-
- 2. Search for NAME, and if necessary for alternative names found in
- the fontmaps. Example: given `foo.bar', we also look for
- `foo.bar'.
-
- 3. If the file format defines a program to invoke to create missing
- files, run it (*note mktex scripts::).
-
- The order in which we search for "suffixed" name (item 1) or the
-"as-is" name (item 2) is controlled by the `try_std_extension_first'
-configuration value. The default set in `texmf.cnf' is true, since
-common suffixes are already recognized: `babel.sty' will only look for
-`babel.sty', not `babel.sty.tex', regardless of this setting.
-
- When the suffix is unknown (e.g., `foo.bar'), both names are always
-tried; the difference is the order in which they are tried.
-
- `try_std_extension_first' only affects names being looked up which
-*already* have an extension. A name without an extension (e.g., `tex
-story') will always have an extension added first.
-
- This algorithm is implemented in the function `kpathsea_find_file'
-in the source file `kpathsea/tex-file.c'. You can watch it in action
-with the debugging options (*note Debugging::).
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Glyph lookup, Next: Suppressing warnings, Prev: File lookup, Up: TeX support
-
-4.3 Glyph lookup
-================
-
-This section describes how Kpathsea searches for a bitmap font in GF or
-PK format (or either) given a font name (e.g., `cmr10') and a
-resolution (e.g., 600).
-
- Here is an outline of the search strategy (details in the sections
-below) for a file NAME at resolution DPI. The search stops at the
-first successful lookup.
-
- 1. Look for an existing file NAME.DPIFORMAT in the specified
- format(s).
-
- 2. If NAME is an alias for a file F in the fontmap file
- `texfonts.map', look for F.DPI.
-
- 3. Run an external program (typically named `mktexpk') to generate
- the font (*note mktex scripts::)
-
- 4. Look for FALLBACK.DPI, where FALLBACK is some last-resort font
- (typically `cmr10').
-
- This is implemented in `kpathsea_find_glyph' in
-`kpathsea/tex-glyph.c'.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Basic glyph lookup:: Features common to all glyph lookups.
-* Fontmap:: Aliases for fonts.
-* Fallback font:: Resolutions and fonts of last resort.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Basic glyph lookup, Next: Fontmap, Up: Glyph lookup
-
-4.3.1 Basic glyph lookup
-------------------------
-
-When Kpathsea looks for a bitmap font NAME at resolution DPI in a
-format FORMAT, it first checks each directory in the search path for a
-file `NAME.DPIFORMAT'; for example, `cmr10.600pk'. Kpathsea looks for
-a PK file first, then a GF file.
-
- If that fails, Kpathsea looks for `dpiDPI/NAME.FORMAT'; for example,
-`dpi600/cmr10.pk'. This is how fonts are typically stored on
-filesystems (such as DOS) that permit only three-character extensions.
-
- If that fails, Kpathsea looks for a font with a close-enough DPI.
-"Close enough" is defined by the macro `KPSE_BITMAP_TOLERANCE' in
-`kpathsea/tex-glyph.h' to be `DPI / 500 + 1'. This is slightly more
-than the 0.2% minimum allowed by the DVI standard
-(`CTAN:/dviware/driv-standard/level-0').
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Fontmap, Next: Fallback font, Prev: Basic glyph lookup, Up: Glyph lookup
-
-4.3.2 Fontmap
--------------
-
-If a bitmap font or metric file is not found with the original name (see
-the previous section), Kpathsea looks through any "fontmap" files for
-an "alias" for the original font name. These files are named
-`texfonts.map' and searched for along the `TEXFONTMAPS'
-environment/config file variable. All `texfonts.map' files that are
-found are read; earlier definitions override later ones.
-
- This feature is intended to help in two respects:
-
- 1. An alias name is limited in length only by available memory, not
- by your filesystem. Therefore, if you want to ask for
- `Times-Roman' instead of `ptmr', you can (you get `ptmr8r').
-
- 2. A few fonts have historically had multiple names: specifically,
- LaTeX's "circle font" has variously been known as `circle10',
- `lcircle10', and `lcirc10'. Aliases can make all the names
- equivalent, so that it no longer matters what the name of the
- installed file is; TeX documents will find their favorite name.
-
-
- The format of fontmap files is straightforward:
-
- * Comments start with `%' and continue to the end of the line.
-
- * Blank lines are ignored.
-
- * Each nonblank line is broken up into a series of "words": a
- sequence of non-whitespace characters.
-
- * If the first word is `include', the second word is used as a
- filename, and it is searched for and read.
-
- * Otherwise, the first word on each line is the true filename;
-
- * the second word is the alias;
-
- * subsequent words are ignored.
-
- If an alias has an extension, it matches only those files with that
-extension; otherwise, it matches anything with the same root, regardless
-of extension. For example, an alias `foo.tfm' matches only when
-`foo.tfm' is being searched for; but an alias `foo' matches `foo.vf',
-`foo.600pk', etc.
-
- As an example, here is an excerpt from the `texfonts.map' in the
-Web2c distribution. It makes the circle fonts equivalent and includes
-automatically generated maps for most PostScript fonts available from
-various font suppliers.
-
- circle10 lcircle10
- circle10 lcirc10
- lcircle10 circle10
- lcircle10 lcirc10
- lcirc10 circle10
- lcirc10 lcircle10
- ...
- include adobe.map
- include apple.map
- include bitstrea.map
- ...
-
- Fontmaps are implemented in the file `kpathsea/fontmap.c'. The
-Fontname distribution has much more information on font naming (*note
-Introduction: (fontname)Introduction.).
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Fallback font, Prev: Fontmap, Up: Glyph lookup
-
-4.3.3 Fallback font
--------------------
-
-If a bitmap font cannot be found or created at the requested size,
-Kpathsea looks for the font at a set of "fallback resolutions". You
-specify these resolutions as a colon-separated list (like search paths).
-Kpathsea looks first for a program-specific environment variable (e.g.,
-`DVIPSSIZES' for Dvipsk), then the environment variable `TEXSIZES',
-then a default specified at compilation time (the Make variable
-`default_texsizes'). You can set this list to be empty if you prefer
-to find fonts at their stated size or not at all.
-
- Finally, if the font cannot be found even at the fallback
-resolutions, Kpathsea looks for a fallback font, typically `cmr10'.
-Programs must enable this feature by calling `kpathsea_init_prog'
-(*note Calling sequence::); the default is no fallback font.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Suppressing warnings, Prev: Glyph lookup, Up: TeX support
-
-4.4 Suppressing warnings
-========================
-
-Kpathsea provides a way to suppress selected usually-harmless warnings;
-this is useful at large sites where most users are not administrators,
-and thus the warnings are merely a source of confusion, not a help. To
-do this, you set the environment variable or configuration file value
-`TEX_HUSH' to a colon-separated list of values. Here are the
-possibilities:
-
-`all'
- Suppress everything possible.
-
-`checksum'
- Suppress mismatched font checksum warnings.
-
-`lostchar'
- Suppress warnings when a character is missing from a font that a
- DVI or VF file tries to typeset.
-
-`none'
- Don't suppress any warnings.
-
-`readable'
- Suppress warnings about attempts to access a file whose permissions
- render it unreadable.
-
-`special'
- Suppresses warnings about an unimplemented or unparsable
- `\special' command.
-
-`tex-hush.c' defines the function that checks the variable value. Each
-driver implements its own checks where appropriate.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Programming, Next: Index, Prev: TeX support, Up: Top
-
-5 Programming
-*************
-
-This chapter is for programmers who wish to use Kpathsea. *Note
-Introduction::, for the conditions under which you may do so.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Overview: Programming overview. Introduction.
-* Calling sequence:: Specifics of what to call.
-* Program-specific files:: How to handle these.
-* Config: Programming with config files. Getting info from texmf.cnf.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Programming overview, Next: Calling sequence, Up: Programming
-
-5.1 Programming overview
-========================
-
-Aside from this manual, your best source of information is the source
-to the programs that use Kpathsea (*note Introduction::). Of those,
-Dviljk is probably the simplest, and hence a good place to start.
-Xdvik adds VF support and the complication of X resources. Dvipsk adds
-the complication of its own config files. Web2c is source code I also
-maintain, so it uses Kpathsea rather straightforwardly, but is of
-course complicated by the Web to C translation. Finally, Kpsewhich is
-a small utility program whose sole purpose is to exercise the main
-path-searching functionality.
-
- When looking at these program sources, you should know that previous
-versions of the library had a different programming interface, to
-support re-entrancy. In that interface the library function names were
-prefixed with `kpse_' instead of `kpathsea_', and they did not need an
-instance variable as first argument. This change was made in 2009.
-Some of the programs mentioned above may still be using the previous
-interface.
-
- Beyond these examples, the `.h' files in the Kpathsea source
-describe the interfaces and functionality (and of course the `.c' files
-define the actual routines, which are the ultimate documentation).
-`pathsearch.h' declares the basic searching routine. `tex-file.h' and
-`tex-glyph.h' define the interfaces for looking up particular kinds of
-files. In view of the way the headers depend on each other, it is
-recommended to use `#include <kpathsea/kpathsea.h>', which includes
-every Kpathsea header.
-
- If you want to include only specific headers, you should still
-consider including `kpathsea/config.h' before including any other
-Kpathsea header, as it provides symbols used in the other headers.
-Note that `kpathsea/config.h' includes `kpathsea/c-auto.h', which is
-generated by Autoconf.
-
- The library provides no way for an external program to register new
-file types: `tex-file.[ch]' must be modified to do this. For example,
-Kpathsea has support for looking up Dvips config files, even though no
-program other than Dvips will likely ever want to do so. I felt this
-was acceptable, since along with new file types should also come new
-defaults in `texmf.cnf' (and its descendant `paths.h'), since it's
-simplest for users if they can modify one configuration file for all
-kinds of paths.
-
- Kpathsea does not parse any formats itself; it barely opens any
-files. Its primary purpose is to return filenames. The GNU font
-utilities does contain libraries to read TFM, GF, and PK files, as do
-the programs above, of course.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Calling sequence, Next: Program-specific files, Prev: Programming overview, Up: Programming
-
-5.2 Calling sequence
-====================
-
-The typical way to use Kpathsea in your program goes something like
-this:
-
- 1. Call `kpathsea_new' to create a new library instance. This variable
- must be passed as the first argument to all the following library
- functions. The rest of this manual will be using `kpse' as a
- placeholder for the name of this variable.
-
- 2. Call `kpathsea_set_program_name' with `argv[0]' as the second
- argument; the third argument is a string or `NULL'. The third
- argument is used by Kpathsea as the program name for the
- `.PROGRAM' feature of config files (*note Config files::). If the
- third argument is `NULL', the value of the second argument is
- used. This function must be called before any other use of the
- Kpathsea library.
-
- `kpathsea_set_program_name' always sets the variables
- `kpse->invocation_name' and `kpse->invocation_short_name'. These
- variables are used in the error message macros defined in
- `kpathsea/lib.h'. It sets the variable `kpse->program_name' to
- the program name it uses.
-
- It also initializes debugging options based on the environment
- variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' (if that is set).
-
- Finally, it sets the environment variables `SELFAUTOLOC',
- `SELFAUTODIR' and `SELFAUTOPARENT' to the location, parent and
- grandparent directory of the executable, removing `.' and `..' path
- elements and resolving symbolic links. These are used in the
- default configuration file to allow people to invoke TeX from
- anywhere. You can use `kpsewhich --expand-var=\$SELFAUTOLOC',
- etc., to see the values.
-
- 3. Set debugging options. *Note Debugging::. If your program doesn't
- have a debugging option already, you can define one and set
- `kpse->debug' to the number that the user supplies (as in Dviljk
- and Web2c), or you can just omit this altogether (people can
- always set `KPATHSEA_DEBUG'). If you do have runtime debugging
- already, you need to merge Kpathsea's options with yours (as in
- Dvipsk and Xdvik).
-
- 4. If your program has its own configuration files that can define
- search paths, you should assign those paths to the `client_path'
- member in the appropriate element of the `kpse->format_info'
- array. (This array is indexed by file type; see `tex-file.h'.)
- See `resident.c' in Dvipsk for an example.
-
- 5. Call `kpathsea_init_prog' (see `proginit.c'). It's useful for the
- DVI drivers, at least, but for other programs it may be simpler to
- extract the parts of it that actually apply. This does not
- initialize any paths, it just looks for (and sets) certain
- environment variables and other random information. (A search
- path is always initialized at the first call to find a file of
- that type; this eliminates much useless work, e.g., initializing
- the BibTeX search paths in a DVI driver.)
-
- 6. The routine to actually find a file of type FORMAT is
- `kpathsea_find_file'. You can call `kpathsea_find_file' after
- doing only the first and second of the initialization steps
- above--Kpathsea automatically reads the `texmf.cnf' generic config
- files, looks for environment variables, and does expansions at the
- first lookup.
-
- 7. To find PK and/or GF bitmap fonts, the routine is
- `kpathsea_find_glyph', defined in `tex-glyph.h'. This returns a
- structure in addition to the resultant filename, because fonts can
- be found in so many ways. See the documentation in the source.
-
- 8. To actually open a file, not just return a filename, call
- `kpathsea_open_file'. This function takes the name to look up and
- a Kpathsea file format as arguments, and returns the usual `FILE
- *'. It always assumes the file must exist, and thus will search
- the disk if necessary (unless the search path specified `!!',
- etc.). In other words, if you are looking up a VF or some other
- file that need not exist, don't use this.
-
- 9. TeX can write output files, via the `\openout' primitive; this
- opens a security hole vulnerable to Trojan horse attack: an
- unwitting user could run a TeX program that overwrites, say,
- `~/.rhosts'. Analogous security holes exist for many other
- programs. To alleviate this, there is a configuration variable
- `openout_any', which selects one of three levels of security.
- When it is set to `a' (for "any"), no restrictions are imposed.
- When it is set to `r' (for "restricted"), filenames beginning with
- `.' are disallowed (except `.tex' because LaTeX needs it). When
- it is set to `p' (for "paranoid") additional restrictions are
- imposed: an absolute filename must refer to a file in (a
- subdirectory) of `TEXMFOUTPUT', and any attempt to go up a
- directory level is forbidden (that is, paths may not contain a
- `..' component). The paranoid setting is the default. (For
- backwards compatibility, `y' and `1' are synonyms of `a', while
- `n' and `0' are synonyms for `r'.) The function
- `kpathsea_out_name_ok', with a filename as second argument,
- returns `true' if that filename is acceptable to be opend for
- output or `false' otherwise.
-
- 10. Similarly, the function `kpathsea_in_name_ok', with a filename as
- second argument, returns `true' if that filename is acceptable to
- be opend for input or `false' otherwise, depending on the value of
- the configuration variable `openin_any' (with `a' as default).
-
- 11. To close the kpathsea library instance you are using, call
- `kpathsea_finish'. This function closes any open log files and
- frees the memory used by the instance.
-
-
- Kpathsea also provides many utility routines. Some are generic: hash
-tables, memory allocation, string concatenation and copying, string
-lists, reading input lines of arbitrary length, etc. Others are
-filename-related: default path, tilde, and variable expansion, `stat'
-calls, etc. (Perhaps someday I'll move the former to a separate
-library.)
-
- The `c-*.h' header files can also help your program adapt to many
-different systems. You will almost certainly want to use Autoconf and
-probably Automake for configuring and building your software if you use
-Kpathsea; I strongly recommend using Autoconf and Automake regardless.
-They are available from `ftp://ftp.gnu.og/pub/gnu/'.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Program-specific files, Next: Programming with config files, Prev: Calling sequence, Up: Programming
-
-5.3 Program-specific files
-==========================
-
-Many programs will need to find some configuration files. Kpathsea
-contains some support to make it easy to place them in their own
-directories. The Standard TeX directory structure (*note Introduction:
-(tds)Top.), specifies that such files should go into a subdirectory
-named after the program, like `texmf/ttf2pk'.
-
- Two formats, `kpse_program_text_format' and
-`kpse_program_binary_format', use `.:$TEXMF/PROGRAM//' as their
-compiled-in search path. To override this default, you can use the
-variable `PROGRAMINPUTS' in the environment and/or `texmf.cnf'. That
-is to say, the name of the variable is constructed by converting the
-name of the program to upper case, and appending `INPUTS'.
-
- The only difference between these two formats is whether
-`kpathsea_open_file' will open the files it finds in text or binary
-mode.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Programming with config files, Prev: Program-specific files, Up: Programming
-
-5.4 Programming with config files
-=================================
-
-You can (and probably should) use the same `texmf.cnf' configuration
-file that Kpathsea uses for your program. This helps installers by
-keeping all configuration in one place.
-
- To retrieve a value VAR from config files, the best way is to call
-`kpathsea_var_value' on the string `VAR'. This will look first for an
-environment variable VAR, then a config file value. The result will be
-the value found or `NULL'. This function is declared in
-`kpathsea/variable.h'. For an example, see the `shell_escape' code in
-`web2c/lib/texmfmp.c'.
-
- The routine to do variable expansion in the context of a search path
-(as opposed to simply retrieving a value) is `kpathsea_var_expand', also
-declared in `kpathsea/variable.h'. It's generally only necessary to
-set the search path structure components as explained in the previous
-section, rather than using this yourself.
-
- If for some reason you want to retrieve a value _only_ from a config
-file, not automatically looking for a corresponding environment
-variable, call `kpathsea_cnf_get' (declared in `kpathsea/cnf.h') with
-the string VAR.
-
- No initialization calls are needed.
-
-
-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Index, Prev: Programming, Up: Top
-
-Index
-*****
-
-
-* Menu:
-
-* !! in path specifications: ls-R. (line 52)
-* $ expansion: Variable expansion. (line 6)
-* --all: Path searching options.
- (line 12)
-* --color=tty: ls-R. (line 21)
-* --debug=NUM: Auxiliary tasks. (line 9)
-* --disable-static: configure options. (line 31)
-* --dpi=NUM: Path searching options.
- (line 17)
-* --enable options: configure options. (line 16)
-* --enable-maintainer-mode: configure options. (line 34)
-* --enable-shared <1>: Shared library. (line 6)
-* --enable-shared: configure options. (line 27)
-* --engine=NAME: Path searching options.
- (line 22)
-* --expand-braces=STRING: Auxiliary tasks. (line 16)
-* --expand-path=STRING: Auxiliary tasks. (line 24)
-* --expand-var=STRING: Auxiliary tasks. (line 19)
-* --format=NAME: Path searching options.
- (line 38)
-* --help: Standard options. (line 8)
-* --interactive: Path searching options.
- (line 120)
-* --mktex=FILETYPE: Path searching options.
- (line 125)
-* --mode=STRING: Path searching options.
- (line 131)
-* --must-exist: Path searching options.
- (line 136)
-* --no-mktex=FILETYPE: Path searching options.
- (line 125)
-* --path=STRING: Path searching options.
- (line 141)
-* --progname=NAME: Path searching options.
- (line 150)
-* --safe-in-name=NAME: Path searching options.
- (line 156)
-* --safe-out-name=NAME: Path searching options.
- (line 156)
-* --show-path=NAME: Auxiliary tasks. (line 41)
-* --srcdir, for building multiple architectures: configure scenarios.
- (line 18)
-* --subdir=STRING: Path searching options.
- (line 162)
-* --var-value=VARIABLE: Auxiliary tasks. (line 12)
-* --version: Standard options. (line 11)
-* --with options: configure options. (line 16)
-* --with-mktextex-default: mktex configuration. (line 12)
-* --without-mktexfmt-default: mktex configuration. (line 12)
-* --without-mktexmf-default: mktex configuration. (line 12)
-* --without-mktexocp-default: mktex configuration. (line 12)
-* --without-mktexofm-default: mktex configuration. (line 12)
-* --without-mktexpk-default: mktex configuration. (line 12)
-* --without-mktextfm-default: mktex configuration. (line 12)
-* -1 debugging value: Debugging. (line 23)
-* -A option to ls: ls-R. (line 33)
-* -Bdynamic: ShellWidgetClass. (line 45)
-* -Bstatic: ShellWidgetClass. (line 45)
-* -D NUM: Path searching options.
- (line 17)
-* -dynamic: ShellWidgetClass. (line 43)
-* -g, compiling without: configure scenarios. (line 32)
-* -L option to ls: ls-R. (line 38)
-* -O, compiling with: configure scenarios. (line 32)
-* -static: ShellWidgetClass. (line 43)
-* . directories, ignored: ls-R. (line 33)
-* . files: ls-R. (line 33)
-* .2602gf: Unable to generate fonts.
- (line 36)
-* .afm: Supported file formats.
- (line 20)
-* .base: Supported file formats.
- (line 24)
-* .bib: Supported file formats.
- (line 28)
-* .bst: Supported file formats.
- (line 32)
-* .cid: Supported file formats.
- (line 58)
-* .cmap: Supported file formats.
- (line 36)
-* .cnf: Supported file formats.
- (line 39)
-* .enc: Supported file formats.
- (line 51)
-* .eps: Supported file formats.
- (line 69)
-* .epsi: Supported file formats.
- (line 69)
-* .fea: Supported file formats.
- (line 61)
-* .fmt: Supported file formats.
- (line 54)
-* .ist: Supported file formats.
- (line 74)
-* .lig: Supported file formats.
- (line 78)
-* .map: Supported file formats.
- (line 84)
-* .mem: Supported file formats.
- (line 87)
-* .mf: Supported file formats.
- (line 95)
-* .mft: Supported file formats.
- (line 103)
-* .mlbib: Supported file formats.
- (line 111)
-* .mlbst: Supported file formats.
- (line 115)
-* .mp: Supported file formats.
- (line 119)
-* .ocp: Supported file formats.
- (line 127)
-* .ofm: Supported file formats.
- (line 131)
-* .opl: Supported file formats.
- (line 138)
-* .otp: Supported file formats.
- (line 141)
-* .ovf: Supported file formats.
- (line 144)
-* .ovp: Supported file formats.
- (line 147)
-* .pfa: Supported file formats.
- (line 200)
-* .pfb: Supported file formats.
- (line 200)
-* .pk: Supported file formats.
- (line 154)
-* .pool: Supported file formats.
- (line 99)
-* .pro: Supported file formats.
- (line 160)
-* .rhosts, writable by TeX: Security. (line 10)
-* .sfd: Supported file formats.
- (line 164)
-* .tex: Supported file formats.
- (line 167)
-* .tex file, included in ls-R: ls-R. (line 33)
-* .tfm: Supported file formats.
- (line 187)
-* .ttc: Supported file formats.
- (line 196)
-* .ttf: Supported file formats.
- (line 196)
-* .vf: Supported file formats.
- (line 208)
-* .w: Supported file formats.
- (line 43)
-* .web: Supported file formats.
- (line 43)
-* / may not be /: Searching overview. (line 13)
-* /, trailing in home directory: Tilde expansion. (line 19)
-* //: Subdirectory expansion.
- (line 6)
-* /afs/... , installing into: Installing files. (line 32)
-* /etc/profile: Unable to find files.
- (line 14)
-* /etc/profile and aliases: ls-R. (line 21)
-* /var/tmp/texfonts: mktex configuration. (line 114)
-* 2602gf: Unable to generate fonts.
- (line 36)
-* 8.3 filenames, using: mktex configuration. (line 69)
-* : may not be :: Searching overview. (line 13)
-* :: expansion: Default expansion. (line 6)
-* @VAR@ substitutions: Running configure. (line 6)
-* \, line continuation in texmf.cnf: Config files. (line 37)
-* \openin: Searching overview. (line 31)
-* \special, suppressing warnings about: Suppressing warnings.
- (line 31)
-* absolute filenames: Searching overview. (line 52)
-* ac_include, Autoconf extension: Running configure. (line 6)
-* access warnings: Searching overview. (line 56)
-* AFMFONTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 20)
-* AFS: Installing files. (line 32)
-* AIX 4.1 configure error: Empty Makefiles. (line 6)
-* AIX shells and configure: configure shells. (line 14)
-* aliases for fonts: Fontmap. (line 6)
-* aliases, for filenames: Filename aliases. (line 6)
-* all: Suppressing warnings.
- (line 13)
-* all matches, finding: Path searching options.
- (line 12)
-* alphabetical order, not: Subdirectory expansion.
- (line 6)
-* Amiga support: Custom installation. (line 19)
-* Andrew File System, installing with: Installing files. (line 32)
-* announcement mailing list: Mailing lists. (line 6)
-* ANSI C: TeX or Metafont failing.
- (line 30)
-* API, re-entrant: Programming overview.
- (line 16)
-* append-only directories and mktexpk: Security. (line 36)
-* appendonlydir: mktex configuration. (line 61)
-* architecture-(in)dependent files, installing only: Installing files.
- (line 21)
-* architectures, compiling multiple: configure scenarios. (line 18)
-* arguments to mktex: mktex script arguments.
- (line 6)
-* argv[0]: Calling sequence. (line 14)
-* ash, losing with configure: configure shells. (line 19)
-* autoconf, recommended: Calling sequence. (line 119)
-* automounter, and configuration: configure scenarios. (line 29)
-* automounter, and ls-R: ls-R. (line 40)
-* auxiliary tasks: Auxiliary tasks. (line 6)
-* Babel <1>: Running make. (line 51)
-* Babel: Kpathsea application distributions.
- (line 28)
-* Bach, Johann Sebastian: Default expansion. (line 41)
-* backslash-newline: Config files. (line 37)
-* bash, recommended for running configure: configure shells. (line 6)
-* basic glyph lookup: Basic glyph lookup. (line 6)
-* Berry, Karl: History. (line 12)
-* BIBINPUTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 28)
-* blank lines, in texmf.cnf: Config files. (line 35)
-* brace expansion: Brace expansion. (line 6)
-* BSD universe: Running make. (line 44)
-* bsh, ok with configure: configure shells. (line 14)
-* BSTINPUTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 32)
-* bug address: Reporting bugs. (line 8)
-* bug checklist: Bug checklist. (line 6)
-* bug mailing list: Mailing lists. (line 6)
-* bugs, reporting: Reporting bugs. (line 6)
-* c-*.h: Calling sequence. (line 119)
-* c-auto.h: Programming overview.
- (line 33)
-* c-auto.in: Running configure. (line 6)
-* cache of fonts, local: Security. (line 22)
-* calling sequence: Calling sequence. (line 6)
-* CC: configure environment.
- (line 10)
-* cc warnings: Pointer combination warnings.
- (line 6)
-* cc, compiling with: configure environment.
- (line 11)
-* CFLAGS: configure environment.
- (line 14)
-* ChangeLog entry: Bug checklist. (line 55)
-* checklist for bug reports: Bug checklist. (line 6)
-* checksum: Suppressing warnings.
- (line 16)
-* circle fonts: Fontmap. (line 19)
-* clean Make target: Cleaning up. (line 15)
-* client_path in kpse->format_info: Calling sequence. (line 47)
-* CMAPFONTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 36)
-* cmr10, as fallback font: Fallback font. (line 15)
-* cmr10.vf: Searching overview. (line 31)
-* cnf.c: Config files. (line 86)
-* cnf.h: Programming with config files.
- (line 23)
-* code sharing: Shared library. (line 9)
-* color printers, configuring: Simple installation. (line 60)
-* comments, in fontmap files: Fontmap. (line 28)
-* comments, in texmf.cnf: Config files. (line 27)
-* comments, making: Introduction. (line 27)
-* common features in glyph lookup: Basic glyph lookup. (line 6)
-* common problems: Common problems. (line 6)
-* comp.sys.sun.admin FAQ: ShellWidgetClass. (line 6)
-* comp.text.tex: Mailing lists. (line 25)
-* compilation: Installation. (line 6)
-* compilation value, source for path: Path sources. (line 20)
-* compiler bugs: TeX or Metafont failing.
- (line 6)
-* compiler bugs, finding: TeX or Metafont failing.
- (line 24)
-* compiler options, additional: Running make. (line 27)
-* compiler options, specifying: configure environment.
- (line 15)
-* compiler, changing: Running make. (line 40)
-* compiling on HP-UX: TeX or Metafont failing.
- (line 30)
-* conditions for use: Introduction. (line 31)
-* config files: Config files. (line 6)
-* config files, for Kpathsea-using programs: Calling sequence.
- (line 47)
-* config files, programming with: Programming with config files.
- (line 6)
-* config.h: Programming overview.
- (line 33)
-* config.log: Bug checklist. (line 27)
-* config.ps: Specially-recognized files.
- (line 16)
-* config.ps, search path for: Supported file formats.
- (line 47)
-* config.status: Bug checklist. (line 30)
-* configuration: Installation. (line 6)
-* configuration bugs: Bug checklist. (line 30)
-* configuration compiler options: configure environment.
- (line 23)
-* configuration file, source for path: Path sources. (line 17)
-* configuration files as shell scripts.: Config files. (line 79)
-* configuration of mktex scripts: mktex configuration. (line 6)
-* configuration of optional features: configure options. (line 16)
-* configure error from sed: Empty Makefiles. (line 6)
-* configure options: configure options. (line 6)
-* configure options for mktex scripts: mktex configuration. (line 12)
-* configure, running: Running configure. (line 6)
-* context diff: Bug checklist. (line 55)
-* continuation character: Config files. (line 37)
-* core dumps, reporting: Bug checklist. (line 61)
-* CPPFLAGS: configure environment.
- (line 22)
-* crashes, reporting: Bug checklist. (line 61)
-* custom installation: Custom installation. (line 6)
-* CWEBINPUTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 43)
-* database search: Searching overview. (line 17)
-* database, for filenames: Filename database. (line 6)
-* database, format of: Database format. (line 6)
-* debug.h: Debugging. (line 6)
-* debugger: Bug checklist. (line 61)
-* debugging: Debugging. (line 6)
-* debugging options, in Kpathsea-using program: Calling sequence.
- (line 39)
-* debugging output: Debugging. (line 27)
-* debugging with -g, disabling: configure scenarios. (line 32)
-* DEC shells and configure: configure shells. (line 25)
-* default expansion: Default expansion. (line 6)
-* default path features: Default path features.
- (line 6)
-* default paths, changing: Default path generation.
- (line 6)
-* default paths, how they're made: Default path generation.
- (line 12)
-* default_texsizes: Fallback font. (line 6)
-* DEFS: configure environment.
- (line 31)
-* depot: configure scenarios. (line 29)
-* device, wrong: Unable to generate fonts.
- (line 29)
-* directories, changing default installation: Default path generation.
- (line 6)
-* directories, making append-only: mktex configuration. (line 62)
-* directory permissions: Security. (line 51)
-* directory structure, for TeX files: TeX directory structure.
- (line 6)
-* disabling mktex scripts: mktex configuration. (line 6)
-* disk search: Searching overview. (line 22)
-* disk searching, avoiding: ls-R. (line 52)
-* disk space, needed: Disk space. (line 6)
-* disk usage, reducing: Logging. (line 6)
-* distclean Make target: Cleaning up. (line 6)
-* distributions, compiling simultaneously: Kpathsea application distributions.
- (line 6)
-* distributions, not compiling: Kpathsea application distributions.
- (line 6)
-* dlclose: dlopen. (line 6)
-* dlopen: dlopen. (line 6)
-* dlsym: dlopen. (line 6)
-* dlsym.c: dlopen. (line 21)
-* doc files: Supported file formats.
- (line 173)
-* DOS compatible names: mktex configuration. (line 69)
-* DOS support: Custom installation. (line 19)
-* dosnames: mktex configuration. (line 68)
-* dot files: ls-R. (line 33)
-* doubled colons: Default expansion. (line 6)
-* dpiNNN directories: mktex configuration. (line 69)
-* DVI drivers: Kpathsea application distributions.
- (line 12)
-* DVILJMAKEPK: mktex script names. (line 32)
-* DVILJSIZES: Fallback font. (line 6)
-* dvipdfmx.cfg: Specially-recognized files.
- (line 19)
-* DVIPSFONTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 243)
-* DVIPSHEADERS: Supported file formats.
- (line 200)
-* DVIPSMAKEPK: mktex script names. (line 32)
-* DVIPSSIZES: Fallback font. (line 6)
-* dynamic creation of files: mktex scripts. (line 6)
-* dynamic linking problems with OpenWin libraries: ShellWidgetClass.
- (line 6)
-* EC fonts, and dynamic source creation: mktex scripts. (line 6)
-* elt-dirs.c: Subdirectory expansion.
- (line 41)
-* enabling mktex scripts: mktex configuration. (line 6)
-* ENCFONTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 51)
-* engine name: Path searching options.
- (line 22)
-* environment variable, source for path: Path sources. (line 9)
-* environment variables for TeX: Supported file formats.
- (line 6)
-* environment variables in paths: Variable expansion. (line 6)
-* environment variables, old: Unable to find files.
- (line 14)
-* epoch, seconds since: Logging. (line 15)
-* error message macros: Calling sequence. (line 22)
-* excessive startup time: Slow path searching. (line 6)
-* expand.c: Brace expansion. (line 26)
-* expanding symlinks: Calling sequence. (line 31)
-* expansion, default: Default expansion. (line 6)
-* expansion, path element: Searching overview. (line 43)
-* expansion, search path: Path expansion. (line 6)
-* expansion, subdirectory: Subdirectory expansion.
- (line 6)
-* expansion, tilde: Tilde expansion. (line 6)
-* expansion, variable: Variable expansion. (line 6)
-* explicitly relative filenames: Searching overview. (line 52)
-* extensions, filename: File lookup. (line 24)
-* externally-built filename database: Filename database. (line 6)
-* extra colons: Default expansion. (line 6)
-* extraclean Make target: Cleaning up. (line 23)
-* failed mktex... script invocation: mktex script names. (line 35)
-* fallback font: Fallback font. (line 6)
-* fallback resolutions: Fallback font. (line 6)
-* fallback resolutions, overriding: Running make. (line 10)
-* FAQ, comp.sys.sun.admin: ShellWidgetClass. (line 6)
-* FAQ, Kpathsea: Common problems. (line 6)
-* Farwell, Matthew: Subdirectory expansion.
- (line 22)
-* features, of default paths: Default path features.
- (line 6)
-* file formats, supported: Supported file formats.
- (line 6)
-* file lookup: File lookup. (line 6)
-* file permissions: Security. (line 47)
-* file types, registering new: Programming overview.
- (line 39)
-* filename aliases: Filename aliases. (line 6)
-* filename database: Filename database. (line 6)
-* filename database generation: Filename database generation.
- (line 6)
-* filenames, absolute or explicitly relative: Searching overview.
- (line 52)
-* files, unable to find: Unable to find files.
- (line 6)
-* filesystem search: Searching overview. (line 22)
-* floating directories: Searching overview. (line 22)
-* fmtutil: mktex script names. (line 10)
-* fmtutil.cnf: Specially-recognized files.
- (line 22)
-* fmtutils.cnf: mktex configuration. (line 24)
-* font alias files: Fontmap. (line 6)
-* font generation failures: Unable to generate fonts.
- (line 6)
-* font of last resort: Fallback font. (line 6)
-* font set, infinite: mktex scripts. (line 6)
-* FONTCIDMAPS: Supported file formats.
- (line 58)
-* FONTFEATURES: Supported file formats.
- (line 61)
-* fontmap files: Fontmap. (line 6)
-* fontmaps: mktex configuration. (line 87)
-* fontname: mktex configuration. (line 88)
-* fontnames, arbitrary length: Fontmap. (line 15)
-* fonts, being created: Simple installation. (line 79)
-* FOOINPUTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 225)
-* fopen, redefined: Debugging. (line 54)
-* format of external database: Database format. (line 6)
-* FreeBSD configure error: Empty Makefiles. (line 6)
-* FreeBSD shells and configure: configure shells. (line 19)
-* ftp.cs.stanford.edu: unixtex.ftp. (line 20)
-* ftp.tug.org: unixtex.ftp. (line 6)
-* fundamental purpose of Kpathsea: Introduction. (line 6)
-* gcc, compiling with: configure environment.
- (line 11)
-* gdb, recommended: Bug checklist. (line 61)
-* generation of filename database: Filename database generation.
- (line 6)
-* get_applicationShellWidgetClass: ShellWidgetClass. (line 6)
-* get_wmShellWidgetClass: ShellWidgetClass. (line 6)
-* gf: Supported file formats.
- (line 65)
-* GFFONTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 65)
-* globally writable directories: Security. (line 30)
-* glyph lookup: Glyph lookup. (line 6)
-* glyph lookup bitmap tolerance: Basic glyph lookup. (line 15)
-* GLYPHFONTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 65)
-* glyphlist.txt: Specially-recognized files.
- (line 25)
-* GNU C compiler bugs: TeX or Metafont failing.
- (line 19)
-* GNU General Public License: Introduction. (line 31)
-* group-writable directories: Security. (line 40)
-* GSFTOPK_DEBUG (128): Debugging. (line 88)
-* hash table buckets, printing: Debugging. (line 105)
-* hash table routines: Calling sequence. (line 112)
-* hash_summary_only variable for debugging: Debugging. (line 105)
-* help, mailing list for general TeX: Mailing lists. (line 25)
-* history of Kpathsea: History. (line 6)
-* home directories in paths: Tilde expansion. (line 6)
-* HOME, as ~ expansion: Tilde expansion. (line 6)
-* HP-UX, compiling on: TeX or Metafont failing.
- (line 30)
-* identifiers, characters valid in: Config files. (line 47)
-* illegal pointer combination warnings: Pointer combination warnings.
- (line 6)
-* include fontmap directive: Fontmap. (line 33)
-* INDEXSTYLE: Supported file formats.
- (line 74)
-* info-tex@shsu.edu: Mailing lists. (line 25)
-* input lines, reading: Calling sequence. (line 112)
-* install-data Make target: Installing files. (line 28)
-* install-exec Make target: Installing files. (line 23)
-* installation: Installation. (line 6)
-* installation testing: Installation testing.
- (line 6)
-* installation, architecture-(in)dependent files only: Installing files.
- (line 21)
-* installation, changing default directories: Default path generation.
- (line 6)
-* installation, customized: Custom installation. (line 6)
-* installation, getting executables instead of: Simple installation.
- (line 6)
-* installation, simple: Simple installation. (line 6)
-* installing files: Installing files. (line 6)
-* interactive query: Path searching options.
- (line 120)
-* interface, not frozen: Introduction. (line 27)
-* introduction: Introduction. (line 6)
-* kdebug:: Debugging. (line 105)
-* kdefault.c: Default expansion. (line 48)
-* Knuth, Donald E.: History. (line 6)
-* Knuth, Donald E., archive of programs by: unixtex.ftp. (line 20)
-* Korn shell, losing with configure: configure shells. (line 14)
-* kpathsae_var_value: Programming with config files.
- (line 10)
-* Kpathsea config file, source for path: Path sources. (line 17)
-* Kpathsea version number: Kpathsea application distributions.
- (line 6)
-* kpathsea.h: Programming overview.
- (line 24)
-* kpathsea/README.CONFIGURE: Running configure. (line 15)
-* kpathsea_cnf_get: Programming with config files.
- (line 23)
-* KPATHSEA_DEBUG <1>: Calling sequence. (line 28)
-* KPATHSEA_DEBUG: Debugging. (line 18)
-* kpathsea_find_file <1>: Calling sequence. (line 62)
-* kpathsea_find_file: File lookup. (line 37)
-* kpathsea_find_glyph: Glyph lookup. (line 26)
-* kpathsea_finish: Calling sequence. (line 107)
-* kpathsea_in_name_ok: Calling sequence. (line 102)
-* kpathsea_init_prog <1>: Calling sequence. (line 53)
-* kpathsea_init_prog: Fallback font. (line 15)
-* kpathsea_new: Calling sequence. (line 9)
-* kpathsea_open_file: Calling sequence. (line 74)
-* kpathsea_out_name_ok: Calling sequence. (line 82)
-* kpathsea_set_program_name: Calling sequence. (line 14)
-* KPATHSEA_WARNING: Config files. (line 18)
-* kpse->debug: Debugging. (line 6)
-* kpse->debug variable: Calling sequence. (line 39)
-* kpse->format_info: Calling sequence. (line 47)
-* kpse->invocation_name: Calling sequence. (line 22)
-* kpse->invocation_short_name: Calling sequence. (line 22)
-* kpse->program_name: Calling sequence. (line 22)
-* KPSE_BITMAP_TOLERANCE: Basic glyph lookup. (line 15)
-* KPSE_DEBUG_EXPAND (16): Debugging. (line 68)
-* KPSE_DEBUG_FOPEN (4): Debugging. (line 53)
-* KPSE_DEBUG_HASH (2): Debugging. (line 46)
-* KPSE_DEBUG_PATHS (8): Debugging. (line 60)
-* KPSE_DEBUG_SEARCH (32): Debugging. (line 74)
-* KPSE_DEBUG_STAT (1): Debugging. (line 38)
-* KPSE_DEBUG_VARS (64): Debugging. (line 83)
-* KPSE_DOT expansion: KPSE_DOT expansion. (line 6)
-* kpse_format_info_type: Debugging. (line 61)
-* kpse_init_prog, and MAKETEX_MODE: Default path features.
- (line 25)
-* kpsewhich: Invoking kpsewhich. (line 6)
-* Kpsewhich, and debugging: Debugging. (line 31)
-* ksh, losing with configure: configure shells. (line 14)
-* LaserJet drive: Kpathsea application distributions.
- (line 13)
-* last-resort font: Fallback font. (line 6)
-* LaTeX help mailing list: Mailing lists. (line 25)
-* lcircle10: Fontmap. (line 19)
-* LDFLAGS: configure environment.
- (line 38)
-* leading colons: Default expansion. (line 6)
-* leaf directories wrongly guessed: Unable to find files.
- (line 21)
-* leaf directory trick: Subdirectory expansion.
- (line 22)
-* libdl.a: dlopen. (line 6)
-* libraries, changing: Running make. (line 40)
-* libraries, specifying additional: configure environment.
- (line 43)
-* LIBS: configure environment.
- (line 42)
-* libucb, avoiding: Running make. (line 44)
-* license for using the library: Introduction. (line 31)
-* LIGFONTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 78)
-* lines, reading arbitrary-length: Calling sequence. (line 112)
-* Linux File System Standard: mktex configuration. (line 114)
-* Linux shells and configure: configure shells. (line 19)
-* lndir for building symlink trees: configure scenarios. (line 18)
-* loader options: configure environment.
- (line 39)
-* loader options, final: Running make. (line 33)
-* loader options, initial: Running make. (line 30)
-* local cache of fonts: Security. (line 22)
-* log file: Logging. (line 6)
-* logging successful searches: Logging. (line 6)
-* lost+found directory: Searching overview. (line 56)
-* lostchar: Suppressing warnings.
- (line 19)
-* ls-R: Supported file formats.
- (line 81)
-* ls-R and AFS: Installing files. (line 40)
-* ls-R database file: ls-R. (line 6)
-* ls-R, simplest build: ls-R. (line 18)
-* Mach10 configure error: Empty Makefiles. (line 6)
-* MacKenzie, David <1>: Subdirectory expansion.
- (line 22)
-* MacKenzie, David: History. (line 45)
-* magic characters: Searching overview. (line 13)
-* mailing lists: Mailing lists. (line 6)
-* maintainer-clean Make target: Cleaning up. (line 18)
-* Make arguments, additional: Running make. (line 36)
-* make, running: Running make. (line 6)
-* Makefile.in: Running configure. (line 6)
-* Makefiles, empty: Empty Makefiles. (line 6)
-* MAKETEX_DEBUG (512): Debugging. (line 91)
-* MAKETEX_FINE_DEBUG (1024): Debugging. (line 100)
-* MAKETEX_MODE: Default path features.
- (line 19)
-* memory allocation routines: Calling sequence. (line 112)
-* metafont driver files: mktex configuration. (line 94)
-* Metafont failures: TeX or Metafont failing.
- (line 6)
-* Metafont installation: Unable to generate fonts.
- (line 52)
-* Metafont making too-large fonts: Unable to generate fonts.
- (line 36)
-* Metafont using the wrong device: Unable to generate fonts.
- (line 29)
-* MFBASES: Supported file formats.
- (line 24)
-* MFINPUTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 95)
-* MFPOOL: Supported file formats.
- (line 99)
-* MFTINPUTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 103)
-* MISCFONTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 107)
-* mismatched checksum warnings: Suppressing warnings.
- (line 17)
-* missfont.log: mktex script names. (line 35)
-* MISSFONT_LOG: mktex script names. (line 40)
-* missing character warnings: Suppressing warnings.
- (line 20)
-* mkocp: mktex script names. (line 18)
-* mkofm: mktex script names. (line 21)
-* mktex script configuration: mktex configuration. (line 6)
-* mktex script names: mktex script names. (line 6)
-* mktex scripts: mktex scripts. (line 6)
-* mktex.cnf <1>: Specially-recognized files.
- (line 28)
-* mktex.cnf: mktex configuration. (line 29)
-* mktex.opt: mktex configuration. (line 29)
-* mktexdir: mktex configuration. (line 62)
-* mktexfmt: mktex script names. (line 10)
-* mktexmf: mktex script names. (line 15)
-* mktexpk: mktex script names. (line 24)
-* mktexpk , initial runs: Simple installation. (line 79)
-* mktexpk can't guess mode: Unable to generate fonts.
- (line 12)
-* mktextex: mktex script names. (line 27)
-* mktextfm: mktex script names. (line 30)
-* MLBIBINPUTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 111)
-* MLBSTINPUTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 115)
-* mode directory, omitting: mktex configuration. (line 99)
-* Morgan, Tim: History. (line 12)
-* mostlyclean Make target: Cleaning up. (line 10)
-* MPINPUTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 119)
-* MPMEMS: Supported file formats.
- (line 87)
-* MPPOOL: Supported file formats.
- (line 123)
-* MPSUPPORT: Supported file formats.
- (line 91)
-* MT_FEATURES: mktex configuration. (line 40)
-* multiple architectures, compiling on: configure scenarios. (line 18)
-* multiple architectures, directories for: configure scenarios.
- (line 23)
-* multiple architectures, installing on: Installing files. (line 21)
-* multiple TeX hierarchies: Brace expansion. (line 20)
-* must exist: Searching overview. (line 31)
-* names for mktex scripts: mktex script names. (line 6)
-* NetBSD configure error: Empty Makefiles. (line 6)
-* NetBSD shells and configure: configure shells. (line 19)
-* Neumann, Gustaf: History. (line 57)
-* newsgroup for TeX: Mailing lists. (line 25)
-* NeXT sed error: Empty Makefiles. (line 6)
-* NeXT, lacking X11: Kpathsea application distributions.
- (line 6)
-* NFS and ls-R: ls-R. (line 40)
-* nomfdrivers: mktex configuration. (line 93)
-* nomode: mktex configuration. (line 98)
-* non-English typesetting: Kpathsea application distributions.
- (line 28)
-* non-Unix operating systems: Custom installation. (line 19)
-* none: Suppressing warnings.
- (line 23)
-* null pointers, dereferencing: Bug checklist. (line 61)
-* numeric debugging values: Debugging. (line 34)
-* obtaining TeX: unixtex.ftp. (line 6)
-* OCPINPUTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 127)
-* OFMFONTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 131)
-* online Metafont display, spurious: Unable to generate fonts.
- (line 36)
-* OPENTYPEFONTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 135)
-* OpenWin libraries, dynamic linking problems: ShellWidgetClass.
- (line 6)
-* optimization caveat: TeX or Metafont failing.
- (line 15)
-* optimization, enabling: configure scenarios. (line 32)
-* options for debugging: Debugging. (line 6)
-* options to configure: configure options. (line 16)
-* OS/2 support: Custom installation. (line 19)
-* OTPINPUTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 141)
-* overview of path searching: Searching overview. (line 6)
-* overview of programming with Kpathsea: Programming overview.
- (line 6)
-* OVFFONTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 144)
-* OVPFONTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 147)
-* patches, Sun OpenWin: ShellWidgetClass. (line 29)
-* path expansion: Path expansion. (line 6)
-* path searching: Path searching. (line 6)
-* path searching options: Path searching options.
- (line 6)
-* path searching, overview: Searching overview. (line 6)
-* path searching, standalone: Invoking kpsewhich. (line 6)
-* path sources: Path sources. (line 6)
-* paths, changing default <1>: Default path generation.
- (line 6)
-* paths, changing default: Changing search paths.
- (line 6)
-* paths, device name included in: Default path features.
- (line 19)
-* paths.h: Default path generation.
- (line 27)
-* paths.h, creating: Running make. (line 6)
-* pathsearch.h: Programming overview.
- (line 24)
-* pc Pascal compiler: History. (line 12)
-* PCL driver: Kpathsea application distributions.
- (line 13)
-* PDF generation: Kpathsea application distributions.
- (line 16)
-* pdfglyphlist.txt: Specially-recognized files.
- (line 31)
-* pdftex.cfg: Specially-recognized files.
- (line 34)
-* PDFTEXCONFIG: Supported file formats.
- (line 151)
-* pdftexconfig.tex: Specially-recognized files.
- (line 34)
-* permission denied: Searching overview. (line 56)
-* permissions, directory: Security. (line 51)
-* permissions, file: Security. (line 47)
-* PKFONTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 154)
-* plain.base: Unable to generate fonts.
- (line 46)
-* pointer combination warnings: Pointer combination warnings.
- (line 6)
-* PostScript driver: Kpathsea application distributions.
- (line 16)
-* PostScript fonts, additional: Simple installation. (line 60)
-* precompiled executables, instead of installation: Simple installation.
- (line 6)
-* preprocessor options: configure environment.
- (line 32)
-* preprocessor options, additional: Running make. (line 24)
-* printer configuration files: Simple installation. (line 60)
-* privacy, semblance of: Logging. (line 32)
-* problems, common: Common problems. (line 6)
-* proginit.c: Default path features.
- (line 25)
-* proginit.h: Calling sequence. (line 53)
-* program-varying paths: Supported file formats.
- (line 12)
-* programming overview: Programming overview.
- (line 6)
-* programming with config files: Programming with config files.
- (line 6)
-* programming with Kpathsea: Calling sequence. (line 6)
-* programs using the library: Introduction. (line 13)
-* proof mode: Unable to generate fonts.
- (line 36)
-* PSHEADERS: Supported file formats.
- (line 160)
-* pxp Pascal preprocessor: History. (line 12)
-* quoting variable values: Variable expansion. (line 17)
-* re-entrant API: Programming overview.
- (line 16)
-* readable: Suppressing warnings.
- (line 26)
-* reading arbitrary-length lines: Calling sequence. (line 112)
-* README.CONFIGURE: Running configure. (line 15)
-* recording successful searches: Logging. (line 6)
-* relative filenames: Searching overview. (line 52)
-* relative filenames in ls-R: Installing files. (line 40)
-* reporting bugs: Reporting bugs. (line 6)
-* resident.c: Calling sequence. (line 47)
-* resolution, setting: Path searching options.
- (line 17)
-* resolutions, last-resort: Fallback font. (line 6)
-* retrieving TeX: unixtex.ftp. (line 6)
-* right-hand side of variable assignments: Config files. (line 56)
-* Rokicki, Tom: History. (line 12)
-* root user: Tilde expansion. (line 19)
-* runtime configuration files: Config files. (line 6)
-* runtime debugging: Debugging. (line 6)
-* Sauter fonts, and dynamic source creation: mktex scripts. (line 6)
-* scripts for file creation: mktex scripts. (line 6)
-* search path, defined: Searching overview. (line 6)
-* search paths, changing default: Changing search paths.
- (line 6)
-* searching for files: File lookup. (line 6)
-* searching for glyphs: Glyph lookup. (line 6)
-* searching overview: Searching overview. (line 6)
-* searching the database: Searching overview. (line 17)
-* searching the disk: Searching overview. (line 22)
-* security considerations: Security. (line 6)
-* sed error from configure: Empty Makefiles. (line 6)
-* SELFAUTODIR: Calling sequence. (line 31)
-* SELFAUTOLOC: Calling sequence. (line 31)
-* SELFAUTOPARENT: Calling sequence. (line 31)
-* sending patches: Bug checklist. (line 55)
-* setgid scripts: Security. (line 40)
-* SFDFONTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 164)
-* sh5, ok with configure: configure shells. (line 25)
-* shared library, making: Shared library. (line 6)
-* shell scripts as configuration files: Config files. (line 79)
-* shell variables: Variable expansion. (line 17)
-* shell_escape, example for code: Programming with config files.
- (line 10)
-* shells and configure: configure shells. (line 6)
-* simple installation: Simple installation. (line 6)
-* site overrides for mktex...: mktex configuration. (line 29)
-* size of distribution archives: Disk space. (line 6)
-* skeleton TeX directory: TeX directory structure.
- (line 6)
-* slow startup time: Slow path searching. (line 6)
-* Solaris BSD compatibility, not: Running make. (line 44)
-* source files: Supported file formats.
- (line 176)
-* sources for search paths: Path sources. (line 6)
-* special: Suppressing warnings.
- (line 30)
-* st_nlink: Subdirectory expansion.
- (line 26)
-* ST_NLINK_TRICK: Subdirectory expansion.
- (line 38)
-* stack trace: Bug checklist. (line 61)
-* standalone path searching: Invoking kpsewhich. (line 6)
-* standard error and debugging output: Debugging. (line 27)
-* standard options: Standard options. (line 6)
-* startup time, excessive: Slow path searching. (line 6)
-* static linking: ShellWidgetClass. (line 39)
-* static linking and dlsym: dlopen. (line 6)
-* string routines: Calling sequence. (line 112)
-* strip: mktex configuration. (line 108)
-* stripsupplier: mktex configuration. (line 102)
-* striptypeface: mktex configuration. (line 105)
-* subdirectory searching: Subdirectory expansion.
- (line 6)
-* suffixes, filename: File lookup. (line 24)
-* suggestions, making: Introduction. (line 27)
-* Sun 2: History. (line 12)
-* Sun OpenWin patches: ShellWidgetClass. (line 29)
-* supplier directory, omitting: mktex configuration. (line 103)
-* supported file formats: Supported file formats.
- (line 6)
-* suppressing warnings: Suppressing warnings.
- (line 6)
-* symbolic link trees, for multiple architectures: configure scenarios.
- (line 18)
-* symbolic links not found: Unable to find files.
- (line 21)
-* symbolic links, and ls-R: ls-R. (line 38)
-* symlinks, resolving: Calling sequence. (line 31)
-* system C compiler bugs: TeX or Metafont failing.
- (line 19)
-* system dependencies: Running configure. (line 6)
-* system V universe: Running make. (line 44)
-* T1FONTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 200)
-* T1INPUTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 200)
-* T42FONTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 205)
-* tcfmgr.map: Specially-recognized files.
- (line 47)
-* TDS <1>: TeX directory structure.
- (line 6)
-* TDS: Default path features.
- (line 41)
-* testing, post-installation: Installation testing.
- (line 6)
-* tests, simple: Simple installation. (line 79)
-* TeX directory structure <1>: TeX directory structure.
- (line 6)
-* TeX directory structure: Default path features.
- (line 41)
-* TeX environment variables: Supported file formats.
- (line 6)
-* TeX failures: TeX or Metafont failing.
- (line 6)
-* TeX file lookup: File lookup. (line 6)
-* TeX glyph lookup: Glyph lookup. (line 6)
-* TeX help mailing list: Mailing lists. (line 25)
-* TeX hierarchy, one: configure scenarios. (line 13)
-* TeX support: TeX support. (line 6)
-* TeX Users Group: Introduction. (line 39)
-* tex-file.c: File lookup. (line 37)
-* tex-file.h: Programming overview.
- (line 24)
-* tex-glyph.c: Glyph lookup. (line 26)
-* tex-glyph.h: Programming overview.
- (line 24)
-* tex-k-request@tug.org: Mailing lists. (line 7)
-* tex-k@tug.org (bug address): Reporting bugs. (line 8)
-* tex.web: unixtex.ftp. (line 20)
-* TEX_HUSH <1>: Suppressing warnings.
- (line 6)
-* TEX_HUSH: Searching overview. (line 56)
-* TEXBIB: Supported file formats.
- (line 28)
-* TEXCONFIG: Supported file formats.
- (line 47)
-* TEXDOCS: Supported file formats.
- (line 173)
-* TEXFONTMAPS: Supported file formats.
- (line 84)
-* TEXFONTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 65)
-* texfonts.map: Fontmap. (line 6)
-* TEXFORMATS: Supported file formats.
- (line 54)
-* TEXINDEXSTYLE: Supported file formats.
- (line 74)
-* TEXINPUTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 69)
-* TEXMF: TeX directory structure.
- (line 6)
-* texmf.cnf: Specially-recognized files.
- (line 38)
-* texmf.cnf missing, warning about: Config files. (line 18)
-* texmf.cnf, and variable expansion: Variable expansion. (line 6)
-* texmf.cnf, creating: Running make. (line 6)
-* texmf.cnf, definition for: Config files. (line 6)
-* texmf.cnf, generated: Default path generation.
- (line 22)
-* texmf.cnf, source for path: Path sources. (line 17)
-* texmf.in: Default path generation.
- (line 22)
-* texmf.in, editing: Changing search paths.
- (line 6)
-* texmf.sed: Default path generation.
- (line 17)
-* TEXMFCNF <1>: Supported file formats.
- (line 39)
-* TEXMFCNF: Config files. (line 6)
-* TEXMFDBS <1>: Supported file formats.
- (line 81)
-* TEXMFDBS: ls-R. (line 6)
-* TEXMFINI: Supported file formats.
- (line 24)
-* TEXMFLOG: Logging. (line 10)
-* TEXMFOUTPUT: mktex script names. (line 40)
-* TEXMFSCRIPTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 179)
-* TEXMFVAR: mktex configuration. (line 124)
-* texmfvar: mktex configuration. (line 123)
-* TEXPICTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 69)
-* TEXPKS: Supported file formats.
- (line 154)
-* TEXPOOL: Supported file formats.
- (line 183)
-* TEXPSHEADERS: Supported file formats.
- (line 160)
-* TEXSIZES: Fallback font. (line 6)
-* TEXSOURCES: Supported file formats.
- (line 176)
-* TFMFONTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 187)
-* tilde expansion: Tilde expansion. (line 6)
-* tilde.c: Tilde expansion. (line 25)
-* time system call: Logging. (line 15)
-* tolerance for glyph lookup: Basic glyph lookup. (line 15)
-* total disk space: Disk space. (line 6)
-* trailing / in home directory: Tilde expansion. (line 19)
-* trailing colons: Default expansion. (line 6)
-* TRFONTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 192)
-* trick for detecting leaf directories: Subdirectory expansion.
- (line 22)
-* trojan horse attack: Security. (line 10)
-* try_std_extension_first: File lookup. (line 24)
-* TTFONTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 196)
-* tug.org: unixtex.ftp. (line 6)
-* typeface directory, omitting: mktex configuration. (line 106)
-* ucbinclude, avoiding: Running make. (line 44)
-* Ultrix shells and configure: configure shells. (line 25)
-* unable to find files: Unable to find files.
- (line 6)
-* unable to generate fonts: Unable to generate fonts.
- (line 6)
-* uname: Bug checklist. (line 20)
-* universe, BSD vs. system V: Running make. (line 44)
-* unixtex.ftp: unixtex.ftp. (line 6)
-* unknown special warnings: Suppressing warnings.
- (line 31)
-* unreadable file warnings: Suppressing warnings.
- (line 27)
-* unreadable files: Searching overview. (line 56)
-* unusable ls-R warning: ls-R. (line 45)
-* usage patterns, finding: Logging. (line 6)
-* USE_TEXMFVAR: mktex configuration. (line 129)
-* USE_VARTEXFONTS: mktex configuration. (line 119)
-* Usenet TeX newsgroup: Mailing lists. (line 25)
-* USERPROFILE, as ~ expansion: Tilde expansion. (line 6)
-* varfonts: mktex configuration. (line 113)
-* variable expansion: Variable expansion. (line 6)
-* variable.c: Variable expansion. (line 32)
-* variable.h: Programming with config files.
- (line 10)
-* VARTEXFONTS: mktex configuration. (line 114)
-* VAX 11/750: History. (line 12)
-* version number, of Kpathsea: Kpathsea application distributions.
- (line 6)
-* version numbers, determining: Bug checklist. (line 15)
-* VF files, not found: Searching overview. (line 31)
-* VFFONTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 208)
-* VMS support: Custom installation. (line 19)
-* Vojta, Paul: History. (line 30)
-* Walsh, Norman: History. (line 57)
-* warning about unusable ls-R: ls-R. (line 45)
-* warning, about missing texmf.cnf: Config files. (line 18)
-* warnings, file access: Searching overview. (line 56)
-* warnings, pointer combinations: Pointer combination warnings.
- (line 6)
-* warnings, suppressing: Suppressing warnings.
- (line 6)
-* wcstombs: dlopen. (line 6)
-* WEB2C: Supported file formats.
- (line 216)
-* Weber, Olaf: History. (line 74)
-* WEBINPUTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 212)
-* whitespace, in fontmap files: Fontmap. (line 28)
-* whitespace, not ignored on continuation lines: Config files.
- (line 37)
-* www.tug.org: unixtex.ftp. (line 6)
-* X11 previewer: Kpathsea application distributions.
- (line 25)
-* X11, lacking on NeXT: Kpathsea application distributions.
- (line 6)
-* XCFLAGS: Running make. (line 26)
-* XCPPFLAGS: Running make. (line 22)
-* XDEFS: Running make. (line 23)
-* XDvi: Specially-recognized files.
- (line 41)
-* XDVIFONTS: Supported file formats.
- (line 243)
-* XDVIMAKEPK: mktex script names. (line 32)
-* XDVISIZES: Fallback font. (line 6)
-* XLDFLAGS: Running make. (line 29)
-* XLOADLIBES: Running make. (line 32)
-* XMAKEARGS: Running make. (line 35)
-* Xmu library problems: ShellWidgetClass. (line 13)
-* XtStrings: XtStrings. (line 6)
-* zuhn, david: History. (line 51)
-* { expansion: Brace expansion. (line 6)
-* ~ expansion: Tilde expansion. (line 6)
-
-
-
-Tag Table:
-Node: Top1627
-Node: Introduction2269
-Node: History4090
-Node: Installation8182
-Node: Simple installation8972
-Node: Custom installation12555
-Node: Disk space13729
-Node: Kpathsea application distributions14613
-Node: Changing search paths15728
-Node: Default path features16910
-Node: Default path generation18993
-Node: Running configure20436
-Node: configure shells21487
-Node: configure options22539
-Node: configure environment24046
-Node: configure scenarios25848
-Node: Shared library27434
-Node: Running make28448
-Node: Installing files30495
-Node: Cleaning up32442
-Node: Filename database generation33490
-Node: mktex scripts34057
-Node: mktex configuration35334
-Node: mktex script names41153
-Node: mktex script arguments42544
-Node: Installation testing43430
-Node: Security43794
-Node: TeX directory structure46361
-Node: unixtex.ftp50783
-Node: Reporting bugs52117
-Node: Bug checklist52852
-Node: Mailing lists56549
-Node: Debugging57758
-Node: Logging62836
-Node: Common problems64706
-Node: Unable to find files65537
-Node: Slow path searching67948
-Node: Unable to generate fonts69325
-Node: TeX or Metafont failing71834
-Node: Empty Makefiles73713
-Node: XtStrings74950
-Node: dlopen75786
-Node: ShellWidgetClass76604
-Node: Pointer combination warnings78236
-Node: Path searching78625
-Node: Searching overview79272
-Node: Path sources82668
-Node: Config files83739
-Node: Path expansion87666
-Node: Default expansion88615
-Node: Variable expansion90685
-Node: Tilde expansion92088
-Node: Brace expansion93068
-Node: KPSE_DOT expansion93993
-Node: Subdirectory expansion94506
-Node: Filename database96857
-Node: ls-R97911
-Node: Filename aliases100805
-Node: Database format101983
-Node: Invoking kpsewhich102996
-Node: Path searching options103942
-Node: Specially-recognized files112159
-Node: Auxiliary tasks113515
-Node: Standard options115340
-Node: TeX support115696
-Node: Supported file formats116987
-Node: File lookup124541
-Node: Glyph lookup126290
-Node: Basic glyph lookup127414
-Node: Fontmap128293
-Node: Fallback font130910
-Node: Suppressing warnings131823
-Node: Programming132928
-Node: Programming overview133441
-Node: Calling sequence136135
-Node: Program-specific files142658
-Node: Programming with config files143681
-Node: Index144993
-
-End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/latex2e-es.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/latex2e-es.info
deleted file mode 100644
index d6a5b3440d9..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/latex2e-es.info
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8019 +0,0 @@
-This is latex2e-es.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.13 from
-latex2e-es.texi.
-
-Este documento es un manual de referencia extraoficial para LaTeX, un
-sistema de preparación de documentos, para la versión de Julio 2010.
-
- Esto se tradujo originalmente del archivo `LATEX.HLP' v1.0a de la
-Biblioteca de Ayuda VMS. La versión pretraducción fue escrita por
-George D. Greenwade de Sam Houston State University. La versión de
-LaTeX 2.09 fue escrita por Stephen Gilmore. La versión de LaTeX2e fue
-adaptada por Torsten Martinsen. Karl Berry hizo la actualización y
-posteriores adiciones, y reconoce su agradecimiento a la utilización de
-`Hypertext Help con LaTeX', por Sheldon Green, y el `LaTeX Command
-Summary' (para LaTeX 2.09) por L. Botway y C. Biemesderfer (publicada
-por el Grupo de Usuarios TeX como `TeXniques' número 10), como material
-de referencia (no se copió texto directamente).
-
- Copyright © 2010 Nacho Pacheco —Traducción.
-Copyright © 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Karl Berry.
-Copyright © 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
-Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen.
-
- Se concede permiso para hacer y distribuir copias literales de este
-manual siempre que el aviso de copyright y esta nota de permiso se
-conserven en todas las copias.
-
- Se concede permiso para copiar y distribuir versiones modificadas de
-este manual bajo las condiciones para una copia literal, a condición de
-que todo el trabajo derivado resultante se distribuya bajo los términos
-de una nota de permiso idéntica a ésta.
-
- Se concede permiso para copiar y distribuir traducciones de este
-manual a otro idioma, con las condiciones anteriores para versiones
-modificadas.
-
-INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
-START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* LaTeX2e-es: (latex2e-es). Manual de extraoficial de LaTeX.
-END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Top, Next: Descripción, Up: (dir)
-
-LaTeX2e
-*******
-
-Este documento es un manual de referencia extraoficial para LaTeX, un
-sistema de preparación de documentos, versión Julio 2010. Este se
-pretende que cubra LaTeX2e, que ha sido la versión estándar de LaTeX por
-muchos años.
-
- LaTeX está implementado como un paquete de macros por Donald E.
-Knuth's para el programa de composición tipográfica TeX. LaTeX
-originalmente fue creado por Leslie Lamport; este ahora es mantenido por
-un grupo de voluntarios en (`http://latex-project.org'). La
-documentación oficial escrita por el proyecto LaTeX está disponible
-allí. Una vez más, el presente documento no es oficial y no ha sido
-revisado por los responsables del proyecto LaTeX.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Descripción:: ¿Qués es LaTeX?
-* Iniciando y Finalizando:: El principio y final estándar de un documento.
-* Clases de Documento:: Algunas de las diferentes clases disponibles.
-* Tipos de Letra:: Y tipos de letra, como negrita, cursiva, etc.
-* Diseño:: Controlando el diseño de la página.
-* Seccionado:: Cómo seccionar adecuadamente.
-* Referencias Cruzadas:: Referencias automáticas.
-* Entornos:: Tal como enumerate e itemize.
-* Saltos de Línea:: Influyendo en los saltos de línea.
-* Saltos de Página:: Influyendo en los saltos de página.
-* Notas al Pie:: Cómo producir notas al pie.
-* Definiciones:: Definiendo sus propias instrucciones, etc.
-* Contadores:: Contadores internos utilizados por LaTeX.
-* Longitudes:: Las instrucciones de longitud.
-* Haciendo Párrafos:: Instrucciones de Párrafo.
-* Fórmulas Matemáticas:: Cómo crear fórmulas matemáticas.
-* Modos:: Modos Párrafo, Matemáticas o de Escritura de Izquierda a Derecha.
-* Estilos de Página:: Varios estilos de diseño de página.
-* Espacios:: Espacio horizontal y vertical.
-* Cajas:: Haciendo cajas.
-* Inserciones Especiales:: Insertando caracteres reservados y especiales.
-* Dividiendo la Entrada:: Manejo de archivos de gran tamaño mediante su fraccionamiento.
-* Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada:: Tablas de contenido, glosarios, índices.
-* Cartas:: La clase letter.
-* Entrada/Salida a la Terminal:: Interacción del usuario.
-* Línea de Órdenes:: Comportamiento independiente del sistema de la línea de órdenes.
-* Plantillas de Documento:: Principales plantillas para diversas clases de documento.
-* Ãndice de Conceptos:: Ãndice general.
-* Ãndice de Instrucciones:: Lista alfabética de instrucciones LaTeX.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Descripción, Next: Iniciando y Finalizando, Prev: Top, Up: Top
-
-1 Descripción de LaTeX
-**********************
-
-Las instrucciones LaTeX componen tipográficamente un archivo de texto
-usando el programa TeX y el “paquete de macros†LaTeX para TeX. Para
-ser más específicos, este procesa un archivo de entrada que contiene el
-texto de un documento con instrucciones intercaladas que describen cómo
-se debe dar formato al texto. Este produce al menos tres archivos de
-salida:
-
- 1. Un archivo de salida principal, que es uno de:
-
- 1. Si se invoca como `latex', un archivo “independiente del
- dispositivo†(`.dvi'). Este contiene las instrucciones que se
- pueden traducir en órdenes para una variedad de dispositivos
- de salida. Usted puede ver estos archivos `.dvi' producidos
- por LaTeX utilizando un programa como `xdvi' (visualización
- directa) o `dvips' (los convierte a PostScript).
-
- 2. Si es invocado como `pdflatex', produce un archivo de
- “Documento de Formato Portátil†(`.pdf'). Normalmente, este
- es un archivo autocontenido, con todos los tipos de letra e
- imágenes incrustadas. Este puede ser muy útil, pero hace que
- produzca un archivo mucho más grande que el `.dvi' producido a
- partir del mismo documento.
-
- Existen otras variantes menos comunes de LaTeX (y TeX), de modo que
- puede producir HTML, XML y otras cosas.
-
- 2. Un archivo de“transcripción†o `.log' que contiene información
- resumida y mensajes de diagnóstico para cualquier error descubierto
- en el archivo de entrada.
-
- 3. Un archivo “auxiliar†o `.aux'. Este es usado por LaTeX mismo, para
- diversas cosas como el seccionado.
-
- Una instrucción LaTeX comienza con el nombre de la instrucción, la
-cual consiste de una `\' seguida por o bien (a) una cadena de letras o
-(b) un único carácter no letra. Los argumentos que figuran entre
-corchetes, `[]', son opcionales, mientras que los argumentos contenidos
-entre llaves, `{}', son obligatorios.
-
- LaTeX es sensible a mayúsculas y minúsculas. Ingrese todas las
-instrucciones en minúsculas a menos que explícitamente se diga otra
-cosa.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Iniciando y Finalizando, Next: Clases de Documento, Prev: Descripción, Up: Top
-
-2 Iniciando y Finalizando
-*************************
-
-Un archivo de entrada mínimo tiene el siguiente aspecto:
-
- \documentclass{clase}
- \begin{document}
- su texto
- \end{document}
-
-donde clase es una clase de documento válida para LaTeX. *Note Clases
-de Documento::, para detalles de varias clases de documento disponibles
-localmente.
-
- Usted puede incluir otras instrucciones LaTeX entre las instrucciones
-`\documentclass' y `\begin{document}' (esta área se llama el
-"preámbulo").
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Clases de Documento, Next: Tipos de Letra, Prev: Iniciando y Finalizando, Up: Top
-
-3 Clases de Documento
-*********************
-
-La clase de un determinado documento se define con la instrucción:
-
- \documentclass[opciones]{clase}
-
-La instrucción `\documentclass' debe ser la primer instrucción en un
-archivo fuente LaTeX.
-
- Los nombres integrados de clases de documento LaTeX (muchas otras
-clases de documento están disponibles como complementos; *note
-Descripción::):
-
- article report book letter slides
-
- Las opciones estándar están descritas más adelante.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Opciones de Clase de Documento:: Opciones globales.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Opciones de Clase de Documento, Up: Clases de Documento
-
-3.1 Opciones de Clase de Documento
-==================================
-
-Usted puede especificar las así llamadas "opciones globales" u "opciones
-de clase" en la instrucción `\documentclass' encerrándolas entre
-corchetes de la manera usual. Para especificar más de una opción,
-deberá separarlas con una coma:
-
- \documentclass[opción1,opción2,...]{clase}
-
- Esta es la lista de las opciones de clase estándar.
-
- Todas las clases estándar salvo `slides' aceptan las siguientes
-opciones para seleccionar el tamaño del tipo de letra (el predeterminado
-es `10pt'):
-
- 10pt 11pt 12pt
-
- Todas las clases estándar aceptan estas opciones para seleccionar el
-tamaño del papel (el predeterminado es `letterpaper'):
-
- a4paper a5paper b5paper executivepaper legalpaper letterpaper
-
- Otras opciones diversas:
-
-`draft, final'
- marca/no marca el desbordamiento de cajas con una gran caja negra;
- el predeterminado es `final'.
-
-`fleqn'
- Coloca las fórmulas mostradas alineadas a la izquierda; el
- predeterminado es centrado.
-
-`landscape'
- Selecciona el formato apaisado; el predeterminado es vertical.
-
-`leqno'
- Coloca los números de ecuación en el lado izquierdo de las
- ecuaciones; el predeterminado es el lado derecho.
-
-`openbib'
- Usa el formato de bibliografía “abiertoâ€.
-
-`titlepage, notitlepage'
- Especifica si la página de título es independiente; de manera
- predeterminada depende de la clase.
-
- Estas opciones no están disponibles con la clase slides:
-
-`onecolumn'
-`twocolumn'
- Composición tipográfica en una o dos columnas; el predeterminado es
- `onecolumn'.
-
-`oneside'
-`twoside'
- Selecciona el diseño de una o dos caras; el predeterminado es
- `oneside', excepto para la clase `book'.
-
- El parámetro `\evensidemargin' (`\oddsidemargin' determina la
- distancia en páginas par (impar) numeradas entre el lado izquierdo
- de la página y el margen excedente del texto. Los valores
- predeterminados varían con el tamaño del papel y si el diseño
- seleccionado es de uno o dos lados. Para imprimir texto en un lado
- es centrado, para dos lados, `\oddsidemargin' es 40% de la
- diferencia entre `\paperwidth' y `\textwidth' con el resto de
- `\evensidemargin'.
-
-`openright'
-`openany'
- Determina si un capítulo debe iniciar en una página del lado
- derecho; para book, el predeterminado es `openright'.
-
- La clase `slides' ofrece la opción `clock' para imprimir la hora en
-la parte inferior de cada nota.
-
- Los paquetes adicionales se cargan de la siguiente manera:
-
- \usepackage[opciones]{paquete}
-
- Para especificar más de un paquete, usted puede separarlos con una
-coma, o utilizar múltiples instrucciones`\usepackage'.
-
- Cualquiera de las opciones que figuran en la instrucción
-`\documentclass' que no son conocidas por la clase de documento
-seleccionada son transmitidas a los paquetes cargados con `\usepackage'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Tipos de Letra, Next: Diseño, Prev: Clases de Documento, Up: Top
-
-4 Tipos de Letra
-****************
-
-Dos aspectos importantes de la selección de un "tipo de letra" son la
-especificación del tamaño y el estilo. Las instrucciones LaTeX para
-hacer esto se describen a continuación.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Estilos del Tipo de Letra:: Seleccionar romana, cursiva, etc.
-* Tamaños del Tipo de Letra:: Seleccionando el tamaño del punto.
-* Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra:: Seleccionando codificación, familia, series, apariencia.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Estilos del Tipo de Letra, Next: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra, Up: Tipos de Letra
-
-4.1 Estilos del Tipo de Letra
-=============================
-
-Las siguientes instrucciones para el estilo del tipo de letra son
-compatibles con LaTeX.
-
- Estas instrucciones se utilizan como `\textit{texto en cursiva}'.
-Las instrucciones correspondientes entre paréntesis son la “forma
-declarativaâ€, la cual no toma argumentos. El ámbito de aplicación de la
-forma de declaración dura hasta la instrucción “end†del estilo del tipo
-de letra o hasta el final del grupo actual.
-
- Las formas declarativas son acumulativas; es decir, usted puede decir
-ya sea `\sffamily\bfseries' o `\bfseries\sffamily' para obtener sans
-serif en negrita.
-
- También puede utilizar la forma de entorno de las formas
-declarativas; por ejemplo, `\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}'.
-
-`\textrm (\rmfamily)'
- Romana.
-
-`\textit (\itshape)'
- cursivas.
-
-`\emph'
- Énfasis (cambia entre `\textit' y `\textrm').
-
-`\textmd (\mdseries)'
- Peso medio (predeterminado).
-
-`\textbf (\bfseries)'
- Negrita.
-
-`\textup (\upshape)'
- Vertical (predeterminado). Lo opuesto a inclinada.
-
-`\textsl (\slshape)'
- Oblicua.
-
-`\textsf (\sffamily)'
- Sans serif.
-
-`\textsc (\scshape)'
- Versales.
-
-`\texttt (\ttfamily)'
- Máquina de escribir.
-
-`\textnormal (\normalfont)'
- Tipo de letra principal del documento.
-
-`\mathrm'
- Romana, para usar en modo math.
-
-`\mathbf'
- Negrita, para usarse en modo math.
-
-`\mathsf'
- Sans serif, para usarse en modo math.
-
-`\mathtt'
- Máquina de escribir, para usarse en modo math.
-
-`\mathit'
-`(\mit)'
- cursivas, para utilizarse en modo math.
-
-`\mathnormal'
- Para usarse en modo math, por ejemplo dentro de otra declaración de
- estilo de letra.
-
-`\mathcal'
- Letras `caligráficas', para usarse en modo math.
-
- Además, la instrucción `\mathversion{bold}' se pude utilizar para
-cambiar a letras y símbolos en negrita dentro de fórmulas.
-`\mathversion{normal}' restablece el valor predeterminado.
-
- LaTeX también proporciona estas instrucciones, que incondicionalmente
-cambian a determinado estilo, es decir, _no_ son acumulativas. Estas se
-utilizan de forma diferente que las instrucciones anteriores, también:
-`{\instrucción ...}' en lugar de `\instrucción{...}'. Son dos cosas muy
-distintas.
-
-`\bf'
- Cambia a tipo de letra negrita.
-
-`\cal'
- Cambia a letras caligráficas para math.
-
-`\em'
- Énfasis (cursivas con romana, romana con cursivas).
-
-`\it'
- cursivas.
-
-`\rm'
- Romana.
-
-`\sc'
- Versales.
-
-`\sf'
- Sans serif.
-
-`\sl'
- Oblicua (oblicua).
-
-`\tt'
- Máquina de escribir (monoespacio, de ancho fijo).
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra, Next: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra, Prev: Estilos del Tipo de Letra, Up: Tipos de Letra
-
-4.2 Tamaños del Tipo de Letra
-=============================
-
-Las siguientes instrucciones para el tamaño del tipo de letra estándar
-son compatibles con LaTeX. La tabla muestra el nombre de la instrucción
-y el tamaño real (en puntos) del tipo de letra correspondiente utilizado
-con las opciones de tamaño del documento `10pt', `11pt' y `12pt',
-respectivamente (*note Opciones de Clase de Documento:: ).
-
-Instrucción `10pt' `11pt' `12pt'
----------------------------------------------------------
-`\tiny' 5 6 6
-`\scriptsize' 7 8 8
-`\footnotesize' 8 9 10
-`\small' 9 10 10.95
-`\normalsize' (predeterminado) 10 10.95 12
-`\large' 12 12 14.4
-`\Large' 14.4 14.4 17.28
-`\LARGE' 14.4 14.4 17.28
-`\huge' 20.74 20.74 24.88
-`\Huge' 24.88 24.88 24.88
-
- Las instrucciones tal como están listadas aquí son “formas
-declarativasâ€. El ámbito de aplicación de la forma declarativa dura
-hasta la instrucción “end†del estilo del tipo de letra o hasta el final
-del grupo actual. También puede utilizar la forma de entorno en estas
-instrucciones; por ejemplo, `\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra, Prev: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra, Up: Tipos de Letra
-
-4.3 Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra
-=====================================================
-
-Estas instrucciones están destinadas principalmente para los escritores
-de macros y paquetes. Las instrucciones listadas anteriormente son sólo
-un subconjunto de las disponibles.
-
-`\fontencoding{codificación}'
- Selecciona la codificación del tipo de letra. Las codificaciones
- válidas incluyen a `OT1' y `T1'.
-
-`\fontfamily{familia}'
- Selecciona la familia del tipo de letra. Las familias válidas
- incluyen:
-
- • `cmr' para Romana de Computadora Moderna
-
- • `cmss' para Sans Serif de Computadora Moderna
-
- • `cmtt' para Máquina de Escribir de Computadora Moderna
-
- y muchas otras.
-
-`\fontseries{series}'
- Selecciona las series del tipo de letra. Las series válidas
- incluyen:
-
- • `m' Mediana (normal)
-
- • `b' Negrita
-
- • `c' Condensada
-
- • `bc' Negrita condensada
-
- • `bx' Negrita extendida
-
- y otras combinaciones diferentes.
-
-`\fontshape{forma}'
- Selecciona la forma del tipo de letra. Las formas válidas son:
-
- • `n' Vertical (normal)
-
- • `it' Cursiva
-
- • `sl' Oblicua (oblicua)
-
- • `sc' Versales
-
- • `ui' Cursiva vertical
-
- • `ol' Esquema
-
- Las dos últimas formas no están disponibles para la mayoría de las
- familias de tipos de letra.
-
-`\fontsize{tamaño}{espaciado}'
- Establece el tamaño de letra. El primer parámetro es el tamaño a
- cambiar el tipo de letra y el segundo es el espaciado de línea a
- usar; este se almacena en un parámetro denominado `\baselineskip'.
- La unidad de ambos parámetros de manera predeterminada es pt. El
- valor predeterminado de `\baselineskip' para el tipo de letra
- Computadora Moderna es 1.2 veces `\fontsize'.
-
- El interlineado de espacio doble también es multiplicado por el
- valor del parámetro `\baselinestretch' cuando cambia el tamaño del
- tipo de letra; el predeterminado es 1. Sin embargo, la mejor
- manera de hacer un documento con “doble espacioâ€, si tiene la
- suficiente mala suerte de tener que producirlo, es usar el paquete
- `setspace'; vea
- `http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=linespace'.
-
-`\linespread{factor}'
- Equivalente a `\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{factor}', y por lo
- tanto debe estar seguido por `\selectfont' para que tenga algún
- efecto. Es mejor especificarlo en el preámbulo, o utilizar el
- paquete `setspace', justo como se acaba de describir anteriormente.
-
- Las modificaciones introducidas por llamar a la fuente de las
- instrucciones descritas anteriormente no entrará en vigor sino
- hasta que se invoque a `\selectfont'.
-
-`\usefont{codificación}{familia}{series}{forma}'
- Lo mismo que invocar a `\fontencoding', `\fontfamily',
- `\fontseries' y `\fontshape' con los parámetros dados, seguida por
- `\selectfont'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Diseño, Next: Seccionado, Prev: Tipos de Letra, Up: Top
-
-5 Diseño
-********
-
-Varias instrucciones para controlar el diseño general de la página.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \onecolumn:: Utiliza un diseño de una columna.
-* \twocolumn:: Utiliza un diseño de dos columanas.
-* \flushbottom:: Hace que todas las páginas del texto tengan la misma altura.
-* \raggedbottom:: Permite que las páginas de texto tengan diferente altura.
-* Parámetros para el Diseño de Página:: \headheight \footskip.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \onecolumn, Next: \twocolumn, Up: Diseño
-
-5.1 `\onecolumn'
-================
-
-La declaración `\onecolumn' comienza una nueva página y la produce con
-una sola columna. Este es el valor predeterminado.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \twocolumn, Next: \flushbottom, Prev: \onecolumn, Up: Diseño
-
-5.2 `\twocolumn'
-================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \twocolumn[textocolumna1]
-
- La declaración `\twocolumn' comienza una nueva página y la produce
-con dos columnas. Si el argumento opcional textocolumna1 está presente,
-esta es compuesta en modo de una columna antes de comenzar la
-composición de las dos columnas.
-
- Estos parámetros controlan la tipografía en la producción de dos
-columnas:
-
-`\columnsep'
- La distancia entre las columnas (de manera predeterminada a 35pt).
-
-`\columnseprule'
- El ancho de la regla entre columnas; el predeterminado es 0pt, por
- lo tanto no hay regla.
-
-`\columnwidth'
- El ancho de la columna actual; este es igual a `\textwidth' en
- texto de una sola columna.
-
- Estos parámetros controlan el comportamiento de la flotación de las
-dos columnas producidas:
-
-`\dbltopfraction'
- Máxima fracción en la parte superior de una página de dos columna
- que pueden ocupar los flotantes. El predeterminado es `.7', puede
- ser útil redefinirlo a (digamos) `.9' para evitar llegar tan pronto
- a páginas flotantes.
-
-`\dblfloatpagefraction'
- La mínima fracción de una página con flotantes que deben ocupar los
- flotantes, para una página de dos columnas con flotantes. El
- predeterminado es `.5'.
-
-`\dblfloatsep'
- Distancia entre flotantes en la parte superior o inferior de una
- página de dos columnas con flotantes. Predeterminado a `12pt
- plus2pt minus2pt' para `10pt' y `11pt' para documentos, `14pt
- plus2pt minus4pt' para `12pt'.
-
-`\dbltextfloatsep'
- Distancia entre un flotante multicolumna en la parte superior o
- inferior de una página y el texto principal. De manera
- predeterminada es `20pt plus2pt minus4pt'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \flushbottom, Next: \raggedbottom, Prev: \twocolumn, Up: Diseño
-
-5.3 `\flushbottom'
-==================
-
-La declaración `\flushbottom' hace que todas las páginas tengan la misma
-altura, añadiendo espacio vertical extra donde sea necesario para llenar
-la página.
-
- Este es el predeterminado si se selecciona el modo `twocolumn' (*note
-Opciones de Clase de Documento::).
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \raggedbottom, Next: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página, Prev: \flushbottom, Up: Diseño
-
-5.4 `\raggedbottom'
-===================
-
-La declaración `\raggedbottom' hace que todas las páginas tengan la
-altura natural del material en esa página. Sin longitudes flexibles que
-se deban ajustar.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página, Prev: \raggedbottom, Up: Diseño
-
-5.5 Parámetros para el Diseño de Página
-=======================================
-
-`\headheight'
- Altura de la caja que contiene el encabezado. El predeterminado es
- `30pt', salvo en la clase `book', donde este varía con el tamaño de
- letra.
-
-`\headsep'
- Distancia vertical entre la línea inferior de la cabecera y la
- parte superior del texto principal. El predeterminado es `25pt',
- salvo en la clase `book', donde este varía con el tamaño de letra.
-
-`\footskip'
- Distancia desde la línea base de la última línea de texto a la
- línea base del pié de página. El predeterminado es `30pt', salvo
- en la clase `book', donde este varía con el tamaño de letra.
-
-`\linewidth'
- Ancho de la línea actual; el predeterminado varía con el tamaño de
- fuente, el ancho del papel, el modo two-column, etc. Para un
- documento `article' en `10pt', este se establece a `345pt'; en modo
- two-column, este cambia a `229.5pt'.
-
-`\textheight'
- La altura vertical normal del cuerpo de la página; el
- predeterminado varía con el tamaño de letra, clase de documento,
- etc. Para un documento `article' o `report' en `10pt', este se
- fija a `43\baselineskip'; para `book', es `41\baselineskip'. Para
- `11pt', es `38\baselineskip' y para `12pt', `36\baselineskip'.
-
-`\textwidth'
- El ancho horizontal normal del cuerpo de la página; el
- predeterminado varía de la manera usual. Para un documento
- `article' o `report', es `345pt' en `10pt', `360pt' en `11pt' y
- `390pt' en `12pt'. Para un documento `book', es `4.5in' en `10pt'
- y `5in' en `11pt' o `12pt'.
-
-`\topmargin'
- Espacio entre la parte superior de la página TeX (de manera
- predeterminada, una pulgada en la parte superior del papel) y en la
- parte superior del encabezado. El predeterminado se calcula
- basándose en muchos otros parámetros: `\paperheight − 2in −
- \headheight − \headsep − \textheight − \footskip', y luego se
- divide entre dos.
-
-`\topskip'
- La distancia mínima entre la parte superior del cuerpo de la página
- y la línea base de la primer línea de texto. Para clases estándar,
- el predeterminado es el mismo que el tamaño de letra, por ejemplo,
- `10pt' en `10pt'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Seccionado, Next: Referencias Cruzadas, Prev: Diseño, Up: Top
-
-6 Seccionado
-************
-
-Las instrucciones de seccionado proporcionan los medios para estructurar
-su texto en unidades:
-
-`\part'
-
-`\chapter'
- (únicamente las clases report y book)
-
-`\section'
-
-`\subsection'
-
-`\subsubsection'
-
-`\paragraph'
-
-`\subparagraph'
-
- Todas las instrucciones de seccionado tienen la misma forma general,
-por ejemplo,
-
- \chapter[títulobreve]{título}
-
- Además de proporcionar el encabezado título en el texto principal, el
-título de la sección puede aparecer en otros dos lugares:
-
- 1. La tabla de contenido.
-
- 2. El título breve en la parte superior de la página.
-
- Tal vez no quiera el mismo texto en estos lugares como en el texto
-principal. Para controlar esto, las instrucciones de seccionado tienen
-un argumento opcional, toctitle que, cuando se proporciona, especifica
-el texto de esos otros lugares.
-
- Además, todas las instrucciones de seccionado tienen formas con `*'
-que imprimen el título de la manera usual, pero no incluyen un número y
-no producen una entrada en la tabla de contenido. Por ejemplo:
-
- \section*{Preámbulo}
-
- La instrucción `\appendix' cambia la manera en que se numeran las
-siguientes unidades de sección. La instrucción `\appendix' en sí misma
-no genera texto y no afecta la númeración de las partes. El uso normal
-de esta instrucción es algo así como:
-
- \chapter{Un Capítulo}
- …
- \appendix
- \chapter{El Primer Apéndice}
-
- El contador `secnumdepth' controla la impresión de los números de
-sección. La configuración
-
- \setcounter{secnumdepth}{nivel}
-
-suprime los números en encabezados y cualquier profundidad > nivel,
-donde `chapter' es el nivel cero. (*Note \setcounter::.)
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Referencias Cruzadas, Next: Entornos, Prev: Seccionado, Up: Top
-
-7 Referencias Cruzadas
-**********************
-
-Una razón para numerar cosas como figuras y ecuaciones es para referir
-al lector a ellas, como en “Vea la Figura 3 para más detallesâ€.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \label:: Asigna un nombre simbólico a una parte del texto.
-* \pageref:: Referencia a un número de página.
-* \ref:: Referencia a una sección, figura o similar.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \label, Next: \pageref, Up: Referencias Cruzadas
-
-7.1 `\label'
-============
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \label{clave}
-
- Una instrucción `\label' que aparece en un texto normal asigna a
-clave el número de la unidad de sección actual; que aparece dentro de un
-entorno numerado asignando ese número a clave.
-
- Un nombre de clave puede consistir de cualquier secuencia de letras,
-dígitos, o caracteres de puntuación. Distingue entre letras mayúsculas
-y minúsculas.
-
- Para evitar la creación accidental de dos etiquetas con el mismo
-nombre, es común el uso de etiquetas que consisten de un prefijo y un
-sufijo, separados por una coma o un punto. Algunos prefijos utilizados
-convencionalmente:
-
-`ch'
- para capítulos
-
-`sec'
- para instrucciones de seccionado de bajo nivel
-
-`fig'
- para figuras
-
-`tab'
- para tablas
-
-`eq'
- para ecuaciones
-
- Por lo tanto, una etiqueta para una figura parecería como `fig:snark'
-o `fig.snark'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \pageref, Next: \ref, Prev: \label, Up: Referencias Cruzadas
-
-7.2 `\pageref{clave}'
-=====================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \pageref{clave}
-
- La instrucción `\pageref'{clave} produce el número de página del
-lugar en el texto en donde aparece la instrucción `\label'{clave}.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \ref, Prev: \pageref, Up: Referencias Cruzadas
-
-7.3 `\ref{clave}'
-=================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \ref{clave}
-
- La instrucción `\ref' produce el número de la unidad de sección de la
-ecuación, pie de página, figura, …, de la instrucción `\label'
-correspondiente (*note \label::). Esta no produce ningún texto, como
-por ejemplo la palabra `Sección' o `figura', únicamente el número.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Entornos, Next: Saltos de Línea, Prev: Referencias Cruzadas, Up: Top
-
-8 Entornos
-**********
-
-LaTeX proporciona muchos entornos para marcar cierto texto. Cada
-entorno comienza y termina de la misma manera:
-
- \begin{nombreentorno}
- ...
- \end{nombreentorno}
-
-* Menu:
-
-* abstract:: Produce un resumen.
-* array:: Matrices Matemáticas.
-* center:: Líneas centradas.
-* description:: Listas etiquetadas.
-* displaymath:: Fórmulas que aparecen en su propia línea.
-* document:: Encierra todo el documento.
-* enumerate:: Listas numeradas.
-* eqnarray:: Secuencias de ecuaciones alineadas.
-* equation:: Ecuación mostrada.
-* figure:: Figuras flotantes.
-* flushleft:: Líneas alineada a la izquierda.
-* flushright:: Líneas alineadas a la derecha.
-* itemize:: Listas con viñetas.
-* letter:: Cartas
-* list:: Entorno lista genérica.
-* math:: Matemáticas en línea.
-* minipage:: Página miniatura.
-* picture:: Imagen con texto, flechas, líneas y círculos.
-* quotation:: Entorno con sangría y párrafo con sangría.
-* quote:: Entorno con sangría sin sangría de párrafo.
-* tabbing:: Alineación de texto de manera arbitraria.
-* table:: Tablas flotantes.
-* tabular:: Alinea texto en columnas.
-* thebibliography:: Bibliografía o lista de referencia.
-* theorem:: Teoremas, lemas, etc.
-* titlepage:: Para elaborar portadas a mano.
-* verbatim:: Simulación de entrada con máquina de escribir.
-* verse:: Para poesía y otras cosas.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: abstract, Next: array, Up: Entornos
-
-8.1 `abstract'
-==============
-
-Sinopsis:
- \begin{abstract}
- ...
- \end{abstract}
-
- Entorno para producir un resumen, posiblemente de varios párrafos.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: array, Next: center, Prev: abstract, Up: Entornos
-
-8.2 `array'
-===========
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \begin{array}{plantilla}
- texto col1&texto col1&coln}\\
- ...
- \end{array}
-
- Las matrices matemáticas se producen con el entorno `array',
-normalmente dentro de un entorno `equation' (*note equation::). Tiene
-un único argumento plantilla obligatorio que describe el número de
-columnas y la alineación dentro de ellas. Cada columna col se
-especifica por una sola letra que indica el número de elementos y deben
-tener el formato de la siguiente manera:
-
-`c'
- centrada
-
-`l'
- alineada a la izquierda
-
-`r'
- alineada a la derecha
-
- La entradas de columna son separadas con `&'. Las entradas de
-columna pueden incluir otras instrucciones LaTeX. Cada fila de la
-matriz se termina con `\\'.
-
- En la plantilla, la construcción `@{texto}' coloca texto entre
-columnas en cada fila.
-
- He aquí un ejemplo:
-
- \begin{equation}
- \begin{array}{lrc}
- izquierda1 & derecha1 & centrado1 \\
- izquierda2 & derecha2 & centrado2 \\
- \end{array}
- \end{equation}
-
- El parámetro `\arraycolsep' define la mitad del ancho del espacio de
-separación entre columnas; el predeterminado es `5pt'. *Note tabular::,
-para otros parámetros que afectan el formato en entornos `array', a
-saber `\arrayrulewidth' y `\arraystretch'.
-
- El entorno `array' únicamente se puede utilizar en modo math.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: center, Next: description, Prev: array, Up: Entornos
-
-8.3 `center'
-============
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \begin{center}
- línea1 \\
- línea2 \\
- \end{center}
-
- El entorno `center' le permite crear un párrafo consistente de líneas
-que están centradas respecto al margen izquierdo y derecho de la página
-actual. Cada línea es terminada con dobles barras inversas `\\'.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \centering:: Forma declarativa para el entorno `center'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \centering, Up: center
-
-8.3.1 `\centering'
-------------------
-
-La declaración `\centering' corresponde al entorno `center'. Esta
-declaración se puede utilizar dentro de un entorno tal como `quote' o en
-un `parbox'. Por lo tanto, el texto de una figura o una tabla se puede
-centrar en la página poniendo una instrucción `\centering' al principio
-de la figura o en el entorno table.
-
- A diferencia del entorno `center', la instrucción `\centering' no
-comienza un nuevo párrafo; esta simplemente cambia el formato que LaTeX
-aplica a las unidades de párrafo. Para afectar el formato de la unidad
-de párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe contener una línea en
-blanco o la instrucción `\end' (de un entorno tal como quote), que
-finaliza la unidad de párrafo.
-
- He aquí un ejemplo:
-
- \begin{quote}
- \centering
- primer línea \\
- segunda línea \\
- \end{quote}
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: description, Next: displaymath, Prev: center, Up: Entornos
-
-8.4 `description'
-=================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \begin{description}
- \item [etiqueta1] elemento1
- \item [etiqueta2] elemento2
- ...
- \end{description}
-
- El entorno `description' se utiliza para hacer listas etiquetadas.
-Cada etiqueta es compuesta tipográficamente en negrita, alineada a la
-derecha. El texto del elemento puede contener múltiples párrafos.
-
- Otra variación: debido a que el estilo negrita se aplica a las
-etiquetas, si usted compone una etiqueta en máquina de escribir usando
-`\texttt', obtendrá una máquina de escribir en negrita:
-`\item[\texttt{máquina de escribir y negrita}]'. Esta también puede
-estar en negrita, entre otras cuestiones. Para obtener sólo en máquina
-de escribir, use `\tt', que restablece todas las variaciones de otros
-estilos: `\item[{\tt máquina de escribir simple}]'.
-
- Para detalles acerca del espaciado en listas, vea *note itemize::.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: displaymath, Next: document, Prev: description, Up: Entornos
-
-8.5 `displaymath'
-=================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \begin{displaymath}
- fórmula matemática
- \end{displaymath}
-
-o
-
- \[math\]
-
- El entorno `displaymath' (`\[...\]' es un sinónimo) de composición
-tipográfica de texto math en una línea independiente, centrada de manera
-predeterminada. La opción global `fleqn' produce ecuaciones alineadas a
-la izquierda; vea *note Opciones de Clase de Documento::.
-
- No se añade un número de ecuación al texto de `displaymath'; Para
-obtener un número de ecuación, utilice el entorno `equation' (*note
-equation::).
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: document, Next: enumerate, Prev: displaymath, Up: Entornos
-
-8.6 `document'
-==============
-
-El entorno `document' encierra el cuerpo de un documento. este es
-obligatorio en cada documento LaTeX. *Note Iniciando y Finalizando::.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: enumerate, Next: eqnarray, Prev: document, Up: Entornos
-
-8.7 `enumerate'
-===============
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \begin{enumerate}
- \item elemento1
- \item elemento2
- ...
- \end{enumerate}
-
- El entorno `enumerate' produce una lista numerada. Las enumeraciones
-se pueden anidar unas dentro de otras, hasta cuatro niveles de
-profundidad. Estas también se pueden anidar en otros entornos de
-párrafo, tal como `itemize' (*note itemize::) y `description' (*note
-description::).
-
- Cada elemento de una lista enumerada comienza con una instrucción
-`\item'. En el entorno por lo menos debe haber una instrucción `\item'.
-
- De manera predeterminada, la numeración de cada nivel se hace de la
-siguiente manera:
-
- 1. 1., 2., …
-
- 2. (a), (b), …
-
- 3. i., ii., …
-
- 4. A., B., …
-
- El entorno `enumerate' usa los contadores `\enumi' hasta `\enumiv'
-(*note Contadores::). Si se proporciona el argumento opcional a
-`\item', el contador no se incrementa por cada elemento.
-
- El entorno `enumerate' utiliza las instrucciones desde `\labelenumi'
-hasta `\labelenumiv' para producir la etiqueta predeterminada. Por lo
-tanto, usted puede usar `\renewcommand' para cambiar las etiquetas
-(*note \newcommand y \renewcommand::). Por ejemplo, para hacer que el
-primer nivel use letras mayúsculas:
-
- \renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\Alph{enumi}}
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: eqnarray, Next: equation, Prev: enumerate, Up: Entornos
-
-8.8 `eqnarray'
-==============
-
- \begin{eqnarray} (o `eqnarray*')
- fórmula1 \\
- fórmula2 \\
- ...
- \end{eqnarray}
-
- El entorno `eqnarray' se utiliza para mostrar una secuencia de
-ecuaciones o desigualdades. Es muy parecido a un entorno `array' de
-tres columnas, con filas consecutivas separadas por `\\' y elementos
-consecutivos en una fila, separados por un `&'.
-
- también puede utilizar `\\*' para separar ecuaciones independientes,
-con su propósito normal de no permitir saltos de página en esa línea.
-
- Se coloca un número de ecuación en cada línea a menos que la línea
-tenga una instrucción `\nonumber'. Alternativamente, la forma del
-entorno con `*' (`\begin{eqnarray*} ... \end{eqnarray*}') debe omitir
-por completo la numeración de la ecuación, al tiempo que el mismo
-comienza con `eqnarray'.
-
- La instrucción `\lefteqn' se utiliza para dividir grandes fórmulas a
-través de varias líneas. Su argumento de composición tipográfica en el
-estilo de visualización alinea a la izquierda en una caja de ancho cero.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: equation, Next: figure, Prev: eqnarray, Up: Entornos
-
-8.9 `equation'
-==============
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \begin{equation}
- fórmula-matemática
- \end{equation}
-
- El entorno `equation' comienza un entorno `displaymath' (*note
-displaymath::), por ejemplo, centrando en la página el texto math, y
-además colocando el número de ecuación en el margen derecho.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: figure, Next: flushleft, Prev: equation, Up: Entornos
-
-8.10 `figure'
-=============
-
- \begin{figure[*]}[úbicación]
- figbody
- \label{etiqueta}
- \caption[títulobreve]{texto}
- \end{figure}
-
- Las figuras son objetos que no forman parte del texto normal, y en su
-lugar son “flotados†a un lugar conveniente, como en la parte superior
-de una página. Las figuras no se dividen entre dos páginas.
-
- Cuando se compone tipográficamente en columnas dobles, la forma
-favorita produce un ancho completo (a través de las dos columnas).
-
- El argumento opcional `[ubicación]' determina donde debe tratar de
-colocar LaTeX su figura. Hay cuatro lugares donde LaTeX, posiblemente,
-pueda colocar un flotante:
-
-`t'
- (Top)—en lo alto de una página de texto.
-
-`b'
- (Bottom)—en la parte inferior de una página de texto. No obstante,
- `b' no se permite para flotantes de ancho completo (`figure*') en
- entornos con columnas dobles. Para mejorar esto, utilice el
- paquete `stfloats' o `dblfloatfix', pero vea el debate de
- advertencias en el FAQ:
- `http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat'.
-
-`h'
- (Here)—aquí, en la posición donde aparece el entorno figure en el
- texto. Sin embargo, este no está permitido por sí mismo,
- automáticamente se añade `t'. Para forzar que una figura
- absolutamente aparezca “aquíâ€, utilice el paquete `float' y use la
- letra de ubicación `H'. (Este paquete también ofrece otras
- opciones).
-
-`p'
- (Página de flotantes)—en una página de flotantes separada, misma
- que es una página que no contiene texto, únicamente flotantes.
-
- Las clases estándar report y article utilizan la ubicación
-predeterminada `tbp'.
-
- El cuerpo de la figura se compone de cualquier texto, instrucciones
-LaTeX, etc., que desee.
-
- La instrucción `\caption' especifica el texto del título de la
-figura. El título de manera predeterminada lleva el número. Si
-loftitle está presente, esta se utiliza en la lista de figuras en lugar
-del texto (*note Tablas de Contenido::).
-
- La fracción máxima de la página que se permite sea ocupada por
- flotantes en la parte inferior; el predeterminado es `.3'.
-
-`\floatpagefraction'
- La fracción mínima de una página flotante que deben ocupar los
- flotantes; predeterminado a `.5'.
-
-`\floatsep'
- Espacio entre flotantes en la parte superior o inferior de una
- página; predeterminado a `12pt plus2pt minus2pt'.
-
-`\intextsep'
- Espacio por encima y por debajo de un flotante en medio del texto
- principal; predeterminado a `12pt plus2pt minus2pt' para estilos de
- `10pt' y `11pt', `14pt plus4pt minus4pt' para `12pt'.
-
-`\textfloatsep'
- Espacio entre el último/primero flotante en la parte
- superior/inferior de una página; de manera predeterminada a `20pt
- plus2pt minus4pt'.
-
-`\textfraction'
- Mínima fracción de una página que debe ser texto; si los flotantes
- ocupan mucho espacio preserva tanto texto como sea posible, para
- que los flotantes sean trasladados a una página diferente. El
- predeterminado es `.2'.
-
-`\topfraction'
- Máxima fracción en la parte superior de una página que se puede
- ocupar antes de los flotantes; el predeterminado es `.7'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: flushleft, Next: flushright, Prev: figure, Up: Entornos
-
-8.11 `flushleft'
-================
-
- \begin{flushleft}
- línea1 \\
- línea2 \\
- ...
- \end{flushleft}
-
- El entorno `flushleft' le permite crear un párrafo consistente de
-líneas que están alineadas en el margen de la mano izquierda y no están
-justificadas a la derecha. Cada línea se debe terminar con `\\'.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \raggedright:: Forma declarativa del entorno `flushleft'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \raggedright, Up: flushleft
-
-8.11.1 `\raggedright'
----------------------
-
-La declaración `\raggedright' corresponde al entorno `flushleft'. Esta
-declaración se puede utilizar dentro de un entorno tal como `quote' o en
-un `parbox'.
-
- A diferencia del entorno `flushleft', la instrucción `\raggedright'
-no comienza un nuevo párrafo; esta únicamente cambia como aplica LaTeX
-el formato a las unidades de párrafo. Para afectar el formato de la
-unidad párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe contener una línea en
-blanco o la instrucción `\end' que termina la unidad de párrafo.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: flushright, Next: itemize, Prev: flushleft, Up: Entornos
-
-8.12 `flushright'
-=================
-
- \begin{flushright}
- línea1 \\
- línea2 \\
- ...
- \end{flushright}
-
- El entorno `flushright' le permite crear un párrafo consistente de
-líneas que están alineadas en el margen a mano derecha e irregulares a
-la izquierda. Cada línea se debe terminar con `\\'.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \raggedleft:: Forma declarativa del entorno `flushright'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \raggedleft, Up: flushright
-
-8.12.1 `\raggedleft'
---------------------
-
-La declaración `\raggedleft' corresponde al entorno `flushright'. Esta
-declaración se puede utilizar dentro de un entorno tal como `quote' o en
-un `parbox'.
-
- A diferencia del entorno `flushright', la instrucción `\raggedleft'
-no comienza un nuevo párrafo; esta únicamente cambia como aplica LaTeX
-el formato a las unidades de párrafo. Para afectar el formato de la
-unidad párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe contener una línea en
-blanco o la instrucción `\end' que termina la unidad de párrafo.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: itemize, Next: letter, Prev: flushright, Up: Entornos
-
-8.13 `itemize'
-==============
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \begin{itemize}
- \item elemento1
- \item elemento2
- ...
- \end{itemize}
-
- El entorno `itemize' produce una lista “no ordenadaâ€, “con viñetasâ€.
-Se pueden anidar entorno itemize dentro de otros, hasta cuatro niveles
-de profundidad. También se pueden anidar en otros entornos que marcan
-párrafos, tal como `enumerate' (*note enumerate::).
-
- Cada elemento de una lista `itemize' comienza con una instrucción
-`\item'. En el entorno por lo menos debe haber una instrucción `\item'.
-
- De forma predeterminada, las marcas en cada nivel tienen esta
-apariencia:
-
- 1. • (bala)
-
- 2. -- (guión en negrita)
-
- 3. * (asterisco)
-
- 4. . (punto centrado, aquí representado como un punto)
-
- El entorno `itemize' utiliza las instrucciones desde `\labelitemi'
-hasta `\labelitemiv' para producir la etiqueta predeterminada. De modo
-que, usted puede usar `\renewcommand' para cambiar las etiquetas. Por
-ejemplo, para que en primer nivel utilice diamantes:
-
- \renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$}
-
- Los parámetros desde `\leftmargini' hasta `\leftmarginvi' definen la
-distancia entre el margen izquierdo del entorno envolvente y el margen
-izquierdo de la lista. Por convención, `\leftmargin' se fija al
-`\leftmarginN' adecuado cuando ingresa a un nuevo nivel de anidamiento.
-
- El predeterminado varía desde `.5em' (el nivel de anidamiento
-superior) a `2.5em' (el primer nivel), y se reduce un poco en modo
-two-column. En este ejemplo se reduce mucho el espacio del margen para
-las listas anidadas:
-
- \setlength{\leftmargini}{1.25em} % predeterminado 2.5em
-
- Algunos parámetros que afectan el formato de la lista:
-
-`\itemindent'
- Sangrado extra antes de cada elemento de una lista; predeterminado
- a cero.
-
-`\labelsep'
- Espacio entre la etiqueta y el texto de un elemento; predeterminado
- a `.5em'.
-
-`\labelwidth'
- Ancho de la etiqueta; predeterminado a `2em', o `1.5em' en modo
- two-column.
-
-`\listparindent'
- Sangría extra añadida al segundo y subsecuentes párrafos, dentro de
- un elemento de la lista; predeterminado a `0pt'.
-
-`\rightmargin'
- Distancia horizontal entre el margen derecho de la lista y el
- entorno envolvente; de manera predeterminada `0pt', salbo en los
- entornos `quote', `quotation' y `verse', donde se hace igual a
- `\leftmargin'.
-
- Parámetros que afectan el espaciamiento vertical entre elementos de
-la lista (más bien libre, de manera predeterminada).
-
-`\itemsep'
- Espacio vertical entre elementos. El predeterminado es `2pt
- plus1pt minus1pt' para `10pt' documentos, `3pt plus2pt minus1pt'
- para `11pt' y `4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt' para `12pt'.
-
-`\parsep'
- Espacio vertical extra entre párrafos dentro de un elemento de la
- lista. Los predeterminados son los mismos que para `\itemsep'.
-
-`\topsep'
- Espacio vertical entre el primer elemento y el párrafo anterior.
-
- Para listas de nivel superior, el predeterminado es `8pt plus2pt
- minus4pt' para `10pt' documentos, `9pt plus3pt minus5pt' para
- `11pt' y `10pt plus4pt minus6pt' para `12pt'. Estos se reducen en
- listas anidadas.
-
-`\partopsep'
- Espacio extra añadido a `\topsep' cuando el entorno lista comienza
- un párrafo. El valor predeterminado es `2pt plus1pt minus1pt' para
- `10pt' documentos, `3pt plus1pt minus1pt' para `11pt' y `3pt
- plus2pt minus2pt' para `12pt'.
-
- Sobre todo para listas con elementos cortos, puede ser conveniente
-eludir los espacios entre ellos. He aquí un ejemplo de una definición
-del entorno `itemize*' sin espacio extra entre elementos o entre
-párrafos dentro de un solo elemento (`\parskip' no es específico de la
-lista, *note \parskip::):
-
- \newenvironment{itemize*}%
- {\begin{itemize}%
- \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}%
- \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}}%
- \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}}%
- {\end{itemize}}
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: letter, Next: list, Prev: itemize, Up: Entornos
-
-8.14 Entorno `letter': Escribiendo Cartas
-=========================================
-
-Este entorno se utiliza para crear cartas. *Note Cartas::.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: list, Next: math, Prev: letter, Up: Entornos
-
-8.15 `list'
-===========
-
-El entorno `list' es un entorno genérico que se utiliza para definir
-mucho de los entornos más específicos. Este rara vez se utiliza en
-documentos, pero a muy menudo en las macros.
-
- \begin{list}{etiquetado}{espaciado}
- \item elemento1
- \item elemento2
- ...
- \end{list}
-
- El argumento obligatorio etiquetado especifica como se deben
-etiquetar los elementos (a menos que se especifique el argumento
-opcional `\item'). Este argumento es una pieza de texto que se inserta
-en una caja para formar la etiqueta. Este se puede y suele contener
-otras instrucciones LaTeX.
-
- El argumento obligatorio spacing contiene instrucciones para cambiar
-los parámetros de espaciado para la lista. Este argumento por lo
-regular está vacío, es decir, `{}', lo cual deja el espaciado
-predeterminado.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: math, Next: minipage, Prev: list, Up: Entornos
-
-8.16 `math'
-===========
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \begin{math}
- fórmula-matemática
- \end{math}
-
- El entorno `math' inserta la fórmula math dada dentro del texto
-actual. `\(...\))' y `$...$' son sinónimos. *Note Fórmulas
-Matemáticas::.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: minipage, Next: picture, Prev: math, Up: Entornos
-
-8.17 `minipage'
-===============
-
- \begin{minipage}[posición][alto][pos-interna]{ancho}
- texto
- \end{minipage}
-
- El entorno `minipage' compone tipográficamente su cuerpo de texto en
-un bloque que no debe abarcar varias páginas. Este es similar a la
-instrucción `\parbox' (*note \parbox::), pero a diferencia de `\parbox',
-se pueden utilizar otros entornos de marcado de párrafos dentro de una
-minipágina.
-
- Los argumentos son los mismos que para `\parbox' (*note \parbox::).
-
- De forma predeterminada, en el entorno `minipage' los párrafos no
-tienen sangría. Usted puede restablecer la sangría con una instrucción
-tal como `\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}'.
-
- La notas al pie en un entorno `minipage' son manipuladas de una
-manera que es especialmente útil para poner notas en figuras o tablas.
-Una instrucción `\footnote' o `\footnotetext' coloca la nota al pie en
-la parte inferior de la minipágina en lugar de en la parte inferior de
-la página, y esta utiliza el contador `\mpfootnote' en lugar del
-contador normal `footnote' (*note Contadores::).
-
- No obstante, no ponga una minipágina dentro de otra si usted está
-usando notas al pie; estas pueden terminar mal en la parte inferior de
-la minipágina.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: picture, Next: quotation, Prev: minipage, Up: Entornos
-
-8.18 `picture'
-==============
-
- \begin{picture}(ancho,alto)(desplazamiento x,desplazamiento y)
- … instrucciones de imagen …
- \end{picture}
-
- El entorno `picture' le permite crear casi cualquier clase de imagen
-que desee que contenga su texto, lineas, flechas y círculos. Usted le
-dice a LaTeX dónde colocar las cosas en la imagen especificando sus
-coordenadas. Una coordenada es un número que puede tener un punto
-decimal y un signo menos — un número como `5', `0.3' o `-3.1416'. Una
-coordenada especifica una longitud en múltiplos de la unidad de longitud
-`\unitlength', por lo que si `\unitlength' se ha establecido en `1cm',
-entonces la coordenada 2.54 especifica una longitud de 2.54 centímetros.
-Sólo debe cambiar el valor de `\unitlength', utilizando la instrucción
-`\setlength', fuera del entorno `picture'.
-
- Una posición es un par de coordenadas, por ejemplo, `(2.4, -5)', que
-especifican el punto con coordenada x `2.4' y coordenada y `-5'. Las
-coordenadas se especifican en la forma habitual con respecto a un
-origen, que normalmente está en la esquina inferior izquierda de la
-imagen. Tenga en cuenta que cuando una posición se presenta como un
-argumento, no se encierra entre llaves; los paréntesis sirven para
-delimitar el argumento.
-
- El entorno `picture' tiene un argumento obligatorio, el cual es una
-`posición'. este especifica el tamaño de la imagen. El entorno produce
-una caja rectangular con la anchura y altura determinada por los
-argumentos de las coordenadas x e y.
-
- El entorno `picture' también tiene un argumento opcional `posición',
-seguido del argumento `tamaño', que puede cambiar el origen. (A
-diferencia de los argumentos opcionales, este argumento no está
-contenido entre corchetes). El argumento opcional proporciona las
-coordenadas del punto en la esquina inferior izquierda de la imagen (con
-el cual se determina el origen). Por ejemplo, si `\unitlength' se ha
-fijado a `1mm', la instrucción
-
- \begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20)
-
-produce una imagen de 100 milímetros de ancho y 200 milímetros de
-altura, cuya esquina inferior izquierda está en el punto (10,20) y cuya
-esquina superior derecha está en el punto (110,220). La primera vez que
-haga un dibujo, normalmente se omite el argumento opcional, dejando el
-origen en el ángulo inferior izquierdo. Si a continuación desea
-modificar su imagen, trasladando todo, basta con añadir el argumento
-opcional apropiado.
-
- El argumento obligatorio del entorno determina el tamaño nominal de
-la imagen. Esta no necesita tener ninguna relación con el tamaño de la
-imagen real; Felizmente LaTeX le permitirá poner cosas fuera de la
-imagen, o incluso fuera de la página. El tamaño nominal de la imagen lo
-utiliza LaTeX para determinar cuánto espacio dejar para ello.
-
- Todo lo que aparece en una imagen es dibujado por la instrucción
-`\put'. La instrucción
-
- \put (11.3,-.3){...}
-
-coloca el objeto especificado por `...' en la imagen, con su punto de
-referencia en las coordenadas (11.3, -.3). Los puntos de referencia
-para distintos objetos se describen a continuación.
-
- La instrucción `\put' crea una "caja LR". Puede poner cualquier cosa
-que vaya en una `\mbox' (*note \mbox::) en el argumento texto de la
-instrucción `\put'. Al hacer esto, el punto de referencia será la
-esquina inferior izquierda de la caja.
-
- Las instrucciones para `picture' están descritas en las siguientes
-secciones.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \circle:: Dibuja un círculo.
-* \makebox (imagen):: Dibuja un cuadro del tamaño especificado.
-* \framebox (imagen):: Dibuja una caja rodeada con un marco.
-* \dashbox:: Dibuja un cuadro de líneas discontinuas.
-* \frame:: Dibuja un marco alrededor de un objeto.
-* \line:: Dibuja una línea recta.
-* \linethickness:: Ajusta el grosor de la línea.
-* \thicklines:: Una línea de espesor más grueso.
-* \thinlines:: El grosor de la línea predeterminado.
-* \multiput:: Dibuja varias instancias de un objeto.
-* \oval:: Dibuja una elipse.
-* \put:: Coloca un objeto en un determinado lugar.
-* \shortstack:: Hace un montón de objetos.
-* \vector:: Dibuja una línea con una flecha.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \circle, Next: \makebox (imagen), Up: picture
-
-8.18.1 `\circle'
-----------------
-
- \circle[*]{diámetro}
-
- La instrucción `\circle' produce un círculo con un diámetro lo más
-cercano posible al especificado. La forma con `*' de la instrucción
-dibuja un círculo sólido.
-
- Se pueden dibujar círculos de hasta 40 pt.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \makebox (imagen), Next: \framebox (imagen), Prev: \circle, Up: picture
-
-8.18.2 `\makebox'
------------------
-
-`\makebox(ancho,alto)[posición]{...}'
-
- La instrucción `\makebox' para el entorno picture es similar a la
-instrucción normal `\makebox' excepto que usted debe especificar el
-`ancho' y `alto' en múltiplos de `\unitlength'.
-
- El argumento opcional, `[posición]', especifica el cuadrante en el
-que debe aparecer el texto. Usted puede seleccionar hasta dos de los
-siguientes:
-
-`t'
- Mueve el elemento a la parte superior del rectángulo.
-
-`b'
- Mueve el elemento a la parte inferior.
-
-`l'
- Mueve el elemento a la izquierda.
-
-`r'
- Mueve el elemento hacia la derecha.
-
- *Note \makebox::.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \framebox (imagen), Next: \dashbox, Prev: \makebox (imagen), Up: picture
-
-8.18.3 `\framebox'
-------------------
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \framebox(ancho,alto)[posición]{...}
-
- La instrucción `\framebox' es como `\makebox' (vea la sección
-anterior), excepto que esta coloca un marco en el exterior alrededor de
-la caja que crea.
-
- La instrucción `\framebox' produce una regla de espesor `\fboxrule',
-y deja un espacio `\fboxsep' entre la regla y el contenido de la caja.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \dashbox, Next: \frame, Prev: \framebox (imagen), Up: picture
-
-8.18.4 `\dashbox'
------------------
-
-Dibuja un cuadro con una línea discontinua. Sinopsis:
-
- \dashbox{dlargo}(rancho,ralto)[posición]{texto}
-
- `\dashbox' crea un rectángulo discontinuo alrededor del texto en un
-entorno `picture'. Los guiones son de dlargo unidades de largo, y el
-rectángulo tiene una anchura total de rancho y una altura de ralto. El
-texto es posicionado en la posición opcional.
-
- Un cuadro de líneas discontinuas se ve mejor cuando `rancho' y
-`ralto' son múltiplos de `dlargo'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \frame, Next: \line, Prev: \dashbox, Up: picture
-
-8.18.5 `\frame'
----------------
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \frame{texto}
-
- La instrucción `\frame' coloca un marco rectangular alrededor de
-texto. El punto de referencia es la esquina inferior izquierda del
-marco. No añade espacio extra entre el marco y el objeto.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \line, Next: \linethickness, Prev: \frame, Up: picture
-
-8.18.6 `\line'
---------------
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \line(declivex,declivey){longitud}
-
- La instrucción `\line' dibuja una línea con la longitud dada y
-declive declivex/declivey.
-
- LaTeX estándar únicamente puede dibujar líneas con declive = x/y,
-donde x y y tienen valores enteros desde −6 hasta 6. Para líneas de
-cualquier declive, por no hablar de otras formas, vea el paquete
-`curve2e' y muchos, muchos otros paquetes en CTAN.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \linethickness, Next: \thicklines, Prev: \line, Up: picture
-
-8.18.7 `\linethickness'
------------------------
-
-La instrucción `\linethickness{espesor}' declara el grosor de las líneas
-horizontales y verticales en un entorno picture para que sean de
-espesor, el cual debe ser una longitud positiva.
-
- `\linethickness' no afecta el espesor de las líneas inclinadas,
-círculos o los cuartos de círculo dibujados por `\oval'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \thicklines, Next: \thinlines, Prev: \linethickness, Up: picture
-
-8.18.8 `\thicklines'
---------------------
-
-La instrucción `\thicklines' es un espesor de línea alternativo para
-líneas horizontales y verticales en un entorno picture; compárese *note
-\linethickness:: y *note \thinlines::.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \thinlines, Next: \multiput, Prev: \thicklines, Up: picture
-
-8.18.9 `\thinlines'
--------------------
-
-La instrucción `\thinlines' es el espesor de línea predeterminado para
-líneas horizontales y verticales en un entorno picture; compárese *note
-\linethickness:: y *note \thicklines::.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \multiput, Next: \oval, Prev: \thinlines, Up: picture
-
-8.18.10 `\multiput'
--------------------
-
-Sinopsis:
- \multiput(x,y)(delta_x,delta_y){n}{obj}
-
- La instrucción `\multiput' copia el objeto obj en un patrón regular
-entre imágenes. primero se coloca obj en la posición (x,y), luego en la
-posición (x+\delta x,y+\delta y) y así sucesivamente, n veces.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \oval, Next: \put, Prev: \multiput, Up: picture
-
-8.18.11 `\oval'
----------------
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \oval(ancho,alto)[porción]
-
- La instrucción `\oval' produce un rectángulo con esquinas
-redondeadas. El argumento opcional porción le permite seleccionar la
-parte del óvalo vía las siguientes letras:
-
-`t'
- selecciona la parte superior;
-
-`b'
- selecciona la parte inferior;
-
-`r'
- selecciona la parte derecha;
-
-`l'
- selecciona la parte izquierda.
-
- Las “esquinas†del óvalo se hacen con cuartos de círculo con un radio
-máximo de 20pt, por lo tanto los “óvalos†grandes se parecen más a cajas
-con esquinas redondeadas.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \put, Next: \shortstack, Prev: \oval, Up: picture
-
-8.18.12 `\put'
---------------
-
-`\put(x coord,y coord){ ... }'
-
- La instrucción `\put' coloca el elemento especificado por el
-argumento obligatorio en las coordenadas proporcionadas.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \shortstack, Next: \vector, Prev: \put, Up: picture
-
-8.18.13 `\shortstack'
----------------------
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \shortstack[posición]{...\\...\\...}
-
- La instrucción `\shortstack' produce un montón de objetos. Las
-posiciones válidas son:
-
-`r'
- Mueve los objetos a la derecha de la pila.
-
-`l'
- Mueve los objetos a la izquierda de la pila
-
-`c'
- Mueve los objetos hacia el centro de la pila (predeterminado)
-
- Los objetos son separados con `\\'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \vector, Prev: \shortstack, Up: picture
-
-8.18.14 `\vector'
------------------
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \vector(declive-x,declive-y){longitud}
-
- La instrucción `\vector' dibuja una línea con una flecha de la
-longitud y declive especificados. Los valores x e y deben estar entre
-−4 y +4 incluido.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: quotation, Next: quote, Prev: picture, Up: Entornos
-
-8.19 `quotation'
-================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \begin{quotation}
- texto
- \end{quotation}
-
- A los márgenes del entorno `quotation' se les aplica una sangría en
-ambos lados izquierdo y derecho. El texto está justificado en ambos
-márgenes. Dejar una línea en blanco entre el texto produce un nuevo
-párrafo.
-
- A diferencia del entorno `quote', cada párrafo normalmente tiene
-sangría.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: quote, Next: tabbing, Prev: quotation, Up: Entornos
-
-8.20 `quote'
-============
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \begin{quote}
- texto
- \end{quote}
-
- A los márgenes del entorno `quote' se les aplica una sangría en ambos
-lados izquierdo y derecho. El texto está justificado en ambos márgenes.
-Dejar una línea en blanco entre el texto produce un nuevo párrafo.
-
- A diferencia del entorno `quotation', a los párrafos no se les aplica
-una sangría.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: tabbing, Next: table, Prev: quote, Up: Entornos
-
-8.21 `tabbing'
-==============
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \begin{tabbing}
- fila1col1 \= fila1col2 \= fila1col3 \= fila1col4 \\
- fila2col1 \> \> fila2col3 \\
- ...
- \end{tabbing}
-
- El entorno `tabbing' proporciona una manera de alinear el texto en
-columnas. Funciona mediante el establecimiento de tabuladores y
-tabulación tanto como si se hubiera hecho en una máquina de escribir
-común. Es el más adecuado para los casos en que el ancho de cada
-columna es constante y conocido de antemano.
-
- Este entorno se puede dividir en varias páginas, a diferencia del
-entorno `tabular'.
-
- Las siguientes instrucciones se pueden utilizar dentro de un entorno
-`tabbing':
-
-`\\ tabbing'
- Final de línea.
-
-`\= (tabbing)'
- Establece una tabulación en la posición actual.
-
-`\> (tabbing)'
- Avanza a la siguiente tabulación.
-
-`\<'
- Coloca el siguiente texto a la izquierda del margen local (sin
- necesidad de cambiar el margen). Sólo se puede usar al comienzo de
- la línea.
-
-`\+'
- Mueve hacia la derecha el margen izquierdo del siguiente y todas
- las subsecuentes instrucciones de tabulación, empezando la línea de
- tabulación, de ser necesario.
-
-`\-'
- Mueve el margen izquierdo hacia la izquierda de la siguiente y
- todas las subsecuentes instrucciones de tabulación, comenzando con
- la línea de tabulación si es necesario.
-
-`\' (tabbing)'
- Mueve todo lo que ha escrito hasta ahora en la columna actual, es
- decir, cualquier cosa desde la instrucción `\>', `\<', `\'', `\\' o
- `\kill' más reciente, a la derecha de la columna anterior, a ras de
- la tabulación de la columna actual.
-
-`\` (tabbing)'
- Permite poner texto alineado a la derecha contra cualquier
- tabulación, incluyendo la tabulación 0. Sin embargo, no puede
- mover el texto a la derecha de la última columna porque allí no hay
- tabulación. La instrucción `\`' mueve todo el texto que le sigue,
- hasta la instrucción `\\' o `\end{tabbing}' que termina la línea,
- al margen derecho del entorno tabbing. No debe haber instrucción
- `\>' o `\'' entre el `\`' y la instrucción que termina la línea.
-
-`\a (tabbing)'
- En un entorno `tabbing', las instrucciones `\=', `\'' y `\`' no
- producen acentos en la manera usual (*note Acentos::). En su
- lugar, se utilizan estas instrucciones `\a=', `\a'' y `\a`'.
-
-`\kill'
- Fija una tabulación sin producir texto. Trabaja igual que `\\'
- salvo que esta desecha la línea actual en lugar de producir algo
- útil. El efecto de cualquier instrucción `\=', `\+' o `\-' en esa
- línea seguirá en vigor.
-
-`\poptabs'
- Restaura las posiciones de tabulación salvadas por la última
- `\pushtabs'.
-
-`\pushtabs'
- Guarda todas las posiciones de tabulación actuales. Útil para
- cambiar temporalmente las posiciones de tabulación en medio de un
- entorno `tabbing'.
-
-`\tabbingsep'
- Distancia a la izquierda de la tabulación movida por `\''.
-
- En este ejemplo se compone tipográficamente una función de Pascal en
-el formato tradicional:
-
- \begin{tabbing}
- function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\
- \> begin \= \+ \\
- \> if \= n $>$ 1 then \+ \\
- fact := n * fact(n-1) \- \\
- else \+ \\
- fact := 1; \-\- \\
- end;\\
- \end{tabbing}
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: table, Next: tabular, Prev: tabbing, Up: Entornos
-
-8.22 `table'
-============
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \begin{table}[ubicación]
-
- cuerpo de la tabla
-
- \caption{título de la tabla}
- \end{table}
-
- Las tablas son objetos que no forman parte del texto normal, y por lo
-general “flotan†a un lugar conveniente, como la parte superior de una
-página. Las tablas no se dividen en dos páginas.
-
- El argumento opcional `[ubicación]' determina dónde LaTeX trata de
-colocar su tabla. Hay cuatro lugares donde LaTeX, posiblemente, pueda
-colocar un flotante:; estos son los mismo que los utilizados con el
-entorno `figure', y se describen allí (*note figure::).
-
- Las clases `report' y `article' estándar utilizan la ubicación
-`[tbp]' predeterminada.
-
- El cuerpo de la tabla se compone de cualquier texto, instrucciones
-LaTeX, etc., que usted desee. La instrucción `\caption' le permite
-colocar un título a su tabla.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: tabular, Next: thebibliography, Prev: table, Up: Entornos
-
-8.23 `tabular'
-==============
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \begin{tabular}[ubicación]{columnas}
- columna 1 entrada & columna 2 entrada ... & columna n entrada n \\
- ...
- \end{tabular}
-
- o
-
- \begin{tabular*}{ancho}[posición]{columnas}
- columna 1 entrada & columna 2 entrada ... & columna n entrada n \\
- ...
- \end{tabular*}
-
- Estos entornos producen una caja consiste de una secuencia de filas
-de elementos, alineadas verticalmente en columnas.
-
- Se debe utilizar `\\' para especificar el final de cada fila de la
-tabla, salvo por la última, en que esta es opcional —a menos que le siga
-una instrucción `\hline' (para colocar una raya bajo la tabla).
-
- Los argumentos obligatorios y opcionales consisten de:
-
-`ancho'
- Especifica la anchura del entorno `tabular*'. Este debe tener
- espacio entre las columnas que se puede estirar para llenar el
- ancho especificado.
-
-`posición'
- Especifica la posición vertical; de manera predeterminada alinea al
- centro el entorno.
-
- `t'
- alineado en la fila superior
-
- `b'
- alineado en la fila inferior
-
-`columnas'
- Especifica el formato de columna. Este consiste en una secuencia
- de los siguientes especificadores, correspondientes a la secuencia
- de columnas y el material intercolumna.
-
- `l'
- Una columna de elementos alineados a la izquierda.
-
- `r'
- Una columna de elementos alineados a la derecha.
-
- `'
- Una columna de elementos centrados.
-
- `|'
- Una línea vertical que llena la altura y profundidad total del
- entorno.
-
- `@{texto}'
- Esta inserta texto en cada fila. Una @-expresión suprime el
- espacio intercolumnas insertado normalmente entre columnas;
- cualquier espacio deseado entre el texto insertado y los
- elementos adyacentes se deberá incluir en texto. Una
- instrucción `\extracolsep{ancho}' en una @-expresión provoca
- que aparezca un espacio extra de ancho `ancho' a la izquierda
- de todas las columnas subsecuentes, hasta que se anule por
- otra instrucción `\extracolsep'. A diferencia del espacio
- intercolumna ordinario, este espacio adicional no se suprime
- por una @-expresión. Una instrucción `\extracolsep'
- únicamente se pude utilizar en una @-expresión en el argumento
- `columnas'.
-
- `p{ancho}'
- Produce una columna con cada elemento compuesto
- tipográficamente en una parbox de ancho ancho, como si fuera
- el argumento de una instrucción `\parbox[t]{ancho}'. Sin
- embargo, una `\\' en el elemento no puede, salvo en las
- siguientes situaciones:
-
- 1. Dentro de un entorno como `minipage', `array' o
- `tabular'.
-
- 2. Dentro de una `\parbox' explícita.
-
- 3. En el alcance de una declaración `\centering',
- `\raggedright' o `\raggedleft'. La última declaración
- debe aparecer dentro de llaves o un entorno cuando se
- utiliza en un elemento `p'-columna.
-
- `*{número}{columnas}'
- Equivalente a número de copias de columnas, donde número es un
- entero positivo y columnas es cualquier lista de
- especificadores de columna, la cual puede contener otra
- `*-expresión'.
-
- Parámetros que controlan el formato:
-
-`\arrayrulewidth'
- El espesor de la línea creada por `|', `\hline' y `\vline' en los
- entornos `tabular' y `array'; el predeterminado es `.4pt'.
-
-`\arraystretch'
- El factor para escalar el espaciado entre hileras en los entornos
- `tabular' y `array'; el predeterminado es `1', para no escalar.
-
-`\doublerulesep'
- Distancia horizontal entre las líneas verticles producidas por `||'
- en los entornos `tabular' y `array'; el predeterminado es `2pt'.
-
-`\tabcolsep'
- La mitad de la anchura del espacio entre las columnas; el
- predeterminado es `6pt'.
-
- Estas instrucciones se pueden utilizar en el interior de un entorno
-`tabular':
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \multicolumn:: Hace que un elemento abarque varias columnas.
-* \cline:: Dibuja una línea horizontal que abarca algunas columnas.
-* \hline:: Dibuja una línea horizontal que abarca todas las columnas.
-* \vline:: Dibuja una línea vertical.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \multicolumn, Next: \cline, Up: tabular
-
-8.23.1 `\multicolumn'
----------------------
-
-Sinopsis:
- \multicolumn{columnas}{posición}{texto}
-
- La instrucción `\multicolumn' provoca que una entrada se extienda por
-varias columnas. El primer argumento obligatorio, columnas, especifica
-es el número de columnas por abarcar. El segundo argumento obligatorio,
-posición, especifica el formato de la entrada; `c' para centrado, `l'
-para alineado a la izquierda, `r' para alineado a la derecha. El tercer
-argumento obligatorio, texto, especifica el texto a colocar en la
-entrada.
-
- He aquí un ejemplo que muestra dos columnas separadas por un doble
-guión; `\multicolumn' se utiliza para el encabezado:
-
- \begin{tabular}{r@{--}l}
- \multicolumn{2}{c}{\bf Unicode}\cr
- 0x80&0x7FF \cr
- 0x800&0xFFFF \cr
- 0x10000&0x1FFFF \cr
- \end{tabular}
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \cline, Next: \hline, Prev: \multicolumn, Up: tabular
-
-8.23.2 `\cline'
----------------
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \cline{i-j}
-
- La instrucción `\cline' dibuja un línea horizontal a través de las
-columnas especificadas, comenzando en la colúmna i y terminando en la
-columna j, que son especificadas en el argumento obligatorio.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \hline, Next: \vline, Prev: \cline, Up: tabular
-
-8.23.3 `\hline'
----------------
-
-La instrucción `\hline' dibuja una línea horizontal del ancho del
-entorno `tabular' o `array' especificado. Se utiliza comúnmente para
-para dibujar una línea en la parte superior, inferior y entre filas de
-la tabla.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \vline, Prev: \hline, Up: tabular
-
-8.23.4 `\vline'
----------------
-
-La instrucción `\vline' dibuja una línea vertical extendida a la altura
-y profundidad total de su fila. Una instrucción `\hfill' se puede
-utilizar para mover la línea hasta el borde de la columna. También se
-puede utilizar en una @-expresión.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: thebibliography, Next: theorem, Prev: tabular, Up: Entornos
-
-8.24 `thebibliography'
-======================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \begin{thebibliography}{etiqueta-más-amplia}
- \bibitem[etiqueta]{clave-de-cita}
- ...
- \end{thebibliography}
-
- El entorno `thebibliography' produce una bibliografía o lista de
-referencia.
-
- En las clase `article', esta lista de referencia es etiquetada como
-“Referenciasâ€; en la clase `report', esta es etiquetada como
-“Bibliografíaâ€. Usted puede cambiar la etiqueta (en las clases
-estándar) redefiniendo la instrucción `\refname'. Por ejemplo, la
-siguiente instrucción la elimina por completo:
-
- \renewcommand{\refname}{}
-
- El argumento obligatorio etiqueta-más-amplia es texto que, al momento
-de componerla tipográficamente, es tan ancho como la etiqueta producida
-por la instrucción `\bibitem'. Se suele dar como `9' para bibliografías
-de menos de 10 referencias, `99' para las que tienen menos de 100, etc.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \bibitem:: Especifica un elemento de la bibliografía.
-* \cite:: Hace referencia a un elemento bibliográfico.
-* \nocite:: Incluye un elemento en la bibliografía.
-* Usando BibTeX:: Generando bibliografías automáticamente.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \bibitem, Next: \cite, Up: thebibliography
-
-8.24.1 `\bibitem'
------------------
-
-Sinopsis:
- \bibitem[etiqueta]{clave-de-cita}
-
- La instrucción `\bibitem' genera una entrada etiquetada por etiqueta.
-Si se omite el argumento etiqueta, automáticamente se genera un número
-utilizando el contador `enumi'. La clave-de-cita es cualquier secuencia
-de letras, números y signos de puntuación que no contenga una coma.
-
- Esta instrucción escribe una entrada al archivo `.aux' que contiene
-los elementos clave-de-cita y etiqueta. Cuando la instrucción
-`\begin{document}' lee el archivo `.aux', los elementos `etiqueta' son
-asociados con `clave-de-cita', produciendo referencias a clave-de-cita
-con una instrucción `\cite' (vea la siguiente sección) para producir la
-etiqueta asociada.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \cite, Next: \nocite, Prev: \bibitem, Up: thebibliography
-
-8.24.2 `\cite'
---------------
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \cite[subcita]{claves
-
- El argumento claves es una lista de una o más claves de cita,
-separadas por comas. Esta instrucción genera una cita en el texto para
-referencias asociadas con claves por medio de entradas en el archivo
-`.aux'.
-
- El argumento de texti opcional subcita aparece después de la cita.
-Por ejemplo, `\cite[p.~314]{knuth}' podría producir `[Knuth, p. 314]'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \nocite, Next: Usando BibTeX, Prev: \cite, Up: thebibliography
-
-8.24.3 `\nocite'
-----------------
-
-`\nocite{lista-de-claves}'
-
- La instrucción `\nocite' no produce texto, pero escribe en el archivo
-`.aux' la `lista-de-claves', que es una lista de una o más etiquetas de
-cita.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Usando BibTeX, Prev: \nocite, Up: thebibliography
-
-8.24.4 Usando BibTeX
---------------------
-
-Si usted utiliza el programa BibTeX escrito por Oren Patashnik
-(altamente recomendable si necesita una bibliografía de más de un par de
-títulos) para mantener su bibliografía, no utilice el entorno
-`thebibliography' (*note thebibliography::). En su lugar, incluya las
-líneas
-
- \bibliographystyle{estilo-de-bibliografía}
- \bibliography{archivo-de-bibliografía-1,archivo-de-bibliografía-2}
-
- La instrucción `\bibliographystyle' por sí misma no produce salida
-alguna. Por el contrario, define el estilo en que se producirá la
-bibliografía: estilo-de-bibliografía se refiere a un archivo
-`estilo-de-bibliografía.bst', en el que se define qué apariencia tendrán
-las citas. Los nombres de estilo estándar distribuidos con BibTeX son:
-
-`alpha'
- Ordenadas alfabéticamente. Las etiquetas están formadas por el
- nombre del autor y año de publicación.
-
-`plain'
- Ordenadas alfabéticamente. Las etiquetas son numéricas.
-
-`unsrt'
- Al igual que `plain', pero las entradas están en el orden citado.
-
-`abbrv'
- Igual que `plain', pero con etiquetas más compactas.
-
- Además, existen muchos otros archivos de estilo BibTeX adaptados a
-las demandas de diversas publicaciones. Vea
-`http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib'.
-
- La instrucción `\bibliography' es la que realmente produce la
-bibliografía. El argumento `\bibliography' se refiere a archivos con el
-nombre `archivo-de-bibliografía.bib', el cual debe contener la base de
-datos en formato BibTeX. Sólo las entradas referidas a través de
-`\cite' y `\nocite' serán incluidas en la bibliografía.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: theorem, Next: titlepage, Prev: thebibliography, Up: Entornos
-
-8.25 `theorem'
-==============
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \begin{theorem}
- texto-del-teorema
- \end{theorem}
-
- El entorno `theorem' produce “Teorema n†en negrita seguido por el
-texto-del-teorema, donde las posibilidades de numeración para n se
-describen bajo `\newtheorem' (*note \newtheorem::).
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: titlepage, Next: verbatim, Prev: theorem, Up: Entornos
-
-8.26 `titlepage'
-================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \begin{titlepage}
- texto
- \end{titlepage}
-
- El entorno `titlepage' crea una página de título, es decir, una
-página en la cual no se imprime el número de página ni el encabezado.
-También provoca que la página siguiente sea numerada como la página uno.
-El formato de la página del título se deja bajo su responsabilidad. La
-instrucción `\today' puede ser útil en las páginas de título (*note
-\today::).
-
- Usted puede utilizar la instrucción `\maketitle' (*note \maketitle::)
-para producir una página de título estándar sin un entorno `titlepage'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: verbatim, Next: verse, Prev: titlepage, Up: Entornos
-
-8.27 `verbatim'
-===============
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \begin{verbatim}
- texto-literal
- \end{verbatim}
-
- El entorno `verbatim' es un entorno para crear párrafos en el cual
-LaTeX produce exactamente lo que usted escriba en él; Por ejemplo el
-carácter `\' produce una `\' impresa. Este cambia el modo en que LaTeX
-imprime los que usted escriba con retornos de carro y espacios en blanco
-con el mismo efecto que tendría en una máquina de escribir.
-
- El entorno `verbatim' utiliza una composición tipográfica con tipo de
-letra monoespacio (`\tt').
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \verb:: La forma macro del entorno `verbatim'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \verb, Up: verbatim
-
-8.27.1 `\verb'
---------------
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \verbcaráctertexto-literalcarácter
- \verb*caráctertexto-literalcarácter
-
- La instrucción `\verb' compone tipográficamente el texto-literal como
-este se ha ingresado incluyendo caracteres especiales y espacios,
-utilizando el tipo de letra de máquina de escribir (`\tt'). No se
-permiten espacios entre `\verb' o `\verb*' y el carácter delimitador, el
-cual comienza y termina el texto literal. El delimitador no debe
-aparecer en el texto-literal.
-
- La forma con `*' difiere únicamente en que los espacios son impresos
-con un carácter de “espacio visibleâ€.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: verse, Prev: verbatim, Up: Entornos
-
-8.28 `verse'
-============
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \begin{verse}
- línea1 \\
- línea2 \\
- ...
- \end{verse}
-
- El entorno `verse' está diseñado para poesía, aunque es posible que
-usted le encuentre alguna otra utilidad.
-
- Los márgenes tienen sangría a la izquierda y derecha, a los párrafos
-no se les aplica sangría y el texto no está justificado. Separe las
-líneas de cada estrofa con `\\' y use una o más líneas en blanco para
-separar las estrofas.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Saltos de Línea, Next: Saltos de Página, Prev: Entornos, Up: Top
-
-9 Saltos de Línea
-*****************
-
-Lo primero que hace LaTeX cuando procesa texto normal es traducir el
-archivo de entrada en una secuencia de unidades gráficas y espacios.
-Para producir un documento impreso, esta secuencia se debe partir en
-líneas (y esas línea se deben dividir en páginas).
-
- Normalmente LaTeX se encarga de los saltos de línea (y página), pero
-en algunos entornos, usted mismo determina los saltos de líneas con la
-instrucción `\\', y siempre puede forzar los saltos de línea
-manualmente.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \\:: Inicia una nueva línea.
-* \obeycr y \restorecr:: Provoca que cada línea ingresada comience una nueva línea.
-* \newline:: Divide la línea \- (hyphenation):: Inserta un guión en la sílaba explicita.
-* \- (hyphenation)::
-* \fussy:: Es quisquilloso con la separación de línea.
-* \sloppy:: Es descuidado en la separación de la líneas.
-* \hyphenation:: Le dice a LaTeX cómo insertar un guión para separar una palabra.
-* \linebreak y \nolinebreak:: Forzando y evitando saltos de línea.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \\, Next: \obeycr y \restorecr, Up: Saltos de Línea
-
-9.1 `\\'[*][más-espacio]
-========================
-
-La instrucción `\\' le dice a LaTeX que comience una nueva línea. Esta
-tiene un argumento opcional, más-espacio, que especifica la cantidad de
-espacio vertical extra que se debe insertar antes de la siguiente línea.
-Este puede ser una cantidad negativa.
-
- La instrucción `\\*' es la misma que la instrucción ordinaria `\\'
-salvo que esta le dice a LaTeX que no comience una nueva página después
-de la línea.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \obeycr y \restorecr, Next: \newline, Prev: \\, Up: Saltos de Línea
-
-9.2 `\obeycr' y `\restorecr'
-============================
-
-La instrucción `\obeycr' genera un retorno de carro en el archivo de
-entrada (`^^M', internamente) lo mismo que `\\' (seguido por `\relax').
-Por lo tanto, cada nueva línea en la entrada también será una nueva
-línea en la salida.
-
- `\restorecr' restaura el comportamiento de saltos de línea normal.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \newline, Next: \- (hyphenation), Prev: \obeycr y \restorecr, Up: Saltos de Línea
-
-9.3 `\newline'
-==============
-
-La instrucción `\newline' rompe la línea en el punto actual, sin
-justificar el texto anterior. Sólo se puede utilizar en modo párrafo.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \- (hyphenation), Next: \fussy, Prev: \newline, Up: Saltos de Línea
-
-9.4 `\-' (división silábica discrecional)
-=========================================
-
-La instrucción `\-' le dice a LaTeX que puede dividir la palabra con un
-guión en ese punto. LaTeX cuenta con una muy buena separación silábica
-con guión, y por lo general en la mayoría de los casos encuentra los
-puntos correctos en la división de palabras, y casi nunca utiliza uno
-incorrecto. La instrucción `\-' se utiliza para casos excepcionales.
-
- Cuando usted inserta la instrucción `\-' en una palabra, la palabra
-únicamente se debe dividir con guión en esos puntos y en ninguno de los
-puntos que LaTeX pudiera haber elegido de otro modo.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \fussy, Next: \sloppy, Prev: \- (hyphenation), Up: Saltos de Línea
-
-9.5 `\fussy'
-============
-
-La declaración `\fussy' (que es la predeterminada) provoca que TeX sea
-quisquilloso con los saltos de línea. Esto por lo general también evita
-el espacio entre palabras, a costa de un ocasional desbordamiento de
-caja.
-
- Esta instrucción cancela el efecto de una instrucción `\sloppy'
-previa (*note \sloppy::.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \sloppy, Next: \hyphenation, Prev: \fussy, Up: Saltos de Línea
-
-9.6 `\sloppy'
-=============
-
-La declaración `\sloppy' provoca que TeX sea menos cuidadoso con los
-saltos de línea. Esto evitará el desbordamiento de cajas, a costa de un
-mayor espaciamiento entre palabras.
-
- Dura hasta que se utilice una instrucción `\fussy' (*note \fussy::).
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \hyphenation, Next: \linebreak y \nolinebreak, Prev: \sloppy, Up: Saltos de Línea
-
-9.7 `\hyphenation'
-==================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \hyphenation{palabra-uno palabra-dos}
-
- La instrucción `\hyphenation' declara los puntos dónde se permite la
-división de palabras por medio de un carácter `-' en las palabras
-proporcionadas. Las palabras están separadas por espacios. TeX
-únicamente debe separar las palabras si la palabra coincide exactamente,
-sin juzgar las inflexiones. Múltiples instrucciones `\hyphenation' son
-acumulativas. Algunos ejemplos (los patrones de separación silábica de
-TeX no se aplican a esas palabras):
-
- \hyphenation{ap-én-dice col-umnas hiper-fragilís-tico-espiali-doso}
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \linebreak y \nolinebreak, Prev: \hyphenation, Up: Saltos de Línea
-
-9.8 `\linebreak' y `\nolinebreak'
-=================================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \linebreak[prioridad]
- \nolinebreak[prioridad]
-
- De manera predeterminada, la instrucción `\linebreak'
-(`\nolinebreak') fuerza (previene) un salto de línea en la posición
-actual. Para `\linebreak', los espacios en la línea se expanden hasta
-el margen derecho de la manera normal.
-
- Con el argumento opcional prioridad, usted puede convertir la
-instrucción de una petición a una demanda. La prioridad debe ser un
-número desde 0 hasta 4. Cuanto mayor sea el número, es más insistente
-la petición.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Saltos de Página, Next: Notas al Pie, Prev: Saltos de Línea, Up: Top
-
-10 Saltos de Página
-*******************
-
-LaTeX inicia nuevas páginas asincronicamente, cuando ha acumulado
-suficiente material para llenar una página. Por lo general, esto ocurre
-automáticamente, pero a veces, posiblemente, usted quiera influir en los
-saltos de página.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \cleardoublepage:: Inicia una nueva página a mano derecha.
-* \clearpage:: Inicia una nueva página.
-* \newpage:: Inicia una nueva página.
-* \enlargethispage:: Amplía un poco la página actual.
-* \pagebreak y \nopagebreak:: Forzando y evitando saltos de página.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \cleardoublepage, Next: \clearpage, Up: Saltos de Página
-
-10.1 `\cleardoublepage'
-=======================
-
-La instrucción `\cleardoublepage' termina la página actual y provoca que
-se impriman todas las imágenes y tablas que han aparecido hasta el
-momento en el texto. En un estilo de Impresión a doble cara, este
-también hace que la siguiente página sea a mano derecha, página
-(impares), produciendo una página en blanco si es necesario.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \clearpage, Next: \newpage, Prev: \cleardoublepage, Up: Saltos de Página
-
-10.2 `\clearpage'
-=================
-
-La instrucción `\clearpage' termina la página actual y provoca que todas
-la imágenes y tablas que han aparecido hasta ahora en la entrada sean
-impresas.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \newpage, Next: \enlargethispage, Prev: \clearpage, Up: Saltos de Página
-
-10.3 `\newpage'
-===============
-
-La instrucción `\newpage' termina la página actual, pero no descarga
-flotantes (vea `\clearpage' arriba).
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \enlargethispage, Next: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak, Prev: \newpage, Up: Saltos de Página
-
-10.4 `\enlargethispage'
-=======================
-
-`\enlargethispage{tamaño}'
-
- `\enlargethispage*{tamaño}'
-
- Amplía el `\textheight' para la página actual por la cantidad
-especificada; por ejemplo `\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}' permitirá
-una línea adicional.
-
- La forma favorita trata de apretar el material en la página tanto
-como sea posible. Esta normalmente se utiliza junto con un `\pagebreak'
-explícito.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak, Prev: \enlargethispage, Up: Saltos de Página
-
-10.5 `\pagebreak' y `\nopagebreak'
-==================================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \pagebreak[prioridad]
- \nopagebreak[prioridad]
-
- De forma predeterminada, la instrucción `\pagebreak' (`\nopagebreak')
-fuerza (impide) un salto de página en la posición actual. Para
-`\linebreak', el espacio vertical en la página se estira cuanto sea
-posible de modo que se extienda hasta el margen inferior normal.
-
- Con el argumento opcional prioridad, puede convertir la instrucción
-`\pagebreak' desde una petición a una demanda. El número debe ser un
-número desde 0 hasta 4. Cuanto mayor sea el número, más insistente es
-la petición.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Notas al Pie, Next: Definiciones, Prev: Saltos de Página, Up: Top
-
-11 Notas al Pie
-***************
-
-Las notas al pie se pueden producir en una de dos maneras. Se pueden
-producir con una sola instrucción, la instrucción `\footnote'. También
-se pueden producir con dos instrucciones, las instrucciones
-`\footnotemark' y `\footnotetext'.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \footnote:: Inserta una nota al pie.
-* \footnotemark:: Solamente Inserta la marca de nota.
-* \footnotetext:: Solamente Inserta el texto la nota.
-* Notas al Pie Simbólicas:: Usando símbolos en lugar de números para las notas.
-* Parámetros para Footnote:: Parámetros para el formato de la nota al pie.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \footnote, Next: \footnotemark, Up: Notas al Pie
-
-11.1 `\footnote'
-================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \footnote[número]{texto}
-
- La instrucción `\footnote' coloca una nota numerada con el texto al
-pie de la página actual. El argumento opcional número cambia el número
-predeterminado de la nota.
-
- Esta instrucción sólo puede utilizarse fuera del modo párrafo; es
-decir, no se puede utilizar en el instrucciones de seccionado tal como
-`\chapter', en figuras, tablas o en un entorno `tabular'. (Vea las
-siguientes secciones).
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \footnotemark, Next: \footnotetext, Prev: \footnote, Up: Notas al Pie
-
-11.2 `\footnotemark'
-====================
-
-Sin argumento opcional, la instrucción `\footnotemark' coloca el número
-de nota actual en el texto. Esta instrucción se puede utilizar en modo
-párrafo. Usted proporciona el texto de la nota por separado, con la
-instrucción `\footnotetext'.
-
- Esta instrucción se puede utilizar para producir varios marcadores de
-nota consecutivos refiriéndose a la misma nota
-
- \footnotemark[\value{footnote}]
-
-después de la primer instrucción `\footnote'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \footnotetext, Next: Notas al Pie Simbólicas, Prev: \footnotemark, Up: Notas al Pie
-
-11.3 `\footnotetext'
-====================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \footnotetext[número]{texto}
-
- La instrucción `\footnotetext' coloca el texto en la parte inferior
-de la página como una nota al pie. Esta instrucción puede venir en
-cualquier lugar después de la instrucción `\footnotemark'. La
-instrucción `\footnotetext' debe aparecer en el exterior del modo
-párrafo.
-
- El argumento opcional número cambia el número predeterminado de la
-nota.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Notas al Pie Simbólicas, Next: Parámetros para Footnote, Prev: \footnotetext, Up: Notas al Pie
-
-11.4 Notas al Pie Simbólicas
-============================
-
-Si desea utilizar símbolos para las notas al pie, en lugar de un número
-creciente, redefina `\thefootnote' así:
-
- \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{nota-al-pie}}
-
- La instrucción `\fnsymbol' produce a serie predefinida de símbolos
-(*note \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::). Si desea
-utilizar un símbolo diferente como su marca de nota al pie, necesitará
-redefinir `\fnsymbol'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Parámetros para Footnote, Prev: Notas al Pie Simbólicas, Up: Notas al Pie
-
-11.5 Parámetros para Footnote
-=============================
-
-`\footnoterule'
- Produce la línea que separa el texto principal en una página de las
- notas al pie de la página. Dimensiones predeterminadas: `0.4pt'
- espesor (o ancho), y longitud de `0.4\columnwidth' en las clases de
- documento estándar (salvo en slides, donde esta no aparece).
-
-`\footnotesep'
- La altura donde se coloca el puntal al comienzo de la nota al pie.
- De forma predeterminada, se establece en el puntal del tipo de
- letra normal `\footnotesize' (*note Tamaños del Tipo de Letra::,
- por lo tanto no hay espacio extra entre las notas. Este es
- `6.65pt' para `10pt', `7.7pt' para `11pt' y `8.4pt' para `12pt'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Definiciones, Next: Contadores, Prev: Notas al Pie, Up: Top
-
-12 Definiciones
-***************
-
-LaTeX tiene la capacidad para crear nuevas instrucciones de muchos tipos
-diferentes.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \newcommand y \renewcommand:: (Re)define una nueva instrucción.
-* \newcounter:: Define un nuevo contador.
-* \newlength:: Define una nueva longitud.
-* \newsavebox:: Define una nueva caja.
-* \newenvironment y \renewenvironment:: Definen un nuevo entorno.
-* \newtheorem:: Definen un nuevo entorno -como teorema.
-* \newfont:: Define un nuevo nombre de tipo de letra.
-* \protect:: Usando instrucciones astutas.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \newcommand y \renewcommand, Next: \newcounter, Up: Definiciones
-
-12.1 `\newcommand' y `\renewcommand'
-====================================
-
-`\newcommand' y `\renewcommand' define y redefine una instrucción,
-respectivamente.
-
- Sinopsis:
-
- \newcommand{instrucción}[n-argumentos]{definición}
- \renewcommand{instrucción}[n-argumentos]{definición}
- \newcommand{instrucción}[n-argumentos][predeterminado]{definición}
- \renewcommand{instrucción}[n-argumentos][predeterminado]{definición}
-
-instrucción
- El nombre de la instrucción comenzando con `\'. Para
- `\newcommand', este no se debe haber definido y no debe comenzar
- con `\end'; para `\renewcommand', este ya tiene que estar definido.
-
-n-argumentos
- Un entero opcional entre 1 y 9 especificando el número de
- argumentos que debe tomar la instrucción. El valor predeterminado
- es para que la instrucción no tome argumentos.
-
-predeterminado
- Si este parámetro opcional está presente, significa que el primer
- argumento del comando es opcional. Cuando se invoca a la nueva
- instrucción, el valor predeterminado del argumento opcional (es
- decir, si no se especifica en la llamada) es la cadena
- `definición'.
-
-definición
- El texto con el que se sustituirá cada aparición de `instrucción';
- una construcción de la forma `#n' en definición es reemplazada por
- el texto del enésimo argumento.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \newcounter, Next: \newlength, Prev: \newcommand y \renewcommand, Up: Definiciones
-
-12.2 `\newcounter'
-==================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \newcounter{contador}[nombre-contador]
-
- La instrucción `\newcounter' define un nuevo contador llamado
-contador. El nuevo contador se inicializa a cero.
-
- Dado el argumento opcional `[nombre-contador]', (contador se
-restablecerá cuando nombre-contador se incremente.
-
- *Note Contadores::, para mayor información.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \newlength, Next: \newsavebox, Prev: \newcounter, Up: Definiciones
-
-12.3 `\newlength'
-=================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \newlength{\argumento}
-
- La instrucción `\newlength' define el argumento obligatorio como una
-instrucción `length' con un valor de `0in'. El argumento debe ser una
-secuencia de control, como en `\newlength{\foo}'. Ocurre un error si
-`\foo' ya está definido.
-
- *Note Longitudes::, para saber cómo fijar la nueva longitud a un
-valor distinto de cero, y para más información acerca de las longitudes
-en general.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \newsavebox, Next: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment, Prev: \newlength, Up: Definiciones
-
-12.4 `\newsavebox'
-==================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \newsavebox{instrucción}
-
- Define `\instrucción', el cual debe ser un nombre de instrucción que
-no se haya definido, para referirse a una nueva bandeja para almacenar
-cajas.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment, Next: \newtheorem, Prev: \newsavebox, Up: Definiciones
-
-12.5 `\newenvironment' y `\renewenvironment'
-============================================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
-
- \newenvironment{entorno}[n-argumentos]{antes-definición}
- {después-definición}
- \newenvironment{entorno}[n-argumentos][predeterminado]
- {antes-definición}{después-definición}
- \renewenvironment{entorno}[n-argumentos]
- {antes-definición}{después-definición}
-
- Estas instrucciones definen o redefinen un entorno entorno, es decir,
-`\begin{entorno} … \end{entorno}'.
-
-entorno
- El nombre del entorno. Para `\newenvironment', entorno no debe ser
- un entorno existente, y la instrucción `\entorno' debe ser una que
- no se haya definido previamente. Para `\renewenvironment', entorno
- debe ser el nombre de un entorno existente.
-
-n-argumentos
- Un entero desde 1 a 9 denotando el número de argumentos del nuevo
- entorno definido. El valor predeterminado es ningún argumento.
-
-predeterminado
- Si se especifica, el primer argumento es opcional, y predeterminado
- proporciona el valor predeterminado para ese argumento.
-
-antes-definición
- El texto ampliado en cada aparición de `\begin{entorno}'; una
- construcción en forma `#n' en antes-definición es sustituido por el
- texto del enésimo argumento.
-
-después-definición
- El texto ampliado de cada aparición de `\end{entorno}'. este no
- debe contener ningún argumento para parámetros.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \newtheorem, Next: \newfont, Prev: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment, Up: Definiciones
-
-12.6 `\newtheorem'
-==================
-
- \newtheorem{nuevo-entorno}{etiqueta}[con]
- \newtheorem{nuevo-entorno}[numerado-como]{etiqueta}
-
- Esta instrucción define un entorno parecido a teorema. Argumentos:
-
-nuevoentorno
- El nombre del nuevo entorno a definir; no debe ser el nombre de un
- entorno existente o de lo contrario será redefinido.
-
-etiqueta
- El texto a imprimir al inicio del entorno, antes del número. Por
- ejemplo, `Teorema'.
-
-numerado_como
- (Opcional). El nombre de un entorno ya definido tal como teorema;
-
- (Opcional). El nombre de un entorno ya definido tal como teorema
- el nuevo entorno será numerado exactamente como numerado_como.
-
-con
- (Opcional). El nombre de un contador definido previamente, una
- unidad de seccionado. El nuevo contador de teorema será
- restablecido al mismo tiempo que el contador con.
-
- Cuando menos uno de numerado_como y con se debe especificar, no
-ambos.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \newfont, Next: \protect, Prev: \newtheorem, Up: Definiciones
-
-12.7 `\newfont'
-===============
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \newfont{instrucción}{nombredetipo}
-
- Define una secuencia de control `\instrucción', misma que no se debe
-haber definido, para hacer que nombredetipo sea el tipo de letra actual.
-El archivo bloqueado en el sistema es llamado `nombredetipo.tfm'.
-
- Esta es una instrucción de bajo nivel para configurar el uso de un
-tipo de letra individual. Comúnmente, los tipos de letra se definen a
-través de familias de archivos `.fd'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \protect, Prev: \newfont, Up: Definiciones
-
-12.8 `\protect'
-===============
-
-Pies de página, saltos de línea, cualquier instrucción que tenga un
-argumento opcional, y muchas más de las así llamadas instrucciones
-"frágiles". Cuando una instrucción frágil se utiliza en ciertos
-contextos, llamados "argumentos móviles", estas se deben preceder con
-`\protect'. Además, algunas instrucciones con argumentos frágiles deben
-tener su propia `\protect'.
-
- Algunos ejemplos de argumentos móviles son `\caption' (*note
-figure::), `\thanks' (*note \maketitle::) y @-expresiones en entornos
-`tabular' y `array' (*note tabular::).
-
- Las instrucciones que no son frágiles se llaman "robustas". Estas no
-se deben preceder con `\protect'.
-
- Vea también:
-
-`http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html'
-`http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect'
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Contadores, Next: Longitudes, Prev: Definiciones, Up: Top
-
-13 Contadores
-*************
-
-Cualquier cosa numerada por LaTeX tiene un contador asociado a ella. El
-nombre del contador es el mismo nombre que el nombre del entorno o
-instrucción que produce el número, salvo las que no comienzan con `\'.
-(`enumi'–`enumiv' se utilizan para entornos enumerados anidados). A
-continuación hay una lista de los contadores utilizados en las clases de
-documentos estándar de LaTeX para controlar la numeración.
-
- part paragraph figure enumi
- chapter subparagraph table enumii
- section page footnote enumiii
- subsection equation mpfootnote enumiv
- subsubsection
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol:: Imprimiendo el valor de un contador.
-* \usecounter:: Utiliza un contador especificado en un entorno de lista.
-* \value:: Utiliza el valor de un contador en una expresión.
-* \setcounter:: Establece el valor de un contador.
-* \addtocounter:: Añade un calificador a un contador.
-* \refstepcounter:: Añade un contador, restableciendo los contadores subsidiarios.
-* \stepcounter:: Añade un contador, restableciendo los contadores subsidiarios.
-* \day \month \year:: Valores numéricos de fecha.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Next: \usecounter, Up: Contadores
-
-13.1 `\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol': Imprimiendo Contadores
-==========================================================================
-
-Todas estas instrucciones toman como argumento un solo contador, por
-ejemplo, `\alph{enumi}'.
-
-`\alph'
- imprime contador usando letras minúsculas: `a', `b', ...
-
-`\Alph'
- utiliza letras mayúsculas: `A', `B', ...
-
-`\arabic'
- utiliza números Arábigos: `1', `2', ...
-
-`\roman'
- utiliza números romanos en minúsculas: `i', `ii', ...
-
-`\roman'
- utiliza números romanos en mayúsculas: `I', `II', ...
-
-`\fnsymbol'
- imprime el valor de contador en una secuencia específica de nueve
- símbolos (convencionalmente usada para etiquetar notas al pie de
- página). El valor de contador debe estar entre 1 y 9 incluido.
-
- Los símbolos no son compatibles en info principalmente, pero aquí
- están los nombres:
-
- asterix(*) dagger ddagger section-sign paragraph-sign parallel
- double-asterix(**) double-dagger double-ddagger
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \usecounter, Next: \value, Prev: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Up: Contadores
-
-13.2 `\usecounter{contador}'
-============================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \usecounter{contador}
-
- La instrucción `\usecounter' se utiliza en el segundo argumento del
-entorno `list' para especificar el contador a utilizar para numerar los
-elementos de la lista.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \value, Next: \setcounter, Prev: \usecounter, Up: Contadores
-
-13.3 `\value{contador}'
-=======================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \value{contador}
-
- La instrucción `\value' produce el valor de contador. Esta se puede
-utilizar en cualquier lugar en que LaTeX espera un número, por ejemplo:
-
- \setcounter{micontador}{3}
- \addtocounter{micontador}{1}
- \hspace{\value{micontador}\parindent}
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \setcounter, Next: \addtocounter, Prev: \value, Up: Contadores
-
-13.4 `\setcounter{\contador}{valor}'
-====================================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \setcounter{\contador}{valor}
-
- La instrucción `\setcounter' fija el valor de \contador al argumento
-valor.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \addtocounter, Next: \refstepcounter, Prev: \setcounter, Up: Contadores
-
-13.5 `\addtocounter{contador}{valor}'
-=====================================
-
-La instrucción `\addtocounter' incrementa contador por la cantidad
-especificada por el argumento valor, que puede ser un número negativo.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \refstepcounter, Next: \stepcounter, Prev: \addtocounter, Up: Contadores
-
-13.6 `\refstepcounter{contador}'
-================================
-
-La instrucción `\refstepcounter' trabaja de la misma manera que
-`\stepcounter' *Note \stepcounter::, excepto que esta además define el
-valor actual de `\ref' para que sea el resultado de `\thecounter'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \stepcounter, Next: \day \month \year, Prev: \refstepcounter, Up: Contadores
-
-13.7 `\stepcounter{contador}'
-=============================
-
-La instrucción `\stepcounter' añade uno al contador y restablece todos
-los contadores subsidiarios.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \day \month \year, Prev: \stepcounter, Up: Contadores
-
-13.8 `\day \month \year': Contadores Predefinidos
-=================================================
-
-LaTeX define contadores para el día del mes (`\day', 1–31), mes del año
-(`\month', 1–12), y año (`\year', Era Común). Al iniciar TeX, estas son
-establecidas a los valores actuales en el sistema donde se está
-ejecutando TeX. Estas no se actualizan conforme al progreso del
-trabajo.
-
- La instrucción relacionada `\today' produce una cadena de texto que
-representa el día actual (*note \today::).
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Longitudes, Next: Haciendo Párrafos, Prev: Contadores, Up: Top
-
-14 Longitudes
-*************
-
-Una `longitud' es una medida de distancia. Muchas instrucciones LaTeX
-toman una longitud como argumento.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \setlength:: Establece el valor de longitud.
-* \addtolength:: Añade una cantidad a longitud.
-* \settodepth:: Establece una longitud a la profundidad de algo más.
-* \settoheight:: Establece la longitud a la altura de algo más.
-* \settowidth:: Establece la longitud a la anchura de alguna otra cosa.
-* Longitudes Predeterminadas:: Longitudes que son, algo sí como, predefinidas.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \setlength, Next: \addtolength, Up: Longitudes
-
-14.1 `\setlength{\largo}{valor}'
-================================
-
-La instrucción `\setlength' fija el valor de \largo al argumento valor,
-el cual se puede expresar en cualquier unidad que LaTeX entienda, es
-decir, pulgadas (`in'), milímetros (`mm'), puntos (`pt'), puntos grandes
-(`bp', etc.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \addtolength, Next: \settodepth, Prev: \setlength, Up: Longitudes
-
-14.2 \addtolength{\largo}{cantidad}
-===================================
-
-La instrucción `\addtolength' incrementa la “instrucción de longitudâ€
-\largo por la cantidad especificada en el argumento cantidad, misma que
-puede ser un valor negativo.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \settodepth, Next: \settoheight, Prev: \addtolength, Up: Longitudes
-
-14.3 `\settodepth'
-==================
-
-`\settodepth{\gnat}{texto}'
-
- La instrucción `\settodepth' fija el valor de una instrucción de
-`longitud' igual a la profundidad del argumento `texto'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \settoheight, Next: \settowidth, Prev: \settodepth, Up: Longitudes
-
-14.4 `\settoheight'
-===================
-
-`\settoheight{\gnat}{texto}'
-
- La instrucción `\settoheight' fija el valor de la instrucción de
-`longitud' igual a la altura del argumento `texto'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \settowidth, Next: Longitudes Predeterminadas, Prev: \settoheight, Up: Longitudes
-
-14.5 `\settowidth{\largo}{texto}'
-=================================
-
-La instrucción `\settowidth' establece el valor del la instrucción
-\largo al valor del argumento texto.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Longitudes Predeterminadas, Prev: \settowidth, Up: Longitudes
-
-14.6 Longitudes Predeterminadas
-===============================
-
-`\width'
-
- `\height'
-
- `\depth'
-
- `\totalheight'
-
- Estos parámetros de longitud se pueden utilizar en los argumentos de
-las instrucciones que dibujan cajas (*note Cajas::). Especifican el
-ancho natural, etc., del texto en la caja. `\totalheight' es igual a
-`\height' + `\depth'. Para hacer una caja con el texto extendido hasta
-el doble del tamaño natural, por ejemplo, digamos
-
- `\makebox[ancho\2]{Consiga una camilla}'
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Haciendo Párrafos, Next: Fórmulas Matemáticas, Prev: Longitudes, Up: Top
-
-15 Haciendo Párrafos
-********************
-
-Un párrafo se termina por medio de una o más líneas completamente en
-blanco —líneas que no contienen incluso un `%'. Una línea en blanco no
-debe aparecer donde no se puede iniciar un nuevo párrafo, tal como en
-modo math o en el argumento de una instrucción de seccionado.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \indent:: Sangrando este párrafo.
-* \noindent:: No sangra el siguiente párrafo.
-* \parskip:: Añade un espacio antes de párrafos.
-* Notas al Margen:: Coloca palabras en el margen.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \indent, Next: \noindent, Up: Haciendo Párrafos
-
-15.1 `\indent'
-==============
-
-`\indent' produce un espacio horizontal donde el ancho es igual al ancho
-de la longitud de `\parindent', la sangría de un párrafo normal. Esta
-se utiliza para añadir la sangría de párrafos donde esta debería
-suprimirse en otro caso.
-
- El valor predeterminado para `\parindent' es `1em' en modo de dos
-columnas, de lo contrario `15pt' para documentos de `10pt', `17pt' para
-`11pt' y `1.5em' para `12pt'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \noindent, Next: \parskip, Prev: \indent, Up: Haciendo Párrafos
-
-15.2 `\noindent'
-================
-
-Cuando se utiliza al principio de un párrafo, `\noindent' suprime
-cualquier sangría. Esta no tiene efecto cuando se utiliza en medio de
-un párrafo.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \parskip, Next: Notas al Margen, Prev: \noindent, Up: Haciendo Párrafos
-
-15.3 `\parskip'
-===============
-
-`\parskip' es una instrucción que preserva la longitud definiendo
-espacio vertical extra añadido antes de cada párrafo. El predeterminado
-es `0pt más 1pt'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Notas al Margen, Prev: \parskip, Up: Haciendo Párrafos
-
-15.4 Notas al Margen
-====================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \marginpar[izquierda]{derecha}
-
- La instrucción `\marginpar' crea una nota en el margen. La primera
-línea de una nota tiene que ser la misma línea base que la línea en el
-texto donde ocurre el `\marginpar'.
-
- Cuando únicamente se especifica el argumento obligatorio right, el
-texto se deberá colocar
-
- • en el margen derecho para diseños de un solo lado;
-
- • en el margen externo para diseños de dos caras;
-
- • en el margen más cercano en diseños de dos columnas.
-
- La instrucción `\reversemarginpar' coloca las subsecuentes notas al
-margen en el margen (dentro) opuesto. `\normalmarginpar' las coloca en
-la posición predeterminada.
-
- Cuando se especifican ambos argumentos, se utiliza left para el
-margen izquierdo y se utiliza right para el margen derecho.
-
- La primer palabra normalmente no se debe separar con guiones; usted
-puede habilitar la separación silábica con guiones comenzando la nota
-con `\hspace{0pt}'.
-
- Los parámetros que afectan el formato de la nota son:
-
-`\marginparpush'
- El espacio mínimo vertical entre notas; el predeterminado es `7pt'
- para documentos de `12pt', de lo contrario `5pt'.
-
-`\marginparsep'
- Espacio horizontal entre el texto vertical y la nota;
- predeterminado `11pt' para `10pt' documentos, en otro caso `10pt'.
-
-`\marginparwidth'
- El ancho de la nota en sí misma; el predeterminado para documentos
- de un solo lado de `10pt' es `90pt', `83pt' para `11pt' y `68pt'
- para `12pt'; `17pt' más en cada caso para documentos de dos caras.
- En el modo de dos columnas, el predeterminado es `48pt'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Fórmulas Matemáticas, Next: Modos, Prev: Haciendo Párrafos, Up: Top
-
-16 Fórmulas Matemáticas
-***********************
-
-Existen tres entornos que ponen a LaTeX en modo math:
-
-`math'
- Para fórmulas que aparecerán directamente en el texto.
-
-`displaymath'
- Para fórmulas que aparecerán en su propia línea.
-
-`equation'
- El mismo que el del entorno displaymath salvo que este añade un
- número de ecuación en el margen derecho.
-
- El entorno `math' se pude utilizar tanto en párrafos como en modo LR,
-pero los entornos `displaymath' y `equation' se pueden utilizar
-únicamente en modo párrafo. Los entornos `math' y `displaymath' se
-utilizan tan a menudo que tienen las siguientes formas abreviadas:
-
- \(...\) en lugar de \begin{math}...\end{math}
- \[...\] en lugar de \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath}
-
- De hecho, el entorno `math' es como una instrucción que tiene incluso
-una forma abreviada:
-
- $ ... $ en lugar de \(...\)
-
- La instrucción `\boldmath' cambia letras y símbolos matemáticos en
-tipo de letra en negrita. Este se utiliza _fuera_ del modo math. Por
-el contrario, la instrucción `\unboldmath' cambia los glifos matemáticos
-para estar en un tipo de letra normal; este también se utiliza _fuera_
-del modo math.
-
- La declaración `\displaystyle' presiona para que el tamaño y estilo
-de la fórmula sea el de `displaymath', por ejemplo, con limites por
-encima y debajo de sumatorias. Por ejemplo
- $\displaystyle \sum_{n=0}^\infty x_n $
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Subíndices y Superíndices:: También conocido como exponente o índice.
-* Símbolos Matemáticos:: Varios garabatos matemáticos.
-* Funciones Matemáticas:: Nombres de funciones Matemáticas como sin y exp.
-* Acentos Matemáticos:: Acentos en Matemáticas.
-* Espacios en Modo Math:: Espacios gruesos, medianos, delgados y negativos.
-* Miscelánea Math:: Cosas que no encajan en ninguna otra categoría.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Subíndices y Superíndices, Next: Símbolos Matemáticos, Up: Fórmulas Matemáticas
-
-16.1 Subíndices y Superíndices
-==============================
-
-Para hacer que una expresión exp aparezca como un subíndice, escriba
-`_{'exp`}'. Para hacer que exp aparezca como un exponente, escriba
-`^{'exp`}'. LaTeX maneja superíndices, subíndices y todas esas cosas de
-manera natural. Incluso hace lo correcto cuando algo tiene tanto un
-subíndice como un superíndice.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Símbolos Matemáticos, Next: Funciones Matemáticas, Prev: Subíndices y Superíndices, Up: Fórmulas Matemáticas
-
-16.2 Símbolos Matemáticos
-=========================
-
-LaTeX proporciona casi cualquier símbolo matemático que muy
-probablemente necesite. Las instrucciones para generarlas se pueden
-utilizar únicamente en modo math. Por ejemplo, si incluye `$\pi$' en su
-archivo fuente, aparecerá el símbolo de pi (\pi) en su salida.
-
-`\|'
- \|
-
-`\aleph'
- \aleph
-
-`\alpha'
- \alpha
-
-`\amalg'
- \amalg (operación binaria)
-
-`\angle'
- \angle
-
-`\approx'
- \approx (relación)
-
-`\ast'
- \ast (operación binaria)
-
-`\asymp'
- \asymp (relación)
-
-`\backslash'
- \ (delimitador)
-
-`\beta'
- \beta
-
-`\bigcap'
- \bigcap
-
-`\bigcirc'
- \bigcirc (operación binaria)
-
-`\bigcup'
- \bigcup
-
-`\bigodot'
- \bigodot
-
-`\bigoplus'
- \bigoplus
-
-`\bigotimes'
- \bigotimes
-
-`\bigtriangledown'
- \bigtriangledown (operación binaria)
-
-`\bigtriangleup'
- \bigtriangleup (operación binaria)
-
-`\bigsqcup'
- \bigsqcup
-
-`\biguplus'
- \biguplus
-
-`\bigcap'
- \bigvee
-
-`\bigwedge'
- \bigwedge
-
-`\bot'
- \bot
-
-`\bowtie'
- \bowtie (relación)
-
-`\Box'
- (símbolo de caja cuadrada abierta)
-
-`\bullet'
- \bullet (operación binaria)
-
-`\cap'
- \cap (operación binaria)
-
-`\cdot'
- \cdot (operación binaria)
-
-`\chi'
- \chi
-
-`\circ'
- \circ (operación binaria)
-
-`\clubsuit'
- \clubsuit
-
-`\cong'
- \cong (relación)
-
-`\coprod'
- \coprod
-
-`\cup'
- \cup (operación binaria)
-
-`\dagger'
- \dagger (operación binaria)
-
-`\dashv'
- \dashv (relación)
-
-`\ddagger'
- \dagger (operación binaria)
-
-`\Delta'
- \Delta
-
-`\delta'
- \delta
-
-`\Diamond'
- \diamond más grande
-
-`\diamond'
- \diamond (operación binaria)
-
-`\diamondsuit'
- \diamondsuit
-
-`\div'
- \div (operación binaria)
-
-`\doteq'
- \doteq (relación)
-
-`\downarrow'
- \downarrow (delimitador)
-
-`\Downarrow'
- \Downarrow (delimitador)
-
-`\ell'
- \ell
-
-`\emptyset'
- \emptyset
-
-`\epsilon'
- \epsilon
-
-`\equiv'
- \equiv (relación)
-
-`\eta'
- \eta
-
-`\exists'
- \exists
-
-`\flat'
- \flat
-
-`\forall'
- \forall
-
-`\frown'
- \frown (relacion)
-
-`\Gamma'
- \Gamma
-
-`\gamma'
- \gamma
-
-`\ge'
- \ge
-
-`\geq'
- \geq (relación)
-
-`\gets'
- \gets
-
-`\gg'
- \gg (relación)
-
-`\hbar'
- \hbar
-
-`\heartsuit'
- \heartsuit
-
-`\hookleftarrow'
- \hookleftarrow
-
-`\hookrightarrow'
- \hookrightarrow
-
-`\iff'
- \iff
-
-`\Im'
- \Im
-
-`\in'
- \in (relación)
-
-`\infty'
- \infty
-
-`\int'
- \int
-
-`\iota'
- \iota
-
-`\Join'
- símbolo de corbata de moño condensado (relación)
-
-`\kappa'
- \kappa
-
-`\Lambda'
- \Lambda
-
-`\lambda'
- \lambda
-
-`\land'
- \land
-
-`\langle'
- \langle (delimitador)
-
-`\lbrace'
- \lbrace (delimitador)
-
-`\lbrack'
- \lbrack (delimitador)
-
-`\lceil'
- \lceil (delimitador)
-
-`\le'
- \le
-
-`\leadsto'
-
-`\Leftarrow'
- \Leftarrow
-
-`\leftarrow'
- \leftarrow
-
-`\leftharpoondown'
- \leftharpoondown
-
-`\leftharpoonup'
- \leftharpoonup
-
-`\Leftrightarrow'
- \Leftrightarrow
-
-`\Leftrightarrow'
- \Leftrightarrow
-
-`\leq'
- \leq (relación)
-
-`\lfloor'
- \lfloor (delimitador)
-
-`\lhd'
- (flecha apuntando hacia arriba a la izquierda)
-
-`\ll'
- \ll (relación)
-
-`\lnot'
- \lnot
-
-`\longleftarrow'
- \longleftarrow
-
-`\longleftrightarrow'
- \longleftrightarrow
-
-`\longmapsto'
- \longmapsto
-
-`\longrightarrow'
- \longrightarrow
-
-`\lor'
- \lor
-
-`\mapsto'
- \mapsto
-
-`\mho'
-
-`\mid'
- \mid (relación)
-
-`\models'
- \models (relación)
-
-`\mp'
- \mp (operación binaria)
-
-`\mu'
- \mu
-
-`\nabla'
- \nabla
-
-`\natural'
- \natural
-
-`\ne'
- \ne
-
-`\nearrow'
- \nearrow
-
-`\neg'
- \neg
-
-`\neq'
- \neq (relación)
-
-`\ni'
- \ni (relación)
-
-`\not'
- Superpone una / al siguiente operador, tal como \not=.
-
-`\notin'
- \ni
-
-`\nu'
- \nu
-
-`\nwarrow'
- \nwarrow
-
-`\odot'
- \odot (operación binaria)
-
-`\oint'
- \oint
-
-`\Omega'
- \Omega
-
-`\omega'
- \omega
-
-`\ominus'
- \ominus (operación binaria)
-
-`\oplus'
- \oplus (operación binaria)
-
-`\oslash'
- \oslash (operación binaria)
-
-`\otimes'
- \otimes (operación binaria)
-
-`\owns'
- \owns
-
-`\parallel'
- \parallel (relación)
-
-`\partial'
- \partial
-
-`\perp'
- \perp (relación)
-
-`\phi'
- \phi
-
-`\Pi'
- \Pi
-
-`\pi'
- \pi
-
-`\pm'
- \pm (operación binaria)
-
-`\prec'
- \prec (relación)
-
-`\preceq'
- \preceq (relación)
-
-`\prime'
- \prime
-
-`\prod'
- \prod
-
-`\propto'
- \propto (relación)
-
-`\Psi'
- \Psi
-
-`\psi'
- \psi
-
-`\rangle'
- \rangle (delimitador)
-
-`\rbrace'
- \rbrace (delimitador)
-
-`\rbrack'
- \rbrack (delimitador)
-
-`\rceil'
- \rceil (delimitador)
-
-`\Re'
- \Re
-
-`\rfloor'
- \rfloor
-
-`\rhd'
- (operación binaria)
-
-`\rho'
- \rho
-
-`\Rightarrow'
- \Rightarrow
-
-`\rightarrow'
- \rightarrow
-
-`\rightharpoondown'
- \rightharpoondown
-
-`\rightharpoonup'
- \rightharpoonup
-
-`\rightleftharpoons'
- \rightleftharpoons
-
-`\searrow'
- \searrow
-
-`\setminus'
- \setminus (operación binaria)
-
-`\sharp'
- \sharp
-
-`\Sigma'
- \Sigma
-
-`\sigma'
- \sigma
-
-`\sim'
- \sim (relación)
-
-`\simeq'
- \simeq (relación)
-
-`\smallint'
- \smallint
-
-`\smile'
- \smile (relación)
-
-`\spadesuit'
- \spadesuit
-
-`\sqcap'
- \sqcap (operación binaria)
-
-`\sqcup'
- \sqcup (operación binaria)
-
-`\sqsubset'
- (relación)
-
-`\sqsubseteq'
- \sqsubseteq (relación)
-
-`\sqsupset'
- (relación)
-
-`\sqsupseteq'
- \sqsupseteq (relación)
-
-`\star'
- \star (operación binaria)
-
-`\subset'
- \subset (relación)
-
-`\subseteq'
- \subseteq (relación)
-
-`\succ'
- \succ (relación)
-
-`\succeq'
- \succeq (relación)
-
-`\sum'
- \sum
-
-`\supset'
- \supset (relación)
-
-`\supseteq'
- \supseteq (relación)
-
-`\surd'
- \surd
-
-`\swarrow'
- \swarrow
-
-`\tau'
- \tau
-
-`\theta'
- \theta
-
-`\times'
- \times (operación binaria)
-
-`\to'
- \to
-
-`\top'
- \top
-
-`\triangle'
- \triangle
-
-`\triangleleft'
- \triangleleft (operación binaria)
-
-`\triangleright'
- \triangleright (operación binaria)
-
-`\unlhd'
- punta de flecha apuntando hacia la izquierda con una línea debajo
- (operación binaria)
-
-`\unrhd'
- punta de flecha apuntando hacia la derecha con línea debajo
- (operación binaria)
-
-`\Uparrow'
- \Uparrow (delimitador)
-
-`\uparrow'
- \uparrow (delimitador)
-
-`\Updownarrow'
- \Updownarrow (delimitador)
-
-`\updownarrow'
- \updownarrow (delimitador)
-
-`\uplus'
- \uplus (operación binaria)
-
-`\Upsilon'
- \Upsilon
-
-`\upsilon'
- \upsilon
-
-`\varepsilon'
- \varepsilon
-
-`\varphi'
- \varphi
-
-`\varpi'
- \varpi
-
-`\varrho'
- \varrho
-
-`\varsigma'
- \varsigma
-
-`\vartheta'
- \vartheta
-
-`\vdash'
- \vdash (relation)
-
-`\vee'
- \vee (operación binaria)
-
-`\Vert'
- \Vert (delimitador)
-
-`\vert'
- \vert (delimitador)
-
-`\wedge'
- \wedge (operación binaria)
-
-`\wp'
- \wp
-
-`\wr'
- \wr (operación binaria)
-
-`\Xi'
- \Xi
-
-`\xi'
- \xi
-
-`\zeta'
- \zeta
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Funciones Matemáticas, Next: Acentos Matemáticos, Prev: Símbolos Matemáticos, Up: Fórmulas Matemáticas
-
-16.3 Funciones Matemáticas
-==========================
-
-Estas instrucciones producen nombres de función romanos en modo math con
-el espaciado adecuado.
-
-`\arccos'
- \arccos
-
-`\arcsin'
- \arcsin
-
-`\arctan'
- \arctan
-
-`\arg'
- \arg
-
-`\bmod'
- Operador residuo binario (x \bmod y)
-
-`\cos'
- \cos
-
-`\cosh'
- \cosh
-
-`\cot'
- \cos
-
-`\coth'
- \cosh
-
-`\csc'
- \csc
-
-`\deg'
- \deg
-
-`\det'
- \deg
-
-`\dim'
- \dim
-
-`\exp'
- \exp
-
-`\gcd'
- \gcd
-
-`\hom'
- \hom
-
-`\inf'
- \inf
-
-`\ker'
- \ker
-
-`\lg'
- \lg
-
-`\lim'
- \lim
-
-`\liminf'
- \liminf
-
-`\limsup'
- \limsup
-
-`\ln'
- \ln
-
-`\log'
- \log
-
-`\max'
- \max
-
-`\min'
- \min
-
-`\pmod'
- residuo entre paréntesis, como en (\pmod 2^n - 1)
-
-`\Pr'
- \Pr
-
-`\sec'
- \sec
-
-`\sin'
- \sin
-
-`\sinh'
- \sinh
-
-`\sup'
- \sup
-
-`\tan'
- \tan
-
-`\tanh'
- \tanh
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Acentos Matemáticos, Next: Espacios en Modo Math, Prev: Funciones Matemáticas, Up: Fórmulas Matemáticas
-
-16.4 Acentos Matemáticos
-========================
-
-LaTeX proporciona una variedad de instrucciones para producir letras
-acentuadas en matemáticas. Son distintas de los acentos en un texto
-normal (*note Acentos::).
-
-`\acute'
- Acento agudo en modo Math: \acute{x}.
-
-`\bar'
- Acento barra horizontal (macrón) en modo Math: \bar{x}.
-
-`\breve'
- Acento breve en modo Math: \breve{x}.
-
-`\check'
- Acento de verificación háÄek en modo Math: \check{x}.
-
-`\ddot'
- Acento diéresis en modo Math: \ddot{x}.
-
-`\dot'
- Acento punto superior en modo Math: \dot{x}.
-
-`\grave'
- Acento grave en modo Math: \grave{x}.
-
-`\hat'
- Acento circunflejo en modo Math: \hat{x}.
-
-`\imath'
- i sin punto en modo Math.
-
-`\jmath'
- j sin punto en modo Math.
-
-`\tilde'
- Acento tilde en modo Math: \tilde{x}.
-
-`\vec'
- Símbolo de vector en modo Math: \vec{x}.
-
-`\widehat'
- Acento circunflejo amplio en modo Math: \widehat{x+y}.
-
-`\widetilde'
- Acento tilde amplia en modo Math: \widetilde{x+y}.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Espacios en Modo Math, Next: Miscelánea Math, Prev: Acentos Matemáticos, Up: Fórmulas Matemáticas
-
-16.5 Espacios en Modo Math
-==========================
-
-En un entorno `math', LaTeX ignora los espacios que usted escriba y
-coloca espacios de acuerdo a las reglas normales para texto matemático.
-Si desea un espaciado diferente, LaTeX proporciona las siguientes
-instrucciones para su uso en modo matemático:
-
-`\;'
- Un espacio de grosor (5\over18\,cuádruple).
-
-`\:'
-`\>'
- Ambos producen un espacio medio (2\over9\,cuádruple).
-
-`\,'
- Un espacio fino (1\over6\,cuádruple); no se limita a modo
- matemático.
-
-`\!'
- Un espacio fino negativo (-{1\over6}\,cuádruple).
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Miscelánea Math, Prev: Espacios en Modo Math, Up: Fórmulas Matemáticas
-
-16.6 Miscelánea Math
-====================
-
-`\*'
- Un símbolo de multiplicación “discrecionalâ€, en el que se permiten
- saltos de línea.
-
-`\cdots'
- Puntos suspensivos horizontales con los puntos elevados al centro
- de la línea.
-
-`\ddots'
- Puntos suspensivos en diagonal: \ddots.
-
-`\frac{num}{den}'
- Produce la fracción `num' dividida entre `den'.
-
-`\left delimitador1 ... \right delimitador2'
- Los dos delimitadores no necesitan coincidir; `.' actúa como un
- delimitador nulo, sin producir salida. Los delimitadores son del
- tamaño de acuerdo a las matemáticas en el medio. Ejemplo: `\left(
- \sum_i=1^10 a_i \right]'.
-
-`\overbrace{texto}'
- Genera un par de texto más. Por ejemplo, \overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k
- \rm\;veces}.
-
-`\overline{texto}'
- Genera una línea horizontal sobre texo. Por ejemplo,
- \overline{x+y}.
-
-`\sqrt[raíz]{argumento}'
- Produce la representación de la raíz cuadrada de argumento. El
- argumento opcional raíz determina qué raíz producir. Por ejemplo,
- la raíz cúbica de `x+y' se escribe como `$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$'.
-
-`\stackrel{texto}{relación}'
- Coloca el texto sobre la relación.
-
- Por ejemplo, `\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}'.
-
-`\underbrace{matemáticas}'
- Genera matemáticas con una llave por debajo.
-
-`\underline{text}'
- Provoca que se subraye el texto, el cual bien puede estar en modo
- math o no. La línea siempre está por debajo del texto, teniendo en
- cuenta los descendientes.
-
-`\vdots'
- Produce puntos suspensivos verticales.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Modos, Next: Estilos de Página, Prev: Fórmulas Matemáticas, Up: Top
-
-17 Modos
-********
-
-Cuando LaTeX está procesando el texto fuente, este siempre está en uno
-de tres modos:
-
- • Modo Párrafo
-
- • Modo Math
-
- • Modo de Izquierda a derecha (Left-to-Right), llamado modo LR para
- abreviar
-
- LaTeX cambia el modo sólo cuando sube o baja una escala a un
-diferente nivel, aunque no todos los cambios de nivel producen cambios
-de modo. Los cambios de modo sólo se producen al entrar o salir de un
-entorno, o cuando LaTeX está procesando el argumento de determinadas
-instrucciones que producen texto.
-
- El “modo Párrafo†es el más común; es en el que LaTeX está cuando
-procesa texto ordinario. En ese modo, LaTeX rompe el texto en líneas y
-separa líneas en páginas. LaTeX está en “modo math†cuando está
-generando fórmulas matemáticas. En “modo LRâ€, como en modo párrafo,
-LaTeX considera que la salida que produce es una cadena de palabras con
-espacios entre ellas. Sin embargo, a diferencia del modo párrafo, LaTeX
-sigue yendo de izquierda a derecha; nunca inicia una nueva línea en modo
-LR. Incluso si usted pone un centenar de palabras en una `\mbox', LaTeX
-mantendrá la composición de izquierda a derecha dentro de una caja
-única, y luego se quejará porque la caja resultante fue demasiado grande
-para caber en la línea.
-
- LaTeX está en modo LR cuando comienza a hacer una caja con una
-instrucción `\mbox'. Usted puede conseguir introducirse en un modo
-diferente dentro de la caja —por ejemplo, usted puede hacerlo entrar en
-el modo matemático para poner una fórmula en la caja. También hay
-varias instrucciones productoras de texto y entornos para hacer una caja
-que ponga a LaTeX en el modo de párrafo. La caja hecha por medio de una
-de estas instrucciones o entornos se llama `parbox'. Cuando LaTeX está
-en el modo de párrafo mientras que hace una caja, se dice que está en
-“modo interno de párrafoâ€. Su modo de párrafo normal, que se inicia
-fuera de él, se llama el “modo de párrafo externoâ€.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Estilos de Página, Next: Espacios, Prev: Modos, Up: Top
-
-18 Estilos de Página
-********************
-
-La instrucción `\documentclass' determina el tamaño y posición de las
-cabeceras y pies de página. El estilo de página determina lo que sucede
-en ellos.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \maketitle:: Genera una página de título.
-* \pagenumbering:: Fija el estilo utilizado para los números de página.
-* \pagestyle:: Cambia el estilo de las cabeceras/pies de página.
-* \thispagestyle:: Cambiar el estilo de las cabeceras/pies de página para esa página.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \maketitle, Next: \pagenumbering, Up: Estilos de Página
-
-18.1 `\maketitle'
-=================
-
-La instrucción `\maketitle' genera un título en una página independiente
-— excepto en la clase `article', donde se coloca el título en la parte
-superior de la primera página. La información utilizada para producir
-el título se obtiene de las siguientes declaraciones:
-
-`\author{nombre \and nombre2}'
- La instrucción `\author' declara los autor(es) del documento, donde
- el argumento es una lista de autores separados por instrucciones
- `\and'. Use `\\' para separar líneas con una única entrada de
- autor —por ejemplo, para proporcionar las entidades de autor o
- dirección.
-
-`\date{texto}'
- La instrucción `\date' declara el texto para ser la fecha del
- documento. Sin la instrucción `\date', se utiliza la fecha actual
- (*note \today::).
-
-`\thanks{texto}'
- La instrucción `\thanks' produce un pie de página (`\footnote')
- para el título, normalmente utilizada para reconocimiento de
- créditos.
-
-`\title{texto}'
- La instrucción `\title' declara texto para ser el título del
- documento. Use `\\' para forzar un salto de línea, de la manera
- usual.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \pagenumbering, Next: \pagestyle, Prev: \maketitle, Up: Estilos de Página
-
-18.2 `\pagenumbering'
-=====================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \pagenumbering{estilo}
-
- Especifica el estilo de los números de página, de acuerdo a estilo:
-
-`arabic'
- números arábigos
-
-`roman'
- números romanos en minúscula
-
-`Roman'
- numeros romanos en mayúscula
-
-`alph'
- letras en minúscula
-
-`Alph'
- letras en mayúscula
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \pagestyle, Next: \thispagestyle, Prev: \pagenumbering, Up: Estilos de Página
-
-18.3 `\pagestyle'
-=================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \pagestyle{estilo}
-
- La instrucción `\pagestyle' especifica como se componen
-tipográficamente las cabeceras y pies de página a partir de la página
-actual. Valores para estilo:
-
-`plain'
- Únicamente un número de página sencillo.
-
-`empty'
- Cabeceras y pies de página vacíos, por ejemplo, sin números de
- página.
-
-`headings'
- Coloca encabezados en cada página. El estilo de documento
- especifica lo que sucede en las cabeceras.
-
-`myheadings'
- Cabeceras personalizadas, especificadas via las instrucciones
- `\markboth' o `\markright'.
-
- Aquí están las descripciones de `\markboth' y `\markright':
-
-`\markboth{izquierda}{derecha}'
- Establece ambas cabeceras izquierda y derecha. Una “cabecera a
- mano izquierda†(izquierda) es generada por la última instrucción
- `\markboth' antes del final de la página, mientras que una
- “cabecera a mano derecha†(derecha) es generada por la primera
- `\markboth' o `\markright' que venga en la página si la hay, de
- otra manera por la última antes de la página.
-
-`\markright{derecha}'
- Establece la cabecera de la derecha, dejando la cabecera de la
- izquierda sin cambios.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \thispagestyle, Prev: \pagestyle, Up: Estilos de Página
-
-18.4 `\thispagestyle{estilo}'
-=============================
-
-La instrucción `\thispagestyle' trabaja de la misma manera que la
-instrucción `\pagestyle' (vea la sección previa) excepto que esta
-únicamente cambia el estilo de la página actual.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Espacios, Next: Cajas, Prev: Estilos de Página, Up: Top
-
-19 Espacios
-***********
-
-LaTeX tiene muchas formas de producir espacios en blanco (o llenos).
-
- Otra instrucción que produce espacios es `\' para producir un espacio
-“fino†(por lo general 1/6cuadrático). Se puede utilizar en modo texto,
-pero más a menudo es útil en modo matemático (*note Espacios en Modo
-Math::).
-
-* Menu:
-
-Espacio horizontal
-* \hspace:: Espacio horizontal fijo.
-* \hfill:: Espacio horizontal extensible.
-* \SPACE:: Espacio normal entre palabras.
-* \AT:: Finalizando una frase.
-* \thinspace:: Una sexta parte de una em.
-* \/:: Corrección cursiva por caracteres.
-* \hrulefill:: Regla horizontal extensible.
-* \dotfill:: Puntos horizontales extensibles.
-
-Espacio Vertical
-* \addvspace:: Añadiendo espacio vertical arbitrario si es necesario.
-* \bigskip \medskip \smallskip:: Espacio vertical fijo.
-* \vfill:: Espacio vertical infinitamente extensible.
-* \vspace:: Añadiendo espacio vertical arbitrario.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \hspace, Next: \hfill, Up: Espacios
-
-19.1 `\hspace'
-==============
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \hspace[*]{longitud}
-
- La instrucción `\hspace' añade espacio horizontal. El argumento
-length se puede expresar en cualquier término que LaTeX entienda:
-puntos, pulgadas, etc. Esta es la longitud a preservar. Usted puede
-agregar tanto espacios negativos como positivos con una instrucción
-`\hspace'; agregar espacio negativo es como espacio hacia atrás.
-
- LaTeX normalmente elimina el espacio horizontal que viene al
-principio o al final de una línea. Para preservar este espacio, use la
-forma opcional con `*'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \hfill, Next: \SPACE, Prev: \hspace, Up: Espacios
-
-19.2 `\hfill'
-=============
-
-La instrucción `\hfill' produce un “relleno de longitud†que no tiene
-espacio natural sino que se puede extender o reducir en sentido
-horizontal en la medida necesaria.
-
- El parámetro `\fill' es la misma longitud a rellenar (técnicamente,
-el valor a agregar `0pt plus1fill'); es decir, `\hspace\fill' es
-equivalente a `\hfill'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \SPACE, Next: \AT, Prev: \hfill, Up: Espacios
-
-19.3 `\SPACE'
-=============
-
-La instrucción `\ ' (space) produce un espacio entre palabras normal.
-Es útil después de signos de puntuación que no deben terminar una
-oración. Por ejemplo, `Knuth's article in Proc.\ Amer.\ Math\. Soc.\ es
-fundamental'. Esta también se suele utilizar después de secuencias de
-control, como en `\TeX\ es un sistema agradable'.
-
- En circunstancias normales, `\'<tab> y `\'<newline> son equivalentes
-a `\ '.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \AT, Next: \thinspace, Prev: \SPACE, Up: Espacios
-
-19.4 `\@'
-=========
-
-La instrucción `\@' hace que el siguiente carácter de puntuación final
-una declaración incluso si normalmente no es así. Esto se suele
-utilizar después de una letra mayúscula. Aquí están lado a lado
-ejemplos con y sin `\@':
-
- … en C\@. Pascal, aunque …
- … en C. Pascal, aunque …
-
-produce
-
- … en C. Pascal, aunque … … en C. Pascal, aunque …
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \thinspace, Next: \/, Prev: \AT, Up: Espacios
-
-19.5 `\thinspace'
-=================
-
-`\thinspace' produce un espacio inviolable e inextensible que es de un
-1/6 de em. Este es el espacio adecuado para su uso en citas anidadas,
-como en 'â€.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \/, Next: \hrulefill, Prev: \thinspace, Up: Espacios
-
-19.6 `\/'
-=========
-
-La instrucción `\/' produce una "corrección en cursiva". Este es un
-pequeño espacio definido por el diseñador de tipografías para un
-carácter determinado, para evitar chocar con el carácter que lo sigue.
-El carácter en cursiva f típicamente tiene un valor de corrección en
-cursiva grande.
-
- Si el siguiente carácter es un punto o una coma, no es necesario
-insertar una corrección en cursiva, dado que estos símbolos tienen una
-puntuación de muy poca altura. Sin embargo, con punto y coma o dos
-puntos, así como letras normales, puede ayudar. Compare f: f; (en la
-salida TeX, las `f's están separadas correctamente) con f: f;.
-
- A pesar del nombre, los caracteres latinos también pueden tener una
-corrección en cursiva. Compare pdfTeX (en la TeX salida, hay un pequeño
-espacio después de la `f') con pdfTeX.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \hrulefill, Next: \dotfill, Prev: \/, Up: Espacios
-
-19.7 `\hrulefill'
-=================
-
-La instrucción `\hrulefill' produce un “relleno de longitud†el cual se
-puede estrechar o estirar horizontalmente. Este se llenará con una
-regla horizontal.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \dotfill, Next: \addvspace, Prev: \hrulefill, Up: Espacios
-
-19.8 `\dotfill'
-===============
-
-La instrucción `\dotfill' produce un “relleno de longitud†la cual se
-rellena con puntos en lugar de sólo espacios en blanco.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \addvspace, Next: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip, Prev: \dotfill, Up: Espacios
-
-19.9 `\addvspace'
-=================
-
-`\addvspace{longitud}'
-
- La instrucción `\addvspace' normalmente añade un espacio vertical de
-altura longitud. Sin embargo, si el espacio vertical ya se ha añadido
-al mismo punto en la salida por medio de una instrucción `\addvspace'
-anterior, esta instrucción no añade más espacio que el necesario para
-hacer que la longitud natural del espacio vertical total equivalente a
-`longitud'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip, Next: \vfill, Prev: \addvspace, Up: Espacios
-
-19.10 `\bigskip \medskip \smallskip'
-====================================
-
-Estas instrucciones producen una determinada cantidad de espacio.
-
-`\bigskip'
- Al igual que `\vspace{bigskipamount}', normalmente alrededor de un
- espacio de línea (con estirar y encoger).
-
-`\medskip'
- Al igual que `\vspace{medskipamount}', normalmente cerca de la
- mitad del espacio de una línea (con estirar y encoger).
-
-`\smallskip'
- Al igual que `\vspace{smallskipamount}', normalmente alrededor de
- un cuarto del espacio de una línea (con estirar y encoger).
-
- Los parámetros `\...cantidad' están determinados por la clase de
-documento.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \vfill, Next: \vspace, Prev: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip, Up: Espacios
-
-19.11 `\vfill'
-==============
-
-La instrucción `\vfill' produce un relleno de longitud (pegado) el cual
-se puede reducir y estirar verticalmente tanto como sea necesario. Este
-es equivalente a `\vspace{\fill}' (*note \hfill::).
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \vspace, Prev: \vfill, Up: Espacios
-
-19.12 `\vspace[*]{longitud}'
-============================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \vspace[*]{longitud}
-
- La instrucción `\vspace' añade el espacio vertical length, es decir,
-un relleno de longitud. longitud puede ser positivo o negativo.
-
- Normalmente, LaTeX remueve el espacio vertical añadido por `\vspace'
-en la parte superior o inferior de una página. Con el argumento
-opcional `*', no se elimina el espacio.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Cajas, Next: Inserciones Especiales, Prev: Espacios, Up: Top
-
-20 Cajas
-********
-
-Todos los parámetros de longitud predeterminados (*note Longitudes
-Predeterminadas::) se pueden utilizar en los argumentos de las
-instrucciones que generan cajas.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \mbox:: Cajas horizontales.
-* \fbox y \framebox:: Coloca un marco alrededor de una caja.
-* lrbox:: Un entorno como \sbox.
-* \makebox:: Caja, de posición ajustable.
-* \parbox:: Caja con texto en modo párrafo.
-* \raisebox:: Sube o baja el texto.
-* \savebox:: Al igual que \makebox, pero guarda el texto para utilizarlo posteriormente.
-* \sbox:: Igual que \mbox, pero guarda el texto para utilizarlo posteriormente.
-* \usebox:: Imprime texto guardado.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \mbox, Next: \fbox y \framebox, Up: Cajas
-
-20.1 `\mbox{texto}'
-===================
-
-La instrucción `\mbox' crea una caja lo suficientemente ancha para
-contener el texto creado por sus argumentos. El texto no se separa en
-líneas, por lo tanto este se puede utilizar para prevenir la separación
-silábica.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \fbox y \framebox, Next: lrbox, Prev: \mbox, Up: Cajas
-
-20.2 `\fbox' y `\framebox'
-==========================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \fbox{texto}
- \framebox[ancho][posición]{texto}
-
- Las instrucciones `\fbox' y `\framebox' son como `\mbox', excepto que
-estas ponen un marco al rededor del exterior de la caja que se está
-creando.
-
- Además, la instrucción `\framebox' permite especificar explícitamente
-la anchura de la caja con el argumento opcional width (una dimensión), y
-la posiciona con el argumento opcional posición.
-
- Ambas instrucciones producen una regla de espesor `\fboxrule'
-(predeterminado a `.4pt'), y dejan un espacio de `\fboxsep'
-(predeterminado a `3pt') entre la regla y el contenido de la caja.
-
- *Note \framebox (imagen)::, para la instrucción `\framebox' en el
-entorno `picture'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: lrbox, Next: \makebox, Prev: \fbox y \framebox, Up: Cajas
-
-20.3 `lrbox'
-============
-
-`\begin{lrbox}{instrucción} texto \end{lrbox}'
-
- Esta es la forma de entorno de `\sbox'.
-
- El texto dentro del entorno se guarda en la caja `instrucción', misma
-que se debe haber declarado con `\newsavebox'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \makebox, Next: \parbox, Prev: lrbox, Up: Cajas
-
-20.4 `\makebox'
-===============
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \makebox[ancho][posición]{texto}
-
- La instrucción `\makebox' crea una caja lo suficientemente ancha para
-contener el texto especificado. La anchura de la caja es especificada
-por el argumento opcional ancho. La posición del texto dentro de la
-caja está determinada por el argumento opcional posición, el cual puede
-tomar los siguientes valores:
-
-`c'
- Centrado (predeterminado).
-
-`l'
- Alineado a la izquierda
-
-`r'
- Alineado a la derecha
-
-`s'
- Alineado (justificado) a través de ancho; texto debe contener
- espacio elástico para que esto funcione.
-
- `\makebox' también se utiliza en el entorno picture *note \makebox
-(imagen)::.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \parbox, Next: \raisebox, Prev: \makebox, Up: Cajas
-
-20.5 `\parbox'
-==============
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \parbox[posición][alto][pos-interna]{ancho}{texto}
-
- La instrucción `\parbox' produce una caja cuyo contenido es creado en
-modo `paragraph'. Se debe utilizar para hacer una caja de pequeñas
-piezas de texto, sin nada lujoso en el interior. En particular, no debe
-utilizar ningún entorno que genere párrafos dentro de un argumento
-`\parbox'. Para grandes piezas de texto, incluyendo aquellas que
-contienen un entorno que genera párrafos, debe usar un entorno
-`minipágina' (*note minipage::).
-
- `\parbox' tiene dos argumentos obligatorios:
-
-ancho
- la anchura de parbox;
-
-texto
- El texto que va dentro de la parbox.
-
- El argumento opcional posición le permite alinear la línea en la
-parte superior o inferior de parbox con la línea base del texto que lo
-rodea (de manera predeterminada es superior).
-
- El argumento opcional alto reemplaza la altura natural de la caja.
-
- Al argumento pos-interior controla la ubicación del texto dentro de
-la caja de la siguiente manera; Si no se especifica, se utiliza
-posición.
-
-`t'
- El texto es colocado en la parte superior de la caja.
-
-`c'
- El texto se coloca al centro de la caja.
-
-`b'
- El texto se coloca en la parte inferior de la caja.
-
-`s'
- Se extiende verticalmente; el texto debe contener espacio vertical
- extensible para que esto funcione.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \raisebox, Next: \savebox, Prev: \parbox, Up: Cajas
-
-20.6 `\raisebox'
-================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \raisebox{distancia}[alto][profundidad]{texto}
-
- La instrucción `\raisebox' aumenta o disminuye el texto. El primer
-argumento obligatorio especifica a qué altura se va a levantar (o bajar
-si la cantidad es negativa) el texto. El texto mismo es procesado en
-modo LR.
-
- Los argumentos opcionales alto y profundidad son dimensiones. Si se
-especifican, LaTeX trata a texto como una ampliación de una distancia
-determinada sobre la línea base (alto) o bajo (profundidad), omitiendo
-su altura y profundidad natural.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \savebox, Next: \sbox, Prev: \raisebox, Up: Cajas
-
-20.7 `\savebox'
-===============
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \savebox{\instrucción-caja}[ancho][posición]{texto}
-
- Esta instrucción fija la tipografía de texto en una caja al igual que
-`\makebox' (*note \makebox::), excepto que el lugar de imprimir la caja
-resultante, esta la guarda en la caja etiquetada \instrucción-caja, que
-se debe haber declarado con `\newsavebox' (*note \newsavebox::).
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \sbox, Next: \usebox, Prev: \savebox, Up: Cajas
-
-20.8 `\sbox{\instrucción-caja}{texto}'
-======================================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \sbox{\instrucción-caja}{texto}
-
- `\sbox' escribe el texto en una caja tal como `\mbox' (*note \mbox::)
-excepto que en lugar de incluir la caja resultante en la salida normal,
-esta la guarda en la caja etiquetada \instrucción-caja.
-\instrucción-caja se debió declarar previamente con `\newsavebox' (*note
-\newsavebox::).
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \usebox, Prev: \sbox, Up: Cajas
-
-20.9 `\usebox{\instrucción-caja}'
-=================================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \usebox{\instrucción-caja}
-
- `\usebox' produce la caja guardada más recientemente en el depósito
-\instrucción-caja por una instrucción `\savebox' (*note \savebox::).
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Inserciones Especiales, Next: Dividiendo la Entrada, Prev: Cajas, Up: Top
-
-21 Inserciones Especiales
-*************************
-
-LaTeX proporciona instrucciones para insertar caracteres que tienen un
-significado especial que no corresponde a caracteres simples que usted
-puede escribir.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Caracteres Reservados:: Insertando # $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { }
-* Símbolos de Texto:: Insertando en el texto otros símbolos distintos a letras.
-* Acentos:: Insertando acentos.
-* Caracteres no Ingleses:: Insertando otros caracteres no Ingleses.
-* \rule:: Insertando líneas y rectángulos.
-* \today:: Insertando la fecha de hoy.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Caracteres Reservados, Next: Símbolos de Texto, Up: Inserciones Especiales
-
-21.1 Caracteres Reservados
-==========================
-
-Los siguientes caracteres desempeñan un papel especial en LaTeX y se
-llaman “caracteres reservados†o “caracteres especialesâ€.
-
- # $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { }
-
- Siempre que escriba en su archivo uno de estos caracteres, LaTeX debe
-hacer algo especial. Si simplemente desea imprimir el carácter en sí
-mismo, incluya un carácter `\' anteponiéndolo a este. Por ejemplo, `\$'
-debe producir `$' en su salida.
-
- Una excepción a esta regla es la `\' misma, debido a que `\' tiene su
-propio significado especial (dependiente del contexto). Una \ romana es
-producida al escribir `$\backslash$' en su archivo, y una `\' de máquina
-de escribir es producida usando `\' en una instrucción verbatim (*note
-verbatim::).
-
- Además, `\~' y `\^' colocan acentos tilde y circunflejo sobre la
-siguiente letra, como en õ y ô (*note Acentos::); Para obtener una `~' o
-`^' independiente, usted puede utilizar una instrucción verbatim.
-
- Por último, puede acceder a cualquier carácter del tipo de letra
-actual una vez que sepa su número utilizando la instrucción `\symbol'.
-Por ejemplo, el carácter de espacio visibles utilizada en la instrucción
-`\verb*' tiene el código decimal 32, por lo tanto se puede escribir como
-`\symbol{32}'.
-
- También puede especificar números octales con `'' o números
-hexadecimales con `"', por lo que el ejemplo anterior también se podría
-escribir como `\symbol{'40}' o `\symbol{"20}'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Símbolos de Texto, Next: Acentos, Prev: Caracteres Reservados, Up: Inserciones Especiales
-
-21.2 Símbolos de Texto
-======================
-
-LaTeX proporciona instrucciones para generar una serie símbolos
-distintos de letras, en el texto. Algunos de estos, especialmente los
-más oscuros, no están disponibles en OT1; posiblemente tenga que cargar
-el paquete `textcomp'.
-
-`\copyright'
-`\textcopyright'
- El símbolo de copyright, ©.
-
-`\dag'
- El símbolo daga (en texto).
-
-`\ddag'
- El símbolo doble daga (en texto).
-
-`\LaTeX'
- El logotipo de LaTeX.
-
-`\guillemotleft («)'
-`\guillemotright (»)'
-`\guilsinglleft (‹)'
-`\guilsinglright (›)'
- Comillas tipográficas angulares dobles y simples, utilizadas
- comúnmente en Francés: «, », ‹, ›.
-
-`\ldots'
-`\dots'
-`\textellipsis'
- Puntos suspensivos (tres puntos en la línea base): `…'. `\ldots' y
- `\dots' también trabajan en modo math.
-
-`\lq'
- Comilla izquierda (de apertura): `.
-
-`\P'
-`\textparagraph'
- Signo de párrafo (antígrafo).
-
-`\pounds'
-`\textsterling'
- Libras esterlinas en Inglés: £.
-
-`\quotedblbase („)'
-`\quotesinglbase (‚)'
- Simple y dobles comillas en la línea base: „ y ‚.
-
-`\rq'
- Comilla derecha (de cierre): '.
-
-`\S'
- Símbolo de sección.
-
-`\TeX'
- El logotipo de TeX.
-
-`\textasciicircum'
- Circunflejo ASCII: ^.
-
-`\textasciitilde'
- Tilde ASCII: ~.
-
-`\textasteriskcentered'
- Asterisco centrado: *.
-
-`\textbackslash'
- Barra inversa: \.
-
-`\textbar'
- Barra Vertical: |.
-
-`\textbardbl'
- Doble barra vertical.
-
-`\textbigcircle'
- Símbolo círculo grande.
-
-`\textbraceleft'
- Llave izquierda: {.
-
-`\textbraceright'
- Llave derecha: }.
-
-`\textbullet'
- Bala: •.
-
-`\textcircled{letra}'
- letra en un círculo, como en ®.
-
-`\textcompwordmark'
-`\textcapitalwordmark'
-`\textascenderwordmark'
- Marca de palabra compuesta (invisible). La forma `\textcapital...'
- tiene la tapa del tipo de letra, mientras que la forma
- `\textascender...' tiene el ascender superior.
-
-`\textdagger'
- Daga: \dag.
-
-`\textdaggerdbl'
- Daga doble: \ddag.
-
-`\textdollar (o `$')'
- Signo de Dólar: $.
-
-`\textemdash (o `---')'
- Em-dash: — (para puntuación).
-
-`\textendash (o `--')'
- En-dash: — (para rangos).
-
-`\texteuro'
- El Símbolo del Euro: €.
-
-`\textexclamdown (o `!`')'
- Signo de exclamación inicial: ¡.
-
-`\textgreater'
- Mayor que: >.
-
-`\textless'
- Menor que: <.
-
-`\textleftarrow'
- Flecha izquierda.
-
-`\textordfeminine'
-`\textordmasculine'
- Símbolos ordinales femenino y masculino: ª, º.
-
-`\textordfeminine'
- Símbolo ordinal femenino: ª.
-
-`\textperiodcentered'
- Punto centrado: \cdot.
-
-`\textquestiondown (o `?`')'
- Signo de interrogación inicial: ¿.
-
-`\textquotedblleft (o ```')'
- Comillas dobles de apertura: “.
-
-`\textquotedblright (o `'')'
- Dobles comillas de cierre: â€.
-
-`\textquoteleft (o ``')'
- Comilla de apertura simple: `.
-
-`\textquoteright (o `'')'
- Comilla de cierre simple: '.
-
-`\textquotestraightbase'
-`\textquotestraightdblbase'
- Líneas rectas simples y dobles en la línea base.
-
-`\textregistered'
- Símbolo de marca registrada: ®.
-
-`\textrightarrow'
- Flecha hacia la derecha.
-
-`\textthreequartersemdash'
- em-dash de “Tres cuartosâ€, entre en-dash y em-dash.
-
-`\texttrademark'
- Símbolo de marca comercial: ^{\hbox{TM}}.
-
-`\texttwelveudash'
- Xx 12u-.
-
-`\textunderscore'
- Subrayado: _.
-
-`\textvisiblespace'
- Símbolo de espacio visible.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Acentos, Next: Caracteres no Ingleses, Prev: Símbolos de Texto, Up: Inserciones Especiales
-
-21.3 Acentos
-============
-
-LaTeX tiene un amplio apoyo para muchos de los guiones de idiomas del
-mundo, a través del paquete `babel' y de apoyo relacionados. Esta
-sección no pretende abarcar todas con las que es compatible. Este
-simplemente se limita a enumerar las principales instrucciones LaTeX
-para crear caracteres acentuados.
-
- Las instrucciones `\capital...' producen formas alternativas para su
-uso con letras mayúsculas. Estas no están disponibles con OT1.
-
-`\"'
-`\capitaldieresis'
- Produce una diéresis, como en ö.
-
-`\''
-`\capitalacute'
- Produce un acento agudo, como en ó. En el entorno `tabbing',
- empuja la columna actual a la derecha de la columna anterior (*note
- tabbing::).
-
-`\.'
- Produce un punto como acento sobre la siguiente, como en ȯ.
-
-`\='
-`\capitalmacron'
- Produce un acento macrón (una barra) sobre el siguiente, como en Å.
-
-`\^'
-`\capitalcircumflex'
- Produce un acento circunflejo (sombrero) sobre la siguiente, como
- en ô.
-
-`\`'
-`\capitalgrave'
- Produce un acento grave sobre la siguiente, como en ò. En el
- entorno `tabbing', mueve el siguiente texto hacia el margen derecho
- (*note tabbing::).
-
-`\~'
-`\capitaltilde'
- Produce una tilde como acento sobre la siguiente, como en ñ.
-
-`\b'
- Produce una barra como acento sobre la siguiente, como en o̲.
-
-`\c'
-`\capitalcedilla'
- Produce una cedilla como acento sobre la siguiente, como en ç.
-
-`\d'
-`\capitaldotaccent'
- Produce un círculo como acento sobre la siguiente, como en á».
-
-`\H'
-`\capitalhungarumlaut'
- Produce un acento diéresis húngaro sobre la siguiente, como en ő.
-
-`\i'
- Produce una i sin punto, como en `ı'.
-
-`\j'
- Produce una j sin punto, como en `j'.
-
-`\k'
-`\capitalogonek'
- Produce una letra con colita, como en `Ç«'. No disponible en la
- codificación OT1.
-
-`\r'
-`\capitalring'
- Produce un anillo como acento, como en `oÌŠ'.
-
-`\t'
-`\capitaltie'
-`\newtie'
-`\capitalnewtie'
- Produce una atadura con el siguiente como acento, como en `oo['.
- La forma `\newtie' está centrada en su caja.
-
-`\u'
-`\capitalbreve'
- Produce un acento breve, como en `Å'.
-
-`\underbar'
- No es exactamente un acento, este produce una barra en el argumento
- texto. El argumento siempre se procesa en modo horizontal. La
- barra siempre está en una posición fija en la línea base, por lo
- que cruza a través de los trazos descendentes. Vea también
- `\underline' en *note Miscelánea Math::.
-
-`\v'
-`\capitalcaron'
- Produce un acento háÄek (anticircunflejo, carón), como en `Ç’'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Caracteres no Ingleses, Next: \rule, Prev: Acentos, Up: Inserciones Especiales
-
-21.4 Caracteres no Ingleses
-===========================
-
-Estas son las instrucciones LaTeX básicas para insertar los caracteres
-más usados en idiomas distintos del Inglés.
-
-`\aa'
-`\AA'
- å y Å.
-
-`\ae'
-`\AE'
- æ y Æ.
-
-`\dh'
-`\DH'
- Letra eth islandesa: ð y Ã.
-
-`\dj'
-`\DJ'
- xxxx
-
-`\ij'
-`\IJ'
- ij y IJ (salvo que un poco más juntas que como aparecen aquí).
-
-`\l'
-`\L'
- Å‚ y Å.
-
-`\ng'
-`\NG'
- xxxx
-
-`\o'
-`\O'
- ø y Ø.
-
-`\oe'
-`\OE'
- Å“ y Å’.
-
-`\ss'
-`\SS'
- ß y SS.
-
-`\th'
-`\TH'
- Letra espina Islandesa: þ y Þ.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \rule, Next: \today, Prev: Caracteres no Ingleses, Up: Inserciones Especiales
-
-21.5 `\rule'
-============
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \rule[aumentar]{ancho}{espesor}
-
- La instrucción `\rule' produce "reglas", que son, líneas o
-rectángulos. Los argumentos son:
-
-aumentar
- Qué tanto aumentar la regla (opcional).
-
-ancho
- La longitud de la regla (obligatorio).
-
-espesor
- El espesor de la regla (obligatorio).
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \today, Prev: \rule, Up: Inserciones Especiales
-
-21.6 `\today'
-=============
-
-La instrucción `\today' produce la fecha de hoy, en formato `mes dd,
-aaaa'; por ejemplo, `Julio 04 1976'. Utiliza los contadores
-predefinidos `\day', `\month', y `\year' (*note \day \month \year::)
-para hacerlo. No se actualiza cuando se ejecuta el programa.
-
- El paquete `datetime', entre otros, puede producir una amplia
-variedad de formatos de fecha.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Dividiendo la Entrada, Next: Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada, Prev: Inserciones Especiales, Up: Top
-
-22 Dividiendo la Entrada
-************************
-
-Un documento de gran tamaño requiere una gran cantidad de insumos. En
-lugar de poner toda la entrada en un único archivo de gran tamaño, es
-más eficiente dividirlo en varios más pequeños. Independientemente del
-número de archivos separados que utilice, hay uno que es el archivo
-raíz; este es cuyo nombre se escribe cuando se ejecuta LaTeX.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \include:: Condicionalmente incluye un archivo.
-* \includeonly:: Determina qué archivos serán incluidos.
-* \input:: Incluiye incondicionalmente un archivo.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \include, Next: \includeonly, Up: Dividiendo la Entrada
-
-22.1 `\include'
-===============
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \include{archivo}
-
- No hay presente una instrucción `\includeonly', la instrucción
-`\include' executa `\clearpage' para iniciar una nueva página (*note
-\clearpage::), entonces lee el archivo, y luego hace otro `\clearpage'.
-
- Dada una instrucción `\includeonly', las acciones `\include'
-únicamente se ejecutan si archivo está listado como un argumento para
-`\includeonly'. Consulte la siguiente sección.
-
- La instrucción `\include' no puede aparecer en el preámbulo o en un
-archivo leído por otra instrucción `\include'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \includeonly, Next: \input, Prev: \include, Up: Dividiendo la Entrada
-
-22.2 \`includeonly'
-===================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \includeonly{archivo1,archivo2,...}
-
- La instrucción `\includeonly' controla cuales archivos se deben leer
-en subsecuentes instrucciones `\include'. La lista de nombres de
-archivo se separa con comas. Cada archivo debe coincidir exactamente con
-un nombre de archivo especificado en una instrucción `\include' para una
-selección eficaz.
-
- Esta instrucción únicamente puede aparecer en el preámbulo.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \input, Prev: \includeonly, Up: Dividiendo la Entrada
-
-22.3 \input
-===========
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \input{archivo}
-
- La instrucción `\input' provoca que el archivo especificado sea leído
-y procesado, tal como si su contendido se hubiera insertado en ese punto
-en el archivo actual.
-
- Si archivo no termina en `.tex ' (por ejemplo, `foo' o `foo.bar'),
-primero se intenta con esa extensión (`foo.tex' o `foo.bar.tex'). Si no
-se encuentra, el archivo original se intenta con (`foo' o `foo.bar').
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada, Next: Cartas, Prev: Dividiendo la Entrada, Up: Top
-
-23 Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada
-***********************************
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Tablas de Contenido::
-* Glosarios::
-* Ãndices::
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Tablas de Contenido, Next: Glosarios, Up: Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada
-
-23.1 Tablas de Contenido
-========================
-
-Se produce una tabla de contenido con la instrucción `\tableofcontents'.
-Usted pone la instrucción adecuada donde desea que aparezca la tabla de
-contenido; LaTeX hace el resto para usted. Una ejecución previa habrá
-generado un archivo `.toc'.
-
- La instrucción `\tableofcontents' produce una sección, pero no inicia
-una nueva página automáticamente. Si desea una nueva página después de
-la tabla de contenido, escriba una instrucción código `\newpage' después
-de la instrucción `\tableofcontents'.
-
- Las instrucciones análogas `\listoffigures' y `\listoftables'
-producen una lists de figuras y una lista de tablas, respectivamente.
-Cada una funciona exactamente igual que la tabla de contenido.
-
- La instrucción `\nofiles' reemplaza estas instrucciones, e _impide_
-que se genere cualquiera de estas listas.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \addcontentsline:: Agrega una entrada a la tabla de contenido, etc.
-* \addtocontents:: Añade texto directamente al archivo de la tabla de contenido, etc.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \addcontentsline, Next: \addtocontents, Up: Tablas de Contenido
-
-23.1.1 \addcontentsline
------------------------
-
-La instrucción `\addcontentsline'{extensión}{undad}{texto} añade una
-entrada a la lista o tabla donde:
-
-extensión
- La extensión del archivo en el que se va a escribir la información,
- por lo general una de: `toc' (tabla de contenido), `lof' (lista de
- figuras) o `lot' (lista de tablas).
-
-unidad
- El nombre de la unidad de sección a añadir, normalmente una de las
- siguientes, coincidiendo con el valor del argumento extensión:
-
- `toc'
- El nombre de la unidad de sección: `part', `chapter',
- `section', `subsection', `subsubsection'.
-
- `lof'
- Para la lista de figuras.
-
- `lot'
- Para la lista de tablas.
-
-texto
- El texto real de la entrada.
-
- La instrucción que realmente escribe al archivo `.extensión' es la
-instrucción `\contentsline{undad}{nombre}'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \addtocontents, Prev: \addcontentsline, Up: Tablas de Contenido
-
-23.1.2 \addtocontents
----------------------
-
-La instrucción `\addtocontents'{extensión}{texto} añade texto (o
-instrucciones de formato) directamente al archivo `.extensión' que
-genera la tabla de contenido o listas de figuras o tablas.
-
-extensión
- La extensión del archivo en el cual escribir la información: `toc'
- (tabla de contenido), `lof' (lista de figuras) o `lot' (lista de
- tablas).
-
-texto
- El texto a escribir.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Glosarios, Next: Ãndices, Prev: Tablas de Contenido, Up: Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada
-
-23.2 Glosarios
-==============
-
-La instrucción `\makeglossary' habilita la creación de glosarios.
-
- La instrucción `\glossary{texto}' escribe una entrada en el glosario
-para texto a un archivo auxiliar con la extensión `.glo'.
-
- Específicamente, la instrucción que escribe es
-`\glossaryentry{texto}{no-de-página}', donde no-de-página es el valor de
-`\thepage'.
-
- El paquete `glossary' en CTAN proporciona compatibilidad para
-glosarios más sofisticados.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Ãndices, Prev: Glosarios, Up: Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada
-
-23.3 Ãndices
-============
-
-La instrucción `\makeindex' permite la creación de índices. Coloquela
-en el preámbulo.
-
- La instrucción `\index{texto}' escribe una entrada en el índice para
-texto en un archivo auxiliar con la extensión `.idx'.
-
- Específicamente, la instrucción que escribe la entrada es
-`\indexentry{texto}{no-de-página}', donde no-de-página es el valor
-actual de `\thepage'.
-
- Para generar una entrada de índice para `bar' que diga `Vea foo',
-utilice una barra vertical: `\index{bar|see{foo}}'. Use `seealso' en
-lugar de `see' para producir una entrada `Vea también'.
-
- El texto `Vea' está definido por la macro `\seename', y `Vea también'
-por la macro `\alsoname'. Estas se pueden redefinir para otros idiomas.
-
- El archivo `.idx' generado luego es ordenado con una instrucción
-externa, por lo general alguna instrucción `makeindex'
-(`http://mirror.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex') o (la de múltiples
-idiomas) `xindy' (`http://xindy.sourceforge.net'). Esto resulta en un
-archivo `.ind', que se puede leer para componer tipográficamente el
-índice.
-
- El índice normalmente se genera con la instrucción `\printindex'.
-Esta instrucción está definida en el paquete `makeidx', por lo tanto
-necesita colocar en el preámbulo la instrucción `\usepackage{makeidx}'.
-
- La longitud de relleno `\indexspace' se inserta antes de cada nueva
-letra en el índice impreso; letra en el índice impreso su valor
-predeterminado es `10pt plus5pt minus3pt'.
-
- El paquete `showidx' hace que cada entrada en el índice se muestre en
-el margen de la página donde aparece la entrada. Esto puede ayudar en
-la preparación del índice.
-
- El paquete `multind' es compatible con múltiples índices. Vea
-también la entrada de este tema en las preguntas frecuentes de TeX, en
-
- `http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Cartas, Next: Entrada/Salida a la Terminal, Prev: Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada, Up: Top
-
-24 Cartas
-*********
-
-Usted puede utilizar LaTeX para componer tipográficamente cartas, para
-ambas personales y de negocios. La clase de documento `letter' está
-diseñada para hacer una serie de cartas a la vez, aunque se puede hacer
-sólo una si así lo desea.
-
- Su archivo fuente `.tex' tiene las mismas instrucciones mínimas de
-clase que en cualquier otro documento, es decir, debe tener las
-siguientes instrucciones como mínimo:
-
- \documentclass{letter}
- \begin{document}
- ... cartas ...
- \end{document}
-
- Cada carta es un entorno `letter', cuyo argumento es el nombre y
-dirección del destinatario. Por ejemplo, usted podría tener:
-
- \begin{letter}{Sr. José Pérez\\ Calle Princesa N°2345.
- \\ Edinburgo, EH1 1AA}
- ...
- \end{letter}
-
- La carta en sí comienza con la instrucción `\opening'. Siguiéndole
-el texto de la carta. Este se escribe como una entrada de LaTeX
-ordinaria. Las instrucciones que no tienen sentido en una carta, como
-`\chapter', no funcionan. La carta se cierra con una instrucción
-`\closing'.
-
- Después de `closing', usted puede colocar material adicional. La
-instrucción `\cc' produce el usual “cc: …â€. También hay una instrucción
-`\encl' similar para una lista de destinatarios. Con ambas
-instrucciones, use `\\' para separar los elementos.
-
- Estas instrucciones se utilizan con la clase `letter'.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \address:: La dirección del remitente.
-* \cc:: La lista Cc (Con copia para).
-* \closing:: Un mensaje de despedida.
-* \encl:: Lista de material adjunto.
-* \location:: La dirección de su organización.
-* \makelabels:: Produce etiquetas de dirección.
-* \name:: Su nombre, para la dirección de retorno.
-* \opening:: Saludando.
-* \ps:: Agrega una posdata.
-* \signature:: Su firma.
-* \startbreaks:: Permite saltos de página.
-* \stopbreaks:: No permite saltos de página.
-* \telephone:: Su número de teléfono.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \address, Next: \cc, Up: Cartas
-
-24.1 \address{dirección-del-remitente}
-======================================
-
-La instrucción `\address' especifica la dirección del remitente de la
-carta, como debería aparecer en la carta y el sobre. Separa las líneas
-de la dirección que deben estar separadas por instrucciones `\\'.
-
- Si usted no proporciona una declaración `\address', entonces, se
-aplicará a la carta el formato de copia en papel con el membrete
-estándar de su organización. (*Note Descripción::, para obtener
-detalles sobre la implementación local). Si usted proporciona una
-declaración `\address', entonces, la carta será formateada como una
-carta personal.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \cc, Next: \closing, Prev: \address, Up: Cartas
-
-24.2 `\cc'
-==========
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \cc{nombre\\nombre2}
-
- Produce una lista de nombres a quienes enviar copias de la carta.
-Cada nombre se imprime en una línea separada.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \closing, Next: \encl, Prev: \cc, Up: Cartas
-
-24.3 `\closing'
-===============
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \closing{texto}
-
- Una carta se cierra con la instrucción `\closing', por ejemplo,
- \closing{Muy Atentamente,}
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \encl, Next: \location, Prev: \closing, Up: Cartas
-
-24.4 `\encl'
-============
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \encl{línea1\\línea2}
-
- Declara una lista de más de un documento adjunto.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \location, Next: \makelabels, Prev: \encl, Up: Cartas
-
-24.5 `\location'
-================
-
-`\location{dirección}'
-
- Esta modifica la dirección estándar de su organización. Esto sólo
-aparece si el estilo de página `firstpage' está seleccionado.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \makelabels, Next: \name, Prev: \location, Up: Cartas
-
-24.6 `\makelabels'
-==================
-
-`\makelabels{número}'
-
- Si ejecuta esta instrucción en el preámbulo, LaTeX creará una hoja de
-etiquetas con las direcciones. Esta hoja se emitirá antes que las
-cartas.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \name, Next: \opening, Prev: \makelabels, Up: Cartas
-
-24.7 `\name'
-============
-
-`\name{June Davenport}'
-
- Su nombre, utilizado en la impresión del sobre junto con la dirección
-del remitente.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \opening, Next: \ps, Prev: \name, Up: Cartas
-
-24.8 `\opening{texto}'
-======================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \opening{texto}
-
- Una carta comienza con la instrucción `\opening'. El argumento
-obligatorio, texto, es el texto con el que desea iniciar su carta. Por
-ejemplo:
-
- \opening{Estimado José,}
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \ps, Next: \signature, Prev: \opening, Up: Cartas
-
-24.9 `\ps'
-==========
-
-Use la instrucción `\ps' para iniciar una posdata en una carta, después
-de `\closing'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \signature, Next: \startbreaks, Prev: \ps, Up: Cartas
-
-24.10 `\signature{texto}'
-=========================
-
-Su nombre, como debe aparecer al final de la carta debajo del espacio
-para su firma. `\\' inicia una nueva línea dentro de texto como de
-costumbre.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \startbreaks, Next: \stopbreaks, Prev: \signature, Up: Cartas
-
-24.11 `\startbreaks'
-====================
-
-`\startbreaks'
-
- Se usa después de una instrucción `\stopbreaks' para permitir de
-nuevo los saltos de página.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \stopbreaks, Next: \telephone, Prev: \startbreaks, Up: Cartas
-
-24.12 `\stopbreaks'
-===================
-
-`\stopbreaks'
-
- Inhibe saltos de página hasta que aparezca una instrucción
-`\startbreaks'.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \telephone, Prev: \stopbreaks, Up: Cartas
-
-24.13 `\telephone'
-==================
-
-`\telephone{número}'
-
- Este es su número de teléfono. Este sólo aparece si el estilo de
-página `firstpage' está seleccionado.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Entrada/Salida a la Terminal, Next: Línea de Órdenes, Prev: Cartas, Up: Top
-
-25 Entrada/Salida a la Terminal
-*******************************
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \typein:: Lee texto desde la terminal.
-* \typeout:: Escribe texto en la terminal.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \typein, Next: \typeout, Up: Entrada/Salida a la Terminal
-
-25.1 `\typein[instrucción]{mensaje}'
-====================================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \typein[\instrucción]{mensaje}
-
- `\typein' imprime el mensaje en la terminal y provoca que LaTeX se
-detenga y espere para que usted escriba una línea de entrada, terminando
-con “Introâ€. Si se omite el argumento opcional \instrucción, la entrada
-escrita se procesa como si se hubiera incluido en el archivo de entrada
-en lugar de la instrucción `\typein'. Si está presente el argumento
-\instrucción, debe ser el nombre de una instrucción. Este nombre de
-instrucción entonces define o redefine la entrada escrita.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: \typeout, Prev: \typein, Up: Entrada/Salida a la Terminal
-
-25.2 `\typeout{mensaje}'
-========================
-
-Sinopsis:
-
- \typeout{mensaje}
-
- Imprime el `mensaje' en la terminal y en el archivo `log'. Las
-instrucciones en el `mensaje' que están definidas con `\newcommand' o
-`\renewcommand' (entre otras) se sustituyen por su definición antes de
-ser impresas.
-
- Las reglas habituales de LaTeX para el tratamiento de varios espacios
-como un espacio único e ignorando espacios después de un nombre de
-instrucción también se aplican al `mensaje'. Una instrucción `\space'
-en `mensaje' provoca la impresión de un espació sencillo,
-independientemente de los espacios circundantes. Una `^^J' en `mensaje'
-imprime una nueva línea.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Línea de Órdenes, Next: Plantillas de Documento, Prev: Entrada/Salida a la Terminal, Up: Top
-
-26 Línea de Órdenes
-*******************
-
-La especificación de archivo de entrada indica el archivo al cual
-aplicar formato; TeX usa `.tex' como extensión predeterminada. Si se
-omite el archivo de entrada completamente, TeX acepta entrada desde la
-terminal. Usted especifica opciones de instrucción mediante el
-suministro de una cadena como un parámetro para la instrucción; por
-ejemplo,
-
- latex '\nonstopmode\input foo.tex'
-
-debe procesar `foo.tex' sin hacer una pausa después de cada error.
-
- Si LaTeX se detiene en medio del documento y le muestra un indicador
-`*', está esperando por una entrada. Usted puede escribir `\stop' (e
-Intro) y este terminará el documento prematuramente.
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Plantillas de Documento, Next: Ãndice de Conceptos, Prev: Línea de Órdenes, Up: Top
-
-Appendix A Plantillas de Documento
-**********************************
-
-Aunque no es material de referencia, tal vez estas plantillas de
-documento serán de utilidad.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Plantilla book::
-* Plantilla beamer::
-* Plantilla tugboat::
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Plantilla book, Next: Plantilla beamer, Up: Plantillas de Documento
-
-A.1 Plantilla `book'
-====================
-
-\documentclass{book}
-\usepackage[spanish]{babel} % Para escribir en Español normal
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % Codificación de caracteres
-\title{Plantilla de Clase Book}
-\author{Autor Alex}
-
-\begin{document}
-\maketitle
-
-\chapter{Primero}
-Algún texto.
-
-\chapter{Segundo}
-Algún otro texto.
-
-\section{Un subtema}
-El final.
-\end{document}
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Plantilla beamer, Next: Plantilla tugboat, Prev: Plantilla book, Up: Plantillas de Documento
-
-A.2 Plantilla `beamer'
-======================
-
-La clase `beamer' crea diapositivas de presentaciones.
-
-\documentclass{beamer}
-\usepackage[spanish]{babel} % Para escribir en Español normal
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % Codificación de caracteres
-
-\title{Plantilla de Clase Beamer}
-\author{Autor Alex}
-\date{Julio 31, 2010}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\maketitle
-
-% sin [fragile], cualquier código {verbatim} provoca errores misteriosos.
-\begin{frame}[fragile]
- \frametitle{Primer Diapositiva}
-
-\begin{verbatim}
- ¡Esto está en \verbatim!
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\end{frame}
-
-\end{document}
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Plantilla tugboat, Prev: Plantilla beamer, Up: Plantillas de Documento
-
-A.3 Plantilla `tugboat'
-=======================
-
-`TUGboat' es el diario del Grupo de Usuarios de TeX,
-`http://tug.org/TUGboat'.
-
-\documentclass{ltugboat} % para procedimientos ltugproc
-
-\usepackage[spanish]{babel} % Para escribir en Español normal
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % Codificación de caracteres
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\usepackage{ifpdf}
-\ifpdf
- \usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black,
- urlcolor=black]{hyperref}
-\else
- \usepackage{url}
-\fi
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\title{Ejemplo de Articulo Regular \TUB\}
-
-% repetir información para cada autor.
-\author{First Last}
-\address{Street Address \\ Town, Postal \\ Country}
-\netaddress{user (at) ejemplo dot org}
-\personalURL{http://ejemplo.org/~user/}
-
-\maketitle
-
-% El resumen en ltugboat viene después de \maketitle.
-\begin{abstract}
-Este es un ejemplo del tema de un artículo \TUB{} ordinario.
-\end{abstract}
-
-\section{Introducción}
-
-Este es un artículo de ejemplo para \TUB, de
-\url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/location.html}.
-
-Recomendamos el paquete graphicx para inclusión de imágenes y el
-paquete hyperref para urls activas (en la salida \acro{PDF}). \TUB\ se
-produce utilizando archivos \acro{PDF} exclusivamente, en la actualidad.
-
-Las clases \texttt{ltug*} proporcionan estas abreviaturas, entre muchas
-otras:
-
-{\small
-\begin{verbatim}
-\AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW
-\BibTeX \CandT \CTAN \DTD \DVItoVDU \HTML
-\ISBN \ISSN \JTeX \JoT \LAMSTeX \LaTeXe
-\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \pcMF \PCTeX \pcTeX \Pas
-\PiC \PiCTeX \plain \POBox \PS
-\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP \TUB \TUG
-\tug \UG \UNIX \VAX \VorTeX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE
-
-\Dash \dash \vellipsis \bull \cents \Dag
-\careof \thinskip
-
-\acro{FRED} -> {\sc fred} % ¡Por favor úselas!
-\cs{fred} -> \fred
-\env{fred} -> \begin{fred}
-\meta{fred} -> <fred>
-\nth{n} -> 1st, 2nd, ...
-\sfrac{3/4} -> 3/4
-\booktitle{Libro de Fred}
-\end{verbatim}
-}
-
-Para mayor información, consulte el documento en ltubguid:
-\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tugboat}
-
-Correo electrónico \verb|tugboat@tug.org| si incurre en problemas o tiene
-dudas.
-
-
-
-\bibliographystyle{plain} % recomendamos el estilo de bibliografía plain
-\nocite{book-minimal} % solo hace que la bibliografía no esté vacía
-\bibliography{xampl} % xampl.bib viene con BibTeX
-
-
-\makesignature % no en ltugproc
-\end{document}
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Ãndice de Conceptos, Next: Ãndice de Instrucciones, Prev: Plantillas de Documento, Up: Top
-
-Ãndice de Conceptos
-*******************
-
-
-* Menu:
-
-* `*' apuntador: Línea de Órdenes. (line 16)
-* `makeindex' programa: Ãndices. (line 22)
-* `vea' y `vea también' entradas de índice: Ãndices. (line 15)
-* `xindy' programa: Ãndices. (line 22)
-* `\include' anidada, no se permite: \include. (line 17)
-* accediendo a cualquier carácter del tipo de letra: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 25)
-* acento agudo: Acentos. (line 21)
-* acento agudo, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 11)
-* acento anticircunflejo: Acentos. (line 97)
-* acento barra: Acentos. (line 48)
-* acento barra encima: Acentos. (line 30)
-* acento barra horizontal, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 14)
-* acento barra sobre: Acentos. (line 30)
-* acento breve, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 17)
-* acento cedilla: Acentos. (line 52)
-* acento circunflejo: Acentos. (line 34)
-* acento circunflejo <1>: Acentos. (line 34)
-* acento circunflejo amplio, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 47)
-* acento circunflejo, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 32)
-* acento circunflejo, math <1>: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 32)
-* acento círculo: Acentos. (line 56)
-* acento de verificación, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 20)
-* acento diéresis: Acentos. (line 17)
-* acento diéresis <1>: Acentos. (line 17)
-* acento diéresis húngara: Acentos. (line 60)
-* acento diéresis, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 23)
-* acento grave: Acentos. (line 39)
-* acento grave, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 29)
-* acento háÄek, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 20)
-* acento macrón: Acentos. (line 30)
-* acento macrón, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 14)
-* acento punto: Acentos. (line 26)
-* acento punto <1>: Acentos. (line 26)
-* acento punto superior, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 26)
-* acento tilde: Acentos. (line 45)
-* acento tilde amplia, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 50)
-* acento tilde, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 41)
-* acentos: Acentos. (line 5)
-* acentos matemáticos: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 5)
-* acentos, matemáticas: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 5)
-* alineando a través de tabulación: tabbing. (line 5)
-* alineando Ecuaciones: eqnarray. (line 5)
-* alineando texto en columnas con tabulaciones: tabbing. (line 5)
-* alineando texto en tablas: tabular. (line 5)
-* ampliando la página actual: \enlargethispage. (line 5)
-* anillo acento: Acentos. (line 75)
-* anticircunflejo acento: Acentos. (line 97)
-* antígrafo o simplemente signo de párrafo: Símbolos de Texto.
- (line 42)
-* apuntador, `*': Línea de Órdenes. (line 16)
-* apéndices, creando: Seccionado. (line 46)
-* archivo de entrada: Dividiendo la Entrada.
- (line 5)
-* archivo `.glo': Glosarios. (line 7)
-* archivo `.idx': Ãndices. (line 8)
-* archivo `.ind': Ãndices. (line 22)
-* argumentos móviles: \protect. (line 5)
-* ascender superior: Símbolos de Texto. (line 97)
-* ASCII circunflejo, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 62)
-* ash: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 11)
-* asterisco centrado, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 68)
-* asterisco, centrado, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 68)
-* atadura con siguiente acento: Acentos. (line 81)
-* autor, para titlepage: \maketitle. (line 12)
-* bala, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 89)
-* bar, vertical, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 74)
-* barra inversa, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 71)
-* barra vertical, doble, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 77)
-* barra vertical, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 74)
-* barra, vertical doble, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 77)
-* bibliografía, creando (automáticamente): Usando BibTeX. (line 5)
-* bibliografía, creando (manualmente): thebibliography. (line 5)
-* bibTeX, usando: Usando BibTeX. (line 5)
-* breve acento: Acentos. (line 86)
-* cajas: Cajas. (line 5)
-* caracteres especiales: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 5)
-* caracteres no Ingleses: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 5)
-* caracteres reservados: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 5)
-* caracteres, acentuados: Acentos. (line 5)
-* caracteres, no Ingleses: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 5)
-* caracteres, reservados: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 5)
-* cargando paquetes adicionales: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 78)
-* cartas: Cartas. (line 5)
-* cartas, iniciando: \opening. (line 5)
-* cartas, terminando: \closing. (line 5)
-* carón acento: Acentos. (line 97)
-* centrar texto, declaración para: \centering. (line 5)
-* centrar texto, entorno para: center. (line 5)
-* cerrando cartas: \closing. (line 5)
-* circunflejo, ASCII, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 62)
-* clases de documento: Clases de Documento. (line 5)
-* clases de documentos: Clases de Documento. (line 5)
-* colita: Acentos. (line 70)
-* comilla angular de apertura: Símbolos de Texto. (line 28)
-* comilla angular de cierre: Símbolos de Texto. (line 28)
-* comilla de apertura: Símbolos de Texto. (line 38)
-* comilla de apertura simple: Símbolos de Texto. (line 151)
-* comilla de cierre: Símbolos de Texto. (line 53)
-* comilla de cierre simple: Símbolos de Texto. (line 154)
-* comilla de cierre, simple: Símbolos de Texto. (line 154)
-* comilla derecha: Símbolos de Texto. (line 53)
-* comilla en línea base, simple y doble: Símbolos de Texto. (line 50)
-* comilla izquierda: Símbolos de Texto. (line 38)
-* comilla izquierda, sola: Símbolos de Texto. (line 151)
-* comilla simple en línea base: Símbolos de Texto. (line 50)
-* comilla, en la línea base (coma): Símbolos de Texto. (line 158)
-* comillas de cierre dobles: Símbolos de Texto. (line 148)
-* comillas de cierre, dobles: Símbolos de Texto. (line 148)
-* comillas dobles de apertura: Símbolos de Texto. (line 145)
-* comillas dobles en línea base: Símbolos de Texto. (line 50)
-* comillas tipográficas angulares: Símbolos de Texto. (line 28)
-* comillas tipográficas angulares simples: Símbolos de Texto. (line 28)
-* comillas tipográficas Francesas: Símbolos de Texto. (line 28)
-* comillas tipográficas simples: Símbolos de Texto. (line 28)
-* comillas tipográficas, Francesas: Símbolos de Texto. (line 28)
-* comillas tipográficas, latinas o angulares: Símbolos de Texto.
- (line 28)
-* comillastraight quote, base: Símbolos de Texto. (line 158)
-* contadores, configurando: \setcounter. (line 5)
-* contadores, consiguiendo el valor de: \value. (line 5)
-* contadores, definiendo nuevos: \newcounter. (line 5)
-* contadores, una lista de: Contadores. (line 5)
-* creando cartas: Cartas. (line 5)
-* creando imágenes: picture. (line 5)
-* creando tablas: table. (line 5)
-* créditos al pie de página: \maketitle. (line 24)
-* código, composición tipográfica de: verbatim. (line 5)
-* daga doble, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 105)
-* daga, doble, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 105)
-* daga, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 16)
-* daga, en texto <1>: Símbolos de Texto. (line 102)
-* definiciones: Definiciones. (line 5)
-* definición de nuevos tipos de letra: \newfont. (line 5)
-* definiendo nuevos entornos: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
- (line 5)
-* definiendo nuevos teoremas: \newtheorem. (line 5)
-* definiendo una nueva instrucción: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
- (line 5)
-* delimitador nulo: Miscelánea Math. (line 21)
-* descargando flotantes e iniciando una página: \clearpage. (line 5)
-* descripción de LaTeX: Descripción. (line 5)
-* diseño, parámetros de página para: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 5)
-* dividiendo el archivo de entrada: Dividiendo la Entrada.
- (line 5)
-* dividiendo páginas: Saltos de Página. (line 5)
-* divisas, euro: Símbolos de Texto. (line 117)
-* división de sílabas con guión, definiendo: \hyphenation. (line 5)
-* división silábica, forzando: \- (hyphenation). (line 5)
-* división silábica, impidiendo: \mbox. (line 5)
-* doble barra vertical, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 77)
-* doble daga, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 19)
-* e-dash: Símbolos de Texto. (line 114)
-* ecuaciones, alineando: eqnarray. (line 5)
-* ecuaciones, entornos para: equation. (line 5)
-* ejecutando header y footer: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 5)
-* elementos numerados, especificando contador: \usecounter. (line 5)
-* em-dash: Símbolos de Texto. (line 111)
-* em-dash de tres cuartos: Símbolos de Texto. (line 167)
-* em-dash, tres cuartos: Símbolos de Texto. (line 167)
-* entornos: Entornos. (line 5)
-* entornos, definiendo: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
- (line 5)
-* entrada/salida: Entrada/Salida a la Terminal.
- (line 5)
-* entrada/salida desde la terminal: Entrada/Salida a la Terminal.
- (line 5)
-* Equipo del Proyecto LaTeX: Top. (line 10)
-* es-zet letra Alemana: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 47)
-* espacio dentro del modo math: Espacios en Modo Math.
- (line 5)
-* espacio vertical: \addvspace. (line 5)
-* espacio vertical antes de párrafos: \parskip. (line 5)
-* espacio vertical, insertando: \addvspace. (line 5)
-* espacio visible: \verb. (line 17)
-* espacios: Espacios. (line 5)
-* espina Islandesa: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 51)
-* espina, letra Islandesa: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 51)
-* estilo de encabezado: \pagestyle. (line 5)
-* estilo de numeración de página: \pagenumbering. (line 5)
-* estilo del pie de página: \pagestyle. (line 5)
-* estilos de página: Estilos de Página. (line 5)
-* estilos de texto: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 5)
-* estilos de tipografía: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 5)
-* estilos del tipo de letra: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 5)
-* estilos, página: Estilos de Página. (line 5)
-* eth, letra islandesa: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 19)
-* etiquetas en máquina de escribir en listas: description. (line 17)
-* exclamación, inicial: Símbolos de Texto. (line 120)
-* exponente: Subíndices y Superíndices.
- (line 5)
-* fecha, para la página de título: \maketitle. (line 19)
-* figuras, en notas al pie: minipage. (line 21)
-* figuras, insertando: figure. (line 5)
-* fijando contadores: \setcounter. (line 5)
-* finalizando e iniciando: Iniciando y Finalizando.
- (line 5)
-* flecha derecha, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 164)
-* flecha hacia la derecha, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 164)
-* flecha hacia la izquierda, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 129)
-* flecha, izquierda, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 129)
-* footer, parámetros para: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 5)
-* forma con * de instrucciones de seccionado: Seccionado. (line 40)
-* funciones matemáticas: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 5)
-* funciones, matemáticas: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 5)
-* fórmulas en línea: math. (line 5)
-* fórmulas matemáticas: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 5)
-* fórmulas, entornos para: equation. (line 5)
-* fórmulas, matemáticas: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 5)
-* glosarios: Glosarios. (line 5)
-* guión doble, línea recta: Símbolos de Texto. (line 158)
-* haciendo párrafos: Haciendo Párrafos. (line 5)
-* haciendo una página de título: titlepage. (line 5)
-* header, parámetros para: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 5)
-* i sin punto: Acentos. (line 63)
-* i sin punto, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 35)
-* imágenes, creando: picture. (line 5)
-* iniciando una nueva página: \newpage. (line 5)
-* iniciando una nueva página y limpiando flotantes: \clearpage.
- (line 5)
-* iniciando una página a mano derecha: \cleardoublepage. (line 5)
-* iniciando y finalizando: Iniciando y Finalizando.
- (line 5)
-* insertando figuras: figure. (line 5)
-* Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 5)
-* instrucciones de diseño: Diseño. (line 5)
-* instrucciones de tipo de letra, de bajo nivel: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 5)
-* instrucciones frágiles: \protect. (line 5)
-* instrucciones robustas: \protect. (line 16)
-* instrucciones, definiendo nuevas: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
- (line 5)
-* interlineado doble: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 68)
-* interrogación, inicial: Símbolos de Texto. (line 142)
-* islandés eth: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 19)
-* j sin punto: Acentos. (line 66)
-* j sin punto, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 38)
-* justificación, alineando a la derecha: \raggedright. (line 5)
-* justificación, irregular a la izquierda: \raggedleft. (line 5)
-* justificando texto a la izquierda: \raggedright. (line 5)
-* justificar texto a la derecha, entorno para: flushright. (line 5)
-* justificar texto a la izquierda, entornos para: flushleft. (line 5)
-* Knuth, Donald E.: Top. (line 10)
-* l Polaca: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 31)
-* Lamport, Leslie: Top. (line 10)
-* LaTeX, descripción: Descripción. (line 5)
-* letra en círculo, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 92)
-* letra ij, Neerlandés: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 27)
-* letras caligráficas para math: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 92)
-* letras griegas: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 5)
-* letras S afiladas: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 47)
-* letras script para math: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 92)
-* letras, acentuadas: Acentos. (line 5)
-* letras, no Inglesas: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 5)
-* ligadura ae: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 15)
-* lista de documentos adjuntos: \encl. (line 5)
-* lista de elementos, especificando el contador: \usecounter. (line 5)
-* lista de elementos, numerados: enumerate. (line 5)
-* listas cc, en cartas: \cc. (line 5)
-* listas con viñetas: itemize. (line 5)
-* listas de descripción, creando: description. (line 5)
-* listas de elementos: itemize. (line 5)
-* listas de elementos, genéricas: list. (line 5)
-* listas etiquetadas, creando: description. (line 5)
-* listas no ordenadas: itemize. (line 5)
-* llave de apertura, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 83)
-* llave derecha, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 86)
-* llave, derecha, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 86)
-* llave, izquierda, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 83)
-* Logotipo de LaTeX: Símbolos de Texto. (line 22)
-* logotipo de TeX: Símbolos de Texto. (line 59)
-* logotipo, LaTeX: Símbolos de Texto. (line 22)
-* logotipo, TeX: Símbolos de Texto. (line 59)
-* longitudes predeterminadas: Longitudes Predeterminadas.
- (line 5)
-* longitudes, añadiendo a: \addtolength. (line 5)
-* longitudes, configurando: \setlength. (line 5)
-* longitudes, definiendo nuevas: \newlength. (line 5)
-* longitudes, definiendo y usando: Longitudes. (line 5)
-* longitudes, predefinidas: Longitudes Predeterminadas.
- (line 5)
-* línea de órdenes: Línea de Órdenes. (line 5)
-* línea recta de guión doble, base: Símbolos de Texto. (line 158)
-* línea, saltos de: Saltos de Línea. (line 5)
-* líneas en tablas: tabular. (line 5)
-* marca izquierda, doble: Símbolos de Texto. (line 145)
-* marca palabra compuesta, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 97)
-* matrices, matemáticas: array. (line 5)
-* minipage, creando una: minipage. (line 5)
-* miscelánea math: Miscelánea Math. (line 5)
-* modo izquierda-a-derecha: Modos. (line 5)
-* modo lR: Modos. (line 5)
-* modo math: Modos. (line 5)
-* modo math mode, espaciado: Espacios en Modo Math.
- (line 5)
-* modo math, ingresando al: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 5)
-* modo párrafo: Modos. (line 5)
-* modos: Modos. (line 5)
-* moneda, dólar: Símbolos de Texto. (line 108)
-* mostrando texto citado con sangría de párrafo: quotation. (line 5)
-* mostrando texto citado sin sangría de párrafo: quote. (line 5)
-* multiplicación discrecional: Miscelánea Math. (line 7)
-* máquina de escribir en negrita, evitando: description. (line 17)
-* notas al margen: Notas al Margen. (line 5)
-* notas al pie en figuras: minipage. (line 21)
-* notas al pie, creando: Notas al Pie. (line 5)
-* notas al pie, símbolos en lugar de números en: Notas al Pie Simbólicas.
- (line 5)
-* notas en el margen: Notas al Margen. (line 5)
-* nueva línea, comenzando: \\. (line 5)
-* nueva línea, comenzando (modo de párrafo): \newline. (line 5)
-* nueva línea, salida como entrada: \obeycr y \restorecr.
- (line 5)
-* nueva página, iniciando: \newpage. (line 5)
-* nuevas instrucciones, definiendo: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
- (line 5)
-* número de ecuación, referencias cruzadas: \ref. (line 5)
-* número de figura, referencias cruzadas: \ref. (line 5)
-* número de pie de página, referencias cruzadas: \ref. (line 5)
-* número de página, referencias cruzadas: \pageref. (line 5)
-* número de sección, referencias cruzadas: \ref. (line 5)
-* números de ecuación, omitiendo: eqnarray. (line 19)
-* números de sección, imprimiendo: Seccionado. (line 56)
-* observaciones en el margen: Notas al Margen. (line 5)
-* oe ligadura: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 43)
-* omitiendo, cajas negras: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 29)
-* opciones de clase: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 5)
-* opciones de clase de documento: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 5)
-* opciones globales: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 5)
-* opciones globales <1>: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 85)
-* opciones, clase de documento: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 5)
-* opciones, globales: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 85)
-* ordinales en español, femenino y masculino: Símbolos de Texto.
- (line 133)
-* ordinales, femenino y masculino: Símbolos de Texto. (line 133)
-* oslash: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 39)
-* paquete `datetime': \today. (line 10)
-* paquete `float': figure. (line 35)
-* paquete `makeidx': Ãndices. (line 29)
-* paquete `multind': Ãndices. (line 41)
-* paquete `setspace': Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 68)
-* paquete `showidx': Ãndices. (line 37)
-* paquetes, cargando: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 78)
-* parámetros de footnote: Parámetros para Footnote.
- (line 5)
-* parámetros para el diseño de página: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 5)
-* parámetros, diseño de página: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 5)
-* parámetros, para footnote: Parámetros para Footnote.
- (line 5)
-* plantillas de documentos: Plantillas de Documento.
- (line 5)
-* poesía, un entorno para: verse. (line 5)
-* posdata, en cartas: \ps. (line 5)
-* preámbulo, definido: Iniciando y Finalizando.
- (line 16)
-* produce dos columnas: \twocolumn. (line 5)
-* produce una columna: \onecolumn. (line 5)
-* programas de ordenador, composición tipográfica: verbatim. (line 5)
-* punto centrado, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 139)
-* punto superior acento, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 26)
-* punto, centrado, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 139)
-* puntos suspensivos: Símbolos de Texto. (line 34)
-* página de título, creando la: titlepage. (line 5)
-* párrafos: Haciendo Párrafos. (line 5)
-* redefiniendo entornos: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
- (line 5)
-* reducción, omitiendo vertical: \raggedbottom. (line 5)
-* referencias cruzadas: Referencias Cruzadas.
- (line 5)
-* referencias cruzadas con número de página: \pageref. (line 5)
-* referencias cruzadas, simbólicas: \ref. (line 5)
-* resúmenes: abstract. (line 5)
-* salto de página: Saltos de Página. (line 5)
-* saltos de línea: Saltos de Línea. (line 5)
-* saltos de línea, evitando: \linebreak y \nolinebreak.
- (line 5)
-* saltos de línea, forzando: \linebreak y \nolinebreak.
- (line 5)
-* saltos de página, evitando: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak.
- (line 5)
-* saltos de página, forzando: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak.
- (line 5)
-* sangría de párrafos, en minipage: minipage. (line 17)
-* sangría de párrafos, en minipage <1>: minipage. (line 17)
-* sangría, forzando la: \indent. (line 5)
-* sangría, suprimiendo la: \noindent. (line 5)
-* sangrías de párrafo en texto citado: quotation. (line 5)
-* sangrías de párrafo en texto citado, omitiendo: quote. (line 5)
-* seccionado: Seccionado. (line 5)
-* separación de línea, forzando: \\. (line 5)
-* signo de dólar: Símbolos de Texto. (line 108)
-* siguiendo el estilo de encabezado y pie de página: \pagestyle.
- (line 5)
-* simulando texto escrito: verbatim. (line 5)
-* subrayado: Acentos. (line 89)
-* subrayado, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 176)
-* subíndice: Subíndices y Superíndices.
- (line 5)
-* superíndice: Subíndices y Superíndices.
- (line 5)
-* símbolo bala: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 87)
-* símbolo círculo grande, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 80)
-* símbolo de copyright: Símbolos de Texto. (line 13)
-* símbolo de círculo, grande, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 80)
-* símbolo de espacio visible, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 179)
-* símbolo de libra esterlina: Símbolos de Texto. (line 46)
-* símbolo de libra esterlina <1>: Símbolos de Texto. (line 46)
-* símbolo de marca comercial: Símbolos de Texto. (line 170)
-* símbolo de marca registrada: Símbolos de Texto. (line 161)
-* símbolo de multiplicación, con salto de línea discrecional: Miscelánea Math.
- (line 7)
-* símbolo de párrafo: Símbolos de Texto. (line 42)
-* símbolo de sección: Símbolos de Texto. (line 56)
-* símbolo de vector, math: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 44)
-* símbolo del euro: Símbolos de Texto. (line 117)
-* símbolo femenino ordinal: Símbolos de Texto. (line 136)
-* símbolo mayor que, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 123)
-* símbolo menor que, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 126)
-* Símbolo ordinal femenino: Símbolos de Texto. (line 133)
-* símbolo ordinal masculino: Símbolos de Texto. (line 133)
-* símbolos de texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 5)
-* símbolos matemáticos: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 5)
-* símbolos, matemáticos: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 5)
-* tabla de contenido, agregando manualmente: \addcontentsline.
- (line 5)
-* tabla de contenido, creando: Tablas de Contenido. (line 5)
-* tablas, creando: table. (line 5)
-* tabulaciones, utilizando: tabbing. (line 5)
-* tamaño del texto: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 5)
-* tamaños del tipo de letra: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 5)
-* tamaños del tipo de letra <1>: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 5)
-* tapa superior: Símbolos de Texto. (line 97)
-* teoremas, composición tipográfica de: theorem. (line 5)
-* teoremas, definiendo: \newtheorem. (line 5)
-* texto citado con sangría de párrafo, mostrando: quotation. (line 5)
-* texto citado sin sangría de párrafo, mostrando: quote. (line 5)
-* texto escrito, simulando: verbatim. (line 5)
-* texto irregular a la derecha: \raggedright. (line 5)
-* texto irregular a la derecha, entorno para: flushleft. (line 5)
-* texto irregular a la izquierda: \raggedleft. (line 5)
-* texto irregular a la izquierda, entorno para: flushright. (line 5)
-* texto justificado a la derecha: \raggedleft. (line 5)
-* texto literal: verbatim. (line 5)
-* texto literal, en línea: \verb. (line 5)
-* texto multicolumna: \twocolumn. (line 5)
-* thanks, para titlepage: \maketitle. (line 24)
-* tilde ASCII, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 65)
-* tilde, ASCII, en texto: Símbolos de Texto. (line 65)
-* tipo de letra cursiva: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 98)
-* tipo de letra de ancho fijo: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 113)
-* tipo de letra de máquina de escribir: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 113)
-* tipo de letra monoespacio: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 113)
-* tipo de letra negrita: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 89)
-* tipo de letra oblicua: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 110)
-* tipo de letra oblicua <1>: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 110)
-* tipo de letra romana: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 101)
-* tipo de letra sans serif: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 107)
-* tipo de letra versales: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 104)
-* Tipos de Letra: Tipos de Letra. (line 5)
-* tipos de letra: Tipos de Letra. (line 5)
-* tipos de letra, nuevas instrucciones para: \newfont. (line 5)
-* title, para titlepage: \maketitle. (line 29)
-* títulos, haciendo: \maketitle. (line 5)
-* usando BibTeX: Usando BibTeX. (line 5)
-* variables, una lista de: Contadores. (line 5)
-* Énfasis: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 29)
-* énfasis: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 95)
-* índices: Ãndices. (line 5)
-
-
-File: latex2e-es.info, Node: Ãndice de Instrucciones, Prev: Ãndice de Conceptos, Up: Top
-
-Ãndice de Instrucciones
-***********************
-
-
-* Menu:
-
-* $: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 25)
-* @{...}: array. (line 32)
-* \" (acento diéresis): Acentos. (line 17)
-* \#: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 10)
-* \$: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 10)
-* \%: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 10)
-* \&: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 10)
-* \' (acento agudo): Acentos. (line 21)
-* \' (tabbing): tabbing. (line 50)
-* \(: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 17)
-* \): Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 17)
-* \*: Miscelánea Math. (line 6)
-* \+: tabbing. (line 40)
-* \,: Espacios en Modo Math.
- (line 19)
-* \-: tabbing. (line 45)
-* \- (hyphenation): \- (hyphenation). (line 5)
-* \. (acento punto encima): Acentos. (line 26)
-* \/: \/. (line 5)
-* \:: Espacios en Modo Math.
- (line 16)
-* \;: Espacios en Modo Math.
- (line 12)
-* \<: tabbing. (line 35)
-* \= (acento macrón): Acentos. (line 30)
-* \= (tabbing): tabbing. (line 29)
-* \>: tabbing. (line 33)
-* \> <1>: Espacios en Modo Math.
- (line 16)
-* \> (tabbing): tabbing. (line 32)
-* \@: \AT. (line 5)
-* \a (tabbing): tabbing. (line 65)
-* \a' (acento agudo en tabulación): tabbing. (line 66)
-* \a= (acento macrón en tabbing): tabbing. (line 66)
-* \aa (Ã¥): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 11)
-* \AA (Ã…): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 11)
-* \acute: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 10)
-* \addcontentsline{exto}{unidad}{texto}: \addcontentsline. (line 5)
-* \address: \address. (line 5)
-* \addtocontents{extra}{texto}: \addtocontents. (line 5)
-* \addtocounter: \addtocounter. (line 5)
-* \addtolength: \addtolength. (line 5)
-* \addvspace: \addvspace. (line 5)
-* \ae (æ): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 15)
-* \AE (Æ): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 15)
-* \aleph: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 14)
-* \alph: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 9)
-* \Alph: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 12)
-* \alpha: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 17)
-* \alsoname: Ãndices. (line 19)
-* \amalg: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 20)
-* \and para `\author': \maketitle. (line 12)
-* \angle: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 23)
-* \appendix: Seccionado. (line 46)
-* \approx: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 26)
-* \arabic: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 15)
-* \arccos: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 9)
-* \arcsin: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 12)
-* \arctan: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 15)
-* \arg: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 18)
-* \arraycolsep: array. (line 44)
-* \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 101)
-* \arraystretch: tabular. (line 105)
-* \ast: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 29)
-* \asymp: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 32)
-* \author{nombre \and nombre2}: \maketitle. (line 11)
-* \a` (acento grave en tabulación): tabbing. (line 66)
-* \b (acento barra): Acentos. (line 48)
-* \backslash: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 35)
-* \backslash <1>: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 15)
-* \bar: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 13)
-* \baselineskip: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 61)
-* \baselinestretch: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 68)
-* \begin: Entornos. (line 5)
-* \beta: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 38)
-* \bf: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 88)
-* \bfseries: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 35)
-* \bibitem: \bibitem. (line 5)
-* \bibliography: Usando BibTeX. (line 5)
-* \bibliographystyle: Usando BibTeX. (line 5)
-* \bigcap: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 41)
-* \bigcap <1>: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 71)
-* \bigcirc: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 44)
-* \bigcup: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 47)
-* \bigodot: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 50)
-* \bigoplus: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 53)
-* \bigotimes: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 56)
-* \bigskip: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
- (line 9)
-* \bigskipamount: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
- (line 9)
-* \bigsqcup: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 65)
-* \bigtriangledown: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 59)
-* \bigtriangleup: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 62)
-* \biguplus: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 68)
-* \bigwedge: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 74)
-* \bmod: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 21)
-* \boldmath: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 30)
-* \bot: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 77)
-* \bottomfraction: figure. (line 57)
-* \bowtie: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 80)
-* \Box: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 83)
-* \breve: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 16)
-* \bullet: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 86)
-* \c (acento cedilla): Acentos. (line 52)
-* \cal: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 91)
-* \cap: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 89)
-* \capitalacute: Acentos. (line 21)
-* \capitalbreve: Acentos. (line 86)
-* \capitalcaron: Acentos. (line 97)
-* \capitalcedilla: Acentos. (line 52)
-* \capitalcircumflex: Acentos. (line 34)
-* \capitaldieresis: Acentos. (line 17)
-* \capitaldotaccent: Acentos. (line 56)
-* \capitalgrave: Acentos. (line 39)
-* \capitalhungarumlaut: Acentos. (line 60)
-* \capitalmacron: Acentos. (line 30)
-* \capitalnewtie: Acentos. (line 81)
-* \capitalogonek: Acentos. (line 70)
-* \capitalring: Acentos. (line 75)
-* \capitaltie: Acentos. (line 81)
-* \capitaltilde: Acentos. (line 45)
-* \caption: figure. (line 51)
-* \cc: \cc. (line 5)
-* \cdot: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 92)
-* \cdots: Miscelánea Math. (line 10)
-* \centering: \centering. (line 5)
-* \chapter: Seccionado. (line 11)
-* \check: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 19)
-* \chi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 95)
-* \circ: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 98)
-* \circle: \circle. (line 5)
-* \cite: \cite. (line 5)
-* \cleardoublepage: \cleardoublepage. (line 5)
-* \clearpage: \clearpage. (line 5)
-* \cline: \cline. (line 5)
-* \closing: \closing. (line 5)
-* \clubsuit: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 101)
-* \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 18)
-* \columnseprule: \twocolumn. (line 21)
-* \columnwidth: \twocolumn. (line 25)
-* \cong: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 104)
-* \contentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 30)
-* \coprod: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 107)
-* \copyright: Símbolos de Texto. (line 11)
-* \cos: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 24)
-* \cosh: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 27)
-* \cot: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 30)
-* \coth: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 33)
-* \csc: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 36)
-* \cup: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 110)
-* \d (acento círculo): Acentos. (line 56)
-* \dag: Símbolos de Texto. (line 15)
-* \dagger: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 113)
-* \dashbox: \dashbox. (line 5)
-* \dashv: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 116)
-* \date{texto}: \maketitle. (line 18)
-* \day: \day \month \year. (line 5)
-* \dblfloatpagefraction: \twocolumn. (line 38)
-* \dblfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 43)
-* \dbltextfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 49)
-* \dbltopfraction: \twocolumn. (line 32)
-* \ddag: Símbolos de Texto. (line 18)
-* \ddagger: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 119)
-* \ddot: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 22)
-* \ddots: Miscelánea Math. (line 14)
-* \deg: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 39)
-* \Delta: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 122)
-* \delta: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 125)
-* \depth: Longitudes Predeterminadas.
- (line 10)
-* \det: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 42)
-* \dh (æ): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 19)
-* \DH (Æ): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 19)
-* \Diamond: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 128)
-* \diamond: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 131)
-* \diamondsuit: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 134)
-* \dim: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 45)
-* \displaystyle: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 36)
-* \div: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 137)
-* \dj: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 23)
-* \DJ: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 23)
-* \documentclass: Clases de Documento. (line 5)
-* \dot: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 25)
-* \doteq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 140)
-* \dotfill: \dotfill. (line 5)
-* \dots: Símbolos de Texto. (line 32)
-* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 109)
-* \downarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 143)
-* \Downarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 146)
-* \ell: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 149)
-* \em: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 94)
-* \emph: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 29)
-* \emptyset: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 152)
-* \encl: \encl. (line 5)
-* \end: Entornos. (line 5)
-* \enlargethispage: \enlargethispage. (line 5)
-* \enumi: enumerate. (line 33)
-* \enumii: enumerate. (line 33)
-* \enumiii: enumerate. (line 33)
-* \enumiv: enumerate. (line 33)
-* \epsilon: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 155)
-* \equiv: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 158)
-* \eta: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 161)
-* \evensidemargin: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 59)
-* \exists: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 164)
-* \exp: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 48)
-* \fbox: \fbox y \framebox. (line 5)
-* \fboxrule: \framebox (imagen). (line 13)
-* \fboxrule <1>: \fbox y \framebox. (line 18)
-* \fboxsep: \framebox (imagen). (line 13)
-* \fboxsep <1>: \fbox y \framebox. (line 18)
-* \fill: \hfill. (line 9)
-* \flat: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 167)
-* \floatpagefraction: figure. (line 60)
-* \floatsep: figure. (line 64)
-* \flushbottom: \flushbottom. (line 5)
-* \fnsymbol: Notas al Pie Simbólicas.
- (line 10)
-* \fnsymbol <1>: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 24)
-* \fnsymbol, y notas al pie: Notas al Pie Simbólicas.
- (line 10)
-* \fontencoding: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 11)
-* \fontfamily: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 15)
-* \fontseries: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 27)
-* \fontshape: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 43)
-* \fontsize: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 61)
-* \footnote: \footnote. (line 5)
-* \footnotemark: \footnotemark. (line 5)
-* \footnoterule: Parámetros para Footnote.
- (line 6)
-* \footnotesep: Parámetros para Footnote.
- (line 12)
-* \footnotesize: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 11)
-* \footnotetext: \footnotetext. (line 5)
-* \footskip: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 16)
-* \forall: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 170)
-* \frac: Miscelánea Math. (line 18)
-* \frac{num}{den}: Miscelánea Math. (line 17)
-* \frame: \frame. (line 5)
-* \framebox: \framebox (imagen). (line 5)
-* \framebox <1>: \fbox y \framebox. (line 5)
-* \frown: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 173)
-* \fussy: \fussy. (line 5)
-* \Gamma: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 176)
-* \gamma: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 179)
-* \gcd: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 51)
-* \ge: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 182)
-* \geq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 185)
-* \gets: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 188)
-* \gg: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 191)
-* \glossary: Glosarios. (line 7)
-* \glossaryentry: Glosarios. (line 10)
-* \grave: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 28)
-* \guillemotleft («): Símbolos de Texto. (line 24)
-* \guillemotright (»): Símbolos de Texto. (line 25)
-* \guilsinglleft (‹): Símbolos de Texto. (line 26)
-* \guilsinglright (›): Símbolos de Texto. (line 27)
-* \H (acento diéresis Húngara): Acentos. (line 60)
-* \hat: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 31)
-* \hbar: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 194)
-* \headheight: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 6)
-* \headsep: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 11)
-* \heartsuit: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 197)
-* \height: Longitudes Predeterminadas.
- (line 8)
-* \hfill: \hfill. (line 5)
-* \hline: \hline. (line 5)
-* \hom: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 54)
-* \hookleftarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 200)
-* \hookrightarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 203)
-* \hrulefill: \hrulefill. (line 5)
-* \hspace: \hspace. (line 5)
-* \huge: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 11)
-* \Huge: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 11)
-* \hyphenation: \hyphenation. (line 5)
-* \i (i sin punto): Acentos. (line 63)
-* \iff: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 206)
-* \ij (ij): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 27)
-* \IJ (IJ): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 27)
-* \Im: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 209)
-* \imath: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 34)
-* \in: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 212)
-* \include: \include. (line 5)
-* \includeonly: \includeonly. (line 5)
-* \indent: \indent. (line 5)
-* \index: Ãndices. (line 8)
-* \indexentry: Ãndices. (line 11)
-* \inf: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 57)
-* \infty: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 215)
-* \input: \input. (line 5)
-* \int: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 218)
-* \intextsep: figure. (line 68)
-* \iota: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 221)
-* \it: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 97)
-* \item: description. (line 13)
-* \item <1>: enumerate. (line 19)
-* \item <2>: itemize. (line 5)
-* \itemindent: itemize. (line 54)
-* \itemsep: itemize. (line 79)
-* \itshape: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 26)
-* \j (j sin punto): Acentos. (line 66)
-* \jmath: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 37)
-* \Join: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 224)
-* \k (colita —ogonek en polaco): Acentos. (line 70)
-* \kappa: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 227)
-* \ker: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 60)
-* \kill: tabbing. (line 70)
-* \l (Å‚): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 31)
-* \L (Å): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 31)
-* \label: \label. (line 5)
-* \labelenumi: enumerate. (line 37)
-* \labelenumii: enumerate. (line 37)
-* \labelenumiii: enumerate. (line 37)
-* \labelenumiv: enumerate. (line 37)
-* \labelitemi: itemize. (line 32)
-* \labelitemii: itemize. (line 32)
-* \labelitemiii: itemize. (line 32)
-* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 32)
-* \labelsep: itemize. (line 58)
-* \labelwidth: itemize. (line 62)
-* \Lambda: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 230)
-* \lambda: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 233)
-* \land: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 236)
-* \langle: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 239)
-* \large: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 11)
-* \Large: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 11)
-* \LARGE: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 11)
-* \LaTeX: Símbolos de Texto. (line 21)
-* \lbrace: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 242)
-* \lbrack: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 245)
-* \lceil: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 248)
-* \ldots: Símbolos de Texto. (line 31)
-* \le: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 251)
-* \leadsto: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 254)
-* \left delimitador1 ... \right delimitador2: Miscelánea Math.
- (line 20)
-* \Leftarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 256)
-* \leftarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 259)
-* \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 25)
-* \leftharpoondown: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 262)
-* \leftharpoonup: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 265)
-* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 39)
-* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 39)
-* \leftmarginii: itemize. (line 39)
-* \leftmarginiii: itemize. (line 39)
-* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 39)
-* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 39)
-* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 39)
-* \Leftrightarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 268)
-* \Leftrightarrow <1>: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 271)
-* \leq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 274)
-* \lfloor: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 277)
-* \lg: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 63)
-* \lhd: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 280)
-* \lim: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 66)
-* \liminf: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 69)
-* \limsup: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 72)
-* \line: \line. (line 5)
-* \linebreak: \linebreak y \nolinebreak.
- (line 5)
-* \linespread: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 76)
-* \linethickness: \linethickness. (line 5)
-* \linewidth: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 21)
-* \listoffigures: Tablas de Contenido. (line 15)
-* \listoftables: Tablas de Contenido. (line 15)
-* \listparindent: itemize. (line 66)
-* \ll: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 283)
-* \ln: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 75)
-* \lnot: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 286)
-* \location: \location. (line 5)
-* \log: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 78)
-* \longleftarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 289)
-* \longleftrightarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 292)
-* \longmapsto: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 295)
-* \longrightarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 298)
-* \lor: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 301)
-* \lq: Símbolos de Texto. (line 37)
-* \makebox: \makebox. (line 5)
-* \makebox (imagen): \makebox (imagen). (line 5)
-* \makeglossary: Glosarios. (line 5)
-* \makeindex: Ãndices. (line 5)
-* \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 5)
-* \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 5)
-* \mapsto: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 304)
-* \marginpar: Notas al Margen. (line 5)
-* \marginparpush: Notas al Margen. (line 36)
-* \marginparsep: Notas al Margen. (line 40)
-* \marginparwidth: Notas al Margen. (line 44)
-* \markboth{izquierda}{derecha}: \pagestyle. (line 31)
-* \markright{derecha}: \pagestyle. (line 39)
-* \mathbf: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 59)
-* \mathcal: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 76)
-* \mathnormal: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 72)
-* \mathrm: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 56)
-* \mathsf: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 62)
-* \mathtt: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 65)
-* \mathversion: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 78)
-* \max: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 81)
-* \mbox: \mbox. (line 5)
-* \mdseries: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 32)
-* \medskip: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
- (line 13)
-* \medskipamount: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
- (line 13)
-* \mho: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 307)
-* \mid: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 309)
-* \min: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 84)
-* \models: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 312)
-* \month: \day \month \year. (line 5)
-* \mp: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 315)
-* \mu: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 318)
-* \multicolumn: \multicolumn. (line 5)
-* \multiput: \multiput. (line 5)
-* \nabla: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 321)
-* \name: \name. (line 5)
-* \natural: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 324)
-* \ne: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 327)
-* \nearrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 330)
-* \neg: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 333)
-* \neq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 336)
-* \newcommand: \newcommand y \renewcommand.
- (line 5)
-* \newcounter: \newcounter. (line 5)
-* \newenvironment: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
- (line 5)
-* \newfont: \newfont. (line 5)
-* \newlength: \newlength. (line 5)
-* \newline: \newline. (line 5)
-* \NEWLINE: \SPACE. (line 5)
-* \newpage: \newpage. (line 5)
-* \newsavebox: \newsavebox. (line 5)
-* \newtheorem: \newtheorem. (line 5)
-* \newtie: Acentos. (line 81)
-* \ng: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 35)
-* \NG: Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 35)
-* \ni: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 339)
-* \nocite: \nocite. (line 5)
-* \nofiles: Tablas de Contenido. (line 19)
-* \noindent: \noindent. (line 5)
-* \nolinebreak: \linebreak y \nolinebreak.
- (line 5)
-* \nonumber: eqnarray. (line 19)
-* \nopagebreak: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak.
- (line 5)
-* \normalfont: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 53)
-* \normalmarginpar: Notas al Margen. (line 22)
-* \normalsize: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 11)
-* \not: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 342)
-* \notin: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 345)
-* \nu: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 348)
-* \nwarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 351)
-* \o (ø): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 39)
-* \O (Ø): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 39)
-* \obeycr: \obeycr y \restorecr.
- (line 5)
-* \oddsidemargin: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 59)
-* \odot: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 354)
-* \oe (Å“): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 43)
-* \OE (Å’): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 43)
-* \oint: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 357)
-* \Omega: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 360)
-* \omega: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 363)
-* \ominus: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 366)
-* \onecolumn: \onecolumn. (line 5)
-* \opening: \opening. (line 5)
-* \oplus: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 369)
-* \oslash: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 372)
-* \otimes: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 375)
-* \oval: \oval. (line 5)
-* \overbrace{texto}: Miscelánea Math. (line 26)
-* \overline{texto}: Miscelánea Math. (line 30)
-* \owns: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 378)
-* \P: Símbolos de Texto. (line 40)
-* \pagebreak: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak.
- (line 5)
-* \pagenumbering: \pagenumbering. (line 5)
-* \pageref: \pageref. (line 5)
-* \pagestyle: \pagestyle. (line 5)
-* \paragraph: Seccionado. (line 20)
-* \parallel: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 381)
-* \parbox: \parbox. (line 5)
-* \parindent: minipage. (line 17)
-* \parindent <1>: \indent. (line 5)
-* \parsep: itemize. (line 84)
-* \parskip: \parskip. (line 5)
-* \part: Seccionado. (line 9)
-* \partial: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 384)
-* \partopsep: itemize. (line 96)
-* \perp: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 387)
-* \phi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 390)
-* \Pi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 393)
-* \pi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 396)
-* \pm: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 399)
-* \pmod: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 87)
-* \poptabs: tabbing. (line 76)
-* \poptabs <1>: tabbing. (line 77)
-* \pounds: Símbolos de Texto. (line 44)
-* \Pr: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 90)
-* \prec: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 402)
-* \preceq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 405)
-* \prime: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 408)
-* \prod: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 411)
-* \propto: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 414)
-* \protect: \protect. (line 5)
-* \ps: \ps. (line 5)
-* \Psi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 417)
-* \psi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 420)
-* \pushtabs: tabbing. (line 80)
-* \put: \put. (line 5)
-* \quotedblbase („): Símbolos de Texto. (line 48)
-* \quotesinglbase (‚): Símbolos de Texto. (line 49)
-* \r (acento anillo): Acentos. (line 75)
-* \raggedbottom: \raggedbottom. (line 5)
-* \raggedleft: \raggedleft. (line 5)
-* \raggedright: \raggedright. (line 5)
-* \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 5)
-* \rangle: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 423)
-* \rbrace: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 426)
-* \rbrack: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 429)
-* \rceil: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 432)
-* \Re: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 435)
-* \ref: \ref. (line 5)
-* \refstepcounter: \refstepcounter. (line 5)
-* \renewenvironment: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
- (line 5)
-* \restorecr: \obeycr y \restorecr.
- (line 5)
-* \reversemarginpar: Notas al Margen. (line 22)
-* \rfloor: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 438)
-* \rhd: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 441)
-* \rho: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 444)
-* \right: Miscelánea Math. (line 21)
-* \Rightarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 447)
-* \rightarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 450)
-* \rightharpoondown: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 453)
-* \rightharpoonup: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 456)
-* \rightleftharpoons: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 459)
-* \rightmargin: itemize. (line 70)
-* \rm: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 100)
-* \rmfamily: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 23)
-* \roman: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 18)
-* \roman <1>: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 21)
-* \rq: Símbolos de Texto. (line 52)
-* \rule: \rule. (line 5)
-* \S: Símbolos de Texto. (line 55)
-* \savebox: \savebox. (line 5)
-* \sbox: \sbox. (line 5)
-* \sc: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 103)
-* \scriptsize: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 11)
-* \scshape: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 47)
-* \searrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 462)
-* \sec: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 93)
-* \section: Seccionado. (line 14)
-* \seename: Ãndices. (line 19)
-* \selectfont: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 82)
-* \setcounter: \setcounter. (line 5)
-* \setlength: \setlength. (line 5)
-* \setminus: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 465)
-* \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 5)
-* \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 5)
-* \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 5)
-* \sf: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 106)
-* \sffamily: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 44)
-* \sharp: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 468)
-* \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 5)
-* \Sigma: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 471)
-* \sigma: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 474)
-* \signature: \signature. (line 5)
-* \sim: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 477)
-* \simeq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 480)
-* \sin: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 96)
-* \sinh: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 99)
-* \sl: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 109)
-* \slshape: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 41)
-* \small: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 11)
-* \smallint: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 483)
-* \smallskip: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
- (line 17)
-* \smallskipamount: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
- (line 17)
-* \smile: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 486)
-* \SPACE: \SPACE. (line 5)
-* \spadesuit: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 489)
-* \sqcap: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 492)
-* \sqcup: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 495)
-* \sqrt[raíz]{argumento}: Miscelánea Math. (line 34)
-* \sqsubset: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 498)
-* \sqsubseteq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 501)
-* \sqsupset: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 504)
-* \sqsupseteq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 507)
-* \ss (ß): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 47)
-* \SS (SS): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 47)
-* \stackrel{texto}{relación}: Miscelánea Math. (line 39)
-* \star: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 510)
-* \startbreaks: \startbreaks. (line 5)
-* \stepcounter: \stepcounter. (line 5)
-* \stop: Línea de Órdenes. (line 16)
-* \stopbreaks: \stopbreaks. (line 5)
-* \subparagraph: Seccionado. (line 22)
-* \subsection: Seccionado. (line 16)
-* \subset: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 513)
-* \subseteq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 516)
-* \subsubsection: Seccionado. (line 18)
-* \succ: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 519)
-* \succeq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 522)
-* \sum: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 525)
-* \sup: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 102)
-* \supset: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 528)
-* \supseteq: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 531)
-* \surd: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 534)
-* \swarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 537)
-* \symbol: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 25)
-* \t (acento atadura con siguiente): Acentos. (line 81)
-* \TAB: \SPACE. (line 5)
-* \tabbingsep: tabbing. (line 85)
-* \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 113)
-* \tableofcontents: Tablas de Contenido. (line 5)
-* \tan: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 105)
-* \tanh: Funciones Matemáticas.
- (line 108)
-* \tau: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 540)
-* \telephone: \telephone. (line 5)
-* \TeX: Símbolos de Texto. (line 58)
-* \textascenderwordmark: Símbolos de Texto. (line 96)
-* \textasciicircum: Símbolos de Texto. (line 61)
-* \textasciitilde: Símbolos de Texto. (line 64)
-* \textasteriskcentered: Símbolos de Texto. (line 67)
-* \textbackslash: Símbolos de Texto. (line 70)
-* \textbar: Símbolos de Texto. (line 73)
-* \textbardbl: Símbolos de Texto. (line 76)
-* \textbf: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 35)
-* \textbigcircle: Símbolos de Texto. (line 79)
-* \textbraceleft: Símbolos de Texto. (line 82)
-* \textbraceright: Símbolos de Texto. (line 85)
-* \textbullet: Símbolos de Texto. (line 88)
-* \textcapitalwordmark: Símbolos de Texto. (line 95)
-* \textcircled{letra}: Símbolos de Texto. (line 91)
-* \textcompwordmark: Símbolos de Texto. (line 94)
-* \textcopyright: Símbolos de Texto. (line 12)
-* \textdagger: Símbolos de Texto. (line 101)
-* \textdaggerdbl: Símbolos de Texto. (line 104)
-* \textdollar (o `$'): Símbolos de Texto. (line 107)
-* \textellipsis: Símbolos de Texto. (line 33)
-* \textemdash (o `---'): Símbolos de Texto. (line 110)
-* \textendash (o `--'): Símbolos de Texto. (line 113)
-* \texteuro: Símbolos de Texto. (line 116)
-* \textexclamdown (o `!`'): Símbolos de Texto. (line 119)
-* \textfloatsep: figure. (line 73)
-* \textfraction: figure. (line 78)
-* \textgreater: Símbolos de Texto. (line 122)
-* \textheight: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 27)
-* \textit: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 26)
-* \textleftarrow: Símbolos de Texto. (line 128)
-* \textless: Símbolos de Texto. (line 125)
-* \textmd: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 32)
-* \textnormal: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 53)
-* \textordfeminine: Símbolos de Texto. (line 131)
-* \textordfeminine <1>: Símbolos de Texto. (line 135)
-* \textordmasculine: Símbolos de Texto. (line 132)
-* \textparagraph: Símbolos de Texto. (line 41)
-* \textperiodcentered: Símbolos de Texto. (line 138)
-* \textquestiondown (o `?`'): Símbolos de Texto. (line 141)
-* \textquotedblleft (o ```'): Símbolos de Texto. (line 144)
-* \textquotedblright (o `''): Símbolos de Texto. (line 147)
-* \textquoteleft (o ``'): Símbolos de Texto. (line 150)
-* \textquoteright (o `''): Símbolos de Texto. (line 153)
-* \textquotestraightbase: Símbolos de Texto. (line 156)
-* \textquotestraightdblbase: Símbolos de Texto. (line 157)
-* \textregistered: Símbolos de Texto. (line 160)
-* \textrightarrow: Símbolos de Texto. (line 163)
-* \textrm: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 23)
-* \textsc: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 47)
-* \textsf: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 44)
-* \textsl: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 41)
-* \textsterling: Símbolos de Texto. (line 45)
-* \textthreequartersemdash: Símbolos de Texto. (line 166)
-* \texttrademark: Símbolos de Texto. (line 169)
-* \texttt: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 50)
-* \texttwelveudash: Símbolos de Texto. (line 172)
-* \textunderscore: Símbolos de Texto. (line 175)
-* \textup: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 38)
-* \textvisiblespace: Símbolos de Texto. (line 178)
-* \textwidth: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 34)
-* \th (þ): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 51)
-* \TH (Þ): Caracteres no Ingleses.
- (line 51)
-* \thanks{texto}: \maketitle. (line 23)
-* \theta: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 543)
-* \thicklines: \thicklines. (line 5)
-* \thinlines: \thinlines. (line 5)
-* \thinspace: \thinspace. (line 5)
-* \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 5)
-* \tilde: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 40)
-* \times: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 546)
-* \tiny: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 11)
-* \title{texto}: \maketitle. (line 28)
-* \to: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 549)
-* \today: \today. (line 5)
-* \top: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 552)
-* \topfraction: figure. (line 84)
-* \topmargin: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 41)
-* \topsep: itemize. (line 88)
-* \topskip: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
- (line 49)
-* \totalheight: Longitudes Predeterminadas.
- (line 12)
-* \triangle: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 555)
-* \triangleleft: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 558)
-* \triangleright: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 561)
-* \tt: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 112)
-* \ttfamily: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 50)
-* \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 5)
-* \typein: \typein. (line 5)
-* \typeout: \typeout. (line 5)
-* \u (breve acento): Acentos. (line 86)
-* \unboldmath: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 30)
-* \underbar: Acentos. (line 89)
-* \underbrace{matemáticas}: Miscelánea Math. (line 44)
-* \underline{text}: Miscelánea Math. (line 47)
-* \unitlength: picture. (line 9)
-* \unlhd: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 564)
-* \unrhd: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 568)
-* \Uparrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 572)
-* \uparrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 575)
-* \Updownarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 578)
-* \updownarrow: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 581)
-* \uplus: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 584)
-* \upshape: Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
- (line 38)
-* \Upsilon: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 587)
-* \upsilon: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 590)
-* \usebox: \usebox. (line 5)
-* \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 5)
-* \usefont: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
- (line 87)
-* \usepackage: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 78)
-* \v (breve acento): Acentos. (line 97)
-* \value: \value. (line 5)
-* \varepsilon: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 593)
-* \varphi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 596)
-* \varpi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 599)
-* \varrho: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 602)
-* \varsigma: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 605)
-* \vartheta: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 608)
-* \vdash: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 611)
-* \vdots: Miscelánea Math. (line 52)
-* \vdots <1>: Miscelánea Math. (line 53)
-* \vec: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 43)
-* \vector: \vector. (line 5)
-* \vee: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 614)
-* \verb: \verb. (line 5)
-* \Vert: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 617)
-* \vert: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 620)
-* \vfill: \vfill. (line 5)
-* \vline: \vline. (line 5)
-* \vspace: \vspace. (line 5)
-* \wedge: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 623)
-* \widehat: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 46)
-* \widetilde: Acentos Matemáticos. (line 49)
-* \width: Longitudes Predeterminadas.
- (line 6)
-* \wp: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 626)
-* \wr: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 629)
-* \Xi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 632)
-* \xi: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 635)
-* \year: \day \month \year. (line 5)
-* \zeta: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 638)
-* \[: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 17)
-* \\ (para objetos `\shortstack'): \shortstack. (line 21)
-* \\ (para `array'): array. (line 28)
-* \\ (para `centrar'): center. (line 12)
-* \\ (para `eqnarray'): eqnarray. (line 11)
-* \\ (para `flushright'): flushright. (line 11)
-* \\ forzar la separación de línea: \\. (line 5)
-* \\ para cartas: Cartas. (line 33)
-* \\ para `flushleft': flushleft. (line 11)
-* \\ para `tabular': tabular. (line 22)
-* \\ para `verse': verse. (line 16)
-* \\ para `\author': \maketitle. (line 12)
-* \\ para `\title': \maketitle. (line 29)
-* \\ tabbing: tabbing. (line 26)
-* \\* (para `eqnarray'): eqnarray. (line 16)
-* \]: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 17)
-* \^: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 21)
-* \^ (acento circunflejo): Acentos. (line 34)
-* \_: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 10)
-* \` (acento grave): Acentos. (line 39)
-* \` (tabbing): tabbing. (line 56)
-* \{: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 10)
-* \|: Símbolos Matemáticos.
- (line 11)
-* \}: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 10)
-* \~: Caracteres Reservados.
- (line 21)
-* \~ (acento tilde): Acentos. (line 45)
-* ^: Subíndices y Superíndices.
- (line 5)
-* _: Subíndices y Superíndices.
- (line 5)
-* array entorno: array. (line 5)
-* caja lR: picture. (line 66)
-* clase article: Clases de Documento. (line 12)
-* clase book: Clases de Documento. (line 12)
-* clase letter: Clases de Documento. (line 12)
-* clase report: Clases de Documento. (line 12)
-* clase slides: Clases de Documento. (line 12)
-* contador secnumdepth: Seccionado. (line 56)
-* ejemplo \Alph: enumerate. (line 43)
-* ejemplo \parskip: itemize. (line 101)
-* entorno flushleft: flushleft. (line 5)
-* entorno itemize: itemize. (line 5)
-* entorno abstract: abstract. (line 5)
-* entorno center: center. (line 5)
-* entorno description: description. (line 5)
-* entorno displaymath: displaymath. (line 5)
-* entorno displaymath <1>: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 5)
-* entorno document: document. (line 5)
-* entorno enumerate: enumerate. (line 5)
-* entorno eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 5)
-* entorno equation: equation. (line 5)
-* entorno equation <1>: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 5)
-* entorno flushright: flushright. (line 5)
-* entorno math: math. (line 5)
-* entorno math <1>: Fórmulas Matemáticas.
- (line 5)
-* entorno minipage: minipage. (line 5)
-* entorno tabbing: tabbing. (line 5)
-* entorno tabular: tabular. (line 5)
-* entorno theorem: theorem. (line 5)
-* entorno titlepage: titlepage. (line 5)
-* entorno verbatim: verbatim. (line 5)
-* entorno verse: verse. (line 5)
-* figure: figure. (line 5)
-* indexspace: Ãndices. (line 33)
-* letter: letter. (line 5)
-* list: list. (line 5)
-* lrbox: lrbox. (line 5)
-* opción 10pt: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 14)
-* opción 11pt: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 14)
-* opción 12pt: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 14)
-* opción a4paper: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 20)
-* opción a5paper: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 20)
-* opción b5paper: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 20)
-* opción draft: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 25)
-* opción executivepaper: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 20)
-* opción final: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 25)
-* opción fleqn: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 25)
-* opción landscape: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 25)
-* opción legalpaper: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 20)
-* opción leqno: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 25)
-* opción letterpaper: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 20)
-* opción notitlepage: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 25)
-* opción onecolumn: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 51)
-* opción oneside: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 51)
-* opción openany: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 51)
-* opción openbib: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 25)
-* opción openright: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 51)
-* opción titlepage: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 25)
-* opción twocolumn: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 51)
-* opción twoside: Opciones de Clase de Documento.
- (line 51)
-* paquete textcomp: Símbolos de Texto. (line 5)
-* picture: picture. (line 5)
-* printindex: Ãndices. (line 29)
-* quotation: quotation. (line 5)
-* quote: quote. (line 5)
-* table: table. (line 5)
-* thebibliography: thebibliography. (line 5)
-
-
-
-Tag Table:
-Node: Top1813
-Node: Descripción4493
-Node: Iniciando y Finalizando6764
-Node: Clases de Documento7384
-Node: Opciones de Clase de Documento8066
-Node: Tipos de Letra11126
-Node: Estilos del Tipo de Letra11700
-Node: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra14437
-Node: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra16017
-Node: Diseño19166
-Node: \onecolumn19735
-Node: \twocolumn19973
-Node: \flushbottom21812
-Node: \raggedbottom22223
-Node: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página22556
-Node: Seccionado24962
-Node: Referencias Cruzadas26773
-Node: \label27252
-Node: \pageref28233
-Node: \ref28548
-Node: Entornos28982
-Node: abstract30556
-Node: array30792
-Node: center32256
-Node: \centering32749
-Node: description33681
-Node: displaymath34696
-Node: document35370
-Node: enumerate35635
-Node: eqnarray37027
-Node: equation38185
-Node: figure38586
-Node: flushleft41936
-Node: \raggedright42438
-Node: flushright43064
-Node: \raggedleft43553
-Node: itemize44177
-Node: letter48221
-Node: list48451
-Node: math49369
-Node: minipage49697
-Node: picture51026
-Node: \circle55405
-Node: \makebox (imagen)55770
-Node: \framebox (imagen)56524
-Node: \dashbox57030
-Node: \frame57644
-Node: \line57991
-Node: \linethickness58522
-Node: \thicklines58985
-Node: \thinlines59314
-Node: \multiput59639
-Node: \oval60040
-Node: \put60728
-Node: \shortstack61001
-Node: \vector61503
-Node: quotation61831
-Node: quote62326
-Node: tabbing62809
-Node: table66346
-Node: tabular67319
-Node: \multicolumn71801
-Node: \cline72709
-Node: \hline73068
-Node: \vline73407
-Node: thebibliography73761
-Node: \bibitem75054
-Node: \cite75882
-Node: \nocite76407
-Node: Usando BibTeX76723
-Node: theorem78468
-Node: titlepage78867
-Node: verbatim79586
-Node: \verb80299
-Node: verse80978
-Node: Saltos de Línea81523
-Node: \\82733
-Node: \obeycr y \restorecr83294
-Node: \newline83765
-Node: \- (hyphenation)84056
-Node: \fussy84810
-Node: \sloppy85259
-Node: \hyphenation85643
-Node: \linebreak y \nolinebreak86398
-Node: Saltos de Página87103
-Node: \cleardoublepage87819
-Node: \clearpage88302
-Node: \newpage88606
-Node: \enlargethispage88858
-Node: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak89410
-Node: Notas al Pie90165
-Node: \footnote90882
-Node: \footnotemark91454
-Node: \footnotetext92061
-Node: Notas al Pie Simbólicas92636
-Node: Parámetros para Footnote93237
-Node: Definiciones94075
-Node: \newcommand y \renewcommand94868
-Node: \newcounter96345
-Node: \newlength96843
-Node: \newsavebox97421
-Node: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment97783
-Node: \newtheorem99403
-Node: \newfont100490
-Node: \protect101071
-Node: Contadores102016
-Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol103420
-Node: \usecounter104565
-Node: \value104960
-Node: \setcounter105397
-Node: \addtocounter105699
-Node: \refstepcounter106025
-Node: \stepcounter106406
-Node: \day \month \year106683
-Node: Longitudes107283
-Node: \setlength107952
-Node: \addtolength108330
-Node: \settodepth108683
-Node: \settoheight108983
-Node: \settowidth109280
-Node: Longitudes Predeterminadas109574
-Node: Haciendo Párrafos110170
-Node: \indent110822
-Node: \noindent111350
-Node: \parskip111639
-Node: Notas al Margen111943
-Node: Fórmulas Matemáticas113701
-Node: Subíndices y Superíndices115711
-Node: Símbolos Matemáticos116213
-Node: Funciones Matemáticas123360
-Node: Acentos Matemáticos124383
-Node: Espacios en Modo Math125546
-Node: Miscelánea Math126271
-Node: Modos127959
-Node: Estilos de Página130083
-Node: \maketitle130685
-Node: \pagenumbering131946
-Node: \pagestyle132407
-Node: \thispagestyle133775
-Node: Espacios134115
-Node: \hspace135299
-Node: \hfill135944
-Node: \SPACE136397
-Node: \AT136927
-Node: \thinspace137418
-Node: \/137694
-Node: \hrulefill138639
-Node: \dotfill138928
-Node: \addvspace139189
-Node: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip139737
-Node: \vfill140497
-Node: \vspace140835
-Node: Cajas141323
-Node: \mbox142158
-Node: \fbox y \framebox142501
-Node: lrbox143353
-Node: \makebox143689
-Node: \parbox144484
-Node: \raisebox145956
-Node: \savebox146617
-Node: \sbox147093
-Node: \usebox147601
-Node: Inserciones Especiales147928
-Node: Caracteres Reservados148643
-Node: Símbolos de Texto150240
-Node: Acentos153832
-Node: Caracteres no Ingleses156561
-Node: \rule157238
-Node: \today157687
-Node: Dividiendo la Entrada158159
-Node: \include158900
-Node: \includeonly159580
-Node: \input160153
-Node: Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada160686
-Node: Tablas de Contenido160941
-Node: \addcontentsline162108
-Node: \addtocontents163097
-Node: Glosarios163640
-Node: Ãndices164235
-Node: Cartas166205
-Node: \address168411
-Node: \cc169130
-Node: \closing169392
-Node: \encl169640
-Node: \location169850
-Node: \makelabels170139
-Node: \name170444
-Node: \opening170676
-Node: \ps171019
-Node: \signature171218
-Node: \startbreaks171512
-Node: \stopbreaks171769
-Node: \telephone172004
-Node: Entrada/Salida a la Terminal172256
-Node: \typein172552
-Node: \typeout173267
-Node: Línea de Órdenes174047
-Node: Plantillas de Documento174883
-Node: Plantilla book175245
-Node: Plantilla beamer175747
-Node: Plantilla tugboat176468
-Node: Ãndice de Conceptos178958
-Node: Ãndice de Instrucciones218090
-
-End Tag Table
-
-
-Local Variables:
-coding: utf-8
-End:
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/latex2e.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/latex2e.info
deleted file mode 100644
index c5d3a86f724..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/latex2e.info
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7503 +0,0 @@
-This is latex2e.info, produced by texi2any version 4.13.90+dev from
-latex2e.texi.
-
-This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a document
-preparation system, version of May 2012.
-
- This manual was originally translated from 'LATEX.HLP' v1.0a in the
-VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by George D.
-Greenwade of Sam Houston State University. The LaTeX 2.09 version was
-written by Stephen Gilmore. The LaTeX2e version was adapted from this
-by Torsten Martinsen. Karl Berry made further updates and additions,
-and gratefully acknowledges using 'Hypertext Help with LaTeX', by
-Sheldon Green, and the 'LaTeX Command Summary' (for LaTeX 2.09) by
-L. Botway and C. Biemesderfer (published by the TeX Users Group as
-'TeXniques' number 10), as reference material (no text was directly
-copied).
-
- Copyright (C) 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Karl Berry.
-Copyright (C) 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
-Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen.
-
- Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
- Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
-this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
-entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
- Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions.
-INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
-START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* LaTeX2e: (latex2e). Unofficial LaTeX reference manual.
-END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Top, Next: About this document, Up: (dir)
-
-LaTeX2e
-*******
-
-This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a document
-preparation system, version as of May 2012. It is intended to cover
-LaTeX2e, which has been the standard version of LaTeX for many years.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* About this document:: Bug reporting, etc.
-* Overview:: What is LaTeX?
-* Starting & ending:: The standard beginning and end of a document.
-* Document classes:: Some of the various classes available.
-* Typefaces:: And fonts, such as bold, italics etc.
-* Layout:: Controlling the page layout.
-* Sectioning:: How to section properly.
-* Cross references:: Automatic referencing.
-* Environments:: Such as enumerate & itemize.
-* Line breaking:: Influencing line breaks.
-* Page breaking:: Influencing page breaks.
-* Footnotes:: How to produce footnotes.
-* Definitions:: Define your own commands etc.
-* Counters:: Internal counters used by LaTeX.
-* Lengths:: The length commands.
-* Making paragraphs:: Paragraph commands.
-* Math formulas:: How to create mathematical formulas.
-* Modes:: Paragraph, Math or LR modes.
-* Page styles:: Various styles of page layout.
-* Spaces:: Horizontal and vertical space.
-* Boxes:: Making boxes.
-* Special insertions:: Inserting reserved and special characters.
-* Splitting the input:: Dealing with big files by splitting.
-* Front/back matter:: Tables of contents, glossaries, indexes.
-* Letters:: The letter class.
-* Terminal input/output:: User interaction.
-* Command line:: System-independent command-line behavior.
-* Document templates:: Starter templates for various document classes.
-* Concept Index:: General index.
-* Command Index:: Alphabetical list of LaTeX commands.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: About this document, Next: Overview, Prev: Top, Up: Top
-
-1 About this document
-*********************
-
-The LaTeX document preparation system is implemented as a macro package
-for Donald E. Knuth's TeX typesetting program. LaTeX was originally
-created by Leslie Lamport; it is now maintained by a group of volunteers
-('http://latex-project.org'). The official documentation written by the
-LaTeX project is available from their web site.
-
- The present document is completely unofficial and has not been
-reviewed by the LaTeX maintainers. Do not send bug reports or anything
-else about this document to them. Instead, please send all comments to
-<latexrefman-discuss@gna.org>.
-
- The home page for this document is 'http://home.gna.org/latexrefman'.
-That page has links to the current output in various formats, sources,
-mailing lists, and other infrastructure.
-
- Of course, there are many, many other sources of information about
-LaTeX. Here are a few:
-
- Two pages of recommended references to LaTeX documentation.
-
- Writing your first document, with a bit of both text and math.
-
- The guide for document authors maintained as part of LaTeX; there
- are several others.
-
- Introduction to the TeX system, including LaTeX.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Overview, Next: Starting & ending, Prev: About this document, Up: Top
-
-2 Overview of LaTeX
-*******************
-
-What is LaTeX?
-
- LaTeX typesets a file of text using the TeX program and the LaTeX
-"macro package" for TeX. That is, it processes an input file containing
-the text of a document with interspersed commands that describe how the
-text should be formatted. LaTeX files are plain text that can be
-written in any reasonable editor. It produces at least three files as
-output:
-
- 1. The main output file, which is one of:
-
- '.dvi'
- If invoked as 'latex', a "Device Independent" ('.dvi') file is
- produced. This contains commands that can be translated into
- commands for virtually any output device. You can view such
- '.dvi' output of LaTeX by using a program such as 'xdvi'
- (display directly), 'dvips' (convert to PostScript), or
- 'dvipdfmx' (convert to PDF).
-
- '.pdf'
- If invoked as 'pdflatex', a "Portable Document Format"
- ('.pdf') file. Typically, this is a self-contained file, with
- all fonts and images embedded. This can be very useful, but
- it does make the output much larger than the '.dvi' produced
- from the same document.
-
- If invoked as 'lualatex', a '.pdf' file is created using the
- LuaTeX engine ('http://luatex.org').
-
- If invoked as 'xelatex', a '.pdf' file is created using the
- XeTeX engine ('http://tug.org/xetex').
-
- Many other less-common variants of LaTeX (and TeX) exist, which can
- produce HTML, XML, and other things.
-
- 2. The "transcript" or '.log' file that contains summary information
- and diagnostic messages for any errors discovered in the input
- file.
-
- 3. An "auxiliary" or '.aux' file. This is used by LaTeX itself, for
- things such as cross-references.
-
- An open-ended list of other files might be created. We won't try to
-list them all. Xxx components?
-
- In the LaTeX input file, a command name starts with a '\', followed
-by either (a) a string of letters or (b) a single non-letter. Arguments
-contained in square brackets, '[]', are optional while arguments
-contained in braces, '{}', are required.
-
- LaTeX is case sensitive. Enter all commands in lower case unless
-explicitly directed to do otherwise.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Starting & ending, Next: Document classes, Prev: Overview, Up: Top
-
-3 Starting & ending
-*******************
-
-A minimal input file looks like the following:
-
- \documentclass{CLASS}
- \begin{document}
- YOUR TEXT
- \end{document}
-
-where the CLASS is a valid document class for LaTeX. *Note Document
-classes::, for details of the various document classes available
-locally.
-
- You may include other LaTeX commands between the '\documentclass' and
-the '\begin{document}' commands (this area is called the "preamble").
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Document classes, Next: Typefaces, Prev: Starting & ending, Up: Top
-
-4 Document classes
-******************
-
-The class of a given document is defined with the command:
-
- \documentclass[OPTIONS]{CLASS}
-
-The '\documentclass' command must be the first command in a LaTeX source
-file.
-
- Built-in LaTeX document CLASS names are (many other document classes
-are available as add-ons; *note Overview::):
-
- article report book letter slides
-
- Standard OPTIONS are described below.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Document class options:: Global options.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Document class options, Up: Document classes
-
-4.1 Document class options
-==========================
-
-You can specify so-called "global options" or "class options" to the
-'\documentclass' command by enclosing them in square brackets as usual.
-To specify more than one OPTION, separate them with a comma:
-
- \documentclass[OPTION1,OPTION2,...]{CLASS}
-
- Here is the list of the standard class options.
-
- All of the standard classes except 'slides' accept the following
-options for selecting the typeface size (default is '10pt'):
-
- 10pt 11pt 12pt
-
- All of the standard classes accept these options for selecting the
-paper size (default is 'letterpaper'):
-
- a4paper a5paper b5paper executivepaper legalpaper letterpaper
-
- Miscellaneous other options:
-
-'draft, final'
- mark/do not mark overfull boxes with a big black box; default is
- 'final'.
-'fleqn'
- Put displayed formulas flush left; default is centered.
-'landscape'
- Selects landscape format; default is portrait.
-'leqno'
- Put equation numbers on the left side of equations; default is the
- right side.
-'openbib'
- Use "open" bibliography format.
-'titlepage, notitlepage'
- Specifies whether the title page is separate; default depends on
- the class.
-
- These options are not available with the slides class:
-
-'onecolumn'
-'twocolumn'
- Typeset in one or two columns; default is 'onecolumn'.
-
-'oneside'
-'twoside'
- Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is 'oneside', except for
- the 'book' class.
-
- The '\evensidemargin' ('\oddsidemargin' parameter determines the
- distance on even (odd) numbered pages between the left side of the
- page and the text's left margin. The defaults vary with the paper
- size and whether one- or two-side layout is selected. For
- one-sided printing the text is centered, for two-sided,
- '\oddsidemargin' is 40% of the difference between '\paperwidth' and
- '\textwidth', with '\evensidemargin' the remainder.
-
-'openright'
-'openany'
- Determines if a chapter should start on a right-hand page; default
- is 'openright' for book.
-
- The 'slides' class offers the option 'clock' for printing the time at
-the bottom of each note.
-
- Additional packages are loaded like this:
-
- \usepackage[OPTIONS]{PKG}
-
- To specify more than one PKG, you can separate them with a comma, or
-use multiple '\usepackage' commands.
-
- Any options given in the '\documentclass' command that are unknown by
-the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with
-'\usepackage'.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Typefaces, Next: Layout, Prev: Document classes, Up: Top
-
-5 Typefaces
-***********
-
-Two important aspects of selecting a "font" are specifying a size and a
-style. The LaTeX commands for doing this are described here.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Font styles:: Select roman, italics etc.
-* Font sizes:: Select point size.
-* Low-level font commands:: Select encoding, family, series, shape.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Font styles, Next: Font sizes, Up: Typefaces
-
-5.1 Font styles
-===============
-
-The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX.
-
- This first group of commands is typically used like '\textit{italic
-text}'. The corresponding command in parenthesis is the "declaration
-form", which takes no arguments. The scope of the declaration form
-lasts until the next type style command or the end of the current group.
-
- The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say either
-'\sffamily\bfseries' or '\bfseries\sffamily' to get bold sans serif.
-
- You can alternatively use an environment form of the declarations;
-for instance, '\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}'.
-
- These commands automatically supply an italic correction if the
-'\textrm (\rmfamily)'
- Roman.
-
-'\textit (\itshape)'
- Italics.
-
-'\emph'
- Emphasis (switches between '\textit' and '\textrm').
-
-'\textmd (\mdseries)'
- Medium weight (default).
-
-'\textbf (\bfseries)'
- Boldface.
-'\textup (\upshape)'
- Upright (default). The opposite of slanted.
-'\textsl (\slshape)'
- Slanted.
-'\textsf (\sffamily)'
- Sans serif.
-'\textsc (\scshape)'
- Small caps.
-'\texttt (\ttfamily)'
- Typewriter.
-'\textnormal (\normalfont)'
- Main document font.
-'\mathrm'
- Roman, for use in math mode.
-'\mathbf'
- Boldface, for use in math mode.
-'\mathsf'
- Sans serif, for use in math mode.
-'\mathtt'
- Typewriter, for use in math mode.
-
-'\mathit'
-'(\mit)'
- Italics, for use in math mode.
-
-'\mathnormal'
- For use in math mode, e.g. inside another type style declaration.
-'\mathcal'
- 'Calligraphic' letters, for use in math mode.
-
- In addition, the command '\mathversion{bold}' can be used for
-switching to bold letters and symbols in formulas.
-'\mathversion{normal}' restores the default.
-
- LaTeX also provides these commands, which unconditionally switch to
-the given style, that is, are _not_ cumulative. They are used
-differently than the above commands, too: '{\CMD ...}' instead of
-'\CMD{...}'. These are two very different things.
-
-'\bf'
- Switch to bold face.
-
-'\cal'
- Switch to calligraphic letters for math.
-
-'\em'
- Emphasis (italics within roman, roman within italics).
-
-'\it'
- Italics.
-
-'\rm'
- Roman.
-
-'\sc'
- Small caps.
-
-'\sf'
- Sans serif.
-
-'\sl'
- Slanted (oblique).
-
-'\tt'
- Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width).
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Font sizes, Next: Low-level font commands, Prev: Font styles, Up: Typefaces
-
-5.2 Font sizes
-==============
-
-The following standard type size commands are supported by LaTeX. The
-table shows the command name and the corresponding actual font size used
-(in points) with the '10pt', '11pt', and '12pt' document size options,
-respectively (*note Document class options::).
-
-Command '10pt' '11pt' '12pt'
---------------------------------------------------
-'\tiny' 5 6 6
-'\scriptsize' 7 8 8
-'\footnotesize' 8 9 10
-'\small' 9 10 10.95
-'\normalsize' (default) 10 10.95 12
-'\large' 12 12 14.4
-'\Large' 14.4 14.4 17.28
-'\LARGE' 17.28 17.28 20.74
-'\huge' 20.74 20.74 24.88
-'\Huge' 24.88 24.88 24.88
-
- The commands as listed here are "declaration forms". The scope of
-the declaration form lasts until the next type style command or the end
-of the current group. You can also use the environment form of these
-commands; for instance, '\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}'.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Low-level font commands, Prev: Font sizes, Up: Typefaces
-
-5.3 Low-level font commands
-===========================
-
-These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and
-packages. The commands listed here are only a subset of the available
-ones.
-
-'\fontencoding{enc}'
- Select font encoding. Valid encodings include 'OT1' and 'T1'.
-
-'\fontfamily{family}'
- Select font family. Valid families include:
-
- * 'cmr' for Computer Modern Roman
- * 'cmss' for Computer Modern Sans Serif
- * 'cmtt' for Computer Modern Typewriter
-
- and numerous others.
-
-'\fontseries{series}'
- Select font series. Valid series include:
-
- * 'm' Medium (normal)
- * 'b' Bold
- * 'c' Condensed
- * 'bc' Bold condensed
- * 'bx' Bold extended
-
- and various other combinations.
-
-'\fontshape{shape}'
- Select font shape. Valid shapes are:
-
- * 'n' Upright (normal)
- * 'it' Italic
- * 'sl' Slanted (oblique)
- * 'sc' Small caps
- * 'ui' Upright italics
- * 'ol' Outline
-
- The two last shapes are not available for most font families.
-
-'\fontsize{size}{skip}'
- Set font size. The first parameter is the font size to switch to
- and the second is the line spacing to use; this is stored in a
- parameter named '\baselineskip'. The unit of both parameters
- defaults to pt. The default '\baselineskip' for the Computer
- Modern typeface is 1.2 times the '\fontsize'.
-
- The line spacing is also multiplied by the value of the
- '\baselinestretch' parameter when the type size changes; the
- default is 1. However, the best way to "double space" a document,
- if you should be unlucky enough to have to produce such, is to use
- the 'setspace' package; see
- 'http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=linespace'.
-
-'\linespread{FACTOR}'
- Equivalent to '\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}', and
- therefore must be followed by '\selectfont' to have any effect.
- Best specified in the preamble, or use the 'setspace' package, as
- described just above.
-
- The changes made by calling the font commands described above do
- not come into effect until '\selectfont' is called.
-
-'\usefont{enc}{family}{series}{shape}'
- The same as invoking '\fontencoding', '\fontfamily', '\fontseries'
- and '\fontshape' with the given parameters, followed by
- '\selectfont'.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Layout, Next: Sectioning, Prev: Typefaces, Up: Top
-
-6 Layout
-********
-
-Miscellaneous commands for controlling the general layout of the page.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \onecolumn:: Use one-column layout.
-* \twocolumn:: Use two-column layout.
-* \flushbottom:: Make all text pages the same height.
-* \raggedbottom:: Allow text pages of differing height.
-* Page layout parameters:: \headheight \footskip.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \onecolumn, Next: \twocolumn, Up: Layout
-
-6.1 '\onecolumn'
-================
-
-The '\onecolumn' declaration starts a new page and produces
-single-column output. This is the default.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \twocolumn, Next: \flushbottom, Prev: \onecolumn, Up: Layout
-
-6.2 '\twocolumn'
-================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \twocolumn[TEXT1COL]
-
- The '\twocolumn' declaration starts a new page and produces
-two-column output. If the optional TEXT1COL argument is present, it is
-typeset in one-column mode before the two-column typesetting starts.
-
- These parameters control typesetting in two-column output:
-
-'\columnsep'
- The distance between columns (35pt by default).
-
-'\columnseprule'
- The width of the rule between columns; the default is 0pt, so there
- is no rule.
-
-'\columnwidth'
- The width of the current column; this is equal to '\textwidth' in
- single-column text.
-
- These parameters control float behavior in two-column output:
-
-'\dbltopfraction'
- Maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be
- occupied by floats. Default '.7', can be usefully redefined to
- (say) '.9' to avoid going to float pages so soon.
-
-'\dblfloatpagefraction'
- The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by
- floats, for a two-column float page. Default '.5'.
-
-'\dblfloatsep'
- Distance between floats at the top or bottom of a two-column float
- page. Default '12pt plus2pt minus2pt' for '10pt' and '11pt'
- documents, '14pt plus2pt minus4pt' for '12pt'.
-
-'\dbltextfloatsep'
- Distance between a multi-column float at the top or bottom of a
- page and the main text. Default '20pt plus2pt minus4pt'.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \flushbottom, Next: \raggedbottom, Prev: \twocolumn, Up: Layout
-
-6.3 '\flushbottom'
-==================
-
-The '\flushbottom' declaration makes all text pages the same height,
-adding extra vertical space where necessary to fill out the page.
-
- This is the default if 'twocolumn' mode is selected (*note Document
-class options::).
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \raggedbottom, Next: Page layout parameters, Prev: \flushbottom, Up: Layout
-
-6.4 '\raggedbottom'
-===================
-
-The '\raggedbottom' declaration makes all pages the natural height of
-the material on that page. No rubber lengths will be stretched.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Page layout parameters, Prev: \raggedbottom, Up: Layout
-
-6.5 Page layout parameters
-==========================
-
-'\headheight'
- Height of the box that contains the running head. Default is
- '30pt', except in the 'book' class, where it varies with the type
- size.
-
-'\headsep'
- Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top
- of the main text. Default is '25pt', except in the 'book' class,
- where it varies with the type size.
-
-'\footskip'
- Distance from the baseline of the last line of text to the baseline
- of the page footer. Default is '30pt', except in the 'book' class,
- where it varies with the type size.
-
-'\linewidth'
- Width of the current line, decreased for each nested 'list' (*note
- list::). Specifically, it is smaller than '\textwidth' by the sum
- of '\leftmargin' and '\rightmargin' (*note itemize::). The default
- varies with the font size, paper width, two-column mode, etc. For
- an 'article' document in '10pt', it's set to '345pt'; in two-column
- mode, that becomes '229.5pt'.
-
-'\textheight'
- The normal vertical height of the page body; the default varies
- with the font size, document class, etc. For an 'article' or
- 'report' document in '10pt', it's set to '43\baselineskip'; for
- 'book', it's '41\baselineskip'. For '11pt', it's '38\baselineskip'
- and for '12pt', '36\baselineskip'.
-
-'\textwidth'
- The full horizontal width of the entire page body; the default
- varies as usual. For an 'article' or 'report' document, it's
- '345pt' at '10pt', '360pt' at '11pt', and '390pt' at '12pt'. For a
- 'book' document, it's '4.5in' at '10pt', and '5in' at '11pt' or
- '12pt'.
-
- In multi-column output, '\textwidth' remains the width of the
- entire page body, while '\columnwidth' is the width of one column
- (*note \twocolumn::).
-
- In lists (*note list::), '\textwidth' remains the width of the
- entire page body (and '\columnwidth' the width of the entire
- column), while '\linewidth' may decrease for nested lists.
-
- Inside a minipage (*note minipage::) or '\parbox' (*note
- \parbox::), all the width-related parameters are set to the
- specified width, and revert to their normal values at the end of
- the 'minipage' or '\parbox'.
-
- For completeness: '\hsize' is the TeX primitive parameter used when
- text is broken into lines. It should not be used in normal LaTeX
- documents.
-
-'\topmargin'
- Space between the top of the TeX page (one inch from the top of the
- paper, by default) and the top of the header. The default is
- computed based on many other parameters: '\paperheight - 2in -
- \headheight - \headsep - \textheight - \footskip', and then divided
- by two.
-
-'\topskip'
- Minimum distance between the top of the page body and the baseline
- of the first line of text. For the standard clases, the default is
- the same as the font size, e.g., '10pt' at '10pt'.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Sectioning, Next: Cross references, Prev: Layout, Up: Top
-
-7 Sectioning
-************
-
-Sectioning commands provide the means to structure your text into units:
-
-'\part'
-'\chapter'
- (report and book class only)
-'\section'
-'\subsection'
-'\subsubsection'
-'\paragraph'
-'\subparagraph'
-
- All sectioning commands take the same general form, e.g.,
-
- \chapter[TOCTITLE]{TITLE}
-
- In addition to providing the heading TITLE in the main text, the
-section title can appear in two other places:
-
- 1. The table of contents.
- 2. The running head at the top of the page.
-
- You may not want the same text in these places as in the main text.
-To handle this, the sectioning commands have an optional argument
-TOCTITLE that, when given, specifies the text for these other places.
-
- Also, all sectioning commands have '*'-forms that print TITLE as
-usual, but do not include a number and do not make an entry in the table
-of contents. For instance:
-
- \section*{Preamble}
-
- The '\appendix' command changes the way following sectional units are
-numbered. The '\appendix' command itself generates no text and does not
-affect the numbering of parts. The normal use of this command is
-something like
-
- \chapter{A Chapter}
- ...
- \appendix
- \chapter{The First Appendix}
-
- The 'secnumdepth' counter controls printing of section numbers. The
-setting
-
- \setcounter{secnumdepth}{LEVEL}
-
-suppresses heading numbers at any depth > LEVEL, where 'chapter' is
-level zero. (*Note \setcounter::.)
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Cross references, Next: Environments, Prev: Sectioning, Up: Top
-
-8 Cross references
-******************
-
-One reason for numbering things like figures and equations is to refer
-the reader to them, as in "See Figure 3 for more details."
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \label:: Assign a symbolic name to a piece of text.
-* \pageref:: Refer to a page number.
-* \ref:: Refer to a section, figure or similar.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \label, Next: \pageref, Up: Cross references
-
-8.1 '\label'
-============
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \label{KEY}
-
- A '\label' command appearing in ordinary text assigns to KEY the
-number of the current sectional unit; one appearing inside a numbered
-environment assigns that number to KEY.
-
- A KEY name can consist of any sequence of letters, digits, or
-punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase letters are distinguished.
-
- To avoid accidentally creating two labels with the same name, it is
-common to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix separated by a
-colon or period. Some conventionally-used prefixes:
-
-'ch'
- for chapters
-'sec'
- for lower-level sectioning commands
-'fig'
- for figures
-'tab'
- for tables
-'eq'
- for equations
-
- Thus, a label for a figure would look like 'fig:snark' or
-'fig.snark'.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \pageref, Next: \ref, Prev: \label, Up: Cross references
-
-8.2 '\pageref{KEY}'
-===================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \pageref{KEY}
-
- The '\pageref'{KEY} command produces the page number of the place in
-the text where the corresponding '\label'{KEY} command appears.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \ref, Prev: \pageref, Up: Cross references
-
-8.3 '\ref{KEY}'
-===============
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \ref{KEY}
-
- The '\ref' command produces the number of the sectional unit,
-equation, footnote, figure, ..., of the corresponding '\label' command
-(*note \label::). It does not produce any text, such as the word
-'Section' or 'Figure', just the bare number itself.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Environments, Next: Line breaking, Prev: Cross references, Up: Top
-
-9 Environments
-**************
-
-LaTeX provides many environments for marking off certain text. Each
-environment begins and ends in the same manner:
-
- \begin{ENVNAME}
- ...
- \end{ENVNAME}
-
-* Menu:
-
-* abstract:: Produce an abstract.
-* array:: Math arrays.
-* center:: Centered lines.
-* description:: Labelled lists.
-* displaymath:: Formulas that appear on their own line.
-* document:: Enclose the whole document.
-* enumerate:: Numbered lists.
-* eqnarray:: Sequences of aligned equations.
-* equation:: Displayed equation.
-* figure:: Floating figures.
-* flushleft:: Flushed left lines.
-* flushright:: Flushed right lines.
-* itemize:: Bulleted lists.
-* letter:: Letters.
-* list:: Generic list environment.
-* math:: In-line math.
-* minipage:: Miniature page.
-* picture:: Picture with text, arrows, lines and circles.
-* quotation:: Indented environment with paragraph indentation.
-* quote:: Indented environment with no paragraph indentation.
-* tabbing:: Align text arbitrarily.
-* table:: Floating tables.
-* tabular:: Align text in columns.
-* thebibliography:: Bibliography or reference list.
-* theorem:: Theorems, lemmas, etc.
-* titlepage:: For hand crafted title pages.
-* verbatim:: Simulating typed input.
-* verse:: For poetry and other things.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: abstract, Next: array, Up: Environments
-
-9.1 'abstract'
-==============
-
-Synopsis:
- \begin{abstract}
- ...
- \end{abstract}
-
- Environment for producing an abstract, possibly of multiple
-paragraphs.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: array, Next: center, Prev: abstract, Up: Environments
-
-9.2 'array'
-===========
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \begin{array}{TEMPLATE}
- COL1 TEXT&COL1 TEXT&COLN}\\
- ...
- \end{array}
-
- Math arrays are produced with the 'array' environment, normally
-within an 'equation' environment (*note equation::). It has a single
-mandatory TEMPLATE argument describing the number of columns and the
-alignment within them. Each column COL is specified by a single letter
-that tells how items in that row should be formatted, as follows:
-
-'c'
- centered
-'l'
- flush left
-'r'
- flush right
-
- Column entries are separated by '&'. Column entries may include
-other LaTeX commands. Each row of the array is terminated with '\\'.
-
- In the template, the construct '@{TEXT}' puts TEXT between columns in
-each row.
-
- Here's an example:
-
- \begin{equation}
- \begin{array}{lrc}
- left1 & right1 & centered1 \\
- left2 & right2 & centered2 \\
- \end{array}
- \end{equation}
-
- The '\arraycolsep' parameter defines half the width of the space
-separating columns; the default is '5pt'. *Note tabular::, for other
-parameters which affect formatting in 'array' environments, namely
-'\arrayrulewidth' and '\arraystretch'.
-
- The 'array' environment can only be used in math mode.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: center, Next: description, Prev: array, Up: Environments
-
-9.3 'center'
-============
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \begin{center}
- LINE1 \\
- LINE2 \\
- \end{center}
-
- The 'center' environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting
-of lines that are centered within the left and right margins on the
-current page. Each line is terminated with the string '\\'.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \centering:: Declaration form of the 'center' environment.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \centering, Up: center
-
-9.3.1 '\centering'
-------------------
-
-The '\centering' declaration corresponds to the 'center' environment.
-This declaration can be used inside an environment such as 'quote' or in
-a 'parbox'. Thus, the text of a figure or table can be centered on the
-page by putting a '\centering' command at the beginning of the figure or
-table environment.
-
- Unlike the 'center' environment, the '\centering' command does not
-start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats paragraph
-units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the
-declaration must contain the blank line or '\end' command (of an
-environment such as quote) that ends the paragraph unit.
-
- Here's an example:
-
- \begin{quote}
- \centering
- first line \\
- second line \\
- \end{quote}
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: description, Next: displaymath, Prev: center, Up: Environments
-
-9.4 'description'
-=================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \begin{description}
- \item [LABEL1] ITEM1
- \item [LABEL2] ITEM2
- ...
- \end{description}
-
- The 'description' environment is used to make labelled lists. Each
-LABEL is typeset in bold, flush right. The ITEM text may contain
-multiple paragraphs.
-
- Another variation: since the bold style is applied to the labels, if
-you typeset a label in typewriter using '\texttt', you'll get bold
-typewriter: '\item[\texttt{bold and typewriter}]'. This may be too
-bold, among other issues. To get just typewriter, use '\tt', which
-resets all other style variations: '\item[{\tt plain typewriter}]'.
-
- For details about list spacing, see *note itemize::.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: displaymath, Next: document, Prev: description, Up: Environments
-
-9.5 'displaymath'
-=================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \begin{displaymath}
- MATH
- \end{displaymath}
-
-or
-
- \[MATH\]
-
- The 'displaymath' environment ('\[...\]' is a synonym) typesets the
-MATH text on its own line, centered by default. The global 'fleqn'
-option makes equations flush left; see *note Document class options::.
-
- No equation number is added to 'displaymath' text; to get an equation
-number, use the 'equation' environment (*note equation::).
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: document, Next: enumerate, Prev: displaymath, Up: Environments
-
-9.6 'document'
-==============
-
-The 'document' environment encloses the body of a document. It is
-required in every LaTeX document. *Note Starting & ending::.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: enumerate, Next: eqnarray, Prev: document, Up: Environments
-
-9.7 'enumerate'
-===============
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \begin{enumerate}
- \item ITEM1
- \item ITEM2
- ...
- \end{enumerate}
-
- The 'enumerate' environment produces a numbered list. Enumerations
-can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also
-be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such as 'itemize'
-(*note itemize::) and 'description' (*note description::).
-
- Each item of an enumerated list begins with an '\item' command.
-There must be at least one '\item' command within the environment.
-
- By default, the numbering at each level is done like this:
-
- 1. 1., 2., ...
- 2. (a), (b), ...
- 3. i., ii., ...
- 4. A., B., ...
-
- The 'enumerate' environment uses the counters '\enumi' through
-'\enumiv' counters (*note Counters::). If the optional argument to
-'\item' is given, the counter is not incremented for that item.
-
- The 'enumerate' environment uses the commands '\labelenumi' through
-'\labelenumiv' to produce the default label. So, you can use
-'\renewcommand' to change the labels (*note \newcommand &
-\renewcommand::). For instance, to have the first level use uppercase
-letters:
-
- \renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\Alph{enumi}}
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: eqnarray, Next: equation, Prev: enumerate, Up: Environments
-
-9.8 'eqnarray'
-==============
-
-First, a caveat: the 'eqnarray' environment has some infelicities which
-cannot be overcome; the article "Avoid eqnarray!" by Lars Madsen
-describes them in detail
-('http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf'). The bottom line is
-that it is better to use the 'align' environment (and others) from the
-'amsmath' package.
-
- Nevertheless, here is a description of 'eqnarray':
-
- \begin{eqnarray} (or 'eqnarray*')
- FORMULA1 \\
- FORMULA2 \\
- ...
- \end{eqnarray}
-
- The 'eqnarray' environment is used to display a sequence of equations
-or inequalities. It is very much like a three-column 'array'
-environment, with consecutive rows separated by '\\' and consecutive
-items within a row separated by an '&'.
-
- '\\*' can also be used to separate equations, with its normal meaning
-of not allowing a page break at that line.
-
- An equation number is placed on every line unless that line has a
-'\nonumber' command. Alternatively, The '*'-form of the environment
-('\begin{eqnarray*} ... \end{eqnarray*}') will omit equation numbering
-entirely, while otherwise being the same as 'eqnarray'.
-
- The command '\lefteqn' is used for splitting long formulas across
-lines. It typesets its argument in display style flush left in a box of
-zero width.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: equation, Next: figure, Prev: eqnarray, Up: Environments
-
-9.9 'equation'
-==============
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \begin{equation}
- MATH
- \end{equation}
-
- The 'equation' environment starts a 'displaymath' environment (*note
-displaymath::), e.g., centering the MATH text on the page, and also
-places an equation number in the right margin.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: figure, Next: flushleft, Prev: equation, Up: Environments
-
-9.10 'figure'
-=============
-
- \begin{figure[*]}[PLACEMENT]
- FIGBODY
- \label{LABEL}
- \caption[LOFTITLE]{TEXT}
- \end{figure}
-
- Figures are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are
-instead "floated" to a convenient place, such as the top of a page.
-Figures will not be split between two pages.
-
- When typesetting in double-columns, the starred form produces a
-full-width figure (across both columns).
-
- The optional argument '[placement]' determines where LaTeX will try
-to place your figure. There are four places where LaTeX can possibly
-put a float:
-
-'t'
- (Top)--at the top of a text page.
-
-'b'
- (Bottom)--at the bottom of a text page. However, 'b' is not
- allowed for full-width floats ('figure*') with double-column
- output. To ameliorate this, use the 'stfloats' or 'dblfloatfix'
- package, but see the discussion at caveats in the FAQ:
- 'http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat'.
-
-'h'
- (Here)--at the position in the text where the figure environment
- appears. However, this is not allowed by itself; 't' is
- automatically added.
-
- To absolutely force a figure to appear "here", you can
- '\usepackage{float}' and use the 'H' specifier which it defines.
- For further discussion, see the FAQ entry at
- 'http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=figurehere'.
-
-'p'
- (Page of floats)--on a separate float page, which is a page
- containing no text, only floats.
-
-'!'
- Used in addition to one of the above; for this float only, LaTeX
- ignores the restrictions on both the number of floats that can
- appear and the relative amounts of float and non-float text on the
- page. The '!' specifier does _not_ mean "put the float here"; see
- above.
-
- The standard report and article classes use the default placement
-'tbp'.
-
- The body of the figure is made up of whatever text, LaTeX commands,
-etc. you wish.
-
- The '\caption' command specifies caption TEXT for the figure. The
-caption is numbered by default. If LOFTITLE is present, it is used in
-the list of figures instead of TEXT (*note Tables of contents::).
-
- Parameters relating to fractions of pages occupied by float and
-non-float text:
-
- The maximum fraction of the page allowed to be occuped by floats at
- the bottom; default '.3'.
-
-'\floatpagefraction'
- The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by
- floats; default '.5'.
-
-'\textfraction'
- Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too
- much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a
- different page. The default is '.2'.
-
-'\topfraction'
- Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before
- floats; default '.7'.
-
- Parameters relating to vertical space around floats:
-
-'\floatsep'
- Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default '12pt
- plus2pt minus2pt'.
-
-'\intextsep'
- Space above and below a float in the middle of the main text;
- default '12pt plus2pt minus2pt' for '10pt' and '11pt' styles, '14pt
- plus4pt minus4pt' for '12pt'.
-
-'\textfloatsep'
- Space between the last (first) float at the top (bottom) of a page;
- default '20pt plus2pt minus4pt'.
-
- Parameters relating to the number of floats on a page:
-
-'\bottomnumber'
- Maximum number of floats that can appear at the bottom of a text
- page; default 1.
-
-'\topnumber'
- Maximum number of floats that can appear at the top of a text page;
- default 2.
-
-'\totalnumber'
- Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3.
-
- The principal TeX FAQ entry relating to floats:
-'http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats'.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: flushleft, Next: flushright, Prev: figure, Up: Environments
-
-9.11 'flushleft'
-================
-
- \begin{flushleft}
- LINE1 \\
- LINE2 \\
- ...
- \end{flushleft}
-
- The 'flushleft' environment allows you to create a paragraph
-consisting of lines that are flush to the left-hand margin and ragged
-right Each line must be terminated with the string '\\'.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \raggedright:: Declaration form of the 'flushleft' environment.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \raggedright, Up: flushleft
-
-9.11.1 '\raggedright'
----------------------
-
-The '\raggedright' declaration corresponds to the 'flushleft'
-environment. This declaration can be used inside an environment such as
-'quote' or in a 'parbox'.
-
- Unlike the 'flushleft' environment, the '\raggedright' command does
-not start a new paragraph; it only changes how LaTeX formats paragraph
-units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the
-declaration must contain the blank line or '\end' command that ends the
-paragraph unit.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: flushright, Next: itemize, Prev: flushleft, Up: Environments
-
-9.12 'flushright'
-=================
-
- \begin{flushright}
- LINE1 \\
- LINE2 \\
- ...
- \end{flushright}
-
- The 'flushright' environment allows you to create a paragraph
-consisting of lines that are flush to the right-hand margin and ragged
-left. Each line must be terminated with the string '\\'.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \raggedleft:: Declaration form of the 'flushright' environment.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \raggedleft, Up: flushright
-
-9.12.1 '\raggedleft'
---------------------
-
-The '\raggedleft' declaration corresponds to the 'flushright'
-environment. This declaration can be used inside an environment such as
-'quote' or in a 'parbox'.
-
- Unlike the 'flushright' environment, the '\raggedleft' command does
-not start a new paragraph; it only changes how LaTeX formats paragraph
-units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the
-declaration must contain the blank line or '\end' command that ends the
-paragraph unit.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: itemize, Next: letter, Prev: flushright, Up: Environments
-
-9.13 'itemize'
-==============
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \begin{itemize}
- \item ITEM1
- \item ITEM2
- ...
- \end{itemize}
-
- The 'itemize' environment produces an "unordered", "bulleted" list.
-Itemizations can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep.
-They can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such
-as 'enumerate' (*note enumerate::).
-
- Each item of an 'itemize' list begins with an '\item' command. There
-must be at least one '\item' command within the environment.
-
- By default, the marks at each level look like this:
-
- 1. * (bullet)
- 2. -- (bold en-dash)
- 3. * (asterisk)
- 4. . (centered dot, rendered here as a period)
-
- The 'itemize' environment uses the commands '\labelitemi' through
-'\labelitemiv' to produce the default label. So, you can use
-'\renewcommand' to change the labels. For instance, to have the first
-level use diamonds:
-
- \renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$}
-
- The '\leftmargini' through '\leftmarginvi' parameters define the
-distance between the left margin of the enclosing environment and the
-left margin of the list. By convention, '\leftmargin' is set to the
-appropriate '\leftmarginN' when a new level of nesting is entered.
-
- The defaults vary from '.5em' (highest levels of nesting) to '2.5em'
-(first level), and are a bit reduced in two-column mode. This example
-greatly reduces the margin space for outermost lists:
-
- \setlength{\leftmargini}{1.25em} % default 2.5em
-
- Some parameters that affect list formatting:
-
-'\itemindent'
- Extra indentation before each item in a list; default zero.
-
-'\labelsep'
- Space between the label and text of an item; default '.5em'.
-
-'\labelwidth'
- Width of the label; default '2em', or '1.5em' in two-column mode.
-
-'\listparindent'
- Extra indentation added to second and subsequent paragraphs within
- a list item; default '0pt'.
-
-'\rightmargin'
- Horizontal distance between the right margin of the list and the
- enclosing environment; default '0pt', except in the 'quote',
- 'quotation', and 'verse' environments, where it is set equal to
- '\leftmargin'.
-
- Parameters affecting vertical spacing between list items (rather
-loose, by default).
-
-'\itemsep'
- Vertical space between items. The default is '2pt plus1pt
- minus1pt' for '10pt' documents, '3pt plus2pt minus1pt' for '11pt',
- and '4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt' for '12pt'.
-
-'\parsep'
- Extra vertical space between paragraphs within a list item.
- Defaults are the same as '\itemsep'.
-
-'\topsep'
- Vertical space between the first item and the preceding paragraph.
- For top-level lists, the default is '8pt plus2pt minus4pt' for
- '10pt' documents, '9pt plus3pt minus5pt' for '11pt', and '10pt
- plus4pt minus6pt' for '12pt'. These are reduced for nested lists.
-
-'\partopsep'
- Extra space added to '\topsep' when the list environment starts a
- paragraph. The default is '2pt plus1pt minus1pt' for '10pt'
- documents, '3pt plus1pt minus1pt' for '11pt', and '3pt plus2pt
- minus2pt' for '12pt'.
-
- Especially for lists with short items, it may be desirable to elide
-space between items. Here is an example defining an 'itemize*'
-environment with no extra spacing between items, or between paragraphs
-within a single item ('\parskip' is not list-specific, *note
-\parskip::):
-
- \newenvironment{itemize*}%
- {\begin{itemize}%
- \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}%
- \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}}%
- \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}}%
- {\end{itemize}}
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: letter, Next: list, Prev: itemize, Up: Environments
-
-9.14 'letter' environment: writing letters
-==========================================
-
-This environment is used for creating letters. *Note Letters::.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: list, Next: math, Prev: letter, Up: Environments
-
-9.15 'list'
-===========
-
-The 'list' environment is a generic environment which is used for
-defining many of the more specific environments. It is seldom used in
-documents, but often in macros.
-
- \begin{list}{LABELING}{SPACING}
- \item ITEM1
- \item ITEM2
- ...
- \end{list}
-
- The mandatory LABELING argument specifies how items should be
-labelled (unless the optional argument is supplied to '\item'). This
-argument is a piece of text that is inserted in a box to form the label.
-It can and usually does contain other LaTeX commands.
-
- The mandatory SPACING argument contains commands to change the
-spacing parameters for the list. This argument will most often be
-empty, i.e., '{}', which leaves the default spacing.
-
- The width used for typesetting the list items is specified by
-'\linewidth' (*note Page layout parameters::).
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: math, Next: minipage, Prev: list, Up: Environments
-
-9.16 'math'
-===========
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \begin{math}
- MATH
- \end{math}
-
- The 'math' environment inserts the given MATH within the running
-text. '\(...\))' and '$...$' are synonyms. *Note Math formulas::.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: minipage, Next: picture, Prev: math, Up: Environments
-
-9.17 'minipage'
-===============
-
- \begin{minipage}[POSITION][HEIGHT][INNER-POS]{WIDTH}
- TEXT
- \end{minipage}
-
- The 'minipage' environment typesets its body TEXT in a block that
-will not be broken across pages. This is similar to the '\parbox'
-command (*note \parbox::), but unlike '\parbox', other paragraph-making
-environments can be used inside a minipage.
-
- The arguments are the same as for '\parbox' (*note \parbox::).
-
- By default, paragraphs are not indented in the 'minipage'
-environment. You can restore indentation with a command such as
-'\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}' command.
-
- Footnotes in a 'minipage' environment are handled in a way that is
-particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or tables. A
-'\footnote' or '\footnotetext' command puts the footnote at the bottom
-of the minipage instead of at the bottom of the page, and it uses the
-'\mpfootnote' counter instead of the ordinary 'footnote' counter (*note
-Counters::).
-
- However, don't put one minipage inside another if you are using
-footnotes; they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong minipage.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: picture, Next: quotation, Prev: minipage, Up: Environments
-
-9.18 'picture'
-==============
-
- \begin{picture}(width,height)(x offset,y offset)
- ... PICTURE COMMANDS ...
- \end{picture}
-
- The 'picture' environment allows you to create just about any kind of
-picture you want containing text, lines, arrows and circles. You tell
-LaTeX where to put things in the picture by specifying their
-coordinates. A coordinate is a number that may have a decimal point and
-a minus sign--a number like '5', '0.3' or '-3.1416'. A coordinate
-specifies a length in multiples of the unit length '\unitlength', so if
-'\unitlength' has been set to '1cm', then the coordinate 2.54 specifies
-a length of 2.54 centimeters. You should only change the value of
-'\unitlength', using the '\setlength' command, outside of a 'picture'
-environment.
-
- A position is a pair of coordinates, such as '(2.4,-5)', specifying
-the point with x-coordinate '2.4' and y-coordinate '-5'. Coordinates
-are specified in the usual way with respect to an origin, which is
-normally at the lower-left corner of the picture. Note that when a
-position appears as an argument, it is not enclosed in braces; the
-parentheses serve to delimit the argument.
-
- The 'picture' environment has one mandatory argument, which is a
-'position'. It specifies the size of the picture. The environment
-produces a rectangular box with width and height determined by this
-argument's x- and y-coordinates.
-
- The 'picture' environment also has an optional 'position' argument,
-following the 'size' argument, that can change the origin. (Unlike
-ordinary optional arguments, this argument is not contained in square
-brackets.) The optional argument gives the coordinates of the point at
-the lower-left corner of the picture (thereby determining the origin).
-For example, if '\unitlength' has been set to '1mm', the command
-
- \begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20)
-
-produces a picture of width 100 millimeters and height 200 millimeters,
-whose lower-left corner is the point (10,20) and whose upper-right
-corner is therefore the point (110,220). When you first draw a picture,
-you typically omit the optional argument, leaving the origin at the
-lower-left corner. If you then want to modify your picture by shifting
-everything, you can just add the appropriate optional argument.
-
- The environment's mandatory argument determines the nominal size of
-the picture. This need bear no relation to how large the picture really
-is; LaTeX will happily allow you to put things outside the picture, or
-even off the page. The picture's nominal size is used by LaTeX in
-determining how much room to leave for it.
-
- Everything that appears in a picture is drawn by the '\put' command.
-The command
-
- \put (11.3,-.3){...}
-
-puts the object specified by '...' in the picture, with its reference
-point at coordinates (11.3,-.3). The reference points for various
-objects will be described below.
-
- The '\put' command creates an "LR box". You can put anything that
-can go in an '\mbox' (*note \mbox::) in the text argument of the '\put'
-command. When you do this, the reference point will be the lower left
-corner of the box.
-
- The 'picture' commands are described in the following sections.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \circle:: Draw a circle.
-* \makebox (picture):: Draw a box of the specified size.
-* \framebox (picture):: Draw a box with a frame around it.
-* \dashbox:: Draw a dashed box.
-* \frame:: Draw a frame around an object.
-* \line:: Draw a straight line.
-* \linethickness:: Set the line thickness.
-* \thicklines:: A heavier line thickness.
-* \thinlines:: The default line thickness.
-* \multiput:: Draw multiple instances of an object.
-* \oval:: Draw an ellipse.
-* \put:: Place an object at a specified place.
-* \shortstack:: Make a pile of objects.
-* \vector:: Draw a line with an arrow.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \circle, Next: \makebox (picture), Up: picture
-
-9.18.1 '\circle'
-----------------
-
- \circle[*]{DIAMETER}
-
- The '\circle' command produces a circle with a diameter as close to
-the specified one as possible. The '*'-form of the command draws a
-solid circle.
-
- Circles up to 40 pt can be drawn.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \makebox (picture), Next: \framebox (picture), Prev: \circle, Up: picture
-
-9.18.2 '\makebox'
------------------
-
-'\makebox(width,height)[position]{...}'
-
- The '\makebox' command for the picture environment is similar to the
-normal '\makebox' command except that you must specify a 'width' and
-'height' in multiples of '\unitlength'.
-
- The optional argument, '[position]', specifies the quadrant that your
-text appears in. You may select up to two of the following:
-
-'t'
- Moves the item to the top of the rectangle.
-
-'b'
- Moves the item to the bottom.
-
-'l'
- Moves the item to the left.
-
-'r'
- Moves the item to the right.
-
- *Note \makebox::.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \framebox (picture), Next: \dashbox, Prev: \makebox (picture), Up: picture
-
-9.18.3 '\framebox'
-------------------
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \framebox(WIDTH,HEIGHT)[POS]{...}
-
- The '\framebox' command is like '\makebox' (see previous section),
-except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that it
-creates.
-
- The '\framebox' command produces a rule of thickness '\fboxrule', and
-leaves a space '\fboxsep' between the rule and the contents of the box.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \dashbox, Next: \frame, Prev: \framebox (picture), Up: picture
-
-9.18.4 '\dashbox'
------------------
-
-Draws a box with a dashed line. Synopsis:
-
- \dashbox{DLEN}(RWIDTH,RHEIGHT)[POS]{TEXT}
-
- '\dashbox' creates a dashed rectangle around TEXT in a 'picture'
-environment. Dashes are DLEN units long, and the rectangle has overall
-width RWIDTH and height RHEIGHT. The TEXT is positioned at optional
-POS.
-
- A dashed box looks best when the 'rwidth' and 'rheight' are multiples
-of the 'dlen'.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \frame, Next: \line, Prev: \dashbox, Up: picture
-
-9.18.5 '\frame'
----------------
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \frame{TEXT}
-
- The '\frame' command puts a rectangular frame around TEXT. The
-reference point is the bottom left corner of the frame. No extra space
-is put between the frame and the object.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \line, Next: \linethickness, Prev: \frame, Up: picture
-
-9.18.6 '\line'
---------------
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \line(XSLOPE,YSLOPE){LENGTH}
-
- The '\line' command draws a line with the given LENGTH and slope
-XSLOPE/YSLOPE.
-
- Standard LaTeX can only draw lines with SLOPE = x/y, where x and y
-have integer values from -6 through 6. For lines of any slope, not to
-mention other shapes, see the 'curve2e' and many many other packages on
-CTAN.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \linethickness, Next: \thicklines, Prev: \line, Up: picture
-
-9.18.7 '\linethickness'
------------------------
-
-The '\linethickness{DIM}' command declares the thickness of horizontal
-and vertical lines in a picture environment to be DIM, which must be a
-positive length.
-
- '\linethickness' does not affect the thickness of slanted lines,
-circles, or the quarter circles drawn by '\oval'.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \thicklines, Next: \thinlines, Prev: \linethickness, Up: picture
-
-9.18.8 '\thicklines'
---------------------
-
-The '\thicklines' command is an alternate line thickness for horizontal
-and vertical lines in a picture environment; cf. *note \linethickness::
-and *note \thinlines::.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \thinlines, Next: \multiput, Prev: \thicklines, Up: picture
-
-9.18.9 '\thinlines'
--------------------
-
-The '\thinlines' command is the default line thickness for horizontal
-and vertical lines in a picture environment; cf. *note \linethickness::
-and *note \thicklines::.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \multiput, Next: \oval, Prev: \thinlines, Up: picture
-
-9.18.10 '\multiput'
--------------------
-
-Synopsis:
- \multiput(X,Y)(DELTA_X,DELTA_Y){N}{OBJ}
-
- The '\multiput' command copies the object OBJ in a regular pattern
-across a picture. OBJ is first placed at position (x,y), then at
-(x+\delta x,y+\delta y), and so on, N times.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \oval, Next: \put, Prev: \multiput, Up: picture
-
-9.18.11 '\oval'
----------------
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \oval(WIDTH,HEIGHT)[PORTION]
-
- The '\oval' command produces a rectangle with rounded corners. The
-optional argument PORTION allows you to select part of the oval via the
-following:
-
-'t'
- selects the top portion;
-'b'
- selects the bottom portion;
-'r'
- selects the right portion;
-'l'
- selects the left portion.
-
- The "corners" of the oval are made with quarter circles with a
-maximum radius of 20pt, so large "ovals" will look more like boxes with
-rounded corners.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \put, Next: \shortstack, Prev: \oval, Up: picture
-
-9.18.12 '\put'
---------------
-
-'\put(x coord,y coord){ ... }'
-
- The '\put' command places the item specified by the mandatory
-argument at the given coordinates.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \shortstack, Next: \vector, Prev: \put, Up: picture
-
-9.18.13 '\shortstack'
----------------------
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \shortstack[POSITION]{...\\...\\...}
-
- The '\shortstack' command produces a stack of objects. The valid
-positions are:
-
-'r'
- Move the objects to the right of the stack.
-'l'
- Move the objects to the left of the stack
-'c'
- Move the objects to the centre of the stack (default)
-
- Objects are separated with '\\'.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \vector, Prev: \shortstack, Up: picture
-
-9.18.14 '\vector'
------------------
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \vector(X-SLOPE,Y-SLOPE){LENGTH}
-
- The '\vector' command draws a line with an arrow of the specified
-length and slope. The x and y values must lie between -4 and +4,
-inclusive.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: quotation, Next: quote, Prev: picture, Up: Environments
-
-9.19 'quotation'
-================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \begin{quotation}
- TEXT
- \end{quotation}
-
- The margins of the 'quotation' environment are indented on both the
-left and the right. The text is justified at both margins. Leaving a
-blank line between text produces a new paragraph.
-
- Unlike the 'quote' environment, each paragraph is indented normally.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: quote, Next: tabbing, Prev: quotation, Up: Environments
-
-9.20 'quote'
-============
-
-Snyopsis:
-
- \begin{quote}
- TEXT
- \end{quote}
-
- The margins of the 'quote' environment are indented on both the left
-and the right. The text is justified at both margins. Leaving a blank
-line between text produces a new paragraph.
-
- Unlike the 'quotation' environment, paragraphs are not indented.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: tabbing, Next: table, Prev: quote, Up: Environments
-
-9.21 'tabbing'
-==============
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \begin{tabbing}
- ROW1COL1 \= ROW1COL2 \= ROW1COL3 \= ROW1COL4 \\
- ROW2COL1 \> \> ROW2COL3 \\
- ...
- \end{tabbing}
-
- The 'tabbing' environment provides a way to align text in columns.
-It works by setting tab stops and tabbing to them much as was done on an
-ordinary typewriter. It is best suited for cases where the width of
-each column is constant and known in advance.
-
- This environment can be broken across pages, unlike the 'tabular'
-environment.
-
- The following commands can be used inside a 'tabbing' enviroment:
-
-'\\ (tabbing)'
- End a line.
-
-'\= (tabbing)'
- Sets a tab stop at the current position.
-
-'\> (tabbing)'
- Advances to the next tab stop.
-
-'\<'
- Put following text to the left of the local margin (without
- changing the margin). Can only be used at the start of the line.
-
-'\+'
- Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands
- one tab stop to the right, beginning tabbed line if necessary.
-
-'\-'
- Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands
- one tab stop to the left, beginning tabbed line if necessary.
-
-'\' (tabbing)'
- Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current column,
- i.e. everything from the most recent '\>', '\<', '\'', '\\', or
- '\kill' command, to the right of the previous column, flush against
- the current column's tab stop.
-
-'\` (tabbing)'
- Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including
- tab stop 0. However, it can't move text to the right of the last
- column because there's no tab stop there. The '\`' command moves
- all the text that follows it, up to the '\\' or '\end{tabbing}'
- command that ends the line, to the right margin of the tabbing
- environment. There must be no '\>' or '\'' command between the
- '\`' and the command that ends the line.
-
-'\a (tabbing)'
- In a 'tabbing' environment, the commands '\=', '\'' and '\`' do not
- produce accents as usual (*note Accents::). Instead, the commands
- '\a=', '\a'' and '\a`' are used.
-
-'\kill'
- Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like '\\' except
- that it throws away the current line instead of producing output
- for it. The effect of any '\=', '\+' or '\-' commands in that line
- remain in effect.
-
-'\poptabs'
- Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last '\pushtabs'.
-
-'\pushtabs'
- Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for temporarily
- changing tab stop positions in the middle of a 'tabbing'
- environment.
-
-'\tabbingsep'
- Distance to left of tab stop moved by '\''.
-
- This example typesets a Pascal function in a traditional format:
-
- \begin{tabbing}
- function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\
- \> begin \= \+ \\
- \> if \= n $>$ 1 then \+ \\
- fact := n * fact(n-1) \- \\
- else \+ \\
- fact := 1; \-\- \\
- end;\\
- \end{tabbing}
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: table, Next: tabular, Prev: tabbing, Up: Environments
-
-9.22 'table'
-============
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \begin{table}[placement]
-
- body of the table
-
- \caption{table title}
- \end{table}
-
- Tables are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are
-usually "floated" to a convenient place, like the top of a page. Tables
-will not be split between two pages.
-
- The optional argument '[placement]' determines where LaTeX will try
-to place your table. There are four places where LaTeX can possibly put
-a float; these are the same as that used with the 'figure' environment,
-and described there (*note figure::).
-
- The standard 'report' and 'article' classes use the default placement
-'[tbp]'.
-
- The body of the table is made up of whatever text, LaTeX commands,
-etc., you wish. The '\caption' command allows you to title your table.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: tabular, Next: thebibliography, Prev: table, Up: Environments
-
-9.23 'tabular'
-==============
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \begin{tabular}[pos]{cols}
- column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\
- ...
- \end{tabular}
-
-or
-
- \begin{tabular*}{width}[pos]{cols}
- column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\
- ...
- \end{tabular*}
-
- These environments produce a box consisting of a sequence of rows of
-items, aligned vertically in columns.
-
- '\\' must be used to specify the end of each row of the table, except
-for the last, where it is optional--unless an '\hline' command (to put a
-rule below the table) follows.
-
- The mandatory and optional arguments consist of:
-
-'width'
- Specifies the width of the 'tabular*' environment. There must be
- rubber space between columns that can stretch to fill out the
- specified width.
-
-'pos'
- Specifies the vertical position; default is alignment on the centre
- of the environment.
-
- 't'
- align on top row
-
- 'b'
- align on bottom row
-
-'cols'
- Specifies the column formatting. It consists of a sequence of the
- following specifiers, corresponding to the sequence of columns and
- intercolumn material.
-
- 'l'
- A column of left-aligned items.
-
- 'r'
- A column of right-aligned items.
-
- 'c'
- A column of centered items.
-
- '|'
- A vertical line the full height and depth of the environment.
-
- '@{TEXT}'
- This inserts TEXT in every row. An @-expression suppresses
- the intercolumn space normally inserted between columns; any
- desired space before the adjacent item must be included in
- TEXT.
-
- To insert commands that are automatically executed before a
- given column, you have to load the 'array' package and use the
- '>{...}' specifier.
-
- An '\extracolsep{wd}' command in an @-expression causes an
- extra space of width 'wd' to appear to the left of all
- subsequent columns, until countermanded by another
- '\extracolsep' command. Unlike ordinary intercolumn space,
- this extra space is not suppressed by an @-expression. An
- '\extracolsep' command can be used only in an @-expression in
- the 'cols' argument.
-
- 'p{WD}'
- Produces a column with each item typeset in a parbox of width
- WD, as if it were the argument of a '\parbox[t]{WD}' command.
- However, a '\\' may not appear in the item, except in the
- following situations:
-
- 1. inside an environment like 'minipage', 'array', or
- 'tabular'.
- 2. inside an explicit '\parbox'.
- 3. in the scope of a '\centering', '\raggedright', or
- '\raggedleft' declaration. The latter declarations must
- appear inside braces or an environment when used in a
- 'p'-column element.
-
- '*{NUM}{COLS}'
- Equivalent to NUM copies of COLS, where NUM is a positive
- integer and COLS is any list of column-specifiers, which may
- contain another '*-expression'.
-
- Parameters that control formatting:
-
-'\arrayrulewidth'
- Thickness of the rule created by '|', '\hline', and '\vline' in the
- 'tabular' and 'array' environments; the default is '.4pt'.
-
-'\arraystretch'
- Scaling of spacing between rows in the 'tabular' and 'array'
- environments; default is '1', for no scaling.
-
-'\doublerulesep'
- Horizontal distance between the vertical rules produced by '||' in
- the 'tabular' and 'array' environments; default is '2pt'.
-
-'\tabcolsep'
- Half the width of the space between columns; default is '6pt'.
-
- The following commands can be used inside a 'tabular' environment:
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \multicolumn:: Make an item spanning several columns.
-* \cline:: Draw a horizontal line spanning some columns.
-* \hline:: Draw a horizontal line spanning all columns.
-* \vline:: Draw a vertical line.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \multicolumn, Next: \cline, Up: tabular
-
-9.23.1 '\multicolumn'
----------------------
-
-Synopsis:
- \multicolumn{COLS}{POS}{TEXT}
-
- The '\multicolumn' command makes an entry that spans several columns.
-The first mandatory argument, COLS, specifies the number of columns to
-span. The second mandatory argument, POS, specifies the formatting of
-the entry; 'c' for centered, 'l' for flushleft, 'r' for flushright. The
-third mandatory argument, TEXT, specifies what text to put in the entry.
-
- Here's an example showing two columns separated by an en-dash;
-'\multicolumn' is used for the heading:
-
- \begin{tabular}{r@{--}l}
- \multicolumn{2}{c}{\bf Unicode}\cr
- 0x80&0x7FF \cr
- 0x800&0xFFFF \cr
- 0x10000&0x1FFFF \cr
- \end{tabular}
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \cline, Next: \hline, Prev: \multicolumn, Up: tabular
-
-9.23.2 '\cline'
----------------
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \cline{I-J}
-
- The '\cline' command draws horizontal lines across the columns
-specified, beginning in column I and ending in column J, which are
-specified in the mandatory argument.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \hline, Next: \vline, Prev: \cline, Up: tabular
-
-9.23.3 '\hline'
----------------
-
-The '\hline' command draws a horizontal line the width of the enclosing
-'tabular' or 'array' environment. It's most commonly used to draw a
-line at the top, bottom, and between the rows of a table.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \vline, Prev: \hline, Up: tabular
-
-9.23.4 '\vline'
----------------
-
-The '\vline' command will draw a vertical line extending the full height
-and depth of its row. An '\hfill' command can be used to move the line
-to the edge of the column. It can also be used in an @-expression.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: thebibliography, Next: theorem, Prev: tabular, Up: Environments
-
-9.24 'thebibliography'
-======================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \begin{thebibliography}{WIDEST-LABEL}
- \bibitem[LABEL]{CITE_KEY}
- ...
- \end{thebibliography}
-
- The 'thebibliography' environment produces a bibliography or
-reference list.
-
- In the 'article' class, this reference list is labelled "References";
-in the 'report' class, it is labelled "Bibliography". You can change
-the label (in the standard classes) by redefining the command
-'\refname'. For instance, this eliminates it entirely:
-
- \renewcommand{\refname}{}
-
- The mandatory WIDEST-LABEL argument is text that, when typeset, is as
-wide as the widest item label produced by the '\bibitem' commands. It
-is typically given as '9' for bibliographies with less than 10
-references, '99' for ones with less than 100, etc.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \bibitem:: Specify a bibliography item.
-* \cite:: Refer to a bibliography item.
-* \nocite:: Include an item in the bibliography.
-* Using BibTeX:: Automatic generation of bibliographies.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \bibitem, Next: \cite, Up: thebibliography
-
-9.24.1 '\bibitem'
------------------
-
-Synopsis:
- \bibitem[LABEL]{CITE_KEY}
-
- The '\bibitem' command generates an entry labelled by LABEL. If the
-LABEL argument is missing, a number is automatically generated using the
-'enumi' counter. The CITE_KEY is any sequence of letters, numbers, and
-punctuation symbols not containing a comma.
-
- This command writes an entry to the '.aux' file containing the item's
-CITE_KEY and label. When the '.aux' file is read by the
-'\begin{document}' command, the item's 'label' is associated with
-'cite_key', causing references to CITE_KEY with a '\cite' command (see
-next section) to produce the associated label.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \cite, Next: \nocite, Prev: \bibitem, Up: thebibliography
-
-9.24.2 '\cite'
---------------
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \cite[SUBCITE]{KEYS
-
- The KEYS argument is a list of one or more citation keys, separated
-by commas. This command generates an in-text citation to the references
-associated with KEYS by entries in the '.aux' file.
-
- The text of the optional SUBCITE argument appears after the citation.
-For example, '\cite[p.~314]{knuth}' might produce '[Knuth, p. 314]'.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \nocite, Next: Using BibTeX, Prev: \cite, Up: thebibliography
-
-9.24.3 '\nocite'
-----------------
-
-'\nocite{key_list}'
-
- The '\nocite' command produces no text, but writes 'key_list', which
-is a list of one or more citation keys, on the '.aux' file.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Using BibTeX, Prev: \nocite, Up: thebibliography
-
-9.24.4 Using BibTeX
--------------------
-
-If you use the BibTeX program by Oren Patashnik (highly recommended if
-you need a bibliography of more than a couple of titles) to maintain
-your bibliography, you don't use the 'thebibliography' environment
-(*note thebibliography::). Instead, you include the lines
-
- \bibliographystyle{BIBSTYLE}
- \bibliography{BIBFILE1,BIBFILE2}
-
- The '\bibliographystyle' command does not produce any output of its
-own. Rather, it defines the style in which the bibliography will be
-produced: BIBSTYLE refers to a file BIBSTYLE'.bst', which defines how
-your citations will look. The standard STYLE names distributed with
-BibTeX are:
-
-'alpha'
- Sorted alphabetically. Labels are formed from name of author and
- year of publication.
-'plain'
- Sorted alphabetically. Labels are numeric.
-'unsrt'
- Like 'plain', but entries are in order of citation.
-'abbrv'
- Like 'plain', but more compact labels.
-
- In addition, numerous other BibTeX style files exist tailored to the
-demands of various publications. See
-'http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib'.
-
- The '\bibliography' command is what actually produces the
-bibliography. The argument to '\bibliography' refers to files named
-'BIBFILE.bib', which should contain your database in BibTeX format.
-Only the entries referred to via '\cite' and '\nocite' will be listed in
-the bibliography.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: theorem, Next: titlepage, Prev: thebibliography, Up: Environments
-
-9.25 'theorem'
-==============
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \begin{theorem}
- THEOREM-TEXT
- \end{theorem}
-
- The 'theorem' environment produces "Theorem N" in boldface followed
-by THEOREM-TEXT, where the numbering possibilities for N are described
-under '\newtheorem' (*note \newtheorem::).
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: titlepage, Next: verbatim, Prev: theorem, Up: Environments
-
-9.26 'titlepage'
-================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \begin{titlepage}
- TEXT
- \end{titlepage}
-
- The 'titlepage' environment creates a title page, i.e., a page with
-no printed page number or heading. It also causes the following page to
-be numbered page one. Formatting the title page is left to you. The
-'\today' command may be useful on title pages (*note \today::).
-
- You can use the '\maketitle' command (*note \maketitle::) to produce
-a standard title page without a 'titlepage' environment.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: verbatim, Next: verse, Prev: titlepage, Up: Environments
-
-9.27 'verbatim'
-===============
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \begin{verbatim}
- LITERAL-TEXT
- \end{verbatim}
-
- The 'verbatim' environment is a paragraph-making environment in which
-LaTeX produces exactly what you type in; for instance the '\' character
-produces a printed '\'. It turns LaTeX into a typewriter with carriage
-returns and blanks having the same effect that they would on a
-typewriter.
-
- The 'verbatim' uses a monospaced typewriter-like font ('\tt').
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \verb:: The macro form of the 'verbatim' environment.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \verb, Up: verbatim
-
-9.27.1 '\verb'
---------------
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \verbCHARLITERAL-TEXTCHAR
- \verb*CHARLITERAL-TEXTCHAR
-
- The '\verb' command typesets LITERAL-TEXT as it is input, including
-special characters and spaces, using the typewriter ('\tt') font. No
-spaces are allowed between '\verb' or '\verb*' and the delimiter CHAR,
-which begins and ends the verbatim text. The delimiter must not appear
-in LITERAL-TEXT.
-
- The '*'-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a "visible
-space" character.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: verse, Prev: verbatim, Up: Environments
-
-9.28 'verse'
-============
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \begin{verse}
- LINE1 \\
- LINE2 \\
- ...
- \end{verse}
-
- The 'verse' environment is designed for poetry, though you may find
-other uses for it.
-
- The margins are indented on the left and the right, paragraphs are
-not indented, and the text is not justified. Separate the lines of each
-stanza with '\\', and use one or more blank lines to separate the
-stanzas.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Line breaking, Next: Page breaking, Prev: Environments, Up: Top
-
-10 Line breaking
-****************
-
-The first thing LaTeX does when processing ordinary text is to translate
-your input file into a sequence of glyphs and spaces. To produce a
-printed document, this sequence must be broken into lines (and these
-lines must be broken into pages).
-
- LaTeX usually does the line (and page) breaking for you, but in some
-environments, you do the line breaking yourself with the '\\' command,
-and you can always manually force breaks.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \\:: Start a new line.
-* \obeycr & \restorecr:: Make each input line start a new output line.
-* \newline:: Break the line
-* \- (hyphenation):: Insert explicit hyphenation.
-* \fussy:: Be fussy about line breaking.
-* \sloppy:: Be sloppy about line breaking.
-* \hyphenation:: Tell LaTeX how to hyphenate a word.
-* \linebreak & \nolinebreak:: Forcing & avoiding line breaks.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \\, Next: \obeycr & \restorecr, Up: Line breaking
-
-10.1 '\\'[*][MORESPACE]
-=======================
-
-The '\\' command tells LaTeX to start a new line. It has an optional
-argument, MORESPACE, that specifies how much extra vertical space is to
-be inserted before the next line. This can be a negative amount.
-
- The '\\*' command is the same as the ordinary '\\' command except
-that it tells LaTeX not to start a new page after the line.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \obeycr & \restorecr, Next: \newline, Prev: \\, Up: Line breaking
-
-10.2 '\obeycr' & '\restorecr'
-=============================
-
-The '\obeycr' command makes a return in the input file ('^^M',
-internally) the same as '\\' (followed by '\relax'). So each new line
-in the input will also be a new line in the output.
-
- '\restorecr' restores normal line-breaking behavior.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \newline, Next: \- (hyphenation), Prev: \obeycr & \restorecr, Up: Line breaking
-
-10.3 '\newline'
-===============
-
-The '\newline' command breaks the line at the present point, with no
-stretching of the text before it. It can only be used in paragraph
-mode.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \- (hyphenation), Next: \fussy, Prev: \newline, Up: Line breaking
-
-10.4 '\-' (discretionary hyphen)
-================================
-
-The '\-' command tells LaTeX that it may hyphenate the word at that
-point. LaTeX is very good at hyphenating, and it will usually find most
-of the correct hyphenation points, and almost never use an incorrect
-one. The '\-' command is used for the exceptional cases.
-
- When you insert '\-' commands in a word, the word will only be
-hyphenated at those points and not at any of the hyphenation points that
-LaTeX might otherwise have chosen.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \fussy, Next: \sloppy, Prev: \- (hyphenation), Up: Line breaking
-
-10.5 '\fussy'
-=============
-
-The declaration '\fussy' (which is the default) makes TeX picky about
-line breaking. This usually avoids too much space between words, at the
-cost of an occasional overfull box.
-
- This command cancels the effect of a previous '\sloppy' command
-(*note \sloppy::.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \sloppy, Next: \hyphenation, Prev: \fussy, Up: Line breaking
-
-10.6 '\sloppy'
-==============
-
-The declaration '\sloppy' makes TeX less fussy about line breaking.
-This will avoid overfull boxes, at the cost of loose interword spacing.
-
- Lasts until a '\fussy' command is issued (*note \fussy::).
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \hyphenation, Next: \linebreak & \nolinebreak, Prev: \sloppy, Up: Line breaking
-
-10.7 '\hyphenation'
-===================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \hyphenation{WORD-ONE WORD-TWO}
-
- The '\hyphenation' command declares allowed hyphenation points with a
-'-' character in the given words. The words are separated by spaces.
-TeX will only hyphenate if the word matches exactly, no inflections are
-tried. Multiple '\hyphenation' commands accumulate. Some examples (the
-default TeX hyphenation patterns misses the hyphenations in these
-words):
-
- \hyphenation{ap-pen-dix col-umns data-base data-bases}
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak, Prev: \hyphenation, Up: Line breaking
-
-10.8 '\linebreak' & '\nolinebreak'
-==================================
-
-Synopses:
-
- \linebreak[PRIORITY]
- \nolinebreak[PRIORITY]
-
- By default, the '\linebreak' ('\nolinebreak') command forces
-(prevents) a line break at the current position. For '\linebreak', the
-spaces in the line are stretched out so that it extends to the right
-margin as usual.
-
- With the optional argument PRIORITY, you can convert the command from
-a demand to a request. The PRIORITY must be a number from 0 to 4. The
-higher the number, the more insistent the request.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Page breaking, Next: Footnotes, Prev: Line breaking, Up: Top
-
-11 Page breaking
-****************
-
-LaTeX starts new pages asynchronously, when enough material has
-accumulated to fill up a page. Usually this happens automatically, but
-sometimes you may want to influence the breaks.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \cleardoublepage:: Start a new right-hand page.
-* \clearpage:: Start a new page.
-* \newpage:: Start a new page.
-* \enlargethispage:: Enlarge the current page a bit.
-* \pagebreak & \nopagebreak:: Forcing & avoiding page breaks.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \cleardoublepage, Next: \clearpage, Up: Page breaking
-
-11.1 '\cleardoublepage'
-=======================
-
-The '\cleardoublepage' command ends the current page and causes all
-figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be printed.
-In a two-sided printing style, it also makes the next page a right-hand
-(odd-numbered) page, producing a blank page if necessary.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \clearpage, Next: \newpage, Prev: \cleardoublepage, Up: Page breaking
-
-11.2 '\clearpage'
-=================
-
-The '\clearpage' command ends the current page and causes all figures
-and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be printed.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \newpage, Next: \enlargethispage, Prev: \clearpage, Up: Page breaking
-
-11.3 '\newpage'
-===============
-
-The '\newpage' command ends the current page, but does not clear floats
-(see '\clearpage' above).
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \enlargethispage, Next: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak, Prev: \newpage, Up: Page breaking
-
-11.4 '\enlargethispage'
-=======================
-
-'\enlargethispage{size}'
-
- '\enlargethispage*{size}'
-
- Enlarge the '\textheight' for the current page by the specified
-amount; e.g. '\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}' will allow one
-additional line.
-
- The starred form tries to squeeze the material together on the page
-as much as possible. This is normally used together with an explicit
-'\pagebreak'.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak, Prev: \enlargethispage, Up: Page breaking
-
-11.5 '\pagebreak' & '\nopagebreak'
-==================================
-
-Synopses:
-
- \pagebreak[PRIORITY]
- \nopagebreak[PRIORITY]
-
- By default, the '\pagebreak' ('\nopagebreak') command forces
-(prevents) a page break at the current position. With '\pagebreak', the
-vertical space on the page is stretched out where possible so that it
-extends to the normal bottom margin.
-
- With the optional argument PRIORITY, you can convert the '\pagebreak'
-command from a demand to a request. The number must be a number from 0
-to 4. The higher the number, the more insistent the request is.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Footnotes, Next: Definitions, Prev: Page breaking, Up: Top
-
-12 Footnotes
-************
-
-Footnotes can be produced in one of two ways. They can be produced with
-one command, the '\footnote' command. They can also be produced with
-two commands, the '\footnotemark' and the '\footnotetext' commands.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \footnote:: Insert a footnote.
-* \footnotemark:: Insert footnote mark only.
-* \footnotetext:: Insert footnote text only.
-* Symbolic footnotes:: Using symbols instead of numbers for footnotes.
-* Footnote parameters:: Parameters for footnote formatting.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \footnote, Next: \footnotemark, Up: Footnotes
-
-12.1 '\footnote'
-================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \footnote[NUMBER]{TEXT}
-
- The '\footnote' command places the numbered footnote TEXT at the
-bottom of the current page. The optional argument NUMBER changes the
-default footnote number.
-
- This command can only be used in outer paragraph mode; i.e., you
-cannot use it in sectioning commands like '\chapter', in figures, tables
-or in a 'tabular' environment. (See following sections.)
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \footnotemark, Next: \footnotetext, Prev: \footnote, Up: Footnotes
-
-12.2 '\footnotemark'
-====================
-
-With no optional argument, the '\footnotemark' command puts the current
-footnote number in the text. This command can be used in inner
-paragraph mode. You give the text of the footnote separately, with the
-'\footnotetext' command.
-
- This command can be used to produce several consecutive footnote
-markers referring to the same footnote with
-
- \footnotemark[\value{footnote}]
-
-after the first '\footnote' command.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \footnotetext, Next: Symbolic footnotes, Prev: \footnotemark, Up: Footnotes
-
-12.3 '\footnotetext'
-====================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \footnotetext[NUMBER]{TEXT}
-
- The '\footnotetext' command places TEXT at the bottom of the page as
-a footnote. This command can come anywhere after the '\footnotemark'
-command. The '\footnotetext' command must appear in outer paragraph
-mode.
-
- The optional argument NUMBER changes the default footnote number.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Symbolic footnotes, Next: Footnote parameters, Prev: \footnotetext, Up: Footnotes
-
-12.4 Symbolic footnotes
-=======================
-
-If you want to use symbols for footnotes, rather than increasing
-numbers, redefine '\thefootnote' like this:
-
- \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
-
- The '\fnsymbol' command produces a predefined series of symbols
-(*note \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::). If you want to
-use a different symbol as your footnote mark, you'll need to also
-redefine '\@fnsymbol'.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Footnote parameters, Prev: Symbolic footnotes, Up: Footnotes
-
-12.5 Footnote parameters
-========================
-
-'\footnoterule'
- Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the
- page's footnotes. Default dimensions: '0.4pt' thick (or wide), and
- '0.4\columnwidth' long in the standard document classes (except
- slides, where it does not appear).
-
-'\footnotesep'
- The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote.
- By default, this is set to the normal strut for '\footnotesize'
- fonts (*note Font sizes::), therefore there is no extra space
- between footnotes. This is '6.65pt' for '10pt', '7.7pt' for
- '11pt', and '8.4pt' for '12pt'.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Definitions, Next: Counters, Prev: Footnotes, Up: Top
-
-13 Definitions
-**************
-
-LaTeX has support for making new commands of many different kinds.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \newcommand & \renewcommand:: (Re)define a new command.
-* \newcounter:: Define a new counter.
-* \newlength:: Define a new length.
-* \newsavebox:: Define a new box.
-* \newenvironment & \renewenvironment:: Define a new environment.
-* \newtheorem:: Define a new theorem-like environment.
-* \newfont:: Define a new font name.
-* \protect:: Using tricky commands.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand, Next: \newcounter, Up: Definitions
-
-13.1 '\newcommand' & '\renewcommand'
-====================================
-
-'\newcommand' and '\renewcommand' define and redefine a command,
-respectively. Synopses:
-
- \newcommand{CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
- \renewcommand{CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
- \newcommand{CMD}[NARGS][DEFAULT]{DEFN}
- \renewcommand{CMD}[NARGS][DEFAULT]{DEFN}
-
-CMD
- The command name beginning with '\'. For '\newcommand', it must
- not be already defined and must not begin with '\end'; for
- '\renewcommand', it must already be defined.
-
-NARGS
- An optional integer from 1 to 9 specifying the number of arguments
- that the command will take. The default is for the command to have
- no arguments.
-
-DEFAULT
- If this optional parameter is present, it means that the command's
- first argument is optional. When the new command is called, the
- default value of the optional argument (i.e., if it is not
- specified in the call) is the string 'def'.
-
-DEFN
- The text to be substituted for every occurrence of 'cmd'; a
- construct of the form '#N' in DEFN is replaced by the text of the
- Nth argument.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \newcounter, Next: \newlength, Prev: \newcommand & \renewcommand, Up: Definitions
-
-13.2 '\newcounter'
-==================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \newcounter{CNT}[COUNTERNAME]
-
- The '\newcounter' command defines a new counter named CNT. The new
-counter is initialized to zero.
-
- Given the optional argument '[COUNTERNAME]', CNT will be reset
-whenever COUNTERNAME is incremented.
-
- *Note Counters::, for more information about counters.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \newlength, Next: \newsavebox, Prev: \newcounter, Up: Definitions
-
-13.3 '\newlength'
-=================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \newlength{\ARG}
-
- The '\newlength' command defines the mandatory argument as a 'length'
-command with a value of '0in'. The argument must be a control sequence,
-as in '\newlength{\foo}'. An error occurs if '\foo' is already defined.
-
- *Note Lengths::, for how to set the new length to a nonzero value,
-and for more information about lengths in general.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \newsavebox, Next: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment, Prev: \newlength, Up: Definitions
-
-13.4 '\newsavebox'
-==================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \newsavebox{CMD}
-
- Defines '\CMD', which must be a command name not already defined, to
-refer to a new bin for storing boxes.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment, Next: \newtheorem, Prev: \newsavebox, Up: Definitions
-
-13.5 '\newenvironment' & '\renewenvironment'
-============================================
-
-Synopses:
-
- \newenvironment{ENV}[NARGS]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
- \newenvironment{ENV}[NARGS][DEFAULT]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
- \renewenvironment{ENV}[NARGS]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
-
- These commands define or redefine an environment ENV, that is,
-'\begin{ENV} ... \end{ENV}'.
-
-ENV
- The name of the environment. For '\newenvironment', ENV must not
- be an existing environment, and the command '\ENV' must be
- undefined. For '\renewenvironment', ENV must be the name of an
- existing environment.
-
-NARGS
- An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of the
- newly-defined environment. The default is no arguments.
-
-DEFAULT
- If this is specified, the first argument is optional, and DEFAULT
- gives the default value for that argument.
-
-BEGDEF
- The text expanded at every occurrence of '\begin{ENV}'; a construct
- of the form '#N' in BEGDEF is replaced by the text of the Nth
- argument.
-
-ENDDEF
- The text expanded at every occurrence of '\end{ENV}'. It may not
- contain any argument parameters.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \newtheorem, Next: \newfont, Prev: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment, Up: Definitions
-
-13.6 '\newtheorem'
-==================
-
- \newtheorem{NEWENV}{LABEL}[WITHIN]
- \newtheorem{NEWENV}[NUMBERED_LIKE]{LABEL}
-
- This command defines a theorem-like environment. Arguments:
-
-NEWENV
- The name of the environment to be defined; must not be the name of
- an existing environment or otherwise defined.
-
-LABEL
- The text printed at the beginning of the environment, before the
- number. For example, 'Theorem'.
-
-NUMBERED_LIKE
- (Optional.) The name of an already defined theorem-like
- environment; the new environment will be numbered just like
- NUMBERED_LIKE.
-
-WITHIN
- (Optional.) The name of an already defined counter, a sectional
- unit. The new theorem counter will be reset at the same time as
- the WITHIN counter.
-
- At most one of NUMBERED_LIKE and WITHIN can be specified, not both.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \newfont, Next: \protect, Prev: \newtheorem, Up: Definitions
-
-13.7 '\newfont'
-===============
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \newfont{CMD}{FONTNAME}
-
- Defines a control sequence '\CMD', which must not already be defined,
-to make FONTNAME be the current font. The file looked for on the system
-is named 'FONTNAME.tfm'.
-
- This is a low-level command for setting up to use an individual font.
-More commonly, fonts are defined in families through '.fd' files.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \protect, Prev: \newfont, Up: Definitions
-
-13.8 '\protect'
-===============
-
-Footnotes, line breaks, any command that has an optional argument, and
-many more are so-called "fragile" commands. When a fragile command is
-used in certain contexts, called "moving arguments", it must be preceded
-by '\protect'. In addition, any fragile commands within the arguments
-must have their own '\protect'.
-
- Some examples of moving arguments are '\caption' (*note figure::),
-'\thanks' (*note \maketitle::), and expressions in 'tabular' and 'array'
-environments (*note tabular::).
-
- Commands which are not fragile are called "robust". They must not be
-preceded by '\protect'.
-
- See also:
-
-'http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html'
-'http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect'
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Counters, Next: Lengths, Prev: Definitions, Up: Top
-
-14 Counters
-***********
-
-Everything LaTeX numbers for you has a counter associated with it. The
-name of the counter is the same as the name of the environment or
-command that produces the number, except with no '\'. ('enumi'-'enumiv'
-are used for the nested enumerate environment.) Below is a list of the
-counters used in LaTeX's standard document classes to control numbering.
-
- part paragraph figure enumi
- chapter subparagraph table enumii
- section page footnote enumiii
- subsection equation mpfootnote enumiv
- subsubsection
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol:: Print value of a counter.
-* \usecounter:: Use a specified counter in a list environment.
-* \value:: Use the value of a counter in an expression.
-* \setcounter:: Set the value of a counter.
-* \addtocounter:: Add a quantity to a counter.
-* \refstepcounter:: Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters.
-* \stepcounter:: Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters.
-* \day \month \year:: Numeric date values.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Next: \usecounter, Up: Counters
-
-14.1 '\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol': Printing counters
-=====================================================================
-
-All of these commands take a single counter as an argument, for
-instance, '\alph{enumi}'.
-
-'\alph'
- prints COUNTER using lowercase letters: 'a', 'b', ...
-
-'\Alph'
- uses uppercase letters: 'A', 'B', ...
-
-'\arabic'
- uses Arabic numbers: '1', '2', ...
-
-'\roman'
- uses lowercase roman numerals: 'i', 'ii', ...
-
-'\roman'
- uses uppercase roman numerals: 'I', 'II', ...
-
-'\fnsymbol'
- prints the value of COUNTER in a specific sequence of nine symbols
- (conventionally used for labeling footnotes). The value of COUNTER
- must be between 1 and 9, inclusive.
-
- The symbols mostly aren't supported in Info, but here are the
- names:
- asterix(*) dagger ddagger section-sign paragraph-sign parallel
- double-asterix(**) double-dagger double-ddagger
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \usecounter, Next: \value, Prev: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Up: Counters
-
-14.2 '\usecounter{COUNTER}'
-===========================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \usecounter{COUNTER}
-
- The '\usecounter' command is used in the second argument of the
-'list' environment to specify COUNTER to be used to number the list
-items.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \value, Next: \setcounter, Prev: \usecounter, Up: Counters
-
-14.3 '\value{COUNTER}'
-======================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \value{COUNTER}
-
- The '\value' command produces the value of COUNTER. It can be used
-anywhere LaTeX expects a number, for example:
-
- \setcounter{myctr}{3}
- \addtocounter{myctr}{1}
- \hspace{\value{myctr}\parindent}
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \setcounter, Next: \addtocounter, Prev: \value, Up: Counters
-
-14.4 '\setcounter{COUNTER}{VALUE}'
-==================================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \setcounter{\COUNTER}{VALUE}
-
- The '\setcounter' command sets the value of \COUNTER to the VALUE
-argument.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \addtocounter, Next: \refstepcounter, Prev: \setcounter, Up: Counters
-
-14.5 '\addtocounter{COUNTER}{VALUE}'
-====================================
-
-The '\addtocounter' command increments COUNTER by the amount specified
-by the VALUE argument, which may be negative.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \refstepcounter, Next: \stepcounter, Prev: \addtocounter, Up: Counters
-
-14.6 '\refstepcounter{COUNTER}'
-===============================
-
-The '\refstepcounter' command works in the same way as '\stepcounter'
-*Note \stepcounter::, except it also defines the current '\ref' value to
-be the result of '\thecounter'.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \stepcounter, Next: \day \month \year, Prev: \refstepcounter, Up: Counters
-
-14.7 '\stepcounter{COUNTER}'
-============================
-
-The '\stepcounter' command adds one to COUNTER and resets all subsidiary
-counters.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \day \month \year, Prev: \stepcounter, Up: Counters
-
-14.8 '\day \month \year': Predefined counters
-=============================================
-
-LaTeX defines counters for the day of the month ('\day', 1-31), month of
-the year ('\month', 1-12), and year ('\year', Common Era). When TeX
-starts up, they are set to the current values on the system where TeX is
-running. They are not updated as the job progresses.
-
- The related command '\today' produces a string representing the
-current day (*note \today::).
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Lengths, Next: Making paragraphs, Prev: Counters, Up: Top
-
-15 Lengths
-**********
-
-A 'length' is a measure of distance. Many LaTeX commands take a length
-as an argument.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \setlength:: Set the value of a length.
-* \addtolength:: Add a quantity to a length.
-* \settodepth:: Set a length to the depth of something.
-* \settoheight:: Set a length to the height of something.
-* \settowidth:: Set a length to the width of something.
-* Predefined lengths:: Lengths that are, like, predefined.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \setlength, Next: \addtolength, Up: Lengths
-
-15.1 '\setlength{\LEN}{VALUE}'
-==============================
-
-The '\setlength' sets the value of \LEN to the VALUE argument, which can
-be expressed in any units that LaTeX understands, i.e., inches ('in'),
-millimeters ('mm'), points ('pt'), big points ('bp', etc.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \addtolength, Next: \settodepth, Prev: \setlength, Up: Lengths
-
-15.2 \addtolength{\LEN}{AMOUNT}
-===============================
-
-The '\addtolength' command increments a "length command" \LEN by the
-amount specified in the AMOUNT argument, which may be negative.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \settodepth, Next: \settoheight, Prev: \addtolength, Up: Lengths
-
-15.3 '\settodepth'
-==================
-
-'\settodepth{\gnat}{text}'
-
- The '\settodepth' command sets the value of a 'length' command equal
-to the depth of the 'text' argument.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \settoheight, Next: \settowidth, Prev: \settodepth, Up: Lengths
-
-15.4 '\settoheight'
-===================
-
-'\settoheight{\gnat}{text}'
-
- The '\settoheight' command sets the value of a 'length' command equal
-to the height of the 'text' argument.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \settowidth, Next: Predefined lengths, Prev: \settoheight, Up: Lengths
-
-15.5 '\settowidth{\LEN}{TEXT}'
-==============================
-
-The '\settowidth' command sets the value of the command \LEN to the
-width of the TEXT argument.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Predefined lengths, Prev: \settowidth, Up: Lengths
-
-15.6 Predefined lengths
-=======================
-
-'\width'
-
- '\height'
-
- '\depth'
-
- '\totalheight'
-
- These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the
-box-making commands (*note Boxes::). They specify the natural width,
-etc., of the text in the box. '\totalheight' equals '\height' +
-'\depth'. To make a box with the text stretched to double the natural
-size, e.g., say
-
- '\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher}'
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Making paragraphs, Next: Math formulas, Prev: Lengths, Up: Top
-
-16 Making paragraphs
-********************
-
-A paragraph is ended by one or more completely blank lines--lines not
-containing even a '%'. A blank line should not appear where a new
-paragraph cannot be started, such as in math mode or in the argument of
-a sectioning command.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \indent:: Indent this paragraph.
-* \noindent:: Do not indent this paragraph.
-* \parskip:: Space added before paragraphs.
-* Marginal notes:: Putting remarks in the margin.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \indent, Next: \noindent, Up: Making paragraphs
-
-16.1 '\indent'
-==============
-
-'\indent' produces a horizontal space whose width equals the width of
-the '\parindent' length, the normal paragraph indentation. It is used
-to add paragraph indentation where it would otherwise be suppressed.
-
- The default value for '\parindent' is '1em' in two-column mode,
-otherwise '15pt' for '10pt' documents, '17pt' for '11pt', and '1.5em'
-for '12pt'.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \noindent, Next: \parskip, Prev: \indent, Up: Making paragraphs
-
-16.2 '\noindent'
-================
-
-When used at the beginning of the paragraph, '\noindent' suppresses any
-paragraph indentation. It has no effect when used in the middle of a
-paragraph.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \parskip, Next: Marginal notes, Prev: \noindent, Up: Making paragraphs
-
-16.3 '\parskip'
-===============
-
-'\parskip' is a rubber length defining extra vertical space added before
-each paragraph. The default is '0pt plus1pt'.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Marginal notes, Prev: \parskip, Up: Making paragraphs
-
-16.4 Marginal notes
-===================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \marginpar[LEFT]{RIGHT}
-
- The '\marginpar' command creates a note in the margin. The first
-line of the note will have the same baseline as the line in the text
-where the '\marginpar' occurs.
-
- When you only specify the mandatory argument RIGHT, the text will be
-placed
-
- * in the right margin for one-sided layout;
- * in the outside margin for two-sided layout;
- * in the nearest margin for two-column layout.
-
- The command '\reversemarginpar' places subsequent marginal notes in
-the opposite (inside) margin. '\normalmarginpar' places them in the
-default position.
-
- When you specify both arguments, LEFT is used for the left margin,
-and RIGHT is used for the right margin.
-
- The first word will normally not be hyphenated; you can enable
-hyphenation there by beginning the node with '\hspace{0pt}'.
-
- These parameters affect the formatting of the note:
-
-'\marginparpush'
- Minimum vertical space between notes; default '7pt' for '12pt'
- documents, '5pt' else.
-
-'\marginparsep'
- Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default '11pt'
- for '10pt' documents, '10pt' else.
-
-'\marginparwidth'
- Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided '10pt' document
- is '90pt', '83pt' for '11pt', and '68pt' for '12pt'; '17pt' more in
- each case for a two-sided document. In two column mode, the
- default is '48pt'.
-
- The standard LaTeX routine for marginal notes does not prevent notes
-from falling off the bottom of the page.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Math formulas, Next: Modes, Prev: Making paragraphs, Up: Top
-
-17 Math formulas
-****************
-
-There are three environments that put LaTeX in math mode:
-
-'math'
- For formulas that appear right in the text.
-'displaymath'
- For formulas that appear on their own line.
-'equation'
- The same as the displaymath environment except that it adds an
- equation number in the right margin.
-
- The 'math' environment can be used in both paragraph and LR mode, but
-the 'displaymath' and 'equation' environments can be used only in
-paragraph mode. The 'math' and 'displaymath' environments are used so
-often that they have the following short forms:
-
- \(...\) instead of \begin{math}...\end{math}
- \[...\] instead of \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath}
-
- In fact, the 'math' environment is so common that it has an even
-shorter form:
-
- $ ... $ instead of \(...\)
-
- The '\boldmath' command changes math letters and symbols to be in a
-bold font. It is used _outside_ of math mode. Conversely, the
-'\unboldmath' command changes math glyphs to be in a normal font; it too
-is used _outside_ of math mode.
-
- The '\displaystyle' declaration forces the size and style of the
-formula to be that of 'displaymath', e.g., with limits above and below
-summations. For example
- $\displaystyle \sum_{n=0}^\infty x_n $
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Subscripts & superscripts:: Also known as exponent or index.
-* Math symbols:: Various mathematical squiggles.
-* Math functions:: Math function names like sin and exp.
-* Math accents:: Accents in math.
-* Spacing in math mode:: Thick, medium, thin and negative spaces.
-* Math miscellany:: Stuff that doesn't fit anywhere else.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Subscripts & superscripts, Next: Math symbols, Up: Math formulas
-
-17.1 Subscripts & superscripts
-==============================
-
-To get an expression exp to appear as a subscript, you just type
-'_{'exp'}'. To get exp to appear as a superscript, you type '^{'exp'}'.
-LaTeX handles superscripted superscripts and all of that stuff in the
-natural way. It even does the right thing when something has both a
-subscript and a superscript.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Math symbols, Next: Math functions, Prev: Subscripts & superscripts, Up: Math formulas
-
-17.2 Math symbols
-=================
-
-LaTeX provides almost any mathematical symbol you're likely to need.
-The commands for generating them can be used only in math mode. For
-example, if you include '$\pi$' in your source, you will get the pi
-symbol (\pi) in your output.
-
-'\|'
- \|
-
-'\aleph'
- \aleph
-
-'\alpha'
- \alpha
-
-'\amalg'
- \amalg (binary operation)
-
-'\angle'
- \angle
-
-'\approx'
- \approx (relation)
-
-'\ast'
- \ast (binary operation)
-
-'\asymp'
- \asymp (relation)
-
-'\backslash'
- \ (delimiter)
-
-'\beta'
- \beta
-
-'\bigcap'
- \bigcap
-
-'\bigcirc'
- \bigcirc (binary operation)
-
-'\bigcup'
- \bigcup
-
-'\bigodot'
- \bigodot
-
-'\bigoplus'
- \bigoplus
-
-'\bigotimes'
- \bigotimes
-
-'\bigtriangledown'
- \bigtriangledown (binary operation)
-
-'\bigtriangleup'
- \bigtriangleup (binary operation)
-
-'\bigsqcup'
- \bigsqcup
-
-'\biguplus'
- \biguplus
-
-'\bigcap'
- \bigvee
-
-'\bigwedge'
- \bigwedge
-
-'\bot'
- \bot
-
-'\bowtie'
- \bowtie (relation)
-
-'\Box'
- (square open box symbol)
-
-'\bullet'
- \bullet (binary operation)
-
-'\cap'
- \cap (binary operation)
-
-'\cdot'
- \cdot (binary operation)
-
-'\chi'
- \chi
-
-'\circ'
- \circ (binary operation)
-
-'\clubsuit'
- \clubsuit
-
-'\cong'
- \cong (relation)
-
-'\coprod'
- \coprod
-
-'\cup'
- \cup (binary operation)
-
-'\dagger'
- \dagger (binary operation)
-
-'\dashv'
- \dashv (relation)
-
-'\ddagger'
- \dagger (binary operation)
-
-'\Delta'
- \Delta
-
-'\delta'
- \delta
-
-'\Diamond'
- bigger \diamond
-
-'\diamond'
- \diamond (binary operation)
-
-'\diamondsuit'
- \diamondsuit
-
-'\div'
- \div (binary operation)
-
-'\doteq'
- \doteq (relation)
-
-'\downarrow'
- \downarrow (delimiter)
-
-'\Downarrow'
- \Downarrow (delimiter)
-
-'\ell'
- \ell
-
-'\emptyset'
- \emptyset
-
-'\epsilon'
- \epsilon
-
-'\equiv'
- \equiv (relation)
-
-'\eta'
- \eta
-
-'\exists'
- \exists
-
-'\flat'
- \flat
-
-'\forall'
- \forall
-
-'\frown'
- \frown (relation)
-
-'\Gamma'
- \Gamma
-
-'\gamma'
- \gamma
-
-'\ge'
- \ge
-
-'\geq'
- \geq (relation)
-
-'\gets'
- \gets
-
-'\gg'
- \gg (relation)
-
-'\hbar'
- \hbar
-
-'\heartsuit'
- \heartsuit
-
-'\hookleftarrow'
- \hookleftarrow
-
-'\hookrightarrow'
- \hookrightarrow
-
-'\iff'
- \iff
-
-'\Im'
- \Im
-
-'\in'
- \in (relation)
-
-'\infty'
- \infty
-
-'\int'
- \int
-
-'\iota'
- \iota
-
-'\Join'
- condensed bowtie symbol (relation)
-
-'\kappa'
- \kappa
-
-'\Lambda'
- \Lambda
-
-'\lambda'
- \lambda
-
-'\land'
- \land
-
-'\langle'
- \langle (delimiter)
-
-'\lbrace'
- \lbrace (delimiter)
-
-'\lbrack'
- \lbrack (delimiter)
-
-'\lceil'
- \lceil (delimiter)
-
-'\le'
- \le
-
-'\leadsto'
-
-'\Leftarrow'
- \Leftarrow
-
-'\leftarrow'
- \leftarrow
-
-'\leftharpoondown'
- \leftharpoondown
-
-'\leftharpoonup'
- \leftharpoonup
-
-'\Leftrightarrow'
- \Leftrightarrow
-
-'\leftrightarrow'
- \leftrightarrow
-
-'\leq'
- \leq (relation)
-
-'\lfloor'
- \lfloor (delimiter)
-
-'\lhd'
- (left-pointing arrow head)
-
-'\ll'
- \ll (relation)
-
-'\lnot'
- \lnot
-
-'\longleftarrow'
- \longleftarrow
-
-'\longleftrightarrow'
- \longleftrightarrow
-
-'\longmapsto'
- \longmapsto
-
-'\longrightarrow'
- \longrightarrow
-
-'\lor'
- \lor
-
-'\mapsto'
- \mapsto
-
-'\mho'
-
-'\mid'
- \mid (relation)
-
-'\models'
- \models (relation)
-
-'\mp'
- \mp (binary operation)
-
-'\mu'
- \mu
-
-'\nabla'
- \nabla
-
-'\natural'
- \natural
-
-'\ne'
- \ne
-
-'\nearrow'
- \nearrow
-
-'\neg'
- \neg
-
-'\neq'
- \neq (relation)
-
-'\ni'
- \ni (relation)
-
-'\not'
- Overstrike a following operator with a /, as in \not=.
-
-'\notin'
- \ni
-
-'\nu'
- \nu
-
-'\nwarrow'
- \nwarrow
-
-'\odot'
- \odot (binary operation)
-
-'\oint'
- \oint
-
-'\Omega'
- \Omega
-
-'\omega'
- \omega
-
-'\ominus'
- \ominus (binary operation)
-
-'\oplus'
- \oplus (binary operation)
-
-'\oslash'
- \oslash (binary operation)
-
-'\otimes'
- \otimes (binary operation)
-
-'\owns'
- \owns
-
-'\parallel'
- \parallel (relation)
-
-'\partial'
- \partial
-
-'\perp'
- \perp (relation)
-
-'\phi'
- \phi
-
-'\Pi'
- \Pi
-
-'\pi'
- \pi
-
-'\pm'
- \pm (binary operation)
-
-'\prec'
- \prec (relation)
-
-'\preceq'
- \preceq (relation)
-
-'\prime'
- \prime
-
-'\prod'
- \prod
-
-'\propto'
- \propto (relation)
-
-'\Psi'
- \Psi
-
-'\psi'
- \psi
-
-'\rangle'
- \rangle (delimiter)
-
-'\rbrace'
- \rbrace (delimiter)
-
-'\rbrack'
- \rbrack (delimiter)
-
-'\rceil'
- \rceil (delimiter)
-
-'\Re'
- \Re
-
-'\rfloor'
- \rfloor
-
-'\rhd'
- (binary operation)
-
-'\rho'
- \rho
-
-'\Rightarrow'
- \Rightarrow
-
-'\rightarrow'
- \rightarrow
-
-'\rightharpoondown'
- \rightharpoondown
-
-'\rightharpoonup'
- \rightharpoonup
-
-'\rightleftharpoons'
- \rightleftharpoons
-
-'\searrow'
- \searrow
-
-'\setminus'
- \setminus (binary operation)
-
-'\sharp'
- \sharp
-
-'\Sigma'
- \Sigma
-
-'\sigma'
- \sigma
-
-'\sim'
- \sim (relation)
-
-'\simeq'
- \simeq (relation)
-
-'\smallint'
- \smallint
-
-'\smile'
- \smile (relation)
-
-'\spadesuit'
- \spadesuit
-
-'\sqcap'
- \sqcap (binary operation)
-
-'\sqcup'
- \sqcup (binary operation)
-
-'\sqsubset'
- (relation)
-
-'\sqsubseteq'
- \sqsubseteq (relation)
-
-'\sqsupset'
- (relation)
-
-'\sqsupseteq'
- \sqsupseteq (relation)
-
-'\star'
- \star (binary operation)
-
-'\subset'
- \subset (relation)
-
-'\subseteq'
- \subseteq (relation)
-
-'\succ'
- \succ (relation)
-
-'\succeq'
- \succeq (relation)
-
-'\sum'
- \sum
-
-'\supset'
- \supset (relation)
-
-'\supseteq'
- \supseteq (relation)
-
-'\surd'
- \surd
-
-'\swarrow'
- \swarrow
-
-'\tau'
- \tau
-
-'\theta'
- \theta
-
-'\times'
- \times (binary operation)
-
-'\to'
- \to
-
-'\top'
- \top
-
-'\triangle'
- \triangle
-
-'\triangleleft'
- \triangleleft (binary operation)
-
-'\triangleright'
- \triangleright (binary operation)
-
-'\unlhd'
- left-pointing arrowhead with line under (binary operation)
-
-'\unrhd'
- right-pointing arrowhead with line under (binary operation)
-
-'\Uparrow'
- \Uparrow (delimiter)
-
-'\uparrow'
- \uparrow (delimiter)
-
-'\Updownarrow'
- \Updownarrow (delimiter)
-
-'\updownarrow'
- \updownarrow (delimiter)
-
-'\uplus'
- \uplus (binary operation)
-
-'\Upsilon'
- \Upsilon
-
-'\upsilon'
- \upsilon
-
-'\varepsilon'
- \varepsilon
-
-'\varphi'
- \varphi
-
-'\varpi'
- \varpi
-
-'\varrho'
- \varrho
-
-'\varsigma'
- \varsigma
-
-'\vartheta'
- \vartheta
-
-'\vdash'
- \vdash (relation)
-
-'\vee'
- \vee (binary operation)
-
-'\Vert'
- \Vert (delimiter)
-
-'\vert'
- \vert (delimiter)
-
-'\wedge'
- \wedge (binary operation)
-
-'\wp'
- \wp
-
-'\wr'
- \wr (binary operation)
-
-'\Xi'
- \Xi
-
-'\xi'
- \xi
-
-'\zeta'
- \zeta
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Math functions, Next: Math accents, Prev: Math symbols, Up: Math formulas
-
-17.3 Math functions
-===================
-
-These commands produce roman function names in math mode with proper
-spacing.
-
-'\arccos'
- \arccos
-
-'\arcsin'
- \arcsin
-
-'\arctan'
- \arctan
-
-'\arg'
- \arg
-
-'\bmod'
- Binary modulo operator (x \bmod y)
-
-'\cos'
- \cos
-
-'\cosh'
- \cosh
-
-'\cot'
- \cos
-
-'\coth'
- \cosh
-
-'\csc'
- \csc
-
-'\deg'
- \deg
-
-'\det'
- \deg
-
-'\dim'
- \dim
-
-'\exp'
- \exp
-
-'\gcd'
- \gcd
-
-'\hom'
- \hom
-
-'\inf'
- \inf
-
-'\ker'
- \ker
-
-'\lg'
- \lg
-
-'\lim'
- \lim
-
-'\liminf'
- \liminf
-
-'\limsup'
- \limsup
-
-'\ln'
- \ln
-
-'\log'
- \log
-
-'\max'
- \max
-
-'\min'
- \min
-
-'\pmod'
- parenthesized modulus, as in (\pmod 2^n - 1)
-
-'\Pr'
- \Pr
-
-'\sec'
- \sec
-
-'\sin'
- \sin
-
-'\sinh'
- \sinh
-
-'\sup'
- \sup
-
-'\tan'
- \tan
-
-'\tanh'
- \tanh
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Math accents, Next: Spacing in math mode, Prev: Math functions, Up: Math formulas
-
-17.4 Math accents
-=================
-
-LaTeX provides a variety of commands for producing accented letters in
-math. These are different from accents in normal text (*note
-Accents::).
-
-'\acute'
- Math acute accent: \acute{x}.
-
-'\bar'
- Math bar-over accent: \bar{x}.
-
-'\breve'
- Math breve accent: \breve{x}.
-
-'\check'
- Math ha'c<ek (check) accent: \check{x}.
-
-'\ddot'
- Math dieresis accent: \ddot{x}.
-
-'\dot'
- Math dot accent: \dot{x}.
-
-'\grave'
- Math grave accent: \grave{x}.
-
-'\hat'
- Math hat (circumflex) accent: \hat{x}.
-
-'\imath'
- Math dotless i.
-
-'\jmath'
- Math dotless j.
-
-'\mathring'
- Math ring accent: x*.
-
-'\tilde'
- Math tilde accent: \tilde{x}.
-
-'\vec'
- Math vector symbol: \vec{x}.
-
-'\widehat'
- Math wide hat accent: \widehat{x+y}.
-
-'\widehat'
- Math wide tilde accent: \widetilde{x+y}.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Spacing in math mode, Next: Math miscellany, Prev: Math accents, Up: Math formulas
-
-17.5 Spacing in math mode
-=========================
-
-In a 'math' environment, LaTeX ignores the spaces you type and puts in
-the spacing according to the normal rules for mathematics texts. If you
-want different spacing, LaTeX provides the following commands for use in
-math mode:
-
-'\;'
- A thick space (5\over18\,quad).
-'\:'
-'\>'
- Both of these produce a medium space (2\over9\,quad).
-'\,'
- A thin space (1\over6\,quad); not restricted to math mode.
-'\!'
- A negative thin space (-{1\over6}\,quad).
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Math miscellany, Prev: Spacing in math mode, Up: Math formulas
-
-17.6 Math miscellany
-====================
-
-'\*'
- A "discretionary" multiplication symbol, at which a line break is
- allowed.
-
-'\cdots'
- A horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the
- line.
-
-'\ddots'
- A diagonal ellipsis: \ddots.
-
-'\frac{num}{den}'
- Produces the fraction 'num' divided by 'den'.
-
-'\left DELIM1 ... \right DELIM2'
- The two delimiters need not match; '.' acts as a null delimiter,
- producing no output. The delimiters are sized according to the
- math in between. Example: '\left( \sum_i=1^10 a_i \right]'.
-
-'\overbrace{TEXT}'
- Generates a brace over TEXT. For example,
- \overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k \rm\;times}.
-
-'\overline{TEXT}'
- Generates a horizontal line over TEX. For exampe, \overline{x+y}.
-
-'\sqrt[ROOT]{arg}'
- Produces the representation of the square root of ARG. The
- optional argument ROOT determines what root to produce. For
- example, the cube root of 'x+y' would be typed as
- '$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$'.
-
-'\stackrel{TEXT}{RELATION}'
- Puts TEXT above RELATION. For example,
- '\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}'.
-
-'\underbrace{math}'
- Generates MATH with a brace underneath.
-
-'\underline{text}'
- Causes TEXT, which may be either math mode or not, to be
- underlined. The line is always below the text, taking account of
- descenders.
-
-'\vdots'
- Produces a vertical ellipsis.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Modes, Next: Page styles, Prev: Math formulas, Up: Top
-
-18 Modes
-********
-
-When LaTeX is processing your input text, it is always in one of three
-modes:
-
- * Paragraph mode
- * Math mode
- * Left-to-right mode, called LR mode for short
-
- LaTeX changes mode only when it goes up or down a staircase to a
-different level, though not all level changes produce mode changes.
-Mode changes occur only when entering or leaving an environment, or when
-LaTeX is processing the argument of certain text-producing commands.
-
- "Paragraph mode" is the most common; it's the one LaTeX is in when
-processing ordinary text. In that mode, LaTeX breaks your text into
-lines and breaks the lines into pages. LaTeX is in "math mode" when
-it's generating a mathematical formula. In "LR mode", as in paragraph
-mode, LaTeX considers the output that it produces to be a string of
-words with spaces between them. However, unlike paragraph mode, LaTeX
-keeps going from left to right; it never starts a new line in LR mode.
-Even if you put a hundred words into an '\mbox', LaTeX would keep
-typesetting them from left to right inside a single box, and then
-complain because the resulting box was too wide to fit on the line.
-
- LaTeX is in LR mode when it starts making a box with an '\mbox'
-command. You can get it to enter a different mode inside the box - for
-example, you can make it enter math mode to put a formula in the box.
-There are also several text-producing commands and environments for
-making a box that put LaTeX in paragraph mode. The box make by one of
-these commands or environments will be called a 'parbox'. When LaTeX is
-in paragraph mode while making a box, it is said to be in "inner
-paragraph mode". Its normal paragraph mode, which it starts out in, is
-called "outer paragraph mode".
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Page styles, Next: Spaces, Prev: Modes, Up: Top
-
-19 Page styles
-**************
-
-The '\documentclass' command determines the size and position of the
-page's head and foot. The page style determines what goes in them.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \maketitle:: Generate a title page.
-* \pagenumbering:: Set the style used for page numbers.
-* \pagestyle:: Change the headings/footings style.
-* \thispagestyle:: Change the headings/footings style for this page.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \maketitle, Next: \pagenumbering, Up: Page styles
-
-19.1 '\maketitle'
-=================
-
-The '\maketitle' command generates a title on a separate title
-page--except in the 'article' class, where the title is placed at the
-top of the first page. Information used to produce the title is
-obtained from the following declarations:
-
-'\author{NAME \and NAME2}'
- The '\author' command declares the document author(s), where the
- argument is a list of authors separated by '\and' commands. Use
- '\\' to separate lines within a single author's entry--for example,
- to give the author's institution or address.
-
-'\date{TEXT}'
- The '\date' command declares TEXT to be the document's date. With
- no '\date' command, the current date (*note \today::) is used.
-
-'\thanks{TEXT}'
- The '\thanks' command produces a '\footnote' to the title, usually
- used for credit acknowledgements.
-
-'\title{TEXT}'
- The '\title' command declares TEXT to be the title of the document.
- Use '\\' to force a line break, as usual.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \pagenumbering, Next: \pagestyle, Prev: \maketitle, Up: Page styles
-
-19.2 '\pagenumbering'
-=====================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \pagenumbering{STYLE}
-
- Specifies the style of page numbers, according to STYLE:
-
-'arabic'
- arabic numerals
-'roman'
- lowercase Roman numerals
-'Roman'
- uppercase Roman numerals
-'alph'
- lowercase letters
-'Alph'
- uppercase letters
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \pagestyle, Next: \thispagestyle, Prev: \pagenumbering, Up: Page styles
-
-19.3 '\pagestyle'
-=================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \pagestyle{STYLE}
-
- The '\pagestyle' command specifies how the headers and footers are
-typeset from the current page onwards. Values for STYLE:
-
-'plain'
- Just a plain page number.
-
-'empty'
- Empty headers and footers, e.g., no page numbers.
-
-'headings'
- Put running headers on each page. The document style specifies
- what goes in the headers.
-
-'myheadings'
- Custom headers, specified via the '\markboth' or the '\markright'
- commands.
-
- Here are the descriptions of '\markboth' and '\markright':
-
-'\markboth{LEFT}{RIGHT}'
- Sets both the left and the right heading. A "left-hand heading"
- (LEFT) is generated by the last '\markboth' command before the end
- of the page, while a "right-hand heading" (RIGHT is generated by
- the first '\markboth' or '\markright' that comes on the page if
- there is one, otherwise by the last one before the page.
-
-'\markright{RIGHT}'
- Sets the right heading, leaving the left heading unchanged.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \thispagestyle, Prev: \pagestyle, Up: Page styles
-
-19.4 '\thispagestyle{STYLE}'
-============================
-
-The '\thispagestyle' command works in the same manner as the
-'\pagestyle' command (see previous section) except that it changes to
-STYLE for the current page only.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Spaces, Next: Boxes, Prev: Page styles, Up: Top
-
-20 Spaces
-*********
-
-LaTeX has many ways to produce white (or filled) space.
-
- Another space-producing command is '\,' to produce a "thin" space
-(usually 1/6quad). It can be used in text mode, but is more often
-useful in math mode (*note Spacing in math mode::).
-
-* Menu:
-
-Horizontal space
-* \hspace:: Fixed horizontal space.
-* \hfill:: Stretchable horizontal space.
-* \SPACE:: Normal interword space.
-* \AT:: Ending a sentence.
-* \thinspace:: One-sixth of an em.
-* \/:: Per-character italic correction.
-* \hrulefill:: Stretchable horizontal rule.
-* \dotfill:: Stretchable horizontal dots.
-
-Vertical space
-* \addvspace:: Add arbitrary vertical space if needed.
-* \bigskip \medskip \smallskip:: Fixed vertical spaces.
-* \vfill:: Infinitely stretchable vertical space.
-* \vspace:: Add arbitrary vertical space.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \hspace, Next: \hfill, Up: Spaces
-
-20.1 '\hspace'
-==============
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \hspace[*]{LENGTH}
-
- The '\hspace' command adds horizontal space. The LENGTH argument can
-be expressed in any terms that LaTeX understands: points, inches, etc.
-It is a rubber length. You can add both negative and positive space
-with an '\hspace' command; adding negative space is like backspacing.
-
- LaTeX normally removes horizontal space that comes at the beginning
-or end of a line. To preserve this space, use the optional '*' form.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \hfill, Next: \SPACE, Prev: \hspace, Up: Spaces
-
-20.2 '\hfill'
-=============
-
-The '\hfill' fill command produces a "rubber length" which has no
-natural space but can stretch or shrink horizontally as far as needed.
-
- The '\fill' parameter is the rubber length itself (technically, the
-glue value '0pt plus1fill'); thus, '\hspace\fill' is equivalent to
-'\hfill'.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \SPACE, Next: \AT, Prev: \hfill, Up: Spaces
-
-20.3 '\SPACE'
-=============
-
-The '\ ' (space) command produces a normal interword space. It's useful
-after punctuation which shouldn't end a sentence. For example 'Knuth's
-article in Proc.\ Amer.\ Math\. Soc.\ is fundamental'. It is also often
-used after control sequences, as in '\TeX\ is a nice system.'
-
- In normal circumstances, '\'<tab> and '\'<newline> are equivalent to
-'\ '.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \AT, Next: \thinspace, Prev: \SPACE, Up: Spaces
-
-20.4 '\@'
-=========
-
-The '\@' command makes the following punctuation character end a
-sentence even if it normally would not. This is typically used after a
-capital letter. Here are side-by-side examples with and without '\@':
-
- ... in C\@. Pascal, though ...
- ... in C. Pascal, though ...
-
-produces
-
- ... in C. Pascal, though ... ... in C. Pascal, though ...
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \thinspace, Next: \/, Prev: \AT, Up: Spaces
-
-20.5 '\thinspace'
-=================
-
-'\thinspace' produces an unbreakable and unstretchable space that is 1/6
-of an em. This is the proper space to use in nested quotes, as in '".
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \/, Next: \hrulefill, Prev: \thinspace, Up: Spaces
-
-20.6 '\/'
-=========
-
-The '\/' command produces an "italic correction". This is a small space
-defined by the font designer for a given character, to avoid the
-character colliding with whatever follows. The italic f character
-typically has a large italic correction value.
-
- If the following character is a period or comma, it's not necessary
-to insert an italic correction, since those punctuation symbols have a
-very small height. However, with semicolons or colons, as well as
-normal letters, it can help. Compare f: f; (in the TeX output, the 'f's
-are nicely separated) with f: f;.
-
- Despite the name, roman characters can also have an italic
-correction. Compare pdfTeX (in the TeX output, there is a small space
-after the 'f') with pdfTeX.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \hrulefill, Next: \dotfill, Prev: \/, Up: Spaces
-
-20.7 '\hrulefill'
-=================
-
-The '\hrulefill' fill command produces a "rubber length" which can
-stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with a horizontal
-rule.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \dotfill, Next: \addvspace, Prev: \hrulefill, Up: Spaces
-
-20.8 '\dotfill'
-===============
-
-The '\dotfill' command produces a "rubber length" that fills with dots
-instead of just white space.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \addvspace, Next: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip, Prev: \dotfill, Up: Spaces
-
-20.9 '\addvspace'
-=================
-
-'\addvspace{length}'
-
- The '\addvspace' command normally adds a vertical space of height
-length. However, if vertical space has already been added to the same
-point in the output by a previous '\addvspace' command, then this
-command will not add more space than needed to make the natural length
-of the total vertical space equal to 'length'.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip, Next: \vfill, Prev: \addvspace, Up: Spaces
-
-20.10 '\bigskip \medskip \smallskip'
-====================================
-
-These commands produce a given amount of space.
-
-'\bigskip'
- The same as '\vspace{bigskipamount}', ordinarily about one line
- space (with stretch and shrink).
-
-'\medskip'
- The same as '\vspace{medskipamount}', ordinarily about half of a
- line space (with stretch and shrink).
-
-'\smallskip'
- The same as '\vspace{smallskipamount}', ordinarily about a quarter
- of a line space (with stretch and shrink).
-
- The '\...amount' parameters are determined by the document class.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \vfill, Next: \vspace, Prev: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip, Up: Spaces
-
-20.11 '\vfill'
-==============
-
-The '\vfill' fill command produces a rubber length (glue) which can
-stretch or shrink vertically as far as needed. It's equivalent to
-'\vspace{\fill}' (*note \hfill::).
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \vspace, Prev: \vfill, Up: Spaces
-
-20.12 '\vspace[*]{LENGTH}'
-==========================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \vspace[*]{LENGTH}
-
- The '\vspace' command adds the vertical space LENGTH, i.e., a rubber
-length. LENGTH can be negative or positive.
-
- Ordinarily, LaTeX removes vertical space added by '\vspace' at the
-top or bottom of a page. With the optional '*' argument, the space is
-not removed.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Boxes, Next: Special insertions, Prev: Spaces, Up: Top
-
-21 Boxes
-********
-
-All the predefined length parameters (*note Predefined lengths::) can be
-used in the arguments of the box-making commands.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \mbox:: Horizontal boxes.
-* \fbox and \framebox:: Put a frame around a box.
-* lrbox:: An environment like \sbox.
-* \makebox:: Box, adjustable position.
-* \parbox:: Box with text in paragraph mode.
-* \raisebox:: Raise or lower text.
-* \savebox:: Like \makebox, but save the text for later use.
-* \sbox:: Like \mbox, but save the text for later use.
-* \usebox:: Print saved text.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \mbox, Next: \fbox and \framebox, Up: Boxes
-
-21.1 '\mbox{TEXT}'
-==================
-
-The '\mbox' command creates a box just wide enough to hold the text
-created by its argument. The TEXT is not broken into lines, so it can
-be used to prevent hyphenation.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \fbox and \framebox, Next: lrbox, Prev: \mbox, Up: Boxes
-
-21.2 '\fbox' and '\framebox'
-============================
-
-Synopses:
-
- \fbox{TEXT}
- \framebox[WIDTH][POSITION]{TEXT}
-
- The '\fbox' and '\framebox' commands are like '\mbox', except that
-they put a frame around the outside of the box being created.
-
- In addition, the '\framebox' command allows for explicit
-specification of the box width with the optional WIDTH argument (a
-dimension), and positioning with the optional POSITION argument.
-
- Both commands produce a rule of thickness '\fboxrule' (default
-'.4pt'), and leave a space of '\fboxsep' (default '3pt') between the
-rule and the contents of the box.
-
- *Note \framebox (picture)::, for the '\framebox' command in the
-'picture' environment.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: lrbox, Next: \makebox, Prev: \fbox and \framebox, Up: Boxes
-
-21.3 'lrbox'
-============
-
-'\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox}'
-
- This is the environment form of '\sbox'.
-
- The text inside the environment is saved in the box 'cmd', which must
-have been declared with '\newsavebox'.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \makebox, Next: \parbox, Prev: lrbox, Up: Boxes
-
-21.4 '\makebox'
-===============
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \makebox[WIDTH][POSITION]{TEXT}
-
- The '\makebox' command creates a box just wide enough to contain the
-TEXT specified. The width of the box is specified by the optional WIDTH
-argument. The position of the text within the box is determined by the
-optional POSITION argument, which may take the following values:
-
-'c'
- Centered (default).
-'l'
- Flush left.
-'r'
- Flush right.
-'s'
- Stretch (justify) across entire WIDTH; TEXT must contain
- stretchable space for this to work.
-
- '\makebox' is also used within the picture environment *note \makebox
-(picture)::.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \parbox, Next: \raisebox, Prev: \makebox, Up: Boxes
-
-21.5 '\parbox'
-==============
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \parbox[POSITION][HEIGHT][INNER-POS]{WIDTH}{TEXT}
-
- The '\parbox' command produces a box whose contents are created in
-'paragraph' mode. It should be used to make a box small pieces of text,
-with nothing fancy inside. In particular, you shouldn't use any
-paragraph-making environments inside a '\parbox' argument. For larger
-pieces of text, including ones containing a paragraph-making
-environment, you should use a 'minipage' environment (*note minipage::).
-
- '\parbox' has two mandatory arguments:
-
-WIDTH
- the width of the parbox;
-TEXT
- the text that goes inside the parbox.
-
- The optional POSITION argument allows you to align either the top or
-bottom line in the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding text
-(default is top).
-
- The optional HEIGHT argument overrides the natural height of the box.
-
- The INNER-POS argument controls the placement of the text inside the
-box, as follows; if it is not specified, POSITION is used.
-
-'t'
- text is placed at the top of the box.
-'c'
- text is centered in the box.
-'b'
- text is placed at the bottom of the box.
-'s'
- stretch vertically; the text must contain vertically stretchable
- space for this to work.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \raisebox, Next: \savebox, Prev: \parbox, Up: Boxes
-
-21.6 '\raisebox'
-================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \raisebox{distance}[HEIGHT][DEPTH]{text}
-
- The '\raisebox' command raises or lowers TEXT. The first mandatory
-argument specifies how high TEXT is to be raised (or lowered if it is a
-negative amount). TEXT itself is processed in LR mode.
-
- The optional arguments HEIGHT and DEPTH are dimensions. If they are
-specified, LaTeX treats TEXT as extending a certain distance above the
-baseline (height) or below (depth), ignoring its natural height and
-depth.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \savebox, Next: \sbox, Prev: \raisebox, Up: Boxes
-
-21.7 '\savebox'
-===============
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \savebox{\BOXCMD}[WIDTH][POS]{TEXT}
-
- This command typeset TEXT in a box just as with '\makebox' (*note
-\makebox::), except that instead of printing the resulting box, it saves
-it in the box labeled \BOXCMD, which must have been declared with
-'\newsavebox' (*note \newsavebox::).
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \sbox, Next: \usebox, Prev: \savebox, Up: Boxes
-
-21.8 '\sbox{\BOXCMD}{TEXT}'
-===========================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \sbox{\BOXCMD}{TEXT}
-
- '\sbox' types TEXT in a box just as with '\mbox' (*note \mbox::)
-except that instead of the resulting box being included in the normal
-output, it is saved in the box labeled \BOXCMD. \BOXCMD must have been
-previously declared with '\newsavebox' (*note \newsavebox::).
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \usebox, Prev: \sbox, Up: Boxes
-
-21.9 '\usebox{\BOXCMD'
-======================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \usebox{\BOXCMD}
-
- '\usebox' producesthe box most recently saved in the bin \BOXCMD by a
-'\savebox' command (*note \savebox::).
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Special insertions, Next: Splitting the input, Prev: Boxes, Up: Top
-
-22 Special insertions
-*********************
-
-LaTeX provides commands for inserting characters that have a special
-meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Reserved characters:: Inserting # $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { }
-* Text symbols:: Inserting other non-letter symbols in text.
-* Accents:: Inserting accents.
-* Non-English characters:: Inserting other non-English characters.
-* \rule:: Inserting lines and rectangles.
-* \today:: Inserting today's date.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Reserved characters, Next: Text symbols, Up: Special insertions
-
-22.1 Reserved characters
-========================
-
-The following characters play a special role in LaTeX and are called
-"reserved characters" or "special characters".
-
- # $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { }
-
- Whenever you write one of these characters into your file, LaTeX will
-do something special. If you simply want the character to be printed as
-itself, include a '\' in front of the character. For example, '\$' will
-produce '$' in your output.
-
- One exception to this rule is '\' itself, because '\\' has its own
-special (context-dependent) meaning. A roman \ is produced by typing
-'$\backslash$' in your file, and a typewriter '\' is produced by using
-'\' in a verbatim command (*note verbatim::).
-
- Also, '\~' and '\^' place tilde and circumflex accents over the
-following letter, as in o~ and o^ (*note Accents::); to get a standalone
-'~' or '^', you can again use a verbatim command.
-
- Finally, you can access any character of the current font once you
-know its number by using the '\symbol' command. For example, the
-visible space character used in the '\verb*' command has the code
-decimal 32, so it can be typed as '\symbol{32}'.
-
- You can also specify octal numbers with ''' or hexadecimal numbers
-with '"', so the previous example could also be written as
-'\symbol{'40}' or '\symbol{"20}'.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Text symbols, Next: Accents, Prev: Reserved characters, Up: Special insertions
-
-22.2 Text symbols
-=================
-
-LaTeX provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols in
-running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are not
-available in OT1; you may need to load the 'textcomp' package.
-
-'\copyright'
-'\textcopyright'
- The copyright symbol, (C).
-
-'\dag'
- The dagger symbol (in text).
-
-'\ddag'
- The double dagger symbol (in text).
-
-'\LaTeX'
- The LaTeX logo.
-
-'\guillemotleft (<<)'
-'\guillemotright (>>)'
-'\guilsinglleft (<)'
-'\guilsinglright (>)'
- Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French:
- <<, >>, <, >.
-
-'\ldots'
-'\dots'
-'\textellipsis'
- An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): '...'. '\ldots' and
- '\dots' also work in math mode.
-
-'\lq'
- Left (opening) quote: '.
-
-'\P'
-'\textparagraph'
- Paragraph sign (pilcrow).
-
-'\pounds'
-'\textsterling'
- English pounds sterling: #.
-
-'\quotedblbase (,,)'
-'\quotesinglbase (,)'
- Double and single quotation marks on the baseline: ,, and ,.
-
-'\rq'
- Right (closing) quote: '.
-
-'\S'
- Section symbol.
-
-'\TeX'
- The TeX logo.
-
-'\textasciicircum'
- ASCII circumflex: ^.
-
-'\textasciitilde'
- ASCII tilde: ~.
-
-'\textasteriskcentered'
- Centered asterisk: *.
-
-'\textbackslash'
- Backslash: \.
-
-'\textbar'
- Vertical bar: |.
-
-'\textbardbl'
- Double vertical bar.
-
-'\textbigcircle'
- Big circle symbol.
-
-'\textbraceleft'
- Left brace: {.
-
-'\textbraceright'
- Right brace: }.
-
-'\textbullet'
- Bullet: *.
-
-'\textcircled{LETTER}'
- LETTER in a circle, as in (R).
-
-'\textcompwordmark'
-'\textcapitalwordmark'
-'\textascenderwordmark'
- Composite word mark (invisible). The '\textcapital...' form has
- the cap height of the font, while the '\textascender...' form has
- the ascender height.
-
-'\textdagger'
- Dagger: \dag.
-
-'\textdaggerdbl'
- Double dagger: \ddag.
-
-'\textdollar (or '$')'
- Dollar sign: $.
-
-'\textemdash (or '---')'
- Em-dash: -- (for punctuation).
-
-'\textendash (or '--')'
- En-dash: -- (for ranges).
-
-'\texteuro'
- The Euro symbol: Euro.
-
-'\textexclamdown (or '!`')'
- Upside down exclamation point: !.
-
-'\textgreater'
- Greater than: >.
-
-'\textless'
- Less than: <.
-
-'\textleftarrow'
- Left arrow.
-
-'\textordfeminine'
-'\textordmasculine'
- Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols: a, o.
-
-'\textperiodcentered'
- Centered period: \cdot.
-
-'\textquestiondown (or '?`')'
- Upside down questionation point: ?.
-
-'\textquotedblleft (or '``')'
- Double left quote: ".
-
-'\textquotedblright (or ''')'
- Double right quote: ".
-
-'\textquoteleft (or '`')'
- Single left quote: '.
-
-'\textquoteright (or ''')'
- Single right quote: '.
-
-'\textquotestraightbase'
-'\textquotestraightdblbase'
- Single and double straight quotes on the baseline.
-
-'\textregistered'
- Registered symbol: (R).
-
-'\textrightarrow'
- Right arrow.
-
-'\textthreequartersemdash'
- "Three-quarters" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.
-
-'\texttrademark'
- Trademark symbol: ^{\hbox{TM}}.
-
-'\texttwelveudash'
- "Two-thirds" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.
-
-'\textunderscore'
- Underscore: _.
-
-'\textvisiblespace'
- Visible space symbol.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Accents, Next: Non-English characters, Prev: Text symbols, Up: Special insertions
-
-22.3 Accents
-============
-
-LaTeX has wide support for many of the world's scripts and languages,
-through the 'babel' package and related support. This section does not
-attempt to cover all that support. It merely lists the core LaTeX
-commands for creating accented characters.
-
- The '\capital...' commands produce alternative forms for use with
-capital letters. These are not available with OT1.
-
-'\"'
-'\capitaldieresis'
- Produces an umlaut (dieresis), as in o".
-
-'\''
-'\capitalacute'
- Produces an acute accent, as in o'. In the 'tabbing' environment,
- pushes current column to the right of the previous column (*note
- tabbing::).
-
-'\.'
- Produces a dot accent over the following, as in o..
-
-'\='
-'\capitalmacron'
- Produces a macron (overbar) accent over the following, as in o=.
-
-'\^'
-'\capitalcircumflex'
- Produces a circumflex (hat) accent over the following, as in o^.
-
-'\`'
-'\capitalgrave'
- Produces a grave accent over the following, as in o`. In the
- 'tabbing' environment, move following text to the right margin
- (*note tabbing::).
-
-'\~'
-'\capitaltilde'
- Produces a tilde accent over the following, as in n~.
-
-'\b'
- Produces a bar accent under the following, as in o_.
-
-'\c'
-'\capitalcedilla'
- Produces a cedilla accent under the following, as in c,.
-
-'\d'
-'\capitaldotaccent'
- Produces a dot accent under the following, as in .o.
-
-'\H'
-'\capitalhungarumlaut'
- Produces a long Hungarian umlaut accent over the following, as in
- o''.
-
-'\i'
- Produces a dotless i, as in 'i'.
-
-'\j'
- Produces a dotless j, as in 'j'.
-
-'\k'
-'\capitalogonek'
- Produces a letter with ogonek, as in 'o;'. Not available in the
- OT1 encoding.
-
-'\r'
-'\capitalring'
- Produces a ring accent, as in 'o*'.
-
-'\t'
-'\capitaltie'
-'\newtie'
-'\capitalnewtie'
- Produces a tie-after accent, as in 'oo['. The '\newtie' form is
- centered in its box.
-
-'\u'
-'\capitalbreve'
- Produces a breve accent, as in 'o('.
-
-'\underbar'
- Not exactly an accent, this produces a bar under the argument text.
- The argument is always processed in horizontal mode. The bar is
- always a fixed position under the baseline, thus crossing through
- descenders. See also '\underline' in *note Math miscellany::.
-
-'\v'
-'\capitalcaron'
- Produces a ha'c<ek (check, caron) accent, as in 'o<'.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Non-English characters, Next: \rule, Prev: Accents, Up: Special insertions
-
-22.4 Non-English characters
-===========================
-
-Here are the basic LaTeX commands for inserting characters commonly used
-in languages other than English.
-
-'\aa'
-'\AA'
- aa and AA.
-
-'\ae'
-'\AE'
- ae and AE.
-
-'\dh'
-'\DH'
- Icelandic letter eth: d and D.
-
-'\dj'
-'\DJ'
- xxxx
-
-'\ij'
-'\IJ'
- ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here).
-
-'\l'
-'\L'
- /l and /L.
-
-'\ng'
-'\NG'
- xxxx
-
-'\o'
-'\O'
- /o and /O.
-
-'\oe'
-'\OE'
- oe and OE.
-
-'\ss'
-'\SS'
- ss and SS.
-
-'\th'
-'\TH'
- Icelandic letter thorn: th and TH.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \rule, Next: \today, Prev: Non-English characters, Up: Special insertions
-
-22.5 '\rule'
-============
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \rule[RAISE]{WIDTH}{THICKNESS}
-
- The '\rule' command produces "rules", that is, lines or rectangles.
-The arguments are:
-
-RAISE
- How high to raise the rule (optional).
-
-WIDTH
- The length of the rule (mandatory).
-
-THICKNESS
- The thickness of the rule (mandatory).
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \today, Prev: \rule, Up: Special insertions
-
-22.6 '\today'
-=============
-
-The '\today' command produces today's date, in the format 'MONTH DD,
-YYYY'; for example, 'July 4, 1976'. It uses the predefined counters
-'\day', '\month', and '\year' (*note \day \month \year::) to do this.
-It is not updated as the program runs.
-
- The 'datetime' package, among others, can produce a wide variety of
-other date formats.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Splitting the input, Next: Front/back matter, Prev: Special insertions, Up: Top
-
-23 Splitting the input
-**********************
-
-A large document requires a lot of input. Rather than putting the whole
-input in a single large file, it's more efficient to split it into
-several smaller ones. Regardless of how many separate files you use,
-there is one that is the root file; it is the one whose name you type
-when you run LaTeX.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \include:: Conditionally include a file.
-* \includeonly:: Determine which files are included.
-* \input:: Unconditionally include a file.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \include, Next: \includeonly, Up: Splitting the input
-
-23.1 '\include'
-===============
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \include{FILE}
-
- If no '\includeonly' command is present, the '\include' command
-executes '\clearpage' to start a new page (*note \clearpage::), then
-reads FILE, then does another '\clearpage'.
-
- Given an '\includeonly' command, the '\include' actions are only run
-if FILE is listed as an argument to '\includeonly'. See the next
-section.
-
- The '\include' command may not appear in the preamble or in a file
-read by another '\include' command.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \includeonly, Next: \input, Prev: \include, Up: Splitting the input
-
-23.2 \'includeonly'
-===================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \includeonly{FILE1,FILE2,...}
-
- The '\includeonly' command controls which files will be read by
-subsequent '\include' commands. The list of filenames is
-comma-separated. Each FILE must exactly match a filename specified in a
-'\include' command for the selection to be effective.
-
- This command can only appear in the preamble.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \input, Prev: \includeonly, Up: Splitting the input
-
-23.3 \input
-===========
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \input{FILE}
-
- The '\input' command causes the specified FILE to be read and
-processed, as if its contents had been inserted in the current file at
-that point.
-
- If FILE does not end in '.tex' (e.g., 'foo' or 'foo.bar'), it is
-first tried with that extension ('foo.tex' or 'foo.bar.tex'). If that
-is not found, the original FILE is tried ('foo' or 'foo.bar').
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Front/back matter, Next: Letters, Prev: Splitting the input, Up: Top
-
-24 Front/back matter
-********************
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Tables of contents::
-* Glossaries::
-* Indexes::
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Tables of contents, Next: Glossaries, Up: Front/back matter
-
-24.1 Tables of contents
-=======================
-
-A table of contents is produced with the '\tableofcontents' command.
-You put the command right where you want the table of contents to go;
-LaTeX does the rest for you. A previous run must have generated a
-'.toc' file.
-
- The '\tableofcontents' command produces a heading, but it does not
-automatically start a new page. If you want a new page after the table
-of contents, write a '\newpage' command after the '\tableofcontents'
-command.
-
- The analogous commands '\listoffigures' and '\listoftables' produce a
-list of figures and a list of tables, respectively. Everything works
-exactly the same as for the table of contents.
-
- The command '\nofiles' overrides these commands, and _prevents_ any
-of these lists from being generated.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \addcontentsline:: Add an entry to table of contents etc.
-* \addtocontents:: Add text directly to table of contents file etc.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \addcontentsline, Next: \addtocontents, Up: Tables of contents
-
-24.1.1 \addcontentsline
------------------------
-
-The '\addcontentsline'{EXT}{UNIT}{TEXT} command adds an entry to the
-specified list or table where:
-
-EXT
- The extension of the file on which information is to be written,
- typically one of: 'toc' (table of contents), 'lof' (list of
- figures), or 'lot' (list of tables).
-
-UNIT
- The name of the sectional unit being added, typically one of the
- following, matching the value of the EXT argument:
-
- 'toc'
- The name of the sectional unit: 'part', 'chapter', 'section',
- 'subsection', 'subsubsection'.
- 'lof'
- For the list of figures.
- 'lot'
- For the list of tables.
-
-ENTRY
- The actual text of the entry.
-
- What is written to the '.EXT' file is the command
-'\contentsline{UNIT}{NAME}'.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \addtocontents, Prev: \addcontentsline, Up: Tables of contents
-
-24.1.2 \addtocontents
----------------------
-
-The '\addtocontents'{EXT}{TEXT} command adds text (or formatting
-commands) directly to the '.EXT' file that generates the table of
-contents or lists of figures or tables.
-
-EXT
- The extension of the file on which information is to be written:
- 'toc' (table of contents), 'lof' (list of figures), or 'lot' (list
- of tables).
-
-TEXT
- The text to be written.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Glossaries, Next: Indexes, Prev: Tables of contents, Up: Front/back matter
-
-24.2 Glossaries
-===============
-
-The command '\makeglossary' enables creating glossaries.
-
- The command '\glossary{TEXT}' writes a glossary entry for TEXT to an
-auxiliary file with the '.glo' extension.
-
- Specifically, what gets written is the command
-'\glossaryentry{TEXT}{PAGENO}', where PAGENO is the current '\thepage'
-value.
-
- The 'glossary' package on CTAN provides support for fancier
-glossaries.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Indexes, Prev: Glossaries, Up: Front/back matter
-
-24.3 Indexes
-============
-
-The command '\makeindex' enables creating indexes. Put this in the
-preamble.
-
- The command '\index{TEXT}' writes an index entry for TEXT to an
-auxiliary file with the '.idx' extension.
-
- Specifically, what gets written is the command
-'\indexentry{TEXT}{PAGENO}', where PAGENO is the current '\thepage'
-value.
-
- To generate a index entry for 'bar' that says 'See foo', use a
-vertical bar: '\index{bar|see{foo}}'. Use 'seealso' instead of 'see' to
-make a 'See also' entry.
-
- The text 'See' is defined by the macro '\seename', and 'See also' by
-the macro '\alsoname'. These can be redefined for other languages.
-
- The generated '.idx' file is then sorted with an external command,
-usually either 'makeindex' ('http://mirror.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex')
-or (the multi-lingual) 'xindy' ('http://xindy.sourceforge.net'). This
-results in a '.ind' file, which can then be read to typeset the index.
-
- The index is usually generated with the '\printindex' command. This
-is defined in the 'makeidx' package, so '\usepackage{makeidx}' needs to
-be in the preamble.
-
- The rubber length '\indexspace' is inserted before each new letter in
-the printed index; its default value is '10pt plus5pt minus3pt'.
-
- The 'showidx' package causes each index entries to be shown in the
-margin on the page where the entry appears. This can help in preparing
-the index.
-
- The 'multind' package supports multiple indexes. See also the TeX
-FAQ entry on this topic,
-'http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind'.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Letters, Next: Terminal input/output, Prev: Front/back matter, Up: Top
-
-25 Letters
-**********
-
-You can use LaTeX to typeset letters, both personal and business. The
-'letter' document class is designed to make a number of letters at once,
-although you can make just one if you so desire.
-
- Your '.tex' source file has the same minimum commands as the other
-document classes, i.e., you must have the following commands as a
-minimum:
-
- \documentclass{letter}
- \begin{document}
- ... letters ...
- \end{document}
-
- Each letter is a 'letter' environment, whose argument is the name and
-address of the recipient. For example, you might have:
-
- \begin{letter}{Mr. Joe Smith\\ 2345 Princess St.
- \\ Edinburgh, EH1 1AA}
- ...
- \end{letter}
-
- The letter itself begins with the '\opening' command. The text of
-the letter follows. It is typed as ordinary LaTeX input. Commands that
-make no sense in a letter, like '\chapter', do not work. The letter
-closes with a '\closing' command.
-
- After the 'closing', you can have additional material. The '\cc'
-command produces the usual "cc: ...". There's also a similar '\encl'
-command for a list of enclosures. With both these commands, use '\\' to
-separate the items.
-
- These commands are used with the 'letter' class.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \address:: Your return address.
-* \cc:: Cc list.
-* \closing:: Saying goodbye.
-* \encl:: List of enclosed material.
-* \location:: Your organisation's address.
-* \makelabels:: Making address labels.
-* \name:: Your name, for the return address.
-* \opening:: Saying hello.
-* \ps:: Adding a postscript.
-* \signature:: Your signature.
-* \startbreaks:: Allow page breaks.
-* \stopbreaks:: Disallow page breaks.
-* \telephone:: Your phone number.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \address, Next: \cc, Up: Letters
-
-25.1 \address{RETURN-ADDRESS}
-=============================
-
-The '\address' specifies the return address of a letter, as it should
-appear on the letter and the envelope. Separate lines of the address
-should be separated by '\\' commands.
-
- If you do not make an '\address' declaration, then the letter will be
-formatted for copying onto your organisation's standard letterhead.
-(*Note Overview::, for details on your local implementation). If you
-give an '\address' declaration, then the letter will be formatted as a
-personal letter.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \cc, Next: \closing, Prev: \address, Up: Letters
-
-25.2 '\cc'
-==========
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \cc{NAME1\\NAME2}
-
- Produce a list of NAMEs the letter was copied to. Each name is
-printed on a separate line.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \closing, Next: \encl, Prev: \cc, Up: Letters
-
-25.3 '\closing'
-===============
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \closing{text}
-
- A letter closes with a '\closing' command, for example,
- \closing{Best Regards,}
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \encl, Next: \location, Prev: \closing, Up: Letters
-
-25.4 '\encl'
-============
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \encl{LINE1\\LINE2}
-
- Declare a list of one more enclosures.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \location, Next: \makelabels, Prev: \encl, Up: Letters
-
-25.5 '\location'
-================
-
-'\location{address}'
-
- This modifies your organisation's standard address. This only
-appears if the 'firstpage' pagestyle is selected.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \makelabels, Next: \name, Prev: \location, Up: Letters
-
-25.6 '\makelabels'
-==================
-
-'\makelabels{number}'
-
- If you issue this command in the preamble, LaTeX will create a sheet
-of address labels. This sheet will be output before the letters.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \name, Next: \opening, Prev: \makelabels, Up: Letters
-
-25.7 '\name'
-============
-
-'\name{June Davenport}'
-
- Your name, used for printing on the envelope together with the return
-address.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \opening, Next: \ps, Prev: \name, Up: Letters
-
-25.8 '\opening{TEXT}'
-=====================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \opening{TEXT}
-
- A letter begins with the '\opening' command. The mandatory argument,
-TEXT, is whatever text you wish to start your letter. For instance:
-
- \opening{Dear Joe,}
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \ps, Next: \signature, Prev: \opening, Up: Letters
-
-25.9 '\ps'
-==========
-
-Use the '\ps' command to start a postscript in a letter, after
-'\closing'.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \signature, Next: \startbreaks, Prev: \ps, Up: Letters
-
-25.10 '\signature{TEXT}'
-========================
-
-Your name, as it should appear at the end of the letter underneath the
-space for your signature. '\\' starts a new line within TEXT as usual.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \startbreaks, Next: \stopbreaks, Prev: \signature, Up: Letters
-
-25.11 '\startbreaks'
-====================
-
-'\startbreaks'
-
- Used after a '\stopbreaks' command to allow page breaks again.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \stopbreaks, Next: \telephone, Prev: \startbreaks, Up: Letters
-
-25.12 '\stopbreaks'
-===================
-
-'\stopbreaks'
-
- Inhibit page breaks until a '\startbreaks' command occurs.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \telephone, Prev: \stopbreaks, Up: Letters
-
-25.13 '\telephone'
-==================
-
-'\telephone{number}'
-
- This is your telephone number. This only appears if the 'firstpage'
-pagestyle is selected.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Terminal input/output, Next: Command line, Prev: Letters, Up: Top
-
-26 Terminal input/output
-************************
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \typein:: Read text from the terminal.
-* \typeout:: Write text to the terminal.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \typein, Next: \typeout, Up: Terminal input/output
-
-26.1 '\typein[CMD]{MSG}'
-========================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \typein[\CMD]{MSG}
-
- '\typein' prints MSG on the terminal and causes LaTeX to stop and
-wait for you to type a line of input, ending with return. If the
-optional \CMD argument is omitted, the typed input is processed as if it
-had been included in the input file in place of the '\typein' command.
-If the \CMD argument is present, it must be a command name. This
-command name is then defined or redefined to be the typed input.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: \typeout, Prev: \typein, Up: Terminal input/output
-
-26.2 '\typeout{MSG}'
-====================
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \typeout{MSG}
-
- Prints 'msg' on the terminal and in the 'log' file. Commands in
-'msg' that are defined with '\newcommand' or '\renewcommand' (among
-others) are replaced by their definitions before being printed.
-
- LaTeX's usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single space
-and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to 'msg'. A '\space'
-command in 'msg' causes a single space to be printed, independent of
-surrounding spaces. A '^^J' in 'msg' prints a newline.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Command line, Next: Document templates, Prev: Terminal input/output, Up: Top
-
-27 Command line
-***************
-
-The input file specification indicates the file to be formatted; TeX
-uses '.tex' as a default file extension. If you omit the input file
-entirely, TeX accepts input from the terminal. You specify command
-options by supplying a string as a parameter to the command; e.g.
-
- latex '\nonstopmode\input foo.tex'
-
-will process 'foo.tex' without pausing after every error.
-
- If LaTeX stops in the middle of the document and gives you a '*'
-prompt, it is waiting for input. You can type '\stop' (and return) and
-it will prematurely end the document.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Document templates, Next: Concept Index, Prev: Command line, Up: Top
-
-Appendix A Document templates
-*****************************
-
-Although not reference material, perhaps these document templates will
-be useful. Additional template resources are listed
-'http://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates'.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* book template::
-* beamer template::
-* tugboat template::
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: book template, Next: beamer template, Up: Document templates
-
-A.1 'book' template
-===================
-
-\documentclass{book}
-\title{Book Class Template}
-\author{Alex Author}
-
-\begin{document}
-\maketitle
-
-\chapter{First}
-Some text.
-
-\chapter{Second}
-Some other text.
-
-\section{A subtopic}
-The end.
-\end{document}
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: beamer template, Next: tugboat template, Prev: book template, Up: Document templates
-
-A.2 'beamer' template
-=====================
-
-The 'beamer' class creates slides presentations.
-
-\documentclass{beamer}
-
-\title{Beamer Class template}
-\author{Alex Author}
-\date{July 31, 2007}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\maketitle
-
-% without [fragile], any {verbatim} code gets mysterious errors.
-\begin{frame}[fragile]
- \frametitle{First Slide}
-
-\begin{verbatim}
- This is \verbatim!
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\end{frame}
-
-\end{document}
-
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: tugboat template, Prev: beamer template, Up: Document templates
-
-A.3 'tugboat' template
-======================
-
-'TUGboat' is the journal of the TeX Users Group,
-'http://tug.org/TUGboat'.
-
-\documentclass{ltugboat}
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\usepackage{ifpdf}
-\ifpdf
-\usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black,
- urlcolor=black]{hyperref}
-\else
-\usepackage{url}
-\fi
-
-\title{Example \TUB\ article}
-
-% repeat info for each author.
-\author{First Last}
-\address{Street Address \\ Town, Postal \\ Country}
-\netaddress{user (at) example dot org}
-\personalURL{http://example.org/~user/}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\maketitle
-
-\begin{abstract}
-This is an example article for \TUB{}.
-\end{abstract}
-
-\section{Introduction}
-
-This is an example article for \TUB, from
-\url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/location.html}.
-
-We recommend the graphicx package for image inclusions, and the
-hyperref package for active url's (in the \acro{PDF} output).
-Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively.
-
-The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations and many more:
-
-% verbatim blocks are often better in \small
-\begin{verbatim}[\small]
-\AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW
-\BibTeX \CTAN \DTD \HTML
-\ISBN \ISSN \LaTeXe
-\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \PCTeX \pcTeX
-\PiC \PiCTeX \plain \POBox \PS
-\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP
-\TUB \TUG \tug
-\UG \UNIX \VAX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE
-
-\Dash \dash \vellipsis \bull \cents \Dag
-\careof \thinskip
-
-\acro{FRED} -> {\small[er] fred} % please use!
-\cs{fred} -> \fred
-\env{fred} -> \begin{fred}
-\meta{fred} -> <fred>
-\nth{n} -> 1st, 2nd, ...
-\sfrac{3/4} -> 3/4
-\booktitle{Book of Fred}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-For more information, see the ltubguid document at:
-\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tugboat}
-(we recommend using \verb|mirror.ctan.org| for \CTAN\ references).
-
-Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions.
-
-\bibliographystyle{plain} % we recommend the plain bibliography style
-\nocite{book-minimal} % just making the bibliography non-empty
-\bibliography{xampl} % xampl.bib comes with BibTeX
-
-\makesignature
-\end{document}
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Concept Index, Next: Command Index, Prev: Document templates, Up: Top
-
-Concept Index
-*************
-
-
-* Menu:
-
-* '*' prompt: Command line. (line 15)
-* *-form of sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 31)
-* '.glo' file: Glossaries. (line 8)
-* '.idx' file: Indexes. (line 9)
-* '.ind' file: Indexes. (line 23)
-* 'see' and 'see also' index entries: Indexes. (line 16)
-* abstracts: abstract. (line 6)
-* accents: Accents. (line 6)
-* accents, mathematical: Math accents. (line 6)
-* accessing any character of a font: Reserved characters. (line 25)
-* acute accent: Accents. (line 20)
-* acute accent, math: Math accents. (line 11)
-* ae ligature: Non-English characters.
- (line 15)
-* align environment, from 'amsmath': eqnarray. (line 6)
-* aligning equations: eqnarray. (line 6)
-* alignment via tabbing: tabbing. (line 6)
-* amsmath package, replacing 'eqnarray': eqnarray. (line 6)
-* appendix, creating: Sectioning. (line 37)
-* aring: Non-English characters.
- (line 11)
-* arrays, math: array. (line 6)
-* arrow, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 128)
-* arrow, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 160)
-* ascender height: Text symbols. (line 96)
-* ASCII circumflex, in text: Text symbols. (line 61)
-* ASCII tilde, in text: Text symbols. (line 64)
-* asterisk, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 67)
-* author, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 12)
-* auxiliary file: Overview. (line 45)
-* backslash, in text: Text symbols. (line 70)
-* bar, double vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 76)
-* bar, vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 73)
-* bar-over accent: Accents. (line 29)
-* bar-over accent, math: Math accents. (line 14)
-* bar-under accent: Accents. (line 46)
-* basics of LaTeX: Overview. (line 8)
-* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX. (line 6)
-* bibliography, creating (manually): thebibliography. (line 6)
-* bibTeX, using: Using BibTeX. (line 6)
-* big circle symbols, in text: Text symbols. (line 79)
-* black boxes, omitting: Document class options.
- (line 27)
-* bold font: Font styles. (line 74)
-* bold typewriter, avoiding: description. (line 18)
-* boxes: Boxes. (line 6)
-* brace, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 82)
-* brace, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 85)
-* breaking lines: Line breaking. (line 6)
-* breaking pages: Page breaking. (line 6)
-* breve accent: Accents. (line 85)
-* breve accent, math: Math accents. (line 17)
-* bug reporting: About this document. (line 13)
-* bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 87)
-* bullet, in text: Text symbols. (line 88)
-* bulleted lists: itemize. (line 6)
-* calligraphic letters for math: Font styles. (line 77)
-* cap height: Text symbols. (line 96)
-* caron accent: Accents. (line 95)
-* case sensitivity of LaTeX: Overview. (line 57)
-* cc list, in letters: \cc. (line 6)
-* cedilla accent: Accents. (line 50)
-* centered asterisk, in text: Text symbols. (line 67)
-* centered period, in text: Text symbols. (line 135)
-* centering text, declaration for: \centering. (line 6)
-* centering text, environment for: center. (line 6)
-* characters, accented: Accents. (line 6)
-* characters, non-English: Non-English characters.
- (line 6)
-* characters, reserved: Reserved characters. (line 6)
-* check accent: Accents. (line 95)
-* check accent, math: Math accents. (line 20)
-* circle symbol, big, in text: Text symbols. (line 79)
-* circled letter, in text: Text symbols. (line 91)
-* circumflex accent: Accents. (line 33)
-* circumflex accent, math: Math accents. (line 32)
-* circumflex, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 61)
-* class options: Document class options.
- (line 6)
-* classes of documents: Document classes. (line 6)
-* closing letters: \closing. (line 6)
-* closing quote: Text symbols. (line 52)
-* code, typesetting: verbatim. (line 6)
-* command line: Command line. (line 6)
-* commands, defining new ones: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 6)
-* composite word mark, in text: Text symbols. (line 96)
-* computer programs, typesetting: verbatim. (line 6)
-* copyright symbol: Text symbols. (line 12)
-* counters, a list of: Counters. (line 6)
-* counters, defining new: \newcounter. (line 6)
-* counters, getting value of: \value. (line 6)
-* counters, setting: \setcounter. (line 6)
-* creating letters: Letters. (line 6)
-* creating pictures: picture. (line 6)
-* creating tables: table. (line 6)
-* credit footnote: \maketitle. (line 22)
-* cross references: Cross references. (line 6)
-* cross referencing with page number: \pageref. (line 6)
-* cross referencing, symbolic: \ref. (line 6)
-* currency, dollar: Text symbols. (line 107)
-* currency, euro: Text symbols. (line 116)
-* dagger, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 104)
-* dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 15)
-* dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 101)
-* date, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 18)
-* 'datetime' package: \today. (line 11)
-* defining a new command: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 6)
-* defining new environments: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
- (line 6)
-* defining new fonts: \newfont. (line 6)
-* defining new theorems: \newtheorem. (line 6)
-* definitions: Definitions. (line 6)
-* description lists, creating: description. (line 6)
-* dieresis accent: Accents. (line 16)
-* discretionary multiplication: Math miscellany. (line 7)
-* displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation: quotation.
- (line 6)
-* displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation: quote.
- (line 6)
-* document class options: Document class options.
- (line 6)
-* document classes: Document classes. (line 6)
-* document templates: Document templates. (line 6)
-* dollar sign: Text symbols. (line 107)
-* dot accent: Accents. (line 25)
-* dot over accent, math: Math accents. (line 26)
-* dot-over accent: Accents. (line 25)
-* dot-under accent: Accents. (line 54)
-* dotless i: Accents. (line 62)
-* dotless i, math: Math accents. (line 35)
-* dotless j: Accents. (line 65)
-* dotless j, math: Math accents. (line 38)
-* double angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 27)
-* double dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 18)
-* double dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 104)
-* double dot accent, math: Math accents. (line 23)
-* double guillemets: Text symbols. (line 27)
-* double left quote: Text symbols. (line 141)
-* double low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 49)
-* double quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 154)
-* double right quote: Text symbols. (line 144)
-* double spacing: Low-level font commands.
- (line 52)
-* double vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 76)
-* e-dash: Text symbols. (line 113)
-* ellipsis: Text symbols. (line 33)
-* em-dash: Text symbols. (line 110)
-* em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 163)
-* em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 169)
-* emphasis: Font styles. (line 27)
-* emphasis <1>: Font styles. (line 80)
-* enclosure list: \encl. (line 6)
-* ending & starting: Starting & ending. (line 6)
-* enlarge current page: \enlargethispage. (line 6)
-* environments: Environments. (line 6)
-* environments, defining: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
- (line 6)
-* equation number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 6)
-* equation numbers, omitting: eqnarray. (line 29)
-* equations, aligning: eqnarray. (line 6)
-* equations, environment for: equation. (line 6)
-* es-zet German letter: Non-English characters.
- (line 47)
-* eth, Icelandic letter: Non-English characters.
- (line 19)
-* euro symbol: Text symbols. (line 116)
-* exclamation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 119)
-* exponent: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 6)
-* feminine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 132)
-* figure number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 6)
-* figures, footnotes in: minipage. (line 21)
-* figures, inserting: figure. (line 6)
-* fixed-width font: Font styles. (line 98)
-* 'float' package: figure. (line 34)
-* 'float' package <1>: figure. (line 38)
-* flushing floats and starting a page: \clearpage. (line 6)
-* font commands, low-level: Low-level font commands.
- (line 6)
-* font sizes: Font sizes. (line 6)
-* font styles: Font styles. (line 6)
-* fonts: Typefaces. (line 6)
-* fonts, new commands for: \newfont. (line 6)
-* footer style: \pagestyle. (line 6)
-* footer, parameters for: Page layout parameters.
- (line 6)
-* footnote number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 6)
-* footnote parameters: Footnote parameters. (line 6)
-* footnotes in figures: minipage. (line 21)
-* footnotes, creating: Footnotes. (line 6)
-* footnotes, symbolic instead of numbered: Symbolic footnotes.
- (line 6)
-* formulas, environment for: equation. (line 6)
-* formulas, math: Math formulas. (line 6)
-* fragile commands: \protect. (line 6)
-* French quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 27)
-* functions, math: Math functions. (line 6)
-* global options: Document class options.
- (line 6)
-* global options <1>: Document class options.
- (line 76)
-* glossaries: Glossaries. (line 6)
-* grave accent: Accents. (line 37)
-* grave accent, math: Math accents. (line 29)
-* greater than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 122)
-* greek letters: Math symbols. (line 6)
-* ha'c<ek accent, math: Math accents. (line 20)
-* hacek accent: Accents. (line 95)
-* hat accent: Accents. (line 33)
-* hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 32)
-* header style: \pagestyle. (line 6)
-* header, parameters for: Page layout parameters.
- (line 6)
-* here, putting floats: figure. (line 38)
-* hungarian umlaut accent: Accents. (line 58)
-* hyphenation, defining: \hyphenation. (line 6)
-* hyphenation, forcing: \- (hyphenation). (line 6)
-* hyphenation, preventing: \mbox. (line 6)
-* Icelandic eth: Non-English characters.
- (line 19)
-* Icelandic thorn: Non-English characters.
- (line 51)
-* ij letter, Dutch: Non-English characters.
- (line 27)
-* in-line formulas: math. (line 6)
-* indent, forcing: \indent. (line 6)
-* indent, suppressing: \noindent. (line 6)
-* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage. (line 17)
-* indexes: Indexes. (line 6)
-* input file: Splitting the input. (line 6)
-* input/output: Terminal input/output.
- (line 6)
-* inserting figures: figure. (line 6)
-* italic font: Font styles. (line 83)
-* justification, ragged left: \raggedleft. (line 6)
-* justification, ragged right: \raggedright. (line 6)
-* Knuth, Donald E.: About this document. (line 6)
-* labelled lists, creating: description. (line 6)
-* Lamport, Leslie: About this document. (line 6)
-* LaTeX logo: Text symbols. (line 21)
-* LaTeX overview: Overview. (line 8)
-* LaTeX Project team: About this document. (line 6)
-* layout commands: Layout. (line 6)
-* layout, page parameters for: Page layout parameters.
- (line 6)
-* left angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 27)
-* left arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 128)
-* left brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 82)
-* left quote: Text symbols. (line 37)
-* left quote, double: Text symbols. (line 141)
-* left quote, single: Text symbols. (line 147)
-* left-justifying text: \raggedright. (line 6)
-* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft. (line 6)
-* left-to-right mode: Modes. (line 6)
-* lengths, adding to: \addtolength. (line 6)
-* lengths, defining and using: Lengths. (line 6)
-* lengths, defining new: \newlength. (line 6)
-* lengths, predefined: Predefined lengths. (line 6)
-* lengths, setting: \setlength. (line 6)
-* less than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 125)
-* letters: Letters. (line 6)
-* letters, accented: Accents. (line 6)
-* letters, ending: \closing. (line 6)
-* letters, non-English: Non-English characters.
- (line 6)
-* letters, starting: \opening. (line 6)
-* line break, forcing: \\. (line 6)
-* line breaking: Line breaking. (line 6)
-* line breaks, forcing: \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
- (line 6)
-* line breaks, preventing: \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
- (line 6)
-* lines in tables: tabular. (line 6)
-* lining text up in tables: tabular. (line 6)
-* lining text up using tab stops: tabbing. (line 6)
-* list items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 6)
-* lists of items: itemize. (line 6)
-* lists of items, generic: list. (line 6)
-* lists of items, numbered: enumerate. (line 6)
-* loading additional packages: Document class options.
- (line 69)
-* log file: Overview. (line 41)
-* logo, LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 21)
-* logo, TeX: Text symbols. (line 58)
-* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols. (line 49)
-* low-level font commands: Low-level font commands.
- (line 6)
-* lR mode: Modes. (line 6)
-* LuaTeX: Overview. (line 32)
-* macron accent: Accents. (line 29)
-* macron accent, math: Math accents. (line 14)
-* Madsen, Lars: eqnarray. (line 6)
-* 'makeidx' package: Indexes. (line 28)
-* 'makeindex' program: Indexes. (line 23)
-* making a title page: titlepage. (line 6)
-* making paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 6)
-* marginal notes: Marginal notes. (line 6)
-* masculine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 132)
-* math accents: Math accents. (line 6)
-* math formulas: Math formulas. (line 6)
-* math functions: Math functions. (line 6)
-* math miscellany: Math miscellany. (line 6)
-* math mode: Modes. (line 6)
-* math mode, entering: Math formulas. (line 6)
-* math mode, spacing: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 6)
-* math symbols: Math symbols. (line 6)
-* minipage, creating a: minipage. (line 6)
-* modes: Modes. (line 6)
-* monospace font: Font styles. (line 98)
-* moving arguments: \protect. (line 6)
-* multicolumn text: \twocolumn. (line 6)
-* 'multind' package: Indexes. (line 39)
-* multiplication symbol, discretionary line break: Math miscellany.
- (line 7)
-* nested '\include', not allowed: \include. (line 18)
-* new commands, defining: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 6)
-* new line, output as input: \obeycr & \restorecr.
- (line 6)
-* new line, starting: \\. (line 6)
-* new line, starting (paragraph mode): \newline. (line 6)
-* new page, starting: \newpage. (line 6)
-* non-English characters: Non-English characters.
- (line 6)
-* notes in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 6)
-* null delimiter: Math miscellany. (line 21)
-* numbered items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 6)
-* oblique font: Font styles. (line 95)
-* oe ligature: Non-English characters.
- (line 43)
-* ogonek: Accents. (line 69)
-* one-column output: \onecolumn. (line 6)
-* opening quote: Text symbols. (line 37)
-* options, document class: Document class options.
- (line 6)
-* options, global: Document class options.
- (line 76)
-* ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 132)
-* oslash: Non-English characters.
- (line 39)
-* overbar accent: Accents. (line 29)
-* overdot accent, math: Math accents. (line 26)
-* overview of LaTeX: Overview. (line 8)
-* packages, loading: Document class options.
- (line 69)
-* page break, forcing: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
- (line 6)
-* page break, preventing: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
- (line 6)
-* page breaking: Page breaking. (line 6)
-* page layout parameters: Page layout parameters.
- (line 6)
-* page number, cross referencing: \pageref. (line 6)
-* page numbering style: \pagenumbering. (line 6)
-* page styles: Page styles. (line 6)
-* paragraph indentation, in minipage: minipage. (line 17)
-* paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation. (line 6)
-* paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting: quote. (line 6)
-* paragraph mode: Modes. (line 6)
-* paragraph symbol: Text symbols. (line 41)
-* paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 6)
-* parameters, for footnotes: Footnote parameters. (line 6)
-* parameters, page layout: Page layout parameters.
- (line 6)
-* pdfTeX: Overview. (line 26)
-* period, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 135)
-* pictures, creating: picture. (line 6)
-* pilcrow: Text symbols. (line 41)
-* placement of floats: figure. (line 19)
-* poetry, an environment for: verse. (line 6)
-* polish l: Non-English characters.
- (line 31)
-* postscript, in letters: \ps. (line 6)
-* pounds symbol: Text symbols. (line 45)
-* preamble, defined: Starting & ending. (line 17)
-* predefined lengths: Predefined lengths. (line 6)
-* prompt, '*': Command line. (line 15)
-* questionation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 138)
-* quotation marks, French: Text symbols. (line 27)
-* quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 154)
-* quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation.
- (line 6)
-* quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying: quote.
- (line 6)
-* ragged left text: \raggedleft. (line 6)
-* ragged left text, environment for: flushright. (line 6)
-* ragged right text: \raggedright. (line 6)
-* ragged right text, environment for: flushleft. (line 6)
-* redefining environments: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
- (line 6)
-* registered symbol: Text symbols. (line 157)
-* remarks in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 6)
-* reporting bugs: About this document. (line 13)
-* reserved characters: Reserved characters. (line 6)
-* right angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 27)
-* right arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 160)
-* right brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 85)
-* right quote: Text symbols. (line 52)
-* right quote, double: Text symbols. (line 144)
-* right quote, single: Text symbols. (line 150)
-* right-justifying text: \raggedleft. (line 6)
-* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright. (line 6)
-* ring accent: Accents. (line 74)
-* ring accent, math: Math accents. (line 41)
-* robust commands: \protect. (line 16)
-* roman font: Font styles. (line 86)
-* running header and footer: Page layout parameters.
- (line 6)
-* running header and footer style: \pagestyle. (line 6)
-* sans serif font: Font styles. (line 92)
-* script letters for math: Font styles. (line 77)
-* section number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 6)
-* section numbers, printing: Sectioning. (line 47)
-* section symbol: Text symbols. (line 55)
-* sectioning: Sectioning. (line 6)
-* 'setspace' package: Low-level font commands.
- (line 52)
-* setting counters: \setcounter. (line 6)
-* sharp S letters: Non-English characters.
- (line 47)
-* 'showidx' package: Indexes. (line 35)
-* simulating typed text: verbatim. (line 6)
-* single angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 27)
-* single guillemets: Text symbols. (line 27)
-* single left quote: Text symbols. (line 147)
-* single low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 49)
-* single right quote: Text symbols. (line 150)
-* sizes of text: Font sizes. (line 6)
-* slanted font: Font styles. (line 95)
-* small caps font: Font styles. (line 89)
-* space, inserting vertical: \addvspace. (line 6)
-* spaces: Spaces. (line 6)
-* spacing within math mode: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 6)
-* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 132)
-* special characters: Non-English characters.
- (line 6)
-* specifier, float placement: figure. (line 19)
-* splitting the input file: Splitting the input. (line 6)
-* starting & ending: Starting & ending. (line 6)
-* starting a new page: \newpage. (line 6)
-* starting a new page and clearing floats: \clearpage. (line 6)
-* starting on a right-hand page: \cleardoublepage. (line 6)
-* sterling symbol: Text symbols. (line 45)
-* straight double quote, base: Text symbols. (line 154)
-* straight quote, base: Text symbols. (line 154)
-* stretch, omitting vertical: \raggedbottom. (line 6)
-* styles of text: Font styles. (line 6)
-* styles, page: Page styles. (line 6)
-* subscript: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 6)
-* superscript: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 6)
-* symbols, math: Math symbols. (line 6)
-* tab stops, using: tabbing. (line 6)
-* table of contents entry, manually adding: \addcontentsline. (line 6)
-* table of contents, creating: Tables of contents. (line 6)
-* tables, creating: table. (line 6)
-* terminal input/output: Terminal input/output.
- (line 6)
-* TeX logo: Text symbols. (line 58)
-* text symbols: Text symbols. (line 6)
-* thanks, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 22)
-* theorems, defining: \newtheorem. (line 6)
-* theorems, typesetting: theorem. (line 6)
-* thorn, Icelandic letter: Non-English characters.
- (line 51)
-* three-quarters em-dash: Text symbols. (line 163)
-* tie-after accent: Accents. (line 80)
-* tilde accent: Accents. (line 43)
-* tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 44)
-* tilde, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 64)
-* title pages, creating: titlepage. (line 6)
-* title, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 26)
-* titles, making: \maketitle. (line 6)
-* trademark symbol: Text symbols. (line 166)
-* transcript file: Overview. (line 41)
-* two-column output: \twocolumn. (line 6)
-* two-thirds em-dash: Text symbols. (line 169)
-* typed text, simulating: verbatim. (line 6)
-* typeface sizes: Font sizes. (line 6)
-* typeface styles: Font styles. (line 6)
-* typefaces: Typefaces. (line 6)
-* typewriter font: Font styles. (line 98)
-* typewriter labels in lists: description. (line 18)
-* umlaut accent: Accents. (line 16)
-* underbar: Accents. (line 88)
-* underscore, in text: Text symbols. (line 172)
-* unordered lists: itemize. (line 6)
-* using BibTeX: Using BibTeX. (line 6)
-* variables, a list of: Counters. (line 6)
-* vector symbol, math: Math accents. (line 47)
-* verbatim text: verbatim. (line 6)
-* verbatim text, inline: \verb. (line 6)
-* vertical bar, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 76)
-* vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 73)
-* vertical space: \addvspace. (line 6)
-* vertical space before paragraphs: \parskip. (line 6)
-* visible space: \verb. (line 17)
-* visible space symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 175)
-* wide hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 50)
-* wide tile accent, math: Math accents. (line 53)
-* XeTeX: Overview. (line 35)
-* 'xindy' program: Indexes. (line 23)
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Command Index, Prev: Concept Index, Up: Top
-
-Command Index
-*************
-
-
-* Menu:
-
-* $: Math formulas. (line 24)
-* .aux file: Overview. (line 45)
-* .dvi file: Overview. (line 18)
-* .log file: Overview. (line 41)
-* .pdf file: Overview. (line 26)
-* .toc file: Tables of contents. (line 6)
-* 10pt option: Document class options.
- (line 14)
-* 11pt option: Document class options.
- (line 14)
-* 12pt option: Document class options.
- (line 14)
-* @{...}: array. (line 29)
-* [...] for optional arguments: Overview. (line 51)
-* \ character starting commands: Overview. (line 51)
-* \" (umlaut accent): Accents. (line 16)
-* \#: Reserved characters. (line 11)
-* \$: Reserved characters. (line 11)
-* \%: Reserved characters. (line 11)
-* \&: Reserved characters. (line 11)
-* \' (acute accent): Accents. (line 20)
-* \' (tabbing): tabbing. (line 45)
-* \(: Math formulas. (line 16)
-* \): Math formulas. (line 16)
-* \*: Math miscellany. (line 6)
-* \+: tabbing. (line 37)
-* \,: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 17)
-* \-: tabbing. (line 41)
-* \- (hyphenation): \- (hyphenation). (line 6)
-* \. (dot-over accent): Accents. (line 25)
-* \/: \/. (line 6)
-* \:: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 15)
-* \;: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 12)
-* \<: tabbing. (line 33)
-* \= (macron accent): Accents. (line 29)
-* \= (tabbing): tabbing. (line 27)
-* \>: tabbing. (line 31)
-* \> <1>: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 15)
-* \> (tabbing): tabbing. (line 30)
-* \@: \AT. (line 6)
-* \@fnsymbol: Symbolic footnotes. (line 11)
-* \a (tabbing): tabbing. (line 60)
-* \a' (acute accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 61)
-* \a= (macron accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 61)
-* \aa (aa): Non-English characters.
- (line 11)
-* \AA (AA): Non-English characters.
- (line 11)
-* \acute: Math accents. (line 10)
-* \addcontentsline{EXT}{UNIT}{TEXT}: \addcontentsline. (line 6)
-* \address: \address. (line 6)
-* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}: \addtocontents. (line 6)
-* \addtocounter: \addtocounter. (line 6)
-* \addtolength: \addtolength. (line 6)
-* \addvspace: \addvspace. (line 6)
-* \ae (ae): Non-English characters.
- (line 15)
-* \AE (AE): Non-English characters.
- (line 15)
-* \aleph: Math symbols. (line 14)
-* \alph: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 9)
-* \Alph: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 12)
-* \Alph example: enumerate. (line 39)
-* \alpha: Math symbols. (line 17)
-* \alsoname: Indexes. (line 20)
-* \amalg: Math symbols. (line 20)
-* \and for '\author': \maketitle. (line 12)
-* \angle: Math symbols. (line 23)
-* \appendix: Sectioning. (line 37)
-* \approx: Math symbols. (line 26)
-* \arabic: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 15)
-* \arccos: Math functions. (line 9)
-* \arcsin: Math functions. (line 12)
-* \arctan: Math functions. (line 15)
-* \arg: Math functions. (line 18)
-* \arraycolsep: array. (line 41)
-* \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 100)
-* \arraystretch: tabular. (line 104)
-* \ast: Math symbols. (line 29)
-* \asymp: Math symbols. (line 32)
-* \author{NAME \and NAME2}: \maketitle. (line 11)
-* \a` (grave accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 61)
-* \b (bar-under accent): Accents. (line 46)
-* \backslash: Math symbols. (line 35)
-* \backslash <1>: Reserved characters. (line 16)
-* \bar: Math accents. (line 13)
-* \baselineskip: Low-level font commands.
- (line 46)
-* \baselinestretch: Low-level font commands.
- (line 52)
-* \begin: Environments. (line 6)
-* \beta: Math symbols. (line 38)
-* \bf: Font styles. (line 73)
-* \bfseries: Font styles. (line 33)
-* \bibitem: \bibitem. (line 6)
-* \bibliography: Using BibTeX. (line 6)
-* \bibliographystyle: Using BibTeX. (line 6)
-* \bigcap: Math symbols. (line 41)
-* \bigcap <1>: Math symbols. (line 71)
-* \bigcirc: Math symbols. (line 44)
-* \bigcup: Math symbols. (line 47)
-* \bigodot: Math symbols. (line 50)
-* \bigoplus: Math symbols. (line 53)
-* \bigotimes: Math symbols. (line 56)
-* \bigskip: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
- (line 9)
-* \bigskipamount: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
- (line 9)
-* \bigsqcup: Math symbols. (line 65)
-* \bigtriangledown: Math symbols. (line 59)
-* \bigtriangleup: Math symbols. (line 62)
-* \biguplus: Math symbols. (line 68)
-* \bigwedge: Math symbols. (line 74)
-* \bmod: Math functions. (line 21)
-* \boldmath: Math formulas. (line 29)
-* \bot: Math symbols. (line 77)
-* \bottomfraction: figure. (line 67)
-* \bottomnumber: figure. (line 100)
-* \bowtie: Math symbols. (line 80)
-* \Box: Math symbols. (line 83)
-* \breve: Math accents. (line 16)
-* \bullet: Math symbols. (line 86)
-* \c (cedilla accent): Accents. (line 50)
-* \cal: Font styles. (line 76)
-* \cap: Math symbols. (line 89)
-* \capitalacute: Accents. (line 20)
-* \capitalbreve: Accents. (line 85)
-* \capitalcaron: Accents. (line 95)
-* \capitalcedilla: Accents. (line 50)
-* \capitalcircumflex: Accents. (line 33)
-* \capitaldieresis: Accents. (line 16)
-* \capitaldotaccent: Accents. (line 54)
-* \capitalgrave: Accents. (line 37)
-* \capitalhungarumlaut: Accents. (line 58)
-* \capitalmacron: Accents. (line 29)
-* \capitalnewtie: Accents. (line 80)
-* \capitalogonek: Accents. (line 69)
-* \capitalring: Accents. (line 74)
-* \capitaltie: Accents. (line 80)
-* \capitaltilde: Accents. (line 43)
-* \caption: figure. (line 60)
-* \cc: \cc. (line 6)
-* \cdot: Math symbols. (line 92)
-* \cdots: Math miscellany. (line 10)
-* \centering: \centering. (line 6)
-* \chapter: Sectioning. (line 9)
-* \check: Math accents. (line 19)
-* \chi: Math symbols. (line 95)
-* \circ: Math symbols. (line 98)
-* \circle: \circle. (line 6)
-* \cite: \cite. (line 6)
-* \cleardoublepage: \cleardoublepage. (line 6)
-* \clearpage: \clearpage. (line 6)
-* \cline: \cline. (line 6)
-* \closing: \closing. (line 6)
-* \clubsuit: Math symbols. (line 101)
-* \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 16)
-* \columnseprule: \twocolumn. (line 19)
-* \columnwidth: \twocolumn. (line 23)
-* \cong: Math symbols. (line 104)
-* \contentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 29)
-* \coprod: Math symbols. (line 107)
-* \copyright: Text symbols. (line 10)
-* \cos: Math functions. (line 24)
-* \cosh: Math functions. (line 27)
-* \cot: Math functions. (line 30)
-* \coth: Math functions. (line 33)
-* \csc: Math functions. (line 36)
-* \cup: Math symbols. (line 110)
-* \d (dot-under accent): Accents. (line 54)
-* \dag: Text symbols. (line 14)
-* \dagger: Math symbols. (line 113)
-* \dashbox: \dashbox. (line 6)
-* \dashv: Math symbols. (line 116)
-* \date{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 17)
-* \day: \day \month \year. (line 6)
-* \dblfloatpagefraction: \twocolumn. (line 34)
-* \dblfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 38)
-* \dbltextfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 43)
-* \dbltopfraction: \twocolumn. (line 29)
-* \ddag: Text symbols. (line 17)
-* \ddagger: Math symbols. (line 119)
-* \ddot: Math accents. (line 22)
-* \ddots: Math miscellany. (line 14)
-* \deg: Math functions. (line 39)
-* \Delta: Math symbols. (line 122)
-* \delta: Math symbols. (line 125)
-* \depth: Predefined lengths. (line 10)
-* \det: Math functions. (line 42)
-* \dh (ae): Non-English characters.
- (line 19)
-* \DH (AE): Non-English characters.
- (line 19)
-* \Diamond: Math symbols. (line 128)
-* \diamond: Math symbols. (line 131)
-* \diamondsuit: Math symbols. (line 134)
-* \dim: Math functions. (line 45)
-* \displaystyle: Math formulas. (line 34)
-* \div: Math symbols. (line 137)
-* \dj: Non-English characters.
- (line 23)
-* \DJ: Non-English characters.
- (line 23)
-* \documentclass: Document classes. (line 6)
-* \dot: Math accents. (line 25)
-* \doteq: Math symbols. (line 140)
-* \dotfill: \dotfill. (line 6)
-* \dots: Text symbols. (line 31)
-* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 108)
-* \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 143)
-* \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 146)
-* \ell: Math symbols. (line 149)
-* \em: Font styles. (line 79)
-* \emph: Font styles. (line 27)
-* \emptyset: Math symbols. (line 152)
-* \encl: \encl. (line 6)
-* \end: Environments. (line 6)
-* \enlargethispage: \enlargethispage. (line 6)
-* \enumi: enumerate. (line 29)
-* \enumii: enumerate. (line 29)
-* \enumiii: enumerate. (line 29)
-* \enumiv: enumerate. (line 29)
-* \epsilon: Math symbols. (line 155)
-* \equiv: Math symbols. (line 158)
-* \eta: Math symbols. (line 161)
-* \evensidemargin: Document class options.
- (line 50)
-* \exists: Math symbols. (line 164)
-* \exp: Math functions. (line 48)
-* \extracolsep: tabular. (line 71)
-* \fbox: \fbox and \framebox. (line 6)
-* \fboxrule: \framebox (picture). (line 14)
-* \fboxrule <1>: \fbox and \framebox. (line 18)
-* \fboxsep: \framebox (picture). (line 14)
-* \fboxsep <1>: \fbox and \framebox. (line 18)
-* \fill: \hfill. (line 9)
-* \flat: Math symbols. (line 167)
-* \floatpagefraction: figure. (line 70)
-* \floatsep: figure. (line 85)
-* \flushbottom: \flushbottom. (line 6)
-* \fnsymbol: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 24)
-* \fnsymbol, and footnotes: Symbolic footnotes. (line 11)
-* \fontencoding: Low-level font commands.
- (line 11)
-* \fontfamily: Low-level font commands.
- (line 14)
-* \fontseries: Low-level font commands.
- (line 23)
-* \fontshape: Low-level font commands.
- (line 34)
-* \fontsize: Low-level font commands.
- (line 46)
-* \footnote: \footnote. (line 6)
-* \footnotemark: \footnotemark. (line 6)
-* \footnoterule: Footnote parameters. (line 6)
-* \footnotesep: Footnote parameters. (line 12)
-* \footnotesize: Font sizes. (line 11)
-* \footnotetext: \footnotetext. (line 6)
-* \footskip: Page layout parameters.
- (line 16)
-* \forall: Math symbols. (line 170)
-* \frac: Math miscellany. (line 18)
-* \frac{num}{den}: Math miscellany. (line 17)
-* \frame: \frame. (line 6)
-* \framebox: \framebox (picture). (line 6)
-* \framebox <1>: \fbox and \framebox. (line 6)
-* \frown: Math symbols. (line 173)
-* \fussy: \fussy. (line 6)
-* \Gamma: Math symbols. (line 176)
-* \gamma: Math symbols. (line 179)
-* \gcd: Math functions. (line 51)
-* \ge: Math symbols. (line 182)
-* \geq: Math symbols. (line 185)
-* \gets: Math symbols. (line 188)
-* \gg: Math symbols. (line 191)
-* \glossary: Glossaries. (line 8)
-* \glossaryentry: Glossaries. (line 11)
-* \grave: Math accents. (line 28)
-* \guillemotleft (<<): Text symbols. (line 23)
-* \guillemotright (>>): Text symbols. (line 24)
-* \guilsinglleft (<): Text symbols. (line 25)
-* \guilsinglright (>): Text symbols. (line 26)
-* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent): Accents. (line 58)
-* \hat: Math accents. (line 31)
-* \hbar: Math symbols. (line 194)
-* \headheight: Page layout parameters.
- (line 6)
-* \headsep: Page layout parameters.
- (line 11)
-* \heartsuit: Math symbols. (line 197)
-* \height: Predefined lengths. (line 8)
-* \hfill: \hfill. (line 6)
-* \hline: \hline. (line 6)
-* \hom: Math functions. (line 54)
-* \hookleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 200)
-* \hookrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 203)
-* \hrulefill: \hrulefill. (line 6)
-* \hsize: Page layout parameters.
- (line 56)
-* \hspace: \hspace. (line 6)
-* \huge: Font sizes. (line 11)
-* \Huge: Font sizes. (line 11)
-* \hyphenation: \hyphenation. (line 6)
-* \i (dotless i): Accents. (line 62)
-* \iff: Math symbols. (line 206)
-* \ij (ij): Non-English characters.
- (line 27)
-* \IJ (IJ): Non-English characters.
- (line 27)
-* \Im: Math symbols. (line 209)
-* \imath: Math accents. (line 34)
-* \in: Math symbols. (line 212)
-* \include: \include. (line 6)
-* \includeonly: \includeonly. (line 6)
-* \indent: \indent. (line 6)
-* \index: Indexes. (line 9)
-* \indexentry: Indexes. (line 12)
-* \inf: Math functions. (line 57)
-* \infty: Math symbols. (line 215)
-* \input: \input. (line 6)
-* \int: Math symbols. (line 218)
-* \intextsep: figure. (line 89)
-* \iota: Math symbols. (line 221)
-* \it: Font styles. (line 82)
-* \item: description. (line 14)
-* \item <1>: enumerate. (line 19)
-* \item <2>: itemize. (line 6)
-* \itemindent: itemize. (line 49)
-* \itemsep: itemize. (line 71)
-* \itshape: Font styles. (line 24)
-* \j (dotless j): Accents. (line 65)
-* \jmath: Math accents. (line 37)
-* \Join: Math symbols. (line 224)
-* \k (ogonek): Accents. (line 69)
-* \kappa: Math symbols. (line 227)
-* \ker: Math functions. (line 60)
-* \kill: tabbing. (line 65)
-* \l (/l): Non-English characters.
- (line 31)
-* \L (/L): Non-English characters.
- (line 31)
-* \label: \label. (line 6)
-* \labelenumi: enumerate. (line 33)
-* \labelenumii: enumerate. (line 33)
-* \labelenumiii: enumerate. (line 33)
-* \labelenumiv: enumerate. (line 33)
-* \labelitemi: itemize. (line 29)
-* \labelitemii: itemize. (line 29)
-* \labelitemiii: itemize. (line 29)
-* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 29)
-* \labelsep: itemize. (line 52)
-* \labelwidth: itemize. (line 55)
-* \Lambda: Math symbols. (line 230)
-* \lambda: Math symbols. (line 233)
-* \land: Math symbols. (line 236)
-* \langle: Math symbols. (line 239)
-* \large: Font sizes. (line 11)
-* \Large: Font sizes. (line 11)
-* \LARGE: Font sizes. (line 11)
-* \LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 20)
-* \lbrace: Math symbols. (line 242)
-* \lbrack: Math symbols. (line 245)
-* \lceil: Math symbols. (line 248)
-* \ldots: Text symbols. (line 30)
-* \le: Math symbols. (line 251)
-* \leadsto: Math symbols. (line 254)
-* \left DELIM1 ... \right DELIM2: Math miscellany. (line 20)
-* \Leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 256)
-* \leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 259)
-* \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 34)
-* \leftharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 262)
-* \leftharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 265)
-* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 36)
-* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 36)
-* \leftmarginii: itemize. (line 36)
-* \leftmarginiii: itemize. (line 36)
-* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 36)
-* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 36)
-* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 36)
-* \Leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 268)
-* \leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 271)
-* \leq: Math symbols. (line 274)
-* \lfloor: Math symbols. (line 277)
-* \lg: Math functions. (line 63)
-* \lhd: Math symbols. (line 280)
-* \lim: Math functions. (line 66)
-* \liminf: Math functions. (line 69)
-* \limsup: Math functions. (line 72)
-* \line: \line. (line 6)
-* \linebreak: \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
- (line 6)
-* \linespread: Low-level font commands.
- (line 59)
-* \linethickness: \linethickness. (line 6)
-* \linewidth: Page layout parameters.
- (line 21)
-* \listoffigures: Tables of contents. (line 16)
-* \listoftables: Tables of contents. (line 16)
-* \listparindent: itemize. (line 58)
-* \ll: Math symbols. (line 283)
-* \ln: Math functions. (line 75)
-* \lnot: Math symbols. (line 286)
-* \location: \location. (line 6)
-* \log: Math functions. (line 78)
-* \longleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 289)
-* \longleftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 292)
-* \longmapsto: Math symbols. (line 295)
-* \longrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 298)
-* \lor: Math symbols. (line 301)
-* \lq: Text symbols. (line 36)
-* \makebox: \makebox. (line 6)
-* \makebox (picture): \makebox (picture). (line 6)
-* \makeglossary: Glossaries. (line 6)
-* \makeindex: Indexes. (line 6)
-* \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 6)
-* \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 6)
-* \mapsto: Math symbols. (line 304)
-* \marginpar: Marginal notes. (line 6)
-* \marginparpush: Marginal notes. (line 33)
-* \marginparsep: Marginal notes. (line 37)
-* \marginparwidth: Marginal notes. (line 41)
-* \markboth{LEFT}{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 29)
-* \markright{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 36)
-* \mathbf: Font styles. (line 49)
-* \mathcal: Font styles. (line 62)
-* \mathnormal: Font styles. (line 60)
-* \mathring: Math accents. (line 40)
-* \mathrm: Font styles. (line 47)
-* \mathsf: Font styles. (line 51)
-* \mathtt: Font styles. (line 53)
-* \mathversion: Font styles. (line 64)
-* \max: Math functions. (line 81)
-* \mbox: \mbox. (line 6)
-* \mdseries: Font styles. (line 30)
-* \medskip: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
- (line 13)
-* \medskipamount: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
- (line 13)
-* \mho: Math symbols. (line 307)
-* \mid: Math symbols. (line 309)
-* \min: Math functions. (line 84)
-* \models: Math symbols. (line 312)
-* \month: \day \month \year. (line 6)
-* \mp: Math symbols. (line 315)
-* \mu: Math symbols. (line 318)
-* \multicolumn: \multicolumn. (line 6)
-* \multiput: \multiput. (line 6)
-* \nabla: Math symbols. (line 321)
-* \name: \name. (line 6)
-* \natural: Math symbols. (line 324)
-* \ne: Math symbols. (line 327)
-* \nearrow: Math symbols. (line 330)
-* \neg: Math symbols. (line 333)
-* \neq: Math symbols. (line 336)
-* \newcommand: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 6)
-* \newcounter: \newcounter. (line 6)
-* \newenvironment: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
- (line 6)
-* \newfont: \newfont. (line 6)
-* \newlength: \newlength. (line 6)
-* \newline: \newline. (line 6)
-* \NEWLINE: \SPACE. (line 6)
-* \newpage: \newpage. (line 6)
-* \newsavebox: \newsavebox. (line 6)
-* \newtheorem: \newtheorem. (line 6)
-* \newtie: Accents. (line 80)
-* \ng: Non-English characters.
- (line 35)
-* \NG: Non-English characters.
- (line 35)
-* \ni: Math symbols. (line 339)
-* \nocite: \nocite. (line 6)
-* \nofiles: Tables of contents. (line 20)
-* \noindent: \noindent. (line 6)
-* \nolinebreak: \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
- (line 6)
-* \nonumber: eqnarray. (line 29)
-* \nopagebreak: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
- (line 6)
-* \normalfont: Font styles. (line 45)
-* \normalmarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 21)
-* \normalsize: Font sizes. (line 11)
-* \not: Math symbols. (line 342)
-* \notin: Math symbols. (line 345)
-* \nu: Math symbols. (line 348)
-* \nwarrow: Math symbols. (line 351)
-* \o (/o): Non-English characters.
- (line 39)
-* \O (/O): Non-English characters.
- (line 39)
-* \obeycr: \obeycr & \restorecr.
- (line 6)
-* \oddsidemargin: Document class options.
- (line 50)
-* \odot: Math symbols. (line 354)
-* \oe (oe): Non-English characters.
- (line 43)
-* \OE (OE): Non-English characters.
- (line 43)
-* \oint: Math symbols. (line 357)
-* \Omega: Math symbols. (line 360)
-* \omega: Math symbols. (line 363)
-* \ominus: Math symbols. (line 366)
-* \onecolumn: \onecolumn. (line 6)
-* \opening: \opening. (line 6)
-* \oplus: Math symbols. (line 369)
-* \oslash: Math symbols. (line 372)
-* \otimes: Math symbols. (line 375)
-* \oval: \oval. (line 6)
-* \overbrace{TEXT}: Math miscellany. (line 25)
-* \overline{TEXT}: Math miscellany. (line 29)
-* \owns: Math symbols. (line 378)
-* \P: Text symbols. (line 39)
-* \pagebreak: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
- (line 6)
-* \pagenumbering: \pagenumbering. (line 6)
-* \pageref: \pageref. (line 6)
-* \pagestyle: \pagestyle. (line 6)
-* \paragraph: Sectioning. (line 14)
-* \parallel: Math symbols. (line 381)
-* \parbox: \parbox. (line 6)
-* \parindent: minipage. (line 17)
-* \parindent <1>: \indent. (line 6)
-* \parsep: itemize. (line 76)
-* \parskip: \parskip. (line 6)
-* \parskip example: itemize. (line 92)
-* \part: Sectioning. (line 8)
-* \partial: Math symbols. (line 384)
-* \partopsep: itemize. (line 86)
-* \perp: Math symbols. (line 387)
-* \phi: Math symbols. (line 390)
-* \Pi: Math symbols. (line 393)
-* \pi: Math symbols. (line 396)
-* \pm: Math symbols. (line 399)
-* \pmod: Math functions. (line 87)
-* \poptabs: tabbing. (line 71)
-* \poptabs <1>: tabbing. (line 72)
-* \pounds: Text symbols. (line 43)
-* \Pr: Math functions. (line 90)
-* \prec: Math symbols. (line 402)
-* \preceq: Math symbols. (line 405)
-* \prime: Math symbols. (line 408)
-* \prod: Math symbols. (line 411)
-* \propto: Math symbols. (line 414)
-* \protect: \protect. (line 6)
-* \ps: \ps. (line 6)
-* \Psi: Math symbols. (line 417)
-* \psi: Math symbols. (line 420)
-* \pushtabs: tabbing. (line 74)
-* \put: \put. (line 6)
-* \quotedblbase (,,): Text symbols. (line 47)
-* \quotesinglbase (,): Text symbols. (line 48)
-* \r (ring accent): Accents. (line 74)
-* \raggedbottom: \raggedbottom. (line 6)
-* \raggedleft: \raggedleft. (line 6)
-* \raggedright: \raggedright. (line 6)
-* \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 6)
-* \rangle: Math symbols. (line 423)
-* \rbrace: Math symbols. (line 426)
-* \rbrack: Math symbols. (line 429)
-* \rceil: Math symbols. (line 432)
-* \Re: Math symbols. (line 435)
-* \ref: \ref. (line 6)
-* \refstepcounter: \refstepcounter. (line 6)
-* \renewenvironment: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
- (line 6)
-* \restorecr: \obeycr & \restorecr.
- (line 6)
-* \reversemarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 21)
-* \rfloor: Math symbols. (line 438)
-* \rhd: Math symbols. (line 441)
-* \rho: Math symbols. (line 444)
-* \right: Math miscellany. (line 21)
-* \Rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 447)
-* \rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 450)
-* \rightharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 453)
-* \rightharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 456)
-* \rightleftharpoons: Math symbols. (line 459)
-* \rightmargin: itemize. (line 62)
-* \rm: Font styles. (line 85)
-* \rmfamily: Font styles. (line 21)
-* \roman: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 18)
-* \roman <1>: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 21)
-* \rq: Text symbols. (line 51)
-* \rule: \rule. (line 6)
-* \S: Text symbols. (line 54)
-* \savebox: \savebox. (line 6)
-* \sbox: \sbox. (line 6)
-* \sc: Font styles. (line 88)
-* \scriptsize: Font sizes. (line 11)
-* \scshape: Font styles. (line 41)
-* \searrow: Math symbols. (line 462)
-* \sec: Math functions. (line 93)
-* \section: Sectioning. (line 11)
-* \seename: Indexes. (line 20)
-* \selectfont: Low-level font commands.
- (line 65)
-* \setcounter: \setcounter. (line 6)
-* \setlength: \setlength. (line 6)
-* \setminus: Math symbols. (line 465)
-* \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 6)
-* \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 6)
-* \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 6)
-* \sf: Font styles. (line 91)
-* \sffamily: Font styles. (line 39)
-* \sharp: Math symbols. (line 468)
-* \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 6)
-* \Sigma: Math symbols. (line 471)
-* \sigma: Math symbols. (line 474)
-* \signature: \signature. (line 6)
-* \sim: Math symbols. (line 477)
-* \simeq: Math symbols. (line 480)
-* \sin: Math functions. (line 96)
-* \sinh: Math functions. (line 99)
-* \sl: Font styles. (line 94)
-* \slshape: Font styles. (line 37)
-* \small: Font sizes. (line 11)
-* \smallint: Math symbols. (line 483)
-* \smallskip: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
- (line 17)
-* \smallskipamount: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
- (line 17)
-* \smile: Math symbols. (line 486)
-* \SPACE: \SPACE. (line 6)
-* \spadesuit: Math symbols. (line 489)
-* \sqcap: Math symbols. (line 492)
-* \sqcup: Math symbols. (line 495)
-* \sqrt[ROOT]{arg}: Math miscellany. (line 32)
-* \sqsubset: Math symbols. (line 498)
-* \sqsubseteq: Math symbols. (line 501)
-* \sqsupset: Math symbols. (line 504)
-* \sqsupseteq: Math symbols. (line 507)
-* \ss (ss): Non-English characters.
- (line 47)
-* \SS (SS): Non-English characters.
- (line 47)
-* \stackrel{TEXT}{RELATION}: Math miscellany. (line 38)
-* \star: Math symbols. (line 510)
-* \startbreaks: \startbreaks. (line 6)
-* \stepcounter: \stepcounter. (line 6)
-* \stop: Command line. (line 15)
-* \stopbreaks: \stopbreaks. (line 6)
-* \subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 15)
-* \subsection: Sectioning. (line 12)
-* \subset: Math symbols. (line 513)
-* \subseteq: Math symbols. (line 516)
-* \subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 13)
-* \succ: Math symbols. (line 519)
-* \succeq: Math symbols. (line 522)
-* \sum: Math symbols. (line 525)
-* \sup: Math functions. (line 102)
-* \supset: Math symbols. (line 528)
-* \supseteq: Math symbols. (line 531)
-* \surd: Math symbols. (line 534)
-* \swarrow: Math symbols. (line 537)
-* \symbol: Reserved characters. (line 25)
-* \t (tie-after accent): Accents. (line 80)
-* \TAB: \SPACE. (line 6)
-* \tabbingsep: tabbing. (line 79)
-* \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 112)
-* \tableofcontents: Tables of contents. (line 6)
-* \tan: Math functions. (line 105)
-* \tanh: Math functions. (line 108)
-* \tau: Math symbols. (line 540)
-* \telephone: \telephone. (line 6)
-* \TeX: Text symbols. (line 57)
-* \textascenderwordmark: Text symbols. (line 95)
-* \textasciicircum: Text symbols. (line 60)
-* \textasciitilde: Text symbols. (line 63)
-* \textasteriskcentered: Text symbols. (line 66)
-* \textbackslash: Text symbols. (line 69)
-* \textbar: Text symbols. (line 72)
-* \textbardbl: Text symbols. (line 75)
-* \textbf: Font styles. (line 33)
-* \textbigcircle: Text symbols. (line 78)
-* \textbraceleft: Text symbols. (line 81)
-* \textbraceright: Text symbols. (line 84)
-* \textbullet: Text symbols. (line 87)
-* \textcapitalwordmark: Text symbols. (line 94)
-* \textcircled{LETTER}: Text symbols. (line 90)
-* \textcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 93)
-* \textcopyright: Text symbols. (line 11)
-* \textdagger: Text symbols. (line 100)
-* \textdaggerdbl: Text symbols. (line 103)
-* \textdollar (or '$'): Text symbols. (line 106)
-* \textellipsis: Text symbols. (line 32)
-* \textemdash (or '---'): Text symbols. (line 109)
-* \textendash (or '--'): Text symbols. (line 112)
-* \texteuro: Text symbols. (line 115)
-* \textexclamdown (or '!`'): Text symbols. (line 118)
-* \textfloatsep: figure. (line 94)
-* \textfraction: figure. (line 74)
-* \textgreater: Text symbols. (line 121)
-* \textheight: Page layout parameters.
- (line 29)
-* \textit: Font styles. (line 24)
-* \textleftarrow: Text symbols. (line 127)
-* \textless: Text symbols. (line 124)
-* \textmd: Font styles. (line 30)
-* \textnormal: Font styles. (line 45)
-* \textordfeminine: Text symbols. (line 130)
-* \textordmasculine: Text symbols. (line 131)
-* \textparagraph: Text symbols. (line 40)
-* \textperiodcentered: Text symbols. (line 134)
-* \textquestiondown (or '?`'): Text symbols. (line 137)
-* \textquotedblleft (or '``'): Text symbols. (line 140)
-* \textquotedblright (or '''): Text symbols. (line 143)
-* \textquoteleft (or '`'): Text symbols. (line 146)
-* \textquoteright (or '''): Text symbols. (line 149)
-* \textquotestraightbase: Text symbols. (line 152)
-* \textquotestraightdblbase: Text symbols. (line 153)
-* \textregistered: Text symbols. (line 156)
-* \textrightarrow: Text symbols. (line 159)
-* \textrm: Font styles. (line 21)
-* \textsc: Font styles. (line 41)
-* \textsf: Font styles. (line 39)
-* \textsl: Font styles. (line 37)
-* \textsterling: Text symbols. (line 44)
-* \textthreequartersemdash: Text symbols. (line 162)
-* \texttrademark: Text symbols. (line 165)
-* \texttt: Font styles. (line 43)
-* \texttwelveudash: Text symbols. (line 168)
-* \textunderscore: Text symbols. (line 171)
-* \textup: Font styles. (line 35)
-* \textvisiblespace: Text symbols. (line 174)
-* \textwidth: Page layout parameters.
- (line 36)
-* \th (th): Non-English characters.
- (line 51)
-* \TH (TH): Non-English characters.
- (line 51)
-* \thanks{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 21)
-* \theta: Math symbols. (line 543)
-* \thicklines: \thicklines. (line 6)
-* \thinlines: \thinlines. (line 6)
-* \thinspace: \thinspace. (line 6)
-* \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 6)
-* \tilde: Math accents. (line 43)
-* \times: Math symbols. (line 546)
-* \tiny: Font sizes. (line 11)
-* \title{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 25)
-* \to: Math symbols. (line 549)
-* \today: \today. (line 6)
-* \top: Math symbols. (line 552)
-* \topfraction: figure. (line 79)
-* \topmargin: Page layout parameters.
- (line 60)
-* \topnumber: figure. (line 104)
-* \topsep: itemize. (line 80)
-* \topskip: Page layout parameters.
- (line 67)
-* \totalheight: Predefined lengths. (line 12)
-* \totalnumber: figure. (line 108)
-* \triangle: Math symbols. (line 555)
-* \triangleleft: Math symbols. (line 558)
-* \triangleright: Math symbols. (line 561)
-* \tt: Font styles. (line 97)
-* \ttfamily: Font styles. (line 43)
-* \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 6)
-* \typein: \typein. (line 6)
-* \typeout: \typeout. (line 6)
-* \u (breve accent): Accents. (line 85)
-* \unboldmath: Math formulas. (line 29)
-* \underbar: Accents. (line 88)
-* \underbrace{math}: Math miscellany. (line 42)
-* \underline{text}: Math miscellany. (line 45)
-* \unitlength: picture. (line 10)
-* \unlhd: Math symbols. (line 564)
-* \unrhd: Math symbols. (line 567)
-* \Uparrow: Math symbols. (line 570)
-* \uparrow: Math symbols. (line 573)
-* \Updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 576)
-* \updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 579)
-* \uplus: Math symbols. (line 582)
-* \upshape: Font styles. (line 35)
-* \Upsilon: Math symbols. (line 585)
-* \upsilon: Math symbols. (line 588)
-* \usebox: \usebox. (line 6)
-* \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 6)
-* \usefont: Low-level font commands.
- (line 69)
-* \usepackage: Document class options.
- (line 69)
-* \v (breve accent): Accents. (line 95)
-* \value: \value. (line 6)
-* \varepsilon: Math symbols. (line 591)
-* \varphi: Math symbols. (line 594)
-* \varpi: Math symbols. (line 597)
-* \varrho: Math symbols. (line 600)
-* \varsigma: Math symbols. (line 603)
-* \vartheta: Math symbols. (line 606)
-* \vdash: Math symbols. (line 609)
-* \vdots: Math miscellany. (line 50)
-* \vdots <1>: Math miscellany. (line 51)
-* \vec: Math accents. (line 46)
-* \vector: \vector. (line 6)
-* \vee: Math symbols. (line 612)
-* \verb: \verb. (line 6)
-* \Vert: Math symbols. (line 615)
-* \vert: Math symbols. (line 618)
-* \vfill: \vfill. (line 6)
-* \vline: \vline. (line 6)
-* \vspace: \vspace. (line 6)
-* \wedge: Math symbols. (line 621)
-* \widehat: Math accents. (line 49)
-* \widehat <1>: Math accents. (line 52)
-* \width: Predefined lengths. (line 6)
-* \wp: Math symbols. (line 624)
-* \wr: Math symbols. (line 627)
-* \Xi: Math symbols. (line 630)
-* \xi: Math symbols. (line 633)
-* \year: \day \month \year. (line 6)
-* \zeta: Math symbols. (line 636)
-* \[: Math formulas. (line 16)
-* \\ (for 'array'): array. (line 26)
-* \\ (for 'center'): center. (line 13)
-* \\ (for 'eqnarray'): eqnarray. (line 21)
-* \\ (for 'flushright'): flushright. (line 12)
-* \\ (for '\shortstack' objects): \shortstack. (line 20)
-* \\ (tabbing): tabbing. (line 24)
-* \\ for 'flushleft': flushleft. (line 12)
-* \\ for letters: Letters. (line 32)
-* \\ for 'tabular': tabular. (line 23)
-* \\ for 'verse': verse. (line 17)
-* \\ for '\author': \maketitle. (line 12)
-* \\ for '\title': \maketitle. (line 26)
-* \\ force line break: \\. (line 6)
-* \\* (for 'eqnarray'): eqnarray. (line 26)
-* \]: Math formulas. (line 16)
-* \^: Reserved characters. (line 21)
-* \^ (circumflex accent): Accents. (line 33)
-* \_: Reserved characters. (line 11)
-* \` (grave accent): Accents. (line 37)
-* \` (tabbing): tabbing. (line 51)
-* \{: Reserved characters. (line 11)
-* \|: Math symbols. (line 11)
-* \}: Reserved characters. (line 11)
-* \~: Reserved characters. (line 21)
-* \~ (tilde accent): Accents. (line 43)
-* ^: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 6)
-* _: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 6)
-* {...} for required arguments: Overview. (line 51)
-* a4paper option: Document class options.
- (line 19)
-* a5paper option: Document class options.
- (line 19)
-* abstract environment: abstract. (line 6)
-* array environment: array. (line 6)
-* article class: Document classes. (line 13)
-* b5paper option: Document class options.
- (line 19)
-* book class: Document classes. (line 13)
-* center environment: center. (line 6)
-* description environment: description. (line 6)
-* displaymath environment: displaymath. (line 6)
-* displaymath environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 6)
-* document environment: document. (line 6)
-* draft option: Document class options.
- (line 24)
-* enumerate environment: enumerate. (line 6)
-* eqnarray environment: eqnarray. (line 6)
-* equation environment: equation. (line 6)
-* equation environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 6)
-* executivepaper option: Document class options.
- (line 19)
-* figure: figure. (line 6)
-* final option: Document class options.
- (line 24)
-* fleqn option: Document class options.
- (line 24)
-* flushleft environment: flushleft. (line 6)
-* flushright environment: flushright. (line 6)
-* indexspace: Indexes. (line 32)
-* itemize environment: itemize. (line 6)
-* landscape option: Document class options.
- (line 24)
-* latex command: Overview. (line 18)
-* <latexrefman-discuss@gna.org> email address: About this document.
- (line 13)
-* legalpaper option: Document class options.
- (line 19)
-* leqno option: Document class options.
- (line 24)
-* letter: letter. (line 6)
-* letter class: Document classes. (line 13)
-* letterpaper option: Document class options.
- (line 19)
-* list: list. (line 6)
-* lR box: picture. (line 64)
-* lrbox: lrbox. (line 6)
-* lualatex command: Overview. (line 32)
-* math environment: math. (line 6)
-* math environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 6)
-* minipage environment: minipage. (line 6)
-* notitlepage option: Document class options.
- (line 24)
-* onecolumn option: Document class options.
- (line 44)
-* oneside option: Document class options.
- (line 44)
-* openany option: Document class options.
- (line 44)
-* openbib option: Document class options.
- (line 24)
-* openright option: Document class options.
- (line 44)
-* pdflatex command: Overview. (line 26)
-* picture: picture. (line 6)
-* printindex: Indexes. (line 28)
-* quotation: quotation. (line 6)
-* quote: quote. (line 6)
-* report class: Document classes. (line 13)
-* secnumdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 47)
-* slides class: Document classes. (line 13)
-* tabbing environment: tabbing. (line 6)
-* table: table. (line 6)
-* tabular environment: tabular. (line 6)
-* textcomp package: Text symbols. (line 6)
-* thebibliography: thebibliography. (line 6)
-* theorem environment: theorem. (line 6)
-* titlepage environment: titlepage. (line 6)
-* titlepage option: Document class options.
- (line 24)
-* twocolumn option: Document class options.
- (line 44)
-* twoside option: Document class options.
- (line 44)
-* verbatim environment: verbatim. (line 6)
-* verse environment: verse. (line 6)
-* xelatex command: Overview. (line 35)
-
-
-
-Tag Table:
-Node: Top1688
-Node: About this document3542
-Node: Overview4822
-Node: Starting & ending7194
-Node: Document classes7756
-Node: Document class options8332
-Node: Typefaces10920
-Node: Font styles11362
-Node: Font sizes13773
-Node: Low-level font commands15008
-Node: Layout17462
-Node: \onecolumn17931
-Node: \twocolumn18144
-Node: \flushbottom19648
-Node: \raggedbottom20010
-Node: Page layout parameters20296
-Node: Sectioning23327
-Node: Cross references24868
-Node: \label25299
-Node: \pageref26161
-Node: \ref26460
-Node: Environments26850
-Node: abstract28306
-Node: array28547
-Node: center29876
-Node: \centering30353
-Node: description31193
-Node: displaymath32007
-Node: document32575
-Node: enumerate32832
-Node: eqnarray34121
-Node: equation35511
-Node: figure35884
-Node: flushleft39705
-Node: \raggedright40190
-Node: flushright40749
-Node: \raggedleft41237
-Node: itemize41794
-Node: letter45425
-Node: list45663
-Node: math46600
-Node: minipage46902
-Node: picture48094
-Node: \circle52093
-Node: \makebox (picture)52426
-Node: \framebox (picture)53121
-Node: \dashbox53611
-Node: \frame54140
-Node: \line54466
-Node: \linethickness54935
-Node: \thicklines55356
-Node: \thinlines55666
-Node: \multiput55968
-Node: \oval56334
-Node: \put56948
-Node: \shortstack57195
-Node: \vector57669
-Node: quotation57975
-Node: quote58431
-Node: tabbing58863
-Node: table62029
-Node: tabular62919
-Node: \multicolumn67008
-Node: \cline67805
-Node: \hline68125
-Node: \vline68439
-Node: thebibliography68752
-Node: \bibitem69894
-Node: \cite70625
-Node: \nocite71124
-Node: Using BibTeX71408
-Node: theorem72900
-Node: titlepage73286
-Node: verbatim73888
-Node: \verb74515
-Node: verse75065
-Node: Line breaking75559
-Node: \\76617
-Node: \obeycr & \restorecr77087
-Node: \newline77491
-Node: \- (hyphenation)77781
-Node: \fussy78391
-Node: \sloppy78784
-Node: \hyphenation79113
-Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak79740
-Node: Page breaking80394
-Node: \cleardoublepage81002
-Node: \clearpage81409
-Node: \newpage81685
-Node: \enlargethispage81920
-Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak82447
-Node: Footnotes83141
-Node: \footnote83759
-Node: \footnotemark84277
-Node: \footnotetext84843
-Node: Symbolic footnotes85328
-Node: Footnote parameters85885
-Node: Definitions86620
-Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand87335
-Node: \newcounter88549
-Node: \newlength89017
-Node: \newsavebox89529
-Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment89836
-Node: \newtheorem91102
-Node: \newfont92068
-Node: \protect92548
-Node: Counters93411
-Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol94655
-Node: \usecounter95699
-Node: \value96061
-Node: \setcounter96446
-Node: \addtocounter96737
-Node: \refstepcounter97033
-Node: \stepcounter97378
-Node: \day \month \year97629
-Node: Lengths98174
-Node: \setlength98743
-Node: \addtolength99085
-Node: \settodepth99380
-Node: \settoheight99655
-Node: \settowidth99934
-Node: Predefined lengths100198
-Node: Making paragraphs100713
-Node: \indent101285
-Node: \noindent101757
-Node: \parskip102043
-Node: Marginal notes102301
-Node: Math formulas103931
-Node: Subscripts & superscripts105713
-Node: Math symbols106180
-Node: Math functions112993
-Node: Math accents113936
-Node: Spacing in math mode114906
-Node: Math miscellany115537
-Node: Modes117035
-Node: Page styles118866
-Node: \maketitle119360
-Node: \pagenumbering120430
-Node: \pagestyle120843
-Node: \thispagestyle121983
-Node: Spaces122289
-Node: \hspace123348
-Node: \hfill123907
-Node: \SPACE124304
-Node: \AT124770
-Node: \thinspace125227
-Node: \/125486
-Node: \hrulefill126323
-Node: \dotfill126585
-Node: \addvspace126809
-Node: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip127301
-Node: \vfill127979
-Node: \vspace128284
-Node: Boxes128714
-Node: \mbox129433
-Node: \fbox and \framebox129720
-Node: lrbox130523
-Node: \makebox130840
-Node: \parbox131553
-Node: \raisebox132882
-Node: \savebox133479
-Node: \sbox133894
-Node: \usebox134343
-Node: Special insertions134601
-Node: Reserved characters135245
-Node: Text symbols136648
-Node: Accents139955
-Node: Non-English characters142428
-Node: \rule143099
-Node: \today143526
-Node: Splitting the input143971
-Node: \include144612
-Node: \includeonly145199
-Node: \input145691
-Node: Front/back matter146182
-Node: Tables of contents146387
-Node: \addcontentsline147415
-Node: \addtocontents148315
-Node: Glossaries148826
-Node: Indexes149345
-Node: Letters150972
-Node: \address152913
-Node: \cc153518
-Node: \closing153754
-Node: \encl153987
-Node: \location154179
-Node: \makelabels154441
-Node: \name154730
-Node: \opening154952
-Node: \ps155277
-Node: \signature155460
-Node: \startbreaks155743
-Node: \stopbreaks155965
-Node: \telephone156180
-Node: Terminal input/output156412
-Node: \typein156677
-Node: \typeout157258
-Node: Command line157881
-Node: Document templates158576
-Node: book template158980
-Node: beamer template159323
-Node: tugboat template159862
-Node: Concept Index162012
-Node: Command Index198773
-
-End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/latex2man.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/latex2man.info
deleted file mode 100644
index 20f024d7e05..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/latex2man.info
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1055 +0,0 @@
-This is latex2man.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.13 from
-latex2man.texi.
-
-INFO-DIR-SECTION Man-pages
-START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* Latex2man: (latex2man). Its Man-Page
-END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: Top, Next: Description, Prev: (dir), Up: (dir)
-
-latex2man
-*********
-
-Latex2man is a tool to translate UNIX manual pages written with
-LaTeXinto a format understood by the UNIX man(1)-command.
-Alternatively HTML, TexInfo, or LaTeX code can be produced too. Output
-of parts of the text may be suppressed using the conditional text
-feature (for this, LaTeX generation may be used).
-
-Synopsis
-========
-
-latex2man [ -tTRANSFILE ] [ -cCSSFILE ] [ -HMTL ] [ -h ] [ -V ] [
--CNAME ]
-[ -aCHAR ] INFILE OUTFILE
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Description::
-* Options::
-* Files::
-* See Also::
-* LaTeX commands::
-* Package Options::
-* Package Specific Environments::
-* Accepted LaTeX Environments::
-* Package Specific Macros::
-* Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package::
-* Accepted LaTeX Macros::
-* Conditional Text::
-* Translation of User Defined Macros::
-* Verbatim Environment::
-* Subsection works::
-* Subsubsection works::
-* Subsubsection still works::
-* General Remarks::
-* CSS classnames::
-* Some Bug Fix Tests::
-* Requirements::
-* Changes::
-* Version::
-* License and Copyright::
-* Author::
-
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: Description, Next: Options, Prev: Top, Up: Top
-
-Description
-===========
-
-Latex2man reads the file INFILE and writes OUTFILE. The input must be
-a LaTeX document using the latex2man LaTeXpackage. Latex2man
-translates that document into the troff(1) format using the -man macro
-package.
-
- Using the -H option, HTML code can be produced, instead of troff(1).
-With this option you can, optionally, specify a CSSFILE as an argument.
-CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) allows you to control the appearance of
-the resulting HTML page. See below for the names of CSS classes that
-are included in the HTML tags as attributes.
-
- Using the -T option, TexInfo code can be produced, instead of
-troff(1).
-
- Using the -M option, troff(1) input is produced.
-
- Using the -L option, LaTeX ouput can be produced, instead of
-troff(1).
-
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: Options, Next: Files, Prev: Description, Up: Top
-
-Options
-=======
-
-`-tTRANSFILE'
- Translation for user defined LaTeX macros.
-
-`-cCSSFILE'
- If you use the -H you can also specify a file that contains CSS
- style sheets. The link to the CSS file is inserted into the
- generatedHTML output using the specified CSSFILE filename.
-
-`-M'
- Produce output suitable for the man(1) command (default).
-
-`-H'
- Instead of producing output suitable for the man(1) command, HTML
- code is produced (despite the name of the command).
-
-`-T'
- Instead of producing output suitable for the man(1) command,
- TexInfo code is produced (despite the name of the command). The
- generated `.texi'-file may be processed with makeinfo(1) (to
- produce an `.info'-file) which in turn may be installed using
- install-info(1). The Info tags @dircategory and @direntry are
- provided.
-
-`-L'
- The LaTeX source is written to the OUTFILE. This is useful in
- conjunction with the -CNAME option.
-
-`-CNAME'
- Output the conditional text for NAME. If more than one name
- should be given use quotes: -C'NAME1 NAME2 ...'
- The following names are defined automatically:
- * -H defines HTML
-
- * -T defines TEXI
-
- * -M defines MAN
-
- * -L defines LATEX
-
-`-aCHAR'
- Is used only in conjunction with -T.
- Background:
- TexInfo ignores all blanks before the first word on a new line. In
- order to produce some additional space before that word (using
- \SP) some character has to be printed before the additional space.
- By default this is a . (dot). The CHAR specifies an alternative
- for that first character. Giving a blank to -a supresses the
- indentation of a line.
- Note: only for the first \SP of a series that CHAR is printed.
-
-`-h'
- Show a help text.
-
-`-V'
- Show version information.
-
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: Files, Next: See Also, Prev: Options, Up: Top
-
-Files
-=====
-
-``latex2man.tex''
- The LaTeX file containing this Man-page.
-
-``latex2man.sty''
- The LaTeX package defining the environments and commands.
-
-``latex2man.cfg''
- The configuration file for Latex2man LaTeX-package.
-
-``latex2man.css''
- File containing example CSS definitions.
-
-``latex2man.trans''
- File containing example translations of user defined LaTeX macros.
-
-``fancyheadings.sty''
- A LaTeX package used to typeset head- and foot lines.
-
-``fancyhdr.sty''
- A LaTeX package used to typeset head- and foot lines.
-
-``rcsinfo.sty''
- A LaTeX package used to extract and use RCS version control
- information in LaTeX documents.
-
-``latex2man.pdf''
- The PDF version of this document.
-
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: See Also, Next: LaTeX commands, Prev: Files, Up: Top
-
-See Also
-========
-
-LaTeX,TexInfo, troff(1), groff(1), makeinfo(1).
-
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: LaTeX commands, Next: Package Options, Prev: See Also, Up: Top
-
-LaTeX commands
-==============
-
-The LaTeX package latex2man is used to write the Man-pages with
-LaTeX.Since we translate into other text formats, not all LaTeX stuff
-can be translated.
-
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: Package Options, Next: Package Specific Environments, Prev: LaTeX commands, Up: Top
-
-Package Options
----------------
-
-The latex2man package accepts the following options:
-
-`fancy'
- use the LaTeX package fancyheadings.
-
-`fancyhdr'
- use the LaTeX package fancyhdr.
-
-`nofancy'
- neither the LaTeX package fancyheadings nor fancyhdr are used.
-
- The default option may be specified in the file latex2man.cfg.
-
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: Package Specific Environments, Next: Accepted LaTeX Environments, Prev: Package Options, Up: Top
-
-Package Specific Environments
------------------------------
-
-The following environments are provided by the package:
-`\begin{Name}{chapter}{name}{author}{info}{title}'
- The Name environment takes five arguments: 1. the Man-page
- chapter, 2. the name of the Man-page, 3. the author, 4. some
- short information about the tool printed in the footline of the
- Man-page, and 5. a text which is used as title, for HTML and
- LaTeX (it's ignored for output of the Man-page or TeXinfo. The Name
- environment must be the first environment in the document.
- Processing starts with this environment. Any text before this is
- ignored (exception: the setVersion and setDate commands). (Note:
- all arguments of \begin{Name} must be written on one line).
-
-`\begin{Table}[width]{columns}'
- The Table environment takes two arguments: the first optional one
- specifies a width of the last column, the second one gives the
- number of columns. For example:
-
- \begin{Table}[2cm]{3}
- Here & am & I \\\hline
- A 1 & A 2 & A 3 1 2 3 4 5 A 3 1 2 3 4 5 \\
- B 1 & B 2 & B 3 \\
- \end{Table}
-
- will be typeset as:
-
- Here am I
- A 1 A 2 A 3 1 2 3 4 5 A 3 1
- 2 3 4 5
- B 1 B 2 B 3
-
- If no optional _width_ argument is given, all entries are typeset
- left justified. The _width_ is a length measured absolutly in
- _cm_. Processing with LaTeX a p{width} column is typeset as last
- column. The translation to troff(1) commands results in a lw(width)
- column specification. Translating to HTML and TexInfo ignores the
- _width_ parameter.
-
- \hline may be used.
-
- If the Man-page is formatted with troff(1) and tables are used, the
- tbl(1) preprocessor should be called, usually by giving a -t to
- the call of troff(1). When viewing the generated manula page
- using man(1), tbl(1) is called automatically.
-
-`\begin{Description}'
- is the same as \begin{description}
-
-`\begin{Description}[label]'
- is similar to \begin{description}, but the item labels have at
- minimum the size of the (optional) word _label_. The difference
- is visible only in the DVI and PDF-output, not in the troff,
- TexInfo or HTML output.
- `a'
- |a \begin{description}
-
- `ab'
- |ab
-
- `abc'
- |abc
-
- `a'
- |a \begin{Description}
-
- `ab'
- |ab
-
- `abc'
- |abc
-
- `a'
- |a \begin{Description}[aa]
-
- `ab'
- |ab
-
- `abc'
- |abc
-
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: Accepted LaTeX Environments, Next: Package Specific Macros, Prev: Package Specific Environments, Up: Top
-
-Accepted LaTeX Environments
----------------------------
-
-The following environments are accepted:
- * description
-
- * enumerate
-
- * itemize
-
- * verbatim
-
- * center
-
- They may be nested:
- * Itemize and nested center:
-
- A centered line.
- Another centered line.
-
- * Another item an nested enumerate
- 1. a
-
- 2. b
-
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: Package Specific Macros, Next: Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package, Prev: Accepted LaTeX Environments, Up: Top
-
-Package Specific Macros
------------------------
-
-The following commands are provided:
-`\Opt{option}'
- Option: \Opt{-o} will be typeset as -o.
-
-`\Arg{argument}'
- Argument: \Arg{filename} will be typeset as FILENAME.
-
-`\OptArg{option}{argument}'
- Option with Argument:
- \OptArg{-o}{filename} will be typeset as -oFILENAME.
-
-`\OptoArg{option}{argument}'
- Option with optional Argument:
- \OptoArg{-o}{filename} will be typeset as -o[FILENAME].
-
-`\oOpt{option}'
- Optional option, e.g. \oOpt{-o} will be typeset as [ -o ].
-
-`\oArg{argument}'
- Optional argument, e.g. \oArg{filename} will be typeset as [
- FILENAME ].
-
-`\oOptArg{option}{argument}'
- Optional option with argument, e.g.
- \oOptArg{-o}{filename} will be typeset as [ -oFILENAME ].
-
-`\oOptoArg{option}{argument}'
- Optional option with optional argument, e.g.
- \oOptoArg{-o}{filename} will be typeset as [ -o[FILENAME] ].
-
-`\File{filename}'
- used to typeset filenames, e.g. \File{filename} will be typeset
- as `filename'.
-
-`\Prog{prog}'
- used to typeset program names, e.g. \Prog{latex2man} will be
- typeset as latex2man.
-
-`\Cmd{command}{chapter}'
- used to typeset references to other commands, e.g.
- \Cmd{latex2man}{1} will be typeset as latex2man(1).
-
-`\Bar'
- is typeset as |.
-
-`\Bs'
- (BackSlash) is typeset as \.
-
-`\Tilde'
- is typeset as a ~.
-
-`\Dots'
- is typeset as ...
-
-`\Bullet'
- us typeset as *.
-
-`\setVersion{..}'
- set .. as version information.
-
-`\setVersionWord{..}'
- set .. for the word _Version:_ in the footline.
- The default is \setVersionWord{Version:}.
-
-`\Version'
- returns the version information.
-
-`\setDate{..}'
- sets .. as date information.
-
-`\Date'
- returns the date information.
-
-`\Email{..}'
- use to mark an Email address:
- \Email{Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de} is typeset as:
- <Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de>.
-
-`\URL{..}'
- use to mark an URL: \URL{http://www.foo.de/\Tilde vollmer} is
- typeset as
- `http://www.foo.de/~vollmer'.
-
-`\LatexManEnd'
- the input file is read and processed until reading end-of-file or
- \LatexManEnd (at the beginning of a line). LaTeXignores this
- command.
-
-`\Lbr, \Rbr'
- is typeset as [ and ] (these variants are needed only somtimes
- like in
- \item[FooBar\LBr xx \Lbr]. Usually [ ] will work.
-
-`\LBr, \RBr'
- is typeset as { and } (these variants are needed when using { or }
- as arguments to macros.
-
-`\Circum'
- is typeset as ^.
-
-`\Percent'
- is typeset as %.
-
-`\TEXbr'
- If processed with LaTeX causes a linebreak (i.e. is equivalent to
- \\).In the output of latex2man this macro is ignored.
-
-`\TEXIbr'
- If TexInfo output is generated, causes a linebreak (i.e. is
- equivalent to \\),otherwise ignored.
-
-`\MANbr'
- If Man-Page output is generated, causes a linebreak (i.e. is
- equivalent to \\),otherwise ignored.
-
-`\HTMLbr'
- If HTML output is generated, causes a linebreak (i.e. is
- equivalent to \\),otherwise ignored.
-
-`\medskip'
- An empty line.
-
-`\SP'
- Produces some extra space, works also at the beginning of lines.
- The code of the second line looks like: \SP abc \SP\SP xx\\:
- abc xx
- . abc xx
- . . abc xx
-
- Note: Due to some "problems" with TexInfo, the lines starting with
- \SP have a leading . (dot) in the TexInfo output, see -aCHAR.
-
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package, Next: Accepted LaTeX Macros, Prev: Package Specific Macros, Up: Top
-
-Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package
-----------------------------------------
-
-`\rcsInfo $Id ...$'
- if the LaTeX package `rcsinfo' is used, this command is used to
- extract the date of the Man-page.
-
-`\rcsInfoLongDate'
- if the LaTeX package `rcsinfo' is used, this command is used to
- typeset the date coded in the $Id ..$ string.
-
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: Accepted LaTeX Macros, Next: Conditional Text, Prev: Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package, Up: Top
-
-Accepted LaTeX Macros
----------------------
-
-The following standard LaTeX commands are accepted:
-`\section{..}'
- The section macro takes one argument: the name of the Man-page
- section. Each Man-page consists of several sections. Usually
- there are the following sections in a Man-page: _Name_ (special
- handling as environment, c.f. above), _Synopsis_, _Description_,
- _Options_, _Files_, _See Also_, _Diagnostics_, _Return Values_,
- _Bugs_, _Author_, _version_, etc.
-
- _Synopsis_ must be the first section after the Name environment.
-
- Note: Do not use LaTeX-macrosin section names.
-
-`\subsection{..}'
- works as well as
-
-`\subsubsection{..}'
- those.
-
-`\emph{..}'
- \emph{example} is typeset as _example_.
-
-`\textbf{..}'
- \textbf{example} is typeset as *example*.
-
-`\texttt{..}'
- \textt{example} is typeset as example.
-
-`\underline{..}'
- \underline{example} is typeset as example of underline.
-
-`\date{..}'
- uses .. as date.
-
-`\verb+..+'
- but only + is allowed as delimiter.
-
-`$<$'
- is typeset as <.
-
-`$>$'
- is typeset as >.
-
-`$<=$'
- is typeset as <=.
-
-`$>=$'
- is typeset as >=.
-
-`$=$'
- is typeset as =.
-
-`$<>$'
- is typeset as <>.
-
-`$\ge$'
- is typeset as $>=$.
-
-`$\le$'
- is typeset as $<=$.
-
-`$\leftarrow$'
- is typeset as $<-$.
-
-`$\Leftarrow$'
- is typeset as $<==$.
-
-`$\rightarrow$'
- is typeset as $->$.
-
-`$\Rightarrow$'
- is typeset as $==>$.
-
-`\{'
- is typeset as {.
-
-`\}'
- is typeset as }.
-
-`\$'
- is typeset as $.
-
-`\$'
- is typeset as $,should be used inside macro arguments.
-
-`\_'
- is typeset as _.
-
-`\&'
- is typeset as &.
-
-`\#'
- is typeset as #.
-
-`\%'
- is typeset as %.
-
-`\,'
- is typeset as smaller blank - - (between the two -)
-
-`\-'
- is used to mark hyphenation in a word.
-
-`\\'
- is typeset as a linebreak or marks the end of a column in the Table
- environment.
-
-`\'
- (a \ followed by a blank) is typeset as a blank, although it
- cannot be used at the beginning of a line to make indentation (see
- the \SP command).
-
-`~'
- is typeset as a blank.
-
-`\copyright'
- is typeset as (C).
-
-`\noindent'
-
-`\hline'
- inside a Table environment.
-
-`\item'
- inside a itemize, enumerate, or description environment.
-
-`\today'
- 22 December 2010(see also the rcsinfo LaTeXpackage).
-
-`\ss,\"a, ...'
- \ss = ss, \"a= a", \"o= o", \"u= u", \"A= A", \"O= O", \"U= U". It
- is allowed to surround these macros in { and } in all places, even
- inside other macros, e.g.
- . \textbf{\"a\"o\"u\"A\"O\"U\ss}
- . \textbf{\"a}{\"o}{\"u}{\"A}{\"O}{\"U}{\ss}}
- . \textbf{äöüÄÖÜß}
- *a"o"u"A"O"U"ss a"o"u"A"O"U"ss a"o"u"A"O"U"ss*
-
- If these letters are used in their LATIN-1 8-bit coding, they are
- translated into the equivalent letter of the desired output format.
- E.g. A" becomes &Auml; in HTML and @"A in texinfo.
-
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: Conditional Text, Next: Translation of User Defined Macros, Prev: Accepted LaTeX Macros, Up: Top
-
-Conditional Text
-----------------
-
-latex2man preprocesses the LaTeX input to allow text to be used
-conditionally. A special sort of LaTeX comment is used for that purpose.
- * %@% IF _condition_ %@%
-
- * %@% ELSE %@%
-
- * %@% END-IF %@%
-
- A line must contain only such a comment and nothing else. _condition_
-is a boolean expression containing "names" and operators. The names
-given with the -CNAME option have the value "true", while all other
-names occuring in the expression are assumed to be "false". If the
-evaluation of the boolean expression results in the value "true", the
-text in the "then"-part is used and the text in the optional
-"else"-part is skipped (and vice versa). The IF/ELSE/END-IF may be
-nested. As boolean operators the following are allowed:
-
-|| boolean or
-&& boolean and
-! negation
-
- ( and ) for grouping are allowed.
-
-For example:
-%@% IF abc %@%
-abc set
-%@% IF xyz %@%
-xyz set
-%@% ELSE %@%
-xyz NOT set
-%@% END-IF %@%
-%@% ELSE %@%
-abc NOT set
-%@% IF xyz || !XYZ %@%
-xyz OR !XYZ set
-%@% ELSE %@%
-xyz OR !XYZ NOT set
-%@% END-IF %@%
-%@% END-IF %@%
-
-Run this manual page through latex2man with e.g. -C'ABC XYZ' and have
-a look to the generated output. (If simply running the LaTeX-document
-through LaTeX,all lines are shown in the .dvi file).
-abc NOT set
-xyz OR !XYZ set
-To check the conditional text feature, when latex2man is called with
-`-CHTML'
- the lines 1a, 2b, 3b, and 4b;
-
-`-CTEXI'
- the lines 1b, 2a, 3b, and 4b;
-
-`-CMAN'
- the lines 1b, 2b, 3a, and 4b;
-
-`-CLATEX'
- the lines 1b, 2b, 3b, and 4a;
-
-`calling LaTeX without preprocessing'
- all lines
- should be shown:
-
- 1b. The HTML conditional was not set.
-
- 2a. This text occurs only when viewing the TEXI output
-
- 3b. The MAN conditional was not set.
-
- 4b. The LATEX conditional was not set.
-
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: Translation of User Defined Macros, Next: Verbatim Environment, Prev: Conditional Text, Up: Top
-
-Translation of User Defined Macros
-----------------------------------
-
-The user macro translation file (given by the [ -tTRANSFILE ]) contains
-Perl commands specifying the translation of LaTeX macros defined by the
-user. These macros may have none, one or two arguments. The following
-code is expected:
-
- * Comments start with a # up to the end of the line.
-
- * For a macro \foo with no arguments, the following code must be
- specified:
- `Translation to Man-Pages'
- $manMacro{'foo'} = '...';
-
- `Translation to HTML'
- $htmlMacro{'foo'} = '...';
-
- `Translation to TexInfo'
- $texiMacro{'foo'} = '...';
-
- where ... is the translation.
-
- * For a macro \foo{..} with one argument, the following code must be
- specified:
- `Translation to Man-Pages'
- $manMacro1a{'foo'} = '...';
- $manMacro1b{'foo'} = '...';
-
- `Translation to HTML'
- $htmlMacro1a{'foo'} = '...';
- $htmlMacro1b{'foo'} = '...';
-
- `Translation to TexInfo'
- $texiMacro1a{'foo'} = '...';
- $texiMacro1b{'foo'} = '...';
-
- where ... is the translation. The 1a code is used before the
- argument, while 1b is typeset after the argument is set.
-
- * For a macro \foo{..}{..} with two arguments, the following code
- must be specified:
- `Translation to Man-Pages'
- $manMacro2a{'foo'} = '...';
- $manMacro2b{'foo'} = '...';
- $manMacro2c{'foo'} = '...';
-
- `Translation to HTML'
- $htmlMacro2a{'foo'} = '...';
- $htmlMacro2b{'foo'} = '...';
- $htmlMacro2c{'foo'} = '...';
-
- `Translation to TexInfo'
- $texiMacro2a{'foo'} = '...';
- $texiMacro2b{'foo'} = '...';
- $texiMacro2c{'foo'} = '...';
-
- where ... is the translation. The 2a code is used before the first
- argument, 2b between the two arguments and 2c is typeset after the
- second argument is set.
-
- * The file `latex2man.trans' contains some example code.
-
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: Verbatim Environment, Next: Subsection works, Prev: Translation of User Defined Macros, Up: Top
-
-Verbatim Environment
---------------------
-
-.This
-. {is}
-. \texttt{a}
-. $test$
-. _of_
-.verbatim
-.<this is no HTML tag> and no @* TexInfo command
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: Subsection works, Next: Subsubsection works, Prev: Verbatim Environment, Up: Top
-
-Subsection works
-----------------
-
-This is a \subsection.
-
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: Subsubsection works, Next: Subsubsection still works, Prev: Subsection works, Up: Top
-
-Subsubsection works
-...................
-
-This is a \subsubsection.
-
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: Subsubsection still works, Next: General Remarks, Prev: Subsubsection works, Up: Top
-
-Subsubsection still works
-.........................
-
-This is another \subsubsection.
-
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: General Remarks, Next: CSS classnames, Prev: Subsubsection still works, Up: Top
-
-General Remarks
----------------
-
- 1. Empty lines are typeset as paragraph separators.
-
- 2. The arguments of the LaTeX commands must not be split over several
- lines.
-
- 3. Do not nest calls to macros.
-
- 4. Except the mentioned environment and macros, the usage of other
- LaTeX environments or macros are not translated. Their usage will
- cause garbage in the output.
-
- 5. latex2man requires Perl version >= 5.0004_03.
-
- 6. If you want to install the system with the distributed `Makefile',
- you need GNU-make. If you don't have it, you should execute the
- steps shown in the `Makefile' manually.
-
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: CSS classnames, Next: Some Bug Fix Tests, Prev: General Remarks, Up: Top
-
-CSS classnames
-==============
-
-The table below shows the names of CSS classes that will be included in
-the HTML tags as attributes. You can specify the CSS style properties
-in the CSSFILE for these classes:
-
-
-*HTML tag* *Class* *Style applies to*
-body the body of the HTML
- page
-h1 titlehead the title at the top
- of the HTML page
- specified as an
- argument to the _Name_
- environment
-h4 authorhead the author at the top
- of the HTML page
- specified as an
- argument to the _Name_
- environment
-h4 datehead the date at the top
- of the HTML page
-h4 versionhead the man page version
- at the top of the
- HTML page specified
- as an argument to the
- _setVersion_ macro
-h2 sectionname a section title
- specified as an
- argument to the
- _section_ macro
-h4 subsectionname a subsection title
- specified as an
- argument to the
- _subsection_ macro
-h5 subsubsectionname a subsubsection title
- specified as an
- argument to the
- _subsubsection_ macro
-font progname a program name
- specified as an
- argument to the _Prog_
- macro
-font filename a file name specified
- as an argument to the
- _File_ macro
-font commandname a command name
- specified as an
- argument to the _Cmd_
- macro
-font textstyle all text that is not
- an argument to some
- LaTeX or latex2man
- macro
-font optstyle a name of an option
- specified as an
- argument to the _Opt_,
- _oOpt_, _OptArg_,
- _oOptArg_ or
- _oOptoArg_ macros
-font argstyle a name of an argument
- specified as an
- argument to the _Arg_,
- _oArg_, _OptArg_,
- _oOptArg_ or
- _oOptoArg_ macros
-a, font urlstyle a URL specified as an
- argument to the _URL_
- macro
-a, font urlstyle.link subclass of urlstyle
- class
-a, font urlstyle.visited subclass of urlstyle
- class
-a, font urlstyle.hover subclass of urlstyle
- class
-a, font emailstyle an email specified as
- an argument to the
- _Email_ macro
-a, font emailstyle.link subclass of
- emailstyle class
-a, font emailstyle.visited subclass of
- emailstyle class
-a, font emailstyle.hover subclass of
- emailstyle class
-table tablestyle a table specified as
- a _Table_ environment
-tr rowstyle a row of a table
- specified as a _Table_
- environment
-td cellstyle a cell of a table
- specified as a _Table_
- environment
-
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: Some Bug Fix Tests, Next: Requirements, Prev: CSS classnames, Up: Top
-
-Some Bug Fix Tests
-==================
-
-`Leading . and ''
- Now leading . and ' in generation troff output should work
- propperly, since a \& is added. Therfore the \Dot macro has been
- deleted.
- Thanks to <Frank.Schilder@Mathematik.Tu-Ilmenau.De>.
- Testcase 1:
- `'\n''
- ...
- Testcase 2:
- `.foobar' Testcase 3:
- ... abc ...abc . efg ' 123
-
-`% in verbatim'
- A % in a \verb and verbatim-environment was not emitted correctly.
- Thanks to Aleksey Nogin <nogin@cs.caltech.edu> for the bug report
- and bug fix.
-
- % abc
-
- . % abc %
- but ignore comments following this:
-
-
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: Requirements, Next: Changes, Prev: Some Bug Fix Tests, Up: Top
-
-Requirements
-============
-
-`Perl'
- latex2man requires Perl version >= 5.0004_03.
-
-`Make'
- If you want to install the system with the distributed `Makefile',
- you need GNU-make. If you don't have it, you should execute the
- steps shown in the `Makefile' manually.
-
-`LaTeX'
- LaTeX2e is required.
-
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: Changes, Next: Version, Prev: Requirements, Up: Top
-
-Changes
-=======
-
-Please check the file `latex2man-CHANGES' for the list of changes and
-acknowledgment to people contributing bugfixes or enhancements.
-
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: Version, Next: License and Copyright, Prev: Changes, Up: Top
-
-Version
-=======
-
-Version: 1.24 of 2010/12/22.
-
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: License and Copyright, Next: Author, Prev: Version, Up: Top
-
-License and Copyright
-=====================
-
-`Copyright'
- (C)1998, Dr. Ju"rgen Vollmer, Viktoriastrasse 15, D-76133
- Karlsruhe, Germany,
- <Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de>
-
- The actual version of Latex2man may be found on my homepage
- `http://www.informatik-vollmer.de/software/latex2man.html'.
-
-`License'
- This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
- of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN archives
- in directory `macros/latex/base/lppl.txt'; either version 1 of the
- License, or any later version.
-
-`Misc'
- If you find this software useful, please send me a postcard from
- the place where you are living.
-
-
-File: latex2man.info, Node: Author, Prev: License and Copyright, Up: Top
-
-Author
-======
-
-Dr. Ju"rgen Vollmer
-Viktoriastrasse 15
-D-76133 Karlsruhe
-Email: <Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de>
-WWW: `http://www.informatik-vollmer.de'.
-
-
-
-Tag Table:
-Node: Top187
-Node: Description1287
-Node: Options2141
-Node: Files4057
-Node: See Also4868
-Node: LaTeX commands5024
-Node: Package Options5307
-Node: Package Specific Environments5759
-Node: Accepted LaTeX Environments8547
-Node: Package Specific Macros9079
-Node: Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package12665
-Node: Accepted LaTeX Macros13162
-Node: Conditional Text16231
-Node: Translation of User Defined Macros18269
-Node: Verbatim Environment20383
-Node: Subsection works20709
-Node: Subsubsection works20884
-Node: Subsubsection still works21073
-Node: General Remarks21279
-Node: CSS classnames22017
-Node: Some Bug Fix Tests27698
-Node: Requirements28436
-Node: Changes28850
-Node: Version29089
-Node: License and Copyright29232
-Node: Author30026
-
-End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/mf2pt1.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/mf2pt1.info
deleted file mode 100644
index 796a095453d..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/mf2pt1.info
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,714 +0,0 @@
-This is mf2pt1.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.13 from mf2pt1.texi.
-
-INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
-START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* mf2pt1:: Produce PostScript Type 1 fonts from Metafont source
-END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-
- *mf2pt1*: Produce PostScript Type 1 fonts from Metafont source
-
- Copyright 2012 Scott Pakin.
-
-
-File: mf2pt1.info, Node: Top, Next: Introduction, Prev: (dir), Up: (dir)
-
-mf2pt1
-******
-
-`mf2pt1' is a tool that lets font designers design PostScript Type 1
-fonts using the Metafont language. The same source file can be used
-to produce both Type 1 (`.pfb') and bitmap (`.pk') fonts.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Introduction:: Introduction to mf2pt1
-* Usage:: How to use mf2pt1
-* Future Work:: Features I may one day add to mf2pt1
-* Acknowledgments:: People who helped with mf2pt1
-
-
-File: mf2pt1.info, Node: Introduction, Next: Usage, Prev: Top, Up: Top
-
-1 Introduction
-**************
-
-Metafont is a high-level, mathematically oriented language for
-producing fonts. The Metafont interpreter produces device-dependent
-bitmaps, which render well at the target resolution on the target
-device, but poorly at other resolutions or on other devices. Adobe's
-PostScript Type 1 font format is the de facto font standard for
-printers these days. It is a vector format, which implies that it
-scales better than bitmaps, and it delegates the device- and
-resolution-dependent tweaking from the font source to the target
-device's PostScript renderer. However, Type 1 fonts are extremely
-difficult to code by hand. Usually, one uses a WYSIWYG program to
-design a Type 1 font. Metafont , with its font-specific programming
-language, is an elegant alternative. A font designer can write
-reusable subroutines for repeated features, such as serifs and accents.
-He can define a font in terms of arbitrary parameters, such as
-"boldness" or "italicness", making it trivial to produce entire
-families of fonts from a single source (hence the "meta" in the name
-"Metafont "). Ideally, we would like to design a font using the
-Metafont language, but produce PostScript Type 1 output instead of
-bitmaps.
-
-`mf2pt1' helps bridge the gap between Metafont and Type 1 fonts.
-`mf2pt1' facilitates producing PostScript Type 1 fonts from a Metafont
-source file. It is _not_, as the name may imply, an automatic
-converter of arbitrary Metafont fonts to Type 1 format. `mf2pt1'
-imposes a number of restrictions on the Metafont input. If these
-restrictions are met, `mf2pt1' will produce valid Type 1 output.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Requirements:: Pre-installation checklist
-* Installation:: How to install mf2pt1
-
-
-File: mf2pt1.info, Node: Requirements, Next: Installation, Prev: Introduction, Up: Introduction
-
-1.1 Requirements
-================
-
-Before using `mf2pt1', you will need to install the following programs:
-
-Perl
- `mf2pt1' is written in Perl. You will need a Perl interpreter to
- run it.
-
-MetaPost
- `mf2pt1' actually uses MetaPost, not Metafont , to produce
- PostScript output. Specifically, you will need the `mpost'
- executable and the `mfplain.mp' base file.
-
-Type 1 Utilities
- Producing properly encoded Type 1 fonts is tricky. `mf2pt1'
- delegates the effort to the Type 1 Utilities, specifically, to the
- `t1asm' program within that suite.
-
-FontForge (optional)
- FontForge is a WYSIWYG, but scriptable, Type 1 font-editing
- program. Although FontForge is not strictly required for `mf2pt1'
- to produce a Type 1 font, `mf2pt1' uses FontForge when available
- to autohint the generated Type 1 font, thereby making it look
- better especially at lower resolutions.
-
- Perl is available from the Comprehensive Perl Archive Network
-(http://www.cpan.org); MetaPost and the Type 1 utilities are available
-from the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (http://www.ctan.org); and,
-FontForge is available from `http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/'. In
-addition, MetaPost's home page is
-`http://cm.bell-labs.com/who/hobby/MetaPost.html', and the Type 1
-utilities' home page is `http://www.lcdf.org/type/'.
-
- Besides being useful for autohinting fonts, FontForge enables a font
-designer to hint fonts manually for additional fine-tuning and to
-convert among a variety of font formats, such as PostScript, TrueType,
-and X Window fonts. FontForge is strongly recommended as a complement
-to `mf2pt1'.
-
-
-File: mf2pt1.info, Node: Installation, Prev: Requirements, Up: Introduction
-
-1.2 Installation
-================
-
-To install `mf2pt1', move the `mf2pt1' executable someplace where your
-operating system can find it. If you're running Microsoft Windows, you
-should rename the program to `mf2pt1.pl', so that Windows knows it's a
-Perl script. (Alternatively, if you have `pl2bat', use that to produce
-a `mf2pt1.bat' file, which you can run as simply `mf2pt1'.)
-
- The next step is to produce a `mf2pt1.mem' file from the supplied
-`mf2pt1.mp'. The command to do this differs from system to system but
-is usually something like the following:
-
- mpost -progname=mpost -ini mf2pt1 \\dump
-
- Move the resulting `mf2pt1.mem' file someplace where MetaPost can
-find it.
-
-
- The `mf2pt1' documentation (what you're reading now) is written in
-Texinfo and can therefore easily be converted to a variety of formats:
-
-PDF (`mf2pt1.pdf')
- texi2pdf mf2pt1.texi
-
-PostScript (`mf2pt1.ps')
- texi2dvi mf2pt1.texi
- dvips mf2pt1.dvi -o mf2pt1.ps
-
-HTML (`mf2pt1.html')
- makeinfo --html mf2pt1.texi
-
-Info (`mf2pt1.info')
- makeinfo mf2pt1.texi
-
-N.B. The `install-info' command is a convenient way to install
-`mf2pt1.info' on your system.
-
-
- On Unix, you may also want to generate an `mf2pt1' man page. The
-man page is embedded within the `mf2pt1' Perl script and can be
-extracted with `pod2man':
-
- pod2man --center="User Commands" --date="29 June 2012" \
- --release="v2.5" mf2pt1 > mf2pt1.1
-
-You can then move `mf2pt1.1' into `/usr/man/man1' or any other man page
-directory. Note that the `mf2pt1' man page is fairly rudimentary. It
-is primarily a list of the command-line options (*note Font
-information::) and a pointer to the document that you're reading now.
-
-
-File: mf2pt1.info, Node: Usage, Next: Future Work, Prev: Introduction, Up: Top
-
-2 Usage
-*******
-
-`mf2pt1' is fairly straightforward to use. To process a Metafont
-source file, merely specify the filename:
-
- mf2pt1 myfont.mf
-
-That simple command automatically performs all of the following
-operations:
-
- 1. Read `myfont.mf'.
-
- 2. Use `mpost' to convert each character to a separate Encapsulated
- PostScript (EPS) file named `myfont.NUM'.
-
- 3. Process and merge the EPS files into a single "disassembled"
- Type 1 font called `myfont.pt1'.
-
- 4. Run `t1asm' from the Type 1 Utilities to convert the disassembled
- font into a true, binary Type 1 font called `myfont.pfb'.
-
- 5. Invoke `fontforge' to apply rendering hints to `myfont.pfb' and to
- attempt to remove overlapping paths.
-
- The external programs launched by `mf2pt1'--`mpost', `t1asm', and
-`fontforge'--can be overridden by setting the eponymous, uppercase
-environment variable. For example, invoking FontForge's predecessor,
-PfaEdit, instead of FontForge is simply a matter of setting the
-`FONTFORGE' environment variable to `pfaedit' before invoking `mf2pt1'.
-As a corollary, you can inhibit an `mf2pt1' external program from
-running by setting the corresponding environment variable to the name
-of a nonexistent program.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Restrictions:: Restrictions imposed on the font source code
-* Font information:: Specifying PostScript font characteristics
-* Additional command-line options:: Options unrelated to font characteristics
-* Custom font encodings:: Altering the mapping from character name to number
-* Restoring mfplain defaults:: Using the original (un)filldraw and pencircle
-
-
-File: mf2pt1.info, Node: Restrictions, Next: Font information, Prev: Usage, Up: Usage
-
-2.1 Restrictions
-================
-
-If `mf2pt1' sounds too good to be true, it is--somewhat. `mf2pt1' is
-not a general-purpose Metafont -to-Type 1 converter. Rather, it can
-convert only certain Metafont constructs. This is not a showstopper
-for new fonts designed with `mf2pt1' in mind, but it is unlikely that
-`mf2pt1' will work on an arbitrary Metafont source file.
-
- `mf2pt1''s biggest restriction is that each glyph must be drawn
-entirely from closed paths, using Metafont 's *fill* and *unfill*
-commands. (`mf2pt1' has limited support for *draw* and *undraw*, but
-their use is currently discouraged. *filldraw* and *unfilldraw* issue a
-warning message and invoke *draw* and *undraw*, respectively.) The
-Type 1 format requires that these paths be nonoverlapping. The
-following are some of the alternatives for removing path overlaps:
-
- 1. Install FontForge. As part of its final step in producing a
- Type 1 font, `mf2pt1' instructs FontForge to replace overlapping
- paths with nonoverlapping paths.
-
- 2. Remove overlaps using Metafont code within the font program
- itself. A `.zip' file attachment to a 6 January 2005 article
- (http://tug.org/mailman/htdig/metapost/2005-January/000080.html) by
- Boguslaw Jackowski on the MetaPost mailing list (subject: "Re: all
- intersections between two paths") includes a MetaPost library which
- assists with that task. The library provides a *find_outlines*
- command which can be used to define a path as the union of two
- other paths. A number of MetaPost example programs are also
- included in the `.zip' file.
-
- 3. Design your fonts from the beginning without using overlapping
- paths.
-
- A secondary restriction is that `mf2pt1' redefines a number of Plain
-Metafont commands, such as *beginchar*, *fill*, and *unfill*. Metafont
-font programs which redefine or bypass these (using Metafont
-primitives) will not be convertible with `mf2pt1'.
-
- A far less severe restriction is due to `mf2pt1''s utilizing
-MetaPost's Metafont interface instead of Metafont itself. The
-implication is that commands not defined by MetaPost's `mfplain.mp'
-cannot be handled by `mf2pt1', either. Very few fonts will have a
-problem with this restriction but see the MetaPost manual for more
-information.
-
-
-File: mf2pt1.info, Node: Font information, Next: Additional command-line options, Prev: Restrictions, Up: Usage
-
-2.2 Specifying font information
-===============================
-
-Metafont fonts normally specify a set of *fontdimen*s which provide
-information about a particular font that cannot otherwise be inferred.
-These include features such as the font's x-height, quad width,
-interword stretchability and shrinkability, and other design
-characteristics that TeX makes use of. PostScript fonts utilize a
-largely different set of font parameters, such as the underline
-position and thickness, font family name, and copyright notice.
-`mf2pt1' provides Metafont commands to define the PostScript font
-parameters in the generated Type 1 font. These parameters should
-appear in the Metafont source file as follows:
-
- if known ps_output:
- ...
- fi
-
-`ps_output' is defined by `mf2pt1' but not by Plain Metafont .
-Checking if it is known is the recommended way to determine if the font
-is being built under `mf2pt1'.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Parameters:: Font-information commands available to Metafont
-* Command-line equivalents:: Specifying font features on the command line
-* Default values:: Types and default values of each parameter
-* Parameter example:: Metafont example which specifies all parameters
-
-
-File: mf2pt1.info, Node: Parameters, Next: Command-line equivalents, Prev: Font information, Up: Font information
-
-2.2.1 Parameters
-----------------
-
- The following list presents all of the font-information commands
-provided by `mf2pt1' and describes what each command means. Commands
-marked with an asterisk are also defined by Plain Metafont and
-therefore do not need to be enveloped within a test for `ps_output'.
-
-*font_coding_scheme*
- The mapping between character numbers and PostScript names. If
- this is the name of a file, `mf2pt1' expects it to contain
- PostScript code defining a font-encoding vector. *Note Custom
- font encodings::, for an example of such a file. If
- *font_coding_scheme* is not the name of a file, `mf2pt1' expects
- it to be one of the literal strings `standard' (Adobe standard
- encoding), `isolatin1' (ISO Latin 1 encoding), `ot1' (TeX 7-bit
- encoding), `t1' (TeX 8-bit encoding), or `asis' (encoding
- integrated with the character programs using the *glyph_name*
- command as described in *note Custom font encodings::). Anything
- else will generate a warning message and cause `mf2pt1' to use
- `standard' instead.
-
-*font_comment*
- A textual comment that will appear within the generated font.
- This is often used for copyright notices.
-
-*font_family*
- The family that this font belongs to. For example, "Utopia Bold
- Italic" belongs to the `Utopia' family.
-
-*font_fixed_pitch*
- Whether the font is monospaced (if *true*) or or proportionally
- spaced (if *false*).
-
-*font_identifier (*)*
- The full name of the font, e.g., `Utopia Bold Italic'.
-
-*font_name*
- The symbolic font name, used to load the font from a PostScript
- document. Spaces are forbidden. Generally, the font name is of
- the form `FAMILY-MODIFIERS'. For example, the font name of Utopia
- Bold Italic would be `Utopia-BoldItalic'.
-
-*font_size (*)*
- The font design size. This is specified in "sharped" units within
- Metafont code or as a point size on the command line.
-
-*font_slant (*)*
- When specified with *font_slant*, the amount of slant per point.
- When specified with `--italicangle', the angle in counterclockwise
- degrees from the vertical (i.e., zero for an upright font,
- negative for a right-slanting italic font).
-
-*font_underline_position*
- The vertical position at which an underline should lie, specified
- in "sharped" units within Metafont code or as a number of points
- on the command line.
-
-*font_underline_thickness*
- The thickness of an underline, specified in "sharped" units within
- Metafont code or as a number of points on the command line.
-
-*font_unique_id*
- The unique ID for this font. The ID should be between 0 and
- 16,777,215. If not specified, `mf2pt1' will choose an ID at
- random from the "open" range, 4,000,000-4,999,999. All IDs not in
- that range are allocated by contacting Adobe's UniqueID
- Coordinator. (I don't believe a fee is involved, but I don't know
- for sure.)
-
-*font_version*
- The version number of the font. This should be of the form
- `MMM.MMM', where MMM is the major version number and MMM is the
- minor version number.
-
-*font_weight*
- The font weight. For example, the font weight of Utopia Bold
- Italic is `Bold'.
-
-
-File: mf2pt1.info, Node: Command-line equivalents, Next: Default values, Prev: Parameters, Up: Font information
-
-2.2.2 Command-line equivalents
-------------------------------
-
- Each of the font-information commands listed in *note Parameters::
-has a command-line equivalent. Their use is discouraged but they are
-listed here for completeness:
-
-*font_coding_scheme* `--encoding'
-*font_comment* `--comment'
-*font_family* `--family'
-*font_fixed_pitch* `--fixedpitch'
-*font_identifier* `--fullname'
-*font_name* `--name'
-*font_size* `--designsize'
-*font_slant* `--italicangle'
-*font_underline_position* `--underpos'
-*font_underline_thickness* `--underthick'
-*font_unique_id* `--uniqueid'
-*font_version* `--fontversion'
-*font_weight* `--weight'
-
- A special case is `--fixedpitch' which does not take an argument.
-Rather, you should use `--fixedpitch' as the equivalent of
-`font_fixed_pitch true' and `--nofixedpitch' as the equivalent of
-`font_fixed_pitch false'.
-
-
-File: mf2pt1.info, Node: Default values, Next: Parameter example, Prev: Command-line equivalents, Up: Font information
-
-2.2.3 Default values
---------------------
-
- The next table lists the Metafont type and default value of each of
-the parameters listed in *note Parameters::.
-
-*font_coding_scheme* *string* `"standard"'
-*font_comment* *string* `"Font converted to Type 1
- by mf2pt1, written by
- Scott Pakin."'
-*font_family* *string* (The value of
- *font_identifier*)
-*font_fixed_pitch* *boolean* *false*
-*font_identifier* *string* (The input filename, minus
- `.mf')
-*font_name* *string* (The value of
- *font_family*, plus an
- underscore, plus the
- value of *font_weight*,
- with all spaces removed)
-*font_size* *numeric* (Must be specified or
- `mf2pt1' will abort with
- an error message)
-*font_slant* *numeric* 0
-*font_underline_position* *numeric* -1
-*font_underline_thickness* *numeric* 0.5
-*font_unique_id* *string* (Randomly generated in the
- range 4000000-4999999)
-*font_version* *string* `"001.000"'
-*font_weight* *string* `"Medium"'
-
-
-
-File: mf2pt1.info, Node: Parameter example, Prev: Default values, Up: Font information
-
-2.2.4 Parameter example
------------------------
-
- As an example, the following Metafont code shows the usage of all
-of the parameters that `mf2pt1' accepts:
-
-if known ps_output:
- font_coding_scheme "ot1";
- font_comment "Copyright (C) 2012 Scott Pakin.";
- font_family "Kerplotz";
- font_fixed_pitch false;
- font_identifier "Kerplotz Light Oblique";
- font_name "Kerplotz-LightOblique";
- font_size 10pt#; % Important to include
- this.
- font_slant 1/6;
- font_underline_position -1pt#;
- font_underline_thickness 1/2pt#;
- font_unique_id "4112233"; % Better to omit
- this.
- font_version "002.005";
- font_weight "Light";
- fi
-
-In the above, the *font_fixed_pitch* call could have been omitted, as
-it defaults to *false*. Also, unless you've requested a unique ID from
-Adobe, it's generally better not to assign *font_unique_id*; let
-`mf2pt1' choose a random value itself.
-
- The same parameters can also be specified on the command line as
-follows:
-
- mf2pt1 --encoding=ot1 --comment="Copyright (C) 2012 Scott Pakin."
- --family=Kerplotz --nofixedpitch --fullname="Kerplotz Light Oblique"
- --name=Kerplotz-LightOblique --designsize=10 --italicangle=-9.5
- --underpos=-100 --underthick=50 --uniqueid=4112233 --version=002.005
- --weight=Light kerplotz.mf
-
-Note that a Metafont font slant of 1/6 is equal to a PostScript italic
-angle of approximately -9.5. The conversion formula is slant =
--tan(angle). In addition, the underline position and thickness must be
-multiplied by 1000/*font_size* to convert from the Metafont units that
-are used within the `.mf' file to the PostScript units that are used on
-the command line.
-
-
-File: mf2pt1.info, Node: Additional command-line options, Next: Custom font encodings, Prev: Font information, Up: Usage
-
-2.3 Additional command-line options
-===================================
-
-In addition to the command-line options for setting font parameters
-that were presented in *note Parameters::, `mf2pt1' supports a
-`--rounding' option. While `mf2pt1' normally rounds all font
-coordinates to the nearest integer, `--rounding' increases coordinate
-precision by instructing `mf2pt1' to round instead to the nearest
-multiple of a given fractional number. For example, `--rounding=0.25'
-rounds the coordinate (7.4, 10.3) to (7.5, 10.25) while it would
-otherwise be rounded to the less-precise (7, 10).
-
- Large glyphs can be problematic in MetaPost and therefore in
-`mf2pt1'. Unlike Metafont , MetaPost does not honor `mag' for
-magnifying dimensions. Rather, the number of PostScript (a.k.a. "big")
-points per pixel--`bpppix'--is hardwired to 0.02 and all other
-dimensions (`mm', `in', `pt', etc.) are expressed in terms of that.
-Consequently, glyphs that multiply a large number of font units by a
-dimension are likely to exceed 4096, the largest value that MetaPost
-can represent in its fixed-point format. If numerical overflow becomes
-a problem you can use the `--bpppix' option to `mf2pt1' to change the
-value of `bpppix'. For example, specifying `--bpppix=0.2' enables a
-tenfold increase in maximum glyph size (with a corresponding decrease
-in precision).
-
- After generating a Type 1 font, `mf2pt1' runs it through FontForge
-to add hinting information, remove overlaps, and otherwise clean up the
-generated font. The `--ffscript' option specifies the filename of a
-FontForge script to use instead of the default script, which is listed
-below:
-
- Open($1);
- SelectAll();
- RemoveOverlap();
- AddExtrema();
- Simplify(0, 2);
- CorrectDirection();
- Simplify(0, 2);
- RoundToInt();
- AutoHint();
- Generate($1);
- Quit(0);
-
-See the FontForge documentation for an explanation of each of those
-commands and a description of other commands made available to
-FontForge scripts. `mf2pt1' runs the script with one argument (`$1'),
-which is the name of the generated `.pfb' file.
-
- `mf2pt1' also supports a `--help' option which summarizes all of the
-program's command-line options.
-
-
-File: mf2pt1.info, Node: Custom font encodings, Next: Restoring mfplain defaults, Prev: Additional command-line options, Up: Usage
-
-2.4 Custom font encodings
-=========================
-
-*note Parameters::, lists the font encodings currently supported by
-`mf2pt1' and mentions that an alternate encoding can be specified by
-providing the name of an encoding file. To elaborate, the following
-example represents the contents of an encoding file which defines
-a--largely useless nowadays--EBCDIC font encoding:
-
- `% Sample encoding vector: EBCDIC
- % The encoding vector must have a name and be defined as a
- PostScript array.
- /ebcdic_encoding [
- /_a0 /_a1 /_a2 /_a3 /_a4 /_a5 /_a6 /_a7 /_a8 /_a9 /_a10 /_a11 /_a12
- /_a13 /_a14 /_a15 /_a16 /_a17 /_a18 /_a19 /_a20 /_a21 /_a22 /_a23
- /_a24 /_a25 /_a26 /_a27 /_a28 /_a29 /_a30 /_a31 /_a32 /_a33 /_a34
- /_a35 /_a36 /_a37 /_a38 /_a39 /_a40 /_a41 /_a42 /_a43 /_a44 /_a45
- /_a46 /_a47 /_a48 /_a49 /_a50 /_a51 /_a52 /_a53 /_a54 /_a55 /_a56
- /_a57 /_a58 /_a59 /_a60 /_a61 /_a62 /_a63 /space /_a65 /_a66 /_a67
- /_a68 /_a69 /_a70 /_a71 /_a72 /_a73 /bracketleft /period /less
- /parenleft /plus /exclam /ampersand /_a81 /_a82 /_a83 /_a84 /_a85
- /_a86 /_a87 /_a88 /_a89 /bracketright /dollar /asterisk /parenright
- /semicolon /asciicircum /hyphen /slash /_a98 /_a99 /_a100 /_a101
- /_a102 /_a103 /_a104 /_a105 /bar /comma /percent /underscore
- /greater /question /_a112 /_a113 /_a114 /_a115 /_a116 /_a117
- /_a118 /_a119 /_a120 /_a121 /colon /numbersign /at /quoteright
- /equal /quotedbl /_a128 /a /b /c /d /e /f /g /h /i /_a138 /_a139
- /_a140 /_a141 /_a142 /_a143 /_a144 /j /k /l /m /n /o /p /q /r
- /_a154 /_a155 /_a156 /_a157 /_a158 /_a159 /_a160 /asciitilde /s /t
- /u /v /w /x /y /z /_a170 /_a171 /_a172 /_a173 /_a174 /_a175 /_a176
- /_a177 /_a178 /_a179 /_a180 /_a181 /_a182 /_a183 /_a184 /quoteleft
- /_a186 /_a187 /_a188 /_a189 /_a190 /_a191 /braceleft /A /B /C /D
- /E /F /G /H /I /_a202 /_a203 /_a204 /_a205 /_a206 /_a207
- /braceright /J /K /L /M /N /O /P /Q /R /_a218 /_a219 /_a220 /_a221
- /_a222 /_a223 /backslash /_a225 /S /T /U /V /W /X /Y /Z /_a234
- /_a235 /_a236 /_a237 /_a238 /_a239 /zero /one /two /three /four
- /five /six /seven /eight /nine /_a250 /_a251 /_a252 /_a253 /_a254
- /_a255
- % Don't forget to end the array.
- ] def'
-
-All entries in the encoding vector are PostScript "names" and therefore
-must be prefixed with a slash. Unnamed characters such as control
-characters are commonly named `_aNUMBER', where NUMBER is the decimal
-offset into the character table. Undefined characters are indicated by
-`.notdef'. In the EBCDIC example, the character at position 0 in the
-font will be named `a0'; the character at position 1 will be named
-`a1'; the character at position 74 will be named `bracketleft'; the
-character at position 129 will be named `a'; and so forth.
-
- Individual characters can be mapped to an encoding either numerically
-or by executing a *glyph_name* command within a character definition.
-For example, the following code overrides the character position passed
-to *beginchar* (i.e., 123) with whatever character position the current
-encoding has designated for the `ohungarumlaut' glyph:
-
- beginchar (123, cap_height#-1/2pt#, cap_height#, 0);
- if known ps_output:
- glyph_name "ohungarumlaut";
- fi
- ...
- endchar;
-
-
-File: mf2pt1.info, Node: Restoring mfplain defaults, Prev: Custom font encodings, Up: Usage
-
-2.5 Restoring `mfplain' defaults
-================================
-
-`mf2pt1' normally redefines *filldraw* as *fill* and *unfilldraw* and
-*unfill* because Type 1 fonts don't allow overlapping curves.
-Similarly, `mf2pt1' redefines *pencircle* as a 20-gon to coerce
-MetaPost into drawing it using a filled instead of a stroked PostScript
-path.
-
- If you know you'll be postprocessing your fonts using FontForge,
-which can automatically convert overlapping paths to nonoverlapping
-paths, then you can restore the original `mfplain.mp' definitions of
-*filldraw*, *unfilldraw*, and *pencircle* as follows:
-
- if known ps_output:
- pencircle := mfplain_pencircle;
- let filldraw := mfplain_filldraw;
- let unfilldraw := mfplain_unfilldraw;
- fi
-
-
-File: mf2pt1.info, Node: Future Work, Next: Acknowledgments, Prev: Usage, Up: Top
-
-3 Future Work
-*************
-
-One avenue for future work is to enable the font designer to specify
-Type 1 font hints directly in the Metafont font program. Hinting is a
-way for a font designer to specify how a font should be rendered at low
-resolutions, for example, at typical monitor resolutions. In Metafont
-, this is done by controlling the way that points are mapped to pixel
-locations, using commands such as *define_corrected_pixels*,
-*define_blacker_pixels*, and *lowres_fix*. Type 1 fonts are hinted in
-a completely different manner. Type 1 hints distinguish key character
-features, such as stems and dots, from decorations which can be
-discarded at low resolutions. The PostScript interpreter uses that
-information to determine how to map points to pixels. Although
-`mf2pt1' employs FontForge to autohint the fonts it generates, the
-approach is mechanical and unlikely to hint as well as a human can do
-manually. It would be convenient for `mf2pt1' one day to provide
-Metafont commands for *hstem*, *vstem*, *dotsection*, and the other
-Type 1 hints. That way, hints will no longer need to be re-added
-manually every time `mf2pt1' regenerates a Type 1 font.
-
- Another future addition to `mf2pt1' is the addition of more font
-encodings. The following are the encodings that `mf2pt1' will most
-likely accept:
-
-`TeXMathItalicEncoding'
- Upper- and lowercase Greek and Latin letters, old-style digits,
- and a few symbols and accents.
-
-`TeXMathSymbolEncoding'
- A variety of symbols, as well as calligraphic Latin majuscules.
-
-`TeXMathExtensionEncoding'
- Variable-sized symbols, such as braces, integrals, and radicals.
-
-`AdobeExpert'
- Small caps, currency symbols, old-style digits, and various
- superior and inferior letters and digits.
-
-
-File: mf2pt1.info, Node: Acknowledgments, Prev: Future Work, Up: Top
-
-Acknowledgments
-***************
-
-Many thanks are owed to Werner Lemberg for writing the code underlying
-the `--rounding' option; for introducing the *glyph_name* command and
-`asis' encoding vector; for providing the default FontForge script
-listed in *note Additional command-line options::; for fixing some
-code-generation bugs in `mf2pt1'; for finding a more robust way to dump
-`mf2pt1.mem'; for directing me to the overlap-removal code mentioned in
-*note Restrictions::; for supplying the _crossproduct_, _makeline_, and
-_is_clockwise_ functions used by `mf2pt1.mp'; for proposing the
-`--bpppix' command-line option; and, for suggesting various features and
-improvements to `mf2pt1'. Thanks also go to Werner Lemberg and Boguslaw
-Jackowski for updating the *is_clockwise* function in `mf2pt1.mp' to
-work around a bug in MetaPost which relates to the *turningnumber*
-command. Finally, thanks go to Ralf Stubner for providing the T1
-encoding vector and for pointing out a typo in the generated font
-programs; to Michael Zedler for alerting me to problems with
-`--encoding' and suggesting I modify that option to accept PostScript
-`.enc' files; and to Michael Ummels for fixing a couple of bugs that
-made character widths in the generated fonts slightly too large.
-
-
-
-Tag Table:
-Node: Top301
-Node: Introduction840
-Node: Requirements2677
-Node: Installation4426
-Node: Usage6237
-Node: Restrictions7953
-Node: Font information10343
-Node: Parameters11703
-Node: Command-line equivalents15078
-Node: Default values16202
-Node: Parameter example17880
-Node: Additional command-line options19899
-Node: Custom font encodings22238
-Node: Restoring mfplain defaults25689
-Node: Future Work26548
-Node: Acknowledgments28415
-
-End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/tds.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/tds.info
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b2418cd0a2..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/tds.info
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1714 +0,0 @@
-This is tds.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.7 from tds.texi.
-
-INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
-START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* TeX Directories: (tds). A directory structure for TeX files.
-END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Top, Next: Introduction, Up: (dir)
-
-A Directory Structure for TeX Files
-***********************************
-
-Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2003, 2004 TeX Users
-Group.
-
- Permission to use, copy, and distribute this document _without
-modification_ for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that this notice appears in all copies. It is provided "as
-is" without expressed or implied warranty.
-
- Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
-this document under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
-the modifications are clearly marked and the document is not
-represented as the official one.
-
- This document is available on any CTAN host (see Appendix *Note
-Related references::). Please send questions or suggestions by email to
-<tds@tug.org>. We welcome all comments. This is version 1.1.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Introduction::
-* General::
-* Top-level directories::
-* Summary::
-* Unspecified pieces::
-* Implementation issues::
-* Is there a better way?::
-* Related references::
-* Contributors::
-
- --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
-
-Introduction
-
-* History::
-* The role of the TDS::
-* Conventions::
-
-General
-
-* Subdirectory searching::
-* Rooting the tree::
-* Local additions::
-* Duplicate filenames::
-
-Top-level directories
-
-* Macros::
-* Fonts::
-* Non-font Metafont files::
-* MetaPost::
-* BibTeX::
-* Scripts::
-* Documentation::
-
-Macros
-
-* Extensions::
-
-Fonts
-
-* Font bitmaps::
-* Valid font bitmaps::
-
-Summary
-
-* Documentation tree summary::
-
-Unspecified pieces
-
-* Portable filenames::
-
-Implementation issues
-
-* Adoption of the TDS::
-* More on subdirectory searching::
-* Example implementation-specific trees::
-
-Example implementation-specific trees
-
-* AmiWeb2c 2.0::
-* Public DECUS TeX::
-* Web2c 7::
-
-Is there a better way?
-
-* Macro structure::
-* Font structure::
-* Documentation structure::
-
-Font structure
-
-* Font file type location::
-* Mode and resolution location::
-* Modeless bitmaps::
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Introduction, Next: General, Prev: Top, Up: Top
-
-1 Introduction
-**************
-
-TeX is a powerful, flexible typesetting system used by many people
-around the world. It is extremely portable and runs on virtually all
-operating systems. One unfortunate side effect of TeX's flexibility,
-however, is that there has been no single "right" way to install it.
-This has resulted in many sites having different installed arrangements.
-
- The primary purpose of this document is to describe a standard TeX
-Directory Structure (TDS): a directory hierarchy for macros, fonts, and
-the other implementation-independent TeX system files. As a matter of
-practicality, this document also suggests ways to incorporate the rest
-of the TeX files into a single structure. The TDS has been designed to
-work on all modern systems. In particular, the Technical Working Group
-(TWG) believes it is usable under MacOS, MS-DOS, OS/2, Unix, VMS, and
-Windows NT. We hope that administrators and developers of both free
-and commercial TeX implementations will adopt this standard.
-
- This document is intended both for the TeX system administrator at a
-site and for people preparing TeX distributions--everything from a
-complete runnable system to a single macro or style file. It may also
-help TeX users find their way around systems organized this way. It is
-not a tutorial: we necessarily assume knowledge of the many parts of a
-working TeX system. If you are unfamiliar with any of the programs or
-file formats we refer to, consult the references in Appendix *Note
-Related references::.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* History::
-* The role of the TDS::
-* Conventions::
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: History, Next: The role of the TDS, Up: Introduction
-
-1.1 History
-===========
-
-Version 1.0 of the TDS was released in February 2003.
-
- Version 1.1 was released in June 2004, with the following
-non-editorial changes:
-
- * Inputs for TeX extensions included under `tex', instead of
- in their own top-level directories (Section *Note Extensions::)
-
- * New top-level directory `scripts' (Section *Note Scripts::).
-
- * New subdirectories `lig', `opentype', `truetype', and
- `type3' under `fonts' (Section *Note Fonts::).
-
- * `enc', `lig', and `map' all use `SYNTAX/PACKAGE'
- subdirectories (Section *Note Fonts::).
-
- * `pfm' files specified to go under `type1', and `inf' files
- under `afm' (Section *Note Fonts::).
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: The role of the TDS, Next: Conventions, Prev: History, Up: Introduction
-
-1.2 The role of the TDS
-=======================
-
-The role of the TDS is to stabilize the organization of TeX-related
-software packages that are installed and in use, possibly on multiple
-platforms simultaneously.
-
- At first glance, it may seem that the Comprehensive TeX Archive
-Network (CTAN) fulfills at least part of this role, but this is not the
-case. The role of CTAN is to simplify archiving and distribution, not
-installation and use.
-
- In fact, the roles of the TDS and CTAN are frequently in conflict,
-as we will see. For distribution, many different types of files must
-be combined into a single unit; for use, it is traditional to segregate
-files (even similar files) from a single package into separate,
-occasionally distant, directories.
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Conventions, Prev: The role of the TDS, Up: Introduction
-
-1.3 Conventions
-===============
-
-In this document, `/' is used to separate filename components; for
-example, `texmf/fonts'. This is the Unix convention but the ideas are
-in no way Unix-specific.
-
- In this document, "TeX" generally means the TeX system, including
-Metafont, DVI drivers, utilities, etc., not just the TeX program itself.
-
- The word "package" in this document has its usual meaning: a set of
-related files distributed, installed, and maintained as a unit. This is
-_not_ a LaTeX2e package, which is a style file supplementing a document
-class.
-
- We use the following typographic conventions:
-
- * `literal' Literal text such as `filename' is typeset in typewriter
- type.
-
- * `REPLACEABLE' Replaceable text such as `PACKAGE', identifying a
- class of things, is typeset in italics inside angle brackets.
-
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: General, Next: Top-level directories, Prev: Introduction, Up: Top
-
-2 General
-*********
-
-This section describes common properties throughout the TDS tree.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Subdirectory searching::
-* Rooting the tree::
-* Local additions::
-* Duplicate filenames::
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Subdirectory searching, Next: Rooting the tree, Up: General
-
-2.1 Subdirectory searching
-==========================
-
-Older TeX installations store large numbers of related files in single
-directories, for example, all `TFM' files and/or all TeX input files.
-
- This monolithic arrangement hinders maintenance of a TeX system: it
-is difficult to determine what files are used by what packages, what
-files need to be updated when a new version is installed, or what files
-should be deleted if a package is removed. It is also a source of error
-if two or more packages happen to have input files with the same name.
-
- Therefore, the TWG felt each package should be in a separate
-directory. But we recognized that explicitly listing all directories to
-be searched would be unbearable. A site may wish to install dozens of
-packages. Aside from anything else, listing that many directories would
-produce search paths many thousands of characters long, overflowing the
-available space on some systems.
-
- Also, if all directories are explicitly listed, installing or
-removing a new package would mean changing a path as well as installing
-or removing the actual files. This would be a time-consuming and
-error-prone operation, even with implementations that provide some way
-to specify the directories to search at runtime. On systems without
-runtime configuration, it would require recompiling software, an
-intolerable burden.
-
- As a result, the TWG concluded that a comprehensive TDS requires
-implementations to support some form of implicit subdirectory
-searching. More precisely, implementations must make it possible to
-specify that TeX, Metafont, and their companion utilities search in both
-a specified directory and recursively through all subdirectories of that
-directory when looking for an input file. Other forms of subdirectory
-searching, for example recursive-to-one-level searches, may also be
-provided. We encourage implementors to provide subdirectory searching
-at the option of the installer and user for all paths.
-
- The TDS does not specify a syntax for specifying recursive
-searching, but we encourage implementors to provide interoperability
-(see Section *Note More on subdirectory searching::).
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Rooting the tree, Next: Local additions, Prev: Subdirectory searching, Up: General
-
-2.2 Rooting the tree
-====================
-
-In this document, we shall designate the root TDS directory by `texmf'
-(for "TeX and Metafont"). We recommend using that name where possible,
-but the actual name of the directory is up to the installer. On PC
-networks, for example, this could map to a logical drive specification
-such as `T:'.
-
- Similarly, the location of this directory on the system is
-site-dependent. It may be at the root of the file system; on Unix
-systems, `/usr/local/share', `/usr/local', `/usr/local/lib', and `/opt'
-are common choices.
-
- The name `texmf' was chosen for several reasons: it reflects the fact
-that the directory contains files pertaining to an entire TeX system
-(including Metafont, MetaPost, BibTeX, etc.), not just TeX itself; and
-it is descriptive of a generic installation rather than a particular
-implementation.
-
- A site may choose to have more than one TDS hierarchy installed (for
-example, when installing an upgrade). This is perfectly legitimate.
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Local additions, Next: Duplicate filenames, Prev: Rooting the tree, Up: General
-
-2.3 Local additions
-===================
-
-The TDS cannot specify precisely when a package is or is not a "local
-addition". Each site must determine this according to its own
-conventions. At the two extremes, one site might wish to consider
-"nonlocal" all files not acquired as part of the installed TeX
-distribution; another site might consider "local" only those files that
-were actually developed at the local site and not distributed elsewhere.
-
- We recognize two common methods for local additions to a distributed
-`texmf' tree. Both have their place; in fact, some sites employ both
-simultaneously:
-
- 1. A completely separate tree which is a TDS structure itself; for
- example, `/usr/local/umbtex' at the University of Massachusetts at
- Boston. This is another example of the multiple `texmf'
- hierarchies mentioned in the previous section.
-
- 2. A directory named `local' at any appropriate level, for example,
- in the `FORMAT', `PACKAGE', and `SUPPLIER' directories discussed
- in the following sections. The TDS reserves the directory name
- `local' for this purpose.
-
- We recommend using `local' for site-adapted configuration files,
- such as `language.dat' for the Babel package or `graphics.cfg' for
- the graphics package. Unmodified configuration files from a
- package should remain in the package directory. The intent is to
- separate locally modified or created files from distribution
- files, to ease installing new releases.
-
-
- One common case of local additions is dynamically generated files,
-e.g., PK fonts by the `mktexpk' script (which originated in Dvips as
-`MakeTeXPK'). A site may store the generated files directly in any of:
- * their standard location in the main TDS tree (if it can be made
- globally writable);
-
- * an alternative location in the main TDS tree (for example, under
- `texmf/fonts/tmp');
-
- * a second complete TDS tree (as outlined above);
-
- * any other convenient directory (perhaps under `/var', for example
- `/var/spool/fonts').
-
-
- No one solution will be appropriate for all sites.
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Duplicate filenames, Prev: Local additions, Up: General
-
-2.4 Duplicate filenames
-=======================
-
-Different files by the same name may exist in a TDS tree. The TDS
-generally leaves unspecified which of two files by the same name in a
-search path will be found, so generally the only way to reliably find a
-given file is for it to have a unique name. However, the TDS requires
-implementations to support the following exceptions:
-
- * Names of TeX input files must be unique within each first-level
- subdirectory of `texmf/tex' and `texmf/tex/generic', but not
- within all of `texmf/tex'; i.e., different TeX formats may have
- files by the same name. (Section *Note Macros:: discusses this
- further.) Thus, no single format-independent path specification,
- such as a recursive search beginning at `texmf/tex' specifying no
- other directories, suffices. So implementations must provide
- format-dependent path specifications, for example via wrapper
- scripts or configuration files.
-
- * Many font files will have the same name (e.g., `cmr10.pk'), as
- discussed in Section *Note Valid font bitmaps::. Implementations
- must distinguish these files by mode and resolution.
-
-
- All implementations we know of already have these capabilities.
-
- One place where duplicate names are likely to occur is not an
-exception:
-
- * Names of Metafont input files (as opposed to bitmaps) must be
- unique within all of `texmf/fonts'. In practice, this is a problem
- with some variants of Computer Modern which contain slightly
- modified files named `punct.mf', `romanl.mf', and so on. We
- believe the only feasible solution is to rename the derivative
- files to be unique.
-
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Top-level directories, Next: Summary, Prev: General, Up: Top
-
-3 Top-level directories
-***********************
-
-The directories under the `texmf' root identify the major components of
-a TeX system (see Section *Note Summary:: for a summary). A site may
-omit any unneeded directories.
-
- Although the TDS by its nature can specify precise locations only
-for implementation-independent files, we recognize that installers may
-well wish to place other files under `texmf' to simplify administration
-of the TeX tree, especially if it is maintained by someone other than
-the system administrator. Therefore, additional top-level directories
-may be present.
-
- The top-level directories specified by the TDS are:
-
- * `tex' for TeX files (Section *Note Macros::).
-
- * `fonts' for font-related files (Section *Note Fonts::).
-
- * `metafont' for Metafont files which are not fonts (Section *Note
- Non-font Metafont files::).
-
- * `metapost' for MetaPost files (Section *Note MetaPost::).
-
- * `bibtex' for BibTeX files (Section *Note BibTeX::).
-
- * `scripts' for platform-independent executables (Section *Note
- Scripts::).
-
- * `doc' for user documentation (Section *Note Documentation::).
-
- * `source' for sources. This includes both traditional program
- sources (for example, Web2C sources go in `texmf/source/web2c')
- and, e.g., LaTeX `dtx' sources (which go in `texmf/source/latex').
- The TDS leaves unspecified any structure under `source'.
-
- `source' is intended for files which are not needed at runtime by
- any TeX program; it should not be included in any search path. For
- example, `plain.tex' does not belong under `texmf/source', even
- though it is a "source file" in the sense of not being derived
- from another file. (It goes in `texmf/tex/plain/base', as explained
- in Section *Note Macros::).
-
- * `IMPLEMENTATION' for implementations (examples: `emtex', `vtex',
- `web2c'), to be used for whatever purpose deemed suitable by the
- implementor or TeX administrator. That is, files that cannot be
- shared between implementations, such as pool files (`tex.pool')
- and memory dump files (`plain.fmt') go here, in addition to
- implementation-wide configuration files. See Section *Note
- Example implementation-specific trees:: for examples of real
- `IMPLEMENTATION' trees.
-
- Such implementation-specific configuration files should _not_ be
- located using the main TeX input search path (e.g., `TEXINPUTS').
- This must be reserved for files actually read by a TeX engine.
- See Section *Note Extensions::.
-
- * `PROGRAM' for program-specific input and configuration files for
- any TeX-related programs (examples: `mft', `dvips'). In fact, the
- `tex', `metafont', `metapost', and `bibtex' items above may all be
- seen as instances of this case.
-
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Macros::
-* Fonts::
-* Non-font Metafont files::
-* MetaPost::
-* BibTeX::
-* Scripts::
-* Documentation::
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Macros, Next: Fonts, Up: Top-level directories
-
-3.1 Macros
-==========
-
-TeX macro files shall be stored in separate directories, segregated by
-TeX format and package name (we use `format' in its traditional TeX
-sense to mean a usefully `\dump'-able package):
- texmf/tex/FORMAT/PACKAGE/
-
- * `FORMAT' is a format name (examples: `amstex', `latex', `plain',
- `texinfo').
-
- The TDS allows distributions that can be used as either formats or
- packages (e.g., Texinfo, Eplain) to be stored at either level, at
- the option of the format author or TeX administrator. We recommend
- that packages used as formats at a particular site be stored at the
- `FORMAT' level: by adjusting the TeX inputs search path, it will
- be straightforward to use them as macro packages under another
- format, whereas placing them in another tree completely obscures
- their use as a format.
-
- The TDS reserves the following `FORMAT' names:
-
- * `generic', for input files that are useful across a wide
- range of formats (examples: `null.tex', `path.sty').
- Generally, this means any format that uses the category codes
- of Plain TeX and does not rely on any particular format.
- This is in contrast to those files which are useful only with
- Plain TeX (which go under `texmf/tex/plain'), e.g.,
- `testfont.tex' and `plain.tex' itself.
-
- * `local', for local additions. See Section *Note Local
- additions::.
-
-
- Thus, for almost every format, it is necessary to search at least
- the `FORMAT' directory and then the `generic' directory (in that
- order). Other directories may need to be searched as well,
- depending on the format. When using AMS-TeX, for example, the
- `amstex', `plain', and `generic' directories should be searched,
- because AMS-TeX is compatible with Plain.
-
- * `PACKAGE' is a TeX package name (examples: `babel', `texdraw').
-
- In the case where a format consists of only a single file and has
- no auxiliary packages, that file can simply be placed in the
- `FORMAT' directory, instead of `FORMAT/base'. For example,
- Texinfo may go in `texmf/tex/texinfo/texinfo.tex', not
- `texmf/tex/texinfo/base/texinfo.tex'.
-
- The TDS reserves the following `PACKAGE' names:
-
- * `base', for the base distribution of each format, including
- files used by INITEX when dumping format files. For example,
- in the standard LaTeX distribution, the `ltx' files created
- during the build process. Another example: the `.ini' driver
- files for formats used by TeX Live and other distributions.
-
- * `hyphen', for hyphenation patterns, including the original
- American English `hyphen.tex'. These are typically used only
- by INITEX. In most situations, this directory need exist
- only under the `generic' format.
-
- * `images', for image input files, such as Encapsulated
- PostScript figures. Although it is somewhat non-intuitive for
- these to be under a directory named `tex', TeX needs to read
- these files to glean bounding box or other information. A
- mechanism for sharing image inputs between TeX and other
- typesetting programs (e.g., Interleaf, FrameMaker) is beyond
- the scope of the TDS. In most situations, this directory need
- exist only under the `generic' format.
-
- * `local', for local additions and configuration files. See
- Section *Note Local additions::.
-
- * `misc', for packages that consist of a single file. An
- administrator or package maintainer may create directories for
- single-file packages at their discretion, instead of using
- `misc'.
-
-
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Extensions::
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Extensions, Up: Macros
-
-3.1.1 Extensions
-----------------
-
-TeX has spawned many companion and successor programs ("engines"), such
-as PDFTeX, Omega, and others. The TDS specifies that the input files
-for such programs (using a TeX-like syntax) be placed within the
-top-level `tex' directory, either at the top level or within a format
-subdirectory, even though the original TeX program may not be able to
-read them. For example:
-
- texmf/tex/aleph
- texmf/tex/enctex
-
- This is a change from TDS 1.0, which specified top-level `EXTENSION'
-directories for each such program. We felt the new approach is
-preferable, because:
-
- * Authors of relevant packages typically make their code detect the
- engine being used, and issue error messages or adapt to
- circumstances appropriately. Furthermore, as a package matures,
- it may support multiple engines. Thus, a package could
- conceivably be placed in any of several top-level directories, at
- different times. Putting all packages under the top-level `tex'
- directory provides a stable location over time.
-
- * Users need to be able to switch between engines, and configuring
- different search paths for each engine is difficult and
- error-prone.
-
-
- Thus, in practice, having different top-level directories caused
-difficulties for everyone involved--users, package authors, site
-administrators, and system distributors.
-
- Please contrast this approach with the `IMPLEMENTATION' top-level
-subdirectory (Section *Note Top-level directories::), which is to be
-used for configuration files that (presumably) do not use TeX syntax
-and in any case should not be found along the main TeX input search
-path.
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Fonts, Next: Non-font Metafont files, Prev: Macros, Up: Top-level directories
-
-3.2 Fonts
-=========
-
-Font files are stored in separate directories, segregated by file type,
-and then (in most cases) font supplier and typeface. PK and GF files
-need additional structure, as detailed in the next section.
-
- texmf/fonts/TYPE/SUPPLIER/TYPEFACE/
- texmf/fonts/enc,lig,map/SUBPATH/
-
- * `TYPE' is the type of font file. The TDS reserves the following
- `TYPE' names for common TeX file types:
-
- * `afm', for Adobe font metrics, and `inf' files.
-
- * `gf', for generic font bitmap files.
-
- * `opentype', for OpenType fonts.
-
- * `pk', for packed bitmap files.
-
- * `source', for font sources (Metafont files, property lists,
- etc.).
-
- * `tfm', for TeX font metric files.
-
- * `truetype', for TrueType fonts.
-
- * `type1', for PostScript Type 1 fonts (in `pfa', `pfb',
- or any other format), and `pfm' files.
-
- * `type3', for PostScript Type 3 fonts.
-
- * `vf', for virtual fonts.
-
- The TDS also reserves the names `enc', `lig', and `map' for font
- encoding, ligature, and mapping files, respectively. All of these
- directories are structured the same way, with `SYNTAX'
- subdirectories, and then `PACKAGE' subsubdirectories. Each of
- these file types is intended to be searched along its own
- recursively-searched path. The names of the actual files must be
- unique within their subtree, as usual. Examples:
- fonts/map/dvipdfm/updmap/dvipdfm.map
- fonts/map/dvips/lm/lm.map
- fonts/enc/dvips/base/8r.enc
-
- The Fontname and Dvips packages have more examples of the `enc' and
- `map' types. The `afm2pl' program uses `lig' files.
-
- `pfm' files are included in the `type1' directory, instead of
- being given their own directory, for two reasons: 1) a `.pfm' file
- is always an adjunct to a given `.pfb' file; 2) they must be
- installed from the same directory for Windows programs other than
- TeX to use them.
-
- `inf' files are included in the `afm' directory, since an `inf'
- and `afm' file can be used to generate a `pfm'. (Unfortunately,
- Adobe Type Manager and perhaps other software requires that the
- `pfb' be in the same directory as `afm' and `inf' for
- installation.)
-
- As usual, a site may omit any of these directories that are
- unnecessary. `gf' is a particularly likely candidate for omission.
-
- * `SUPPLIER' is a name identifying font source (examples: `adobe',
- `ams', `public'). The TDS reserves the following `SUPPLIER' names:
-
- * `ams', for the American Mathematical Society's AMS-fonts
- collection.
-
- * `local', for local additions. See Section *Note Local
- additions::.
-
- * `public', for freely redistributable fonts where the supplier
- neither (1) requested their own directory (e.g., `ams'), nor
- (2) also made proprietary fonts (e.g., `adobe'). It does not
- contain all extant freely distributable fonts, nor are all
- files therein necessarily strictly public domain.
-
- * `tmp', for dynamically-generated fonts, as is traditional on
- some systems. It may be omitted if unnecessary, as usual.
-
-
- * `TYPEFACE' is the name of a typeface family (examples: `cm',
- `euler', `times'). The TDS reserves the following `TYPEFACE' names:
-
- * `cm' (within `public'), for the 75 fonts defined in
- `Computers and Typesetting, Volume E'.
-
- * `latex' (within `public'), for those fonts distributed with
- LaTeX in the base distribution.
-
- * `local', for local additions. See Section *Note Local
- additions::.
-
-
-
- Some concrete examples:
- texmf/fonts/source/public/pandora/pnr10.mf
- texmf/fonts/tfm/public/cm/cmr10.tfm
- texmf/fonts/type1/adobe/utopia/putr.pfa
-
- For complete supplier and typeface name lists, consult `Filenames
-for TeX fonts' (see Appendix *Note Related references::).
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Font bitmaps::
-* Valid font bitmaps::
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Font bitmaps, Next: Valid font bitmaps, Up: Fonts
-
-3.2.1 Font bitmaps
-------------------
-
-Font bitmap files require two characteristics in addition to the above
-to be uniquely identifiable: (1) the type of device (i.e., mode) for
-which the font was created; (2) the resolution of the bitmap.
-
- Following common practice, the TDS segregates fonts with different
-device types into separate directories. See `modes.mf' in
-Appendix *Note Related references:: for recommended mode names.
-
- Some printers operate at more than one resolution (e.g., at 300dpi
-and 600dpi), but each such resolution will necessarily have a different
-mode name. Nothing further is needed, since implicit in the TeX system
-is the assumption of a single target resolution.
-
- Two naming strategies are commonly used to identify the resolution of
-bitmap font files. On systems that allow long filenames (and in the
-original Metafont program itself), the resolution is included in the
-filename (e.g., `cmr10.300pk'). On systems which do not support long
-filenames, fonts are generally segregated into directories by
-resolution (e.g., `dpi300/cmr10.pk').
-
- Because the TDS cannot require long filenames, we must use the
-latter scheme for naming fonts. So we have two more subdirectory levels
-under `pk' and `gf':
-
- texmf/fonts/pk/MODE/SUPPLIER/TYPEFACE/dpiNNN/
- texmf/fonts/gf/MODE/SUPPLIER/TYPEFACE/dpiNNN/
-
- * `MODE' is a name which identifies the device type (examples: `cx',
- `ljfour', `modeless'). Usually, this is the name of the Metafont
- mode used to build the PK file. For fonts rendered as bitmaps by
- a program that does not distinguish between different output
- devices, the `MODE' name shall be simply `modeless'. The `MODE'
- level shall not be omitted, even if only a single mode happens to
- be in use.
-
- * `dpiNNN' specifies the resolution of the font (examples: `dpi300',
- `dpi329'). `dpi' stands for dots per inch, i.e., pixels per inch.
- We recognize that pixels per millimeter is used in many parts of
- the world, but dpi is too traditional in the TeX world to consider
- changing now.
-
- The integer `NNN' is to be calculated as if using Metafont
- arithmetic and then rounded; i.e., it is the integer Metafont uses
- in its output `gf' filename. We recognize small differences in the
- resolution are a common cause of frustration among users, however,
- and recommend implementors follow the level 0 DVI driver standard
- (see Appendix *Note Related references::) in bitmap font searches
- by allowing a fuzz of +-0.2% (with a minimum of 1) in the `DPI'.
-
-
- Implementations may provide extensions to the basic naming scheme,
-such as long filenames (as in the original Metafont) and font library
-files (as in emTeX's `.fli' files), provided that the basic scheme is
-also supported.
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Valid font bitmaps, Prev: Font bitmaps, Up: Fonts
-
-3.2.2 Valid font bitmaps
-------------------------
-
-The TWG recognizes that the use of short filenames has many
-disadvantages. The most vexing is that it results in the creation of
-dozens of different files with the same name. At a typical site,
-`cmr10.pk' will be the filename for Computer Modern Roman 10pt at 5-10
-magnifications for 2-3 modes. (Section *Note Duplicate filenames::
-discusses duplicate filenames in general.)
-
- To minimize this problem, we strongly recommend that PK files
-contain enough information to identify precisely how they were created:
-at least the mode, base resolution, and magnification used to create the
-font.
-
- This information is easy to supply: a simple addition to the local
-modes used for building the fonts with Metafont will automatically
-provide the required information. If you have been using a local modes
-file derived from (or that is simply) `modes.mf' (see Appendix *Note
-Related references::), the required information is already in your PK
-files. If not, a simple addition based on the code found in `modes.mf'
-can be made to your local modes file and the PK files rebuilt.
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Non-font Metafont files, Next: MetaPost, Prev: Fonts, Up: Top-level directories
-
-3.3 Non-font Metafont files
-===========================
-
-Most Metafont input files are font programs or parts of font programs
-and are thus covered by the previous section. However, a few non-font
-input files do exist. Such files shall be stored in:
-
- texmf/metafont/PACKAGE/
-
- `PACKAGE' is the name of a Metafont package (for example, `mfpic').
-
- The TDS reserves the following `PACKAGE' names:
-
- * `base', for the standard Metafont macro files as described in `The
- Metafontbook', such as `plain.mf' and `expr.mf'.
-
- * `local', for local additions. See Section *Note Local additions::.
-
- * `misc', for Metafont packages consisting of only a single file
- (for example, `modes.mf'). An administrator or package maintainer
- may create directories for single-file packages at their
- discretion, instead of using `misc'.
-
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: MetaPost, Next: BibTeX, Prev: Non-font Metafont files, Up: Top-level directories
-
-3.4 MetaPost
-============
-
-MetaPost is a picture-drawing language developed by John Hobby, derived
-from Knuth's Metafont. Its primary purpose is to output Encapsulated
-PostScript instead of bitmaps.
-
- MetaPost input files and the support files for MetaPost-related
-utilities shall be stored in:
-
- texmf/metapost/PACKAGE/
-
- `PACKAGE' is the name of a MetaPost package. At the present writing
-none exist, but the TWG thought it prudent to leave room for
-contributed packages that might be written in the future.
-
- The TDS reserves the following `PACKAGE' names:
-
- * `base', for the standard MetaPost macro files, such as `plain.mp',
- `mfplain.mp', `boxes.mp', and `graph.mp'. This includes files
- used by INIMP when dumping mem files containing preloaded macro
- definitions.
-
- * `local', for local additions. See Section *Note Local additions::.
-
- * `misc', for MetaPost packages consisting of only a single file.
- An administrator or package maintainer may create directories for
- single-file packages at their discretion, instead of using `misc'.
-
- * `support', for additional input files required by MetaPost utility
- programs, including a font map, a character adjustment table, and
- a subdirectory containing low-level MetaPost programs for rendering
- some special characters.
-
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: BibTeX, Next: Scripts, Prev: MetaPost, Up: Top-level directories
-
-3.5 BibTeX
-==========
-
-BibTeX-related files shall be stored in:
-
- texmf/bibtex/bib/PACKAGE/
- texmf/bibtex/bst/PACKAGE/
-
- The `bib' directory is for BibTeX database (`.bib') files, the `bst'
-directory for style (`.bst') files.
-
- `PACKAGE' is the name of a BibTeX package. The TDS reserves the
-following `PACKAGE' names (the same names are reserved under both `bib'
-and `bst'):
-
- * `base', for the standard BibTeX databases and styles, such as
- `xampl.bib', `plain.bst'.
-
- * `local', for local additions. See Section *Note Local additions::.
-
- * `misc', for BibTeX packages consisting of only a single file. An
- administrator or package maintainer may create directories for
- single-file packages at their discretion, instead of using `misc'.
-
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Scripts, Next: Documentation, Prev: BibTeX, Up: Top-level directories
-
-3.6 Scripts
-===========
-
-The top-level `scripts' directory is for platform-independent
-executables, such as Perl, Python, and shell scripts, and Java class
-files. Subdirectories under `scripts' are package names. This eases
-creating distributions, by providing a common place for such
-platform-independent programs.
-
- The intent is not for all such directories to be added to a user's
-command search path, which would be quite impractical. Rather, these
-executables are primarily for the benefit of wrapper scripts in whatever
-executable directory a distribution may provide (which is not specified
-by the TDS).
-
- Truly auxiliary scripts which are invoked directly by other programs,
-rather than wrapper scripts, may also be placed here. That is,
-`scripts' also serves as a platform-independent analog of the standard
-Unix `libexec' directory.
-
- We recommend using extensions specifying the language (such as
-`.pl', `.py', `.sh') on these files, to help uniquely identify the
-name. Since the intent of the TDS is for programs in `scripts' not to
-be invoked directly by users, this poses no inconvenience.
-
- For example, in the TeX Live distribution, the ConTeXt user-level
-program `texexec' can exist as a small wrapper script in each
-`bin/PLATFORM/texexec' (which is outside the `texmf' tree), which
-merely finds and calls `texmf/scripts/context/perl/texexec.pl'.
-
- Examples:
- scripts/context/perl/texexec.pl
- scripts/context/ruby/examplex.rb
- scripts/thumbpdf/thumbpdf.pl
-
- The TDS does not specify a location for platform-dependent binary
-executables, whether auxiliary or user-level.
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Documentation, Prev: Scripts, Up: Top-level directories
-
-3.7 Documentation
-=================
-
-Most packages come with some form of documentation: user manuals,
-example files, programming guides, etc. In addition, many independent
-files not part of any macro or other package have been created to
-describe various aspects of the TeX system.
-
- The TDS specifies that these additional documentation files shall be
-stored in a structure that parallels to some extent the `fonts' and
-`tex' directories, as follows:
-
- texmf/doc/CATEGORY/...
-
- `CATEGORY' identifies the general topic of documentation that
-resides below it; for example, a TeX format name (`latex'), program
-name (`bibtex', `tex'), language (`french', `german'), a file format
-(`info', `man'), or other system components (`web', `fonts').
-
- One possible arrangement is to organize `doc' by language, with all
-the other category types below that. This helps users find
-documentation in the language(s) in which they are fluent. Neither this
-nor any other particular arrangement is required, however.
-
- Within each `CATEGORY' tree for a TeX format, the directory `base'
-is reserved for base documentation distributed by the format's
-maintainers.
-
- The TDS reserves the following category names:
-
- * `general', for standalone documents not specific to any particular
- program (for example, Joachim Schrod's `Components of TeX').
-
- * `help', for meta-information, such as FAQ's, the TeX Catalogue,
- etc.
-
- * `info', for processed Texinfo documents. (Info files, like
- anything else, may also be stored outside the TDS, at the
- installer's option.)
-
- * `local', for local additions. See Section *Note Local additions::.
-
-
- The `doc' directory is intended for implementation-independent and
-operating system-independent documentation files.
-Implementation-dependent files are best stored elsewhere, as provided
-for by the implementation and/or TeX administrator (for example, VMS
-help files under `texmf/vms/help').
-
- The documentation directories may contain TeX sources, DVI files,
-PostScript files, text files, example input files, or any other useful
-documentation format(s).
-
- See Section *Note Documentation tree summary:: for a summary.
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Summary, Next: Unspecified pieces, Prev: Top-level directories, Up: Top
-
-4 Summary
-*********
-
-A skeleton of a TDS `texmf' directory tree. This is not to imply these
-are the only entries allowed. For example, `local' may occur at any
-level.
-
- bibtex/ BibTeX input files
- bib/ BibTeX databases
- base/ base distribution (e.g., `xampl.bib')
- misc/ single-file databases
- <package>/ name of a package
- bst/ BibTeX style files
- base/ base distribution (e.g., `plain.bst', `acm.bst')
- misc/ single-file styles
- <package>/ name of a package
- doc/ see Section *Note Documentation:: and the summary below
- fonts/ font-related files
- <type>/ file type (e.g., `pk')
- <mode>/ type of output device (for `pk' and `gf' only)
- <supplier>/ name of a font supplier (e.g., `public')
- <typeface>/ name of a typeface (e.g., `cm')
- dpi<nnn>/ font resolution (for `pk' and `gf' only)
- <implementation>/ TeX implementations, by name (e.g., `emtex')
- local/ files created or modified at the local site
- metafont/ Metafont (non-font) input files
- base/ base distribution (e.g., `plain.mf')
- misc/ single-file packages (e.g., `modes.mf')
- <package>/ name of a package (e.g., `mfpic')
- metapost/ MetaPost input and support files
- base/ base distribution (e.g., `plain.mp')
- misc/ single-file packages
- <package>/ name of a package
- support/ support files for MetaPost-related utilities
- mft/ `MFT' inputs (e.g., `plain.mft')
- <program>/ TeX-related programs, by name (e.g., `dvips')
- source/ program source code by name (e.g., `latex', `web2c')
- tex/ TeX input files
- <engine>/ name of an engine (e.g., `aleph'); can also be lower
- <format>/ name of a format (e.g., `plain')
- base/ base distribution for format (e.g., `plain.tex')
- misc/ single-file packages (e.g., `webmac.tex')
- local/ local additions to or local configuration files for `FORMAT'
- <package>/ name of a package (e.g., `graphics', `mfnfss')
- generic/ format-independent packages
- hyphen/ hyphenation patterns (e.g., `hyphen.tex')
- images/ image input files (e.g., Encapsulated PostScript)
- misc/ single-file format-independent packages (e.g., `null.tex').
- <package>/ name of a package (e.g., `babel')
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Documentation tree summary::
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Documentation tree summary, Up: Summary
-
-4.1 Documentation tree summary
-==============================
-
-An example skeleton of a TDS directory tree under `texmf/doc'. This is
-not to imply these are the only entries allowed, or that this structure
-must be followed precisely for the entries listed.
-
- As mentioned, the `texmf/doc' tree may be organized by language, so
-that all documentation in French, say, is in a `french' subdirectory.
-In that case, the example structure here would be in a given language
-directory.
-
- ams/
- amsfonts/ `amsfonts.faq', `amfndoc'
- amslatex/ `amslatex.faq', `amsldoc'
- amstex/ `amsguide', `joyerr'
- bibtex/ BibTeX
- base/ `btxdoc.tex'
- fonts/
- fontname/ `Filenames for TeX fonts'
- oldgerm/ `corkpapr'
- <format>/ name of a TeX format (e.g., `generic', `latex')
- base/ for the base distribution
- misc/ for contributed single-file package documentation
- <package>/ for _package_
- general/ across programs, generalities
- errata/ `errata', `errata[1-8]'
- texcomp/ `Components of TeX'
- help/ meta-information
- ctan/ info about CTAN mirror sites
- faq/ FAQs of `comp.text.tex', etc.
- info/ GNU Info files, made from Texinfo sources
- latex/ example of `FORMAT'
- base/ `ltnews*', `*guide', etc.
- graphics/ `grfguide'
- local/ site-specific documentation
- man/ Unix man pages
- <program>/ TeX-related programs, by name (examples follow)
- metafont/ `mfbook.tex', `metafont-for-beginners', etc.
- metapost/ `mpman', `manfig', etc.
- tex/ `texbook.tex', `A Gentle Introduction to TeX', etc.
- web/ `webman', `cwebman'
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Unspecified pieces, Next: Implementation issues, Prev: Summary, Up: Top
-
-Appendix A Unspecified pieces
-*****************************
-
-The TDS cannot address the following aspects of a functioning TeX
-system:
-
- 1. The location of executable programs: this is too site-dependent
- even to recommend a location, let alone require one. A site may
- place executables outside the `texmf' tree altogether (e.g.,
- `/usr/local/bin'), in a platform-dependent directory within
- `texmf', or elsewhere.
-
- 2. Upgrading packages when new releases are made: we could find no
- way of introducing version specifiers into `texmf' that would do
- more good than harm, or that would be practical for even a
- plurality of installations.
-
- 3. The location of implementation-specific files (e.g., TeX `.fmt'
- files): by their nature, these must be left to the implementor or
- TeX maintainer. See Section *Note Example implementation-specific
- trees::.
-
- 4. Precisely when a package or file should be considered "local", and
- where such local files are installed. See Section *Note Local
- additions:: for more discussion.
-
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Portable filenames::
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Portable filenames, Up: Unspecified pieces
-
-A.1 Portable filenames
-======================
-
-The TDS cannot require any particular restriction on filenames in the
-tree, since the names of many existing TeX files conform to no standard
-scheme. For the benefit of people who wish to make a portable TeX
-distribution or installation, however, we outline here the necessary
-restrictions. The TDS specifications themselves are compatible with
-these.
-
- ISO-9660 is the only universally acceptable file system format for
-CD-ROMs. A subset thereof meets the stringent limitations of all
-operating systems in use today. It specifies the following:
-
- * File and directory names, not including any directory path or
- extension part, may not exceed eight characters.
-
- * Filenames may have a single extension. Extensions may not exceed
- three characters. Directory names may not have an extension.
-
- * Names and extensions may consist of _only_ the characters `A'-`Z',
- `0'-`9', and underscore. Lowercase letters are excluded.
-
- * A period separates the filename from the extension and is always
- present, even if the name or extension is missing (e.g.,
- `FILENAME.' or `.EXT').
-
- * A version number, ranging from 1-32767, is appended to the file
- extension, separated by a semicolon (e.g., `FILENAME.EXT;1').
-
- * Only eight directory levels are allowed, including the top-level
- (mounted) directory (see Section *Note Rooting the tree::). Thus,
- the deepest valid ISO-9660 path is:
- texmf/L2/L3/L4/L5/L6/L7/L8/FOO.BAR;1
- 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
- The deepest TDS path needs only seven levels:
- texmf/fonts/pk/cx/public/cm/dpi300/cmr10.pk
- 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
-
-
- Some systems display a modified format of ISO-9660 names, mapping
-alphabetic characters to lowercase, removing version numbers and
-trailing periods, etc.
-
- Before the December 1996 release, LaTeX used mixed-case names for
-font descriptor files. Fortunately, it never relied on case alone to
-distinguish among the files. Nowadays, it uses only monocase names.
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Implementation issues, Next: Is there a better way?, Prev: Unspecified pieces, Up: Top
-
-Appendix B Implementation issues
-********************************
-
-We believe that the TDS can bring a great deal of order to the current
-anarchic state of many TeX installations. In addition, by providing a
-common frame of reference, it will ease the burden of documenting
-administrative tasks. Finally, it is a necessary part of any
-reasonable system of true "drop-in" distribution packages for TeX.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Adoption of the TDS::
-* More on subdirectory searching::
-* Example implementation-specific trees::
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Adoption of the TDS, Next: More on subdirectory searching, Up: Implementation issues
-
-B.1 Adoption of the TDS
-=======================
-
-[This section is retained for historical purposes; the TDS is now quite
-firmly entrenched in most TeX distributions.]
-
- We recognize that adoption of the TDS will not be immediate or
-universal. Most TeX administrators will not be inclined to make the
-final switch until:
-
- * Clear and demonstrable benefits can be shown for the TDS.
-
- * TDS-compliant versions of all key programs are available in
- ported, well-tested forms.
-
- * A "settling" period has taken place, to flush out problems. The
- public release of the first draft of this document was the first
- step in this process.
-
- Consequently, most of the first trials of the TDS will be made by
-members of the TDS committee and/or developers of TeX-related software.
-This has already taken place during the course of our deliberations
-(see Appendix *Note Related references:: for a sample tree available
-electronically). They will certainly result in the production of a
-substantial number of TDS-compliant packages. Indeed, the teTeX and
-TeX Live distributions are TDS-compliant and in use now at many sites.
-
- Once installable forms of key TDS-compliant packages are more
-widespread, some TeX administrators will set up TDS-compliant trees,
-possibly in parallel to existing production directories. This testing
-will likely flush out problems that were not obvious in the confined
-settings of the developers' sites; for example, it should help to
-resolve system and package dependencies, package interdependencies, and
-other details not addressed by this TDS version.
-
- After most of the dust has settled, hopefully even conservative TeX
-administrators will begin to adopt the TDS. Eventually, most TeX sites
-will have adopted the common structure, and most packages will be
-readily available in TDS-compliant form.
-
- We believe that this process will occur relatively quickly. The TDS
-committee spans a wide range of interests in the TeX community.
-Consequently, we believe that most of the key issues involved in
-defining a workable TDS definition have been covered, often in detail.
-TeX developers have been consulted about implementation issues, and
-have been trying out the TDS arrangement. Thus, we hope for few
-surprises as implementations mature.
-
- Finally, there are several (current or prospective) publishers of TeX
-CD-ROMs. These publishers are highly motivated to work out details of
-TDS implementation, and their products will provide inexpensive and
-convenient ways for experimentally-minded TeX administrators to
-experiment with the TDS.
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: More on subdirectory searching, Next: Example implementation-specific trees, Prev: Adoption of the TDS, Up: Implementation issues
-
-B.2 More on subdirectory searching
-==================================
-
-Recursive subdirectory searching is the ability to specify a search not
-only of a specified directory `D', but recursively of all directories
-below `D'.
-
- Since the TDS specifies precise locations for most files, with no
-extra levels of subdirectories allowed, true recursive searching is not
-actually required for a TDS-compliant implementation. We do, however,
-strongly recommend recursive searching as the most user-friendly and
-natural approach to the problem, rather than convoluted methods to
-specify paths without recursion.
-
- This feature is already supported by many implementations of TeX and
-companion utilities, for example DECUS TeX for VMS, Dvips(k), emTeX
-(and its drivers), PubliC TeX, Web2C, Xdvi(k), and Y&YTeX. The
-Kpathsea library is a reusable implementation of subdirectory searching
-for TeX, used in a number of the above programs.
-
- Even if your TeX implementation does not directly support
-subdirectory searching, you may find it useful to adopt the structure if
-you do not use many fonts or packages. For instance, if you only use
-Computer Modern and AMS fonts, it would be feasible to store them in
-the TDS layout and list the directories individually in configuration
-files or environment variables.
-
- The TWG recognizes that subdirectory searching places an extra
-burden on the system and may be the source of performance bottlenecks,
-particularly on slower machines. Nevertheless, we feel that
-subdirectory searching is imperative for a well-organized TDS, for the
-reasons stated in Section *Note Subdirectory searching::. Implementors
-are encouraged to provide enhancements to the basic principle of
-subdirectory searching to avoid performance problems, e.g., the use of
-a filename cache (this can be as simple as a recursive directory
-listing) that is consulted before disk searching begins. If a match is
-found in the database, subdirectory searching is not required, and
-performance is thus independent of the number of subdirectories present
-on the system.
-
- Different implementations specify subdirectory searching differently.
-In the interest of typographic clarity, the examples here do not use the
-`REPLACEABLE' font.
-
- * Dvips: via a separate `TEXFONTS_SUBDIR' environment variable.
-
- * emTeX: `t:\subdir!!'; `t:\subdir!' for a single level of searching.
-
- * Kpathsea: `texmf/subdir//'
-
- * VMS: `texmf:[subdir...]'
-
- * Xdvi (patchlevel 20): `texmf/subdir/**'; `texmf/subdir/*' for a
- single level of searching. Version 20.50 and above support the
- `//' notation.
-
- * Y&Y TeX: `t:/subdir//' or `t:\subdir\\'.
-
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Example implementation-specific trees, Prev: More on subdirectory searching, Up: Implementation issues
-
-B.3 Example implementation-specific trees
-=========================================
-
-The TDS cannot specify a precise location for implementation-specific
-files, such as `texmf/ini', because a site may have multiple TeX
-implementations.
-
- Nevertheless, for informative purposes, we provide here the default
-locations for some implementations. Please contact us with additions or
-corrections. These paths are not definitive, may not match anything at
-your site, and may change without warning.
-
- We recommend all implementations have default search paths that start
-with the current directory (e.g., `.'). Allowing users to include the
-parent directory (e.g., `..') is also helpful.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* AmiWeb2c 2.0::
-* Public DECUS TeX::
-* Web2c 7::
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: AmiWeb2c 2.0, Next: Public DECUS TeX, Up: Example implementation-specific trees
-
-B.3.1 AmiWeb2c 2.0
-------------------
-
-(Email <scherer@physik.rwth-aachen.de> to contact the maintainer of
-this implementation.)
-
- AmiWeb2c 2 is compatible with Web2c 7 to the greatest possible
-extent, so only the very few differences are described in this section.
-Detailed information about the basic concepts is given in the section
-for Web2c 7 below.
-
- Thanks to the `SELFAUTO' mechanism of Kpathsea 3.0 no specific
-location for the installation of AmiWeb2c is required as long as the
-general structure of the distribution is preserved.
-
- In addition to Kpathsea's `//' notation recursive path search may
-also be started by `DEVICE:/', e.g., `TeXMF:/' will scan this specific
-device completely.
-
- Binaries coming with the AmiWeb2c distribution are installed in the
-directory `bin/amiweb2c/' outside the common TDS tree `share/texmf/'.
-In addition to the set of AmiWeb2c binaries you will find two
-subdirectories `local/' and `pastex/' with auxiliary programs.
-
- A stripped version of the PasTeX system (used by kind permission of
-Georg Hessmann) is coming with AmiWeb2c, pre-installed in its own
-`share/texmf/amiweb2c/pastex/' directory. If you want to use PasTeX
-you have to `assign' the name `TeX:' to this place.
-
- Documentation files in AmigaGuide format should be stored at
-`doc/guide/' similar to `doc/info/'.
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Public DECUS TeX, Next: Web2c 7, Prev: AmiWeb2c 2.0, Up: Example implementation-specific trees
-
-B.3.2 Public DECUS TeX
-----------------------
-
-If another VMS implementation besides Public DECUS TeX appears, the top
-level implementation directory name will be modified to something more
-specific (e.g., `vms_decus').
-
- texmf/
- vms/ VMS implementation specific files
- exe/ end-user commands
- common/ command procedures, command definition files, etc.
- axp/ binary executables for Alpha AXP
- vax/ binary executables for VAX
- formats/ pool files, formats, bases
- help/ VMS help library, and miscellaneous help sources
- mgr/ command procedures, programs, docs, etc., for system management
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Web2c 7, Prev: Public DECUS TeX, Up: Example implementation-specific trees
-
-B.3.3 Web2c 7
--------------
-
-All implementation-dependent TeX system files (`.pool', `.fmt',
-`.base', `.mem') are stored by default directly in `texmf/web2c'. The
-configuration file `texmf.cnf' and various subsidiary `MakeTeX...'
-scripts used as subroutines are also stored there.
-
- Non-TeX specific files are stored following the GNU coding
-standards. Given a root directory `PREFIX' (`/usr/local' by default),
-we have default locations as follows:
-
- <prefix>/ installation root (`/usr/local' by default)
- bin/ executables
- man/ man pages
- info/ info files
- lib/ libraries (`libkpathsea.*')
- share/ architecture-independent files
- texmf/ TDS root
- web2c/ implementation-dependent files (`.pool', `.fmt', `texmf.cnf', etc.)
-
- See `http://www.gnu.org/prep/standards_toc.html' for the rationale
-behind and descriptions of this arrangement. A site may of course
-override these defaults; for example, it may put everything under a
-single directory such as `/usr/local/texmf'.
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Is there a better way?, Next: Related references, Prev: Implementation issues, Up: Top
-
-Appendix C Is there a better way?
-*********************************
-
-Defining the TDS required many compromises. Both the overall structure
-and the details of the individual directories were arrived at by
-finding common ground among many opinions. The driving forces were
-feasibility (in terms of what could technically be done and what could
-reasonably be expected from developers) and regularity (files grouped
-together in an arrangement that "made sense").
-
- Some interesting ideas could not be applied due to implementations
-lacking the necessary support:
-
- * Path searching control at the TeX level. If documents could
- restrict subdirectory searching to a subdirectory via some portable
- syntax in file names, restrictions on uniqueness of filenames
- could be relaxed considerably (with the cooperation of the
- formats), and the TeX search path would not need to depend on the
- format.
-
- * Multiple logical `texmf' trees. For example, a site might have one
- (read-only) location for stable files, and a different (writable)
- location for dynamically-created fonts or other files. It would be
- reasonable for two such trees to be logically merged when
- searching. See Michael Downes' article in the references for how
- this can work in practice with Web2C.
-
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Macro structure::
-* Font structure::
-* Documentation structure::
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Macro structure, Next: Font structure, Up: Is there a better way?
-
-C.1 Macro structure
-===================
-
-The TWG settled on the `FORMAT/PACKAGE' arrangement after long
-discussion about how best to arrange the files.
-
- The primary alternative to this arrangement was a scheme which
-reversed the order of these directories: `PACKAGE/FORMAT'. This
-reversed arrangement has a strong appeal: it keeps all of the files
-related to a particular package in a single place. The arrangement
-actually adopted tends to spread files out into two or three places
-(macros, documentation, and fonts, for example, are spread into
-different sections of the tree right at the top level).
-
- Nevertheless, the `FORMAT/PACKAGE' structure won for a couple of
-reasons:
-
- * It is closer to current practice; in fact, several members of the
- TWG have already implemented the TDS hierarchy. The alternative
- is not in use at any known site, and the TWG felt it wrong to
- mandate something with which there is no practical experience.
-
- * The alternative arrangement increases the number of top-level
- directories, so the files that must be found using subdirectory
- searching are spread out in a wide, shallow tree. This could have
- a profound impact on the efficiency of subdirectory searching.
-
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Font structure, Next: Documentation structure, Prev: Macro structure, Up: Is there a better way?
-
-C.2 Font structure
-==================
-
-The TWG struggled more with the font directory structure than anything
-else. This is not surprising; the need to use the proliferation of
-PostScript fonts with TeX is what made the previous arrangement with
-all files in a single directory untenable, and therefore what initiated
-the TDS effort.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Font file type location::
-* Mode and resolution location::
-* Modeless bitmaps::
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Font file type location, Next: Mode and resolution location, Up: Font structure
-
-C.2.1 Font file type location
------------------------------
-
-We considered the supplier-first arrangement in use at many sites:
-
- texmf/fonts/SUPPLIER/TYPEFACE/TYPE/
-
- This improves the maintainability of the font tree, since all files
-comprising a given typeface are in one place, but unless all the
-programs that search this tree employ some form of caching, there are
-serious performance concerns. For example, in order to find a `TFM'
-file, the simplest implementation would require TeX to search through
-all the directories that contain PK files in all modes and at all
-resolutions.
-
- In the end, a poll of developers revealed considerable resistance to
-implementing sufficient caching mechanisms, so this arrangement was
-abandoned. The TDS arrangement allows the search tree to be restricted
-to the correct type of file, at least. Concerns about efficiency
-remain, but there seems to be no more we can do without abandoning
-subdirectory searching entirely.
-
- We also considered segregating all font-related files strictly by
-file type, so that Metafont sources would be in a directory
-`texmf/fonts/mf', property list files in `texmf/fonts/pl', the various
-forms of Type 1 fonts separated, and so on. Although more blindly
-consistent, we felt that the drawback of more complicated path
-constructions outweighed this. The TDS merges file types (`mf' and `pl'
-under `source', `pfa' and `pfb' and `gsf' under `type1') where we felt
-this was beneficial.
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Mode and resolution location, Next: Modeless bitmaps, Prev: Font file type location, Up: Font structure
-
-C.2.2 Mode and resolution location
-----------------------------------
-
-We considered having the `mode' at the bottom of the font tree:
- texmf/fonts/pk/SUPPLIER/TYPEFACE/MODE/DPI/
-
- In this case, however, it is difficult to limit subdirectory
-searching to the mode required for a particular device.
-
- We then considered moving the `dpiNNN' up to below the mode:
- texmf/fonts/pk/MODE/DPI/SUPPLIER/TYPEFACE/
-
- But then it is not feasible to omit the `dpiNNN' level altogether on
-systems which can and do choose to use long filenames.
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Modeless bitmaps, Prev: Mode and resolution location, Up: Font structure
-
-C.2.3 Modeless bitmaps
-----------------------
-
-The TDS specifies using a single directory `modeless/' as the mode name
-for those utilities which generate bitmaps, e.g.,
-`texmf/fonts/modeless/times/'. This has the considerable advantage of
-not requiring each such directory name to be listed in a search path.
-
- An alternative was to use the utility name below which all such
-directories could be gathered. That has the advantage of separating,
-say, `gsftopk'-generated bitmaps from `ps2pk'-generated ones. However,
-we decided this was not necessary; most sites will use only one program
-for the purpose. Also, PK and GF fonts generally identify their
-creator in the font comment following the `PK_ID' byte.
-
- We are making an implicit assumption that Metafont is the only
-program producing mode-dependent bitmaps. If this becomes false we
-could add an abbreviation for the program to mode names, as in `mfcx'
-vs. `xyzcx' for a hypothetical program Xyz, or we could at that time
-add an additional program name level uniformly to the tree. It seemed
-more important to concisely represent the current situation than to
-worry about hypothetical possibilities that may never happen.
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Documentation structure, Prev: Font structure, Up: Is there a better way?
-
-C.3 Documentation structure
-===========================
-
-We considered placing additional documentation files in the same
-directory as the source files for the packages, but we felt that users
-should be able to find documentation separately from sources, since most
-users have no interest in sources.
-
- We hope that a separate, but parallel, structure for documentation
-would (1) keep the documentation together and (2) make it as
-straightforward as possible for users to find the particular
-documentation they were after.
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Related references, Next: Contributors, Prev: Is there a better way?, Up: Top
-
-Appendix D Related references
-*****************************
-
-This appendix gives pointers to related files and other documents. For
-CTAN references, we use `http://www.ctan.org' as the top-level domain
-only to make the links be live in this document. See
-`http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/CTAN.sites' for a complete list of
-CTAN sites; there are mirrors worldwide.
-
- * This document, in many formats (tex, dvi, info, pdf):
- `http://tug.org/tds/'
-
- * The TDS mailing list archives:
- `http://tug.org/mail-archives/twg-tds/'
-
- * The level 0 DVI driver standard:
- `http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/dviware/driv-standard/level-0/'
-
- * `Filenames for TeX fonts', with lists of recommended supplier and
- typeface names:
- `http://tug.org/fontname/'
-
- * ISO-9660 CD-ROM file system standard:
- `http://www.iso.ch/cate/cat.html'
-
- * `Components of TeX', a paper by Joachim Schrod:
- `http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/documentation/components-of-TeX/'
-
- * `Managing Multiple TDS trees', an article by Michael Downes:
- `http://tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb22-3/tb72downes.pdf'
-
- * A complete set of Metafont modes:
- `http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/modes/modes.mf'
-
- * A large collection of BibTeX databases and styles:
- `ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/'
-
-
-
-File: tds.info, Node: Contributors, Prev: Related references, Up: Top
-
-Appendix E Contributors
-***********************
-
-The TWG has had no physical meetings; electronic mail was the
-communication medium.
-
- Sebastian Rahtz is the TeX Users Group Technical Council liaison.
-Norman Walsh was the original committee chair. Karl Berry is the
-current editor.
-
- The list of contributors has grown too large to fairly include, as
-some would surely be inadvertently omitted. Please consider the
-archives of the <tds@tug.org> and <tex-live@tug.org> mailing lists as
-the record of contributions.
-
-
-
-Tag Table:
-Node: Top198
-Node: Introduction2185
-Node: History3846
-Node: The role of the TDS4648
-Node: Conventions5508
-Node: General6429
-Node: Subdirectory searching6714
-Node: Rooting the tree8968
-Node: Local additions10080
-Node: Duplicate filenames12293
-Node: Top-level directories14054
-Node: Macros17062
-Node: Extensions20919
-Node: Fonts22645
-Node: Font bitmaps26786
-Node: Valid font bitmaps29674
-Node: Non-font Metafont files30882
-Node: MetaPost31842
-Node: BibTeX33286
-Node: Scripts34155
-Node: Documentation35872
-Node: Summary38145
-Node: Documentation tree summary41031
-Node: Unspecified pieces43056
-Node: Portable filenames44267
-Node: Implementation issues46409
-Node: Adoption of the TDS47041
-Node: More on subdirectory searching49753
-Node: Example implementation-specific trees52568
-Node: AmiWeb2c 2.053447
-Node: Public DECUS TeX54889
-Node: Web2c 755752
-Node: Is there a better way?56974
-Node: Macro structure58480
-Node: Font structure59816
-Node: Font file type location60369
-Node: Mode and resolution location61946
-Node: Modeless bitmaps62625
-Node: Documentation structure63915
-Node: Related references64543
-Node: Contributors65959
-
-End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/texdraw.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/texdraw.info
deleted file mode 100644
index 2458b4f3b33..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/texdraw.info
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2429 +0,0 @@
-This is texdraw, produced by makeinfo version 4.5 from texdraw.texi.
-
- This file documents TeXdraw, a system for producing PostScript
-drawings from TeX.
-
- Copyright (C) 1993-95 Peter Kabal
-
- Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
- Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
-entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Top, Next: Introduction, Prev: (dir), Up: (dir)
-
-TeXdraw
-*******
-
- TeXdraw is a collection of macros that allow drawings to be created
-from _within_ TeX.
-
- This is edition 2.0 of the TeXdraw documentation.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Introduction::
-* TeXdraw Commands::
-* Drawing Segments and Scaling::
-* Using TeXdraw with LaTeX::
-* More Details::
-* PostScript Commands::
-* TeXdraw Toolbox::
-* Examples::
-* Command Listing::
-
-Indices
-* Concept Index::
-* Command Index::
-
- --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
-
-Introduction
-
-* Distribution::
-
-TeXdraw Commands
-
-* Accessing TeXdraw::
-* Command syntax::
-* TeXdraw coordinates::
-* Coordinate specification::
-* Line vectors::
-* TeX text::
-* Circles and arcs::
-* Bezier curves::
-* Fill commands::
-
-Drawing Segments and Scaling
-
-* Drawing segments::
-* Drawing paths::
-* Saving positions::
-* Scaling coordinates::
-* Drawing size::
-* Initial current position::
-
-Using TeXdraw with LaTeX
-
-* PostScript printer drivers::
-
-More Details
-
-* Errors while using TeXdraw::
-* Extending TeXdraw::
-* How TeXdraw merges graphics and text::
-
-Extending TeXdraw
-
-* Scaling::
-* Resolution::
-* Text placement::
-* Intermediate PostScript file::
-
-PostScript Commands
-
-TeXdraw Toolbox
-
-* Coordinate parsing::
-* Real arithmetic::
-* Arrow curve::
-
-Examples
-
-* Block diagram::
-* Filter response graph::
-* Geometric construction::
-
-Command Listing
-
-Command Index
-
-Concept Index
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Introduction, Next: TeXdraw Commands, Prev: Top, Up: Top
-
-Introduction
-************
-
- TeX is a powerful typesetting program which allows for complex text
-layouts but by itself lacks a general graphics capability. However,
-when coupled with an appropriate printer driver program, external
-graphics files can be inserted into the printed document. In this mode,
-TeX is instructed to leave space for a drawing. The drawing is
-inserted by the printer driver program. The TeXdraw macros described
-here generate the external graphics file from within TeX and generate
-the instructions to the the print driver program to position the
-graphics at the appropriate position on the page.
-
- TeXdraw consists of a set of TeX macros that create line drawings and
-other figures. The drawing primitives include solid lines, patterned
-lines, Bezier curves, circles and arrows. Other commands allow for the
-filling of a region with a gray level. The drawing commands generate
-PostScript code. This limits TeXdraw to systems which use PostScript
-printers. TeXdraw also provides commands to position TeX text,
-including mathematics, on the drawing. The final drawing, with text
-and graphics, can be positioned on the page like any other TeX box.
-
- The basic TeXdraw macros for TeX use the `\special' syntax recognized
-by the printer driver program `dvips'. However, when invoked as a
-LaTeX2e package, the TeXdraw macros can be used with any of the
-PostScript printer driver programs supported by the standard `graphics'
-package for LaTeX2e.
-
- The basic TeXdraw macros provide only simple drawing commands.
-However, TeXdraw provides a drawing segment environment which allows
-parameter changes and coordinate scaling changes to be kept local to the
-drawing segment. This facility, together with TeX's macro capabilities
-allows one to modularize drawing units and extend TeXdraw by building
-more complex graphics entities from simpler elements.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Distribution::
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Distribution, Up: Introduction
-
-Distribution information
-========================
-
- The TeXdraw routines are provided free of charge without warranty of
-any kind. Note that the TeXdraw routines are copyrighted. They may be
-distributed freely provided that the recipients also acquire the right
-to distribute them freely. The notices to this effect must be
-preserved when the source files are distributed.
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: TeXdraw Commands, Next: Drawing Segments and Scaling, Prev: Introduction, Up: Top
-
-Using the TeXdraw Commands
-**************************
-
- The main TeXdraw macros (commands) are defined in the file
-`texdraw.tex'. These macros may be used directly in TeX. The file
-`texdraw.sty' provides an interface for use with LaTeX2e. The
-following sections describe the basic commands for TeXdraw.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Accessing TeXdraw::
-* Command syntax::
-* TeXdraw coordinates::
-* Coordinate specification::
-* Line vectors::
-* TeX text::
-* Circles and arcs::
-* Bezier curves::
-* Fill commands::
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Accessing TeXdraw, Next: Command syntax, Up: TeXdraw Commands
-
-Accessing TeXdraw
-=================
-
- The form of the user command to run the TeX program depends on which
-version of TeX is being used, and which other macro packages are
-preloaded as format files. Typically, installations have at least two
-versions of TeX -- plain TeX which includes basic typesetting macros
-(usually invoked as `tex') and LaTeX2e which includes the LaTeX2e
-typesetting macros (usually invoked as `latex'). An older version of
-LaTeX, version 2.09, may also be available. The TeXdraw macros can be
-used with plain TeX and with either version of LaTeX.
-
- For use with plain TeX, the user must read in the TeXdraw macros from
-the file `texdraw.tex'.
- \input texdraw % Read in the TeXdraw macros
- ...
- \btexdraw
- ... % TeXdraw commands to generate a drawing
- \etexdraw
-
- For use with LaTeX version 2.09, the user reads in the TeXdraw macros
-from the file `texdraw.tex' and optionally defines the
-`\begin{texdraw}' / `\end{texdraw}' environment.
- \documentstyle[11pt]{article} % Article style with the 11pt size options
- ...
- \input texdraw % Read in the TeXdraw macros
- \newenvironment{texdraw}{\leavevmode\btexdraw}{\etexdraw}
- ...
- \begin{texdraw}
- ... % TeXdraw commands to generate a drawing
- \end{texdraw}
- ...
- \end{document}
-
- For use with LaTeX2e, the user must load the `texdraw' package (file
-`texdraw.sty'). This package file defines the `\begin{texdraw}' /
-`\end{texdraw}' environment, brings in the standard `graphics' package
-and reads in the file `texdraw.tex' containing the definitions of the
-TeXdraw macros.
- \documentclass[11pt]{article} % Article class with the 11pt size option
- \usepackage{texdraw} % TeXdraw commands
-
- \begin{document}
- ...
- \begin{texdraw}
- ... % TeXdraw commands to generate a drawing
- \end{texdraw}
- ...
- \end{document}
-
- As the TeXdraw commands are processed by TeX, an intermediate
-PostScript file is generated. The intermediate PostScript has a name of
-the form `NAME.ps1'. The name part is derived from the name of the
-main TeX file being processed. If more than one drawing is produced,
-the digit in the file name extension is incremented.(1)
-
- The TeXdraw commands to produce a drawing are inserted between
-`\btexdraw' and `\etexdraw' commands, or for LaTeX, between
-`\begin{texdraw}' and `\end{texdraw}' commands. This results in a TeX
-box of appropriate size containing the drawing generated by the TeXdraw
-commands. The TeXdraw box can be positioned in a document like any
-other TeX box.
-
- The `\centertexdraw{...}' macro centers the box generated by TeXdraw.
-The vertical space taken up is equal to the vertical size of the
-drawing. The `\centertexdraw' macro is normally used in vertical mode
-(between paragraphs). A `\par' command (a blank line will do also)
-before a `\centertexdraw' command will terminate horizontal mode and
-return to vertical mode. For LaTeX, a structured equivalent to the
-`\centertexdraw{...}' command is shown below.
- \begin{center}
- \begin{texdraw}
- ...
- \end{texdraw}
- \end{center}
-
- The `\everytexdraw' command can be used to define a set of TeXdraw
-commands that will be executed at the beginning of every TeXdraw
-drawing. It is invoked as `\everytexdraw{ ...}', with the desired
-TeXdraw commands as arguments.
-
-`\btexdraw'
- Start a TeXdraw drawing. The drawing is terminated with an
- `\etexdraw' command.
-
-`\etexdraw'
- End a TeXdraw drawing started with a `\btexdraw' command. The
- resulting TeXdraw drawing is placed in a box with height equal to
- the height of the drawing and width equal to the width of the
- drawing. The depth of the box is zero.
-
-`\begin{texdraw}'
- Start a TeXdraw drawing. The drawing is terminated with an
- `\end{texdraw}' command. This command is for use with LaTeX.
-
-`\end{texdraw}'
- End a TeXdraw drawing started with a `\begin{texdraw}' command.
- The resulting TeXdraw drawing is placed in a box with height equal
- to the height of the drawing and width equal to the width of the
- drawing. The depth of the box is zero. This command is for use
- with LaTeX.
-
-`\centertexdraw{ ... }'
- Center a TeXdraw box horizontally. The argument contains TeXdraw
- commands. The resulting box has the horizontal size `\hsize' and
- height equal to the height of the drawing.
-
-`\everytexdraw{ ... }'
- Specify TeXdraw commands to be executed at the beginning of every
- TeXdraw drawing.
-
- ---------- Footnotes ----------
-
- (1) After the ninth PostScript file, the name of the intermediate
-PostScript file takes the form `NAME.p10', with the number increasing
-from 10 with each file.
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Command syntax, Next: TeXdraw coordinates, Prev: Accessing TeXdraw, Up: TeXdraw Commands
-
-Command syntax
-==============
-
- Generally TeXdraw commands that take a single argument need a
-terminating blank or newline after the argument. Arguments that are
-self-delimiting, such as coordinates within parentheses and text within
-braces, do not need the terminating blank. However, even when not
-needed by the defining syntax of the command, blanks following command
-arguments are allowed and ignored within the TeXdraw environment.
-
- On entering the TeXdraw environment, TeX is in internal vertical mode
-(vertical mode inside a `\vbox'). In this mode, spaces can be placed
-freely between commands. However, any other extraneous input that
-generates output that is not part of the TeXdraw environment is
-disallowed.
-
- Blank lines are interpreted as paragraph breaks, equivalent to a
-`\par' command. The TeXdraw macro `\centertexdraw' is defined with the
-`\long' attribute to allow `\par' commands and blank lines to be
-interspersed between TeXdraw commands. The `\btexdraw' and `\etexdraw'
-commands also allow `\par' command and blank lines to be included.
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: TeXdraw coordinates, Next: Coordinate specification, Prev: Command syntax, Up: TeXdraw Commands
-
-TeXdraw coordinates
-===================
-
- The TeXdraw coordinate system has increasing X to the right and
-increasing Y upward. The coordinates (without the unit) are floating
-point numbers. Integer values can be written without a decimal point.
-The size of the drawing is determined by the maximum excursions of the
-coordinates specified in TeXdraw commands.
-
- Consider the following example of TeXdraw commands to draw a simple
-figure.
- \centertexdraw{
- \drawdim cm \linewd 0.02
- \move(2 2) \lvec(3 3) \lvec(2 4) \lvec(1 3) \lvec(2 2)
- \textref h:C v:C \htext(2 3){$\sum \rho_n$}
- }
-This drawing uses units of centimetres, with a line width of 0.02
-cm. The X coordinate ranges between 1 and 3 while the Y coordinate
-ranges between 2 and 4. When included into a document, the size of the
-drawing is 2 cm by 2 cm. The drawing is placed in a TeX box, with the
-lower lefthand corner of the box corresponding to TeXdraw coordinate
-`(1 2)' and the upper righthand corner at `(3 4)'. The
-`\centertexdraw' command centers the drawing horizontally. The
-`\textref' command controls the centering of the text. The text in
-this drawing is centered (both horizontally and vertically) at the
-coordinate `(2 3)'.
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Coordinate specification, Next: Line vectors, Prev: TeXdraw coordinates, Up: TeXdraw Commands
-
-Coordinate specification
-========================
-
- Coordinates are specified within parentheses, with blanks (but no
-comma) between the values. Leading blanks and trailing blanks are
-permitted within the parentheses. The coordinates refer to units,
-which are specified by the `\drawdim' command. The default is inches,
-but any valid TeX dimension unit can be specified. Symbolic
-specification of saved coordinate values will be discused later (*note
-Saving positions::).
-
-`\drawdim DIM'
- Set the units to DIM. The argument DIM can be any valid TeX
- dimension unit. The units are used to interpret coordinate
- values. Examples of valid units: `cm', `mm', `in', `pt', and `bp'.
-
- Examples of coordinate and scaling specifications:
-`\drawdim {cm} \move(2 2)'
- Set the units to centimetres, move to a position 2 cm to the right
- and 2 cm up from the origin of the drawing coordinate system.
-
-`\drawdim bp'
- Set the units to big points.
-
-`\lvec ( 2.2 +5.5) \lvec(2.3 -2) \lvec(2.2 5.4 )'
- Examples of acceptable coordinate specifications.
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Line vectors, Next: TeX text, Prev: Coordinate specification, Up: TeXdraw Commands
-
-Line vectors
-============
-
- TeXdraw implements moves, line vectors and arrow vectors. There are
-both absolute and relative motion versions of these vector commands.
-TeXdraw maintains a current position. Lines are drawn from the current
-position to a new coordinate, with the new coordinate becoming the new
-current position. An explicit move can be used to establish a new
-current position. The position `(0 0)' is used if there is no move to
-an initial current position.
-
- The `\move' and `\rmove' commands establish a new current position
-without drawing a line. The `\lvec' and `\rlvec' commands draw a line
-from the current position to a new position, which then becomes the new
-current position. The `\avec' and `\ravec' commands draw a line with
-an arrowhead from the current position to a new coordinate, which then
-becomes the new current position. The tip of the arrow is at the new
-current position. The direction of the arrow follows the direction of
-the line. Since this direction is undefined for zero length vectors,
-these are not allowed for `\avec' or `\ravec'. Zero length arrow
-vectors will generate a PostScript print error: `undefinedresult'. For
-any non-zero length vector, the full size arrowhead is drawn, even if
-that arrowhead is longer than the line length.
-
- The absolute motion versions of these commands specify the coordinate
-of the final position.
-
-`\move (X Y)'
- Move to coordinate `(X Y)'. The new current position is `(X Y)'.
-
-`\lvec (X Y)'
- Draw a line from the current position to coordinate `(X Y)'. The
- new current position is `(X Y)'.
-
-`\avec (X Y)'
- Draw a line with an arrowhead from the current position to `(X
- Y)'. The new current position is `(X Y)'. The arrowhead is
- aligned with the line, with the tip at `(X Y)'.
-
- The relative motion versions of these commands interpret the
-coordinates as displacements relative to the current position. Given
-the displacements `(DX DY)' as a parameter, each of the relative motion
-commands moves DX units in the X direction and DY units in the Y
-direction.
-
-`\rmove (DX DY)'
- Move from the current position, DX units in the X direction and DY
- units in the Y direction. The final position becomes the new
- current position.
-
-`\rlvec (DX DY)'
- Draw a line from the current position, DX units in the X direction
- and DY units in the Y direction. The final position becomes the
- new current position.
-
-`\ravec (DX DY)'
- Draw a line with an arrowhead from the current position, DX units
- in the X direction and Y units in the Y direction. The final
- position becomes the new current position. The arrowhead is
- aligned with the line, with the tip at the new current position.
-
- Lines can be customized with commands to change the line width, line
-pattern and line gray level rendition. In addition, commands for
-changing the type and size of the arrowhead are available.
-
-`\linewd WIDTH'
- Set the line width to WIDTH units. Initially WIDTH is 0.01 inches
- (corresponding to 3 pixels at 300 pixels to the inch).
-
-`\lpatt (PATTERN)'
- Set lines to have the pattern `(PATTERN)'. A pattern is a
- sequence of on/off lengths separated by blanks and enclosed in
- parentheses. The lengths alternately specify the length of a dash
- and the length of a gap between dashes. Each length is
- interpreted using the current scaling and drawing units. The
- pattern is used cyclically. The empty pattern signifies a solid
- line. The initial line pattern is a solid line, corresponding to
- the empty pattern `\lpatt ()'.
-
-`\setgray LEVEL'
- Set the gray level of lines. Gray levels are real values from 0
- (black) through intermediate values (gray) to 1 (white). The
- initial gray level is 0 corresponding to black.
-
-`\arrowheadtype t:TYPE'
- Set the arrowhead type to TYPE, where TYPE is one of `F', `T',
- `W', `V', or `H'. There are two kinds of arrowheads. The first
- kind is a triangle. There are 3 variants: type `T' is an empty
- triangle, type `F' is a filled triangle (using the current gray
- level for lines), type `W' is a triangle filled with white. The
- second kind of arrowhead is an open ended Vee. There are 2
- variants: type `V' has the stem continue to the tip, type `H' has
- the stem stop at the base of the arrowhead. The initial arrowhead
- type is `T'.
-
-`\arrowheadsize l:LENGTH w:WIDTH'
- Set the arrowhead size to be LENGTH units long and WIDTH units
- wide. The width is measured across the "base" of the arrowhead.
- The initial arrowhead size has a LENGTH of 0.16 inches and a WIDTH
- of 0.08 inches.
-
- Note that the lines which outline the arrowhead will be drawn with the
-same line pattern used for the stem. Normally, arrow vectors are drawn
-with the line pattern set for a solid line. Note that the fill level
-used for the `F' variant of the arrowhead uses the same gray level as
-used for lines. The difference between the `T' variant and the `W'
-variant only shows up if the arrowhead is placed over non-white areas
-of the drawing. The `W' variant obliterates the area under the
-arrowhead.
-
- Examples of line parameter and arrowhead settings are shown in the
-following code.
- \centertexdraw{
- \drawdim in
- \linewd 0.03 \setgray 0.6 \arrowheadtype t:F \avec(0 0.5)
- \linewd 0.01 \setgray 0 \arrowheadtype t:V \avec(0.5 0.5)
- \linewd 0.015 \lpatt(0.067 0.1) \lvec (1 0)
- \linewd 0.02 \lpatt() \arrowheadtype t:T \avec(1.5 0.5)
- \arrowheadtype t:H \avec(2.0 0.5)
- \setgray 0.4 \arrowheadtype t:W \avec(3.0 0)
- }
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: TeX text, Next: Circles and arcs, Prev: Line vectors, Up: TeXdraw Commands
-
-TeX text
-========
-
- Text may be superimposed on the drawing. The text argument of the
-`\htext' command is in horizontal mode. This text can be ordinary
-text, math mode expressions, or even more complicated boxes consisting
-of tables and the like. The resulting TeX text is placed in a box.
-The reference point of the box can be chosen to be one of nine
-locations: horizontally left, center or right; vertically top, center or
-bottom. The `\htext' command takes one of two forms.
-
-`\htext (X Y){TEXT}'
-`\htext {TEXT}'
- The first form of this command places the TeX text TEXT
- horizontally with the text reference point at the coordinate `(X
- Y)'. The new current position is `(X Y)'. The second form of
- this command places the TeX text TEXT horizontally with the text
- reference point at the current position. The text reference point
- is set with the `\textref' command.
-
- Text can be placed vertically using the `\vtext' command. The text
-argument is in horizontal mode. The TeX text is placed in a box and
-then rotated counterclockwise. The reference point is the point in the
-box, _before_ rotation of the text. Not all PostScript printer drivers
-support vertical text.
-
-`\vtext (x y){TEXT}'
-`\vtext {TEXT}'
- The first form of this command places the TeX text TEXT vertically
- with the text reference point at the coordinate `(X Y)'. The new
- current position is `(X Y)'. The second form of this command
- places the TeX text TEXT vertically with the text reference point
- at the current position. In both cases, the TeX text is placed in
- a box and the box is rotated counterclockwise by 90 degrees about
- the text reference point. The text reference point is set with
- the `\textref' command.
-
- Text can be placed at an arbitrary angle using the `\rtext' command.
-The text argument is in horizontal mode. The TeX text is placed in a
-box and then rotated counterclockwise. The reference point is the
-point in the box, _before_ rotation of the text. Not all PostScript
-printer drivers support rotated text.
-
-`\rtext td:ANGLE (x y){TEXT}'
-`\rtext td:ANGLE {TEXT}'
- The first form of this command places the TeX text TEXT at an
- angle with the text reference point at the coordinate `(X Y)'.
- The new current position is `(X Y)'. The second form of this
- command places the TeX text TEXT at an angle with the text
- reference point at the current position. In both cases, the TeX
- text is placed in a box and the box is rotated counterclockwise by
- ANGLE degrees about the text reference point. The text reference
- point is set with the `\textref' command.
-
- The reference point for subsequent TeX text in a `\htext', `\vtext'
-or `\rtext' command is set with the `\textref' command.
-
-`\textref h:H-REF v:V-REF'
- Set the text reference point for subsequent text commands. The
- horizontal reference point H-REF is one of `L', `C' or `R' (left,
- center or right). The vertical reference point V-REF is one of
- `T', `C' or `B' (top, center or bottom). For rotated text, the
- reference point is determined before rotation. The initial text
- reference point corresponds to `\textref h:L v:B'.
-
-The font used to render the text is determined as for any other TeX
-text. Normally the font used outside of TeXdraw is in effect. If
-desired, other fonts can be specified as part of the text. Any font
-changes within a TeXdraw text command remain local to that command.
-
- Only the coordinate of the text reference point in a `\htext',
-`\vtext' or `\rtext' command is used in calculating the size of the
-drawing. This means that text itself can spill outside of the drawing
-area determined by TeXdraw. The area of the drawing can be increased
-to include the text by issuing additional `\move' commands.
-
- \centertexdraw{
- \avec(-0.75 -0.25) \textref h:R v:C \htext{H-text}
- \move(0 0) \avec(-0.75 +0.25) \textref h:R v:B \htext{H-text}
- \move(0 0) \avec(0 +0.5) \textref h:L v:T \vtext{V-text}
- \move(0 0) \avec(+0.75 +0.25) \textref h:L v:B \htext{H-text}
- \move(0 0) \avec(+0.75 -0.25) \textref h:L v:C \htext{H-text}
- }
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Circles and arcs, Next: Bezier curves, Prev: TeX text, Up: TeXdraw Commands
-
-Circles, ellipses and arcs
-==========================
-
- TeXdraw supplies commands to generate circles, ellipses and arcs.
-There are two forms of the circle command. The `\lcir' command draws a
-circle of given radius. The `\fcir' command draws a filled circle. In
-the latter case, the circle is filled by a specified gray level. For
-the filled circle, the line defining the circumference of the circle is
-not drawn. Note that the gray level area filled in by the `\fcir'
-command is opaque, even if the fill is chosen to be white. For either
-form of the circle command, the drawing size is increased if necessary
-to contain the circle.
-
- The `\lellip' command generates an ellipse specified by the radius of
-the ellipse in the X direction and the radius of the ellipse in the Y
-direction. The ellipse is symmetrical about horizontal and vertical
-lines drawn through the current point. The `\fellip' command draws a
-filled ellipse. In the latter case, the ellipse is filled by a
-specified gray level. For the filled ellipse, the line defining the
-boundary of the ellipse is not drawn. For either form of the ellipse
-command, the drawing size is increased if necessary to contain the
-ellipse.
-
- The `\larc' command generates a counterclockwise arc specified by a
-start angle in degrees and an end angle in degrees. The center of the
-arc is the current position. Only the arc is drawn, not the line
-joining the center to the beginning of the arc. Note that the `\larc'
-command does not affect the size of the drawing.
-
-`\lcir r:RADIUS'
- Draw a circle with center at the current position. The radius is
- specified by RADIUS. This command draws a line along the
- circumference of the circle. The drawing size is increased if
- necessary to contain the circle.
-
-`\fcir f:LEVEL r:RADIUS'
- Draw a filled circle with center at the current position. The
- radius is specified by RADIUS. The circle is painted with the
- gray level specified by LEVEL. A gray level of 1 corresponds to
- white, with decreasing values getting darker. The level 0 is full
- black. This command does not draw a line along the circumference.
- The drawing size is increased if necessary to contain the circle.
-
-`\lellip rx:X-RADIUS ry:Y-RADIUS'
- Draw an ellipse with center at the current position. The radius
- in the X direction is specified by X-RADIUS. The radius in the Y
- direction is specified by Y-RADIUS. The drawing size is increased
- if necessary to contain the ellipse.
-
-`\fellip f:LEVEL rx:X-RADIUS ry:Y-RADIUS'
- Draw a filled ellipse with center at the current position. The
- radius in the X direction is specified by X-RADIUS. The radius in
- the Y direction is specified by Y-RADIUS. The ellipse is painted
- with the gray level specified by LEVEL. A gray level of 1
- corresponds to white, with decreasing values getting darker. The
- level 0 is full black. This command does not draw a line along
- the boundary of the ellipse. The drawing size is increased if
- necessary to contain the ellipse.
-
-`\larc r:RADIUS sd:START-ANGLE ed:END-ANGLE'
- Draw a counterclockwise arc. The center of the arc is at the
- current position. The radius is specified by RADIUS. The start
- and end angles (in degrees) are specified by START-ANGLE and
- END-ANGLE. This command does not affect the limits (size) of the
- drawing.
-
- As an example, the following commands draw a filled circle, and
-superimpose an arc.
- \centertexdraw{
- \linewd 0.02
- \fcir f:0.7 r:1
- \larc r:1 sd:45 ed:135
- \lvec (+0.707 +0.707) \move (0 0) \lvec (-0.707 +0.707)
- }
-
- Note that for the arc command, the resulting figure can spill outside
-of the TeXdraw box as determined by the maximum excursions of the
-coordinates. Extra moves can be used to compensate for the size of the
-arc.
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Bezier curves, Next: Fill commands, Prev: Circles and arcs, Up: TeXdraw Commands
-
-Bezier curves
-=============
-
- Bezier curves in TeXdraw use 4 reference coordinates, two as the end
-points and two others to control the shape of the curve. Let the 4
-points be `(X0 Y0)', `(X1 Y1)', `(X2 Y2)' and `(X3 Y3)'. The curve
-starts out tangent to the line joining the first two points and ends up
-tangent to the line joining the second two points. The control points
-"pull" at the curve to control the curvature. The amount of pull
-increases with the distance of the control point from the endpoint.
-
- As the parameter u varies from 0 to 1, the coordinates of the Bezier
-curve are given by a pair of parametric cubic equations,
-
-x(u) = (1-u)^3 x0 + 3u (1-u)^2 x1 + 3u^2 (1-u) x2 + u^3 x3
-
-y(u) = (1-u)^3 y0 + 3u (1-u)^2 y1 + 3u^2 (1-u) y2 + u^3 y3 .
-
-`\clvec (X1 Y1)(X2 Y2)(X3 Y3)'
- Draw a Bezier curve from the current position to the coordinate
- `(X3 Y3)' which becomes the new current position. The coordinates
- `(X1 Y1)' and `(X2 Y2)' serve as control points for the curve.
- Only the last coordinate given is used to update the size of the
- drawing.
-
-Note that only 3 coordinate pairs are specified. The other point is the
-current position before the `\clvec' command is executed. Only the
-last coordinate specified in the `\clvec' command is used to determine
-the extent of the drawing. While the Bezier curve passes through the
-old current position and the new current position, in general the curve
-will not reach the intermediate control points. The curve is always
-entirely enclosed by the convex quadrilateral defined by the two end
-points and the two control points. Note that the curve may pass
-outside the limits of the drawing as determined by the end point of the
-curve.
-
- A simple Bezier curve is produced by the following example.
- \btexdraw
- \move (0 0)
- \clvec (0 1)(1 0)(1 1)
- \etexdraw
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Fill commands, Prev: Bezier curves, Up: TeXdraw Commands
-
-Fill commands
-=============
-
- PostScript deals with paths consisting of line segments. The paths
-can be closed and the interior of the closed region filled. From
-TeXdraw, paths start with a `\move' or `\rmove' command and continue
-with `\lvec', `\rlvec' or `\clvec' commands. The TeXdraw fill commands
-close the path and fill the interior of the closed region. Closing the
-path means that effectively another `\lvec' line is drawn from the last
-point specified to the initial point. TeXdraw provides two forms of
-the fill command. The `\ifill' fills the interior of the region with
-the given gray level. The lines defining the path are not drawn. The
-`\lfill' command fills the region defined by the closed path and draws
-a line along the enclosing path. Note for both forms of the fill
-command, the gray level used for filling is opaque, even if the gray
-level is chosen to be white.
-
-`\lfill f:LEVEL'
- Close the current path, draw the line around the path using the
- current grey level for lines and paint the interior of the region
- with specified gray level LEVEL. Gray levels are real values from
- 0 (black) through intermediate values (grays) to 1 (white).
-
-`\ifill f:LEVEL'
- Close the current path and paint the interior of the region with
- gray level LEVEL. The line around the path is not drawn. Gray
- levels are real values from 0 (black) through intermediate values
- (grays) to 1 (white).
-
- The following example draws a "flag" with the interior filled in. The
-path around the boundary is given in a clockwise order to define a
-closed path. We could take advantage of the fact that the fill command
-will close an open path to eliminate one of the `\lvec' commands.
- \centertexdraw{
- \move (0.5 0)
- \lvec (0 0.5) \clvec (0.5 0.85)(1 0.65)(1.5 1)
- \lvec (2 0.5) \clvec (1.5 0.15)(1 0.35)(0.5 0)
- \lfill f:0.8
- }
-
- In TeXdraw, the `\move' command always terminates any previous paths
-and starts a new path. Commands that change line parameters (e.g.
-`\setgray' or `\lpatt') also terminate paths and start new paths. The
-circle, ellipse and arc commands do not affect the definition of the
-current path. The `\avec' command is not appropriate for defining a
-path to be filled. It ends a subpath at its tail and begins a new
-subpath at its tip. Filling a region defined by a path with subpaths
-is more complicated in that each subpath is closed before filling.
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Drawing Segments and Scaling, Next: Using TeXdraw with LaTeX, Prev: TeXdraw Commands, Up: Top
-
-Drawing Segments and Scaling
-****************************
-
- TeXdraw provides individually scaled segments which can be used to
-create relocatable drawing modules.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Drawing segments::
-* Drawing paths::
-* Saving positions::
-* Scaling coordinates::
-* Drawing size::
-* Initial current position::
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Drawing segments, Next: Drawing paths, Up: Drawing Segments and Scaling
-
-Drawing segments
-================
-
- A TeXdraw drawing segment allows for local modifications of
-parameters and relative positioning. A TeXdraw segment is delimited by
-a `\bsegment' command and an `\esegment' command. Inside the segment,
-the initial current position is `(0 0)'. Any changes to parameters
-such as the gray level and the line width, remain local to the segment.
-Segments are implemented in TeX using a `\begingroup' and `\endgroup'.
-Segments can be nested.
-
-`\bsegment'
- Start a drawing segment. The coordinate system is shifted such
- that the current position corresponds to the coordinate `(0 0)'.
- Changes to scaling, position and line parameters stay local to the
- drawing segment.
-
-`\esegment'
- End a drawing segment. The current position in effect before the
- corresponding `\bsegment' command is restored. The scaling and
- line parameter values revert to those in effect before the
- corresponding `\bsegment' command was invoked.
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Drawing paths, Next: Saving positions, Prev: Drawing segments, Up: Drawing Segments and Scaling
-
-Drawing paths
-=============
-
- Certain subtle interactions occur between drawing segments and fill
-operations. In PostScript, lines are drawn by first defining a path,
-then later stroking the path to draw the line. In TeXdraw, this
-stroking occurs when the line is terminated, say by a `\move' command.
-PostScript paths are interrupted by, but continue after a drawing
-segment. This means that a path started before a segment may not be
-stroked (drawn) until after the segment ends. Consider the following
-example.
- \move (0 0)
- \lvec (1 1)
- \bsegment
- \move (-0.25 -0.25)
- \fcir f:0.8 r:0.5
- \esegment
- \move (0 0)
-A PostScript path is started at `(0 0)' and continues with a line
-to `(1 1)'. This path is interrupted by the segment. The filled
-circle is drawn next. After the segment, the path continues and is not
-stroked until the `\move (0 0)' command after the end of the segment.
-This means that the line appears on top of the filled region.
-
- If the fill operation is to cover the line, the path must be stroked
-before the fill operation. From TeXdraw, the move commands `\move' and
-`\rmove', and the end TeXdraw command `\etexdraw' terminate a path and
-cause it to be stroked. Within a segment, the end segment command
-`\esegment' also terminates and strokes a path. In the example above,
-the line can be stroked by inserting a move command (such as a `\rmove
-(0 0)' which does not affect the position), before the start of the
-segment.
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Saving positions, Next: Scaling coordinates, Prev: Drawing paths, Up: Drawing Segments and Scaling
-
-Saving positions
-================
-
- The `\savecurrpos' command saves the current position. The saved
-position is an absolute position, not one relative to a segment. The
-position saving mechanism is global; the position can be saved within a
-nested segment and then used outside of the segment. The X and Y
-coordinates of the position are saved separately as named coordinates.
-The names are of the form `*NAME', with the leading `*' being
-obligatory. A companion command, `\savepos', saves a given coordinate
-(relative to the current segment) as an absolute symbolic position.
-
-`\savecurrpos (*PX *PY)'
- Save the current position as the absolute position referenced by
- `(*PX *PY)'.
-
-`\savepos (X Y)(*PX *PY)'
- Save the coordinate position `(X Y)' as the absolute position
- referenced by `(*PX *PY)'. The coordinate `(X Y)' is interpreted
- in the normal fashion as a coordinate relative to the current
- segment, using the current scaling factors and drawing unit.
-
- The symbolic names used to specify a saved position can consist of any
-characters that are not special to TeX, but must start with a `*'
-character. The symbolic names can be used as the X and/or Y coordinate
-in any command that needs a coordinate. Symbolic coordinates are not
-normally used with relative motion commands such as `\rlvec' or
-`\rmove'. If used with relative motion, the corresponding displacement
-is equal to the symbolic coordinate value.
-
- On exit from a segment, the position and graphics state on entry is
-restored. Any changes to line types, scaling and position are
-discarded. However, it is sometimes useful alter the position on exit
-from a segment. The `\savepos' command allows for the saving of a
-position within the segment. This position can be restored after the
-`\esegment' with a `\move' command using the saved symbolic position.
-This approach can be used to build modules which operate in a manner
-analogous to the basic relative motion line vector commands.
-
- The following example defines a macro which draws a box 0.75 inches
-wide by 0.5 inches high containing centered text. On leaving the macro
-the position will be set at a point on the righthand side of the box.
- \def\tbox #1{\bsegment
- \lvec (0 +0.25) \lvec (0.75 +0.25)
- \lvec (0.75 -0.25) \lvec (0 -0.25) \lvec (0 0)
- \textref h:C v:C \htext (0.375 0){#1}
- \savepos (0.75 0)(*ex *ey)
- \esegment
- \move (*ex *ey)}
-With this definition, we can treat `\tbox' in the same way as the
-basic vector commands, stringing them together to form a block diagram
-as in this example.
- \centertexdraw{
- \ravec (1 0) \tbox{$H(z)$} \ravec (1 0)
- }
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Scaling coordinates, Next: Drawing size, Prev: Saving positions, Up: Drawing Segments and Scaling
-
-Scaling coordinates
-===================
-
- There are two scale factors available, the unit scale factor and the
-segment scale factor. The overall scale factor is the product of these
-two. There are absolute and relative versions of commands to change
-these scale factors.
-
- The unit scale factor is normally used to affect global scale changes.
-Changes to the unit scale factor remains local to a segment, but
-propagate to inferior segments. The default value is unity.
-
- The segment scale factor is used for local scale changes. It remains
-local to a segment. The segment scale factor is reset to unity on entry
-into each segment. This means that changes to the segment scale factor
-do not propagate to inferior segments.
-
-`\setunitscale SCALE'
- Set the unit scaling to SCALE. The argument SCALE is a real
- number which is used to scale coordinate values. The overall
- scaling factor is the product of the unit scale factor and the
- segment scale factor.
-
-`\relunitscale VALUE'
- Adjust the unit scale factor by multiplying by VALUE. This has
- the effect of multiplying the overall scale factor by the same
- factor. The overall scaling factor is the product of the unit
- scale factor and the segment scale factor.
-
-`\setsegscale SCALE'
- Set the segment scale factor. The argument SCALE is a real number
- which is used to scale coordinate values. The overall scale
- factor is the product of the unit scale factor and the segment
- scale factor.
-
-`\relsegscale VALUE'
- Adjust the segment scale factor by multiplying by VALUE. This has
- the effect of multiplying the current overall scale factor by the
- same factor. The overall scaling factor is the product of the
- unit scale factor and the segment scale factor.
-
- In addition to the unit scale factor and the segment scale factor, the
-scaling can be controlled by the choice of drawing units with the
-command `\drawdim' (*note Coordinate specification::).
-
-`\drawdim cm \setunitscale 2.54'
- Set the units to centimetres scaled by 2.54. Together these
- commands are effectively the same as `\drawdim in'.
-
- The segment scale can be used to allow scale changes in segments so
-that values are in more convenient units. For example suppose
-dimensions in a segment are multiples of one third of an inch. The
-segment scale can be set once to make 1 drawing unit equal 0.3333
-inches. From that point on, coordinates can be specified with integer
-values.
-
- The following example defines a macro to draw a rectangular box which
-is twice as wide as it is high. The width is specified as an argument.
- \def\mybox #1{\bsegment
- \setsegscale #1
- \lvec (0 +0.25) \lvec (1 +0.25) \lvec (1 -0.25)
- \lvec (0 -0.25) \lvec (0 0)
- \esegment}
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Drawing size, Next: Initial current position, Prev: Scaling coordinates, Up: Drawing Segments and Scaling
-
-Drawing size
-============
-
- The effective size of the drawing is determined by the maximum
-excursions of the coordinates supplied to TeXdraw commands. The
-minimum and maximum scaled X and Y coordinates are tallied. Note that
-`\move' commands contribute to the determination of the calculated size
-of the drawing, even though they do not generate visible lines. The
-circle and ellipse commands add a compensation for the radii of circles
-and ellipses. The final TeXdraw drawing is placed in a TeX box with
-lower lefthand corner corresponding to `('X-min Y-min`)' and upper
-righthand corner at `('X-max Y-max`)'.
-
- Text generated by `\htext', `\vtext' or `\rtext' can spill outside
-the box as determined above. Only the text reference point is
-guaranteed to be in the drawing box. Arcs can also spill outside the
-drawing box. Note also that the widths of lines, and the sizes of
-arrowheads do not affect the size of the drawing. The calculated size
-of the drawing will never be larger than the actual size of the
-drawing. In extreme cases in which text or lines extend far outside
-the drawing, extra `\move' commands should be used to establish the
-size of the drawing so that the TeXdraw box includes all of the drawing.
-
- TeXdraw provides the `\drawbb' command to draw a box which indicates
-the effective size of the drawing. Whenever `\drawbb' is invoked, a
-ruled box is drawn around the drawing as it has been sized up to that
-point. Normally `\drawbb' is invoked just before the end of a drawing
-to indicate the effective size of the final drawing.
-
-`\drawbb'
- Draw a ruled box around the effective size of a drawing produced by
- TeXdraw commands.
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Initial current position, Prev: Drawing size, Up: Drawing Segments and Scaling
-
-Initial current position
-========================
-
- The first operation in a drawing should be a move to establish the
-current position. The current position can be established explicitly
-through a `\move' command or a text positioning command such as
-`\htext' with a coordinate. However, if an attempt is made to use a
-drawing command which needs a current position and none has been
-established, TeXdraw implicitly sets the initial current position to
-`(0 0)'. The size of the TeXdraw figure is normally determined from
-the sequence of coordinates specified, but will include the implicit
-initial position in case another initial position has not been
-explicitly specified.
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Using TeXdraw with LaTeX, Next: More Details, Prev: Drawing Segments and Scaling, Up: Top
-
-Using TeXdraw with LaTeX
-************************
-
- The LaTeX typesetting system uses a structured approach to declaring
-typesetting environments. For LaTeX2e, the `texdraw' package defines
-the `texdraw' environment. The TeXdraw environment is started with a
-`\begin{texdraw}' command and terminated with an `\end{texdraw}'
-command. All of the basic TeXdraw commands can be used within the
-`texdraw' environment.
-
- As an example, a LaTeX2e variant of an earlier example can be
-constructed as follows.
- \documentclass{article}
- \usepackage{texdraw}
- ...
- \begin{document}
- ...
- \newcommand{\tbox}[1]{%
- \bsegment
- \lvec (0 +0.25) \lvec (0.75 +0.25)
- \lvec (0.75 -0.25) \lvec (0 -0.25) \lvec (0 0)
- \textref h:C v:C \htext (0.375 0){#1}
- \savepos (0.75 0)(*ex *ey)
- \esegment
- \move (*ex *ey)}
- \begin{center}
- \begin{texdraw}
- \ravec (1 0) \tbox{$H(z)$} \ravec (1 0)
- \end{texdraw}
- \end{center}
- ...
- \end{document}
-
- This example illustrates the use of the LaTeX command `\newcommand'
-as an alternative to the plain TeX command `\def'. Instead of the
-basic TeXdraw command `\centertexdraw', a nested combination of the
-LaTeX centering environment and the TeXdraw environment is used.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* PostScript printer drivers::
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: PostScript printer drivers, Up: Using TeXdraw with LaTeX
-
-PostScript printer drivers
-==========================
-
- The `texdraw' package uses the printer driver interface provided by
-the standard LaTeX2e `graphics' package. Any options to the `texdraw'
-package are passed to the `graphics' package. Specifically, the name
-of the PostScript driver to be used can be specified as an option to
-the `texdraw' package. With no explicit printer driver option, the
-default printer driver associated with the `graphics' package is used.
-
- The `texdraw' package can be used with any of the printer drivers
-supported by the `graphics' package that allow for the importation of
-PostScript graphics files, viz., `dvips', `xdvi', `dvi2ps', `dvialw',
-`dvilaser', `dvipsone', `dviwindo', `dvitops', `oztex', `psprint',
-`textures', `pctexps', and `pctexwin'. Not all of these drivers
-support the text rotation needed for the TeXdraw commands `\vtext' and
-`\rtext'. Of the drivers listed above, only the following support
-support text rotation: `dvips', `xdvi', `dvi2ps', `dvitops',
-`textures', and `pctexps'.
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: More Details, Next: PostScript Commands, Prev: Using TeXdraw with LaTeX, Up: Top
-
-More Details
-************
-
- The first part of this chapter offers some suggestions for strategies
-to isolate errors in TeX and TeXdraw input. The second part of this
-chapter discusses implementational issues. An awareness of these issues
-is useful if TeXdraw is to be extended.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Errors while using TeXdraw::
-* Extending TeXdraw::
-* How TeXdraw merges graphics and text::
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Errors while using TeXdraw, Next: Extending TeXdraw, Up: More Details
-
-Errors while using TeXdraw
-==========================
-
- TeX input is notoriously difficult to debug. If TeX reports errors,
-so much the better. If the cause is not immediately obvious, consider
-using a binary search strategy, removing sections of code with the
-premature insertion of the `\bye' (or `\end{document}' for LaTeX)
-command (with the appropriate closing of any open groups and the like).
-Other strategies include the insertion of `\message{I am here}' at
-appropriate places. Try using `\tracingmacros=1'. Many problems turn
-out to be due to an incorrect number of macro arguments or incorrectly
-delimited macro arguments. The `\tracingmacros=1' option writes the
-macro arguments and macro expansions to the TeX log file.
-
- Certain errors may not manifest themselves until well after the
-offending command. For instance, if a closing parenthesis is missing
-from a TeXdraw coordinate, TeX continues searching for the parenthesis.
-If one is found, perhaps many lines later, the TeXdraw error message
-`invalid coordinate' will be printed at this later point.
-
- All input in the TeXdraw environment should be intended for
-interpretation by TeXdraw commands. TeXdraw places text inside a zero
-size box (the text itself extends outside the box). Extraneous input
-manifests itself as a non-zero size TeXdraw text box. This causes the
-TeXdraw text and the PostScript graphics to be displaced from one
-another. An error message is issued if a non-zero width TeXdraw text
-box is detected. If this error message appears, look for unintended
-character sequences amongst the commands to TeXdraw.
-
- Several TeXdraw commands pass their arguments "raw" to the PostScript
-file. That means that invalid arguments can generate PostScript errors
-when the document is printed. For instance the argument of the
-`\setgray' command is passed straight through to the PostScript file.
-If this argument is non-numeric, a PostScript error results. Not all
-PostScript printers report errors back to the user. The print may just
-stop prematurely. One approach to debugging is to use a PostScript
-previewer on a workstation. That way, one can determine at which point
-in the drawing the PostScript error occurs.
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Extending TeXdraw, Next: How TeXdraw merges graphics and text, Prev: Errors while using TeXdraw, Up: More Details
-
-Extending TeXdraw
-=================
-
- TeXdraw is implemented using a combination of TeX commands and
-PostScript code. This section discusses some of the implementational
-issues as they relate to extending TeXdraw.
-
- TeXdraw as implemented, offers a basic set of drawing features.
-These are adequate for certain tasks such as producing block diagrams.
-There are different approaches to extending TeXdraw to include other
-functions. In some cases, the desired functionality can be achieved by
-writing a TeX macro which builds on top of the existing TeXdraw
-commands. As these extensions become more complex, the limitations of
-TeX for computations become increasingly evident. In other cases,
-access to different features of PostScript is desired. The appropriate
-approach would be to write new PostScript procedures which can be
-accessed by TeX macros.
-
- Included with TeXdraw is a set of macros for directly accessing
-PostScript functions. These are described in an appendix (*note
-PostScript Commands::).
-
- TeXdraw also comes with a toolbox of routines for handling much of
-the user interface, converting between different coordinate
-representations and the like. The macros for coordinate decoding and
-for computations involving coordinates are described in an appendix
-(*note TeXdraw Toolbox: TeXdraw Toolbox.).
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Scaling::
-* Resolution::
-* Text placement::
-* Intermediate PostScript file::
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Scaling, Next: Resolution, Up: Extending TeXdraw
-
-Scaling
--------
-
- The scaling commands provided in TeXdraw are designed to affect only
-the coordinate values specified in commands. For instance, changing the
-`\setunitscale' value changes the interpretation of the coordinate in
-an `\avec (X Y)' command, but does not change the line width or
-arrowhead sizes in effect. None of the TeXdraw scaling commands affect
-the size of TeX text produced by, for instance, the `\htext' command.
-Scale changes will however affect the positioning of text for
-subsequent commands.
-
- The line parameters are changed only if the corresponding commands to
-change them are issued. If the `\linewd' command is given, the current
-coordinate scaling is used to determine the line width. To achieve a
-behaviour more like a global scaling, whenever the scale factor is
-changed, the line parameters should be set again.
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Resolution, Next: Text placement, Prev: Scaling, Up: Extending TeXdraw
-
-Resolution
-----------
-
- TeXdraw scales coordinates before passing them to PostScript.
-Keeping track of the coordinate scaling is necessary, in any event, to
-allow TeXdraw to compute the maximum excursions of the coordinates.
-TeXdraw uses pixel units in its PostScript code. One pixel unit is
-equal to 1/300 of an inch. TeXdraw issues PostScript commands with
-integer valued pixel coordinates. This sets the positioning resolution
-for TeXdraw. The passing of integer valued coordinates which
-correspond to the device resolution keeps lines aligned with the device
-grid; parallel lines of the same width will be rendered with the same
-width.
-
- The position saving mechanism in TeXdraw (*note Saving positions::)
-associates the pixel coordinates of a position with the specified name.
-
- TeXdraw uses the limited real number representation provided by TeX.
-These operations are based on the representation of dimensions as
-real-valued numbers of points. Internally in TeX, dimensions are
-stored 32-bit values, normalized so that 1 pt corresponds to the scaled
-point (sp) value of 65536. Dimensions with magnitudes between 0.000015
-pt and 32767 pt can be represented. This is also the dynamic range of
-the TeXdraw pixel coordinates passed to PostScript. TeXdraw must
-convert from user supplied coordinates using the scaling factor (which
-itself consists of two components, the unit scale and the segment scale)
-and a pixel conversion factor. The use of limited precision real
-numbers in these computations can cause accumulation of error when
-relative scaling is used repeatedly.
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Text placement, Next: Intermediate PostScript file, Prev: Resolution, Up: Extending TeXdraw
-
-Text placement
---------------
-
- While in the TeXdraw environment, TeX text is placed in a TeX box
-while PostScript code is written to the intermediate file. At the end
-of the TeXdraw environment, the size of the drawing is determined. A
-TeX box of this size is created. The TeX `\special' mechanism is used
-to instruct the PostScript driver program to position the PostScript
-drawing from the intermediate file in this area. Next, the text
-generated by TeXdraw is positioned and placed in the box. Note that
-when the document is printed, the PostScript drawing is placed on the
-page before the TeX text; TeX text will appear on top of graphics.
-
- The rotation of text is carried out with in-line PostScript code which
-does not appear in the intermediate PostScript file. This code is sent
-to the PostScript driver with a `\special' command. This PostScript
-code is embedded in the dvi (device independent) file that TeX produces.
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Intermediate PostScript file, Prev: Text placement, Up: Extending TeXdraw
-
-The intermediate PostScript file
---------------------------------
-
- The intermediate PostScript file consists of a header, a body and a
-trailer following Encapsulated PostScript File (EPSF) standards. The
-header sets up PostScript definitions and default parameter values. The
-trailer includes the `BoundingBox' information which gives the
-coordinates in default PostScript units (72 per inch) for the lower
-lefthand corner and the upper righthand corner of the drawing. The body
-of the intermediate PostScript file contains the PostScript commands
-generated by TeXdraw.
-
- Many moves in TeXdraw serve only to position text or to reset saved
-positions. TeXdraw buffers move commands in order to be able to
-collapse runs of moves. Only the last move of a run of moves is
-actually written to the PostScript file. However the intermediate moves
-still affect the size of the drawing. The expunging of moves means that
-the PostScript file `BoundingBox' information may indicate a drawing
-size larger than the PostScript commands themselves would warrant.
-
- Drawing segments in TeXdraw show up in the PostScript file as saves
-and restores of the PostScript graphics state. Segment starts are
-buffered and only written out if necessary. This way "empty" segments
-do not generate output to the PostScript file. These empty segments
-arise if a segment contains only moves and text commands. The moves
-inside the segment are not needed since they are local to the segment,
-and the text commands do not generate output to the PostScript file.
-
- If TeXdraw is used only for moves and text, no intermediate
-PostScript file will be created.
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: How TeXdraw merges graphics and text, Prev: Extending TeXdraw, Up: More Details
-
-How TeXdraw merges graphics and text
-====================================
-
- TeXdraw creates a box which is the same size as the graphic. The
-printer driver will place the PostScript graphic into this space. Any
-TeX text generated by the TeXdraw commands will be superimposed on this
-graphic.
-
- The LaTeX2e front-end for TeXdraw is enabled by including the
-`texdraw' package. The `texdraw' package automatically invokes the
-standard `graphics' package distributed with LaTeX2e. The `graphics'
-package has support for a number of different printer drivers,
-including a number for PostScript printers. Any options to the
-`texdraw' package are passed on to the `graphics' package. Such an
-option can be used to select a driver other than the default one.
-
- Within the `graphics' package, the driver option is used to select
-definitions for the low-level macros which generate the `\special'
-commands needed to request insertion of a graphics file and to rotate
-text.(1) TeXdraw uses the user-level macros defined by the `graphics'
-package (*note PostScript printer drivers::). When not used with the
-LaTeX2e front-end, TeXdraw defines versions of these macros that are
-suitable for use with the `dvips' printer driver.
-
- ---------- Footnotes ----------
-
- (1) Not all PostScript drivers support text rotation.
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: PostScript Commands, Next: TeXdraw Toolbox, Prev: More Details, Up: Top
-
-PostScript Commands
-*******************
-
- This appendix describes a set of macros for accessing some of the
-PostScript builtin functions. Each of these macros issues a single
-PostScript command. The extra services provided by TeXdraw are the
-interpretation of coordinates in user units relative to the current
-drawing segment and the writing of a pending TeXdraw move to the
-PostScript file. This last operation establishes the current point in
-PostScript. The user of these commands should be familiar with the
-concepts of path construction and filling in PostScript. Further
-details on the PostScript functions used can found in the `PostScript
-Language Reference Manual, Second Edition', Adobe Systems,
-Addison-Wesley, 1990.
-
- These macros are distributed in file `txdps.tex'.
-
- The `\PSsetlinecap' and `\PSsetlinejoin' commands control the way
-line ends and line joins are rendered. The default values set by
-TeXdraw (round caps and round join) are appropriate for most drawings.
-Changes to these parameters apply to the current and subsequent paths.
-
-`\PSsetlinecap TYPE'
- Set the line cap parameter. The value `0' gives a butt cap; `1'
- gives a round cap; and `2' gives a projecting square cap. The
- initial value is corresponds to a round cap.
-
-`\PSsetlinejoin TYPE'
- Set the line join parameter. The value `0' gives a miter join;
- `1' gives a round join; and `2' gives a bevel join. The initial
- value corresponds to a round join.
-
- PostScript paths and fill operations can be controlled by a number of
-functions. By design, TeXdraw always maintains a defined PostScript
-current point. Some of the following macros cause the PostScript
-current point to become undefined. The PostScript current point must be
-set again (say with a `\PSmoveto' command) before invoking basic
-TeXdraw commands.
-`\PSstroke'
- Stroke a PostScript path. The current path is stroked with the
- current gray level (set with `\setgray') and the current line
- pattern (set with `\lpatt'). The PostScript current point becomes
- undefined.
-
-`\PSnewpath'
- Establish a new path. The PostScript current point becomes
- undefined.
-
-`\PSclosepath'
- Close a subpath. A new subpath is started.
-
-`\PSfill'
- Fill a region defined by a path. Each subpath is closed and the
- enclosed regions painted with the current gray level. The
- PostScript current point becomes undefined. The gray level can be
- set with the TeXdraw command `\setgray'.
-
- The following line commands interpret coordinates relative to the
-current TeXdraw scaling and drawing segment. The specified coordinate
-affects the drawing size as determined by TeXdraw.
-`\PSlineto (X Y)'
- Add a line segment to the current path. This command is identical
- to the TeXdraw command `\lvec'. The PostScript current point must
- be defined before this command is issued.
-
-`\PSmoveto (X Y)'
- Move to the coordinate specified by `(X Y)'. The PostScript
- current point becomes defined.
-
- The following macros provide access to the general arc commands in
-PostScript. The coordinates are interpreted relative to the current
-TeXdraw scaling and drawing segment. The specified coordinate affects
-the drawing size as determined by TeXdraw.
-`\PSarc r:RADIUS sd:START-ANGLE ed:END-ANGLE (X Y)'
- Draw a counterclockwise arc. The center of the arc is at the given
- position. The radius is specified by RADIUS. The start and end
- angles (in degrees) are specified by START-ANGLE and END-ANGLE.
- If the PostScript current point is defined, this command also
- draws the line from the current point to the beginning of the arc.
- The line and arc become part of the current path. The current
- point becomes defined.
-
-`\PSarcn r:RADIUS sd:START-ANGLE ed:END-ANGLE (X Y)'
- Draw a clockwise arc. The center of the arc is at the given
- position. The radius is specified by RADIUS. The start and end
- angles (in degrees) are specified by START-ANGLE and END-ANGLE.
- If the PostScript current point is defined, this command also
- draws the line from the current point to the beginning of the arc.
- The line and arc become part of the current path. The current
- point becomes defined.
-
- The macro `\writeps' provides the general facility to write arbitrary
-PostScript commands to the PostScript file. This macro is used by the
-preceding commands and by the TeXdraw commands themselves. This
-facility has to be used with care since changes in position or scaling
-resulting from the PostScript commands are not known to TeXdraw.
-`\writeps {<PS-COMMANDS>}'
- Write PostScript commands to the intermediate PostScript file.
- Before the commands are inserted, any pending TeXdraw move is
- written to the PostScript file. The PostScript scaling gives 300
- units/inch.
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: TeXdraw Toolbox, Next: Examples, Prev: PostScript Commands, Up: Top
-
-TeXdraw Toolbox
-***************
-
- This appendix describes some of the macros supplied with TeXdraw
-which can be used to define additional commands for creating drawings.
-The macros described here work in the user specified coordinate system.
-Some of these toolbox macros are used by the TeXdraw commands
-themselves, others are supplied in an auxiliary file `txdtools.tex'.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Coordinate parsing::
-* Real arithmetic::
-* Arrow curve::
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Coordinate parsing, Next: Real arithmetic, Up: TeXdraw Toolbox
-
-Coordinate parsing
-==================
-
- The coordinate parsing macro `\getpos' is useful for creating new
-commands. This macro takes care of stripping leading and trailing
-blanks from coordinates specified between parentheses. In addition,
-symbolic coordinates are translated to the corresponding relative
-coordinate using the segment offset and scaling in effect.
-
- The macro `\currentpos' returns the relative coordinates of the
-current position. The returned values are relative to the current
-segment and the current scaling. The macro `\cossin' returns the
-real-valued cosine and sine of the direction of the line joining two
-points. The macro `\vectlen' returns the length of a vector. The
-results appear as the value of user supplied macro names.
-
-`\getpos (X Y)\MX\MY'
- Decode coordinate values. The coordinates specified by `(X Y)' are
- decoded. Symbolic coordinates are translated to the corresponding
- relative coordinate using the current segment offset and scaling.
- The resulting character strings representing the real-valued
- coordinates are assigned to the macros specified by `\MX' and
- `\MY'.
-
-`\currentpos \MX\MY'
- Return the coordinates of the current position. The coordinates
- are relative to the current segment offset and scaling. The
- resulting character strings representing the real-valued
- coordinates are assigned to the macros specified by `\MX' and
- `\MY'.
-
-`\cossin (X1 Y1)(X2 Y2)\COSA\SINA'
- Return the cosine and sine of the direction of a vector joining two
- points. The cosine and sine of the angle of the vector which goes
- from `(X1 Y1)' to `(X2 Y2)'. The character strings representing
- these real-valued quantities are assigned to the macros specified
- by `\COSA' and `\SINA'.
-
-`\vectlen (X1 Y1)(X2 Y2)\LEN'
- Return the length of a vector joining two points. The length of
- the vector is relative to the current scaling. The character
- string representing the real-valued length is assigned to the
- macro specified by `\LEN'.
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Real arithmetic, Next: Arrow curve, Prev: Coordinate parsing, Up: TeXdraw Toolbox
-
-Real arithmetic
-===============
-
- The TeXdraw toolbox supplies macros to perform real arithmetic on
-coordinate values. The result appears as the value of a user supplied
-macro name.
-`\realadd {VALUE1} {VALUE2} \SUM'
- Add two real quantities, assigning the resultant character string
- representing the sum to the macro `\SUM'.
-
-`\realmult {VALUE1} {VALUE2} \PROD'
- Multiply two real quantities, assigning the resultant character
- string representing the product to the macro `\PROD'.
-
-`\realdiv {VALUE1} {VALUE2} \RESULT'
- Divide two real quantities, assigning the resultant character
- string representing the result of VALUE1/VALUE2 to the macro
- `\RESULT'.
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Arrow curve, Prev: Real arithmetic, Up: TeXdraw Toolbox
-
-Arrow curve
-===========
-
- This example illustrates the use of the TeXdraw toolbox routines to
-do computations with the coordinates. The problem will be tackled in
-two parts. First, we will produce a macro to place an arrowhead on a
-Bezier curve. Then given this macro, we will produce a macro which can
-draw a "wiggly" line from the current position to a given coordinate.
-
- The first macro, `\cavec', uses the `\cossin' command to determine
-the the cosine and sine of the angle of the line joining the second
-control point to the end point of the Bezier curve. Recall that the
-Bezier curve is tangent to this line at the end point. After drawing
-the Bezier curve, the scaling is set locally to absolute units of 0.05
-inches. We go back down the line from the end point by 0.05 inches and
-draw an arrow vector to the end point from there. This arrow vector is
-mostly arrowhead, with little or no tail.
-
- \def\cavec (#1 #2)(#3 #4)(#5 #6){
- \clvec (#1 #2)(#3 #4)(#5 #6)
- \cossin (#3 #4)(#5 #6)\cosa\sina
- \rmove (0 0)
- \bsegment
- \drawdim in \setsegscale 0.05
- \move ({-\cosa} -\sina) \avec (0 0)
- \esegment}
-
- Note the use of macros as arguments to a `\move' command. Minus
-signs are put in front of the macros. However, the value of the macro
-`\cosa' or `\sina' could be negative. Fortunately, TeX accepts two
-minus signs in a row and interprets the result as positive. Note that
-the `\rmove (0 0)' command before the beginning of the segment ensures
-that the Bezier curve is stroked before the arrowhead is drawn.
-
- The second macro `\caw' builds on `\cavec'. The goal is to produce a
-wiggly vector that can be used as a pointer in a drawing. Consider the
-following symmetrical normalized Bezier curve.
- \centertexdraw{ \move (0 0) \cavec (1.4 0.1)(-0.4 -0.1)(1 0) }
-
- This curve has the appropriate wiggle. Now we want to be able to draw
-this curve, appropriately scaled and rotated. The macro `\caw' needs
-to do computations on the coordinates. First, `\caw' uses the macros
-`\getpos' and `\currentpos' to get the positions of the end and start
-of the curve. Next, the length of the vector is calculated using the
-macro `\vectlen'. A local macro `\rotatecoord' is used to rotate a
-coordinate pair about the origin, using the cosine and sine of the
-rotation angle. The vector length is used to scale the normalized
-curve. The remaining code draws the rotated, normalized curve.
-
- \def\caw (#1 #2){
- \currentpos \xa\ya
- \cossin ({\xa} \ya)(#1 #2)\cosa\sina
-
- % The nominal wiggly curve is (0 0) (1+dx dy) (-dx -dy) (1 0)
- % Find the rotated offset (dx dy) -> (du dv)
- \rotatecoord (0.4 0.1)\cosa\sina \du\dv
-
- % calculate the length of the vector
- \vectlen ({\xa} \ya)(#1 #2)\len
-
- % draw the curve in normalized units
- \bsegment
- \setsegscale {\len}
- \realadd \cosa \du \tmpa \realadd \sina \dv \tmpb
- \cavec ({\tmpa} \tmpb)({-\du} -\dv)({\cosa} \sina)
- \esegment
- \move (#1 #2)}
-
- % rotate a coordinate (x y)
- % arguments: (x y) cosa sina x' y'
- % x' = cosa * x - sina * y; y' = sina * x + cosa * y
- \def\rotatecoord (#1 #2)#3#4#5#6{
- \getpos (#1 #2)\xarg\yarg
- \realmult \xarg {#3} \tmpa \realmult \yarg {#4} \tmpb
- \realadd \tmpa {-\tmpb} #5
- \realmult \xarg {#4} \tmpa \realmult \yarg {#3} \tmpb
- \realadd \tmpa \tmpb #6}
-
- Finally, the new macro can be used as follows.
- \centertexdraw{
- \arrowheadtype t:W
- \move (0 0)
- \cavec (1.4 0.1)(-0.4 -0.1)(1 0)
- \move (1 0) \caw (1 1) \htext{tip at \tt (1 1)}
- \move (1 0) \caw (2 1) \htext{tip at \tt (2 1)}
- \move (1 0) \caw (2 0) \htext{tip at \tt (2 0)}
-
- }
-
- Note that the Bezier curve in the macro `\cavec' lies below the
-arrowhead. The example then draws an arrowhead of type `W' to erase
-the part of the line below the arrowhead.
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Examples, Next: Command Listing, Prev: TeXdraw Toolbox, Up: Top
-
-Examples
-********
-
- This appendix shows examples of the use of TeXdraw.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Block diagram::
-* Filter response graph::
-* Geometric construction::
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Block diagram, Next: Filter response graph, Up: Examples
-
-Block diagram of a lattice filter
-=================================
-
- The block diagram of a lattice filter uses a library of extended
-commands built from the basic TeXdraw commands.
-
- The block diagram uses a "delay" block. This is defined as a segment
-which leaves the current position at the end of this block. A second
-macro, `\bdot', draws a "big" dot which is used to mark junctions of
-lines. The `\Ttext' command centers text above a given point. The
-offset to position the text is local to a segment, resulting in no
-change to the current point. Similar macros to position text below a
-point (`\Btext'), to the left of a point (`\Ltext') and to the right of
-a point (`\Rtext') are used in the final drawing.
- \def\delay {\bsegment
- \setsegscale 0.3
- \lvec (0 +0.5) \lvec (1 +0.5) \lvec (1 -0.5)
- \lvec (0 -0.5) \lvec (0 0)
- \textref h:C v:C \htext (0.5 0){$z^{-1}$}
- \savepos (1 0)(*ex *ey)
- \esegment
- \move (*ex *ey)}
- \def\bdot {\fcir f:0 r:0.02 }
- \def\Ttext #1{\bsegment
- \textref h:C v:B \htext (0 +0.06){#1}
- \esegment}
-
- Several of the block diagram elements scale with the size of the
-summing nodes. The radius of the circles for the summing nodes is
-defined as the macro `\cradius'. The summing nodes will have enclosed
-plus signs, appropriately scaled. The plus sign is drawn by the macro
-`\pluss'. The macro `\pcir' draws both the circle and the plus sign.
-The incoming lines to a summing node will be labelled with plus or
-minus signs (characters this time), placed at the appropriate position
-with respect to the center of the summing node. These positions are
-given in terms of compass directions. The macro `\putwnw' places text
-west by north-west relative to the center of the summing node.
- \def\cradius {0.08}
- \def\pluss {\bsegment
- \setsegscale {\cradius}
- \move (-0.5 0) \lvec (+0.5 0)
- \move (0 -0.5) \lvec (0 +0.5)
- \esegment}
- \def\pcir {\lcir r:{\cradius} \pluss}
- \def\puttext (#1 #2)#3{\bsegment
- \setsegscale {\cradius}
- \textref h:C v:C \htext (#1 #2){#3}
- \esegment}
- \def\putwnw #1{\puttext (-1.7 +1.2){#1}}
-
- The block diagram has vectors arriving and departing from the summing
-nodes (circles). One could calculate the points of intersection of the
-lines with the circles, and then enter the values into the TeXdraw
-code. However, in this example, we implement an automated procedure.
-Two macros are needed, an arrow vector to a circle (`\avectoc') and an
-arrow vector leaving from a circle (`\avecfrc'). The macros will
-calculate the point of intersection with the circle and start or end
-the vector at the intersection point.
-
- The arrow macros use scaling and relative positioning inside of a
-drawing segment. In the case of the macro `\avectoc', a move is made
-to the final point (center of the circle), then within a drawing
-segment, a scaled move is made back towards the initial point to
-determine the intersection point with the circle.
-
- \def\avectoc (#1 #2){\currentpos \xa\ya
- \cossin ({\xa} \ya)(#1 #2)\cosa\sina
- \savepos (#1 #2)(*tx *ty)
- \bsegment
- \move (*tx *ty)
- \setsegscale {\cradius}
- \rmove ({-\cosa} -\sina)
- \savecurrpos (*ex *ey)
- \esegment
- \avec (*ex *ey)
- \move (#1 #2)}
- \def\avecfrc (#1 #2){\currentpos \xa\ya
- \cossin ({\xa} \ya)(#1 #2)\cosa\sina
- \bsegment
- \setsegscale {\cradius}
- \move ({\cosa} \sina)
- \savecurrpos (*ex *ey)
- \esegment
- \move (*ex *ey)
- \avec (#1 #2)}
-
- Having defined these macros, we are ready to draw the block diagram.
-The first and last sections of the lattice filter are very similar,
-differing mainly in the text labels. With more effort, code could be
-shared between the commands used to draw these blocks.
- \centertexdraw{
- \drawdim in
- \arrowheadtype t:F \arrowheadsize l:0.08 w:0.04
- \def\pl {$\scriptscriptstyle +$} \def\mn {$\scriptscriptstyle -$}
-
- \move (0 +0.63) \move (0 -0.60) \move (0 0) % compensate for the text size
-
- % Input to the first stage
- \bsegment
- \Ltext{$x(n)$}
- \lvec (0.3 0) \bdot \lvec (0.3 +0.4) \move (0.3 0) \lvec (0.3 -0.4)
- \savepos (0.3 0)(*ex *ey)
- \esegment
- \move (*ex *ey)
-
- % first lattice stage
- \bsegment
- \move (0 +0.4) \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
- \pcir \putwnw{\pl} \puts{\mn}
- \avecfrc (2.1 +0.4)
- \move (0 -0.4) \avec (0.4 -0.4) \delay \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
- \pcir \putwsw{\pl} \putn{\mn}
- \avecfrc (2.1 -0.4)
- \move (0.9 +0.4) \bdot \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
- \move (0.9 -0.4) \bdot \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
- \move (0.1 +0.42) \Ttext {$f_0(n)$}
- \move (2.0 +0.42) \Ttext {$f_1(n)$}
- \move (0.1 -0.4) \Btext {$b_0(n)$}
- \move (2.0 -0.4) \Btext {$b_1(n)$}
- \textref h:L v:B \htext (1.15 +0.2){$K_1$}
- \textref h:L v:T \htext (1.15 -0.2){$K_1$}
- \savepos (2.1 0)(*ex *ey)
- \esegment
- \move (*ex *ey)
-
- % center section
- \bsegment
- \textref h:C v:C \htext (0.3 +0.4){$\cdots$}
- \htext (0.3 -0.4){$\cdots$}
- \savepos (0.6 0)(*ex *ey)
- \esegment
- \move (*ex *ey)
-
- % last lattice stage
- \bsegment
- \move (0 +0.4) \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
- \pcir \putwnw{\pl} \puts{\mn}
- \avecfrc (2.3 +0.4) \Rtext{$e(n)$}
- \move (0 -0.4) \avec (0.4 -0.4) \delay \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
- \pcir \putwsw{\pl} \putn{\mn}
- \avecfrc (2.1 -0.4)
- \move (0.9 +0.4) \bdot \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
- \move (0.9 -0.4) \bdot \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
- \move (0.1 +0.42) \Ttext {$f_{P-1}(n)$}
- \move (2.0 +0.42) \Ttext {$f_P(n)$}
- \move (0.1 -0.4) \Btext {$b_{P-1}(n)$}
- \move (2.0 -0.4) \Btext {$b_P(n)$}
- \textref h:L v:B \htext (1.15 +0.2){$K_P$}
- \textref h:L v:T \htext (1.15 -0.2){$K_P$}
- \esegment
- }
-
- The macros used in this example are similar to the block diagram
-macros defined in the file `blockdiagram.tex'.
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Filter response graph, Next: Geometric construction, Prev: Block diagram, Up: Examples
-
-Filter response graph
-=====================
-
- This example shows the response of a canonical filter. TeXdraw is
-not well suited for general purpose graphing -- it has no coordinate
-translation facility nor does it have separate X and Y scaling.
-Nonetheless, for certain simple graphs, TeXdraw is adequate.
-
- In this example, macro `\ticklab' places a labelled axis tick at a
-given position. The data is specified in a straightforward manner,
-having been scaled beforehand to give the desired aspect ratio for the
-graph.
-
- \centertexdraw{
- \arrowheadtype t:F \arrowheadsize l:0.08 w:0.04
- \def\ds {\displaystyle}
- \def\ticklab (#1 #2)#3{\move(#1 #2)
- \bsegment
- \lvec (0 0.05)
- \textref h:C v:T \htext (0 -0.05){#3}
- \esegment}
- \def\Rtext #1{\bsegment
- \textref h:L v:C \htext (+0.08 0){#1}
- \esegment}
-
- \move (2.4 -0.3) % move to set the size
-
- \move (0 0)
- % Axes
- \avec (0 +1.4)
- \move (0 0) \avec (2.2 0) \Rtext{$\omega$}
- \ticklab (0 0) {0}
- \ticklab (0.8 0) {$\ds {\pi \over 2N} $}
- \ticklab (1.2 0) {$\omega_s$}
- \ticklab (1.6 0) {$\ds {\pi \over N} $}
-
- \linewd 0.025
- \move (0 1)
- \lvec (0.4 1)
- \lvec (0.44 0.998)
- \lvec (0.48 0.988)
- \lvec (0.52 0.973)
- \lvec (0.56 0.951)
- ...
- \lvec (1.08 0.233)
- \lvec (1.12 0.156)
- \lvec (1.16 0.078)
- \lvec (1.20 0)
- \lvec (1.9 0)
- }
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Geometric construction, Prev: Filter response graph, Up: Examples
-
-Geometric construction
-======================
-
- This example shows a geometric construction which places an ellipse
-tangent to an enclosing circle. The size of the ellipse is determined
-from geometric considerations. Macros are used to modularize the code.
-The example alters the unit scale factor. This allows the drawing to be
-carried out in units normalized to the radius of the circle.
-
- \centertexdraw{
- \arrowheadtype t:V \arrowheadsize l:0.08 w:0.04
- \linewd 0.01
- \setunitscale 1.5 % circle will have radius 1.5 inches
-
- \def\Btext #1{\bsegment
- \textref h:C v:T \htext (0 -0.04){#1}
- \esegment}
- \def\Ttext #1{\bsegment
- \textref h:C v:B \htext (0 +0.04){#1}
- \esegment}
- \def\Ltext #1{\bsegment
- \textref h:R v:C \htext (-0.04 0){#1}
- \esegment}
- \def\bdot {\fcir f:0 r:0.0133 }
- \def\vtick {\bsegment
- \move (0 -0.05) \lvec (0 +0.05)
- \esegment}
- \def\htick {\bsegment
- \move (-0.05 0) \lvec (+0.05 0)
- \esegment}
- \def\Hlen #1#2{\bsegment
- \vtick \avec ({#1} 0) \vtick \avec (0 0)
- \relsegscale 0.5
- \move ({#1} 0) \Ttext {#2}
- \esegment}
- \def\Vlen #1#2{\bsegment
- \htick \avec (0 {#1}) \htick \avec (0 0)
- \relsegscale 0.5
- \move (0 {#1}) \Ltext {#2}
- \esegment}
-
- \lcir r:1 % circle
- \move (-1.05 0) \lvec ( 1.05 0) % axes
- \move (0 -1.05) \lvec (0 1.05)
-
- \move (0 0) \lvec (0.707 0.707) \bdot
- \rmove (0.02 0.02) \textref h:L v:B \htext {X}
- \move (0.707 -0.707) \bdot
- \textref h:R v:T \htext(-0.02 -0.02){O}
-
- \move (0.5 0) % center of ellipse
- \bsegment
- \lellip rx:0.435 ry:0.804
- \bdot \Btext {$\beta_2$}
- \move (0 0.15) \Hlen {0.435}{$|\beta_1{+}\beta_3|$}
- \move (-0.7 0) \Vlen {0.804}{$|\beta_1{-}\beta_3|$}
- \esegment
- }
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Command Listing, Next: Command Index, Prev: Examples, Up: Top
-
-Alphabetic listing of commands
-******************************
-
-`\arrowheadsize l:LENGTH w:WIDTH'
- Set the arrowhead size to be LENGTH units long and WIDTH units
- wide. The width is measured across the "base" of the arrowhead.
- The initial arrowhead size has a LENGTH of 0.16 inches and a WIDTH
- of 0.08 inches.
-
-`\arrowheadtype t:TYPE'
- Set the arrowhead type to TYPE, where TYPE is one of `F', `T',
- `W', `V', or `H'. There are two kinds of arrowheads. The first
- kind is a triangle. There are 3 variants: type `T' is an empty
- triangle, type `F' is a filled triangle (using the current gray
- level for lines), type `W' is a triangle filled with white. The
- second kind of arrowhead is an open ended Vee. There are 2
- variants: type `V' has the stem continue to the tip, type `H' has
- the stem stop at the base of the arrowhead. The initial arrowhead
- type is `T'.
-
-`\avec (X Y)'
- Draw a line with an arrowhead from the current position to `(X
- Y)'. The new current position is `(X Y)'. The arrowhead is
- aligned with the line, with the tip at `(X Y)'.
-
-`\begin{texdraw}'
- Start a TeXdraw drawing. The drawing is terminated with an
- `\end{texdraw}' command. This command is for use with LaTeX.
-
-`\bsegment'
- Start a drawing segment. The coordinate system is shifted such
- that the current position corresponds to the coordinate `(0 0)'.
- Changes to scaling, position and line parameters stay local to the
- drawing segment.
-
-`\btexdraw'
- Start a TeXdraw drawing. The drawing is terminated with an
- `\etexdraw' command.
-
-`\centertexdraw { ... }'
- Center a TeXdraw box. The argument contains TeXdraw commands.
- The resulting box has the horizontal size `\hsize' and height equal
- to the height of the drawing.
-
-`\clvec (X1 Y1)(X2 Y2)(X3 Y3)'
- Draw a Bezier curve from the current position to the coordinate
- `(X3 Y3)' which becomes the new current position. The coordinates
- `(X1 Y1)' and `(X2 Y2)' serve as control points for the curve.
- Only the last coordinate given is used to update the size of the
- drawing.
-
-`\drawbb'
- Draw a ruled box around the effective size of a drawing produced by
- TeXdraw commands.
-
-`\drawdim DIM'
- Set the units to DIM. The argument DIM can be any valid TeX
- dimension unit. The units are used to interpret coordinate
- values. Examples of valid units: `cm', `mm', `in', `pt', and `bp'.
-
-`\end{texdraw}'
- End a TeXdraw drawing started with a `\begin{texdraw}' command.
- The resulting TeXdraw drawing is placed in a box with height equal
- to the height of the drawing and width equal to the width of the
- drawing. The depth of the box is zero. This command is for use
- with LaTeX.
-
-`\esegment'
- End a drawing segment. The current position in effect before the
- corresponding `\bsegment' command is restored. The scaling and
- line parameter values revert to those in effect before the
- corresponding `\bsegment' was invoked.
-
-`\etexdraw'
- End a TeXdraw drawing started with a `\btexdraw' command. The
- resulting TeXdraw drawing is placed in a box with height equal to
- the height of the drawing and width equal to the width of the
- drawing. The depth of the box is zero.
-
-`\everytexdraw { ... }'
- Specify TeXdraw commands to be executed at the beginning of every
- TeXdraw drawing.
-
-`\fcir f:LEVEL r:RADIUS'
- Draw a filled circle with center at the current position. The
- radius is specified by RADIUS. The circle is painted with the
- gray level specified by LEVEL. A gray level of 1 corresponds to
- white, with decreasing values getting darker. The level 0 is full
- black. This command does not draw a line along the circumference.
- The drawing size is increased if necessary to contain the circle.
-
-`\fellip f:LEVEL rx:X-RADIUS ry:Y-RADIUS'
- Draw a filled ellipse with center at the current position. The
- radius in the X direction is specified by X-RADIUS. The radius in
- the Y direction is specified by Y-RADIUS. The ellipse is painted
- with the gray level specified by LEVEL. A gray level of 1
- corresponds to white, with decreasing values getting darker. The
- level 0 is full black. This command does not draw a line along
- the boundary of the ellipse. The drawing size is increased if
- necessary to contain the ellipse.
-
-`\htext (X Y){TEXT}'
-`\htext {TEXT}'
- The first form of this command places the TeX text TEXT
- horizontally with the text reference point at the coordinate `(X
- Y)'. The new current position is `(X Y)'. The second form of
- this command places the TeX text TEXT horizontally with the text
- reference point at the current position. The text reference point
- is set with the `\textref' command.
-
-`\ifill f:LEVEL'
- Close the current path and paint the interior of the region with
- gray level LEVEL. The line around the path is not drawn. Gray
- levels are real values from 0 (black) through intermediate values
- (grays) to 1 (white).
-
-`\larc r:RADIUS sd:START-ANGLE ed:END-ANGLE'
- Draw a counterclockwise arc. The center of the arc is at the
- current position. The radius is specified by RADIUS. The start
- and end angles (in degrees) are specified by START-ANGLE and
- END-ANGLE. This command does not affect the limits (size) of the
- drawing.
-
-`\lcir r:RADIUS'
- Draw a circle with center at the current position. The radius is
- specified by RADIUS. This command draws a line along the
- circumference of the circle. The drawing size is increased if
- necessary to contain the circle.
-
-`\lellip rx:X-RADIUS ry:Y-RADIUS'
- Draw an ellipse with center at the current position. The radius
- in the X direction is specified by X-RADIUS. The radius in the Y
- direction is specified by Y-RADIUS. The drawing size is increased
- if necessary to contain the ellipse.
-
-`\lfill f:LEVEL'
- Close the current path, draw the line around the path using the
- current grey level for lines and paint the interior of the region
- with specified gray level LEVEL. Gray levels are real values from
- 0 (black) through intermediate values (grays) to 1 (white).
-
-`\linewd WIDTH'
- Set the line width to WIDTH units. Initially WIDTH is 0.01 inches
- (corresponding to 3 pixels at 300 pixels to the inch).
-
-`\lpatt (PATTERN)'
- Set lines to have the pattern `(PATTERN)'. A pattern is a
- sequence of on/off lengths separated by blanks and enclosed in
- parentheses. The lengths alternately specify the length of a dash
- and the length of a gap between dashes. Each length is
- interpreted using the current scaling and drawing units. The
- pattern is used cyclically. The empty pattern signifies a solid
- line. The initial line pattern is a solid line, corresponding to
- the empty pattern `\lpatt ()'.
-
-`\lvec (X Y)'
- Draw a line from the current position to coordinate `(X Y)'. The
- new current position is `(X Y)'.
-
-`\move (X Y)'
- Move to coordinate `(X Y)'. The new current position is `(X Y)'.
-
-`\ravec (DX DY)'
- Draw a line with an arrowhead from the current position, DX units
- in the X direction and Y units in the Y direction. The final
- position becomes the new current position. The arrowhead is
- aligned with the line, with the tip at the new current position.
-
-`\relsegscale VALUE'
- Adjust the segment scale factor by multiplying by VALUE. This has
- the effect of multiplying the current overall scale factor by the
- same factor. The overall scaling factor is the product of the
- unit scale factor and the segment scale factor.
-
-`\relunitscale VALUE'
- Adjust the unit scale factor by multiplying by VALUE. This has
- the effect of multiplying the overall scale factor by the same
- factor. The overall scaling factor is the product of the unit
- scale factor and the segment scale factor.
-
-`\rlvec (DX DY)'
- Draw a line from the current position, DX units in the X direction
- and DY units in the Y direction. The final position becomes the
- new current position.
-
-`\rmove (DX DY)'
- Move from the current position, DX units in the X direction and DY
- units in the Y direction. The final position becomes the new
- current position.
-
-`\rtext td:ANGLE (x y){TEXT}'
-`\rtext td:ANGLE {TEXT}'
- The first form of this command places the TeX text TEXT at an
- angle with the text reference point at the coordinate `(X Y)'.
- The new current position is `(X Y)'. The second form of this
- command places the TeX text TEXT at an angle with the text
- reference point at the current position. In both cases, the TeX
- text is placed in a box and the box is rotated counterclockwise by
- ANGLE degrees about the text reference point. The text reference
- point is set with the `\textref' command.
-
-`\savecurrpos (*PX *PY)'
- Save the current position as the absolute position referenced by
- `(*PX *PY)'.
-
-`\savepos (X Y)(*PX *PY)'
- Save the coordinate position `(X Y)' as the absolute position
- referenced by `(*PX *PY)'. The coordinate `(X Y)' is interpreted
- in the normal fashion as a coordinate relative to the current
- segment, using the current scaling factors and drawing unit.
-
-`\setgray LEVEL'
- Set the gray level of lines. Gray levels are real values from 0
- (black) through intermediate values (gray) to 1 (white). The
- initial gray level is 0 corresponding to black.
-
-`\setsegscale SCALE'
- Set the segment scale factor. The argument SCALE is a real number
- which is used to scale coordinate values. The overall scale
- factor is the product of the unit scale factor and the segment
- scale factor.
-
-`\setunitscale SCALE'
- Set the unit scaling to SCALE. The argument SCALE is a real
- number which is used to scale coordinate values. The overall
- scaling factor is the product of the unit scale factor and the
- segment scale factor.
-
-`\texdrawbox { ... }'
- Create a TeXdraw box. The argument contains TeXdraw commands.
- This macro returns a TeX box with height equal to the height of the
- drawing and width equal to the width of the drawing. The depth of
- the box is zero.
-
-`\textref h:H-REF v:V-REF'
- Set the text reference point for subsequent text commands. The
- horizontal reference point H-REF is one of `L', `C' or `R' (left,
- center or right). The vertical reference point V-REF is one of
- `T', `C' or `B' (top, center or bottom). For rotated text, the
- reference point is determined before rotation. The initial text
- reference point corresponds to `\textref h:L v:B'.
-
-`\vtext (x y){TEXT}'
-`\vtext {TEXT}'
- The first form of this command places the TeX text TEXT vertically
- with the text reference point at the coordinate `(X Y)'. The new
- current position is `(X Y)'. The second form of this command
- places the TeX text TEXT vertically with the text reference point
- at the current position. In both cases, the TeX text is placed in
- a box and the box is rotated counterclockwise by 90 degrees about
- the text reference point. The text reference point is set with
- the `\textref' command.
-
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Command Index, Next: Concept Index, Prev: Command Listing, Up: Top
-
-Command Index
-*************
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \arc: Circles and arcs.
-* \arrowheadsize: Line vectors.
-* \arrowheadtype: Line vectors.
-* \avec: Line vectors.
-* \begin{texdraw}: Accessing TeXdraw.
-* \bsegment: Drawing segments.
-* \btexdraw: Accessing TeXdraw.
-* \centertexdraw: Accessing TeXdraw.
-* \clvec: Bezier curves.
-* \cossin: Coordinate parsing.
-* \currentpos: Coordinate parsing.
-* \drawbb: Drawing size.
-* \drawdim: Coordinate specification.
-* \end{texdraw}: Accessing TeXdraw.
-* \esegment: Drawing segments.
-* \etexdraw: Accessing TeXdraw.
-* \everytexdraw: Accessing TeXdraw.
-* \fcir: Circles and arcs.
-* \fellip: Circles and arcs.
-* \getpos: Coordinate parsing.
-* \htext: TeX text.
-* \ifill: Fill commands.
-* \lcir: Circles and arcs.
-* \lellip: Circles and arcs.
-* \lfill: Fill commands.
-* \linewd: Line vectors.
-* \lvec: Line vectors.
-* \move: Line vectors.
-* \PSarc: PostScript Commands.
-* \PSarcn: PostScript Commands.
-* \PSclosepath: PostScript Commands.
-* \PSfill: PostScript Commands.
-* \PSlineto: PostScript Commands.
-* \PSmoveto: PostScript Commands.
-* \PSnewpath: PostScript Commands.
-* \PSsetlinecap: PostScript Commands.
-* \PSsetlinejoin: PostScript Commands.
-* \PSstroke: PostScript Commands.
-* \ravec: Line vectors.
-* \realadd: Real arithmetic.
-* \realdiv: Real arithmetic.
-* \realmult: Real arithmetic.
-* \relsegscale: Scaling coordinates.
-* \relunitscale: Scaling coordinates.
-* \rlvec: Line vectors.
-* \rmove: Line vectors.
-* \rtext: TeX text.
-* \savecurrpos: Saving positions.
-* \savepos: Saving positions.
-* \setgray: Line vectors.
-* \setsegscale: Scaling coordinates.
-* \setunitscale: Scaling coordinates.
-* \textref: TeX text.
-* \vectlen: Coordinate parsing.
-* \vtext: TeX text.
-* \writeps: PostScript Commands.
-* arc: PostScript Commands.
-* arcn: PostScript Commands.
-* closepath: PostScript Commands.
-* fill: PostScript Commands.
-* lineto: PostScript Commands.
-* moveto: PostScript Commands.
-* newpath: PostScript Commands.
-* setlinecap: PostScript Commands.
-* setlinejoin: PostScript Commands.
-* stroke: PostScript Commands.
-
-
-File: texdraw, Node: Concept Index, Prev: Command Index, Up: Top
-
-Concept Index
-*************
-
-* Menu:
-
-* accessing TeXdraw <1>: Accessing TeXdraw.
-* accessing TeXdraw: Using TeXdraw with LaTeX.
-* angle of a vector: Coordinate parsing.
-* arcs <1>: Circles and arcs.
-* arcs: PostScript Commands.
-* arrowhead parameters: Line vectors.
-* arrows: Line vectors.
-* Bezier curves: Bezier curves.
-* circles: Circles and arcs.
-* command syntax: Command syntax.
-* coordinate parsing: Coordinate parsing.
-* coordinate specification: Coordinate specification.
-* coordinate, symbolic: Saving positions.
-* coordinates: TeXdraw coordinates.
-* cosine of a vector direction: Coordinate parsing.
-* current position <1>: Coordinate parsing.
-* current position <2>: Line vectors.
-* current position: Initial current position.
-* current position in PostScript: PostScript Commands.
-* curves: Bezier curves.
-* dashed lines: Line vectors.
-* direction of a line: Coordinate parsing.
-* distribution: Distribution.
-* dotted lines: Line vectors.
-* drawing segments: Drawing segments.
-* dvi2ps printer driver: PostScript printer drivers.
-* dvialw printer driver: PostScript printer drivers.
-* dvilaser printer driver: PostScript printer drivers.
-* dvips printer driver <1>: PostScript printer drivers.
-* dvips printer driver <2>: Introduction.
-* dvips printer driver: How TeXdraw merges graphics and text.
-* dvipsone printer driver: PostScript printer drivers.
-* dvitops printer driver: PostScript printer drivers.
-* dviwindo printer driver: PostScript printer drivers.
-* ellipses: Circles and arcs.
-* Encapsulated PostScript File: Intermediate PostScript file.
-* errors while using TeXdraw: Errors while using TeXdraw.
-* example, arrow curve: Arrow curve.
-* example, block diagram: Examples.
-* example, circle and ellipse: Geometric construction.
-* example, graph: Filter response graph.
-* fill operations, interaction with drawing segments: Drawing paths.
-* filled circles: Circles and arcs.
-* filling regions <1>: PostScript Commands.
-* filling regions: Fill commands.
-* graphics package <1>: PostScript printer drivers.
-* graphics package <2>: Accessing TeXdraw.
-* graphics package <3>: How TeXdraw merges graphics and text.
-* graphics package: Introduction.
-* graphics placement: How TeXdraw merges graphics and text.
-* gray levels for lines: Line vectors.
-* implementation: Extending TeXdraw.
-* initial current position: Initial current position.
-* invoking TeXdraw <1>: Accessing TeXdraw.
-* invoking TeXdraw: Using TeXdraw with LaTeX.
-* LaTeX <1>: Accessing TeXdraw.
-* LaTeX <2>: Using TeXdraw with LaTeX.
-* LaTeX: Introduction.
-* length of a vector: Coordinate parsing.
-* line cap: PostScript Commands.
-* line join: PostScript Commands.
-* line width: Line vectors.
-* lines <1>: PostScript Commands.
-* lines: Line vectors.
-* listing of commands: Command Listing.
-* moves <1>: Line vectors.
-* moves: PostScript Commands.
-* oztex printer driver: PostScript printer drivers.
-* painting regions: Fill commands.
-* paths <1>: PostScript Commands.
-* paths <2>: Drawing paths.
-* paths: Fill commands.
-* pctexps printer driver: PostScript printer drivers.
-* pctexwin printer driver: PostScript printer drivers.
-* placement of graphics and text: How TeXdraw merges graphics and text.
-* plain TeX: Accessing TeXdraw.
-* position specification: Coordinate specification.
-* positions, saving: Saving positions.
-* PostScript commands: PostScript Commands.
-* PostScript printer drivers <1>: PostScript printer drivers.
-* PostScript printer drivers: How TeXdraw merges graphics and text.
-* printer drivers <1>: PostScript printer drivers.
-* printer drivers: How TeXdraw merges graphics and text.
-* problems while using TeXdraw: Errors while using TeXdraw.
-* psprint driver: PostScript printer drivers.
-* relative positioning: Line vectors.
-* relative scaling: Scaling coordinates.
-* resolution: Resolution.
-* rotated text <1>: PostScript printer drivers.
-* rotated text <2>: TeX text.
-* rotated text <3>: Text placement.
-* rotated text: How TeXdraw merges graphics and text.
-* saving positions: Saving positions.
-* scaling: Scaling.
-* scaling coordinates: Scaling coordinates.
-* segment scale: Scaling coordinates.
-* segments: Drawing segments.
-* sine of a vector direction: Coordinate parsing.
-* size of the drawing: Drawing size.
-* stroking lines <1>: PostScript Commands.
-* stroking lines: Drawing paths.
-* symbolic coordinate: Saving positions.
-* syntax of commands: Command syntax.
-* texdraw package <1>: How TeXdraw merges graphics and text.
-* texdraw package <2>: Using TeXdraw with LaTeX.
-* texdraw package: Accessing TeXdraw.
-* text commands: TeX text.
-* text placement: How TeXdraw merges graphics and text.
-* text rotation <1>: How TeXdraw merges graphics and text.
-* text rotation <2>: TeX text.
-* text rotation <3>: PostScript printer drivers.
-* text rotation: Text placement.
-* textures printer driver: PostScript printer drivers.
-* unit scale: Scaling coordinates.
-* vectors: Line vectors.
-* vertical text: TeX text.
-* width of lines: Line vectors.
-* xdvi driver: PostScript printer drivers.
-
-
-
-Tag Table:
-Node: Top606
-Node: Introduction2013
-Node: Distribution4007
-Node: TeXdraw Commands4442
-Node: Accessing TeXdraw5051
-Ref: Accessing TeXdraw-Footnote-19799
-Node: Command syntax9962
-Node: TeXdraw coordinates11150
-Node: Coordinate specification12511
-Node: Line vectors13706
-Node: TeX text19481
-Node: Circles and arcs23795
-Node: Bezier curves27792
-Node: Fill commands29776
-Node: Drawing Segments and Scaling32306
-Node: Drawing segments32733
-Node: Drawing paths33823
-Node: Saving positions35437
-Node: Scaling coordinates38329
-Node: Drawing size41305
-Node: Initial current position43113
-Node: Using TeXdraw with LaTeX43900
-Node: PostScript printer drivers45369
-Node: More Details46494
-Node: Errors while using TeXdraw46989
-Node: Extending TeXdraw49297
-Node: Scaling50855
-Node: Resolution51784
-Node: Text placement53471
-Node: Intermediate PostScript file54531
-Node: How TeXdraw merges graphics and text56274
-Ref: How TeXdraw merges graphics and text-Footnote-157642
-Node: PostScript Commands57699
-Node: TeXdraw Toolbox62660
-Node: Coordinate parsing63200
-Node: Real arithmetic65352
-Node: Arrow curve66151
-Node: Examples70212
-Node: Block diagram70459
-Node: Filter response graph77224
-Node: Geometric construction78912
-Node: Command Listing81197
-Node: Command Index92653
-Node: Concept Index96690
-
-End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/web2c.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/web2c.info
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e5bf0428d3..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/web2c.info
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4515 +0,0 @@
-This is ../../../../texk/web2c/doc/web2c.info, produced by makeinfo
-version 4.13 from ../../../../texk/web2c/doc/web2c.texi.
-
-INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
-START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* Web2c: (web2c). TeX, Metafont, and companion programs.
-END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-INFO-DIR-SECTION Individual utilities
-START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* bibtex: (web2c)bibtex invocation. Maintaining bibliographies.
-* dvicopy: (web2c)dvicopy invocation. Virtual font expansion
-* dvitomp: (web2c)dvitomp invocation. DVI to MPX (MetaPost pictures).
-* dvitype: (web2c)dvitype invocation. DVI to human-readable text.
-* gftodvi: (web2c)gftodvi invocation. Generic font proofsheets.
-* gftopk: (web2c)gftopk invocation. Generic to packed fonts.
-* gftype: (web2c)gftype invocation. GF to human-readable text.
-* mf: (web2c)mf invocation. Creating typeface families.
-* mft: (web2c)mft invocation. Prettyprinting Metafont source.
-* mltex: (web2c)MLTeX. Multi-lingual TeX.
-* mpost: (web2c)mpost invocation. Creating technical diagrams.
-* patgen: (web2c)patgen invocation. Creating hyphenation patterns.
-* pktogf: (web2c)pktogf invocation. Packed to generic fonts.
-* pktype: (web2c)pktype invocation. PK to human-readable text.
-* pltotf: (web2c)pltotf invocation. Property list to TFM.
-* pooltype: (web2c)pooltype invocation. Display WEB pool files.
-* tangle: (web2c)tangle invocation. WEB to Pascal.
-* tex: (web2c)tex invocation. Typesetting.
-* tftopl: (web2c)tftopl invocation. TFM -> property list.
-* vftovp: (web2c)vftovp invocation. Virtual font -> virtual pl.
-* vptovf: (web2c)vptovf invocation. Virtual pl -> virtual font.
-* weave: (web2c)weave invocation. WEB to TeX.
-END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-
- This file documents the installation and use of the programs in
-Web2c, an implementation of Donald Knuth's TeX system.
-
- Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
-2005, 2007, 2008, 2009 Karl Berry & Olaf Weber.
-
- Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
- Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
-this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
-entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
- Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
-translation
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Top, Next: Introduction, Up: (dir)
-
-Web2c
-*****
-
-This document describes how to install and use the programs in the Web2c
-implementation of the TeX system, especially for Unix systems. It
-corresponds to Web2c version 2012, released in May 2012.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Introduction:: A brief introduction.
-* Installation:: How to compile and install Web2c.
-* Commonalities:: Option syntax, standard options, memory dumps.
-* TeX:: Typesetting.
-* Metafont:: Typeface design.
-* MetaPost:: Technical illustrations.
-* BibTeX:: Reusable bibliographies.
-* WEB:: Literate programming.
-* DVI utilities:: DVI expansion.
-* Font utilities:: Font format conversion.
-* Legalisms:: Blah blah blah.
-* References:: Books and such.
-* Index:: General index.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Introduction, Next: Installation, Prev: Top, Up: Top
-
-1 Introduction
-**************
-
-This manual corresponds to version 2012 of Web2c, released in May 2012.
-
- "Web2c" is the name of a TeX implementation, originally for Unix,
-but now also running under DOS, Amiga, and other operating systems. By
-"TeX implementation", we mean all of the standard programs developed by
-the Stanford TeX project directed by Donald E. Knuth: Metafont,
-DVItype, GFtoDVI, BibTeX, Tangle, etc., as well as TeX itself. Other
-programs are also included: DVIcopy, written by Peter Breitenlohner,
-MetaPost and its utilities (derived from Metafont), by John Hobby, etc.
-
- General strategy: Web2c works, as its name implies, by translating
-the WEB source in which TeX is written into C source code. Its output is
-not self-contained, however; it makes extensive use of many macros and
-functions in a library (the `web2c/lib' directory in the sources).
-Therefore, it will not work without change on an arbitrary WEB program.
-
- Availability: All of Web2c is freely available--"free" both in the
-sense of no cost (free ice cream) and of having the source code to
-modify and/or redistribute (free speech). *Note unixtex.ftp:
-(kpathsea)unixtex.ftp, for the practical details of how to obtain Web2c.
-
- Different parts of the Web2c distribution have different licensing
-terms, however, reflecting the different circumstances of their
-creation; consult each source file for exact details. The main
-practical implication for redistributors of Web2c is that the
-executables are covered by the GNU General Public License, and
-therefore anyone who gets a binary distribution must also get the
-sources, as explained by the terms of the GPL (*note Copying:
-(kpathsea)Copying.). The GPL covers the Web2c executables, including
-`tex', because the Free Software Foundation sponsored the initial
-development of the Kpathsea library that Web2c uses. The basic source
-files from Stanford, however, have their own copyright terms or are in
-the public domain, and are not covered by the GPL.
-
- History: Tomas Rokicki originated the TeX-to-C system in 1987,
-working from the first change files for TeX under Unix, which were done
-primarily by Howard Trickey and Pavel Curtis. Tim Morgan then took over
-development and maintenance for a number of years; the name changed to
-Web-to-C somewhere in there. In 1990, Karl Berry became the
-maintainer. He made many changes to the original sources, and started
-using the shorter name Web2c. In 1997, Olaf Weber took over. Dozens of
-other people have contributed; their names are listed in the
-`ChangeLog' files.
-
- Other acknowledgements: The University of Massachusetts at Boston
-(particularly Rick Martin and Bob Morris) provided computers and ftp
-access to me for many years. Richard Stallman at the Free Software
-Foundation employed me while I wrote the original path searching library
-(for the GNU font utilities). (rms also gave us Emacs, GDB, and GCC,
-without which I cannot imagine developing Web2c.) And, of course, TeX
-would not exist in the first place without Donald E. Knuth.
-
- Further reading: *Note References::.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Installation, Next: Commonalities, Prev: Introduction, Up: Top
-
-2 Installation
-**************
-
-(A copy of this chapter is in the distribution file `web2c/INSTALL'.)
-
-Installing Web2c is mostly the same as installing any other
-Kpathsea-using program. Therefore, for the basic steps involved, see
-*note Installation: (kpathsea)Installation. (A copy is in the file
-`kpathsea/INSTALL'.)
-
- One peculiarity to Web2c is that the source distribution comes in two
-files: `web.tar.gz' and `web2c.tar.gz'. You must retrieve and unpack
-them both. (We have two because the former archive contains the very
-large and seldom-changing original WEB source files.) *Note
-unixtex.ftp: (kpathsea)unixtex.ftp.
-
- Another peculiarity is the MetaPost program. Although it has been
-installed previously as `mp', as of Web2c 7.0 the installed name is now
-`mpost', to avoid conflict with the `mp' program that does
-prettyprinting. This approach was recommended by the MetaPost author,
-John Hobby. If you as the TeX administrator wish to make it available
-under its shorter name as well, you will have to set up a link or some
-such yourself. And of course individual users can do the same.
-
- For solutions to common installation problems and information on how
-to report a bug, see the file `kpathsea/BUGS' (*note Bugs:
-(kpathsea)Bugs.). See also the Web2c home page,
-`http://www.tug.org/web2c'.
-
- Points worth repeating:
-
- * Before starting the standard compilation and installation you must
- install the basic fonts, macros, and other library files. *Note
- Installation: (kpathsea)Installation.
-
- * If you do not wish to use the standard file locations, see *note
- Changing search paths: (kpathsea)Changing search paths.
-
- * Some Web2c features are enabled or disabled at `configure' time,
- as described in the first section below.
-
-
-* Menu:
-
-* configure options:: Especially --with and --enable.
-* Compile-time options:: Unusual -D's.
-* Additional targets:: Breaking down the task.
-* Triptrap:: Running the torture tests.
-* Runtime options:: Array sizes and the like.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: configure options, Next: Compile-time options, Up: Installation
-
-2.1 `configure' options
-=======================
-
-This section gives pointers to descriptions of the `--with' and
-`--enable' `configure' arguments that Web2c accepts. Some are specific
-to Web2c, others are generic to all Kpathsea-using programs.
-
- For a list of all the options `configure' accepts, run `configure
---help'. The generic options are listed first, and the
-package-specific options come last.
-
- For a description of the generic options (which mainly allow you to
-specify installation directories) and basic `configure' usage, see
-*note Running `configure' scripts: (autoconf)Invoking configure, a copy
-is in the file `kpathsea/CONFIGURE'.
-
-`--disable-dump-share'
- Do not make fmt/base/mem files sharable across different endian
- architectures. *Note Hardware and memory dumps::.
-
-`--without-maketexmf-default'
-`--without-maketexpk-default'
-`--without-maketextfm-default'
-`--with-maketextex-default'
- Enable or disable the dynamic generation programs. *Note mktex
- configuration: (kpathsea)mktex configuration. The defaults are
- the inverse of the options, i.e., everything is enabled except
- `mktextex'.
-
-`--enable-shared'
- Build Kpathsea as a shared library. *Note Shared library:
- (kpathsea)Shared library.
-
-`--with-editor=CMD'
- Change the default editor invoked by the `e' interactive command.
- *Note Editor invocation::.
-
-`--with-epsfwin'
-`--with-hp2627win'
-`--with-mftalkwin'
-`--with-nextwin'
-`--with-regiswin'
-`--with-suntoolswin'
-`--with-tektronixwin'
-`--with-unitermwin'
-`--with-x'
-`--with-x-toolkit=KIT'
-`--with-x11win'
-`--with-x11'
- Define Metafont graphics support; by default, no graphics support
- is enabled. *Note Online Metafont graphics::.
-
-`--x-includes=DIR'
-`--x-libraries=DIR'
- Define the locations of the X11 include files and libraries; by
- default, `configure' does its best to guess). *Note Optional
- Features: (autoconf)Optional Features. A copy is in
- `kpathsea/CONFIGURE'.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Compile-time options, Next: Additional targets, Prev: configure options, Up: Installation
-
-2.2 Compile-time options
-========================
-
-In addition to the `configure' options listed in the previous section,
-there are a few things that can be affected at compile-time with C
-definitions, rather than with `configure'. Using any of these is
-unusual.
-
- To specify extra compiler flags (`-DNAME' in this case), the
-simplest thing to do is:
- make XCFLAGS="CCOPTIONS"
- You can also set the `CFLAGS' environment variable before running
-`configure'. *Note configure environment: (kpathsea)configure
-environment.
-
- Anyway, here are the possibilities:
-
-`-DFIXPT'
-`-DNO_MF_ASM'
- Use the original WEB fixed-point routines for Metafont and MetaPost
- arithmetic calculations regarding fractions. By default,
- assembly-language routines are used on x86 hardware with GNU C
- (unless `NO_MF_ASM' is defined), and floating-point routines are
- used otherwise.
-
-`-DIPC_DEBUG'
- Report on various interprocess communication activities. *Note
- IPC and TeX: IPC and TeX.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Additional targets, Next: Triptrap, Prev: Compile-time options, Up: Installation
-
-2.3 Additional targets
-======================
-
-Web2c has several Make targets besides the standard ones. You can
-invoke these either in the top level directory of the source
-distribution (the one containing `kpathsea/' and `web2c/'), or in the
-`web2c/' directory.
-
-`c-sources'
- Make only the C files, translated from the Web sources, presumably
- because you want to take them to a non-Unix machine.
-
-`formats'
-`install-formats'
- Make or install all the memory dumps (*note Memory dumps::). By
- default, the standard plain formats plus `latex.fmt' are made. You
- can add other formats by redefining the `fmts', `bases', and
- `mems' variables. See the top of `web2c/Makefile' for the
- possibilities.
-
-`fmts'
-`install-fmts'
- Make or install the TeX `.fmt' files. *Note Initial TeX::.
-
-`bases'
-`install-bases'
- Make or install the Metafont `.base' files. *Note Initial
- Metafont::.
-
-`mems'
-`install-mems'
- Make or install the MetaPost `.mem' files. *Note Initial
- MetaPost::.
-
-`triptrap'
-`trip'
-`trap'
-`mptrap'
- To run the torture tests for TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost
- (respectively). See the next section.
-
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Triptrap, Next: Runtime options, Prev: Additional targets, Up: Installation
-
-2.4 Trip, trap, and mptrap: Torture tests
-=========================================
-
-To validate your TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost executables, run `make
-triptrap'. This runs the trip, trap, and mptrap "torture tests". See
-the files `triptrap/tripman.tex', `triptrap/trapman.tex', and
-`triptrap/mptrap.readme' for detailed information and background on the
-tests.
-
- The differences between your executables' behavior and the standard
-values will show up on your terminal. The usual differences (these are
-all acceptable) are:
-
- * string usage and table sizes;
-
- * glue set ratios;
-
- * `down4', `right4', and `y4' commands in DVItype output;
-
- * dates and times.
-
-Any other differences are trouble. The most common culprit in the past
-has been compiler bugs, especially when optimizing. *Note TeX or
-Metafont failing: (kpathsea)TeX or Metafont failing.
-
- The files `trip.diffs', `mftrap.diffs', and `mptrap.diffs' in the
-`triptrap' directory show the standard diffs against the original
-output. If you diff your diffs against these files, you should come up
-clean. For example
- make trip >&mytrip.diffs
- diff triptrap/trip.diffs mytrip.diffs
-
- To run the tests separately, use the targets `trip', `trap', and
-`mptrap'.
-
- To run simple tests for all the programs as well as the torture
-tests, run `make check'. You can compare the output to the distributed
-file `tests/check.log' if you like.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Runtime options, Prev: Triptrap, Up: Installation
-
-2.5 Runtime options
-===================
-
-Besides the configure- and compile-time options described in the
-previous sections, you can control a number of parameters (in
-particular, array sizes) in the `texmf.cnf' runtime file read by
-Kpathsea (*note Config files: (kpathsea)Config files.).
-
- Rather than exhaustively listing them here, please see the last
-section of the distributed `kpathsea/texmf.cnf'. Some of the more
-interesting values:
-
-`main_memory'
- Total words of memory available, for TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost.
- Must remake the format file after changing.
-
-`extra_mem_bot'
- Extra space for "large" TeX data structures: boxes, glue,
- breakpoints, et al. If you use PiCTeX, you may well want to set
- this.
-
-`font_mem_size'
- Words of font info available for TeX; this is approximately the
- total size of all TFM files read.
-
-`hash_extra'
- Additional space for the hash table of control sequence names.
- Approximately 10,000 control sequences can be stored in the main
- hash table; if you have a large book with numerous
- cross-references, this might not be enough, and thus you will want
- to set `hash_extra'.
-
-
- Of course, ideally all arrays would be dynamically expanded as
-necessary, so the only limiting factor would be the amount of swap space
-available. Unfortunately, implementing this is extremely difficult, as
-the fixed size of arrays is assumed in many places throughout the source
-code. These runtime limits are a practical compromise between the
-compile-time limits in previous versions, and truly dynamic arrays. (On
-the other hand, the Web2c BibTeX implementation does do dynamic
-reallocation of some arrays.)
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Commonalities, Next: TeX, Prev: Installation, Up: Top
-
-3 Commonalities
-***************
-
-Many aspects of the TeX system are the same among more than one
-program, so we describe all those pieces together, here.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Option conventions:: -- or -, = or ` ' for values.
-* Common options:: --help --version --verbose, and TeX/MF/MP options.
-* Path searching:: Features of the common path searching library.
-* Output file location:: TEXMFOUTPUT allows output in places other than `.'.
-* Three programs:: TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost have a lot in common.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Option conventions, Next: Common options, Up: Commonalities
-
-3.1 Option conventions
-======================
-
-To provide a clean and consistent behavior, we chose to have all these
-programs use the GNU function `getopt_long_only' to parse command
-lines. However, we do use in a restricted mode, where all the options
-have to come before the rest of the arguments.
-
- As a result, you can:
- * use `-' or `--' to start an option name;
-
- * use any unambiguous abbreviation for an option name;
-
- * separate option names and values with either `=' or one or more
- spaces;
-
- * use filenames that would otherwise look like options by putting
- them after an option `--'.
-
- By convention, non-option arguments, if specified, generally define
-the name of an input file, as documented for each program.
-
- If a particular option with a value is given more than once, it is
-the last value that counts.
-
- For example, the following command line specifies the options `foo',
-`bar', and `verbose'; gives the value `baz' to the `abc' option, and
-the value `xyz' to the `quux' option; and specifies the filename
-`-myfile-'.
-
- -foo --bar -verb -abc=baz -quux karl --quux xyz -- -myfile-
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Common options, Next: Path searching, Prev: Option conventions, Up: Commonalities
-
-3.2 Common options
-==================
-
-All of these programs accept the standard GNU `--help' and `--version'
-options, and several programs accept `--verbose'. Rather than writing
-identical descriptions for every program, they are described here.
-
-`--help'
- Print a usage message listing basic usage and all available
- options to standard output, then exit successfully.
-
-`--verbose'
- Print progress reports to standard output.
-
-`--version'
- Print the version number to standard output, then exit
- successfully.
-
- TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost have a number of additional options in
-common:
-
-`-file-line-error'
-`-no-file-line-error'
- Change (or do not change) the way error messages are printed. The
- alternate style looks like error messages from many compilers and
- is easier to parse for some editors that invoke TeX. This option
- used to be called `-file-line-error-style'.
-
-`-fmt=DUMPNAME'
-`-base=DUMPNAME'
-`-mem=DUMPNAME'
- Use DUMPNAME instead of the program name or a `%&' line to
- determine the name of the memory dump file read (`fmt' for TeX,
- `base' for Metafont, `mem' for MetaPost). *Note Memory dumps::.
- Also sets the program name to DUMPNAME if no `-progname' option
- was given.
-
-`-halt-on-error'
- Stop processing and exit when an error occurs, as opposed to the
- normal process of trying to recover and continue.
-
-`-ini'
- Enable the "initial" form of the program (*note Initial and
- virgin::). This is implicitly set if the program name is `initex'
- resp. `inimf'.
-
-`-interaction=STRING'
- Set the interaction mode from the command line. The STRING must
- be one of `batchmode', `nonstopmode', `scrollmode', or
- `errorstopmode'.
-
-`-jobname=STRING'
- Set the job name to STRING, instead of deriving it from the name
- of the input file.
-
-`-kpathsea-debug=NUMBER'
- Set path searching debugging flags according to the bits of NUMBER
- (*note Debugging: (kpathsea)Debugging.). You can also specify
- this in `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' environment variable (for all Web2c
- programs). (The command line value overrides.) The most useful
- value is `-1', to get all available output.
-
-`-output-directory=DIRNAME'
- Specify the directory DIRNAME to which output files are written.
- Also look for input files in DIRNAME first, before looking along
- the normal search path. *Note Output file location::.
-
-`-parse-first-line'
-`-no-parse-first-line'
- Check or disable checking whether the first line of the main input
- file starts with `%&', and parse it if it does. This line can be
- used specify the format and/or a TCX file.
-
-`-progname=STRING'
- Set program (and memory dump) name to STRING. This may affect the
- search paths and other values used (*note Config files:
- (kpathsea)Config files.). Using this option is equivalent to
- making a link named STRING to the binary and then invoking the
- binary under that name. *Note Memory dumps::.
-
-`-recorder'
- Enable the filename recorder. This makes the program save a list
- of the opened files into a file with (by default) extension
- `.fls'. For Aleph, this option is always on, and the file has
- extension `.ofl'.
-
- Ordinarily, the `.fls' file is written to the same location as the
- `.log' file, for example, respecting `-output-directory' if it is
- given (*note Output file location::). However, if TeX processing
- is done on the command line (or in response to the `**' prompt),
- the `.fls' might be written to the current directory, or include
- an integer (the current pid), as in `texput1234.fls'. You can use
- `-jobname' to explicitly set the basename.
-
-`-translate-file=TCXFILE'
- Use TCXFILE to define which characters are printable and
- translations between the internal and external character sets.
- Moreover, TCXFILE can be explicitly declared in the first line of
- the main input file `%& -translate-file=TCXFILE'. This is the
- recommended method for portability reasons. *Note TCX files::.
-
-`-8bit'
- This option specifies that by default all characters should be
- considered printable. If `-translate-file' was given as well,
- then the TCX file may mark characters as non-printable.
-
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Path searching, Next: Output file location, Prev: Common options, Up: Commonalities
-
-3.3 Path searching
-==================
-
-All of the Web2c programs, including TeX, which do path searching use
-the Kpathsea routines to do so. The precise names of the environment
-and configuration file variables which get searched for particular file
-formatted are therefore documented in the Kpathsea manual (*note
-Supported file formats: (kpathsea)Supported file formats.). Reading
-`texmf.cnf' (*note Config files: (kpathsea)Config files.), invoking
-`mktex...' scripts (*note mktex scripts: (kpathsea)mktex scripts.), and
-so on are all handled by Kpathsea.
-
- The programs which read fonts make use of another Kpathsea feature:
-`texfonts.map', which allows arbitrary aliases for the actual names of
-font files; for example, `Times-Roman' for `ptmr8r.tfm'. The
-distributed (and installed by default) `texfonts.map' includes aliases
-for many widely available PostScript fonts by their PostScript names.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Output file location, Next: Three programs, Prev: Path searching, Up: Commonalities
-
-3.4 Output file location
-========================
-
-All the programs generally follow the usual convention for output files.
-Namely, they are placed in the directory current when the program is
-run, regardless of any input file location; or, in a few cases, output
-is to standard output.
-
- For example, if you run `tex /tmp/foo', for example, the output will
-be in `./foo.dvi' and `./foo.log', not `/tmp/foo.dvi' and
-`/tmp/foo.log'.
-
- You can use the `-output-directory' option to cause all output files
-that would normally be written in the current directory to be written
-in the specified directory instead. *Note Common options::.
-
- If the current directory is not writable, and `-output-directory' is
-not specified, the main programs (TeX, Metafont, MetaPost, and BibTeX)
-make an exception: if the config file or environment variable value
-`TEXMFOUTPUT' is set (it is not by default), output files are written
-to the directory specified.
-
- `TEXMFOUTPUT' is also checked for input files, as TeX often
-generates files that need to be subsequently read; for input, no
-suffixes (such as `.tex') are added by default and no exhaustive path
-searching is done, the input name is simply checked as given.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Three programs, Prev: Output file location, Up: Commonalities
-
-3.5 Three programs: Metafont, MetaPost, and TeX
-===============================================
-
-TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost have a number of features in common.
-Besides the ones here, the common command-line options are described in
-the previous section. The configuration file options that let you
-control some array sizes and other features are described in *note
-Runtime options::.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Initial and virgin:: Making memory dumps vs. production runs.
-* Memory dumps:: .fmt/.base files for fast startup.
-* Editor invocation:: The `e' response at errors.
-* \input filenames:: ~ and $ expansion in TeX/MF/MP.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Initial and virgin, Next: Memory dumps, Up: Three programs
-
-3.5.1 Initial and virgin
-------------------------
-
-The TeX and Metafont programs each have two main variants, called
-"initial" and "virgin". MetaPost no longer makes this distinction.
-
- The initial form is enabled if:
- 1. the `-ini' option was specified; or
-
- 2. the program name is `initex' resp. `inimf'; or
-
- 3. the first line of the main input file is `%&ini';
- otherwise, the virgin form is used.
-
- The "virgin" form is the one generally invoked for production use.
-The first thing it does is read a memory dump (*note Determining the
-memory dump to use::), and then proceeds on with the main job.
-
- The "initial" form is generally used only to create memory dumps
-(see the next section). It starts up more slowly than the virgin form,
-because it must do lengthy initializations that are encapsulated in the
-memory dump file.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Memory dumps, Next: Editor invocation, Prev: Initial and virgin, Up: Three programs
-
-3.5.2 Memory dumps
-------------------
-
-In typical use, TeX and Metafont require a large number of macros to be
-predefined; therefore, they support "memory dump" files, which can be
-read much more efficiently than ordinary source code.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Creating memory dumps::
-* Determining the memory dump to use::
-* Hardware and memory dumps::
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Creating memory dumps, Next: Determining the memory dump to use, Up: Memory dumps
-
-3.5.2.1 Creating memory dumps
-.............................
-
-The programs all create memory dumps in slightly idiosyncratic (thought
-substantially similar) way, so we describe the details in separate
-sections (references below). The basic idea is to run the initial
-version of the program (*note Initial and virgin::), read the source
-file to define the macros, and then execute the `\dump' primitive.
-
- Also, each program uses a different filename extension for its memory
-dumps, since although they are completely analogous they are not
-interchangeable (TeX cannot read a Metafont memory dump, for example).
-
- Here is a list of filename extensions with references to examples of
-creating memory dumps:
-
-TeX
- (`.fmt') *Note Initial TeX: Initial TeX.
-
-Metafont
- (`.base') *Note Initial Metafont::.
-
- When making memory dumps, the programs read environment variables and
-configuration files for path searching and other values as usual. If
-you are making a new installation and have environment variables
-pointing to an old one, for example, you will probably run into
-difficulties.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Determining the memory dump to use, Next: Hardware and memory dumps, Prev: Creating memory dumps, Up: Memory dumps
-
-3.5.2.2 Determining the memory dump to use
-..........................................
-
-The virgin form (*note Initial and virgin::) of each program always
-reads a memory dump before processing normal source input. All three
-programs determine the memory dump to use in the same way:
-
- 1. If the first non-option command-line argument begins with `&', the
- program uses the remainder of that argument as the memory dump
- name. For example, running `tex \&super' reads `super.fmt'. (The
- backslash protects the `&' against interpretation by the shell.)
-
- 2. If the `-fmt' resp. `-base' option is specified, its value is used.
-
- 3. If the `-progname' option is specified, its value is used.
-
- 4. If the first line of the main input file (which must be specified
- on the command line, not in response to `**') is `%&DUMP', and
- DUMP is an existing memory dump of the appropriate type, DUMP is
- used.
-
- The first line of the main input file can also specify which
- character translation file is to be used:
- `%&-translate-file=TCXFILE' (*note TCX files::).
-
- These two roles can be combined: `%&DUMP -translate-file=TCXFILE'.
- If this is done, the name of the dump must be given first.
-
- 5. Otherwise, the program uses the program invocation name, most
- commonly `tex' resp. `mf'. For example, if `latex' is a link to
- `tex', and the user runs `latex foo', `latex.fmt' will be used.
-
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Hardware and memory dumps, Prev: Determining the memory dump to use, Up: Memory dumps
-
-3.5.2.3 Hardware and memory dumps
-.................................
-
-By default, memory dump files are generally sharable between
-architectures of different types; specifically, on machines of different
-endianness (*note Byte order: (libc)Byte order.). (This is a feature
-of the Web2c implementation, and is not true of all TeX
-implementations.) If you specify `--disable-dump-share' to
-`configure', however, memory dumps will be endian-dependent.
-
- The reason to do this is speed. To achieve endian-independence, the
-reading of memory dumps on LittleEndian architectures, such as PC's and
-DEC architectures, is somewhat slowed (all the multibyte values have to
-be swapped). Usually, this is not noticeable, and the advantage of
-being able to share memory dumps across all platforms at a site far
-outweighs the speed loss. But if you're installing Web2c for use on
-LittleEndian machines only, perhaps on a PC being used only by you, you
-may wish to get maximum speed.
-
- TeXnically, even without `--disable-dump-share', sharing of `.fmt'
-files cannot be guaranteed to work. Floating-point values are always
-written in native format, and hence will generally not be readable
-across platforms. Fortunately, TeX uses floating point only to
-represent glue ratios, and all common formats (plain, LaTeX, AMSTeX,
-...) do not do any glue setting at `.fmt'-creation time. Metafont does
-not use floating point in any dumped value at all.
-
- Incidentally, different memory dump files will never compare equal
-byte-for-byte, because the program always dumps the current date and
-time. So don't be alarmed by just a few bytes difference.
-
- If you don't know what endianness your machine is, and you're
-curious, here is a little C program to tell you. (The `configure' script
-contains a similar program.) This is from the book `C: A Reference
-Manual', by Samuel P. Harbison and Guy L. Steele Jr. (*note
-References::).
-
- main ()
- {
- /* Are we little or big endian? From Harbison&Steele. */
- union
- {
- long l;
- char c[sizeof (long)];
- } u;
- u.l = 1;
- if (u.c[0] == 1)
- printf ("LittleEndian\n");
- else if (u.c[sizeof (long) - 1] == 1)
- printf ("BigEndian\n");
- else
- printf ("unknownEndian");
-
- exit (u.c[sizeof (long) - 1] == 1);
- }
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Editor invocation, Next: \input filenames, Prev: Memory dumps, Up: Three programs
-
-3.5.3 Editor invocation
------------------------
-
-TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost all (by default) stop and ask for user
-intervention at an error. If the input came from a file, and the user
-responds with `e' or `E', the program invokes an editor.
-
- Specifying `--with-editor=CMD' to `configure' sets the default
-editor command string to CMD. The environment variables/configuration
-values `TEXEDIT', `MFEDIT', and `MPEDIT' (respectively) override this.
-If `--with-editor' is not specified, the default is `vi +%d %s' on
-Unix, and an invocation of the TeXworks editor on Windows. (See
-`texmf.cnf' for the precise values.)
-
- In this string, `%d' is replaced by the line number of the error,
-and `%s' is replaced by the name of the current input file.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: \input filenames, Prev: Editor invocation, Up: Three programs
-
-3.5.4 `\input' filenames
-------------------------
-
-TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost source programs can all read other source
-files with the `\input' (TeX) and `input' (MF and MP) primitives:
- \input NAME % in TeX
-
- The file NAME can always be terminated with whitespace; for Metafont
-and MetaPost, the statement terminator `;' also works. (LaTeX and
-other macro packages provide other interfaces to `\input' that allow
-different notation; here we are concerned only with the primitive
-operation.)
-
- As of Web2c version 7.5.3, double-quote characters can be used to
-include spaces or other special cases. In typical use, the `"'
-characters surround the entire filename:
- \input "filename with spaces"
-
- Technically, the quote characters can be used inside the name, and
-can enclose any characters, as in:
- \input filename" "with" "spaces
-
- One more point. In LaTeX, the quotes are needed inside the braces,
-thus
- \input{a b} % fails
- \input{"a b"} % ok
-
- This quoting mechanism comes into play _after_ TeX has tokenized and
-expanded the input. So, multiple spaces and tabs may be seen as a
-single space, active characters such as `~' are expanded first, and so
-on. (See below.)
-
- On the other hand, various C library routines and Unix itself use
-the null byte (character code zero, ASCII NUL) to terminate strings. So
-filenames in Web2c cannot contain nulls, even though TeX itself does
-not treat NUL specially. In addition, some older Unix variants do not
-allow eight-bit characters (codes 128-255) in filenames.
-
- For maximal portability of your document across systems, use only the
-characters `a'-`z', `0'-`9', and `.', and restrict your filenames to at
-most eight characters (not including the extension), and at most a
-three-character extension. Do not use anything but simple filenames,
-since directory separators vary among systems; instead, add the
-necessary directories to the appropriate search path.
-
- Finally, the present Web2c implementation does `~' and `$' expansion
-on NAME, unlike Knuth's original implementation and older versions of
-Web2c. Thus:
- \input ~jsmith/$foo.bar
- will dereference the environment variable or Kpathsea config file
-value `foo' and read that file extended with `.bar' in user `jsmith''s
-home directory. You can also use braces, as in `${foo}bar', if you
-want to follow the variable name with a letter, numeral, or `_'.
-
- (So another way to get a program to read a filename containing
-whitespace is to define an environment variable and dereference it.)
-
- In all the common TeX formats (plain TeX, LaTeX, AMSTeX), the
-characters `~' and `$' have special category codes, so to actually use
-these in a document you have to change their catcodes or use `\string'.
-(The result is unportable anyway, see the suggestions above.) The
-place where they are most likely to be useful is when typing
-interactively.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: TeX, Next: Metafont, Prev: Commonalities, Up: Top
-
-4 TeX: Typesetting
-******************
-
-TeX is a typesetting system: it was especially designed to handle
-complex mathematics, as well as most ordinary text typesetting.
-
- TeX is a batch language, like C or Pascal, and not an interactive
-"word processor": you compile a TeX input file into a corresponding
-device-independent (DVI) file (and then translate the DVI file to the
-commands for a particular output device). This approach has both
-considerable disadvantages and considerable advantages. For a complete
-description of the TeX language, see `The TeXbook' (*note
-References::). Many other books on TeX, introductory and otherwise,
-are available.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* tex invocation:: Invoking TeX.
-* Initial TeX:: Making format files.
-* Formats:: Major TeX macro packages.
-* Languages and hyphenation:: TeX supports many human languages.
-* Shell escapes:: Running subprograms from TeX.
-* IPC and TeX:: DVI output to a socket.
-* TeX extensions:: Changes to the TeX language.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: tex invocation, Next: Initial TeX, Up: TeX
-
-4.1 `tex' invocation
-====================
-
-TeX (usually invoked as `tex') formats the given text and commands, and
-outputs a corresponding device-independent representation of the
-typeset document. This section merely describes the options available
-in the Web2c implementation. For a complete description of the TeX
-typesetting language, see `The TeXbook' (*note References::).
-
- TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost process the command line (described
-here) and determine their memory dump (fmt) file in the same way (*note
-Memory dumps::). Synopses:
-
- tex [OPTION]... [TEXNAME[.tex]] [TEX-COMMANDS]
- tex [OPTION]... \FIRST-LINE
- tex [OPTION]... &FMT ARGS
-
- TeX searches the usual places for the main input file TEXNAME (*note
-Supported file formats: (kpathsea)Supported file formats.), extending
-TEXNAME with `.tex' if necessary. To see all the relevant paths, set
-the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' before running the
-program.
-
- After TEXNAME is read, TeX processes any remaining TEX-COMMANDS on
-the command line as regular TeX input. Also, if the first non-option
-argument begins with a TeX escape character (usually `\'), TeX
-processes all non-option command-line arguments as a line of regular
-TeX input.
-
- If no arguments or options are specified, TeX prompts for an input
-file name with `**'.
-
- TeX writes the main DVI output to the file `BASETEXNAME.dvi', where
-BASETEXNAME is the basename of TEXNAME, or `texput' if no input file
-was specified. A DVI file is a device-independent binary
-representation of your TeX document. The idea is that after running
-TeX, you translate the DVI file using a separate program to the
-commands for a particular output device, such as a PostScript printer
-(*note Introduction: (dvips)Top.) or an X Window System display (see
-xdvi(1)).
-
- TeX also reads TFM files for any fonts you load in your document with
-the `\font' primitive. By default, it runs an external program named
-`mktextfm' to create any nonexistent TFM files. You can disable this
-at configure-time or runtime (*note mktex configuration:
-(kpathsea)mktex configuration.). This is enabled mostly for the sake
-of the EC fonts, which can be generated at any size.
-
- TeX can write output files, via the `\openout' primitive; this opens
-a security hole vulnerable to Trojan horse attack: an unwitting user
-could run a TeX program that overwrites, say, `~/.rhosts'. (MetaPost
-has a `write' primitive with similar implications). To alleviate this
-and similar problems the functions `kpathsea_out_name_ok' and
-`kpathsea_in_name_ok' from the Kpathse library (*note Calling sequence:
-(kpathsea)Calling sequence.) are used to determine if a given filename
-is acceptable to be opened for output or input, depending on the
-setting of the configuration variables `openout_any' and `openin_any':
-`a' (for "any", the default for `openin_any'), `r' (for "restricted"),
-or `p' (for "paranoid", the default for `openout_any').
-
- In any case, all `\openout' filenames are recorded in the log file,
-except those opened on the first line of input, which is processed when
-the log file has not yet been opened.
-
- The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard
-`-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::):
-`-enc'
-`-[no]-file-line-error'
-`-fmt=FMTNAME'
-`-halt-on-error'
-`-ini'
-`-interaction=STRING'
-`-ipc'
-`-ipc-start'
-`-jobname=STRING'
-`-kpathsea-debug=NUMBER'
-`-[no]parse-first-line'
-`-output-directory'
-`-progname=STRING'
-`-recorder'
-`-translate-file=TCXFILE'
-`-8bit'
- These options are common to TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost. *Note
- Common options::.
-
-`-enc'
- Enable encTeX extensions, such as `\mubyte'. This can be used to
- support Unicode UTF-8 input encoding. See
- `http://www.olsak.net/enctex.html'.
-
-`-ipc'
-`-ipc-start'
- With either option, TeX writes its DVI output to a socket as well
- as to the usual `.dvi' file. With `-ipc-start', TeX also opens a
- server program at the other end to read the output. *Note IPC and
- TeX: IPC and TeX.
-
- These options are available only if the `--enable-ipc' option was
- specified to `configure' during installation of Web2c.
-
-`-mktex=FILETYPE'
-`-no-mktex=FILETYPE'
- Turn on or off the `mktex' script associated with FILETYPE. For
- TeX proper, FILETYPE can only be `tex' and `tfm', but for pdfTeX
- and luaTeX, it can also be `pk'.
-
-`-mltex'
- If we are `INITEX' (*note Initial and virgin::), enable MLTeX
- extensions such as `\charsubdef'. Implicitly set if the program
- name is `mltex'. *Note MLTeX: MLTeX.
-
-`-output-comment=STRING'
- Use STRING as the DVI file comment. Ordinarily, this comment
- records the date and time of the TeX run, but if you are doing
- regression testing, you may not want the DVI file to have this
- spurious difference. This is also taken from the environment
- variable and config file value `output_comment'.
-
-`-shell-escape'
-`-no-shell-escape'
-`-shell-restricted'
- Enable, or disable, or enable with restrictions the
- `\write18{SHELL-COMMAND}' feature for external executing shell
- commands. *Note Shell escapes::.
-
-`-enable-write18'
-`-disable-write18'
- Synonyms for `-shell-escape' and `-no-shell-escape', for
- compatibility with MiKTeX. (MiKTeX also accepts both pairs of
- options.) *Note Shell escapes::.
-
-`-src-specials'
-`-src-specials=STRING'
- This option makes TeX output specific source information using
- `\special' commands in the DVI file. These `\special' track the
- current file name and line number.
-
- Using the first form of this option, the `\special' commands are
- inserted automatically.
-
- In the second form of the option, STRING is a comma separated list
- of the following values: `cr', `display', `hbox', `math', `par',
- `parend', `vbox'. You can use this list to specify where you want
- TeX to output such commands. For example, `-src-specials=cr,math'
- will output source information every line and every math formula.
-
- These commands can be used with the appropriate DVI viewer and
- text editor to switch from the current position in the editor to
- the same position in the viewer and back from the viewer to the
- editor.
-
- This option works by inserting `\special' commands into the token
- stream, and thus in principle these additional tokens can be
- recovered or seen by the tricky-enough macros. If you run across
- a case, let us know, because this counts as a bug. However, such
- bugs are very hard to fix, requiring significant changes to TeX,
- so please don't count on it.
-
- Redefining `\special' will not affect the functioning of this
- option. The commands inserted into the token stream are
- hard-coded to always use the `\special' primitive.
-
- TeX does not pass the trip test when this option is enabled.
-
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Initial TeX, Next: Formats, Prev: tex invocation, Up: TeX
-
-4.2 Initial TeX
-===============
-
-The "initial" form of TeX is invoked by `tex -ini'. It does lengthy
-initializations avoided by the "virgin" (`vir') form, so as to be
-capable of dumping `.fmt' files (*note Memory dumps::). For a detailed
-comparison of virgin and initial forms, *note Initial and virgin::. In
-past releases, a separate program `initex' was installed to invoke the
-initial form, but this is no longer the case.
-
- For a list of options and other information, *note tex invocation::.
-
- Unlike Metafont and MetaPost, many format files are commonly used
-with TeX. The standard one implementing the features described in the
-`TeXbook' is `plain.fmt', also known as `tex.fmt' (again, *note Memory
-dumps::). It is created by default during installation, but you can
-also do so by hand if necessary (e.g., if an update to `plain.tex' is
-issued):
- tex -ini '\input plain \dump'
- (The quotes prevent interpretation of the backslashes from the
-shell.) Then install the resulting `plain.fmt' in `$(fmtdir)'
-(`/usr/local/share/texmf/web2c' by default), and link `tex.fmt' to it.
-
- The necessary invocation for generating a format file differs for
-each format, so instructions that come with the format should explain.
-The top-level `web2c' Makefile has targets for making most common
-formats: plain latex amstex texinfo eplain. *Note Formats::, for more
-details on TeX formats.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Formats, Next: Languages and hyphenation, Prev: Initial TeX, Up: TeX
-
-4.3 Formats
-===========
-
-TeX "formats" are large collections of macros, often dumped into a
-`.fmt' file (*note Memory dumps::) by `tex -ini' (*note Initial TeX::).
-A number of formats are in reasonably widespread use, and the Web2c
-Makefile has targets to make the versions current at the time of
-release. You can change which formats are automatically built by
-setting the `fmts' Make variable; by default, only the `plain' and
-`latex' formats are made.
-
- You can get the latest versions of most of these formats from the
-CTAN archives in subdirectories of `CTAN:/macros' (for CTAN info, *note
-unixtex.ftp: (kpathsea)unixtex.ftp.). The archive
-`ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/lib.tar.gz' (also available from CTAN) contains
-most of these formats (although perhaps not the absolute latest
-version), among other things.
-
-latex
- The most widely used format. The current release is named `LaTeX
- 2e'; new versions are released approximately every six months, with
- patches issued as needed. The old release was called `LaTeX 2.09',
- and is no longer maintained or supported. LaTeX attempts to
- provide generic markup instructions, such as "emphasize", instead
- of specific typesetting instructions, such as "use the 10pt
- Computer Modern italic font". The LaTeX home page:
- `http://www.latex-project.org'.
-
-context
- ConTeXt is an independent macro package which has a basic document
- structuring approach similar to LaTeX. It also supports creating
- interactive PDF files and has integrated MetaPost support, among
- many other interesting features. The ConTeXt home page:
- `http://www.pragma-ade.com'.
-
-amstex
- The official typesetting system of the American Mathematical
- Society. Like LaTeX, it encourages generic markup commands. The
- AMS also provides many LaTeX package for authors who prefer LaTeX.
- Taken together, they are used to produce nearly all AMS
- publications, e.g., `Mathematical Reviews'. The AMSTeX home page:
- `http://www.ams.org/tex'.
-
-texinfo
- The documentation system developed and maintained by the Free
- Software Foundation for their software manuals. It can be
- automatically converted into plain text, a machine-readable
- on-line format called `info', HTML, etc. The Texinfo home page:
- `http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo'.
-
-eplain
- The "expanded plain" format provides various common features (e.g.,
- symbolic cross-referencing, tables of contents, indexing, citations
- using BibTeX), for those authors who prefer to handle their own
- high-level formatting. The Eplain home page:
- `http://www.tug.org/eplain'.
-
-slitex
- An obsolete LaTeX 2.09 format for making slides. It is replaced by
- the `slides' document class, along with the `beamer', `texpower',
- and other packages.
-
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Languages and hyphenation, Next: Shell escapes, Prev: Formats, Up: TeX
-
-4.4 Languages and hyphenation
-=============================
-
-TeX supports most natural languages. See also *note TeX extensions:
-TeX extensions.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* MLTeX:: Multi-lingual TeX.
-* patgen invocation:: Creating hyphenation patterns.
-* TCX files:: Support for different character sets & fonts.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: MLTeX, Next: patgen invocation, Up: Languages and hyphenation
-
-4.4.1 MLTeX: Multi-lingual TeX
-------------------------------
-
-Multi-lingual TeX (`mltex') is an extension of TeX originally written
-by Michael Ferguson and now updated and maintained by Bernd Raichle.
-It allows the use of non-existing glyphs in a font by declaring glyph
-substitutions. These are restricted to substitutions of an accented
-character glyph, which need not be defined in the current font, by its
-appropriate `\accent' construction using a base and accent character
-glyph, which do have to exist in the current font. This substitution
-is automatically done behind the scenes, if necessary, and thus MLTeX
-additionally supports hyphenation of words containing an accented
-character glyph for fonts missing this glyph (e.g., Computer Modern).
-Standard TeX suppresses hyphenation in this case.
-
- MLTeX works at `.fmt'-creation time: the basic idea is to specify
-the `-mltex' option to TeX when you `\dump' a format. Then, when you
-subsequently invoke TeX and read that `.fmt' file, the MLTeX features
-described below will be enabled.
-
- Generally, you use special macro files to create an MLTeX `.fmt'
-file.
-
- The sections below describe the two new primitives that MLTeX
-defines. Aside from these, MLTeX is completely compatible with
-standard TeX.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \charsubdef:: Character substitution definitions.
-* \tracingcharsubdef:: Tracing substitutions.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: \charsubdef, Next: \tracingcharsubdef, Up: MLTeX
-
-4.4.1.1 `\charsubdef': Character substitutions
-..............................................
-
-The most important primitive MLTeX adds is `\charsubdef', used in a way
-reminiscent of `\chardef':
- \charsubdef COMPOSITE [=] ACCENT BASE
-
- Each of COMPOSITE, ACCENT, and BASE are font glyph numbers,
-expressed in the usual TeX syntax: `\e symbolically, '145 for octal,
-"65 for hex, 101 for decimal.
-
- MLTeX's `\charsubdef' declares how to construct an accented
-character glyph (not necessarily existing in the current font) using two
-character glyphs (that do exist). Thus it defines whether a character
-glyph code, either typed as a single character or using the `\char'
-primitive, will be mapped to a font glyph or to an `\accent' glyph
-construction.
-
- For example, if you assume glyph code 138 (decimal) for an
-e-circumflex and you are using the Computer Modern fonts, which have
-the circumflex accent in position 18 and lowercase `e' in the usual
-ASCII position 101 decimal, you would use `\charsubdef' as follows:
-
- \charsubdef 138 = 18 101
-
- For the plain TeX format to make use of this substitution, you have
-to redefine the circumflex accent macro `\^' in such a way that if its
-argument is character `e' the expansion `\char138 ' is used instead of
-`\accent18 e'. Similar `\charsubdef' declaration and macro
-redefinitions have to be done for all other accented characters.
-
- To disable a previous `\charsubdef C', redefine C as a pair of
-zeros. For example:
- \charsubdef '321 = 0 0 % disable N tilde
- (Octal '321 is the ISO Latin-1 value for the Spanish N tilde.)
-
- `\charsubdef' commands should only be given once. Although in
-principle you can use `\charsubdef' at any time, the result is
-unspecified. If `\charsubdef' declarations are changed, usually either
-incorrect character dimensions will be used or MLTeX will output
-missing character warnings. (The substitution of a `\charsubdef' is
-used by TeX when appending the character node to the current horizontal
-list, to compute the width of a horizontal box when the box gets
-packed, and when building the `\accent' construction at
-`\shipout'-time. In summary, the substitution is accessed often, so
-changing it is not desirable, nor generally useful.)
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: \tracingcharsubdef, Prev: \charsubdef, Up: MLTeX
-
-4.4.1.2 `\tracingcharsubdef': Substitution diagnostics
-......................................................
-
-To help diagnose problems with `\charsubdef', MLTeX provides a new
-primitive parameter, `\tracingcharsubdef'. If positive, every use of
-`\charsubdef' will be reported. This can help track down when a
-character is redefined.
-
- In addition, if the TeX parameter `\tracinglostchars' is 100 or
-more, the character substitutions actually performed at `\shipout'-time
-will be recorded.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: TCX files, Prev: patgen invocation, Up: Languages and hyphenation
-
-4.4.2 TCX files: Character translations
----------------------------------------
-
-TCX (TeX character translation) files help TeX support direct input of
-8-bit international characters if fonts containing those characters are
-being used. Specifically, they map an input (keyboard) character code
-to the internal TeX character code (a superset of ASCII).
-
- Of the various proposals for handling more than one input encoding,
-TCX files were chosen because they follow Knuth's original ideas for
-the use of the `xchr' and `xord' tables. He ventured that these would
-be changed in the WEB source in order to adjust the actual version to a
-given environment. It turns out, however, that recompiling the WEB
-sources is not as simple a task as Knuth may have imagined; therefore,
-TCX files, providing the possibility of changing of the conversion
-tables on on-the-fly, have been implemented instead.
-
- This approach limits the portability of TeX documents, as some
-implementations do not support it (or use a different method for
-input-internal reencoding). It may also be problematic to determine
-the encoding to use for a TeX document of unknown provenance; in the
-worst case, failure to do so correctly may result in subtle errors in
-the typeset output. But we feel the benefits outweigh these
-disadvantages.
-
- This is entirely independent of the MLTeX extension (*note MLTeX::):
-whereas a TCX file defines how an input keyboard character is mapped to
-TeX's internal code, MLTeX defines substitutions for a non-existing
-character glyph in a font with a `\accent' construction made out of two
-separate character glyphs. TCX files involve no new primitives; it is
-not possible to specify that an input (keyboard) character maps to more
-than one character.
-
- Information on specifying TCX files:
-
- * The best way to specify a TCX file is to list it explicitly in the
- first line of the main document:
- %& -translate-file=TCXFILE
-
- * You can also specify a TCX file to be used on a particular TeX run
- with the command-line option `-translate-file=TCXFILE'.
-
- * TCX files are searched for along the `WEB2C' path.
-
- * Initial TeX (*note Initial TeX: Initial TeX.) ignores TCX files.
-
- The Web2c distribution comes with a number of TCX files. Two
-important ones are `il1-t1.tcx' and `il2-t1.tcx', which support ISO
-Latin 1 and ISO Latin 2, respectively, with Cork-encoded fonts (a.k.a.
-the LaTeX T1 encoding). TCX files for Czech, Polish, and Slovak are
-also provided.
-
- One other notable TCX file is `empty.tcx', which is, well, empty.
-Its purpose is to reset Web2C's behavior to the default (only visible
-ASCII being printable, as described below) when a format was dumped
-with another TCX being active--which is in fact the case for everything
-but plain TeX in the TeX Live and other distributions. Thus:
-
- latex somefile8.tex
- => terminal etc. output with 8-bit chars
- latex --translate-file=empty.tcx somefile8.tex
- => terminal etc. output with ^^ notation
-
- Syntax of TCX files:
- 1. Line-oriented. Blank lines are ignored.
-
- 2. Whitespace is ignored except as a separator.
-
- 3. Comments start with `%' and continue to the end of the line.
-
- 4. Otherwise, a line consists of one or two character codes,
- optionally followed by 0 or 1. The last number indicates whether
- DEST is considered printable.
- SRC [DEST [PRNT]]
-
- 5. Each character code may be specified in octal with a leading `0',
- hexadecimal with a leading `0x', or decimal otherwise. Values must
- be between 0 and 255, inclusive (decimal).
-
- 6. If the DEST code is not specified, it is taken to be the same as
- SRC.
-
- 7. If the same SRC code is specified more than once, it is the last
- definition that counts.
-
- Finally, here's what happens: when TeX sees an input character with
-code SRC, it 1) changes SRC to DEST; and 2) makes the DEST code
-"printable", i.e., printed as-is in diagnostics and the log file rather
-than in `^^' notation.
-
- By default, no characters are translated, and character codes
-between 32 and 126 inclusive (decimal) are printable.
-
- Specifying translations for the printable ASCII characters (codes
-32-127) will yield unpredictable results. Additionally you shouldn't
-make the following characters printable: `^^I' (TAB), `^^J' (line
-feed), `^^M' (carriage return), and `^^?' (delete), since TeX uses them
-in various ways.
-
- Thus, the idea is to specify the input (keyboard) character code for
-SRC, and the output (font) character code for DEST.
-
- By default, only the printable ASCII characters are considered
-printable by TeX. If you specify the `-8bit' option, all characters are
-considered printable by default. If you specify both the `-8bit'
-option and a TCX file, then the TCX can set specific characters to be
-non-printable.
-
- Both the specified TCX encoding and whether characters are printable
-are saved in the dump files (like `tex.fmt'). So by giving these
-options in combination with `-ini', you control the defaults seen by
-anyone who uses the resulting dump file.
-
- When loading a dump, if the `-8bit' option was given, then all
-characters become printable by default.
-
- When loading a dump, if a TCX file was specified, then the TCX data
-from the dump is ignored and the data from the file used instead.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: patgen invocation, Next: TCX files, Prev: MLTeX, Up: Languages and hyphenation
-
-4.4.3 Patgen: Creating hyphenation patterns
--------------------------------------------
-
-Patgen creates hyphenation patterns from dictionary files for use with
-TeX. Synopsis:
-
- patgen DICTIONARY PATTERNS OUTPUT TRANSLATE
-
- Each argument is a filename. No path searching is done. The output is
-written to the file OUTPUT.
-
- In addition, Patgen prompts interactively for other values.
-
- For more information, see `Word hy-phen-a-tion by com-puter' by
-Frank Liang (*note References::), and also the `patgen.web' source file.
-
- The only options are `-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::).
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Shell escapes, Next: IPC and TeX, Prev: Languages and hyphenation, Up: TeX
-
-4.5 Shell escapes
-=================
-
-TeX can execute "shell escapes", that is, arbitrary shell commands.
-Although tremendously useful, this also has obvious security
-implications. Therefore, as of TeX Live 2009, a "restricted" mode for
-shell escapes is the default mode of operation, which allows executing
-only certain commands, as specified in the `texmf.cnf' configuration
-file.
-
- * Unrestricted shell escapes are allowed if the option
- `--shell-escape' is specified, or if the environment variable or
- config file value `shell_escape' is set to `t' or `y' and `1'.
-
- * Restricted shell escapes are allowed if `shell_escape' is set to
- `p'. This is the default.
-
- * Shell escapes are completely disabled if `--no-shell-escape' is
- specified, or if `shell_escape' is set to anything else.
-
- When enabled, the TeX construct to execute a system command is
-`\write18{SHELL-COMMAND}'; for example:
-
- \write18{echo "hello, world"}
-
- From TeX's point of view, this is a normal `\write' command, and is
-therefore subject to the usual TeX expansions. Also, the system call
-either happens during the `\output' routine or right away, according to
-the absence or presence of the `\immediate' prefix, as usual for
-`\write'.
-
- The SHELL-COMMAND string is passed to the command shell (via the C
-library function `system'). The output of SHELL-COMMAND is not
-diverted anywhere, so it will not appear in the log file, or anywhere
-but the terminal output. The exit status of the system call is also
-not available to TeX.
-
- In unrestricted mode, the argument is simply passed straight to
-`system' unaltered.
-
- In restricted mode, ASCII double quote characters (") should always
-be used in the argument to `\write18' where quoting of arguments is
-needed, as in the example above. This is to achieve some measure of
-system independence. On Unix systems, these are replaced with single
-quote (') characters to avoid insecure further expansion. Care is also
-taken on Windows to avoid additional expansions (from, e.g., `...`).
-Mismatched quotation marks in the command string result in a diagnostic
-message in the log file; no execution is performed.
-
- After quotation processing, if the first word (delimited by a space
-or tab) of the command is in the list specified by the
-`shell_escape_commands' configuration value, the command is executed.
-Otherwise it is not. In any case, a message is written to the log file.
-
- The `shell_escape_commands' value is a comma-separated list of
-words. Whitespace is significant, and typically should not be present.
-The default definition looks like this, but with more commands included:
-
- shell_escape_commands = bibtex,dvips,epstopdf,...,tex
-
- pdfTeX and luaTeX support reading (via `\input' and `\openin') and
-writing (via `\openout') from pipes if the first character is `|'. The
-following command is then treated exactly the same as the argument to
-`\write18'. In these engines, the primitive variable `\pdfshellescape'
-is set to 0 if shell escapes are disabled, 1 if they are enabled, and 2
-if they are enabled with restrictions.
-
- The purpose of this feature is to make it possible for TeX documents
-to perform useful external actions in the common case of an individual
-user running a known document on his or her own machine. In such
-environments as CGI scripts or wikis where the input has to be
-considered untrustworthy, shell escapes should be completely disabled.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: IPC and TeX, Next: TeX extensions, Prev: Shell escapes, Up: TeX
-
-4.6 IPC and TeX
-===============
-
-(If anyone uses this feature and needs documentation, write
-<tex-k@tug.org>.)
-
- This functionality is available only if the `--enable-ipc' option
-was specified to `configure' during installation of Web2c (*note
-Installation::).
-
- If you define `IPC_DEBUG' before compilation (e.g., with `make
-XCFLAGS=-DIPC_DEBUG'), TeX will print messages to standard error about
-its socket operations. This may be helpful if you are, well, debugging.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: TeX extensions, Prev: IPC and TeX, Up: TeX
-
-4.7 TeX extensions
-==================
-
-The base TeX program has been extended in many ways. Here's a partial
-list.
-
-e-TeX
- Adds many new primitives, including right-to-left typesetting and
- more registers. Now frozen.
-
-Aleph
- This adds Unicode support, right-to-left typesetting, and more.
- Omega was the original program. Aleph is an updated version with
- a variety of bug fixes, and includes e-TeX. Aleph is not actively
- maintained.
-
-pdfTeX
- Can produce PDF as well as DVI files. It also incorporates the
- e-TeX extensions, new primitives for hypertext and
- micro-typography, reading/writing from pipes, and much more. Home
- page: `http://pdftex.org'.
-
-luaTeX
- Based on pdfTeX, this also embeds the Lua programming language
- (`http://lua.org') and opens up the TeX typesetting engine to
- control from Lua. Home page: `http://luatex.org'.
-
-XeTeX
- Combines support for Unicode input and OpenType- and system fonts
- with the capabilities of pdfTeX. Home page:
- `http://tug.org/xetex'.
-
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Metafont, Next: MetaPost, Prev: TeX, Up: Top
-
-5 Metafont: Creating typeface families
-**************************************
-
-Metafont is a system for producing shapes; it was designed for producing
-complete typeface families, but it can also produce geometric designs,
-dingbats, etc. And it has considerable mathematical and
-equation-solving capabilities which can be useful entirely on their own.
-
- Metafont is a batch language, like C or Pascal: you compile a
-Metafont program into a corresponding font, rather than interactively
-drawing lines or curves. This approach has both considerable
-disadvantages (people unfamiliar with conventional programming
-languages will be unlikely to find it usable) and considerable
-advantages (you can make your design intentions specific and
-parameterizable). For a complete description of the Metafont language,
-see `The METAFONTbook' (*note References::).
-
-* Menu:
-
-* mf invocation:: Invoking Metafont.
-* Initial Metafont:: Making bases.
-* Modes:: Device definitions for Metafont.
-* Online Metafont graphics:: Seeing MF output online.
-* gftodvi invocation:: Making proofsheets for fonts.
-* mft invocation:: Prettyprinting Metafont sources.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: mf invocation, Next: Initial Metafont, Up: Metafont
-
-5.1 `mf' invocation
-===================
-
-Metafont (usually invoked as `mf') reads character definitions
-specified in the Metafont programming language, and outputs the
-corresponding font. This section merely describes the options available
-in the Web2c implementation. For a complete description of the Metafont
-language, see `The Metafontbook' (*note References::).
-
- Metafont processes its command line and determines its memory dump
-(base) file in a way exactly analogous to MetaPost and TeX (*note tex
-invocation::, and *note Memory dumps::). Synopses:
-
- mf [OPTION]... [MFNAME[.mf]] [MF-COMMANDS]
- mf [OPTION]... \FIRST-LINE
- mf [OPTION]... &BASE ARGS
-
- Most commonly, a Metafont invocation looks like this:
- mf '\mode:=MODE; mag:=MAGNIFICATION; input MFNAME'
- (The single quotes avoid unwanted interpretation by the shell.)
-
- Metafont searches the usual places for the main input file MFNAME
-(*note Supported file formats: (kpathsea)Supported file formats.),
-extending MFNAME with `.mf' if necessary. To see all the relevant
-paths, set the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' before
-running the program. By default, Metafont runs an external program
-named `mktexmf' to create any nonexistent Metafont source files you
-input. You can disable this at configure-time or runtime (*note mktex
-configuration: (kpathsea)mktex configuration.). This is mostly for the
-sake of the EC fonts, which can be generated at any size.
-
- Metafont writes the main GF output to the file `BASEMFNAME.NNNgf',
-where NNN is the font resolution in pixels per inch, and BASEMFNAME is
-the basename of MFNAME, or `mfput' if no input file was specified. A
-GF file contains bitmaps of the actual character shapes. Usually GF
-files are converted immediately to PK files with GFtoPK (*note gftopk
-invocation::), since PK files contain equivalent information, but are
-more compact. (Metafont output in GF format rather than PK for only
-historical reasons.)
-
- Metafont also usually writes a metric file in TFM format to
-`BASEMFNAME.tfm'. A TFM file contains character dimensions, kerns, and
-ligatures, and spacing parameters. TeX reads only this .tfm file, not
-the GF file.
-
- The MODE in the example command above is a name referring to a
-device definition (*note Modes::); for example, `localfont' or
-`ljfour'. These device definitions must generally be precompiled into
-the base file. If you leave this out, the default is `proof' mode, as
-stated in `The Metafontbook', in which Metafont outputs at a resolution
-of 2602dpi; this is usually not what you want. The remedy is simply to
-assign a different mode--`localfont', for example.
-
- The MAGNIFICATION assignment in the example command above is a
-magnification factor; for example, if the device is 600dpi and you
-specify `mag:=2', Metafont will produce output at 1200dpi. Very often,
-the MAGNIFICATION is an expression such as `magstep(.5)', corresponding
-to a TeX "magstep", which are factors of 1.2 * sqrt(2).
-
- After running Metafont, you can use the font in a TeX document as
-usual. For example:
- \font\myfont = newfont
- \myfont Now I am typesetting in my new font (minimum hamburgers).
-
- The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard
-`-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::):
-`-[no]-file-line-error'
-`-fmt=FMTNAME'
-`-halt-on-error'
-`-ini'
-`-interaction=STRING'
-`-jobname=STRING'
-`-kpathsea-debug=NUMBER'
-`-[no]parse-first-line'
-`-output-directory'
-`-progname=STRING'
-`-recorder'
-`-translate-file=TCXFILE'
-`-8bit'
- These options are common to TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost. *Note
- Common options::.
-
-`-mktex=FILETYPE'
-`-no-mktex=FILETYPE'
- Turn on or off the `mktex' script associated with FILETYPE. The
- only value that makes sense for FILETYPE is `mf'.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Initial Metafont, Next: Modes, Prev: mf invocation, Up: Metafont
-
-5.2 Initial Metafont
-====================
-
-`inimf' is the "initial" form of Metafont, which does lengthy
-initializations avoided by the "virgin" (`vir') form, so as to be
-capable of dumping `.base' files (*note Memory dumps::). For a
-detailed comparison of virgin and initial forms, see *note Initial and
-virgin::. In past releases, a separate program `inimf' was installed
-to invoke the initial form, but this is no longer the case.
-
- For a list of options and other information, see *note mf
-invocation::.
-
- The only memory dump file commonly used with Metafont is the default
-`plain.base', also known as `mf.base' (again, *note Memory dumps::).
-It is created by default during installation, but you can also do so by
-hand if necessary (e.g., if a Metafont update is issued):
- mf -ini '\input plain; input modes; dump'
- (The quotes prevent interpretation of the backslashes from the
-shell.) Then install the resulting `plain.base' in `$(basedir)'
-(`/usr/local/share/texmf/web2c' by default), and link `mf.base' to it.
-
- For an explanation of the additional `modes.mf' file, see *note
-Modes::. This file has no counterpart in TeX or MetaPost.
-
- In the past, it was sometimes useful to create a base file
-`cmmf.base' (a.k.a. `cm.base'), with the Computer Modern macros also
-included in the base file. Nowadays, however, the additional time
-required to read `cmbase.mf' is exceedingly small, usually not enough
-to be worth the administrative hassle of updating the `cmmf.base' file
-when you install a new version of `modes.mf'. People actually working
-on a typeface may still find it worthwhile to create their own base
-file, of course.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Modes, Next: Online Metafont graphics, Prev: Initial Metafont, Up: Metafont
-
-5.3 Modes: Device definitions for Metafont
-==========================================
-
-Running Metafont and creating Metafont base files requires information
-that TeX and MetaPost do not: "mode" definitions which specify device
-characteristics, so Metafont can properly rasterize the shapes.
-
- When making a base file, a file containing modes for
-locally-available devices should be input after `plain.mf'. One
-commonly used file is `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/modes.mf'; it includes all
-known definitions.
-
- If, however, for some reason you have decreased the memory available
-in your Metafont, you may need to copy `modes.mf' and remove the
-definitions irrelevant to you (probably most of them) instead of using
-it directly. (Or, if you're a Metafont hacker, maybe you can suggest a
-way to redefine `mode_def' and/or `mode_setup'; right now, the amount
-of memory used is approximately four times the total length of the
-`mode_def' names, and that's a lot.)
-
- If you have a device not included in `modes.mf', please see comments
-in that file for how to create the new definition, and please send the
-definition to <tex-fonts@math.utah.edu> to get it included in the next
-release of `modes.mf'.
-
- Usually, when you run Metafont you must supply the name of a mode
-that was dumped in the base file. But you can also define the mode
-characteristics dynamically, by invoking Metafont with an assignment to
-`smode' instead of `mode', like this:
- mf '\smode:="newmode.mf"; mag:=MAGNIFICATION; input MFNAME'
- This is most useful when you are working on the definition of a new
-mode.
-
- The MAGNIFICATION and MFNAME arguments are explained in *note mf
-invocation::. In the file `newmode.mf', you should have the following
-(with no `mode_def' or `enddef'), if you are using `modes.mf'
-conventions:
- mode_param (pixels_per_inch, DPI);
- mode_param (blacker, B);
- mode_param (fillin, F);
- mode_param (o_correction, O);
- mode_common_setup_;
- (Of course, you should use real numbers for DPI, B, F, and O.)
-
- For more information on the use of `smode', or if you are not using
-`modes.mf', see page 269 of `The Metafontbook'.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Online Metafont graphics, Next: gftodvi invocation, Prev: Modes, Up: Metafont
-
-5.4 Online Metafont graphics
-============================
-
-The Web2c implementation of Metafont can do online graphics with a
-number of devices. (See the Metafont manual for more information about
-how to draw on your screen.) By default, no graphics support is
-enabled.
-
- Metafont examines the `MFTERM' environment variable or config file
-value at runtime, or the `TERM' environment variable if `MFTERM' is not
-set, to determine the device support to use. Naturally, only the
-devices for which support has been compiled in can be selected.
-
- Here is a table of the possibilities, showing the `MFTERM' value and
-the corresponding `configure' option(s) in parentheses.
-
-`epsf'
- (`--enable-epsfwin') Pseudo-window server for Encapsulated
- PostScript (see `web2c/window/epsf.c'). This device produces an
- EPS file containing the graphics which would be displayed online on
- other devices. The name of the EPS file defaults to metafont.eps
- but can be changed by setting the MFEPSF environment variable to
- the new filename. Contributed by Mathias Herberts.
-
-`hp2627'
- (`--enable-hp2627win') HP2627a color graphics terminals.
-
-`mftalk'
- (`--enable-mftalkwin') Generic window server (see
- `web2c/window/mftalk.c').
-
-`next'
- (`--enable-next') NeXT window system. This requires a separate
- program, called `DrawingServant', available separately. See the
- `web2c/window/next.c'.
-
-`regis'
- (`--enable-regiswin') Regis terminals.
-
-`sun'
- (`--enable-suntoolswin') The old Suntools (not any flavor of X)
- window system. (You can get the even older SunWindows `gfx' system
- by using `sun-gfx.c'.)
-
-`tek'
- (`--enable-tektronixwin') Tektronix terminals.
-
-`uniterm'
- (`--enable-unitermwin') Uniterm, Simon Poole's emulator of a smart
- Tektronix 4014 terminal. This may work with regular Tektronix
- terminals as well; it's faster than the driver
- `--enable-tektronixwin' selects.
-
-`xterm'
- `--with-x' The X window system (version 11).
-
- There are two variants of the X11 support, one that works with the
- Xt toolkit, and another that works directly with Xlib. The Xt
- support is more efficient and has more functionality, so it is the
- default. If you must use the Xlib support, use `configure --with-x
- --with-kf-x-toolkit=no'.
-
- Specify `--disable-mf-nowin' in order not to build a separate
- non-windows-capable Metafont executable `mf-nowin' (or
- `mf-nowin.exe').
-
- You cannot specify any of the usual X options (e.g., `-geometry')
- on the Metafont command line, but you can specify X resources in
- your `~/.Xdefaults' or `~/.Xresources' file. The class name is
- `Metafont'. If you're using the Xt support, all the usual X toolkit
- resources are supported. If you're using the Xlib support, only
- the `geometry' resource is supported.
-
- You specify the X display to which Metafont connects in the
- `DISPLAY' environment variable, as usual.
-
-
- Writing support for a new device is straightforward. Aside from
-defining the basic drawing routines that Metafont uses (see `mf.web'),
-you only have to add another entry to the tables on the last page of
-`web2c/lib/texmfmp.c'. Or you can write an independent program and use
-MFtalk (see `web2c/window/mftalk.c').
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: gftodvi invocation, Next: mft invocation, Prev: Online Metafont graphics, Up: Metafont
-
-5.5 GFtoDVI: Character proofs of fonts
-======================================
-
-GFtoDVI makes "proof sheets" from a GF bitmap file as output by, for
-example, Metafont (*note Metafont::). This is an indispensable aid for
-font designers or Metafont hackers. Synopsis:
-
- gftodvi [OPTION]... GFNAME[gf]
-
- The font GFNAME is searched for in the usual places (*note Glyph
-lookup: (kpathsea)Glyph lookup.). To see all the relevant paths, set
-the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' before running the
-program.
-
- The suffix `gf' is supplied if not already present. This suffix is
-not an extension, no `.' precedes it; for instance, `cmr10.600gf'.
-
- The output filename is the basename of GFNAME extended with `.dvi',
-e.g., `gftodvi /wherever/foo.600gf' creates `./foo.dvi'.
-
- The characters from GFNAME appear one per page in the DVI output,
-with labels, titles, and annotations, as specified in Appendix H
-(Hardcopy Proofs) of `The Metafontbook'.
-
- GFtoDVI uses several fonts besides GFNAME itself:
-
- * "gray font" (default `gray'): for the pixels that actually make up
- the character. Simply using black is not right, since then labels,
- key points, and other information could not be shown.
-
- * "title font" (default `cmr8'): for the header information at the
- top of each output page.
-
- * "label font" (default `cmtt10'): for the labels on key points of
- the figure.
-
- * "slant font" (no default): for diagonal lines, which are otherwise
- simulated using horizontal and vertical rules.
-
- To change the default fonts, you must use `special' commands in your
-Metafont source file, typically via commands like `slantfont slantlj4'.
-There is no default slant font since no one printer is suitable as a
-default. You can make your own by copying one of the existing files,
-such as `.../fonts/source/public/misc/slantlj4.mf' and then running
-`mf' on it.
-
- For testing purposes, you may it useful to run `mf-nowin rtest' (hit
-RETURN when it stops) to get a `gf' file of a thorn glyph. Or use `mf'
-instead of `mf-nowin' to have the glyph(s) displayed on the screen.
-After that, `gftodvi rtest.2602gf' should produce `rtest.dvi', which
-you process as usual.
-
- The program accepts the following option, as well as the standard
-`-verbose', `-help', and `-version' (*note Common options::):
-
-`-overflow-label-offset=POINTS'
- Typeset the so-called overflow labels, if any, POINTS TeX points
- from the right edge of the character bounding box. The default is
- a little over two inches (ten million scaled points, to be
- precise). Overflow equations are used to locate coordinates when
- their actual position is too crowded with other information.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: mft invocation, Prev: gftodvi invocation, Up: Metafont
-
-5.6 MFT: Prettyprinting Metafont source
-=======================================
-
-MFT translates a Metafont program into a TeX document suitable for
-typesetting, with the aid of TeX macros defined in the file
-`mftmac.tex'. Synopsis:
-
- mft [OPTION]... MFNAME[.mf]
-
- MFT searches the usual places for MFNAME (*note Supported file
-formats: (kpathsea)Supported file formats.). To see all the relevant
-paths, set the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' before
-running the program. The output goes to the basename of MFNAME extended
-with `.tex', e.g., `mft /wherever/foo.mf' creates `./foo.tex'.
-
- Line breaks in the input are carried over into the output; moreover,
-blank spaces at the beginning of a line are converted to quads of
-indentation in the output. Thus, you have full control over the
-indentation and line breaks. Each line of input is translated
-independently of the others.
-
- Further control is allowed via Metafont comments:
- * Metafont comments following a single `%' should be valid TeX
- input. But Metafont material can be included within vertical bars
- in a comment; this will be translated by MFT as if it were regular
- Metafont code. For example, a comment like `% |x2r| is the tip of
- the bowl' will be translated into the TeX `% $x_{2r}$ is the ...',
- i.e., the `x2r' is treated as an identifier.
-
- * `%%' indicates that the remainder of an input line should be copied
- verbatim to the output. This is typically used to introduce
- additional TeX material at the beginning or an MFT job, e.g. code
- to modify the standard layout or the formatting macros defined in
- `mftmac.tex', or to add a line saying `%%\bye' at the end of the
- job. (MFT doesn't add this automatically in order to allow
- processing several files produces by MFT in the same TeX job.)
-
- * `%%% TOKEN1 OTHER-TOKENS' introduces a change in MFT's formatting
- rules; all the OTHER-TOKENS will henceforth be translated
- according to the current conventions for TOKEN1. The tokens must
- be symbolic (i.e., not numeric or string tokens). For example, the
- input line
- %%% addto fill draw filldraw
- says to format the `fill', `draw', and `filldraw' operations of
- plain Metafont just like the primitive token `addto', i.e., in
- boldface type. Without such reformatting commands, MFT would
- treat `fill' like an ordinary tag or variable name. In fact, you
- need a `%%%' command even to get parentheses to act like
- delimiters.
-
- * `%%%%' introduces an MFT comment, i.e., MFT ignores the remainder
- of such a line.
-
- * Five or more `%' signs should not be used.
-
- (The above description was edited from `mft.web', written by
-D.E. Knuth.)
-
- The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard
-`-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::):
-`-change=CHFILE[.ch]'
- Apply the change file CHFILE as with Tangle and Weave (*note
- WEB::).
-
-`-style=MFTFILE[.mft]'
- Read MFTFILE before anything else; a MFT style file typically
- contains only MFT directives as described above. The default
- style file is named `plain.mft', which defines this properly for
- programs using plain Metafont. The MFT files is searched along the
- `MFTINPUTS' path; see *note Supported file formats:
- (kpathsea)Supported file formats.
-
- Other examples of MFT style files are `cmbase.mft', which defines
- formatting rules for the macros defined in `cm.base', and `e.mft',
- which was used in the production of Knuth's Volume E, `Computer
- Modern Typefaces'.
-
- Using an appropriate MFT style file, it is also possible to
- configure MFT for typesetting MetaPost sources. However, MFT does
- not search the usual places for MetaPost input files.
-
- If you use eight-bit characters in the input file, they are passed
-on verbatim to the TeX output file; it is up to you to configure TeX to
-print these properly.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: MetaPost, Next: BibTeX, Prev: Metafont, Up: Top
-
-6 MetaPost: Creating technical illustrations
-********************************************
-
-MetaPost is a picture-drawing language similar to Metafont (*note
-Metafont::), but instead of outputting bitmaps in a "font", it outputs
-PostScript commands. It's primarily intended for creating technical
-illustrations.
-
- MetaPost also provides for arbitrary integration of text and
-graphics in a natural way, using any typesetter (TeX and Troff are both
-supported) and a number of other subsidiary programs, described below.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* mpost invocation:: Invoking MetaPost.
-* Initial MetaPost:: Making mems.
-* dvitomp invocation:: DVI-to-MPX translation.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: mpost invocation, Next: Initial MetaPost, Up: MetaPost
-
-6.1 `mpost' invocation
-======================
-
-MetaPost (installed as `mpost') reads a series of pictures specified in
-the MetaPost programming language, and outputs corresponding PostScript
-code. This section merely describes the options available in the Web2c
-implementation. For a complete description of the MetaPost language,
-see AT&T technical report CSTR-162, generally available in
-`TEXMF/doc/metapost/', where TEXMF is the root of TeX directory
-structure. See also:
- * `http://cm.bell-labs.com/who/hobby/MetaPost.html' (the
- MetaPost author's home page);
-
- * `http://tug.org/metapost' (papers, packages, and related
- information).
-
- Also, a standard MetaPost package for drawing graphs is documented in
-AT&T technical report CSTR-164, available as the file `mpgraph.ps',
-generally stored alongside `mpman.ps'.
-
- MetaPost processes its command line and determines its memory dump
-(mem) file in a way exactly analogous to Metafont and TeX (*note `tex'
-invocation: tex invocation, and *note Memory dumps::). Synopses:
-
- mpost [OPTION]... [MPNAME[.mp]] [MP-COMMANDS]
- mpost [OPTION]... \FIRST-LINE
- mpost [OPTION]... &MEM ARGS
-
- MetaPost searches the usual places for the main input file MPNAME
-(*note Supported file formats: (kpathsea)Supported file formats.),
-extending MPNAME with `.mp' if necessary. To see all the relevant
-paths, set the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' before
-running the program.
-
- MetaPost writes its PostScript output to a series of files
-`BASEMPNAME.NNN' (or perhaps `BASEMPNAME.ps', very occasionally
-`BASEMPNAME.tfm'), where NNN are the figure numbers specified in the
-input, typically to the `beginfig' macro, and BASEMPNAME is the
-basename of MPNAME, or `mpout' if no input file was specified.
-MetaPost uses the `.ps' extension when the figure number is out of
-range, e.g., if you say `beginfig(-1)'.
-
- You can use the output files as figures in a TeX document just as
-with any other PostScript figures. For example, with this TeX command:
- \special{psfile="FILENAME"}
- or by using `epsf.tex' (*note EPSF macros: (dvips)EPSF macros.).
-
- The MetaPost construct
- btex ... TEX-INPUT ... etex
- generates a MetaPost picture expression corresponding to TEX-INPUT.
-
- The construct
- verbatimtex ... TEX-INPUT ... etex
- simply passes the TEX-INPUT through to TeX. For example, if you are
-using LaTeX, your MetaPost input file must start with a `verbatimtex'
-block that gives the necessary `\documentclass' (or `\documentstyle')
-`\begin{document}' command. You will also need to set the enviroment
-variable `TEX' to `latex'.
-
- TEX-INPUT need not be specifically TeX input; it could also be
-Troff. In that case, you will need the `-m pictures' Troff macro
-package (unfortunately absent from many Troff implementations), or an
-equivalent such as the `-m pspic' macros from GNU groff described in
-grops(1).
-
- Naturally, you must use fonts that are supported by the typesetter;
-specifically, you'll probably want to use standard PostScript fonts with
-Troff. And only the TeX system understands Computer Modern or other
-Metafont fonts; you can also use PostScript fonts with TeX, of course.
-
- MetaPost-generated PostScript figures which do use Computer Modern
-fonts for labels cannot be directly previewed or printed. Instead, you
-must include them in a TeX document and run the resulting DVI file
-through Dvips to arrange for the downloading of the required fonts
-(*note Fonts in figures: (dvips)Fonts in figures.). To help with this,
-the MetaPost distribution provides a small TeX file `mproof.tex' which
-is typically called as:
- tex mproof MP-OUTPUT-FILES... ; dvips mproof -o
- The resulting file `mproof.ps' can then be printed or previewed.
-
- To generate EPSF files, set the internal MetaPost variable
-`prologues' positive. To make the output files self-contained, use
-only standard PostScript fonts. MetaPost reads the same `psfonts.map'
-file as Dvips, to determine PostScript fonts that need to be downloaded
-(*note psfonts.map: (dvips)psfonts.map.).
-
- It is posible for pdfTeX to read MetaPost output directly; this is
-in contrast to general EPSF files, which have to be converted for use
-with PDF output. The easiest way is to name the MetaPost output files
-with the `.mps' extension. Then the LaTeX `\includegraphics' command,
-for example, will be able to read them, even when outputting PDF.
-
- MetaPost can write output files, via the `write' primitive; this
-opens a security hole. *Note tex invocation::.
-
- The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard
-`-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::):
-`-[no]-file-line-error'
-`-fmt=FMTNAME'
-`-halt-on-error'
-`-ini'
-`-interaction=STRING'
-`-jobname=STRING'
-`-kpathsea-debug=NUMBER'
-`-[no]parse-first-line'
-`-output-directory'
-`-progname=STRING'
-`-recorder'
-`-translate-file=TCXFILE'
-`-8bit'
- These options are common to TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost. *Note
- Common options::.
-
-`-T'
-`-troff'
- Set the `prologues' internal variable to `1'.
-
-`-tex=TEXPROGRAM'
- When this option is given, the program TEXPROGRAM is used to
- typeset the labels.
-
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Initial MetaPost, Next: dvitomp invocation, Prev: mpost invocation, Up: MetaPost
-
-6.2 Initial MetaPost
-====================
-
-As of MetaPost 1.504 (TeX Live 2011), MetaPost no longer dumps `.mem'
-files (*note Memory dumps::) and does not distinguish virgin and
-initial forms (*note Initial and virgin::). Instead, the "initial"
-file name is read in its source form--that is, `mpost.mp' when the
-program is invoked as `mpost'.
-
- For a list of options and other information, see *note mpost
-invocation::.
-
- MetaPost provides a format with all the features of plain Metafont,
-called `mfplain'. You can use that in the same way; just run `mfplain'
-instead of `mpost'. This lets you directly process Metafont source
-files with MetaPost, producing character proofs (one file for each
-character) similar to those produced with Metafont in proof mode and
-GFtoDVI (*note gftodvi invocation::).
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: dvitomp invocation, Prev: Initial MetaPost, Up: MetaPost
-
-6.3 DVItoMP: DVI to MPX conversion
-==================================
-
-DVItoMP converts DVI files into low-level MetaPost commands in a
-so-called MPX file. Synopsis:
-
- dvitomp DVIFILE[.dvi] [MPXFILE[.mpx]]
-
-If MPXFILE is not specified, the output goes to the basename of DVIFILE
-extended with `.mpx', e.g., `dvitomp /wherever/foo.dvi' creates
-`./foo.mpx'.
-
- DVItoMP supports Dvips-style color specials, such as `color push
-NAME' and `color pop', outputting them as `withcolor' MetaPost commands.
-
- The only options are `-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::).
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: BibTeX, Next: WEB, Prev: MetaPost, Up: Top
-
-7 BibTeX: Bibliographies
-************************
-
-BibTeX automates much of the job of typesetting bibliographies, and
-makes bibliography entries reusable in many different contexts.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* bibtex invocation::
-* Basic BibTeX style files:: The standard and semi-standard styles.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: bibtex invocation, Next: Basic BibTeX style files, Up: BibTeX
-
-7.1 BibTeX invocation
-=====================
-
-BibTeX creates a printable bibliography (`.bbl') file from references
-in a `.aux' file, generally written by TeX or LaTeX. The `.bbl' file
-is then incorporated on a subsequent run. The basic bibliographic
-information comes from `.bib' files, and a BibTeX style (`.bst') file
-controls the precise contents of the `.bbl' file. Synopsis:
-
- bibtex [OPTION]... AUXFILE[.aux]
-
-The output goes to the basename of AUXFILE extended with `.bbl'; for
-example, `bibtex /wherever/foo.aux' creates `./foo.bbl'. BibTeX also
-writes a log file to the basename of AUXFILE extended with `.blg'.
-
- The names of the `.bib' and `.bst' files are specified in the `.aux'
-file as well, via the `\bibliography' and `\bibliographystyle' (La)TeX
-macros. BibTeX searches for `.bib' files using the `BIBINPUTS' and
-`TEXBIB' paths, and for `.bst' files using `BSTINPUTS' (*note Supported
-file formats: (kpathsea)Supported file formats.). It does no path
-searching for `.aux' files.
-
- The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard
-`-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::):
-`-terse'
- Suppress the program banner and progress reports normally output.
-
-`-min-crossrefs=N'
- If at least N (2 by default) bibliography entries refer to another
- entry E via their `crossref' field, include E in the .bbl file,
- even if it was not explicitly referenced in the .aux file. For
- example, E might be a conference proceedings as a whole, with the
- cross-referencing entries being individual articles published in
- the proceedings. In some circumstances, you may want to avoid
- these automatic inclusions altogether; to do this, make N a
- sufficiently large number.
-
- See also:
-`btxdoc.tex'
- Basic LaTeXable documentation for general BibTeX users.
-
-`btxhak.tex'
- LaTeXable documentation for style designers.
-
-`btxdoc.bib'
- BibTeX database file for the two above documents.
-
-`xampl.bib'
- Example database file with all the standard entry types.
-
-``ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/''
- A very large `.bib' and `.bst' collection, including references
- for all the standard TeX books and a complete bibliography for
- TUGboat.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Basic BibTeX style files, Prev: bibtex invocation, Up: BibTeX
-
-7.2 Basic BibTeX style files
-============================
-
-Here are descriptions of the four standard and four semi-standard basic
-BibTeX styles. `CTAN:/biblio/bibtex' contains these and many more (for
-CTAN info, *note unixtex.ftp: (kpathsea)unixtex.ftp.).
-
-`plain'
- Sorts entries alphabetically, with numeric labels. Generally
- formatted according to van Leunen's `A Handbook for Scholars'.
- The other style files listed here are based on `plain'.
-
-`abbrv'
- First names, month names, and journal names are abbreviated.
-
-`acm'
- Names are printed in small caps.
-
-`alpha'
- Alphanumeric labels, e.g., `Knu66'.
-
-`apalike'
- No labels at all; instead, the year appears in parentheses after
- the author. Use this in conjunction with `apalike.tex' (plain
- TeX) or `apalike.sty' (LaTeX), which also changes the citations in
- the text to be `(AUTHOR, YEAR)'.
-
-`ieeetr'
- Numeric labels, entries in citation order, IEEE abbreviations,
- article titles in quotes.
-
-`siam'
- Numeric labels, alphabetic order, `Math. Reviews' abbreviations,
- names in small caps.
-
-`unsrt'
- Lists entries in citation order, i.e., unsorted.
-
-`btxbst.doc'
- The template file and documentation for the standard styles.
-
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: WEB, Next: DVI utilities, Prev: BibTeX, Up: Top
-
-8 WEB: Literate programming
-***************************
-
-"WEB" languages allow you to write a single source file that can
-produce both a compilable program and a well-formatted document
-describing the program in as much detail as you wish to prepare.
-Writing in this kind of dual-purpose language is called "literate
-programming". (The Usenet newsgroup `comp.programming.literate' is
-devoted to this subject.)
-
- WEB-like languages have been implemented with many pairs of base
-languages: Cweb provides C and Troff (*note References::); CWEB provides
-C and TeX (`CTAN:/web/c_cpp/cweb'); Spiderweb provides C, C++, Awk,
-Ada, many others, and TeX (`CTAN:/web/spiderweb'); and, of course, the
-original WEB provides Pascal and TeX, the implementation languages for
-the original TeX, Metafont, MetaPost, and related programs to come from
-the TeX project at Stanford.
-
- The original WEB language is documented in the file `webman.tex',
-which is included in the `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/lib.tar.gz' archive
-(and available in many other places, of course).
-
-* Menu:
-
-* tangle invocation::
-* weave invocation::
-* pooltype invocation::
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: tangle invocation, Next: weave invocation, Up: WEB
-
-8.1 Tangle: Translate WEB to Pascal
-===================================
-
-Tangle creates a compilable Pascal program from a WEB source file
-(*note WEB::). Synopsis:
-
- tangle [OPTION]... WEBFILE[.web] [CHANGEFILE[.ch]]
-
-The Pascal output is written to the basename of WEBFILE extended with
-`.p'; for example, `tangle /wherever/foo.web' creates `./foo.p'.
-Tangle applies CHANGEFILE to WEBFILE before writing the output; by
-default, there is no change file.
-
- If the program makes use of the WEB string facility, Tangle writes
-the string pool to the basename of WEBFILE extended with `.pool'.
-
- The Pascal output is packed into lines of 72 characters or less, with
-the only concession to readability being the termination of lines at
-semicolons when this can be done conveniently.
-
- The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard
-`--help' and `--version' (*note Common options::):
-
-`-length=NUMBER'
- The number of characters that are considered significant in an
- identifier. Whether underline characters are counted depends on
- the `-underline' option. The default value is 32, the original
- tangle used 7, but this proved too restrictive for use by Web2c.
-
-`-lowercase'
-`-mixedcase'
-`-uppercase'
- These options specify the case of identifiers in the output of
- tangle. If `-uppercase' (`-lowercase') is specified, tangle will
- convert all identfiers to uppercase (lowercase). The default is
- `-mixedcase', which specifies that the case will not be changed.
-
-`-underline'
- When this option is given, tangle does not strip underline
- characters from identifiers.
-
-`-loose'
-`-strict'
- These options specify how strict tangle must be when checking
- identifiers for equality. The default is `-loose', which means
- that tangle will follow the rules set by the case-smashing and
- underline options above. If `-strict' is set, then identifiers
- will always be stripped of underlines and converted to uppercase
- before checking whether they collide.
-
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: weave invocation, Next: pooltype invocation, Prev: tangle invocation, Up: WEB
-
-8.2 Weave: Translate WEB to TeX
-===============================
-
-Weave creates a TeX document from a WEB source file (*note WEB::),
-assuming various macros defined in `webmac.tex'. It takes care of
-typographic details such as page layout, indentation, and italicizing
-identifiers. It also automatically gathers and outputs extensive
-cross-reference information. Synopsis:
-
- weave [OPTION]... WEBFILE[.web] [CHANGEFILE[.ch]]
-
-The output is to the basename of WEBFILE extended with `.tex'; for
-example, `weave /wherever/foo.web' creates `./foo.tex'. Weave applies
-CHANGEFILE to WEBFILE before writing the output; by default, there is
-no change file.
-
- The program accepts the following option, as well as the standard
-`-verbose', `-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::):
-`-x'
- Omit the cross-reference information: the index, the list of WEB
- module names, and the table of contents (an empty `CONTENTS.tex'
- file will still be written when the Weave output file is processed
- by TeX using the default `webmac.tex', though).
-
- Conventionally, WEB programmers should define the TeX `\title' macro
-at the beginning of the source file. Also, to get output of only
-changed modules, one can say `\let\maybe=\iffalse' (usually as the
-first change in the change file).
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: pooltype invocation, Prev: weave invocation, Up: WEB
-
-8.3 Pooltype: Display WEB pool files
-====================================
-
-Pooltype shows the so-called "string number" of each string in a WEB
-pool file (*note WEB::), as output by Tangle (*note tangle
-invocation::), including the first 256 strings corresponding to the
-possible input characters. Pooltype primarily serves as an example of
-WEB conventions to implementors of the TeX system. Synopsis:
-
- pooltype [OPTION]... POOLFILE[.pool]
-
-No path searching is done for POOLFILE. Output is to standard output.
-
- The only options are `--help' and `--version' (*note Common
-options::).
-
- As an example of the output, here is the (edited) output for
-`tex.pool':
- 0: "^^@"
- 1: "^^A"
- ...
- 255: "^^ff"
- 256: "pool size"
- ...
- 1314: "Using character substitution: "
- (23617 characters in all.)
-
- In Metafont and MetaPost, the first 256 characters are actually
-represented as single bytes (i.e., themselves), not in the `^^'
-notation. Consider Pooltype as showing the results after conversion for
-output.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: DVI utilities, Next: Font utilities, Prev: WEB, Up: Top
-
-9 DVI utilities
-***************
-
-TeX outputs a file in "DVI" (DeVice Independent) format as a compact
-representation of the original document. DVI files can be translated
-to meet the requirements of a real physical device, such as PostScript
-printers (*note Introduction: (dvips)Top.), PCL printers (see
-dvilj(1)), and X displays (see xdvi(1)). In fact, DVI translators are
-available for virtually all common devices: see `CTAN:/dviware' (for
-CTAN info, *note unixtex.ftp: (kpathsea)unixtex.ftp.).
-
- For the precise definition of the DVI file format, see (for example)
-the source file `web2c/dvitype.web'.
-
- The DVI-processing programs in the Web2c distribution are not device
-drivers; they perform generic utility functions.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* dvicopy invocation:: Expand virtual fonts.
-* dvitype invocation:: DVI to human-readable text.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: dvicopy invocation, Next: dvitype invocation, Up: DVI utilities
-
-9.1 DVIcopy: Canonicalize virtual font references
-=================================================
-
-DVIcopy reads a DVI file, expands any references to virtual fonts
-(*note Virtual fonts: (dvips)Virtual fonts.) to base fonts, and writes
-the resulting DVI file. Thus you can use virtual fonts even if your DVI
-processor does not support them, by passing the documents through
-DVIcopy first. Synopsis:
-
- dvicopy [OPTION]... [INDVI[.dvi] [OUTDVI[.dvi]]]
-
- DVIcopy reads standard input if INDVI is not specified, and writes
-standard output if OUTDVI is not specified.
-
- The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard
-`-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::):
-`-magnification=INTEGER'
- Override existing magnification in INDVI with INTEGER; 1000
- specifies no magnification. This is equivalent to setting TeX's
- `\mag' parameter.
-
-`-max-pages=N'
- Process N pages; default is one million.
-
-`-page-start=PAGE-SPEC'
- Start at the first page matching PAGE-SPEC, which is one or more
- (signed) integers separated by periods, corresponding to TeX's
- `\count0...9' parameters at `\shipout' time; `*' matches anything.
- Examples: `3', `1.*.-4'.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: dvitype invocation, Prev: dvicopy invocation, Up: DVI utilities
-
-9.2 DVItype: Plain text transliteration of DVI files
-====================================================
-
-DVItype translates a DeVice Independent (DVI) file (as output by TeX,
-for example) to a plain text file that humans can read. It also serves
-as a DVI-validating program, i.e., if DVItype can read a file, it's
-correct. Synopsis:
-
- dvitype [OPTION]... DVIFILE[.dvi]
-
-DVItype does not read any bitmap files, but it does read TFM files for
-fonts referenced in DVIFILE. The usual places are searched (*note
-Supported file formats: (kpathsea)Supported file formats.). To see all
-the relevant paths, set the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to
-`-1' before running the program.
-
- Output goes to standard output.
-
- The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard
-`-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::):
-`-dpi=REAL'
- Do pixel movement calculations at REAL pixels per inch; default
- 300.0.
-
-`-magnification=INTEGER'
- Override existing magnification in INDVI with INTEGER; 1000
- specifies no magnification. This is equivalent to setting TeX's
- `\mag' parameter.
-
-`-max-pages=N'
- Process N pages; default is one million.
-
-`-output-level=N'
- Verbosity level of output, from 0 to 4 (default 4):
- * 0: Global document information only.
-
- * 1: Most DVI commands included, and typeset characters
- summarized.
-
- * 2: Character and movement commands explicitly included.
-
- * 3: DVI stack and current position calculations included.
-
- * 4: Same information as level 3, but DVItype does random
- positioning in the file, reading the DVI postamble first.
-
-`-page-start=PAGE-SPEC'
- Start at the first page matching PAGE-SPEC, which is one or more
- (signed) integers separated by periods, corresponding to TeX's
- `\count0...9' parameters at `\shipout' time; `*' matches anything.
- Examples: `1', `5.*.-9'.
-
-`-show-opcodes'
- Show numeric opcode values (in decimal) for DVI commands, in braces
- after the command name. This can help in debugging DVI utilities.
- We use decimal because in the DVI format documentation (in
- `dvitype.web', among others) the opcodes are shown in decimal.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* dvitype output example::
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: dvitype output example, Up: dvitype invocation
-
-9.2.1 DVItype output example
-----------------------------
-
-As an example of the output from DVItype (see section above), here is
-its (abridged) translation of the `story.dvi' resulting from running
-the example in `The TeXbook', with `-output-level=4' and
-`-show-opcodes' on.
-
- ...
- Options selected:
- Starting page = *
- Maximum number of pages = 1000000
- Output level = 4 (the works)
- Resolution = 300.00000000 pixels per inch
- numerator/denominator=25400000/473628672
- magnification=1000; 0.00006334 pixels per DVI unit
- ' TeX output 1992.05.17:0844'
- Postamble starts at byte 564.
- maxv=43725786, maxh=30785863, maxstackdepth=3, totalpages=1
- Font 33: cmsl10---loaded at size 655360 DVI units
- Font 23: cmbx10---loaded at size 655360 DVI units
- Font 0: cmr10---loaded at size 655360 DVI units
-
- 42: beginning of page 1
- 87: push {141}
- level 0:(h=0,v=0,w=0,x=0,y=0,z=0,hh=0,vv=0)
- 88: down3 -917504 {159} v:=0-917504=-917504, vv:=-58
- 92: pop {142}
- ...
- 104: putrule {137} height 26214, width 30785863 (2x1950 pixels)
- 113: down3 5185936 {159} v:=655360+5185936=5841296, vv:=370
- 117: push {141}
- level 1:(h=0,v=5841296,w=0,x=0,y=0,z=0,hh=0,vv=370)
- 118: right4 12265425 {146} h:=0+12265425=12265425, hh:=777
- [ ]
- 123: fntdef1 23 {243}: cmbx10
- 145: fntnum23 {194} current font is cmbx10
- 146: setchar65 h:=12265425+569796=12835221, hh:=813
- 147: w3 251220 {150} h:=12835221+251220=13086441, hh:=829
- 151: setchar83 h:=13086441+418700=13505141, hh:=856
- ...
- 164: setchar82 h:=17448202+565245=18013447, hh:=1142
- 165: x0 -62805 {152} h:=18013447-62805=17950642, hh:=1138
- 166: setchar89 h:=17950642+569796=18520438, hh:=1174
- [A SHORT STORY]
- 167: pop {142}
- level 1:(h=0,v=5841296,w=0,x=0,y=0,z=0,hh=0,vv=370)
- ...
- 550: pop {142}
- level 0:(h=0,v=42152922,w=0,x=0,y=0,z=0,hh=0,vv=2670)
- 551: down3 1572864 {159} v:=42152922+1572864=43725786, vv:=2770
- 555: push {141}
- level 0:(h=0,v=43725786,w=0,x=0,y=0,z=0,hh=0,vv=2770)
- 556: right4 15229091 {146} h:=0+15229091=15229091, hh:=965
- 561: setchar49 h:=15229091+327681=15556772, hh:=986
- [ 1]
- 562: pop {142}
- level 0:(h=0,v=43725786,w=0,x=0,y=0,z=0,hh=0,vv=2770)
- 563: eop {140}
-
- Explanation:
-
- * The DVItype options are recorded at the beginning, followed by
- global information about the document, including fonts used.
-
- * Each DVI command is preceded by its byte position in the file
- (`42:', `87:', ...), and (because of the `-show-opcodes') followed
- by its decimal opcode value in braces (`{141}', `{142}', ...).
-
- * The `level' lines record information about the DVI stack; `h' and
- `v' define the current position in DVI units, while `hh' and `vv'
- are the same in pixels.
-
- * Text sequences are summarized in brackets, as in `[A SHORT STORY]'
- and the `[ 1]'.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Font utilities, Next: Legalisms, Prev: DVI utilities, Up: Top
-
-10 Font utilities
-*****************
-
-The Web2c programs described here convert between various TeX-related
-font formats; the first section below briefly describes the formats.
-GFtoPK is the only one that is routinely used, as Metafont outputs GF
-format, but it's most efficient for device drivers to use PK.
-
- The precise definitions of the PK, GF, TFM, PL, VF, and VPL formats
-mentioned below are in the source files that read them; `pktype.web',
-`gftype.web', `tftopl.web', etc.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Font file formats:: Explanations of GF, PK, TFM, VF, ...
-* gftopk invocation:: GF -> PK (compact)
-* pktogf invocation:: PK -> GF (expand).
-* pktype invocation:: PK -> human-readable text.
-* gftype invocation:: GF -> human-readable text.
-* tftopl invocation:: TFM -> PL (for editing TFM).
-* pltotf invocation:: PL -> TFM (make editing results usable).
-* vftovp invocation:: VF -> VPL (tftopl for virtual fonts).
-* vptovf invocation:: VPL -> VF (pltotf for virtual fonts).
-* Font utilities available elsewhere:: Type 1, BDF, editors, etc.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Font file formats, Next: gftopk invocation, Up: Font utilities
-
-10.1 Font file formats
-======================
-
-(For another perspective on this, *note Font concepts: (dvips)Font
-concepts.).
-
- Font files come in several varieties, with suffixes like:
- .tfm .*pk .*gf .*pxl (obsolete) .pl .mf .vf .vpl
- Each represents a file format.
-
- A TFM (TeX font metric) file is a compact binary file that contains
-information about each character in a font, about combinations of
-characters within that font, and about the font as a whole. The font
-metric information contained in TFM files is device-independent units is
-used by TeX to do typesetting. Unlike the bitmap (raster) fonts
-described below, TFM font files contain no information about the shapes
-of characters. They describe rectangular areas and combinations
-thereof, but not what will eventually be printed in those areas.
-
- Since TeX does scaling calculations, one TFM file serves for all
-magnifications of a given typeface. On the other hand, the best printed
-results are obtained when magnified (or reduced fonts) are not produced
-geometrically (as done by PostScript, for example) but rather optically,
-with each size a separate design (as done with Computer Modern and the
-EC fonts, for example); then a separate TFM file is needed for each
-size.
-
- At any rate, TeX produces a DVI (DeVice Independent) file from your
-source document. In order to print DVI files on real devices, you need
-font files defining digitized character shapes and other data. Then
-previewers and printer-driver programs can translate your DVI files into
-something usable by your monitor or printer. Bitmap fonts come with
-suffixes such as `.600pk' or `.600gf' or `.3000pxl', where the `600' is
-the horizontal dots-per-inch resolution at which the font was produced,
-and the `pk' or `gf' or `pxl' indicates the font format. Outline fonts
-in PostScript Type 1 format have suffixes such as `.pfa' or `.pfb'.
-
- Fonts in pk (packed) format are in the tightly packed raster format
-that is pretty much the standard today. They take up less space than
-fonts in the gf (generic font) format that Metafont generates, and far
-less space than fonts in pxl format. Fonts in pxl format take up gross
-amounts of disk space and permit only 128 characters. They are
-obsolete.
-
- Font files with the `.pl' (property list) suffix are the plain text
-(human-readable) analog of the binary `.tfm' files. The TFtoPL and
-PLtoTF programs convert between the two formats (*note tftopl
-invocation:: and *note pltotf invocation::).
-
- Font files with the `.mf' suffix are in Metafont source format.
-These are the files used by Metafont to generate rastered fonts for
-specific typefaces at specific magnifications for the specific
-resolution and type of mapping used by your device.
-
- The suffix `.vf' identifies "virtual font" files, for which `.vpl'
-is the human-readable analog. See *Note vftovp invocation::, and *note
-vptovf invocation::. For further discussion of virtual fonts, see
-`CTAN:/doc/virtual-fonts.knuth', `CTAN:/help/virtualfonts.txt', and
-*note Virtual fonts: (dvips)Virtual fonts.
-
- (This section is based on documentation in the original Unix TeX
-distribution by Pierre MacKay and Elizabeth Tachikawa.)
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: gftopk invocation, Next: pktogf invocation, Prev: Font file formats, Up: Font utilities
-
-10.2 GFtoPK: Generic to packed font conversion
-==============================================
-
-GFtoPK converts a generic font (GF) file output by, for example,
-Metafont (*note mf invocation::) to a packed font (PK) file. PK files
-are considerably smaller than the corresponding gf files, so they are
-generally the bitmap font format of choice. Some DVI-processing
-programs, notably Dvips, only support PK files and not GF files.
-Synopsis:
-
- gftopk [OPTION]... GFNAME.DPI[gf] [PKFILE]
-
-The font GFNAME is searched for in the usual places (*note Glyph
-lookup: (kpathsea)Glyph lookup.). To see all the relevant paths, set
-the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' before running the
-program.
-
- The suffix `gf' is supplied if not already present. This suffix is
-not an extension; no `.' precedes it: for instance, `cmr10.600gf'.
-
- If PKFILE is not specified, the output is written to the basename of
-`GFNAME.DPIpk', e.g., `gftopk /wherever/cmr10.600gf' creates
-`./cmr10.600pk'.
-
- The only options are `--verbose', `--help', and `--version' (*note
-Common options::).
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: pktogf invocation, Next: pktype invocation, Prev: gftopk invocation, Up: Font utilities
-
-10.3 PKtoGF: Packed to generic font conversion
-==============================================
-
-PKtoGF converts a packed font (PK) file to a generic font (GF) file.
-Since PK format is much more compact than GF format, the most likely
-reason to do this is to run GFtype (*note gftype invocation::) on the
-result, so you can see the bitmap images. Also, a few old utility
-programs do not support PK format. Synopsis:
-
- pktogf [OPTION]... PKNAME.DPI[pk] [GFFILE]
-
-The font PKNAME is searched for in the usual places (*note Glyph
-lookup: (kpathsea)Glyph lookup.). To see all the relevant paths, set
-the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' before running the
-program.
-
- The suffix `pk' is supplied if not already present. This suffix is
-not an extension; no `.' precedes it: for instance, `cmr10.600pk'.
-
- If GFFILE is not specified, the output is written to the basename of
-`PKNAME.DPIgf', e.g., `pktogf /wherever/cmr10.600pk' creates
-`./cmr10.600gf'.
-
- The only options are `--verbose', `--help', and `--version' (*note
-Common options::).
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: pktype invocation, Next: gftype invocation, Prev: pktogf invocation, Up: Font utilities
-
-10.4 PKtype: Plain text transliteration of packed fonts
-=======================================================
-
-PKtype translates a packed font (PK) bitmap file (as output by GFtoPK,
-for example) to a plain text file that humans can read. It also serves
-as a PK-validating program, i.e., if PKtype can read a file, it's
-correct. Synopsis:
-
- pktype PKNAME.DPI[pk]
-
- The font PKNAME is searched for in the usual places (*note Glyph
-lookup: (kpathsea)Glyph lookup.). To see all the relevant paths, set
-the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' before running the
-program.
-
- The suffix `pk' is supplied if not already present. This suffix is
-not an extension; no `.' precedes it: for instance, `cmr10.600pk'.
-
- The translation is written to standard output.
-
- The only options are `-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::).
-
- As an example of the output, here is the (abridged) translation of
-the letter `K' in `cmr10', as rendered at 600dpi with the mode `ljfour'
-from `modes.mf' (available from `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/modes.mf').
-
- 955: Flag byte = 184 Character = 75 Packet length = 174
- Dynamic packing variable = 11
- TFM width = 815562 dx = 4259840
- Height = 57 Width = 57 X-offset = -3 Y-offset = 56
- [2]23(16)17(8)9(25)11(13)7(27)7(16)7(28)4(18)7(28)2(20)7(27)...
- ...
- (14)9(24)12(5)[2]23(13)21
-
-Explanation:
-
-`955'
- The byte position in the file where this character starts.
-
-`Flag byte'
-`Dynamic packing variable'
- Related to the packing for this character; see the source code.
-
-`Character'
- The character code, in decimal.
-
-`Packet length'
- The total length of this character definition, in bytes.
-
-`TFM width'
- The device-independent (TFM) width of this character. It is 2^24
- times the ratio of the true width to the font's design size.
-
-`dx'
- The device-dependent width, in "scaled pixels", i.e., units of
- horizontal pixels times 2^16.
-
-`Height'
-`Width'
- The bitmap height and width, in pixels.
-
-`X-offset'
-`Y-offset'
- Horizontal and vertical offset from the upper left pixel to the
- reference (origin) pixel for this character, in pixels (right and
- down are positive). The "reference pixel" is the pixel that
- occupies the unit square in Metafont; the Metafont reference point
- is the lower left hand corner of this pixel. Put another way, the
- x-offset is the negative of the left side bearing; the right side
- bearing is the horizontal escapement minus the bitmap width plus
- the x-offset.
-
-`[2]23(16)...'
- Finally, run lengths of black pixels alternate with parenthesized
- run lengths of white pixels, and brackets indicate a repeated row.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: gftype invocation, Next: tftopl invocation, Prev: pktype invocation, Up: Font utilities
-
-10.5 GFtype: Plain text transliteration of generic fonts
-========================================================
-
-GFtype translates a generic font (GF) bitmap file (as output by
-Metafont, for example) to a plain text file that humans can read. It
-also serves as a GF-validating program, i.e., if GFtype can read a file,
-it's correct. Synopsis:
-
- gftype [OPTION]... GFNAME.DPI[gf]
-
- The font GFNAME is searched for in the usual places (*note Glyph
-lookup: (kpathsea)Glyph lookup.). To see all the relevant paths, set
-the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' before running the
-program.
-
- The suffix `gf' is supplied if not already present. This suffix is
-not an extension; no `.' precedes it: for instance, `cmr10.600gf'.
-
- The translation is written to standard output.
-
- The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard
-`-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::):
-`-images'
- Show the characters' bitmaps using asterisks and spaces.
-
-`-mnemonics'
- Translate all commands in the GF file.
-
- As an example of the output, here is the (abrdiged) translation of
-the letter `K' in `cmr10', as rendered at 600dpi with the mode `ljfour'
-from `modes.mf' (available from `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/modes.mf'), with
-both `-mnemonics' and `-images' enabled.
-
- GFtype outputs the information about a character in two places: a
-main definition and a one-line summary at the end. We show both. Here
-is the main definition:
-
- 2033: beginning of char 75: 3<=m<=60 0<=n<=56
- (initially n=56) paint (0)24(12)20
- 2043: newrow 0 (n=55) paint 24(12)20
- 2047: newrow 0 (n=54) paint 24(12)20
- 2051: newrow 0 (n=53) paint 24(12)20
- 2055: newrow 7 (n=52) paint 10(21)13
- 2059: newrow 8 (n=51) paint 8(23)9
- ...
- 2249: newrow 8 (n=5) paint 8(23)11
- 2253: newrow 7 (n=4) paint 10(22)12
- 2257: newrow 0 (n=3) paint 24(11)22
- 2261: newrow 0 (n=2) paint 24(11)22
- 2265: newrow 0 (n=1) paint 24(11)22
- 2269: newrow 0 (n=0) paint 24(11)22
- 2273: eoc
- .<--This pixel's lower left corner is at (3,57) in METAFONT coordinates
- ************************ ********************
- ************************ ********************
- ************************ ********************
- ************************ ********************
- ********** *************
- ******** *********
- ...
- ******** ***********
- ********** ************
- ************************ **********************
- ************************ **********************
- ************************ **********************
- ************************ **********************
- .<--This pixel's upper left corner is at (3,0) in METAFONT coordinates
-
-Explanation:
-
-`2033'
-`2043'
-`...'
- The byte position in the file where each GF command starts.
-
-`beginning of char 75'
- The character code, in decimal.
-
-`3<=m<=60 0<=n<=56'
- The character's bitmap lies between 3 and 60 (inclusive)
- horizontally, and between 0 and 56 (inclusive) vertically. (m is a
- column position and n is a row position.) Thus, 3 is the left side
- bearing. The right side bearing is the horizontal escapement
- (given below) minus the maximum m.
-
-`(initially n=56) paint (0)24(12)20'
- The first row of pixels: 0 white pixels, 24 black pixels, 12 white
- pixels, etc.
-
-`newrow 0 (n=55) paint 24(12)20'
- The second row of pixels, with zero leading white pixels on the
- row.
-
-`eoc'
- The end of the main character definition.
-
-
- Here is the GF postamble information that GFtype outputs at the end:
-
- Character 75: dx 4259840 (65), width 815562 (64.57289), loc 2033
-
- Explanation:
-
-`dx'
- The device-dependent width, in "scaled pixels", i.e., units of
- horizontal pixels times 2^16. The `(65)' is simply the same number
- rounded. If the vertical escapement is nonzero, it would appear
- here as a `dy' value.
-
-`width'
- The device-independent (TFM) width of this character. It is 2^24
- times the ratio of the true width to the font's design size. The
- `64.57289' is the same number converted to pixels.
-
-`loc'
- The byte position in the file where this character starts.
-
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: tftopl invocation, Next: pltotf invocation, Prev: gftype invocation, Up: Font utilities
-
-10.6 TFtoPL: TeX font metric to property list conversion
-========================================================
-
-TFtoPL translates a TeX font metric (TFM, *note Metric files:
-(dvips)Metric files.) file (as output by Metafont, for example) to
-"property list format" (a list of parenthesized items describing the
-font) that humans can edit or read. This program is mostly used by
-people debugging TeX implementations, writing font utilities, etc.
-Synopsis:
-
- tftopl [OPTION]... TFMNAME[.tfm] [PLFILE[.pl]]
-
- The font TFMNAME (extended with `.tfm' if necessary) is searched for
-in the usual places (*note Supported file formats: (kpathsea)Supported
-file formats.). To see all the relevant paths, set the environment
-variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' before running the program.
-
- If PLFILE (which is extended with `.pl' if necessary) is not
-specified, the property list file is written to standard output. The
-property list file can be converted back to TFM format by the companion
-program TFtoPL (see the next section).
-
- The program accepts the following option, as well as the standard
-`-verbose', `-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::):
-`-charcode-format=TYPE'
- Output character codes in the PL file according to TYPE: either
- `octal' or `ascii'. Default is `ascii' for letters and digits,
- octal for all other characters. Exception: if the font's coding
- scheme starts with `TeX math sy' or `TeX math ex', all character
- codes are output in octal.
-
- In `ascii' format, character codes that correspond to graphic
- characters, except for left and right parentheses, are output as a
- `C' followed by the single character: `C K', for example. In
- octal format, character codes are output as the letter `O' followed
- by octal digits, as in `O 113' for `K'.
-
- `octal' format is useful for symbol and other non-alphabetic fonts,
- where using ASCII characters for the character codes is merely
- confusing.
-
- As an example of the output, here is the (abridged) property list
-translation of `cmr10.tfm':
-
- (FAMILY CMR)
- (FACE O 352)
- (CODINGSCHEME TEX TEXT)
- (DESIGNSIZE R 10.0)
- (COMMENT DESIGNSIZE IS IN POINTS)
- (COMMENT OTHER SIZES ARE MULTIPLES OF DESIGNSIZE)
- (CHECKSUM O 11374260171)
- (FONTDIMEN
- (SLANT R 0.0)
- (SPACE R 0.333334)
- (STRETCH R 0.166667)
- (SHRINK R 0.111112)
- (XHEIGHT R 0.430555)
- (QUAD R 1.000003)
- (EXTRASPACE R 0.111112)
- )
- (LIGTABLE
- ...
- (LABEL C f)
- (LIG C i O 14)
- (LIG C f O 13)
- (LIG C l O 15)
- (KRN O 47 R 0.077779)
- (KRN O 77 R 0.077779)
- (KRN O 41 R 0.077779)
- (KRN O 51 R 0.077779)
- (KRN O 135 R 0.077779)
- (STOP)
- ...
- )
- ...
- (CHARACTER C f
- (CHARWD R 0.305557)
- (CHARHT R 0.694445)
- (CHARIC R 0.077779)
- (COMMENT
- (LIG C i O 14)
- (LIG C f O 13)
- (LIG C l O 15)
- (KRN O 47 R 0.077779)
- (KRN O 77 R 0.077779)
- ...
- )
- )
- ...
-
- As you can see, the general format is a list of parenthesized
-"properties", nested where necessary.
-
- * The first few items (`FAMILY', `FACE', and so on) are the
- so-called "headerbyte" information from Metafont, giving general
- information about the font.
-
- * The `FONTDIMEN' property defines the TeX `\fontdimen' values.
-
- * The `LIGTABLE' property defines the ligature and kerning table.
- `LIG' properties define ligatures: in the example above, an `f'
- (in the `LABEL') followed by an `i' is a ligature, i.e., a
- typesetting program like TeX replaces those two consecutive
- characters by the character at position octal '014 in the current
- font--presumably the `fi' ligature. `KRN' properties define
- kerns: if an `f' is followed by character octal '047 (an
- apostrophe), TeX inserts a small amount of space between them:
- 0.077779 times the design size the font was loaded at (about
- three-quarters of a printer's point by default in this case, or
- .001 inches).
-
- * The `CHARACTER' property defines the dimensions of a character: its
- width, height, depth, and italic correction, also in design-size
- units, as explained in the previous item. For our example `f',
- the depth is zero, so that property is omitted. TFtoPL also
- inserts any kerns and ligatures for this character as a comment.
-
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: pltotf invocation, Next: vftovp invocation, Prev: tftopl invocation, Up: Font utilities
-
-10.7 PLtoTF: Property list to TeX font metric conversion
-========================================================
-
-PLtoTF translates a property list file (as output by TFtoPL, for
-example) to TeX font metric (TFM, *note Metric files: (dvips)Metric
-files.) format. It's much easier for both programs and humans to
-create the (plain text) property list files and let PLtoTF take care of
-creating the binary TFM equivalent than to output TFM files directly.
-Synopsis:
-
- pltotf [OPTION]... PLFILE[.pl] [TFMFILE[.tfm]]
-
- If TFMFILE (extended with `.tfm' if necessary) is not specified, the
-TFM file is written to the basename of `PLFILE.tfm', e.g., `pltotf
-/wherever/cmr10.pl' creates `./cmr10.tfm'. (Since TFM files are
-binary, writing to standard output by default is undesirable.)
-
- The only options are `-verbose', `-help', and `-version' (*note
-Common options::).
-
- For an example of property list format, see the previous section.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: vftovp invocation, Next: vptovf invocation, Prev: pltotf invocation, Up: Font utilities
-
-10.8 VFtoVP: Virtual font to virtual property lists
-===================================================
-
-VFtoVP translates a virtual font metric (VF, *note Virtual fonts:
-(dvips)Virtual fonts.) file and its accompanying TeX font metric (TFM,
-*note Metric files: (dvips)Metric files.) file (as output by VPtoVF, for
-example) to "virtual property list format" (a list of parenthesized
-items describing the virtual font) that humans can edit or read. This
-program is mostly used by people debugging virtual font utilities.
-Synopsis:
-
- vftovp [OPTION]... VFNAME[.vf] [TFMNAME[.tfm] [VPLFILE[.vpl]]]
-
- The fonts VFNAME and TFMNAME (extended with `.vf' and `.tfm' if
-necessary) are searched for in the usual places (*note Supported file
-formats: (kpathsea)Supported file formats.). To see all the relevant
-paths, set the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' before
-running the program. If TFMNAME is not specified, VFNAME (without a
-trailing `.vf') is used.
-
- If VPLFILE (extended with `.vpl' if necessary) is not specified, the
-property list file is written to standard output. The property list
-file can be converted back to VF and TFM format by the companion
-program VFtoVP (see the next section).
-
- The program accepts the following option, as well as the standard
-`-verbose', `-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::):
-`-charcode-format=TYPE'
- Output character codes in the PL file according to TYPE: either
- `octal' or `ascii'. Default is `ascii' for letters and digits,
- octal for all other characters. Exception: if the font's coding
- scheme starts with `TeX math sy' or `TeX math ex', all character
- codes are output in octal.
-
- In `ascii' format, character codes that correspond to graphic
- characters, except for left and right parentheses, are output as a
- `C' followed by the single character: `C K', for example. In
- octal format, character codes are output as the letter `O' followed
- by octal digits, as in `O 113' for `K'.
-
- `octal' format is useful for symbol and other non-alphabetic fonts,
- where using ASCII characters for the character codes is merely
- confusing.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: vptovf invocation, Next: Font utilities available elsewhere, Prev: vftovp invocation, Up: Font utilities
-
-10.9 VPtoVF: Virtual property lists to virtual font
-===================================================
-
-VPtoVF translates a virtual property list file (as output by VFtoVP, for
-example) to virtual font (VF, *note Virtual fonts: (dvips)Virtual
-fonts.) and TeX font metric (TFM, *note Metric files: (dvips)Metric
-files.) files. It's much easier for both programs and humans to create
-the (plain text) property list files and let VPtoVF take care of
-creating the binary VF and TFM equivalents than to output them
-directly. Synopsis:
-
- vptovf [OPTION]... VPLFILE[.vpl] [VFFILE[.vf] [TFMFILE[.tfm]]]
-
- If VFFILE (extended with `.vf' if necessary) is not specified, the
-VF output is written to the basename of `VPLFILE.vf'; similarly for
-TFMFILE. For example, `vptovf /wherever/ptmr.vpl' creates `./ptmr.vf'
-and `./ptmr.tfm'.
-
- The only options are `-verbose', `-help', and `-version' (*note
-Common options::).
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Font utilities available elsewhere, Prev: vptovf invocation, Up: Font utilities
-
-10.10 Font utilities available elsewhere
-========================================
-
-The Web2c complement of font utilities merely implements a few basic
-conversions. Many other more sophisticated font utilities exist; most
-are in `CTAN:/fonts/utilities' (for CTAN info, *note unixtex.ftp:
-(kpathsea)unixtex.ftp.). Here are some of the most commonly-requested
-items:
-
- * AFM (Adobe font metric) to TFM conversion: *note Invoking afm2tfm:
- (dvips)Invoking afm2tfm, and `CTAN:/fonts/utilities/afmtopl'.
-
- * BDF (the X bitmap format) conversion:
- `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/bdf.tar.gz'.
-
- * Creating fonts using MetaPost: MetaType1.
- `ftp://bop.eps.gda.pl/pub/metatype1'. This is used to create the
- excellent Latin Modern font family (`CTAN:/fonts/lm'), which
- extends Computer Modern to a vast repertoire of scripts.
-
- * Editing of bitmap fonts: Xbfe from the GNU font utilities mentioned
- below; the X BDF-editing programs available from
- `ftp://ftp.x.org/R5contrib/xfed.tar.Z' and
- `ftp://ftp.x.org/R5contrib/xfedor.tar.Z'; and finally, if your
- fonts have only 128 characters, you can use the old `gftopxl',
- `pxtoch', and `chtopx' programs from `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/web'.
-
- * Editing of outline fonts: FontForge, `fontforge.sourceforge.net'.
- This is a very elaborate program with support for many outline
- formats (Type 1, OpenType, TrueType, ...), and many advanced font
- editing features.
-
- * PK bitmaps from PostScript outline fonts: gsftopk from the `xdvi'
- distribution. Alternatively, `ps2pk', from
- `CTAN:/fonts/utilities/ps2pk'.
-
- * PostScript Type 1 font format conversion (i.e., between PFA and PFB
- formats): `http://www.lcdf.org/type'.
-
- * Scanned image conversion: the (aging) GNU font utilities convert
- type specimen images to Metafont, PostScript, etc.:
- `http://www.gnu.org/software/fontutils/'.
-
- * Tracing bitmaps to fitted outlines: Autotrace
- (`http://autotrace.sourceforge.net'), Potrace
- (`http://potrace.sourceforge.net'). For Metafont fonts, either of
- the two programs `mftrace'
- (`http://www.xs4all.nl/~hanwen/mftrace') or `textrace'
- (`http://textrace.sourceforge.net') make the job easier.
-
- * Virtual font creation: `CTAN:/fonts/utilities/fontinst'.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Legalisms, Next: References, Prev: Font utilities, Up: Top
-
-Appendix A Legalisms
-********************
-
-In general, each file has its own copyright notice stating the copying
-permissions for that file. Following is a summary.
-
- The Web2c system itself and most of the original WEB source files are
-public domain.
-
- `tex.web', the MLTeX code, `mf.web', and `bibtex.web', are
-copyrighted by their authors. They may be copied verbatim, but may be
-modified only through a `.ch' file.
-
- MetaPost-related files, including `mp.web' itself, are copyrighted
-under X-like terms; the precise notice is included below.
-
- Finally, the Kpathsea library is covered by the GNU Lesser General
-Public License (*note Introduction: (kpathsea)Introduction.).
-Therefore, the _binaries_ resulting from a standard Web2c compilation
-are also covered by the LGPL; so if you (re)distribute the binaries,
-you must also (offer to) distribute the complete source that went into
-those binaries. See the file `LGPL' for complete details on the LGPL.
-
- The following notice must be included by the terms of the MetaPost
-copyright.
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and
- its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this permission
- notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting documentation,
- and that the names of AT&T Bell Laboratories or any of its
- entities not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to
- distribution of the software without specific, written prior
- permission.
-
- AT&T disclaims all warranties with regard to this software,
- including all implied warranties of merchantability and fitness.
- In no event shall AT&T be liable for any special, indirect or
- consequential damages or any damages whatsoever resulting from
- loss of use, data or profits, whether in an action of contract,
- negligence or other tortious action, arising out of or in
- connection with the use or performance of this software.
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: References, Next: Index, Prev: Legalisms, Up: Top
-
-Appendix B References
-*********************
-
- 1. Kpathsea: *Note Introduction: (kpathsea)Top.
-
- 2. Dvips and Afm2tfm: *Note Introduction: (dvips)Top.
-
- 3. The TeX Users Group: `http://www.tug.org'. For an introduction to
- the TeX system, see `http://tug.org/begin.html'.
-
- 4. TUGboat: `http://tug.org/TUGboat'.
-
- 5. TeX and computer typesetting in general:
- `ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook1.bib'.
-
- 6. For a bibliography of formal articles and technical reports on the
- TeX project, see the books `TeX: The Program' or `Metafont: The
- Program' cited below.
-
- 7. [Bil87] Neenie Billawala. Write-white printing engines and tuning
- fonts with Metafont. `TUGboat', 8(1):29-32, April 1987.
- `http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb08-1/tb17billawala.pdf'.
-
- 8. [GMS94] Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin.
- `The LaTeX Companion'. Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, USA, 1994.
-
- 9. [Hob89] John D. Hobby. A Metafont-like system with PS output.
- `TUGboat', 10(4):505-512, December 1989.
- `http://tug.org/metapost'.
-
- 10. [Hob92] John D. Hobby. A User's Manual for MetaPost. Technical
- Report CSTR-162, AT&T Bell Laboratories, 1992.
-
- 11. [Hob93] John D. Hobby. Drawing Graphs with MetaPost. Technical
- Report CSTR-164, AT&T Bell Laboratories, 1993.
-
- 12. [HS91] Samuel P. Harbison and Guy L. Steele Jr. `C--A Reference
- Manual'. Prentice-Hall, Upper Saddle River, NJ 07458, USA, third
- edition, 1991. An authoritative reference to the C programming
- language, and a good companion to Kernighan and Ritchie.
-
- 13. [KL93] Donald E. Knuth and Silvio Levy. `The CWEB System of
- Structured Documentation, Version 3.0'. Addison-Wesley, Reading,
- MA, USA, 1993.
-
- 14. [Knu84] Donald E. Knuth. A torture test for TeX. Report No.
- STAN-CS-84-1027, Stanford University, Department of Computer
- Science, 1984.
-
- 15. [Knu86a] Donald E. Knuth. A Torture Test for METAFONT. Report
- No. STAN-CS-86-1095, Stanford University, Department of Computer
- Science, 1986.
-
- 16. [Knu86b] Donald E. Knuth. `The TeXbook', volume A of `Computers
- and Typesetting'. Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, USA, 1986.
-
- 17. [Knu86c] Donald E. Knuth. `TeX: The Program', volume B of
- `Computers and Typesetting'. Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, USA,
- 1986.
-
- 18. [Knu86d] Donald E. Knuth. `The METAFONTbook', volume C of
- `Computers and Typesetting'. Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, USA,
- 1986.
-
- 19. [Knu86e] Donald E. Knuth. `METAFONT: The Program', volume D of
- `Computers and Typesetting'. Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, USA,
- 1986.
-
- 20. [Knu86f] Donald E. Knuth. `Computer Modern Typefaces', volume E
- of `Computers and Typesetting'. Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA,
- USA, 1986.
-
- 21. [Knu89] Donald E. Knuth. The errors of TeX. `Software--Practice
- and Experience', 19(7):607-681, July 1989. This is an updated
- version of Knuth:1988:ET.
-
- 22. [Knu90] Donald Knuth. Virtual Fonts: More Fun for Grand Wizards.
- `TUGboat', 11(1):13-23, April 1990.
- `http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb11-1/tb27knut.pdf'.
-
- 23. [Knu92] Donald E. Knuth. `Literate Programming'. CSLI Lecture
- Notes Number 27. Stanford University Center for the Study of
- Language and Information, Stanford, CA, USA, 1992.
-
- 24. [Lam94] Leslie Lamport. `LaTeX: A Document Preparation System:
- User's Guide and Reference Manual'. Addison-Wesley, Reading,
- MA, USA, second edition, 1994. Reprinted with corrections in 1996.
-
- 25. [Lia83] Franklin Mark Liang. Word hy-phen-a-tion by com-pu-ter.
- Technical Report STAN-CS-83-977, Stanford University, August 1983.
- `http://tug.org/docs/liang/liang-thesis.pdf'.
-
- 26. [Mac91] Pierre A. MacKay. Looking at the pixels: Quality control
- for 300 dpi laser printer fonts, especially Metafonts. In
- Robert A. Morris and Jacques Andre, editors, `Raster Imaging and
- Digital Typography II--Papers from the second RIDT meeting, held in
- Boston, Oct. 14-16, 1991', pages 205-215, New York, 1991.
- Cambridge University Press.
-
- 27. [Spi89] Michael D. Spivak. `LAMSTeX, The Synthesis'. The
- TeXplorators Corporation, 3701 W. Alabama, Suite 450-273, Houston,
- TX 77027, USA, 1989.
-
- 28. [Spi90] Michael D. Spivak. `The Joy of TeX--A Gourmet Guide to
- Typesetting with the AMSTeX macro package'. American
- Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, USA, 2nd revised edition,
- 1990.
-
-
-
-File: web2c.info, Node: Index, Prev: References, Up: Top
-
-Index
-*****
-
-
-* Menu:
-
-* #define options: Compile-time options.
- (line 6)
-* $ expansion in filenames: \input filenames. (line 48)
-* %& magic number: Determining the memory dump to use.
- (line 19)
-* - starting a filename: Option conventions. (line 19)
-* - starts option names: Option conventions. (line 11)
-* -- starts option names: Option conventions. (line 11)
-* --disable-dump-share configure option: Hardware and memory dumps.
- (line 6)
-* --disable-mf-nowin: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 65)
-* --enable-epsfwin: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 20)
-* --enable-hp2627win: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 28)
-* --enable-ipc configure option: tex invocation. (line 95)
-* --enable-mftalkwin: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 31)
-* --enable-next: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 35)
-* --enable-regiswin: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 40)
-* --enable-suntoolswin: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 43)
-* --enable-tektronixwin: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 48)
-* --enable-unitermwin: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 51)
-* --help common option: Common options. (line 11)
-* --verbose common option: Common options. (line 15)
-* --version common option: Common options. (line 18)
-* --with-editor=CMD: Editor invocation. (line 10)
-* --with-mf-x-toolkit=KIT: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 59)
-* --with-x: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 57)
-* -8bit: Common options. (line 105)
-* -base=BASE: Determining the memory dump to use.
- (line 15)
-* -base=DUMPNAME: Common options. (line 34)
-* -change=CHFILE: mft invocation. (line 64)
-* -charcode-format=TYPE <1>: vftovp invocation. (line 31)
-* -charcode-format=TYPE: tftopl invocation. (line 28)
-* -D compiler options: Compile-time options.
- (line 6)
-* -disable-write18: tex invocation. (line 130)
-* -dpi=REAL: dvitype invocation. (line 24)
-* -enable-write18: tex invocation. (line 129)
-* -enc: tex invocation. (line 89)
-* -file-line-error: Common options. (line 25)
-* -file-line-error-style: Common options. (line 26)
-* -fmt=DUMPNAME: Common options. (line 34)
-* -fmt=FMT: Determining the memory dump to use.
- (line 15)
-* -geometry, supported with Xt: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 69)
-* -halt-on-error: Common options. (line 41)
-* -images: gftype invocation. (line 26)
-* -ini <1>: Initial and virgin. (line 10)
-* -ini: Common options. (line 45)
-* -interaction=STRING: Common options. (line 50)
-* -ipc: tex invocation. (line 95)
-* -ipc-start: tex invocation. (line 95)
-* -jobname=STRING: Common options. (line 55)
-* -kpathsea-debug=NUMBER: Common options. (line 59)
-* -length=NUMBER: tangle invocation. (line 27)
-* -loose: tangle invocation. (line 46)
-* -lowercase: tangle invocation. (line 35)
-* -magnification=INTEGER <1>: dvitype invocation. (line 28)
-* -magnification=INTEGER: dvicopy invocation. (line 20)
-* -max-pages=N <1>: dvitype invocation. (line 33)
-* -max-pages=N: dvicopy invocation. (line 25)
-* -mem=DUMPNAME: Common options. (line 34)
-* -min-crossrefs=N: bibtex invocation. (line 31)
-* -mixedcase: tangle invocation. (line 35)
-* -mktex=FILETYPE <1>: mf invocation. (line 87)
-* -mktex=FILETYPE: tex invocation. (line 105)
-* -mltex: tex invocation. (line 110)
-* -mnemonics: gftype invocation. (line 29)
-* -no-file-line-error: Common options. (line 26)
-* -no-mktex=FILETYPE <1>: mf invocation. (line 87)
-* -no-mktex=FILETYPE: tex invocation. (line 105)
-* -no-parse-first-line: Common options. (line 72)
-* -no-shell-escape: tex invocation. (line 123)
-* -output-comment=STRING: tex invocation. (line 115)
-* -output-directory <1>: Output file location.
- (line 15)
-* -output-directory: Common options. (line 66)
-* -output-level=N: dvitype invocation. (line 36)
-* -overflow-label-offset=POINTS: gftodvi invocation. (line 59)
-* -page-start=PAGE-SPEC <1>: dvitype invocation. (line 50)
-* -page-start=PAGE-SPEC: dvicopy invocation. (line 28)
-* -parse-first-line: Common options. (line 71)
-* -progname=STRING <1>: Determining the memory dump to use.
- (line 17)
-* -progname=STRING: Common options. (line 77)
-* -recorder: Common options. (line 84)
-* -shell-escape: tex invocation. (line 122)
-* -shell-restricted: tex invocation. (line 124)
-* -show-opcodes: dvitype invocation. (line 56)
-* -strict: tangle invocation. (line 46)
-* -style=MFTFILE: mft invocation. (line 68)
-* -T: mpost invocation. (line 118)
-* -terse: bibtex invocation. (line 28)
-* -tex=TEXPROGRAM: mpost invocation. (line 121)
-* -translate-file=TCXFILE: Common options. (line 98)
-* -troff: mpost invocation. (line 118)
-* -underline: tangle invocation. (line 41)
-* -uppercase: tangle invocation. (line 35)
-* -x: weave invocation. (line 22)
-* ., used for output: Output file location.
- (line 6)
-* .2602gf: mf invocation. (line 48)
-* .aux cross-reference files: bibtex invocation. (line 6)
-* .base: Initial Metafont. (line 6)
-* .bbl bibliography files: bibtex invocation. (line 6)
-* .bib bibliography databases: bibtex invocation. (line 6)
-* .blg BibTeX log file: bibtex invocation. (line 14)
-* .fmt: Initial TeX. (line 6)
-* .mf: mf invocation. (line 24)
-* .mp: mpost invocation. (line 31)
-* .mps files and PDF: mpost invocation. (line 89)
-* .NNN PostScript figures: mpost invocation. (line 37)
-* .NNNgf generic fonts: mf invocation. (line 34)
-* .tcx character translation files <1>: TCX files. (line 6)
-* .tcx character translation files: Common options. (line 98)
-* .tex: tex invocation. (line 20)
-* .tfm output <1>: mpost invocation. (line 37)
-* .tfm output: mf invocation. (line 43)
-* .Xdefaults: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 69)
-* .Xresources: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 69)
-* 2602gf: mf invocation. (line 48)
-* 8 bit clean: Common options. (line 105)
-* 8 bit clean output, specifying: Common options. (line 105)
-* 8-bit characters: TCX files. (line 6)
-* \bibliography: bibtex invocation. (line 18)
-* \bibliographystyle: bibtex invocation. (line 18)
-* \charsubdef and MLTeX: \charsubdef. (line 6)
-* \countN <1>: dvitype invocation. (line 50)
-* \countN: dvicopy invocation. (line 28)
-* \font and dynamic generation: tex invocation. (line 44)
-* \fontdimen: tftopl invocation. (line 100)
-* \immediate\write18: Shell escapes. (line 6)
-* \input filenames: \input filenames. (line 6)
-* \input, and pipes: Shell escapes. (line 63)
-* \mag <1>: dvitype invocation. (line 28)
-* \mag: dvicopy invocation. (line 20)
-* \openin, and pipes: Shell escapes. (line 63)
-* \openout and security: tex invocation. (line 51)
-* \openout, and pipes: Shell escapes. (line 63)
-* \output routine, and \write: Shell escapes. (line 28)
-* \pdfshellescape: Shell escapes. (line 63)
-* \string: \input filenames. (line 60)
-* \tracingcharsubdef and MLTeX: \tracingcharsubdef. (line 6)
-* \tracinglostchars and MLTeX: \tracingcharsubdef. (line 11)
-* \write18 shell escape extension: Shell escapes. (line 6)
-* ^^ notation, avoiding: TCX files. (line 88)
-* `Computer Modern Typefaces', production of: mft invocation. (line 75)
-* abbrv.bst: Basic BibTeX style files.
- (line 16)
-* accented character: TCX files. (line 6)
-* accents, hyphenating words with: MLTeX. (line 6)
-* acknowledgements: Introduction. (line 50)
-* acm.bst: Basic BibTeX style files.
- (line 19)
-* Ada, WEB for: WEB. (line 13)
-* additional Make targets: Additional targets. (line 6)
-* AFM to TFM conversion: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 12)
-* afm2tfm: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 12)
-* afmtopl: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 12)
-* Aleph: TeX extensions. (line 14)
-* aliases for fonts: Path searching. (line 15)
-* alpha.bst: Basic BibTeX style files.
- (line 22)
-* American Mathematical Society, typesetting system: Formats. (line 39)
-* AMSTeX: Formats. (line 39)
-* apalike.bst: Basic BibTeX style files.
- (line 25)
-* architecture dependencies: Hardware and memory dumps.
- (line 6)
-* array limit, fixed: Runtime options. (line 36)
-* array sizes: Runtime options. (line 6)
-* assembly language routines: Compile-time options.
- (line 22)
-* autotrace: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 46)
-* Awk, WEB for: WEB. (line 13)
-* base file, determining: Determining the memory dump to use.
- (line 6)
-* base files: Initial Metafont. (line 6)
-* base files, need mode definitions: Modes. (line 6)
-* base files, plain only: Initial Metafont. (line 28)
-* base files, sharing: Hardware and memory dumps.
- (line 6)
-* bases Make target: Additional targets. (line 29)
-* basic BibTeX style files: Basic BibTeX style files.
- (line 6)
-* basic fonts and macros: Installation. (line 34)
-* batch languages: TeX. (line 9)
-* BDF and GF conversion: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 15)
-* beginfig: mpost invocation. (line 37)
-* Berry, Karl: Introduction. (line 40)
-* BIBINPUTS, search path for bib files: bibtex invocation. (line 18)
-* bibliographies, creating: BibTeX. (line 6)
-* bibliography: References. (line 6)
-* bibliography items, cross-referenced: bibtex invocation. (line 31)
-* bibtex: bibtex invocation. (line 6)
-* BibTeX: BibTeX. (line 6)
-* BibTeX collection: bibtex invocation. (line 54)
-* BibTeX style files: Basic BibTeX style files.
- (line 6)
-* BigEndian machines: Hardware and memory dumps.
- (line 6)
-* binaries, linking: Common options. (line 77)
-* blank lines, in TCX files: TCX files. (line 67)
-* boxes, memory for: Runtime options. (line 20)
-* breakpoints, memory for: Runtime options. (line 20)
-* Breitenlohner, Peter: Introduction. (line 8)
-* BSTINPUTS, search path for bst files: bibtex invocation. (line 18)
-* btex for MetaPost labels: mpost invocation. (line 50)
-* btxdoc.bib: bibtex invocation. (line 48)
-* btxdoc.tex: bibtex invocation. (line 42)
-* btxhak.tex: bibtex invocation. (line 45)
-* byte position <1>: gftype invocation. (line 76)
-* byte position: pktype invocation. (line 40)
-* byte swapping: Hardware and memory dumps.
- (line 13)
-* c-sources Makefile target: Additional targets. (line 12)
-* change files, and MFT: mft invocation. (line 64)
-* change files, and Tangle: tangle invocation. (line 11)
-* change files, and Weave: weave invocation. (line 14)
-* changing error messages style: Common options. (line 26)
-* character codes, in GFtype output: gftype invocation. (line 79)
-* character codes, in PKtype output: pktype invocation. (line 47)
-* character codes, in TCX files: TCX files. (line 78)
-* character proofs of fonts: gftodvi invocation. (line 6)
-* CHARACTER property: tftopl invocation. (line 114)
-* character translation files: TCX files. (line 6)
-* CHARDP property: tftopl invocation. (line 114)
-* CHARHT property: tftopl invocation. (line 114)
-* CHARIC property: tftopl invocation. (line 114)
-* CHARWD property: tftopl invocation. (line 114)
-* chtopx: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 23)
-* class name for Metafont: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 69)
-* cm.base: Initial Metafont. (line 28)
-* cmbase.mf: Initial Metafont. (line 28)
-* cmbase.mft: mft invocation. (line 75)
-* cmmf.base not recommended: Initial Metafont. (line 28)
-* color, in DVItoMP: dvitomp invocation. (line 15)
-* comments, in TCX files: TCX files. (line 71)
-* comments, MFT control: mft invocation. (line 24)
-* common options: Common options. (line 6)
-* commonalities: Commonalities. (line 6)
-* compilation: Installation. (line 6)
-* compile-time options <1>: Compile-time options.
- (line 6)
-* compile-time options: configure options. (line 6)
-* Computer Modern fonts, and Troff: mpost invocation. (line 68)
-* Computer Modern macros: Initial Metafont. (line 28)
-* configuration: Installation. (line 6)
-* configuration file reading: Path searching. (line 6)
-* configuration file values: Runtime options. (line 6)
-* configuration, compile-time: configure options. (line 6)
-* configure --with/--enable options: configure options. (line 6)
-* CONTENTS.tex: weave invocation. (line 22)
-* control sequence names, space for: Runtime options. (line 29)
-* conventions for options,: Option conventions. (line 6)
-* conversion, DVI to plain text: dvitype invocation. (line 6)
-* conversion, GF to PK: gftopk invocation. (line 6)
-* conversion, GF to plain text: gftype invocation. (line 6)
-* conversion, PK to GF: pktogf invocation. (line 6)
-* conversion, PK to plain text: pktype invocation. (line 6)
-* conversion, property list to TFM: pltotf invocation. (line 6)
-* conversion, property list to VF: vptovf invocation. (line 6)
-* conversion, TFM to property list: tftopl invocation. (line 6)
-* conversion, VF to VPL: vftovp invocation. (line 6)
-* copyright notices: Legalisms. (line 6)
-* Cork encoding and ISO input: TCX files. (line 49)
-* creating memory dumps: Creating memory dumps.
- (line 6)
-* cross-referenced bibliography items: bibtex invocation. (line 31)
-* cross-references, omitting: weave invocation. (line 22)
-* current directory, used for output: Output file location.
- (line 6)
-* Curtis, Pavel: Introduction. (line 40)
-* CWEB: WEB. (line 13)
-* Cweb: WEB. (line 13)
-* date and time, in memory dumps: Hardware and memory dumps.
- (line 30)
-* debugging DVI utilities: dvitype invocation. (line 56)
-* debugging flags, specifying: Common options. (line 59)
-* decimal character codes, in TCX files: TCX files. (line 78)
-* dependencies, hardware: Hardware and memory dumps.
- (line 6)
-* design-size units: tftopl invocation. (line 102)
-* device definitions, for Metafont: Modes. (line 6)
-* device-independent width <1>: gftype invocation. (line 113)
-* device-independent width: pktype invocation. (line 53)
-* directory structure: Installation. (line 34)
-* DISPLAY: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 76)
-* dot files, written by TeX programs: tex invocation. (line 51)
-* downloading of fonts for MetaPost labels: mpost invocation. (line 73)
-* DrawingServant: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 35)
-* dump file: Common options. (line 34)
-* dumping memory: Memory dumps. (line 6)
-* DVI comment, specifying: tex invocation. (line 115)
-* DVI files, converting to MPX: dvitomp invocation. (line 6)
-* DVI files, explained: Font file formats. (line 30)
-* DVI format definition: DVI utilities. (line 14)
-* DVI opcodes, showing: dvitype invocation. (line 56)
-* DVI utilities: DVI utilities. (line 6)
-* dvicopy: dvicopy invocation. (line 6)
-* dvitomp: dvitomp invocation. (line 6)
-* dvitype DVI validation: dvitype invocation. (line 6)
-* dvitype output example: dvitype output example.
- (line 6)
-* dvitype.web: DVI utilities. (line 14)
-* dx horizontal escapement <1>: gftype invocation. (line 107)
-* dx horizontal escapement: pktype invocation. (line 57)
-* dy vertical escapement: gftype invocation. (line 107)
-* dynamic array allocation: Runtime options. (line 36)
-* dynamic Metafont mode definitions with smode: Modes. (line 28)
-* dynamic packing variable: pktype invocation. (line 44)
-* e response at error prompt: Editor invocation. (line 6)
-* e-circumflex: \charsubdef. (line 21)
-* e-TeX: TeX extensions. (line 10)
-* e.mft: mft invocation. (line 75)
-* EC fonts <1>: mf invocation. (line 24)
-* EC fonts: tex invocation. (line 44)
-* editing of bitmap fonts: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 23)
-* editor invoked at error: Editor invocation. (line 6)
-* eight-bit characters in filenames: \input filenames. (line 35)
-* empty.tcx: TCX files. (line 49)
-* endian dependencies: Hardware and memory dumps.
- (line 6)
-* eoc GF command: gftype invocation. (line 97)
-* Eplain: Formats. (line 54)
-* epsf: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 19)
-* errors, editor invoked at: Editor invocation. (line 6)
-* escapement, horizontal <1>: gftype invocation. (line 107)
-* escapement, horizontal: pktype invocation. (line 57)
-* escapement, vertical: gftype invocation. (line 107)
-* etex for MetaPost labels: mpost invocation. (line 50)
-* executables, shared initial and virgin: Initial and virgin. (line 6)
-* exit status, of shell escape: Shell escapes. (line 34)
-* expanded plain format: Formats. (line 54)
-* extensions to TeX: TeX extensions. (line 6)
-* extra_mem_bot: Runtime options. (line 19)
-* FACE property: tftopl invocation. (line 96)
-* FAMILY property: tftopl invocation. (line 96)
-* Ferguson, Michael: MLTeX. (line 6)
-* file formats for fonts: Font file formats. (line 6)
-* file recorder: Common options. (line 84)
-* filename conventions, in input files: \input filenames. (line 6)
-* filenames starting with -: Option conventions. (line 19)
-* first line of the main input file: Common options. (line 98)
-* fixed-point arithmetic: Compile-time options.
- (line 22)
-* FIXPT: Compile-time options.
- (line 22)
-* flag byte: pktype invocation. (line 44)
-* floating-point arithmetic: Compile-time options.
- (line 22)
-* floating-point values: Hardware and memory dumps.
- (line 22)
-* fmt file, determining: Determining the memory dump to use.
- (line 6)
-* fmt files: Initial TeX. (line 6)
-* fmt files, sharing: Hardware and memory dumps.
- (line 6)
-* fmts Make target: Additional targets. (line 25)
-* font aliases: Path searching. (line 15)
-* font character code, translating: TCX files. (line 102)
-* font design: Metafont. (line 6)
-* font downloading for MetaPost labels: mpost invocation. (line 73)
-* font file formats: Font file formats. (line 6)
-* font proofs: gftodvi invocation. (line 6)
-* font utilities: Font utilities. (line 6)
-* font utilities, non-Web2c: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 6)
-* font_mem_size: Runtime options. (line 24)
-* fontforge: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 30)
-* fontinst, for creating virtual fonts: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 53)
-* fonts, basic: Installation. (line 34)
-* fontutils: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 42)
-* format files: Initial TeX. (line 15)
-* formats for TeX: Formats. (line 6)
-* formats Make target: Additional targets. (line 17)
-* fraction routines: Compile-time options.
- (line 22)
-* Free Software Foundation documentation system: Formats. (line 47)
-* freedom of Web2c: Introduction. (line 22)
-* ftp.math.utah.edu: bibtex invocation. (line 54)
-* generating source specials: tex invocation. (line 136)
-* geometric designs: Metafont. (line 6)
-* geometric font scaling: Font file formats. (line 22)
-* geometry for Metafont: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 69)
-* getopt_long_only: Option conventions. (line 6)
-* GF files, explained: Font file formats. (line 40)
-* GF files, output by Metafont: mf invocation. (line 34)
-* GF format definition: Font utilities. (line 11)
-* GF output: mf invocation. (line 34)
-* GF, converting PK to: pktogf invocation. (line 6)
-* GF, converting to PK: gftopk invocation. (line 6)
-* gftodvi: gftodvi invocation. (line 6)
-* gftopk: gftopk invocation. (line 6)
-* gftopxl: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 23)
-* gftype GF validation: gftype invocation. (line 6)
-* gftype.web: Font utilities. (line 11)
-* glue ratio representations: Hardware and memory dumps.
- (line 22)
-* glue, memory for: Runtime options. (line 20)
-* glyph substitutions: MLTeX. (line 6)
-* gray font: gftodvi invocation. (line 29)
-* Gruff, Billy Goat: Triptrap. (line 6)
-* gsftopk: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 35)
-* Harbison, Samuel P.: Hardware and memory dumps.
- (line 34)
-* hardware and memory dumps: Hardware and memory dumps.
- (line 6)
-* hash table, increasing size of: Runtime options. (line 29)
-* hash_extra: Runtime options. (line 28)
-* headerbyte information: tftopl invocation. (line 96)
-* height, in pixels: pktype invocation. (line 62)
-* help, online: Common options. (line 11)
-* Henry, Patrick: Introduction. (line 22)
-* Herberts, Mathias: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 20)
-* hex character codes, in TCX files: TCX files. (line 78)
-* history: Introduction. (line 40)
-* Hobby, John: Introduction. (line 8)
-* horizontal escapement <1>: gftype invocation. (line 107)
-* horizontal escapement: pktype invocation. (line 57)
-* hp2627: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 27)
-* human languages, supported in TeX: Languages and hyphenation.
- (line 6)
-* human-readable text, converting DVI to: dvitype invocation. (line 6)
-* human-readable text, converting GF to: gftype invocation. (line 6)
-* human-readable text, converting PK to: pktype invocation. (line 6)
-* human-readable text, converting TFM to: tftopl invocation. (line 6)
-* human-readable text, converting VF to: vftovp invocation. (line 6)
-* hypertext: TeX extensions. (line 20)
-* hyphenation and languages: Languages and hyphenation.
- (line 6)
-* hyphenation patterns, creating: patgen invocation. (line 6)
-* ice cream: Introduction. (line 22)
-* identifier case: tangle invocation. (line 35)
-* identifier collisions: tangle invocation. (line 46)
-* identifier length: tangle invocation. (line 27)
-* identifiers with underlines: tangle invocation. (line 41)
-* ieeetr.bst: Basic BibTeX style files.
- (line 31)
-* il1-t1.tcx: TCX files. (line 49)
-* il2-t1.tcx: TCX files. (line 49)
-* Info format: Formats. (line 47)
-* initial form, enabling: Common options. (line 45)
-* initial Metafont: Initial Metafont. (line 6)
-* initial MetaPost: Initial MetaPost. (line 6)
-* initial programs: Initial and virgin. (line 21)
-* initial TeX: Initial TeX. (line 6)
-* initializations, lengthy: Initial and virgin. (line 21)
-* input filenames: \input filenames. (line 6)
-* install-bases Make target: Additional targets. (line 29)
-* install-fmts Make target: Additional targets. (line 25)
-* install-formats Make target: Additional targets. (line 17)
-* install-mems Make target: Additional targets. (line 34)
-* installation: Installation. (line 6)
-* interaction between TCX files and -8bit.: TCX files. (line 105)
-* interaction mode: Common options. (line 50)
-* international characters: TCX files. (line 6)
-* introduction: Introduction. (line 6)
-* IPC: IPC and TeX. (line 6)
-* IPC_DEBUG <1>: IPC and TeX. (line 13)
-* IPC_DEBUG: Compile-time options.
- (line 29)
-* job name: Common options. (line 55)
-* kerning table, in TFM files: tftopl invocation. (line 102)
-* keyboard character code, translating: TCX files. (line 102)
-* Knuth, Donald E. <1>: mft invocation. (line 58)
-* Knuth, Donald E.: Introduction. (line 8)
-* KPATHSEA_DEBUG: Common options. (line 59)
-* KRN property: tftopl invocation. (line 102)
-* label font: gftodvi invocation. (line 36)
-* LABEL property: tftopl invocation. (line 102)
-* language support in TeX: Languages and hyphenation.
- (line 6)
-* languages, hyphenation rules for: patgen invocation. (line 6)
-* LaTeX: Formats. (line 22)
-* Latin Modern: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 18)
-* left side bearing <1>: gftype invocation. (line 82)
-* left side bearing: pktype invocation. (line 66)
-* legalisms: Legalisms. (line 6)
-* licensing terms: Introduction. (line 22)
-* LIG property: tftopl invocation. (line 102)
-* ligature table, in TFM files: tftopl invocation. (line 102)
-* LIGTABLE property: tftopl invocation. (line 102)
-* linking binaries: Common options. (line 77)
-* links to binaries: Determining the memory dump to use.
- (line 31)
-* literate programming: WEB. (line 6)
-* LittleEndian machines: Hardware and memory dumps.
- (line 6)
-* log file, BibTeX: bibtex invocation. (line 14)
-* Lua: TeX extensions. (line 26)
-* luaTeX: TeX extensions. (line 26)
-* machine dependencies: Hardware and memory dumps.
- (line 6)
-* machine-readable, converting property lists to <1>: vptovf invocation.
- (line 6)
-* machine-readable, converting property lists to: pltotf invocation.
- (line 6)
-* MacKay, Pierre: Font file formats. (line 63)
-* macro packages, major TeX: Formats. (line 6)
-* macros, basic: Installation. (line 34)
-* macros, predefining in memory dumps: Memory dumps. (line 6)
-* magnification <1>: dvitype invocation. (line 28)
-* magnification: dvicopy invocation. (line 20)
-* main_memory: Runtime options. (line 15)
-* Make targets, additional: Additional targets. (line 6)
-* Martin, Rick: Introduction. (line 50)
-* Mathematical Reviews: Formats. (line 39)
-* mathematical typesetting: TeX. (line 6)
-* mem file, determining: Determining the memory dump to use.
- (line 6)
-* mem files, sharing: Hardware and memory dumps.
- (line 6)
-* memory dump to use, determining: Determining the memory dump to use.
- (line 6)
-* memory dumps: Memory dumps. (line 6)
-* memory dumps and hardware: Hardware and memory dumps.
- (line 6)
-* memory dumps, contain date and time: Hardware and memory dumps.
- (line 30)
-* memory dumps, creating: Creating memory dumps.
- (line 6)
-* mems Make target: Additional targets. (line 34)
-* meta characters in filenames: \input filenames. (line 35)
-* Metafont: Metafont. (line 6)
-* Metafont geometry: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 69)
-* Metafont graphics: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 6)
-* Metafont input files: mf invocation. (line 24)
-* Metafont invocation: mf invocation. (line 6)
-* Metafont meets PostScript: MetaPost. (line 6)
-* Metafont online support, new devices: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 80)
-* Metafont source, prettyprinting: mft invocation. (line 6)
-* Metafont, compatibility in MetaPost: Initial MetaPost. (line 15)
-* Metafont, initial: Initial Metafont. (line 6)
-* Metafont, MetaPost, and TeX: Three programs. (line 6)
-* MetaPost: MetaPost. (line 6)
-* MetaPost and plain Metafont compatibility: Initial MetaPost.
- (line 15)
-* MetaPost input files: mpost invocation. (line 31)
-* MetaPost invocation: mpost invocation. (line 6)
-* MetaPost source, prettyprinting: mft invocation. (line 80)
-* MetaPost, initial: Initial MetaPost. (line 6)
-* MetaPost, TeX, and Metafont: Three programs. (line 6)
-* metatype1: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 18)
-* mf: mf invocation. (line 6)
-* mf.base: Initial Metafont. (line 16)
-* MFEDIT: Editor invocation. (line 10)
-* mfplain: Initial MetaPost. (line 15)
-* mfput: mf invocation. (line 34)
-* mft: mft invocation. (line 6)
-* mftalk: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 30)
-* MFTERM: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 11)
-* mftmac.tex: mft invocation. (line 6)
-* micro-typography: TeX extensions. (line 20)
-* mktexmf, disabling: mf invocation. (line 24)
-* mktextfM, disabling: tex invocation. (line 44)
-* mltex: MLTeX. (line 6)
-* MLTeX, enabling: tex invocation. (line 110)
-* mode needed to run Metafont: mf invocation. (line 48)
-* mode_def: Modes. (line 15)
-* mode_setup: Modes. (line 15)
-* modes file needed for Metafont: Modes. (line 6)
-* modes.mf recommended modes file: Modes. (line 10)
-* Morgan, Tim: Introduction. (line 40)
-* Morris, Bob: Introduction. (line 50)
-* MPEDIT: Editor invocation. (line 10)
-* mpgraph.ps: mpost invocation. (line 19)
-* mpman.ps: mpost invocation. (line 6)
-* mpost: mpost invocation. (line 6)
-* mpost, reason for name change: Installation. (line 19)
-* mpout: mpost invocation. (line 37)
-* mproof.tex: mpost invocation. (line 73)
-* mptrap Make target: Additional targets. (line 41)
-* mptrap test: Triptrap. (line 6)
-* mptrap.readme: Triptrap. (line 6)
-* MPX files, converting from DVI files: dvitomp invocation. (line 6)
-* Multi-lingual TeX: MLTeX. (line 6)
-* N tilde: \charsubdef. (line 37)
-* new graphics support for Metafont: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 80)
-* newrow GF command: gftype invocation. (line 93)
-* next: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 34)
-* NO_X11WIN: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 56)
-* non-Unix system, compiling on: Additional targets. (line 12)
-* non-windows-capable Metafont: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 65)
-* NUL, not allowed in filenames: \input filenames. (line 35)
-* octal character codes, in TCX files: TCX files. (line 78)
-* offset for overflow labels: gftodvi invocation. (line 59)
-* online Metafont graphics: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 6)
-* opcodes, showing DVI: dvitype invocation. (line 56)
-* optical font scaling: Font file formats. (line 22)
-* option conventions: Option conventions. (line 6)
-* origin: pktype invocation. (line 66)
-* output directory, specifying <1>: Output file location.
- (line 15)
-* output directory, specifying: Common options. (line 66)
-* output file location: Output file location.
- (line 6)
-* output files, written by TeX programs: tex invocation. (line 51)
-* output_comment for DVI files: tex invocation. (line 115)
-* overflow label offset: gftodvi invocation. (line 59)
-* packet length: pktype invocation. (line 50)
-* page, starting <1>: dvitype invocation. (line 50)
-* page, starting: dvicopy invocation. (line 28)
-* parsing the first line: Common options. (line 72)
-* Pascal, creating from WEB: tangle invocation. (line 6)
-* patgen: patgen invocation. (line 6)
-* path searching: Path searching. (line 6)
-* path searching debugging: Common options. (line 59)
-* PDF: TeX extensions. (line 20)
-* PDF, and .mps files: mpost invocation. (line 89)
-* pdfTeX: TeX extensions. (line 20)
-* permissions, legal: Legalisms. (line 6)
-* PFA and PFB conversion: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 39)
-* pfaedit: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 30)
-* PiCTeX, increasing memory for: Runtime options. (line 20)
-* pipes, reading and writing: Shell escapes. (line 63)
-* pixel height: pktype invocation. (line 62)
-* pixel width: pktype invocation. (line 62)
-* PK bitmaps from PostScript: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 35)
-* PK files, explained: Font file formats. (line 40)
-* PK files, not output by Metafont: mf invocation. (line 34)
-* PK format definition: Font utilities. (line 11)
-* PK, converting GF to: gftopk invocation. (line 6)
-* PK, converting to GF: pktogf invocation. (line 6)
-* pktogf: pktogf invocation. (line 6)
-* pktype PK validation: pktype invocation. (line 6)
-* pktype.web: Font utilities. (line 11)
-* PL files, explained: Font file formats. (line 47)
-* plain Metafont, compatibility in MetaPost: Initial MetaPost.
- (line 15)
-* plain text, converting DVI to: dvitype invocation. (line 6)
-* plain text, converting GF to: gftype invocation. (line 6)
-* plain text, converting PK to: pktype invocation. (line 6)
-* plain text, converting TFM to: tftopl invocation. (line 6)
-* plain text, converting VF to: vftovp invocation. (line 6)
-* plain.base: Initial Metafont. (line 16)
-* plain.bst: Basic BibTeX style files.
- (line 11)
-* plain.fmt: Initial TeX. (line 15)
-* plain.mft: mft invocation. (line 68)
-* pltotf: pltotf invocation. (line 6)
-* pool file, writing: tangle invocation. (line 16)
-* Poole, Simon: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 50)
-* pooltype: pooltype invocation. (line 6)
-* portable filenames: \input filenames. (line 41)
-* PostScript fonts, and Troff: mpost invocation. (line 68)
-* PostScript meets Metafont: MetaPost. (line 6)
-* PostScript output: mpost invocation. (line 37)
-* PostScript to PK bitmaps: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 35)
-* PostScript Type 1 font conversion: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 39)
-* PostScript, and font scaling: Font file formats. (line 22)
-* potrace: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 46)
-* predefined macros and memory dumps: Memory dumps. (line 6)
-* prettyprinting Metafont source: mft invocation. (line 6)
-* prettyprinting WEB programs: weave invocation. (line 6)
-* primitives, new: TeX extensions. (line 10)
-* printable characters, specifying: TCX files. (line 88)
-* printer characteristics, for Metafont: Modes. (line 6)
-* production use: Initial and virgin. (line 17)
-* program name, determines memory dump: Determining the memory dump to use.
- (line 31)
-* program names, special <1>: tex invocation. (line 110)
-* program names, special: Common options. (line 45)
-* prologues: mpost invocation. (line 118)
-* prologues, and EPSF output: mpost invocation. (line 83)
-* proof mode: mf invocation. (line 48)
-* proof sheets, of fonts: gftodvi invocation. (line 6)
-* property list format: tftopl invocation. (line 44)
-* property list, converting TFM to: tftopl invocation. (line 6)
-* property list, converting VF to virtual: vftovp invocation. (line 6)
-* ps2pk: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 35)
-* psfonts.map, read by MetaPost: mpost invocation. (line 83)
-* PXL files, explained: Font file formats. (line 40)
-* pxtoch: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 23)
-* Raichle, Bernd: MLTeX. (line 6)
-* reading, additional: Introduction. (line 58)
-* readonly directory, running TeX in: Output file location.
- (line 15)
-* reallocation of arrays: Runtime options. (line 36)
-* redefined character substitutions: \tracingcharsubdef. (line 6)
-* reference pixel: pktype invocation. (line 66)
-* references: References. (line 6)
-* regis: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 39)
-* Regis graphics support: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 40)
-* regression testing: tex invocation. (line 115)
-* repeated rows: pktype invocation. (line 76)
-* representation of strings: pooltype invocation. (line 30)
-* restricted shell escapes: Shell escapes. (line 6)
-* right side bearing <1>: gftype invocation. (line 82)
-* right side bearing: pktype invocation. (line 66)
-* Rokicki, Tomas: Introduction. (line 40)
-* run length encoded bitmaps <1>: gftype invocation. (line 89)
-* run length encoded bitmaps: pktype invocation. (line 76)
-* runtime options: Runtime options. (line 6)
-* scaled pixels <1>: gftype invocation. (line 107)
-* scaled pixels: pktype invocation. (line 57)
-* scaling of fonts: Font file formats. (line 22)
-* scanned images of fonts: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 42)
-* security, and \openout: tex invocation. (line 51)
-* security, and output files: tex invocation. (line 51)
-* security, and shell escapes: Shell escapes. (line 6)
-* security, and write: mpost invocation. (line 95)
-* shapes: Metafont. (line 6)
-* sharing memory dumps: Hardware and memory dumps.
- (line 6)
-* shell commands in TeX: Shell escapes. (line 6)
-* shell_escape enabling in TeX: Shell escapes. (line 6)
-* shell_escape_commands: Shell escapes. (line 52)
-* siam.bst: Basic BibTeX style files.
- (line 35)
-* side bearings <1>: gftype invocation. (line 82)
-* side bearings: pktype invocation. (line 66)
-* slant font: gftodvi invocation. (line 39)
-* slides, producing: Formats. (line 61)
-* SliTeX: Formats. (line 61)
-* small Metafont memory and modes: Modes. (line 15)
-* smode and dynamic Metafont mode definition: Modes. (line 28)
-* sockets: IPC and TeX. (line 6)
-* space-terminated filenames: \input filenames. (line 10)
-* Spiderweb: WEB. (line 13)
-* Stallman, Richard: Introduction. (line 50)
-* starting page <1>: dvitype invocation. (line 50)
-* starting page: dvicopy invocation. (line 28)
-* Steele Jr., Guy L.: Hardware and memory dumps.
- (line 34)
-* stopping at the first error: Common options. (line 41)
-* strategy, overall: Introduction. (line 16)
-* string numbers, displaying: pooltype invocation. (line 6)
-* string pool, writing: tangle invocation. (line 16)
-* string representation: pooltype invocation. (line 30)
-* style design, for BibTeX: bibtex invocation. (line 45)
-* style files: mft invocation. (line 68)
-* substitutions of font glyphs: MLTeX. (line 6)
-* sun: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 42)
-* sun-gfx.c: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 43)
-* Suntools: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 43)
-* SunView: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 43)
-* swap space, as array limit: Runtime options. (line 36)
-* swapping bytes: Hardware and memory dumps.
- (line 13)
-* syntax of TCX files: TCX files. (line 66)
-* system C library function: Shell escapes. (line 6)
-* system command: Shell escapes. (line 6)
-* T1 encoding and ISO input: TCX files. (line 49)
-* Tachikawa, Elizabeth: Font file formats. (line 63)
-* tangle: tangle invocation. (line 6)
-* targets, additional Make: Additional targets. (line 6)
-* TCX character translation files: TCX files. (line 6)
-* tek: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 47)
-* Tektronix: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 48)
-* Tektronix 4014: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 51)
-* TERM: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 11)
-* terminator for filenames: \input filenames. (line 10)
-* terse output: bibtex invocation. (line 28)
-* tex: tex invocation. (line 6)
-* TeX, bibliographies for: bibtex invocation. (line 54)
-* TeX, creating from Metafont: mft invocation. (line 6)
-* TeX, creating from WEB: weave invocation. (line 6)
-* TeX, description of: TeX. (line 6)
-* TeX, extensions to: TeX extensions. (line 6)
-* TeX, format packages for: Formats. (line 6)
-* TeX, initial: Initial TeX. (line 6)
-* TeX, input files found: tex invocation. (line 20)
-* TeX, invocation: tex invocation. (line 6)
-* TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost: Three programs. (line 6)
-* TeX, Web2c implementation of: Introduction. (line 8)
-* tex.fmt: Initial TeX. (line 15)
-* TEXBIB, search path for bib files: bibtex invocation. (line 18)
-* TEXEDIT: Editor invocation. (line 10)
-* texfonts.map: Path searching. (line 15)
-* Texinfo: Formats. (line 47)
-* texmf.cnf: Path searching. (line 6)
-* texmfmp.c: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 80)
-* TEXMFOUTPUT, used for reading: Output file location.
- (line 25)
-* TEXMFOUTPUT, used if . unwritable: Output file location.
- (line 19)
-* texput: tex invocation. (line 35)
-* TFM files, converting property lists to: pltotf invocation. (line 6)
-* TFM files, explained: Font file formats. (line 13)
-* TFM files, memory for: Runtime options. (line 25)
-* TFM files, output by Metafont: mf invocation. (line 43)
-* TFM files, output by MetaPost: mpost invocation. (line 37)
-* TFM width of characters <1>: gftype invocation. (line 113)
-* TFM width of characters: pktype invocation. (line 53)
-* tftopl: tftopl invocation. (line 6)
-* three programs: Three programs. (line 6)
-* time and date, in memory dumps: Hardware and memory dumps.
- (line 30)
-* title font: gftodvi invocation. (line 33)
-* toolkits, X: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 59)
-* torture tests: Triptrap. (line 6)
-* translation file for TeX, specifying: Common options. (line 98)
-* translation from WEB to C: Introduction. (line 16)
-* trap Make target: Additional targets. (line 41)
-* trap test: Triptrap. (line 6)
-* trapman.tex: Triptrap. (line 6)
-* Trickey, Howard: Introduction. (line 40)
-* trip Make target: Additional targets. (line 41)
-* trip test: Triptrap. (line 6)
-* tripman.tex: Triptrap. (line 6)
-* triptrap Make target: Additional targets. (line 41)
-* Troff, and MetaPost: mpost invocation. (line 68)
-* Troff, WEB for: WEB. (line 13)
-* Trojan horses and TeX programs: tex invocation. (line 51)
-* TUGboat bibliography: bibtex invocation. (line 54)
-* Type 1 conversion: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 39)
-* type design, personal: Initial Metafont. (line 33)
-* type programs, DVI: dvitype invocation. (line 6)
-* type programs, GF: gftype invocation. (line 6)
-* type programs, PK: pktype invocation. (line 6)
-* type programs, pool: pooltype invocation. (line 6)
-* typeface families: Metafont. (line 6)
-* typeface specimen sheets: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 42)
-* typesetting: TeX. (line 6)
-* Unicode: TeX extensions. (line 14)
-* Unicode input: tex invocation. (line 89)
-* uniterm: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 50)
-* unsrt.bst: Basic BibTeX style files.
- (line 39)
-* UTF-8 input: tex invocation. (line 89)
-* validation, of DVI files: dvitype invocation. (line 6)
-* validation, of GF files: gftype invocation. (line 6)
-* validation, of PK files: pktype invocation. (line 6)
-* validation, of TFM files: tftopl invocation. (line 6)
-* validation, of VF files: vftovp invocation. (line 6)
-* verbose BibTeX output, suppressing: bibtex invocation. (line 28)
-* verbosity, enabling: Common options. (line 15)
-* version number, finding: Common options. (line 18)
-* vertical escapement: gftype invocation. (line 107)
-* VF files, converting property lists to: vptovf invocation. (line 6)
-* vftovp: vftovp invocation. (line 6)
-* virgin programs: Initial and virgin. (line 17)
-* virtual font creation: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 53)
-* virtual fonts, expanding: dvicopy invocation. (line 6)
-* virtual-fonts.knuth: Font file formats. (line 57)
-* virtualfonts.txt: Font file formats. (line 57)
-* vptovf: vptovf invocation. (line 6)
-* weave: weave invocation. (line 6)
-* WEB: WEB. (line 6)
-* web environments, and security: Shell escapes. (line 70)
-* WEB pool files, displaying: pooltype invocation. (line 6)
-* WEB programs, compiling: tangle invocation. (line 6)
-* WEB programs, typesetting: weave invocation. (line 6)
-* WEB2C, search path for TCX files: TCX files. (line 36)
-* Weber, Olaf: Introduction. (line 40)
-* webmac.tex: weave invocation. (line 22)
-* webman.tex: WEB. (line 13)
-* whitespace, in TCX files: TCX files. (line 69)
-* whitespace-terminated filenames: \input filenames. (line 10)
-* width, device-independent <1>: gftype invocation. (line 113)
-* width, device-independent: pktype invocation. (line 53)
-* width, in pixels: pktype invocation. (line 62)
-* word processor, not: TeX. (line 9)
-* writing memory dumps: Creating memory dumps.
- (line 6)
-* X bitmap fonts: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 15)
-* X class name for Metafont: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 69)
-* x offset: pktype invocation. (line 66)
-* X resources: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 69)
-* X toolkits and Metafont: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 59)
-* xampl.bib: bibtex invocation. (line 51)
-* xbfe, bitmap font editor: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 23)
-* XeTeX: TeX extensions. (line 31)
-* xfed, bitmap font editor: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 23)
-* xfedor, bitmap font editor: Font utilities available elsewhere.
- (line 23)
-* Xlib: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 56)
-* Xlib support: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 59)
-* Xt: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 56)
-* Xt support: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 59)
-* xterm: Online Metafont graphics.
- (line 56)
-* y offset: pktype invocation. (line 66)
-* ~ expansion in filenames: \input filenames. (line 48)
-
-
-
-Tag Table:
-Node: Top2812
-Node: Introduction3805
-Node: Installation6976
-Node: configure options9140
-Node: Compile-time options11222
-Node: Additional targets12348
-Node: Triptrap13629
-Node: Runtime options15158
-Node: Commonalities16930
-Node: Option conventions17535
-Node: Common options18759
-Node: Path searching23166
-Node: Output file location24188
-Node: Three programs25513
-Node: Initial and virgin26267
-Node: Memory dumps27206
-Node: Creating memory dumps27662
-Node: Determining the memory dump to use28873
-Node: Hardware and memory dumps30460
-Node: Editor invocation32918
-Node: \input filenames33784
-Node: TeX36777
-Node: tex invocation37929
-Node: Initial TeX44899
-Node: Formats46388
-Node: Languages and hyphenation49327
-Node: MLTeX49757
-Node: \charsubdef51252
-Node: \tracingcharsubdef53578
-Node: TCX files54153
-Node: patgen invocation59577
-Node: Shell escapes60294
-Node: IPC and TeX63858
-Node: TeX extensions64428
-Node: Metafont65560
-Node: mf invocation66848
-Node: Initial Metafont70731
-Node: Modes72484
-Node: Online Metafont graphics74740
-Node: gftodvi invocation78155
-Node: mft invocation80988
-Node: MetaPost85043
-Node: mpost invocation85805
-Node: Initial MetaPost91063
-Node: dvitomp invocation91985
-Node: BibTeX92650
-Node: bibtex invocation93011
-Node: Basic BibTeX style files95336
-Node: WEB96678
-Node: tangle invocation97886
-Node: weave invocation100009
-Node: pooltype invocation101417
-Node: DVI utilities102547
-Node: dvicopy invocation103491
-Node: dvitype invocation104789
-Node: dvitype output example107144
-Node: Font utilities110195
-Node: Font file formats111375
-Node: gftopk invocation114674
-Node: pktogf invocation115878
-Node: pktype invocation117057
-Node: gftype invocation119892
-Node: tftopl invocation124408
-Node: pltotf invocation129042
-Node: vftovp invocation130107
-Node: vptovf invocation132391
-Node: Font utilities available elsewhere133445
-Node: Legalisms135853
-Node: References138024
-Node: Index142596
-
-End Tag Table